SSUacner lade aperee aa tod
~ aS Peacemnmeea ey ee pernen > Peta sra-nubnienpvsslh Soir h> ow.
pe eg eee ey arene pre py ere RN re er 3 SSR pa bebon--ot ~
TT
ee ne" whetyeyse ev npre yt e: pnh-aneeont-mepesrisa hcbistea a aahsacbeavoenenrh-eraeontiedseaen -
Sobor eae ne Ne NE IE ED I oP ee ae ee BE
Hoth io omrhcn domes pga a teseaer'dAetebubsyea bead ea-8-meorhsaped menemroraed batneaen ema tear
Joe ietninansa-n mrmseeesneh ed atava Ovo aeb aches emia aah A ab ae
—"

jones
a

KS aes
twee:
tos -n Gane

Fe

‘ate: daaahag:
eee ie

*
UP A

7)

; . im a a ne Z 7 : -
ee 7 et ee « a (;
oe Es ial i i 7 ar . ioe / y ee rf . : i - ;
Se ae oe SG A a, -) alk eae

ee oy

*

SMITHSONIAN

CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE.

WeOUE XOX TT:

EVERY MAN IS A VALUABLE MEMBER OF SOCIETY, WHO, BY HIS OBSERVATIONS, RESEAROHES, AND EXPERIMENTS, PROCURES

KNOWLEDGE FOR MEN.—SMITHSON.

CLIN Of WASHINGTON:

PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

MDCCCLXXXI.

PHILADELPHIA:
COLLINS, PRINTER, 705 JAYNE STREET.

ADVERTISEMENT.

Tuts volume forms the twenty-third of a series, composed of original memoirs on
different branches of knowledge, published at the expense, and under the direction,
of the Smithsonian Institution. The publication of this series forms part of a general
plan adopted for carrying into effect the benevolent intentions of James Surruson,
Esq., of England. This gentleman left his property in trust to the United States
of America, to found, at Washington, an institution which should bear his own
name, and have for its objects the “increase and diffusion of knowledge among
men.” This trust was accepted by the Government of the United States, and an
Act of Congress was passed August 10, 1846, constituting the President and the
other principal executive officers of the general government, the Chief Justice of
the Supreme Court, the Mayor of Washington,’and such other persons as they might
elect honorary members, an establishment under the name of the “SmirHsonian
INSTITUTION FOR THE INCREASE AND DIFFUSION OF KNOWLEDGE AMONG MEN.” The
members and honorary members of this establishment are to hold stated and special
meetings for the supervision of the affairs of the Institution, and for the advice
and instruction of a Board of Regents, to whom the financial and other affairs are
intrusted.

The Board of Regents consists of two members ea officio of the establishment,
namely, the Vice-President of the United States and the Chief Justice of the Supreme
Court, together with twelve other members, three of whom are appointed by the
Senate from its own body, three by the House of Representatives from its members,
and six persons appointed by a joint resolution of both houses. To this Board is
given the power of electing a Secretary and other officers, for conducting the active
operations of the Institution.

To carry into effect the purposes of the testator, the plan of organization should
evidently embrace two objects: one, the increase of knowledge by the addition of
new truths to the existing stock; the other, the diffusion of knowledge, thus
increased, among men. No restriction is made in favor of any kind of knowledge ;
and, hence, each branch is entitled to, and should receive, a share of attention.

1 This office has been abolished.

iv ADVERTISEMENT.

1
The Act of Congress, establishing the Institution, directs, as a part of the plan of

o 3 ©

organization, the formation of a Library, a Museum, and a Gallery of Art, together
caniZi afc

with provisions for physical research and popular lectures, while it leaves to the

Regents the power of adopting such other parts of an organization as they may
o

deem best suited to promote the objects of the bequest.

After much deliberation, the Regents resolved to divide the annual income into
two parts—one part to be devoted to the increase and diffusion of sadgles by
means of original research and publications—the other part of the income to be
applied in accordance with the requirements of the Act of Congress, to the gradual
formation of a Library, a Museum, and a Gallery of Art.

The following are the details of the parts of the general plan of organization

provisionally adopted at the meeting of the Regents, Dec. 8, 1847.

DETAILS OF THE FIRST PART OF THE” PAN

I. To increase KnownepcE.—It is proposed to stimulate research, by offering

rewards for original memoirs on all subjects of investigation.

1. The memoirs thus obtained, to be published in a series of volumes, in a quarto
form, and entitled “Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge.”

2. No memoir, on subjects of physical science, to be accepted for publication,
which does not furnish a positive addition to human knowledge, resting on original
research; and all unverified speculations to be rejected.

3. Each memoir presented to the Institution, to be submitted for examination to
a commission of persons of reputation for learning in the branch to which the
memoir pertains; and to be accepted for publication only in case the report of this
commission is favorable.

4. The commission to be chosen by the officers of the Institution, and the name
of the author, as far as practicable, concealed, unless a favorable decision be made.

5. The volumes of the memoirs to be exchanged for the Transactions of literary
and scientific societies, and copies to be given to all the colleges, and principal
libraries, in this country. One part of the remaining copies may be offered for

sale; and the other carefully preserved, to form complete sets of the work, to
supply the demand from new institutions.

6. An abstract, or popular account, of the contents of these memoirs to be given

to the public, through the annual report of the Regents to Congress.

ADVERTISEMENT. Vv

Il. To rncrEAsE KNowLepGe.—/t is also proposed to appropriate a portion of the
income, annually, to special objects of research, under the direction of suitable

persons.

1. The objects, and the amount appropriated, to be reeommended by counsellors
of the Institution.

2. Appropriations in different years to different objects; so that, in course of time,
each branch of knowledge may receive a share.

3. The results obtained from these appropriations to be published, with the
memoirs before mentioned, in the volumes of the Smithsonian Contributions to
Knowledge.

4. Examples of objects for which appropriations may be made:—

(1.) System of extended meteorological observations for solving the problem of
American storms.

(2.) Explorations in descriptive natural history, and geological, mathematical,
and topographical surveys, to collect material for the formation of a Physical Atlas
of the United States.

(3.) Solution of experimental problems, such as a new determination of the
weight of the earth, of the velocity of electricity, and of light; chemical analyses
of soils and plants; collection and publication of articles of science, accumulated
in the offices of Government.

(4.) Institution of statistical inquiries with reference to physical, moral, and
political subjects.

(5.) Historical researches, and accurate surveys of places celebrated in American
history.

(6.) Ethnological researches, particularly with reference to the different races of
men in North America; also explorations, and accurate surveys, of the mounds
and other remains of the ancient people of our country.

I. To pirrusk KNowLepGE.—ZJt is proposed to publish a series of reports, giving an
account of the new discoveries in science, and of the changes made from year to year

in all branches of knowledge not strictly professional.

1. Some of these reports may be published annually, others at longer intervals,
as the income of the Institution or the changes in the branches of knowledge may
indicate.

2. The reports are to be prepared by collaborators, eminent in the different

branches of knowledge.

vi ADVERTISEMENT.
2 Hach collaborator to be furnished with the journals and publications, domestic

x - .
and foreign, necessary to the compilation of his report; to be paid a certain sum for

his labors, and to be named on the title-page of the report.

4. The reports to be published in separate parts, so that persons interested in a
particular branch, can ,procure the parts relating to it, without purchasing the
whole.

5. These reports may be presented to Congress,
remaining copies to be given to literary and scientific institutions, and sold to indi-

for partial distribution, the

viduals for a moderate price.

The following are some of the subjects which may be embraced in the reports :—

I. PHYSICAL CLASS.

. Physics, including astronomy, natural philosophy, chemistry, and meteorology.
_ Natural history, including botany, zoology, geology, &e

. Agriculture.

Hm oo bo

. Application of science to arts.

II. MORAL AND POLITICAL CLASS.

. Ethnology, including particular history, comparative philology, antiquities, &.
. Statistics and political economy.

“1 Oo or

. Mental and moral philosophy.

co

. A survey of the political events of the world; penal reform, &c.

Ill. LITERATURE AND THE FINE ARTS.

9. Modern literature.
10. The fine arts, and their application to the useful arts.
11. Bibliography.
12. Obituary notices of distinguished individuals.

Il. To pirruse KNowLepGE.—It is proposed to publish occasionally separate treatises

on subjects of general interest.

1. These treatises may occasionally consist of valuable memoirs translated from
foreign languages, or of articles prepared under the direction of the Institution, or
procured by offering premiums for the best exposition of a given subject.

2. The treatises to be submitted to a commission of competent judges, previous
to their publication.

ADVERTISEMENT. vil

DETAILS OF THE SECOND PART OF THE PLAN OF ORGANIZATION.

This part contemplates the formation of a Library, a Museum, and a Gallery of
Art.

1. To carry out the plan before described, a library will be required, consisting,
Ist, of a complete collection of the transactions and proceedings of all the learned
societies of the world; 2d, of the more important current periodical publications,
and other works necessary in preparing the periodical reports.

2. The Institution should make special collections, particularly of objects to
verify its own publications. Also a collection of instruments of research in all
branches of experimental science.

3. With reference to the collection of books, other than those mentioned above,
catalogues of all the different libraries in the United States should be procured, in
order that the valuable books first purchased may be such as are not to be found
elsewhere in the United States.

4. Also catalogues of memoirs, and of books in foreign libraries, and other
materials, should be collected, for rendering the Institution a centre of bibliogra-
phical knowledge, whence the student may be directed to any work which he may
require.

5. It is believed that the collections in natural history will increase by donation,
as rapidly as the income of the Institution can make provision for their reception ;
and, therefore, it will seldom be necessary to purchase any article of this kind.

6. Attempts should be made to procure for the gallery of art, casts of the most
celebrated articles of ancient and modern sculpture.

7. The arts may be encouraged by providing a room, free of expense, for the
exhibition of the objects of the Art-Union, and other similar societies.

8. A small appropriation should annually be made for models of antiquity, such
as those of the remains of ancient temples, &c.

9. The Secretary and his assistants, during the session of Congress, will be
required to illustrate new discoveries in science, and to exhibit new objects of art;
distinguished individuals should also be invited to give lectures on subjects of

general interest.

In accordance with the rules adopted in the programme of organization, each

memoir in this volume has been favorably reported on by a Commission appointed

Vili ADVERTISEMENT.
It is however impossible, in most cases, to verify the state:

for its examination.
refore, neither the Commission nor the Institution can

ments of an author; and, the
be responsible for more than the general character of a memoir.

The following rules have been adopted for the distribution of the quarto volumes
of the Smithsonian Contributions :—

1. They are to be presented to all learned societies which publish Transactions,
and give copies of these, in exchange, to the Institution.

2. Also, to all foreign libraries of the first class, provided they give in exchange
their catalogues or other publications, or an equivalent from their duplicate volumes.

3. To all the colleges in actual operation in this country, provided they furnish,
in return, meteorological observations, catalogues of their libraries and of their
students, and all other publications issued by them relative to their organization
and history.

4. To all States and Territories, provided there be given, in return, copies of all
documents published under their authority.

5. To all incorporated public libraries in this country, not included in any of
the foregoing classes, now containing more than 10,000 volumes; and to smaller
libraries, where a whole State or large district would be otherwise unsupplied.

OFFICERS

OF THE

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES,

Ex-officio PRESIDING OFFICER OF THE INSTITUTION.

MORRISON R. WAITE,

CHANCELLOR OF THE INSTITUTION.

SPENCER F. BAIRD,

SECRETARY OF THE INSTITUTION.

WILLIAM J. RHEES,

CHIEF .CLERK,

DANIEL LEECH,

CORRESPONDING CLERK.

CLARENCE B. YOUNG,

BOOKKEEPER.

PETER PARKER,
JOHN MACLEAN, Executive ComMMITTEE.
WILLIAM T. SHERMAN,

B

REGENTS.

Morrison R. Wartr, . . . . Chief Justice of the United States.

Wituam A. Wuerter, . . . . Vice-President of the United States.
Hannwat Hamun, . . . . . Member of the Senate of the United States. a
Eps eaVVAEBHIER Ss 2c Gace ee aes ce ce ce oe Be oF 4

Newton BoorH, ... . - ‘ ‘ ‘“ “ “ “

Hiesrer Clymer, . . . . . . Member of the House of Representatives U. 8.

JOSEPH Hi) JOHNSTON, ass ches oe ES es << sf ee

Joon MactEean, . . . . . . Citizen of New Jersey.

IBETER; PARKERS ie Me oie oes “ef Washington.

WiuiamM T. SHERMAN, . . . . ce cc

PASAT GRAN she conse sie eee os “of Massachusetts,
7 if

EVENRW COPERE 08 2). es “of Pennsylvania.

INGAMMPORTER «50s. Speen tn “of Connecticut.

MEMBERS EX-OFFICIO OF THE INSTITUTION.

Rutuerrorp B. Hayes,. . . . . President of the United States.
WinurAM A. WHEELER,. . . . . Vice-President of the United States.
Morrison R. Waite, . . . . . Chief Justice of the United States,
Wituam M. Evarts, . . . . . Secretary of State.

JOHN SHERMAN, . ... . . . Secretary of the Treasury.

EEX RAMSEY, «= « = « « - Secretary of War.

NatHan Gorr, .... . . . Secretary of the Navy.

Car~ Scourz,..... . . . Secretary of the Interior.

Horace Maynard, . . . . . . Postmaster-General.

Cuartes DEVENS, . .. . . . Attorney-General.

EK. M. MagstzE, . . . =. . . . Commissioner of Patents.

TABLE OF CONTENTS,

ARTICLE I. Inrropuction.
Advertisement

Pp. 16.

List of Officers of the Smithsonian Teeriion

ARTICLE II. (242.) Lucernart#® anp THEIR ALLies. A Memorr oN THE ANATOMY
AND PuystoLtoGy or Hanrcitystus AURICULA AND OTHER LUCERNA-
RIANS, WITH A DISCUSSION OF THEIR RELATIONS TO OTHER ACALEPH&,
To Brerors, AND Potyri. By Henry James Crark, B.S., A. B.
Published July, 1878. 4to. pp. 138. Eleven plates,
Parr. General and Comparative Morphology.

CuartTer I.

CuartTer II.

Cuarter III.

Individuality .
§ 1. Polarity and Polyeephalism 0
§ 2. The Hydroid and Medusoid Gephaleme
The Type of Form is not Radiate
§ 3. The Dorso-ventrally Repetitive Type
Antero-posterior (Cephalo-caudal) Repetition :
§ 4. The Scyphostoma and Ephyra, varieties of the same
morph . 2 : 5
§ 5. The Individuality of eleeia and Lacernaris

Parr Il. Anatomy or Physiology of Haliclystus Auricula.

CuHarpTer IV.

CHAPTER V.

CuHarpter VI.

General Form and Structure

§ 6. Habits, Habitat, Form, and Size
7. The Proboscis

3 8. The Umbella

§ 9. The Peduncle

Organography

10. The Walls

11. The Muscular System

12. The Tentacles

13. The Marginal Adhesive Bodies (Coletceystopora
§ 14. The Caudal Adherent Disk

§ 15. The Digitiform Bodies (Digitali)
§ 16. The Digestive System

§ 17. The Nervous System

§ 18. The Reproductive System

UM wh

Ue Me Sh

mr

Embryology “ .

§ 19. The Ege and the Spermatozoa :

§ 20. A Young ake Auricula, nearly ,', of an inch
in diameter

21. A Specimen ,% of an oe across aie U Sells

22. A Young Specimen } of an inch across. Special
Development of a Tentacle, a Colletocystophora, and a
Genital Sae :

23. Young, } of an inch across

7

a

Sr

7)

24. Young, 5° of an inch across

PAGE

iii

ona fe

10

13
13
16
1;
23
26

1 Each memoir is separately paged and indexed.

xiv

ARTICLE

ARTICLE IV.

ARTICLE V.

III.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Cuarrer VI. Histology of Haliclystus Auricule

§ 25. The Umbellar and Peduncular Walls

§ 26. Histology of the Tentacles . Fi

$ 27. Histology of the Colletocystophores (Anchors)
§ 28. Histology of the Caudal Disk

§ 29. Histology of the Digitali

§ 30. The Prehensile Cysts

Description of the Plates. : ; 5 : :
Glossary and Index of Subjects

(248.) On rue Geotocy or LowER LovuIsIANA AND THE SALT Deposit
or Petite Anse Istanp. By Eueene W. Hirearp, Pu.D. Pub-
lished June, 1872. Two plates

From Vicksburg to Port Hudson

4to. pp. 38.

Port Hudson 3 5 ; 3 : 5 é ;
The Lower Mississippi 2 5 5 : s é
The Five Islands : 5 5 5 6 6 A ;

Coté Blanche

Weeks’ Island

Petite Anse : ;
Belle Island and Orange Island
The Attakapas Prairies

The Port Hudson Group

The Drift Period, South and West . ; : s 5 .
The “ Terrace’* Epoch : : : 2 °
Origin of the Five Islands and Age of the Salt Deposit —. 0 :

(310.) On tHE InreRNAL SrRUCTURE Or THE EARTH CONSIDERED AS
AFFECTING THE PHENOMENA OF PRECESSION AND NUTATION, BEING
THE Tuirp OF THE ProsLems or Rotary Morton. By J. G. Bar-

NARD. Published September, 1877. 4to. pp. 19.
(817.) A CLAssirIcATION AND Synopsis OF THE TrocnuiILip®. By
Danie, Giraup Exxiot, F.R.S.E. Published April, 1879. 4to. pp.

289. One hundred and twenty-seven wood-cuts.
Genus 1. Eutoxeres :
Genus 2. Rhamphodon :
Genus 3. Androdon
Genus 4. Glaucis
Genus 5. Deleromya .
Genus 6. Pheoptila
Genus 7. Phethornis
Genus 8. Eupetomena
Genus 9. Sphenoproctus

Genus 10.
Genus 11.

Genus 12.

Campylopterus
Aphantochroa
Celigena
Genus 13.
Genus 14,

Genus 15.

Lamprolema
Oreopyra

Oreotrochilus
Genus 16. Lampornis
Genus 17. Eulampis
Genus 18.
Genus 19. Chalybura
Genus 20.

Lafresnaya

Florisuga
Genus 21. Petasophora

Genus 22

bo bo
bo

- Panoplites

® PAGE

93

93
105
111
115
116
TLZ/
121
121

CO or Oo

12
14
20
21
21
29
31
32

Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus

Genus é

Genus
Genus
Genus

Genus ¢

Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus
Genus

Genus

23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
ol.
32.
33.
od,
30.
36.
oT.
38.
of.
A0.
41.
42,
43.
44.
45.

46,

Or or Orv Cr
Oo on

(or)
S

61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
dalle

Cr tf Co nN

¢
}

CN or’

.
2

7
7
7
75.
7
=
‘
=
7

5.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Pheolema

Clytolema

Tolama

Sternoclyta

Eugenes

Urochroa

Eugenia

Lampraster

Heliodoxa ‘ ¢
Pterophanes . :
Patagona

Docimastes 2

Diphlogena

Helianthea : : :
Bourcieria

Hemistephania

Floricola 5 3
Lepidolarynx 5 6
Heliomaster : : :
Heliotrypha : 5
Heliangelus :

Urosticte - : c
Eustephanus

Topaza

Aithurus : : :
Hylonympha : : 5

. Thalurania 3 . :
- Mellisuga . 3 c
. Microchera 3 :

. Trochilus ; 5

. Calypte

. Selasphorus

. Catharma :

SeAtChise mes :

. Stellula

- Rhodopis

. Heliactin 5 :

- Calothorax

Acestrura :
Cheetocercus c 0
Thaumastura
Doricha

Myrtis

Tilmatura
Smaragdochrysis
Ptochoptera
Calliphlox
Lophornis
Gouldia

- Discura
. Steganura : . :
. Loddigesia

Lesbia

. Zodalia .

Cynanthus
Sappho

XV

PAGE
dd
56
57
59
60
61
62
63
63
66
67
68
69
70
74
80

foe}
bo

86

86

89

91

92

94

96

97

98
103
104
105
106
108
1
113
114
115
116
iL?
119
120
122
123
126
128
129
129
130
131
137
140
141
144
145
149
150
153

xvi

ARTICLE

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Genus 79. Oxypogon
Genus 80. Oreonympha
Genus 81. Rhamphomicron
Genus 82. Avocettinus
Genus 83. Avocettula
Genus 84. Metallura
Genus 85. Chrysuronia
Genus 86. Augastes
Genus 87. Phlogophilus F 5 eS ; é é ¥
Genus 88. Schistes .
Genus 89. Heliothrix

Genus 90. Chrysolampis - : : : : : 2
Genus 91. Bellona . : 3 3 5 . 6 .
Genus 92. Cephalolepis 5 : : : 5 :

Genus 93. Adelomyia 3 3 : 3 : : :
Genus 94. Anthocephala . :

Genus 95. Abeillia . : é 2 2

Genus 96. Klais

Genus 97. Agleactis 5 6 : é 5 :

Genus 98. Eriocnemis

Genus 99. Panterpe

Genus 100. Uranomitra

Genus 101. Leucippus : : - : - c °
Genus 102. Leucochloris

Genus 103. Agyrtria

Genus 104. Arinia . : ; : : C 5 :
Genus 105. Elvira 0 : : 5 : 5
Genus 106. Callipharus . : : : ° ° 5
Genus 107. Eupherusa : . 9 0 : o 0
Genus 108. Polytmus : : 5 : -
Genus 109. Amazilia : 2 : 6 : 2
Genus 110. Basilinna 5 : : 0 : : 5
Genus 111. Eucephala : : : : : : :
Genus 112. Timolia . 5 § 2 ; é & 5

Genus 113. Juliamyia

Genus 114. Damophila 5 = : C : :

Genus 115. Iache c : ; 5 C : :

Genus 116. Hylocharis

Genus 117. Cyanophaia

Genus 118. Sporadinus

Genus 119. Chlorostilbon

Genus 120. Panychlora
Appendix : 5
Index of Generic Names aioptedi in this work
Index of Generic Names mentioned in this work
Index to Specific Names adopted in this work
Index to Specific Names mentioned in this work

VI. (357.) Fryer; A Srupy 1x Morpip anp Norma Puystotocy. By H.
C. Woop, M.D. Published December, 1880. 4to. pp. 266. Five plates.
Cuarter J. The Essential Symptoms of Fever 9
Cuarrer II. Concerning the Methods by which the ‘Aniiaal Qeeniee
Controls the Production and Dissipation of Heat
Cuapter III. The Thermie Phenomena of Fever
Cuarter IV. The Theory of Fever

PAGE
155
157
158
161
162
163
167
170
171
172
174
176
178
179
181
183
183
184
185
188
195
195
198
200
201
209
210
211
212
213
216
226
227
231
232
233
234
236
237
240
242
247
249
257
259
263
269

14
160

244

wee

SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE.

242

LUCERNARIA

AND THEIR ALLIES.

A MEMOIR ON THE ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY

OF

FevorOorYsTUS AURICU LA,

AND OTHER LUCERNARIANS,

WITH A

DISCUSSION OF THEIR RELATIONS TO OTHER ACALEPH#; TO BEROIDS,
AND POLYPI.

BY

HENRY JAMES CLARK, B.S., A.B.

WSAl StHeiEN Gut O:N:
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

1878.

2 ; -

ADVERTISEMENT.

Tue following Memoir relates to a group of animals of a somewhat octagonal
bowl-shaped form (not unlike that of a reversed umbrella), with tentacles clustered
in groups at each of the angles. These animals, formerly regarded as a group of
the Polyps, related to the sea-anemones, have in more recent times been associated
with the Acalephs or sea-nettles and jelly-fishes, and either combined with one of
the more comprehensive orders, or estimated as representatives of a peculiar and
independent order, This group, which was the subject of Professor Clark’s
last studies, is in his judgment entitled to ordinal rank in the class of Acalephe.
The first part of the work is occupied with the ‘general and comparative mor-
phology” of the Lucernari; and the second part is restricted to the “ anatomy
and physiology of Haliclystus auricula.” In the first part are three chapters ; the
first on “ individuality,” in which are considered the questions relating to “ polarity
and polycephalism,” and “the hydroid and medusoid cephalisms.” In the second,
the thesis that “the type of form is not radiate” is defended, and the form is
described as “the dorso-ventrally repetitive type.” ‘The third chapter is devoted
to the consideration of “ antero-posterior (cephalo-caudal) repetition,” and under
the heads of “the scyphostoma and ephyra varieties of the same morph” and “ the
individuality of Pelagia and Lucernarie.”

In the second part are four chapters, the third to seventh of the entire work.
In the first (third of the work) are described the “ general form and structure,”
including habitat, habits, form, and size, the proboscis, the umbella, and the
peduncle In the second is considered the ‘ organography, including the walls,”
“the muscular system,” “the tentacles, the marginal adhesive bodies, or colletocys-
tophore,” “the caudal adherent disk,” “the digitiform bodies, or digituli,” “ the
digestive system,” “the nervous system,” and “the reproductive system.”

In a third, are embraced the results of studies of the “embryology,” or various
stages of growth of the species, including observations on “ the egg and the sper-
matozoa;” on “a young Haliclystus auricula, nearly one.sixteenth of an inch in
diameter ;” on “a specimen three thirty-seconds of an inch across the umbella;” on

“a young specimen one-eighth of an inch across;” on the “special development

( iii )

IV ADVERTISEMEN1!
of a tentacle, a colletocystophore, and a genital sac :’ on the “ young one-fifth of
an inch across; and on the “young six twenty-fifths of an inch across.”

In a fourth chapter, in an ‘ histology of Haliclystus auricula,’ the tissues of
the several parts of the body are considered—that is, ‘‘ the umbellar and pedun-
cular walls ;” “histology of the tentacles ;” “ histology of the colletocystophores”

(anchors); “histology of the caudal disk :” and “histology of the digituli” and

“the prehensile cysts” (nematocysts and colletocysts).

With profound regret, we have to announce that before the completion of the
engraving of the necessary plates to illustrate his work, Professor Henry James
Clark was called from this life, in the flower of his age, and in the midst of a series
of successful investigations.

The publication of this memoir has, consequently, been greatly delayed. The
reading of the proofs and supervision of the work were kindly undertaken by Pro-
fessor A. E. Verrill, of Yale College, who has, however, himself been much
hindered in his work by ill-health and other causes. In editing this memoir he
has not thought it desirable to make any changes, except verbal and typographical
ones, which would not alter the meaning of the author, This has been carefully
adhered to in all cases, even where changes would, perhaps, have been made by
the author himself, had he lived, in consequence of the advance of knowledge
during the several years that have elapsed since the memoir was written. Owing
to the fact that the plates, with one exception, were engraved in Paris, and no
proofs were submitted for correction, several errors, noticed in the explanations,
were made in the lettering. These might lead to mistakes, in some cases, unless

their existence be noted.

The following extracts from a Memoir of Mr. Clark, read by Professor A. S.
Packard, Jr., before the National Academy of Sciences, in 1874, will be of interest
to the readers of the present work :—

“Within the year past we have lost a member who may be said, without dispar-
agement to others laboring in the same field, to have been the foremost American
histologist and microscopist, and one of our most skilful and accomplished biolo-
gists; one the rule of whose scientific life was a practical application of experi-
mental philosophy. A true naturalist, he was an enthusiast, md yet in his methods
of study severe, exact, and in all respects scholarly.

Henry James Clark was born June 22, 1826, at Easton, Massachusetts. Of his

early life little information has been obtained , except that he was fond of drawing,

an art which proved of much service and credit to him in after years.

He received his collegiate education at the Uniy ersity of the City of New York,
graduating i in 1848,

ADVERTISEMENT. Vv

His first love for science seems to have grown from his fondness for flowers.
Immediately after leaving college he taught for some time at White Plains, New
York. While there, in some of his out-of-door rambles—and he was fond of taking
long walks—he found a flower which he thought was new. On returning home
he ascertained that it was not described in Professor Gray’s Botany. He at once
began a correspondence with Professor Gray in regard to it, and eventually received
an invitation from him to go to Cambridge. He went there as a student of botany,
under Professor Gray, in 1850, and this may be regarded as the date of his scientific
birth. While a student at the Botanic Garden, he taught in the Academy at
Westfield, Massachusetts, for a single term, apparently achieving much success
as a teacher, and forming life-long friendships.

Soon after this he became a student of Professor Agassiz; but his love for botany
never diminished. He studied it in after years from the side of vegetable histology
and morphology in connection with and as illustrating the histology and morph-
ology of animals. The influence of his knowledge of botany on his zoological studies
was marked. It prepared him for his studies on spontaneous generation, on the
theory of the cell, on the structure of the Protozoa and the nature of protoplasm.
In studying the lasso-cells of the Acalephs, he traced their analogical resemblance
to the stinging hairs of the nettle. By his intimate knowledge of the spores of
the smaller Alge, he was able to point out some of the characters separating the
lowest Protozoa from the spores of plants, and aid in the work of Thuret and
others in eliminating from the animal kingdom certain vegetable spores which
had been originally described as infusoria.

His first scientific paper was on a botanical subject, ‘The peculiar growth of
rings in the trunk of Rhus toxvicodendron, published in 1856, and this was supple-
mented by unpublished studies on the eccentricity of the pith in Ampelopsis quin-
quefolia and Celastrus scandens. In his walks he often botanized, and contributed
in this way to Gray’s botanical text-books, ‘Thus with the training he received
from Professors Gray and Agassiz, he looked upon the world of organized beings
from both the botanical and zovlogical sides. He well deserves the name, biologist.

He graduated from the Lawrence Scientific School in 1854, taking the degree
of B.S. He was for several years the private assistant of Professor Agassiz, who,
early in 1857, spoke of him enthusiastically, remarking to a friend, ‘Clark has
become the most accurate observer in the country.’ Between 1856 and 1863 he
was associated with Agassiz in the preparation of the anatomical and embryological
portions of tbe ‘Contributions to the Natural History of the United States.’ Here
his great skill and delicacy in the use of the scalpel and pencil won much praise
from naturalists. Nearly all the plates in the Contributions, illustrating the

embryology and histology of the turtles and Acalephs, are signed with his name.

i ADVERTISEMENT.
V1

The drawings were not only beautifully worked up, but possessed the merit of

extreme accuracy.

In the use of the microscope, :
ingenuity, but a patience, caution, and experience in difficult points in histology,
which undoubtedly placed him at the head of observers in this country, and

; aW. g S wi
rendered him, perhaps, inferior to few in Europe. He used the highest powers with

Clark showed not only mechanical skill and

a skill that few if any living observers have surpassed. He suggested improve-
ments, carried out by Spencer, at the instance of Professor Agassiz, in this instru-
ment. After leaving Cambridge he studied the Infusoria and lower plants, and
made drawings and notes, comprising descriptions of many new forms of Infusoria.
He planned an extensive work upon this subject, portions of which are now in
charge of the Boston Society of Natural History for publication. The drawings
are of great delicacy and beauty, and, had he lived to complete the work, it would
doubtless have been equal to if not in advance of Claparéde and Lachman’s famous
work on the Infusoria. He did not dissociate the Protophyta from the Protozoa,
regarding them as almost inseparable in nature ; thus, as we have ascertained, in
his lectures to his classes, well nigh anticipating Haeckel’s classification of the
lowest forms of the animal and vegetable kingdom into the Protista and Protozoa.

In June, 1860, he was appointed adjunct Professor of Zodlogy in the Lawrence
Scientific School, which he held until the expiration of his term of office; and, in
the spring and summer of 1861, gave a course of lectures on histology at the
Museum of Comparative Zodlogy. In the spring of 1864 he delivered a course of
twelve lectures at the Lowell Institute in Boston, which were published in the
same year, under the title of ‘Mind in Nature; or, the Origin of Life, and the
Mode of Development of Animals.’ This is, in all respects, for its usually sound

and clear thinking, its breadth of view, and the amount of original work it con-
tains, perhaps the most remarkable general zodlogical work as yet produced in this
country. Ifthe author had left us no other work, this alone would testify to years
of the severest labor and independent thought. It anticipated certain points in
histology, and the structure of the Protozoa and Sponges especially, which have
made the succeeding labors of some European observers notable.

In December, 1866, he was appointed Professor of Botany, Zoélogy, and Geology
in the Agricultural College of Pennsylvania. He resided at Centre County, Penn-
sylvania, the seat of the College, until April, 1869, when he was appointed to the
Chair of Natural History of the University of Kentucky. He lived at Lexington,
Kentucky, until February, 1872, when he was elected Professor of Veterinary
Science in the Massachusetts Agricultural College,

During this period he suffered much from sickness ; still he managed in intervals

of college duties to produce some remarkable memoirs. In his first paper on

ADVERTISEMENT. Vii

Actinophrys (1863), he discovered that ‘all vibratile cilia originate in the amor-
phous intercellular substance,’ and do not form direct prolongations of cells. In
1864, appeared a brief paper, in which he showed that Tubularia was not parthen-
ogenous, having found, by the aid of Tolles’ improved quarter of an inch objec-
tives, that it produced eggs. Perhaps the most important work he has done is in
his studies on the affinities of the sponges. In November, 1866, appeared, in the
American Journal of Science and Arts, a brief paper, entitled ‘ Conclusive Proofs
of the Animality of the Ciliate Sponges, and of their Affinities with the Infusoria
Flagellata.’ While he had in his Lowell Lectures endeavored to show that there
was a unity of plan in the organization of the Protozoa, their bodies being arranged
in the form of a helix, he now endeavored to show that the sponge did not depart
from the protozoan type. By the discovery of a remarkable form (Codosiga) he
was enabled in it to trace a link, in his opinion, uniting the sponges with the
flagellate Infusoria, such as Monas, Anthophysa, and Codosiga. In the full
memoir, which was published a year after, with numerous figures, under the title
‘Spongie Ciliate as Infusoria Flagellata,’ he attempted to establish the homology
of the flagellate cells, constituting the tissues of the sponge, with the flagellate
Infusoria. He demonstrated, by the use of the superior objectives made by Tolles,
that these cells are like Monads, with contractile vesicles, nuclei, a collar, and
flagellum ; that the sponge was in fact a compound monad, and not a compound
amoeba, as insisted on by Carter in 1854-57, and Lieberkuhn in 1856 and 1857.
This was a great step in advance of previous observers. Certainly an organism
with cells so highly differentiated as those in the sponge cannot be a plant, and
while, as Clark observes, Carter had ‘been the first to present anything like
decisive proofs of the animality of the sponges,’ yet this was confirmed and
demonstrated still more completely by Clark himself. In this memoir he insists
upon the fact that these simple ‘ monas-like infusoria,’ making up the compound
body of the sponge, were undoubtedly endowed with a distinct mouth, afterwards,
in 1871, distinctly seen; while Carter described them as engulfing food like an
amoeba, any part of the cell acting as a mouth. Of course it is necessary for our
author to prove that Monas is ati animal. This he does conclusively, showing it
has a distinct mouth, with a ‘lip,’ into which food is thrown by the flagellum.
The cells or zodids of the sponge (Leucosolenia) agree with Monas in all respects,
except that he did not detect the mouth, though he saw currents of floating
particles which ‘are constantly whirled in by the flagella and made to impinge
upon the area within the collar.’

The study of the sponges has since the publication of this important memoir
been pursued by Oscar Schmidt, Miklucho Macleay, and Ermst Haeckel. Con-

siderable advance has been made regarding the organization of the adult, while

ill TERTISEMENT.
Vill ADVERTISEMI

the young of the sponge has been proved to be like the planula of a radiate, and

made up of two layers of cells.

The last paper he published was entitled, * The American Spongilla, a Craspe-
dote, Flagellate Infusorian,’ in which he criticizes Haeckel’s views on the affinities
of these animals, and insists upon their affinities to known Flagellate Infusoria
This was published in December, 1871, in the American Journal of Science and
Arts.

Busy with his work at Amherst, and struggling with the fatal disease (tabes
mesenterica) which was rapidly reducing his bodily strength, he wasted away, and
died on the first day of July, 1873, in full possession of his mental faculties. He
left a wife, seven surviving children, and many warm friends to mourn his loss.

He was a man of the warmest sympathies, a devoted and affectionate husband,
a loving brother, and dutiful son; in many respects an admirable teacher, as a
lecturer clear and systematic, with an enthusiasm that evinced the true naturalist.
The secret of his success as an investigator may be stated in his own words taken
from his diary, where he says he made it a rule to practise the ‘ utmost rigidity
and thoroughness in his researches, without regard to time consumed or the value
of the results.’ He had the best of teachers, and he made the most of his oppor-
tunities. We may look upon the results of his work as elevating the standard of
American scientific work.

He was a member of most of the learned societies in this country, while his
works have been recognized and referred to by some of the leading zodlogists in
Europe.”

JOSEPH HENRY,

Secretary Smithsonian Institution.
Wasuinaton, D. C., Aprin, 1878,

VN] i la

GENERAL AND COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY.

CHAP LER 1,

TONED Ps VeeleD NU PAS ee Ys:

§1. Polarity and Polycephalism.

1 To those readers who are acquainted with the literature of Acalephe there
will very naturally arise, first and foremost, the question as to our theory concerning
the individuality of these polymorphic beings. This is a point upon which we feel
necessitated at the outset to take a definite stand, in regard to the Acalephe as a
whole, and in reference to the Lucernari@ in particular. We have already, in a
general work! upon the development, morphology, and classification of animals,
entered our protest against that theory of individuality which assumes that the
medusoid genitalia of Hydromeduse should be considered as individuals in a
higher sense than the hydre are, no matter to how low a degree of development
they descend nor at how high an elevation they arrive in the complexity and
differentiation of their parts. We still adhere to that protest as far as the hydra
and medusoids are related to each other; but look upon them both in a modified
light in reference to their individuality.

2 We suppose it will not be questioned that in the main, naturalists and
physiologists have always defined in their own minds, and in their teachings, the
zoological individual to be a monocephalic being; that they have taken as their
standard the most highly developed creatures of the animal kingdom, whose
oneness and independence place them on an equal footing with man in these
respects. In the discussion, of late years, upon the individuality of the lower,
compound, colonial denizens of the water, the main points at issue have always
been to determine whether a certain form was, on one hand, an individual, either
in its highest sense (a monomeric, independent integral) or one of several inde-
pendent individuals which constitute a colony (a polymeric integer), or, on the
other hand, was an organ, which formed only a part of an individual, whether the

1 Mind in Nature, or the Origin of Life and the Mode of Development of Animals. New York,
D. Appleton & Co., 1865.
1 February, 1877. ( 1 )

2 LUCERNARI#® AND THEIR ALLIES.

latter be monomerous (as in Hybocodon and Cory morpha producing free meduse),

or polymerous (as in Coryne with free medusee).

3. ‘The possibility of a third category of individuality had not arisen In the
minds of philosophic naturalists until the question of the bilaterality of the two
lower grand divisions of the animal kingdom had been discussed so vigorously,
and elevated to such a prominence among the theories of the day as to extend its
influence even to the determination of the oneness or duality of the members of
the highest of all grand divisions, and indeed the highest of all animals, man
himself, Here, at this point, we find breaking in upon us the Teratological essays
le St. Hilaire, and the more recent decisions of Wyman upon the same subject,
with the strange confirmations of Lereboullet, by his discoveries of the fissigem-
mation of the piscine egg, and the evolution of two heads or two tails from one
centre of development—the dualistic tendency of the highest vertebrate empha-
sized by the presentation of the living tangible reality."

4. Such possibilities among the Vertebrata staring us in the face could not but
send the thoughts flashing back among the inferior, less determined, less differen-
tiated organizations; and the mind’s eye néeded not to dwell long among the
many-headed Vorticelle, Polypi, Hydromeduse, Bryozoa, Ascidide, Pyrosomide,
Salpe, etc., before discovering a multitude of more than shadowy tendencies ;
it became fixed upon numerous sharply and clearly established, unmistakable
dualities and pluralities ; all arising from one common centre, the ovum. Had we
not the problem of plural individuality solved here—a polycephalism—? the diffuse
vitality of the animal-egg of the lowest ranks of life outspoken in the indetermined
number and localization of the subdivisions of the Polyp or Hydromedusa corpo-
ration; and even the organization itself undecided? as to whether it should
exemplify its oneness in a simple unit of form, as in the pseudoindividuum of
Bryozoa, Ascidiade, or resolve its offices and configuration into the repetitive, mul-
tiplied sameness of the sexless and sexual proles of Salpx, Tani, Annelide, and
Hydromedusz, or the excessive repetitions of the genitalia of Polypi.

5. The old type of monomerism, the vertebrate individual par excellence, has
then become the modern, more than transcendental duality. ‘The originals of
multitudes of figures in St. Hilaire’s Teratologie,” of the memoir of Lereboullet,
and of the condensed aphoristic sketches of Wyman stand forth the real, material
embodiments of the idea upon which all sentient life is founded. Bilaterality
does not express the thought, it embraces too little; it is to be classed with antero-
posteriority and dorso-ventrality, to signify the subdominant features of the animal
architecture ; features which evolve themselves as the concomitant resultants of
the development of the primitive dominant which originally gave shape to the
bipolar ovum. ‘The embryologist, and to his thoughts the subject is most germane,
reflecting upon the physical aspect of the forming egg, would naturally arrange its
features in two antagonistic fields; and thereupon attempting to define their
position i regard to the contour of the concrete sphere, almost inevitably would

See remarks of the author on this subject in “ Mind in Nature,” ut: sup., p. 1
F Dye IE
See paragraphs 22 and 23. ,

ro)

LUCERNARI# AND THEIR ALLIES. 3

give utterance to the word polarity. This is the dominant, main idea of sentient
life.

6. It is polarity which is evinced when the self-dispersing, self-repellant poten-
tiality of the animal-egg lays down the right and left of the germ on opposing
sides of a line; when the cephalic and caudal areas grow in opposite directions
from a common point of emanation; or when the animal and vegetative founda-
tions project themselves into diametrically diverse, dorsal and ventral spaces.
Each and all of these phenomena have a common point to rest upon; and they
proclaim, by their mode of operation, the controlling influence of a power which,
fixing itself upon that point, as it were, radiates itself through the whole organism,
and disposes its several features in such a way that they all display, either in mode
of evolution or by a direct connection, a polar tendency; a growing out of one
pole and a dispersion toward the opposite one; features most developed and
decided in configuration next the point of departure, and least developed and most
diffuse and indeterminate in the opposite area; the latter always through life
standing in the same relation to the former as supply does to demand, as nutrition
does to the power which regulates the absorption of the nutriment.

7. But bilaterality carries with it something more than the mere dextral and
sinistral opposition of the lateral halves of the body; it is not merely the biparti-
tion of a wnit of form; for the distal as well as the proximal edges of these halves—
the free borders and the margins of contact—are mutually interchangeable; the
former may take the place of the latter, and yet leave the apparent bipartite unit
undisturbed in internal relations.

8. Antero-posteriority exhibits the same interchangeability as bilaterality, but,
although plainly enough, not so conspicuously in a comparative, homological sense

"as in the physiological interplay of the functions, such as we see in the relations
of the allantois to respiration in the embryo, or in the ratio of excretion of the
renal organs dependent upon the degree of activity of the respiratory and perspi-
ratory functions; or in the relation of the reproductive organs to the vocal and
respiratory, when the former are in an abnormal condition, or when they change
from one period of life to another, from youth to adolescence ; and in many other
interdependent relations familiar to the morphologist of the present day.

9. Bilaterality, antero-posteriority, and dorso-ventrality, the three principal sub-
dominants of polarity, have a very methodical disposition, and are quite pronounced
and sharply defined among the higher groups of animals—-the more seemingly
units of organization—but if we go to the opposite extreme of grade we shall find
among the lower classes of life, that the polaric element (like the differentiatien
of organization, and that of function) is in an almost elementary condition,
expressing itself vaguely in the scattered heads of a branch of Coryne, or Tubu-
laria, or Clavellina; or a little more determinately in the distichous arrangement
of the hydra heads of Dynamena and Sertularia, or in the singularly stellate
disposition of the zodids of Botryllus, with their common cloacal orifice.

10. When, however, polymerism, in its usually accepted sense, fails, as it dees
step by step in the gradually rising degrees of rank, polarity gains the ascendency
in point of regularity and the closer intimacy and symmetrical arrangement of the

4 LUCERNARI#A AND THEIR ALLIES.

components of the organization which it holds sway over. Thus it is that two, or
more, scattered, consimilar parts, or complete organizations may combine to form
a seeming one, an apparent, bipartite or multipartite unit, ‘The multiple repetition
of heads among the lower polymeric kinds is here reduced to a. dual repetition,
and the parts condensed into one form an approximative unit, a zoological indi-
viduum, as the highest expression of unity attainable by the vertebrate zodn.

11. The duality, nay the plurality of the subdivision of the vertebrate axis, as
illustrated by the embryo fishes of Lereboullet, is recalled in the diffusiveness of
the many hydra of the dendritic Campanulariz, and is disguised under the inter-
minable heteromorphism of the Siphonophore ; it is polymerous but dimorphous
in Salpa, or polymerous but monomorphous in the fresh-water Polyzoa; tempo-
rarily a polymerous, monomorphic individwum in the fissigemmating Hydra, it
eventually resolves itself into disconnected pseudo-individua ; for a time polymer-
ous, but dimorphic, in the annelidan Myrianida of Milne-Edwards, it finally assumes
the appearance of a true, self-contained individuwm in each one of the separate,
independently moving sexual segments, and in the original budding-stock (the
direct legitimate offspring of the egg) from which they shot forth,

§ 2. The hydroid and medusoid Cephalisms. \

12. Under the term cephalism we include two forms, or morphs, viz., (1) the
cephalid, or such subdivisions of a body as have a complete organization, whether
united in common (as in Spongide,'’ some Vorticellide, Corals, Bryozoa, some
Ascidide, and Pyrosomide), or separating singly from the main stock (as in
Hydra and Actiniz) ; and (2) the cephaloid, or those divisions of a fissigemmating
body which do not contain a complete organization, and may be either mostly sexwal
(as the so-called meduse of Hydromedusie, or the posterior divisions of Myrianida
and other worms, or the joints of ‘Twnia, or the Cercaria-brood of Distoma, or
the chain of Salpa), or mostly vegetative and sealess (as the hydre of Hydromeduse,
the Myrianida stock, the head of Tenia, the single, budding stock of Salpa, or the
budding Cercaria-nurses of Distoma).

13. The thorough historian of the multifarious, so-called alternate generations
of the Acalephie will see nothing but a generative organ in the spermatic and
ovarian sacs of Hydra; and detect nothing more in the grape-like clusters about
the base of the head of Clava, or in the grouped moniliform projections behind
the corona of tentacles of Eudendrium. ‘The polymerism of these organs of
Eudendrium is nothing more than a repetition of the simple sac of Clava; the
diversity in form is only apparent. But one step higher in complexity and
the observer will find in the tentaculiferous terminations of the reproductive
sacs of Thamnocnidia and Parypha a premonition of a forthcoming cephalic
independence, such as is already fully exemplified in the many hydras of the
polymeric, dendritic mass. A similar progression toward cephalic freedom will

URI 4 op : O-= ‘a . Ye]: 2 . 3 7
_* See the author’s memoir on “Spongie Ciliate as Infusoria Flagellata ;” Memoirs Boston Soe.
Nat. Hist., Vol. I, 1867

LUCERNARI# AND THEIR ALLIES. 5

also be seen in the simplest generative sacs of Laomedea amphora, L. flexuosa,
etc., and, in other forms, rising through successive degrees of complexity to those
of Gonothyrea (Laomedea) Lovenii A//., which are not only tipped with tentacu-
lar processes, as in Parypha and Thamnocnidia, but have within them a series
of longitudinal tubes, like those in the homologous organ of ‘Tubularia indivisa,
14. Gradually and methodically the progressive steps of complication lead on,
with a more and more marked separation of the genitalta from a direct relation to
the general mass, or even to the hydre in particular, whilst a consentaneous
development gathers around them and brings them into immediate alliance with
an envelope whose morph is only a slightly varied repetition of that of the hydra,
but whose greater degree of complexity gives it a better claim to be ranked as the
highest among the cephalic subdivisions of the body. But the full aim of the train
of development is not divulged here ; its results only exemplify a part of it in the
predominance of the reproductive function and a differentiation of the nutritive
cavity into distinct channels of circulation, and the subordination of a definite
region of its periphery to a tentacular, prehensile office. Step by step, however,
all the elements of a complete organism are successively absorbed out of the
primitive hydra-mass, and remodelled into the fashion of a medusoid ; the repro-
ductive character has become a less obtrusive feature; motion attracts attention
above all others; prehension has full sway in the highly developed tentacles ;
and the latter point, like fingers, to the selfsustaining power of’ the acalephan
morph in the complete organization of the longitudinal and circular chymiferous
channels, opening into the receptive cavity of a highly flexible, proboscidiform
manubrium. ‘The preliminary processes of fissigemmation are complete ; the primary
genesis of the ovum, in its integrity, is finished; the primitive stock has become
differentiated into two widely diverse varieties of one morph, the hydroid cephaloid
and the medusoid cephaloid. Such is the condition at which the hydromedusaria
of Corymorpha, Hybocodon, Ectopleura (Tubularia) Dumortierii, Pennaria, Coryne
mirabilis, Margelis, Bougainvillia, and many Campanularie have arrived previous
to the disintegration of their mass into the free pseudo-individual medusoids, and
their less independent contemporary homologues, the persistent hydroid cephalisms.
15. The budding of the medusoid of Podocoryne, Lizzia, Hybocodon, and others
shows that the polycephalic individual retains not only its homological identity,
but also its tendency to subdivide, in both of the parts which are separated from
each other. In Clava we have a hydra cephaloid budding both medusoid cepha-
loids and hydra cephaloids, and the two are persistent and form a dimorphous body :
whereas in Hybocodon there is a hy/7a cephaloid budding only medusoid cepha-
loids ; but these latter bud other medusoid morphs, just as the hydra of Clava buds
hydroid morphs. We would remark here, in passing, that it cannot be said justly,
that a medusoid differs from a hydroid essentially, because the first has repro-
ductive organs and is the parent (direct) of the eggs; for the simple globular sacs
of Clava, Hydractinia and others are just as much the genital organs of the
hydroid form, as the pendent sacs along the chymiferous tubes of the medusoid of
Tiaropsis, Eucope, Melicertum, ete., are the genitals of the latter. Since, now,
Lizzia was found by Claparéde to have no intermediate hydra-state, the whole

6 LUCERNARI&E AND THEIR ALLIES.

morph, direct from the egg, is a medusoid cephaloid ; the hydra-morph is left
undeveloped to the lowest degree, in fact totally fails to appear, while the
medusoid differentiates to the highest degree. This is just the reverse of what
we observe in Clava, Hydractinia, Hydra, etc. Between these two extremes are
found all possible intermediate grades in the reciprocally proportionate development
of the hydroid to the medusoid; and singularly enough they are exhibited in
Siphonophore in an almost infinite variety of morphs, so undecided in form as to
leave it sometimes absolutely indeterminable whether a certain morph shall be
called a hydroid or a medusoid.

15a, No one holding the present prevailing views in regard to individuality
would find a difficulty in seeing that the members of a chain of Salpe are so-called
individuals, notwithstanding they are attached obliquely end to end, and organically
connected. Now, although in the self-dividing worm, Myrianida for example, the
so-called asexual stock may become, by actual separation, two individuals, appa-
rently, viz., sexless and seaual, yet once they were more closely connected organi-
cally than the Salpe which do not separate. Is now the closer connection of the
yet unseparated asexual and sexual parts of the worm to make them less distinct
individuals than those of the Salpa? It would seem so, according to the advocates
of individualism; and therefore the Myrianida, with its posterior string of six or
seven consecutive sexual buds, is a monocephalic individual. But in the sexless
Salpa-form, budding the sexual chain, we have a closer parallelism with the worm
than in the chain alone, in fact an identity of relation; and yet, for all that, we
would not think of calling the stock (sexless) and the chain (sexual) together one
individual, with one head, but rather many headed, or in other words a polymeric
unit or individual, of sexual and sexless cephalisms. Therefore, by a parity of
reasoning, we ought to denominate the Myrianida and its buds as a succession or
series of cephalisms. The fact that the worm components are more in one line
than in the Salpa only makes an apparently more individualistic body. Among
tapeworms the several heads (cephaloids) of the scolex (Ccenurus) of Tvenia
Cenurus are not arranged in a line, end to end, but all are free anteriorly, and
connected with each other posteriorly by a common body. ‘The closer connection
of the subdivisions of the annelid is only one of degree; and as to having more
organs in common than the Salpa, it is rather like the community of interest
which the coral cephalisms have in the main trunk,

156. Since the sexual and sexless are necessary to make up a complete
organism, 7. ¢., vegetative and reproductive, the one a complement of the other,
neither alone can represent the individual unit, or whole cycle of life: and
CrPHALISM is, therefore, a better term to indicate the potentiality of these sub-
divisions to live apart (although this does not always occur, as in corals, Bryozoa,
some Campanulariz and Tubularie), but when living apart (as in other ‘Tubularie
[T. Dumortierii], Laomede [Eucope diaphana, ete.], and Salpee, Myrianida, etc.),
meaning more or less incomplete individuals (pseudo-individuals) which are either
mainly vegetative or mainly reproductive, as the case may be. We look upon
cephalism, then, on one hand as having a controlling influence of a low degree of
independence when shared in common by the multiple heads of a coral polypidom,

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. a

°
and, on the other hand, as attaining to the highest independence as a controlling
power, when the multiple parts of a so-called compound individual separate from
each other, and are singly under the influence of this power. ‘The latter obtains
when a Hydra or Actinia separates its buds from itself; or when the sexual part of
the annelid worm subdivides from the asexual one. Cephalism of a low degree is
more readily recognized in the aggregated cephaloids of Salpa than in. the
undivided worm; but, unlike the latter, the former remain connected cephaloids
(in the chain) when separated from the budding stock.

l5c. By thus dividing the body of a Hydromedusa into two parts, which shall
contain, severally, the vegetative dominant (i. e., vegetative cephaloid) and the
sexual dominant (i. e., sexual cephaloid), we avoid the absurdity of assigning
individuality to the egg-sac of Hydra and others of its allies which have evidently
amere genital organ. Although we might be inclined to admit that some
cephalisms may gradually become complete individuals, as when the buds of
Actinia or Hydra separate from the parent body; on the other hand, we must
insist that an individual cannot retain the same significance when reduced to a
mere genital organ, as when, in Coryne, a free medusoid (Sarsia) later in the season
becomes an egg-sac; or when the free medusa of ‘Tubularia (Ectopleura) Dumor-
tierii is represented in ‘Tubularia (Thamnocnidia) spectabilis and Parypha crocea
by a plain sac; or where, as in Siphonophore, a subdivision may be either a
sexual medusoid, or a sexless swimming-bell, or a mere “scale.”

15d. Farther than this we need not go in order to illustrate our views in regard
to the relations of the so-called polymorphic individuals. Why we would rather
look upon them either as so many diverse forms of cephalic extremities—whether
hydroid or medusoid, or doubtfully one or the other, as may happen among the
Siphonophore—or purely as organs under various disguises, may be found set forth,
in extenso, in the chapter on the individuality of Hydromeduse and upon the
comparative individuality of Acalephe.

CHACP Balk. fF:

TSHAE Yee B= OR SOR IMs TS. INOW RA Diy AVMpy.

§ 3. The dorso-ventrally repetitive type.

16. Yer one word more is needed to secure to the reader a full understanding
of the point of view from which we are about to consider our subject. The
commonly received theory, that the so-called Radiata are founded upon the idea of
radiation, was combated by the author some five years ago,! and the reasons for

1 Mind in Nature, ut sup., p. 128.

8 LUCERNARI& AND THEIR ALLIES.

offering a new view of the typical relations of the organism were then given in a

brief sketch: too brief in fact to suffice for our present purposes In this place,

however, we shall only state our position in regard to the matter, and refer to
] A) j x :

those chapters (Part XV) which are especially set apart for the discussion of the

question. ; ee ’

17. We assume that, as in all the other four grand divisions of animals, the
mouth is at the cephalic or anterior extremity of the body, and that all the rest of
the organism is virtually, if not really, topographically behind it, and that what-
ever extends from the oral end of the body does not radiate from that end in two
three, four, or five, or more directions, but trends posteriorly in so many lines
parallel-wise to a longitudinal axis, arid to a vertical sectant plane which divides
the body into a bilateral figure. ‘To give the idea a reality, we have but to
point to the mouth of an Actinia as the cephalic end of our bilateral figure, and
looking inwardly we shall see the flat stomach forming the sectant plane, which,
extended in imagination, in two opposite directions, would strike the periphery of
the body along two dorsal and ventral lines one hundred and eighty degrees from
each other, and then, projected still further away from the mouth, would terminate
finally in the posterior, adherent, discoid end. Parallel-wise with this plane all of
the partitions of the digestive cavity trend, like a series of superposed shelves or
galleries, in direct lines from the region lying right and left of the mouth, and of
the flattened parallel sides of the stomach, backward along the inner face of the
cylindrical periphery, so as to subdivide the included space into as many longi-
tudinal corridors. It is these partitions which, by their multiplied sameness,
constitute, among others, the elements that embody the dorso-ventrally repetitive
type; the true ideal, as we fully believe, upon which this grand division is
founded.

18. We think we shall be understood now, when we say that the multitudinous
chymiferous canals of the disciform AZquorea and the quadruple channels of the
cylindrical bell of Sarsia are two widely separated extremes of dorso-ventrally
repetitive sameness; or that the numerous ambulacra of Solasfer and the five of
Asterias represent two extremes of dorso-ventral repetition, thrown forward, “ into
rank,” to the same line with the mouth; whilst the retreating rows of Echinus,
and the more differentiated ones of Spatangus and Schizaster, and the like, present
the idea in a less disguised form, to be finally exemplified, in its fullest expres-
sion and clearness, in the elongated, vermiform Holothuric.

19. The reader, probably, will not fail to comprehend us then when we state
that the proboscis of a Lucernarian lies at the anterior end of the body; that the
region of the main cavity, the umbelliform part of this creature, is a great deal
wider than it is long, i. e., it is extremely foreshortened (no more difficult to
conceive, we take it, than that the short, globose body of an Octopus or a Cirrhoteu-
this is a foreshortening of the same typical elements that exist in the extremely
elongated, slender body of a Loligopsis); and that the so-called peduncle forms a
thick, cylindrical, caudal termination at that end of the longitudinal axis which
lies most distant from the one where the mouth opens, Finally, we will add, that
the lateral halves of the body lie right and left of a plane which passes through

LUCERNARIZ AND THEPR ALLIES. 9

two diagonally opposite, dorsal and ventral corners of the four-sided proboscis,
so that two other corners and two pair of reproductive organs, as well as twe
partitions, stand respectively on the right and on the lett.’

CHART rank: IL.

ANTERO-POSTERIOR (CCEPHALO-CAUDAL) REPETITION.

§ 4. The Scyphostoma and Ephyra, varieties of the same morph.

20. Ir would seem to be incumbent on us now to proceed at once to define
more precisely the morphological and individualistic character of the Lucernarie ;
but before we do that it seems desirable, in fact necessary, to prepare the way
more clearly by a specific statement of our views in regard to the organization of
the strobiloid Acalephe, and particularly in reference to their morphology. If all
the members of this order originated and developed in the same way as a certain
Pelagia was observed to do by Krohn,’ there would be neither such a thing as a
strobiloid Acaleph, nor any dispute as to the strict individuality of the medusiform
Acaleph; but reproduction by that method is not the only one, in fact it is an
extreme between which and the more commonly known process there are no
graduated means, such as exist so notably among the Hydromeduse. In this Pelagia
the scyphostoma and the ephyra are merged into one; or perhaps rather—and we
only suggest the thought—the whole scyphostoma is developed from an early
period directly into the ephyra, instead of first taking on a certain and quite
advanced. degree of complexity, and then metamorphosing itself, by self-division in
part, into another variety of the same morph. It is in the latter case, 7. e. strobi-
lism, that we meet with a form of repetitive partition almost unknown among the
Hydromeduse ; indeed we believe only to be found in the moniliform group of
medusoids of Eudendrium, strung end to end.

21. In all probability the cephalic members of most of the Hydromedusz are
derived from the bilateral element of polarity, but in the strobiloid Acalephe it
would seem to be quite clear that antero-posteriority exhibits its peculiarity by an
indeterminate number of cephalo-caudal repetitions along the longitudinal axis,
We do not propose to enter here into any detailed argument to prove this, but
will simply refer to the chapter (Part XI) on individuality for the minutiw, and
- merely state the facts which lead us to this conclusion, without further comment.

* See the section on the ‘‘ Criterion of Symmetry,” in Part XV, for proofs of the correctness of the
above view in regard to the position of the dividing plane.
* See Krohn, “ Ueber die friihesten Entwickl. der Pelagia noctiluca,” Miill. Archiy, 1855, p. 491,
Taf; eX.
2 February, 1877.

10 LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES.

92. It most frequently happens at the beginning of the fissigemmating period,
just after the seyphostoma has developed to the proper condition, that, excepting the
original one bearing the anterior corona of tentacles, all of the successive segments
across the longitudinal axis are medusoid in character, and immediately after these,
and while they are far from being fully prepared for an independent existence, a
scyphostoma-like corona of tentacles develops into an exact repetition of the
foremost one; but after this first crop of ephyre bas disappeared, it is a com-
mon occurrence to meet, in the succeeding crops, with a heterogeneous mixture
of ephyra, ephyroid, doubtfully ephyroid, or doubtfully scyphostomoid, scyphosto-
moid, and scyphostoma forms. Sometimes two or three scyphostoma coronee
succeed each other (see Agassiz, Contributions to the Natural Mistory of U. &.,
Vol. III, Pl. x1), or two or more lie behind the ephyre (Ag., Contrib., Pl. x1,
fig. 16). Again a scyphostoma corona, following a series of ephyre, has eye-spots
at the bases of the tentacles (Ag., Contrib., Pl. x1, fig. 5), or the edge of a segment
is made up of alternate broad and narrow lobes, the first terminating in single, and
the latter in three scyphostomoid tentacles (Ag., Contrib., Pl. x1, fig. 19), thus
imitating the ocular lobes of the ephyra in relative position, and their composition
in an exaggerated form, leaving it altogether uncertain whether the segment
belongs to the scyphostomic or the ephyra morph; or again a number of ephyroid
segments have their ocular lobes either tipped with scyphostomic tentacles (Ag.,
Contrib., Pl. x1, figs. 15 and 22), or the latter are superadded close to the base of
the ocular peduncle (Ag., Contrib., Pl. x1, figs. 8, 14, and 16).

23. This is enough for the present to warrant us in assigning the ephyra and
the scyphostoma to the same morph, thereby intimating that neither the elaboration
of the one nor of the other necessarily has any reference to the formation of a
particular kind of organ, but simply indicates that this is the method by which
the different varieties of the cephalic morph are developed and repeated antero-
posteriorly along the longitudinal axis of the individwum.

§ 5. The individuality of Pelagia and Lucernarie.

24. The Pelagia which we have mentioned (20) retains its individuality in almost
the strictest sense of which we have any example, in fact only the less so than in
the highest vertebrates, because its dorso-ventrally repetitive element is less differ-
entiated and more multiplied in its results.

25. The case of the Pelagia of Krohn brings us now directly to the consideration
of the individuality of Lucernarie. These ceenotypic forms of Acalephee are only
less individualized than Pelagia, because two varieties of one morph, viz., the
hydroid and the medusoid, inseparably interfused, are patent to our senses in the
same unit of form; memorizing, as it were, the separate condition of the hydroid
and medusoid cephalisms among the lower, most indeterminately repetitive Hydro-
meduse,

26. A Lucerarian might be compared with a scyphostoma which, instead of
developing the anterior segment into the most usual form, with its numerous, long,
slender tentacles, has evolved from itself another variety of the same morph, a

LUCERNARI# AND THEIR ALLIES. ll

medusoid, in fact a Charybdean, which remains a permanent part of the body,
whilst the region posterior to that has become differentiated to the highest degree
of which the scyphostomic morph is capable. ‘The medusoid cephalism is persistent,
it remains to perform, in addition to its usual functions, a part which is most com-
monly assigned to the hydroid; thereby illustrating, by a whole order of beings,
the theory that not only the hydroid cephalism, but the most highly developed
medusoid cephalism, normally, may remain a constant part of what is commonly
called a polypidom.

27. Seen in this light, the Pelagia already mentioned was a free polypidom with
a single cephalic medusoid member, and the Lizzia, which Claparede' saw develop
directly from the egg, was also a free medusoid polypidom ; but probably not a single
cephalic member, because the same species, we believe, has been seen to bud
medusoids like itself from the sides of the manubrium. If this be true, then the
Lizzia in question was a free, polycephalic medusoid polypidom for a certain period,
in the same sense that Hydra is periodically a free, polycephalic, but dimorphous,
Hydromedusoid polypidom, <A polypidom, so-called, may therefore consist either
altogether of a single variety of a morph, for instance, of all medusoids (Lizzia), or
of two varieties, 7. e., of medusoid and hydroid, indiscriminately mixed (Hydra,
Coryne, etc.), or systematically disposed in their relations (Sertulariw, Tubulariz),
or the two varieties, the hydroid and the medusoid, may be merged into one, and
that one may be represented by a single cephalism, a wnt, as in Lucernarie.

28. Why a Charybdean is selected’ above, for comparison, rather than an Aurelia
or Cyanea may be learned in detail in the chapter (Part XI) upon the mor-
phology of Charybdeide ; suffice it to say, here, that they cannot be specially
homologized, neither with the strobiloid Acalephz nor with the Hydromeduse, and
that they can be so compared with the Lucernariz.

* Claparede, “Ueber geschlecht. Zeug. von Quallen durch Quallen,” Zeitsch. fiir Wiss. Zodl.
1860, vol. x, p. 401, Taf. xxxi, figs. 1, 2, 3.

a, ee

~~

PARE Lk.

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF HALICLYSTUS AURICULA.

CrECAR ED IRvEs 1 Vi

GENERAL FORM AND STRUCTURE.

§ 6. Habitat, Habits, Form, and Size.

29. Form and Proportions (Pl. 1 figs. 1-17).—In some of the attitudes (fig. 1)
of this species, the form of the body, as a whole, might be compared to a lady’s
parasolette heavily tasselled at eight about equally distant points around the edge.
The handle, then, would correspond to the thick, short peduncle at the caudal end
of the body, and the ferrule-bearing tip would represent the proboscis. Imagine
the parasolette turned inside out so that the usually concave under side becomes
convex, and it would then have the shape which our Lucernarian most frequently
assumes (figs. 4-7). It might, then, also be sometimes compared (jig. 5) to a
broad, shallow, eight-sided fruit dish supported by a pedicel.

30. Size.—Keeping up the simile to the parasolette, or umbella, we proceed to
indicate the size and proportions of this umbelliform mass. Full-grown specimens
measure one inch (figs. 2, 3) across the umbel, or sometimes a little more, especially
those collected at the latter end of the breeding season in our more northen, colder
seasons. Including the tassellated tentacles the whole is equal to one and a half
inches from side to side. The peduncular, caudal portion is at least one-half an
inch long, and about one-twelfth of an inch thick, on the average, but, expanding
rather abruptly at the extreme posterior end, into a truncate, discoidal, adherent
termination, it is there a little more than one-eighth of an inch. The proboscis is
the least conspicuous subdivision of the body, on account of its position and trans-
parency; and, as it is extremely sensitive to the touch and highly contractile and
extensible, its proportions can be made out only approximately, and therefore we
can but say, in general terms, that it is about one-eighth, or from one-eighth to one-
sixth of an inch long, or from one-fourth to one-third the length of the peduncle,
and about as broad, in the average, as long. From these measurements, one would
judge that the animal before us is, on the whole, rather stout and heavy in its
proportions ; certainly it is not slender, nor even approximately so, although it has
a pretty wide range of general extensibility, and in some of its attitudes appears to be
considerably elongated (fig. 7), but in the latter case this is more seeming than real.

(13)

14 LUGCERNARI#® AND THEIR ALLIES.

31. The interior configuration (Pl. 10, fig. 3%) corresponds, in a general sense, with
that of the exterior. ‘The proboscis (p) forms the boundary of a similarly shaped
space, and thence the passage is direct into a very wide quadripartite area (w')
which is coextensive with the depth and width of the umbella. ‘The umbellar
area (w!) narrows posteriorly into a broadly conical outline (w"), and then opens into
four circumaxial, elongate, tunnel-like passages (z°), which extend to the posterior
end of the caudal region. Essentially, therefore, the whole internal cavity consti-
tutes one common chamber, which is subdivided in accordance with the configura-
tion of the three principal regions of the body.

32. Habitat.—Although a free, single, independent body, Haliclystus auricula is
eminently sedentary in its habits, and even is partially encased in a very short
sheath at its posterior attachment, so that it has the appearance of being a perma-
nently adherent hydroid, like Corymorpha, Hybocodon, ete., and in fact it is very
rare to find it. disengaged from its caudal mooring, when in its natural habitat.
When, however, it is transported, with the eel-grass to which it is most commonly
attached, it very often loosens its hold, slips out of its sheath, and moves about from
place to place in its temporary abode As it is very difficult to keep it in a healthy
condition, requiring a large amount of water, frequently to be renewed more-
over, its habits, attitudes, configuration, and even general structure need to be
observed as soon as possible after it is removed from its natural resting place, and
if practicable, as we have often found it, even before this is done. ‘The numerous
figures ( fiys. 1-16) which we have placed on the plate (Pl. 1) were drawn from life
while the subjects were under the most favorable conditions, and are, therefore, fair
samples of the natural attitudes and habits of this species.

33. As we have said above, it is most frequently found attached by its caudal
extremity either to eel-grass (Zostera), or to the common Fucus vesiculosus, and
very rarely to the solid rock. It would seem to prefer for its base of operations
some object which is kept in constant motion by the action of the water, something
which will assist it in coming in contact with the greatest possible amount of respi-
ratory material. Hence we may account for the difficulty of keeping the animal
in a healthy state in confinement. It will appear, to the inexperienced eye, to be
perfectly well and fully expanded for three, four, or five days after capture, but
during all this time it is quietly exfoliating its epidermis, both externally and
internally, and finally indicates its illness, in its extreme, by falling from its
attachment, and lying inactive at the bottom of the aquarium, contracted and rolled
up into an almost shapeless mass. Such has been our. experience whenever we
ceased from making the utmost efforts to keep the animal supplied with an abun-
dance of perfectly fresh and cool water. We have scen statements that it thrives
well in an paneai ails but we are fully persuaded that it was only apparently so,
and that, after the first forty-eight hours of confinement, it was unfit for anatomical
investigation, certainly of a histological character,
neste om aed oe Se a
cect aa eee . ; 2 ne um relliform portion is more or less

} - 9); at the proboscis is, as it were, surrounded by a very

LUCERNARI# AND THETR ALLIBES. 1[/5)

broad excavation; and the other is when the umbel is thrown backward in such a
way that its posterior face is concave (jig. 1) and the proboscis projects conspicu-
ously from its convex anterior face. At times the umbel is arched so strongly
forward that the body has the form of a wide-mouthed trumpet (fig. 4), or still
more projected and narrowed it simulates the outline of a deep funnel (fig. 7).
Yet near these two extremes of concavity and convexity of the front face there
are all possible means, as may be seen by consulting the several figures which
adorn the plate, representing this species at various ages. ‘The highest degree of
contractility of which it is capable is exhibited by inrolling the edge of the umbel
so as to conceal the bunches of tentacles (fig. 15) and compacting itself into a
globose mass, but without retracting the caudal cylindrical portion more than
enough to give it a very broad columnar proportion (fig. 14), and never so much
as to merge it into the general mass.

39. Locomotion.—The flexibility as well as the muscularity of the body is most
vividly presented when the animal is roving from place to place. It has been said
by continental observers that it swims like a pelagic medusoid, by alternately
contracting and expanding its umbel; but although we have waded time and
again for hours among the eel-grass where they were so numerous as to almost
swarm, we have never once witnessed anything that could be compared to the
pulsating movement of the umbella of a genuine oceanic Acaleph. It is true
that we have seen these creatures detach themselves from their point of support,
but they exhibited no systematically concerted motions which would drive them
in any particular direction, and the whole process consisted in rapidly flexing or
jerking the body from one side to another, with an occasional rapid folding together
and unfolding of the opposite halves of the umbel. It is possible that the swim-
ming faculty belongs to the H. octoradiata (L. octoradiata, Sars, non Lamarck),
which has been so often and so long confounded with the species now under conside-
ration. The usual mode of locomotion is by a process of creeping or stalking over
bodies, after the manner of a Hydra, using as prehensible, or rather adherent, organs,
the discoid caudal termination and the eight oval, kidney-like bodies (anchors,
colletocystophores, § 104) which spring from the edge of the umbel, one by one, in
the intervals between the clumps of tentacles. Rarely does this Lucernarian appear
to use the tentacles as instruments of reptation, nor do they contain the adhesive
bodies which make up so largely the mass of the kidney-like organs and the
disciform truncation of the caudal end of the body. As the animal passes from
point to point, it swings itself backward and forward, at one moment barely
adherent by the edge of the caudal disk, and at the next, with an abrupt jerk, it
throws the margin of the umbel against some object and tilts over, using one or
two marginal bodies as anchors whilst it detaches the former base of support
(fig. 13). In the latter condition it shows at times a high muscular power, by
swimming abruptly from side to side, or with violent jerks and a sort of gyrating
motion it throws itself into rapidly succeeding and varied positions, the heavy
caudal region meanwhile whirling about in the watery space like a club in the
hand of a gymnast.

16 LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES.

36.
to an almost glassy green,
by a sort of opalescent play of varied intensity.
influence here, for totally different hues are represented,
n upon the same blade of eel-grass. In any case the body is
all blue, or green, or olive, or yellow, or orange, very
and from that it ranges in different
In very rare instances the color

Color.—The divers tints of the body range very widely, from a dark purple
: : and, even in the brownish colors, are always lighted up
Locality does not scem to have any
side by side, in the same

tide pool, and eve
uniformly of one color, either
rarely red, but occasionally pink or violet,
individuals to a dark purple, or purplish brown.
varies in different parts of the body.

§ 7. The Proboscis. (Pl. 1, figs. 1, 2, 3: Pl u, fg. 225 PE mies
Pl. iv, fig. 50.)

37. The proboscis is not only typically, but actually, topographically, the anterior
division, the foremost of the cephalic members of the body. In neither sense,
though, is it distinctly separable from the umbellar region; the latter and the
former insensibly shade off into each other, and, as it were, mutually overlap at
alternate points. Generally speaking, the proboscis is quadrilateral from two
different points of view (jigs. 1, 2, 3, and 379), and so nearly alike in length and
breadth that it has the contour of a cube, or of a very short quadrangular prism,
the corners of which lie, respectively, two in the vertical axial plane of the body,
and two, at ninety degrees from these, in the horizontal axial plane. The four
sides of this organ, therefore, face obliquely at forty-five degrees from either of
these planes. Viewed from the front (jigs. 2, 3, 22), as the animal rests in the
conventionally homological position for comparison, the proboscis presents a
cruciate appearance, the angles forming the four extremities of the cross, thus +,
the perpendicular arms of the cross corresponding to the vertical axial plane, and

the horizontal limbs to the horizontal axial plane. Such are the outlines of this ~

ergan, in the main, but we must now particularize the several features, one by one,
in order to complete the details of our topographical sketch. :

38. The mouth is bordered by the four terminal smooth edges of the right and
left sides of the proboscis (fig. 229); it is, therefore, quadrilateral also, but is
modified more or less by the longitudinal plications and imarchings of these
edges, so that, with varying degrees, it presents, from time to time, all of the
intervening outlines between a rectilinear quadrilateral and a spherical quadri-
lateral. It is, moreover, altered in shape by the replication or rolling outward of
the edges (fig. 1), or by their mutual approximation. ‘There is no demarcation
between the buceal orifice and the buccal cavity which is*included between the
four flanks of the proboscis ;
object from the post-buceal (.°) or central umbellar chamber, which lies imme-
diately behind it; the two latter insensibly run into each other, in the same way
that the external contours of the proboscis and the umbel mutually blend.

39. The basal region of the proboscis is by far the most remarkable part of that
organ, and is so singularly constructed that it would be impossible to describe it
apart trom the anterior umbellar floor, with which it forms a direct continuation.

; nor is the latter space separated by any intervening

ay Lap

;

LUCEHERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. iby

It will on this account be more readily understood if we indicate, with a few light
touches, the configuration of the anterior face of the umbel. ‘This face is sub-
divided into eight alternately sunken and elevated regions, so placed that the
sunken areas (figs. 22, 37, ¢*) abut against the four sides of the proboscis, and the
elevated fields are continuous with the corners (¢’) of the latter. The sides of the
proboscis, it will be seen now, extend much further backward than the buttress-like
corners; the former trending parallelwise with the axis of the body until they
reach the uttermost depths of the umbellar concavity (at p*, fig. 37), gradually
narrow as they approach the bottom of the U-shaped sunken areas, and meanwhile
insensibly shade off, laterally, into the gradually and consentaneously widening
proboscidial buttresses (¢*); while the latter rapidly rise from the adjacent hollows,
and shade off with a very gentle slant into the corresponding elevated regions of
the umbel. The latter regions, therefore, lie, respectively, two in the horizontal
axial plane, and two in the vertical plane, while the sunken areas trend each at an
angle of forty-five degrees to these planes.

40. The flat sides of the proboscis do not by any means always stretch with a
straight, smooth surface in a direct line away from the mouth, but rather, and most
frequently, they are transversely wrinkled, and often deeply folded in the same
direction; and to such an extent, sometimes, do these folds reach that they cover
over a considerable portion of the deeper, proximal ends of the sunken areas, and
form thereby a sort of marsupium or pouch (fig. 22, 2). These folds evidently
possess a high degree of contractility and expansibility, as they may either be ex-
tended so as to reach at least half way to the margin of the umbel, or they may be
so retracted that the sides of the proboscis are perfectly smooth, as may be seen on
its upper right side in jig. 22. The extensibility as well as the strength of the
proboscis may be observed also when it seizes and swallows a shrimp of compara-
tively large size. ‘The marginal adherent organs (a) are on such occasions of
eminent service, while the tentacles are occupied in thrusting the victim into the
widely spread mouth, whence it passes through the proboscis, which fulfils merely
the office of a throat, to the general cavity.

Sicn le Umbellas (Rlo1, jigs: 2,3, li; Plow jg. 225 Pl ut, fig. 37;
Pl. tv, jig. 47; Pl. vi, figs. 61, 62, 66.)

41. The Umbella.—We shall next consider the form, proportion, appendages,
contents, and general and special morphological relations of the middle division of
the body. The umbella presents an outline which varies to a considerable extent
with the shifting moods and attitudes of the animal. In profile it is concave in
front and convex behind (figs. 17, 37), the concavity holding the proboscis in the
middle, and the convexity abruptly narrowing off at its axis, into the peduncular,
caudal termination (7). Viewed from the front (jigs. 2, 3, 22), it presents an
octolateral outline, with eight strongly projecting corners. Of these eight sides
four alternate ones are usually shorter than the others, and they are those which
lie directly opposite the four flanks of the proboscis (figs. 2, 22,37). Frequently,

however, the proportions are reversed and the longer four become the shorter ones
3 February, 1877. ;

18 LUCERNARI& AND THEIR ALLIES.

(fig. 3), or they are all alike. The first case, though, is the one which is most
pee “p i 1 Cy] ays] “oO 68 * te
rally met with, and’sometimes the shorter sides are so strongly contracted and

gene :
S > “1 . 7
1 has rather the appearance of a quadrilateral with four

narrowed that the umbe
double corners (fig. 22), or the corners project so far as to have rather the appear-

ance of arms (fig. 17). These sides are always more or less inarched, and with
such a uniform curvature that the middle of each broad sinus is the point nearest
to the proboscis, and consequently the borders of the same are most distant, and
combine to form the corners of the octolateral.

42. Umbellar Appendages.—A very strong emphasis is put upon these alternating
corners and sinuses by the appendages which project from their edges. The comers
are rendered apparently more prominent by the implanting thereon of a thick group
of cylindrical, globe-tipped tentacles (figs. 1-17, 22, 37, ), whilst the comparatively
inconspicuous edge of each interval is intensified by the addition of a dark, oval,
kidney-shaped adherent organ (a). The manner of attachment of these bodies will
be described under their respective headings, as we do not wish here to complicate
the subject any more than is necessary to render the relation of the various parts
of the umbel sufficiently clear for a perfect understanding of topography and mor-
phology. ‘The adherent organs (anchors) from their position in the sinuses, form
a marked feature in the subdivision of the octagon, inasmuch as they lie severally,
either opposite the flat sides of the proboscis or exactly confronting its four corners,
and, therefore, have a closer and more direct relation to the planes of bilaterality
and dorso-ventrality than the tentacles possess, which, as it were, stand obliquely to
these, at regularly alternating points.

43. The longitudinal diameter of the wmbella, 7. e., the distance from the anterior
to the posterior face, is quite diverse at different points, but not without system.
We have already anticipated this by inference, in the description of the basal
prolongations of the proboscis (39). Conjoined with the four proboscidal but-
tresses (¢), the four equidistant regions which lie opposite the angles of the
proboscis have a far greater antero-posterior extension from the front to the back
face than any other portion of the umbel, whilst the middle of the four subdi-
visions, which abut against the flat sides of the proboscis, measures the least
in this respect. The reason for this will be apparent enough without going into
details, upon stating that the middle of each of the four sunken areas (39)
corresponds to the line along which the walls of the anterior and posterior faces
of the umbel are united. These lines of junction—internal partitions (J), as
will be leamed hereafter (47)—may be recognized from without as four narrow,
light bands trending, severally, from each of the four sides of the proboscis almost
to the margin of the umbel.! Consequent upon this it is plain that the antero-
posterior faces are further apart at one intervening point than at the partitions,

* One of the most elegant and characteristic figures of this species thus far published (see A.
Agassiz’s Illustrated Catalogue of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, No. IL., North American
Acalephx, Cambridge, Mass., 1865, p. 63, fi :

g. 88) is unfortunately marred by a serious morpho-
logical mistake in the drawing,

1 by which the angles of the proboscis are made to appear as if lying
opposite the partitions of the umbella and consequently facing toward the four double reproductive
organs, instead of toward four points intermediate between these.

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 19

and most distant opposite the corners of the proboscis, since the areas continuous
with the buttresses are the least depressed (39). From the latter points the faces
in question approximate each other along two diverse lines, one trending in the
direction of the partitions, where they are conjoined, and the other running to the
margin of the umbel, at which place they combine to form a common border.

44. The physiojnomy of the anterior face of the umbel is still further affected
by the location of the subdivisions of the muscular system. This system is much
more intensified and conspicuous in the regions adjacent to the partitions ({?) than
in the intervening areas, but in both localities it may be recognized by numerous
ribbon-like bands (m) which extend parallelwise from about the base of the
proboscis to the periphery of the umbel. ‘The subdivisions are divided into two
sets, of which there are four more prominent subdivisions opposite the flanks of
the proboscis, and four others regularly alternating with these and running directly
from the buttresses (¢') of the same organ. These eight subdivisions are not
apparently in contact with each other, but seem to be separated by the intervention
of eight other subdivisions of another system of organs. ‘The latter, the genitalia,
are dark, triangular, flat masses (.), which present the appearance of a pavement-
work as seen through the walls, and extend, one by one, from the sides of the
buttresses to the tentaculiferous corners ({*) of the octagon. ‘The absence of the
muscular system over these triangular areas is only apparent, and is obscured by
the darkness of the underlying mass. Finally there is a narrow ribbon (m’) of
muscle which borders the front face of the umbella, but does not extend as a
distinct band over the corners where the tentacles are situated. By the action of
the muscles the front face of the umbel is largely modified at times, either by the
contraction of the fainter, weaker set, in such a way that the whole area opposite
each of the buttresses, with the latter included, is thrown forward into a strong
narrow ridge, and the adjacent triangular masses of pavement-work are approxi-
mated so as to touch, or even overlap each other (fig. 3), or at other times the
stronger muscles narrow the sunken areas in which they lie, until they become
quite restricted in extent and deeper as a whole in an antero-posterior direction,
and simultaneously the intertentacular margin is shortened and rendered more
deeply sinuous (fig. 22). On the whole it may be said that the entire floor of this
face is quite thin and highly expansible and contractile.

45. The posterior face (figs. 17 and 66) of the umbella is quite simple in con-
figuration. Being coincident at its margin with that of the front face, it is
bordered by the same appendages, 7. ¢., tentacles and adherent organs, and by its
semi-transparency allows a tolerably clear view of the partitions ({*) and the dark
triangular bodies (4). Its thickness is very marked in contrast with that of the
anterior face, nor does it ever appear to become wrinkled or folded to any dis-
tinctly appreciable extent. This may be readily accounted for, since we know that
the bulk of it consists of a highly resilient, gelatiniforni substance, continuous with
that in the peduncle (58). Contrasted, then, with the cther face, it might well be
described as rigid. Opposite the four partitions, however, it is more or less slightly
impressed with a shallow, broad, longitudinal furrow, which scarcely attracts
attention unless looked for. ‘That it is capable of being compressed or bent is

20) LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES.

evident by seeing its margin follow all the various shapes which are assumed by
that of the front face, but unless so affected it does not appear ever to change its
contour, As we shall see hereafter, in detail, it has no muscular compenent, but
is simply resilient when bent or compressed. In this respect its junction with the
front face is very abrupt, but in point of configuration 1s comparatively gradual,
forming with the other a smooth rounded edge (figs. 61, 62).

46. Since the three main subdivisions of the body have a close relation to the
disposition of the various members of the organization, one would be justified, upon
.these premises, in looking for something marked at the point of transition from the
umbella to the peduncular, caudal regions (rt). This presumption, however, is not
warranted so far as the exterior surface is concerned, for we find there a very
gradual transition in point of external features, but a rather abrupt change of general
form. We must look within for more evident diversities between these two regions.
There is no visible, structural dividing line which separates them, as there is
between the front and the posterior faces of the umbella, and therefore it is not
possible to say where the one begins and the other ends; the most that we can
state is that the bulk of the posterior umbellar face is convex, but that behind this
it rapidly curves off into a more or less broad, conical form, and then insensibly
makes a transition into the peduncle.

47. The interior of the umbella next demands our attention. In regard to its
general configuration it might with propriety be described as the mould of that of
the exterior. We have already (43) indicated its subdivision into four compart-
ments, when referring to the four partitions which unite the anterior and posterior
faces of this region, but we have further details to add here, and shall therefore
begin with the partitions as the foundation for the principal modifications of the
general cavity of this part of the body. ‘The anterior (figs. 22, 37, 66, ¢) and pos-
terior (3) parietes of the umbella are united by thei interior faces at four equidis-
tant points, or rather lines (1”), which from without have the deceptive appearance
of tubes, on account of their comparative transparency. ‘These extremely elongate
areas of attachment, or of mutual fusion, extend from each of the bases of the four
flat sides of the proboscis to within a short distance of the margin of the umbella,
and then abruptly terminate. Consequently at each of these four points of termi-
nation there is left a passage-way (7) from one compartment to the other, and
therefore the subdivisions of the general cavity intercommunicate at their distal
ends, as well as at the proximal apertures behind the base of the proboscis,

48. These partitions can scarcely be called division walls, as they have barely an
appreciable depth, but are rather to be compared to low ridges on two opposing
surfaces which have inosculated along their crests, By making a transverse section
(Jig. 61) across two approximated arm-like angles of the octagon, the slight depth
of the partitions (4*) can be very clearly demonstrated. We should not fail here
to state their exact topographical relations, since they constitute an important
element in the morphological construction of the body, both as regards its ordinal
characters, and in the consideration of its embodiment of the typical idea of the
grand division to which it belongs, The vertical and horizontal axial planes being
understood to lie in continuation of the four diz gonally opposite corners of the

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. Pl

proboscis, it will be seen that the partitions must be inclined at an angle of forty-
five degrees to these planes, since they trend perpendicularly from the middle of
each flank of this proboscis toward the umbellar sinus which lies nearest to and
opposite said flank; and, moreover, it follows that the midline of each of the four
compartments of the general cavity is coincident with either the one or the other
of these planes. The lateral extent of these compartments is limited only by the
narrow partitions, but that is enough to define exactly their relation to the angles
of the proboscis, the butresses (¢') of the latter projecting in strong ridges over the
middle of the compartments, and in fact forming, in part, the front wall of their
proximal ends. ‘Thus it is evident that the general cavity (J!) cannot be separated
by any demarcation from the post-buccal chambers (1"). The peripheral extent of
this chamber is limited only by the conjunction of the anterior and posterior parietes
of the umbella, and it even is prolonged into the tentacles and adherent organs,
both the latter and the former being hollow to their tips.

49. The organs which are included in these compartments belong to but one
system—the reproductive. ‘They have already been mentioned (44) as dark, trian-
gular pavement-like bodies; but their exact relation to the walls of the umbella
has not been stated, and therefore one of the most important morphological features
of the whole animal remains to be delineated. That they are totally within the
cavity embraced by the front and back faces of the umbella, and that they have no
communication with the exterior except through that cavity, might be sufficient
to affirm before the time of certain recent discoveries in regard to the relative
position of the reproductive organs, or of the region of the reproductive process,
but at present it is absolutely indispensable that one should enter into the utmost
topographical minutie. We shall not here, however, proceed to the ultimate
details of these organs, but merely place them in the proper light as far as their
site is concerned, and leave the rest to be worked out in the chapter (V) on the
anatomy of the various organs with which the body is diversified.

50. The reproductive organs (2-2°) would appear, without much consideration,
to be as many as there are corners to the octagon which incloses them; but we
are assured, for reasons which shall not be entered into here, but may be
found in the chapters on their anatomy (V) and on ordinal characters (XIII),
that there are only four subdivisions of this system, but that each part is two-
fold. The whole system is adherent to the inner surface of the anterior wall,
circumoral area, ({) of the umbella, and, from its proximo-distal extent, lies in
almost the closest possible contiguity to the proboscis. Each half of the four
subdivisions corresponds to one of the dark, triangular, pavement-like bodies already
referred to (44). ‘The triangle (figs. 22, 37, 21, 4’, 2°) is broadly obtuse, and its
longest, basal side (2°) stretches in a slightly curved line, and at a very sharp
angle to the neighboring partition, from a point close to the bases of the tentacles,
two-thirds, or even three-quarters, of the distance (24 to 2°) to the axis of the body,
Of the two other sides, one is shorter (2°) than the other (A'), and lies nearer
the proboscis. They are both more or less outwardly arched, and by their
conjunction sometimes appear to form parts of a continuous curve rather than a
very obtuse angle. ach partition (°) lies midway between the two triangular

99 LUCERNARIAZA AND THEIR ALLIES.

halves of an organ, and consequently, it seems plain enough that the halves of
adjoining genitalia occupy the same umbellar compartment ; or, from another point
of view, the halves of the same genitalia are to a found in two pence but
juxtaposed compartments of the general cavity. The longest side (2) of each
triangle faces its mate, and the two have a partition stretching between them
equally distant from either. '

51. In a former paper’ upon this animal we have already drawn attention to
the high specialization of these organs when contrasted with those of all the other
Acalephe, and we wish here to emphasize still more strongly the idea which was
there set forth for the first time. It has been noticed that these triangular halves
are compounded of irregularly rounded bodies so closely set together as to appear
like a pavement-work (44). These are nothing less than spherical saes ( figs. 37,
61, 62, s), attached one by one, and by a short neck, to the inner face of the
floor ; and within these only are to be found the eggs or spermatic material, accord-
ing as the animal is male or female. It will be noticed, also, that the largest
sacs are in the region of the obtuse angle of each triangle, and that they gradually
diminish in size as they approach the basal side (2°) and the distal (4*) and
proximal (2°) acute angles. Here, again, are two other eminent features of
differentiation, and of a degree such as is not equalled in the whole class of
Acalephe ; in fact it would seem as if we ought to consider each globular sac as
a separate organ, and regard the triangular bodies as merely the expressions of
the mode of grouping of the organs. At any rate, the suggestion will serve to
heighten the sharpness of the features of differentiation so remarkably worked out
here, and may perform the same office in estimating the quality of the same process
in other creatures of this class. Nevertheless, we shall at least insist that every
organ is composed of two of the triangular groups of spherules, and in this
assumption we are supported by other evidence than that already adduced.

52. The digitijorm bodies (7), which appear in such large numbers near the base
of the proboscis, are arranged with special reference to the divisions of each
reproductive organ, and form the connective which gives unity of configuration to
the genital halves. ‘They are disposed quite regularly in three or four rows,
which lie close together and extend from the proximal end of a partition in a
direct line to each of the halves, and then border the shortest side ( fig. 22, 27) of
these triangles for about one-third of their length. We have, then, four groups
of digitiform bodies, so appended to the genitalia that they appear not only to
hem in the two parts of each organ, but also to stand as a barrier against
communication between any two halves which lie in the same umbellar compart-
ment. We do not pretend to say that they are functionally connected with the
genitalia, but merely describe them thus from a topographical point of view.
These are extremely flexible, plastic, and muscular bodies, and vary in shape from
broad lanceolate, when they are contracted, to linear lanceolate, when extended to
their full length. They are very active, constantly in motion, and no doubt serve

, Lucernaria the Conotype of Acalephe. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., March 19, 1862, and
American Journ. Science, May, 1863.

LUCERNARI#A AND THEIR ALLIES. 23

both as organs of prehension and adhesion, since they are covered on one of the
opposite flattened sides with urticating organs and vibratile cilia, and on the other
with adherent vesicles (see § 15). With such an array of grappling apparatus,
crowded about the post-buccal cavity, and with the fact in view that these bodies
are seen to project out of the mouth at times, there cannot be much doubt that
they are eminently efficient in capturing and drawing the prey within the folds of
the body, and into the general cavity.

53. The posterior division ()°) of the main cavity lies altogether behind the
entrance to the four lateral compartments, and is embraced within the broad
conical termination of the umbella. Its outlines correspond almost exactly with
the exterior configuration of the wall which contains it. Anteriorly it is directly
continuous with the buccal cavity, and diverges in four different directions, right
and left, and with very wide passages, into the four umbellar compartments
(fig. 37, Y'). Posteriorly it is rounded off, and opens (figs. 37, 50, t*) directly and
abruptly into the four, circumaxial, longitudinal channels (z’) of the peduncle. At
four equidistant points in its lateral periphery there are as many longitudinal low
ridges, wnich trend in a direct line from each of the partitions of the umbella
backward, and gradually thin out and disappear a short distance in front of the
apertures of the canals of the pedicel. ‘They are composed, in the main, of fibres
(7°), which may be traced, anteriorly, into the flabelliform muscles which constitute
a part of, and lie on each side of, the partitions, and posteriorly they plunge into
the solid mass of the peduncle and run (7) to its extreme posterior end, keeping
strictly in the middle of the spaces which intervene between the longitudinal
canals (¢’).

$9. The Peduncie. (PI. 1, fig. 17; Pl. u1, figs. 18,19; Pl. m1, fig. 37; Pl. 1v, figs.
47°, 50, 51; Pl. v, fig. 52; Pl. v1, fig. 66 7-7.)

54. The peduncle is unquestionably the preéminent feature of interest in con-
sidering the morphological relationships of this peculiar order. It is that which,
added to the umbellar division of the body, caps the climax of the process which
is at work reducing the diffuse medusoid and hydroid cephalisms of the lower
groups to more intimate alliances in the higher families, and finally combining them
in a single unit of form, the hydra-medusa individuum, Lucernaria. ‘The com-
plicated organization of the peduncle—the hydra element of our ccenotype—sur-
passes that of any hydra (scyphostoma included) thus far met with. The mode of
junction with the umbella has already (46) been described in reference to the latter.
The precise point is not observable on the outside, but the transparency of the wall
allows the interior to be seen with full clearness, and in fact the organs there are
so conspicuous as to blend in the vision of the exterior. By this we learn that the
apertures (t*) of the peduncular canals (z*) are on a line with the spot where the
posterior, conical termination of the umbella fades into the cylindrical shaft of
the peduncle. From this point the caudal subdivision of the body retains its cir-
cular form in general outline, but is subdivided lengthwise by four furrows (jigs.
52, 66 +°), which extend to the posterior truncate termination, and even over the

4 LUCERNARI® AND THEIR ALLIES.

adherent face of the latter, and meet exactly in the axial line of the body, (fig.
18 y'). ‘The shaft, then, is slightly four-lobed in a transverse section (jig. 52), the
dividing furrows (7°) running as if in continuation of the four slight, broad furrows
which overlie the partitions in the umbella (45), and therefore standing in the same
relation to the vertical and horizontal planes of the longitudinal axis. In the
peduncle the furrows overlie the four muscular cords (r) which intervene between
the longitudinal canals (z°). The sides of this shaft run nearly parallel to the axis,
diverging but slightly, when the animal is fully expanded, except at the posterior
terminus, where they spread abruptly to form a disk-like, truncate expansion (jigs.
17, 37, 66 y). This disk is four-lobed by the indentation of the longitudinal fur-
rows, and its posterior face is not only divided into four equal areas by these furrows
(fig. 18 y), but is traversed in every direction by minor furrows, which form a sort
of network. The obvious office of the disk is that of an adherent organ, and to
that its minuter structure corresponds, since we find in its broad, transverse face
a multitude of adherent vesicles (see §§ 14 and 28), identical with those which are
imbedded in the surface of the marginal bodies (§§ 13 and 27) of the umbella.
The general surface of the peduncle is slightly undulating when fully extended, but
upon contraction it becomes quite strongly corrugated, and principally in a trans-
verse direction. Under all conditions, whether of extension, expansion, or contrac-
tion, its disciform posterior termination retains its peculiar physiognomy, not only
in regard to form but in reference to its singularly areolated surface. ‘The flexi-
bility of the peduncle has been noticed in an earlier paragraph (35) on the mode
of locomotion of this creature.

95. The sheath, which we have formerly mentioned (32), is so short and trans-
parent, and so closely set to the surface of the pedicel, that it is scarcely noticeable.
It covers but a short space, reaching from the edge of the adherent disk hardly
more than an eighth of an inch forward. It has sufficient consistency to retain its
shape in a great measure after the pedicel has been withdrawn, and, although it is
nothing more than a filmy excretion, its presence adds largely to the stock of
characters which stamp upon this region of the body the impress of the hydroid
morph.

56. The caudal interior is much more expressive of the hydra-morph than the
exterior, for here we may find special parallelisms in organization with that of the
scyphostoma-form of the strobiloids, as described by us in subsequent pages (Part
XI). The exterior, by its form and the adherence of its base-like terminus, lends
greatly to its similitude to a hydra; but it is the interior which, by its evidently
special, organized fitness to perform the functions of the hydra-morph, gives the
strongest testimony in this case. We discover, in the first place, not a single open
space in this region, but no less than four interior compartments (jig. 52), and
they are what appear from the exterior, to the superficial observer, to be so many
dark longitudinal cords (figs. 17, 66, tT’), and which obscure, by their semiopacity,
the true muscular cords (7) that lie intermediate to them.

oT. These caudal compartments (z*), or longitudinal canals of the peduncle are
nothing more than four diverticuli from the main cavity; but yet they stand in
such peculiar, definite relations to the other main compartments, and with like

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. D5

precise relations to the several members of the organization, that they are by no
means to be touched upon slightly in this general sketch. They lie exactly in
the same relation to the vertical and horizontal axial planes as do the four anterior
umbellar compartments (jig. 37, {'), and, as mentioned above (53), alternating
with the four muscles (7) of the pedicel, which run continuously backward from,
and in the same trend with, the partitions of the umbella (see figs. 37 and 50, J?
to 7°). They are narrowest at their entrances (t*), and do not increase in diameter
for a short distance, but soon they broaden rather abruptly, and then gradually
widen as we follow them backwards until they reach the transverse wall of the
disk-like, adherent organ (jigs. 37, 51, y), where they again broaden rapidly, and
become continuous (7°) with one another through lateral channels, and occupy
nearly the whole thickness of the peduncle. In a longitudinal section (figs. 37,
50, 51) their outlines appear quite ragged, and this irregularity seems to increase
toward the posterior end, and finally the indentations become so deep as to meet
(z°) each other between adjoining canals, and form thereby very tortuous inter-
communications in the solid gelatiniform mass. Upon making a transverse section
(fig. 52) of the peduncle, the outline of these canals has an ovate figure (c’),
with the narrower ends nearest the axis of the body, and the broader next the
periphery. The vertical and horizontal axial planes correspond, therefore, to the
larger axis of these ovate figures. Their broader ends, that is the distal sides of
the tubes, lie about as far from the surface of the pedicel as their narrower ends
are from the axis, leaving about the latter a solid mass, which is between one-
fourth and one-third the diameter of the whole caudal region. Between every two
tubes there is a little more than twice as much space, filled by solid matter, as each
one of them occupies. ‘The dark color of these tubes is owing to the large opaque
muscles of the cells of the lining wall.

58. The solid gelatiniform mass of the pediccl, which is mentioned above (57),
is directly continuous with an identical substance (fig. 50, c' to ©) which consti-
tutes the bulk of the wall of the posterior face of the umbella, and gives to it that
resilient consistency so characteristic of it when contrasted with the anterior face.
It is easily recognized by its transversely striated appearance, and is about equally
thick in the umbella and in the peduncle, where it abuts against the compartments
of these two subdivisions of the body. At alternating points to these it is a solid
mass over the entire diameter of the shaft, but is broken in continuity by the
muscular cords (fig. 52, 7), which are embedded in it. At the posterior end of
the peduncle it is perforated (fig. 51, c’) and much reduced in quantity by the
anastomosing channels (7°), and is considerably thinner than in front at the trans-
verse face of the adherent disk, and is, moreover, deeply pitted there by very
irregular indentations which give the inner surface the appearance of a network

59. The muscular cords are the last objects which will occupy our attention
here. From their peculiarities and high degree of development and differentia-
tion, they present the most urgent claim for our consideration. They are by far
the most eminently specialized muscular organs to be found in the whole class of

Acalephe. Their structure will not be entered into here, as it belongs to the
4 Februa’y, 1877

26 LUCERNARIAZA AND THEIR ALLIES.

sections on organography (Ch. V), and we shall, therefore, confine ourselves to
laying down their topographical status and their relations to the sites of the
other organs. ‘This we have in part anticipated when describing the caudal
compartments, but considering the importance of their morphological features, we
need not hesitate to repeat what we have said concerning the muscles, especially as
the subject matter will be viewed from another stand-point. In the paragraph (53)
upon the posterior division of the main cavity, four low longitudinal ridges were
described as trending along its inner face and finally disappearing near its Junction
with the caudal channels. ‘These ridges (figs. 37, 50, 7°) are the muscular cords,
which, in this region, come to the surface as they pass forward from the pedicel
into the umbella. In a transverse section of the peduncle it will be observed that
they appear as triangular bodies (fig. 52, 7) which lie nearer to the surface than to
the axis, and exactly half-way between the canals. At the extreme posterior end
of the peduncle they expand rather abruptly into a sort of truncate brush (jig.
37, 7'), and bending there, at a right angle, extend along the inner face of the
adherent disk to the axial line, still buried, however, in the gelatiniform layer
(fig. 19, 7'). Passing forward, each one keeps its place midway between the
canals, and pretty near the exterior at first, but, at the anterior third of the
peduncle, swerves from this course, and gradually approximates the axial line, and
finally strikes the surface of the posterior division of the main cavity a short
distance in front of the entrances to the peduncular channels. Here it is that
they begin to rise above the level of the parietes of the cavity, and extend, with
rapidly decreasing diameter, in the form of low ridges (figs. 37, 47°, 50, 7”) (4 53),
to the proximal ends of the partitions. At these four points each one enters a
partition (*) and passes forward very obliquely (jig. 47°, 7? to y°) toward the
outer surface of the anterior or cirewmoral face of the umbella, and there expands
into a thin stratum (m') just beneath the superficial layer of cells. These then are
the only points where the muscular layer of the umbella (J 44) is united with that
part of the system which is in the peduncle. It is at these points, also, that the
muscular layer of the proboscis (fig. 47°, m°) is connected with the cords.

OEM ASE hkave
ORGANOGRAPHY.

§ 10. The Walls.

60. The nomenclature of the various regions of an Acaleph is as yet in its infancy,
and particularly so in regard to the strata of cells or of substances of other forms
which constitute the solid parts of the body. Huxley and Allman! were the earliest

' See Huxley in Phil. Trans. Roy. Soe., 1849, and “Oceanic Hydrozoa,” in Roy. Soc. Pub., 1859.
Also Allman, Anat. Cordylophora, Phil. Trans., 1853, and Report Brit. Assoc. for 1863.

LUCERNARI& AND THEIR ALLIES. 27

advocates of a distinctive nomenclature for the Acalephe. The former designated
the walls of the body as the ‘foundation membranes,” and the latter applied to the
same, the distinctive names: ectoderm for the outer wall and endoderm tor the inner
wall of Hydroida. Later Allman added several other names to what he considered
to be subdivisions of the ectoderm; but, as his views in regard to the relation and
mode of development of the walls of a medusoid are so widely at variance with our
own that we are wholly at a loss in the attempt to homologize the several parts of
what we believe to be the typical medusa with those of Allman’s type, we shall
merely refer the reader to the section (Part XI) where these things are set forth
in full detail, and proceed to describe the matter in hand with such terms as we
may find most convenient and best adapted to our theory. ‘These terms have been
already, in part, promulgated in a note to an article’ on the non parthenogenesis
of ‘Tubularia, and we shall add here a few more as the necessities of the case may
demand. It will be understood at a glance that, since we apply this nomenclature
to all of the Acalephe—the Ctenophore being excluded, as we believe them to
belong to a distinct class—we hold to the identity of the general conformation of
the organs of every order included in this group. The minor details which serve
to characterize each order and distinguish it from every other, may be, in part at
least, indicated by the mode of using the nomenclature or by the introduction of
such combinations of terms as will suit the ever-shifting exigencies of descriptive
anatomy. For the sake of the convenience of reference, and a ready understanding
of these terms, we have so constructed an index that it may be used as such, and
at the same time for a glossary, by referring to the numbered paragraphs in the
body of the memoir.

61. The Opsophragma. (Pl. m, fig. 33; Pl. tv, figs. 44, 47, 47°; Pl. v, figs.
53, 54, 60; Pl. vi, figs. 61, 62, 63, 64; Pl. vu, jigs. 74, 77; Pl. vit, figs. 85, 88,
90, 91, 93; 2 to n®.)—What one would very naturally call the outer wall of the
body (without any reference to its mode of formation, but simply because it covers
the organization from its extreme anterior end to its posterior terminus), in reality
embodies two distinct subdivisions; yet both of them lie upon the surface. One
of these divisions extends from the mouth to the edge of the umbella, and the other
from the latter point to the posterior end of the peduncle. ‘The first of these cor-
responds to what we have, on a former occasion, designated as the endophragma
of the medusa-form of the Hydroida, on account of its internal position, within the
campanule, during the process of fissigemmation. Under present circumstances,
however, we have deemed it best to introduce another term, of equally distinctive
meaning, but having particular reference to our views in regard to the antero-
posterior axis of the body—opsophragma, meaning the face-wall. It is confined
strictly to the anterior division, or front face, of the umbella, and embraces within
its folds the tentacles and the marginal adhesive corpuscles (anchors). It varies in
thickness to a considerable degree, and passes from the minimum to the maximum

1 “Tubularia not Parthenogenous,” Am. Journ. Science, Jan. 1864, p. 65. ‘On the walls of
the most highly developed medusoid.”

I8 LUCERNARI#Z AND THEIR ALLIES.

in this respect, with no little abruptness, at some points on the periphery; but, not-
withstanding this, it never presents more than a single stratum of cells (figs. 89-98)
between its outer and inner surfaces. Consequently the varying thickness is due

to a diversity in the depth of the cells, and not to a greater or lesser amount of

these, superposed one upon another.

If we commence at the mouth (fig. 53, p') and trace this layer over the vari-
ous subdivisions of the hydra-medusa, we shall meet with the following character-
istics. At the edge of the lip (p’) it (7°) is continuous with the inner wall (7), and
is very thin and epithelioid at all times, but varies with the amount of contraction
or expansion of the proboscis (manubrium, Allman). From this point passing
backward over the manubrium, and along its butresses to the umbella (~) and thence
to the margin of the latter, we do not notice any marked change in the thickness
of the wall until we approach the region of the tentacles and the anchors, but
observe that it is here and there wrinkled, or compressed into tubercular or ridge-
like thickenings by the action of the underlying muscular layer (mm). At the margin
intervening between the prehensile organs it passes directly into the wall (figs. 61,
62, f) (ectophragma) of the posterior face without any marked change, but at its
transit to the tentacles and in particular to the anchors it becomes more massive.
On the tentacles which lie most distally it scarcely thickens throughout their length,
but where it becomes a part of their globose terminal expansions it Mmcreases in
depth very abruptly (figs. 33, 54, @7), so as to form full two-thirds of the radial
diameter of the spheroids. On the youngest tentacles (jig. 54, A, ~) it thickens
quite rapidly until it reaches its maximum.at their gradually expanding tips. Its
passage over the anchors is signalized by quite variable changes in thickness. In
the median furrow (fig. 47, n°) it becomes only moderately thick, but almost abruptly
so, while at the sides of these organs it rapidly deepens to four, five, and even six
times its thickness on the face of the umbella, and finally thins out suddenly, on
the distal side of the anchor, just as it makes a junction with the ectophragma
(fig. 47, f).

68. The ectophragma (Pl. u, fig. 19; Pl. rv, figs. 46, 47, 47*, 51; Pl. v, figs.
52, 54,60; Pl. vi, figs. 61, 62, 63, 64, f to f?) is the true outer wall of the body, in
a homological sense ; although it seems here, upon casual observation, as we have
limited it, to be only a part of the external envelope. Its homological limits,
though, are bordered by the peripheral margin of the opsophragma on the front
face of the umbella, and it is, therefore, restricted to the posterior face and its

caudal prolongation, the so-called peduncle. Throughout this wide extent of

length and breadth it is quite smooth and does not vary in thickness, and but
little excels that of the opsophragma, until it enters the region which we have
designated as the adherent disk (figs. 19, 46, 51, f2) of the fecienclel There it
rapidly attains to double or treble its previous depth, and becomes, at times, quite
strongly corrugated as it follows the abr upt, sharp angles of the network of
furrows ; but still, like the opsophr: igma, it consists of only one stratum of cells.

64. The opsomyoplax Ce IV, figs. 47, 47°, 48: Pl. V, figs. 53, 60; Pl. vi, fige.
61-64; Pl. vir, figs. 74, 77, 82, 83; Pl. vin, Figs. 85, 90, 91, 93, m to m®) is the
stratum of muscular substance which immediately subtends the opsophragma ({ 61),

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 99

or, in other words defining the meaning of the term, it is the face muscular layer ;
and to it are due all the numerous changes of physiognomy and attitude which
the umbella of this creature exhibits from time to time. It has the same extent both
anteriorly and posteriorly, and over the tentacles and anchors, as the wall which
it underlies, but, unlike the latter, its borders terminate abruptly, without
connection with any other stratum. Its continuation with the peduncular cords
has already been described in a previous paragraph (59). ‘The peripheral margin
(figs. 61, 62, &') is not exactly coincident with that of the opsophragma, as it
terminates at this place in a peculiar manner, which will be described hereafter in
the section (§ 11) on the muscular system. As it is one of the layers which add
to the bulk of the body and serve as partitions between other strata, it is desirable
to mention certain features here which distinguish it from those on each side of
it, or which serve to assist in defining the boundaries of adjacent strata. In
general terms it may be said to be even thinner than the opsophragma, at its least
depth, but, unlike that, it does not vary in thickness over considerable areas, and
yet there are regions, quite limited it is true, within which it appears to attain
a great thickness. But these are rather to be considered as deep folds (figs. 61,
62, m', m*), and correspond in position to those places where the muscular system
seems to be composed of parallel bands or cords (see 4] 44). After what has
been said above, it will hardly seem necessary to remark that it totally fails in the
region of the ectophragma (4 65); but we must not omit to add that another part
of the same system, in another form—the peduncular cords (4) 59)—appears in
that portion of the body, but, in this genus, does not form a distinct layer.

65. The chondromyoplax (P1. m1, fg. 33; Pl. iv, figs. 44, 47, 47*, 48; Pl. v,
jigs. 53, 54, 60; Pl. vi, figs. 61-64; Pl. vu, figs. 74, 77, 82, 83; Pl. vit, figs.
90, 91; Pl. rx, figs. 98, 100, 6 to &*), or the musculo-gelatiniform layer as we
have called it in another paper,! and the chondrophys, or the gelatiniform layer,
constitute, together, by far the greater bulk of the solid material of the body.
They are the jelly-like substance which renders the umbella of the medusiform
Acaleph so massive. Among the Hydroida it is the chondrophys which forms the
distinctive feature of the medusa-cephaloid, and the only thing which the hydro-
cephaloid variety of this morph has not, the chondromyoplax being altogether
absent in neither (Part XI). Among the Strobiloida, the medusa-cephaloid
possesses both of these layers, while its hydra-cephaloid—the Scyphostoma—has
only the chondromyoplax (Part XI, Aurelia). The latter will here receive our
first attention. ‘The most notable feature, besides the thickness of the chondro-
myoplax and its excessive extensibility, flexibility, and compressibility, is the
striation which traverses it frorh surface to surface; yet we do not pretend to say
that by this the layer may be distinguished from all others, for a similar striation
prevails in the chondrophys (4] 69), but we claim that it alone, among the walls of
the front parietes of the umbella, possesses this characteristic, and by means of it
may be traced to its utmost limits with a comparatively low magnifying power.
This layer underlies and is coextensive with the opsomyoplax (64), and in fact we
cannot well persuade ourselves that it is altogether a separate s¢ratwm from the

1 « Tucernaria the Ceenotype,” ete., ut sup.

30) LUGCERNARIAZ AND THEIR ALLIES.

latter, the one seeming to bear the same relation to the other that the cells of
some tissues do to the cytoblastema in which they are imbedded. We shall speak
of this again in the section (§ 25) on histology, and consider it here as a distinct
layer, on account of its large share in making up the bulk of this subdivision of
the umbella.

66, At the edge of the lips of the manubriwm (fig. 53, 9°) the chondromyoplax
takes its rise with a sharp border (4”), but rapidly thickens until a section of its
diameter measures six or eight times that of the neighboring opsophragma (61).
At the base of the proboscis it thins considerably (4), but with varying degrees,
according to the direction in which we trace it. If we follow it along the
proboscidial buttresses (i. ¢., from the angles of the manubrium) passing between
adjacent genitalia, directly to the border of the umbella, but a little to one side of
the marginal corpuscle, we shall find that it preserves a tolerably uniform
thickness until within a short distance of its periphery, and then it thickens again
at a rapid rate and continues to do so (figs. 61, 62, b) until it terminates abruptly
with a concavo-truncate edge, only separated from the equally abrupt terminal
border of the chondrophys (¢) by a thin fold (x!) of the opsomyoplax (] 54). It is
this fold, then, which is the peripheral terminus of the muscular layer of the
umbella, and at the same time the intervening partition which prevents the chon-
dromyoplax (>) from abutting directly against the convex edge of the chondrophys
(c). Here is the dividing line between the two antero-posterior subdivisions of
the umbella, and such, we shall learn, is the characteristic feature of it at all points
of the periphery. If we trace the chondromyoplax from the buttresses directly to
the anchors, it will be seen that it does not thicken so rapidly as before near the
latter, and that it passes directly into them (fig. 47, 4°), as it cannot otherwise do,
since these organs are nothing but saccular protrusions of the marginal portion of
the anterior face of the umbella. The mode of termination at the distal side of
the base of the anchors is the same as at all other points in the periphery. Within
this saccule the chondromyoplax thickens rapidly as it enters, and attains to a
greater depth by the time it reaches the muscular partition (%') which divides it
from the chondrophys, and there ends abruptly (against ’'). Again, if we make
a section of this layer along one of the genital halves from the proboscis to, and
inclusive of, one of the bunches of tentacles (fig. 37), it does not appear to differ
in point of thickness from the last section, but its course is varied by diverging at
the digitiform bodies (fig. 98, b*) and every genital saccule (figs. 74, 77, l*), and
penetrating them to form one of their strata; and finally, without any change, it
passes onward and into the tentacles and becomes a component of no small propor-
tions in those organs (figs. 90, 91, 8). After traversing the intervals between the
tentacles, diverging into the latter on the one side (figs. 54, 60, 6'), and into the
mtertentacular internal lobules (6°) on the other, it terminates at the distal side of
the tentacles (against i”) in the same way as described in the other sections, but
with a thickness less by one-half,

67. There are four places in the umbella at which the chondromyoplax comes
hae ie nee uh the chondrophys, and these correspond to the four lines
g e anterior and posterior internal faces are united to form the parti-

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 31

tions (47, 48). The peculiar relations of this stratum are best displayed by two
sections made at right angles to each other, the one (figs. 47, 47*, 6) passing from
the proboscis lengthwise along a partition, so as to split it, and the anchor which
lies opposite to it, and the other cut traversing it crosswise (figs. 61, 63, b, L°) so as
to show its breadth between the two adjoining umbellar camere. In the longi-
tudinal section (figs. 47, 47°, 6) it exhibits a pretty uniform thickness from the
proximal to the distal end of the partitions; but is not so thin by one-half as at
intermediate points, as the crosswise section (figs. 61, 63, 6°) shows very conclu-
sively; and it evidently constitutes almost all—a thickening (m'‘) of the opsomyo-
plax along this line occupying the rest—of the depth and breadth of the partition,
the chondrophys (c') which meets it, scarcely projecting beyond the level of the
posterior inner surface of the adjacent camere. Just before it reaches the distal
end of the partitions it begins to thicken, and finally that part which fills these
partitions terminates abruptly (jig. 47, 6) at the passage-ways (2’) between the
compartments of the main cavity, while its more anterior portion stretches onward
into the anchors (4°), and is there disposed and terminated in the same way as
indicated when speaking of this layer in the four alternate anchors. At the proxi-
mal ends (jig. 47*, Y”) of the partitions it runs backward behind the base (p*) of
the proboscis a short distance, and forms a part of the four low ridges, which were
described in a former paragraph (53) upon the posterior division of the main
umbellar cavity, and thins out to nothing just at the point where the peduncular-
muscle (7), in passing forward to the anterior parietes of the umbella, strikes the
lining wall (7) of this cavity. Here too the chondromyoplax is perforated, or rather,
since it is scarcely wider than the muscular cord, is cut in two by it, as the latter
penetrates to the front and joins the anterior subdivision of the muscular system—
the opsomyoplax (m*).

68. One of the most convenient methods of getting a general view of the varying
thickness and irregularities of the chondromyoplax, is by taking advantage of the
sometimes unusual elongation of the corners of the umbella, and making sections
across them singly or across a pair of them, as we have done (figs. 61, 62). In the
one across a single corner (fiy. 62) we see that where the layer in question comes
to the edge of the umbella it has a very abrupt, truncate-concave termination (0),
fitting, with the intervening opsomyoplax (/'), against the convex abrupt edge of
the chondrophys (c), like a ball-and-socket joint. We notice, too, that near these
edges it is deeply indented by folds (m’) of the marginal muscle, and that the same
phenomenon occurs over a narrow space close to the genital saccules, where the
muscular bands (m*) are strongest and heaviest as they trend parallelwise to the
partitions, in their course toward the periphery of the umbella. Its relation to the
genital saccules, we have already (4] 66) pointed out, and we will, therefore, proceed
to consider the other section (fig. 61), which in this case includes one of the par-
titions (J”). The marginal termination, and the relation of the chondromyoplax to
the genital saccules is the same as in the previous sectional view, but between the
saccules and the partition it differs in that the whole breadth of it is strongly
indented by thick folds (m) of the opsomyoplax, and immediately opposite the par-
tition this muscular layer (7‘) is so thick as to reach almost to the base level of the

LUCERNARIZ AND THEIR ALLIES.

32
partition, and is so strongly convoluted as to appear like the end of a bundle of
threads cut across.

69. The chondrophys or chondrin-like layer (Pl. u, jig. 19; Pl. Ill, Jig. olen Ee
ry, figs. 46, 47, 47°, 50, 51; Pl. v, figs. 52, 54, 58, 60); PL. v1, jigs. 61-64; Pl. Vil,
figs. 82, 83; lak se yies WATE 128: 4 to d’) is restricted to the posterior parietes
(fig. 37, 3) of the umbella, and to the peduncle. Compared with the chondromyo-
plax (65-68) it is much more rigid, dense, and inflexible, quite resilient and elastic,

and of a tough, jelly-like consistency. That it is dilatable and compressible is plain
enough when the corners of the octagonal umbella are prolonged into conical arm-
like projections, or when the peduncle shortens from half an inch to one-eighth of
an inch in length, and then regains its first proportions. Like the chondromyoplax,
it is nearly colorless, only slightly tinged with yellow or amber-color, and very
transparent. It is faced on the front by the lining wall (gastrophragma, 4 15) of
the main cavity, except at the partitions, where it meets the chondromyoplax, as
was stated in a previous paragraph (67), and is covered on the opposite side by the
outermost wall (ectophragma, 4 63) of the posterior parietes of the umbella, The
massiveness and weight of this layer are unapproached by those of the chondro-
myoplax, and the only point at which the latter equals the former in thickness is
at the margin of the umbella, but yet even there we do not find the mean depth
of the chondrophys. In a rough estimate the latter might be set down at about
_three times the average thickness of the chondromyoplax. ‘The general uniformity
in the depth of the chondrophys makes it much easier to measure than the other
layer, but still it has some variations in thickness which are not to be passed by,
for more than one reason. In the first place they are variations in form as well
as diameter, and secondly they are connected with structural peculiarities. ‘These
points will be developed as we proceed in our delineations of the outlines of the
different subdivisions of the layer.

70. To begin with, we would state that the chondrophys is to all appearances a
double layer; that is to say, it is differentiated into two well-marked strata (c, ¢’'),
which, however, do not seem to be separable, like other adjoining layers. Still
they have such an amount of diversity in character as to warrant us in taking
particular notice of each by itself. In the first place, we will speak of them as if
they were one, under the term, the chondrophys, inasmuch as they are inseparable;
the one being found wherever the other is to be met with, At all points of the
periphery of the umbella, except at the distal side of the bunches of tentacles (jig.
54, c), the chondrophys has an abruptly terminating, rounded-truncate edge (figs.
61, 62, etc., c) fitting into the concave-truncate border of the chondromyoplax
(4[ 65-68); whereas at the points excepted (figs. 54, 58, 60, ce), which are eight in
number, the edge of the layer is bevelled off, so as to meet the chondromyoplax (6')
at an oblique angle, the two overlapping each other as it were, the margin of the
former lying exterior to that of the latter. The manner in which a thin layer of
the opsomyoplax intervenes to prevent the actual contact of the borders of the
chondrophys and chondromyoplax is described in a previous paragraph (66). In
a longitudinal section of the body, in two different planes which meet at the axis,
namely, one running through an anchor and along a partition, and one of the

LUCERNARI# AND THEIR ALLIES. 33

muscular cords of the peduncle ( figs. 37, 47, 47°), and the other (fig. 37) through
a bunch of tentacles and one of the genital halves, and just within the periphery
of a longitudinal camera (z*) of the peduncle, a very good idea of the nearly uni-
form thickness of the chondrophys may be obtained.

71. From the anchor—which lies a little beyond the distal end of the partition—
to the base of the proboscis where the partition terminates (\’), there is a very slight
but distinct and gradual increase in depth, and from the latter‘place to the entrances
(fig. 50, t*) of the peduncular camere, there is no change; but, passing beyond that,
the gelatinous mass abruptly expands and stretches to the very axis of the peduncle
(c') and fills up all the space between the four chambers (z*). ‘The relation of the
several parts here mentioned is exhibited best in a comprehensive manner by making
a transverse section of the peduncle (fig. 52), which at the same time displays the
disposition of those portions that are concerned in the other longitudinal section
(fiy. 37). Taking the second course indicated, we find the chondrophys consider-
ably thinner than the average at the margin skirting the distal side of the tentacular
group (jig. 37, @), and commencing with a sharp edge; but passing backward it
rapidly thickens to the average measure and then stretches with unbroken unifor-
mity to the apertures of the chambers (t*) of the peduncle, and thence to the very
posterior end of the body with the same general thickness, but frequently indented
somewhat deeply (jig. 51, c') in such a way as to render its free surface, which abuts
on the camera, very ragged. ‘That portion of it which forms the interior transverse
lming of the truncate terminations of the camere is still more jagged than along
the sides of the peduncle, and it is also much thinner (jig. 51, ¢’). These inden-
tations are frequently so deep as to completely pierce the chondrophys, and then
they extend to the exterior wall (ectophragma) of the adherent disk. In a face view
of them (jig. 19, r*) it becomes evident that they are so numerous and so disposed
as to form a sort of network by running into each other.

72. By reverting to some previous paragraphs (57, 58) a partial description of
this peculiarity will be found, and in addition something about the lateral connec-
tions of the posterior ends of the camere through irregular passage-ways (7°) in
the gelatinous mass. ‘To render ott description here complete we will refer to
those paragraphs for details concerning the adjoining organs, and fill up what is
wanting by adding further minutiz. ‘These passage-ways are very easily displayed
for observation by sections which divide diagonally opposite camere lengthwise
(fig. 51, c*), and by a transverse cut across the peduncle just in front of the inner
face of the adhesive disk (jig. 19). In the former may be seen the extremely
irregular and even branehing longitudinal projections (zt) of the passage-ways into
the axial solid mass (c') of the chondrophys; and in the latter (jig. 19, at ce’) is
the direct proof of how little of the chondrophys is left—a few columns
adjacent camer by these extensive burrowings. The muscular cords (jiy. 19, 7)

between

are scarcely exempt from these encroachments; at least their periphery is uncovered
by this substance, and would be laid bare in some places were it not for the lining
wall (endophragma) of the camer, which follows all these sinuosities to their
minutest ramifications; and their posterior truncate ends are undermined by an

occasional diverticulum (fig. 46, z°) from the main burrows. Sections (jigs, 61, 62)
5 April, 1877.

34 LUCERNARI&Z AND THEIR ALLIES.
across the angles of the umbella disclose a rigid uniformity in the thickness of
the chondrophys, and at the same time expose the abrupt, marginal juncture of the
latter with the chondromyoplax, as explained in a former paragraph (66).

73. ‘The double layer (70) which we have comprised under the name chondrophys,
possesses certain dissimilar characteristics in each of its subdivisions, which lead us
to describe them as if separate, although we do not believe that they are originally
of diverse origin. We shall defer giving the details regarding these (] 197) until
we come to the histological anatomy of this animal, and content ourselves with
merely indicating the appearances which first catch the eye upon a cursory survey
of the mass. In any of the sections mentioned above, it will be noticed that the
chondrophys is composed of a comparatively thin layer (¢'), which forms the inner
division, and of a very thick stratum (¢), which is at least four to six times as thick
as the other. It is a peculiarity of the thinner one that it terminates with a sharp
edge (figs. 60, 61, 62, c') at this point of junction of the anterior and posterior
parietes of the umbella, and therefore bears no part in forming the abrupt margin
of the chondrophys. Again, the striations which traverse the thickness of this
layer are much finer and closer together than those in the thicker stratum, and
moreover they always, even in the peduncle, trend in one direcion, ¢. e., in parallel
lines from face to face; whereas those of the greater mass are comparatively heavy,
and are remarkable for the regular and systematic manner in which they cross
each other about the axis of the peduncle (jig. 52, c'), there being no less than
five distinct sets of decussating fibres at this point. (See 4] 198 for details.)

74. The gastromyoplax (PI. vu, figs. 74, 77, 0; Pl. 1x, figs. 98, 99, 103, h).—For
the purposes of homology this term is better suited than another (odmyoplax, ova-
rian muscular layer) which would signify the restricted limits of this layer in the
region of the reproductive organs of Lucernarie. It is essentially an oomyoplax
because it is developed only in and about the genitalia, and cannot be traced be-
yond the outskirts of the saccules (4] 51) and the digitiform bodies (4[ 52). In regard
to the latter, the presence of this layer in them as well as in the saccules tends to
confirm their association as a part of the reproductive organs. But the oomyoplax
is homologically identical with the gastromyoplax of the Strobiloid medusa-cephaloid,
whose true odmyoplax is incorporated with another layer—the opsomyoplax. ‘The
term oomyoplax, then, can be used only as indicative of function and not of
structural relation. We shall scarcely do more here than mention this layer,
because it forms a part, though small, of the body-wall, and refer for all the neces-
sary details to the paragraphs (135-137) on the reproductive organs, to which it
strictly belongs in Lucernarie. As the muscular cords emerge from the chondro-
phys of the peduncle and cut their way through the chondromyoplax (see 4] 59 and
67) to enter the proximal ends of the partitions, a thin film of muscle is given off,
es behind the base of the proboscis (jig. 47", p*), and extends into the nearest
digitiform bodies (7). ‘There it forms a layer (fig. 98, h) just beneath their outer
wall, and then passes on in the same way to the others, and finally, without leaving
Its position on the under side of the gastrophragma (figs. 14, 77, 2), it pushes its
way along the saccules of the genital organs and, diverging there, runs as a distinct
layer (0) beneath the exterior wall (v', odphragma) of each capsule.

3 LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 35

75. The gastrophragma (P1. 1, fig. 33; Pl. wv, figs. 44, 47, 48; Pl. v, figs. 53,
54, 58, 60; Pl. vi, figs. 61,62; Pl. vu, figs. 74, 77, 82, 83; Pl. vin, figs. 90, 91;
Pl. rx, figs. 98,99; PL. x, figs. 127, 128, 7 to ¢’).— Excepting in the area over which
the odmyoplax (gastromyoplax, 14) is spread, the lining wall of the general cavity
of the body is applied directly to the inner face of the chondromyoplax (4{ 65) and
the chondrophys (69), and follows them through all their divergences into the ten-
tacles, anchors, genital saccules, and over the digitiform bodies; and faces every
indentation, no matter how deep or narrow, nor how extensively ramified ; not even
excepting the jagged, tortuous passage-ways between the camer, at the posterior
end of the peduncle (72). Since the nutritive fluid circulates within the immediate
embraces of this layer, we have given it the appellation which heads this paragraph;
but lest this might mislead the reader into a misapprehension of our views of its
homological relations, it is necessary for us to state here that 1t is the same as what
we have termed the mesophragma in the medusa-cephalid of Hydroida. It does
not, however, bear the same special relations to the walls on each side of it that
obtains in the Hydroida and Strobiloida, and it is this difference which constitutes
one of the most essential grounds of argument in favor of separating the Lucernarie
from the other two orders. In the Strobiloida the gastrophragma is a double layer
throughout the area over which the chymiferous fluids circulate; the chymiferous
tubes, so-called, being merely spaces left where the juxtaposed faces of the anterior
and posterior walls separate from each other. In the Hydroida the gastrophragma
is a single wall within whose solid mass are hollowed a set of longitudinal and cir-
cular channels—the chymiferous tubes. In the Lucernarize neither one nor the
other of these modes is prevalent, nor is the gastrophragma uniformly continuous,
since it is interrupted at the partitions where the chondromyoplax and chondrophys
are brought into actual contact (67). It is always present as a lining wall—com-
posed of a single stratum of cells—where there is a cavity, but in no case does it
lie, a solid mass, between these strata. It always has one free surface throughout
its length and breadth, which cannot be said of the corresponding layer, neither in
the Strobiloida nor in the Hydroida.

76. This layer varies in thickness to a great extent, and is considerably diversified
in the functional subdivisions to which it is apportioned. At the edge of the mouth
the passage from the opsophragma (4 61, fig. 53, »*) into this layer (7”) is rather
abrupt, as the latter suddenly thickens so as to exceed the former by about one-third
in this respect, and retains this depth to the base of the proboscis. There it begins
to thin off (7) and gradually diminishes to the dimension of the opsophragma; and,
excepting in that part of it which covers the digitiform bodies (jigs. 47°, 98, 7°), it
retains this measurement throughout the broader, open chambers of the umbella
and the peduncle. Whenever it becomes a part of some organ it changes its
character and, usually, its thickness to a greater or less extent. On the genital
saccules ( figs. 74, 77, 7’) it is about as thick as in the broad areas about them, but
it rapidly increases in depth by one-third as it extends over the digitiform bodies,
and even by one-half at the ends (fig. 98, C’) of the latter. At the tips of the
intertentacular lobules (jigs. 54, 60, 7*) it is as thin as anywhere, but from these
points until it fairly enters the cavity of the tentacles it thickens very rapidly and

36 LUCERNARI#& AND THEIR ALLIES.

to an enormous depth (i), amounting to at least twelve to fifteen times its measure-
ment in the umbellar camere. In this case the tentacles are supposed to be
extended to a moderate degree; yet when they are stretched to their utmost
capabilities these proportions are not very much diminished. In the anchors the
difference is still higher, but there is considerable irregularity owing to frequent
indentations in the chondromyoplax, as a longitudinal section (fig. 47, @°) of one of
these organs shows; yet it amounts, here and there, to even twenty times as much
as the thickness in the more open spaces. In a general way it may be set down
as arule that, at the newly forming part of an organ, or where new subdivisions
of an organ are developing, this wall is thicker than in the older portions (figs. 58,
82,83). In this layer is situated by far the larger part of the pigment-like matter
which gives color to the body; and we may add, without unnecessarily anticipating
what properly belongs to the histological portion of this memoir, that the nuclei
of the cells are the principal elements in giving depth of hue, while the more
widely spread, and scattered interstitial granules produce a general diffuseness and
uniformity of tint.

11. The vibratile cilia (Pl. vu, fig. 74; Pl. rx, figs. 98, 99, 100, @; Pl. x, jig.
109, w) are truly the next deeply-seated parts of this organization, and although
they cannot be included strictly under the head of walls, they at least form appen-
dages to these layers, and, therefore, properly deserve mention here, with a state-
ment in regard to the extent of surface over which they are spread. They occur
in all parts of the interior, but are particularly abundant upon the genital saccules
and upon one of the flattened sides of the digitiform bodies, but fail entirely-on the
others, and we believe also in the tentacles. ‘Their structure and especial relations
to the cells of the wall upon which they are situated will be found set forth, with
full details, in the chapter on histology (Ch. VII, 201).

§ 11. The Muscular System.

18. General distribution—A few of the subdivisions of this system have already
been mentioned, or in part described, in preceding paragraphs (44, 53, 57, 59, 64),
and, therefore, we shall not here enter so fully into all the details necessary to an
understanding of their topography and general form as we might otherwise do;
but still, not to leave the sequences of our subject disconnected, we shall refer,
from time to time, to such of those paragraphs as may be found desirable to com-
plete the description. If we except the posterior parietes of the umbella it can be
said without exaggeration that every subdivision of every organ of the body is sup-
plied with some branch of the muscular system, and even the excepted region is
affected almost directly by one of these subdivisions, for instance, that part of the
opsomyoplax which, in the form of a thick rib, trends along the partitions where
the chondromyoplax and chondrophys have their only lines of contact (48, 67, 68);
or in that part—the doubtful umbello-peduncular region—where the muscular
cords emerge from the peduncle and pass obliquely forward into the proximal ends
of the partitions (¥] 59). In point of relative position the distribution of the various
parts of this system is widely diversified; at one place it is either upon, or imbedded

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. Str

in the chondromyoplax, or in another locality it is on the opposite face of the latter
or it is buried in the solid mass of the chondrophys. If we trace it now through all
its windings and variations of form we shall meet with the following subdivisions.

79. In the proboscis (figs. 47°, 53, m") it is a very thin, uniform layer which, on
the one hand, lies against the posterior face of the opsophragma (7'), and on the
other, overlies the chondromyoplax (6"). It commences abruptly at the edge (p')
of the mouth, in the angle just at the line of junction between the opsophragma
(n’) and the gastrophragma (7’), and follows all the curves, undulations, and
wrinkles of the-manubrium, marking its way by numerous, delicate, longitudinal
striations. It requires a magnifying power of at least two hundred diameters to
determine that these striations are fibrille, and that they are not to be confounded
with the heavier strize and ribbon-like elements of the umbella proper, which can
be seen with a very low amplification. Their nearest homologues are to be found
in the tentacles and anchors, but the relations of the two are not altogether iden-
tical, since the fibrilla of the latter do not form a continuous stratum like that in
the proboscis. It is but just to say that a similar striation is discernible in all
parts of this system; but we must observe that in the manubrium it is the only
marked feature of organization, whereas in the umbella and the peduncle it is the
arrangement of these features in folds, columns, etc., which, in the most conspicu-
ous manner, indicate to the eye the site of the muscular subdivisions of the body.

80. Muscles in the umbella.—Beyond the limits of the proboscis the system is
differentiated in such a decided, methedical manner as to form a prominent guide,
among a few others, in localizing the surrounding organs and the specially endowed
regions. It continues from the proboscis to the margin of the umbella without
changing its position relatively to the opsophragma, but although still lying in
front of the chondromyoplax, it is somewhat altered in conformation and in its
connections with the latter layer. It will be observed in our figures ( figs. 22, 37,
50, m) that a coarse kind of striz pervades the anterior parietes of the umbella,
but that it is not uniform in quality, and seems to be divided into two sets of four
subdivisions each, alternating with one another. In the four areas which overlie
the middle of the four umbellar camerz the striation is simple, and extends from
the proboscidial buttresses (¢*) with a wide flabelliform divergence, and merges
gradually into a moderately broad, marginal band (m') of strong parallel stri.
Immediately over the eight genital halves (A) this quality of striation is absent,
and is replaced by the finer kind, only discernible, as in the proboscis, with a
comparatively high power.

81. In the space included between the halves of each genital, and lying collateral
to the partitions (J”), we find the most evident expressions of strength and solidity
to be met with in any part or organ of the body, excepting the peduncle. ‘The
striation here possesses more of the character, in appearance, of a banded surface,
owing to the regular distances apart at which the striae are disposed. They have
a pennate rather than a flabelliform arrangement, but so situated, that, although
they diverge from each side of the partitions along the whole length of the latter,
they all tend obliquely to the margin (1%) of the umbella, and there run gradually
into those groups of deeply marked striz which run, like a band (im') along the

88 LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES.

oO

periphery. The apparently jointed structure of the pennate bands does not belong
to them, but is the result of the contraction of the muscular layer, along these lines,
which wrinkles the opsophragma, at stated points, transversely to the trend of the
bands. A few experiments with the point of a needle will soon convince one that
the irritability of the animal may be exhibited by contractions at single points, or
along certain lines, as well as by a general shrinking of the body. One of these
bands may thus be impelled to contract so strongly as to produce heavy folds in
the opsophragma along that line, while it remains quite smooth on each side of it.
Before we enter into a more intimate research upon the structure of this part
of the muscular system, we should make this superficial reconnoissance complete
by taking special notice of the marginal terminus of the opsomyoplax, although it
has already been characterized in a general way. This terminus has the form of a
finely plaited border (m'), the plaits running parallel to its sides, and fading out
near the groups of tentacles. Except at the last place mentioned,. it is well
marked in character at all points of the periphery, but particularly pronounced
(fig. 25, m') at the bases of the anchors; the latter category standing in strong
contrast with its smoothness in the neighborhood of the tentacles, the homologues
of the anchors.

82. We will proceed now to revise, from another point of view, the several areas
which we have just passed over, commencing with those which are most directly
continuous with the parietes of the proboscis, These we shall find between the
corners of the buttresses (¢') and the umbellar margin. By bringing the muscular
layer here into profile view, by means of a transverse section (fig. 62, m), we
disclose the fundamental element which lies at the bottom of the striation, noticed
above. ‘This turns out to be a more or less extended thickening of the stratum
along stated lines, which run in the direction indicated by the striae. ‘These
thickenings appear in the form of narrow ridges of varying height in other areas,
but here they are quite low, and do not rise at very sharp angles from the general
mass, yet they are of sufficient altitude to produce, by their comparative opacity,
a distinct contrast with the transparency of the thinner intervals; and hence arise
the lighter and darker lines, which have been spoken of as striae. Approaching
the margin of the umbella the strie grow stronger, and the ridges become corre-
spondingly higher, at first no greater in altitude than in breadth; but finally, as
the marginal, plaited band is entered, they abruptly increase to the proportions of

very lofty narrow and thin crests (m'), with intervals of breadth equal to them, —

between their bases. At the less elevated points the ridges do not encroach upon
the chondromyoplax (4) very sensibly, but as they become more prominent they
plunge deeper into its anterior face, and within the marginal, plaited band they
cut nearly through it, and, in fact, occupy as much, if not more, of the anterior
parietes of the umbella along its border, than the layer in which they are imbedded,
and have partially displaced. At last the muscular stratum meets the abrupt, con-
vex margin of the chondrophys (c), close to the under surface of the opsophragma.

rhis is not its termination, however; that is to be found along the line at which

the inner layer (¢*) of the chondrophys thins out to a sharp edge; and in order to
reach this place the muscle makes a final plunge between the abrupt convex margin

+

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 39

of the chondrophys (¢) and the equally abrupt concave borders of the chondromyo-
plax (4), forming an intervening partition (/') there, and terminates, as just indicated,
a few lines above. In such a precise, peculiar manner the umbellar division of this
system intervenes between the juxtaposed margins of the two gelatiniform strata
at all points in the periphery; not only along the sinuses of the octagon, but even
at the distal side of the bases of the groups of tentacles and the anchors. ‘The
modes of approach to this terminus, though, are quite diverse in the several regions
mentioned, and are, therefore, to be described separately.

83. We turn now to the ribbon-like pennations which diverge from the parti-
tions. ‘Their internal conformation is best exposed by a section across two of the
corners of the octagonal umbella, with an intervening partition (jig. 61). By this
we learn that the bands in question are the expressions of the thinner portions of
the muscle which le between less transparent ridge-like thickenings (m). The
disposition of the ridges is peculiar to this region, and differs from that described
in the last paragraph, inasmuch as the intervals in the present case are two or three
times broader than the ridges. The latter are heavier and plunge deeper into
the chondromyoplax than the ridges of the buttresses and the adjoining face of
the umbella; in fact they reach half way or more through the thickness of this
gelatiniform layer. We ought to qualify this, however, by stating that, as the
muscle approaches the margin of the umbella, it loses its folds for a short distance,
and is as thin and smooth as that portion of it which lies in front of the genitalia,
but soon it becomes ridged again, and then joins the marginal band (m'). One
more peculiarity is to be mentioned, and that is to be found along the line of the
partitions. Here the muscle attains to its greatest thickness and massiveness, as-
suming the form of a broad rib (m*), which is about half as thick as it is wide, and
occupies the whole depth of the chondromyoplax, excepting that part of it (>°)
which constitutes the mass of the partition. It is not homogeneous, by any means,
but on the contrary, as a transverse section shows, it appears to be deeply folded
lengthwise ; the folds, where cut across, resembling the ends of so many divided
threads. Surveying it in a longitudinal section (jig. 64, m'), the folds evidently
run parallel with each other, but not continuously, some fading out while others
begin, and all trending in one general direction. At the proximal ends (fig. 47°,
y’) of the partitions, the folds run into the larger conduplications of the muscular
cord (7°) just as it comes forward from the peduncle and enters the umbella.

84. The marginal band of muscle is so strongly marked by its ridges that it
appears, at first sight, as if it were a distinct strip, a deeply plaited hem; but we
have already seen (4] 82) that it is continuous with the neighboring opsomyoplax,
and that its conduplicated physiognomy is due to the ridges which project from the
general mass into the chondromyoplax. When, therefore, we speak of it as the
marginal muscle, or band, it must be understood in this light. In the neighbor-
hood of the tentacles its ridges disappear, and it then ceases to be recognized as
anything more than a thin, uniform stratum (100), indistinguishable from the rest
of the muscular layer; while opposite the anchors (fig. 25) it retains a consider-
able proportion of its ridges (m'); yet these are variable in number and strength.
The true opsomyoplax is strictly confined to the parietes of the umbella, and

40 LUCERNARIZ AND THEIR ALLIES.

wherever it passes beyond that, although not dissolving its continuity, it becomes
another subdivision of the system, for instance, that of the tentacles, or of the
anchors. At the anchors its junction with them is indicated by the prolongaieg
of the ridges of the marginal band (m') into the stem Os these organs (at m )s and
may be readily traced by a surface examination ; but since all the ridges fail in the
region of the tentacles, the relation of this layer to its continuation in the latter
organs can only be determined by an actual section of the parietes thereabout, thus
displaying a profile of its thickness, and the course 1t takes in making the connection.

85. The gastromyoplax, or odmyoplaa has already received all the attention
that is necessary to define its position and connections m BeESIE Lae to its general
surroundings, and, as we have said ina preceding paragraph (74), since it is wholly
devoted to the reproductive organs and their appendages, we shall defer a special
description of it until those organs come under particular examination ; but, inas-
much as it isa branch of the great subdivision which converges at the proximal
ends of the partitions, and concentrates in the peduncular cords, it is eminently
proper to repeat here what has been said in reference to its mode of junction with
the latter, and perhaps to add some other matters of interest. Contrasted with the
opsomyoplax it is very thin, and might readily escape the eye of the observer,
unless his attention were drawn to it by the activity and evident muscularity of the
digitiform bodies. Between the necks of the genital saccules it is thickest; it
thins very sensibly as it passes into the latter and into their appendages, and is a
mere film where it folds over the proximal ends of the partitions and joins the great
cords of the peduncle. (See {{ 76.)

86. In the tentacles the muscular system (jigs. 43, 54, 90, 91) ceases to be a
continuous layer, but still it retains the same relations to the opsophragma and
the chondromyoplax that it had in the umbella. ‘The difference consists in this:
instead of being a distinct stratum, it is, as it were, split into a large number of
threads which are grouped in bundles (fig. 90, m*) of two, three, or four, more or
less mutually overlying; the bundles being separated from each other by varying
intervals, and trending lengthwise of the tentacles. ‘This accounts for the longi-
tudinally ribbed appearance (figs. 43, 54) of these prehensile organs when viewed
with a low power.

87. The anchors (colletocystophores, § 13) possess a modification of the muscular
layer identical with that in the tentacles, which may be as conveniently traced in
their youngest stages of development, before their tentacular nature is disguised ;
but, in consequence of the great changes which take place, by the thickening of
the outer wall and the development. in it of the adhesive vesicles (colletocysts, § 27),
the full-grown organs present great difficulties in the way of tracing the course of
the bundles of muscular threads. We have succeeded in doing so, notwithstanding,
and shall describe the results in detail in the special paragraphs (§ 13) on these
organs, since the relations of the fibres in question cannot be properly understood
without a knowledge of the peculiar conformation of the several strata which con-
su icin Eh en ay wy to ete

8 (jigs. 19, 46, 47°, 50, 52, 113, 117, 7 to r) of the

veduncle necessarily dem: rmotcehoreuss
| pied ee aa ue noire Hevea part of a general system, although

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 41

their peculiarities have already been nearly exhausted in a former paragraph (59);
in fact there is nothing left to be said in regard to their relative position in the
peduncle, nor in reference to their mode of connection with the other subdivisions
of the system, but their structure yet remains to be described. In that is embodied
the most singular of all their qualtities. ‘They are in reality, what they appear to
be upon superfical examination, cords whose mass is so deeply furrowed lengthwise
that they could almost be said to be groups of four bands-united by one of their
edges. ‘The nature of this mode of subdivision of the cords becomes quite clear
when they are cut across (figs. 52, 117, 7). Here we see the general outline of
the periphery, as well as the minor details of the surface in all their fullness. Each
cord, it appears, has a sectional outline resembling an obtuse-angled triangle, two
of whose sides face away from the axis of the body, and the third and longer one
is convex and faces toward the axis. It might well be compared to a triangular
prism. Its mass is split nearly through to the apex of the triangle, so as to be
parted into two divisions of equal size; and each moiety (jig. 117) is again pene-
trated by a fissure, which does not extend more than about half way through it,
but trends, like the first one, toward the obtuse angle. All of these subdivisions, in
fact the whole surface of the cord, is still farther indented by deep flutings which
give it the appearance of being finely ribbed (jig. 113). A highly magnified view
of a transverse section of one of these fluted divisions ( fig. 117) presents the aspect
of a deeply lobed triangular mass. Thus it is that the prismatic cord imitates, in
a more concentrated form, the deeply ridged muscular layer of the umbella; the
idea is the same in both, but here it is carried out to the extreme, apparently serving
to increase the surface of contact between it, the moving agent, and the gelatiniform
mass (c') about it. At the posterior truncate end the furrows terminate, for the
most part, abruptly; but a few follow it beyond that, along the course of the
gradually narrowing muscle, as it bends at a right angle (fig. 46), and comes to
a point in the middle of the adherent disk (figs. 19, 46, r-7'). And so it is at
the anterior end of the cord, where it gradually decreases in diameter (fig. 47°, 7”)
until it penetrates the chondromyoplax, and then rapidly expands, in the umbella,
into a flat mass, the opsomyoplax (m'‘). ‘There we find the transition from the
deeply fluted condition of the prismatic mass of the cord into that of the heavily
ridged and grooved stratum which pervades the area on each side of the partitions.
The greater diameter of the cords is about equal to the shorter diameter of the
pedicellar camer, and from one-third to one-half the breadth of the space between
the latter. We have already stated that they are completely imbedded in the
chondrophys, but the precise relation which they hold to the decussating fibres of
that mass is yet to be illustrated; and, since that would involve a description of
the minutest structure of the gelatiniform column, we-must postpone the subject
to the chapter on histology (198, § 25).

§ 12. The Tentacles.

89. Basis of Attachment.—The tentacles (jigs. 17, 22,
more nor less than hollow cylindrical protrusions of the anterior parictes of the

6 April, 1877.

54, p to @*) are nothing

49 LUCERNARI#Z AND THEIR ALLIES.

umbella, as if its constituent layers had been pushed outward, at stated points, into
finger-like projections, and had become fixed there. Such we may see they are,
essentially, if we follow their course of development—<heir budding —as any one can
do, either with young specimens or old ones in hand. ‘The groups into which they
d number eight in all, and are situated singly on each corner (’) of

are gathere sup
al umbella, close to the marginal junction of its circumoral and aboral

the octagon Bat
parietes, the bases of the older, most distal tentacles (fig. 54, D) actually abutting

against the margin of the latter. They are, however, distinetly separate from
that, not only by virtue of their position, but also in the quality of their walls ;
and prove to be, in their minuter details, identical in kind with the layers of the
circumoral parietes from which they arise and are directly prolonged. From a
taxonomical point of view they are very peculiarly situated, no single bunch being
complete in regard to symmetry, neither in reference to the relative position of the
tentacles among themselves, nor in their relative ages and sizes. In as few words
as possible we express their arrangement by saying that they are one-sided, asym-
metrical bunches. Yet their very asymmetry is symmetrical ; for if, of two groups
adjoining a partition (7), one group preponderates on the side nearest that parti-
tion, the other also leans toward it, and thus they present a symmetrical relation to
each other similar to what we find m the anisoscelean triangular halves (A) of the
genitals. If we combine, now, the functional relations of the regions comprising the
genitalia with the apparent taxonomical mutual reference of the tentacular groups
which le opposite those regions, it becomes evident that the umbella is subdivided
into four symmetrical portions, each separated from the other by the areas which
extend from the corners (¢’) of the proboscis to the margin. Such a prominent
relationship would seem to demand that these subdivisions should stand in the
principal planes dividing the body into right and left, and into dorsal and ventral

_ Segments; yet, not only would the animal be just as symmetrical if divided along
the planes intermediate to these, 7. ¢., planes prolonged from the corners (27) of the
proboscis, but there is every reason to believe that the latter way would be the
right one. Why this is so cannot be entered into here, but our reasons for so
believing may be found, expressed in full, in the section (Part XV) on the “ crite-
rion of symmetry.”

90. Taxonomy.—The asymmetry of the groups of tentacles referred to in the
last paragraph may be most conveniently illustrated in the mode and succession of
development of these organs in the young, before they become so numerous and
crowded as to render their relations to each other more multiplied and complicated.
A special section or paragraph (149, 150, 155) has been devoted to this in a
subsequent chapter (VI), and for the sake of clearness we would ask the reader’s
perusal of that part of the- subject before proceeding with what we have now to
present. ‘The guide to the disposition of the members of each group is a single
tentacle, situated on the distal side, and, as near as the eye can judge, about
opposite the middle of the bunch (figs. 17, 22). We should state, before proceed-
ing farther, that the usual number of tentacles in the adults is about one hundred;
but not infrequently very large specimens are met with which possess as many as
one hundred and twenty in each bunch. Now, for certain purposes, such multitudes,

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 43

so far from hindering the investigation of their taxonomy, are of eminent assistance,
especially in guiding the eye through their singularly well-disposed ranks. Although
they do not actually map out their arrangement on their foundation, they never-
theless force themselves upon the attention of the observer, and lead him to infer,
at a glance, that they are by no means scattered indiscriminately over the area
which they occupy. When they are quiet, and extended in full vigor, the eye is
struck with their apparently ranked arrangement, as if they stood in file. Fre-
quently the files seem to cross each other in systematic order, like the decussating
lines on the milled back of a watch; but the ranks are particularly noticeable when
the body is viewed directly from in front, looking along its axis, as it were (jig. 22,
and cut no. 1). ‘Then one may count as many as eight or ten rows, trending from
the proximal to the distal side of the group; and usually it is clear that one of
these rows is more prominent than the others on either side; that the tentacles
composing it are, on the whole, larger than in the neighboring rows. If now this
file be followed to its distal end, it will be noted that it runs through the middle
of the group, or thereabouts—certainly nearer to that line than any other file—and
that it terminates in the largest tentacle on that side. That is the tentacle which
we have spoken of, a few lines back, as the “ guide;” it is the primary, single,
oldest tentacle. There is no mistaking it, nor its position, in very young animals
(figs. 121, 125, no. 1) where the members of a bunch are few.

Cut 1.

91. Keeping the main file in view while taking a general survey of a group, the
preponderance of the multitude on one side of that row is quite marked; the oval
outline of the bunch appears gibbous; and if we plunge to the bases of the tentacles
we shall find that the area from which they arise is excentric to the oval which
circumscribes their tips (cut 3). We naturally infer, therefore, that the general
physiognomy is expressive of the arrangement of those details which combine to
make up the whole; and this is true in one sense; but, as we shall discover
presently, the outlying portions are not capable of being reduced to that rigid test
which would prove what their real relations are. Their numbers, and, above all,
their mobility are serious, insuperable obstacles in the way of such a determination.
What at times appears to be a single file is, in reality, formed by the combination

44 LUCERNARI&Z AND THEIR ALLIES.

of two rows, or perhaps three; the true rows lie so close together that the slightest
possible swerving of the tips of the tentacles to one side brings those of neighboring
ranks so nearly into line that the eye fails to detect the want of perfect continuity
init. It must be kept in mind here, though, that the globose tips of these organs
stand at aconsiderable distance apart, and that their range is over a long line which
is arched in the direction of the plane in which the file trends (cut 2). ‘The eye,

therefore, cannot take in the whole file of tips at once, but must pass from point to
point, and in so doing the slight divergence from the plane is not noticed. Still
it is possible to determine to a certainty whether a file is single, or double, or triple,
or more; but we must confess that it was not until after we had become familiar
with these bodies and their various attitudes, by long and painstaking observation,
that we could come to any definite conclusion, even as to their general arrangement,
much less in regard to their special taxis.

92. The clue to the one-sidedness of a group was not detected until the process
of development had been traced in young animals. It is true that by following
@ny one tentacle of a file down to its base, where it was in contact with others all
around it, we could determine whether it originated from the same line as the others
next to it in the apparently single row above; but the large number of the group
taken together, and the crowded state of the numerous younger tentacles was a
great hindrance to a true appreciation of their relations. ‘The clue once dis-
covered, though, in the young animal, it was no difficult matter to see the trend
of the development of these organs, and a reason for the asymmetry of a bunch in
the adult; but still, such were the obstacles arising from numbers, approximate
identity in size, the convex surface over which they were spread, and in particular
the mobility and unstable condition of this surface in the region where the younger
tentacles were budding and growing, that it was impossible to determine the exact
status of each one, either in regard to dimensions or relative position. This has
been accomplished with the fullest satisfaction in the young. (J 149, 150, 155);
showing, ncontestably, that the older tentacles preponderate on that side of a group
which lies next a partition, but the investigation was not carried on far enough to
er epeaa Pee ofa mathematical formula of taxis, although
oon aee ea oe it Me a rather high figure. Our diagram of the
iphone ane eer = ac ue amma, must be taken, therefore, only as

general, 1e value of the diagrams of development in the

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 45

young is positive so far as the relative age and position of the tentacles are con-
cerned, and the reader will not do amiss to consult the paragraph devoted to their
elucidation, while following out the description of the adult forms.

Cut 4.

93. The resemblance of the accompanying diagram (cut 4) to a segment of a
honey-comb is obvious at a glance, not only in the relative position of the ten-
tacles, but also in the shape of the outline of their bases. The proportions in size,
however, are altogether different. Except on the periphery of a group, every
tentacle is surrounded by six or, perhaps, sometimes five others, and, as they are
all in contact, they naturally compress their bases into the polygonal forms whigh
we have exhibited in the diagram. ‘Those on the periphery are rounded on the
free side, and consequently seem to prove that the many-sidedness of the others is
due to a mutual restriction of their limits. The asymmetry of the group may be well
expressed by comparing its outline to an anisosceles spherical triangle, projected on
a plane in such a way that its longest side is convex and the two others concave.
The longest side will then correspond to the distal border of the group, and the
next longer will trend along that border which faces towards a partition. Gene-
rally speaking, the oldest tentacles lie nearest the convex or distal side of the figure,
or rather, we might say, are embraced in the angle formed by the two longest sides;
and the site of new developments is near the shortest side, or verges in that direc-
tion. When, now, the tentacles appear to be in files one may observe that they all
diverge from about one point, and that that point is at the junction of the two
shortest sides of the triangle. Of course it will be seen that those in one row alter-
nate with those in the next on either side, and that, inasmuch as those on each side
of any one file fit into the intervals, and actually meet at their bases between the
succéeding tentacles of that file, a very slight divergence of two lateral rows may
bring the globose tips so nearly into exact line with those of the middle one as to
make them appear to form a perfect continuity.

46 LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES.

It is a very noticeable fact that the tentacles on the distal side of a group are
not the longest, nor, on the whole, the largest ; and it is all the more remarkable
D 5) i.)
and unexpected because some of them are the oldest, and usually appear to be the
This difference is most observable when a file is brought into profile

stoutest.
cond, third, and fourth appear to be longer than the

(cut 2, p. 43); then the se
outermost one, and sometimes the third the longest of all.

94. The form (figs. 42, 54) of the tentacles in Haliclystus, and we have good
reason to believe in all Lucernariz, is unique among Acalephe. ‘They do not
In the young this seems not to be so, strictly speaking, but that is when

taper. ee
and even then we do not recognize the distinct taper

they are in a formative state ;
which is so marked in the globe-tipped tentacles of Coryne, Pennaria, etc. When
fully extended a tentacle arises from its base abruptly, with the proportions and
form of a very slender cylinder (jig. 42), from twenty-four to twenty-eight times
longer than thick, and terminates in a depressed globose mass (97), the diameter
of which is from two to two and a half times greater than that of the shaft (9').
In very old specimens the globe (jig. 41) very commonly has three times the
diameter of the cylinder, but from this downward, among the younger members of
the group, the difference gradually diminishes (fig. 34) until it disappears, and the
end of the shaft is merely rounded (jig. 54, A). A group usually presents more or
less of a bristling look, as if the tentacles were rigid and inflexible. This is owing
to the manner in which they comport themselves with reference to each other;
always free from entanglements, notwithstanding their large number, and rising,
with an abrupt, clear stretch, perpendicular from their arched foundation. Fre-
quently the rigidity of a group is relieved by a graceful curving of the shafts all in
one direction, as if by common consent, and again, without any apparent cause,
they assume an angular port, the shaft being bent more or less abruptly, at one or
two points, into a zigzag form. Occasionally we may see a tentacle undulated (fig.
36.) from tip to base by numerous closely succeeding curves, which alternate on
opposite sides with such regularity that they have the appearance of being the turns
of a helix. The longitudinally ribbed surface is not real, but arises from the con-
spicuity of the bundles of muscular fibres which lie just beneath the outer wall.
‘There is evidently such a limit to the extensibility of a tentacle that it can never
assume the proportion of a mere thread, such as we see in Hydra, and the scypho-
stoma of the Strobiloida; and we are indeed inclined to believe that it is more re-
stricted in this sense than in most Acalephe. The form never passes beyond the
proportions of a very slender cylinder, not even approximating a filament in the rela-
tions of its length to its breadth. By designating it as a slender shaft we express its
relative dimensions in the best general terms obtainable, Its positive length is from
one-sixth to one-fifth of an inch when the umbella measures one inch across. The
contractility of these organs is also subjected to certain recognizable limits. When
disturbed they usually retract so as to be quite thick in proportion to their length ;
and if the irritation is persisted in they may become still farther shortened, until
the length is to the diameter as four or five is to one. ‘The spheroidal tips do not
seem to partake in the general contraction to any appreciable extent, The instinct
of self-preservation appears to be exhibited by the consentaneous contraction and

LUCHERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 47

inrolling of the tentacles, and a subsequent folding together of the sides of the um-
bella ( figs. 14, 15); whilst the activity demonstrates itself by a wide expansion of
the body, a reversion of the periphery of the umbella, and an extreme elongation
of the tentacles (jig. 1). Any one of the latter is movable singly, or a number
of them follow each other in one file, with a succession of quick, abrupt flexions of
the tip toward the base, or, again, the whole bunch is carried toward the mouth
by the arm-like corner of the umbella; especially if the tentacles have come in con-
tact with an object fit for food. The prehensile apparatus in this operation is to
be found in the urticating organs (enid@, or nematocysts). heir structure and
mode of action are fully described in the chapter on Histology (Chapter VII).
Normally a tentacle is single, but now and then one encounters a double specimen;
it may be forked from near the base, or at the ends, only the globose tips being
double, sometimes one spheroid supports another on its side (fig. 38), or at some
point of its periphery. Our figure (jig. 54, C) represents a tentacle which is double
for about half its length. ‘The prongs of the fork are scarcely smaller than the
main shaft, and do not differ from it or the corresponding region of the other ten-
tacles in any respect.

95. The globose tip (figs. 41, 42, 54, $) is always broader than long, and is set,
like a cap, on the end of the shaft, in such a way that the axis of the one coincides
with that of the other. The form of the spheroid varies to some extent, but always,
it would seem, at the end, where, at one time, it projects from the convex surface
like a very low cone (jig. 42), or, at another time, it is considerably depressed (fig.
41) below the general level. The latter is particularly noticeable in the oldest
tentacles, the depression being carried to such a degree that the spheroid has rather
the appearance of a very thick disk with rounded edges. The thinness of the walls
in such cases, and their consequent semi-transparency, has given rise to the asser-
tion, put forth by some naturalists, that the tip of the tentacle is perforate. But
that this is a mistake may be proved, not only by careful inspection, especially of
the younger specimens, but also by the fact that the depression is frequently at the
side (fig. 39), and, moreover, two and even three (jig. 40) occur at one time at
diverse points on the periphery. ‘They are formed at will, and are evidently due
to the action of the muscle which immediately underlies the outer wall. The
opacity of the spheroid of the largest tentacles is so great as to render it com-
pletely impervious to the powers of the microscope, unless it be compressed into an
unnatural condition. Younger tentacles, however, are more transparent and allow a
thorough investigation of this part without subjecting them to any artificial prepa-
ration. Its prickly and dotted appearance (figs. 43, 44) is produced by numerous
nettling organs (nematocysts) which are embedded just beneath the surface, and the
color and opacity are owing principally to the intercellular pigment masses which
lie at the inner face of the exterior wall. This accounts for the fact that they are
darker near the centre than at the periphery.

96. The walls of the tentacles are identical in number with those of the founda-
tion from which these cylindrical shafts arise; but they differ considerably in cer-
tain qualities, such as proportionate thickness, and some minor details of organiza-
tion. We have, then, in them direct prolongations from the opsophragma ({j 61),

48 LUCERNARI-# AND THEIR ALLIES

the opsomyoplax (64), the chondromyoplax (65), and the gastrophragma (75).
Although the differences between the same walls in the tentacles and in the um-
bella are in certain points very great, the change from the one to the other is by
no means abrupt, as may be seen while we enumerate and describe them, each in
its turn passing from without inward. It would be well to bear in mind, during
this description, that the tentacles are fully extended.

97. The opsophrayma is the foundation of the outer wail (jigs. 54, 90, 91, n’)
of the tentacles, and so far as the latter is confined to the shaft it has about the
same thickness, excepting at its distal end, where it is slightly merassated and
forms the neck-like junction with the spheroidal tip. ‘To complete its course,
though, it enters the globose mass (fig. 54, p”), in fact it almost becomes the mass
itself, since it forms so great a proportion of it; and yet it consists of but a single
stratum of cells. ‘This is effected by a very abrupt and encrmous thickening of
the layer, so great, indeed, as to equal fully one-third of the diameter of the sphe-
roid. This leaves, then, only a central third to be occupied by the other walls and
the cavity of the organ (see also fig. 48, 9°, n'). The thickening (fig. 35, «*) of
the wall at certain points on the shaft, which is to be met with now and then,
although quite rarely, is not of the same character as in the globose tip, but is a
tendency to carry out what is so fully expressed in a normal way in the anchors
({ 166, etc.). But more of this when we come to the description of the latter.
‘There are no adhesive vesicles in the tentacles. We have already spoken of the
apparently furrowed and ribbed appearance of the shaft (4] 94), and referred it to the
lumen of the underlying bundles of muscular fibres. At times the phenomenon
is really on the surface of the outer wall, or within its thickness, and is produced
by the peculiar action of these fibres, or at least it seems to be so, for along their
course the cells of the wall in question are arranged in lines, and, moreover, they
are elongated in that direction. It can scarcely be denied that the muscles are at
the bottom of this singular feature, and also that they cause the wrinklings in lines
running in the same course (see 4] 202, A).

98. The tentacular muscles are not only the most important element of the pre-
hensile organs, but also the most conspicuous. As we have seen above, they lend
largely to the physiognomical character of the shaft. We speak of this motor
apparatus as muscles, and not as a layer, and we do this advisedly, for the fibres
do not form a continuous stratum, but the latter is, as it were, split into strips or
threads (see 4 86), and these are grouped into bundles (figs. 90, 91, m*) of two, three,
or four, And again we notice that these fibrillae do not lie in one horizon but are
more or less superposed, and even mutually intertwined, thus warranting us in
using the term fibres for their combined forces. Still there are here and there
traces of a tendency to form a continuous layer, judging from the manner in which
a fibrilla wanders now and then across the interval from one fibre to another. On
the whole, the fibrous bundles run from the base to the tip of the shaft in parallel
lines, and are so evident to the senses that they can be counted very readily. By
a careful handling of these irritable creatures, taking the precaution not to disturb
them by any sudden movement, but always slowly and steadily, and with no little
patience, turning them from side to side, or even over and over, we have succeeded

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 49

in counting the number of fibres which lie in the circumference of the shaft of a
tentacle. According to our notes there are, at least, as many as fifty in the oldest
shafts.

99. In this connection it will not be out of place to say a word in regard to our
method of avoiding the main obstacle in the way of preserving the natural propor-
tions of the various parts of the organization. In the beginning of our investiga-
tions the constant and extensive contraction of the body was a source of annoyance
whenever it became necessary to lay open any region with the knife. Finally we
discovered that under persistent handling the body lost its irritability, and after-
ward it struck us that if we could but avoid or lessen the shock of contact the results
would be not so violent. Upon this we always placed cur instruments in the
neighborhood of the body with caution, and sometimes took the pains to let the
animal bring itself in contact with them, as if training it to tlle presence of a foreign
object. Brass seemed to be particularly objectionable, even though it did not
actually touch the body; probably tainting the water by decomposition, or perhaps
by inducing electric currents in it. On the whole, well polished steel needles
served our purpose best, taking care to renew them as soon as rust appeared on
their surface. With these carefully ground down to lancet point and edge, many
of our sections were made with scarcely a sign of impatience on the part of the
animal. The slowness of the process was certainly trying, not only to the patience,
but also to the endurance, for the utmost steadiness of hand was indispensable to
success. Nor did we find that cutting with a very sharp instrument was as irri-
tating as pressure with a dull one; the sharper the blade the less the resistance,
and consequently a diminution in weight, and in the diffusion of it. We were
simply applying a well-known physiological phenomenon, viz., the confused sense
of the contact of two closely approximated points upon the surface of the sensitive
membranes. After using the precaution to observe the exact condition of the
region to be operated upon, and allowing the parts to recover from whatever little
contraction they had been excited into, through the division of their substance by
the scalpel, we could proceed with the confidence that whatever distortion might
appear did not amount to more than the body could be supposed to assume in many
of its most normal attitudes. Even the high muscularity of the tentacles did not
prevent us from obtaining a fully expanded transverse section of the shaft, and
applying a very high power to it. The crushing blades of scissors were always
avoided if possible, although even these seemed not to disturb some parts of the
body—the region of the chondrophys in particular.

100. The chondromyoplax of the tentacles (figs. 54, 90,91, b') is coextensive
with the muscular system of these organs, and forms the next to the innermost
layer, lying intermediate to the gastrophragma (€] 75) on the proximal side and the
opsomyoplax (4[ 98) on the distal face. It preserves all the characteristics of the
foundation (€] 65-68) from which it is prolonged, and we need not therefore repeat
them here. Ina fully extended tentacle it is not much thicker than the outer wall.
Its depth is pretty uniform from the base to the end of the shaft, but diminishes
slightly as it enters the globose tip. There it terminates in a rounded closed ex-
tremity, and contributes to swell the mass of concentric layers, all, like itself, per-

7 April, 1877.

50) LUCERNARI#A AND THEIR ALLIES.
manently imperforate. At the bases of the tentacles this layer is uninterruptedly
continuous from one shaft to another, but in the passage it varies largely im thick-
ness (jigs. 54, 60, 0”), since its proximal side is drawn out into heavy irregular
ridges and bosses (7), which constitute the main bulk of the large solid, interten
tacular lobules (4{ 103). We should not forget to mention, also, that, as the distal
tentacles of a group border close upon the line of junction between the circumoral
and aboral parietes of the umbella, the chondromyoplax of the shafts comes to an
abrupt terminus at that line; and, moreover, we would add, that the muscular
fibres of these organs project from their basal ends and form a continuous stratum
there, lying, like a partition ( fig. 60, k'), between the umbellar chondrophys (ce)
and the chondromyoplax (6'), Laterally, as we have already pointed out ( 84).
it is continuous with the marginal muscular band of the umbella, but is, strictly
speaking, homologous only with that part of its border which lies between the
termini of the two gelatiniform layers just mentioned.

101. The gastrophrayma or lining wall ( figs. 54, 60, 90, 91, «°) of the tentacles
is their thickest layer. Excepting a slight diminution at the apex of the shaft,
we find this stratum has a uniform thickness throughout its length until we come
to within a short distance of its base. Here a marked change takes place, and
what was once an enormously deep wall, although composed of a single layer
of cells, measuring from one-fifth to one-fourth the diameter of the tentacle, rapidly
thins out ( fig. 60, 7, i’) backward to the slender dimensions of the lining wall of
the umbella soon after it passes beyond the entrance to the main cavity, in fact
before it reaches the ends of the intertentacular lobules, where it is virtually the
umbellar gastrophragma (4{ 75). The proximal face of the lining wall of the tentacles
is particularly well marked ; not so much, though, by any inherent characters as by
the dark, irregular pigment granules (fig. 90, e”) which crowd into the interstices
and across the inner ends of its prismatic cells, lying so thickly as to almost tempt
one into considering them bodily as a distinct stratum. They also serve to light
up, by contrast, the boundary of the cavity which they cover, and they are eminently
useful in assisting the eye to follow the continuity of this cavity into the umbellar
chamber.

102, The hollowness of the tentacles is unquestionable, and more than that, they
openly communicate (fig. 60, @*) with the main cavity of the body. It has been
asserted by some naturalists that they communicate only with the lobules at their
bases, which have also been described as hollow, and compared to the ampullaceous
sacs at the basal ends of the ambulacra of Starfishes.' This is altogether untrue,
the lobules being perfectly solid and, moreover, interbasal, instead of being direct
prolongations from the tentacles. In the largest, full-erown specimens it is an easy
matter to introduce the head of a fine cambric needle between these lobules and far
into the cavity of the tentacles. It is true that the passage is not broad after the
entrance has been fairly made, but it is quite distinct in the young, where the
lobules are not developed until some time after the first tentacles appear, and the
entrance to the tentacular cavity is quite broadly open; and the same may be ob-
served among the budding tentacles of old individuals,

? Milne-Edwards and Haime, Hist. Corall.

LUCERNARIA AND THETR ALLIES. 51

103. Intertentacular lobules ( figs. 54, 56, 60, 2). The reader, no doubt, has
learned by this time that these bodies are internal prolongations of that part of the
parietes of the umbella from which the tentacles take their origin. ‘Their relative
position in regard to the latter might well lead a hasty observer to infer their simi-
larity to the ampullaceous sacs of Echinodermata; but no very prolonged investi-
gation is needed to determine that they have not the form of sacs, and that they
are irregular, thick ridges which here and there anastomose into a sort of network
( fig. 56), and send out, from scattered points, more or less flattened, irregularly
oval lobular processes. ‘The general trend of the plane of the greater diameter of
the latter is parallel with the anterior and posterior parietes of the umbella. ‘The
depressions between the ridges of the network are the vestibules of the entrances
(9°) to the tentacles; and the lobules, with their ready flexibility, suggest a valvular
function which they might perform about these apertures, ‘They consist of only
two layers (jig. 60), the gastrophragma (2°) and the chondromyoplax (6°), and
neither of these is strictly muscular, although we have elsewhere (4]65, 196) suggested
that the chondromyoplax is only one undeveloped portion of the muscular layer
(opsomyoplax). That would seem to be true here, if we may judge from the irri-
tability and activity of these bodies; or it is possible that the gastrophragma is
underlaid by an excessively thin muscular stratum which has escaped our eyes.
The surface wall, or gastrophragma (7°), has the same dimensions as in the more
open areas of the general cavity, but is particularly characterized here by the
dense deposit of pigment matter over its surface. This accounts for the dark patch
of color so noticeable at the proximal bases of the tentacular groups, and which
remind one of eye-spots, as the body is viewed from in front. The chondromyoplax
(6°) is an actual thickening of the mass with which it is continuous, and not a
lateral projection from it; so that the length of a lobule is the measure of the depth
of this layer. This is proved by the course of the fibrille, which pass in direct
lines from the distal surface—lying between the bases of the tentacles—to the
innermost free ends of the lobules.

§ 13. The marginal adhesive bodies (Colletocystophora), jigs. 17, 22, 23, 24, 25, 37,
45,47; a toa’

104. Form and Position.—The most attentive examination of an anchor in its
extreme old age would not lead one to suspect that it was once a mere tentacle in
form, proportions, and general structure. ‘The proofs that this is so may be found
in abundance in the section on Embryology (Chapter VI). We only wish, here,
to draw the parallelism for the sake of their homological relations to the regions
of the umbella when compared with the tentacles. There are eight of these bodies
attached singly ( figs. 17, 22, 37, a) to the eight intertentaculiferous margins of
the umbella, exactly half way between the angles (1+) of the octagon. Those four
which lie opposite the partitions of the umbella are slightly longer than the other
four, and the average length is about equal to the diameter of the peduncle. They
consist of a short, thick stem ( figs. 23, 24, a’), or neck, supporting a heavy, flat-
tened, ovate mass (a*). ‘The neck is attached to one of the flattened sides, and

52 LUCERNARI#Z AND THEIR ALLIES.

near the broader end, at an acute angle to the longer axis of the oval. A profile
(fig. 23) of the anchor reminds one of the spheroidal tip of a tentacle, asymmetrical
in outline, and attached obliquely to a shaft which is broader than it is long.
Defining the contour of the ovate mass more closely we should say that it is convex
on the distal or posterior face, and hollowed by a broad furrow ( fig. 24, a°) which

trends along its mid-line, on the proximal or ante rior face; it is, on the whole, com-
parable to a date-stone, leaving out the greater proportionate length of the latter,

since the ovate mass of the anchor is scarcely more than half agam longer than
broad. In their usual attitude the anchors are reflexed posteriorly over the margin
of the umbella to a greater or less degree, and sometimes so strongly that from
one-half to two-thirds of the ovate mass is hidden from sight when the body is
viewed from in front (fig. 22). The anchor proper is altogether an offspring of
the anterior parietes of the umbella, but a part of what appears to form the stem
is a projection or ledge (fig. 25, 3") stretching out from the border (3) of the
posterior parictes. ‘The line of junction between the ledge and the true stem is
clearly marked by the margin of the muscular layer.

105. The stem of the anchor contains all the elements of the shaft of a tentacle,
and these were originally disposed in like manner; but at the present age they are
considerably altered, principally in their direction. ‘This applies in particular to
the muscular fibres, which are so conspicuous as to demand attention among the
general features of these organs, and, indeed, were it not for them the singularly
oblique attachment of the stem to the margin of the umbella would readily escape
casual observation. They produce the effect of a striation (figs. 23, 25) on the
surface in. the same way that the ridges of the opsomyoplax appear like striz in
the umbella (4[ 81). By following these striations in their course from the marginal

band (jig. 25, m') outwardly it will be noticed that they converge coneides aie so
as to form a sort of isthmus (m”) directly opposite an anchor, Wer the striz are
parallel for a short distance and then diverge as they run out toward the ledge (31)
above mentioned (4] 104). The divergence grows stronger as they proceed, and
gradually those along the borders of the isthmus pass obliquely around the neck
(fig. 23, a') in two opposite directions, following the edge of the ledge, until they
meet on the distal side, and then, like those nearer the middle of the isthmus, pass
on directly to the ovate mass (a’). Between these two extremes there are, of
course, all possible grades of obliquity, and consequently the neck or stem appears
as if it were twisted, when seen in profile ( fig. 23). ‘This portion of the anchor is
very short, not more than one-half or two-thirds as long as it is broad. It is appa-
rently longer, but that is because the ledge from the ceonieep ieee sets it out from
the umbellar margin, and, moreover, under a moderate magnifying power, it seems
to form a part of it.

106. The ovate mass (a’) is also the homologue of the shaft of a tentacle, but
it is so disguised as to deceive and mislead the observer who is not familiar with
its successive sti iges of development, and very naturally might induce one, in that

case, to see more than a mere resemblance to the spheroidal tip of a tentacle, and
set it down asa homologue with the latter. That would indced be far from correct,
as we shall now show by pointing out the remnants of what was once a distinct,

LUCERNARI# AND THEIR ALLIES. 53

spherical, nematocystigerous tip to an equally well-proportioned shaft. If the
broad median furrow (jig. 24, a‘) of the anterior face of the ovate mass, be followed
outwardly toward the distal end, it will be noted that it gradually becomes less
opaque than the area adjoining, and finally assumes a semi-transparent appearance
for a short distance before it terminates. In the middle of this semi-transparent
area ( fig. 25, a°) there is a dark spot, which some observers in their haste have
mistaken for an opening, supposing the darkness to be the pigment mass lining the
interior of the cavity of this body. So far, though, from being thus, the dark spot
is not only the surface of a solid, but that solid is slightly elevated above the area
in which it is set, as one may see by glancing along the furrow, when it will appear
as a spheroidal mass (a?) imbedded on the top of a low boss, or truncate cone.
Here again we meet with the striz noticed on the neck, but not so strongly marked,
yet sufficiently distinct to be traced along the semi-transparent area and upon the
boss to the margin of the spheroidal mass. We hardly need say that the latter is
the homologue of the globose tips of the tentacles. In extremely old animals the
boss, even, is obliterated, and the spheroid is sunken into the face of the semi-trans-
parent area, but is still distinctly recognizable by the numerous nematocysts which
are embedded in its substance (fig. 47, a’), It is not then the globose tip of the
tentacles that we find here metamorphosed into an immense ovate, swollen mass,
but a part of the shaft lying intermediate between the base and the end of it.

107. Keeping in mind, now, that the stem is attached obliquely to the broader
end of the ovate mass on its posterior side, and that the spheroidal tip has been
found at its narrower, distal end, and on the anterior face, we are prepared to
understand that this mass trends obliquely to the longer axis of the whole, 7. e.,
the shaft, and completely encircles it in the form of a thick, broad, ovate, pad-like
ring. ‘The breadth and depth of this mass is not altogether due to the thickness
of the ovate ring, but is in part accounted for by the very considerable extent of
the cavity (jig. 47, a*) of this organ, occupying not less than one-third of its
diameter, Like the tentacles, the anchors are capable of expansion and contraction,
but not to as great a degree. In the common run of adult specimens they are
slightly knobbed or have an undulating outline, but in the very old ones they are
deeply puckered, as if shrivelled, reminding one of a dried prune or raisin, ‘Their
color and opacity are the result of the combination of two distinct sets of pigment
matter; the one lying near the surface, constituting the large, dark nuclei of the
cells of the outer wall, and the other seeming to form a layer on the interior face,
but in reality embedded in the lining wall, occupying in it the place of nuclei of
the cells. The adhesive vesicles (€] 208, A) which are buried just beneath the ex-
terior surface add a little to the opacity; but being colorless, they are not conspicu-
ous, notwithstanding their large numbers,

108. It is no difficult matter to expose the entrance (jig. 45, a°) to the cavity
of the anchor and at the same time prove that it has, like the tentacles, an open
communication with the wide chambers of the umbella. There are no interten-
tacular, internal lobules here to obscure the view, and if one wishes to verify, by
the tactile method, what has been ascertained with the eye alone, it can be readily
done by cutting and raising a flap of the anterior parietes of the umbella, so as to

54 LUCERNARI#Z AND THEIR ALLIES.

expose the internal base of the organ in question. Then one) may; either look
directly into the passage way, or, if there be any suspicion that it 1s closed by a
transparent membrane, the head of a fine needle can be thrust into it. We have
fully satisfied ourselves, by all of these methods, that there is here a direct, smooth,
and widely open passage leading into the cavity, and that the latter is not sub-
divided in any way, but is tolerably uniform in its length and breadth. In the stem
the passage has rather the character of a channel, and expands quite rapidly into
a tolerably wide chamber (fig. 47, a“) soon after it enters the ovate mass. ‘The
chamber occupies the middle third of the shorter diameter of the mass, and lis at
about an equal distance from the external surface both at its sides and at its distal
end, yet approximates rather more closely to the anterior face.

109. The walls of the anchors (fig. 47) are remarkable for their great thickness
at nearly all points; and if there is any exception to this it is to be found in the
region which is homologous to the thickest part of the tentacles. The process of
development is just the reverse in the two organs; in the tentacles the whole ten-
dency is to give the nematocystigerous tip a preponderance in point of size and in
the thickness of its walls; whereas, in the anchors, the greater weight is thrown
into the midregion of the shaft, both in reference to its general amplitude and the
incrassation of the walls, whilst the nematocystigerous tip (a) is gradually reduced
to comparative insignificance, a mere reminiscence of its type. It is remarkable
that we should have in these organs a repetition of that singular irregularity in the
thickness of the walls which is so promfnent in and about the adhesive disk at the
caudal end of the body. Here, as there, the peculiarity is confined to the two
innermost layers.

110. The outer wall (fig. 47, n”) is a direct continuation of the opsophragma of
the umbella, but is much deeper than the latter over the greater part of the stem
and ovate mass. Oh the anterior face of the stem there is very little, if any,
difference, but upon passing around toward the posterior face, and outward also
into the ovate mass, the wall thickens rapidly to triple, quadruple, and even sex-
tuple the measure in the first place mentioned. ‘There is considerable variation in
thickness at diverse points, but it is quite systematic in this respect. Along the
broad median furrow it is thinner than anywhere else on the ovate mass, not being
more than two and a half to three times the depth on the stem, and even this pro-
portion is lessened greatly in the semi-transparent area at its distal end, until it
actually falls below what obtains on the umbella. In the remnant of the nemato-
cystigerous tip («*) of the tentacle the wall rapidly thickens again to equal the
greatest measurement along the proximal end of the furrow. Passing laterally,
from the midline, around the mass, the depth increases gradually until it reaches
the maximum, sextuple measurement mentioned above. Where the anterior and
posterior parietes of the umbella meet, at the distal side of the base of the anchor,
the outer wall thins abruptly just as it joins the ectophragma (fig. 63). The adhe-
sive vesicles (colletocysts) which form the main characteristic of the functions of the
anchor, notwithstanding their multitude, have nothing to do with increasing the
thickness of the wall ; they are merely superficial adjuncts to its mass, while the

LUCERNARI#A AND THEIR ALLIES. 55

long prismatic cells which extend through its whole depth are the prime, and only
elements concerned.

111. Anchor muscles ( fig. 47, m’*). The peculiar arrangement of the fibres of
the muscles has already been indirectly described when tracing the course of the
oblique striz on the stem, and in the semi-transparent area (4] 105). After stating
that they are identical in character with those of the tentacles, we have very little
more to add, and that is principally in regard to the thickness of the layer, if it
may be so called. ‘The fibres are not so widely separate as in the tentacles, and
consequently approach, in their combination, more nearly to a continuous stratum.
They certainly are much heavier, and wherever a section runs along a band, the
muscle appears much thicker. The mode of its termination and intrusion (at k')
between the approximated margins of the chondromyoplax (4°) and chondrophys
(¢), at the distal side of the base of the anchor, is the same as that of the tentacles,
in a general sense, but differs somewhat in the trend, since it does not lie so
obliquely, but traverses the intervening space much more nearly at a right angle
to the surfaces of these layers. Not alone, though, do we find this intervening
muscular partition at the distal side; it is also to be traced all along the border of
the ledge ( fig. 25, 3") of chondrophys which supports the stem, and thence inwardly,
skirting the “isthmus” ({{ 105) of muscle which joins the marginal plicate band, and
becomes continuous with the similar curtain which that band protrudes (4] 82) be-
tween these gelatiniform layers, at all points of the periphery of the umbella.

112. The chondromyoplax ( fig. 47, 6°) of the anchors exists ina far more bulky
proportion than in any other region of the body, unless we consider that in the pro-
boscis as its equal in this respect. It lies in exactly the same relation to the other
walls as in the tentacles, but, unlike it, has but one regular face, the outer one,
whilst the inner contour is constantly changing its direction, at one point running
deeply into the gelatiniform mass, sometimes plunging almost through its thickness,
and then retreating at an acute angle back to its former level. The acute angled
sinuses, that are so prevalent in the section which we have illustrated, are the ex-
pressions of as many conical pits and lateral diverticuli. They are abundant in all
parts of the colletocystigerous mass, but fail in its stem, Along the anterior side
of the latter the chondromyoplax is only a little thicker than in the thinnest parts
on the umbella. From this region it thickens rapidly, going in two directions, one
around the stem, and the other directly out into the ovate mass. Within the latter
its general depth, leaving out the points occupied by the conical pits, varies but
little, and is about two-thirds that of the chondrophys (c), just behind this organ.
At the distal side of the stem it is fully as thick as the edge of the chondrophys
which lies next to it; or nearly three times its own measure at the anterior side of
the stem. The mode of termination at this point is the same as along the umbellar
margin (4j 66), but it is not penetrated by ridges of the muscular layer as in the
latter.

113. The gastrophrayma ( fig. 47, i‘) of the anchors is remarkable for its extreme
thickness, and the singular character of the prismatic cells which compose it (see
@ 211). Within the limits of the stem it is only a little thicker than in the broad
camer of the umbella, but just as it enters the cavity of the ovate mass it rapidly

56 LUCERNARIZ AND THEIR ALLIES.

increases to its maximum depth, which is, on the average, fully, if not more than,
one-half that of the chondromyoplax (0). It is rather irregular and undulating on
its inner free surface; and on its other face it varies exceedingly, according to the
irregularities of the chondromyoplax ; fillmg every conical pit and diverticulum of
the latter as if it had been moulded upon it. The chief peculiarity of this layer
rests in the histological elements, and to that section of the subject the reader must
therefore turn for further information in regard to the more intimate structure of

the organ.

$14. The Caudal Adherent Dish (figs: 17, 18, 195 31, 46 ol):

114. The place which this part of the body holds among the organs is not so
much due to its being a distinct anatomical form, as to the fact that it is the basis
of certain functions which it performs in common with the anchors. Still its con-
struction is such that it is evidently something more than a mere caudal terminus.
Whether we look at it as a means constructed and adapted to a certain end, or as
a means which has found itself best fitted for the purpose to which it is now put, it
matters not; creative ingenuity would appear just as potential in the one case as
in the other. The simplicity and slight differentiation which the organ—if we
may so call it—presents, renders it none the less capable of doing what it, ostensibly,
is intended to do than if it were the most highly complicated of all the systems of
the body. Differentiation does not necessarily tend to the better performance of
any one duty, but to the separation of two or more functions which may have been
confided to the care of some organically simple organ. Every physiologist knows
that, although the nutritive system of the highly complicated vertebrate animal is
subdivided into an intestinal tract, to break down the food, etc. ete., and a set of
bloodvessels to carry the absorbed nourishment to the tissues, these tissues are no
more faithfully and thoroughly supplied with nourishment than those of the simple
Polyp whose general cavity is both a digestive system to prepare the food for
absorption and a circulatory system to bring the assimilable matter into contact
with the tissues.

115, A very slight modification of the form of the caudal shaft suffices to give
it the appearance of an official character, although we can readily conceive that it
could perform its present duty without its discal expansion. The comparative
extent of adherent surface would be the only element concerned. A change from
a truncate terminus to a rounded or pointed one would muke a great deal of differ-

ence as to the nature of the substance adhered to, whether flat or irregular, This _

species always clings to flat surfaces; and, as it lives where the currents and wave
action are very strong, its expanded disciform tail seems to be eminently adapted
to increase its power ee resisting the tractive force of the moving water. ‘The
principal modifications of the layers of the shaft in the formation of the adherent
disk consist, in the first place, in a rather abrupt expansion of the whole, followed
immediately by a sudden changing of the course of the outline to a direction at
right angles to its previous trend; virtually truncating the caudal terminus. The
corresponding internal changes are noticcable chiefly in the ectophragma (jig. 19, /”)

LUCERNARIZ AND THEIR ALLIES. 57

and the muscular cords ( fiy. 46, 7). In the former it consists in a thickening
of its mass to double its measurement on the shaft, and the embedding of adhesive
vesicles (colletocysts, @) Just beneath its outer, free surface. These cysts are very
numerous and tolerably well crowded all over the flat face of the disk, but do not
extend forward beyond its edge. ‘The sucker-like shape of this organ is not, there-
fore, indicative of a sucker-like function on its part, and the power of adhering to
bodies by its mere edge confirms the most warrantable inference, that the cysts are
the true organs of adhesion, Some minor modifications are yet to be mentioned ;
but as they are already described in previous paragraphs (54, 63) on the form of
the peduncle they need not be repeated here. ‘The same may be said in regard to
the muscular cord, which is described in paragraphs 59 and 88, but we will draw
attention to the position of the two main furrows which cross each other at right
angles (fi. 18, y') on the face of the disk, as corresponding to the line along which
the muscular cords ( fiy. 19, 7') run. These furrows are but continuations of the
four which trend at equal distances apart (ninety degrees) along the shaft,
opposite the muscles, toward the umbella, and become there slight depressions,
opposite the partitions, extending to the periphery. ‘The most obvious relation
of the furrows to the muscles is one of cause and effect. The muscles must have
a point @appui, and the furrows are simply indicative of the line of traction, which
is nearest to the point where the contractile force is least expanded. From these
lines it diffuses systematically all over the body. ‘The minor furrows (fig. 18) on
the disk, anastomosing into a network, probably correspond to the greatly varying
irregular thickness of the chondrophys (see 4 57,58, 72), which tends to become
bent and folded in the direction of the lines of the least rigidity when the muscles,
which are embedded in it, are contracted. ‘The same feature is observable in the
highly muscular anchors, in which we have also described a great inequality and
want of regularity in the depth of the chondromyoplax.

§ 15. The Digitiform Bodies (Digituli).

116. Form (figs. 47%, 65, 80, 98, 99, 100,101). Notwithstanding the apparent
relation of the digitiform bodies to the reproductive organs they are preéminently
allies of the exterior prehensile organs, and, therefore, are most fittingly described
here, no matter in what connection or for what purpose they perform their duties.
‘The position and form of these bodies have already (4] 52) been described in a general
way, but the peculiar features for which they are so eminently remarkable remain
to be illustrated here. Their elongate lanceolate outline is only observable when
the flattened sides (figs. 47°, 65) are turned toward the observer. Seen thus they
appear narrow at the base and gradually expand to about their midlength and then
as gently taper to a rounded point. Viewed at right angles to this (jig. 98) they
taper, from a slightly constricted neck, uniformly to the tip. The thickness, at the
broadest part, is to the breadth as one is to four or five. Usually they are single,
but occasionally two or even three have a common stem for a short distance (fig.
65), and these pass on separately with the same form as the single ones. They are
capable of a great range and variety in form and proportions. At one time they

8 April, 1877.

58 LUCERNARI&Z AND THEIR ALLIES.

are very slender and extend far out of the mouth of the proboscis, and at another,
they are shortened down to broad, ovate bodies with blunt tips, and more than
usually convex sides, approximating to fusiform, As to flexibility they seem to be
unlimited, and so in regard to plasticity ; now coiling like a mass of suckers, in an
apparently indissoluble tangle, or spreading laterally, and folding at the sides,
assuming a deeply concavo-convex shape, as if a sac with a wide lateral aperture.
In the latter condition they have a wonderful resemblance to the laterally opening
genital sacs. We have illustrated the two, side by side, at the time when the
digituli were in the sacciform attitude (jig. 80, 7, 8). It would be difficult to state
precisely what their size is, still there is probably a limit to it. When they elongate
they also become more slender, and when they shorten they also widen, at a
corresponding rate. An average length is about equal to the greatest breadth of a
triangular genital half, or half as long as a fully extended tentacle,

117. Function.—The flattened lanceolate form of these bodies is by no means
independent of other characteristics, of which there are two principal ones. In the
first place the broad faces are turned respectively toward and away from the pro-
boscis, and in the second place, that fuce which looks toward the proboscis is covered,
except near the tip, with a dense layer of colletocysts ( fig. 98, A), while the opposite
face and the excepted part of the other side, are beset with nematocysts, and heavily
clothed with vibratile cilia (B, C). Between these two sets of organs there is a
sharp line of demarcation, and evidently, from the nature of their constituents,
devoted to quite diverse functions. ‘The proximity of these bodies to the proboscis
and their occasional protrusion from the mouth, conjoined with the presence of
colletocysts and nematocysts, all tend to indicate their use as prehensile organs,
either in the transfer of food inwardly, or in the removal of material, fecal matter,
or perhaps eggs, from within outward. ‘Their adhesive powers are great, and their
urticating organs are numerous, and no doubt serve more efficiently than the
tentacles to reduce the struggles of prey, shrimps and other animals, and bring
them into manageable condition for being thrust into the lateral camere of the
umbella.

118. The Gastrophragma.—The walls of the digituli are direct prolongations from
the three innermost strata of the anterior umbellar parietes. The gastrophragma
is doubled in thickness as it becomes the peripheral layers (figs. 98, 99, 100, 7°)
of these bodies. Its inner as well as exterior outline is sharply defined, particularly
on the side (A) facing toward the proboscis, because it is there composed almost.
entirely of colletocysts (a), with their dense, semi-opaque, granular contents.
‘Toward the tip (C) its inner surface is rather irregular and somewhat thicker than
elsewhere.

119. The muscular layer (h) is the only division of the gastromyoplax (or
odmyoplax) which is not exclusively devoted to the genital saccules. It is very
thin, almost filmy, scarcely measuring one-sixth the depth of the gastrophragma,
and then only where it is thickened into ridges. ‘The latter appear, with a low
power, to be coarse longitudinal strie, but a closer examination, with a higher
amplification, proves them to be interrupted ridges ( fig. 99, h), trending parallel-
wise to the longitudinal axis of the diyitulus, along the exterior surface of the

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 59

stratum. Their average distance apart is, as we may judge from the drawing,
about equal to the measure of the thickness of the gastrophragma.

120. The Chondromyoplax (b', see also 196).—We have every reason to believe
that the fibrous prolongations which traverse this mass are direct emanations from
the muscular layer (h'), and that the amorphous portions of the chondromyoplax
constitute the interstitial cytoblastema. There can be no doubt that fibres do
pervade this mass, and, from analogy—with facts which we have observed in regard
to the development of the chondrophys in the young Lucernariw, and other
Acalephe—we do not hesitate to judge that they are part and parcel with the
muscular layer which lies on the surface. The chondromyoplax (b') and the
gastromyoplax (h) are here but two subdivisions of one layer. In passing we
would add that in the digituli of young Aurelia-medusids the subdivision is much
less marked than here, in fact leaving no room to evade the conclusion which we
have come to in the present case. If this be true here, it would seem, of necessity,
to be so throughout the anterior parietes of the umbella, but the subdivision
is more nearly complete than in the digituli, and there is a higher specialization
of the muscular layer, as evinced by the systematically arranged ridges, which
tends to indicate a separate function for each, the one contractile and the other
simply resilient. In the Lucernarie these functions incline to blend, as far as their
areas of action are concerned, and in the medusoid of Aurelia they are completely
intermingled in that respect. Although the digituli are, like the internal inter-
tentacular lobules (€[ 103), prolonged from the-circumoral parietes of the umbella,
their internal arrangements are quite diverse from those of the latter; since in the
former the fibrille run across the longer axis of the gelatiniform mass, and conse-
quently at right angles to the trend of their homologues in the circumoral chondro-
myoplax. At the base of these organs the transition of the trend of their fibrille
into that of the umbellar chondromyoplax is gradual, just as it is in the genital
saccules, and likewise in the same manner, It should be noted, in particular, that
not only do they traverse the gelatiniform mass at right angles to its longitudinal
axis but that their trend is from one broad face of the digituli to the other ( jig.
100, 5°).

121. Réswmé—The amount and diversity of differentiation in these bodies
doubtless surpasses, by far, anything of the kind in the whole class of Acalephe ;
at least it would seem so since some of the highest forms which we have examined’
fall short im this respect. ‘This tendency to outstrip its allies in special points,
while failing to equal them in other respects, is everywhere characteristic of the
comprehensive types. Among the Selachians we find the sharks imitating the
placentation of the Mammalia, in this respect, therefore, rising above Reptilia
and Aves. They doubtless surpass the Teliosts in every respect, except in the
skeleton, and they fall short there only in the lack of hardness of the bone, but
rise far above them in the conformation and differentiation of that system. In the
Annelida a complete sanguineous circulation, but without distinct walls, is the
premonition of a more fully developed system in the Arachnida; but this is almost
lost in the perisplanchnic diffuseness of the hexapod Insecta. But, if Blanchard
be right, the peritracheal circulation reproduces what is lost, in another, and

60 LUCERNARI&Z AND THEIR ALLIES.

perhaps higher form, the blood going to the respiratory surfaces in distinct tubes,
after the manner of the Vertebrata. Again, and finally, there are the Cystideans,
prototypes of the Holothuria Apoda, and, if we mistake not, the genuine progenitors
of Holothuria, exhibiting, like the highest of the latter, the clearest bilaterality and
a strong reduction or suppression of the dorso-ventral repetition of parts. Their
sedentary condition and a certain want of regularity and definiteness in the arrange-
ment of their plates, are indicative of their inferiority, at least in the latter respects,
to those Crinoids which have been disposed in systematic order. In our Lucernarian
there is very little left, in point of inferiority, that debars it from taking the highest
rank among Acalephe. On a former occasion’ we have placed the Lucernarie—
in a tabular view of their systematic position—as if intermediate in rank between
the Steganophthalmata and the Gymnophthalmata. We think now that it would
be doing better justice to arrange them almost on a level with the Steganophthalmata,
overlapping their lower ranks, as it were, but failing to come up to the horizon of
the topmost grades. But we are anticipating what we shall present in regard to
this matter in another chapter (Part X), and we have yet in reserve more matter
of equal interest to those who are curious to know what the status of our Acalephan
subject may be. We have allowed ourselves to be diverted imto this digression
merely for the sake of layimg heavier stress upon the quality and value of the
singular diversities of differentiation in the digituli, while the mind is fresh from
the work of investigation. Let us, therefore, recapitulate their prominent features
in brief terms, and then proceed to the subject of the next section. In the first
place they are lanceolate and flat. ‘That leads to a survey of their position, in
which we find their broad sides systematically facing toward and away from the
proboscis. Again, these broad sides are diverse in character, the diversity of one
kind always on the corresponding side: for instance, the one bearing the colletocysts
facing toward the proboscis, and the other,covered by vibratile cilia and bearing
nematocysts, facing in the opposite direction. ‘Then there is the muscular layer
more pointedly separated from the chondromyoplax than in the digituli of Aurelia,
and doubtless others of the same order. And, finally, not only do the fibrillee which
traverse the chondromyoplax trend at right angles to those in the circumoral
parietes, but they stand in very exact relations to the form of the digituli, trending

directly from one broad face to the other, as if linking the layers of colletocysts
and nematocysts to each other.

§ 16. The Digestive System.

122. Forced Homologues.—We have scarcely anything to do here in the way of
a description of the digestive system, since nearly all that is concerned in it has
been so thoroughly delineated from another, or several points of view as to render
further illustration entirely superfluous. It will suffice, therefore, if we do no
more than enumerate the several regions of the body which take part in the

1 . "y
Lucernaria the Cenotype, ete., ut sup., p. 22.

LUCERNARIA@ AND THEIR ALLIES. 61

function in question; and this is absolutely necessary to a proper understanding of the
limits of this system. That an Acaleph is possessed of a stomach or chymiferous
cavity distinct from a general chyliferous chamber can only be asserted, even in
part, by admitting, as we certainly do not, the Ctenophore into this class. That
the Ctenophore have these two cavities is enough to rule them out of the circle
within which the Strobiloida, Lucernaria, and Hydroida are included. ‘he
peculiarity of Ctenophorz approximates them, in this respect, ¢. ¢., functionally, to
the Polypi; and some naturalists have even gone so far as to assert that they
belong there. We must confess that we do not see the faintest glimmer of a reason
for so doing. Those who are accustomed to making forced homologues, by supposing
this a little changed, and that a little something else, and the other not quite so
much so, and everything else a tithe otherwise than what it really is, can easily
twist the ideal Ctenophore completely out of its type, even, without knowing it,
and with a logical (illogical) jump land in the midst of a totally different category
of relations, and yet suppose that they have been standing still all the while.

123. The Digestive Cavity Monomerous.—The Lucernariz also have been classed
among the Polypi by all early observers, and even at this late day a place is claimed
for them there by some naturalists, The character of their digestive system alone
is enough to debar them from such an alliance. ‘They challenge the closest homo-
logical comparison with the Acalephe, as we have limited the class above, and no
one who is at all familiar with their structure can fail to see their intimate relation-
ship with them. ‘The food does not digest in the proboscis ( fig. 37, p), but is
transferred to the post-buccal or central cavity (2°), and even to the lateral camer
(1) of the umbella. We have often noticed, in the latter place in particular, quite
large shrimps undergoing the process of breaking down. There is, therefore, no
subdivision of the digestive system into two parts, as in Polypi and Ctenophore.
The food enters the mouth and glides through the proboscis (jig. 37, p) as if the
latter were a mere conduit. It can scarcely be called anything else; assuredly it
does not present the appearance of a digestive organ, for of all parts of the digestive
system it is the least endowed with anything in the form of interstitial pigment or
brown glandular-looking matter; and so far from being narrowed at its posterior
end, it opens widely there, and passes insensibly into the general central cavity ().
We might even say that the digestive surface of the system is more diffuse than in
the other two orders of Acalephe; for in them the heavy, large masses of food
cannot gain access to the lateral passages of the umbella, the so-called chymiferous
tubes. There is, then, in the latter a closer approximation to that subdivision which
obtains in Polypi than exists in the digestive system of Lucernariz. Neither is
there any dividing line, structurally speaking, that separates the four camere (rz)
of the peduncle from the general cavity. ‘There is a slight constriction of the
breadth of space at their entrance (z‘) and for a short distance posterior to that,
but nothing that approaches to a valvular apparatus, nor anything of the sort. In
Calvadosia, Lucernaria, and Manania the caudal chamber is single, and passes
with widely spreading walls insensibly into the general umbellar cavity. ‘There is
also very little or no restriction to the entrance of the umbellar fluid into the
tentacles and anchors of Huliclystus. If we look for accessory organs to the main
digestive cavity, we meet with no glands, nor anything that approaches such a

62 LUCERNARIZ AND THEIR ALLIES.

structure; unless we hold the pigmental interstitial matter in that category, and
even that is most abundant in the regions farthest removed from the centre of
action, where it is supposed to be in greatest demand.

124, Rank.—In regard to the ravk of the Lucernarie, as affected by the con-
formation of the digestive system, the first thought would be to consider it as
indicative of a low grade, because of its apparent diffuseness and want of subdivision
into the central cavity and chymiferous tubes, as in the majority of the members of
the other orders. ‘There may be some truth in this, but it probably does not affect
their status to such an extent as might be supposed. We have spoken of this
diffuseness as apparent, and so we would seem to be warranted in doing if ve
assume certain features in the other orders as criteria ; for instance the digestive
system of the highest of the Strobiloida, viz., Rhizostoma, Cyanea, and their
immediate allies. We do not think that the Lucernarie should be compared with
the incipient ephyra-stage of the Strobiloida, because the latter happens to have
broad pouch-like camer. There is a similarity but not a homology in their forms;
but the latter becomes a reality, as far as their different ordinal relations will allow,
when the circular tube is developed in the ephyra. But when that takes place the
young creature is then on the way to a higher status, and that very process of
going upward is one in which the digestive chambers are becoming more diffuse, less
circumscribed, and tending to run all into one broad-spread cavity. This is the
condition of things in the Rhizostomide, and Cyanece, while in the confessedly
lower ranks of Aurelie and Pelagia the diffuseness is least.

125. Retrograde Metamorphosis.—Perhaps all this may be explained on the score
of a partial, digestive retrograde metamorphosis; and if so, it must be a tendency
to a reversion to the simplicity of the Scyphostoma. But we are not willing to
admit the verity of that commonly received phenomenon. So far from being a
retrograde metamorphosis, we doubt very much if any case of the kind that ever
came to hand was either more or less than a mere mimetism. ‘This is our theory
of the so-called retrograde metamorphosis. In every case which we have examined
we found that the organization, instead of retracing its steps, actually took long
strides forward. ‘The nervous system of Cirripedia is a notable instance. The
nervous system also of the Acaridean Linguatula is in advance of the same in its
normally shaped colleagues; its vermiform outlines do not bear out the idea of the
correspondence of form to internal structure. The so-called retrograde meta-
morphosis of the feet of the Loggerhead, and other marine turtles, from their
embryonic, short, stumped, terrestrial form to the elongate, fin-like flapper, with
completely inclosed digits, is a mere disguise; and curiously enough a mimetism
of the limb of a higher type, a Cetacean, while it actually surpasses it in point of
structural development ; in fact retaining the principal elements of the limbs of its
terrestrial congeners, the apparent retrocession being simply an external feature
resulting from a mere elongation of the bones, and their adaptation by conjoined,
consentaneous action to another kind of locomotion. And so we might go on with
innumerable instances, but we have ventured to digress only far enough to illustrate
our views in regard to the apparent inferiority of the digestive system of Lucernarie,
and do not wish to make an entire treatise upon the subject. If there is anything

LUCERNARIZ AND THEIR ALLIES. 63
meant by this apparent diffuseness it is a mere mimetism, while its simplicity is in
all probability a form of unity and concentration. ‘here is certainly a far less
prevalent repetition of consimilar parts than in any of the Strobiloida. Were it
not, indeed, for the strong indications of a special nervous system, as evinced by the
highly developed optical apparatus in that order, there would be hardly anything
left to rank it above the Lucernarie,

126. Neither a circulatory nor a respiratory system can be said to exist, per se,
in the Lucernariz. ‘The effect of these functions is produced, no doubt, at the same
time that digestion takes place. ‘The three are mere subdivisions of the process of
nutrition and waste, according to modern theories of the physiology of the higher
animals. Our Lucernarian stands in the same rank in regard to these subdivisions
that the embryo vertebrate does, at the time when its nervous system is just dawn-
ing into existence, and the embryonic disk is nourished directly by the meta-
morphosis of the vitelline, subsidiary strata; when there are no vessels to carry
material to the newly forming tissue, and no allantois to spread out these vessels
over its surface, in closest proximity to the air.

§1
127. The Eye-spots ( figs. 26, 2

of a nervous system, or rather, we should say, of a nervous sense, by inference rather
than by an actual view of anything tangible. Our deductions are drawn from two
sources; the one comprises the action of the animal for a determinate end, and its
irritability, and the other is represented by the eye-spots. ‘The latter is the only
legitimate basis upon which to found a nervous specialization, and that, even, is
excessively meagre. We speak of these eye-spots because they occupy a position
at the proximal side of the base of the anchors homologous with that in which a
more highly developed and even well defined optical apparatus is to be found in
other Acalephe. In our Lucemarian it amounts toa mere accumulation of pigment,
in unusual quantity, in a small circle, among the interstices of the prismatic cells
of a specially thickened wall (fig. 83, opsophragma). The boss-like protuberance
of the wall at these spots, conjoined with the conspicuous coloring matter imbedded
in it down to half its depth, give it strong claims to some special functional status,
or to a typical representation of what finds its full development in other Acalephs.
The accumulation of pigment matter at any point concentrates light there rather
than any other force capable of being taken note of by a nervous centre. Neither
odor nor sound would be affected by it, nor does it seem possible that taste
could be seated at a point so distant from the digestive system. That it is after
all a mere foreshadowing, or a mimetism, of a more efficient organ of vision becomes
strongly probable when we learn that these spots lose their distinctness, or disappear
altogether, by the time the animal measures one-half an inch across the umbella.
When the latter is about one-fifth of an inch across (figs. 26, 27, 28, 83) the spots
have attained to their greatest definiteness, and from that period onward they
gradually become obliterated; not so much, though, by fading out as by the
increase of pigment all around them, until they lose their distinctness for want of
contrast.

7. Nervous System.
eve

32, 83, #).— Weare cognizant of the existence

64 LUCERNARI#& AND THEIR ALLIES.
128. Nervous System Formless.—Beyond this indication of the eye-spots we have
not discovered the least trace of anything that could be assigned to the nervous
system. The remarkable regularity with which the cells of each wall of the body
ane disposed renders every step in a survey a positive advance in the knowledge of
their histological relations ; and we feel assured that no combination of strata and
uo assemblage of cells was ever more thoroughly studied, and we doubt if, but
rarely, they ever received so much attention. If, then, there is a nervous system
with a form, it must constitute a part of what we have described as the muscular
system. ‘This is a mere suggestion, and has no real basis, except that the muscles
have a fibrous structure, and, as a bare possibility, might include among themselves
nervous threads of a similar form. We know that it is no uncommon difficulty to
determine, in some animals, what is nervous and what is tendinous or unstriped
muscular fibre, but seldom do these barriers arise from their intermingling in one
common stratum, or trending in parallel lines with each other. Much less do they
originate from an impossibility to distinguish the one from the other, when they
can be subjected to the highest powers of the microscope. This is our ground for
assuring ourselves that there is no nervous system, having a form, intermingled
with the muscular mass. That it has a potential existence, there can be no doubt,
and that it can transfer sensations from the remotest points of the periphery of the
body to its centre no one will deny upon seeing the tips of the tentacles convey
some miniature victim to the mouth. Along what lines these sensations and volitions
are propagated it is not possible to determine, but it seems to us more likely that
interstitial eyfoblastema should be the medium than that cells which are already
appointed to the formation of a wall or a tissue should perform a double duty.
129. Cytoblastema.—In the lowest ranks of life, it is the amorphous cytoblaste-
matous substance that prevails, that even constitutes the whole body, as every
student of the lower Protozoa is well aware. ‘The Ameeba, Difflugia, in fact all
Rhizopoda, are moving, sentient masses of cytoblastema. The velocity of retraction
of a pseudopodium of a Rhizopod cannot be surpassed by the most highly developed
muscle of a Vertebrate. The consciousness with which a Difflugia builds up its
test, bearing each grain of sand to its place in the domicile with well-defined intent,
is none the less an exhibition of the coursing of a nervous current through its
homomorphous, cell-less mass, than is that of the Phryganean larva, with abundant
striated muscles and sharply segregated nervous cord and fibres, building up its
caddice-case, with all the ingenuity of a human basket maker. The cells which
form the elements of a system, whether nervous or muscular, are not so much the
necessary concomitants of the function which is to operate along certain lines, as
the indicators of the outlines of the differentiation process—the guide posts, one
might say, to prevent the nervous couriers from losing their way, and straying off,
diffusing themselves in unknown regions of cytoblastema. The comparative diffuse-
ness of the nervous centres in the middle ranks of Invertebrata prepares us for a
still greater indefiniteness in the lowest grades; and we should not be surprised to
hear of any one coming to the conclusion that in the latter there are no main centres
of dispersion and reception of nervous power and sensation, but that they are as
well displayed at one point in the body as at another, and from thence propagate

LUCERNARI# AND THEIR ALLIES. 65

what they receive to other regions, with no more special adaptation for doing so
than at any chance place.

130. Nervous Centres.—We are not willing, however, to accept this conclusion
in its fullest sense, for we are too well aware of, and have said not a little in regard
to, the relation of the nervous mass to the polar regions of the typical animal.
Whatever the apparent diffuseness of the nervous centres may be, there can be no
misapprehension as to their tendencies toward concentration in a certain region of
the body. Any motion having a determinate end must be under the control of an
influence which emanates from a well-defined sife, to which all others, however
diffuse, must stand in the relation of accessories, outlying posts, or frontier sentinels,
The fact that all eggs, not excepting those of the lowest animals, exhibit a polarity,
conjoined with the equally important fact that, at least in the middle and highest
classes, these poles correspond respectively to the nervous and nutritive regions of
the body, giving one the highest warrant for the assumption that even in the most
inferior ranks there is a slight preponderance of the nervous elements, a tendency
to centralize, in some one region rather than in another. ‘The line of separation
may be no more trenchant than that between the albuminous and oleaginous poles
of the egg, and yet it will be enough to indicate an oppositeness of condition.
And so we conclude, then, that, although the Lucernarie have no visible nervous
system, there is at least one or more regions of centralized power, from which
nervous currents emanate and in which sensation leaves its impress.

131. Homological Position.—We cannot dismiss this subject without drawing
particular attention to the homological position of the eye-spots, and thence to
their significance as indicators of a specialization of the nervous system in reference
to their function. ‘They stand respectively, four opposite the flanks of the pro-
boscis, and four opposite the angles of that organ. ‘They are also subterminal, 7. e.,
not at the distal end of the tentacle (anchor), but at its base, or, more properly,
where the base joins the umbella. By their swollen, boss-like character they
remind one of incipient tentacles, springing up close to the next older that preceded
them. ‘They are then probably to be set down as rudimentary oculiferous tentacles
situated within the line along which the anchors are disposed. Now in all
Acalephe the eye, so called, stands in close proximity to the margin of the umbella,
and always in connection with its cireumoral parietes. The Charybdeide are not
even an exception to this, nor the Auginide ; notwithstanding the ocular peduncle
projects from the aboral side, its base is attached to the circumoral face. Rarely
it lies on the distal side of the base of the tentacles, as in the medusoid of Coryne,
but most frequently on the proximal side, as in Bougainvillia, Eucopide, ete. In
the highest of the Hydroida (‘Tiaropsis, and the like), it is totally disjoined from
the tentacles, but still is within, and not on, the line along which the latter are
arranged. In the Strobiloida—whose optical apparatus is far more highly developed
than in Tiaropsis and others of the superior ranks of Hydroida—the eye is borne
on the end of a cylindrical, tentacle-like peduncle, and yet it is never marginal,
but submarginal. It lies in a different line from the tentacles, whether the latter
be strictly marginal, as in Aurelia, or submarginal, as in Cyanea. All of these

correspondences form the thread which guides one from the lower depths of ocular
9 May, 1877.

66 LUGERNARI& AND THEIR ALLIES.

development, among the pigment spots of the Corynidie, up to the unmistakably
refracting, and, we doubt not, image-forming, plano-convex lenses of Aurelia,!
Now although we have never been able, after ilie most diligent search, to discover
a trace of a nervous fibre in Aurelia, yet its optical apparatus is so undeniably an
organ of vision that a special nervous localization seems inevitable. Unfortunately
for our wishes, Aurelia does not stand so high among the members of its grand
division as to be subjected to that kind of differentiation which segregates the
nervous matter from the surrounding mass and puts the cell-mark uponit. If then
Aurelia fails in this respect, W hat can we expect to find in Lucernarie, with their
“lLdefined eye-spots, but a far less developed nervous system, and still more diffused
and undefined areas of nervous power ¢

§ 18. The Reproductive System.

132. Differentiation. —Of the two main points of difference between the Lucer-
nariz and the Strobiloida, the character of the reproductive system is scarcely
second in importance. It is, beyond all question, unparalleled im concentration
and differentiation, and is wnigue in design. But, as if these were not enough,
there is added to one form of specialization another none the less marked, and
certainly more conspicuous, in a total separation of the reproductive stroma from
the mass of the umbellar parietes. The strata which inclose the eggs or sperma-
tozoa have no part in forming the bulk of the umbella; they are mere appendages
moulded into the form of globular sacs, and attached in the same way as the digituli
to the circumoral face.

133. In the Strobiloida the reproductive material is imbedded in the general
mass which forms the parietes of the umbella. The region of their genital organs,
it is true, is specialized after a certain model, but it does not make it any the less
a part and parcel of the boundary-wall of the general cavity of the body. We
wish it to be clearly understood here that, when speaking of the Strobiloida, we do
not include the Charybdeide in that order. Where the latter belong, in our
opinion, may be found in the chapter (Part XT) on their morphology and in the
one devoted to ordinal characters (Chapter XII1).

134. The sexes of the Lucernarie are separate, but the structure of the saccules
of both is identical. In description of the topographical position and the homo-
logical relations of the various organs to each other and to certain parts of the
body, we have given all the general information that is necessary to a perfect
understanding of the site of the reproductive system (4 50), its general outlines,
appendages (4] 52), arrangement, and relative age of the saccules (4[ 51). The
structure, shape, and peculiar position of these organs remain yet to be given in
detail. .

135. Structure of Saccules.—In‘a previous paragraph (116) of the section on
the digituli, we have described a singular attitude which these bodies sometimes
assume, simulating the form of a sac with a broad spread mouth opening at the side

* See our description and illustration of this apparatus in the Contributions, Nat. Hist. N. Am.
fL. Agassiz, Vol. III, Pl. XI, and Vol. 1V, p. 41.

LUCHRNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 67

instead of at the end, by drawing the edges and ends of the digitulus together
toward one side, so as to inclose a hollow space. The genital saccules (figs. 54, 61,
62, 74-77, 98, s, s', s°) are permanent embodiments of this configuration, but car-
ried to a much higher degree of development. ‘They are, in the strictest sense,
hollow spheroidal saccules, and not mere solid globular masses of tissue and repro-
ductive material, and are attached by a short, thick neck to the inner face of the
circumoral parietes (fig. 54,f). ‘They are totally disconnected from each other,
but usually are so crowded that their peripheries come in contact and mutually
mould themselves into polygonal shapes. On this account their appearance, from
the exterior (fig. 37), is like a mosaic pavement. ‘The oldest are considerably
larger than the globular tips of the tentacles.* In a full grown saccule the middle
third of the diameteris a spherical chamber (s'), which has its exit through an
aperture (s°) m the side of the neck. ‘This aperture is as singularly marked in its
position as the saccule is in general conformation, for it invariably faces away from
the nearest umbellar partition in the direction of the older side of a genital half,
and obliquely towards the proboscis. We are reminded here of the singular posi-
tion of the flattened sides of the digituli (fig. 98, A, B), which we have taken note
of in a former paragraph (117), seeming to show a relationship something more
real than that of mere proximity. ‘The component elements of the walls are also
disposed very much after the manner of those of digituli. There is one-half, the
exterior (fig. 74, 7'), of a saccule covered by vibratile cilia, but there are no nemato-
cysts, and the other or inner side, instead of colletocysts (208, A), bears a bed of
eggs (fig. 74, g), or spermatozoa (figs. 75, 76), sunken in pouches (s') formed by
folds of the lining wall. Between these two walls the fibrilla of the chondromyo-
plaza (6°) trend perpendicularly to its surfaces, but terminate against an underlying
muscular stratum. There is from one hundred and thirty to one hundred and fifty
saccules in each triangular genital half. :

136. The Walls and Layers have very little to distinguish them in their cellular
constituents, or other histological elements, from those cf the cireumoral parietes,
to which the saccules are attached; but they differ widely in their conformation,
and in the substances which they inclose. The outer wall (odphragma, i') is a
direct continuation of the gastrophragma (i), and has the same general characters,
cellular composition, and covering of vibratile cilia as the latter, and is spread over
the surface of the saccule quite uniformly and smoothly. At the mouth (s°) of the
saccule a rapid change takes place in the odphragma, not only in its disposition but
also in its cellular structure. Regarding the latter feature first, we will state that
the cells (fig. 78, «) of the interior wall lose the prismatic shape of those of the
exterior, and become more or less irregularly oval and flattened, but still retain their
relative position in a single layer, although overlapping each other more or less.

137. The Egg-Follicles of the Saccules.—As for the lining wall (jigs. 74, 77, 7)
in its totality, it is so disposed about the central chambers (s') as to render it one
of the most conspicuous and important elements among the several peculiar differ-
entiations which distinguish the Lucernarie from all other orders of Acalephe. It
is par edcellence the egg-bearing layer, odphragma, since it immediately incloses the
reproductive material in special pouches (s?) which are formed by an inversion of

68 LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES.

the wall upon itself. Hach pouch or follicle contains either a certain amount of
spermatogenous material (jigs. 79, 76), or one, two, or three eggs (fig. 74, g), accord-
ing to whether the individual is male or female. ‘The follicles crowd closely upon
each other, and all open into the central chamber. At the appointed time, when
the eggs or spermatozoa are ripe, they are discharged from the mouths of the
pouches into the general chamber (s') of the saccule, and thence pass outward,
through the lateral aperture (s") in the neck, into the broad camere of the umbella.
A full description of the eggs and spermatozoa may be found in the chapter on
Embryology. As well as we can make out, there are from one hundred to one
hundred and twenty-five pouches in a fully developed saccule. ‘Their mouths are
closed until near the time for the extrusion of their contents, and then, especially
in the males, they are rather wide open, The space between the central chamber
and the outer wall is almost entirely filled by the follicles and their contents, but
what is left is occupied by the muscular layer (Gomyoplax) and the chondromyoplax
(0°). The odmyoplax envelops the pouches like a stroma, and it might not inaptly
be compared to that, and the odphragma to a tunica granulosa, ‘The fibrille of the
chondromyoplax are arranged with tolerable regularity in the region of the neck,
stretching directly from the outer to the inner fold of the wall of the saccule; but
where they mingle with the pouches they form a sort of irregular mesh or network,
and are not to be distinguished positively from the fibres of the muscular layer.
This only serves to confirm us in the belief that all those fibrille which traverse
the chondromyoplax in any part of the body are prolongations from the muscular
layer, although we would not claim that they are identical with the muscular
fibrilie, but rather a prolongation of connective tissue. After the discharge of their
contents the saccules collapse and shrivel to two-thirds or even one-half their former
size, and the follicles gape widely and assume irregular shapes (jig. 77), while the
fibrillee of the chondromyoplax appear to be torn or more irregular than ever. An
empty follicle (fig. 79) seems to be dotted all over its outer surface, but if examined
by a profile view these dots turn out to be the broken and retracted fibrille of the
chondromyoplax.

138. Genitalia of Strobiloida.—This investigation reveals to us here the fact
that there is a double differentiation in the reproductive organs, which, when
contrasted with the condition of the homologous organs in the Strobiloida, assumes
the highest morphological importance. We do not intend to discuss the matter at
this point, but will merely state the significant facts, that not only, as mentioned
above ({] 132, 133), do the genitalia of the Strobiloida form a continuous part of the
umbellar parietes, but the eggs are simply immersed in the chondromyoplax, close
to, and partly imbedded in, the opsomyoplax, 7. €., just beneath the exterior wall
of the cireumoral area. In the males the spermatogenous material lies in hollows
in the same layer as do the eges in the female, but a sort of follicle is formed about
them by a superabundant gathering of fibrille which are prolonged principally
from the opsomyoplax. This is their nearest approach to a true follicle that we
have met with. ‘Lhe walls, strictly speaking, have nothing to do with it. We
shall dwell at length on this point in the chapter (Part XI) assigned to the
anatomy and morphelogy of Aurelia, and need not, therefore, proceed to further

LUCERNARIZ AND THEIR ALLIES. 69

details in this place. Frequently, if not always, the spermatozoa escape through
the opsophragma directly into the outer world,’ a thing impossible in Lucernariz,
since the genitalia have no connection with the two outer layers.

139. The digitiform bodies (digituli, 4, 116) demand notice in this connection, not
so much from any functional relation which they possess, as from their homological
position when contrasted with the site of similar organs in the Strobiloida. It may
fairly be questioned whether their proximity to the genitalia has any reference to
their functions in connection with those organs, or whether they are there merely
as the result of carrying out a certain architectural design. In some of the
Charybdeide, as we learn through a letter’ from Fritz Muller, “The digitiform
bodies . . . in Tamoya are completely separated from the genitalia, and are
to be found within the common atriwm of the digestive chambers,
observe, is particularly noticeable in Tamoya quadrumana,® where the digituli lie
in semicircles directly opposite the partitions of the umbella, but completely within
the main central chamber. ‘Their proximity to the genitalia is lessened considerably
when compared with the closer connection of those in the true Strobiloida, but

sRhisy we

their relative position, as regards the prime vertical and horizontal planes of the
body, and in reference to the genital organs and to the sides of the proboscis is
not altered in the least, the architectural plan remaining the same. Notwithstanding,
therefore, their apparent functional connection with the reproductive organs in
almost all those Acalephe which possess them, their true relations are evidently
with the prehensile organs of the exterior, and we have, consequently, described
them in that light, in a previous section (§ 15, p. 57). This does not affect their
‘topographical homologies in the least, but, if anything, serves to disconnect them
from that false estimate which gives more weight to anatomical structure and
functional identities, than to morphological and homological relations, in determin-
ing the classificatory alliances of Acalephe. ‘To describe the digituli in connection
with the genitalia, solely because of their proximity to them, would be about as
reasonable as to include the hind legs of Marsupialia in the category of reproduc-
tive organs, because they happen to be the nearest appendages, and, in part, help
to support the marsupiwin.

' See Lucernaria the Coenotype, ete., ut sup.

? Dated “ January 1, 1865, Desterro, Brazil.”

* Since Milne Edwards has corrected (see Legons Physiol., vol. iii, p. 56) his mistake in regard
to the chymiferous canals of Charybdea, and has shown that what he formerly considered as such
are the partitions of the umbella, and what once seemed to be solid intervening masses are broad
tubes, or camer, alternating with the partitions, it becomes clear that the Tamoya haplonema of
F. Muller is a Charybdea, and the 7. quadrumana, F. Muller, remains the true representative type
of the genus Zamoya, while the Chiropsalmus, Agassiz, founded on this species, becomes a synonym.

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES,

CHAP R Wal.

EMBRYOLOGY.

§ 19. The Egg and the Spermatozoa.

140. The Egg. (PI. 1x, jig. 108).—If it be taken for granted that all the
illustrations of the eggs of diverse animals are full and faithful representations of
their structure, then the one which we now offer for the consideration of naturalists
is fully as complicated as any that exists. This, however, we are not at all willing
to believe, for we have had such glimpses of what may be learmed by the use
of the microscope of the present day, as lead us to avow emphatically, and with-
out fear of disproof hereafter, that the structure of the egg, as described and
illustrated in various works, is useless, except in the most general way. What we
want is an exhaustive comparative study of the development and anatomy of the
ovum from its inception in the eytoblastemon of the ovary, through all its phases,
up to the period when it is fecundated aud passes on to its second stage. Such a
series, for even any one species, does not exist in all our works and papers upon
embryology. The labor is too hard to tempt any one of ordinary strength and
patience. The single figure on our plate represents a fully. developed egg of
Haliclystus auricula, as seen in profile. It was difficult to persuade ourselves, at
first, that the egg of so lowly an animal could be so highly organized ; we suspected
some mistake; yet repeated observations only led to the same result; and we there-
fore present it here as an isolated fact, but with the remark that, as far as it goes,
1.€., aS a representation of the consummation of one stage in the life of the animal,
it is as full in detail and physiognomy as the best lenses of the time enabled us to
make out. The albuminous and oleaginous poles are segregated with remarkable
distinctness. The former or germinal vesicle (gv) occupies a pretty large proportion
of the space embraced by the vitelline membrane, and lies close to the inner sur-
face of the latter. he rest of the mass consists of the eleaginous material or
vitellus (vi).

141. The Vitellus:—The form of the egg is an irregular oval, and its mass is
more or less flattened by mutual pressure arising from the crowded state, of these
bodies in the saccule. It measures about ;t, of an inch in length. As many as
three have been found in one of the pouches of a saccule. The vitelline sac (vs) is
very thin, but is easily distinguished from the surface of the yolk on account of the
peculiar structure of the latter, and presents sharp’ smooth exterior and interior
surfaces, Its thickness is about z5000 Of an inch, and it appears to be homogeneous
in texture throughout—a perfectly structureless, colorless membrane. The yolk
(vt) has all the appearance of passing through the process of segmentation, but the
presence of the sharply defined germinal vesicle and macula warns us against

LUCERNARIA AND THEIRALLIES. wa

accepting that view of it. Its whole mass is made up of colorless, minute granular
matter shaped into spherical conglomerations which are packed so closely together
as to leave no apparent space between them, ‘This is all so transparent as to
readily escape casual observation with direct illumination, and one might be led to
refer the spheres to the Jwmen of granules out of the focus of the lens. A careful
appliance of the light and the proper adjustments will bring out these features as
strongly as we have represented them. ‘There being no smooth, uniform surface
to the yolk, but a series of irregular, rounded projections, there is no universal,
continuous line of contact between it and the vitelline membrane, and consequently
the inner surface of the latter stands out sharply and clearly. ‘The diameter of the
spherical conglomeration is from one-fourth to one-third that of the germinal
vesicle. We are so surprised at this strange structure that we naturally seek to
explain it by supposing the spherules to be the granular contents of cells, but that
idea we are obliged to resign, for after the most careful search we have failed to
detect the faintest trace of a wall about the globules.

142. The germinative vesicle (gv) is not much less than one-half the shorter
diameter of the egg. In shape it varies from spherical to broadly oval or spheroidal,
perhaps owing to the mutual pressure of the eggs. It is perfectly clear, and free
from granules, and contains a large macula or vesicula Wagneri (wv). The contents
of the latter are even less refractive than that of the germinal vesicle, and both
are so in a very low degree. The wall of the germinal vesicle is excessively thin,
appearing like a mere film under a magnifying power of five hundred diameters,
and consequently its contents seem to be in a hollow space excavated in the side
of the yolk.

143. The Egg is an organized being.—There is here, in the singular relations
and form of the constituents of the yolk, in its stability and evidently organized
condition, the very reverse of an unstable, simply fluid state. We have for a
number of years argued that the yolk of the egg of all animals is not a homogeneous,
homomorphous, mere fluid contents of a sac, stored as if in a reservoir for future
elaboration, but, on the contrary, is an organized aggregation of matter under the
influence of certain forces of a vital nature, which direct the laying down of its
parts in definite places and in certain forms, always retaining them there from
the very beginning of the development of the egg. Embryologists have frequently
noted the precision and systematic order with which the contents of an egg are dis-
posed, but they have invariably failed to recognize the organized character of the
different regions and their distinct relations to each other, and to the changes which

are to take place in the future. We need but refer to the eggs of birds to prove

that the ovum is so far organized as to be inherently self-sustaining, existing in a
low state of vitality for a comparatively indefinite length of time, waiting for the
coming of such cireumstances—either belonging to the parent or arising from
purely physical sources—as shall cause it to develop to a higher phase.

We are well aware of the fact that some embryologists claim that the embryo
always develops in the region where the germinal vesicle lies, and that the yolk is
drawn into the body as if it were a mere supply of crude nourishment, but we do
not know that any one but ourselves has promulgated the idea that the germinal

as LUCERNARI#® AND THEIR ALLIES.

~~

vesicle and the yolk form an organized whole, the animal-egg, representing, in its
lowest condition, the animal and the vegetative compound which we call a zoén.

144, The fact that in some animals, e. g., the Vermes, Nematoda, and 'Trema-
toda, the germinal vesicle originates in a separate division of the ovary from that
in which the yolk is developed, does not invalidate our theory, but, on the contrary,
tends to sustain it. ‘The ovarian cytoblastemon furnishes the material to start with,
in any case; the albuminous substance on the one hand and the oleaginous on the
other, and it is only a question of degree whether these two elements are brought
together particle by particle and then each develops its peculiarities by consenta-
neous action in time and place, or each masses its atoms in a separate division
of the ovary and elaborates its characteristic qualities there, and then are united
into one mass. In either of these two extreme cases, the moment the parti-
cles of albumen and oleaginous matter come together they assume certain rela-
tions which we have indicated by the term polarity, and that is the beginning of
the animal egg. The direct connection of the polarity of the so-called egg with
the polarity of the later stages of the animal offers unmistakable evidence that the
first stage, 7. e., the egg-stage, is not to be separated from the second any more than
the second should be from the third. A// are parts of what are necessary to make
up the life of the animal. Each stage has its functions, the egg-stage has its, and
so has old age; and the first should no more be separated from the second or third
stage, because its functions are not identical with theirs, than the last, or old age
should be, because it fails in some of the offices of the one previous to it.

145. The, Spermatozoa (PI. x1, figs. 130, 131, 132).—The general outline of
the body is that of a cone which is twice as high as it is broad at its base. ‘The
interior is perfectly homogeneous and colorless. It is not a fixed, rigid attitude
that we observe here, but one that varies considerably, especially about the apex
of the cone. At the latter point we find the body continued into two excessively
delicate filaments which are six or seven times longer than itself. These filaments
are very severe tests of the powers of a microscope. ‘They are much more slender
than the so-called tail of the spermatozoén, and do not taper, but preserve the same
diameter to their tips, where they terminate abruptly. Upon seeing these lash-like
bodies coiling and twisting or swinging from side to side with every movement of
the highly flexible, conical apex, we are reminded of certain flagellate infusoria.
The broader end of the cone is indented where the tail is inserted. The tail is of
enormous length, measuring at least twenty times that of the body. It does not
taper, except for a short distance from its attachment.

§ 20. A Young Haliclystus auricula, nearly qi;th of an inch in diameter (Pl. x,
Jigs. 121, 122 A. to D., 128).

146. Our records and illustrations of intermediate stages between the egg and
the adult are intended not so much to furnish the details of changes which take
place between youth and old age, as to explain the morphogenic phases through
which the organs and certain regions of the body pass in order to reacl: their
perfection. ‘Their value, therefore, will be more appreciated upon contrasting them

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. FR

with the organization of other Acalephe, than when considered separate ly. Instead,
however, of taking up the history of the development of cach organ, aud following
it Aoush all its stages, as is the more common method in embryology, we think
the interests of morphology will be subserved better if the morphogenic phases of
all the various organs, at any one period, are exhibited in their fullest interde-
pendence. We regret that we have failed to raise the young from the egg. There
is an almost me aperable obstacle to doing so, because the parent does not thrive in
confinement, and, again, the young are not pelagic, but follow the habits of the
adult, and creep over the eel-grass from a very early period. ‘The chances of finding
them in the latter condition, therefore, are few, because they are so small. We
have not succeeded in obtaining specimens but a little less than one-sixteenth of an
inch in diameter across the umbella.

147. General Features.—The minutest individuals that we have met with, had
already four or five tentacles in each group, and measured not quite one-siateenth
of an inch across the umbella. At this time not a trace of the reproductive organs
is to be seen (jig. 121); but they appear soon after, as will be shown in the next set
of phases that come under our notice. ‘The specimens upon which our investiga-
tions were made were found about the middle of September, although we have
discovered young of the same size two or three weeks earlier. The form of the
umbella is so nearly circular that its slightly octangular contour scarcely attracts
notice. ‘The great prominence of the thickened, colletocystigerous portions of the
anchors (a) renders them so conspicuous that they seem to be the true angles of
the umbella. In profile, the body is much less cyathiform than in the adult, the
umbella being so strongly flattened as to approximate quite closely to a T-form.
The peduncle is proportionately very thick, so that, as a whole, the body is far less
slender than the adult. As to colors, they vary as much as at any other time of
life, but they are by no means so intense as at the latest periods.

148. The proboscis stands exactly in the same relative position, and is as dis-
tinctly four-sided as that of the adult, but is proportionally much thicker. Its
butresses, however, are not so prominent. ‘The main peculiarity of the interior
of the umbella proper is the great thickness of the partitions (1’), and the very
considerable breadth of the passages, between the four chambers, across the distal
ends of the partitions. ‘The peduncular camere are singular for their total sepa-
ration from each other at their posterior ends, and they do not extend so far forward
as in later periods. This, then, leaves the peduncle partially monocamerous, and
leads one to suspect that, at a much earlier period, it is altogether so. This
feature, no doubt, will serve among others as an embryonic criterion to determine
the relative rank of the members of this order. ‘The monocamerous genera Lucer-
naria and Calvadosia, from this point of view, rank lower than Haliclystus, and
we would add that in other respects they confirm this testimony.

149. The Tentacles (figs. 121, 122, Nos. 1, 1" etc. to 4*).— At this period of
development the prehensile organs are in such a condition as enables us, better
than at any other time, to ascertain their famis and mode of succession, as they
increase in numbers. As may be judged from their relative position, there is every
probability that at an earlier time but one tentacle terminated each corner of the

10 February, 1878,

a4 LUCERNARI&A AND THEIR ALLIES.

umbella: and since the anchors were then, doubtless, merely tentacles in form,
there must have been sixteen tentacles standing isolatedly and equidistantly, forming
a single row on the margin of the umbella. In other genera, like Calvadosia and
Lucernaria, which have no anchors, there probably were, at a period corresponding
to this, eight single tentacles at as many equidistant points. When describing
these bodies in their adult state ({] 89, 90), we pointed out the singular relation
which each bunch bears to every other one in regard to its taxis and its general con-
formation. We find the same peculiarity here, and, moreover, an explanation of it
is also presented to us by the mode of development of the tentacles. In the spe-
cimen under present consideration, there are only four tentacles in some of the
bunches (figs. 121, A, A'). ‘Their relative position is made out ata glance, as it were;
they evidently belong to no less than three parallel, concentric rows, the oldest
standing on the distal side, and the youngest nearest to the proboscis. ‘The fol-
lowing diagram, at the head of the next paragraph, and the figures (figs. 121, A,
A', 122, A), in the plate, will serve to illustrate their taxis, as well as their succes-
sion in development.
| 150. The figure 1 represents the primary tentacle, standing in
| the most distal row. That it is alone in the group is shown by the
| position of the two nearest (2 and 2*), as they not only lie nearer
the axis of the body, but actually unite at their bases across
| the proximal side of number 1, and form the second row; and
; number 3, the smallest, stands still further in toward the proboscis,
but opposite to 1, and alternating with 2 and 2°, and is the first of the third row.’
Why we have numbered those of the second row 2 and 2", instead of both alike,

| I
| 9a )

3
2s

‘In N. Am. Acalephe, Illust. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., by Alexander Agassiz, p. 63, fig. 90, there
is an illustration of what purports to be a young Haliclystus auricula, ‘about one-tenth of an inch
in height.” It is slightly larger than the one which we are just now describing, and should, there-
fore, exhibit in the arrangement of its tentacles more of the characters of the adult. On the
contrary, however, the author says, ‘the arrangement of the tentacles is totally different from that
of the adult. They are as yet not arranged in clusters, but placed at regular intervals in one line
on the edge of the disk.” There is here such a marked discrepancy between the figure and the
ostensible description that we are driven to suspect that the latter was intended for a totally different
animal. So far from being in one line, the figure shows the single oldest tentacle overlapping the
two of the next inner row, as it should be, when seen from the distal side of the group. Now,
tentacles cannot well be “in one line,” when of a number near together, as in the figure of the
youngest group which is here described, two unite at their bases in front of the primary one, and
separate it from the single one of the third inner row. Assuredly these are in a cluster. Again,
we find another discrepancy between the figure and the description of our author in regard to the
anchors, when he says, ‘‘ No difference can at present be detected between the anchors and the ten-
tacles of the disk,” whereas the figure plainly shows the swollen colletocystigerous mass’ just below
the tip of each organ, giving it a strongly humped appearance. The figure is in perfect accordance
with our observations, but the description might apply to a Carduella; and singularly enough the
author says, “The young Lucernaria is in this state a close representative of the genus Carduella
which may possibly prove to be only the young of some European species.” Now this looks very
much as if the description was taken from a genuine Carduella, and, if’ so, we congratulate the dis-
coverer, while by some inadvertence the wrong ficure was supplied to illustrate it, representing the
MENS of a genus belonging to a different family; but the figure is in the right place among the
Lleutherocarpidez, and the description, perhaps, should be among the Cleistocarpide.

LUCERNARI#® AND THEIR ALLIES. 13)

will become evident upon consulting the figure (fig. 122, B), which we shall use
to illustrate the next step; we will merely state here that 2 begins to develop
before 2*, although in the same row. ‘The + on the right of the diagram indicates
where the next tentacle is to appear in the fourth row, and serves to set out the
one-sidedness of the group, and its thread of development, in a stronger light.

150 (A). In other groups (jigs. 121, B, B', B’, B’, 122, B) on the same indi-

vidual, there are five tentacles in four rows, the youngest of which is numbered 4,
and the four others as in the previous group (A). It will be noticed, perhaps,
that the succession of numbers is not alike, in point of position, in each bunch,
for instance, in one group the numbers 1, 2, 4 lie on the left, as the observer faces
the anterior end of the body, and in another bunch, 1, 2, 4 are on the right. Now,
if the vertical plane of the body be assumed as a dividing line, we shall have
these numbers in the two uppermost groups standing as if in antagonism to each
other, the line of development in one trending in the opposite direction from that
in the other; and so it is in the two lower groups; and likewise on the two sides
of the horizontal plane. Or, if we look at them from another point of view,
making the partitions (J”) the dividing lines between the two groups nearest to
them, we shall find the same antagonism, but with a reversal of the trend, so that
1, 2, 4 in each bunch lie next the partition. This gives us the clue to the one-
sidedness of the groups, the preponderance, as we have noticed in the early part
(§ 12) of this memoir, being on the side next the partition; for after the first
tentacle was assigned its place, the second appeared on the side nearest the parti-
tion, and thenceforth threw the balance of age and size in that direction.
150 (B). Before any member of the fifth row begins to develop, another tentacle
of the fourth row appears on the side most distant from the partition. It is
numbered 4* (figs. 121, C, C', 122, C). Thus far we have been

1 dealing with the tentacles of one individual, and have found some

Oe ak ai slight variation in the number of these organs in different groups,

Fe 3 f but yet always preserving, in the order of their succession, a
a

perfect symmetry relative to the partition. ‘Their further develop-
ment will be illustrated in the next section (§ 21).

151. The size of the largest tentacles in these young groups is much greater,
in proportion to the magnitude of the body, than at maturity, as they measure
in length from one-sixth to one-fourth the diameter of the umbella, 7. ¢., an average
of one-fifth, but are very thick and stout, the diameter being at least one-fifth as
great as the length. In the adult the proportion is as one is to twenty-five. As
for the globose tip, it is quite distinct, but not remarkably prominent, and is about

"6 LUCERNARI& AND THEIR ALLIES.

one-third greater in diameter than that of the shaft, whereas in the adult it is three
times that of the shaft. We shall not stop here to describe the mode of develop-
ment of the nascent tentacle, as that will be done in a future paragraph, but it will
not be amiss here to state simply that these organs originate as rounded papille, elon-
gate into broad cylindrical shafts, and finally expand at the end into globose tips,
‘The breadth of a group is so great as to leave only a very narrow interval between it
and the anchors, so that we should say that, altogether, they occupy about two-fifths
of the circumference of the umbella. If now we add the tentacle-like anchors,
which cover another third of the circumference, we shall see that so little marginal |
space is left, and that, too, divided into no less than sixteen parts, that the umbella
appears to be fringed by an almost continuous corona of tentacles.

152. The Anchors (fig. 121,0c; 122, D; 123).—The distinctive characteristic of
these organs is not so far advanced in development as to obscure the tentacular
nature, and this is particularly noticeable on the proximal side, where scarcely a
trace of the colletocystigerous mass is to be seen; and the walls are identical in
their general features with those of the true tentacles. In point of size these
bodies, exclusive of the colletocystigerous mass («*), are about equal, in length and
breadth, to the tentacles. They have a similar thick shaft (’), and a well-defined
globular tip @’). As regards their attitude, they are more rigid, and remain nearly
fixed in a slightly bent form, inclined forward. ‘The already large development of
the outer wall, into a colletocystigerous cushion (c*), gives the anchor a still more
strongly bent figure, on the distal side, and in fact makes it appear as if it were
humped. ‘The greater portion of the colletocystigerous mass lies on the distal side
of the organ, and extends a little more than two-thirds of the way to the globose
tip. At the sides (fig. 121) it is nearly as thick as on the distal face, and thins
out all around as it stretches toward the base and the proximal side of the shaft.
Since, now, the tentacle-like portion has a tapering form, and expands at the base,
passing gradually, as far as outline is concerned, into the umbellar margin, and the
colletocystigerous layer thins out in the same direction, the tendencies of the two
are mutually counteracted, and the combined parts present the appearance in front
(jig. 121) of a broad projection with parallel sides, supporting a very short, globe-
tipped tentacle in a sinus at its end.

152". The Chondrophys ( fig. 123, ¢).—Of the gelatiniform layers we have but a
word or two to say, and that only in reference to the chondrophys. ‘The forma-
tion of this layer, in all probability, begins long before the time at which we have
found it, as at this period it is already very thick in the umbella, at least five or
six times thicker than the outer wall.

§ 21. A Specimen 3, of an inch across the Umbella (PL. uy, figs. 20, 21; PI. x, jigs.
124 to 129),

153. At this age the chief point of interest centres in the incipient reproductive
organs (fig. 20, 4). ‘The stage previous to this might well be designated as the
proximo-ovuline stage, and the one in which the reproductive organs originate,
develop, and perform their functions might be denominated the adult stage. At

LUCERNARI#® AND THEIR ALLIES. 17

first thought it would seem advisable to recognize an intermediate phase between
the latter and the former, to indicate the period when the reproductive organs are
developing up to the fertilizable condition; but there is an insuperable objection
to this mode of subdivision of ages, namely, there is no time, not even when the
animal has reached extreme old age, in which some of the genital saccules are not
originating and developing. If any one will turn to the description and figures of
the adult organs (4] 51), he will there learn that on one border of a genital-half
the oldest saccules are invariably found, and that from that point onward toward the
opposite side these saccules become gradually less in size and lower in the degree
of development, until at the extreme border they are no further advanced than in
the young individual now before us.

154. Specimens of the size mentioned above were found in the last week of
September. ‘The umbella (fig. 20) at last has a distinet octogonal outline, and the
margin (°) between the groups of tentacles, is slightly retreating. In profile the
body appears more strongly cyathiform than in the proawimo-ovuline phase (§ 20),
and the pedicle is more slender. Added to these we mention the increased length
and greater slenderness of the tentacles as tending largely to give the body a more
graceful appearance. At the same time their increased numbers render them more
conspicuous, while the anchors are only a secondary feature in point of prominence.
The peduncle, also, is more slender than in the last stage, and its adherent disk is a
strongly marked expansion. ‘There is nothing peculiar in the proboscis (p) to dis-
tinguish this phase; but we would call attention to the drawing for the sake of
explaining away the apparently minute size of this organ. It happens to be repre-
sented when it was strongly contracted at its anterior end, and the mouth nearly
closed. The object in presenting it in that state was to expose the proximal ends
of the four umbellar partitions (J”), and of the reproductive organs (4). The mus-
cular system of the umbella is sufficiently developed to be recognized readily, but
is too faint to affect the general physiognomy of this region.

155. The Tentacles.
liar ranked arrangement, so characteristic of the full-grown forms. ‘This is the
result of the taxial relation under which the tentacles originate, and theoretically
prevails in the group from its initiation; but it does not strike the attention of the
observer until increased numbers add to the length of the ranks. In the last, or

At this age we observe for the first time traces of the pecu-

proximo-ovuline phase, we have noted as many as six tentacles in a group. In the
specimen now under our eyes, there are no less than nine tentacles ( figs. 20, 125,

1 1
9 2 : Q 2
Gomes celle Gm 3) 16"
40 4 4 4
5 5

126) in some bunches, and one or two more in the others (fig. 21). Next to 4* of
the last phase (§ 20) 5 succeeds and lies in line with 1 and 3, so that the members

78 LUCERNARI&Z AND THEIR ALLIES.

of the middle rank would be designated by the) numbers leone eighth
tentacle is numbered 6, and is so placed as to alternate with 2 and 4, and presses
against their bases. ‘he ninth is numbered 6", and holds the same relation to 2*
and 4" that 6 does to 2 and 4. As the numbers increase, the tendency is to widen
the group, by the development of new tentacles in the neighborhood of the oldest.
This is seen in the appearance of 6 and 6", so far away from 5, and so near to 2
and 2". We cannot say positively where the next that are to increase the lateral
extension will appear, but.we have good reason to think that they will arise alter-
nate with 1 and 2 on one side, and 1 and 2* on the other (see cut 4, p. 45). An
inspection of the diagram (see cut No. 4) of the taxis of a full-grown group will
assist us in this matter. It is plain enough here that the tentacles lying on each
side of 1 must have originated where they stand, and, according to the method
exhibited in the diagrams of young groups, after 2 and 2*, and consequently on
the distal side of the latter.

156. ‘The relative age of the tentacles on each side of 1 is not to be scen in their
proportional size; but if we follow the curved rank along the distal side of the
group (see cut No. 2, p. 43), we shall find that, as we recede from 1, they decrease
in magnitude regularly, until they attain a minimum, at the proximal side, in the
last one at each side of the row. This would seem to show quite conclusively that
there are two lines of progress in the development of the tentacles; the one trend-
ing centripetally, as indicated by the numbers 1, 3, 5, ete., and the other trending
laterally on each side of 1, and following the margin of the umbella. ‘That those
in either of these frends succeed each other in one, two, three order is far from
true; but that those in one trend alternate with those of the other trend in the
time of their origin and rate of development, is probably indisputable, judging from
the diagrams of the taxial succession of the young groups. What formula ex-
presses the taxis in the present case we do not pretend to have discovered, and we
must leave it to the determination of more profound taxonomists than ourselves.
The diagram of the youngest group (4] 150) which we have met with would indicate
the three ranked arrangement if applied to a plant, the formula of which is 3.
In the diagram of nine tentacles (€{ 155), this taxis seems to be carried out as far as
the seventh (No. 5) tentacle; but the introduction of 6 and 6* alternate with 2
and 4, and 2" and 4* destroys the continuity, and evidently introduces the element
of another formula.

156a. From the manner in which the tentacles in the diagram (cut No. 4) of an
adult group succeed each other, it is plain that the transverse rows should be num-
bered thus, row 1 = No. 1; row 2 = Nos, 2*, 2; row 3 = Nos. 6°, 3, 6; row 4=—
Nos. 4*, 4; row 5 = No. 5; row 6 = A‘, A*; row 7—B!: row 8= C*, C®, ete. tiomelges
because, starting with No. 1, we saw in the young (§ 20) that 2*, 2, developing next,
united across the proximal side of 1, and formed row 2; and since 2", 2 separate
3 from 1, No.3 must be in row 3. Then, again, since 4, 4 stand in the same
relation to 3 that 2*, 2 do to 1, it follows that 4°, 4 belong to the next row within
3, 1. e., to row 4; and so 5 succeeds in the next, or fifth row. "Thus going inward.
toward the proximal side of the group, A°, A® are in row 6, and B’ in row 7, ete.,
ete:, to H2

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 79

’ Except m the case of 6*, 6 we do not know how the above enumerated rows
are extended on each side. It is plain that 6", 6 extend row 3 on each side, since
they do not introduce a new row. Hence we infer that row 1 is extended by the
development of the tentacles on each side of No. 1; and so with row 2*, 2, and 3,
etc. etc. In Carduella it appears that row 1 is extended so as to have at least
half a dozen tentacles before row 2 begins, and that row 2 also extends consider-
ably before row 3 commences. In Halimocyathus, the development is more rapid
in the formation of new rows, contrasted with the lateral’ extension of the oldest
rows in Haliclystus, as we have shown in our Prodromus (Journ, Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist. 1863, p. 534).

157. ‘The proportions of length and thickness of the oldest tentacles have
changed considerably since the last phase, and they are much more slender in the
present case, but yet quite heavy when contrasted with those of the full-grown
animal, The prominence of the groups is due not alone to the length of the ten-
tacles, but is increased considerably by the strong projection of the angles of the
umbella. ‘Taking this into account, and also the fact that the marginal interval
between the groups and the anchors is much greater than in the last phase, we
can readily understand why these two sets of prehensile organs do not seem to form
a continuous row along the umbellar border,

158. The anchors (fig. 20,«). The tentacular origin of these bodies is still
strongly hinted at, notwithstanding the greatly increased development of the colleto-
cystigerous mass. The latter, when seen from in front, forms a Y-shaped figure
about as long as wide, and bears the tentacle-like portion in the deep terminal sinus.
Altogether about one-half of what was originally a tentacle still retains that form,
while the basal half is disguised by the development of the colletocystigerous mass.
One-third only, or a little less, of the intertentacular umbellar margin is occupied by
the basal attachment of the anchor, leaving unoccupied, therefore, two-thirds of it as
a pure border, unmodified by the lateral extension of the neighboring organs. This
is, in a marked degree, a contrast with the corresponding space in the preovuline
stage (§ 20), when the transition from the bases of the tentacles to those of the
anchors was almost uninterrupted by a margin.

159. The general cavity is but slightly modified since the last stage, and that
only in the umbella, where the incipient genitalia (4) form slightly raised, elon-
gate-oblong plateaus. Of course it will be understood that these plateaus are built
up, as it were, by the closely juxtaposed, nascent genital saccules, eventually con-
stituting a sort of pavement-work, as in the full-grown animal. ‘The partitions
(J) are as yet quite thick, and very conspicuous from without. They seem to
have the full proximo-distal extent of those of the oldest individuals. ‘Their
diameter is increased, no doubt, largely by the great depth of the gastrophragma
(4] 75, 76), which is nearly or altogether as thick in the peduncle and umbella as
at the bases of the tentacles or within them. The actual thickness of the gastro-
phragma is much greater in the umbella and peduncle than at the same points in
full-grown bodies. ‘The four camere (fig. 127, c*) of the peduncle, as yet, remain
totally distinct from each other posteriorly. They lie much nearer the axis (jig.
128), and occupy a larger portion of the peduncle than in their maturity, by one-

80 LUCERNARI& AND THEIR ALLIES.

third, at least, in lateral extent; but no more between the axis and the periphery.
At the posterior end (fiy. 127) they are still more expanded, indeed almost to
double their diameter in front. In a transverse section (fig. 128) they present a
broadly ovate outline, with the narrower end next the axis; or in the posterior
region (fig. 127) they are approximately triangular.

160. The Muscular System (figs. 20, u, 127, 128, r).—We have once before
spoken of the muscles of the umbella (fig. 20, 4), and yet revert to them here in
order to add that their presence is proved not only by their histological elements,
but by the already well pronounced ridge-like incrassations which extend like the
rods of a fan from the proboscis to the margin of the umbella. ‘The marginal
muscle is still inconspicuous, as far as external appearances would indicate its pres-
ence. he chief point of interest is in the peduncular cords. Viewed from with-
out they might very naturally be mistaken for a second set cf canals alternating
with the true camer. They have, in reality, the form of a hollow cylinder, which
is slit open along its whole length on the side facing the axis. In a transverse
section (fig. 128, 7) they appear like crescents, with the horns nearly in contact,
imbedded in the chondrophys (c'). At the posterior end the cylinder expands
(fig. 127, r) a little and terminates abruptly, without sending off a process toward
the axis, as is done in the later periods of life. ‘The mass seems to be composed
of minor cords placed side by side, so as to inclose, in a rough way, a space, which
opens on one side, as mentioned above. ‘This gives the muscle a longitudinally
furrowed appearance, both without and within the cylinder. ‘The deeper and
more conspicuous furrows are evidently the spaces between the minor cords, and
the smaller furrows are mere longitudinal depressions in the solid mass. If, now,
we contrast these cylinders with the cords of a full grown individual ( fig. 52, 7),
we shall find that the younger ones are proportionally a great deal larger, as any
one may see at a glance, upon inspecting the transverse section of the peduncle
of the animals at these two extreme ages, and comparing the cords with the
camer (7°). Observe also the space which the former occupy between the latter,
or between the axis and the periphery of the peduncle. Finally, we would draw
attention to the peculiar relation of the interior of these muscular cylinders to the
chondrophys. It would seem to be a law in the organization of these parts that

the chondrophys shall form a surface of contact to every exposed part of the mus--
cle, and, therefore, here in the young, even the interior face of the contractile

cylinders abuts against the fibres of the chondrophys (c), the latter entering the
cavity of the former through its longitudinal slit. ‘These fibres have essentially
the same arrangement throughout the peduncle as in the full grown body (4 198),
but they are much fewer, and are less delicate.

160a. The Chondrophys (figs. 127, 128, c').—The great thickness of this layer
in the peduncle at this period leads us to the conclusion that it was not much less
in the previous phase, since in that it was very deep in the umbella. Its relation
to the muscular cords has already been indicated with sufficient precision when
describing these bodies, except so far as regards its histological, fibrous elements,

and these will be treated in due time, in the chapters on the structure and devel-
opment of the tissues (Chapter VII).

LUCERNARI# AND THEIR ALLIES.

x
—

§ 22. A Young Specimen 4 of an inch across. Special Development of a Tentacle, a
Colletocystophore, and a Genital Sac. (Pl. 11, figs. 29-33; Pl. v, figs. 58, 59;

Pl. vu, figs. 67-73.)

161. This specimen exceeds the last more in size than in the degree of develop-
ment of its organs, and we might, therefore, almost say that the following descrip-
tion is but a continuation of the previous one. Although only one-eighth of an
inch across, the umbella seems broader because the tentacles are so conspicuous,
ana are longer and more slender than in the last stage. ‘This will appear plain
enough if we reflect that as the longest tentacles (jig. 33) are one-fortieth of an
inch long, they extend the limits of the body one-twentieth (,%); and as the
umbella is one-eighth (,°,) of an inch across, the proportion of the latter to the
augmentation by the tentacles will be as ;°; to, or 5 to 2. In the full grown
animal the proportion is as 4 to 2.

162. The Tentacles.—We have recorded, above, the relative length of the oldest
tentacles of this specimen; and now propose to trace the development of these
organs from their initial stage up to their full stature. The foundation of this
investigation lies in the specimen before us, but the older stages are to be sought
for iu advanced animals, where the multiplicity of tentacles furnishes a more com-
plete series than where there are only ten or a dozen of these organs in a group.
In the first place we will recall the fact, already stated (4] 93), that the youngest
tentacles are always found on the proximal side of a group, and that the oldest lie
next the boundary line between the circumoral and aboral faces of the umbella.
The earliest trace of an incipient tentacle is exhibited by the appearance of nume-
rous nematocysts (fig. 58, @°), collected in a closely crowded group very near the
bases of the other tentacles. It is, therefore, evident that the globular, nemato-
cystigerous tip, the prehensile region, pur excellence, is the first to develop, and, as
we shall see hereafter, to perform the duties assigned to the organ of which it
forms a part. ‘The shaft is merely the basis, the handle as it were, by which the
instrument is moved from place to place. After this a rounded protuberance ( jig.
59, @) rises gradually above the circumjacent area, bearing on its summit the
group of nematocysts just mentioned. A profile view of this bud discloses its rela-
tion to the walls of the body, and we find that from the beginning the whole depth
of the circumoral face (2) is enlisted in the process, even to the innermost wall, the
gastrophragma (i); for as the bud rises on the outer surface the inner wall also
pushes outward with the others, and thus a hollow hernia is formed by the com-
bined action of all. The elements concerned in this process are as follows, taking
them in their order from without inward: first, the opsophrayma (m), in which the
nematocysts are imbedded; second, the opsomyoplax (m); third, a faint trace of
the chondromyoplax (6); and fourth, the gastrophragma (i). The first, at the out-
set, is considerably thicker than in the adjacent parts. The second offers nothing
remarkable. The third, from its peculiar relation to the second (see 4] 65), is not to
be separated from it by any trenchant line. The fourth is thicker than its homo-

logue (7) in the umbella, but thinner than in the older tentacles next to it. From
ll February, 1878.

82 LUCERNARI#Z AND THEIR ALLIES.

the very beginning to the latest period of life there is always the same, unvarying,
single stratum of cells in the opsophragma and the gastrophragma, no matter how
great the changes they undergo in other respects.

~ 163. The bud soon becomes a prominent feature by rising quite abruptly from
its foundation. It does not, however, present any marked change in its constituent
walls, nor in its proportion, except that it becomes distinctly cylindrical, until it is
longer than it is broad, and then (fig. 54, A) it begins to expand more rapidly at
the base and becomes pyriform. At no time does its interior (p*) cease to commu-
nicate openly with the general cavity of the body; nor is the passage-way into it
flanked by intertentacular processes until it has advanced considerably beyond the
mere bud-like stage. At the beginning of the pyriform stage (fig. 54, A) the

outermost and innermost walls are a great deal thicker near the tip (@*) than at_

the base (@') of the tentacle. ‘The outer wall gradually thickens along the shaft
until it becomes twice as deep in the region of the nematocysts as below. In the
innermost wall the difference is not so great by one-half, nor is the transition so
gradual, the thickening proceeding very rapidly where the opposite faces converge
at the tip. The circumscription of the nematocystigerous area is not yot distinct,
as we find the nematocysts extending down the shaft, in diminishing numbers.
‘The myoplax and the chondromyoplax begin to be distinguishable as separate
layers, but the latter is very thin, a mere film, It will be judged from these facts
that the development of a tentacle is not a mere mechanical protrusion of the walls,
stretching outward into finger-like processes and there fixing themselves. If it
were so the already well developed chondromyoplax of the cireumjacent area would
be fully represented, and not obscurely merged into the myoplax. There is, how-
ever, one remarkable feature to be noted here, and that is, the bud is very nearly
as broad as the bases of the oldest tentacles. This is not because the walls are as
thick, but the cavity is much broader in proportion. On this account it is not
an easy matter to determine the relative ages of those which stand intermediate
between the pyriform stage and tlat in which the globose tip is distinctly marked
out.

164. From this time onward the principal changes consist in the elongation of the
shaft, and an increasing slenderness (fig. 34), while its innermost wall (fig. 48, 7) and
the chondromyoplax (b') thicken gradually, and diminish the diameter of the cavity.
At the same time the nematocystigerous region (”) increases very rapidly in depth,
and its boundaries become insensibly more circumscribed, until by the time the
tentacle has attained a length which is from ten to twelve times greater than the
diameter of the shaft, it finally assumes a decidly globular form, and is separated
from the shaft by a sharply defined line. The latter is particularly noticeable in
the largest tentacles (figs. 54, 55) of full grown individuals, where it may be
recognized as a narrow, light band, in reality a sharp constriction, at the line of
Junction between the shaft (9') and the spheroid (¢?). It is also observable in
quite young tentacles (fig. 33, o*), but is far less conspicuous than in the oldest
of these organs. The last noticeable change occurs after the tentacle is very
nearly full grown, and then the spherical tip becomes depressed at the distal end
aud assumes a more or less oblate spheroidal figure (figs. 41, 42).

LUCERNARI#A AND THEIR ALLIES. 83

165. The interior intertentacular processes demand a little attention in this con-
nection, since they are something more than mere intermediate areas between the
tentacles. What their precise office is we do not even pretend to suggest, from the
knowledge of any established facts; nor is it necessary that they should have any
functional importance, notwithstanding their very marked features. They appear
initially as simple, low, conical protrusions (j/iy. 58, 2) from the areas between the
adjacent bases of the tentacles. ‘They are perfectly solid, and include only the
gastrophragma and the chondromyoplax (6’) within their limits; not differing,
therefore, in this respect, from their full-grown condition (fig. 55, a). Their
innermost wall, at this period, is very thick, fully equal to that of the tentacles.
Eventually they become more prominent, and, at the same time, connect laterally
with each other, forming a network of ridges. This occurs as early as when the
umbella is no more than one-eighth of an inch in diameter, and the processes have
a slightly pyriform shape. Finally they thicken largely toward the free end, by
the enormous development of the chondromyoplax, and become as we have described
them (4 103) in their full grown condition, During the gradual expansion of the
chondromyoplax, the gastrophragma proceeds in the inverse way, and finally be-
comes excessively thin by the time the animal reaches maturity.

166. The Anchors.—By means of an arrest, or rather retardation, of develop-
ment in one specimen, evidently arising from an injury to one side of the umbella,
we are enabled to trace the process of the formation of the colletocystigerous layer,
and to prove, beyond all demands for testimony, that the anchor originally has the
proportions and structure of a tentacle. The character of the anchors in a normal
condition is illustrated in a figure (jig. 32) which we shall describe presently; but
we must go back now to a younger stage of these bodies, as exhibited by an anchor
which has developed less rapidly than the others, belonging to the same individual.
This example (figs. 30, 31) has all the appearances of a tentacle far advanced in
development; the globose tip (@*) abounds in nematocysts, and is sharply restricted
from the shaft; the latter is four or five times longer than thick, and its muscles
are so strongly developed as to appear like heavy ridges (c',oc’), as in a full grown,
genuine tentacle. ‘The only difference between the tentacle and the anchor is to
be found in a slight thickening (oc*) of the outer wall of the latter over the middle
third of the shaft, along the distal and lateral portions. This has an oval form,
and is studded with colletocysts, scattered in an irregular manner, just beneath the
surface. It is thickest on the distal side, and thins out at its edges, to the depth
of the wall immediately about it. Its distinctness is due largely to the great
development of pigment matter within the nuclei of the cells of the outer wall.
There is nothing of the kind as yet on the proximal side, the wall retaining, up to
this time, a purely tentacular character (@c’) from one end of the shaft to the other.

167. The next earliest stage after the one just described is to be found in the
anchor of the youngest Lucernaria that has come under our notice, and described
im a previous section (§ 20). In addition to what is there recorded we will make
some further statements, principally in the way of comparison with the previous
stage. The main point of difference lies in the relative thickness and extent of
the colletocystic mass, which in the present instance (/iy. 123, oc’) is considerably

R84 LUCERNARI® AND THEIR ALLIES.

ereater in both respects, since it almost encircles the proximal as well as the distal
and lateral faces, and also has such a strong development of its depth as to present
prominent hump on the distal side. We ought to mention, also, that the chon-
dromyoplax (6”) is a strongly marked layer in the colletocystic mass.

168. Returning, now, to the specimen from which we obtained the youngest
anchors, we find, in a normal condition, (fig. 32) a phase slightly advanced beyond
the last; differing principally in the increased relative shortness of the shaft,
tending, as we shall see hereafter, to sink the globose tip into the colletocystic pad
(x). ‘There is no diminution, however, in the intensity of the tentacle character-
istic; in fact, we might justly say that it is rather increased in some respects, for
instance, by the greater sharpness of the line of demarcation between the shaft
aud the spheroidal tip, and particularly by the appearance of the narrow, elastic
band at that point, so eminently conspicuous in tentacles far advanced in develop-
ment. ‘The physiognomy of the colletocystic mass does not vary from the youngest
example, as regards its histological elements, but, as for its proportions as a whole,
there is a sufficiently marked change to render a comparison of it with a fully-
developed anchor facile enough to satisfy the most exacting criterion. Already
the terminal portion of the shaft and the globose tip have the appearance of being
" appendages of the colletocystic pad, rather than the reverse. ‘The dominant feature
of the anchor is rapidly approaching the condition when it is the only one to be
seen without a special search. We think this will be clear enough to any one
who will take the trouble to glance over the following figures (figs. 81, 82, 83, 26,
27, 25), which are yet to be used to illustrate dur subject. We have yet to mention
one other feature of progress in the case before us, and that is, the strong bulge
(jig. 32, «°) of the proximal face of the shaft, opposite the area covered by the
pad. It is not yet encroached upon by the colletocystie mass, but yet it may be
forced out into a prominence by the gradual enlargement of the lateral extent and
depth of that mass, rather than by any inherent property. The cavity of this
organ, however, would seem to militate in favor of the latter view, for we learn,
upon close scrutiny, that the lining wall—ygastrophragma—bulges and thickens a
little also, in the same region, so as to trend parallel with the outer wall. This
could hardly be produced by any influence that the colletocystic mass might bring
to bear, especially as it is the initiatory step in the formation of the larger freed
chamber of the full grown organ. ‘The chondromyoplax plays a much more con-
spicuous part here than in the oldest tentacles of this individual, occupying at
least three-fifths of the depth of all the combined layers,

169. In order to make the developmental process of the anchors as clear as
possible, it seems advisable to describe it in a continued succession of sketches,
and we shall, therefore, draw into the limits of this section all the phases that we
possess, in the form of illustrations. The next one that we shall take up for con-
sideration ( figs. 81, 82, 83) has lost a large part of the shaft of the tentacular
form, and the globose tip (a?) stands out like a high knob on the oblique face of
the colletocystic pad (oc%.) It belongs to a specimen which measures slightly
less than one-fifth of an inch across the umbella (fig. 84). The pad (oc*) itself
extends, on the distal side, downward to the base of the original shaft, as in the

LUCERNARI# AND THEPR ALLIES. 895

full grown organ, but, although it converges right and left much nearer to the
median line of the proximal side than in the last phase, it does not form a complete
circle about the shaft. It is much the thickest on the distal side nearest to the
nematocystic knob (c°), and thins out gradually backwards, and passes insensibly
into the ectophragma (jf) of the aboral side of the umbella. Its true termination
is indicated by the disappearance of the colletocysts, and by the edge (k') of the
muscular layer. It thins out at the same rate at the sides (jig. 82), but rapidly
loses in depth as it approaches the proximal side, and finally ceases to exhibit its
characteristic features, the colletocysts, before it completely embraces the shaft.
Its near approximation to the entire encirclement of the shaft is indicated by the
great thickening of the opsophragma (n’) along the median line of the proximal
side,

170. All of the elements of a complete anchor are here well exemplified, both
in point of distinctness and thickness. The opsophragma of the colletocystic
portion (c’) is nearly at its full grown maximum thickness on the distal side, near
the knob, and equals in this respect the combined depth of the subjacent layers.
Curiously enough, though, this proportion is reversed at the base of the organ, for
as the opsophragma (n”) decreases in thickness, the gastrophragma (i) increases in
like degree, so as to be nearly as deep as the greatest measurement of the former.
At no point, though, is the outer wall as thin as on the umbella proper; not even
where it joins its homologue on the aboral side of the umbella, since there it does:
not suddenly cease its diminution in depth, but continues to do so for a short
distance backward, until it attains a certain measure, and then spreads with a unt-
form thickness over the aboral area thereabout. The myoplax (m’) is quite thick
and sharply defined throughout the anchor, not excepting the tentacular portion.
The chondromyoplax (b*) is also equally well marked with the myoplax, and as
thick, on the average, as the gastrophragma, but, unlike the latter, is nearly of
uniform thickness throughout its length and breadth; only exhibiting a slight
thinning at the sides of the anchor, and at the base of the nematocystic knob.
The gastrophragma (i'), except along the distal side of the anchor, is generally
a little thinner than the chondromyoplax, but, like the latter, thins a little at the
sides and at the base of the knob. In accordance with the preponderating
weight of the colletocystic mass on the distal side, the internal cavity (oc) of the
latter projects in the same direction, much more than it does in any other, forming
on that side a broad diverticulum. The average diameter of the cavity of the
anchor in a proximo-distal direction is not more than one-third the measure at right
angles to that. Within the base of the globose tip, however, it abruptly thins
out to a narrow tube, but at its proximal end it gradually widens (jig. 82) into the
general cavity of the umbella.

171. The nematocystigerous, globose tip (oc?) of the original tentacular shaft of
this organ is quite densely crowded with the larger and smaller kinds of nemato-
cysts. Up to this period, at least, there seems to have been an increased develop-
ment of these cysts, both as regards their numbers and the perfection of their
structure. In order that their present condition may be well understood, we refer
to the figure (fig. 48) and description of the globose tip of a very young tentacle

86 LUCERNARI&Z AND THEIR ALLIES.

belonging to the same individual as the anchor. After this time there seems to be
a retrograde metamorphosis taking place in the nematocystigerous sphere, corre-
sponding to the advancement of the colletocystigerous mass ; but we are pretty
well assured that this is rather an arrest of development, and a scattering of the
cysts over a wider area, consequent upon the growth and expansion of the walls in
which they are imbedded. ‘Ihe decrease in the number of the nematocysts does
not necessarily imply a retrograde metamorphosis, for their disappearance may be
accounted for in the habitual falling away of similar bodies in the tentacles, at all
ages. Such a phenomenon in the tentacles assuredly does not indicate a retro-
grade metamorphosis; and the failure to reappear in the anchors means no more
than an arrest of development. In the course of time, therefore, the characteristic
feature which enables the observer to identify the tentacles with the anchors dis-
appears in the latter, and a totally new one is implanted in its stead. This is but
another proof added to the list which sustains us in the belief that the so-called
retrograde metamorphosis is nothing more than mémetism, and a preponderating
development of one or more parts of an organism, subservient to a particular end.
(See {J 125.)

172. In the next phase (jigs. 26, 27) of the anchor, which we shall illustrate,
the colletocystigerous mass (oc’) has united across the median line of the proximal
face of the shaft (c’), and thus formed a complete circle about it. The animal
bearing this organ measured a trifle more than one-fifth, say six twenty-fifths of an
inch across the umbella (jfiy. 28). The specimen argues a certain amount of
irregularity in the rate of growth and development of the anchors of this species,
as one may judge for himself by comparing the figure of the phase now under con-
sideration with that of the one preceding it, when he will observe that, notwith-
standing the colletocystic mass of the older stage is more advanced than that of
the younger, the terminal part of the shaft (jig. 83, oc’) of the latter is the shorter
of the two, and evidently has ceased to grow at an earlier period. The main
progress which the oldest phase has made is exhibited by the very heavy pre-
ponderance of the colletocystic mass (jfijs. 26, 27) on the distal side of the
anchor, extending obliquely outward and posteriorly, so as to almost equal the
reach of the globose, nematocystigerous tip (*). The latter, in consequence,
arises from the oblique proximal face of the pad, and has rather the appear-
ance of a lateral appendage than of a real terminus of the anchor. Still it pre-
serves the tentacle-like physiognomy strongly enough to suggest its original form,
and the colletocystic mass looks like a huge circular bolster set about its neck.
The cavity (@c') of this organ, like the pad, preponderates so strongly on the distal
side that at least four-fifths of it lies exterior to the longitudinal axis of the original
shaft. ‘Therefore, all of the tendencies of development toward a determinate end
are here fully marked out, and nothing is wanted to complete the organ but
changes in the proportions of the several parts.

173. These changes, however, are by no means small, although no new elements
are introduced in the process. In the phase just described, the nematocystophore
(cc) arises midway between the two extremes of the colletocystophore (oc*) on its
oblique proximal face, whereas in the full developed organ (fiy. 47) the former

e

LUCERNARI#® AND THEIR ALLIES. 87

lies near the distal extremity of the latter, the first being indicated by a slight pro-

_tuberance (cc”), dotted with a few nematocysts, and the last presenting itself under
the guise of a huge, broad, oval mass (c*), furrowed along one side, and simulating
a coffee-bean in proportion and physiognomy. As an intermediate stage between
these two last, we offer for inspection a figure of the anchor (jig. 20) of an indi-
vidual which was two-thirds grown, or about three-fifths of an inch across the
umbella. This view is designed principally to show the proportionate size of the
nematocystophore (oc”), and its relation to the longitudinal furrow of the colletocys-
tophore (oc°), and the latter is, therefore, foreshortened from its proximal face.
The nematocystophore (c”) still projects above the level of the main mass which
surrounds it, the meagre remnant of a once vigorous organ. It will be seen, from
these three views, that the change which transports the nematocystophore in the
youngest stage to the extreme distal end of the colletocystophore in the fully
grown animal, consists in the development of a very large proportion of the colle-
tocystic mass on the proximal side of the clear space (ec?) from which the tentacular
knob arises, and consequently throwing the latter into the extreme opposite direc-
tion. Accompanying this process there is also a gradual broadening of the mass
until it becomes so much wider than the peduncular portion that the latter appears
slender when contrasted with its former relative proportions in the penultimate and
antepenultimate stages. We return now to the general description of the organs
of the phase with which this section was opened.

174. The Muscular System.—Vhe inconspicuous marginal muscle of the last
phase has become in this a sharply defined, ribbed band (fig. 58, m'), running
along the same line as in the full grown animal. We have endeavored to display
its internal face in our illustration by cutting open the circumoral parietes and
throwing it back so as to expose its interior surface. From this point of view, the
band may be seen thinning out, and finally disappearing as it reaches the base of
the tentacular group. Concerning the rest of the muscular system we have nothing
to say, except that the ridges of the opsomyoplax, in the umbella, are so well
developed that the circumoral face presents as great a diversity of physiognomy, as
far as these ridges affect it, as in the full grown animal, although not so strongly
marked and conspicuous.

175. Reproductive Organs ( figs. 67-73).—A clear understanding of the mode
of development of the reproductive organs of Lucernariw is of paramount import-
ance, for more reasons than one. In the first place, they lie at the foundation of
the type idea of this order, and, therefore, their exact relations to the walls of the
umbella, and to its exterior and interior faces should be made manifest from all
points of view. Their initiatory stages will, therefore, present them in their simplest
form and connections, before they have become so complicated and extended as to
obscure, more or less, the membranes from which they arise. ‘This is, moreover,
quite essential, because they ean at that period be compared most readily with the
reproductive organs in the other orders of Acalephie. In the second place, we
shall not find it so difficult to comprehend the situation of the inverted wall of the
fully developed genital sac, with all its convolutions, if we trace it, step by step, from
its simplest condition up to its most complicated form; and, again, the two cate-

88 LUGERNARI® AND THEILR ALLIES.
gories of proof, as to its structure, insensibly merge into each other, and mutually
sustain their position. It will become evident at the outset that the internal
surface of the genital sacs was originally the free face of the general cavity of
the umbella, In the description (4] 135) of the full grown sacs we have pointed
to the fact that the eggs are ‘sunken in pouches formed by folds of the lining
wall;” that is, they do not lie beneath this wall, but against its free surface; the
same surface that is continuous with the free face of the lining wall, gastro-
phrayma, of the general cavity of the umbella. In all other orders of Acalephe
the eggs, or the spermatic mass, are actually covered by the gastrophragma; and
some even by the gastromyoplax and chondromyoplax, and imbedded by the opso-
myoplax. We have already noted the advent of the elements of the reproductive
organs in the previous section, but special observations were not made until the
present phase came to hand, and we possess, therefore, a wider range of develop-
ment, in a single individual, than we could have obtained previously.

176. The initiatory process in the formation of a saccule consists in an abrupt
rising of a thick, ridge-like fold, in the form of a semicircle ( figs. 67, 68). The
convex side (i') of the semicircle faces toward the periphery of the umbella, and
the concave side (7) opens (at s°) toward the proboscis. ‘Thus in the very begin-
ning one of the prime features, which render this order so singular, is established,
as if it were an inevitable necessity to the completion of the type. ‘The ridge is
not an actual thickening of the oijphragma, but a clear duplication of this layer as
it grows and rises above the general surface. The elevation increases but a little
while, and then another phase of procedure is introduced ( jigs. 69, 70) which com-
plicates matters to a slight degree. ‘The concave side (7) ceases to grow as fast as
the convex side (7'), and the latter in consequence leans over towards the former,
very much in the same manner that the crest of an incoming wave arches over its
base just as it breaks on the shore. ‘This goes on rapidly, especially midway
between the two ends of the ridge, until a distinct hood is formed. ‘This is the
condition in which our figure represents the saccule, as seen from two points of
view. ‘The wall of the fold (7, 7’), it will be observed, is no thicker than its basal
continuity (7). At this time the cavity of the new organ is quite deep from its
broad aperture (s°) to its innermost parietes (7), but it is very shallow.

177. Soon after this the aperture begins to narrow under the influence of the
onward growth and contraction of the edge of the hood, and at the same time the
cavity enlarges and becomes more nearly alike in breadth and depth. The first
results is the formation of a narrow, rounded entrance (figs. 71, 72, s°), on a level
with the circumjacent area, and the second is accompanied by conduplicatures of
the inner wall, at a considerable number of closely approximated points, resulting
in the formation of little, shallow, wide-mouthed pouches or concavities (s*)
opening into the general chamber (s') of the genital. The latter is, at this period,
about as broad in one direction as in the other, and not so deep, but rather pre-
serves the proportions of a hemisphere attached by its equatorial face. Between
the outer wall of the sac and the follicles there is scarcely any space except at the
intervals about the latter. A short distance from the entrance, the wall is con-

tracted on all sides, so closely as to fill wp the passage way (s°) to the interior com-

LUCERNARI#A AND THEIR ALLIES. 89

pletely, but immediately beyond, however, it expands laterally and diverges into
the main fold. By plunging through the circumoral floor, and focussing up and
down upon the saccules, we learn that the follicles do not develop at an equal rate
throughout the cavity into which they open, but on the contrary originate progres-
sively and grow at a corresponding rate, ‘This is clear enough if we compare those
which lie on a level with the aperture of the saccule with those which are placed
at more distant points; the former appearing as scarcely more than shallow
depressions ( fig. 71) in the inverted wall, while the latter are to be recognized as
unequivocal pouches ( fig. 72, s°) with a rounded contour and a narrow aperture.
That all of the follicles do not originate at once is proved by a glance at the next
figure (fig. 73) which we shall use to illustrate the series.

178. We now present the last phase of development of the saccules that we are
in possession of ; and we think that it is far enough advanced to connect the ear-
lier stage of the organ with its full grown condition. There is really nothing new
in point of character in the specimen (jig. 73), and it differs from the previous one
merely in the greater size and more abundant follicles (s’) opening into the general
cavity of the saccule. Up to this period no trace of eggs nor of spermatic parti-
cles has been met with, neither, unfortunately, are we able to furnish any informa-
tion in regard to the mode of origin of the reproductive material. The size of the
saccule before us measures from one-fourth to one-third the diameter of full grown
ones; and the follicles are as yet far less in number, amounting at most to only forty
or fifty. The latter are a little larger than those of the last stage ( figs. 71, 72), and
press closely against the outer wall of the saccule.

179. The Chondromyoplax.—We return now to the more legitimate objects of
this section, and take up in turn the successive layers of which the body is com-
posed, as far as we have the material to work with. We find at this stage of
growth the first tolerably clear differentiation of the chondromyoplax from the mus-
cular layer. ‘This is seen best in the oldest tentacles ( fig. 59, b, m*), and with
rather more difficulty in the circumoral region. In either case it is not more than
two-thirds as thick as the outer and inner walls in the same place, and from two to
three times thicker than the muscular layer. In the anchors (fig. 32) it has a
much greater depth, amounting to from three to four times that of the outer wall.
As yet it appears to be perfectly homomorphous, a mere structureless, chondroid
stratum, ‘This is all we have to say, here, of the chondromyoplax. ‘The descrip-
tion of its origin and mode of development belongs more properly to the histology
of the layer.

180. The Chondrophys.—This layer is at least twice as deep in the umbella as
the diameter of the oldest tentacles of the individual now in hand. _ Its histo-
logical elements are much more delicate than in the last phase, as far as if may be
estimated from that part of it in the peduncle of the latter; and it is differentiated
into two distinct strata (fiy. 58, ¢,¢). The outer stratum (c’) is comparatively
thin, not more than half the thickness of the outer, aboral wall immediately over-
lying it. Moreover, it, conjointly with the muscular layer, forms the partition
which lies between the great mass of the chondrophys (¢) and that part of the

chondromyoplax which is in the tentacles. The inner stratum constitutes nine-
12 March, 1878.

90 LUCERNARIZ AND THEIR ALLIES.

teen-twentieths of the whole chondrophys. ‘The innermost of the three subdivisions
of the chondrophys, so conspicuous in the full grown individual, is not to be seen
as yet, although it is quite strongly marked in the next, and not much older phase
(figs. 82, 88, c’).

181. The Nematocysts constitute a marked and very conspicuous feature in the
surface of the body, especially in the aboral face ; forming numerous, thickly scat-
tered, wart-like processes, by developing in closely set groups (jigs. 30, 31, 32, d).
On this account the outer wall appears much thicker than is really the case;
although its true depth is considerably greater than on the tentacles. In the full ~
grown animal these cnidigerous warts are so widely scattered that they scarcely
attract attention. In Calvadosia campanulata they are, on the other hand, a singu-
larly prominent part of the physiognomy.

182. The Eye-spots (fig. 32, 6).—In the paragraph (@ 127, § 17) on the nervous
system of the full grown animal we have enlarged considerably upon the relation
of the so-called eye-spots to the visual function, and have spoken of them there as
interstitial deposits of pigment matter. ‘The present stage of development is the
earliest one in which we have observed such accumulations. Here they form low
bosses, extending over about one-quarter the breadth of the oral face of the base
of the right anchors. ‘The true nature of these bosses will be better illustrated in
the next phase (§ 23), showing that there are certain concomitant features in the
cellular mass of the wall in which they are situated.

§ 23. Young, 1 of an Inch Across. (PI. tv, fig. 48; Pl. v, fig. 53;
Pl. vu, figs. 81-84; Pl. rx, figs. 106, 107.)

183. By the time the umbella has reached the diameter mentioned at the head
of this section the proportions of the body as a whole are very similar to those of
a full grown individual, but are rather more slender. ‘The transparency of the
body renders it more light and airy in appearance than its elder companions, and
in consequence seemingly less bulky and clumsy. The tentacles, however, still fall
short of the proportions of the highest development; the shaft of the oldest mem-
bers of a bunch being, as yet, relatively quite thick. The anchors (figs. 81, 82,
53), as has already been stated in a previous paragraph (J 169), have “lost a large
part of the shaft of the tentacular form, and the globose tip stands out like a high
knob on the oblique face of the colletocystigerous pad.” Further details may be
learned by reference to the paragraphs 169, 170, 171.

184. The Muscular System.—The opsomyoplamic division of this system is clearly
defined throughout the umbella (figs. 53, 83, m, m*, m°), and the tentacles (jig.
48, m*), and anchors (figs. 82, 83, m*), but the odmyoplax (figs. 53, 83, m, m*, m’),
({| 74) is not visible. The former is distinctinctly fibrous, and of about equal
thickness in the different members mentioned, although apparently less in the pro-
boscis (fig. 53, m*), on account of its more regular outline on its proximal face,
In the latter organ, at this age, its abrupt termination at the mouth (p') is very
distinctly seen without the help of the dissecting knife.

189. The chondromyoplax is more or less strongly marked by transverse stria-

LUCERNARIA AND THEDR ALLIES. 9]

tions in all regions of the body in which it is destined to develop. In the tenta-
cles (fig. 48, b') it is on the average as thick as the outer or inner walls, and is
very delicately striated. ‘The same may be said in regard to the anchors (figs. 82,
83, 0°). In the umbella it is variable in thickness; in the circumoral area (fig.
53, 6) it is fully twice as thick as either the outer or inner wall, but scarcely more
than half the depth that obtains in the proboscis ('). Throughout, however, it is
much more heavily striated than in the tentacles and anchors. In absolute thick-
ness this layer has in the anchors from two to two and a half times more depth
than in the tentacles and circumoral area,

186. The Chondrophys at the umbella exhibits a higher number of subdivisions
than we have detected at subsequent periods. Of the three (jigs. 82, 83, ¢, ¢, ©)
now visible, the innermost, thin substratum (c’) was not observed in the last phase.
This is the one which is conspicuous throughout the remainder of the existence of
the animal, while the outermost, and by far the thinnest one (c’), seems subse-
quently to lose its character as a separate subdivision. ‘The latter in its earliest
phase was very conspicuous, but in the present state it is quite faint, and nearly
escaped our attention when the chondrophys was under the microscope. It is appa-
rently quite homogeneous in substance, of a light yellow color, and about as thick
as the outer, aboral wall. It is barely possible that it exists in mature individuals,
but is so excessively faint as to require a special effort to find it. ‘The main bulk,
or middle portion (¢) of the chondrophys, is enormously thick ; equalling at least four
times the diameter of the shaft of the oldest tentacles. Unlike the two thinner
subdivisions, it is strongly striated in transverse section, and thickly penetrated by
fibrous prolongations, which originate in the two outer subdivisions (see J 197, A).
Its marginal termination at the bases of the anchors has nothing of the abruptness
of the mature form, but, rather, tapers off rapidly to a sharp edge where the mus-
cular layer of the anchors intervenes (at k') between it and the chondromyo-
plax (0°).

187. The Opsophragma, or circumoral (fig. 53, 2) and proboscidal (n°) outer
wall, differs but little, if any, in thickness from that of the mature individual. Its
proportion on the anchors (figs. 82, 83, n”) has already been described (4] 170),
when the development of these organs was under consideration (§ 22). The ecto-
phragma (figs. 82, 83, f), or outer wall of the aboral side, also closely approxi-
mates that of the full grown body in character and proportion.

188. The Gastrophragma, or innermost wall, at this age may be traced, with
great facility, into its direct continuation with the opsophragma at the mouth (jig.
53, 7') of the proboscis. It is there very thick, and continues so to the base of the
proboscis, where it rapidly thins out and loses nearly two-thirds its depth as it
passes along the circumoral area (i) to the periphery of the umbellar chambers.
Its rapid thickening as it approaches and enters the anchors (figs. 82, 83, 7’) has
already been touched upon (4] 170) in the history of the development of the latter
organs, and needs no further notice here, except to contrast it, at the present age,
with its proportions and absolute thickness in the mature animal (jig. 47, 7’). It
will be seen, by comparing the illustrations of the first (jig. 83, 7’) and of the last
(fig. 47, 2'), that, in order to attain to the proportions of the latter, this wall must

99 LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES.

~

diminish the relative thickness fully one-half, within the anchors, and to a far
greater extent in the region of the passage-way (jy. 83, 1’) between the umbellar
Camere,

189. The Eye-spot.—At two or three points ({] 127-130, 182) in the progress of
this memoir we have enlarged more or less upon the functional nature of the so-
called eye-spot. In addition to what has been already offered we would draw
attention to the peculiar manner in which the pigment matter is disposed. We
find it holding exactly the same relation to the prismatic cells (jig. 83, 6), @.e.,
forming a dark casing or envelope about them, as the pigment does to the facets
of the eyes of Articulata. Adding to this the evidently special character of these
cells, as exhibited by their extreme elongation, and by their close aggregation and
prominence at a given point, we have all that can be brought forward in favor of
their functional characters as elements of an optical apparatus. Although we
are not eager to assert that they are capable of forming distinct images of sur-
rounding objects, we are, on the contrary, far from denying that they may possi-
bly be capable of acting as refractive agents; since every cell that possesses a con-
vex contour is a fraction of a lens; and a combination. of such cells as we have
here may constitute a whole lens in effect. It may not be unadvisable to state
here that we hold, with others, that, notwithstanding the so-called eye of an insect
is a compound of many single eyes, it none the less is functionally an optical wit
so far as its effects upon the optic nerve is concerned; producing, like the pair of
human eyes, but a single image on the brain.

§ 24. Young, 5°; of an Inch Across, (PI. 11, figs. 26, 27, 28.)

190. The Anchors and Eye-spots.—There is but one feature of this phase that
our illustrations are intended for, and that is the condition of the colletocystophores
or anchors. ‘The prehensile portion (oc’) of these bodies has been described in a
previous section (§ 22) with considerable fulness, and therefore needs no further
notice here, but the so-called eye-spot (@) remains yet to be considered, although it
has also been touched upon in preceding paragraphs (@f 127, 189). We have

nothing in the way of details to add to what was given in regard to the preceding

phase (4[ 189), but we may say a word or two more in reference to the latest con-
dition in which this organ has been observed. It now attracts the attention of the
observer by its distinctly marked outline, deep color, and particularly by its boss-
like prominence (fig. 26, 0). It is remarkable for appearing to be possessed of
a lens imbedded in its middle; but this is a fallacy arising from the more abundant
accumulation of pigment granules in the periphery of the eye-spot than at the
centre, and hence a comparatively clear area is left in its midst. After this period
the eye-spot is gradually lost sight of; but still we cannot say positively that its
functional character is obliterated, for we are not sure that it is possessed of such
at any time; and it may possibly retain all its potential features, even when, in

extreme old age, it is obscured, to the eye of the observer, by the abundance of
diffused pigment spots all around it.

LUCERNARIA AND THETPR ALLIES.

-
©
Ww

CAE AGE a aR Vili ke

HISTOLOGY OF HALICLYSTUS AURICULA.

§ 25. The Umbellar and Peduncular Walls.

191. In some respects it would be better to connect the histology of the parts
and organs of the body with their general structure, so that all their characteristics
might be presented in one view; but there are other and weightier reasons why a
separate chapter should be devoted to the intimate structure of the tissues. In the
first place the subject and arrangement of the sections are rendered much less com-
plicated and clearer for comparison; and again, it leaves more room for the discus-
sion of collateral questions, such as the cedl-theory, and the like, without involving
the confusion of parenthetical sentences and explanatory notes. Yet we shall so
arrange the sections that each may be read as a continuation of any previous one
devoted to the general description of a corresponding organ or part. In accord-
ance with this purpose we begin with the outermost wall of the anterior face of
the umbella.

192. ‘To those who accept the theory that the tissues of Acalephie, and other
groups of this grand division, are composed of true cells, wherever there is the
appearance of such bodies, it will come with most force, when we state that in
Lucernaric, as in other orders of the class, there is but a single stratum of cells in
each wall. If we except the family Tubularide, this may be announced as a law
among all Acalephe, both in the hydroid as well as in the medusoid morph. In
most highly developed medusoid morphs these strata are so excessively thin, that
is to say, the component cells are so shallow, that they have more of the character
of a filmy epithelium than of a true wall; whereas in the hydroid morphs it fre-
quently happens that some one of the layers is so thick as to constitute three-
quarters or more of the whole bulk of the body. In Lucernariz we find these two
extremes indiscriminately intermixed.

193. The opsophragma (see {| 61, 62) of the umbella (figs. 74, 85, 86, n—n*) is
composed mainly of the single stratum of cells which are so conspicuous, even to
a casual observer; but these cells are by no means all that give bulk to this layer,
for they stand at more or less considerable distances apart from each other, and
the large interspaces that intervene add greatly to the physiognomy. In fact the
color of this region is almost altogether due to the large masses of pigment gra-
nules (e°) which crowd these interspaces, and underlie the cells; and the latter are
rendered all the more conspicuous by the dark ground-work in which they are
imbedded. The cel/s are not arranged collaterally in any particular order, nor
have they a uniform size, some being at least twice, and occasionally three times
the diameter of others; on the average they are about one-quarter deeper than

94 LUCERNARI# AND THEIR ALLIES.

proad. ‘Their true, exterior boundary is irregularly polygonal, but rather incon-
spicuous on account of the abundance of the pigment masses thereabout ; whereas
the interior boundary, which is an irregular oval, or sometimes obscurely poly-
gonal, is very sharply and distinctly marked, and moreover so conspicuous as to
give the stratum, under a low magnifying power, the appearance of being a mass
of dark, granular blastema, filled with clear vacuoles. It will be seen from this
that the exterior and interior faces of the cell-membrane (/) are not parallel, in
other words, that this membrane is of unequal thickness; and, from the nature of
things, incrassated most at the angles. On the whole it is quite thick, but yet
plastic to a considerable degree, both in reference to lateral pressure and to what-
ever tends to increase its depth at the expense of its breadth. ‘The extensibility
of this layer, however, is not altogether a property of the cells, for the interstitial
substance is not to be overlooked, nor have we any reason to believe that it is less
plastic or dilatable than the vesicles. Nor, on the other hand, do we admit that
either the one or the other is capable of extending or retracting itself, unless we
altogether ignore the muscular layer (opsomyoplaa, fig. 85, m), which presses closely
against the inner face of this wall. The contents of a cell are of two kinds, and
very simple in quality so far as their mechanical, or rather physical, nature is con-
cerned; the one is a perfectly homogeneous, fluid-like, colorless, slightly refracting
mass (d’), filling the entire inclosed space, with the exception of that occupied by
the nucleus, which is the other part of the contents. The nucleus (d') is the most
noteworthy feature of the cell on account of its invariable lateral position. _With-
out an exception we have always found it attached to the cell-membrane between
the exterior and inner ends of the cell, 7.e., against the faces of mutual contact.
Here we should naturally expect to find it, in a wall composed of a single stratwm
of cells, which grows by self-division of its components, the nucleus, as is well
understood, lying in the line of separation. ‘This uniformity of position is carried
still further, for the nucleus seems to be fixed about midway between the two
extremes of the cell, so that in a profile view (fig. 85) of the stratum they
appear as if arranged in a row when observed collectively. We shall see presently
that this arrangement is still more striking in the corresponding wall of the tenta-
cles. The outline of the nucleus is tolerably well defined, but not sharp nor rigid,
and the whole presents a uniform, quite conspicuous, colorless, semi-transparent,
lenticular mass, attached by one of its broad sides to the cell-membrane. On an
average its diameter is about one-fifth or one-sixth the depth of a cell. The inter-
cellular blastema not only lies between the cells and beneath them, but completely
covers their outer, free ends, and therefore it may be said, without exaggeration,
that the cells are completely imbedded in the blastema. The pigment (é°), which
gives color to this formless mass, consists of irregular granules of great diversity in
size, some equalling the nuclei of the cells, and others measuring less, and so on
down to those which are, comparatively, mere specks. The larger granules usually
alternate with the cells, filling the interspaces at the angles with a highly refract-
ing, often brilliantly colored mass. The finer and speck-like granules crowd the
blastema which overlies the ends of the cells, and lend considerable aid in impart-
ing color to the wall, in fact giving uniformity to the tint, which otherwise would

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 95

run like a network in the interspaces. Frequently highly refracting, large, oval,
or globular bodies (/) may be observed, mixed with the coarser pigment, at the junc-
tion of three or four cells. A close examination proves these to be urticating vesi-
cles (nematocysts). Their refracting power renders them quite brilliant objects,
and lights up the face of the wall with bright, salient points. ‘The bristle-like pro-
jections, which are often observed on the free surface of the wall, are portions of
the blastema which are apparently thrust outward by the partially extruded fila-
ments of the nematocysts. More will be said of this hereafter, in the description
of these offensive weapons (§ 30), and the true relation of the bristle-like bodies
will be amply explained. (See also 4] 203 (A) ).

194. The ectophragma (4] 63) of the umbella and peduncle (fig. 87) consists of
cellular elements which exhibit a close affinity with those of the opsophragma
(4] 193), still there is a decided and readily observable difference between the two.
The cell-membrane, the exterior and interior configuration of the cells, their size
and proportion, their mode of arrangement, the fluid-like contents, and, finally, the
granular interstitial blastema, might all be described in the same words as used for
the components of the opsophragma. The main diversity then is narrowed down
to the character of the nucleus (d'), and this we shall find is not inconsiderable.
Strictly speaking, the nucleus is no longer visible, if it exists at all, and seems to
be either covered up, or replaced by very dark, highly refracting, irregular, large
granules, which are heaped together in twos, threes, or fours and fives at the side
of the cell. Occasionally they are detached and lie in the midst of the homoge-
neous contents. These psewdo-nuclei are many times larger than the nuclei of the
cells of the opsophragma, and such is their opacity and intensity of color, to say
nothing of size, that they effect far more, in producing the tint of this stratum,
than the interstitial, granular blastema (¢). Hence it is that this face of the
umbella is darker than on its front. "We should add, also, that the nematocysts (/)
are more numerous than at any other part of the exterior of the umbella, and fre-
quently are collected in groups of from three or four to a dozen, glittering, from
their strong refraction, like clusters of jewels.

195. The opsomyoplax (4 64) of the umbella (fig. 85, m). In the general
description of this layer we have stated that it uniformly spreads beneath the
opsophragma, and that it is made up of fibrille which are placed side by side.
We premise this much here in order that we may also recall the arrangement
of similar fibrille in the tentacles, in which they are disposed, in a broken
stratum, at regular distances apart, in groups or bundles, ‘These are the main
differences of the muscular system in the two regions in question, and therefore
the description of the histological elements of the one may serve for that of
the other. Inasmuch, however, as we have illustrated the microscopic structure
of this layer in the tentacles with such fulness of detail, and under more advanta-
geous circumstances than could be had elsewhere, we shall refer the reader to the
description of the histology of those organs for whatever information may be
desirable in regard to the composition of the fibrille. The cellulo-fibrous elements
are alike in both. We refer also to paragraph 199 for a description of the still
more highly developed muscles of the peduncle.

96 LUCERNARI& AND THEIR ALLIES.

196. The Chondromyoplax (J 65-68) of the umbella. We have, on more than
one occasion, in various papers, urged the necessity of the closest and minutest,
critical observation of the details of all parts of the body of an animal; leaving no
point untouched as if it were of too slight importance to deserve more than a pass-
ing notice, or as if it had no direct relation with the rest of the organization,
The piecemeal manner in which the anatomy of living beings is frequently
worked out, a few notes made here, and a few there, with no particular reference
to anything except to the novelty of the subject in the mind of the observer, has
no doubt led on to the meagre, scattered, and unsatisfactory results which lie hidden
in innumerable periodicals, journals, memoirs, and even the popular papers, week-
lies and dailics. One cannot sometimes help fancying that a large part of the so-
called facts of science are the result of the labors, or we might say the struggles, —
of innumerable incompetents, who, like some of the inmates of an insane asylum,
delight in secreting valuables in out of the way places. The lower we descend —
among the inferior ranks of animals the more directly do the histological elements
appear to be connected with the plan of their organization. No doubt this is
owing in a large measure to the want of diversity in the form of the organs and
their slight degree of differentiation for physiological or other purposes. In fact
we might venture to say that a differentiation of histological elements precedes
that of organs and regions. That this is most notably so, in some cases at least,
no one who is familiar with the muscular system of Ctenophore, and especially
with that of Pleurobrachia or Cydippe, need doubt. In these creatures the bulk
of the body is made up of a gelatiniform mass, which at first sight appears to be
homogeneous throughout. Closer scrutiny reveals the fact that it is not so, but
composed of two elements; the one a clear, transparent, homogeneous, all-per-
vading, jelly-like substance, and the other dispersed throughout the latter in the
form of innumerable, hyaline fibres. These fibres, however, are not scattered
irregularly here and there, but disposed in a most orderly and methodical manner;
yet still do not attain to the main essentiality of true differentiation, viz., segrega-
tion and concentration into a well defined organ; but, on the contrary, the fibres
of one group thoroughly intermix with those of another, and cross and recross each
other without confusion. Thus, then, we see that a differentiation into contractile
and non-contractile tissue is decided, whilst a differentiation into distinct organs is
but half carried out—merely foreshadowed. ‘The plan of the arrangement of the
Jibres is inseparable from the plan of the arrangement of the groups which they
compose, and the first plan precedes the second. Such and similar considerations
have led us to give more than a passing glance at the disposition of the histologi-
cal elements of the gelatine-like mass of the body of Lucernarie. Not only do we
find in Haliclystus a muscular system developed to the highest degree among Aca-
lephe, but also the elements of the chondrophys and chondromyoplax arranged with
a greater preciseness and method than can be observed in any other order. It is
not a little remarkable, too, and as if confirmatory of the high rank which we claim
for Lucernarie, that the arrangement of the fibrille in the chondrophys of the
peduncle recalls the disposition of those in the Ctenophore, in spite of their clearly
diverse function. Looking at the choudromyoplaa from a physiological point of

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 97

view we have hesitated slightly as to whether this stratum is altogether separate
from the opsomyoplax and the oémyoplax. ‘The forms of the histological elements
are different enough, as we shall show presently, and have homological relations
distinct from each other; but we believe that the chondromyoplax must be looked
upon in the light of an elastic connective tissue of the muscular layer, and interme-
diate between it and the adjoming layers, the opsophragma on one side and the
gastrophragma on the other. ‘The fibrille of the tissue (figs. 53, 74, 77, 6, 6’) are
highly elastic ; but in no other respect do they exhibit any affinity with the muscu-
lar fibrille. ‘They are purely homogeneous throughout, with not a trace of any-
thing like a nucleus ; in fact, they have more of the appearance of aciniform streaks
in a homogeneous, jelly-like mass than aught else we can compare them with.
They seem to be direct prolongations of the fibrillee of the muscular layer (m), but
that they are not such is proved by their well-marked histological differences.
There can be no doubt that the muscular fibrillee confine themselves strictly within
the horizon of the opsomyoplax, as we have illustrated most fully in the tentacles,
and that the fibrille of the chondromyoplaz alone stretch at right angles to the
surface of the layer, directly across its thickness. Consequently, in a section of
the depth of this layer, it appears to be transversely striated. The fibres do not,
however, always trend through the layer very strictly at right angles, but more or
less obliquely to the surface; nor are they of equal breadth throughout, but taper
gradually from a base of considerable width to an infinitesimal point, often extend-
ing two-thirds or three-fourths through the layer. As they are based on the oppo-
site faces of this layer, their tapering points meet and cross each other at the
middle of the thickness of the stratum intervening, as it were, just as the bristles
of two brushes do when forced together face to face.’

1 (A) The question here very naturally arises as to what is the mode of origin of these fibrill.
In most connective tissue, as is well known, we may find nuclear bodies scattered here and there
among the fibrille, but in that which we have now in hand there is nothing of the kind. Have we
not here then: an independent fibrillization of a cytoblastema? If Virchow and Beale and their
numerous adherents admit that a cell need not have a cell-membrane, and requires only the presence
of some one concentrated material as the centre of centripeto-centrifugal changes and developments
in order to be a cell, or “elementary part,” what must we call these self-originating fibrille of the
chondromyoplax? The same question applies with equal, if not greater, force to the muscular fibrilla
of Ctenophore, and our inferences are the same. We cannot see that they lie within the boundaries
of a “cell-territory” of Virchow; nor at any time or age have we detected “germinal matter” of
Beale among them. Why should they not be classed as the original ‘‘ elementary parts”? They
seem to have originated spontaneously, and we feel compelled, therefore, to admit that they have all
the value of cells in the most modern acceptance of the term. We are the more easily led to adopt
this view after having convinced ourselves that cells so-called (no matter whether constituted accord-
ing to the older histologists, or according to the most recent theory) are, after all, of secondary
importance, and that the cyfoblastema (which we do not distinguish from intercellular substance)
is the main and essential element, the potential progenitor of all tissues, and that it projects itself
into the utmost future of the-living body by a process of self-proliferation. Through this, and this
only, can a true law of continuous development be illustrated ; whilst the various forms of cell-tissue,
and fibre-tissue, and bone-tissue, ete. ete., are but the disjointed, collateral developments, each one
irrespective of the other, from the continuous, onward stream of cytoblastema. Among the Protozoa,
particularly the Ameeboids and their Rhizopodie congeners, the eytoblastemie condition of the ovum
is continued unchanged, as to form, in the adult stage ; and so, as we have said in a previous para-

13. March, 1878.

98 LUCERNARIZ AND THEIR ALLIES.

197. The Chondrophys (J 69) of the umbella (figs. 82, 83, ¢, ce’, e, &, 106,408
109). In the same way that the chondromyoplax stands as an elastic connective

—

graph (4 129), all Rhizopods are ‘‘ moving, sentient masses of Cytoblastema,” and that alone. Here,
then, one cannot doubt that eytoblastema is self-proliferous when an Ameba grows. It is most
generally adopted as a theory that the cells, of which a wall os tissue is composed, are of primary
importance, not only in the adult age, but ab initio; that it is to the cells that the wall or tissue
owes its existence primarily. This seems to be the opinion of most histologists, from Schwam down
to Virchow and Beale. Schwam (Mikroskop. Untersuch., 1838) claims that cells erystallize out, as it
were, from an amorphous cytoblastema. The nucleolus, when present, originating first, and con-
densing around it material for nucleus, and the latter carrying on the operation begun by the nuele-
olus; that they have a metabolic power of drawing from the eytoblastema material for development
and producing chemical changes in it, while the eytoblastema itself remains passive, merely furnish-
ing the nutriment for these purposes. In order to account for the initial impetus he is obliged to
assume that the cytoblastema is heterogeneous, that it is studded with numerous points of greater
density than the general mass, and that at these points a tendency is exerted which draws surround-
ing material toward them, very much in the same way, he argues,—althongh he does not positively
insist on an identity,—that erystals are induced to form around or in certain areas of condensation.
This amounts, after all, and however much he may wish to make it appear otherwise, to an admis-
sion that the eytoblastema has within itself the originating power of cell-formation. And, moreover,
this admission is enhanced by his asserting that the cytoblastema is self-generating, 7. e., proliferous,
and that often the nucleus is an undefined mass for a long time after the peripheric portions of the
cell have begun to develop; thus divulging the fact, although unwittingly, that the area of eonden-
sation is not precisely about, and in reference to the power of one body, but that this body, or nucleus,
is merely the guide-post which assists the congregating particles of matter in arranging themselves
in symmetrical order in reference to some one lateral point in the cell. Schwam interprets it differ-
ently, however, and claims to have proved that the nucleolus, nucleus, and cell-membrane each
attracts to itself, and by its own inherent power, material which differs from that entering into the
composition of the others. We must quote him, therefore, for what he claims, and not for what he
proves, strictly speaking. All animal tissues, in the opinion of this author, are originally cellular,
but a part of them cease to be so by a transformation of the cells into tubes, or fibres and fibrille.
He does not, though, go so far as his successors, and claim that a cell necessarily has a membrane
about it; on the contrary, he says that “ many cells, however, do not exhibit any appearance of the
formation of a cell-membrane, but they seem to be solid, and all that ean be remarked is that the
external portion of the layer is somewhat more compact.” In this respeet he anticipates the theory
of Beale, and also of Virchow, of late.

(B) Virchow originally, like others, demanded that a body must have a distinct wall about it in
order to be a cell, and denied that cells developed by free cell formation, 7. e., without the interven-
tion of previously existing cells; his motto was emnis cellula e cellula. He agreed with Schwam
that cells have a self-asserting power, and went beyond him in attempting to prove that they exer-
cise a control over the interstitial substance, insisting that ‘the intercellular substance is dependent
in a certain definite manner upon the cells, and that it is necessary to draw boundaries in it also, so
that certain districts belong to one cell, and certain others to another.” (See Virchow, “Cellular
Pathology,” translated by Chance ) But he also takes considerable pains to impress upon his hearers
that interstitial substance is not cytoblastema, and that the latter formative fluid does not exist in
nature ; thus taking away the very foundation of free cell formation. If, however, we are to believe
information which comes to us at second hand (see “ Edinburgh Med. Journ.,” February, 1865) Virchow
“now did not regard a cell wall as an essential part of the cell, as given in cellular pathology, but
that a nucleus surrounded by a molecular blastema was sufficient to constitute a cell.” This cer-
tainly looks like going hack to Schwam again, and, as he makes the presence or absence of a cell-
membrane of no account, the cell is left in more open communication with the interstitial substance ;
the “cell territory” is searcely to be distinguished from the cell proper, whose influence radiates
into its furthermost boundaries. While Schwam asserts that the interstitial substance (cytoblastema,

LUCHRNARI# AND THEIR ALLIES. 99

tissue in the oral face of the umbella, so the chondrophys is to the walls and
organs of the aboral region, But we are inclined to class the latter with inelastic,
fibrous connective tissue, like Kolliker’s reticulative connective tissue, or something
between that and jibro-cartilage. If the fibre-like bodies (¢’) in the chondrophys
are, as we hope to demonstrate, of the nature of cells or * elementary parts,” we
think we should be not far from correct if we set this stratum down in the cate-
gory of cartilage, the fibre-cells taking the place of cartilage-cells, so called. In
the earliest stages of growth the true, cellular walls, the gastrophragma (7) and
the ectophragma (/), of the aboral side of the umbella and of the pedicel, lie
closely apposed to each other; but in course of time they begin to separate and
the intervening space is at the same time filled by an amorphous hyaline substance
in which are imbedded irregular bands (jig. 129, ¢’) of less transparent matter,
sparsely dotted by granules, ‘These bands at first are continued from wall to wall,
but as development proceeds they become clearer, less granular, more elongate and
straightened, and thinned out at the middle, so that they resemble a very slender
hour-glass (figs. 82, 83, ¢). In the last condition they have, in a general way, the
appearance of structureless fibrille traversing the thickness. of the amorphous hya-
line substance. ‘The latter and the former constitute the chondrophys. In their
earliest or granular condition they evidently are amorphous bodies, differentiated
out of the “hyaline substance ;” and, notwithstanding their form, may well be
identified with the nucleus of an “elementary particle.” ‘Their subsequent devel-
opment has all the appearance of the strongest proof of the truth of this view, for
they are finally invested by a distinct membrane (figs. 106, 107), which can be
nothing else than the homologue of a cell-membrane. ‘These fibrille then are
extremely elongate cells in a low state of development, in which the periphery has
become differentiated into a distinct wall, while the contents (d°) have remained

Schwam) remains passive and unchanged, except in growth by direct proliferation, and that the
nucleus draws from it nutriment which it changes chemically into cell-material ; Virchow attributes
to the nucleus, or rather to the cell, the faculty of producing changes in the intercellular substance
itself; each cell having a well-defined “ cell-territory” over which it presides, at one time causing a
fibrillation of the blastema ( fibrous tissue), or an increase in bulk of the same without any percep-
tible change, as at the ends of the bones where cartilage prevails, or another form, among the
membranous supports of the body, connective tissue. Beale (various works, aud particularly ‘“ How
to Work with the Microscope.” 4th ed., 1868) admits the existence of a cytoblastema (his “nutrient
inanimate matter,” lifeless pabulum), yet does not identify it, like Schwam, with intercellular sub-
stance, but says that ‘‘oval bodies” (nuclei, or more or less developed cells) originate spontaneously,
i. e., by free cell development, and then by a process of absorption and exfoliation convert the sur-
rounding blastema into various forms of interstitial substance, such as the ordinary intercellular
material, or cartilage, or fibrous tendon, ete. ete.

(C) Putting it more concisely, now, we may say that while Virchow asserts that cells never spon-
taneously originate themselves, but continue their kind by proliferation, by “an external law of
continuous development,” and also cause the interstitial substance to grow, and to change into
fibrilla, ete. ete., as a mere outskirting appendage of the cells, inseparable from them, Schwam, ou
the other hand, attributes to cells the power of self-originators by free cell development out of a
eytoblastema, and that it is the latter, the eytoblastema, which is independent, self-generative, 7. e.,
proliferous, ab initio ad finem; and finally, Beale differs mainly from Virchow, and agrees with
Schwam, by insisting upon free-cell-development, but not in a genuine cytoblastema.

100 LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES.

undifferentiated from the nucleus. ‘Their distal ends lie in close contact and
thereby have become polygonal, and present the appearance of an irregular net-
work when this stratum is seen from either of its faces (jig. 106). We must not
omit to mention, also, that the cell-membrane is ribbed lengthwise (fig. 107) with
the cell.

197 (A). Another peculiarity in the disposition of these cell-fibrille explains
the apparent subdivision of the chondrophys into three layers (figs. 82, 83, ¢, ¢,
©). Where their ends are crowded together their membranes become partially
fused into each other, and seem to lose their refractive power, and become more
transparent; so that their outlines are exceedingly faint. Now if we observe care-
fully, we may see that they are applied against each other to a certain length,
forming thus a sort of pavement-work, of a definite depth, and then they all
together, along one horizon, abruptly separate from each other and taper off toward
their mid-length. The pavement-work, then, at each end of the fibrille, corresponds
to the two pale subdivisions (c’, ¢’) of the chondrophys (see 4[ 186), next the gas-
trophragma and the ectophragma, and the middle subdivision, to the region in
which the fibrille are tapered down to a slender waist. The finer and parallel
striation in the two pale subdivisions is due to the longitudinal ribs of the fibre-
cells. ‘The outermost subdivision is at most not more than one-third as thick as
the inner one, and becomes obliterated in the advanced stages of growth, by the
retraction of the parietes of the fibre-cells until they cease to touch each other,
except at their extreme termini, where they abut against the cells of the ecto-
phragma. ‘That these fibre-cells are not fibre-like hollows, or plications of the
amorphous hyaline substances, is proved by an inspection of a cut surface of the
chondrophys, made by a section through its thickness, when the fibrille will be
found more or less curled or bent, and projecting loosely (fig. 83, ¢?) from the
matrix in which they were developed.

197 (B). The size of the fibre-cells varies considerably, but within certain limits.
They are never so small as to cover less than three or four of the cells of the walls
upon which they rest, and sometimes they extend over half a dozen of them. In
this case, then, they cannot have been developed within any of Virchow’s “ cell-
territories,” to say nothing of other. reasons, given above, why they could not
have originated thus. As a general thing they extend directly through the thick-
ness of the chondrophys from the gastrophragma to the ectophragma; but there
are some modifications of this at certain points, We have shown in a previous
section (4] 67) that, at the partitions of the umbella, the chondromyoplax and
the chondrophys lie in immediate contact; the gastrophragma failing here. Con-
sequently the proximal ends of the fibre-cells of the chondrophys (fig. 83, ¢') abut
against the inner ends of the fibrill (fibre-cells !) of the chondromyoplax (0°). At
the edge of the umbella, along the intertentacular margin and at the base of the
tentacles, the distal ends of these fibres abut against the muscular partition (jigs.
60, 61, 62, &'), which separates the border of the chondromyoplax from that of the
chondrophys. At the anchors (colletocystophores) it appears that the proximal
ends of these fibres abut against the muscular partition (fig. 83, &'). If now there
Were any derivative connection between these fibres and the adjacent walls, they

LUCERNARI# AND THEIR ALLIES. 101

ought, it would seem, in order to be consistent, to diverge in the partitions of the
umbella toward the proximate points in the gastrophragma, instead of trending
directly to the chondromyoplax (jig. 61, 6). In the peduncle (4) 198) we shall
see that they exhibit still less relationship with the gastrophragma.

198. The Chondrophys of the Peduncle (4 71).—The fibre-cells ( fig. 52, c', e') of
this layer in the peduncle have the same form, properties, and no doubt the same
origin as those in the umbella, but they are so singularly arranged as to make them
worthy of special consideration. ‘Those lying next the periphery trend in direct
parallel lines from the ectophragma (1) to the lining wall (gastrophragma) of the
four camere (7°), except where they are interrupted in their course by the four
muscular cords, and in that case their proximal ends abut against the latter (7).
Beside the peripheral set there are no less than seven others; and these do not
reach to the ectophragma, but are restricted to an area within the circle of the four
camere and the four muscular cords. Five of these sets lie between every two
adjoining camer, crossing each other at either very acute or very obtuse angles.
The sixth and seventh cross each other at right angles through the axis of the
peduncle. In all cases they curve outwardly to a greater or less extent toward the
axis. For the sake of convenience we will give each set a number, supposing the
observer to be on the outside of the peduncle, and one of the muscular bands (7)
nearest him. In what we may call set number one the fibres extend from the
proximal face of the three-sided muscle to the camera on the right, diverging in
such a way that those arising on the extreme right of the muscle seek the nearest
point of the camera, striking at about half way between its distal and proximal
sides, while those arising on the extreme left of the muscle run to the proximal
side of the camera, and those starting from intermediate points on the muscle
strike intermediate points on the camera. Set number fwo start from the same face
of the muscle as number one, but trend to the left, and abut against corresponding
points in the camera on that side. Consequently the fibres of sets numbers one and
two cross each other at right angles. The fibres of set number ‘hree arise from a
limited area half way between the proximal and distal side of the camera on the
right end, converging slightly, trend to the left and strike the camera on that side
at its proximal border. Set number fowr are arranged exactly as in number three,
but originate on the left and terminate on the right, the fibres of the two crossing
each other and also those of set number one and two at an obtuse angle. The
fibres of set number five pass in the most direct way between two adjoining camera,
arising at all intermediate points between the proximal side of the camere and a
point half way to the distal side. They therefore cross the sets, number one, two,
three, and four, at a variety of angles, which gives them, when taken together, a
very complicated appearance. So far the sets between any two adjoining camera
are unmixed with those of any other two; but we come now to two sets, number
six and seven, which partially bind them to each other. Set number sia, Instead
of joining two neighboring camere, connect two which are diagonally opposite ;
for instance, the nearest on the right and the most distant on the left. The fibres
then cross the axis of the peduncle, and abut against the proximal side of the
camere, and for a short distance toward the distal side. In doing this they cross,

102 LUCERNARI&A AND THEIR ALLIES.

at various angles, a part of those of sets numbers one to five. Set number seven
has the same relation to the other two camere as that which number six has to the
first two mentioned, and crosses the latter at right angles in and about the axis,
These two latter sets are the only ones which occupy the axis, the others forming
an intricate inclosure about it, the fibres of number four approaching nearest to
the centre, and forming a quadrangle between the proximate sides of the four
camere. In point of complexity and regularity of arrangement, combined, there
is nothing in the whole class of Acalephi that can approach what we have here
described, and it is to be matched only in a higher class, the Ctenophoree. In the
youngest specimen, about one-eighth of an inch across the umbella, the fibres of
these sets (fig. 128, ¢) are much less numerous than in the full grown animal; in
fact those of numbers three and four are not made out. It is remarkable, too, that
fibres of numbers one and two penetrate the hollow of the cylindrical muscles. At

the extreme posterior end of the peduncle (fig. 127, c'), where the chondrophys

forms a part of the floor of the transverse “ adherent disk,” the fibres pursue a dif-
ferent course, gradually verging around from their position in front until they
assume a trend which is at right angles to that, and consequently parallelwise with
the longitudinal axis. In this region their arrangement seems to be reduced to
the utmost simplicity, all trending uniformly in the same direction.

198 (A). As to the mode of origin of these fibre-cells very little can be added
to what has been said of those in the umbella proper, except to confirm the view
there expressed by referring to their multiple decussation in the peduncle. It is
plain that the cells of the gastrophragma have nothing in their arrangement upon
which so many varied positions of the fibres could be based, all at the same time,
and there are certainly no other cellular collections near at hand, but in the mus-
cular cords. The all-pervading, hyaline substance, then, is our only resort, from
which to derive the fibres that are imbedded in it. Just as the crystal lays down
its faces and angles in definite relation to its several axes, so may the less inani-
mate, more highly endowed hyaline substance of the chondrophys apportion to
each fibre-cell its place and attitude in reference to its fellows, and that, too, with-
out going beyond its own boundaries, or self-evident area of activity.

199. Histology of the Peduncular Muscles (4] 59, 88) (fig. 116).—The fibrous
appearance, which these muscles present under a moderate magnifying power, is
deceptive, and is due to the longitudinal folds and not to the visibility of the
fibrilla, The latter, on the contrary, are so excessively transparent and fine as to
require a high power and a very clear definition to even so much as detect them.
In addition to this there are very serious obstacles in the way of isolating the
fibrillee (fig. 116, 7°); and these are nothing less than numberless globules or
spheroidal cells (i'), which pervade and crowd the tissue. Indeed these cells,
varying considerably in size, constitute one-half, at least, of the bulk of the mus-
cle; and by reason of their conspicuity seem to form a purely cellular tissue (fig.
114) with large intercellular spaces. More careful research revealed the fact that
these apparent interspaces are occupied by a close network of anastomosing
fibrille (/iy. 116, 7°). The latter, no doubt, are the true motor agents of the
muscle, while the globose cells form the framework for support and attachment.

a ea

LUCERNARIAZ AND THEIR ALLIES: 103

The fibrille vary somewhat in their proportions; some being very slender and
thread-like, and others more or less fusiform and irregularly nucleated, or granu-
lated. They all run out into exceedingly thin infinitesimal points, or at least two
opposite sides, and some have three or even four such prolongations (1 7°). Their
anastomoses do not seem to be formed by actual organic fusion, so as to obliterate
their lines of contact, but are mere approximations resulting in a mechanical adhe-
sion of contiguous surfaces. ‘The general trend of the fibrille is parallelwise with
the axis of the muscle, but it is slightly modified by the lateral anastomoses.

199.(A). That the spheroidal cells are intimately connected with the fibrille
would seem to be incontestable after an inspection of our illustration; and even
more than that, for so closely wrapped are they, frequently (2 7°) by the anasto-
mosis of neighboring fibril-cells, that they have almost led us into the belief that
they are the nucleolated, gigantic nuclei of the latter. The common occurrence
of fibril-cells without such encumbrances (7*), and the high improbability of the
existence of nuclei of such large proportions and complicated structure, prevented
us from entertaining the idea after serious consideration. We may add, also, that
in other parts, e. g., in the tentacles, where the fibrilla have been made subjects of
a special investigation, there is not a trace of such cells (€[ 204). Not only are
the spheroidal cells themselves very conspicuous, but also the single nucleus
(d') of each. The latter is, moreover, very large, and frequently fills more than
one-third of the diameter of the cell, Its outline is as distinct as that of the latter,
and less transparency renders it a rather more prominent object.

200. The gastrophragma of the umbella and peduncle (4[ 75). In the digestive
chamber proper the cells of this layer differ very little in character from those of the
ectophragma, and that is not so much in themselves as in the intercellular blastema,
which is nearly barren of pigment granules. ‘There is, however, a much wider
range in size and proportion among those of the gastrophragma, though they
remain, as everywhere else, in a single stratwm. Only the greater part of the inte-
rior the cells (figs. 74, 77, 7) are like those of the ectophragma in breadth and
depth, but at certain points they depart greatly from this, viz., at the entrance to
the cavity of the anchors they rapidly thin down'to mere scales, like epithelium
(fig. 94, C), and their large, dark, irregular nucleus (fig. 95, d') dwindles in
size and intensity of color, In the peduncle (jig. 105) we find the reverse, usually,
and especially where irregular passage-ways are being formed by the resorption of
the chondrophys (c') between the four camer, and the development of the gastro-
phragma (B, C) as a lining. Here the cells have a depth more than double their
breadth, and the nucleus (fig. 105, d') appears again very large from a great accu-
mulation of pigment matter about it. We find here, also, as in the ectophragma
and opsophragma, that the nucleus adheres to the side of the cell, but near its
attached rather than its free end. The cells, moreover, have an exceeding bril-
liancy, an illumined look; no doubt owing, in part, to their freedom from intercel-
lular pigment, and in a measure to the strong contrast produced by the intense,
dark, highly refracting nucleus, in the homogeneous contents, of a smgular vitreous
transparency. On the genitalia they are, sometimes at least, several times deeper
than broad (jig. 109, d’), and the nucleus (d') is small and transparent. They

104 LUCERNARI£ AND THEIR ALLIES.

assume this proportion, also, frequently near the partitions, in the region of gyéater
muscular activity (fig. 104, 2).

201. Vibratile Cilia (4 77).—In describing these bodies here the principal
interest to the histologist concerns their mode of relation to the cells upon which
they seem to be based. It is commonly received as a dogma that vibratile cilia
are direct prolongations of cells, forming an integral part of them. The most
recent investigations and teachings of our aeknowledged leaders in histology have
reduced the typical idea of a cell to that of a mere concrete mass of “ forming”
and “ formed material” (see note, p. 97 et seq.), but have not divulged anything new
in regard to the vibrating cilium. It is now some five years since we ventured to—
announce our opinion that “ all vibratile cilia originate in the amorphous intercel-
lular substance.” ! This has particular reference to those cilia that cover cells which —
are fully developed, and have a distinct cell-membrane. It would be true, as a
matter of course, in the opinion of those who hold that Infusoria are composed of
sarcode, but apparently untenable if we admit with Kolliker, which we do not,
that they are unicellular. While we deny that these cilia are direct prolongations
of the cells which they seem to be so closely related to, we do not assert that they
are always disconnected with some form of cell in the modern acceptance of the
ideal cell. We do, however, believe that they are never the filiform proliferations
of a distinct cell-membrane, however much they may appear to be so, but that in
such cases they arise from the cytoblastema which overlies the cells.

201 (A). We have now to offer new proof, supposing our observations to be cor-
rect, that the opinion announced in 1863 is a true expression of the relation of
the vibratile cilia to the cells of the wall which they cover. ‘Taking advantage of
the profile aspect offered by the odphragma (jigs. 109, 110), as it curves over the
rounded contour of the genitalia, we were enabled to view the bodies in question —
without any artificial preparation, such was the great range of adjustability of the
objective used in this investigation. We wish particularly to observe here that
the extent and thickness of the cytoblastemic intercellular substance in the
oophragma are rendered quite conspicuous by the abundance of granular matter
(¢ &) which is imbedded in it. By means of these granules we would, as it were,
locate, relatively, the position of the swollen, knob-like bases of the cilia. These
knobs vary in size and proportion to a considerable extent; some of them are
scarcely wider than the cilium, while others are many times broader, with a propor-
tionate length ( jig. 112, E to K). They are usually longer than broad, and often
elongate, oval, or fusiform (EK). In the latter case their points project to no
inconsiderable distance downward between the cells. As far as we can make out,
the larger proportion of the cilia arise at points alternate with the cells, but still,
here and there, some overlie them. When the cilia become separated, as they
readily do, from their attachments, the knobs may be traced to their direct tran-
sition into the filamentary part without any doubt as to their relationship. We
have figured (fig. 112, E to K) several cilia in such a condition, not only from the
_ odphragma, but also from the gastrophragma, at a point near the edge of the

* See Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Sept., 1863, p. 283; and Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Dec., 1864.

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 105

umbella. By fits and starts these were very active, moving rapidly by means of
the ciliwm.

201 (B). We do not believe that it has been observed to what extent vibratile
cilia are individualistic in their movements, at times, just as an arm or a leg is
individualized. Cilia are commonly treated of like masses of men in an army, all
moving to one determined end; as if the recorder of their movements did not
think that the animal possessing them had the discriminating power of controlling
the actions of any one separately. As well might one claim that the numerous
legs of a Centipede are not capable of individual control. In contravention of
such a mistaken assumption, we have been at some pains to illustrate the varying
attitudes of the cilia (jig. 109, w) of the generative organ at a time when they
were in a less active state than usual. Some of them project in rigid, straight
lines from their bases; some again are straight at the base and undulating rapidly
near the tip; others are in long curves from end to end, while here and there
one vibrates in short, sharp curves throughout its length. ‘These motions may be,
by some persons, attributed to irritability, such as is often observed in recently
killed animals; but the animal is fully alive in this case. We are well aware of
the fact that we, ourselves, are unconscious of the movements of the vibratile cilia
in our own body, but, on the other hand, no one, who is well versed in the habits
of the Protozoa, will deny that the cilia and flagella of those creatures are to them
what the arms and legs are to man. We claim, therefore, here, that the pheno-
mena observed in Lucernariz furnish just reason for assuming that the vibratile
cilia are, at least in a measure, individually controllable.

It will be observed that our figures represent the cilia as having an equal thick-
ness from base to tip. This we believe to be the fact in many other animals, but
it is not generally so represented, because the tips of the cilia are usually so much
more active than toward the base as.to mislead one into inferring that they are
thinnest there, since that part is not so easily detected.

201 (C). The genital saccules differ so little from the circumoral parietes in the
histological elements of the walls, that all that is necessary to characterize them
has been incorporated in the section (§ 18) where their general structure is
described,

§ 26. Histology of the Tentacles ( figs. 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93).

202. The Ectophragma of the Tentacles (4| 96).—Notwithstanding the very
extensive modifications to which this layer is subjected, in the different regions
of the body, whether as the ectophragma proper on the posterior face of the
umbella, or in the thickened peduncular disk, or as the thin opsophragma in
front, or its prolongation on the shafts of the tentacles, or its great thickening
mass on the globose tips of the tentacles, everywhere it retains its simple character
as a single stratumof cells. No amount of differentiation, whether in reference
to form or function, obliterates, or even disguises, that one unvarying, dominant
character. These diversities are brought about by the least possible means; no
repetitions, no circumambient or collateral appliances are connected with the pro-

14 April, 1878.

1096 LUCERNARI£Z AND THEIR ALLIES.

cess, The means, as it were, become the end. In the globose tip of the tentacles
each individual cell (fig. 88) constitutes the enormous depth of the layer at that
point where it les, and the expansion of the peripheral end of the same cell is the
measure of the superficial extent of the spheroid at that point. We have already
adverted ( 192) to an almost universal law among the Acalephe, viz., that
each cellular wall is composed of a single stratwm of cells, but did not point out
the inevitable result of such an arrangement, which is, as explained above, that
organs are formed, not so much by peculiar modes of aggregating multiplied cells,
as by varied modifications of comparatively few cells. ‘This law becomes most
prominent to the observer when studying the inherent characters of the cells them-
selves; and we then find that their essential qualities, such as they all have in
common, are more or less inseparable from their modifications. One instance will
suffice to illustrate this. ‘The nucleus of the cells of the opsophragma occupies a
corresponding position in all of them, so that in a profile view (figs. 88, 90, 91, 93)
of the thickness of this wall the nuclei appear arranged in a single line, about half
way between the two ends of the cells; but where these latter are so modified, in
the globose tip of the tentacles, that their depth is several times greater than their
breadth, the row of nuclei (fig. 88, d') lies conspicnously near the peripherie end
of the cells. Here the proportions of the form are not alone modified, but also the
relative position of the contents of the cells.

202 (A). When we consider the extreme mobility of the tentacles, as exhibited
in their powers of great elongation and high contractility, we cannot avoid infer-
ring that their component cells are adjustable in a commensurate degree between
the limits of these changes. ‘This observation proves to be true; but we could
hardly foresee that, besides varying in form, they would, at times, arrange them-
selves, or rather perhaps allow themselves to be arranged, in definite lines, or rows,
corresponding to the trend of the muscular fibrille which underlie them, Ina
word, we find that when a tentacle is contracted, the cells of the ectophrayma not
only are broader in the direction of the contraction, so that their major diameters
trend parallelwise with each other, and consequently with the axis of the tentacle,
but they are also arranged in lines (fig. 92, d) more or less regular, parallel with
the muscular fibrille (m’) (4] 98), and usually alternate with them, the latter being
slightly imbedded between the ends of the former. Now it would seem as if the
contraction of the whole mass would tend to compress the ectophragmal cells, so
that their major diameters would trend transverse to the axis of the tentacle, but
as it is not so we must infer that the lateral pressure is greater than the longitu-
dinal, yet we have to account for the linear arrangement of these cells, and their
evident connection, in this respect, with the muscular fibrille. It would seem
plain enough that when these fibrille contract they must of necessity decrease the
diameter of the adjoining cells, in the same direction as the contraction, and
throwing them sideways against each other, mingle them promiscuously ; but we
should not overlook the fact that as a muscle contracts it broadens, and hence it
will exert a lateral pressure, and in doing so it will force the neighboring cells to
arrange themselves in lines on each side of it.

We must also take into account the fact that the force of contraction operates

LUCERNARIA AND THEIR ALLIES. 107

upon the cells, not exactly parallel with the axis of the tentacle, but obliquely to
it, centrifugally, and hence, as a proof of it, we find the same cells, which were not
quite twice so deep as broad when the tentacle was extended ( fig. 90, vn‘), are here
( figs. 92, 93) at least five times deeper than broad, that is, they are very narrow,
and moreover, from mutual pressure, prismatic in appearance, when viewed in a
body.

202 (B). It is well worth while to observe that, when these cells deepen,
the change appears to be confined mostly to that region which lies between the
nucleus (d') and the end next the muscular fibrillee (2), while the modification at
the other end consists of little else than a narrowing in one direction, and a broad-
ening at right angles to that. Why the nucleus marks these limits we cannot
conjecture ; and although it may be readily understood why the cells should deepen
more at the proximal end, that being nearer in the line of the pressure induced by
contraction, there is no apparent reason why there should be such a sudden change
on the distal side of the nucleus, where the depth increases very little. When the
tentacle is fully extended the nucleus ( fiys. 90, 91, d°) of the ectophragmal cells is
a little nearer to the distal than to the proximal end. Between this condition and
that of extreme contraction of the tentacles there are to be observed all possible
grades within a short space of time; there is no absolute standard of proportion in
any part of the shaft of these organs. In their spheroidal tips, however, the cells
of this layer ( figs. 88, 89) seem to have been crystallized, as it were; fixed within
extremely narrow limits of change, and varying but slightly in depth, which is to
their average breadth as five or six is to one. But of this we shall speak hereafter
more in detail.

202 (C). Contents.—The ectophragmal cells of the shaft (figs. 90-93, n') are
very transparent, not only as regards their contents (d*), which are perfectly homo-
geneous, but as to their walls (7). The latter are moderately thick, evidently ;
although it is quite difficult to detect the line of mutual apposition of adjacent
walls, which is still more uncertain at those places where interstitial granules (e*)
are crowded between them, or overlie their peripheric or proximal ends. Beside
this very abundant and more or less highly colored, interstitial, granular substance,
there are scattered here and there, quite rarely, isolated nematocysts (1). ‘The
nucleus (d') lends little or nothing to the color, as it is of a grayish transparency ;
but still, it is readily detected, on account of its peculiar, soft, semi-opacity. It is
rather oval than circular in profile, and might be compared to a slightly flattened
disk, attached by one of its faces to the cell-wall. Its greatest breadth is fully
three times the thickness of that wall. ~

203. The ectophragma of the spheroidal tip (nematocystophore) of the tentacles
presents some peculiar modifications not to be found on the shaft. ‘This is the part
which is formed first (figs. 58, 59, p”) in a young tentacle, and may be recognized,
even before the organ amounts to more than a mere papilla, by an accumulation
of numerous nematocysts imbedded in the interstices of the cells, and also by an
extraordinary deepening of these cells, so as to give an abrupt increase to the thick-
ness of the layer. Even at this early period the cells are three or four times deeper
than broad, and they continue to develop in this respect until the tentacle is full

108 LUCERNARI& AND THEIR ALLIES.

grown, when they may be found measuring in depth several times the breadth
(figs. 88, 89). As to form, the main peculiarity of these cells in an adult tentacle
lies in their gradually widening calibre, which is narrowest at the proximal, and
broadest at the distal end. On the whole, then, each cell has the form of a very
elongated, prismatic conoid, inverted on its apex; but it is so modified by the lateral
pressure of the interstitially imbedded nematocysts (i, 7‘) as to be more or less
irregular in shape. ‘They differ also from the cells of the shaft in having a very
narrow range of mobility; in fact they are comparatively fixed, and not subject to
wide changes in form as the tentacle expands or contracts. They differ, again, in
the position of the nucleus (d'), as that is attached much nearer the distal end.
‘They are, besides, more considerably modified in form by the greater amount of
granular interstitial matter (€), especially between their proximal basal ends. This
is so abundant in very old tentacles as to render their tips nearly opaque; and, as
it varies in color, like the pigment masses in other regions, it gives varied hues to
the globose mass.

203 (A). The interstitial cytoblastema merits particular attention here, on account
of its specialized condition. We have just spoken of the mass of pigment granules
in its proximal side, about the bases of the cells; but here we wish to draw atten-
tion to its exclusive devotion, at the distal side, to the formation and development
of nematocysts. Not only do these cysts (/,/') originate in it, and remain imbedded
there, sometimes considerably below the general surface of the layer, thus giving
to the cytoblastema a specialized character in this region, but they also involve it,
indirectly at least, in the apparatus of prehension. We refer here to the bristling
points (fig. 88, e'), which are so numerous on the surface, standing singly in the
intervals between the cells. “From many points of view they project as if in direct
prolongation of the axis of a nematocyst; and frequently, when the shaft of the
latter is partially everted, it seems to be the cause of the bristling, appearing to
push the plastic blastema before it until it is forced out into a fine point. But
that this is not so is shown by the fact that these bristles still continue to project,
while the nematocyst is completely closed (jig. 88, A). They may have been
formed originally under the influence of the nematocysts, and then retained the
form imposed upon them; but that partakes too much of the mechanical in its
method, and makes them appear as if the mere accidents of contiguity. Moreover,
if they were so formed, they ought to stand directly in the way of the shaft of the
nematocyst when it protrudes; but they do not, and so far from it that each bristle
stands more or less to one side of the shaft when that is out, and sometimes, even,
at a greater disgance when the same is retracted. ‘These facts may be more easily
elucidated in common fresh-water Hydre than in Lucernarie. We are, therefore,
rather disposed to think that they were developed, just as the parts of the thread
of the nematocysts were, in place. ‘Their connection with the prehensile organs,
functionally considered, it is true, is inferred mainly from their occurrence only
where these organs exist, but we think that that is enough to show at least their
architectural relations. Their one-sided, asymmetrical form, added to their lateral
position, suggests strongly that they possibly may perform the office of valves or
lids; but on the whole we believe them to be tactile bodies, standing sentinel at

LUCERNARI# AND THEIR ALLIES. 109

the doors of the nematocysts, to give warning of the approach of any foreign
body.

204. Muscular Fibrilie (4] 98) ( figs. 91, 92, 1m’, 2m’, 3m*).—Notwithstanding
that these fibrille exhibit a quite marked tendency to arrange themselves in fasci-
cles, as if to form a distinct organ, like that in the peduncle (4] 59, 88, 199),
we meet with no trace of intermixture of such cells as are so abundant in the
latter. ‘The fibrille of the tentacles are remarkably distinct from all surrounding
tissue, both as a whole and as regards their component elements, the elongated,
fusiform cells. ‘Their only connection with the ectopbragma (7'), on the one hand,
and the chondromyoplax (6') on the other, is that of mechanical contact.
They are buried mostly in the peripheral surface of the chondromyoplax (jig. 91,
b'), and very slightly impress themselves on the inner face of the ectophragma.
The cellular elements of a fibril are not so clearly apparent from that point of view
which regards them face-wise, 7. e., looking in a line perpendicular to the layers
of the tentacles, as they then seem organically united with each other, end to end,
and do not allow their lines of junction to be seen. ‘Taken together, then, they
form an undulating thread, which is slightly swollen from point to point, with a
faint elongated nucleus occupying a large part of the length of each swelling.
That these swellings correspond to individual cells, each containing a single
nucleus, may be proved by obtaining a view at right angles to this, that is,
observing them in profile (at 1 m°); when they will have all the appearance of a
linear series of separate, fusiform bodies, overlapping each other at their pointed
ends. From this point of view, and in a transverse section (jig. 91, m*) also, we
can determine most satisfactorily that the fibril cells have no organic connection
with the chondromyoplax (b'). The amorphous, rigid fibrille of the latter abut at
their broader ends with a most decided line of separation between them and the
fusiform cells of the muscles. The two have nothing in common, unless it be the
intervening blastema which constitutes the mould in which all cells are cast. (See
q 196.)

205. The Chondromyoplax (J 196) ( figs. 90, 91, 6').—In immediate connection
with what has just been said, incidentally, in regard to this layer, we have only
to add a few words, particularly in reference to the function it possesses in the
economy of the organ to which it belongs. When discussing its qualities as a
layer (4 65, 196) in the front of the umbella, we argued that it had rather the func-
tion of elastic connective tissue, without saying precisely how it operated. In that
position it would more likely be subjected to traction than to compression, or at
least to a much greater degree. There can be no hesitation in deciding that in
the tentacles it acts as a resilient body, in counteracting the retractile force of the
muscles, and repressing, to a certain degree, the expansive force of water injected
into the tentacle from the main cavity of the body. Its prime value, however, is
felt when, by its great resiliency, it extends the tentacles to their extreme length.
There are no annular muscles in these organs, and their longitudinal fibres can
only retract them, or flex them from side to side. The histological elements of
this layer are the same as in the umbella, and, as they have been described
({{ 196) pretty fully in that connection, we will not repeat the description here.

110 LUCERNARI#& AND THEIR ALLIES.

The position of the fibrille, however, needs special mention. They hold the
same general relation to the adjoining layers as in the umbella, but in the latter
they all point or trend one way, ?. é., antero-posteriorly, while in the tentacles they
vary, not in reference to the ectophragma and endophragma (gastrophragma), but
following the curvatures of the latter as they form the hollow shaft, they always
trend in the direction of the radii of these curves. As a consequence of this, then,
their trends radiate from the axis of the shaft, except at the tip of the organ,
where the layers converge and form a series of superposed hollow hemispheres,
and there the trends of the fibrille radiate as if from the centre of a sphere. Their
trend in the intertentacular lobules will be best comprehended in connection with
the description of the morphology of these bodies, to be found in a previous para-
graph (4 103).

205 (A). Over a greater part of the regions in which the chondromyoplax pre-
vails its fibrille abut at right angles against the adjoining layers, but at the bases
of the tentacles their disposition is modified in a marked degree, in connection
with the peculiar arrangements of the muscular layer. ‘The latter, as described in
a former paragraph (4] 82, 100) with considerable detail, passes obliquely from the
periphery to the inner layer, or gastropbragma, forming a partition (jig. 60, k')
between the chondromyoplax (b') and the edge of the chondrophys (¢). The
fibrillee of both these layers abut against this oblique partition, at very acute angles,
their proximal ends being, based on the gastrophragma (7, 7). This we should
say, also, takes place along the whole circuit of the edge of the umbella, wherever
the chondrophys and chondromyoplax adjoin a common area of termination.

206. The Gastrophragma (endophragma) (§ 101) of the tentacles (figs. 90, 91,
7). This single stratum of cells owes its great thickness only to the extreme
depth of the latter. It varies considerably according as the tentacle is extended
or contracted; in the former case the cells, lessening to their minimum depth, are
still three or four times deeper than broad, and in the latter case they have a
much greater measurement. ‘They do nat, therefore, exhibit that wide range of
variation in proportion which the cells of the ectophragma (') of the shaft do, but
have rather the approximate fixedness of those of the globular tip; and, as they
are not so irregular in outline at the sides, they are more prismatic in appearance.
In a profile view (fig. 90) of a tentacle these cells present parallel sides, but in a
cross sectional view (jig. 91, 7) of this organ, they very naturally, from being
arranged radiatingly about an imaginary axis, appear narrowest at their proximal
ends, and gradually expand, wedge-like, to their distal terminations. They are
not, though, four-sided, as these two views might, perhaps, lead us to suppose,
but irregularly polyhedral, varying from three to six sides, as may be learned by
looking at them endwise (fig. 90,17), Their walls are about as thick as those
of the ectophragma (m'), and, like those, very sharply defined within, but
rather obscurely without, either because they are overlaid by the intervening pig-
ment granules (¢*) about their proximal halves, or from being more or less organi
cally united along their lines of contact, at their distal halves, The rigidity of a
prismatic conformation is negatived by a long undulating contour, which rather
enhances, than lessens, the brillianey, by the ever-varying surface which the walls

’

LUCERNARI# AND THEIR ALLIES. 1k

present to the eye. By contrast, also, these cells are apparently endowed with a
superabundance of light. ‘Their contents (d*) are perfectly homogencous and
transparent, and therefore the deeply-colored nucleus (d') is rendered highly
prominent, both from its isolateness as well as from its marked difference in refrac-
tion. We are reminded, in this respect, of the intensely brilliant cells of the
gastrophragma in the peduncle (4| 200).

206 (A). The nucleus (d') is not in itself so deeply colored, but is irregularly
coated by an accumulation of dark, fine, granular matter; and that, at the same
time, gives it a Jagged appearance. ‘This is a peculiarity, though not so strong,
which it has in common with the nuclei in other parts of the body, as in the
endophragma of the peduncle and the anchors, and in the ectophragma of the
aboral side of the umbella. Its true form and aspect are identical with those
(4| 205) of the ectophragma of the tentacular shaft. The position of the nucleus
is the same as in the ectophragmal cells (jig. 88, d') of the spheroidal tip, ¢.e., it
lies nearer the distal than the proximal end, or about half-way between the end
and the middle of the cell; and thus all the nuclei, taken together at one view,
appear to stand in an irregular row, parallel with the surface of the layer which
they compose. It differs, though, in one respect, in that it is nearer the attached
than the free end of the cell, which is the same as in the gastrophragma of the
peduncle (4] 200). We have stated in another place (4] 36) that the pigment
is uniform in color throughout the body, and therefore the color of the nucleus,
or rather its granular envelope, corresponds to the prevailing tint.

206 (B). The intercellular pigment (e*) of the gastrophragma merits pointed
attention here, not so much because we have any positive function to assign to it,
as for its peculiar constitution. It has been customary among physiologists to
attribute a biliary function to any highly colored, especially brownish, masses of
irregular cells or cell-like bodies, if they coat the inner face of the digestive cavity.
Now if, instead of finding in the hollow of the tentacle such a dense coating of
pigment-like, and even cell-like bodies, we met with it on the inner face of the
general cavity of the body, it would be very natural to surmise that its components
might possibly possess a glandular nature, perhaps biliary, or even urinigerous.
Since, however, they are comparatively scant in the latter region, we guess nothing
of the kind; and as such functions would appear out of place in a tentacle, we
have no such teleological appliances to thrust in there, nor any other, inasmuch as
these granules present no obvious use. It is true that some seem to possess a
transparent envelope, which gives them a marked cell-like appearance ; but in this
respect, as in all others, they are, like those which embrace the proximal ends of
the ectophragmal cells (jig. 88, e?) of the spheroidal tips, buried deep in the
thickness of the tissue.

§ 27. Histology of the Colletocystophores (Anchors) (figs. 47, 82, 83, 94, 95, 96, 97).

207. General Features.—Both in an histological as well as in an organical point
of view the fully grown colletocystophore is divided into three distinct regions, viz.,
the pedicle, the nematocystophore, and the colletocystophoric mass. In the young

112 LUCERNARI&@ AND THEIR ALLIES.
(| 166-173), these areas are more sharply defined in external appearance, but
they do not attain toa well-marked histological differentiation until a late period,
It is true that the colletocysts appear as soon as a change commences on the tenta-
culoid shaft, but the corresponding changes in the interior walls are not com-
pleted until the animal is probably two-thirds developed in size.

208. The Ectophrayma (Opsophragma) of the colletocystophore. In the earliest
stages the cells of this layer are identical with those in the shaft of a tentacle, but
they soon lose this character, and become gradually, yet rapidly, very deep and
prismatic (figs. 82, 83, a’), like those in the globose nematocystophore (a), and,
at the same time, adherent vesicles (a), the colletocysts, originate and develop in
their interspaces. ‘This process goes on until, as described in the previous para-
graphs (4 160-173) on embryology, the whole shaft is metamorphosed into a thick,
pad-like mass of very deep, prismatic cells and imbedded colletocysts. ‘These cells
vary considerably in depth in different parts of the full-grown organ (jig. 47, n”),
yet they are not subject to changes in length and breadth to any very appreciable
extent, since the colletocystophore is relatively far less expansile and contractile
than the tentacles. They are most closely allied in form and proportions to those
of the globose tip (nematocystophore) of the tentacles, but they are not so tapering
and conoid, since they are arranged in a layer which has a much broader curve,
and consequently they approach more closely to a strictly prismatic form. They
are conspicuous for their large and dark nucleus-like body (jig. 97, d'), which
is in reality a mass of pigment-granules enveloping a transparent, single nucleus,
In this respect they resemble those of the gastrophragma (igs. 94, 95, d') of this
organ, but the nuclear-body is not near as large in the former.

208 (A). The intercellular colletocysts (figs. 96, 97, a) modify the arrangement of
the cells of the ectophragma more extensively than do the nematocysts in the tenta-
cles. ‘They lie not strictly in the intercellular spaces, as they are much larger than
the cells, but, as it were, on the top of them, in a hollow or deep depression, sunken
in the layer. These pits (jig. 96, a') contain from one to three colletocysts (a),
and occupy more space than the areas between them. Still this does not appear
so, because the ends of the surrounding cells curve inwardly so as to partially cover
(fig. 97) the colletocysts, and thus form, collectively, a narrowed entrance to the
pit. This arrangement leaves a part of each colletocyst naked, and ready to adhere
to any substance that may come in contact with it. Whether the animal has the
power of opening or closing the aperture of the pits, and thus varying the breadth
of the adherent surface of the colletocysts, we cannot say; but if it be so, it must
be done indirectly, because there is no contractility in the cells themselves, It is
possible, however, that the underlying cells may be forced up by the action of the
muscular layer beneath them, and that the colletocysts be protruded through the
aperture of the pits. As the colletocysts are colorless, the granular intercellular
bodies and the pigmented nucleus of the cells constitute the coloring matter of
the layer. The structural details of the colletocysts are to be found in a separate
section, or the prehensile organs (§ 30). Occasionally we have also met with
nematocysts (/) intermingled with the colletocysts, but as they are rare, and usually

LUCERNARI#& AND THEIR ALLIES. 113

quite small, we judge that they are not of special importance in this region, but
rather remnants of an embryonic condition.

208 (B). The colletocystophoric nematocystophore in its earlier days has all the
proportions in shape and numbers of that of a true tentacle of the same age; and
in fact the one could not be distinguished from the other if detached from the
body so that their position might not be known. At that period they seem to be
of equal value as prehensile organs, but in course of time, as the colletocysts pro-
gress in development the nematocysts decrease in number, and the layer in which
they are imbedded grows less in thickness. Still as the change is not abrupt but
gradual, we should judge from appearances that the nematocystophores retained
their power largely until the body had grown to from one-quarter ( figs. 82, 83,
84) to one-half its adult size. In the full-grown condition (jig. 47), at last, we
find a mere remnant (a’), and so faint as to readily escape notice. ‘The nemato-
cysts are relatively very few, and the layer of prismatic cells is a meagre repre-
sentative of what it once was, a slight knob or undulation on the surface of the
semi-transparent area, peculiar to that region of the colletocystophore.

209. The opsomyoplax (fig. 47, m’) of the colletocystophores offers nothing
peculiar, or different histologically from what may be observed in the tentacles,
but as to the arrangement of the muscular fibrils there is a marked diversity ; yet
as that has been given with sufficient details in the general description (4] 105,
111) of the layers we will not repeat anything here.

210. The colletocystophorie chondromyoplax (fig. 47, 6?) does not seem to differ
from that in the tentacles (figs. 90, 91, 6'), as far as its histological elements are
concerned ; not even after it has been so irregularly disposed, as to thickness, as
we find it in a fully developed anchor (see 4[ 112). The more or less abruptly
changing diversities in the depth of this layer are accompanied by as abrupt short-
enings or lengthenings of the fibrils, but not by any other modifications that we
could discover.

211. The gastrophragma ( figs. 47, i', 94, 95) of the anchors embodies the most
remarkable modifications of cells, excepting the nematocysts and colletocysts, that
we have met with in this animal. Yet, as will be seen presently, traces of what
here amounts to a singularity are to be found in other parts of the body, both
without and within; and serve to clear up what appears to be at first glance a
strange anomaly. In the depths of the cavity of this organ the gastrophragmic
cells are from three to four times deeper than broad; and on the whole may be
set down as prismatic in contour; each prism occupying the whole depth of the
layer (fig. 94, A, B). The wall (d) of each cell is quite thick, especially at the
ends, and perfectly transparent and homogeneous in texture; but it varies in
thickness in a most remarkable way, however. ‘This consists in an internal
annular thickening of the wall at two points so disposed as to divide the cell into
three equal regions. The annular semipartitions are broad at the base, but rapidly
run out to a sharp edge, which sometimes projects one-quarter the distance across
the cell-cavity, but usually less than this amount. ‘This reminds me of a cell
undergoing self-division ; and the disposition of the contents seems to bear out the
analogy ; but although rarely, here and there, one of these dark internal masses is

15 April, 1878. 4

114 LUCERNARIAZ AND THEIR ALLIES.

divided into three distinct portions (A), we have never been able to find a true,

undoubted cell-multiplication. ‘The peculiar disposition of the contents is as sin-
gular as the modifications of the wall; and it seems to be strictly in accordance
with the latter. It would appear that the same influence which produced the
annular semipartitions also affected the dark, innermost, pigment mass (d:) in such
a way as to constrict it exactly opposite these annuli; but yet not by the direct
impression of the latter upon the former, for a considerable clear, transparent layer
(d*), forming the periphery of the contents, intervenes. If, therefore, there is any
impression transmitted it must be through the latter layer. Laying aside, now,
this rather mechanical, physico-motor explanation, which we have used merely as
a matter of convenience, and not to illustrate any real series of sequences, which

might be supposed to arise the one from the other, we will state, in brief, our con-—

viction that the cell-contents have, by an inherent property, assumed the subdivided
form which is presented there, and that the annuli of the wall are rather formed
last, and probably deposited from the surface of the contents.

211 (A). As we recede, now, toward the entrance to the cavity of the colleto-
cystophore, we actually advance toward an explanation of the nature and origin
of these singular contents. Gradually the layer grows less and less in thickness
(A to D), and the component cells decrease at a corresponding rate in depth. But
we particularly note that the annular semipartitions gradually lower their ridges,
and the constrictions grow shallower until both disappear by the time we arrive at
those cells which are about as deep as they are broad (D). The innermost dark
pigment mass yet consists of very large, closely-packed, irregular granules, but
rather smaller than in the thickest part of the layer. From this point, still
receding, the dark mass grows proportionally less, and the clear contents corre-
spondingly greater (fig. 95, d*), while the cell bodily shallows down to near the
proportion of dermal epithelium (C). In the latter condition the dark pigment-
mass appears, in a profile view, like a thin streak in the middle of the cell, but in
an end view it has the appearance of an irregular nucleus (fig. 95, d), being in
reality nothing more nor less than a nucleus covered by a coating of pigment-
granules, as we have described in the ectophragma (4 194) and other places.
Now, if there be any part of the cell that influences internal changes more than

another, it certainly is where the nucleus usually appears; and we consider the

nucleus to be the expression of an intensified concentration of cell-power, and
not an isolated body, as it is usually described. When, therefore, the dark pig-
ment mass accumulates in all the intervening space between the nucleus and the
extremities of the cell cavity, we do not suppose that it gradually thickens as a
coating over the nucleus, by any condensing power of the latter; but that it
develops in mass under the all-pervading cell-power which radiates, as it were,
from one point of greatest intensification, In this way we may explain the final
appearance of the constriction of the dark mass, and the annular semipartitions of

the wall. These peculiarities could no more be produced by the operations of an-

isolated bedy at a distance, a self-contained nucleus, than could the analogous

changes which eventuate in the appearance of the spiral coil of the nematocyst
7 4O QF I= 2 . . .

(Jigs. 135-145). It will be apparent enough, without further explanation, that

.

LUCERNARI# AND THEIR ALLIES. 115

the great depth of color of the anchor is due largely to these enormous masses of
intra-cellular ‘pigment. ‘The tint varies in different individuals, but is uniform,
with varying intensity, in the same body, the latter being either altogether green,
or orange, or purple, or blue, ete., and not a combination of any of these colors ; but
sometimes is apparently so, as, for instance, when a light purple or violet umbella
seems to have black anchors, the latter, though, when examined under a slight
magnifying power, turning out to be of an intense, concentrated, dark purple.
Notwithstanding the remarkably abrupt changes in depth which the gastro-
phragma exhibits at irregular intervals throughout the colletocystophore, the com-
ponent cells neither increase nor decrease insnumbers, but always remain combined
in a single stratum, simply varying in depth according to the greater or less abrupt
thickenings or thinnings of the layer (see 4j 113).

§ 28. Histology of the Caudal Disk (4 115) ( figs. 118, 119, 120).

212. The Ectophrayma (4 63, 194).—Since this is the only layer which is modi-
fied differently from those of the peduncle proper, which are described in a pre-
vious section (§ 25), we shall confine ourselves to it alone. As in the anchors, so
here the cells are prismatic in form, but proportionately much broader and exceed-
ingly small, when contrasted with those of the former. Their share, though, in
the formation of the layer is considerably less, because they are obscured and over-
laid almost entirely by the nearly close ranks of colletocysts and nematocysts; in
fact, a profile view of a section of this layer (fiy. 118, 7’) presents the appearance
of being composed, at least for two-thirds of its depth, almost entirely of these
two last-mentioned bodies (a, /). A face-view (jig. 119) is, therefore, a much
better exemplification of the true state of relationships here. By that we learn
that there are but very narrow areas, next the outer surface of the layer, which are
occupied by the normal, prismatic components of the layer, and the rest is filled up
by irregularly alternating colletocysts (fig. 118, a) and nematocysts (/). The inner
third of the layer is purely cellular, and the outer or distal two-thirds is com-
pounded as described above, yet still there is but one stratum of cells proper; those
alternating with the imbedded bodies being the longest, and extending from the
proximal to the distal surface, and those overlaid by the nematocysts and colleto-
cysts abutting against the latter with their distal ends. The colletocysts (a) are
not more than one-tenth or one-eighth the diameter of those of the anchors ( fig. 97,
a), excepting here and there a few of equal size, but they are far more closely
packed together, and thus make up in point of numbers what they lack in size.
They are treated of in eatenso in the section on the prehensile organs (§ 30). ‘The
nematocysts (1), which serve to partly fill up the intervals between the colletocysts,
are excessively small, and hardly recognizable as prehensile organs of that kind;
but they are conspicuous simply because they are numerous, although looking more
like granules than urticating organs under a magnifying power of several hundred

diameters (figs. 118, 120, /).

116 LUCERNARI& AND THEIR ALLIES.

§ 29, Histology of the Digituli (§ 52, 116-121) (figs. 98, 99, 100, 101, 102),

213. Topography.—In the general description of the walls (4] 116-121) of the
digitiform bodies we have, unavoidably, entered so far into the consideration of
their histological elements that there is but little to add here. he disposition
of these elements, whether they be true cells or fibre-like in character, is so
thoroughly intermingled with the topographical apportioning of the several layers
and their subdivisions, that any attempt to describe the latter without including the
former would utterly fail to present a picture of the nature of these organs, beyond
a mere idea of their outlines. We will not, however, repeat here what has already
been given so fully, but beg our readers to consider § 15 and the present section as
one, for the time being. In regard to a single point in the paragraph ({] 117) which
concerns the relative positions of the nematocysts and the colletocysts on the sup-
posed flat sides of the digituli, we would add one more fact, without commenting

upon its significance, if there be any. We refer to the corresponding position of
the vibratile cilia (figs. 98, 100, eo) with those on the genital organs, the areas of
both facing in the same direction in a general way; whilst the area of the colle-
tocysts (a) corresponds to that in the genitalia which bears the layer of reproduc-
tive bodies, either eggs or spermatozca.

214. Gastrophragma of the Digituli (°).— Within the area which is covered by
the colletocysts (a) the latter occupy about four-fifths of the space, and the true
cells the rest, fillmg up the intervals; while, on the other side, the nematocysts
(2) are set quite wide apart, and are a subordinate feature in the composition
of the layer. In a profile, sectional view (jigs. 99, 100, a) of the wall im which
the colletocysts are imbedded, the latter appear to constitute the whole layer, so—
néarly obscured are the cells by these densely packed vesicles; yet, from a face-
view (fig. 99, la, fig. 101), we learn that the cells do actually form a continuous
stratum, but so thoroughly intersected by the vesicles that it has the appearance
of a network of a single, or more or less double, row of cells.

Whether on the side of the nematocysts, or where the colletocysts prevail, the
cells of the gastrophragma ( jig. 101, 7’) have the same structure and contents. They
are by far the smallest of those that belong to this layer in any part of the body,
but they have the same elements. There is the same clear homogeneous contents,
and a like single nucleus, so encrusted by pigment-matter that the mass occupies
from one-third to one-half the diameter of the cell. It is a notable fact that none
of these cells underlie the colletocysts, as they do in the ectophragma of the colle-
tocystophores (4] 208 (A)), and for this reason, that the colletocysts of the digi-
tuli extend through the whole depth of the gastrophragma, and abut immediately
against the muscular layer; and in a measure adhere to it. In regard to the
latter statement, we will say, in passing, that the colletocysts are the last to break
away from the underlying tissue when the layer is disorganized by the application
of fresh water (fig. 103, a); and they seem to be organically attached by a nar-
row, short stem or neck to the muscular layer (a). In point of size they are quite
diminutive, not more than one-quarter the diameter of those in the colletocysto-
phore ( fig. 97, a), and yet about three times the diameter of those in the pedun-

LUCERNARI# AND THEIR ALLIES. uy

cular disk ( figs. 118, 120, a). The nematocysts ( fig. 100, 1) also occupy the whole
thickness of the gastrophragma. As to the vibratile cilia (jig. 100, co) we have
only to add that they are unusually long, and very thickly set together.

§ 30. The Prehensile Cysts. (Nematocysts and Colletocysts.)

215. The Nematocysts (Pl. x1, figs. 133 to 145).—These bodies have been ‘so
frequently described and so fully illustrated of late years that we do not expect,
here, to add materially to the knowledge of them, as far as their general structure
is concerned. We merely present some new forms, or at least new variations of the
type, from a hitherto unknown source. In an article, which we published under
the title of “Lucernaria the Canotype of Acalephe,”’ in the American Journal of
Science and Arts for May, 1863, p. 346, there is a note appended, on p. 352, which
is devoted to a concise description of the two kinds of nematocysts that are com-
mon to Haliclystus auricula. We propose to reproduce that note here, with some
few additional remarks, and a number of illustrations, That nematocysts have an
tnter-cellular and not an infra-cellular position we think has been made sufficiently
manifest when describing the cellular structure of the outer wall (opsophragma)
of the globular tip (nematocystophore) of a tentacle (see 4 203, 203 (A)). We
have recorded our opinion elsewhere (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Sept. 16, 1863,
p. 283, in note) that they also have an inter-cellular origin, and do not develop
within the cells which form the layer in which they are imbedded, but commence
their career, de novo, by free cell formation in the cytoblastema. ‘Their relation to
the cytoblastema is curiously illustrated in another way; we refer to the supposed
“tactile bristles,” which have been described quite fully enough, probably, in a
former paragraph (4] 203 (A)). ‘Their presence there, and nowhere else, seems
to show a more intimate relationship than usual between the cytoblastema and
the cells; and points argumentatively to the agency of the same cytoblastema in
that shaping out of the nematocysts.

216. A nematocyst of the larger kind ( figs. 133 to 141), belonging to the tenta-
cles, consists of an oval, thick-walled vesicle (jig. 134, cl), about 53,5 of an inch
long, or a little less, one end of which is introverted, and projects, in the form
of a stout hollow shaft (s/), along the axis of the cell, about four-fifths of its
length, and then, rather suddenly thinning into a slender thread (¢/), which also
is hollow, it bends upon itself, returns nearly to the aperture (m/l) of the
cell, and again receding and pressing closely against the inner face of the cell-
wall, it forms there a close coil (/c), which terminates at the end opposite the
mouth (ml) of the introversion. In a younger and smaller cyst (fig. 133)
the shaft (s/) extends from the aperture almost to the opposite end, and then the
thread proceeds to coil up as in the fully grown. ‘The spiral ridges apparently
on the shaft of young specimens are formed by rows of bristle-like bodies which
are packed closely together, and overlap in the hollow of this introverted body.
In an old cyst the separate bristles may be seen in place, while the cell is closed
(fig. 134), but it requires very careful research.

When the coil of thread is ejected (jig. 139, ¢/), which is accomplished by

118 LUCERNARI#£ AND THEIR ALLIES.

sliding through the hollow axial shaft (figs. 135, 136, 137), which in its turn
romroverts also, just as the finger of a glove is turned inside out, the whole aspect
of the apparatus is changed (fig. 139). ‘The oval cell (el) is considerably dimin-
ished in size, and from its aperture (m/) the more enormously enlarged hollow
shaft (62, dl) projects in a straight line; the part of the shaft next the cell is cylin-
drical (41), and half as broad as the latter, with a slight expansion where it
joins the mouth of the cell; the distal half abruptly expands into an oval form
(dl), half again broader than the cylindrical portion, and rapidly tapers into a
smooth, trihedral, twisted thread (jig. 141, ¢/). The oval part (dl) of the shaft
is endowed with three equidistant spiral rows of sete, which number about a
dozen in each row. ‘The seta are comparatively large, and in length equal two-
thirds the broadest diameter of that part of the shaft from which they project.
Each row makes but one turn about the shaft, and terminates as if in continuation
(fig. 141) of the angles of the trihedral thread. There is not the least trace of
sete or projections of any kind upon the trihedral thread, but it continues, with a
very gradual taper, perfectly smooth, to a blunt termination. ‘The angles (jig. 141)
of the thread appear, at first glance, as if they might be spiral rows of seta, but a
most careful and prolonged examination, with one of Spencer’s 4 inch objectives,
convinced us that they are truly the angles of a twisted trihedral filament. The
extent of the thread is from twenty to twenty-four times the length of the cyst.
‘That the thread and shaft are not ejected by a breaking open of the cyst, as some
have asserted, we present proofs like those given by other authors, but particularly
valuable on account of the distinctness of the several regions of the shaft and the
thread during retroversion. In fi7. 135 the proximal or basal half of the shaft
(bl) only is everted, and stands out clearly from the distal portion (dl) which
remains within it. In the latter the spiral rows of sete are packed down
one upon another so as to form ridges. ‘The thread (¢/), of course, is slightly
drawn out of the cyst into the basal portion of the shaft. In figure 136 the whole
shaft is everted, and has its characteristic form, but the thread still remains within,
extending back, in a winding course, through the hollow of the shaft into the cyst,
where it lies in looser coils than in a perfectly closed organ. ‘The next figure (fig.
137) illustrates the expansibility of the thread itself (#2). In order that its
distal or free portion (B) may slide through the bottom of the basal part (A), the
latter must dilate until its calibre is at least equal to the diameter of the former.
But it does even more than that, as the figure (fig. 138), of diagrammatic size, shows,
for there the calibre of the everted portion (A) is large enough to allow the rest
(B) to wind through it in a zigzag course. As is perfectly clear by the figure (jig.
137), but a small part is everted, and the remainder, after winding back through
the shaft, is loosely coiled up in the cyst. It is a noteworthy fact that, after the
thread is wholly everted (fig. 139), the cyst does not close its aperture. Whether
this is due to a certain inherent resiliency in the region where the shaft is attached,
or results from the contraction of the cyst upon the contained fluid, tending to

force it outward, but restrained by the closed hollow of the thread, we hesitate to

decide upon, Since we have frequently seen a cyst rapidly diminish in size upon
the sudden ejection of the thread, although it lay free in the field of the micro-

LUCERNARI#Z AND THEIR ALLIES. 119

scope, it is plain enough that it is self-contractile. As we are not in the habit of
using that dangerous instrument, the compressorium, we have no allowance to make
for mistakes in that direction. Whether a thread, after being once ejected, is
ever retracted into the cyst again remains as yet undetermined by observation, but
the circumstances of its eversion render it highly probable that it is not.

217. The smaller nematocysts ( figs. 142, 143, 144, 145) are much more simple
in structure than the larger forms, but remarkable in other respects. ‘The intro-
verted shaft (jig. 142, s/) is very slender, in fact no larger than the rest of the
thread. It does not project into the axis of the cylindrico-oval cell, but presses
close to its side, and extends four-fifths of the way to its opposite end, and then,
bending abruptly upon itself, the thread passes with a long curved sweep nearly to
the aperture of the cell, whence it again returns with another long sweep, which
is repeated eight to ten times (jigs. 143, 144), until the inner face of the cell-wall
is lined by a close coil (/c), which winds lengthwise, instead of transversely, as it
does in the larger nematocysts (jig. 1384). When extended (fiy. 145, ¢/) the thread
is from twelve to fourteen times the length of the cell; and it offers not the least
sign of appendages of any kind, but is simply a smooth, round filament, of uniform
thickness throughout, except at the end, where it tapers slightly and terminates in
a blunt tip. ‘The cell itself, when everted, is sensibly diminished in size, and nar-
rows rapidly into the prolonged filamentary portion. Both of these kinds of nem-
atocysts, and these only, are found in other parts of the body besides upon the ten-
tacles, but they vary a great deal in size, and in some cases are very small, as, for
instance, in the adherent disk of the pedicle. Mobius has favored us with a copy
of his memoir (Ueber den Bau, etc. ete., der Nesselkapseln, etc.; Abhandl. des
Naturwiss. Vereins zu Hamburg; Erstes Heft, des fiinften Bandes, 1866) upon
these bodies, in which he claims that the shaft is closely invaginated upon itself,
when the cyst is closed. We have not had an opportunity of looking at this point
since the reception of the paper. If it be true, it seems to explain the sudden jerk
with which the shaft of the nematocyst is often everted, as if with explosion. ‘Vhis
is remarkable in the cysts of Hydra.

218. The Colletocysts (figs. 96, 97, 101, 102, a, a’).—The discovery of these
bodies added a third kind of prehensile cyst to those so well known among the
Acalephe and Ctenophoree. Ehrenberg recognized the office of the nematocyst
(Abhandl. Berlin Akad., 1835 [1837]), but we owe to Doyére (Compte Rendu,
Aott, 1842) the original solution of its structure, as an invaginated, hollow thread
within a cyst of which it is a direct prolongation. We, ourselves, were so fortu-
nate as to discover the structure of the second, or non-invaginated type of nema-
tocyst peculiar to the Ctenophorze (see H. J. C., in Agassiz, Contrib, Nat. Hist.
U. S., vol. iii, p. 237, figs.). ‘The original sketch of the third kind of cyst, the
colletocyst, was published by us several years ago in the paper on the “Conotype
of Acalephe” (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., March, 1862; and American Journal
of Science, May, 1863).

In previous paragraphs (@ 110, 208 (A), 117, 115, 212) of this memoir we
have described the position of these bodies among the cells with which they are
associated, on the colletocystophores, digituli, and the adhesive “disk” of the

120 LUCERNARI&Z AND THEIR ALLIES.

peduncle. Such is the simplicity of a colletocyst that we can scarcely add any-
thing that will characterize it better than as a “ peculiar, granuliferous vesicl a -
briefly mentioned in the original article above alluded to. Our figures, above enu-
merated, may assist considerably in forming a conception of its nature. It cons

transparent substance (a), which occupies the same area as the first, with the
exception of their peripheral stratum (a’). ‘The latter, from its optical appearance,
would seem to have the character of a cell-wall, but that is hardly consistent w
its office as an adhesive body, nor with its faculty of being drawn out into con-
siderable extensions (jig. 102, a’). It is possible, though, that it is adherent and
plastic only on its exposed side; since we may occasionally see two or three col
letocysts (fig. 96) lying in contact, side by side, and yet with a sharp line of
demarcation between them. They vary considerable in size according to locali
Those in the colletocystophores (figs. 96, 97, a) have five or six times the diameter
of those of the digituli (fig. 101, a), and the latter are at least three times the size
of those most prevalent in the caudal adhesive disk ( figs. 118, 120, a).

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES I

—XL; GLOSSARY AND

INDEX OF SUBJECTS.

General Lettering of Haliclystus auricula J. Clark.—Throughout the memoir and in the plates

corresponding

been adopted.

parts are lettered alike, excepting in a few cases where capitals are used to indicate
particular regions or subdivisions.
used, and for minute and microscropic portions,

For organs and parts, or regions, of organs Greek letters are
walls, cells, ete., italicized English letters have

NUMBER PARAGRAPH
1. Anchor eG ollevocystopbore)," a : : C 5 c - 13, 104
“stem, a? : ° ° ° : gq ALS)

= pee oe atonncre: a’ 5 : 5 106, 166, ete.

«“ eolletocystophorie pad, a® 2 oO : ¢ 106, 166, ete.
“cavity, at 0 : 0 6 . : Os
«clear space, a® : ° 5 : . 106
«median furrow, a c 6 c c LOG
«shaft of nematoestopion (a? ) a’ E o 0 é 106, 166
“entrance to, «® 5 . 0 5 LOS

2. Aboral face of body, 8 F F z 45
“projection at base of anchors, st é C : . . 104
3. Adherent (caudal) disk, y - : : : 6 WU!
a a “« furrows, y! : ; 6 : ; 115

4. Caudal disk (see 3) C C 5 : . 114
5. Circumoral area, ¢ ° c : 43
ub buttresses, ¢' 39

s pouches, or their covering, ¢ ‘ c : c : 40

6. Colletoeyst, a (xorayrns, one who glues; xvoris, a bladder). 5 107, 208 (A), 218
s pit of, a’ ; 208 (A)

ne clear peripherai part, a ; x 218

6%. Colletoeystophore (see anchor) (colletocyst, popa, Reanng) : 13, 104
7. Chondromyoplax in umbel, b (zovrdpos, cartilage; pus, muscle; nrak, a layer) . 65, 66, 196
s “ tentacle, b' 100

ne « anchor, 0? 112

a “ genitalia, b° 137

“¢ “ digituli, b‘ 5 : : - 120

et “ intertentacular lobes, 6° 0 c : - L038

i fibrils of, b° : < c 196

i i. proboscis, 0" 66

sf * partitions, b§ ; : : 67

8. Chondrophys in umbel, ¢ (xovdpos, cartilage ; ve, to ie by rane ; : 69, 197
. * yedunele, ct : j : 58, 70, 198

ig fibrils, ¢? 5 . ; 197, 198

ue in adherent disk, c° . Z - : * 198

§ innermost layer, ct ‘ * 5 , 197 (A)

16 June, 1878.

(121)

122 DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

S. : ,
NUMBER
Chondrophys outermost layer, c* : : : 3 5 :
9. Cell-wall (or cell), d . P . : : . 5
“nucleus, d! :
“ contents, d? o 5 5 . : 3
“ pigment, d* 5 5 5 5 bs ie
10. Cytoblastema, e (xiros, a cell; ee producaay ae 3
s tactile bodies of, e' 3 : : 2 3 3
is pigment matter in, e’ ande* : 4 z
ll. Digituli, y (digitulus, a liltle finger) . : 3 6
12. Hye-spot, 0 9 0 : ‘
13. Ectophragma in umbel i (exrds, Ouler ; ppaypa, & wall) sg he
ss “ yedunele, ft . 3 : ; : peas
“ adherent disk, /?
14. Egg, g
“yelk-sac, vs
ee Oa 6 * é : 4 Bs i. e
“germinal vesicle, gu : 2 : 9 : :
s Y dot, wv bli co ee
15. Genitalia,~ . 4 oe

“e

a‘ next longest a poorest 2! onret side of genital half .

ee distal end, a*

us proximal end, a°
15". Genital sac, s

us Suecanity.1s:
follicles or pouches, s?
mouth or entrance, s° é :
16. G@actromyopian in digituli, A (yaorgjp, stomach ; bvs, miuselee Ber a HES b
Us “ genital sacs (see number 24) °. A
17. Gastrophragma in umbel, 7 (yaor7jp, stomach; ppayya, a wall)
“ genital sac (surface), 2
within genital sae, @
os in tentacles, 7 .
‘ intertacular lobes, 7
anchors, 7
pedunele, 7.
digituli, 2
proboscis, 2
18. Intertentacular lobes, x
19. Muscles, k; cireumoral (see number 22); pecemenier (see nee 30); a0
sac (see number 24)
between edges of 6 and e, k', ki
20. Nematocystophore (see number 28 and 1) (Genoese: Popa, bearinan
21. Nematocyst, J (large) (vnua, a thread; xvores, a cyst) .
es U (small) .

cell-wall, or cavity, cl
cell-mouth, ml
shaft when in, sZ

“ce “

“e “

~

“ee ce
. . .
“cc “ce
“cc “ce

“cc “

“

ue “out (basal half), b7 . . :
OG ef “(distal half), dZ . 5 3
se thread, tl .

thread coiled, le

22. Opsomyoplax in umbel, m (odes, the face; Lvs, hipesalas mnraé, ‘layer) «
L at margin, m!

. - .

NUMBER

23.

26.

no 9
eh est

31.

DES CRT LTLON OR THE PWwAT ES. 123

Opsomyoplax in tentacles, m* . : cS °
te band in cireumoral face, m+ 7 c
A in anchor, m° ‘ : , 3
- “ partitions, m* ae . ;
a peduncle of anchor, m® ‘ %
i “jn proboscis, m° é

peacphragmai in umbel, Cotes, the Jace; >paypa, wall)
fs “tentacle; 7” - F : :
fe “anchor, 7?
f “ proboscis, n°

Oémyoplax (aay, an eyg; urs, muscle; nrak, a layer)
Proboscis, p

‘cc

mouth, p' .

is (buceal) cavity, p? . : ae °
ss base, p* : : :
fs buttresses (see circumoral buttresses)
Pedunele, z : : : - ;
ES sheath, ct . F : ;
a junction with umbel, 7? : .
& canals (camera), 7° . . c 5
ce «entrance to, z* ; 5 5
ee «anastomoses, r°® , : 5
G furrows, 7°. : , 3 é
of muscles (see 30) : : : 6
Spermatozoa, p F ‘ é : 0
Tentacles, > . : : : ; :
a shaft, 9" ; B F : 3
oe spheroidal tip (nematocystophore), 9” ,
sf cavity, ¢ . , c : ¢
ss neck at base of, ¢’, »* : . A
Umbella, 4 : : : F 6
oa cayity Gueen Ve
os partitions, y’; proximal end, 4° : .
g margin, yy. : ; : .
" angles, * : :
st post-buccal cavity, 4°
uy passage-ways between camera, y'
Uromyoplax, 7 (ovpa, a tail; pus, muscle; maak, layer)*?
" extension along caudal disk, 7
a along (}*) post-bhuccal cavity, r°* .
sf fibres of, 7°
Vibratile cilia, co ; 3 : , :

PARAGRAPH

. 86, 98
c : j 83
. 87, bY
c : : 88
5 0 : 79
. 5 , 61
é : . 62,97
: : 62, 110
: - 62
‘ 74, 85, 137
5 5 37
a i 33
6 a 38
: 39
S 39
: 6 54
Q 5d
6 : 3 55
: 9 54, 57
0 : fash, BT
A c 72
: : 116)
Q : 59} ‘ST, 115
6 : . 145
5 89, 202
6 : c 114
6 a 95, 203
3 4 : 102
é : : 97
6 3 F 4]
6 : , 47
: : 43
; : . 82, 94
‘ 5 é 4]
5 5 oS aos
; 0 . AT
: : 59, 8%, 115
0 . ‘ 88
5 : 59
; : F 199
c 56 TT, 201

*1 Tn fig. 25, a3 should be a5; in fir. 26, a! should be a7; in fig. 27, a? should be a*.

*2 Jn figs. 47a, 49, and 50, the engraver has erroneously used y an y?, instead of r and r%,

PLATE I. Figures 1 to 17.

Figures 1 to 16, Haliclystus awricula Jas. Clark; natural size and various attitudes and ages.

Fg.

attitudes.

1, profile view, the umbella turned backward. Figs. 2 and 3,
Figs. 4 and 5, two profile views with the umbella thrown forward. Jig. 6, the umbella

anterior face, the arms in two

folded across the middle, and two opposite halves brought near together, face to face. ig. 7, the

124 DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

umbella thrown forward and so contracted at the periphery as to form a deep funnel. Figs. 8 to
12, half-grown, individuals in various attitudes. ig. 13, a specimen clinging by its anchors toa
leaf of Zostera. Figs. 14 and 15, the umbella strongly enrolled at the margin. Jig. 16, profile
a very young specimen. ae,

Fig. 17. A magnified profile view of a nearly full-grown individual. To avoid confusion only
the four nearest bunches of tentacles (@) are represented. Only the aboral side (3) of the umb
is exposed. The anchors (a) are thrown strongly back over the edge of the umbella. The tent

(>) on the left are expanded to the fullest extent.

PLATE II. Figures 18 to 24.

Fig. 18. Posterior face of the caudal disk, magnified 15 diameters, to show the four main
rows (y') and the network of minor furrows. : :

Fig. 19. Interior face cf caudal disk, the peduncle being cut across just in front of it and remo
Principally to show the passage-ways between the four camer (7°) and the convergence of the fou
muscles (7') to the axis. e rt

Fig. 20. Oral face of a young specimen ;3, of an inch across the umbella, magnified 24 diamet
The proboscis (p ) being strongly contracted appears disproportionately small, but possesses”
advantage of exposing the proximal ends of the partitions (¥’) of the umbella, as well as of the ge ie
talia (2). *

Fig. 21. Aboral view of a group of tentacles of fig. 20. :

ig. 22. Magnified (5 diam.) oral face of a full grown specimen. Only two bunches of tenta:
(~) are represented. On the left, above, the proximal end (4°) of the partition and the attachmen’
of the digituli (;) are exposed by the retraction of the side of the proboscis near them. At
other three quadrants the cireumoral pouches are widely covered by the extended flanks (¢) of th
proboscis. The four double genitalia lie, both above and below, right and left of the vertical |
a partition (y*) lying in the middle of each pair. The three sides of a triangular genital-ha
lettered respectively a’, a%, 4°. The anchors (colletocystophores) (a) are in varied positions ; mos
turned strongly backward over the umbellar margin (4), two partly reverted, and one proje
straight out so as to fully expose its anterior face with its median furrow. ‘The tentacles ()
fully extended. : oe

Fig. 23. Lateral view of an adult anchor (colletocystophore) with a part of the umbellar mar,
(magnified 15 diameters). ;

Hig. 24. Front of basal region of a colletocystophore principally to show depth of median fu
(a), and the proportions of the stem (a') and the colletoeystophoric pad (a*) (15 diam.).

IPG JOO fA igures 25 to 37.

Hig. 25. Basal front view (magnified 60 diam.) of the anchor, and a part of the umbellar
of a specimen about two-thirds grown. The anchor is here shown to be supported onits distal s
by a prolongation (3') from the aboral side (8) of the umbella. The colletocystophorie pad (a*
strongly dotted by colletocysts. The remnant of the tentacle-like stage is quite distinct (a
the distance. ;

Fig. 26. Magnified (200 diam.) outline profile of a colletocyst (anchor) from a young spee
(fig. 28) only .8 of an inch across the umbella.

Fig. 27. Anterior face of jig. 26, the tentacular character still strongly marked (a’, a’, a
the eye-spot (@) very distinct.

Fig. 28. Young specimen, natural size, from which Jigs. 26, 27 were taken. :

Hig. 29. Natural size of a young specimen (1 of an inch across the umbella), from which ji
31, 32, and 33 were taken, , ; le

Tig. 30. Posterior face of a colletocystophore (anchor) retarded in growth, probably by an inju
on that side of the body. From jig. 29. As yet it is strongly tentacular in proportions and natu

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES. 125

although the colletocystophorie pad (a*) is considerably developed. At m* is the margin of the mus-
cular layer, (magnified 175 diam. ).

Fig. 31. Profile view of fig. 30, showing the front face (a*) to be still purely tentacular.

Fig. 32. Normal development of an anchor, scen in profile, from jig. 29 (mag. 175 diam.). The
colletocystophoric pad (a’) is considerably more advanced than in figs. 30, 31.

Fig. 33. One of the oldest tentacles of jig. 29 (§ 22), fully expanded to show the proportionate
thickness of the walls and the relative size of the globular tip (nematocystophore) (¢’). The neck
(9') at the base of 9? is well marked (mag. 175 diam. ).

Fig. 34. Young tentacle whose nematocystophore (9°) is not yet distinct from the shaft (9'), (mag.
175 diam.). ;

Fig. 35. Abnormal development of colletocysts (a") on a young tentacle (mag. 60 diam.).

Fig. 36. Part of the shaft of a tentacle while contracted into a zigzag (mag. 60 diam.).

Fig. 37. Magnified (5 diam.) longitudinal section of adult along two diverse lines, on nearly oppo-
site sides. The section on the left passes through a group of tentacles (), a genital half (¢), and
through the proboscis (p) near one of its corners, and thence backward along the pedunele, just this
side of a canal (z*) to its posterior end. The section on the right, passing through a colletocysto-
phore (a), extends along the midline of a partition (4°) and of a flat side of the proboscis (9), thence
along a muscular cord (r*) in the post-buceal region, and continues to follow it (7) into the peduncle
to its expanded posterior end (7'). The peduncular canal (z*) on this side is seen in the distance,
beyond the muscular cord (r). The section on the left exposes the umbellar cavity (4') as well as
the digituli (,) festooned about the post-buccal cavity (¥°).

PLATE IV. Figures 38 to 51.

Figs. 38, 39, 40. Abnormal conditions of the nematoeystophore of tentacles (mag. 60 diam.).

Fig. 41. Normal condition of a fully developed tentacle, showing the depressed end of the nema-
tocystophore (60 diam.).

Fig. 42. Fully extended tentacle of a two-thirds grown individual. It very commonly assumes
the curved attitude here represented (60 diam.).

Fig. 43. Find of a young, but fully formed tentacle, principally to display its ribbed appearance,
and the bristling tactile bodies and the nematocysts which dot the globular tip (9°) (175 diam.).

Fig. 44. Different view of same as fig. 43, showing the end of the nematocystophore (9°), but the
shaft curved around into profile, and drawn to exhibit the zigzag position of the innermost wall (7),
moving apparently free within the outer wall. The great plasticity and extensibility of the inter-
yvening layer (chondromyoplax) (b') allows these two walls to slide over each other to a great extent,
and apparently, with a low power, as if without any intervening connective tissue (175 diam.).

Fig. 45. (20 diam.). Interior of the region about a colletocystophore to expose its entrance
(a*). he oral side (€) of the umbella is thrown upward. The margin of the pigment coloring of
the aboral side (8) is well marked along the edge of the marginal muscle (m').

Fig. 46 (60 diam.). Profile of the posterior end of a peduncular muscle (7) and its extension
(r') toward the middle of the adherent disk (y).

Fig. 47 (60 diam.). Section of a colletocystophore and the adjoining umbellar margin, including
a portion of the distal end of a partition next an intercameral passage-way (¥’), showing the relative
' thickness and position of the layers, and exposing the interior cavity.

Fig. 47* (60 diam.). Continuation of the section above figured (fig. 47) into the region about
the base (*) of the proboscis ; principally to show the relation of the layers of the umbella and the
proboscis and to expose the peduncular muscle (y), where it passes forward into the proximal end
(¥°) of the partition, and thence diverges into the proboscis (at m*) and into the umbella (at m‘*).

- Fig. 48 (350 diam.). A young tentacle~contracted; displaying, in a sectional view, the relative
position, thickness, and the elementary structure of the layers, and the imbedded nematocysts (/).

Fig. 49 (60 diam.).- Interior view of the peduncular muscle (y) at the point where it plunges
forward, narrows (y°) a little, and then expands into a flattened layer (mm) in the circumoral area.
(Compare this with jig. 47*.)

126 DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Fig. 50 (60 diam.). Sectional view of the region about the base of the proboscis (p), includ
the post-buceal cavity (y°) and a part of the peduncle. The muscles (7), right and left, are expos
and the canals (z°) lie in the distance, as well as one of the muscles (at 7°) in the post-buccal ¢;
In the umbella, m is the expanded prolongation of 7° each side of the partition (y"). Compare
with the same in fig. 47%. a

Fig. 51 (60 diam.). Longitudinal section through two diagonally opposite tubes (z*) at the
terior end of the peduncle, showing the irregular passage-ways (r°) in the region of the adherent

PLATE V. Figures 52 to 60.

Fig. 52 (75 diam.). Transverse section of the peduncle to display the relative positions o
muscular cords (7) and the tubes (z’), as well as the arrangement of the fibrils of the chondr
(Gc): tir,
Fig. 52° (75 diam.). One of the muscles of the peduncle cut across, and lettered in reference
the main subdivisions.

Fig. 53 (175 diam.). Longitudinal section ‘of one side of the proboscis of a young specir
(fig. 84), with a portion of the cireumoral area, At p' to p’ is a face view of the innermost wal
in the distance. ai

Fig. 54 (100 diam.). Section, slightly varying in direction, through a group of tentacles, entt
some (A, D) lengthwise, and opening the base of others (B, C), as well as exposing the interior
some of the solid intertentacular lobes (x). The mouth (s‘) of the genital sac (s) is always tu
toward the proboscis, as drawn here.

Fig. 55 (100 diam.). Outline view of the globular tip of a tentacle to show the terminal de
sion.

Fig. 56 (100 diam.). Interior face-view of the region occupied by the intertentacular lobe
and the entrances (9°) of the tentacular cavities. :

Fig. 57 (470 diam.). The tissue and pigment granules about the entrance (9’) to the hollow
tentacle. 3 :

Fig. 58 (175 diam.). Longitudinal section of the basal part of the tentacles, tentacular lobes
apart of the umbella. The cireumoral floor ({) thrown up slightly so as to expose the inner fi
and the marginal muscle (m'). From a very young animal (§ 22). ” oda

Fig. 59 (175 diam.). A budding tentacle (from jig. 58) with a part of the walls of a larger
tacle ().

Fig. 60 (300 diam.). Sectional view of the base of a tentacle, intertentacular lobe, and the ad
ing aboral umbellar margin.

PLATE VI. Figures 61 to 66.

Fig. 61 (100 diam.). Section across two extended corners of the umbella and the partition
lying between them. The section across one of the corners is partially omitted, as it is an
duplicate of the other, reversed. The genital sacs (s) all open (s®), in one direction, into the umb
camera ({'). At b® the chondromyoplax meets the chondrophys (c*) and breaks the continui
the innermost wall (7) of the camers, and forms the bulk of the partition. he

#ig. 62 (100 diam.). Section across one corner of the umbella nearer its margin than in
last, principally to show the considerable depth of the ridges (m', m) of the muscular layer,
the peculiar concavo-convex surface of contact of the circumoral () and aboral (3) floors
umbella, against the intervening muscular layer (k'). ;

Fig. 63 (200 diam.). Section across an umbellar partition (*) and a part of the circumor:
aboral floors near it, at a point nearer the proboscis than in figs. 61 and 62, including one
youngest genital sacs (s).

ae 64 (200 diam.). Longitudinal section at the same point as fig. 63, cutting the partitio
engthwise. iy

DESCRIPTION OF THE PRATES. ~ 127

Fig. 65 (200 diam.). A group of digitiform bodies (digituli) pendent from the cireumoral floor.
One of them is remarkable for its triple forking.

Fig. 66 (5 diam.). The peduncle and a part of the umbella near a paftition (y’), including a

marginal body (colletoeystophore) (a); chiefly to display the distinctness, from an exterior view, of

the canals (7°), and the filmy caudal sheath (z'). The deep furrow (z°) lies over the muscular cord

which extends forward into the partition (4’, 4°) of the umbella.

PLATE VII. Figures 67 to 84.

Figs. 67 to 73 (175 diam.). "A progressive series of developments of the genital sac, seen from
different points of view. Jig. 67. View from within the umbella. #g. 68, same as fig. 67, but seen
from the end opposite the entrance (s°) of the sac, the outer wall (2) overlying the initiatory double
folds (z*) of the inner, or ovigerous layer. (Compare jig. 74, and adult sac.) Figs. 69 and 70, face
and profile of the same sac seen from within the umbella. igs. 71 and 72 face and end views of the
same sac, the third in the series, seen from the exterior, through the circumoral floor. F%g. 73, the
fourth and last of the series, seen from without, as in the last:

Fig. 74 (350 diam.). One of the smaller genital sacs, of an adult female, sectional profile, pendent
from the circumoral floor. The aperture (s®), surrounded by large vibratile cilia, leads into a central
chamber (s') surrounded by ovigerous follicles. :

Fig. {5 (850 diam.). View from opposite the entrance (s*) of a male genital sac. The follicles
(s°) converge toward and open into the central chamber (s').

Fig. 76 (850 diam.). The same as jig. 75, seen through the circumoral floor, from a different
point of view.

Fig. 17 (850 diam.). Empty female genital sac, chiefly to show the manner in which the follicles
(s*) open into the central chamber (s').

Fig. 78 (350 diam.). An egg-follicle to illustrate the histological character of the ovigerous layer
(@) Gnternal odphragma), and the position of the eggs (v7).

Fig. 79 (350 diam.). An empty egg-follicle dotted all over with the torn fragments of the fibrils
of the chondromyoplax (see fig. 77, b*).

Fig. 80 (200 diam.). Singular attitude of a digitulus (7), its sides folded together to form a sac
with a broad mouth (ys), imitating a genital sac (s').

Fig. 81. An anchor (colletocystophore) of a very young individual ( fig. 84 nat. size), and a por-
tion of the umbellar margin. The edge of the muscular layer (opsomyoplax) (k*) is seen passing
obliquely from the front to the distal side. (See the dotted line k', £3, in figs. 82 and 83.)

Fig. 82 (175 diam.). A combined outline and sectional view from the distal side of a young
anchor (from fig. 84). The nematocystophore (a’) in the distance. The dotted line (&') indicates
the course of the edge of the opsomyoplax (k") as it crosses the distal side of the base of this organ.
The distal end of a partition (4°) is seen through the thick mass of the aboral side of the umbella.
The arrow lies in the intercameral passage-way. (See 4’, fig. 83.)

Fig. 83. Profile section of the same as fig. 82, with a part of the umbella. The dotted line (£*) is
the same as in fig. 82, continued onward to the circumoral floor, where it becomes a part of the true
umbellar opsomyoplax (m‘). In the anchor it is marked m’*.

PLATE VIII. Figures 85 to 98.

Fig. 85 (750 diam.). Portion of the opsophragma (x) and the underlying opsomyoplax (m) of
the cireumoral floor, in profile.

Fig. 86. Face-view of the cells of fig. 85.

Fig. 87 (750 diam.). Face-view of the cells of the ectophragma of the aboral side of the umbella,
remarkable for the accumulation of pigment granules (d') about the nucleus.

Fig. 88 (750 diam.). Profile section of the outer wall of the globose tip (nematocystophore) of a
young tentacle, with the imbedded nematoeysts (J the larger and /' the smaller).

128 DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES:

Fig. 89. End view of the same as jig. 88.
Fig. 90 (750 diam.). A combined longitudinal sectional and surface view of a part of the sh

of a tentacle. At n' the opsophragma is in profile, and at In’ it is presented as seen at the surf:
extending partly across the field. At 1m? the opsomyoplax is in profile, and at 2m’; 3m! ar
fibrils of the same, nearer the eye, underlying the opsophragma (1n') and overlying the chondroi
plax (b') and the gastrophragma (12°) in the distance. Next within the muscular layer lies the
chondromyoplax, which is seen partly in section (at 6’), and a small portion at the exterior surfac
(b*) as it curves over and rises, toward the observer, from the distance. The innermost w
(gastrophragma) is seen, also, partly in profile (7) and partly at the surface (12°), the cells being pr a
sented endwise. <

Fig. 91. Transverse section of jig. 90, representing a little more than a quadrant of the cylin
At m the muscular fibrils are cut across. The wedge-shaped character of the cells of the ga
phragma (7°), as they diverge from the central cavity (9°), is quite evident. es

Fig. 92 (750 diam.). Face view of the cells of the outer wall (d) and the underlying mus
fibres (m?), to show the linear arrangement of the former when the tentacle is contracted.

Fig. 93. Profile of fig. 92, to compare with the cells of the same wall (in jig. 90, n') when
tentacle is extended. ; : ie

ag

PLATE IX. Figures 94 to 108. “—
Fig. 94 (750 diam.). The innermost wall (gastrophragma) of the anchor of a three-quarters gro W
animal, exhibiting its enormous thickness at one part (B), and its gradual thinning out (A to
as well as the great masses of pigment (d*) in the cells. ae
Fig. 95. Face-view of the same as fig. 94. . Ae
Fig. 96 (350 diam.). The outer wall and the imbedded colletoeysts (a) of an anchor, At a! the
pit in which such as @ are sunken. :
Fig. 97 (750 diam.). More highly magnified views of a part of the same as jig. 95; a part of
cells are omitted so as to expose more clearly the structure of the colletocyst (a), particularly
clear periphery (a’).
Fig. 98 (175 diam.). A combined surface and longitudinal sectional view of a digitulus and
genital sac. At A and B the opposing flat sides are seen edgewise, meeting along the midline
the figure; at A, distinguished by the crowded colletocysts, and at B and C, by the nematoe
At D is a section of the thickness from face A to face B. The mouth (s°) of the genital sac is
wide open. mite
Fig. 99 (550 diam.). The colletocystie side of a portion of fig. 98, partly at the surface (1a)
partly so as to expose the underlying muscular fibrilli (/) and the layer of colletoeysts in profile (at
Fig. 100. Transverse section of the same as fig. 99, displaying on one side the nematocyst
and the very long vibratile cilia (co), and on the other the crowded layer of colletocysts (a). —
Fig. 101 (750 diam.). More highly magnified view of a part of the adjoining nematocystie (J)
and colletocystic (a) faces of the same as jig. 98. : a
Fig. 102 (750 diam.), Colletocysts with the periphery drawn out to various lengths (a”).
Fig. 103 (350 diam.). A part of fig. 99, after treatment with fresh water; the colletocysts a
rent after the cells of the wall have fallen away, and exposed the fibrilla (1) of the gastromyop
Fig. 104 (750 diam.). Some gastrophragmie cells (2) and fusiform fibrils (7°) of the musewi
layer at the point where it passes into the cords of the pedunele.
Fig. 105 (750 diam.). The innermost wall (gastrophragma) (7°) lining two adjoining, nearl
completed, irregular passage-ways between the tubes of the peduncle. Near A, new cells are formi
between B and ©, pushing their way through the solid mass of chondrophys (c'), and eventu:
becoming the face-wall of the passage (z*), here in process of excavation.
ae (850 diam.). Face-view of the fibro-cellular chondrophys of a very young spec
ig. 82).

Ig 107. Profile of one of the fibro-cellular elements of fig. 106, taken near the thinning ed;
the chondrophys (see figs. 82, 83). S

a
a

DHS CRiee LON <0 THB PigAvm nS: 129

Fig. 108 (750 diam.). A more highly magnified egg, from jig. 74. The mulberry-like character
of the yolk (vi) is remarkable.

PLATE X. Figures 109 to 129.

Fig. 109 (1050 diam.). Profile section of the outer wall (odphragma) of a genital sac, principally
to illustrate the relation of the vibratile cilia (co) to the cells of this wall, and the interstitial eytoblas-
tema in which the cilia-bases are imbedded.

Fig. 110 (1050) diam. Surface view of the same as fig. 109, the large pigment and colorless
granules lying nearest the observer. From an unusually large individual.

Fig. 111 (350 diam.). From the same layer as in jigs. 109, 110, acted upon by fresh water, which
has resolved the elements into separate cells.

Fig. 112 (1050 diam.). E to K. Vibratile cilia from diverse regions of the interior. FE is from
the surface of the genital sac ( fig. 109), and the rest from the inner face of the cireumoral floor, near
the margin of the umbella. They are represented in various attitudes, as they move with the cilium
in front of the swollen basal portion.

Fig. 113 (200 diam.). Portion of the proximal face of a peduncular cord, showing the deep fur-
rows (4, 3) and the intervening ridges (2).

Fig. 114 (750 diam.). A small portion of fig. 113, more highly magnified, showing an apparently
clear cellular structure, with large homogeneous interspaces. Its true nature is seen in Jig. 116.
The tissue is strongly contracted.

Fig. 115 (750 diam.). Some loosened cells from fig. 114.

Fig. 116 (750 diam.). Showing the fibrilla (7°, 17°, 27°) and cells of the peduncular cords; from
the same individual as fig. 114, but in a highly extended condition, just after death has ensued.

Fig. 117 (470 diam.). Transverse section of one of the main subdivisions of a muscular cord of
the peduncle, next the median furrow (4) of fig. 113, showing the deep minor furrows.

Fig. 118 (750 diam.). Profile section of the outer wall of the adherent disk of the peduncle, with
its imbedded adherent vesicles (a).

Fig. 119 (750 diam.). Inner face-view of the same as fig. 118, displaying only the cells (/') and
the nematocysts (7) in the distance.

Fig. 120 (750 diam.). Outer surface view of the same as figs. 118, 119, showing only the crowded
colletocysts (a) and the very minute nematocysts (/).

Fig. 121 (24 diam.). Front view of a very young individual (,', of an inch across the umbella
alone). The different groups of tentacles vary considerably in the number of their components. The
numbers 1, 2, 2%, 3, 3°, ete., refer to tentacles of successively younger development; and the capital
letters A, A’, B, B‘, C, C', refer to the groups which have respectively, four, or five, or six tentacles.
The tentacular nature of the colletocystophore (a) is quite marked, as yet.

Fig. 122 (45 diam.). A, B, C, D. Variously developed groups of tentacles and an anchor from
Jig. 121. Group A, of four tentacles seen endwise. Group B, of five tentaéles seen in front. Group
C, of six tentacles also seen in front. No. 1 is the oldest and No. 4* the youngest tentacle of these
groups. They are numbered and lettered to correspond with the same in fig. 121. The anchor (D)
is seen in profile, fully extended.

Fig. 123 (85 diam.). An anchor, the same as fig. 122, D, slightly contracted. A surface view,
showing the interior in the distance.

Fig. 124. Natural size of a very young animal.

Fig. 125 (40 diam.). View of the aboral or distal side of a group of tentacles from fig. 124. The
numbers 1 to 6* refer to successively younger tentacles.

Fig. 126. Front view of the same as fig. 125, less magnified.

Fig. 127 (175 diam.). Basal view of part of the adherent disk of the peduncle, of a very young
individual (fig. 124). Remarkable for the abrupt termination of the muscular cord (7) and the dis-
connected tubes (r*).

Wig. 128 (175 diam.). Portion of a transverse section of the peduncle of jig. 124, at a point half-

17. June, 1878.

130 DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

way between its two ends. Remarkable for the horse-shoe form of the section of the hollow muscle
(r), as in the last figure ( fig. 127, 7). j

Fig. 129 (350 diam.). Portion of a space between two adjoining peduncular tubes ( fig. 128), show-
ing the irregular form and granulation of the young fibrille (c*) in the homogeneous cytoblastema
of the chondrophys.

J

PLATE XI. Figures 130 to 145.

Figs. 130, 131, 132 (1050 diam.). Spermatic particles at the moment of escape from the genital
sac.

Figs. 133 to 141. Larger kind of nematocysts from the tentacles, in various degrees of eversion,
orat rest. F%gs. 138 and 141, of diagramatie size, and the rest, from jig. 133 to 140, magnified 1050
diameters. Fig. 133. Not fully grown nematocyst, closed. A part of the coil omitted to expose
the central shaft (s/). Fig. 134. Fully developed cyst, but not the largest, closed. A sectional
view, the coil in the distance (lc). Jig. 185. The basal half of the shaft (61) everted. Fig. 136.
The whole shaft (01, dl) everted. Fig. 187. The whole shaft (b/, dl) and a part (A) of the hollow
thread everted. ig. 138. Partly everted thread, showing the manner of its sliding within itself.
Jig. 139. A completely everted cyst, showing the spiral rows of bristles on the shaft and the
twisted triangular thread (é/). At D, the blunt tip of the thread. ig. 140. The end of a shaft
rapidly tapering into the thread aftereversion. ig. 141. Diagramatic view of the base of the thread,
showing the spiral course of the edges of the twisted trihedral, and the abrupt termination of the
rows of setz of the shaft.

Figs. 142 to 145. The smaller nematocysts, from the tentacles (1050 diam.). Fig. 142. Fully
developed cyst, closed. The coil partly omitted, not to confuse the connection of the shaft (sl) with
the thread. Fig. 143. View from the side opposite to the one seen in fig. 142, showing the termi-
nation (/c) of the thread, and its mode of coiling. Fig. 144. View at ninety degrees from that of
Jig. 143, Fig. 145. The thread totally everted.

ile
Debray we.

Mat del. ductor,

7)

/

il. /Fug. Ae oi

Jas.

Haticlystus auriwula.

jean

<=
WsA

)
|
he

CA Walker Se.

Ad nat. del Auctor

/ Fig 18-24.)

eas (bb.

Halelystus auricila .

te 4
.
é s
k cy
ie - 7
ix :
~
“x > Pr
_ *
re +
- :
i
“ ‘
’ ss
= :
a
a!
. aa F
'
'
‘ *
*
+ oe - ,
. :
' : iy
ae aye a
. <<“ z tet
ey * i)
“ -_—= raA Oo:
‘
+ ~
rr
.
AR
z
.
es x 9,
. a 4 a
: ' a
\ ra
Y 5 at
< : id -
. Ph
= -e ry
+ os ‘ wv ty .
« : ly Ly
7 er
os
— x ry * 7,
Snr
‘ 2 i ;
¥
- ~
‘:
: 7 we)
" Ke x i) ‘ i
r ‘
: fy 2
. nhc
3 . ‘
See fis 7
ate
' ‘ -
t
7 ‘
bi 7
> on
3 mn ee

(par

Wave

PI. Ul.

ay We

Debr.

Ad. nat. del Anetop.

BUG)

fs
20

(Gk

[Kr

(Gt,

Das

auriitla.

lis

Haleich

+
che
' 2
+
‘od
iS
s ,
a «
‘i +
3 ha
4 t
g Peay e
¢ >
a;

a Fr

Jil, MAE

Debray yes

Ad. nat del Auctor

/ Fig. 38 - 51.)

CL.

Tas.

ystus aurea

©

Halicl,

Halicly stus auriciula. Jas Cl. (Fig. 52-60.)

ke

12

tix

PAE,

Debray we

Haliclystus auricula, Jas Cl.

[ 62-66.)

te)

PL. Vi.

Ly

Debray re.

Haliclystus aurveula. Jas Cl. (Pig. 67-84.)

Ad. nat. del. Auctor.

Pi. Vill.

Halielystus aurwula. Jas Cl. /, fig. 85-93 )

Debray sc

“

ay
r
€
Ay
‘
C=
~
<
> i n
wt tems

TA
.
Ee 3.

sane ety

Haliclystus aurtcula .

Jas CL. [ Fig. gh -108.)

Debray

Se.

a
Ly

os
ye
fr

Px

Debray sc.

stus auriuula. Jas Cl. { Fig. 109-129.)

Halely.

“4

Al

Debray se.

“| nat. del. ductor,

Jas Cl. { Beg. 230 -1k5.)

Haliclystus auricula.

SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE.
HGS

ON THE

GHOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA

AND THE

SALT DEPOSIT ON PETITE ANSE ISLAND.

BY

EUGENE W. eG nDy Pu.D.,

PROF, OF CHEMISTRY, UNIVERSITY OF MISSISSIPPI.

[AcCEPTED FOR PUBLICATION, ocTOBER, 1871.]

ADVERTISEMENT.

THIs memoir, with others referred to in the text, relating to the Delta of the
Mississippi, and adjacent regions, is the result of a series of investigations
commenced at the expense and made under the direction of the Smithsonian
Institution by Professor E. W. Hilgard, with assistance contribufed by the New
Orleans Academy of Sciences, and the Commissioners of Immigration for the
State of Louisiana.

JOSEPH HENRY,
Secretary S.£.

WASHINGTON, June, 1872.

(iii )

~.
aie 3
<
=
3
mf
ied 7 :
SPFEVIER VOR
itv, § ig

TAs? i ee

= &
ordiy aby” Eyoe eos ger ig
?
Es =
e

ON THE

GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA,

AND THE

SALT DEPOSIT ON PETITE ANSE ISLAND.

Tux discovery, in May, 1862, of a deposit of rock-salt on the coast of Louisiana,
was a fact so unexpected to geologists, that, at any other time, a detailed investi-
gation of the circumstances of its occurrence would quickly have followed its first
announcement. Under the circumstances then existing, such great practical
importance attached to it, that the Confederate government promptly caused
official examinations to be made. This, however, was of an exclusively practical
character, and resulted in the establishment of a system of exploitation which,
while perhaps necessary at the time in order to supply without delay the pressing
want of salt in the blockaded section, was illy calculated to endure for any great
length of time, or to give information as to the extent or geological character of
the deposit. For a considerable time these mines, together with the brine wells
of Northwestern Louisiana, supplied the whole of the Southwest; until, in April,
1863. on the taking of the island of Petite Anse by the Federal forces, the works
were destroyed.

Information gathered during the war from soldiers residing in the region had
satisfied me that the hypothesis of the volcanic origin of the island, set forth by
Mr. Thomassy in 1860, was unfounded. An analysis of a specimen of the salt
which I obtained in 1863, showed its only impurity to consist of 0.120 per cent.
of gypsum.

The first scientific investigation of the salt region, which has come to public
knowledge, was made by Prof. Richard Owen, in November, 1865,* He ascertained
the sedimentary character of the deposits forming the island, attributing their
formation, however, to “the combined action of the winds and waves of the ocean.”
The rock-salt mass he conceives to have been formed by saline inundations caused
by storm tides.

In summer, 1866, I received an invitation from Prof. Henry to undertake a
geological examination of the Louisiana salt region, the travelling expenses to be
defrayed by the Smithsonian Institution. While most anxious to avail myself of
this opportunity of extending my knowledge of the geology of the Gulf coast, want
of time, as well as the epidemic prevailing in the region, compelled me to defer the
excursion until November, 1867.

1 Geologie pratique de la Louisiane, 1860, p. 7T.
2 Proc. Acad. St. Louis, IJ. 250; Amer. Journ. Science, July, 1866, p. 120.
1 April, 1872. ( 1)

ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA

COs)

Meanwhile, in November, 1866, an investigation of the salt deposit was under-
taken by Dr. Chas. Goessmann, under the auspices of the American Bureau of
Mines.’ Its object was chiefly, of course, to ascertain the probability of economical
success in working the mine; the geological relations of the bed coming into con-
sideration mainly with a view to this object. Dr. Goessmann’s able report is
exhaustive as regards the practical part of the subject. ‘The notes, specimens,
maps, and hypsometrical observations, with which he kindly furnished me, were of
essential assistance. They led me to believe, at the time, that the predominant
surface formation of the island was the equivalent of the “Orange Sand,” the
prevalent surface formation of the uplands of Mississippi, which I consider as con-
temporary, and substantially identical with the “Modified Drift” of the North-
west.? I thought that the chain of elevations or “ islands,” mentioned by Thomassy
and Dr. Goessmann, might be of a similar origin as those frequently observed in
level portions of the State of Mississippi,* which are manifestly outliers of the main
body, that have resisted denudation by the greater firmness of their material. This
supposition, however, rested merely upon lithological resemblance, while later
fluviatile deposits might exhibit a very similar aspect.

The solution of the problem involved, of necessity, a general examination of the
ancient and modern deposits as well as the delta formations of the Mississippi
Valley, and adjacent Gulf coast; and this work had to be commenced from some
point where the formations were previously known and identified. In conformity
with this requirement, I proceeded from Vicksburg, the most southerly outcrop
of the fossiliferous marine tertiary, to the present mouths of the Mississippi, land-
ing at intermediate points where observations were needed. After this I went up
the coast to the islands, of which the examination formed the original object of
the expedition.

The unusually low stage of water, as well as the magnificent weather enjoyed in
these latitudes during the early part of the winter, gave me advantages, without
which the brief space of time at my command would not have sufficed to carry out
my plan of operations; for the successful prosecution of which I am also largely
indebted to the courtesy and generous liberality, both of private individuals, and
transportation companies.*

1 Report of the American Bureau of Mines on the Rock-salt Deposit of Petite Anse; New York,
1867.

2 Amer. Journ. Science, May, 1866, p. 311; Ibid., Nov. 1866; Ibid., Dee. 1871.

5 Report on the Geology and Agriculture of Mississippi, 1860, p. 8.

* T have to acknowledge favors in the way of free transportation, both for myself and my travelling
companion (Dr. E. Fontaine, Secretary of the New Orleans Academy of Sciences), on the part of
Mr. Moulton, of the Cromwell line of steamers; Capt. Ed. Yorke, of the Towboat Association ;
Capt. Andrews, of the dredgeboat at the S. W. Pass; Capt. Bayley, Superintendent of the Opelousas
Railroad, and Capt. Trinidad, of the Steamer Anna E., on the Bayou Téche. In my examination of
the Passes and Mudlumps of the lower delta, I have had the assistance of Capt. Day, with a boat’s
crew, of the U.S. coast survey schooner Varina, moored at the head of the Passes. For infor-
mation, hospitality, and other favors, I am indebted to Dr. Copes, President of the New Orleans
Academy of Sciences, and other members of that body; to Gen. Beauregard; to Capt. Tilford and
others, of the Pilot Association; to Judge Avery, the proprietor of the salt mine, and his amiable

AND THE SALT DEPOSIT ON PETITE ANSE ISLAND. 3

¢

FROM VICKSBURG TO PORT HUDSON.

At Vicksburg. in consequence of extreme low water, I was enabled to examine
the portion of the noted profile at this place not usually exposed, viz., the whole of
the lignite bed, and fully four feet of the underlying materials. The latter consist
of bluish sandy clays, or clayey sands,’ not at all similar to the blue clay found in
the section exposed in the canal attempted to be cut across the neck of land below
the city during the war. It will be remembered that the tenacity of the clay in
question not only rendered the process of excavation exceedingly laborious, but
also prevented the anticipated washing out of a broad channel or “chute” during
high water. No such resistance would have been experienced from the materials
underlying the lignite bed at the foot of the bluff. The clay in the canal is doubt-
less of the same age and origin as that observed farther up, according to Humphreys
and Abbot,’ in the beds and bottoms of the Mississippi, Sunflower and Yazoo Rivers;
and whose wide diffusion over the alluvial area of the Lower Mississippi I have
had abundant opportunity of observing.

Having on a previous occasion® minutely examined the bluff at Grand Gulf, to
which that at Rodney, according to late observations by Dr. Geo. Little (the pre-
sent State geologist of Mississippi), is substantially similar, I directed my attention
to the Natchez bluff, where marine shells have also been reported as occurring.

The Natchez profile, essentially the same as that at Fort Adams,‘ is as follows:—

Gray calcareous silt of the Loess or Bluff formation, with Helices and calcare-
ous concretions.

Brown Loam, resembling surface subsoil, but caleareous.

Orange and yellow sands, with some gravel,

Orange Sand.
15 Ledges of ferruginous puddingstone and coarse sandstone,

15 visible. | Blue clayey sand and sandy clay, of the Grand Gulf group.

family, as well as his son-in-law, E. McIlhenny, Esq.; to Dr. Dungan, of Jeannerettes P.O., who
placed his time and conveyance at our disposal for several days, in visiting Weeks’ Island and Cote
Blanche. Also to Judge Robertson, of New Orleans, the author of a valuable report to the State
Legislature, on the resources of Louisiana; and to other gentlemen who manifested so much interest
in the objects of my expedition, as to make it a matter of surprise that a full geological survey of the
State has not sooner been set on foot

‘ Tn the profile presented in my Report on the Geology of Mississippi, p. 141, I have given “white
limestone” as underlying the lignite, on the authority of Prof. W. D. Moore. As the water was not
ds low during his visit as at my late one, I presume that one of the numerous landslides misled Prof.
Moore, the rock having doubtless fallen from above.

* Report on the Physics and Hydraulics of the Mississippi River, 1861; pp. 84 and 85.

® Miss. Rep. 1860, p. 148. * Tbid., p. 150.

4 ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA

The most obvious difference between the two prefiles just referred to, is in the
quality and quantity of the material of the Grand Gulf age; the latter being
represented at Fort Adams, by a stratum of a hundred and seventy feet of a knotty
argillaceous sandstone. But at neither of the points mentioned, nor at any other
now known between Vicksburg and the mouths of the Mississippi, is there any outcrop
of a marine fossiliferous deposit above low water.

‘The existence of a thin stratum of yellow calcareous loam beneath the Loess, at
this point, was the first instance of the kind with which I became acquainted.
According to observations since made by Dr. Little, this layer is the representative
of a stratum thirty feet thick, which, at Nevitt’s bluff, two miles above Natchez,
intervenes between the Loess and the Orange Sand, or Stratified Drift ; being there
divided into fifteen feet of yellow loam with calcareous concretions, and the same
thickness of bluish-gray calcareous clay, beneath.

At Ellis’ Cliffs, twelve miles south of Natchez, the Orange Sand alone, according
to Dr. Little, forms a profile of seventy-six feet, capped by thirty feet of the Loess.

My previous observations in the interior of Mississippi, in addition to those just
mentioned, rendered superfluous any farther examinations of the older formations
above Fort Adams, which lies on the State line.

Below the latter point, the exposure of the Grand Gulf rocks, mentioned above,
continues for several miles, with apparently a gradual decrease of thickness and
elevation. It has been traced southward, by Dr. Little, as far as the crossing of
‘Thompson’s Creek, on the Woodville and Clinton, Louisiana, road—about Lat.
31°10"

The Stratified Drift proper is visible, near the river, as far south as Jackson,
Louisiana, but farther inland extends to a somewhat lower latitude. No trace of
it, or of the Grand Gulf rocks, appears at the next exposure on the Mississippi
River, viz. at Port Hudson.

As for the Loess, it appears fully developed and with all its characteristic features,
at Fort Adams, and for eight or ten miles below. Facing southward we perceive,
from the summit of the Blockhouse Hill at this place, a wilderness of the charac-
teristic sharp ridges, often foreshortened into veritable peaks, usually between three
and four hundred feet above the river, but sometimes as high at least as four
hundred and fifty.

But, according to Dr. Little’s observations, these phenomena become more and
more modified as we advance southward. The Loess deposit thins out, its materials
becoming poorer in lime and fossils, and assuming more and more the character of a
common fine-grained indurate silt or hardpan; the transition being by insensible
degrees, while the two extremes are very obviously distinct. At the same time the
clayey substrata which, farther up stream, appear .only in patches, are here seen
more frequently and continuously until, at Port Hudson, they become predominant.’

‘ A detailed description of this region of transition will be given by Dr. Little hereafter.

AND HE SALE DEPOSIT ON PETITE ANSE ISLAND. 5

PORT HUDSON.

The entire exposure of the strata at Port Hudson, from Sandy Creek above the
town to Fontania Landing, one and a half miles below, is about three miles long,
running nearly north and south. In its southern half, its base is washed by the
river, which is continually encroaching upon the land; as observed by Bartram,
Carpenter, and Lyell, and proved by the remains of houses and graveyards, that
lie scattered on the face of the bluff. The northern half is now nearly a mile inland,
a sandbar, already covered with a luxuriant growth of willows, having changed the
course of the river, and covered the base of the cliff.

The subjoined profiles, of which the correspondence was ascertained by actual
tracing of the stratification lines, embody most of the features and materials
observed. The strata are disposed horizontally or basin fashion, and vary a good
deal in thickness. The two sections are about a mile apart.

NeAR SawMiILt, Port Hupson. Mipway BETWEEN Port Hupson AnD
FonTaNIA.

| |
Yellow surface Loam. Yellow Loam, sandy below.

White and yellow hardpan.

Yellow Hardpan.

Orange and yellow sand, sometimes
ferruginous sandstone, irregularly
stratified.

‘Heavy greenish Clay. Heavy, greenish or bluish Clay.

Gravel, sand, and clay in irre-
gular bands, like river allu-
vium; with pebbles, drift- White indurate silt, or hardpan.
wood, leaves, and Mastodon
bones.

Heavy green clay, with porous cal-
95 visible Heavy, greenish or bluish, careous concretions above, ferru-

"| massy clay, similar to No. 4. ginous ones below; some sticks
and impressions of leaves.

Brown muck

) with cypress
stumps.

At the stage of extreme low water' prevailing at the time, the tops of the upper-
most of the stumps of stratum No. 1 were from ten to twelve feet above water at
the highest point, serving as convenient seats for fishermen. These stumps evidently
represent three or feur successive generations, growing at higher levels as the surface
of the swamp was raised by deposition. The greater number, however, are very
near low water level. The roots are buried in a somewhat sandy, yet very tenacious,

1 Low-water level at Port Hudson is about three feet above mean Gulf level.

6 ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA

bluish or whitish clay; while around their tops, alternating layers of muck and clay
deposit mark the annual fall of leaves, and succeeding overflows. Some of these
stumps are of large dimensions, and their wood remains sufficiently solid to render
it troublesome to detach a large chip with the hatchet. Few retain more than
twelve inches of trunk above the junction of the roots. :

The stump stratum emerges from the talus at the lower steamboat landing, ten
feet visible above low water; then gradually sinks, and a quarter of a mile below
disappears under the water.

Stratum No. 2, the main clay deposit, varies but little in its general character,
Although at many points so solid and tenacious as to render it difficult to detach
a specimen, it cleaves and crumbles into prismatic fragments upon the least
change from wet to dry. It is unsafe to walk near the edge of the vertical face
washed by the ripple of the river, and it is rarely necessary to wait more than
a few minutes for the splash which announces the fall of another prismatic frag-
ment. Ata point about a quarter of a mile above Fontania, exfoliation by drying
takes place to such an extraordinary extent, as to raise the level surface of the
stratum into dark-tinted hillocks of loose material, which excite the curiosity of
passers-by on the river. There occur in this stratum flattened ferruginous concre-
tions, of menilitic forms, smooth and of concentric structure—a ferruginous clay-
stone; also a few very distinct impressions of leaves.

In the upper portion of this stratum, near the southern end of the exposure, there
occur abundantly, chiefly on the stratification lines, strings of calcareous nodules.
These are sometimes hard and crystalline, but mostly rather of the character of
Agaric mineral; of a flattened shape, and often of concentric structure, and quite
different from the contorted “Loess puppets” of the Bluff formation, Fragments
of sticks and impressions of leaves occur occasionally, but so far as observed, no
trace of zoogene fossils.

No. 3, the interesting fossiliferous stratum, is extremely variable both in com-
position and thickness. It first appears near the northern end of the outcrop, as
a narrow band of purplish-gray, semi-indurate silt, containing lignitized sticks and
leaves, As its thickness increases, its composition becomes more variable, and at
the first of the profiles given above, it is clearly an ancient sandbar, Farther
south, near the upper steamboat landing, it takes the character of a swamp deposit,
consisting of heavy, dark-tinted clays and lignite bands, regularly stratified, and
about eight feet thick. Again, at the locality of the second profile, we find it
formed of a white, indurate silt, without a trace of vegetable remains. But lower
down, a dark-colored band appears at its base, and in this we find, imbedded ma
mixture of sandy clay and swamp muck, the acorns of Quercus aquatica, nuts of
Fagus sylvatica’and Carya aquatica? burrs of Pinus teda, Taxodium distichum and
Liquidambar styraciflua, the most abundant trees of the present swamps. The
leaves (except some of the bottom pine) are too much decayed to be recognized.

Still farther down, near Fontania, the stratum resumes the character of a river
alluvion—sandy deposits showing the sandbar bedding-lines, filled with drift-wood
of large size and a great variety of species. Amongst these, the cypress is perhaps
the most abundant; but oaks, pine, hickory, cottonwood, ash, and beech appear all

AND DHE SALT DEPOSIT ON PETITE ANSE ISLAND. 7

to be largely represented. There were some upright fragments, but no stumps in
place.

There is a striking difference in the state of preservation of this drift-wood
imbedded in sand, as compared with the well-preserved cypress stumps in the clay
below. ‘The wood here is in a soft, spongy condition, so that when soaked with
water it is visibly flattened by its own weight when lying on the ground. A stroke
of the hatchet will thus sever a trunk twenty inches or more in diameter; but when
exposed to continuous sunshine in this water-logged condition, the mass not only
loses its water, but itself contracts into hard shining lignite of conchoidal fracture,
exhibiting to the eye scarcely a trace of the original structure; a trunk six or eight
inches in diameter being represented by a contorted band of coal, not over half an
inch thick, While the projecting end of a trunk is thus transformed, the portion
remaining imbedded retains its original condition; suggesting forcibly the enormous
amount of vegetation required to form a coal stratum out of drift-wood, or spongy
Calamites resembling it; and how difficult it must always be to identify the vege-
table structure of the product of such a process. It shows, moreover, how little
‘weight can attach to the state of preservation of fossil wood in determining the
relative age of deposits; a point of special importance in connection with the
geology of the late alluvial and littoral formations.

As for the green clay stratum No. 4, it varies but little either in thickness or
composition. It forms, therefore, a convenient level of reference, since it seems to be
as consistently represented even at distant points, as the lower stump stratum, and
fossils are most abundant immediately beneath it, where they occur at all.

The “hardpan” stratum, No. 5, also exhibits here the two main facies which I
have elsewhere observed, viz., either of uniformly fine, semi-indurate silt or hardpan,
light yellowish-gray, mottled with irregular ochreous spots; or else, of deposits
greatly resembling, at first sight, many of those of the Stratified Drift, but in most
cases distinguishable from the latter both by position and composition. So far as
I have seen, it is void of any trace of fossils; but for this, and for the interposition
of the clay stratum No. 4, it would often be undistinguishable from the hardpans
of No. 3. By exposure to the atmosphere, it becomes eroded into curious pinnacled
forms, representing in an instructive manner the gradual formation of valleys of
denudation, as in relief maps.

It is interesting to compare the present condition of the bluff, as above described,
with the descriptions given at previous periods by three other observers, viz. : Bar-
tram, in 1777; Dr. Carpenter, in 1838; and Sir Chas. Lyell, in 1846.

Bartram, without giving a detailed description of the upper strata, alludes to the
variety of material and colors they present. He mentions more specially the stump
stratum, No. 1, the material of which he states to be ‘“‘of the same black mud or
rich soil” as that of existing cypress swamps; and that the trunks, limbs, etc., of
the trees lie in all directions about the stumps. This description does not apply at
present ; no trunks or branches (save minute twigs mingled with the leaf mould) are
now visible around the stumps; nor is their soil stratum at all comparable to
swamp muck.

Dr. Carpenter examined a section several hundred fect to the eastward of that

8 ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA

seen by Bartram; his description agrees substantially with that given by the former,
but he mentions the bed of vegetable mould about the tops of the stumps, as distinct
from the clay in which the roots are buried; he also found in the former layer a
variety of fruits, the same, so far as they go, as those I have collected from the
upper stratum No. 3. He states that “the stump stratum (No. 1) is covered with
a bed of clay twelve feet thick, and is followed by another bed of superimposed
vegetable matter four feet thick, containing logs and branches half turned into
lignite, and erect stumps, among which there are none of the large cypress, as in
the lower bed. Among the logs, the Water Oak was recognizable. and a pine
with a great deal of bark” (doubtless P. glabra Walt.) “and the strobiles of Pinus
taeda. . . . Above the upper layer of erect stumps are various beds of clay,
with two thin layers of vegetable matter intercalated; and above the whole, more
than twenty feet of sand, the lower part of which included siliceous pebbles derived
from some ancient rocks, and containing the marks of Encrinites and Corals.”

At the present time, the clay bed of statum No. 1, is inno place less than twenty-
five feet in thickness, and at several points it extends thirty feet. Moreover, it
appears that Dr. Carpenter found stumps, in situ, in the upper stratum, No. 3, of
my section, where I have vainly sought for them; where he observed no cypress, I
saw an abundance of it, as well as of the trees of the higher swamps mentioned by
him. But the nature of the stratum as now observable at the upper landing (see
above) shows that it has in part been formed as a swamp deposit, the non-occur-
rence of stumps in which would be a matter of local accident.

Lyell, in 1846, found the stump stratum, No. 1, twelve feet under water. He
distinctly describes, however, strata Nos. 2, 3, and 4, and mentions the occurrence
of fossil trees in No. 3, but not of stumps.

The variability of the latter stratum, as now exhibited in the three miles of north
and south exposure, and recorded in the successive observations as equally existing
in an east and west direction, is interesting as a proof of the exact analogy of the
present state of things, with that existing at that distant period. The variable
thickness of the stratum, the alternation of sandbar and drift-wood deposits with
those derived from swamps partly high, partly low, and others of fine silt free from,
or superimposed upon, vegetable mould, the result of quiet overflow—all this is what
any deep canal now dug across the Mississippi Bottom would exhibit.

Not so the lower stump stratum and superincumbent clay bed. Both in thick-
ness and nature of materials, these vary but slightly, whether in a vertical or hori-
zontal direction; not only here, but elsewhere in the level belt bordering the Gulf
coast. They testify to the wide-spread prevalence, at the time of their deposition,
of quiet, shallow fresh-water lagoons and swamps of various degrees of elevation,
through which, perhaps, at that time the continental waters found an outlet with-
out a definite channel to represent the Mississippi River of to-day.

THE LOWER MISSISSIPPI.

From Natchez down to New Orleans blue clay is frequently seen at low water level,
forming the base of the river banks, and sometimes reaching to within a few feet

ANID SVE SA Th DEPOSIT ON PETITE ANSE ISLAND. 9

of the top. Such is the case at New Texas Landing, for example, where the clay
is abundantly traversed by cypress roots, though no large stumps are visible.
At Proffit’s Island, a few miles below Port Hudson, the Stratified Drift is seen on
the river for the last time, in the gravel beds of that locality, near low-water level.
At Walker’s Landing, near Pass Manchac, several generations of cypress stumps
appear, one above the other, for some twelve fect above low-water level, in clay
similar to that of the stump stratum at Port Hudson. They are overlaid by eight to
ten feet of more sandy deposits, from which a streamlet had washed an abundance
of whitened shells of Planorbis, Paludina, Helix, Helicina—all species now living
in the lakes of the bottom. The cypress wood here is in a better state of preserva-
tion than that of the stumps at Port Hudson, thus appearing to indicate a more
recent origin. Little value, however, can attach to this circumstance, upon which,
within certain limits, differences of the matrix and position seem to exert a greater
influence than time.

It will be difficult, on this account, to distinguish in every case the equivalents
of the Port Hudson stump stratum from similar and more recent deposits, now
demonstrably in course of formation in cypress swamps, which in their turn may
become covered with river or lake deposits. It is mainly where the superincumbent
strata have not been removed by denudation, or where continuity can be proven,
that we can readily and positively identify these equivalents.

Even below New Orleans, clays opposing considerable resistance to denudation,
and differing in aspect from those of modern cypress swamps, occasionally appear
in the river’s banks. But the main body is evidently below tide-level, forming the
“blue clay bottom” of the Gulf coast. A special discussion of this portion of the
region explored, however, is given in a separate paper.’

THE FIVE ISLANDS.

The chain of five “islands” rising, partly from the sea, partly from the sur-
rounding marsh, has been described by Mr. 'Thomassy (/. ¢.) from personal obser-
vation—somewhat fancifully, it is true, since in all of them he thought he found
But notwithstanding his preconceived

>

proofs of “powerful volcanic convulsions.’
idea of comparing these elevations to the extinct “‘mudlumps” of the passes of the
Mississippi, his description is sufficiently faithful to show the general resemblance
of their geological structure; so that after examining the three middle ones, I
thought it superfluous to visit the first and fifth of the chain, viz., Belle Isle, and
Miller’s Island or Orange Grove. ‘The former appears as a promontory west of the
mouth of the Atchafalaya; the latter forms the southeastern shore of Lake
Peigneur; but neither of them is usually mentioned on maps. A line laid from
the first-mentioned point to the last touches, in succession, C5te Blanche, Grande
Cote or Weeks’ Island, and Petite Anse or Avery’s Island, the genera. trend being
about northwest. (Sce Map.)

— — = — —

1 “On the Geology of the Delta, and the Mudlumps of the Passes of the Mississippi;” Amer. Journ.
Sci., March, April, and May, 1871. See also “‘ Report on the Age of the Mississippi Delta,” in Rep.
U. 8S. Engineer Dep’t. for 1870.

2 May, 1872.

10 ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA

THE FIVE ISLANDS,

COAST OF LOUISIANA,

L Dead. Cypress Pt.

° Ob

we e@ Mulony’s Pt. <= —

COTE BLANCHE.

Of these Islands, Cote Blanche affords on its sea-face the best exposure of the
lower strata of the series. It is a regular mammillary elevation, somewhat elliptical
in outline; its highest point, near the centre, rises one hundred and eighty feet
above mean level of the Gulf, according to the Coast Survey determinations. Its
area embraces about two thousand acres of excellent upland, possessing an amber-
colored loam subsoil. It was originally covered with a fine growth of Magnolia,
Ash, Live and Black Oak, as well as tall cane; but it is now almost entirely denuded
of timber, and under cultivation for sugar-cane and cotton. About three-fourths of
a mile of its southern and southwestern front is washed, and continually encroached
upon, by the sea; on all other sides it is bordered by sea marsh. A causeway three-
fourths of a mile long connects it with the mainland, i. ¢., the cypress swamp of
bayou Cyprés Mort.

The southern face, towards the sea, presents a perpendicular bluff about fifty
feet high, with but little talus; from its foot there extends seaward at low-tide
level, for some forty to sixty yards, a shelving terrace of blue clay dotted with
cypress stumps and small patches of lignitic matter. The cypress roots are in
rather a better state of preservation than at Port Hudson, though when dry they
become as light as cork. Wherever exposed, the teredo and barnacle, as well as
occasionally the oyster, have taken possession of them.

The following section shows the strata exhibited; which, however, vary greatly
in character at different points, and are no doubt continually changing, as at Port
Hudson, in consequence of the rapid encroachment of the Gulf waters upon the
“caving” land; the entire area of the clay-shelf, now covered by the tide, having
within the memory of the inhabitants formed part of the upland. ‘The section
is taken at about the middle of the exposure.

ANDELHET SALE DEPOSIT ON PETITE ANSE ISLAND. 11

ProFiLe At COTE BLANCHE.

Soil and (brown loam) subsoil.

Stiff greenish-brown clay with dendrites.
S

Stiff brown clay with black streaks.

Reddish-gray loam with ferruginous spots and calcareous nodules.

Hardpan, mottled white and yellow.

Tough greenish clay with calcareous concretions.

Same, non-calcareous.

Gray loam (partly hidden by talus) about

Reddish, orange, gray or mottled loam, with ferruginous concretions.

Cypress muck and lignite about tops of stumps.

Blue and green sanay clay with cypress roots—1 foot visible.

If we compare this section with that at Port Hudson, starting from the stump
stratum as a level of reference, we find here a much greater variety, and in general
a greater proportion of loam and silt materials; both circumstances indicating a
deposition in water possessing some flow, rather than in quiet lagoons or swamps.
The same state of things is indicated by the waviness, on the large and small scale,
of the stratification lines; for the bluff exhibits on its face not less than two
synclinals and anticlinals, the inclination being mostly of a few degrees only, and
very obviously conforming to the present surface undulations.

At Port Hudson we find the main clay stratum, No. 2, characterized by the
occurrence of ferruginous nodules in the lower and calcareous ones in the upper
portion. Similarly we find at Céte Blanche, in stratum No. 2, an abundance of
ferruginous nodules; and towards the west end of the exposure, stratum No. 7,
here from fifteen to eighteen feet thick, shows on the stratification lines flattened
calcareous nodules, in strings from twelve to fifteen inches apart, precisely as is the
case at Fontania. While at the latter place, however, the calcareous mass is mostly
of a chalky texture, it is here prevalently crystalline, so as fo form a very ancient-
looking limestone; tons of which lie scattered on the shelving beach. Such,

IY ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA

doubtless, are the “strata” of limestone mentioned by 'Thomassy' as occurring at
Belle Isle, and whose “shattered” condition he attributes to volcanic explosions,

Towards the east end of the bluff, stratum No. 5 descends to tide-level by a
sudden curve (whether owing to a basin-shape or a landslide, does not clearly appear).
Here the ferrugino-calcareous concretions begin to assume definite shapes, and for
a few yards there is a kind of clay marl, filled with casts and much decayed shells
of fresh-water mollusks. With the exception of a Paludina, resembling (but not
identical with) P. subpurpurea of Say, I found it impossible to preserve any
specimens of these in a condition fit for subsequent determination. But the shape
and hinge enabled me to recognize at least four species of Unio, a Cyclas, the thin
shell of an Anodonta, and a longitudinal section of a Potamides. There are also
some ferruginous casts of plants, badly preserved.

Doubtless, the lime of the nodules has been derived from the shells of fossils,
which have been destroyed by a process of dissolution and recrystallization, from
which but a few spots have remained exempt.

There is not, on this island, another exposure showing more than the surface
loam with greenish clay beneath. Remains of the Mastodon have, in times past,
been found on the island; but I have been unable to ascertain the precise locality.
The stump clay has, however, been observed on several sides, in digging trenches
for drainage in the marsh.

WEEKS’ ISLAND.

A ride of six miles carries us from Céte Blanche to Weeks’ Island, which is
reached from the southeast, by a causeway a mile in length, traversing the almost
bottomless Cypris Mort swamp, swarming with alligators. On all other sides the
island is surrounded by sea-marsh. Its form is nearly circular, area about two
thousand three hundred acres; highest elevation, according to Thomassy, one
hundred and sixty feet above tide-level. Its surface is not as unbroken as that of
Cote Blanche; both on the outer slopes and in the centre, there are deep ravines
which render the formations accessible. The soil and original vegetation are the
same as at Cote Blanche.

The ravines in the central portion exhibit on their sides, in the most unmistakable
manner, the characteristic stratification and materials of the Orange Sand, or
Stratified Drift formation—chiefly the brownish-red, semi-indurate sand, consisting
of rounded quartz grains incrusted with iron rust, together with a greater or less
proportion of grains of white pipe-clay. Here and there, also, layers and fanciful
concretions of the well-known brown sandstone of Mississippi; while at some of
the lower points, the pebble-bed appears, with its usual variety of well-worn rocks
from higher latitudes, and some large and rough ones of Grand Gulf sandstone.
The stratification lines are horizontal on the large, but wavy and discordant on the
small scale, with flakes of white pipe-clay to mark them. So far as lithological and

’ Geol. prat., p. 80.

AND THE SALT DEPOSIT ON PETITH ANSE ISLAND. 113)

stratigraphical characters go, the identity is therefore complete. (See Miss. Rep.,
1860, p. 6 and ff.)

The materials forming the highest portion of the central hills are nowhere visible.
As we approach the outer slope, there isa change. Heavy greenish or bluish clays,
with ferruginous and calcareous concretions and obscure casts of shells and plants,
alternate with loamy materials and hardpans undistinguishable from those at Cote
Blanche; while nearer the edge of the marsh thick strata of indurate silt or
hardpan, similar to those of stratum No. 6, at Port Hudson, are alone visible.
Here, as at Cote Blanche, the stratification lines are seen roughly to conform to the
undulations of the surface; so that the clay and hardpan strata are distinctly
inclined away from the highest portion of the island.

It thus seems that the latter consists of a more or less horizontally stratified
nucleus of Drift materials, upon which the Port Hudson strata have been deposited
in a position roughly corresponding to the shape of the nucleus; there being, how-
ever, a marked increase of thickness towards the base of the slope, as might be
expected. The blue clay stratum with cypress stumps, also, is known to exist in
the beds of the bayous and under the sea-marsh, and has been found in cutting
ditches; although in some portions of the contiguous Cyprés Mort swamp, a twenty
foot pole does not find solid bottom.’

Near Cyprés Mort Point, south of Weeks’ Island, an attempt to find salt water
was, during the war, made by Mr. John Gordy. He found at five feet a grayish
loam with very perfect crystals of gypsum, now in the possession of Dr. Dungan,
of Jeaneretts P. O. The thickness of this stratum was about two feet; then
came two and a half feet of water-bearing quicksand, then the “blue clay bottom.”
The water was a weak brine, from which some salt was boiled; but it was abandoned
as unprofitable. The salt water was probably nothing more than Gulf water some-
what concentrated by evaporation; the locality being a portion of the level Cyprés
Mort Woods.

A similar attempt was made about midway between Céte Blanche and Belle Isle,
on Salt Point, near Bayou Salé, by Mr. Carey. He bored some thirty odd feet,
when, striking “an oyster bank,” he became discouraged and abandoned the well.
Unfortunately I have been unable to obtain the detailed record of this boring,
which, being in the level country, must have reached considerably below the sea-
level. The oyster-bed is precisely what, under similar circumstances, might have
been found on the coast of Mississippi Sound.”

1 There are several small lakes or ponds on this island, to which Mr. Thomassy ascribes the
character of ‘‘sunk craters.” They do not, however, offer any unusual characteristics, requiring
subterraneous disturbances to produce them. The “round lakes” in the prairies, of which he speaks
in this connection, are universally attributed by the inhabitants to the action of cattle, which, when
frequenting water-holes in the dry season, not only deepen and enlarge them by pawing (hence ‘‘bull-
holes”), but also each time they drink carry off some of the tough prairie mud adhering to their feet;
and thus slowly but surely cxtend the basin into a pond. Under this point of view, their round form,
in a level country, is readily explained upon the basis of the law of probabilities.

2 Miss. Rep., 1860, p. 154 and ff,

14 ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA

PETITE ANSE.

Petite Anse cannot readily be reached by a direct route from Weeks’ Island,
there being almost impassable marshes, as well as cypress, live-oak, and palmetto
swamps between. It is necessary to make a circuit northward through the prairie
bordering upon the Bayou 'Téche (Jeaneretts’ Prairie).

Dr. Goessmann has given an excellent description of the surface conformation,
and a map of Petite Anse, which would render a repetition on my part superfluous,
were Dr. Goessmann’s report more generally accessible. I shall therefore briefly
recapitulate the main points, which will be better understood by referring to the
accompanying map.

As seen from the prairie near New Iberia, Petite Anse appears as a short ndge,
rising rather abruptly from the marsh to the westward of it, and the Bayou Petite
Anse which bathes the western half, nearly, of the base. A causeway, about two
miles in length, across the marsh bordering the bayou, connects the island with the
mainland on the north side, while on the south, likewise, it is bordered by sea-
marsh; on the east and southeast, by the Cyprés Mort woods, and cypress swamps.

The island proper is nearly round, with a prominence towards the southeast,
where there is a large body of level land, cultivated in cotton and cane. Its area
is two thousand two hundred and forty acres.

Near the northeast extremity of the island is Prospect Hill, the highest eleva-
tion, one hundred and eighty feet above tide-level. Southward of Prospect Hill,
and connected with it by an elevated ridge, is another high point; on its eastern
slope, towards the Cyprés Mort woods, there is a cypress pond, which, perhaps,
represents the “‘central crater of- elevation” of Thomassy. This main ridge forms
the head of the valley which is underlaid by the rock-salt, and which drains south-
westward into the marsh. Judge Avery’s residence stands on a high knoll at the
west end of the island, which is connected by a low ridge with Prospect Hull;
while another intervenes between it and the salt valley. Salt springs appear on
both sides of the last mentioned ridge, but rock-salt has not been found north of it.

Up to the time of Dr. Goessmann’s visit, all the borings and pits which had
reached the salt, had been sunk in detrital material washed down from the sur-
rounding hills, and frequently inclosing the vestiges of both animal and human
visits to the spot. Mastodon, buffalo, deer, and other bones; Indian hatchets,
arrow-heads, and rush baskets, but above all, an incredible quantity of pottery
fragments, have been extracted from the pits. ‘The pottery fragments form at some
points veritable strata, three to six inches thick; this is especially the case where
Mr. Dudley M. Avery found what appeared to have been a furnace for baking the
ware (a process very imperfectly performed), and near it three pots of successive sizes,
inside of each other. The pots must be presumed to have subserved the purpose
cf salt-boiling; for although human handiwork has been found so close to the sur-
face of the salt as to render it probable that its existence in mass was once known,’

1 Tt is very positively stated, that Mastodon bones were found considerably above some of the |)

human relics. In a detrital mass, however, this cannot be considered a crucial test.

}

|

AN DAVEE SALE DHPOSIT ON PETITE ANSE ISLAND. ils;

yet the boiling process alone has been resorted to within even traditional times,
until the discovery, at the bottom of a salt well, of solid rock-salt, by Mr. J. M.
Avery.

Borings and pit-workings, extensively prosecuted during the war, have demon-
strated that the surface of the salt is very undulating, varying to some extent in
conformity with the surface of the ground. Borings made at a higher level have,
therefore, repeatedly struck the salt at nearly the same, or a slightly greater, relative
depth than excavations made lower down,

The surface of the salt explored up to the time of Dr. Goessmann’s visit, lics
mostly below tide-level; at one point only it was found one and three-quarters feet
above, at another as much as thirty-two feet below, as shown by the instructive profile
given in his report and reproduced on the map. ‘The salt stratum has now been
penetrated to the depth of fifty-eight feet below its surface, without any material
change in character; being remarkably free from the usual impurities, viz., gypsum
and magnesian salts. Minute laminz of the former sometimes exist between the
larger crystals; and in the shaft now worked there was found, thirty-eight feet
beneath the surface of the salt, a dark-colored vein about a foot thick, rumning north-
west and southeast, and consisting of an aggregate of crystals of rock-salt and
gypsum. ‘This seems clearly, however, to have been a subsequent infiltration.

Occasionally, cavities occur in it containing large and beautiful cubes; but usually
the mass consists of crystals more or less deformed by mutual interference, one-
eighth to one-quarter of an inch in diameter. Dense granular or fibrous salt has
never yet, so far as I am aware, been found at Petite Anse.

Since Dr. Goessmann’s visit, another pit has been sunk by Mr. Chas. Chouteau,
of St. Louis, assisted by Mr. Dudley M. Avery, son of Judge Avery, whose intelligent
observations have greatly facilitated my researches, and to whom I am indebted for
a record (verified from the materials at the pit) of the strata penetrated. It appears
that in order to avoid the troublesome quicksand always met with a few feet above
the salt, Mr. Chouteau selected a spot on a hill-side, above the level of any previous
bore, and where the semi-indurate sand strata, exhibited in a ravine near by, seemed
to promise greater facility in sinking a shaft.

PRoFILE or CHourEAv’s UpPer Pir.

Soil.

Yellow and brown loam.

Ferruginous sand, rather loose above, more coherent below; grains rounded,
and white pipe-clay intermixed.

Gravel, small above, large below.

Bluish pipe-clay and sand, interstratified.

Rock-salt.

16 ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUVISIANA

The last six feet were penetrated with the auger. So much water flowed in
(through the gravel apparently) that it became necessary to exclude it if possible,
This was attempted by cementing the curbing to the salt with pitch; but the
presence of the water prevented a thorough adhesion being attained, and thus the
shaft, at the time of my visit, was “drowned.”

The surface of the salt where struck was estimated to be perhaps as much as
seven feet above tide-level; higher than at any point previously reached.

The semi-indurate sandy material, No. 4 of the section, is the same as that which
crops out in several neighboring ravines, and is precisely similar to the material of
the Drift at Weeks’ Island. ‘The under-lying pebble-bed, with subjacent bluish
pipe-clay, is likewise characteristic of the same formation.

There can, therefore, be no reasonable doubt that the salt deposit underlies, and
is older than, the Orange Sand or Stratified Drift Formation.

It is true that the identification of this formation here, as well as at Weeks’
Island, rests merely upon stratigraphical and lithological characters. But these, in
the case of these deposits, are so well defined and characteristic everywhere, that
even the coincidence of fossils could add but little weight to the evidence. Silicified
wood, nevertheless, the almost constant concomitant of the formation, is quite
common on the island, and the pebbles speak of high northern origin.

It must be remembered, too, that we are here dealing, not with a wide range of
possible formations, but with small and partly local sub-groups of a comparatively
short epoch, which are well known to be characterized by differences of origin,
mode of deposition, and material, rather than by a diversity of living forms; save
such as may result from their special and local character. None of the deposits
likely to occur in the locality before us could be expected to contain other than
living forms in a fossilized state. ‘The consistent alsence of any such forms is one
of the distinctive features of the Orange Sand group. Another, is its stratification;
a third, its current-worn, peroxidized, non-calcareous materials; excepting alone the
case of angular fragments of silicified wood, which evidently came down originally
as drift-wood, and has subsequently suffered silicification in situ. (Miss. Rep., 1860,
p. 20 and ff.)

Lastly, the pebble-stratum everywhere found overlying the salt, and also occurring
at higher levels, establishes some important points in the identification. The
average size is from that of a large hen’s egg to that of a guinea-fowl’s; some of
the quartz-pebbles, however, weighing a pound and over. Some of the latter, as

well as some large sandstone pebbles, appear to be derived from the Grand Gulf |

rocks, distant about sixty miles to the northward. The majority, however, consist
of brown or yellowish hornstone with impressions of palwozoic fossils—erinoids,
corals, etc., of both silurian and carboniferous types. Jasper, agate, carnelian; also
graphic granite, syenite, mica schist, and siliceous schist, are not uncommon, ‘The
latter rocks, evidently of high northern origin, are almost unknown in the south-
western Drift, outside of the main pebble-belt of the Mississippi Valley.

Dr. Goessmann mentions the occurrence of a large boulder of porphyritie diorite.
I have in vain sought, among the pebble-beds, for another sample of this rock,
whose home seems to have been Missouri or Arkansas. As it was found in the

OF
PETITE ANSE ISLAND

ann,and ori

ossm.

G

Ss.
sources, by

Cha:

Compiled from a report to
the American Bureau of Mines

Dr

ginal

by

ard

18

W. Hilg:
me

aD;

House

Sugar
\\
\

‘

\

\

\

N

’

\\\
\\\
\

SS"

\\

\
S

ays
\\
\

\
\

\\
\'

\\

we Hi:

Sugar House

rys

4

900 1000 Yards.

%%

700 800

Statute Mile

600 600

200 300 400

100

0

alt was struck,

in which §:

Levels of the eight bore-holes.

To face p. 17.

———

es

Largest Fide ff

AND THE SALT DEPOSIT ON PETITE ANSE ISLAND. 17

detrital beds above the salt, and in the absence of all analogy with the other
pebbles, either as to size or mineral composition, I am inclined to consider this stone
(a faithful drawing of which, made by Rey. E. Fontaine, is subjoined) rather as an

Greenstone boulder found in the salt pits, Petite Anse. Weight 70 pounds,

implement transported in a canoe, than as an erratic floated down by ice. As an
anvil upon which to fashion spear or arrow-heads of either stone or metal, its place
could not well be supplied by any rock occurring much nearer at hand; and the
aboriginal tribes, that evidently resorted to this place in great numbers, might well
deem it worth while to carry with them a good-sized block of the refractory
material out of which their axes, found on the same spot, have likewise been
fashioned.

But at Petite Anse, as at Weeks’ Island, the ““Orange Sand” strata form only a
nucleus, upon and around which the materials of the Port Hudson group have been
more or less thickly deposited. The latter appear characteristically at numerous
points where ravines have cut into the hill-sides, both on the higher elevations in
the interior, and on the external slopes. Here, too, as at the other islands, they
conform, to a not inconsiderable extent, to the undulations of the surface. This
circumstance, probably, induced Thomassy to consider local upheavals as having
been instrumental in their conformation. But unless we were to assume a separate
effort for each hillock on the island, this hypothesis would nowise explain the facts.
Indeed, the extent to which the Port Hudson strata are sometimes tilted rather
staggers the observer, who is not prepared to admit the possibility of their deposition,
in parallel bands, on such a heavy slope.

There can be no doubt that local subsidence subsequent to deposition has, in most
cases, contributed largely towards producing these extravagant dips. Thus, in the
loose gravelly and sandy strata which appear overlying the characteristic blue cal-
careous clay, as we ascend Prospect Hill, the dislocation and contortion of bedding
lines show clearly that movements have taken place within the mass, which must

have changed the dip of superincumbent strata. Moreover, it is noticeable that
3 May, 1872.

18 ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA

where the more coherent strata immediately overlie the solid Drift nucleus, the
dips are moderate or nil; while these same strata near the circumference of the
island show a dip of twenty-five and more degrees, not explicable without some
subsequent disturbance. Now, we know that around these islands, as elsewhere in
the littoral belt, there is a floor stratum of blue clay with cypress stumps and muck,
whose gradual conversion into the more compact form of lignite (such as we find at
Céte Blanche) would of necessity be accompanied by a considerable diminution of
bulk, followed by a corresponding subsidence of the superincumbent deposits.

Some of the clayey strata, moreover, exhibit a phenomenon somewhat resembling
the movement of a glacier down a mountain slope; a prominent example of which
occurs on the eastern slope of the hill on which Judge Avery’s residence stands,
Although distinctly stratified, this clay (which is filled with fossil impressions) has
an uncontrollable tendency to cleave into angularly conchoidal forms, the cleavage
planes being so smooth as to glisten when dry. When wet, of course they are so
exceedingly slippery that even large masses give way under slight pressure, and it
thus happens that the whole stratum, so far as exposed, is now bodily moving down
hill; having, for example, completely overflowed a deposit of brickbats, and yet
preserved in a great measure its stratification. In consequence of this disturbance,
it is very difficult to ascertain the true thickness and position of this stratum, which
in all respects greatly resembles No. 5 of the Céte Blanche section, as well as the
corresponding deposits of Weeks’ Island. It contains an abundance of calcareous
concretions, mostly with a ferruginous nucleus, and also purely ferruginous ones.
Numerous impressions of plants occur, among them the leaves of grasses and reeds,
of Salix, Myrica cerifera, Quercus virens, aquatica, and phellos—verified by com-
parison on the spot; as the specimens are excessively perishable.

Somewhat lower down, we find in it badly preserved shells of Paludina, of several
species of Unio, and a Cyclas. In consequence of the great tendency of the matrix
to cleave, it has been impossible to preserve specimens for determination; it would
be difficult to determine them specifically even on the spot. The Paludina is
clearly, however, identical with that found at Cote Blanche.

This is the only fossiliferous locality I have observed in this formation at Petite
Anse, although the equivalent of the fossiliferous clay occurs at several other points,
containing, however, only calcareous concretions. On the opposite slope, 7. @ a
short distance northwest of Judge Avery’s house, the following profile, typical of
the exterior slopes of the island, is shown in a gully. The strata are nearly hori
zontal at the highest point, but near the foot of the hill acquire a dip of twenty-
five degrees northwest; while a few hundred yards off, the blue clay with cypress
stumps forms the bed of Bayou Petite Anse.

CNG 0 Re Hene SrAC ii e DiRIPIO St ON PEM Tn SAN S's ES) LAND. 19

Prorite Nortuwest or Jupce Avery’s House.

Light-brown Loam.

“Black Gravel” (Bog Ore).

Tough greenish Clay.

Sandy Loam or Hardpan, mottled gray and yellow.

Heavy gray or greenish Clay.

Grayish Sand? (doubtful).

No. 4 of this section doubtless corresponds to the fossiliferous clay stratum on the
opposite slope. The latter appears to be underlaid by sandy strata, which from
their composition and bedding might be presumed to belong to the Drift, and cover
the slopes of most of the interior hills. The clay band, No. 4, is traceable, with
several undulations, to the southwest slope of Prospect Hill, where it appears at
about the same level as the fossiliferous clay, but is only twelve to twenty inches
thick, contains some calcareous concretions, and, after showing an ‘‘ up-hill” slope
for a short distance, passes out of sight horizontally, into the body of the ridge. It
is directly underlaid by the sands just mentioned, often (here as elsewhere) con-
taining strings of pebbles; lower down appear the outcrops of the unequivocal
Drift materials. Above the clay band appears grayish-white hardpan, which at
other points overlies directly the pebbly sands, and sometimes seems to replace
them. ‘The lower clay bed (No. 2 of the above section) does not seem to exist in
the interior of the island, any more than the cypress stump stratum; which, how-
ever, forms the bed of bayou Petite Anse, and doubtless underlies the surrounding
marsh, as it does the Attakapas prairies themselves.

Ravines and washes on the higher portion of Prospect Hill, above the level of
the clay band, repeatedly exhibit irregular veins and lenticular masses of similar
greenish calcareous clay, in gravelly sand. But the manifest dislocation by sub-
sidence which has taken place here, obscures the stratigraphical relation between
these materials and the profile below. Occasionally, ferruginous veins and concre-
tions also occur, producing locally very much the appearance of a Drift outcrop.
On the summit of the hill there is a level platform, abruptly elevated several feet,
which I presume to be a work of art; although, according to the observations of
my traveling companion, the Rev. Ed. Fontaine, its materials are regularly stratified.
But they (variegated clays) are not of such a character as to make it probable that
they could have resisted the atmospheric influences through several geolggical ages,
Its obvious adaptation as the foundation of a “lookout” suggests itself more forcibly
tome; but excavations alone can determine the point. Everywhere else, the usual
brown surface loam overlies, with a thickness of four to six feet.

2) ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA

Not far below the summit of the high ridge mentioned as existing to the south-
ward of Prospect Hill, we find large fragments of a pinkish sandstone, such as
sometimes occurs, likewise, in the Drift hills of South Mississippi. The quartz
grains are well rounded, and mingled with grains of whitish pipe-clay, while the
cement is siliceous. It appears to occur in a ledge fifteen to eighteen inches thick,
overlaid by a bluish or greenish clay, the outcrop of which I could not discover,

This is by many feet the highest point at which I have found, on the Louisiana ;
coast, materials belonging, apparently, to the Drift. At the foot of this ridge are
the most characteristic outcrops of the Orange Sand, near Chouteau’s upper pit;
but higher up on the slope, we find the same doubtful sand as on Prospect Hill; not, |
however, any of the greenish calcareous clay, unless it be that overlying the pink ;
sandstone just referred to.

The accompanying (somewhat ideal) section of the island, chiefly along a line «
running east from the boat-house on the bayou to Judge Avery’s house, thence in |
an east-northeast direction to Prospect Hill, and thence curving southward, exhibits. ;

Prospect Hill
180 Ft.

Awe, Ss. Vaughn's Clearing

Ay Sands pon Ee
ixvaryarionse ENE Gey Bands 2

: a ms
80 Ft. = wi oe (Hard pan dk

Le ish Hare ip an
us

‘Tide Level —

x Eas
°h Sait
SSS

Geological Section of Petite Anse Tsland, Louisiana.

the general geological structure, as deduced from my observations; the vertical |
elevation iyetines AE course, much exaggerated. Its location will be best understood —
by referring to the map (see above).

It will be seen that, starting from the stump stratum, No. 1, as a point of refer-
ence, the section of the strata on the western slope shows a general correspondence +
to that of the southem portion of the Port Hudson bluff, where the clay stratum, |
No. 4, may also be traced along the entire outcrop.

BELLE ISLE AND ORANGE ISLAND.

I will here briefly give the data I possess concerning the geology of these two
extreme members of the group of five.

According to Thomassy, the uppermost strata at Belle Isle consist of “sands )
similar to fice of the Red River country”—perhaps a reddish loam similar to No.
7 of the Cote Blanche profile. Beneath lie others “identical with those of the
Sabine Hills” (whitish hardpan 2) ; Lael lower down we have a formation of
“caleaire grossier,” “crumbled to pieces’—doubtless the crystalline calcareous:
nodules seen at Céte Blanche, according to the description given me by others.

ANDRE SAL DEPOSIT ON PETIME ANSE ISLAND. 91

Divers kinds of mineral springs seem to exist there. The area of the island is only
about three hundred and fifty acres, maximum elevation one hundred and twenty
feet; like the rest, it is surrounded by sea-marsh.

Dupuy, Miller’s or Orange Island, possesses about the same area as Petite Anse,
its maximum elevation above Gulf level being eighty-five feet. 'Thomassy describes,
as situated on the summit of the island, a “crater lake,” exhibiting on its sides an
upper stratum of fine gray sand, and a lower one of rather angular quartz pebbles.
Mr. Dudley Avery, who described the island to me, could not locate this central
lake, but states that bluff banks exhibit precisely the same materials as the interior
of Petite Anse. On the shore of Lake Peigneur, which borders the island on the
northwest, there is at one point an appearance as of a ledge of greenish, not very
solid sandstone, two feet below water level; it is coarser than the surrounding
sand strata. This would seem to indicate the presence of the coarse conglomeratic,

semi-indurate sandstones so commonly overlying the pebble-bed of the Stratified
Drift.

THE ATTAKAPAS PRAIRIES.

As already stated, the blue clay stratum underlies also the Attakapas prairies,
south of Bayou Téche. In cuts made in the prairie northward of Petite Anse, the
succession of strata, according to Mr. D. Avery, is as follows:—

Brownish-black surface soil.

Ferruginous or calcareous gravel, concretionary.

Bluish-white silt, mottled with yellow, and bog ore spots.

Blue clay, “similar to that in the bed of Bayou Petite Anse.” (Not known.

The structure of some of the level lands of Petite Anse is quite similar,
although the black prairie soil is now wanting, while the calcareous gravel is very
prominent. ‘The same is the case in the prairie off Cte Blanche, where the thick-
ness of the concretionary stratum often exceeds a foot. The average elevation of
the Iberia prairie above tide-water is six to eight feet; which would place the top
of the blue clay stratum somewhat above Gulf level. But no stumps have been
found in the shallow prairie cuts, so that it is quite likely that the stump stratum
exhibited at Cote Blanche has not been reached in them,

THE PORT HUDSON GROUP.

The data above recorded, as will be perceived, were insufficient by themselves to
serve for the determination of the age of the rock-salt deposit. At the same time,

22 ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA

however, they led to the conclusion that the long-known outcrop at Port Hudson
was but the representative of a wide-spread formation, playing an important part
in the configuration of the Gulf coast region, and to which, in publications made
since, 1 have attached the name of its typical locality.

More extensive observations for which I have had opportunity since then, while
extending greatly the scope of the group so designated, have also compelled a
modification of the definition given in the abstract, first published, of the results of
my first exploration.1. And as the data are nowhere given in their entirety, I shall
here recapitulate those not mcluded in the preceding record.

So far as my own observations extend, and so far as I have been able to gather
from those of others (especially from the valuable Report on the Mississippi River,
by Humphreys and Abbot), a blue clay stratum, usually containing stumps or trunks
of the cypress, or other lowland trees, extends not only over the entire alluvial
plain of the Mississippi, as high as Memphis at least; of Red River, as high as
Shreveport, and correspondingly in other larger tributaries both of these rivers and
of the Gulf of Mexico; but also over the entire coast region of Texas, Louisiana,
Mississippi, and Alabama, from the Rio Grande to the Escambia, and doubtless
farther, along the coast of Florida. It forms, along these coasts, the “blue clay
bottom” so well known to navigators, that generally, at a distance varying from
seven to twenty miles out from the mainland, breaks off into deep water.

I must here recall to mind my observations on the coast of Mississippi Sound,
made in 1859, and published im my report on the Geology of Mississippi, pp. 154
to 156. I found that while at a few points deposits apparently belonging to the
age of the Stratified Drift, extend to within a few miles of the coast, the greater
part of a littoral belt about twenty miles wide is underlaid by a solid, tenacious
blue or bluish-black clay, which is everywhere struck in wells, crops out on the sea-
beach, and forms the “blue clay bottom” off the coast. Cypress stumps, as well
as logs of various kinds, are constantly found in it; when penetrated, it is frequently
found to be underlaid by sandy marine deposits, and at one point I found marine
shells in it. Higher up (at Saucier’s, on Wolf River), I found a deposit precisely
similar to the stump stratum at Port Hudson, with cypress stumps and knees; as
well as, not far off, a deposit containing twigs and burs of Bottom Pine (Pinus
teda). Similar deposits are reported to occur frequently in the region, And the
same has been repeatedly asserted to be the case on Mobile Bay, by Hale and others.

Port Hudson lies nearly due west of the locality above referred to. The level
tract of country in which it occurs, is bordered northward by a rather abrupt shore-
line of Drift hills.? The same, according to Dr. Little’s late observations, is the
case northward of Port Hudson; while eastward of that place, a level or slightly
undulating plateau extends, with a gradual slope, towards Pearl (and Wolf) River.
This region has lately been explored by Dr. Hopkins,’ who fully confirms the identity

1 Amer. Journ. Sci., Jan. 1869.
2 Miss. Rep. 1860, p. 385.
* Second Annual Report of the Geol. Survey of Louisiana.

AND enh SAE DiI POsS Ll ON PE PELE ANSE ES AND. De
of its formation with that of the Port Hudson bluff; including even (at the proper
level) the characteristic calcareo-ferruginous nodules,

West of the Mississippi we have, opposite Port Hudson, where the Céte Gelée
and the Grand Coteau des Opelousas abut upon the Bayou Cocodrie, outcrops, and
profiles. in wells, corresponding closely to that of Port Hudson; especially as regards
the blue clay with stumps and trunks of trees, near low-water level. ‘

Few outcrops or well profiles in the Opelousas and Attakapas prairies, from
bayou Cocodrie to the Calcasieu river, reach below what are doubtless the
equivalents of the upper portion of the Port Hudson bluff, viz. gray, yellow, or
mottled siliceous silts or loams; beneath which, at depths varying from ten to
twenty feet, water, mostly very hard from carbonate of lime, and frequently tinged
and flavored with vegetable matter, is obtained. The dead uniformity in the con-
formation of the whole prairie region, can leave no doubt as to the continuity of
the underlying formation; whose clay members approach nearer the surface as we
advance westward and coast-ward, preventing the percolation of the atmospheric
waters, and thus causing the wet glades and prairies that have, to a most unwar-
rantable degree, impressed themselves upon almost all the maps of Calcasieu and
the western coast of Louisiana. In reality, neither canoes nor mudstilts would be
of any special use in the Calcasieu prairie, away from the heads of streams; the
wide belts of marsh represented as flanking the latter on their course to the sei
being, as a rule, neither better nor worse than other river bottoms in the Gulf
States usually are.

Near the latitude of Lake Charles, the soil of the Calcasieu prairie is directly
derived from the stiff clay with calcareous nodules, that crops out in the beds of
streams; it resembles closely the more clayey strata at Céte Blanche and Weeks’
Island, while on Lake Charles, near the town of that name, there are outcrops of
the reddish silt and loam which forms a conspicuous feature in the Céte Blanche
profile. Wells at Lake Charles strike these materials, and not unfrequently also
the common oyster of the coast, as well as logs—precisely as is the case farther
east; on Bayou Salé, at Bonnet Carré, New Orleans, and on the Mississippi coast ;
and showing, here as there, an increase of the marine facies as we approach the
coast.

The thickness of the formation is shown in the bores made for petroleum and
sulphur, near the West Fork of Caicasieu river. Having been deposited on a
deeply denuded surface of Drift beds, it varies, within seven hundred yards, from
one hundred and sixty to three hundred and fifty-four feet; marine shells having,
apparently, been found only in the upper portion.

The belt of coast prairies continues, with little change of character, into Texas,
where the conformation of the coast seems to be almost exactly parallel to that
prevailing in Mississippi and Alabama; viz. long sandy islands, off the mainland,
on whose beach blue clay with stumps is washed by the surf; while near the heads
of the bays, there are bluff banks exhibiting outcrops of blue or variously tinted
clays. Outcrops almost precisely corresponding to those at Cote Blanche and on
Lake Charles, have lately been studied by Mr, R. H. Loughridge, my Assistant, on
Lavaca Bay. The occurrence of similar clays on Aransas Bay, and on the Laguna

.

24 ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA

Madre, is mentioned by Humphreys and Abbot;' but the additional statement that
it is there overlaid by calcareous sandstone, a rock quite foreign to the formation
on the northern Gulf shore, made me hesitate about assigning them to the same
age. Mr. Loughridge has, however, found this sandstone near Lavaca, associated
with the characteristic clays; the great predominance of lime in the deposits on
the Texan coast (abundantly exemplified by his collection) explaming the substi-
tution of calcareous sandstone for the loose sands which, farther north, are inter-
stratified with the clays. |

As for the occurrence of the characteristic materials of the formation in the more
immediate valley of the Mississippi and the Delta-plain proper, I cite the following
data.

Blue clay containing sticks and leaves is found in wells in the Mississippi bottom
in the latitude of Greenwood, Miss., where it overlies water-bearing gravel, being |
itself overlaid by “red” (i.e. orange-yellow) clay. Its thickness there is but a few )
feet, perhaps on account of its proximity to the edge of the bottom. It crops out |
in low places between McNutt and Sunflower River, and contains calcareous con- |
cretions; it seems to be the material out of which the rich “* Buckshot soil” is formed, |
which soil is abundant also in the more northerly portions of the bottom. The
beds of the Yazoo, Sunflower, and Mississippi are themselves frequently cut into
this blue clay. At Bluck’s mill, near the mouth of the Yazoo River, it has been
found forty feet thick (as at Port Hudson), and is underlaid by quicksand ; it con-
tains many sticks and leaves,

The above data, taken from Humphreys’ and Abbot’s Report, have been fully
confirmed by the late investigations of Dr. EK. A. Smith, of the Mississippi Geo-
logical Survey.” Numerous characteristic profiles examined by him, on the Yazoo,
Sunflower, and their tributaries, clearly exhibit the non-fluviatile character of these
deposits, and their close correspondence, in every respect, with the Port Hudson
series. At the same time, the occurrence of the characteristic “buckshot soil”
resulting from their disintegration, renders their occurrence to within a few miles
of Memphis almost a matter of certainty.

The existence of the blue clay opposite Vicksburg has been proven in digging the
canal; but the materials of the Vicksburg bluff are of a totally different character.

At all the points just mentioned, it appears only at or near low-water level. But —
at Nevitt’s bluff near Natchez (see above, p. 4), we have a profile corresponding |
to that of the wells near Greenwood. Moreover, Dr. Little has observed that the
beds of the larger streams below Vicksburg, as Bayou Pierre, Coles’ Creek, and
Homochitto, are frequently cut into similar bluish or greenish clay, containing
vegetable remains, and not unfrequenfly Mastodon and other bones. ‘These
deposits appear to underlie the Loess, and may be outliers or, rather, branches of
the main body of the deposit in the more immediate valley of the Mississippi.

Opposite Natchez, according to Humphreys and Abbot, a thick stratum of blue
clay not only underlies the entire bottom, but between the Washita and Black bayou

es
* Report on the Mississippi River, p. 101.
* On the Geology of the Mississippi Bottom, Proc. Am, Ass’n Adv. Science, Indianapolis megt-
ing, 1871.

AN DELEE SALE DEPOSIT ON PETITE.ANSE ISLAND. 25

oO

it frequently crops out on the surface, forming the “buckshot land” at a level con-
siderably above high water."

The same state of things obtains in the Tensas bottom, opposite Rodney. A large
portion of the best lands of that region is almost a prairie soil, filled with calcareous
concretions, and totally unlike any alluvium now forming. I have also found out-
crops of this material in the banks of the bayous of that region.

According to Hopkins, the Avoyelles prairie belongs chiefly if not wholly to the
same category ; being an outlier, as it were, of the Attakapas prairies.

Humphreys and Abbot give the following additional data regarding the occur-
rence of blue clay strata in the lower portion of Louisiana. At the head of bayou
Lafourche, and at Thibodeauxville; in the canal between Lockport and Lake Field;
at all of which points it occurs at about mean Gulf level. It forms the bottom of
Grand Lake, and in the same region has lately been found in a well at the residence
of Capt. Kerr, opposite Jeannerette’s P.O. on the Téche; here also at tide-level.
It also occurs on the line of the Opelousas railroad, both east and west of bayou
Lafourche, a few feet below Gulf level.

When it is considered how rare are the opportunities for observing the strata
underlying at a depth exceeding a few feet, in-a level country where wells and
cellars are almost unknown, the fact that the blue clay stratum has been found in
almost every case when a greater depth was reached, must be taken as strong proof
that its prevalence is a general one; always excepting, of course, the old river
channels. It may be that in some cases, modern cypress swamps filled up by river
deposit have been struck. But there is no ground, either historical or natural, for
supposing that since the Terrace epoch of elevation, when the present Mississippi
valley was cut into the Loess deposits, the whole bottom or delta plain has ever
been one vast swamp. ‘This could not have happened without a subsequent re-
depression, of which there is not the slightest proof; while, on the other hand, the
lithological and stratigraphical connection with the Port Hudson series is exeedingly
cogent.

If, however, this ancient cypress swamp stratum in the Mississippi bottom be
really the representative of an cra anterior to the Terrace epoch, similar vestiges
of the slow depression which could have produced it, must exist in the larger
tributary valleys. That this is the case in that of Red River, I have already stated.
My own observations have, it is true, been confined to the portion of the river lying
between Grand Bayou and Coushatta Chute Landing; but I have the most direct
testimony that all the way below, and above as high as Shreveport, the banks of
Red River exhibit precisely the same aspect.

I give below two sections of the banks of Red River at a medium stage of water.
They represent fairly the general cendition of things, profile No. 2 being, however,
by far predominant; 7. e. the clay strata, whether red or blue, with strings of cal-
careous concretions on the stratification lines, occupy, as a rule, the bed of the river;
their thickness being sometimes, as I am informed. twenty-five to thirty feet and
over.

1 Report on the Mississippi River, p. 98.
4 May, 1872.

-

26 ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA

Section or ReD River BANKs.

I.—Srx MinEs ABOVE CouUSHATTA. II.—lour MILEs ABovE CouSHATTA.

Reddish-gray, sandy Loam—river de-

posit? i ,
Xeddish-gray Loam.

| Gray, indurate loamy Sand.

Stiff red Clay.

Reddish-gray Loam.

|rofe

Loam, like top stratum.

Stiff red Clay.

—

ool
leo | Riso

Heavy red Clay.

Yellowish-gray Loam.

Gray Loam.

Stiff red and bluish Clay, with calcare-
} ous coneretions; alternating in layers | 17
ted Loam, consolidated, to water’s edge. from one to three feet thick.

Whether the upper portion of these profiles be of modern or ancient date, may
be a debatable question. The deposits now formed by Red River during its over-
flows are altogether predominantly of a light, loamy character Sheets of reddish
clay are, it is true, deposited locally by the back water, at the present time. But
the well-known rapid rise and fall of the river as it now exists, render it impos-
sible that a uniformity of deposits should be maintained for any great length of
time in any given place, save along the main channels. Where newly formed
bayous cut through the modern cypress swamps, this rapid alternation in the nature
of the deposits may be seen as clearly as in the Mississippi bottom itself. In view
of these facts, it is impossible to escape the conclusion that the heavy, uniform clay
beds, continuous for miles, into which the river has cut its bed, owe their origin to
a state of things totally different from the present, and quite analogous to that
which gave rise to the clay beds at Port Hudson, and their wide-spread equivalents |
on the Gulf coast

It would be unreasonable to suppose, that the swampy inlets roughly representing
our present rivers during the Port Hudson period, were not traversed, more or less,
by definite channels carrying off the rain-fall. Such channels would, doubtless, be
represented by beds of loam like that in profile No. 1, or, occasionally, by coarser
materials derived from the bordering hills. So far as I am aware, Red River in
Louisiana is not now known ever to carry gravel in its main channel, Yet basin-
shaped beds of gravel do occasionally occur near low-water edge; and im one of
these (lying about a mile below profile No. 2, given above), which was considerably
consolidated, I found well-preserved fresh-water shells, such as Unio and Paludina.
No locality from which these materials could have been derived occurs nearer than
six to eight miles, at right angles to the river.

Not far below the locality last mentioned, we find in the bank one ef those

AND THE SALT DEPOSIT ON PETITEK ANSE ISLAND. 97
buried cypress swamps so common on the Mississippi. Huge stumps, five to cight
feet high, have their roots buried in a stratum of brown clay continued below water
level, twenty-four feet below the top of the bank. Their tops are surrounded by a
similar clay stratum, while a yellow silt envelops the middle portion, and a reddish
loam, possibly modern deposits, forms the superincumbent bed, to the surface.

Similar profiles are found in the lake region lying chicfly north of the main river,
and not now forming a portion of its immediate valley; blue clays, however, pre-
dominate there, as might be expected.

It is impossible to overlook the great similarity of these deposits of the Red
River valley, to those of the Téche, of bayou Vermilion, C’te Blanche, and even
Lake Charles. The peculiar red tint to which the river owes its name is almost
unknown in the Mississippi bottom above Red River, and eastward. On the other
hand, the rivers of Texas heading in the same geological region as upper Red River
(e.g. the Brazos and Colorado), seem to have cut their immediate valleys into
materials quite similar to those just described.' The curious alternation of Mis-
sissippi and Red River deposits in the alluvial banks of bayou Atchafalaya have
been repeatedly noticed by observers.

The data thus far given clearly indicate as succeeding the Drift epoch, a period
of slow depression, during which the valleys of the larger rivers, already impressed
upon the surface previously, were transformed into inlets reaching far into the
country; where the slow drainage of the continental waters, depositing their sus-
pended matter, gave rise to the formation of extensive swampy areas largely over-
grown with cypress, and traversed by meandering and frequently changing drainage
channels. As this depression gradually became more rapid, the paludal character
of the deposits changed into that of the silts, such as form the higher portion of
the Port Hudson profile; and ultimately, the period of depression closed with the
deposition, inland, of the calcareous Loess or Bluff formation of the upper Missis-
sippi, and the overlying loams, now constituting the upland subsoils of the Gulf
States.

We have here, beyond a doubt, the counterpart of the “Champlain” depression
of Dana. But in order to establish full parallelism, it will be necessary to consider
the previous geological history of the Gulf of Mexico.

I have in another paper? sketched the outlines of this history, from paleozoic
times, as recorded by the formations which, successively, have contributed toward
the filling up of the great Mississippi embayment, from Cairo southward. For the
purposes of the present communication, I need refer only to a few prominent points
discussed in that paper, viz :—

Ist. The existence of a cretaceous ridge, or axis of upheaval, marked by a series

* Much has been said about the fertility of Red River valley as connected with the gypsum region
above. It is a remarkable fact, that the analyses made by Mr. R. H. Loughridge, of Red River
soils and deposits from Louisiana, do not exhibit any unusual amount of sulphates; nor does gypsum
occur in the clay beds. Probably the decomposing effect of the former upon the soil, through the
agency of atmospheric carbonate of ammonia, is the true cause of the great thriftiness.

* Proce. Amer. Assoc. Ady. Sci., Indianapolis meeting, 1871; Am. Jour. Sci., Dee. 1871.

98 ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUWISIANA

of outliers protruding through the Tertiary, that traverses Louisiana, from its
northwest corner, in the direction of Vermilion Bay.

2d. The remarkable gap in the tertiary series, the entire interval between the
Eocene and Drift periods being represented only by the almost non-fossiliferous
brackish or fresh-water beds of the “Grand Gulf” rocks; showing that during that
time, the Gulf of Mexicc was not a marine basin, but probably cut off from com-
munication with the Atlantic by an upheaval in the Antilles, or Caribbean sea,

3d. The continuity of the “stratified” or “modified” Drift of the Northern
States, with the great stratified Drift or “Orange Sand” formation of the South,
now identified from Baltimore, Maryland, around the Appalachian upheaval to the
Colorado of Texas.

As regards the first mentioned point, its influence upon succeeding formations
has been, as regards the early Tertiary, the replacement, to a large extent, of the
marine strata observed in Alabama and Mississippi, by lignitic fresh or brackish-
water equivalents in northern Louisiana. Red River valley evidently marks a deep
gap in that ridge, wherein the Grand Gulf rocks have been deposited without any
notable variation of character. A short distance southward from Red River, how-
ever, we find the cretaceous outlier near Chicotville; and following the general
trend of the outcrops, we meet, on Vermilion Bay, the remarkable elevations of the
Five Islands, whose geological structure I have above discussed. The Drift which
in the Calcasieu bores is struck at a depth from one hundred and sixty to three
hundred and fifty feet below the sea-level, and disappears beneath the Port Hudson
series at Proffit’s Island near Port Hudson, and above Chicotville, is here found at
and above the Gulf level; while again at New Orleans, in the axis of the Mississippi
embayment, no Drift has been reached at six hundred and thirty feet.

It is scarcely credible that while heavy pebbles were carried from beyond Cairo
to the shores of Vermilion Bay, no corresponding deposits should have been made
in nearly the same latitude, in the axis of the valley; unless, indeed, deep water
checked the transporting power of the current. But if deep water prevailed at
New Orleans at the time of the Drift, then of course the deposits that have since
filled up the trough are posterior to the Drift—in other words, are the equivalents
of the Port Hudson series, which elsewhere along the coast is found overlying the
drift, and could not very well be unrepresented in the deepest part of the valley.
Only we should expect the character of the deposit here to be very predominantly |
marine (not allogether, since it was the main outlet of the continental waters); and
so I have found it to be, in my examination of the specimens from the New Orleans
artesian well.!

It is stratigraphically almost impossible that the strata penetrated here should be
of an age anterior to the Drift, i.e. pleiocene; a few unknown (or possibly extinct)
species occurring in them to the contrary notwithstanding. Whether or not the |
drift be actually underlying these marine strata, will, I hope be settled before long,
in the interest of the water-supply of the city of New Orleans. But if in Calcasieu,

* Rep. U S. Engineer Dep’t for 1870.

Palcozoic
Coffee (or Eutaw) - -
GEOLOGICAL MA P ie Limestone
ip.
Flatwoods
OF THE Lagrange

MISSISSIPPI EMBAYMENT. in -- ‘eines aoa
By Eugene W, Hilgard. nel Brackish) - - ‘ 250° Post-Eocene Tertiary.
pe ge Band OPE pea a Be ae
1871. Loess or Bluf,and Loam Quaternary.
Alluvium and Mudlumps

AND DHE SALE DEPOSIT ON PETIT ANSE ISLAND. 29

at a distance from any great channel, the drift pebbles occur at a depth of four
hundred and fifty feet: it cannot be surprising that at the grand outlet of the con-
tinental waters, they should he a few hundred feet deeper.

é

THE DRIFT PERIOD, SOUTH AND WEST.

Assuming for the present that the four hundred and fifty feet represent the
maximum depth at which the drift is found on the Gulf coast, it would seem
necessary to assume, in order to account for the transportation of the northern
pebbles to that latitude, an elevation of the Gulf coast by nearly that amount above
the general sea-level, at the time the transporting currents began to flow. So far
as I am aware, the transportation of large pebbles is practically confined to streams
of shallow water. Deep currents might, of course, assume a velocity sufficient to
transport them; but I fail to remember any actual case of the kind, save perhaps
in the sudden breaking of dykes, natural or artificial. And even then, transporta-
tion must substantially cease so soon as a large reservoir, or the sea, is reached.

It might be said that, since just before the Drift period the Gulf of Mexico was
disconnected from the ocean, its level may have been different from that of the latter.
Such may have been the case; but if so, the level of the Gulf, forming the common
reservoir of the continental waters, could only have been higher, but not possibly
lower, than that of the ocean. ‘The above estimate of the amount of upheaval can-
not, therefore, but be a minimum. And whatever may ultimately be found to be
the maximum depth at which the drift pebbles lie beneath the Gulf level, must be
assumed as representing, approximately, the amount of elevation during the Dritt
epoch. Moreover, in order to account for the transportation of coarse materials,
the general southward slope of the country must be assumed to have been greater
than is the case at the present time. How far these phenomena of elevation may
go to account for a glacial epoch at the North, we can at present but conjecture;
yet it cannot be questioned that even the minimum of probable uprising migh+
have essentially aided in accomplishing the result, which a cutting off of the Gulf
stream or Kuro Siwo from the Arctic ocean might, alone, have been inadequate to
bring about.’

As regards the origin of the great flood which has been instrumental in covering
so large a portion of the States bordering on the Lower Mississippi, with sand and
shingle derived from higher latitudes, Tuomey and myself have early suggested
that it might have been the result of the melting of the northern glaciers; in con-
sequence, perhaps, of a rather rapid depression. In the former portion of the
hypothesis I still substantially believe; for it is obvious, from both the lithological
and paleontological features of the southern Drift, that no marine current could
have been concerned in its formation. But as regards the second part of the sug-

1 Some of the Western geologists are emphatic in stating that they “find no reason to suppose an
elevation of the continent during the Drift period.” It is not easy, indeed, te see how direct proofs
of such an event could exist, to a very obvious degree, in the interior of a continent.

30 ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA

gestion, | now feel satisfied that the maximum of solar heat available at one and
the same time would have been utterly inadequate to produce such masses of water
as have manifestly been active in the formation of the Southern Drift. More-
over, if it be true, as Western geologists assert, that the main body of the Drift of

the Northwest is the result of iceberg transportation, while the deposits are

altogether destitute of contemporary marine fossils: the conclusion is inevitable
that the icebergs floated in a vast inland glacier-lake.

What might have been the northern shores of this fresh-water Mediterranean
under the circumstances then existing, I must leave to those better acquainted
than I am with the topographical features of that region, to discuss. Possibly the
glaciers themselves may have formed a sufficient barrier. ‘Towards the east, south-
east and southwest, it would have been defined by the Alleghany, Cumberland, and
Ozark ranges, its main outlet lying, doubtless, in the axis of the Mississippi Valley,
the gap between the Ozark and Cumberland highlands, not having as yet been
eroded to its present level. Any somewhat sudden break in this lowest portion of
the barrier, such as is apt to occur even where erosion is the only agent (leaving
out of consideration the very possible agency of earthquakes precisely in the critical
region about New Madrid) would then produce precisely the phenomena we now
cbserve at the South, viz., the action, at first, of violent currents plowing up and re-
depositing the material of the more ancient formations; carrying down in the main
channel rocks of high northern derivation, far out into the Gulf; re-stratifying or
“modifying,” towards the end, a good portion of the iceberg drift of the Northwest,
wi: loco ; and simultaneously, as the velocity of the currents diminished (either from
exhaustion of the reservoir or incipient depression), covering over the pebble-streams
and eroded surface of the South, with the peculiar “Orange Sand,” which charac-
terizes the delta-shaped mass covering the States of Mississippi and Louisiana, as
well as part of the adjoining ones of Tennessee, Alabama, Arkansas, and Texas.

One of the characteristic features of this “Orange Sand” (a name it might be
desirable to retain as descriptive of a peculiar facies of the southern Stratified Drift)
is the complete peroxidation and lixiviation of its materials.'_ Protoxides of iron
and manganese, as well as lime, magnesia, and alkalies, are reduced to their mini-
mum in this most barren formation. All this argues, so far as it goes, long subaérial
exposure, such as has manifestly not acted upon the Northwestern Drift; and this
agin confirms the argument upon purely geological grounds, tending to prove the
elevation of the southern slope above the sea-level, even subsequent to the Drift
epoch proper.

if the hypothesis here advanced be deemed too bold, or premature, I submit that
at least it subsumes among its possibilities all the phenomena now known concerning
the Drift of the interior and Gulf States; and in this point of view may serve at
least as a definite basis for investigation, until a better one be found. So far as I
um aware, there is nothing in the geological structure of the region between the
Cumberland and Ozark highlands, to compel the assumption that its degradation 1s
not of comparatively modern date. The rocky channel of the Mississippi, from St.

? Miss. Rep., 1860, pp. 15, 23, 27.

4

AND THE SALT DEPOSIT ON PETIT ANSE ISLAND. 93]

Louis to within a few miles above Cairo, is manifestly a modern erosion; the huge
masses of (siliceous) carboniferous pebbles bordering the Tennessee on the west,
and reaching far down into Alabama, speak of great degradation of beds forming
the southern edge of the carboniferous basin; and the divergence of the great Drift
delta from the head of the ancient Mississippi embayment, is itself a fact of no
small cogency. I trust that a thorough geological and topographical examination
of this interesting region will soon enable us to come to more definite conclusions
regarding its history during the Drift epoch.

THE “TERRACE” EPOCH.

The precise extent of the maximum depression of the Gulf States at the end of
the Champlain period of depression, must be determined by more accurate
measurements than we now possess. Yet we may approximate to a minimusa.

Commencing at a level now at least four hundred and fifty feet below the present
tide-water (as shown in the Calcasieu bores), the depression, slow at frst snd more
rapid, afterwards, continued until the summits of the highest hills bearizig aqueous
deposits formed in quiet water (7.e. not by rapid streams) were, not merely af, bat
some depth below, the Gulf level; it being remembered that the present elevation
of these hills, degraded as they have been for ages by atmospheric agencies, do not,
themselves, represent their original maximum height, perhaps by many feet.

The highest elevation now existing on the banks of the Mississippi Rivey, viz. at
Fort Adams, near the line between Mississippi and Louisiana, is about three
hundred and fifty feet above tide-water. But summits obviously higher aze visibie
from this point, southeastward ; and there is a decided ascent as we proceed inland
from the river, so as to render it probable that the present maximum elevation of
the Loess deposits proper, above tide-water, is not less than four hundred and fifty
feet in the latitude of Fort Adams.

But the Loess is overlaid (wherever denudation has not removed it) by the
yellow Loam stratum, which exists equally in the interior of the Gulf States, on
all but the very highest ridges. It is widely developed in North Mississippi and
West Tennessee, and according to the railroad surveys, much of this region iz
elevated between five hundred and fifty and seven hundred feet above the Gulf.
In view of these facts, I think one thousand feet the mimimum at which we can
estimate the entire amount of depression during the Champlain epoch, from data
existing south of Cairo. It would not require much more to transform the prairies
of Illinois into the fresh-water glades to which Mr. Lesquereux attributes their
origin; and Prof. E. B. Andrews’ observations in southern Ohio seem te justify
the assumption of a depression greater by several hundred feet than the minimum
called for by mine.

The reverse motion during the Terrace epoch has, of course, compensated the
greater portion of the depression; at least, all that part remaining as a difference
after deducting, substantially, the maximum depth at which drift materials

39 ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA

manifestly transported in rapid, shallow water, shall be found beneath the level of
the Gulf?

ORIGIN OF THE FIVE ISLANDS, AND AGE OF THE SALT DEPOSIT.

It is only by the light of the observations and considerations given above, bearing
on the geological history of the Gulf region, that we can usefully approach the
problem of the age of the Salt deposit of Petite Anse.

Since the lowest (clay and pebble) strata of the Stratified Drift are found oyer-
lying the rock-salf mass, its age is at once removed beyond the limits of the
quaternary period. And, in fact, unless we resort to legerdemain hypotheses of
local upheavals, salt springs miraculously evaporated in loco, or a lagoon arrange-
ment resembling that of the “ salt-plantations,” it is not easy to refer the formaticn
of so large and pure a mass of salt even to a period as modera as the tertiary, with
its very slow and regular emergences, and frequent alternations of character. Its
existence where it is, however, is scarcely more anomalous than that of the chain
of five elevations whereof Petite Anse forms one, on a coast otherwise menotenously
flat for seven hundred miles each way.

It is but fair to assume, d@ priori, that the chain of islands and the rack-salt mass
are genetically related, until the contrary be proven.

In seeking for an adequate cause, there are two circumstances ~»bich render the
position of these islands exceptional, viz:—

1. ‘They lie diagonally across the shortest line by which the continental waters
could reach the sea, right in the axis of the Mississippi embayment.

2. They lie also directly in the line of a cretaceous axis of upheaval, indicated
by a group of outliers traversing the State in a south-southeast direction; the last
characteristic one occurring only sixty miles (on a direct line) inland of Petite Anse.

Given a solid, resisting cretaceous nucleus: the accumulation on it of Drift
materials, the deposition of the Port Hudson series at a higher level here than
elsewhere, and the greater resistance to denudation during the Terrace epoch 3s
readily accounted for.

It might be thought that these elevations represented the bar, as it were, of the
great central Drift current of the Mississippi Valley, where its velocity was checked
by the sea. Indeed, the large-sized pebbles of high northern origin found on Petite
Anse, prove that the main pebble stream was not altogether deflected to the south-
east (as is the case with the Mississippi and its bayous, in the lower part of the
river’s course); and it is quite credible that the predominant accumulation of coarse
materials in this main axis may, in a great measure, account for the unusual resist-
ance to denudation offered by these islands. For it can hardly be doubted that
the whole of the Attakapas prairies was originally covered with deposit to a similar
extent as is still the case in their northern portion, and at Port Hudson; and that
the removal of the higher, silty materials down to the “stump clays,” in the

* Je. four hundred and fifty feet, so far as at present observed in the Caleasieu bores.

AN De HH SAT DEPOSIT ON PETITE ANSE ISLAND: 30

southern portion, was effected by denudation during the Terrace epoch of elevation,
when the flood plain of the Mississippi was excavated into the deposits of the
Champlain era of depression. Such portions of the ridge as were sustained by a
resisting nucleus (whether cretaceous rock, or heavy drift gravel overlying it),
would remain untouched by the denuding currents; while large gaps would be
formed where the resistance was less.

It remains to be shown that the rock-salt mass may, with a considerable degree
of probability, be claimed as a cretaceous outlier; and reasoning by exclusion,
I think this can be done, by considering successively the formations to which it might
be referred.

As regards the Grand Gulf group, though much impregnated with salts of various
kinds, its general character as a fresh or brackish-water formation renders it pecu-
liarly ill adapted to the genesis of rock-salt deposits. It is, moreover, a very pre-
dominantly littoral formation, whose deep water equivalents appear to be so thin
that the Drift currents have in most cases destroyed them. ‘They have not been
found in any bore near the coast. The Vicksburg rocks even (which are thinner
and of less resisting material in Louisiana than in Mississippi) have been removed
in a great measure by the Drift, which in Calcasieu seems to be immediately
underlaid by the Jackson group of the Eocene.’

But the marine groups of the older Eocene are of such inconsiderable thickness,
each so variable in its nature, and so scantily supplied with salt, that to attribute
to either of them the formation of so large and pure a mass of rock-salt, seems to
involve an utter incongruity.

Not so with the cretaceous formation that underlies them. Not only is salt-
water the invariable feature of the cretaceous outcrops of North Louisiana, whence,
during the war, xeavy supplies were furnished to the blockaded section; but it is
there accompanied by that almost necessary complement, gypsum, which thickens
to the southward until, as demonstrated by the Calcasieu bores, it passes beneath
the Gulf with the surprising thickness of over six hundred feet.

It is well known that the end of the cretaceous period on this continent was
characterized by a “wholesale” conversion of ocean into inland lakes and dry land.
What was, at that time, the condition of the Mexican Gulf basin, we have not the
data to determine. But inasmuch as even in early eocene times, water connection
still existed between the interior and the Gulf: so of course the same must have
been true of the cretaceous inland sea, which by a continuance of elevation inland,
was gradually receding toward the Gulf. The existence of the great gypsum for-
mation, both in the interior, and beneath the Gulf, argues the concentration and
evaporation of a vast amount of sea water as a consequence of the general emergence ;
and it is but reasonable that the other chief ingredient—salt—should be found
somewhere in connection with the great gypsum beds. And the great rock-salt
bed of Petite Anse, now known to exceed seventy feet in thickiess, without such

* Hopkins’s researches have proven the Sabinetown equivalents of the oil-bearing rock of Cal-
casieu to belong to the Jackson and not (as conjectured by me) to the Vicksburg group.
5 May, 1872.

34 ON THE GEOLOGY OF LOWER LOUISIANA, ETC.

change of character, as must characterize any deposit formed on a small scale, seems
a fit counterpart to the great gypsum bed of Calcasieu, with which the general dip
of the formation would naturally connect it.

In a country whose geological structure is less simple than that of the Gulf
States, such reasoning might seem trivial and of little weight. But there is in the
simplicity of the general features of conformation in the whole of the Gulf border,
an irrepressible cogency that can neither be ignored nor evaded, There are but
few reasonable possibilities in the explanation of any of its phenomena, albeit there
is no limit to fancies.

The question of age has a most important bearing upon that of the extent of the
salt deposit. If of comparatively modern date, it must be accounted as more or
less the result of local accident, and therefore of small extent. If of cretaceous
age, and therefore resulting from causes acting over great areas, its original extent
might have to be measured by hundreds of square miles; although its present, and
above all its available, mass would be seriously less, in consequence of its long ex-
posure to the action of water, from early eocene times to that of the Drift. The
borings show that, like all other formations that have been subject to the action of
the Drift currents, it is deeply denuded, forming “hills within hills.” It is my
belief that on some points of the island of Petite Anse, it could be reached by level
adits; and, as worked at the present time, I think there is much less danger of
‘‘knocking the bottom out” by deepening the mine, than there is of “getting to
the jumping-off-place” by extending the galleries. So long as the purity of the
mass is not seriously impaired by admixture of gypsum, there is little likelihood
that the floor of the stratum is at hand.

The borings thus far made with a view to determining, either the area of the
Petite Anse mass, or the existence of rock-salt on the neighboring islands, have
remained far within the limits beyond which its extraction would become too costly.
And although a mass of salt one hundred and forty-four acres in extent and seventy
feet thick may be considered a handsome specimen, yet industry is too deeply
interested in the cheapness and abundance of this fundamental article, not to render
its discovery at other points a matter of very great importance, And this import-
ance will be greatly enhanced if, as I venture to predict, the great sulphur bed of
Caleasieu (the probable contemporary and congener of the rock-salt mass of Petite
Anse), shall be found, from analogous causes, of a correlative magnitude.

PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,

JuNE, 1872.

SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE.
ee == SiO a a

ON THE

INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE EARTH

PHENOMENA OF PRECESSION AND NUTATION,

SUPPLEMENTARY TO ARTICLE UNDER THE ABOVE HEAD, SMITHSONIAN
CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE, Vor. XIX., No. 240

BEING THE THIRD OF THE

PROBLEMS OF ROTARY MOTION.

BS

J. Ga BARNARD: UU: S:-Army,

MEMBER OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY, ETC

[ACCEPTED FOR PUBLICATION, MAY, 1877.]

hae

: 5 ae S24 “ihe - : 2 “% ;
0 AO)

=
=

one ris i je a a a3
F ‘a al re i § cole ha 4
TOE Ts cee ae
t _
46 os ch

ORE
e ia) swat a
,

ADVERTISEMENT.

Tue following paper, a supplement to the previous communication from General
Barnard, was read before the National Academy of Sciences, and subsequently

presented to the Smithsonian Institution for publication.

JOSEPH HENRY,

Secretary Smithsonian Institution.

\

( iii )

re) | J
- 2) ae
i arid Wire Ate dh

: -
. ;
| . — = ay
; \ Ss
; | — a ms
a | |
7 a pred
? = 7
sa
. :
=
7 af
—
; =
' :

ON TILE

INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE EARTH CONSIDERED AS AFFECTING
THE PHENOMENA OF PRECESSION AND NUTATION.

* EXPERIENCE shows that physical problems of difficulty are never solved in a
satisfactory manner but after reiterated attempts,” says Mr. Ivory, in commencing
his Memoir (Phil. Trans., 1839) “On the Conditions of Equilibrium of an Incom-
pressible Fluid.”

I quote the remark not only for its general truth but for its special application
to the subject before us. If the conditions of fluid equilibrium be a problem of
so much difficulty that “reiterated attempts” of the great physical investigators—
Newton himself leading the way—have been needed, shall no tthe more transcen-
dently difficult problem of fluid motion, a fortiori, need repeated attempts with
perhaps repeated failures, finally, ‘in a satisfactory manner,” to “solve” it?

In an address before the British Association, delivered in September last, Sir
Wm. Thomson, alluding to recent occurrences, commencing within the walls of this
very building,! which had “forced him to give all his spare thoughts ever since
t» Hopkins’ problem of precession and nutation, assuming the earth a rigid
spheroidal shell filled with fluid;” requests his hearers and his readers to strike
out from copies under their control paragraphs 23-31 of his paper on “The Rigidity
of the Earth” (Phil. Trans., 1863), and 847, 848, 849 of Thomson and Tait’s
* Natural Philosophy.”

In consequence of the “ practical rigidity conferred by rotation” (Addendum to
Problems of Rotation,” Smithsonian Contributions, Vol. XIX, p. 46) I had long
before (see Notes to pp. 38 and 48) expressed non-concurrence with the paragraph
848. It is clear then that ignorance of the “ quasi-rigidity induced in a liquid by
vortex motion” is not a plea I am entitled to make, even though I have to confess the
neglect to recognize its legitimate effects in framing some important conclusions.

In the paper bearing the title cited at the head of this, after quoting the state-
ment of Sir Wm. Thomson (“ Rigidity of the Earth”), “That the effective tidal
rigidity, and what we call the precessional effective rigidity of the earth, may be
several times as much as that of iron (which would make the phenomena, both of

1 The Session of the Academy of Sciences, at which this was read, was held (April 18, 1877) in
the office of the Seerctary of the Smithsonian Institution.
1 August, 1877. ( 1 )

2 INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE BARTH

the tides and precession, sensibly the same as if the earth were perfectly rigid), it
is enough that the actual rigidity should be several times as great as the actual
rigidity of iron throughout 2000 or more miles thickness of crust;” I continue as
follows: —

“A theorem fundamental to the establishment of the above propositions is, that
a revolving spheroid destitute of rigidity, a homogeneous fluid one, for instance, |
would have no precession. ‘Sir Wm. ‘Thomson does not mathematically demonstrate |
this theorem, but by use of an hypothesis gives an elegant illustration of its truth, |
or which, though to me it: is convincing, I prefer to substitute the following »
demonstration.”

The demonstration referred to consists in investigating for the diurnal tide ;
of a homogencous fluid spheroid, as it is expressed by Laplace, Méc. Cél. Book IV _
[2316] (Bowditch), the analytical expression for the “ couple” due to the “ centri- ;
fugal force” exerted upon the material particles which constitute that tide; showing |
the same to be exactly equal and opposite to the precession-producing couple )
exerted on the oblate spheroid, itself by the foreign attraction (e.g. of the sun).

The method of computing this counteracting couple is identically that used by |
Laplace in determining the effect of the centrifugal force exerted by the tides in
the chapter (Méc. Cél.) on the “ Pressure and Attraction of the Sea.” I go on to
draw the following general conclusion :—

‘* By parity of reasoning the truth of Sir Wm. Thomson’s propositions concerning
a solid but yielding spheroid is made evident; for exactly in the same ratio to the |
tides of a fluid spheroid that the solid tidal elevations are produced (the actual |
ellipticity of the earth being nearly that of equilibrium with the centrifugal forces),
will the precessional couple due to the tide-producing attraction be neutralized by
their centrifugal action.””?

Circumstances, referred to on another page, have caused me to reconsider these |
opinions ; but as the considerations on which they were founded not only were con- |
sidered demonstrative by myself, but furnished for ten or fifteen years an unsus- |
pected basis of belief for the author of ‘The Rigidity of the Earth” (Phil. Trans., |
1863); of the “ Natural Philosophy” (1867); of the letter to Mr. G. Poulett Serope
(1875),” it seems pertinent to inquire how far those considerations were in harmony;

1 This reasoning may be putin a little different form to illustrate not only the weight of the argu-
ment but what I shall have to set forth in subsequent pages. Two different effects, each complete
in itself, are separately attributed to the “couple” exerted by the foreign attraction; one is preces-
sion (7. e. angular motion of the earth’s mass considered as a rigid solid) ; the other, that distortion
of the mass-figure denoted by the diurnal tide. The “cause” is adequate to either effect, separately. —
Will it produce both? The argument and the mathematical “demonstration” was that the latter
effect must neutralize the former. Subsequent pages will show that I now regard the former to.
neutralize, in great degree, the latter; or, more accurately speaking, the latter to be partially.
transformed into the former.

* “When those passages were written,” says the author, “I knew little or nothing of vortex
motion * * * * * J had never once thought of this subject in the light thrown on it by the
theory of the quasi-rigidity induced in a liquid by vortex motion.” (Glasgow Address. ) Professor
Tait’s Translation of Helmholtz, on Vortex Motion (Crelle’s Journal, 1858), appeared in Phil. Mag.,
1867, with a postscript by Sir Wm. Thomson, scarcely that of a novice; and was followed by com-

AS AFFECTING PRECESSION AND NUTATION. 3

with facts of nature; or rather to exhibit their plausible claims to be so. I will
content myself with remarking that if we tum to any treatise on the figure of the
earth (regarded as fluid) we find the motion of rotation disregarded and for it, what
is in reality though not in name, the repulsive force of Sir Wm, Thomson’s fixed
“repelling line” substituted.’ If the problem be what superimposed form a
foreign attraction (e.g. of the sun or moon) will develop, we encounter again as
the sole and (alleged) sufficient substitute for the rotary motion this same repre-
sentative of “centrifugal force.” ‘This last problem is not one of pure equilibrium;
for the sought-for forms are incessantly shifting, involving thereby other motions
than the conventional centrifugal-force-generating one of rotation. Nevertheless,
the required configurations on a fluid spheroid are sought for on the repelling-line
theory and are in fact nothing else but the “small elliptic deviation superimposed
on the great polar and equatorial ellipticity” of the hypothetical case in § 25
“Rigidity of the Earth.” Nay more, we find it admitted (Meéc. Cél., Vol. IL, Ch.

munications on ‘‘vortex rings” in the same magazine. In the Transactions R. 8. Ed., 1868 and 1869,
are papers ‘On Vortex Motion” by the same author. It is, however, the latter mentioned consider-
ation, the “quasi-rigidity,” by which the “light” is thrown; “vortex rings” are certainly not without
noticeable exhibitions of that quality.

* I believe there to be no physicist who has not had occasion sometimes to fault the uses of, and
attributes conferred upon, this “centrifugal” force, so called; which proceeds from a special mani-
festation of the quality of matter we call inertia; 2. e., that manifestation offered by the resistance
of a moving body to deflection from its rectilinear path, creating an exigency for force which may
explicitly, but invertedly, enter into our analysis, or not, according as the amount of deflection is,
or is not, a datum. In (e. g.) the problem of equilibrium of figure of a rotating fluid, the exigency
is for force to compel the deflection belonging to the rotary or circular motion of the fluid particles;
which requirement is given in terms of distance of the particle from axis and of the angular velocity
of rotation. Disregarding the motion (and hence ifs exigency) we create an equivalent exigency by
introducing an equal and opposite “centrifugal force, so called,” and thus determine the figure
which furnishes by its integral attraction the required deflecting force.

: : - v : =
The resistance to deflection to given curvature is measured by — ; but if the radius of curvature
fs

r (the reciprocal of the deflection), be unknown, the force of inertia cannot be thus expressed. We
have then to use the more general forms (for rectangular co-ordinates) = = 2 (or a ete.),
which express the inertia of deflection towards the plane normal to the co-ordinate axis indicated,
from any linear direction of the velocity, v. <A study of these expressions, in connection with the
value and direction of v, will show that they are (like the explicit form of the centrifugal foree) the
equivalents of an inertia measured by the deflection info the square of the velocity. Their use
excludes the introduction of the first expression even where it is known. (See also Airy, “Tides
and Waves,” § 79.)

Whatever idea we may attribute to that mysterious thing called “force,” there can be no doubt
that, as used by all the authorities on mechanics, as something which has direction, measurable in-
tensity, and which implies an equivalent reaction, the so-called centrifugal force possesses all these
attributes. Hence we find in the Nat. Philos. of Thomson and Tait not only the “repulsion from
the axis in simple proportion to distance” (7. e., the identical repelling line force of ‘“ The Rigidity
of the Earth” article), but we find, § 800, “the potential of the centrifugal force ;” and, § 813, the
same problem “dealt with by the potential method ;” and this not merely where it is a question of
equilibrium of form when the only motion is that which exacts a so-expressed deflecting force ; but
when it is one which involves the identical “small elliptie deviation” or superimposed tidal form
of § 25 of the above treatise. Cf. Prof. Tait’s lecture on “ Force” (‘‘ Nature,” Feb. 28, 1877).

4 INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE EARTH

Iy., par. xii.) that for a rotating spheroid wholly fluid, or even for what are rela-
tively to the earth’s radius, inconsiderable ocean depths, submerging a solid
nucleus, the tidal protuberance will be developed; and that it will be identical
with that of the equilibrium theory and hence with “small elliptic deviation” of
paragraph referred to. ‘Lhe to-be-expunged paragraphs, of the Rigidity of the
Earth,” were, therefore, simply a paraphrase of other forms of expression uni-
versally adopted in recognized authorities and which had become axiomatic; and
deductions therefrom which were irrefragable.

Although the “ practical rigidity conferred by rotation’” is explicitly announced
in Addendum (p. 38) to my paper cited at the head of this, and although the whole
scope of that Addendum is to prove that within an infinitely rigid envelope “ the
rate of precession would not be affected by fluidity (whether homo, or hetero-gene-
ous), or imperfect rigidity ;” and although there are determinations in it (p. 43 and
note) as to the modus of formation of the diurnal tide which should have shown me
that there could from it result no “couple due to the centrifugal force,” it was not
until quite recently that I was brought, through a question suggested by Prof,
Newcomb (at Buffalo meeting of A. A. A. S., Aug. 1876), to a new study of my
own results and the present development of their legitimate bearings.

Tidal development is, as well as precession, the effect of a foreign attraction;
and before proceeding further I must refer to the theoretical tidal developments of
the equilibrium theory. The well-known classification into “ secular” (7. ¢., semi-
annual or semi-monthly), ‘‘ diurnal,” and ‘ semi-diurnal” tides, embraces three
specific tidal deformations which, together, make up the “small elliptic deviation”
(as elsewhere spoken of), which constitutes the “tide.” Regarding the spheroid
as a perfect sphere (an assumption, for convenience, always made in computing the
tidal development), the “semi-annual” tide is an equatorial protuberance accom-
panied with depression at the poles. The “ semi-diurnal” consists of two diametti-
cally opposed meridianal protuberances, occupying two opposite quarters of the
globe, with similar depressions occupying the two intermediate quarters. Developed
symmetrically, as regards the equator, neither they, nor the parts of the solar or
lunar attractions which produce them, have any disturbing effect on the axis of

* Sir Wm. Thomson’s phrase is “ quasz-rigidity induced in a liquid by vortea-motion”—a varia-
tion of words only ; and it is in place to remark that there is no special virtue in vortex motion over
motion in general to induce quasi-“ rigidity” in a fluid. There can be no continuous motion of the
particles which make up a fluid figure, compatible with preservation of that figure, composed of the
same particles, but rotation or (in other words) vortex-motion. Hence a quasi-rigidity, which motion
confers upon a fluid figure, becomes the special attribute of “vortex-motion.” Moreover, though this
phrase vortex-motion, of recent origin in this connection, is not used, “ quasi-rigidity” is brought out
as a result by the investigations (Sections 7-15) of the late Wm. Hopkins, of the pressures exerted
and reactions experienced by a revolving fluid within a revolving shell (“ Researches in Physical
Geology,” Phil. Trans., 1839), where he shows that the fluid receives an angular motion “precisely as
if it were solid,” and, in Sec. 30, where he develops the relative (to the shell) motions of the quasi-
rigid fluid; calling this, rightly, “‘a case of rotary motion which has not before been investigated.”

* Although I disprove Mr. Hopkins’ conclusion that heterogeneousness would affect precession,
his argument as well as mine not only concedes but proves that the rigid-shell-inclosed fluid would
“perform gyration” The remark is made with reference to supposed crucial experiments, with
Water-gyroscopes (unavoidably endowed with rigid envelopes), as to points at issue.

AS AFFECTING PRECESSION AND NUTATION. 5

figure (and rotation). Looking to the internal motion of par‘icles required to pro-
duce them, it is easily seen that the first (diagram I, Fig. 1, where shaded portions
are protuberant ; unshaded, depressed ; and where the attracting body is supposed
on the right, and above the equator) indicates an infinitesimally (almost) slight
squeezing together of the parallels of latitude or planes of rotation; the other
(diagram III), a minute approximation of meridianal planes to that in which lies
the attracting body, and an eloignment of these planes from a meridian normal
to the first; a slight slackening of rotary motion in the approximated planes—an
acceleration in the others.

Fig: 1.

MG
a

Secular Tide. Diurnal. Semi-diurnal.

{nm neither case is the deviation of the particle from its normal plane of rotation
more than a quantity of the second order of minuteness; regarding the develop-
ments themselves as minute in the first order. ‘These disturbances are symmetri-
cally disposed equatorially, and whether or not ‘* vortex-motion” hinders in any
degree their development, is immaterial. Neither of these two disturbances, nor the
components of foreign attraction which induce them, have any influence on preces-
sion.

The case is very different for the diurnal tide (diagram II). The disposition of
the disturbance is unsymmetrical both as to the equator and the earth’s axis, and
cannot be effected without some disturbing effect on that axis. ‘To discuss it I
must dismiss the impossible sphere and pass at once to the actual figure of equilib-
rium (Fig. 2) of a homogeneous ‘rotating fluid, implied by Sir Wm. Thomson’s
§ 26 (“ Rigidity of the ee Such a figure has an equatorial oblateness of which

the ellipticity, e, is? ib (nv = angular Velocity of rotation; g = gravity at the equator).
=)

The expression for the tidal disturbance in question is, taken on a meridian directly

under the sun (i. e., the line on which lie both the maximum elevations and depres-
>)

sions).

z

15S. :
(a) y = ——_ sin V cos V sin 0 cos 9
27g

V=sun’s declination, @ polar distance of locality, S, sun’s mass, 7 its distance.
(The radius of the earth being taken as unity.)
It is easily shown that a slight turn'ng of the normally oblate ellipsoid around an

6 INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE EARTH

equatorial axis, O, perpendicular to the solstitial line (7. ¢., a tilting of the equator
towards the sun) through an angle measured by
(b) ae sin V cos vV*
r'n

will, relatively to the normal position of surface, produce exactly the disturbance
denoted by above expression (7). In the case of Sir Wm. ‘Thomson’s hypothetical
body acted on by mere centrifugal (1. e., repelling-line) force without the “vortex-
motion” which produces that force, the above computed turning of the entire body
(or what is equivalent to it since motion, as such, is disregarded) would actually
ensue, Or, to state the matter a little differently, the tidal developments of the
equilibrium theory express not merely “deformations” (such as are the “secular”
and *semi-diurnal” tides), but, in the “diurnal” tide, an actual tilting under the
precession-producing “couple” of the foreign attraction ; a tilting which is checked
very intelligibly on the jiaed repelling line hypothesis, by its repulsion, which, un-
changeably normal to the unchanged direction of the line, finds in the changed
position of the body the conditions requisite to the production of a neutralizing
couple. We find here a reason why the earth should be but minutely drawn from
its angle of obliquity, coupled with a reason why there should be no precession.

Is the above the true mechanical exhibition of the matter? Js the centrifugal
force, like that of the hypothetical repelling line, thus unchangeably constant in
origin and in the planes of its direction? Or, if its axis of origin and its planes of
direction shift at all, do they shift with the totality of the figure? The latter sur-

* The angle through which the figure must be turned so that the displaced surface will have an
elevation above the original surface represented by the expression (a) will result from dividing (a) by

dr : oil Be
ds for an ellipse of ellipticity e; or by 2e sin 9 cos @. Performing the division and substituting ont

for ge, we get the above expression (0).

AS AFFECTING PRECESSION AND NUTATION. 7

mise would make the fluid—not a “ quasi” but—an absolute rigid body, in which
case we know that the rotation would introduce, in connection with this tilting, the
usual phenomena of gyration, and hence of unmodified precession. But a fluid,
even under influence of vortex-motion, is not actually a rigid body, and hence an
answer must be sought for in studying the internal motions by which, under the
influence of rotation, the protuberance is developed. ‘These have already been
indicated for the secular and for the semi-diurnal tide. Let us turn now to the
diurnal.

It is a result of Mr. Hopkins’ investigation that, given a fluid rotating within a
shell, internally an oblate ellipsoid of revolution of small ellipticity, e, with uniform
angular velocity, m, about the axis of figure ; if the axis of the shell be tilted, Fig. 2,
from coincidence with that of the fluid through any very small angle, y, the induced
derangement of the fluid will be a tilting of the planes of rotation through a still
slighter angle, viz., through the very minute angle 2ey. (A reference to an ellipse
of small ellipticity, ¢, will illustrate the converse fact that a slight and equal tilting
(say 2ey) of the longer diameter and of all parallels to it, about their middle point

: : onc Qe)
will produce a magnified tilting of figure equal to eee y.) Now, as I have
ae

already shown, the diurnal tidal development is precisely that which such a tilting
(through y, putting expression (/)=y) of the external surface (regarding that surface
as a rigid but infinitely thin shell) would cause. Hence the internal motion of the
fluid mass by which this diurnal development takes place is discovered to be this
slight change of direction, ey, of the planes of rotation*—the centres a, a, a, ete.,
of each rotating circular area still remaining steadfast in the fixed axis of the fluid
mass. Mr. Hopkins further shows that the resistance to this distortion is a couple
measured by 2ey into 4:1 n*.* We have found y for the diurnal tide to be (see
)

; BS, ve 24 _ SNS.
expression (0) ), pig? SID Cos V. The resisting couple is therefore, = ise V

* Mr. Hopkins’ conclusion has reference exclusively to the shell-enveloped fluid; the angle y not
only having no reference to foreign attraction but being entirely arbitrary. I applied it imme-
diately (note p. 2 of Addendum to paper already cited) to the diurnal tidal development of the earth
considered as wholly fluid. Mr. Hopkins enters into a supplemental investigation (Phil. Trans.,
1839, § 33) to ascertain the “degree of approximation,” finding that the possible disturbance cannot
differ materially from that described above. It is moreover the least possible derangement by which
the requisite change of figure can be produced; and, in fact, the fluid cannot move otherwise and
preserve its vis viva of rotation. How “slight” the change of direction required for these planes
will be appreciated, when it is said that the angle y (see expression b) is but 14 seconds of are for the
sun; and 3 seconds for the moon. ey, the change of direction of the planes is therefore +35 of these
small ares. The pressure couple on the shell due to the angular displacement y is found by Mr.
Hopkins to be ;:xea°n* sin 2y; which may he written ysxa'yen*. Since, a (mean radius of earth) is
unity, and y very minute, the above expression results. The above may be written An%ye (A being
the moment of inertia). The last three factors are self evidently such, since the couple would vanish
with either; and the moment of inertia is obviously another. Mr. Hopkins finds, too, that for homo-
geneousness this is also the couple exerted on the confined rotating fluid by the diverted “ centrifugal
force.” It is, however, but the “reaction” on the fluid of the shell against the above pressure couple
exerted on zt by the fluid. His failure to recognize an identity which for homogeneousness is ex-
hibited by his own analysis, is the clue to the fallacy of his most important results. (See Appendix.)

8 INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THH EARTH

5 Ce : : 15 SE ta F

BK (C—A) sin V cos V, [since e = re (C—A) ], which is identically the ex-
q° It

pression for the tilting couple exerted on the earth by the sun’s attraction—the
couple which causes precession ; and to which, also, the above distortion (if it like-
wise take place) is due. Hence this tilting of the planes is exactly the distortion

the solar couple is capable of producing, and the proper exponent of the intensity

COsive——

of the sun’s effort.

But, if the tidal protuberance—the “small elliptic deviation’ —be thus the result
of a slight tilting of the planes of rotation, it follows that the centrifugal forces of
the fluid particles moving in these planes must shift direction with the planes
themselves ; in other words, the planes of repulsive action of the ‘infinite repelling
line”? must be regarded as diverted from perpendicularity to the repelling line. A
couple, neutralizing the solar couple, will not be generated, hence my demonstration
founded upon it fails. In fact if we refer to the actual phenomena as I now exhibit
them (see Fig. 2),! we find that each circle of revolution of the normal figure is still
a perfect circle (or very nearly so) in the distorted figure. ‘The centrifugal forces,
exactly balanced before distortion, are no less so after distortion.

The planes, then, in which lie the repulsive force produced by rotation, neither
remain slutionary, as the repelling line paraphrase of authoritative usage leaves
them; nor do they shift correspondingly with the shifting of the figure ; but they
actually (while the repelling line itself remains stationary) undergo a much slighter
change of direction by which, as effectually as if they shifted equally with the
shifting of the figure while continuing normal to its axis, they frustrate the
development of a precession-neutralizing ‘ couple.”?

Having, in what precedes, shown the plausible basis on which my demonstra-
tion of the absence of precession in a non-rigid spheroid was founded, and having
now explained precisely where the defect of the demonstration lies, I need scarcely
say that I find myself compelled to withdraw my conclusion as regards a “solid
but yielding spheroid,” viz., that ‘exactly in the same ratio to the tides of a fluid
spheroid that the solid tidal elevations are produced (the actual ellipticity of the
earth being nearly that of equilibrium with the centrifugal forces), will the preces-
sional couple due to the tide-producing attraction be neutralized by their centrifugal
action ;” a withdrawal which requires an “expunging” of considerable portions of
article cited at head of this paper, or at least a disclaimer of their virtue as demon-
strative of the above dictum.

1 In Fig. 2 the full periphery is the meridional section of the rotating fluid earth: P P the axis
of rotation (answering to the repelling-line, which continues sfill the axis of rotation after distor-
tion); 6,6, (parallel to equator 2 #) the normal planes of rotation (only one of which is drawn);
b/ b’,, ete., the same planes as tilted (about a, a, a, ete.) through the minute angle 2ey, causing
a motion of the axes of figure, though the whole angle y, from E to 2’, and from P to P’, and a
distortion of figure (or tidal development), represented by the broken periphery.

In the analytical expressions above C and A are the moments of inertia with reference to polar
and equatorial axes, respectively.

* The above demonstration refers to the homogeneous fluid spheroid; but we may infer, I think,
for heterogeneousness whether fluid, or solid but imperfectly rigid, that, however the internal motion
of their distortion be thereby modified, the above will hold true.

AS AFFECTING PRECESSION AND NUTATION 9

The observed precession of the earth’s axis corresponds very closely (Thomson
and Tait, § 828) with that due to a spheroid of its external ellipticity and probable
law of internal density; but the fact does not afford, therefore, the supposed argu-
ment for rigidity. I have, in the memoir cited at the head of this paper, illustrated
by the case of the steel rod how very great must be the rigidity of a solid earth
which should exhibit no sensible tidal distortion; and it follows that a mere thin
crust must be of almost infinitely unyielding material to effectually suppress such
distortion. And, conceding the (implied) infinite rigidity to a shell or crust, 1
have furthermore demonstrated (Addendum to paper cited) the fallacy of Mr.
Hopkins’ conclusion that a minimum thickness of 800 or 1000 miles must be
assigned to it. ‘There can be, therefore, no propriety in attributing (with Sir Wm.
Thomson) to Mr. Hopkins “ the discovery of the earth’s solidity.” Masterly as is
much of his investigation, the vague formula he presents as his final result will
bear no such ponderous weight of conclusion as he lays upon it, even if the
specific errors I have elsewhere pointed out did not vitiate it; while the preter-
natural rigidity required for his shell abstracts from its merits as a genuine “ Re-
search in Physical Geology.”' Moreover, Mr. Hopkins’ argument loses: whatever
claims to decide the point which accuracy conceded to his theorem would give,
when, instead of the considerable discrepancy (8 to 7, he supposes it to be) in the
calculated and of observed precessions (on which he fornds his conclusions) there
is, as we now know, none; or, at least, none assignable.

My conclusion concerning Mr. Hopkins’ celebrated problem (see “Addendum’’),
and my criticism of his results, are fully sustained by the language of Sir Wm.
Thomson when he says “a very slight deviation of the inner surface of the
shell” (supposed perfectly rigid) ‘from perfect sphericity would suffice, in virtue
of the quasi-rigidity due to vortex-motion, to hold back the shell from taking
sensibly more precession than it would give to the liquid, and to cause the liquid
(homogeneous or heterogeneous) and the shell to have sensibly the same preces-
sional motion as if the whole constituted one rigid body.” (That there is not
“sensibly the same -precessional motion” for the cvse of heterogeneousness, forms the
main burden of Mr. Hopkins’ results.)

Allusion has already been made (note 1, p. +) to Mr. Hopkins’ “ case of rotary
motion not before investigated.” It is that of the small reciprocal oscillation of
shell (considered as perfectly rigid) and the internal fluid. By direct action on the
shell itself, and by induced pressure of the fluid on the shell, the whole precessional
effect of the foreign attraction takes effect primarily on the shell alone; from which
ensues a divergence of axes of shell and fluid (as represented in Fig. 2), and a
development of reactive force in the fluid (through the displacement of its planes
of rotation), by which, “precisely as if it were solid,” the fluid reacts upon the
shell and adds its moment of inertia to that of the shell, reducing the mean rate
of precession to that corresponding to the entire mass. This common mean

' Tt is true that physicists had not thought of the exigencies of rigidity in this connection until
Sir Wm. Thomson pointed them out; nevertheless a “Research into the physical geology” of the
case, viewed as to its mathematical requirements, ought to have suggested such exigencies.

2 August, 1877.

10 INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE EARTH.

precession of shell and fluid is, therefore, necessarily attended with minute relative
oscillations which manifest themselves as a slight periodical “inequality” in the
rate of precession of the shell, and also more noticeably as an equally slight
periodical “nutation” of its axis. ‘They are, even for a thin shell, and, @ fortiori,
for a thick one (excepting always the special cases alluded to in what follows),
very minute, “not rising to magnitudes greater than those of the order of solar
nutation’””? (7. e., about one-half second of arc).

The period of these oscillations, as generalized from Mr. Hopkins’ expressions,
is equal to that fraction of the number of days denoted by the reciprocal of the
internal ellipticity of the shell, which expresses the ratio of moment of inertia of
shell to that of the whole mass. ‘The period, therefore, for a given internal ellip-
ticity, varies directly with the moment of inertia of the shell, which, itself, is greater
or less as its thickness is greater or less.

A critical value for this period, discussed by Mr. Hopkins, is one which differs
but slightly from that of solar (semi-annual) nutation (implying a crust thickness
of something over 1000 miles); in which case there is, as might be expected from
the synchronism, a secular inequality in the solar nutation which may reach great
magnitude. A corresponding critical value may happen for the (to. observation
inappreciable) lunar semi-monthly nutation (which does not enter into Mr. Hopkins’
results, and is not discussed by him) ; but there can be (as I understand the matter)
no critical value of this kind connected with the chief and sole recognized astro-
nomical nutation (the lunar nineteen yearly), unless the interior ellipticity be much
less than the ;1, (that of the earth’s surface), and practically ni/.2 These critical

1 The astronomical nutations with which comparison is made are totally distinet in their origin
from these theoretical nutations arising from reciprocal oscillations of shell and fluid, of which the
rationale has just been given; as they are, also, from the “slight nutations” mentioned in subse-
quent pages. They (the astronomical) are but subsidiary manifestations of the general gyratory
motion caused by the sun and moon in their varying relations of declination to the earth’s equator.

* Unless the internal ellipticity be such as to constrain the liquid and shell to the same mean
precessional motions the phenomenon of “precession” passes beyoud the range of our power of
prediction. The separation of the rotation axes (supposed initially coincident) of shell and fluid
becomes greater and greater. Friction or viscosity come into powerful action with results we cannot
define, except indeed to predict a gradual wasting of “ vortex-motion” of fluid, and loss of rotation
of solid shell. With diminution of internal ellipticity the independent precessional co-efficient of the
shell becomes greater than that of the whole mass; the “deviations first sensible” when the ellipticity
becomes too small to constrain to unison of precession, would appear to me to be those of acceleration.

The case of an infinitely thin crust (of nil moment of inertia, of course) is identically that of the
wholly fluid spheroid discussed in the text; the deductions to be made referring not to internal motion
but to figure-motion of the surface (see p. 7). The ‘infinitely thin rigid shell” moves through the

1 3 ;
whole angle y; that is, it moves through oe times the angle to which the fluid planes of rotation

must tilt to develop the diurnal tide. The angle y we have found to be about 14 and 3 seconds for,
respectively, the sun and moon. Such a motion, if fully developed (see p. 13 and note), could
only obtain as a fluctuation of short (daily) period ; but reason has been given (ibid.) why this angle
cannot be fully developed. If the theorem of this present paper is correct, precession and the metro
nomical nutations (which are but parts of precession) would be wholly unaffected. In the foregoing
deductions concerning the secondary phenomena of (rigid) shell precession and nutation, T am not
in entire unison with Sir Wm. Thomson, in his Glasgow Address.

AS AFFECTING PRECESSION AND NUTATION. 1]

periods, as they are thus determined, are not independent of the thickness of the
shell; though for the semi-monthly (lunar) nutation they would correspond, about,
to the conventional 40 or 50 miles of the ‘thin crust” of geologists, and hence should
produce sensible effects in connection with that otherwise insensible nutation. Hence
the last paragraph of the “Addendum” to paper cited, and one of its summary “con-
clusions,” affirms that “noticeable nutational movements’ would be the concomitants
of a “thin and rigid shell;” for which even the ordinary small oscillations might be
distinguishable, and from which by the probable approximation of period to that of
semi-monthly nutation, extraordinary magnitudes might ensue, ‘That “conclusion,”
therefore (the 5th), expressed a ¢est, even though not declared, ‘ absolutely decisive
against the geological hypothesis of a thin rigid shell full of liquid ;’’ while it had
no such test-application to a thick one for which the ordinary magnitudes of oscilla-
tion would be undistinguishably minute, while extraordinary ones due to coales-
cing in period with the semi-annual solar nutation require particular values of shell-
thickness restricted to narrow limits.

I have already stated that a revision of my published investigations was under-
taken in consequence of suggestions made by Prof. Newcomb, last August. He
suggested that the law of ‘conservation of areas’ would be found to carry with it
an identical precession fer solid and liquid spheroid. Quite familiar with the law
in this connection, I was nevertheless prompted to inquire how far the internal
motion of the fluid in forming the tidal protuberances would affect the “ areas.” I
had already discovered (as they have been now described in preceding pages) what
these motions must be (p. 43 and note ‘* Problems,” etc.); but I have to thank
Prof. Newcomb for directing my thoughts toward this matter again. I soon per-
ceived that these internal motions, by changing the direction of the repelling force,
completely upset my demonstration of ni/ precession ; and this without direct refer-
ence to the “conservation of areas.”

To appreciate now the application of that principle; conceive the sun in the
equinox—when V (the declination) is zero—the deviation of the planes of rotation
are then zero, and the precessional motion is asswmed to be zero. No areas are now
generated save those of the earth’s diurnal rotation, Cn; the component of which
about the line of the sun’s attraction is zero. Now as the sun’s right ascension and
declination increase, this component of the diurnal-rotation-area develops itself,
pari passu, in magnitude, But a (with declination acquired) tilting force would be
also exerted by the sun; the earth, if perfectly rigid, will yield to it, to the impair-
ing of this component, causing an area-compensating movement, gyration (which is
elementary precession), to ensue. Suppose now instead of the body’s yielding as a
perfectly rigid body, the planes ef rotation individually tilt. I have shown, else-
where (‘The Gyroscope analytically examined’), that while the initial motion of
gyration is an actual tilting, this latter effect is quickly checked by its own offspring,
gyration. So it will be also with reference to the tilting of these planes, which may or
may not reach the limit of angular displacement denoted by the minute angle (ey)
required to develop the diurnal tide of the equilibrium theory. The principle of
“areas” would, therefore, involve for the fluid spheroid, what it does in a rigid
earth (as the fact is set forth in the first of the “Problems of Rotary Motion,” pp. 6

1 INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF TEE RARE

“

and 15), viz., almost or quite insensibly minute nutations; but in this latter case, on
account of non-rigidity, they take the form of internal motion, or fluctuating distor-
tion, rather than of aawial nutations.

But while it is mdisputably true that the actual angular motion of “ precession”
is at any instant just so much rotation-area converted into gyration-area, and while
the principle of areas is, in my opinion, a much surer basis on which to found an a
priori judgment as to the integrity of the precession of a fluid spheroid than that
of the quasi-rigidity conferred by vortex-motion; yet even this basis may not seem
quite so solid for such a judgment, when we reflect that precession, in its universal
acceptation (for a rigid body), as an angular movement always exactly normal to the
plane of a variable (in direction and intensity), tilting couple, has no relation but of
anfagonism to the principle of areas; and that all our demonstrations of precession,
which commence with expounding the elementary gyration (e. g., Airy, “ Figure of
the Earth,” Encye. Met.; Art. ‘* Precession,” Encyc. Britta., etc.), demonstrate,
apparently at least, something that is thus antagonistic: ¢. e., that an attractive force
produces motion directly normal to its own direction ; that it generates areas about
the line connecting its origin with the centre of inertia of the attracted body.'

I have alluded to this anomaly in the note to page 44 of “* Addendum,” cited,
and the 5th and 6th pages of the first of the ‘“‘ Problems of Rotary Motion;” remark-
ing that precession can at no instant be exactly what it is computed to be, and that,
either in the whole as a rigid solid, or in the parts, as a yielding one, there must
be always going on “slight nutations’—the necessary concomitants of fluctuating
transfer of rotary into gyratory area (and the reverse), which must result from the
fluctuation in direction of plane and intensity of the tilang couple.

Incidentally it may be interesting to inquire how much these slight nutations
may amount to. For the earth, considered as perfectly rigid, a maximum limit can
be announced, Suppose at any instant the sun’s declination be v, and the in-
stantaneous axis and axis of figure (or diurnal rotation) to be at rest; in other
words, that they coincide. Commencing with this initial state of things, the earih
will first yield to the sun-couple; rvtation-area thus lost will transform itself into
gyration-area; and the path of the earth’s axis of figure will be a continued cycloid
(see first of the “ Problems of Rotary Motion,” p. 8, and note; where o and @ are

polar distances) of which the sagitte will be the excessively minute quantity oF

" The demonstrations referred to in preceding paragraph (said to originate with Frisi), prove
really, and only, what must be the incipient motion, starting from rest, of the imstantaneous axis
of the rotating spheroid subjected to a tilting action like that of the sun’s attraction on the earth;
which incipient motion they mistake for what it is not (though in the case of the earth the actual
things differ inappreciably), its mean motion; and hence for the ‘“ Measure of the mean motion of
the Earth’s axis.” Starting with a conceded and dynamically calculated motion of the axis of
Jigure, they lose sight of that axis entirely, and apparently prove that this fundamental motion
never took place, but was really something else. The resulting expression for precession is made
formally wrong, by having as a factor the reciprocal of the moment of inertia about an equatorial
axis instead of about the axis of diurnal rotation; and the above “ measure” would be quite inacca-
rate if applied to planets as oblate as Jupiter, Saturn, and Uranus (see paragraphs 3, 4, and 5, p. 4;
those of 6th page, and note 2 to p. 3 of “ Addendum,” “ Problems of Rotary Motion”).

AS AFFECTING PRECESSION AND NUTATION. 13

cos V; or (referring to value of 3, when it is interpreted for the case of the earth’s

oe -. C—A
precession 1n the note, putting pacientes =——10))
C

’

(c) 6S é sin V Cos vy.

ren

This, by what seems a singular coincidence, is identically the product of our
angle y (see expression (b)) by 2e; in other words, it is exactly the angle 2ey to
which our planes of rotation of a fluid spheroid must tilt to form the diurnal tide,
the precession affecting part of the tidal protuberance.

This very minute angle (at its greatest about =1, second of arc for the moon,
half that for the sun) is the maximum to which the rigid earth could be actually
tilted; but the axis of figure is never (except at the equinoxes) in this supposed
initial state of rest. It (see “ Problems,” etc., p. 6) always has approximately the
gyratory motion (7. e., parallel to the chord nearly of the cycloid) in which the tilting
effect is suppressed, viz., that of the mean gyration due to the sun’s relative posi-
tion. The small nutations will be then but infinitesimal fractions of the minute
angle 2ey, or (c), which we have found to be that of the tilting of the planes of
rotation necessary to the production of the diurnal tide.

When we turn now to the fluid spheroid we have found that the distortion just
mentioned, and which constitutes the diurnal tide, is necessary to the full action
of the sun-couple as upon a solid and perfectly rigid spheroid. It would seem, there-
fore, that the diurnal tide (as are the other forms of tide) would be, as Sir Wm,
Thomson conjectures, fully developed—i. e., ‘practically the same as that of the
equilibrium theory.”’ On the other hand, this tilting of the fluid planes of rota-
tion involves precisely the same transfer of rotation into gyration area as the equal
tilting of the rigid spheroid; and this is double’ the amount due to the mean gyra-
tion corresponding to the sun’s declination ; for when (see “ Problems,” etc., where
above cited) the axis of figure is at the lowest point of the cycloid its gyratory
velocity is double the mean value.

The precessional motion thus generated is a fluctuation ; it waxes from zero
to double its mean value and again wanes; the axis of figure making synchronously

' This dictum, however, seems hardly a legitimate revelation of the light cast by the ‘‘theory of
quasi-rigidity ;” for the tidal distortion of the equilibrium theory being all that follows perfect fluidity,
it renders “ quasi-rigidity” a ‘nomen inane.”

2 This may be directly demonstrated: The normal component of rotation-area per unit of time
about the solstitial line, is Cx sin v. By the tilting of the planes this would be reduced to Cn sin

S © v : A CA 6S oa :
(v— BS e sin V cos V), 7. e., a decrement of area, (since e <7 of — (C—A)sin V cos *v.
rn rn
: - : ; é : eas ao C—— ae
This requires a compensating gyration (i. e., motion about the solstitial line of —~ a sin y,
Tn Uy

-

which is double the mean gyration (elementary precession) of the earth (see 20, p. 7, “Problems,”
ete.). It must be observed that were such a tilting of the planes momentarily to have place (7. e.,
that the diurnal tide be fully developed), it could only be as a phase of a periodic fluctuation
corresponding to the cycloidal moyement of the rigid spheroid (‘‘ Problems,” ete., pp. 3 and 13), the

““veriod” being about one day, differing, however, in character from the diurnal /rde.

14 INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE EARTH

the nutations corresponding to the cycloidal path. But if, at the instant indicated,
p. 12, the axis of figure, instead of being at rest, be already moving with the proper
mean motion, that mean motion will be simply maintained (as demonstrated p. 6,
Note 1, ‘ Problems,” etc.); and without sensible nutation, though the intensity of
the tilting couple slowly wax or wane. Since, however, gyration-area is but trans-
formed rotation-area, it follows that the (rigid) earth’s rotation-axis must have
been tilted (from where it was at the equinox) sufficiently to furnish by transfor-
mation the required (mean) gyration-area ; that is through half the angle 2ey. For
exactly similar reason, if the mean gyration proceeds from the diversion of the
planes of rotation, that tilting, proceeding from a very slowly waxing force, could
ensue only to the ha/f amount necessary to formation of the diurnal tide. But
though the requisite gyration-area be originally acquired by the tilting of the
planes, there is no reason that I can perceive why the resulting distortion should
not, part passu, approximately rectify itself (there being, see end of note, p. 7, a
self-rectifying force, proportionate to the distortion, always acting) to the annul-
ling, nearly, of the tide.

And, moreover, for Laplace’s case (a continuous ocean of uniform small depth)
the absence of the diurnal tide may be something more than a mere suppression
of elevations through the counteracting pressure its relative motion develops; it
may be this partial absence 01 these motions even ; the fluid shell having at the
same time ifs own precession.’ In fact, a fluid shell of uniform thickness is cer-
tainly as subject to precessional motion, as an entire spheroid of fluid.

From the foregoing it appears that though I no longer find a “ counteracting-
couple” arising from the centrifugal forces acting on the substance of the diurnal
tide, by which the precession of a fluid spheroid is neutralized, yet I do find
that, “checked by the counteracting effect of induced gyration” (i. e., precession)
the tide itself is in great degree neutralized; that the “ practical rigidity” by which
(as I showed, Appendix, p. 48, “ Problems,” etc.) a rotating fluid reacts upon a shell,
to maintain the integrity of precession, is equally efficacious though there be no

shell. This “ practical rigidity” exhibits itself only in connection with the diurnal

tide.

The celebrated result of Laplace, just now alluded to, that for a continuous |

ocean of uniform depth, the diurnal tide—so closely associated as I have shown
it to be with the precessional movement—will have no development in elevation ;
but will present itself simply as a determinate relative motion of the water—has
been treated by me elsewhere (see Proceedings of the Amer. Association, Buffalo
meeting, 1876). I have shown that this relative motion (relative as concerns the
solid nucleus) is simply what belongs to a shifted position of the ‘diurnally rotating
fluid shell, as if it were a solid shell, the angle of separation of axes of fluid shell
and solid nucleus being the identical angle elsewhere denoted by y.
Disregarding, as the illustrious author does, the motion of the sun in right
ascension and declination, such a shifted position, initially given, would generate

' This is hinted at in last paragraph of “ Addendum” to note to article cited at head of this paper;
but in obscure and erroneous language.

AS AFFECTING PRECESSION AND NUTATION. 5)

pressures exactly counteracting the elevating or depressing force of the attraction,
and would maintain the quasi-solidity of the fluid by thus neutralizing internal
strains.

I have shown also that, this state supposed once initially established, there is
nothing to maintain its adaptation to the motion in right ascension and declination
of the attracting body, and that the alleged discovery “is not of anything which
could have place ir. nature, even if we concede to ‘nature’ such an ocean as the
theory prescribes; but of a purely mechanical theorem alien to the conditions
under which ‘ tides’ are generated.””

Tidal theories treat the earth as a perfect sphere, disregarding oblateness,
When we couple the hypothetic ocean of uniform small depth with the actual
oblateness which must belong to the nucleus, we have a shell of uniform thickness
nad small equatorial ellipticity; fluid, it is true, but rotating (in order to exhibit
Laplace’s result) as if it were solid. The laws of “ vortex-motion” have been
superadded, in what precedes, to the arguments used in paper cited (Proc. A. A.
A. 8), and forbid the self-adaptation which Laplace’s theorem requires of the fluid
shell to the sun’s position, and sustain my assertion that it is only a mechanical
theorem. I have nevertheless suggested in the paper referred to that the inconspicu-
ousness of this tide in our actual oceans (which ought, on the equilibrium theory,
to have a development in height equal to two-thirds that of the semi-diurnal)
might, perhaps, be accounted for through an imperfect obtaining of some of the
conditions (e. g., the meridianally elongated elliptical, horizontal orbits described
by the particles in the production of this tide) of Laplace’s theorem.

I will conclude by saying that while the correction of grave errors of conclusion
in papers of mine published under the sanction of the Smithsonian Institution,
and ostensibly deserving the ascription of “Contributions to Knowledge,” is a
peremptory motive, a secondary object. of this memoir is to show that in those
papers are to be found essential elements now indicated and brought together (for
this paper does little more than to push to their true issue conclusions based on
facts there developed), of the “coherently worked out” solution which Sir Wm.
Thomson desiderates (Glasgow Address) of the “full problem of precession and
nutations, and what is now necessarily included in it, the tides, for a continuous
revolving liquid spheroid, whether heterogeneous or homogeneous.”

' Mr. D. D. Heath (‘‘ Deep Sea Tides,” ete., Phil. Mag., vol. xxxiii., 1867) has, in an admirable
exposition of the conditions on which depend the attainment of dynamic tidal solutions, shown that
the solution of Laplace’s for the diurnal tide is “(a singular possible case in the midst of impossible
ones,” ‘singular in its algebraical no less than in its physical character.” Absence of right ascension
and declinational motions of the attracting body being the imperious condition. The solution is analy-
tically “discontinuous” and therefore not admissible as an expression of phenomena in which its
indispensable condition is wanting; hence “a purely mechanical theorem” (as I have characterized
it) “alien to the conditions under which tides are generated.” But though Mr. Heath refers to the
“ pbysical character” of the solution, its real physical characteristics, as pointed out by me (from which
I arrived at identical conclusions), had not previously been indicated by any of the tidal investigators.

16 INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE EARTH.

APP EN Da aie
(Note to Page 10.)

It is curious that the demonstration of Hopkins, Sections 10-13 (Phil. Trans.,
1839), taken in all the abstractness (not fully realized on first reading) which really
belongs to it, involves a mechanical paradox, a real analogue of that in the last
clause of § 25 of Sir W. Thomson’s * Rigidity of the Earth.”

The planes of fluid diurnal rotation being slightly tilted by the displacement of
the shell, we have the “ repelling line” again, but one of which, the radiating repul-
sion, is exerted in parallel planes slightly oblique to the line in which lies their origin.
Now in all its generality Mr. Hopkins’ demonstration is this: A fluid (the rotation
of which is like that of the § 23 of the “ Rigidity of the Earth” “stopped” and
repulsive force substituted for the rotary motion) inclosed in an envelope of any
Jorm, subjected to the diverted force just described, will be acted on at each point
by a rotational force for which an analytical expression is found. The demonstra-
tion flows from the received laws of “equilibrium” of inclosed fluids, and here we
see again the anomalous results to which the substitution of a force for the motion
to which it is due may lead. Jf the fluid takes up this rotation while everything
else remains unchanged, the action is “ perpetual ;” and indefinite, thus induced,
rotational velocities ensue.

But in reality the rotational force so found is reaction of the envelope against
the reverse rotational motion impressed on it by the centrifugal force of the fluid.
That reaction pushes the planes of rotation into their deviation, and, as if by action
of a spring, causing the incidental subsequent rotation “as a solid.” In fact the
fluid cannot yield otherwise than by this yielding of rotational planes, as such, and
at. the same time preserve intact its diurnal rotation.

Overlooking this relation between the impressed rotations on shell and fluid,
which must be in the inverse ratio of their respective moments of inertia (since the
“action” and “ reaction” to which they are due are equal)—a relation which is
actually realized (though not recognized) in Mr, Hopkins’ results for homogeneous
shell and fluid—he failed to detect the error of his integrated pressures (the inte- |

grals of f R dr separately computed, pp. 199-201, Phil. Trans., 1840) exerted on |

the shell by the heterogeneous fluid—unrecognized errors on which (as I have
pointed out in Addendum to ‘** Problems,” etc.), his conclusions as to the preces-
sion of heterogeneousness internally fluid earth are based. The error of estima-
ting as pressure on the shell the total of the above integrals, lies in the fact that a
pat is consumed in maintaining special configurations in the strata of equal
density; configurations which Hopkins himself (in another connection) investigates

and defines,

SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE.

317

CLASSIFICATION

SYNOPSIS OF THE TROCHILID A.

BY

DANIEL GIRAUD ELLIOT, F.R.S.E., Etc.

[ACCEPTED FOR PUBLICATION, JANUARY, 1878.]

oh

Ti

PREFACE.

In the following Synopsis, I have given every species of Humming-bird known
to me, that in my opinion is entitled to a separate rank, and even of these, it is
not impossible that future information will compel us to place some of them
among the synonymes of others. Although the Family contains a certain number
of groups, composed of species having more or less relationship with each other, I
have not seen my way clear to the recognition of any subfamilies, as has been done
by other writers.—The Phethornithine, which constitute Mr. Gould’s first sub-
family, cannot be considered (as restricted by that Ornithologist) as having all the
genera particularly related, either in the form, color of plumage, or habits of their
different members; witness, Euroxrres, Grypus, and PHMTHORNIS; nor are any of
these so essentially different from all the rest of the Family as to necessitate their
separation into a subfamily. Mr. Gould does not give any characters to distinguish
the Phethornithine from the Trochiline, and Iam unable to find any. The fact
is, that the Trochilidee is composed of so many groups, whose species have but
little in common, that if it is deemed desirable to institute Subfamily divisions,
many would be requisite, and I do not see any advantage that could possibly
acerue from such a procedure. I have, therefore, not recognized any subfamilies,
but have considered all the species as members of one great united Family.
Generic division has been carried probably to a greater extreme among these
birds than in any other group known in Ornithology, and there remain but com-
paratively few species that have not been made to stand at one time or another,
as the representative of some so-considered distinct generic form. In the present
Synopsis, the recognition of genera has been carried to the farthest limit that
seemed practicable, and in every case it has been attempted to give structural
characters for the genera which have been acknowledged. Of course, to those
Ornithologists who consider that color of plumage is sufficient to establish genera,
my treatment will not be acceptable, but in this Family at least, when it is not
infrequently observed, that individuals of the same species vary from cach other in
the hues of their plumage to a great degree, color unsupported cannot be regarded

( iii )

y PREFACE.

as worthy of any consideration as a GENERIC character, and, if structural ones exist
sufficient for the establishment of a genus, then the hue of the plumage is imma-
terial, ‘Che arrangement here given of the species composing this Family is, I am
well aware, very different from all those heretofore proposed. It is not, however,
the result of guess or imagination, but has been arrived at by a careful comparison
of the different species themselves, for of the 426 acknowledged as distinct in this
Synopsis, about 380 are contained in the great collection, by the assistance of
which this book has been written, and of the remaining ones, with but few excep-
tions, I have carefully examined the types. As has already been said by others,
no perfect arrangement of the Family is possible at present, so many links beng
still needed to fill up the gaps, but the discoveries of late years have given us a
much better idea of the Trochilide than was ever before possible, and many
needed desiderata have been obtained, so that for the largest proportion of the
Family a tolerably satisfactory arrangement can now be made. Between such
genera as PumtHorNis and KupETOMENA, EUSTEPHANUS and AlTHuRUS, 'THALURANIA
and MELLISUGA, SPARGANURUS and OxypoGon, and some few others, constituting the
end and beginning of their respective sections as given in this Synopsis, we cannot
at the present time supply the connecting links, but within the last ten years so
many extraordinary and unlooked-for forms have been obtained, that it does not
seem too much to believe that among the vast unexplored regions of South
America, many of the desired links between the genera mentioned will yet be
forthcoming. Although one of the largest groups of birds known in Ornithology,
it cannot be considered that we are yet acquainted with all the existing species
of the Trochilidee, and it is most probable that perhaps even more gorgeously
plumaged and wonderful forms than any known, still remain to be discovered.

As some of the conclusions in this Synopsis, particularly in the matter of
synonymy, may be contrary to the views of some Ornithologists, I would suggest
that the various papers published by me in the Ibis upon this Family be consulted,
as my reasons for many of the determinations will be there found given at length.

The following is a list of these papers: —

Those written with the co-operation of Mr. Salvin.

1. (1878). The Genus Paarnornts, p. 1.

2. (1873). The Genera Pyamornis, GuAvcts, and THRENETES, p. 269.

3. (1873). On two species of Trochilide of the Genus Lopuornis, p. 279.
4. (1873). The Genus THaLuranta, p. 353.

r .
Those of which I alone am the author.

on

- (1872). The Humming-birds of the West Indies, p. 345.

6. (1874). Description of a new species of EucerHa.a, with a list of the known species, p. 87.
7. (1874). Remarks on some Typical Specimens of the Trochilidw, with a description of one new
Genus, p. 261.

PREFACE.

8. (1874). The Genus HELIANTHEA, p. 330.
9. (1875). The Genera CuLorostTiLBon and PANYcHLoRA, p. 149.
10. (1876). Remarks on some Type Specimens of ‘Lrochilide from the Museums of Neuchatel and
Florence, p. 5.
11. (1876). The Genus Lampropyata, p. 54.
12. (1876). The Genera CyAnomyiA and HELIoTRYPHA, p. 311.
13. (1876). The Genera HeLiorurix, CALLIPHLOX, CATHARMA, and PETAsOPHORA, p. 394.
14. (1877). Review of the Specimens of Trochilide in the Paris Museum brought by D’Orbigny
from South America, p. 133. iv
15. (1878). The Genus Tuaumarias, Gould (nee Eeshsh., 1829, nec Bon., 1850), p. 35.

As some of these Genera will not be met with in the present. Synopsis, having
been obliged to give way to others possessing the right to priority, or else deemed
unnecessary, it will be understood that, as employed in the various papers above
mentioned, they are intended to represent the Genera used by Mr. Gould in
his Monograph of the ‘Trochilide. The memoirs having been written for the
purpose of critically reviewing the species that had beey described, the Genera were
taken as given by the above-mentioned Ornithologist. In the present work, both
Genera and Species have been critically examined, and it has been found necessary
to make some important and very unexpected changes, especially in the first of
these divisions; but it is believed that in every instance a satisfactory explanation
is given for thus deviating from the course, which, when judged by the law of
priority, had been ascertained to be incorrect, although perhaps sanctioned in
some degree by custom.—In every case also, a genus that was in use has been
dropped, when found to have been previously employed in some other branch of
zoology. The synonymy is that which, in the majority of cases, refers to a passage
in the work cited, that gives some desirable information regarding the species.
I have not endeavored to make this “exhaustive,” as the term is used now-a-days
in many instances, and consequently many lists of names and nothing else, and
also works where the name of the species alone occurs without any information of
importance attached to it, will not be found quoted. The chief exceptions to this
are the lists of Bonaparte and Reichenbach, which, on account of the many genera
first proposed in them, could not be passed over. The value of synonymy has not
been deemed to consist in its great length.—The same may be said of the deserip-
tions of the species. Usually one of a genus has been pretty thoroughly described,
but I have thought it best, in the majority of instances, to give simply the differ-
ences that may exist in allied species, instead of going over the entire plumage, as
this merely necessitates endless repetitions that would speedily become wearisome,
and serve no useful purpose. Verbose and complicated descriptions have been
carefully avoided, for it is not impossible that, after plodding through such a one,

the bewildered reader on arriving at the termination has lost all track of the

25 PREFACE.

beginning. Like lengthened useless synonymy, such descriptions if possible should
be shunned.

Humming-birds vary greatly in their dimensions, even among members of the
same species, and therefore a specimen cannot be decided to be something else
because it does not agree exactly with the measurements of some described species,
to the eighth of an inch. The total length means from the point of the bill to the
end of the tail. Wing, from the shoulder to end of the longest primary. Tail,
from the termination of the caudal vertebree to the end of longest rectrices measured
on top. Culmen, from the termination of the frontal feathers to the point.

When considerable difference exists in the dimensions of the sexes, those of the’
female are given as well as those of the male. In the majority of instances, how--
ever, they are too nearly the same to make it necessary that more than one should
be recorded, and then that of the female is omitted.

The asterisk, placed before the names of certain species, indicates that it is not
contained in my collection.—Those who may possess any of these desiderata, and
are willing to dispose of them, would oblige me by informing me of the fact, as I
am naturally desirious of making the collection as perfect as possible.

The drawings which illustrate the generic characters are, with but few excep-
tions, all made from specimens contained in my collection,

D.Goks

Genus
ie
2:
By

Genus
ile

Genus
if

Genus

oP Whe

a

Genus

Genus
uy

Genus
if

Aamo fF wh

© ©

10.
us
12
13.

14.
15.

16.
17.

18.
GE

TABLE OF CONTENTS AND LIST OF SPECIES DESCRIBED.

1. Eutoxeres
Eutoxeres aquila
Eutoxeres heterura .
Eutoxeres condamini

2. Rhamphodon .

Rhamphodon neevius

3. Androdon

Androdon zquatorialis

4. Glaucis

. Glaucis hirsuta

- *Glaucis dorhni

. Glaucis antonix

. Glaucis leucurus

. Glaucis cervinicauda
. Glaucis ruckeri

5. Doleromya

. Doleromya fallax

6. Pheoptila
Pheoptila sordida

7. Phethornis

Pheethornis bourcieri

- Phethornis philippi
. Pheethornis yaruqui
. Phethornis guyi

Phithornis emilix .

. Phethornis augusti .

. Phethornis pretrii

. Phethornis superciliosus .
. Pheethornis longirostris

Phethornis hispidus
Phzthornis syrmatophorus
Phethornis anthophilus .
Phethornis eurynome
Phthornis squalidus
Phethornis longuemareus
Phethornis adolphi .
Phethornis griseigularis .
Phethornis striigularis
Phethornis idalize

eI -T <1

oO oO

io)

|

10)

10
12

12 |

13
13
13

14 |

14
14
15
16
16
16
17
17
18
18
18
19
19

bo by by
wore S

Genus

i:

2

Genus
1.

9

a.

| Genus
. Campylopterus largipennis

. Campylopterus obseurus .

. Campylopterus rufus :
. *Campylopterus hyperythrus .
. Campylopterus lazulus

. Campylopterus hemileucurus

. Campylopterus ensipennis

. Campylopterus villavicencio

. Campylopterus cuvieri

aAanrwnwre

-1

10.

Genus
il:

0

ah

Genus
1
2.

Sh
4.

Genus

Te

Genus
Ul.

w vo

Genus

a

. Phethornis pygmeeus
. Pheethornis episcopus
. Phethornis nigricinctus .

8. Eupetomena
Eupetomena macroura
Eupetomena hirundo

9. Sphenoproctus
Sphenoproctus pampa
Sphenoproctus curvipennis

10. Campylopterus

Campylopterus roberti

11. Aphantochroa
*Aphantochroa gularis
Aphantochroa cirrochloris
Aphantochroa hyposticta

12. Celigena
Celigena clemencie
Celigena henrici
Celigena viridipallens
Celigena hemileuca

13. Lamprolema
Lamprolema rhami .

14. Oreopyra

Oreopyra calolema .

. Oreopyra leucaspis .
. Oreopyra cinereicauda

15. Oreotrochilus .
Oreotrochilus pichincha

(vii)

PAGE
20
20
20

bt bo bt
Ne

tho

toon
we GC bw

w

to Ww hw bh bP bs ob be
AAannnf

bw ww th
0 eT =I

DP

28
28
29

29

29
30
30

31
32
32

33
33
33
34

Vill TABLE OF CONTENTS AND LIST OF SPECIES.
PAGE } PAGE
2. Oreotrochilus chimborazo j z 2 oy 3. Iolema frontalis . : . : 2, > Oe
3. Oreotrochilus estellie ; : : » +36 4. *lolema whitelyana ; é ; . 59
4. Oreotrochilus leucopleurus . j . 36
5. Oreotrochilus melanogaster. : . 36 | Genus 26. Sternoclyta . ; ‘ E = 59)
6. Oreotrochilus adele . : : . 37 1. Sternoclyta cyaneipectus . : : . 60%
Genus 16, Lampornis - - + <= -° 37 | Genus 27, Eugenes 2) ee ol
1. Lampornis violicanda : . . 38 1. Eugenes fulgens. ; : = . 60
2. Lampornismango . - - + - 39 2. Eugenes spectabilis. . . . - 641
3. Lampornis prevosti . ; ; ° Sy) ow
4, Lampornis viridis. : ; ; . 40 | Genus 28. Urochroa " 5 z : ; “6
5, Lampornis veraguensis . . : . 40 1. Urochroa bougueri . p a , Ge
6. Lampornis gramineus . : . meee l0 Z
7. Lampornis calosoma 5 4 : - 41} Genus 29. Eugenia ‘ é . : oo 162;
8. Lampornis dominicus ‘ ‘ , 5 “al 1. Eugenia imperatrix ; : ; . 62
Genus 17, Eulampis : . . . - 421 Genus 30. Lampraster . ¢ i! F S63
1. Eulampis holosericeus —. : 3 . 42 1. *Lampraster branicki ; ; Gs
2. Eulampis jugularis . ; : ‘ 43
Genus 81, Heliodoxa . , : : . 63
Genus 18, Lafresnaya - - - - - 43 1. Heliodoxajacula . . . «. . 64
1. Lafresnaya flavicaudata . : : . 44 2. Heliodoxa jamesoni ; : : | 65
2, Lafresnaya gayi - . - - - 4@ 3. Heliodoxa leadbeateri . =. 2s Ss SO65
sia me tout a Sry i ae i Genus 82. Pterophanes- - - - - 66
SS 1. Pterophanes temminckii. . . . 66
2. *Chalybura urochrysea_ . 2 : . 46
3. Chalybura isaure . 3 : tee4o)
Genus . 2 F 5 ;
4, Chalybura melanorrhoa . 2 : tile 1 pereaccne dae be
5. Chalybura ceruleiventris : = Al aie Sa oe : : ; ; ‘
5 : _ | Genus 84. Docimastes . - - --+:. 68
Genus 20. _Florisuga Z i . aot 1. Docimastes ensiferus ; A ‘ . 68
1. Florisuga mellivora : : : . 48
2. Florisuga fusca : : ; : AShe co
g Genus 35. Diphlogena . 69
1. Diphlogzena iris 69
Genus 3 : : : ; 9 ; is
enus 21. Petasophora a 2. Diphlogzena hesperus 70
1. Petasophora anais 50
2. Petasophora thalassina . : ; 51 . :
: ; "| Genus 36. Helianthea 70
3. Petasophora cyanotis : ‘ ‘ a Ol ie) eliantiicn ieeaesoni ral
4, Petasophora corruscans . : : SD 9. Helianth pare aT
5. Petasophora rubrigularis Se Se, Beets ome AT ye ks
eps 5 : : 3. Helianthea bonapartil 12
§. Petasophora serrirostris . : : 6 BY Archanit 72
7. Petasophora delphine . F : ap ay = Aes ee .
5. Helianthea we f
Genus 22. Panoplites pete Sb Helianthea violifera 8
deep anonlites Gandini = 7. Helianthea osculans 13
eee mares meets ; ? ‘ oe. 8. Helianthea dichroura 74
2. Panoplites flavescens 3 F . 2 bE :
3. Panoplites mathewsi : : : . +54 sas ii
Genus 37. Bourcieria i4
Genus 23. Pheeolema . : : F 5B iG Bourcieria inca 7d
1. Pheolema rubinoides — . Z : 5. bs 4 Ee conrad a
2. Pheolema quatorialis . ; j [55 3. Bourcieria insectivora 76
4. Bourcieria fulgidigula 76
Genus 24, Clytolema . : F , 5. Bourcieria torquata 77
1. Clytolama rubinea . : : : . 56 6. Bourcieria traviesi v7
2. Clytolema aurescens ‘ : : . OT 7. Bourcieria wilsoni v7
: 8. *Bourcieria purpurea 78
Genus 25. Tolema . 5 9. Bourcieria assimilis . 78
IeLolemajlamincss ala eS 10. Bourcieria prunelli. . . «© «= 8
2. Tolema schreibersi . c : 2 = ite 11. Bourcieria celigena 5 . : a

TABLE OF CONTENTS

12. Bourcieria columbiana
13. Bourcieria boliviana

. Genus 38. Hemistephania

1. Hemistephania johanne .
. Hemistephania ludovicie
. Hemistephania rectirostris
. Hemistephania euphrosine
. Hemistephania veraguensis

OF & be

Genus 39. Floricola

1. Floricola longirostris
. Floricola albicrissa .
. Floricola constanti
. Floricola leocadiz

bo

— ww

Genus 40. Lepidolarynx
1. Lepidolarynx mesoleucus

Genus 41. Heliomaster .

1. Heliomaster furcifer

Genus 42, Heliotrypha. .-
1. Heliotrypha viola :
2. Heliotrypha exortis
3. Heliotrypha micrastur
4. Heliotrypha barrali

Genus 43, Heliangelus

1. Heliangelus clarissa
- Heliangelus strophianus .
. Heliangelus spencei
. Heliangelus amethysticollis
. Heliangelus mavors

bt

oT ee tO

Genus 44. Urosticte
1. Urosticte ruficrissa .
2. Urosticte benjamini

Genus 45. Eustephanus .
1. Eustephanus galeritus
2. Eustephanus fernandensis
3. Eustephanus leyboldi

Genus 46. Topaza
1. Topaza pella
2. Topaza pyra

Genus 47, Aithurus
1. Aithurus polytmus .

Genus 48. Hylonympha

1. Hylonympha macrocerca

Genus 49, Thalurania
1. Thalurania glaucopis
- Thalurania columbica

ow be

. Thalurania furcata .
. Thalurania fureatoides

o >

. Thalurania nigrofasciata .
B March, 1879.

PAGE
79

79

80
80
81
81
81
B2
82
83
83

89
89
90
90
90
91

91
91
92

92
93
93
94

98
99
99
99
100
100

AND Dest OF SPECIES:

- *Thalurania jelskii .
. *Thalurania watertoni

a1

. Thalurania refulgens

tS OO

- Thalurania eriphile .
10. Thalurania hypochlora
U1. Thalurania bicolor .

Genus 50, Mellisuga

1. Mellisuga minima

Genus 51. Microchera
1. Microchera albocoronata .
2. Microchera parvirostris

Genus 52, Trochilus
1. Trochilus colubris
2. Trochilus alexandri .

Genus 53. Calypte -
1. Calypte coste .
2. Calypte anne .
3. Calypte helene

Genus 54, Selasphorus
1. *Selaspherus floresii
2. Selasphorus platycercus .

. Selasphorus ardens .

. Selasphorus flammula

. Selasphorus rufus

. Selasphorus scintilla

. Selasphorus henshawi

- Selasphorus torridus

AGO & &

io)

Genus 55. Catharma
1. Catharma orthura

Genus 56. Atthis
1. Atthis heloise .
2. Atthis ellioti

Genus 57, Stellula .
1. Stellula calliope

Genus 58. Rhodopis
1. Rhodopis vesper
2. *Rhodopis atacamensis

Genus 59, Heliactin
1. Heliactin cornuta

Genus 60. Calothorax
1. Calothorax pulchra .
2. Calothorax lucifer

Genus 61, Acestrura
1. Acestrura mulsanti .
2. *Acestrura decorata
3. Acestrura heliodori .
4. *Acestrura micrura

1X

PAGE
101
101
101
101
102
102

103
103

104
104
104

105
105
106

106
107
107
108

108
109
109
110
110
110
1iL
11L
112

113
113
114

114
115

115
115
116

116
116

117
118
118

119
119
119
120
120

x TABLE OF CONTENTS AND LIST OF SPECIES.

PAGE

Genus 62. Cheetocercus . 3 ‘ 5 oa 120)
1. Chietocercus jourdani.. : : a eit

2. Cheetocercus rose . : ‘ : a, lipal

3. Chetocercus bombus : 5 ; 22
Genus 638, Thaumastura 122
1. Thaumastura cora 123
Genus 64, Doricha . 123
1. Doricha enicura 124

2. Doricha elize . 125

3. Doricha bryant 125

4. Doricha evelynx 125

5. Doricha lyrura 126
Genus 65, Myrtis - ; : : 3 5 IR
1. Myrtis fanny c 127

2. Myrtis yarrelli ° ; : : 5 RAY

Genus 66. Tilmatura . : a 5 - 128

1. Tilmatura duponti . > . : - 128
Genus 67, Smaragdochrysis. - - ~- 129
1. Smaragdochrysis iridescens . c 5 IAD
Genus 68. Ptochoptera 5 z ; F . 129
1. *Ptochoptera iolema =. . : - 130
Genus 69, Calliphlox ‘ 5 e : 5 let)
1. Calliphlox amethystina . . : . 130

2. Calliphlox mitchelli : = . melo
Genus 70. Lophornis . : ‘ = 5 eH
1. Lophornis stictolophus . . ; 5 188)

2. Lophornis delattrii . : ; : 5 lle

3. Lophornis regulus . : , : ESS

4. Lophornis ornatus . ; ; : . 134

5. Lophornis gouldi_. : 5 ; 5 ley

6. Lophornis magnificus : : =eeloo

7. Lophornis helene . ; ; ; , Hels

8. Lophornis adorabilis . d : 5 lets)

9. Lophornis verreauxi ; . : > 136

10. Lophornis chalybea ; : é ; 136
Conus yal, (Otte > « co « «s « IW
1. Gouldia popelairii . . : 5 . 138

2. Gouldia langsdorffi . ; : : . 138

3. Gouldia conversi. . : 5 a BN)

4. Gouldia letitiz . : : 2 5 ey)
Genus 72, Discura . : ; ‘ . . 140
1. Discura longicanda . ; : . . 140
Genus 73, Steganura . > ; . . 141
1. Steganura underwoodi_ . : 4 . 142

2. Steganura melananthera . : 5 - 142

3. Steganura solstitialis . 3 ; . 142

4. Steganura peruana . : : : 5 183

5. Steganura adde : : é ' », 143)

6. *Steganura cissiura ; : é . 144

Genus
ue

74, Loddigesia . . =.

*Loddigesia mirabilis . .

Genus 75, Lesbia . : 3 é

Ll.
2.
3.
4,

Lesbia gouldi .

Lesbia nuna . 5 P 3
Lesbia eucharis 3
Lesbia amaryllis . : °

Genus %6) Zodalia.. or 4) ee
1. ®Zodalia ortoni

9

a

*Zodalia glyceria

Genus 77, Cynanthus

1.
9

4.

Cynanthus forficatus
Cynanthus mocoa

Genus 78. Sappho

1.
2.
3.

Sappho sparganura .
Sappho phaon .
*Sappho caroli

Genus 79, Oxypogon

1.
2.

Oxypogon lindeni
Oxypogon guerini

Genus 80. Oreonympha .

1G

Oreonympha nobilis

Genus 81, Rhamphomicron

ils

ao oP w bd

Rhamphomicron olivaceus

. Rhamphomicron heteropogon .
. Rhamphomicron herrani .

. Rhamphomicron stanleyi

. Rhamphomicron ruficeps .

. Rhamphomicron microrhynchum

Genus 82. Avocettinus

ik

Genus
iL

Genus
ike

aD OP Wb

© ©

Genus
il

Avocettinus eurypterus

83. Avocettula

Avocettula recurvirostris

84. Metallura

Metallura opaca

. Metallura jelski

. *Metallura chloropogon .
. Metallura eupogon .

. Metallura eneicauda

. Metallura primolina

. Metallura williami .

. Metallura tyrianthina

. Metallura smaragdinicollis

85, Chrysuronia .

Chrysuronia humboldti

2. Chrysuronia enone .

H OO

o

. Chrysuronia josephine
. Chrysuronia elicie .
. Chrysuronia chrysura

PAGE

144
145

145
146
147
147
148

149
149
150

150
151
152

153
154
154
155

155
156
156

157
157

158
158
158
159
159
160
160

161
161

162
162

163
163
164
164
164
165
165
165
166
166

167
168
168
169
169
169

TABLE OF CONTENTS AND LEST OF SPECIEB

PAGE

Genus 86. Augastes Macs pices 0
1. Augastes lumachellus— . : c = LG

2. Augastes superbus . : c é cpeeluiil:
Genus 87, Phlogophilus Tie meirenel ete TTT
1. Phlogophilus hemileucurus — . : 5 Lene?

Genus 88. Schistes . f é : - Li2
1. Schistes personatus . oor dR
2. Schistes geoffroyi 173

Genus 89. -Heliothrix 174
1. Heliothrix auritus . 5 ‘ , eee a:
2. Heliothrix auriculatus 175
3. Heliothrix barroti 175
Genus 90. Chrysolampis a 6) ETRE. TAG
1. Chrysolampis moschitus . : 3 o OG

Genus 91. Bellona . ‘ ‘ : 2 5 TS

1. Bellona cristata. : : : | llees)
2. Bellona exilis . . é : : 5 ily)
Genus 92. Cephalolepis. - . . . 179
1. Cephalolepis delalandi. c : - 180
2. Cephalolepis loddigesi . c . . 180

Genus 93, Adelomyia . : . : 5 list

1. Adelomyia cervina . 0 : ¢ 5 teil
2. Adelomyia inornata : : : - Isl
3. Adelomyia chlorospila — . E > . 182
4. Adelomyia melanogenys . ; : - 182
Genus 94, Anthocephala oo. oo, 1B
1. *Anthocephala floriceps . : ; - 183
Genus 95, Abeillia . 2 : ; I eelss

1. Abeillia typica 5 5 . 0 - 184

Genus 96. Klais . ; ; F : . 184

1. Klais guimeti . : : o c - 184
Genus 97. Agleactis . . . . . 185
1. Agleactis cupripennis . . : . 186

2. Agleactis caumatonota . ; 6 . 186

3. Agleactis castelnaudi . : . 5 EH

4. Agleactis pamela . : : : - 187
Genus 98, Eriocnemis . . . . ~. 188
1. Erioenemis derbiana : : c > 89

2. Eriocnemis assimilis . é ; . 189

3. Eriocnemis aureliz . : : : . 190

4. Eriocnemis squamata : - . 190

5. Eriocnemis lugens . ; : ; . 190

6. Eriocnemis aline . : : 3 Loy

7. Eriocnemis mosquera : , : 5 Net

8. *Hriocnemis glaucopoides : : 5 UGH!

9. Eriocnemis luciani . : : c > 192

10. Eriocnemis cupreiventris ; 5 a1 1192
11. *Eriocnemis sapphiropygia . C 793

12.

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.

Genus
iL

Genus

Us
. Uranomitra violiceps

. Uranomitra viridifrons

. Uranomitra cyanocephala
. Uranomitra microrhyncha
. Uranomitra francie

- *Uranomitra cyanicollis .

AMD oO ew

Genus

te

o

Genus
ie

Genus
ik,

ARP OF wh

© 0

es
18.
19.
20.

Genus
ie

Genus
il,
2:
Genus
ic

Genus
INE

Eriocnemis chrysorama
Eriocnemis godini
Eriocnemis vestita

™

Eriocnemis smaragdinipectus .

Eriocnemis nigrivestis
Eriocnemis dyselius .

99. Panterpe

Panterpe insignis

100. Uranomitra
Uranomitra quadricolor .

101. Leucippus
Leucippus chionogaster
Leucippus chlorocercus

102. Leucochloris

Leucochloris albicollis

103. Agyrtria

Agyrtria niveipectus

. Agyrtria leucogaster
. Agyrtria viridiceps .
. Agyrtria milleri

. Agyrtria candida

* A gyrtria norrisii

. Agyrtria brevirostris

. *Agyrtria compsa

. *Agyrtria neglecta

. Agyrtria bartletti

. *Agyrtria nitidifrons

. *Agyrtria ceeruleiceps

. Agyrtria tephrocephala .
. Agyrtria tobaci

. Agyrtria fluviatilis .

. Agyrtria apicalis

*Agyrtria maculicauda
* A oyrtria lucie
Agyrtria nigricauda
Agyrtria nitidicauda

104. Arinia .

*Arinia boucardi

105. Elvira -
Elvira cupreiceps
Elvira chionura

106. Callipharus

Callipharus nigriventris .

107. Eupherusa

Eupherusa poliocerca

X1

PAGE
193
193
193
194
194
194

195
195

195
196
196
197
197
197
197
198

198
199
199

200
200

201
202
202
203
203
203
204
204
204
205
205
205
206
206
206
207
207
207
208
208
208

209
209

210
210
210

bo

bo bo
—
No bk

Xl

2.
3.

Genus
Ne
2.

Q
°
So
oP won &

aI

EE
20.
21.
oy)
23.
24.

Genus

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Bupherusa eximia
Bupherusa egregia

108. Polytmus

Po.ytmus thaumantias
Polytmus viridissimus

. Polytmus leucorrhous

; 109. Amazilia

. Amazilia pristina

. Amazilia leucophaa

. Amazilia alticola

. Amazilia dumerili

. Amazilia cinnamomea

*Amazilia graysoni .

. Amazilia yucatanensis
. Amazilia fuscicaudata
. Amazilia viridiventris

*Amazilia ocai

. Amazilia beryllina .
. Amazilia edwardi

. Amazilia niveiventris
. Amazilia marie

*Amazilia cyanura .

. *Amazilia iodura
. Amazilia lucida

Amazilia erythronota
Amazilia felicia
Amazilia sophie
Amazilia warszewiczi

2. Amazilia saucerottii

Amazilia cyanifrons
*Amazilia elegans .

110. Basilinna

216
217
218
218
218
219
219
219
220
220

bo
tw
ay ph

WONNWNNW WNW WW
WONWNNWNWNNWN WN WW bh WLW
Coo» rkr FE PW WWW We

bo

> Or

bo
bh
iz

bo
3 bw
>

1. Basilinna leucotis
2. Basilinna xanthusi .

-1

bo br
two we
-I

Genus 111. Eucephala 227
1. Eucephala grayi ° : 228
2. *Eucephala smaragdo-cerulea . 229
3. *Eucephala ceeruleo-lavata 229
4. *Kucephala scapulata 229
5. *Kucephala hypocyanea . 230
6. Kucephala subererulea 230
7- Kucephata cerulea . 230

AND LIST OF SPECIES.

8. *Eucephala chlorocephala
9. *Kucephala cyanogenys .

Genus 112. Timolia
1. Timolia lerchi .

Genus 118. Juliamyia
1. Juliamyia typica
2. Juliamyia feliciana .

Genus 114. Damophila
1. Damophila amabilis

Genus 115. Iache
1. Iache latirostris
2. Jache magica
3. lache doubledayi

Genus 116. Hylocharis .
1. Hylocharis lactea

. Hylocharis sapphirina

. Hylocharis cyanea .

ww be

Genus 117. Cyanophaia

1. Cyanophaia ceruleigularis

2. Cyanophaia goudoti
3. *Cyanophaia luminosa

Genus 118. Sporadinus .
1. *Sporadinus bracei

. Sporadinus elegans .

. Sporadinus riccordi .

. Sporadinus maugzi .

te

me oO

Genus 119. Chlorostilbon
1. Chlorostilbon auriceps
2. Chlorostilbon caniveti

ore

. Chlorostilbon pucherani .
. Chlorostilbon splendidus .

. Chlorostilbon haberlini

. Chlorostilbon angustipennis
. Chlorostilbon atala . -

ao-I

. Chlorostilbon prasinus

Genus 120, Panychlora .
1. Panychlora poortmani
2. Panychlora alicie
3. *Panychlora stenura

PAGE

231
231

231
232

232
233
233

233
234

234
235
235
235

236
236
236
237

237
238
239
239

240
240)
241
241
242

242
243
243
244
244
245
245
246
246

247
247
248
248

CLASSIFICATION AND SYNOPSIS OF THE TROCHILID ©.

Class AVES.

Division PSILOPADES.

Young at birth, helpless, and up to the period of the growth of the feathers,
entirely naked, the down being very slight, and not covering the skin. Incapable
of feeding themselves, life is sustained by the introduction of food into the throat

by means of the parents’ bill. ‘The nest is occupied until the birds are full grown.

Order Macrocutres.

Picarian birds, with the palate nearly cegithognathous;' possessing but one carotid
artery, the sinistra; a nude oil-gland, and no coca. ‘The femoro-caudal, and
ambiens muscles, are alone present; the flexor longus hallucis, independent of the
flexor perforans digitorum; tensor patagii brevis, pterylosis, and sternum, charac-
teristic. Second, third, and fourth toes directed forwards, the hallux backwards.

Famity TROCHILIDZ.

Body small, sometimes minute, bill varying from feeble to rather stout, generally
longer than the head (in one instance exceeding the entire length of the body),
usually straight (in one case curved to the extent of a third of a circle), with the
tomia inflected, and a short gape devoid of bristles. Nostrils basal, linear, covered
by an operculum, sometimes hidden in frontal feathers. Tongue slender, capable
of great extension (the cornua of the hyoid curving around and over the back of
the skull), and consists of two minute parallel tubes. Wings narrow, pointed, fal-
cate; the primaries (which are ten in number), stiff and long, the secondaries very
short. The manus is very long and the humerus extremely short, enabling the

wing to be moved with great rapidity. Sternum large with an extremely deep

* Humming-birds and Goatsuckers are Insessonial Schizognaths. Parker, Trans. Linn. Soc.,
Vol. I. Zool., 2d ser. p. 100, 1876.
1 April, 1878. (AS)

9 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

“

keel. ‘Tail, always of ten feathers, various in shape and size, in some cases exceed-
ing the body in length, in others so short as to be hardly perceptible; the rectrices
varying from broad and even, to the shape of spines; tips sometimes spatulate. Tarsi
short, either naked, moderately clothed, or completely hidden in tufts of downy
feathers, Feet small, toes usually short, the claws curved, sharp, and rather large,
Feet used for perching, not for progression, the wings being the instruments em-
ployéd for almost every change of position. Plumage from plain, even sombre tints,
to the most gorgeously brilliant metallic hues known among created things; the
iridescent feathers, however, being, in the majority of instances, observable only

in the males.}

I commence my arrangement of the Family with the genus Euroxergs, which is
an aberrant form, not especially allied to any of the known genera, the curious
bills of the different species giving them a position apart from the rest of the
Trochilide. They are large birds, with but little metallic coloring upon any part

of their plumage.

Genus I.—EUTOXERES.

Tyrer.
Eutozeres, Reicu., Syst. Av. Nat., t. xl (1849). T. aquila, Boure.
Myictina, Bon., Rey. Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249. T. aquila, Boure.

Ch. Bill greatly curved,

forming nearly one-third of a

circle; wide at base, narrow-
ing suddenly and becoming
compressed laterally ; man-
dible entirely hidden in
maxilla, except at the point.
Cutting edges of bill, not ser-

rated. ‘Tail cuneate, feathers

pointed. Feet large, tarsi
bare. Sexes alike in plum- Eutoxeres aquila, Bogota. Gould.
age. .

Range. Costa Rica, Veragua, Columbia, Ecuador.

Three species are here recognized,

Key to the species.

A. Strie on feathers of the throat and breast buffy-white, on abdomen pure white. 1. H#. aquila.
B. Striz on lower parts light buff, 9. E. helerura.
C. Tail, with lateral rectrices deep buff. 3. E. condamini.

These birds are remarkable for their greatly curved bills. The plumage is gene-
rally sombre, and nearly devoid of metallic hues.

———$——$—

‘ See Appendix, p. 249, for Key to the Genera.

EUTOXERES. 3

1. Butozeres aquila.

Trochilus aquila, Bourc., Proc. Zool. Soc. (1847), p. 42.

Eutoxeres aquila, Retcu., Syst. Av. Nat., t. xl (1849).—Ib., Aufz. der Colib., p. 15 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enumer.,
p. 12 (1855).—Goutp, Mon. 'Troch., vol. i, p. 111.—Ib., lntr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 36.— Cas. and Her.,
Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 3 (note) (1860).—Mors., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 27.

Polytmus aquila, Gray, Gen. B., vol. i, p. 108, sp. 39 (184449).

Myietina aquila, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854) p. 249.

Eutoxeres salvini, Goutp, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., vol. i, p. 458 (1868), ex Veragua.

Hab. Costa Rica (eastern side), Veragua, Columbia,

Adult. ‘Yop of head and occiput brownish-black, feachers tipped slightly with
buff. Upper parts dark shining green; wings purple; under parts brownish-black,
striated with buffy-white on the throat and breast, pure white on abdomen and
flanks. Median rectrices shining dark green tipped with white. Lateral ones
dark green on outer webs, brownish-green on inner, and broadly tipped witle white.
Maxilla black; mandible flesh-color. ‘Total length, 5,5, in. Wing, 3 in. ‘Tail,
28, in. Culmen, 1,', in.

I cannot perceive that the difference of coloration pointed out by Mr. Gould is
of sufficient importance to separate the Veraguan b‘rds specifically from those of
Columbia, and have therefore placed the Z. salvini as a synonym of LE. aquila,

2. Eutozxeres heterura.

Eutoxeres heterura, Goutp, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., vol. i, p. 455 (1868).

Hab. Fcuador.

Exactly like the preceding, E. aquila, except that the striae upon the feathers of
the under parts are bright buff. ‘This difference is apparently constant. Dimensions
the same.

3. Eutoxeres condamini.

Trochilus condamini, Bourc., Compt. Rend., tom. 32, p. 186 (1851).—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1851), p. 186.

Myietina condamini, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.

Eutoxeres condamint, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 4.—Ip., Intr. Mon. Troch., octavo ed., p. 37.—Reren.,
Aufz. der Col., p. 15 (1853).—Ib., 'Troch. Enumer., p. 12 (1855).—Casn. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii,
p- 3 (note 2), (1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 29.

Hab, Ecuador.
Easily distinguished from the other two species of the genus, by the coloring of

the rectrices. The median ones are dark shining green, tipped with white; next
on either side, blackish-brown tipped with white, remainder deep buff, graduating
into white at the tips. Total length, 6,5, in. Wing,3 in. ‘Tail, 2,5; in. Culmen,
1,5, in. Description taken from the type in my collection.

4 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS:

Genus ITl.—RHAMPHODON.

Tyrer.
Grypus, Sprx. (nec Germ., 1817, Coleop.), Av. Spee. Nov. (1824), p. 79. T. neevius, Dumont.
Rhamphodon, Luss., Ind. Gen. Ois. du Genre. Troch. (1832), p. Viii. T. nevius, Dumont.

Ch. Bill nearly twice the length of the
head, curved; edges of mandibles in the
male serrated near the tip which is hooked:
culmen compressed at base. Mandible of
female curving slightly upwards near the
tip, leaving an open space between it and
the maxilla at this part. Tail slightly
rounded. Wings long and ample. Size

e . .
large. Sexes alike in plumage.
5S to}

Range. Southern Brazil.

The term Grypus, bestowed upon the
T. nevius, Dumont, having been empleyed Rhamphodon nivius. 24787. Brazil
seven years previously for a genus of
Coleoptera, cannot be again used here, and therefore, RHAmpHODON of Lesson is
the one to be adopted. The species, included in the present genus and in the one
following, are closely allied. They are large birds, with bills strongly serrated
near the tips, and have but little metallic coloring. Indeed Ruampnopon does not
possess any,

1. Rhamphodon nevius.

Trochilus neevius, Dumont, Dict. Se. Nat., tom. xvii, p. 432.

Grypus ruficollis, Sr1x., Ay. Bras., vol. i, p. 79, tab. 80, fig. 3 (1824).

Rhamphodon maculatum, Lxss., Colib., p. 18, t. i (1831).—In., Ind. Gen. Ois. du Genr. Troch. p. viii (1831).

Rhamphodon neevius, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p 15 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).—Cas. and Hern.
Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 3 (1860).

Grypus neevius, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 1.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 35 (1861).—Gray, Gen. B.,
vol. i, p. 105.—Bon., Consp. Av., vol. i, p. 147 (1850).—In., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.

Hab, Southeastern Brazil.

Male. ‘Top of head dark brown, superciliary stripe buff; ear-coverts and lores
blackish-brown. Upper surface greenish-brown, each feather margined with light
brown. Wings purple. Chin and a line down the centre of the throat black, each
feather margined with pale buff. Sides of throat reddish-buff. Under parts black,
the feathers on the upper part of the breast conspicuously edged with white; abdo-
men and flanks blackish-brown, feathers edged with buff. Under tail-coverts buff,
streaked with dark brown in the centre. Median rectrices reddish-bronze darkest
at the tip, next also bronze tipped with buff, which runs in an oblique direction, is
most extensive on the outer webs, and occupies the half of the outermost feather.
Total length, 6 in. Wing, 22 in. ‘Tail, 24 in. Culmen, 1,7, in.

There is no difference in the plumage of the sexes, but the female has a more
slender bill, without hook or serrations,

ANDRODON—GLAUCIS. 5

Genus IIJ.—ANDRODON.

Tyre.
Androdon, Govutp, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. (1863), p. 247. A, equatorialis, Gould.

Ch. Bill twice as long as head,
straight, broad at base, tapering
to a point. Cutting edges ser-
rated, tip hooked. Wings long,
reaching nearly to the end of the

tail, which is rather short, broad,

and rounded. Feet moderate ;

tarsi naked. Size large.

Ra nge. Ecuador. _Androdon aequatorialis 3 Fcuador. J.Gould, type.

1. Androdon zequatorialis.

Androdon cequatorial’s, Goutp, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. (1863), p. 247.
Grypus equatorialis, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 32, pl. —.

Hab. Ecuador.

Male, Bill long, straight, hooked at point, serrated on the edges of both maxilla
and mandible. Forehead dark gray, feathers tipped with metallic grass-green ;
occiput and nape metallic dark blue. Back, bright metallic light grass-green.
Rump white, a few dark blue feathers on the edge of the green of the back.
Under parts white, edges of feathers blackish-brown. Under tail coverts olive-
green, central part and tips of feathers white. Wings dark purple. Tail, median
feathers greenish-gray, tipped with dark green; lateral feathers greenish-gray, with
a subterminal bar of dark green, tips white. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color.
Total length, 54 in. Wing, 2? in. Tail, 1Z in. Culmen, 17 in.

The female differs in the coloration of the head, which has the forehead dark
purplish-brown, top of head bronze, occiput dark metallic green.

The genus Graucts naturally follows ANpRopon. ‘The species comprised in it
are birds of moderate size, and of plain plumage. I have placed in it some species
heretofore separated under the term ‘THRENETES, as, with the exception of color, by
which, indeed, they themselves were not gt all assimilated (witness anfonie and
leucurus), they do not possess, so far as I can see, any characters to give them a
distinctive generic rank.

Genus IV.—GLAUCIS.

Typr.
Glaucis, Borr, Isis (1831), p. 545. T. hirsutus, Gmel.
Threnetes, Gourn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed. (1861), p. 40. T. leucurus, Linn.

Dnophera, Heine, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 175. T. antonie, Boure. and Muls.

6 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Ch. Bill long, much curved, stout, high at Fig. 4.

base. Wings long, narrow. Tail moderate, pe —>=

younded, feathers pointed im young. Sexes

alike in plumage.
Range. Central America, Venezuela, Guiana,
Brazil, Columbia, and Ecuador.

Six species belong to this genus, according

to my views.
Glaucis hirsutus. Merida, Venezuela, Goering.
A. Under parts buff.
a. Tail chestnut, with a subterminal black bar, tips white. Median
rectrices shining green, tip white. 1. G. hirsuta.
b. Tail reddish-bronze, tip whitish.
B. Throat black.

Lo
ro)

. dorhni.

a. Tail green with light edges. 3. G. antoniz.
b. Tail with central feathers green, tips white, lateral ones white mar-
5 , ,

gined more or less with blackish-brown. 4. G. leucurus.
ec. Tail, median feathers green, rest buff margined with blackish-brown

on the outer ones. 5. G. cervinicauda,
d. Tail, median feathers dark green, lateral ones pure white, with a ver

’ 5 ’
broad subterminal black band. 6. G. ruckert.

1. Glaucis hirsuta.

Trochilus hirsutus, Gueu., Syst. Nat., tom. i, p. 490 (1788).

Trochilus brasilzensis, Latu., Ind. Orn., vol. i, p. 308, sp. 23 (1790).

Trochilus ferrugineus, Wrep., Beitr., vol. iv., p. 120, sp. 21.

Trochilus mazeppa, Lrss., Troch., p. 18, pl. 3 (1831).

Trochilus superczliosus, Lxess., Colib., t. 6, 9? (1831).

Glaycis hirsuta, Born, Isis (1831), p. 545.—Rercu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 15.—Tp., Troch. Enum. (1855),
p- 12.—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p..249.—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 4 (1860).—
Goutp, Mon. 'Troch., vol. i, pl. 5.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 38 (1861).—Satv. and Exxtor, This
(1873), p. 276.—Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i. p. 39.

Trochilus dominicus, Licur. (nec Lixn.), Doublt., p. 10, sp. 110.

Polytmus hirsutus, Gray, Gen. B., vol. i, p. 108, sp. 83 (1844-49).

Glauc’s mazeppa, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i., pl. 6.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 38.—Retcu., Aufz. der
Colib., p. 15.—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 12.—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.

Glaucis melanura, Gout, P. Z. S. (1860), p. 364.—In., Mon. ‘Troch., vol. i, pl. 9.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed.,
p. 39 (1861).

Glaucis lanceolata, Gounp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 8—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 39.

Glaucis cenea, Lawr., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc., Phil. (1867), p. 232.

Hab. Costa Rica to Rio de Janeiro, along the eastern coast of South America.
Islands of Tobago and Trinidad.

Adult. Entire upper surface and sides of the neck, shining green, suffused with
dark brown on the head. Wings purplish-brown; under surface varying from
chestnut-red to buff. Tail rounded; median rectrices shining green tipped with
white. Bill, maxilla black, mandible flesh-color. Total length, 45 in. Wing,
24% in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 1} in.

The young birds have the tail feathers sharply pointed, and the black subterminal

GLAUCIS. "1

bar is very conspicuous, but as they grow older the rectrices lose their pointed tips,
and become more and more rounded, and the black bar grows narrower, sometimes
becoming obsolete.

2. *Glaucis dorhni.

Trochilus dorhniz, Bourc., Ann. Soc. Sci., Lyon (1852), 9.

Grypus spixt, Gouin, P. Z. 8. (1860), p. 304.—Ip., Mon. Troch., pl. 2, vol. iIp., Intr. Mon. 'lroch. meh ¥\c

Glaucis dorhni, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 1—Ip., Intr. Mon. Troch., octayo ed., p. 39, 9?.—Saty. and
Exx107, Ibis (1873), p. 276.—Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 15 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).—
Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 44.—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p- 4 (note 2).—Bon.,
Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.

Hab, Brazil.

I place this species in the present genus, because the bill does not appear to
have the peculiar hook, characteristic of Ramphodon, nor do the mandibles possess
more serration on their edges than is perceived in the majority of humming-birds.
See our remarks in the Ibis, 1875, p. 276. This bird is easily distinguished by the
colouring of the tail; it resembles the G. hirsuta, but has all the rectrices reddish-
bronze, the females tipped with white, most extensive on the outermost feather.
Total length, 4f in. Wing, 2? in. ‘ail, 1? in. Culmen, 14 in.

3. Glaucis antoniz.

Trochilus antonic, Bourc. and Murs., Ann. Soc. Agric., Lyon (1846), p. 329.

Lampornis antonie, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i (1850), p. 72

Aphantochroa antonice, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 15 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).

Polytmus antonice, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 37.

Threnetes antonie, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 15.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 40.—Saty. and Etxror,
This (1873), p. 278.

Dnophera antonice, Herxe, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 175.

Glaucis antonie, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 46.

Hab, Cayenne.

Throat black, sometimes a light band across the upper part of breast, entire rest
of plumage very dark greenish-bronze, in some specimens almost black. Central
rectrices shining dark green; lateral ones purplish-brown glossed with green. Bill
black. Total length, 44 in. Wing, 22in. Tail, 13 in. Culmen, 1 in.

4. Glaucis leucurus.
Trochilus leucwrus, Linn., Syst. Nat. (1766), vol. i, p. 190.—Gaet., Syst. Nat. (1788), vol. i, p. 487.—D’Ors,
and Larres, Syn. Av. ii, p. 32, sp. 29 (1838).
White-tailed Humming-bird, Larn., Gen. Syn., vol. ii, p. 757.—Ib., Gen. Hist. Birds, vol. iy, p. 308.
Polytmus leucurus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108 (1844-49).
Glaucis leucurus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 67 (1850).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 49.
Threnetes leucurus, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 13.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 40.—Bon., Rey. and
Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.—Rercn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 15 (1853)—In., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).—
Saty. and Extror, Ibis (1873), p. 277.—Etxior, Ibis (1877), p. 142.

Hab. Surinam.
Upper surface and median rectrices shining green. Wings purple, lateral feathers
white, margined and stained more or less with dark brown, most extensive on the

8 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

outermost feather. Lores and auriculars brown. Chin and throat black, bordered
on each side by a line of white. A band of reddish-buff crosses the lower part of
the throat. Breast and flanks shining green, abdomen grayish-buff. Under tail
coverts olive-green margined narrowly with buff. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-
color, tip black. Total length, 44 in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 1{ in. Culmen, 1 in.

5. Glaucis cervinicauda.

Threnetes cervinicauda, Goutp, P. Z. S. (1854), p. 109.—Ib., Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 14—I»., Intr. Trock.
octavo ed., p. 40.—Saty. and Exxior, Ibis (1873), p. 278.

Hab. Upper Amazon, Ecuador, Columbia,

This species is almost precisely the same as the preceding, and it is rather
difficult to tell them apart. The chief and only difference is that the tail of this
bird is buff, where the other is white, but I have specimens from Surinam of G.
leucurus, Which also have buff on the rectrices. I think that with a sufficiently
large series of specimens to enable a satisfactory opinion to be formed, it will be
found that individuals of the two species, as usually considered, are in reality but
representatives of a single one, with a wide dispersion. Total length, 5 in. Wing,
21 in, Tail,14 in. Culmen, 1{ in.

6. Glaucis ruckeri.

Trochilus ruckert, Bourc., P. Z. S. (1847), p. 46.

Polytmus ruckert, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108.

Threnetes ruckert, Retcu., Aufz. Colib., p. 15.—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 12.—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854),
p- 249.

tlaucis ruckerz, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 11.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed.,:p. 40.—Cas. and IHexrn., Mus.
Hein. Th., iii, p. 4 (note 3) (1860)—Saty. and Exxior, Ibis (1873), p. 278.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. i, p. 47. -

Glaucis frasert, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 12.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 40 (1861).

Hab. Central America, Ecuador.

Upper parts shining green, brown on the head; upper tail feathers margined
with buff. Wings purple. Chin and upper part of throat blackish-brown; lower
part bright rufous, a buffy stripe behind the eye, another below. Lores and ear-
coverts black. Under surface brownish-gray; under tail coverts bronzy-green.
Median rectrices shining green tipped with white, remainder white, with a very
broad subterminal black bar. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. Total
length, 45 in. Wing, 1} in. ‘Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 1} in. Some examples are
bright bronze-green above, and they seem to vary in color on the upper parts as 1s
observed among specimens of G. hirsuta.

Genus V.—DOLEROMY A.

Tyrer.
Doleromya, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249. T. fallax, Boure.
Dolerisca, Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. (1860), Th., iii, p. 6. T. fallax, Boure.

Pate OVP Ae g

Fig. 5
Ch Bill longer than the head, straight, ZA EE = = = : —<
broad, and flat at base. Wings long, prima- NSS )
ries rather broad, the first slightly pointed. SSS

Tail even, feathers rather broad and slightly
pointed. Feet large, tarsi partly feathered.
Sexes alike.

Range. Venezucla.

One species is known.

Doleromya fallax. Venezuela. Verreaux,

1. Doleromya fallax.

Trochilus fallax, Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1843), p. 103.

Trochilus (Lampornis) fulviventris, Gouin, P. Z. S. (1846), p. 88.

Polytmus fallax, Gray, Gen. B., vol. i, p. 108, sp. 55.

Leucippus fallax, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 73, sp. 1 (1850).—Reren., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853).—Ib.,
Troch. Enum., p. 8, pl. 783, figs. 4820-21 (1855).—Gouxp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii. pl. 56.—Ip., Intr. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 56 (1861).

Doleromya fallax, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p 249.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 206.

Dolerisca fallax, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein., Vh., iii (1860).—Sciar. and Satv., Nomencel., p. 79 (1873).

Dolerisca cervina, Gouwn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 56 (1861).

Hab. Venezuela.

Adult. Top of head olive-brown tinged with green; upper surface light green ;
four central tail feathers bronzy-green; lateral ones bronze-green at base, passing
into black, and largely tipped with white, most extensive on external feathers.
Throat, breast, abdomen, and flanks reddish-buff. Under tail-coverts white. Wings
purplish-brown. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. Total length, 37
in. Wing, 2,3, in. Tail, 15 in. Culmen, § in.

Genus VI.—PHOPTILA.
Tyrer.
Pheoptila, Gouin, Intr. Mon. Troch., octavo ed., p. 169 (1861). C.? sordida.

Ch. “Bill longer than the head, fleshy at
the base and slightly arched; wings of medium
length; tail the same, and slightly forked;
feet rather stout; lind toe and nail shorter
than the middle toe and nail.” (Gould, loc.
cit.)

Range. Mexico.

But one species is known, which I con-
sider should follow Dotrromya, as being far
mere naturally its position than when placed
next to [AcuE, where it has usually been left,

and with which genus I cannot perceive that it has anything in common.
2 July, 1878.

Pheoptila sordtla. Oaxe.a. Gould.

10 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

1. Phzoptila sordida.

Cyanomyia 2 sordida, Gouin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1859), p. 97, vol. iv, %.

Uranomitra sordida, Cas. and Urry, Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 41 (note) (1860).

f Pheoptila sordida, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 340.—I»., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 169.
Pheoptila zonura, Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 170, 9 (1861).

Doleromya sordida, Muts., Hist. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 207.

Hab. Mexico (Oaxaca).

Male. Upper surface bronzy-green, brown on top of the head, under parts dark
zgrayish-brown. Ear-cover‘s blackish-brown. Vent white. ‘Tail bronzy olive-green.
Wings pale purplish-brown. A white spot behind the eye. Bul flesh-color, tip
black. Feet black. ‘Total length, 43 in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 7 in.

Female, Differs in being lighter beneath, and in having a subterminal blackish-
brown band on the lateral rectrices, which are also tipped with grayish-white. -
Dimensions the same as the male.

One of the most extensive of the genera of Humming-birds is now reached:
viz. PH#THORNIS, comprising no less than twenty-two species. ‘The majority are
plainly attired, without any metallic coloring, and aljl are chiefly remarkable for
their peculiarly shaped tails, the middle feathers of which extend beyond the
rest, and are always longest in the females. I have included in this genus those
birds usually separated under the term PyGMornis, as I do not find that they really
possess any characters to entitle them to a distinct generic rank, and it is impossible
to ascertain where PHmTnorNis ends and PyGMornis begins. All the species are
closely related and form one natural group.

Genus VII. PH #THORNIS.

TyPE.
Phethornis, Swatss, Zool. Journ. (1827), p. 357. T. superciliosus, Linn.
Phrethornis, Bor, Isis (1831) p. 548. T. superciliosus, Linn.
Phetornis, Less., Ind. Gen. and Syn. Genr. Troch. (1832), p. xiv. T. superciliosus, Linn.
Ptyonornis, Retcu, Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853). T. eurynome, Less.
Eremita, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853). T. pygmaeus, Spix.
Ametrornis, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853). T. bourciert, Less.
Orthornis, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249. T. bourciert, Less.
Guyornis, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249. T. guyt, Less.
Pygmornis, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250. T. intermedius, Less.
Toxateuches, Cas. and Herw., Mus. Hein. (1860), Th., iii. p. 11, T. guyt, Less.
Mesophila, Murs. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 17. T. yaruqut, Boure.
Momus, Murs. and Vrrr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 19. T. idalie, Boure.
Pygornis, Murs. and Vrrr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 18. T. stritqularts, Gould.
Anisoterus, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch. (1873), tom. i, p. 72. T. pretrii, Less.

Milornis, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch. (1873), tom. i, p. 77. T. squalidus, Temn.

PHATHORNIS.

Ch. Bill curved, sometimes straight, much
longer than the head, slender, terminating
in a sharp pomt. Median pair of rectrices
prolonged far beyond the rest, this elongation
greatest in the females and young. Tail cune-
ate, or rounded. Wings long and pointed.
Feet rather small, tarsi bare. Sexes alike.

Range. Southern Mexico to and including
Bolivia on the west coast of South America,
and to the southern parts of Brazil on the
east. Not found in the West Indies.

Twenty-two species of this genus are here recognized.

Phathornis superciliosus.

3.

Conispata, Peru. Whitely.

They have been sepa-

rated into many genera by various authors, as the list above given will show, but
according to my view, the species constitute only a single genus, composed of vari-

ous groups, no one of which exhibits generic characters of sufficient importance to

separate it from the rest.

Key to the species.

A. Bill nearly straight.

a. Pale buff beneath.

b. Decp rufous beneath.
B. Bill curved.

a. Dark gray or iridescent green beneath; adult males with the ex-

tremity of median rectrices reduced to a point.

a’. Base of rectrices black.
b’. Rump and base of rectrices green.
CE
b. Gray or rufescent beneath.
a’. Rectrices next to median very long.
a/’, Grayish-white beneath.
b’/’. Rufescent beneath.

Rump and base of rectrices bluish-green.

b’. Central rectrices far exceeding the rest in length.

a’’. Species with median gular stripe.

a’’’, Buff beneath.

1. Rump narrowly edged with fulvons.
2. Rump broadly edged with fulvous.

b/’”. Gray beneath.

1. Rump banded with gray.

e’’”’. Rufescent beneath.

1. Upper tail-coverts clear rufous.
b/’. Species with scale-like markings on the throat.

a/’/’, Whitish beneath.

b’’’. Rufescent beneath.
1. Large size.
2. Small size.

ce’. Central rectrices of females longer than the rest.

male rounded.

a’, Rump rufescent or bright rufous.

Tail of

a/’’, Tail feathers very broad, central ones acute.

b’’’. Tail feathers narrow.

—_

to

ale

n

>

15:
16.

IP,

JP

LS

1

. longtrostris.

i)

Ce.

ie)

5 Le

bourciert.
philippi.

. yaruqui.
. guy.

. emiliz.

. augusti.

Hel

pretrit.

superciliosus.

hispidus.

syrmatophorus.
Yy

. anthrophilus.

. eurynome.
. squalidus.

. longuemareus.

. adolphi.

12 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

c’’’. Median tail feathers subterminally black. 17. P. griseigularis.
d’’’. Throat gray striated with black. 18. P. striigularis.
b’’. Rump green, same color as the back. 19. P. idaliz.

c’’, With prominent pectoral band in the male.
a’/’/’. Mandible basal half yellow.
1. Lateral reetrices bronzy-brown tipped

with buff. 20. P. pygmeus.
2. Lateral rectrices black. 21. P. episcopus.
b’’’. Mandible three-fourths yellow. 22. P. nigricinctus.

The birds composing this group are moderate to almost minute in size, with
usually slightly curved bills, and a plumage generally wanting in metallic hues.
They are dwellers of the thick forests, apparently preferring dark and gloomy
situations. ‘lhe sexes are alike in plumage.

1. Phzeshornis bourcieri.

Trochilus bowrciert, Less., Trochil. (1832), p. 62, t. 18.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 67 (1850).

Phethornis bourcier?, Gray, Gen. Birds, yol. i, p. 104, sp. 9-—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 25.—Ip., Intr.
Troch., octavo ed., p. 43 (1861).—Saty. and Exrror, Ibis (1873), p. 13.

Ametrornis abnormis, Rercu., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1853), p. 14—Pernz., Orn. Bras., pp. 27, 56.—Reren., Aufz,
der Colib., p. 14.—I»., Troch. Enum., p. 12.

Ametrornis bourcier?, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).—Cas. and Hery.,
Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 10 (1860).

Orthornis bourciert, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.

Pheetornis bourcier?, Muxs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 85.—Bon., Consp. Av., p. 67.

Hab. Pebas, Peru (Hauxwell), Marabitanas (Natt).

Adult. Upper surface bronze-green. Upper tail coverts tipped with buff, and
have a subterminal bar of dark brown. Wings purple. Under surface grayish-buff.
Tail bronze-green at base deepening to black towards the extremities and tipped
with buff. The median rectrices elongated, with their ends pure white. Bill
straight, maxilla black, mandible flesh-color, the point dark brown. ‘Total length,

54 in. Wing, 2in, ‘Tail, 2} in. Culmen, 1 in.

2. Pheethornis philippi.

Trochilus philippi, Bourc., Ann. Se., Lyon (1847), p. 623.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 68.

Trochilus filipp?, Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1847), p. 401.

Pheethornis philippt, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 104, sp. 18.—Gounp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 21.—Ip., Intr.

; Troch., octavo ed., p. 43.—Saty. and Exttor, Ibis (1873), p. 13.

Pheetornis philippz, Bon., Consp. Av., p. 68 (1850).

Orthornis defilippii, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.

Ametrornus Defilippz, Rricu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).—Cas. and
Her., Mus. Hein. Theil., iii, p. 10 (note) (1860).

Pheetornis defilippt, Mcrs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 87.

Hab. Bolivia.

Head and back bronzy-green. Upper tail coverts shining green, with a subter-
minal dark brown bar, and largely tipped with dark rufous, this last color giving
the predominent hue to this part. Wings purplish-brown. Entire under parts
rich dark buff. Median rectrites have the base bronzy-green, graduating into

PH ATHORNIS. if

e

brownish-black, with their elongated tips white. Lateral feathers shining bronze-
green, at base succeeded by a broad black bar, and tipped with rufous. Bill
straight. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color, tip brown. Total length, 5% in.
Wing, 22 in. Tail, 2$in. Culmen, 14 in. Description taken from the unique type
in my collection.

* 3. Pheethornis yaruqui.

Trochilus yaruquz, Bourc., Compt. Rend., tom. xxxii, p. 187 (1851).

Phethornis yaruqui, Gout, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 27.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 44.—Sany. and Exxror,
Ibis (1873), p. 11.—Rercu. Aufz. der Colib., p. 14—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 12.

Phetornis yaruqui, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 56.

Guyornis yaruqui, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.

Toxateuches yaruqu?, Cas. and Wetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 11 (note) (1860).

Hab, Ecuador,

Top of head very dark brown. Entire body dark shining green. Superciliary
stripe and one at base of mandible buff. Tail black, central feathers tipped with
white. Young birds have these quite long, but they become shorter with age, until
in the adult males, they are but little longer than the lateral feathers. The white
portion also becomes less, until it is reduced to little more than a spot. Maxilla
black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. The females apparently always retain their
elongated median rectrices, which do not become shortened by age, and the under
surface of the body is not of so dark a color as is observed in the males, Total
length, 54 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 2} in. Culmen, 1§ in.

4. Phzethornis guyi.

Trochilus guyt, Lxss., Hist. Troch., p. 119, t. 44 (1831).

Phethornis guyi, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 104, sp. 6—*Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 67 (1850).—Gourn,
Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 26.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 44—Satyv. and Exxior, Ibis (1873), p. 12.

Phethornis guy, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—b., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).

Guyornis typus, Box., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.

Phetornis guyz, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 58.

Hab, Trinidad, Venezuela, Eastern Peru.’

Upper surface shining green. Wings purplish-brown. Upper tail coverts shining
dark green, edged with white, and barred subterminally with black. Stripe above
and behind the eye, another below it, and a third in the centre of the throat, dark
buff, Auriculars and lores black. Under surface ash-gray; flanks glossed with
green; abdomen buff. Tail shining green at base, remaining portion black tipped
with white. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color tipped with black. Total length,

. : rie 1 o1; ‘ BS
6in. Wing, 24in. Tail, 25 in. Culmen, 13 in.

5. Pheethornis emilize.

Trochilus emilie, Bourc., Ann. Soc. Se., Lyon (1846), p. 317.

Trochilus apicalis, “Lrcur.,” Cax., Tsch. Fann. Per., p. 243 (1844).—Her., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863) p. 177.

Phethornis emilice, Boy., Consp. Av., vol. i, p. 68 (1850).—In., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.

Phethornis apicalis, Box., Consp. Av., vol. i, p. 68 (1850).

Phethornis emilie, Gray, Gen. B, vol. i, p. 104, sp. 7.—Retcn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Ib., Troch.
Enum., p. 12 (1855).—Gourp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 44 (1861).—Saty. and Exx1o7, Ibis (1873), p. 12.

14 SYNOPSIS OF THE EOUMVGEN G = BiORDIS:

Hab, Costa Rica, Veragua, Columbia.
Precisely like the P. guyt, but the upper tail coverts and base of tail are blue ~
instead of green. Dimensions the same,

6. Pheethornis augusti.

Trochilus august?, Bourc., Ann. Sc. Phys. ete., Lyon (1847), vol. i, p. 623.

Phethornis auguste, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 68.

Pheethornis august’, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).—G@ounp, Mon.
Troch., vol. i, pl. 29.—Bow., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.—Gowx», Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 45
(1861).—Wvarr., Ibis (1871), p. 3876.—Saty. and Extior, Ibis (1873), p. 10.

Phetornis augusta, Gray, Gen. B., vol. i, p. 104—Muzs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 75.

Hab. Venezuela, Columbia (Wyatt).

s

Top of head dark brown; back grayish-bronze; upper tail coverts shining green
in the centre of the feathers, broadly margined with red, this being the predominant
color of this part of the body. Line above and behind the eye and one beneath,
white. Under parts ashy-gray, feathers of the throat hghter and with a central
mark of dark brown. ‘Tail bronzy at base, succeeded by a black bar and tipped
with white. Central feathers bronze graduating into white, which latter hue occu-
pies fully a third of the feathers. Median pair longest, the rectrices on either side
longer than the others, but not quite so elongated as the middle pair, Maxilla
black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. Total length,64 in. Wing 2} in. Tail 3} in.

Culmen, 1} in,

7. Phzethornis pretrii.

Trochilus pretriz, Less. et DrLarrr., Rey. Zool. (1839), p. 20.

Trochilus superciliosus, Max., Beitr., vol. iv (1832), p. 116.

Phethornis pretriz, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p- L04, t. 35, sp. 16—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 28.—Retcn.,
Anfz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p.
249.—Saty. and Exxioz, Ibis (1873), p. 11.

Pheetornis pretrec, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 68 (1850).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 72.

Pheethornis superciliosus, Caz. and Hrry., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 9—Goup, Intr. Troch., octavo ed.,
p. 45 (1861).

Hab. Brazil, Minas Gerzes, Bahia.

Top of head dark brown, back bronze-green. Wings purple. Upper tail coverts
rust-red. Auriculars blackish-brown. Superciliary stripe and one below the eye,
buff. Throat light buff in the centre, rest of under parts deep buff. Median
rectrices bronze-green, their elongated tips pure white. Next one on either side
longer than the other lateral feathers, and like them is bronze-green at base, suc-
ceeded by a broad black band, and tipped with white. Maxilla black, mandible
red, tipped with black. Total length, 6 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 2Z in. Culmen,
j} in. :

8. Phzthornis superciliosus.

Trochilus superciliosus, Lixn., Syst. Nat. (1766), tom. i, p. 189.—Viertt., Ency. Meth., vol. ti, p. 549, sp. 5.—
Luss., Hist. Nat. Colib., p. 35, pl. 6 (1831).—Ip., Trait. Orn., p. 288 (1831).—D’Ors. and Larres. Syn.
Ay., ii, p. 32, sp. 27 (1838).

Brin blanc, Man, Virtu., Ois. Dor., tom. i, p- 37, pl. 17 (1802).

PHATHORNIS. 15

Pheethornis superciliosus, Swaty, Class. B., vol. ii, p. 330 (1837).—Gray, Gen. B., vol. i, p. 104.—Reren., Troch.
Enum., p. 12 (1853).—I»., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1855)—Gourp, Mon. T'roch., vol. i, pl. 17.—Saty. and
Exxio7, Ibis (1873), p 4.—Euxiot, Ibis (1877), p. 141.

Phethornis malaris, Norven., Erm. Reise. Alt., pl. 2 (1835).—Gray, Gen. B., vol. i, p. 104, sp. 2.—Bon.,
Consp. Av., vol. i, p. 67 (1850).—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 9 (1860).—Goutn, Intr. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 41, sp. 17 (1861).

Phetornis superciliosus, Bon., Consp. Ay., p. 67 (1850).—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.—Muts.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 61.

Pheetornis malaris, Bon., Consp. Av., p. 67 (1850).—Ip., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.

Pheethornis consobrinus, “ Bourc.,” Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 17 (1853).—Goutn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p- 42.

Pheethornis fraterculus, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 18.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p- 42 (1861).

Phethornis moorez, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist., vol. vi, p. 258 (1858).

Hab. Guiana, Brazil, Columbia, Ecuador, and Peru.

The adult has top of head dark brown, sometimes glossed with dark green.
Nape and back shining green or bronze; rump has all the feathers narrowly edged
with rufous, with a subterminal bar of dark brown, and the remaining portion like
those of the back. Tail shining green at base, succeeded by a jet black band and
tipped with buff. Central pair of rectrices much longer than the rest, extend to a
point, and are pure white for nearly their entire length beyond the lateral feathers.
Occasionally some of the lateral rectrices are edged with white. Under parts dark
gray on breast and throat, changing to buff on the abdomen and lower tail coverts.
Some specimens have a median buff gular stripe, others have the entire throat
blackish-brown. Stripe over the eye, and one from the maxilla going under the
eye, buff. Bill blagk on the maxilla, flesh-color on the mandible. Total length, 6
in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 22 in. Culmen, 12 in.

The colors of the upper parts vary considerably, ranging from a dark green to
almost a bronzy-red, and the shades on the under portion are also different in
individuals, and this, without sufficient examples to show these variations, has been
the main reason that so many specimens have been described as distinct, and the
synonymy so greatly increased.

9. Phzethornis longirostris.

Ornismya longirostris, Less. et De Larrre, Echo du Monde Savant (1843), no. 45, p. 1070.

Prochilus cephalus, Bourc. et Muts., Rey. Zool. (1848), p. 269.

Ptyonornis cephala, Rricu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).

Phetornis cephalus, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 64.

Phethornis cassint, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist., vol. viii, p. 347.

Pheethornis cephalus, Goutp, Mon. Troch., pl. 19.

Phethornis longirostris, Caz. and Heiy., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 9 (1860).—Govrp, Intr. Troch., p. 42.—Saty.
and Exrior, Ibis (1873), p. 5.

Pheethornis boliviana, Gouin, Intr. Mon. Troch., octavo ed., p. 42.

Hab. Central America from Southern Mexico to the lower portion of the valley
of the Magdalena, and western Ecuador.

This bird is hardly separable from the preceding. As a rule the buff edging on
the feathers of the rump and lower back are rather clearer and more conspicuous,
and the gular stripe is a brighter buff, without the tendency to assume the blackish-
brown throat observed in some specimens of swperciliosus. Otherwise in their
general size and coloration the two forms are about the same.

16 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

10. Phzthornis hispidus.

Trochilus hispidus, Gouin, P. Z. 8. (1846), p. 90.

Pheethornis hispitdlus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 104, sp. 14 (1844-49).—Goutp, Mon. Troch., pl. 22.—Ip.,
Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 43.—Saty. and Exxror, Ibis (1873), p. 7.

Trochilus osery?, Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Se., Lyon, vol. iy (1852), p. 139.

Ptyonornis hispida, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).

Ametrornis osery?, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).

Pheethornis oseryi, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 23.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 43.

Orthornis osery?, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.

Pheetornis hispidus, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.—Ib., Consp. Av., p. 68.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. i, p. 70.

Pheethornis villosus, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist., vol. vi, p- 259.

Hab. Columbia to Bolivia.

This species is distinguishable from all the others of the genus by being gray
beneath. Top of head dark brown, back shining dark green shading into bronze-
brown on the upper tail coverts. Above and below the eye is a line of buffy-white.
A white line down the centre of the throat, rest of under surface brownish-gray.
Wings purple. Tail dark green at base, then brownish-black, tipped with white;
the median pair much longer than the rest. Manilla black, mandible flesh-color,

tip black. Total length, 5}.in. Wing, 25 in. Tail, 2{ in. Culmen, 1,3, in.

11. Phzthornis syrmatophorus.

Phethornis syrmatophorus, Gou.p, Contr. Ornith. (1851), p. 139.—Rercn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—
Ip., Troch. Mnum., p. 12 (1855).—Gou.p, Mon. Troch., pl. 20.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 43 (1861).
—Saty. and Extior, Ibis (1873), p. 8.

Phetornis syrmatophorus, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 68.

Hab, Peru, environs of Quito. Pallatanga (Fraser).

Top of head brownish-black, feathers tipped with buff. Back metallic-green,
edged with buff. Rump and upper tail coverts deep buff. A buffy-white line over
the eye going to the neck. Auriculars blackish-brown. Chin white, bordered with
a few blackish-brown feathers on cither side. Entire under parts deep buff. Base
of tail green, followed by a black bar, the lateral feathers tipped with dark buff,
the median pair, which are greatly elongated, have their tips pure white. Wings
purple. Maxilla black, mandible orange-red, tip black. Total length, 6 in. Wing,

27, m. Tail, 23 in. Culmen, 1,%, in.

12. Phzthornis anthophilus.

Trochilus anthophilus, Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1843), p. 71.—Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Sc., Lyon (1843), p. 47.

Pheethornis anthophilus. Gray and Miren., Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 104, sp. 15.—Gounp., Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl.
24.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed , p. 10 (1861).—Saty. and Exxror, Ibis (1873), p. 10.—Cas. and Her.,
Mus. Hein. Theil., iii, p. 8 (1860).—Unric@cuta, Contr. a. las Cierce (1861), p. 7.—Rercu., Troch. Enum.,
p- 12.—Ip., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14.

Pheetornis anthophilus, Boy., Consp. Av., p. 68.—Ip., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249—Muts., Hist. Nat.
Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 83.

Hab. Upper valley of the Magdalena. 'Tibacuy. Venezuela (Goering).
Top of head dark brown, upper parts bronzy-green, upper tail coverts margined

PHMTHORNIS. 1

with buff. Stripe over and behind the eye buffy-white; auriculars dark brown.
Under parts grayish-white tinged with buff on abdomen and flanks. Feathers
of chin and throat with a central streak of dark brown. Wings purplish-
brown. Tail pale shining green, with a subterminal black bar, and tipped with an
arrow-headed mark of white; central feathers having their prolonged tips all white.
Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. Total length, 53 in. Wing, 24 in.
Tail, 24 in. Culmen, 1,5; in.

13. Phethornis evrynome.

Trochilus eurynome, Less., Troch., p. 91, t. 31 (1831).

Phethornis eurynome, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 104, sp. 5.—Govrp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 16.—Ip., Intr.
Troch., octavo ed., p. 41.—Cas. and Hety., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 9, sp. 12 (1860).—Satyv. and Kxrtor,
Ibis (1873), p. 8.—Von Petz., Orn. Bras., p. 27.

Phethornis melanotis, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).

Ptyornornis eurynome, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).

Phaetornis eurynomus, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.—Ip., Consp. Av., p. 69, vol. i (1850).

Phetornis eurynome, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 80.

Hab. Brazil, southern portion.

Top of head blackish-brown, each feather margined with bright rufous, nape
nearly clear rufous in some specimens, in others like the-top of head. Upper sur-
face shining green, feathers edged with brown and rufous, giving this part a scaly
appearance. <A buff line above and behind the eye, and a broader one down the
sides of the throat. Cheeks and ear coverts brownish-black. ‘Throat brownish-
black margined with buff. Breast grayish-brown, rest of under parts buff. Tail
has the basal portion shining green, same color as the back, succeeded by black,
and the tips edged with white in the form of an inverted V. Apical half of median
rectrices, which are longer than the rest, white. Maxilla black. Mandible flesh-
color, tip black. ‘Total length, 6} in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 2f in. Culmen, 14 in.

14. Phzthornis squalidus.

Trochilus squalidus, Tem., P1. Col., 120, fig. 1 (1823), ex Natt. MS.

Phethornis leucophrys, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 104, sp. 10.—Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).

Phethornis brasiliensis, Gray (uec Larn.), Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 104, sp. L0 (1844-49).

Trochilus leucophrys, “ Licut,” Norpm., Reis. Att., p. 2, sp. 18.

Phethornis intermedius, Govip (nec Lrss.), Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 30.

Phetornis squalidus, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 249.—Ip., Consp. Av., p. 68.—Muts., Hist. Nat.
Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 77.

Phethornis squalidus, Rricu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).—Cas. and
Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 8 (1860).—Goutp., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 49.—Saty. and Exxior, Ibis
(1873), p. 9.

Ptyornornis intermedia, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14.—In., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).

Hab. Southern Brazil.

Head dark brown; rest of upper surface bronzy-brown; feathers of upper tail
coverts margined with buff. Wings purple. A line above and behind the eye
buff. Throat dark brown. Entire under surface buff, darkest on sides of the neck
and flanks. Base of tail feathers bronze-green, succeeded by a black band, and

tipped with buff. The green on the middle pair graduates into brown, and this
3 ‘July, 1878.

18 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

into pure white. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. Total length, 43
in. Wing, 1Zin. Tail, 2¢ in. Culmen, 1 in.

15. Phzthornis longuemareus.

Trochilus longuemareus, Lrss., Troch., p. 15, pl. 11 (1831)— Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 67 (1850).

Phethornis longuemareus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 104.—Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 31—Rricu., Aufz.
der Colib., p. 14—I»., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).

Pheetornis intermedius, Bon., Consp. Av., p. 67 (1850).

Phetornis longuemareus, Bon., Consp. Ay. (1850), vol. i, p. 67.

Pygmornis intermedius, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.

Pygmornis longuemareus, Can. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 7 (note 12) (1860)—Gourp, Intr. Trech.,
octayo ed., p. 46 (1861).—Saty. and Exxior, Ibis (1873), p. 271—Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i,
p- 93.

Hab. Guiana, Trinidad (Léotaud).

‘Top of head dark brown; upper surface bronzy-brown. Wings purple. Lores
and ear coyverts dark brown; superciliary stripe, and one from base of maxilla, buff.
Chin and upper part of throat black. Under parts buff. ‘Tail feathers bronzy-
green, fading into gray near the tips. Lateral rectrices tipped with buff or buffy-
white, central ones with white tips. Median rectrices of female considerably longer
than the rest. Mavxilla: black. Basal half of mandible flesh-color, rest black.

5 ! es ave Beer 4 ; at
Total length, 4in. Wing, 12in. Tail, 15 in. Culmen, { in.

16. Phzthornis adolphi.

Phethornis adolph?, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 35 —Pt. xiv (1857).
Pygmornis adolpht, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., ili, p. 7 (note 10) (1860).—Govuxp, Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 47.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 102.—Sary. and Exx1o7, Ibis (1873), p. 271.

Hab. Mexico and Central America to Panama.

Upper parts bronzy-brown. Upper tail coverts rufous. Wings purple. Ear
coverts dark brown. Superciliary stripe buff. Under surface dark buff, grayish
on the throat and breast. Tail bronze-green tipped with buff on lateral feathers,
white on middle pair, and has arounded shape in the male; the median rectrices
are elongated in the female. Maxilla black. Basal half of mandible flesh-color,
rest black. I notice that specimens from Mexico are much lighter in color
beneath, than those from Central America; but this evidently has no specific im-
portance. ‘Total length, 32 in. Wing, 14 in. Tail, 15 in. Culmen, ? in. -

17, Phzthornis griseigularis.

Phethornis grisergularts, Goutp, P. Z. S. (1851), p. 115.—In., Mon. Troch., vol. i, p. 36.

Pygmornis griseigularis, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Gourp, Intr. Troch., p. 47 (1861).—Saty.
and Extror, Ibis (1873), p. 272.

Brenuta griseigularis, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).

Trochilus aspasice, Bourc. and Murs, Ann. Soc. Linn., Lyon (1856), vol. viii.

Phethornis zonura, Gouin, P. Z. 8. (1860), p. 305.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. i, p. 34.

Pygmornis griseogularis, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. 'Th., iii, p. 8 (1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. i, p. 99 (partim).

Pygmornis zonura, Gouin, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 47 (1861).

Hab. Columbia.

PIlLETHORNIS. 19

Upper parts bronzy-brown. Upper tail coverts rufous. Wings purple. Stripe
over the eye buff. Auriculars black. Under surface buff, chin grayish. Tail
feathers black, or black with a greenish shade, tipped with buff on the lateral ones,
and with white on central pair. Maxilla black; basal half of mandible flesh-color,
remainder black. ‘Total length, 3in. Wing, 1{in. Tail, 1} in. Culmen, 2 in.

In his description Mr. Gould speaks of a black crescent across the breast. This
is a mistake, there is no such mark, and his figures are correctly portrayed without
any black on the breast.

18. Phzthornis striigularis.

Pheethornis striigularis, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 37.—Pt. vii (1854).

Pygmornis amaura, Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1856), p. 522.—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 7 (note 11).
Pygmornis strzigularis, Gout, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 48 (1861).—Saty. and Extror, Ibis (1873), p. 273—
Cap and Iery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 7 (note 9)—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 96.
Phethornis atrimentalis, Lawr., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vol. vi, p. 260.

Phethornis amaura, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 32.
Pygmornis amaura, Gourp, Tutr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 46 (1861).

Hab. Columbia and Ecuador.

Upper parts bronze-brown. Rump and upper tail coverts rufous. Wings purple.
Ear coverts black; a stripe of buff above and below the eye. ‘Throat aud breast
gray, the former striated with brownish-black. Abdomen deep buff. Under tail
coyerts gray tipped with buff. Tail greenish-bronze, tipped with white. Maxilla
black; basal half of mandible yellow, rest black. ‘Total length, 35 in. Wing, 1}
in, Tail, 14 in. Culmen, { in.

19. Phzthornis idaliz.

Trochilus idalie, Bourc. and Murs., Ann. Soe. Linn., Lyon (1856), vol. iii.

Phethornis obscura, Goutp, P. Z. 8. (1857), p. 14.

Phethornis obscura, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 38.

Pygmornis obscura, Caz. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 7 (note 7) (1860).

Phethornis viridicaudata, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 33, 9.—Caxn. and Terrn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 7
(note 5) (1860).

Pygmornis tdalie, Govwp, Intr. Troch., p. 48 (1861).—Saty. and Exntor, Ibis (1873), p. 270.

Pygmornis aspasice, Gourn, Iutr. Vroch., p. 47 (1861).

Hab, South Brazil.

Head dark brown above; upper surface shining green, Wings purple. Buff
stripe behind the eye; ear coverts black. Buffy-white stripe along the side of the
throat. This last is black, becoming chestnut on the breast, dark gray on the
abdomen, and white on the vent. Under tail coverts grayish-white. Tail dark
bronze-brown tipped with white. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color, tip brownish-
black. Total length, 32 in. Wing, 12in. Tail, 1} in. Culmen, 3 in.

Female has the throat and under parts buff, palest on abdomen, Tail bronze-
green, passing into blackish-brown and tipped with white. The throat and under
surface of the males vary greatly in their coloration, some specimens being very
much darker than others.

20 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

20. Phzthornis pygmeeus.

Trochilus pygmeeus, Srrx, Av. Bras., p. 78, pl. 80, fig. 1 (1824).

Pheethornis rtifigaster, Less., der Colib., t. 9, p. 43 (1831).

Trochilus davidianus, Less., Troch., p. 50, pl 13 (1832).

Trochilus brasiliensis, D'Or. and Larres (nec Laru.), Syn. Av., li, p. 32, sp. 28 (1828).

Pheethornis davidianus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 13 (1848).

Pheethornis eremita, Bon., Consp. Av., vol. i, p. 68 (1850).

Phethornis pygmeus, Bon., Consp. Av., vol. i, p. 68 (1850).

Evremita rufigaster, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—I»., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).

Eremita davidianus, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).

Eremita pygmea, Retcu, Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).

Pygmornis davidianus, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.

Pheethornis pygmeeus, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 41 (1861).

Pygmornis pygmea, Gourn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 49.—Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 6 (1860).—
Saty. and Extror, Ibis (1873), p. 273.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 105.

Pheethornis eremita, Goutp, Mon. Troch., octavo ed., vol. i, pl. 40 (1861).

Pygmornis eremita, Gourp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 49 (1861).—Cas. and Heiy., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 7
(note 8) (1860).

Pygmornis rufiventris, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Gouxp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 48 (1861).

Pygmornis pygmeeus, Kxx.ror, Ibis (1877), p. 141.

Hub. Guiana, Brazil.

Adult. 'Top of head dark brown; back bronze-brown, rump and upper tail coverts
rust-red. A buff stripe above and behind the eye. Ear coverts black. Chin white,
rest of under surface deep buff, crossed on lower part of breast by a line of black.
Tail bronzy-brown, tipped with buff. Wings dark purplish-brown. Manilla and
apical half of mandible black, rest of mandible flesh-color, ‘Total length, 34 in.
Wing, 1} in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 2 in.

21. Phezthornis episcopus.

Pheethornis episcopus, Goutp, P. Z. S. (1857), p. 14.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 39, fig. 2.
Pygmornis episcopus, Gourp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 48.—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 7 (note 4)
(1860).—Saty. and Extior, Ibis (1873), p. 274.

Hab. Guiana.

Precisely like the P. pygmeus, except that the lateral tail feathers are broader,
and black instead of bronzy-brown. Dimensions similar.

22. Phzethornis nigricinctus.

Phethornis nigricinctus, Lawr., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., vol. vi, p. 260 (1858).—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol.
i, pl. 39, fig. 1.
Pygmornis nigrocincta, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 7 (note 6) (1860).
Pygmornis nigrocinctus, Goutn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 48.—Saty. and Exz1o7, Ibis (1873), p. 274.—Muts.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 108.
Hab. Upper Amazons, Pebas, Peru, Eng. do Gama, Brazil.
This species in its plumage resembles very closely the two preceding ones, but
may be recognized by the mandible being flesh-color for its entire length, excepting
at the extreme tip, which is brownish-black. The tail is like pygmeus, perhaps a

little darker. Total length, 24 in. Wing, 1 in. ‘Tail, 1 in. Culmen, 12 in.

EUPETOMENA. 21

The birds composing the three following genera are characterized by having the
shafts of the primaries more or less developed, and in the males these are broad and
flattened. ‘The majority of the species have a portion of their plumage composed of
metallic feathers. The genera are mainly distinguished by the shape of the tail,
this being long and deeply forked in Evprromrna, cuneate in SpuENorrocrus, and
rounded in CampyLoprerus. Having been unable to perceive any satisfactory
generic characters to separate cuvieri ana roberti from Campyiopterus, I have
kept them in that genus, the fact that the shafts of the primaries are less flattened
than is observed in other species of the genus not being sufficient, in my opinion, to
cause their removal to a distinct one.

Genus VIII.—EUPETOMENA.

TYPE.
Eupetomena, Gourp, Mon. Troch., pl. vi (1853).—Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p- 50. T. macrourus, Gmel.
Prognornis, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 11. T. macrourus, Gmel.

Ch. Bill long as the head,
slightly curved. ‘Tail very

long, deeply forked, outermost
rectrices much longer than
the rest, turning slightly out-
ward at tip. Shaft of prima-
ries in the male, broad and
flattened. Sexes alike.

Range. Guiana, — Brazil,
Peru.

Eupetomena macroura. ¢& Cayenne: Bourcier.

Key to the species.
A. Tail steel-blue, body shining green.

a. Head and breast shining prussian-blue. 1. E. macroura.
b. Head and breast shining dark cobalt-blue. 2. EB. hirundo.

1. Eupetomena macroura.

Trochilus macrourus, Geu., Syst. Nat. (1788), vol. i, p. 487, sp. 27.—Viem1., Ency. Méth., p. 566, sp. 69.

Trochilus forcipatus, Latu., Ind. Orn., vol. i, p. 304, sp. 9 (1790).

Ornasmya hirundinacea, Lrss., Ois. Mouch., p. 98, pl. 25.—Ip., Suppl., p. 79, pl. 39 (1829).

Polytmus macrourus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 107, sp. 9 (1844-59).

Prognornis macroura, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853).—I»., Troch. Enum., p. 9, t. 806, fig. 4873-75.

Eupetomena macroura, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 14.
—Goucp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 50 (1861).—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.—Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 111.—Etxor, Ibis (1877), p. 134.

Eupetomena hirundinacea, Gou.p, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 42.

Hab, Cayenne, Brazil.

Head, neck, and breast deep shining prussian-blue; plumage of body dark
shining green; some feathers on the rump tipped with dark purple. Upper and
under tail coverts, and all the rectrices, dark steel-blue. Wings purplish-brown.
Bill black. Total length, 62 in. Wing, 3 in. Tail, 33. Culmen, £ in.

99 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

2. Eupetomena hirundo.

Eupetomena hirundo, Gourp, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1875), ser. 4, vol. 16.—Scuat. and Satv., P. Z. S.
(1876), p. 18.

Hab. Peru, Huiro valley of Santa Ana (Whitely).

Head, neck, and breast shining dark cobalt-blue; plumage of body shining
grass-green, lighter than in 2. macroura. Wings purple-brown. Tail with its
upper and under coverts steel-blue; some of the feathers of upper tail coverts
edged with purple. Bill black. Total length, 6Z in. Wing, 3 in. Culmen, 1 in,
Tail, 34 in.

For the species that are now reached, but two generic terms have ever been
proposed: viz., PAMpA and SpHEeNnoproctus. ‘The first of these has the priority by
seven years. Neither of them were defined by their respective authors, and there-
fore, according to the views of some ornithologists, have really no right to any
consideration. ‘The first is objectionable from the fact that it is a specific name
elevated to a generic rank, especially objectionable in this case, because the Ornis-
mya pampa, Less., has never had a second specific appellation bestowed upon it,
and therefore if Pampa is accepted the species must stand as Pampa pampa (a
very undesirable combination), or a new specific name be given to it. The one
bestowed by Reichenbach, if adopted, of Pampa campyloptera, would but compli-
cate matters unfavorably, because the genus with which these birds are very closely
allied is CampyLopterus. Under these circumstances I have adopted the name
given by Cabanis and Heine of SpHENeproctus, for there is no necessity whatever
that anew specific name should be given to one of the birds, a proceeding that
would but increase the confusion tenfold.

?

Genus [X.—SPHENOPROCTUS.

Typr.
Pampa, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853). O. pampa, Less.
Sphenoproctws, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 11 (1860). O. pampa, Less.

Ch. Bill nearly
straight, long as head;
nostrils covered by a

membrane. Wings

long, shafts of first
three primaries in the
males, broad and flat-
tened; the first pri-

mary faleate. ‘Tail

cuneate. Sexes alike,

Sphenoproctus pampa. Guatemala. Boucard.

Range. Mexico and
Guatemala,

CAMPYLOPTERUS. 93

Key to the species.

A. Under surface grayish-white.
a. Top of head deep metallic purplish-blue. 1. S. pampa.
b. Top of head pale metallic blue. 2. S. curvipennis.

1. Sphenoproctus pampa.

Ornismya pampa, Less., Ois. Mouch. Suppl., p. 127, t. 15 (1829).

Polytmus pampa, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 107, sp. 7.

Pampa campyloptera, Retcn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 9, pl. 800, fig. 4861-62 (1855).

Campylopterus pampa, Gouin, Mon. 'T'roch., vol. ii, pl. 43.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay, vol. i, p- 71.—Ib., ey. and
Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 115.

Sphenoproctus pampa, Govxp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 51.—Cax. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p.
11 (partim).

Hab, Guatemala.

Top of head and occiput brilliant metallic purplish-blue. Upper surface shining
grass-green; wings purplish-brown. Under surface grayish-white. Ear coverts
brown, under tail coverts buffy-white. Four central rectrices dark bronze-green ;
lateral ones dark purple, glossed with green at the base. Bill black, feet brown.

Total length, 54 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 22 in. Culmen, 7 in.

2. Sphenoproctus curvipennis.

Trochilus curvipennis, Licur., Preis-Verz. Mex. Their. (1830), no. 32.
Sphenoproctus pampa, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. 'Th., iii, p. 11 (partim) (1860).
Sphenoproctus curvipennis, Gouxn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 51 (1861).

Hab. Mexico.

Top of head pale blue glossed with purple ; in some specimens brownish on the
forehead. Upper parts shining green. Wings purplish-brown. Under parts
grayish-white. Four central tail feathers dark green, rest purple glossed with
green at base. Bill black. Total length, 52 in. Wing, 2?in. Tail, 25 in. Cul-

aa
men, 1,*; in.

Genus X.—CAMPYLOPTERUS.

Tyrer.

Campylopterus, Swatn., Zool. Journ. (1826), p. 358. T. largipennis, Bodd.

Polyt mus, Gray (nec Briss.), List. Gen. Birds (1848). T. largipennis, Bodd.

Sep topterus, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853). T. lazulus, Vieill.
Platystylopterus, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853). C. rufus, Less.
Loxopterus, Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 13 (1860). C. hyperythrus, Cab.
Pheochroa, Govt, Intr. Mon. Troch., octavo ed., p. 55 (1861). T. cuvierz, Delatt. and Boure.

—

DA SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Ch. Bill longer than Fig. 10.

the head, curved, broad,

and flat at base. Wings
ample, shafts of prima-
ries in the male, broad

and flat on their basal

half. Tail ample, round-
ed, feathers broad. Size
large.

Range. Mexico, Cen-
tral America, ‘Tobago, Campylopterus targipennie. Cayenne. Verreaux.
Venezuela, Guiana,

Northern Brazil, Columbia, Ecuador, and Peru.—Ten species are acknowledged.

Key to the species.

A. Entire under surface dark gray, not metallic.

a. Lateral rectrices largely tipped with white. — 1. C. lurgipennis.
b. Lateral rectrices slightly tipped with white. 2. C. obscurus.
B. Under parts entirely rufous, not metallic.
a. Lateral rectrices buff with a subterminal black bar. 3. C. rufus.
b. Lateral rectrices uniform buff. 4. C. hyperythrus.
C. Under parts metallic.
a. Tail chestnut tipped with green. 5. C. lazulus.
b. Tail. Lateral feathers, basal half black, rest white.
a’. Upper and under surface violet-blue. 6. C. hemileucurus.
b’. Upper and under surface golden-green. Throat blue. 7. C. ensipennis.
D. Under surface dark gray. Throat blue. Top of head of both sexes
metallic-green. Lateral rectrices steel-blue. 8. CG. villavicencio.
E. Under surface dull bronzy-green.
a. Lateral rectrices greenish-bronze tipped with white. 9. C. cuviert.
b. Lateral rectrices, base green, remainder black tipped with white. 10. C. roberti.

1. Campylopterus largipennis.

Trochilus largipennis, Bovp., Tab. Plan. Enlum. d’ Aubent, pl. 672, fig. 2 (1783).

Trochilus cinereus, GMEL., Syst. Nat. (1788), p. 490, sp. 41.

Trochilus campylopterus, Gmet , Syst. Nat. (1788), vol. i, p. 499.

Trochilus lat¢pennis, Latu., Ind. Orn., vol. i, p. 310 (1780).—Viett., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., tom. vii, p. 365.

Ornismya latipennis, Lxss., Ois. Mouch., p. 121, pl. 34 (1829).

Polytmus largipennis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 107.

Campylopterus latipennis, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 71—Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11.—Ip., Troch.
Enum., p. 9, t. 802, fig. 4865-66.—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol.
ii, pl. 48 —Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 53.

Campylopterus largipennis, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 12 (1860).—-Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. i, p. 119.

Hab, Guiana,
Adult. Wead, upper surface, and flanks grass-green. Wings purplish-brown.
Median rectrices dark’ green, next on either side, green at base, remaining part

CAMPYLOPTERUS. D5

black; rest of tail feathers black broadly tipped with white. _ Under surface gray.
Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color. Total length, 5}. Wing, 3!. ‘Tail, 2}
Culmen, 1.

s

2. Campylopterus obscurus.

Campylopterus obscurus, Goutp, P. Z. 8. (1848), p. 13—Ib., Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 49.—Ip., Intr. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 54.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 71.—Ib., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Reztcu.,
Aufz. der Colib., p. 11.—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 9.

Campylopterus equatorialés, Gouxp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 54 (ex Ecuador).

Hab, Valley of the Amazon to Peru, and Ecuador,

Adult. Upper parts grass-green. Under surface dark gray. Middle rectrices
green, three lateral ones black tipped with white.

This species only differs from the C. largipennis in the small amount of white
upon the tips of the tail feathers. I have placed as a synonym the C. equatorialis,
Gould, as I cannot really perceive any grounds for separating them; and it would

> $s I S 3
even seem that the specific characters distinguishing the present bird from largi-
pennis are of the most trivial kind.

. 3. Campylopterus rufus.

Campylopterus rufus, Less., Rev. Zool. (1840), p. 73.—Gouxp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 50.—Ip., Intr. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 54.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 71—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Muts.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 135.

Polytmus rufus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 107.

Platystylopterus rufus, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11.—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 8, pl. 789, fig. 4834-35.

Hab. Guatemala.

Head and upper parts bronzy-green. Wings purplish-brown. Entire under
parts dark buff. Four central rectrices bronzy-green, remainder rufous, and all
but the median pair with a subterminal black bar and tips buff. The black bar
increases in width towards the outer rectrices, but on the outermost only appears
on the inner web. ‘otal length, 54 in. Wing, 23 in. ‘Tail, 2in. Culmen, 1 in.

4. *Campylopterus hyperythrus.

Campylopterus hyperythrus, Cas., Schomb. Reise. Brit. Guiana (1848), vol. iii, p. 709, no. 202.—Bon., Rev.
and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 51.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 54.

Platystylopterus hyperythrus, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853)—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 8, pl. 790, fig.
4836-38 (1855).

Loxopterus hyperythrus, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 13 (1860).

Hab. Guiana.

The principal difference that distinguishes this species from the C. rufus, is,
that the lateral rectrices are uniform rufous without any black bar. More speci-
mens are required (the type being still unique) to enable us to ascertain if the
example is really entitled to a distinctive rank, or if the absence of the bar is
merely an individual peculiarity.

4 July, 1878.

96 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

5. Campylopterus lazulus.

Trochilus lazulus, Bonnatr., Ency. Meth., vol. ii, p. 557 (1791).
Trochilus falcatus, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 126, pl. aca 829).—Swatn., Ill. Zool., vol. ii, pl. 83.

Polytmus lazulus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 107 (184449).

Scepiopterus lazulus, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 9, pl. 801, fig. 4863-64 (1855).

Campylopterus lazulus, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Ip., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 71—Gounp, Mon.
Troch., vol. ii, pl. 44.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 51.—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 13.—
Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 131.

Hab. Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador.

Male. Entire upper surface glittering grass-green. Wings purplish-brown.
Throat and breast dark metallic-blue with a purple lustre, blending into the glitter-
ing green of the abdomen and flanks. Under tail coverts chestnut. Rectrices
deep chestnut, tipped with shining green. Bill black. ‘Total length, 5{ in. Wing,
22 in. Tail 2in. Culmen, 1 in.

"Re male has the under surface brownish-gray, lateral tail feathers chestnut, mar-

gined with black. Upper parts similar to the male.

6. Campylopterus hemileucurus. .

Trochilus hemileucurus, Licur., Preis-Verz. Mex. Thier. (1833), no. 33.

Ornismya (Campylopterus) Delattrec, Luss., Rey. Zool. (1839), p. 14.

Mellisuga delattrez, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113.

Campylopterus delattrez, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 45—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 71—Ip., Rev. and
Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11—In., Troch. Enum., p. 9, t. 804, fig. 4869-70.

Campylopterus hemileucurus, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 13.—Govxp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 52.

Hab. Mexico to Veragua in Central America.

Male. Top of head and lores dull black. A small spot of white behind the eye.
Occiput black, and entire under surface bright violet-blue. Rump and upper tail
coverts green. Wings brown. Under tail coverts, blue-black glossed with green.
Tail steel-black, middle feathers glossed with green, and the outer ones largely
tipped with white. Bill black. Total length, 52 in. Wing, 34 in. Tail, 24 in.
Culmen, 1,}; in. ;

Female. Head brown. Upper surface and flanks brilliant green, inclining to
blue on the upper tail coverts. ‘Throat greenish-blue. Under surface gray. Median
rectrices dark green, rest black,. three lateral ones tipped with white. ‘The size is

about the same as that of the male.

7. Campylopterus ensipennis.

Trochilus enszpennis, Swatn., Zool. Ilust., vol. ii, pl. 107.

Campylopterus enstpennis, Luss., Ois. Mouch., p. 124, pl. 35 (1829).—In., Trait. Orn., p. 289.—Gounp, Mon.
Troch., vol. ii, pl. 46.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 53.—Retcu., Aufz. der Colib,, p. 11.—In., Troch.
Enum., p. 9, pl. 803, fig. 4867-68.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 71.—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854),
p- 250.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Monch., tom. i, p. 122. wre: and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 12.

Polytmus ensipennis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 107.

Hab. Island of Tobago. Venezuela.

CAMPYLOPTERUS. 27

Male. Chin and throat shining dark lazuline-blue. Entire rest of body glittering
metallic golden-green. Wings purplish-brown. Median rectrices dark green, next
on either side black, remainder black at base, rest white. Bill black. ‘Total length,
5i in. Wing, 2Zin. Tail, 24 in. Culmen,-1 in,

Female. Differs in having the centre of the throat only, blue, and the centre of
breast and abdomen gray. In size the sexes do not differ much.

8. Campylopterus villavicencio.

Trochilus villavicencio, Bourc., Compt. Rend., vol. 32, p. 187.—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1851), p. 97.

Heliomaster villavicencio, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—Bon., Réy. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.

Selasophorus (Heliomaster) villavicencio, Rricu., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).

Campylopterus splendens, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist., vol. vi, p. 262 (1858), 4 .—Govunp, Intr. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 53.

Campylopterus villavicencio, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 42.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octayo ed., p. 53.—Muts.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 130.

Hab, Ecuador, Rio Napo.

Male. Top of head metallic golden-green. Upper parts and flanks dark green.
Wings purplish-brown, ‘Throat deep metallic purplish-blue. Under surface dark
greenish-gray. Median rectrices dark green, remainder steel-blue. Bill black,
Total length, 5} in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 2} im. Culmen, 1 in.

Female. Yop of head metallic golden-green. Upper parts golden-green. Under
surface ashy-white, ‘Tail like the male, with the lateral feathers tipped with grayish-
white. Mavxilla black, mandible flesh-color.

This species is remarkable, in that both sexes have metallic crowns.

9. Campylopterus cuvieri.

Trochilus cuviert, Deuatrr. and Bourc., Rev. Zool. (1846), p. 310.
Campylopterus cuvier’, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 71, sp. 9 (1850).—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 52.—Rercn.,
Troch. Enum., p. 9, t. 805, fig. 4871 (1855).
Aphantochroa cuvieri, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 14
(1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch , tom. i, p. 13.
Pheochroa cuviert, Gourp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 55 (1861).
Hab, Costa Rica, Panama, Venezuela, Columbia.
Adult. Upper surface shining grass-green. Wings purplish-brown. Under sur-
pp 8s 8 gs purl}
face dull bronze-green, feathers tipped with gray. Centre of abdomen buff. Under
tail coverts brown fringed with white. Tail greenish-bronze, outer feathers tipped
with white. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color. Total length, 43 in. Wing, 23
in. Tail, 2in. Culmen, { in.

This species and the succeeding one have generally been placed in the genus
Pheochroa, Gould; but as they have (in a less degree) the flattened broad shafts
on the primaries, which are the chief distinction of CampyLopTervs, and no different
character that is strictly generic, I have not employed the term -*heeochroa. As
the members of the genus ApHANTOcHROA have very differently shaped shafts to the
primaries, this bird and the C. voberti should not be placed with them, as has been
done by M. Mulsant.

98 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

10. Campylopterus roberti.

Aphantochroa robert, SArv., P. Z. S. (1861), p. 203.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 138.
Campylopterus roberti, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 53.
Pheochroa roberti, Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 55 (1861).

Hab. Guatemala.

This species differs from the C. cuvieri, in having the lateral rectrices black
tipped with white (the extreme basal portion being green); and also in the entirely
black bill. In size the two species are alike.

Genus XIL—APHANTOCHROA.

Tyre.
Aphantochroa, Govup, Mon. Troch., pt. vi. (1852).—I., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 55. T. cirrhochloris, Vieill.
Agapeta, Hei., Jonr. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 178. A, gularts, Gould.
Placophorus, Murs., Catal. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 6. A. gularis, Gould.

Ch. “Bill stout, rather longer than

the head, and slightly arched; wings
broad and moderately long; tail square
and moderately large; tarsi clothed ;
hind toe rather short. Sexes alike in
plumage.” (Gould, loc. cit.)

Range. Brazil, through the Amazo-
nian valley to Ecuador.

Aphantochroa cirrhochloris, j. Brazil. Gardner.

Key to the species.
A. Upper parts dark grass-¢reen.

a. Metallic spot of lilae on the throat. 1. A. gularis.
b. Throat and breast dark gray, glossed with green. 2. A. cirrhochloris.
e. Under parts white, spotted with green. 3. A. hyposticta.

These species, with the exception of gularis, which has a bright throat mark, are
plain unpretending birds, of moderate size, and clothed in a rather dull plumage.

1. *Aphantochroa gularis.

Aphantochroa gularis, Gounp, P. Z. S. (1860), p. 310.—In., Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 55.—In., Intr., Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 55.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 142.

Hab. Rio Napo, Ecuador.

Upper parts shining grass-green. Under parts also grass-green, excepting a
metallic-hlac spot on the throat, and the centre of abdomen, thighs, and under tail
coverts, which are white. Median rectrices grass-green, remainder purplish-green.
Bill black, Total length, 44 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 14 in. Bill, 1} in.

ty Tey

CH LIGENA. 29

2. Aphantochroa cirrochloris.

Trochilus ctrrochloris, Vrettu., Nouy. Dict. Hist. Nat., tom. 23, p. 430.

Ornismya simplex, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 119, pl. 33 (1829).

Polytmus cirrochloris, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 107, sp. 4.

Trochilus campylostylus, Licur., Verzich. Doubl., p. 14.

Campylopterus ctrrochloris, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 71 (1850).

Aphantochroa cirrochloris, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 54.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p- 55.—Bon., Rev.
and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 139.—Cas. and Hery., Mus.
Hein. Th., iii, p. 14.—Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 15.—Ib., Troch. Enum. p. 12.

Campylopterus campylostylus, Burm., Th. Bras., vol. ii, p. 329, sp. 2 (1856).

Hab. Brazil.

Adult. Upper surface dark green. Wings purplish-brown. ‘Throat and breast
grayish-brown, feathers tipped with green. Abdomen grayish-brown with a band
of white just above the vent. Under tail coverts dark brown edged with whitish.
Median rectrices green, rest dark purplish-brown. Bill black. Total length, 42 m.
Wang, 22 in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 2 in.

3. Aphantochroa hyposticta.

Aphantochroa hyposticta, Gouxp, P. Z. 8. (1862), p. 124.

Hab, Ecuador.

Upper parts dark green. Wings purplish-brown. Feathers of throat, breast,
and abdomen white at base and tipped with green. Flanks green; under tail
coverts green edged with white. Median rectrices green, remainder green at base
shading into black and edged with white. Bill black, except base of mandible,
which is flesh-color. Total length,45in. Wing, 22in. Tail, 1Zin. Culmen, | in.

Genus XII.—C/LIGENA.

Tyr.
Celigena, Luss., Ind. and Syn. Gen. Ois. du Genr. Trochilus (1832), p. xviii. O. clemencic, Less.
Delattria, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i (1850), p. 70.—Ib., Compt. Rend. (1850), p. 380. 0. henrica, Less.
Chariessa, Heiy., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 178. O. henrica, Less.
Himelia, Muts., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 7. O. henrica, Less.

Ch. Bill longer than the
head, straight. Wings

very long and ample.
Tail rounded, feathers
broad. Tarsi clothed.
Sexes unlike in plumage.

Range. Mexico, Gua-
temala, and Costa Rica.

I consider that there
are four species which
should be placed in this

Culigena clemencia. &$. Mexico. Salvin.

30 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

genus, as I cannot perceive any generic character to separate henrici and viridi-
pallens from clemencie, nor the species usually known as Oreopyra hemileuca from
those just named, ‘They are handsome birds, the males possessing bright metallic
throats.
Key to the species.
A. Under parts grayish-brown.
a. Throat metallic-blue. 1. C. clemencie.

b. Throat metallic lilac-red. 2. C. henrict.
B. Under parts white.
a. Throat metallie-green. 3. C. viridi-pallens

b. Throat metallic-amethyst. 4. C. hemileuca.

1. Czligena clemencize.

Ornismya clemencice, Lxss., Ois. Mouch., p. 216, pl. 80 (1829).

Lampornis clemencie, Less., Trait. Orn., p. 279 (1831)—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.

Celigena clemencie, Lrss., Ind. Gen. Syn. Ois., Genr. Trochzlus, p. 18 (1831).—Goutp, Intr. Troch., octave
ed., p. 59.—Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 3, t. 687, fig. 4516-17 (1855).—
Can. and Hrry., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 15 (1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 180.

Mellisuga clemencie, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 16 (1844-49).

Delattria clemencie, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 70 (1850).—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 60.

Hab. Mexico.

Male. Upper parts bronzy-green. Behind the eye a stripe of white. Throat
metallic azure-blue. Under surface dark ash-gray. Under tail coverts greenish-
gray bordered with grayish-white. Upper tail coverts greenish-black. Tail black,
two outermost feathers tipped with white. Maxilla brownish-black, mandible flesh-
color. Total length, 42 in. Wing, 3} in. Tail, 2 in. Culmen, 7 in.

Female has the crown dark brown, and entire under surface dark gray.

2. Czligena henrici.

Ornismya henrica, Lyss. and Drnatrr., Rey. Zool. (1839), p. 17.

Topaza henric?, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 110.

Delattria henrica, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), p. 70.—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.—Gouxp,
Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 62.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 60 (1861).

Lamprolaima henrica, Rercn., Aufz. der Colib., p- 9 (1853).—Ib., Enum., p. 6, pl. 742, fig. 4701, 4703 (1855).

Celigena henrict, Can. and Wern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 15 (note) (1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. i, p. 182.

Chariessa henrict, Herne, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 178.

Hab. Guatemala.

Male. Upper parts bronzy-green fading into brownish on the rump. Wings
purplish-brown. Throat metallic lilac-red. Under surface grayish-brown. Tail
blackish-brown tipped with grayish on the lateral feathers, Bill black. Total
length, 42 in. Wing, 32 in. Tail, 2! in. Culmen, { in.

Female has the under parts pale brown, slightly tinged with buff, without any
metallic spot on the throat; rest of plumage like the male. .

CMLIGENA. dl

3. Czeligena viridipallens

Trochilus viridzpallens, Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Soc., Lyons (1846), p. 321.

Polytmus viridipallens, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108.

Delatiria viridipallens, Boy., Consp. Gen. Ay., p. 70 (1850)—Govrp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 63.—Ip., Intr.
Troch., octavo ed., p. 60 (1861).

Agytria viridipallens, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—Ip.. Enum,, p. 7, pl. 758, fig. 4746.

Thaumantias viridi-pallens, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Chariessa viridipallens, Herne, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 178.

Celigena viridipallens, Muxs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. i, p. 185.

Hab. Guatemala.

Male. Upper parts bronzy-green, changing to coppery-green on the rump. White
line behind the eye. Throat pale metallic-green. Under parts white, flanks green.
Under tail coverts greenish-gray margined with white. Upper tail coverts purplish-
black. Median rectrices brownish-gray, pale on the lateral rectrices. Bill black.
Total length, 44 in. Wing, 25 inch. ‘Tail, 1} in. Culmen, ? in. Description
taken from type specimen in my collection.

Female has the throat white, and the lateral rectrices almost white. (Type.)

_ Young male. Median rectrices purplish-black. ‘Throat and breast very dark gray,

4. Czligena hemileuca.

Oreopyra hemileuca, Sauy., P. Z. S. (1864), p. 584.

Hab, Costa Rica.

Male. Entire upper parts grass-green. White line behind the eye. Throat
metallic-amethyst. Under parts pure white. Under tail coverts grayish-white.
Wings purple-brown. Tail bronzy-green, all the feathers but the median pair, with
a subterminal blackish-brown bar; tips buffy-white. Bill black. ‘Total length, 4 in.
Wing, 24 in. Tail, 13 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Same as the male, excepting the throat, which is white spotted with
green,

This species was described and placed in the genus OrEopyra by Mr. Salvin, but
it differs from the members of that genus in various ways, and is apparently more
properly placed in the present one. I can find no characters to separate it from
C#LIGENA. From the species of Orzopyra it differs, in having a rounded tail
instead of a forked one, and also the sexes are alike, except that the female has no
metallic throat spot; while the females of Orzoryra are reddish-buff beneath —a

style of coloration entirely different from the males.

32 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Genus XJII.—LAMPROLAMA.

TYPE.
Lamprolatima, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 9. 0. ie Less.
Ch. Bill straight, slender, tip acute, about Fig. 13.
equal in length to the head. Wings long, ample.
Tail long, slightly forked, feathers broad. Feet
rather large; tarsi clothed to the toes. Sexes dis-
similar in plumage.

Range. Mexico and Guatemala.

This genus, comprising but a single species, is
closely allied to both the members of CaLigEna TET hes Ci Ona ala
and OreEopyra, and finds its natural position here,
as a connecting link for the two genera just mentioned. The L. rhami is a very
beautiful bird, about equal in size to the C. clemencia, and like that species has a

>) >)
brilliant throat, but differs from it in its lustrous metallic breast, which equals
>)
in beauty that of the Oreopyra calolema, next to which species I have placed it.

1. Lamprolzma rhami.,

Ornismya rhamt, Less., Rev. Zool. (1838), p. 315.

Mellisuga rhamz, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112.

Lampornis rhamz, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., p. 72 (1850).

Lamprolaima rhami, Reton., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum, p. 6, pl. 746, fig. 4712-13 (1855).

Delattria rhami, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.

Heliodoxa rhamz, Ratcu , Troch. Enum., p. 6 (1855).

Lamprolema rhamz, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. i, pl. 61.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 59 (1861).

Lamprolaema rhami, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 30 (1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom.
i, p. 218.

Hab. Mexico, Guatemala.

Male. Entire upper surface grass-green. Greater wing coverts, secondaries, and
basal two-thirds of primaries chestnut-red, remainder purplish-brown. Throat
metallic amethyst-red, surrounded by black. Breast metallic dark blue. Rest of
under surface blackish-brown spotted with green. Tail deep rich purple. Bill
black. Total length, 42 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 2 in. Culmen, 3 in.

Female has the entire under surface grayish-brown; and the outer tail feathers
are tipped with gray.

OREOPYRA. 33

Genus XIV.—OREOPYRA.

TYPr.
Oreopyra, Gout, P. Z. 8. (1860), p. 312 (dese. null.)—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed.,
p- 141 (desc.). O. leucaspis, Gould.

Fig. 14.

Ch. “Bill longer than the head, straight or very
slightly arched; wings long and rigid (?); tail moder-
ately long and forked; tarsi clothed; feet rather
small.” (Gould, loc. cit.)

Oreopyra calulema. g ad. Veragua. Arce.

Key to the species.

A. Throat metallic-purple. 1. O. calolzma.
B. Throat white, not metallic.
a. Tail black. 2. O. leucaspis.
b. Tail grayish-white. 3. O. cinereicauda.

The males of this genus are clothed in brilliant metallic plumage, one species
having a metallic spot upon the throat, while the other two strangely enough have
this part pure white. They are of moderate size, of graceful form, and the sexes
are entirely different in the coloring of their plumage.

1. Oreopyra calolzma.

Oreopyra calolema, Saty., P. Z. S. (1864), p. 584.

Hab, Costa Rica (Volean de Cartago), Veragua.

Male. Top of head shining bluish-green. Upper parts dark grass-green. Entire
throat metallic violet-red. Auriculars black; white line behind the eye. Breast
shining bluish-green. Abdomen ashy-brown. Under tail coverts the same mar-
gined with white. Wings purplish-brown. Tail bluish-black. Bill black. Total
length, 4 in. Wing, 24 in. ‘Tail, 15 in. Culmen, ¢ in.

Female. Upper parts grass-green. Entire under parts reddish-buff. Median
rectrices dark green; base of lateral ones dark green, remaining parts stcel-black,
the two outermost feathers tipped with white.

2. Oreopyra leucaspis.

Oreopyra leucaspis, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 264.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 141 ( 1861).
Metallura castaneiventris, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—Ipb., Troch. Enum., p. 5 (1855).
Anthocephala castaneiventris, Goutp, Mon. Troch., yol. iii, pl. 203.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 115, 9.

Hab. Chiriqui.

Male. Top of head brilliant metallic light green. Upper part dark grass-green.
Breast. shining bright green. Throat pure white. Abdomen and under tail coverts
grayish-brown, the latter margined with grayish-white. Wings purple-brown.

5 July, 1878,

34 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Tail steel-black. Bill black. Total length, 4 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 12 in.
Culmen, ? in.

Female. Upper parts grass-green. White line behind the eye. Auriculars black.
Entire under parts reddish-buff. Median rectrices bronze-green. Lateral ones

bronze-green at base graduating into black, with white tips. Bill black.

3. Oreopyra cinereicauda.

Oreopyra cineretcauda, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist., vol. viii, p. 485, vol. ix, p. 125.
Oreopyra castaneiventris, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist., vol. ix, p. 124 (partim).

Hab. Costa Rica.

Male. ‘This species differs from O. lewcaspis in the coloring of the tail, which is
ashy-white. ‘The under tail coverts are also paler. The bill is also longer. Total
length, 44 in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 1Z in. Culmen, { in.

The female is exactly like that of O. /eucaspis, but has a longer bill.

The next genus is composed of species remarkable for their coloration, and the
high elevations at which they live. They are robust birds, the majority nearly
pure white beneath, and all possessing brilliant throats. The sexes are very
different in coloration, and the females of two of the species are so much alike that
it is impossible to distinguish them apart, rendering it absolutely necessary that their
correct localities should be given, to enable the birds to be satisfactorily determined.

Genus X V.—OREOTROCHILUS.

Type.
Oreotrochilus, Goutn, P. Z. S. (1847), p. 10. O. estellce, D’Orb.
Orotrochitlus, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 15 (1860). O. pichincha, Boure.

Ch, “ Bill longer than the head,

almost cylindrical, but slightly curved

downwards; wings rather large and
powerful; tail large and rounded, the
feathers narrow, rather pointed and
rigid; feet strong, the hind toe and

nail about equal in length to the

middle toe and nail: tarsi clothed
with feathers.” (Gould, 1. c.)
Range. West coast of South Oreotrochilus pichincha. 3. Quito, Whitely.
America, from Ecuador to Chili,
along the Andes at considerable elevations.
Six species are known.

OREOTROCHILUS. 30

Key to the species.
A. Under parts white.

a. Head and throat snining violet-blue. 1. O. pichincha.

b. Head violet-blue, throat metallic-green. 2. O. chimborazo.
ce. Head brown, throat metallic-green, abdomen chestnut. 3. O. estelle.

d. Head brown, throat green, abdomen steel-blue. 4. O. leucopleurus.

or

B. Under parts black, throat metallic-green. O. melanogaster.
C. Under parts deep chestnut, central line of black, throat metallic-green. 6. O. adele.

1. Oreotrochilus pichincha.

Trochilus pichincha, Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Acad. Se., Lyon (1849), p. 427.

Oreotrochilus jamesoniz, Jarv., Contr. Ornith. (1849), p. 42.

Oreotrochilus pichincha, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 76 (1850).—Ip., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.
—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 68.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 63.—Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p.
15 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum. (1855), p. 12.

Orotrochilus pichincha, Cas. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iil, p. 15.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 162.

Hab. Ecuador, volcanoes of Pichincha and Cotopaxi.

Male. Head and throat violet-blue, bounded beneath by a line of black. Upper
parts olive-green. Wings purple-brown. Under parts pure white; a line of green-
ish-black down the centre of abdomen. Under tail coverts olive-green with light
brown margins. Upper tail coverts bright green. Median rectrices dark green;
outermost ones white at base, greenish-black for the remainder of their length ;
rest of tail feathers white, margined on outer webs with brownish-black. Bill and
feet black. Total length, 54 in. Wing, 2% in. ‘Tail, 24} in. Culmen, ¢ in.

Female. Entire upper parts olive-green; throat white, each feather tipped with
olive, under parts olive-brown, the feathers margined with brownish-white. Median
rectrices dark green, remainder greenish-brown, white at base, and a white spot on
the inner web at its tip.

2. Oreotrochilus chimborazo.

Trochilus chimborazo, Devatr., Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 305.

Oreotrochilus chimborazo, Gout, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 69——Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 62.—Gray, Gen.
Birds, vol. i, p. 104, sp. 3.—Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p.15.—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 12.—Bon., Consp. Gen.
Av., vol. i, p. 66.—Ib., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.

Orotrochilus chimborazo, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 15 (note 5).—Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. ii, p. 166.° 3

Hab. Ecuador, voleano of Chimborazo.

Male. This species differs from the pichincha in having a triangular spot of bril-
liant metallic-green on the throat. In all other respects the two are very similar
in color and dimensions. :

The female is so much like that of pichincha that it is impossible to tell them
apart, and an authentic locality is necessary to enable one to arrive at a correct
determination.

36 SYNOPSIS (O22 WEE HUMMING-BIRDS.

3. Oreotrochilus estelle.

Trochilus estella, D’Ors and LaF res., Syn. Av., no. 31, p. 32 (1838).

Orthorhynchus estella, D’Orn, Voy. Amer. Merid., t. iv (1835-44), p. 376, pl. 61, fig. 1.

Trochilus cicilic, Lrss., Rev. Zool. (1839), p. 43. :

Oreotrochilus estelle, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 70.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 63.—Bon., Consp.
Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 76.—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.— Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 104, sp. 1.
—Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 15.—In., Troch. Enum., p. 12.—Etttor, Ibis (1877), p. 142.

Orotrochilus estelle, Cas. and Herin., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 16.—Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 169.

Hab. Bolivia, Peru.

Male. Head and upper parts olive-brown, passing to coppery-green on the upper
tail coverts. ‘Throat brilliant grass-green, bordered beneath by a line of black,
Flanks olive-brown; breast and abdomen white, in the centre of the latter a line
of deep chestnut. Under tail coverts olive-brown. Median rectrices dark green
with bronze reflections; remainder white, bordered on the outer webs with black.
Wings pumplish bya: Bill black. ‘Total length, 5 in. Wing, 2% in. ‘ail, 24 in.
Culmen, ? in.

Female differs from the male in having the throat white, spotted with brown;
under parts rufous-brown; and the lateral tail feathers white, crossed with a band
of green in the centre. Dimensions the same as those of the male.

4. Oreotrochilus leuecopleurus.

Oreotrochilus leucopleurus, Gounp, P. Z. S. (1847), p. 10.—In., Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 71—In., Intr. Troch.
octavo ed., p. 63.—Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 104, sp. 2.—Retcn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 15 (1853).—In., ©
Troch. Enum., p. 12.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 76 (1650).

Orotrochilus leucopleurus, Cas. and Hety., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 16.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii,
p- 172.

Hab. Chili.

Male. This species differs from the estelle mainly by having the centre of the
abdomen bluish-black instead of chestnut; and perhaps there is less of the blackish-
brown margin on the white lateral rectrices. In dimensions the two species are
about the same.

Female. The remarks already made regarding the females of pichincha and chim-
borazo may be repeated here; as without a knowledge of the locality the female of
the present bird cannot be determined from that of estelle.

5. Oreotrochilus melanogaster.

Oreotrochilus melanogaster, Goutn, P. Z. S. (1847), p. 10.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 72.—In., Intr. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 64—Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 104.--Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 76.—Rercu., Aufz.
der Colib., p. 15.—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 12.

Orotrochilus melanogaster, Can, and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 15 (note 6).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. 11, p. 176.

Hab. Peru (Maraynioe, Jelski).
Male. Upper parts olive-brown ; throat metallic grass-green ; under parts bluish-
black. Upper tail coverts shining green, under coverts olive-brown margined with

LAMPORNIS. 37

buff. Tail steel-blue with green reflections. Bill and feet black. Total length,
43in. Wing 2g in. Tail, 2in. Culmen, ¢ in.

Female. Upper parts light brown with a greenish lustre. Upper tail coverts
shining green. ‘Throat white, unspotted. Under parts brownish-white tinged with
buff. Under tail coverts buffy-brown. ‘Tail shining green, all the lateral feathers
tipped with white.

6. Oreotrochilus adele.

Trochilus adela, D’Ors and LaF res, Syn. Av. (1838), no. 32, p. 33.

Orthorhynchus adela, D’Ors, Voy. Amer. Merid. Atl., pl. 61, fig. 2, p. 377, vol. iv.

Oreotrochilus adele, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 73.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 64.—Gray, Gen.
Birds, vol. i, p. 104, sp. 4—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 76.—Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 15.—In.
Troch. Enum., p. 12.—Etnior, Ibis (1877), p. 142.

Orotrochilus adele, Can. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 15 (note 4)—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom.
ii, p. 174. :

Hab. Bolivia

Male. Upper surface olive-brown. ‘Throat metallic grass-green. Under parts
deep chestnut, with a central line of black. Under tail coverts olive-brown edged
with buff. ‘Tail cuneate shape; median feathers dark brown, remainder pale buff
margined with olive-brown ; outer webs almost wholly of this color. Shafts white.

Bill and feet black. Total length, 52 in. Wing, 22in. Tail 2}in. Culmen, 1 in.

Female differs by having the throat white, spotted with olive-brown ; under parts
wholly rufous; and the lateral tail feathers buff with a subterminal black bar, and

tipped with white on the inner web.

Genus X VI.—LAMPORNIS.

Tyrer.

Lampornis, Swarns., Zool. Journ., vol. iii (1827), p. 358. T. mango, Linn.
Anthracothoraz, Bor, Isis (1831), p. 546. T. violicauda, Bodd.
Smaragdites, Borr, Isis (1831), p. 547. T. dominicus, Linn.
Floresia, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 11. T. porphyrurus, Shaw.
Hypophania, Reicn., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 11. T. dominicus, Linn.
Margarochrysis, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 11. T. dominicus, Linn.
Endowa, Hemm., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1868), p. 179. T. mango, Linn.

Ch. Billlonger than the head, curved;
wings long as median rectrices. ‘l'ail
slightly forked. Feet moderate, tarsi
bare. Sexes unlike in plumage.

Range. Mexico, Central America,
West India Islands of Hayti, Porto
Rico, Jamaica, and St. Thomas. Vene-
zuela, Guiana, Brazil, and Columbia.

Eight species are known.

The genus Lampornis, Swainson (1.
c.), had for types the 7. mango, Linn.,
T. pella, Linn., and the 7. niger, Swain.,

Lampornis violicauda. ¢ . Caraccas. Salle.

88 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

lll. Zool. The second of these is the type of Topaza, Gray, the third under its
proper name of Fuscus, Vieill., is the type of FLorisuca, Bon., leaving the 7. mango,
Linn. (= porphyrurus, Auct.), as the type of LAmpornis, Swains. ;

The genus SMARAGDITES, Boie (1. ¢.), is a composite one. ‘The first species cited
by him is Trochilus viridissimus, but as no author’s name is given, it is impossible
to say what species is intended. The next is 7. aurulentus, Vieill. (= T. domini-
cus, Linn.), and this I have adopted as the type of his genus.

Key to the species.
A. Throat black.
a. Under surface black.
a’. The green flanks separated from the black abdomen by a line

of blue. 1. L. violicauda.
b’. Sides of neck metallic purplish-red. 2. L. mango.
b. Under surface golden-green, centre of abdomen bluish-green. 3. L. prevosti.
B. Entire under surface shining green. 4. L. viridis.
C. Throat metallic-green, breast blue. 5. L. verayguensis.

D. Throat metallic grass-green.

a. Middle of breast and abdomen black, flanks green. 6. L. gramineus.
b. Breast and under surface purplish-black. 7. L. calosoma.
E. Throat metallic yellowish-green, breast and under surface black. 8. L. dominicus.

Green and black are the principal hues in the plumage of these birds. They
are moderate in size, and their metallic colors are chiefly confined to the throat
and breast.

1. Lampornis violicauda.

Trochilus violicauda, Bopp., Tab. Plan. Enlum. d’Aubent, no. 671, fig. 2 (1783).

Trochilus albus, Get., Syst. Nat. (1788), vol. i, p. 488, sp. 34.?

Trochilus punctulatus, Gueu., Syst. Nat. (1788), vol. i, p. 488, sp. 33. ?—Larua., Ind. Orn., vol. i, p. 306, sp. 15.?

Trochilus nitidus, Larn., Ind. Orn., vol. i, p. 305 (1790).

Trochilus nigricollis, quadricolor, atricapillus, and punctatus, Bonnt., VietLu., Ency. Méth., pp. 553, sp. 20;
555, sp. 28; 553, sp. 22; 550, sp. 9.

Trochilus fasciatus, SHaw, Gen. Zool., vol. viii, p. 303.

Trochilus lazulus, Lxss., Trait. Orn., p. 290 (1832).

Trochilus mango, D’Ors. and Larress, Syn. Av.. ii, p. 32, sp. 26 (1838).

Polytmus mango, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 107, sp. 10 (1844-49).

Anthracothoraz mango, Rricu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 11.—Ip., Troch. Enum. (1855), p. 8, t. 791, figs.
4839-41.

Lampornis mango, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 74.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 64, et Auct.

Lampornis tridescens, Gourp., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 65 (1861).

Lampornis violicauda, Exxror, Ibis (1872), p. 351, and (1877) p. 141.

Hab. Brazil, Guiana, Venezuela, Panama, and Columbia.

Male. Upper surface and flanks golden-green. Throat and abdomen black,
separated from the green of the flanks by a line of blue; under tail coverts violet-
brown, or green varying in different specimens. Median rectrices bronzy-green,
lateral ones violet-red, margined with steel-blue. Bill and feet black. ‘Total length,
43 in, Wing, 22in. Tail, 13 in. Culmen, £ in.

Female differs in having the centre of the throat, breast, and abdomen black,
bordered with white. Under tail coverts bronzy-green edged with grayish-white ;

LAMPORNIS., 39

median rectrices bronze-green, lateral ones steel-blue, glossed with green on the
outer webs, and tipped with white.

Obs. I have examined Mr. Gould’s type of ZL. iridescens, and in my opinion the
difference in color that it exhibits is too slight and unimportant to entitle it to a
separate rank,

2. Lampornis mango.

Mango-bird, Austy, Birds, vol. iii, p. 45, t. 49, fig. 6.

Trochilus mango, Lixn., Syst. Nat., p. 191, sp. 10 (1766).—Grex., Syst. Nat. (1788), p. 491.

Trochilus porphyrurus, Suaw, Nat. Misc., vol. ix, pl. 333, et Auct.

Polytmus porphyrurus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 20.

Lampornis mango, Gosse., Birds, Jamaica (1847), p. 88.—Etxtor, Ibis (1872), p. 350.

Lampornis florest, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Ip., Consp. Ayv., vol. i, p- 72 (1850).

Floresia porphyrura, Rercu., Aufz der Colib., p. 11.—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 8, t. 795, fig. 4849-50 (1855).

Anthracothorax porphyrurus, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 8, pl. 795, fig. 4849-50 (1855).

Lampornis porphyrura, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 19 (1860).

Endoxa porphyrura, Hetnr, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 179.

Lampornis porphyrurus, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 81.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p- 67.—Mtts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 163.

Hab. Jamaica.

Adult. Upper parts dark olive-brown, becoming greenish on the upper tail
coverts, and glossed with purple on the nape. From the bill on each side of the
neck is a broad band of metallic-purple, very brilliant. Throat and breast velvety-
black, becoming brownish-black on abdomen and flanks. Under tail coverts dark
green. Median rectrices brownish-black, lateral ones rich shining purple margined
with steel-blue. Bill black. A white spot on each flank. Total length, 5 in. Wing,
22 in. Tail, 2in. Culmen, ¢ in.

Some specimens have the chin green and the throat purplish-green. Mr. Gould
says these are females. I have not been able to ascertain that this is a fact from

any one who has dissected the specimens.

3. Lampornis prevosti.

Trochilus prevosti, Less., Nat. Hist. Col., p. 87, pl. 24 (1831).

Polytmus prevosti, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 15.

Anthracothorax prevosti, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 8, pl. 792, fig. 4842-44
(1855).

Lampornis prevostt, Goutp., Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 75.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 65 (1861).—Bon.,
Consp. Av., vol. i, p. 72 (1850).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 160.—Bon., Rey. and Mag.
Zool. (1854), p. 250.

Hab. Mexico, and Central America to Costa Rica.

Male. Upper surface, sides of neck, flanks, and abdomen bright golden-green.
Chin and throat velvety-black. Centre of breast and abdomen bluish-green. Vent
white. Under tail coverts purple. Median rectrices bronze-green; lateral ones
purplish-red or bright violet margined with brownish-black. Bill black. Total
length, 47 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 1? in. Culmen, 1 in.

Female. Similar to the female of ZL. violicauda, but the lateral rectrices are
chestnut-red with a subterminal bar of steel-blue and tipped with white,

40 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

4. Lampornis viridis.

Trochilus viridis, Aup. and Vini.u., Ois. Dor. (1802), vol. i, p. 34, pl. xv.

Agyrtria viridis, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 7, pl. 765, figs. 4771-72 (1855).

Chalybura viridis, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).

Lampornis viridis, Gout, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 78—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 66.—E tor, Ibis (1872),
p. 348.—Bon., Consp. Av., vol. i, p. 71 (1850).—Mouts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 172.

Hab. Porto Rico.

Male. Upper surface bronzy-green. Entire under surface shining grass-green.
Wings purplish-brown. Tail deep blue, with green reflections, and edged at tip with
white. Bill black. Total length, 4} in. Wing, 2,5, in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 1 in,

Female. Wead brown. Upper parts golden-green. Under parts grayish-white,
tinged with green on the flanks. Median rectrices bronze-green, lateral ones steel-
blue on their inner webs, bronzy-brown on the outer, and tipped with white. Bill
black.

5. Lampornis veraguensis.

Lampornis veraguensis, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 76.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 65 (1861).—Car,
and. Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 18 (1860).—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 146.

Sericotes veraguensis, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853).

Anthracothorax (Sericotes)veraguensis, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 9, pl. 793, fig. 4848 (1855).

Hab. Veragua.

Male. Upper surface golden-green. Throat glittering grass-green. Breast shin-
ing blue, which color also reaches to the centre of the abdomen, flanks golden-green.
Under tail coverts purple. Middle tail feathers bronzy-green, lateral ones bright
purple margined with steel-blue. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black. Total length,
41 in. Wing, 22in. Tail, 13 in. Culmen, { in.

Female has the centre of the throat and abdomen dark green, bordered with
white. Lateral tail feathers chestnut, with a subterminal steel-blue bar, and tipped
with white. Rest like the male.

6. Lampornis gramineus.

Trochilus gramineus, Gmuu., Syst. Nat., vol. i, p. 488 (1788).

Trochilus maculatus, Gmeu., Syst. Nat., vol. i, p. 488 (1788).

Trochilus pectoralis, Latu., Ind. Orn., vol. i, p. 306 (1790).

Trochilus gularis, Latu., Ind. Orn., vol. i, p. 563, Juv.

Trochilus marmoratus, Vietu., Ency. Méth., p. 567, Juv.

Polytmus dominicus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 11 (nee Linn.).

Lampornis gramineus, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 77—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 65.—Muzs., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 148.

Lampornis graminea, Cas. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 18 (1860).

2

Hab. Guiana, Venezuela.
Male. Upper parts golden-green. Wings purplish-brown, Throat brilliant grass-
green; flanks golden-green, with a white spot on each side. Centre of breast and
abdomen black. Under tail coverts purplish-green. Median rectrices dark brov.s

LAMPORNIS. 41

with steel-blue reflections, lateral ones violet, margined and tipped with steel-blue.
Bill black. ‘otal length, 45 in. Wing, 22 in. ‘ail, 17 in. Culmen, 1,); in:
Female differs in having the throat white, with the central portion black.
Median tail feathers bronzy-green with black tips, lateral ones chestnut with a
purple gloss, and a subterminal bluish-black bar and white tips.
The young male has the sides of the throat and abdomen chestnut; centre of
throat shining green bordered with white; and the centre of abdomen black

bordered with white. ‘Tail similar to that of the female.

7. Lampornis calosoma.

Chrysolampis chlorolemus, E.urot, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., vol. vi, p. 346 (1870).
Lampornis calosoma, Wu107, Ibis (1872), p. 351—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 177.

Hab. 2

Male. Top of head and neck pale metallic silvery-green, in some lights purplish ;
a black band across the back, rest of upper parts dark green; tail fiery copper color,
feathers margined with blackish-purple ; throat brilliant emerald-green ; under parts
purplish-black ; spot of white on the flanks; under tail coverts chestnut. Bill
black. Total length, 4 in. Wing, 2} in. ‘Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 2 in. Descrip-
tion taken from the unique type in my collection.

Female. Unknown.

8. Lampornis dominicus.

Trochilus dominicus, Lixn., Syst. Nat. (1766), p. 191, 9.—Gwet., Syst. Nat. (1788), vol. i, p. 489.—Latu.,
Ind. Orn., t. i, p. 309.

Trochilus margaritaceus, Guru, Syst. Nat., p. 490 (1788), 9.

Trochilus aurulentus, Viriwt., Ois. Dor. (1802), pl. xii—Suaw., Gen. Zool., t. viii (1811), p. 306.

Polytmus margaritaceus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 13 (1544-49).

Lampornis margaritaceus, Boy., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 72, sp. 5 (1850).

Margarochrysis aurulenta, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p.11 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum.. t. 784, figs. 4822-23 (1855).

Hypophania dominica, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11.—In., Troch Hnum., p. 9, t. 795, figs. 4845-6.

Lampornis aurulentus, Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 79.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 66.—Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 152.

Lampornis virginalis, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 80.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 66.

Euwlampis aurulentis, Boy., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Bon., Consp. Av., vol. i, p. 71.

Lampornis dominicus, Exx.rot, Ibis (1872), p. 349.

Hab. St. Thomas, St. Domingo, Porto Rico.

Male. Upper surface dark yellowish-green. Throat metallic golden-green, Under
surface black, with green flanks, and a spot of white on each. Under tail coverts
dark purple. Wings purplish-brown. Median rectrices dark bronzy-green, lateral
ones purple-violet bordered with steel-blue. Bill black. Total length, 5 in, Wing,
22 in. Tail, 2 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female differs in having all the under surface gray, and the lateral tail feathers
purple-chestnut with a subterminal black bar and white tips.

6 August, 1878.

49 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Genus X VII.—EULAMPIS.

Tyr.
Bulampis, Borr, Isis (1831), p. 547. T. jugularis, Linn.
Culampis, Lrss., Ind. Gen. et Synop. du Genr. Troch., p. vii (1832). T. jugularis, Linn.
Sericotes, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853). T. holosericeus, Linn.

Fig. 17.

Ch. Bill longer than the head; curved; fea-
thers of forehead projecting upon the culmen;
nostrils partly covered; wings very long. Tail
moderate, even, or slightly forked, ‘Tarsi bare.
Sexes alike.

Range. Islands of the West Indies.

Eulanpis jugularis. ¢ . 74910. Dominica.

Key lo the species.

A. Breast and throat luminous green, bordered beneath with blue. 1. E. holosericeus.
B. Breast and throat shining vinous-purple. 2. H. jugularis.

The members of this genus are closely allied to those of LAmpornis; but, in
addition to other characters, they possess luminous upper tail coverts, which render
them very conspicuous. They are apparently more robust in form than the majority
of the species of LAmPrornis.

1. Eulampis holosericeus.

Trochilus holosericeus, Linx., Syst. Nat. (1766), vol. i, p. 191, sp. 11—Larn., Ind. Orn., vol. i, p. 305.—Less.
Colib., p. 76, t. 20.

Polytmus holosericeus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 12 (1844-49).

Eulampis holosericeus, Govutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 83.—I»., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 68.—Bon., Consp.
Avy., vol. i (1850), p. 72—Ib., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Etxror, Ibis (1872), p. 352.—Muzs.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 134.

Eulampis chlorolemus, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 84.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 68.—-Bow., Rey.
and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.

Sericotes chlorolemus, Rercn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853).

Sericotes holosericeus, Reicn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853).

Anthracothorax (Sericotes) holosericeus, Retcx., Troch. Enum., p. 9, t. 794, fig. 4847 (1855).

Anthracothorax chloroleemus, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 9 (1855).

Lampornis holosertceus, Can. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 19 (1860).

Lampornis chlorolemus, Caz. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 19 (note) (1860).

Eulampis longirostris, Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 69 (1861).

Hab. St. Thomas, St. Croix, Martinique, Dominica, Santa Lucia.
Adult. Upper surface dark green. Wings purplish-brown. Throat and breast
bright grass-green, bordered beneath by a patch of shining blue. Rest of under

LAFRESNAYA. 43

parts black. Upper and under tail coverts glittering blue, some feathers with green
reflections. Bill black. Total length, 4 in. Wing, 2} in. ‘Tail, 14 in. Culmen,
Z in,

2. Eulampis jugularis.

Trochilus jugularis, Linn., Syst. Nat. (1766), p. 190, sp. 7—Lartu., Ind. Orn. (1790), vol. i, p. 305, sp. 12.

Trochilus auratus, violaceus, venustissimus, and cyanomelas, Gaew., Syst. Nat. (1788), vol. i, pp. 487, sp.
29; 488, sp. 41; 490, sp. 37; 498, sp. 62.

Trochilus cyaneus, granatinus, and bancrofti, Latu., Ind. Orn. (1790), vol. i, pp. 309, sp. 25; 305, sp. 11;
317, sp. 53.

Souimanga prasinoptere, Vrrrii, Ois. Dor. (1802), vol. ii, p. 65.

Certhia prasinoptera, Sparr., Mus. Carlson, t. 81.

Trochilus (Culampis) auratus, Lrss., Ind. Gen. Synop. Genr. Troch., p. vii (1831) (Les Trochilidez).

Polytmus jugularis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 19 (1844-49).

Topaza violacea, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 110, sp. 2.

Eulampis jugularis, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 82.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 67.—Bon., Consp.

i Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 72 (1850).—Ib., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Reren., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11
(1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 9, t. 796, figs. 4851-52 (1855).—Cas. and Iery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860),
p. 17.—Exx107, Ibis (1872), p. 352.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 131.

Hab. Islands of Nevis, Martinique, Dominica, and Santa Lucia.

Adult. Upper parts velvety-black; wings and their coverts glittering dark green,
Chin, throat, and breast shining vinous purple. Abdomen black. Upper and under
tail coverts shining bluish-green. ‘Tail dark dull-green. Bll black. Total length,
44 in. Wing, 3 in. ‘Tail, 12 in, Culmen, in.

Genus XVIII.—LAFRESNAYA.

; Typr.
Calothoraz, Gray (nec 1840), Gen. of Birds, vol. i, p. 110 (1848). T. flavicaudata, Fras.?
Lafresnaya, Bon., Compt. Rend. (1850) p. 380. T. flavicaudata, Pras.
Entima, Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 51 (1860). T. gayt, Boure.
Eucloszéa, Mots. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 63. T. flavicaudata, Fras.

Ch. Bill weak, slender, much cuyved, Hig- ts.

about one-half as long as the body, Wings

long, pointed; primaries curving inwards ;

outer web on the first hardly perceptible,

Inner webs very narrow. ‘Tail nearly even,

feathers pointed. Under tail coverts
reaching two-thirds the length of rectrices.
Feet moderate, tarsi clothed. Sexes dift
ferent in plumage. Srayreknayavlavicoudares Se “Boge: GWHisty:

Range. Venezuela, Columbia, and Ecuador.

Key to the species.
A. Breast green, abdomen black.
a. Lateral rectrices buff, margined and tipped with bronzy-brown. 1. L. flavicaudata.

b. Lateral rectrices white, tipped with bronze-green. 2. L. gayt.

44 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

These birds are characterized by a rather stout form, slender curved bills, metallic
green breast and black abdomens.

1. Lafresnaya flavicaudata.

Trochilus Lafresnay?, Borsson, Rev. Zool. (1840), p. 8 (January).

Trochilus flavicaudatus, Fras., P. Z. S. (1840), p. 18 (February).

Calothorax Lafresnay?, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 110.

Lafresnaya flavicaudatus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 68 (1850).

Lafresnaya flavicaudata, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 11—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 8, pl. 785, figs. 4824-25.
—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 85.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 69—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool.
(1854), p. 252.

Entima Lafresnay?, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 51 (1860).

Euclosia Lafresnaya, Muns., Uist. Nat. Troch., vol. ii, p. 187.

Hab, Columbia.

Male. Entire upper parts dark grass-green. Wings purplish-brown. Throat,
breast, and flanks metallic grass-green; abdomen black. Median rectrices shining
bronze-green. Lateral feathers buff, margined and tipped with bronzy-brown.
Under tail coverts buff, tipped with bronze-green. Bill black. ‘Total length, 44 in.
Wing, 24 in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, J in.

Female has under surface deep buff, spotted on the throat with green. Flanks
green; whitish on abdomen. Rest like the male.

2. Lafresnaya gayi.

Trochilus gayz, Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Soc. d’Agr., Lyon (1846), p. 325.

Troehiius saule, Bourc. and Dexarr., Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 309.

Calothorax gayt, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 110, sp. 2.

Calothorax saulw, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 110, sp. 3.

Lafresnaya gay?, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 68.—Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11.—Ip., Troch. Enum., p-
8, t. 786, fig. 4826-27.—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.—Gouxp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 86—
Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 69.

Lafresnaya saule, Bon., Consp. Av., vol. i, p. 68.—Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11.—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 8,
t. 786, fig. 4828-29.— Gout», Intr. Troch., octavo ed.*p. 70.

Entima gay?, Cas. and Hers , Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 51 (1860).

Euclosia gay, Murs., Hist. Nat. Troch., vol. ii, p. 190.

Hab. Venezuela and Ecuador.

Male. Precisely like the L. flavicaudata, except that the lateral rectrices are
white tipped with black or greenish-bronze, and the under tail coverts are also
white tipped with green. Dimensions the same.

Female has the under surface white spangled with green, rest like the male.
The L, saul, Boure., cannot be separated from the present species. Bourcier’s
types are in my collection, and I can see no difference whatever between them and
specimens of L. gayi. The coloring of the tips of the rectrices varies, and evidently
is not a specific character. The species inhabits Venezuela and Ecuador, having

rather oddly the LZ. flavicaudata dwelling in Columbia, just between these two
localities.

The CHALYBUR# are distinguished from all known Humming-birds by the great
development of their plume-like under tail coverts, which peculiarity is observed

CHALYBURA. 45

to exist in both sexes, although the color of their plumage is quite different. The
males with one exception are clothed in green, which hue is most luminous on the
under surface. In the single species that differs from the rest, the under parts are
blue. Although this genus is placed immediately after Larresnaya as being the
nearest to it of those known, it yet presents certain characters differing so greatly
from any found in that genus, that we may reasonably suppose another form yet
remains to be discovered, that will take its place between them, and make the chain
more complete.

Genus XIX.—CHALY BURA.

TYPE.
Chalybura, Reren., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853). T. buffoni, Less.
Cyanochlorivs, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853). T. ceruleiventris, Gould.
Hypuroptila, Goutp, Mon. Troch., pt. vii (1853)—In., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 72 (1861). T. buffonz. Less.
Methon, Muts., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p, 7. T. ceruleiventris, Gould.

Ch. Bill longer than the head, broad at base, slightly
curving towards the tip. Wings long. ‘Tail slightly

forked. Under tail coverts greatly developed, plume-

like. Sexes unlike in the color of their plumage.

Range. From Veragua through Central America,
Venezuela, Columbia.
Five species are known,

Chalybura bugfoni. $ ad. Venezuela,
Coering.

Key to the species.
A. Under parts green.
a. Under tail coverts white.
a’. Tail bluish-black, sometimes glossed with bronze.
b’. Tail golden-bronze.
e’. Tail bronzy-purple.
b. Under tail coverts black.
B. Under parts blue.

C. buffoni.

C. urochrysea.
C. isaure.

C. melanorrhoa.

. C. cxeruleiventris.

Om 0 bh

1. Chalybura buffoni.

Trochilus buffont, Lxss., Trochil., p. 34, pl. 15 (1831).

Polytmus buffoni, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108.

Lampornis buffont, Box., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 72.—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Muts., Hist. Nat.
Ois. Mouch., vol. i, p. 170.

Chalybura buffoni, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 20 (1860).—
Goutn, Intr. Troch., octayo ed., p. 72 (1861).

Agyrtria bugfon?, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 7, t. 766, figs. 4773-74 (1855).

Hypuroptila buffont, Gouip, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 89.

Chalybura eneicauda, Lawr., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc., Phil. (1865), p. 38 (ex Venezuela).

46 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Hab. Venezuela and Columbia.

Male, Upper surface bronzc-green, becoming a brighter bronze on the upper tail
coverts. Entire under surface shining emerald-green. Under tail coverts are pure
white, and greatly developed. Wings purple-brown, Tail bluish-black, glossed with
bronze, this latter color most conspicuous on the middle feathers. Bill black.
Total length, 44 in. Wing, 25 in. Tail, 1{ in. Culmen, 1 in. Specimens from
Venezuela have the tail feathers frequently very much glossed with bronze, and
this style has been named @neicauda by Lawrence.

Female differs in having the chin grayish-white, rest of under surface gray, the
feathers tipped with green. Median rectrices bronze-green, tips blue-black, lateral
ones blue-black tipped with white. Rest like the male.

*2. Chalybura urochrysea.

Hypuroptila urochrysea, Gouin, P. Z. S. (1861), p. 198.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 90.
Chalybura urochrysea, Gourp, Intr. Troch., octave ed., p- 72 (1861).
Lampornis wrochrysia, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 176.—Saty., P. Z. S. (1867), p. 131.

Hab, Panama.

The type, which is unique, differs from the C. bugfoni chiefly in the coloring of the
tail, and as we know that specimens of the bird just named, from Venezuela, have
frequently bronzy tail feathers, it is very questionable if the present 1s reaily a dis-
tinct species.

Mr. Gould’s description is as follows: —

Head and upper surface dark-green, becoming of a bronzy-hue on the wing and
upper tail covers: wings purplish-brown ; tail rich golden-bronze both above and
beneath; throat and breast grass-green; abdomen bronzy-green; thighs, vent, and
under tail coverts pure white, upper mandible black, lower mandible fleshy-red
with a black tip. Tarsi yellow or flesh-color. Total length, 42 in. Bill, 1£ in.
Wing, 22 in. ‘Tail, 1Z in.

3. Chalybura isaure.

Hypuroptila tsaure, Gouin, P. Z. S. (1861), p. 199.
Chalybura tsaure, Sary., P. Z. 8. (1867), p 131, 9.—Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 72.
Lampornis tsaure, Muns., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 174.

Hab, Veragua, Costa Rica (Gould).

Head and back dark grass-green ; rump and upper tail coverts purplish. Wings
purplish-brown. Throat and breast very dark blue-green; flanks dark mouse-color
glossed with green, Under tail coverts white. Tail dark bronze, purplish on the
lateral rectrices. Maxilla black; mandible flesh-color, tip black. Feet and tarsi
flesh-color. Total length, 42 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 1 in. The
above is taken from a fine adult male specimen, collected by Arcé in Veragua.

Female. Head and upper parts green. Rump and tail shining bronze. Wings
brown. Under parts ashy, crissuam white. Two lateral rectrices tipped with white.
Maxilla brownish, mandible flesh-color, tip brown.

FLORISUGA. 47

4. Chalybura melanorrhoa.

Chalybura melanorrhoa, Sary., P. Z. S. (1864), p. 585.
Chalybura carmiolz, Lawr., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. (1865), p. 39.
Lampornis melanorrhoa, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 174.

Hab, Costa Rica, Veragua.

Male, Head and upper parts dark grass-green. Rump purplish-bronze. Wings
purplish-brown. Under parts very dark shining grass-green. Abdomen dark brown
glossed with green. Under tail coverts black. Tail dark bronzy-purple. Maxilla
black, mandible flesh-color. Total length, 4% in. Wing, 2 in, ‘Tail, 1Z in. Cul-
men, £ in.

5. Chalybura czeruleiventris.

Trochilus ceruleogaster, Gouin, P. Z. 8. (1847), p. 96.

Polytmus ceruleogaster, Gray, Gen. Birds, yol. i, p. 108, sp. 18.

Cyanochloris ceruleiventris, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).

Agyrtria (chalybura) cerulecventris, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 7, pl. 767, figs. 4775-76 (1855).

Chalybura ceerulecventris, Cas. and Hrtn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 20 (1860).

Hypuroptila ceruleogaster, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 91.

Chalybura ceruleogaster, Gouxn, Intr. 'Troch., octavo ed., p. 73 (1861).

Lampornis cerulerventris, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Ip., Consp. Ay., p. 72.—Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 168.

Hab. Columbia.

Male. Upper parts dark grass-green. Chin and throat shining green, graduating
into a rich dark blue on the breast and abdomen. Flanks and lower parts of abdo-
men green. Under tail coverts pure white. ‘Tail black, with stecl-blue reflections.
Bill black. Total length, 45 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 2 in. Culmen, 1 in.

Female. Differs from the male in having the under surface pale gray. Median
rectrices bronzy-green, remainder bluish-black, with the two outermost feathers
tipped with white.

Genus X X.—FLORISUGA.

Type.
Orthorhynchws, Ml. Prod. Syst. Mamm., ete., p. 209 (1811) (nec Lacerip., 1799-1800). 7. mell¢vorus, Linn.
Lampornzs, Lxss. (nee Swains., 1827), Tab. Hsp. Ois. Mouch. (1829), p. xxiii. T. mellivorus, Linn.
Florisuga, Bon., Compt. Rend., p. 382 (1850). T. mellivorus, Linn.

Ch. Bill strong, nearly straight,
about as long as the head. Tail ample,
slightly rounded. Wings nearly as long
as the rectrices. Upper tail coverts
reaching nearly to the tips of the median
rectrices. Sexes unlike.

Range. Central America from Gua-
temala, northern parts of South America
and the Amazonian region of Brazil;
island of Tobago, Columbia, Peru.

But two species are known. Florisuga mellioora. §. Bogota. Whitely,

48 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Key to the species.

A. Head and breast blue, back green, nape and abdomen white. 1. F. mellivora.
B. Head and under parts black, back very dark green. 2. F. fusca.

These birds possess the general form of those composing the genus CHALYBURA,
and with rather long under tail coverts; not, however, plume-like as in the others,
The plumage is blue, green, and white, or black, and a peculiar feature is the pure
white tail tipped with purplish-brown.

L. Florisuga mellivora.

Trochilus mellivorus, Linn., Syst. Nat. (1766), vol. i, p. 193.—Get., Syst. Nat., tom. i, p. 499.—Laru., Ind.
Orn., vol. i, p. 310, sp. 34. :

Trochilus fimbriatus, Lixn., Syst. Nat. (1766), vol. i, p. 193.

Mellisuga surinamensis, Srreu., Gen. Zool., vol. xiv, p- 243, sp. 3.

Ornismya mellivora, Lrss., Ois. Mouch., p 90, t. 21-22 (1829).

Florisuga mellivora, Boy., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 73 (1850).—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.—
Govtp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 113.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 80.—Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 12
(1855).—Ip., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 29.—Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 178.

Trochilus ( 2), fabellfera, Gourp, P. Z. 8. (1846), p. 45.

Topaza mellivora, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 116, sp. 6.

Topaza fimbriata, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p- 119, sp. 7.

Topaza flabellifera, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 110, sp. 8.

Florisuga flabellifera, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 114.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 81—Bon., Consp.
Gen. Av., p. 74, sp. 3.—Rereu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14.—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 12.—Cas. and Hern., Mus.
Hein. Th., iii, p. 29 (note).—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.

Hab. Central America from Guatemala, southward through Columbia and Peru;
islands of Tobago and Trinidad; Venezuela, Guiana, and the Amazonian region
of Brazil.

Male. Wead and neck dark shining cobalt-blue. Across the nape of the neck,
a cuneate-shaped white band, rest of upper parts dark shining grass-green. Wings
purplish-brown. Upper part of breast and flanks shining grass-green. Rest of
under parts pure white. Upper tail coverts very long, same color as the back.
Tail pure white, feathers margined and tipped with purplish-brown. — Bill black.
Total length, 44 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, Z in.

Female. Upper parts bronzy-green, dullest on the crown. Throat and upper
part of breast white spotted with dark brown, flanks and upper parts of abdomen
grass-green: rest of under parts white. Under tail coverts blackish-brown tipped
with white. Tail bronzy-green, with a subterminal bar of deep blue, and the tips
white. I have placed the F. flabellifera of Gould among the synonyms of this —
species, as it has no claims whatever to be considered a distinct species, not being
even a local variety.

2. Florisuga fusca.

Trochilus fuscus, Virtun., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. (1817), vol. vii, p. 348.

Trochilus ater, Pr. Max., Reis. Bras., vol. i, p- 366; vol. ii, p. 136.

Trochilus niger, Swatn., Zool. Ill., Ist ser., vol. ii, pl. 82.

Ornismya lugubris, Less., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 132, pls. 38 4, 39 9 (1829).
Trochilus atratus, Licut., Doubl., p- 14.

PETASOPHORA. 49

Trochilus leucopygtus, Srix., Av. Bras., t. i, pl. 81, fig. 3 (1824).

Mellisuga atra, Suaw, Gen. Zool., t. xiv, p. 243.

Topaza atra, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 110, sp. 4.

Florisuga atra, Bon., Consp. Av., vol. i, p. 74.—Govutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 115.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 81.

Florisuga fusca, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.—Ip., Consp.
Av., p. 74.—Rercu., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p- 29.—Murns.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 183.

Hab. Brazil.

Male. Head, neck, upper parts of back, and entire under surface, black. Lower
part of back and rump very dark grass-green. Upper tail coverts very dark green
with purple reflections. Median rectrices dark green with purple reflections (the
specimen before me is more purple than green); lateral rectrices white tipped with
purplish-brown, Wings light purplish-brown. Bill black. ‘Total length, 42 in.
Wing, 3,, in. ‘Tail, 25 in. Culmen, ? in.

Genus X XI.—PETASOPHORA.

Typr.
Colzbrz, Sprix., Av. Bras. (1824), p. 80. T. serrzrostris, Vieill.
Petasophora, G. R. Gray, List of Gen. Birds (1840), p. 13. T. serrvrostris, Vieill.

. anais, Less.

. serrirostris, Vieill.
. anais, Less.

. cyanotis, Boure.

. delphinee, Less.

. delphine, Less.

. delphine, Less.?

Coeligena, Tscuup. (nee Less., 1832), Faun. Per. (1844), p. 39, subgen. 3.
Lophornis, Tscuup. (nec Less., 1832), Faun. Per. (1844), p. 39, subgen. 6.
Prazilla, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).

Colibrz, Bon., ex Sprx., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), p. 69.

Telesiella, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 13.

Telesilla, Cas., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 27 (1860).

Delphinella, “ Rercu.,” Bon., Ann. Scien. Nat. (1854), p. 137.

SSSRARS

Petasophora anais, gf. Antioquia, Columbia. Salmon.

Ch. Bill longer than the head, straight, equal in width until just at the tip,
where it suddenly contracts to a sharp point. Feathers of the forehead project
on to the culmen, covering the nostrils. Wings long, pointed, primaries slightly
falcate. ‘Tail broad, ample, and rounded. Feet rather large, strong; tarsi clothed.
Hind toe and nail shorter than middle toe and nail. Sexes similar in plumage.

Range. Central America, Venezuela, Trinidad, Guiana, Brazil, Columbia,

Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia.

There are six species belonging to this genus,
7 August, 1878,

50 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Key to the species.
A. General plumage green, metallic.
a. Upper part of throat and chin, ear coverts and abdomen deep blue;

lower part of throat and breast light metallic-green. 1. P. anais.
b. Throat and upper part of breast dark metallic green ; ear coverts and
abdomen dark blue. 2. P. thalassina.
ce. Ear coverts violet-blue ; throat and under parts metallic-green. 3. P. cyanolis.
d. Ear coverts, chin, and abdomen dark blue, throat with metallic-red :
reflections. 4. P. coruscans.
e. Ear coverts metallic purplish-red, under tail coverts white. 5. P. serrirostris.
B. General plumage brown, not metallic.
a. Ear coverts violet-blue ; throat metallic-green. 6. P. delphine.

The PerasopHor& are a strongly characterized group of birds, the species with
one exception having a considerable resemblance to each other. ‘They are of rather
large size, distinguished by their metallic-blue ear coverts, metallic-green scaly-like
breasts, and broad, ample bluish-green, barred tails. Their natural position in the
Family is apparently after FLorisuGa.

1. Petasophora anais

Rhamphodon anais, Less., Troch., p. 146, pl. 55 (1831).

Polytmus anais, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 27.

Trochilus thalasstnus, (nee Swarn.), Jarv., Humm.-B., vol. ii, p. 47.

Trochilus anais, Jarv., Humm.-B., vol. ii, p. 73.

Colibri anais, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 69 (1850).

Praxilla anavs, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).

Petasophora anais, Gounp, P. Z. S. (1847), p. 8.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 224.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 124:—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Cas. and Hxm., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 26 (1860).
—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch, tom. ii, p. 144.—Extior, Ibis (1876), p. 403.

Petasophora volata, Gouin, P. Z. 8. (1847), p. 9.—Ip., Mon. 'T'roch., vol. iv, pl. 225.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 124.—Cas., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p- 26.

Polytmus zolata, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p- 108, sp. 28.

Colibri volata, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 69 (1850).

Petasophora rhodotis, “Gout,” Sauc. Mus. Hein.

Pracila volata, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).

Hab, Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia. —

Adult. Entire upper surface and flanks, shining grass-green. Chin, line under
the eye, ear coverts, and centre of the abdomen purplish dark blue. Breast lumi-
nous green, each feather with a dark central green streak, giving this part the
appearance of being scaly. Under tail coverts dark green margined with buff.
Wings purplish-brown. Median rectrices bronze-green ; lateral ones bluish-green,
and all possessing a subterminal chalybeate bar. Bill black; feet brownish-black.
Total length, 42-5} in. Wing, 22-31 in. Tail, 21-21 in. Bill on culmen, # in.

In immature birds the chin is blue, and the feathers of the throat are black,
margined with buff and with a few metallic green feathers interspersed. The green
feathers of the upper surface and flanks are also margined with grayish-buff. In
other respects they resemble the adult. Occasionally melanitic individuals are
met with. One before me has the upper surface olive-brown. Chin and stripe
under the eye blue-black. Breast luminous olive-green. Tail dark invisible green
with a subterminal black bar.

PETASOPHORA. 51

2. Petasophora thalassina.

Trochilus thalassina, Swatns., Phil. Mag. (1827), p. 441.

Ornismya anars, Less., Colib., p. 104 (1831).—Ip., Suppl. Ois. Mouch., t. 3.

Rhamphodon anais, Less., Troch., p. 148, pl. 56 (1831-2).

Polytmus thalassinus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 26.

Petasophora thalassina, Gouup, P. Z. S. (1847), p. 8.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 227.—Ip., Intr. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 125.—Reicu., Troch. Knum., p. 11 (1855).—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—
Cas. and Het., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 27 (1860)—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., p. 148.—Extior, Ibis
(1876), p. 404.

Colibri thalassinus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 69 (1850).

Praxilla thalassina, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).

Hab. Mexico, Guatemala.

Adult. Resembles closely the P. anais, but besides its smaller size, it may be
distinguished from that species, by lacking the dark blue on the chin, this being
green like the breast. ‘Total length, 4) in. Wing, 23 in. ‘ail, 17 in. Culmen,
34
4 i.

3. Petasophora cyanotis.

Trochilus cyanotus, Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1843), p. 101.—In., Ann. Sci. Phys., Lyons, tom. vi (1843), p. 41.

Polytmus cyanotus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 25.

Ornismya anais, Less., Troch., p. 151, pl. 57 (1831-2).

Petasophora cyanotus, Goutp, P. Z. S. (i847), p. 8.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 228.—Retcu., Troch. Enum.,
p- 11 (1855).

Colibri cyanotis, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 69 (1850).

Prawilla cyanotis, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).

Petasophora cyanotis, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251—Govtn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 125.—
Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. 'Th., iii, p. 26 (1860)—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 150.—
Extior, Ibis (1876), p. 404.

Petasophora cabanidis, Hetne, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 182.

Hab. Costa Rica, Veragua, Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, and Peru.

Adult. Distinguished from thalassina by having no blue upon the abdomen; this
part being green like the back. Like thalassina the chin is green like the breast.
Total length, 42 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail 22 in. Culmen, # in.

4. Petasophora corruscans.'

Trochilus (Petasophora) coruscans, Goutn, P. Z. S. (1846), p. 44.

Polytmus corruscans, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 29.

Petasophora coruscans, Goutp, P. Z. S. (1847), p, 9.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 226.—Ip., Intr. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 125.—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zodl. (1854), p. 251.—Euutor, Ibis (1876), p. 405.

Colibri coruscans, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 69 (1850).

Praxilla coruscans, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).

‘I give a description of the specimen mentioned by me in the Ibis, 1876, p. 405. Upper and
under surface shining grass-green, with a faint tinge of blue in the centre of the abdomen. Line
under the eye and ear coverts deep blue. Chin greenish-blue. Throat metallic pink. Under tail
coverts bright buff. Wings purplish-brown. Tail light bronze-green, with a subterminal blackish-
brown bar. Bill and feet black. Total length, 44 in. Wing, 223 in. Tail 2 in. Culmen, ? in.

Should this prove eventually to represent a distinct species, I would propose the name of Petaso-
phora rubrigularis.

52 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Hab. Columbiat?.

Adult. Resembles the P. anais, but has the feathers of the throat shining green
_ tipped with metallic-red, and the breast and centre of abdomen blue. In other
respects like anais. Total length, 43 in. Wing, 3 in. Tail, 24 in. Culmen,
13 in. The type and one specimen in my collection are all that are known of
this form,

5. Petasophora serrirostris.

Trochilus serrirostris, Virtuu., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. (1817), vol. 7, p. 359.

Colibri crispus, Srrx., Ay. Bras. (1824), vol. i, p. 80, t. 81, fig. 1.

Grypus vieillott, Sreru., Gen. Zool., xiv, p. 256.

Trochilus petasophorus, Pr. Max., Reis. Bras., tom. ii, p. 191.—Ib., Beitr., tom. iv, p. 76.—Tscuup., Faun.
Per., pp. 246-8 (1844).

Ornismya petasophora, Lxss., Ois. Mouch., p. 37, pl. 1 (1829).—D’Ors. and Larrgs., Syu. Av., ii, p. 28, sp.
12 (1838).

Polytmus serrirostris, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 24.

Petasophora gouldz, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 69 (1850).

Petasophora serrirostris, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 69 (1850).—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.
—Gouxp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 223.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 124.—Retcn., Aufz. der Colib.,
p- 13.—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 11.—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 25—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. ii, p. 153.—Eu1or, Ibis (1876), p. 406.

Petasophora chalcotis, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).

Petasophora crispa, Burm., Th. Bras., tom. ii, p. 335 (1856).

Hab. Brazil, Bolivia (D’Orbigny).
This species has the ear coverts metallic-violet; and can be distinguished from
all of the other members of this genus, by its under tail coverts which are pure

white. ‘Total length, 44 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 2} in. Culmen, 42 in.

6. Petasophora delphine.

Ornismya delphine, Lxss., Rey. Zool. (1839), p. 44.—In., Ill. Zool. (1832), pl. 64.

Polytmus delphine, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 30.

Colibri delphine, Boy., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 69 (1850).

Telesvella delphine, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1865).

Petasophora delphine, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Rercn., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).—
Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 229.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 125 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat.
Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 157.—E.n1or, Ibis (1876), p. 406.

Telesclla delphine, Caz. and Hern., Mus. Hein. 'Th., iii, p. 27 (1860).

Hab. Central America, Trinidad, Guiana, Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, and
Peru.

Adult. Upper surface dark olive-brown;, feathers of the rump and upper tail
coverts margined with rufous. Ear coverts purplish-blue. Throat bronzy-green
terminating in blue. Under parts light smoke-brown. Under tail coverts rufous
with dark centres. Wings purplish-brown. ‘Tail pale bronze-brown, with a sub-
terminal dark brown band. Bill and feet black. Total length, 4} in. Wing, 3 in.
Tail, 1Z in. Culmen, & in.

Young has the throat white with a central spot of metallic-green, and the under
parts generally, brownish-white, darkest in the centre of chest and abdomen.

PANOPLITES. 53

Following PreTaAsopHora come the members of Panopiites. These, although
possessing the same form, differ entirely from each other in plumage. Exhibiting
| brilliant metallic colors, they yet agree only in having their upper parts green;
while the under surface is clothed in strongly contrasted colors of diverse hues.

Two generic names were proposed for the following three species: viz., Bois-
sonneaua, Reich., and Panoplites, Gould, almost simultaneously, though the dates
given would make the one first named have priority of about one year. Reichen-
bach’s genus was never defined, and has not been employed by ornithologists except
in a few instances. Mr. Gould did not give a definition of his genus until the
Introduction to his Monograph of the Trochilide was published in 1861. It had,
however, been generally accepted for the species he originally intended should be
contained in it, and since it has been regularly defined by its author, while the
other never has, I have employed the term of PAnoptirzs, in place of Boissonneau.
The three known species being essentially generically the same, the other terms
proposed by M. Mulsant do not require any consideration.

Genus X XIT.—PANOPLITES.

Tyrer.
Botssonneaua, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853). T. flavescens, Lodd.
Panoplites, Goutp, Mon. Troch., pt. viii (1854) (desc. null.).—Ip., Intr. Mon. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 79 (1861) (desc.). T. jardini, Boure.
Alosia, Mutsant., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 17. T. matthewsz, Boure.
Galenia, Mots. and Verr., Class. 'Troch. (1865), p. 47. T. jardint, Boure.
Callidice, Mors. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 65. T. flavescens, Lodd.

Ch. Bill stout, straight, longer than

the head. Wings long, pointed. ‘Tail
square, when spread, feathers broad.
Tarsi clothed. Hind toe as long as the
middle one. Sexes similar in plumage.

Range. Columbia and Ecuador
Three species are known.

Panoplites favescens. . Antioquia, Columbia. Salmon.

Key to the species.
A. Upper parts metallic-green.
a. Abdomen metallic blue. Lateral rectrices white, margined with purple. 1. P. jardin.
b. Under surface metallic golden-green. Lateral rectrices buff margined
with bronzy-green. 2. P. flavescens.
c. Under surface deep chestnut-red. 3. P. matthews.

1. Panoplites jardini.

Trochilus jardint, Bourc., Compt. Rend. (1851), t. xxii, p. 187.

Florisuga jardin, Retcn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 12.—Bon., Rev. and Mag.
Zool. (1854), p. 253.

Panoplites jardini, Gout, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 110.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 80.—Muzs., Hist. Nat.
Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 233.—Cas. and Hein., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 74 (note 3).

54 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Hab, Ecuador.

Adult. Crown shining violet-blue. Rest of head, nape, sides of the neck, black.
Upper parts brilliant metallic bluish-green. Wing coverts shining golden-green.
Throat, breast, and abdomen shining violet-blue, flanks glittering green. Under
tail coverts blackish, tipped with white; upper coverts dark purple. Median
rectrices bronzy-purple; lateral ones white margined and tipped with purplish-
black. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black. Total length, 43 in. Wing, 3 in.
Tail, 2 in. Culmen, ? in.

2. Panoplites flavescens.

4

Trochilus flavescens, Lopp., Proc. Committ. Corresp. Zool. Soc. (1832), p. 7.

Ornismya paradisea, Borss., Rey. Zool. (1840), p. 6.

Mellisuga flavescens, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 26.

Amazilia flavescens, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 78 (1850).

Boissonneaua flavescens, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 8, pl. 787, figs. 4830-31.—Ip., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11.

Clytolema flavescens, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.

Panoplites flavescens, Gout, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 111.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 80.—Cas. and Hrin.,
Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 74 (1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 335.

Hab. Columbia and Ecuador.

Adult. Crown of head and throat brilliant golden-green. Entire plumage of
upper and under surface shining dark green. Thighs white. Under tail coverts
pale green margined with buff. Wings purplish-brown, their under coverts rufous.
Central tail feathers greenish-bronze, lateral ones light buff, margined and tipped
with bronze-green. Bill black. Total length, 44. Wing, 2% in. Tail, 23 in.
Culmen, 2 in.

3. Panoplites matthewsi.

Trochilus matthewsz, Bourc., P. Z. 8. (1847), p. 43.

Mellisuga matthewsi, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 27.

Heliodoxa matthews, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).

Clytolema matthews7z, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.

Boissonneaua matthewsz, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 8, pl. 788, figs. 4832-33 (1855).

Panoplites matthews?, Gounp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 112.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 80.—Cas. and
Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 74 (note 2) (1860).

Clytoleema (Alosia) matthews?, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. ii, p. 230.

Hab. Western Ecuador, Peru.

Adult. Head, throat, and upper parts shining golden-green, darkest on the back.
Under surface deep chestnut-red. Thighs and under tail coverts rich buff. Wings
purplish-brown ; their coverts shining grass-green. Central rectrices greenish-
bronze, remainder cinnamon tipped with greenish-bronze. Bill black. Total
length, 42 in. Wing, 27 in. Tail, 1Z in. Culmen, 2 in.

An immature individual in my collection, obtained by Whitely at Huasaupilla,
Peru, at an elevation of 9000 feet, had the upper surface dull green, and the under
surface dark reddish-brown spangled with green. The central rectrices are reddish-

bronze, and the rest reddish-buff, margined and tipped with reddish-bronze.

PHHOLAMA. 55
Genus X XIIT.—PHHOLZEMA,
Typr.
Phatolaima, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 9. T. rubtnovdes, Boure.

Fig. 23.

Ch. Bill longer than the head, stout, slightly
curved ; nostrils covered by frontal plumes; wings
long, narrow, and pointed ; tail rather short, slightly
forked. ‘Tarsi partly covered, feet moderate. Sexes
alike in plumage.

Range. Columbia and Ecuador,

‘Two species are known.
Phévolamu rubinoides, dud. Bogota, Gould.
Key to the species.

A. Under surface dark buff, glossed with metallic-green.

a. Centre of crown metallic grass-green. 1. T. rubinoides.
b. Entire crown shining grass-green. 2. T. xquatorialis.

1. Phzolzma rubinoides.

Trochailus rubinovdes, Bourc. and Murs., Ann. Soc. d’Agr., Lyon (1846), p. 322.

Mellisuga rubinoides, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112.

Heliomaster rubinordes, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., p. 70 (1850).

Pharvolaima rubinordes, Rricu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., pl. 743, figs. 4704-5 (1855).

Clytolema rubsnotdes, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.

Heliodoxa rubinordes, Reicnens., Troch. Enum., p. 6, pl. 743, figs. 4704-5 (1855).

Pheeolema granadensis, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 30 (note) (1860).

Pheeolema rubimordes, Gouv, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 268.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 142.—Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 221.

Hab, Columbia.

Male. Head dark grass-green, with the front and a line in the centre of the
crown brilliant metallic-green. Upper parts dark green. Chin and sides of neck
shining green. Centre of throat metallic-purple. Breast dark buff. Under parts
dark buff glossed with green. Upper tail coverts coppery-red ; under tail coverts
olive-green margined with buff. ‘Tail bronzy olive-green, Wings purple. Total
length, 44 in. Wing, 22? in. ‘Tail, 2in. Culmen, 2? in.

Female like the male, without metallic throat spot.

2. Phzeolzma zquatorialis.

Pheolema cequatorialis, Goutp, Mon. Troch. (1860), vol. iv, pl. 264.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 143.—
Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 31 (note) (1860).
Pheolema rubinoides, Scuar., P. Z. S. (1859), p. 145.
Pheolema equatorialis, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 223.
Hab, Ecuador.
Male. Precisely like the P. rubinoides, though slightly larger in size, and the
entire top of the head is a rather dull dark green without the metallic lustre which

56 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.
is visible on the centre of the crown in the allied species. Total length, 42 an

Wing, 22 in. Tail, 2in. Culmen, { in.
The female differs only in not having the metallic throat mark.

Genus XXIV.—CLYTOLAMA.,

Type.
Clytolcema, Govxn, Intr. Mon. Troch., octavo ed., p. 134, and Mon., pt. vi (1853). T. rubinea, Gmel.
Polyplancta, Hery., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 182. T. aurescens, Gould.
Heliodoxa, Retcn. (nec Govip, 1849), Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853). T. rubineus. Gmel.

Fig. 24.

Ch. Bill stout, straight, longer than the head;

nostrils covered by frontal plumes. Wings long,

pointed. ‘Tail forked. arsi partly clothed. Hind
toe and nail shorter than fore toe and nail. Sexes
dissimilar.

Range. Brazil, Ecuador, and Peru.
But two species belonging to this genus are

.

known,
Clytoléma rubinea. 3 . 24695. Brazil.
Key to the species.
A. Throat metallie-red, breast metallic-green. 1. C. rubinea.
B. Chin black, throat metallic-green, upper part of breast dark rufous. 2. C. aurescens.

The style of coloration in these two species is very different, and by some has
been deemed of sufficient importance to place them in separate genera. In their
structural characters, so far as known, they agree, and for the present at all events
it is far better to leave them in the present genus. They are closely related to
PumoLaMaA and lead on to JoLaMA.

1. Clytolema rubinea.

Trochilus rubineus, Gueu., Syst. Nat., vol. i, p. 493 (1788)—Lara., Ind. Orn., vol. i, p. 312 (1790).

Trochilus obscurus, GMEL., Syst. Nat. (1788), p. 495, sp. 50, juv.—Larn., Ind. Orn., vol. i, p. 314, sp. 44.

Trochilus ruficaudatus, Virm.., Nouv. Dict., vol. xxiii, p- 422.

Ornismya rubinea, Lxss., Ois. Mouch., p. 146, pls. 44, 45, 46 (1829).

Mellisuga rubinea, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 22.

Heliomaster rubineus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay, p. 70 (1850).

Heliodoxa rubinea, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p- 9 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 6, t. 744, figs. 4706-9 (1855).

Calothorax rubineus, Burm., Th. Bras., vol. ii, p. 340 (1856).

Clytolema rubinea, Gounp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 249.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octayo ed., p. 134.—Bon., Rev.
and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.—Cas. and Hzry., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 30—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. ii, p. 227.

Hab, Brazil.

Male. Forehead metallic grass-green, terminating in a point on the crown.
Rest of crown and nape bronze-green. Remaining upper surface golden-rufous.
Throat metallic-red; breast metallic light green; abdomen and flanks dull green.

IOLEMA. 57

. Under tail coverts green edged with rufous. Wings purplish-brown; base of inner
webs of secondaries rufous. ‘Tail golden-brown, tipped with bronze-green. Bill
black. Total length, 42 in. Wing, 3 in. ‘Tail, 2} in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Upper surface grass-green. Under parts rufous. Median rectrices
bronze-green, next three deep rufous tipped with bronze, and the outermost pale

rufous.

2. Clytolema aurescens.

Trochilus (Lampornis) aurescens, Gouin, P. Z. S. (1846), p. 88.

Polytmus aurescens, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 23.

Lampornis aurescens, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 72 (1850).

Margarochrysis aurescens, Reicu , Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 8 (1855).

Campylopterus aurescens, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.

Clytolema aurescens, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iy, pl. 250.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 134.—Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 225.

Hab, Ecuador and Peru.

Male. Forehead deep shining blue. All the upper surface and abdomen dark
green. Chin black. Throat metallic grass-green. A broad band of deep rufous
across the breast. Under and upper tail coverts grass-green. Median rectrices
bronze-green; lateral ones chestnut-red tipped with bronze-green. Wings dark
purple. Bill black. Total length, 43 in. Wing, 2} in. Tail,1} in. Culmen, ? in.

Female. Unknown.

Genus XX V.—IOL/EMA.

Tyre.
Tonolaima, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 9. T. schreibersiz, Boure.
Ionolema, Govutp, Mon. Troch., pt. xiii (1857). T. schreibersiz, Boure.
Tolema, Govtp, Iutr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 73. I. frontalis, Lawr.

Jolama frontalis. d . Rio Napo. Verreaux,

Ch. Bill stout, longer than the head, straight; nostrils hidden by frontal
feathers; wings long, reaching two-thirds the length of tail. ‘Tail long and deeply
forked. Tarsi clothed; feet small, hind toe shorter than middle toe. Sexes
unlike in plumage.

Range. Ecuador, Peru.
8 August, 1878.

58 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

I think there are four species belonging to this genus, of which two have been,
placed together by authors, and one considered the immature dress of the other.
They are all large fine birds, distinguished by their luminous throat marks, and
generally shining plumage.

Key to the species.

A. No luminous spot on forehead.

a. Centre of throat brilliant metallic-topaz, or flame-color. 1. I. luminosa.
b. Centre of throat metallic violet-purple; buff stripe from gape to
beneath the eye. 2. I. schreibersii.
B. Metallic luminous spot on forehead.
a. Breast black. g 3. I. frontalis.
b. Breast green. 4. I. whitelyana.

1. *Ioleema luminosa.

Toleema luminosa, Euutor, Ibis (1878), p. 188.

Hab. Unknown.

Top of head and nape dull dark green; chin and sides of the throat black;
centre of throat most brilliant topaz, changing, according to the light, into a flame-
color or a brilliant emerald-green; back bronzy-green, graduating into a rich
purplish-red upon the upper tail coverts; breast, flanks, and abdomen brilliant
metallic coppery-red; wings dark purple; tail has the median rectrices bronze ;
lateral ones dark purple, tinged with green upon the outer webs; under tail coverts
reddish-bronze, margined with white; bill black; feet brownish-black. ‘Total length,
44 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 2 in. Bill, culmen, 13 in., at gape 1 in.

The type of this species, the most beautiful of the genus, is unique, and in Mr,
Gould’s collection.

2. Iolzma schreibersi.

Trochilus schrevbersv, Bourc., P. Z. S. (1845), p. 43.

Thalurania schrevbersit, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 27 (1650).—Petz., Orn. Bras., p. 31.
Calothorax schreibersii, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. —.

Campylopterus schrecbersiz, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.

Heliodoxa (Ionolaima) schreiberst?, Reicuens., Troch. Enum. p.-6, pl. 745, fig. 4710-11 (1855).
Tonolaima schrerberse?, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 93.—Rercn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).

Tolema schreibersez, Gouin, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 73.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 138.

Hab. Ecuador, Rio Napo.

Male, This differs from the £ frontalis, by having the entire upper part of the
head shining grass-green, without any metallic spot on the forehead. Throat and
breast as in frontalis, but beneath, this is more or less glossed with green upon the
abdomen, leaving only the centre black. <A buff stripe goes from the gape to
beneath the eye.

Female. Upper parts bronze-green. Median rectrices bronze, rest steel-blue, two
outermost ones tipped with gray. Under surface gray, each feather tipped with
green. ‘The dimensions of the two species are the same.

I have kept these apart as I cannot satisfy myself that this bird is only an imma-
ture stage of plumage of the Z frontalis.

STERNOCLYTA. 59

3. Iolzma frontalis.

Tonolaima frontalis, Lawr., Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., N. Y., vol. vi, p. 263.—Govuxp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 92.
Tolema frontalis, Gourn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 73 (1861).

Hab. Ecuador, between the head waters of the Napo and Quito (Moore).

' Male. Front has a brilliant metallic spot of grass-green. Rest of the top of the
head and back dark grass-green. Chin and upper part of throat black; rest of
throat metallic violet-purple, beneath which is a band of bright metallic-green.
Rest of under parts black, flanks dark grass-green. Under tail coverts steel-blue.
Upper tail coverts grass-green, lighter than the back. ‘Tail dark brown, when the
feathers are separated, with steel-blue reflections. Bill black. Total length, 54 in.
Wing, 3 in. Tail, 22 in. Culmen, @ in.

The female I have not seen, but she is probably very similar to that of J
schreibersi.

3. *Iolema whitelyana.
Toiema whitelyana, Goutp, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser. (1872), p. 4—Wuurety, P. Z. S. (1873), p. 188.
—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 141.

Hab. Peru, Cosnipata, Province of Cusco.

Male, “Crown, all the upper surface and flanks deep grass-green; an obscure
glittering mark on the forehead; chin, chest, and centre of the abdomen jet-black
with a broad gorget of beautiful violet on the throat, the bill, which is stout and
straight is black, as are also the legs and toes; the tail and under tail coverts steel-
black; primaries and secondaries Beer broyns the external edge of the outer
primary reddish-brown. ‘Total length, 5; in. Bill, 1J in. Wing 3in. Tail, 2+
in.” (Gould, 1. ¢.)

Genus XX VI.—STERNOCLYTA.
TyPr.
Sternoclyta, Goup, Mon. Troch., pt. xvi (1858).—Ip., Intr. Troch. octavo ed., p.57. 7. cyanetpectus, Gould.

Fig. 26.

Ch. Bill long, stout, curved, longer
than the head. ‘Tail large, slightly
forked, when open (not rounded as
stated by Gould). Wings very long,
pointed. Tarsi partly clothed. Feet
moderate. Sexes unlike, Size large.

Range. Venezuela.

Sternuclyta cyaneipectus. ¢', Venezuela. Verreaux,

60 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

1. Sternoclyta cyaneipectus,

Trochilus (Lampornis) cyanopectus, Goutp, P. Z. 8. (1846), p. 88.

Polytmus cyanopectus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 22.

Lampornis cyanopectus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 72 (1850).

Sepiopterus cyanipectus, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 9 (1855).

Campylopterus cyanipectus, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.

Sternoclyta cyanetpectus, Gouip, Mon. Troch., yol. ii, pl. 58.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 57.—Cas. and
Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 13 (note).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 178.

Hab. Venezuela.

Male. Upper parts and flanks dark grass-green. Wings purplish-brown, base of
innermost primaries and secondaries rust-red. Throat brilliant green; breast
metallic dark blue. ‘Tail bronzy-brown; outermost feathers slightly tipped with
white. Under tail coverts green margined with grayish-white. Maxilla black,
mandible blackish-brown. ‘Total length, 5} in. Wing, 22in. ‘Tail, 12? in. Cul-
men, 14 in,

Female. Upper parts like the male; under parts gray, feathers tipped with green.

Genus XX VII.—EUGENES.

TYPE.
Eugenes, Govrp, Mon. Troch., pt. xii (1856).—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 57 (desc).

(1861). T. fulgens, Swains.

. Fig. 27.

Ch. “Bill longer than the head, straight.
Wings long and pointed; tail moderate and
very slightly forked; tarsi clothed; feet rather
small; hind toe about equal in length to the

middle one.” (Gould, loc. cit.)

Range. ‘Texas, Mexico, Central America to
and including Costa Rica,
Two ‘species are known,

Eugenes fulgens. d. Oaxaca, Boucard.

Key to the species.

A. Breast black, lateral rectrices bronzy-green. 1. Z. fulgens.
B. Breast dark green, lateral rectrices dark bronzy-brown. 2. H. spectabilis.

1. Eugenes fulgens.

Trochalus fulgens, Swatn., Phil. Mag. (1827), p. 441.

Ornismya rivoli, Lxss., Ois. Mouch., p. 48, pl. 4 (1829).

Mellisuga fulgens, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 2.

Delattria fulgens, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., p. 70 (1850).

Celigena fulgens, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853)—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 3, t. 686, fig. 4513-14.—Bon.,
Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252 (1855).

UROCHROA. 61

Eugenes fulgens, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 59.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p- 58.—Cas. and Hetn.,
Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 20 (1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 212.

Hub, Texas, Mexico, and Guatemala.

Male. Top of head and occiput metallic violet-blue. Upper and under parts
shining bronze-green, back and breast black in most lights. Median rectrices
bronze-green ; remainder bronzy-brown, edged with white. Under tail coverts
greenish-gray, fringed with grayish-white. Throat brilliant grass-green. Bill
black. ‘otal length, 4% in. Wing, 23 in. ‘ail, 12 in. Culmen, 1 in.

Female. Top of head brown. Upper surface light green. Under surface grayish-
brown, feathers tipped with green. Median rectrices dark green; lateral ones
green at base, with a subterminal blackish-brown bar, and tips white. A small
white spot behind the eye. Bill black.

2. Eugenes spectabilis.
Heliomaster spectabilis, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist. (1867), vol. 8, p. 472, juv.
Eugenes spectabilis, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., yol. ii, p. 215, pl. —.

Hab, Costa Rica,

Male. Forehead dull green. Top of head and occiput brilliant dark violet.
Upper parts dark grass-green, back appearing black in certain lights. Wings
purple. Throat metallic dark green, bluish in some lights. Under parts dark
grass-green, breast never appearing black in any light. Under tail coverts green
tipped with buff. Median rectrices dark bronze-green, remainder bronze-green
graduating into blackish-brown, and edged with white on the tips. Bill black.
Total length, 52 in. Wing, 3 in. Tail, 1Z in. Bill, 14 in.

Young, or possibly a female. Crown dull brown. Entire under parts dull grayish-
brown with an ochreous tinge. Flanks dull green, with white pleural spot. Lateral
rectrices green at base, a subterminal black bar and tips grayish-white.

Genus XX VIII.—UROCHROA.

TYPE.
Urochroa, Gourp, Mon. Troch., pt. xii (1856).—Ib., lntr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 56. T. bougueri, Bouer.

Fig. 28.
Ch. Bill much longer
than the head, straight.
Wings reaching nearly
to the end of the
rectrices. Tail square,
feathers pointed at tip;
tarsi partly clothed;
hind toe as long as the
middle toe.

Range. Ecuador.

Urochroa bouguert. Ecuador. Bourcier,

62 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

1. Urochroa bougueri.

Trochilus bouguert, Bovrc., Compt. Rend., t. 32, p. 186, juv. (1851).

Celigena bouguert, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 3 (1855).—Bon., Rey. and
Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Urochroa bouguert, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 57, juv.—tI»., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 56 (1861).—Muts.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. i, p. 192, pl. ad.

Urochroa leucura, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist., vol. 8 (1864), p. 43, ad.

Hab. Ecuador,

Adult. Upper parts grass-green, changing to bronze on the rump and upper tail
coverts. Wings purple. ‘Throat and breast metallic dark blue, Flanks shining
green, Rest of under surface dark olive-brown. Under tail coverts green edged
with white. Median rectrices dark green, remainder white, margined with blackish-
brown. Bill black. Total length, 55 in. Wing, 2Zin. Tail 2in. Culmen, 1} in,

Young differ in having a conspicuous reddish-buff stripe from gape to beneath
the eye. Upper parts bronzy-green, and outermost rectrices blackish-brown. Blue
of the throat less brilliant. Description from type specimen in my collection.

The female is not known,

Genus X XITX.—EUGENTIA.
Tyre.

Eugenia, Gounp, P. Z.S. (1855), p. 192. E. imperatrix, Gould.

Ch. Bill long, straight, stout. Fig. 29.
Nostrils covered with feathers.
Wings long and pointed. ‘Tail aS
lengthened, much forked; feathers
narrow, stiff. Tarsi feathered nearly
to the toe. Sexes dissimilar.

Range. Ecuador.
But one species is known of this

genus.

Eugenia imperatriz. d . Ansa. Ecuador. Gould.

1. Eugenia imperatriz.

Eugenia imperatrix, Gourp, P. Z. 8. (1855), p. 192.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 234.—In., Intr. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 130 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 198.

Hab. Ecuador.

Male. Forehead and chin brilliant metallic-green. Crown and upper parts deep
grass-green, very brilliant when viewed from behind. On the centre of throat a _
spot of metallic-violet. Breast very dark green. Abdomen and under tail coverts
luminous greenish-yellow. Wings purple-brown. Tail sfeathers blackish-brown.
Thighs brown. Bill black; feet black. Total length, 6 in. Wing, 3 in. Tail,
34 in. Culmen (uncovered), 1 in.

LAMPRASTER. 63
Female. Upper parts grass-green; under parts grayish-white spangled with

green. Median rectrices olive, lateral ones dark brown. Under tail coverts grass-
age ats. eS, eo ae =e
green. Tarsiwhite. Totallength,55in. Wing, 2Zin. Tail, 22in. Culmen, Z in.

Genus XX X.—LAMPRASTER.

Tyrer.
Lampraster, Taczanowskl, P. Z. 8. (1874), p. 140. L. branicke.

Fig. 30.

Ch. Bill longer than the head, straight. Tail
as long as the body, greatly forked. Under tail
coverts exceed half the length of the rectrices.
Tarsi covered with feathers to the toes,

Range. Peru.
But one species is known.

Lampraster branicki. 3. (From P. Z. S. 1874.)

1. *Lampraster branicki.

Lampraster branicki, Taczanow., P. Z. 8. (1874), p. 140, pl. 21, fig. 1—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom.
ii, p. 200.

Hab, Peru.

Male. Centre of the crown occupied by a line of brilliant green, which commences
at the base of maxilla, and changes to blue in the centre of the head. Upper parts
shining grass-green. Throat metallic-rose, changing to violet in certain lights.
Chin brilliant green. Breast shining green; lower part of abdomen, under tail
coverts, and tarsi pure white. Greater wing coverts grass-green; secondaries
rufous at base, blackish-brown on the remaining part. Median rectrices grass-
green, lateral ones black, glossed with violet. Maxilla black; mandible flesh-
color, Dimensions as given by M. Taczanowski. Total length, 105 mill. Wing,
68. Tail, 40. Bill at gape, 26.

Female is unknown. ‘The type is unique, and is contained in the Museum at
Warsaw,

Genus XX XI.—HELIODOXA.

Tyre.
Heliodoza, Goutp, P. Z. S. (1849), p. 95. H. jacula, Gould.
Leadbeatera, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay. (1850), p. 70. T. leadbeater?, Boure.
Aspasta, Hein., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 179. T. leadbeaterz, Boure.

Hypolia, Muts., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 17. T. leadbeaterz, Boure.

64 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Ch. Bill about as long as head, stout, Fig. 31.
straight, pointed at tip; feathers of the forehead
projecting on to the bill, covering the nostrils ;
wings long, narrow, aid pointed; tail rather
long, forked; tarsi clothed to the base of the

toes. Sexes dissimilar in plumage.

Range. Costa Rica, Veragua, Venezuela,
Columbia, Ecuador, and Peru.

I recognize but three species belonging to | Heliodoxa jacula, di ad. Veragua.

this genus.
Key to the species.

A. Under surface shining metallic-green.
a. Spot of metallic-blue on the throat.

a’. Entire crown metallic grass-green. 1. H. jacula.
b’. Centre of crown metallic grass-green, bordered with black. 2. H. jamesont.
b. Throat and breast metallic-green, no spot on the throat. 3. H. leadbeateri.

This genus, generally supposed to consist of five species, but which I have
reduced to three, comprises birds of rather large size, possessing a plumage of
extremely luminous colors, confined, as is usually the case, chiefly to the males.
The plumage of the sexes is very different, and the species are distinguished by
the presence or absence of a luminous spot on the throat, and by the various shades
of green which compose the hues of their dress. ‘They terminate the section of
the Family to which they belong.

1. Heliodoxa jacula.

Heliodoxa jacula, Gounp, P. Z. S. (1849), p. 96.—In., Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 94.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed.,
p- 74.—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., ili, p. 22 (note 4) (1860)—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom
ii, p. 202.

erates jacula, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 70 (1850).—Retcon., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Bon., Rev.
and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.

Celigena jacula, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 688, fig. 4522 (1855).

Hab. Costa Rica, Veragua, and Columbia.

Male. Crown of the head and under parts brilliant metallic-green. In the centre
of the throat a spot of metallic purplish-blue. Back shining grass-green. Wings
purplish-brown. Upper tail coverts bronzy-green. Under tail coverts dark brown
with green reflections. Tail blue-black. Bill black. Total length, 54 in. Wing,
2Zin. Tail, 22 in. Culmen, 2 in

Female. Upper parts dark grass-green. Under parts white with the tips of all
the feathers metallic-green, giving to this part of the plumage a spotted appearance.
Tail bluish-black, lateral feathers tipped with white.

Some specimens have a line beneath the eye and the lores reddish-buff.

HELIODOXA. 65

2. Heliodoxa jamesoni.

Trochalus jameson2, Bourc., Compt. Rend., t. xxxii, p. 187 (1851).—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1851), p. 97.

Ceeligena (Leadbeatera) jamesoni, Rercn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 4.

Leadbeatera jamesont, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.

Heliodoxa jamesonz, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 95.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 74——Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 204—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 22 (note 5).

Hab. Ecuador.

This species is almost precisely like the HZ. jacula, but has only the front and a
narrow line on the crown metallic-green; the rest of the crown on the sides appear-
ing greenish-black. Itis rather larger than the bird named, and has the bill slightly
longer. Total length, 42 in. Wing, 3 in. Tail, 24 in. Culmen, 1 in.

The females of the two species resemble each other so closely that I can give no
characters by which they may be distinguished.

3. Heliodoxa leadbeateri.

Trochilus leadbeatert, Bourc., Rev. Zool. (1843), p. 102.

Trochilus otero, Tscuup., Weigm. Archiv. (1843), p. 390.—Ip., Faun. Peruan., p. 249, t. xxiii, fig. 2 (1845-46).

Leadbeatera grata, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., p. 70 (1850).—Ib., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.—Goutp.
Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 75 (1861).

Leadbeatera otero, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.—Gourp,
Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 74.

Leadbeatera sagitta, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).

Celigena sagitta, Rercn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 23 (185 3).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 689, fig. 4525, and t. 690,
figs. 4527-28.

Ceeligena otero, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 3, t. 689, figs. 4523-24 (1855).

Heliodoxa leadbeater?, Goutp., Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 97.—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 22 (1860).
—Ex1107, Ibis (1876), p. 7

Heliodoxa otero, Gouip, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 96.—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 22 (note 3) (1860).

Heliodowa sagitta, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 22 (1860).

Leadbeatera splendens, Gourp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 74 (1861).

Aspasta leadbeater?, Her., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 179.

Aspasta splendens, Hetne., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 180.

Aspasta otero, Hrin., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 180.

Hypolia leadbeater?, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. ii, p. 207.

Hypolia otero, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. ii, p. 209.

Hypolia splendens, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. ii, p. 211 (1876).

Hab. Venezuela, Columbia, Peru, and Bolivia.

Male. Crown of the head metallic-blue or bluish-green. Nape coppery red; black
when viewed from the front. Upper parts, abdomen, and flanks dark shining grass-
green. Throat and breast extremely brilliant metallic-green. Under tail coverts
dark olive margined with buffy-white. Upper tail coverts bronze. Median rectrices
bronze, lateral ones black. Bill black. ‘Total length, 53 in. Wing, 2g in. Tail,
22 in. Culmen, # to 1 in.

Female has the upper parts grass-green, reddish on the nape. Under surface
white spangled with green, like the female of H. jacula. Lower part of abdomen
buff. Central rectrices bronze, lateral ones black tipped with white; under tail
coverts pale olive-green, margined with buffy-white.

I have shown in the Ibis (1876, p. 7) how impossible it is to separate this species
9 August, 1878.

66 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

into three as has been attempted by previous writers, both the geographical distri-
bution and the plumage of the specimens proving very conclusively that there is
only one species.

Genus XX XII.—PTEROPHANES.

Tyr.
Pterophanes, Govt, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 105; 1p., Mon. Troch., pt. 1 (1850). O. temmznckz7, Boss.
Lepidorva, Mots. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 61. O. temminckii, Boss.

Pterophanes temminckit. $. Yungas, Bolivia, Buckley.
(Ridge of Cilluhugaza, alt, 12,000 /1,)

Ch. Bill cylindrical, longer than the head, slightly curved upward at the point.
Wings very large, faleate. Tail ample, forked. Tarsi clothed. Hind toe shorter
than middle one. Sexes unlike.

Range. Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia.

The present genus contains but a single species, remarkable chiefly for its large
size, being exceeded in this respect, by only one other in the Family. Although
differing greatly from all the other genera, it still has its closest affinity to those
species with stout, straight bills, and naturally finds its place here; although we
must wait farther discoveries to enable us to supply the species needed to render
its connection with the surrounding genera more elose and complete.

1. Pterophanes temminckii.

Ornismya temminckiz, Borss., Rey. Zool. (1839), p. 354.—Ip., Mag. Zool. (1840), Ois., pl. 14.

Trochilus cyanopterus, “ Lovp.,” Fras., P. Z. S. (1840), pele

Mellisuga temminckii, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 10.

Pterophanes temminckiz, Gounp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 178.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 105—Bon.,
Consp. Gen. Ay. (1850), vol. i, p. 70.—Ib., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.—Rercu., Aufz. der Colib.,
p- 14.—In., Troch. Enum., p. 11—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 80.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. ii, p. 290.

Lepidoria temminckii, Murs. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 61.

Hab, Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia.
Male. Plumage of the body dark grass-green, black on the back in some lights.
Wings deep shining blue, feathers tipped with black, ‘Tail shining olive-green.

PATAGONA. 67

Bill black, feet flesh-color. Total length, 64 in. Wing, 4} in. Tail, 32 in. Cul-
men, 1} in.

Female. Top of head dark brown, white spot behind the eye. Upper parts
bronzy-green, darkest on the rump. Greater wing coverts blue, primaries and
secondaries purple-brown. ‘Throat, breast, and abdomen rufous. Under tail
coverts dark green. Four central tail feathers bronzy-green, rest black with green
reflections, and white tips, the external feathers having the outer webs white. Total
length, 65 in. Wing, 4 in. Tail, 3 in. Culmen, 1} in.

Genus XX XIII.—PATAGONA.
Tyre.
Cynanthus, Less. (nec Swarys., 1827), Tabl. Esp. Ois. Mouch. (1829), p. xii. TT
Patagona, Gray, List of Genera of Birds (1840), p. 18. T. gigas, Vieill.
Hylocharis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114 (1848, nec Born, 1832). T. gigas, Vieill.
Hypermetra, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 80 (1860). fl

. gigas, Vieill.

. gigas, Vieill.

Ch. Size very large. Bill much

longer than the head, straight,
stout. Feathers of the forehead
projecting slightly upon the cul-

men, hiding the nostrils. Wings

very long, reaching nearly to the

end of the tail, pointed. Tail

long, forked. Feet large, stout;
tarsi clothed to the toes. Sexes
alike.

Range. Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, and Chili.

This genus contains the largest species of Humming-birds known, and the remarks

already made upon the genus PrEROPHANES, are equally applicable here. In a
general arrangement of the Family, it evidently belongs somewhere in this neigh-

Patagona gigas. ¢. Tinta, Peru. Whitely,

borhood, but we must wait for future discoveries to show us its exact position.

1. Patagona gigas.

Trochilus gigas, Virru., Gal. Ois., tom. i, p. 296, pl. 180 (1834).

Ornismya ( Cynanthus) tristris, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 43, t. 3 (1829).

Ornismya gigantea, D’Ors. and Larrgs., Syn. Av., p. 26, sp. 1 (1838).

Patagona gigas, Gray, List of Gen. Birds (1840), p. 14.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 75—Ip., Rev. and
Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.—Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).—
Goup, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 232.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 127 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. ii, p. 194—Extror, Ibis (1877), p. 134.

Hylocharis gigas, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114.

Hypermetra gigas, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 80 (1860).

Hab. West coast of South America from Ecuador into Chili.

Adult. Upper surface pale greenish-brown, with a patch of white on the rump.
Wings purplish-brown. Throat and abdomen rusty-red, the feathers of the former
with a blackish-brown spot at the tip. Breast pale brown, feathers edged with
buff. Under tail coverts white. ‘Tail dark brownish-green. Shafts of lateral

68 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.
feathers white except at the tips. External feather grayish-white all but the tip
which is brownish-green, Bill and feet black. Total length, 84 in. Wing, 5? in.

8
Tail, 32 in. Bill, 1,%, in.

Genus XX XIV.—DOCIMASTES.

Type.
Mellisuga, Gray (nec Brisson., 1760), Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112 (1848). O. ensifera, Boiss.
Docimastes, Gouup, Mon. Troch., pt. i (1850).—Ib., Intr. Mon. Troch., octavo ed., p.
129 (1861). O. enszfera, Boiss.
Docimaster, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 74 (1850). O. ensifera, Boiss.

Docimastes ensiferus. 3. Ecuador, Gardener.

Ch. Bill longer than the body and head, and inclining upwards at ths tip.
Feathers projecting on to the culmen and gonys. Nostrils hidden. Bill compressed
laterally for three-fourths of its length, when it becomes slightly flattened, and
graduates rapidly to a point at the tip. Wings long and pointed. Tail forked.
Feet rather small, with the hind toe shorter than the middle toe. Tarsi partly
clothed. Sexes unlike in plumage.

Range. Cotumbia, Ecuador, and Peru.

The single species of this genus is remarkable for the extreme length of the
bill, which exceeds that of the entire bird. The necessity for this extraordinary
development is appreciated when the lengthened tubular flowers are seen, from the
bottom of which the species obtains its food, and which could never be reached by
a short-billed bird. In size it is a rather large species, the breast being the most
luminous portions of the male.

1. Docimastes ensiferus.

Ornismya ensifera, Botss., Rev. Zool. (1839), p. 354.—Ip., Mag. Zool. (1840), Ois., pl. 15.

Trochelus derbyanus, Fras., P. Z. S. (1840), p. 16.

Mellisuga ensifera, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p- 112, sp. 1.

Docimastes ensiferus, Gouip, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 233.—Ip., Mon. Troch., octavo ed., p. 129.—Rercu., Aufz.
der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).—Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 77
(1860).—Morts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 286.

Docimaster ensiferus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 74 (1850).—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.

Docimastes schliephaeket, Heine, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 215.

Hab. Columbia, Ecuador, and Peru.

Male. Head coppery-green; throat black, the feathers edged with buff. Upper
surface bronzy-green. On either side of the neck and upper part of breast a broad
metallic emerald-green band. Flanks bronzy-green. Middle of abdomen pale
brown. Wings purplish-brown. ‘Tail bronze. Behind the eye a spot of white.

DIPHLOGANA. 69

Bill and feet black. Total length, from 7$-82 in. Wing, 31 in. Tail, 23-22 in
Bill on culmen, from 3-4 in.

Female differs in having the throat white, each feather with a dark brown central
streak. Under surface bronzy-green, each feather margined with white; and also
having the metallic-green bands around the throat. Total length, 74-8? ia. Wing,
3in. Tail, 2-2} in. Culmen, 34-4} in.

Some of my specimens of females have the bills longer than any of the males,
even of those from the same localities.

Genus XXX V.—DIPHLOGZEN A.

Type.
Diphlog ena, Govxp, Intr. Mon. Troch., octavo ed., p. 133 (1861), deser. D. tris.

Ch. Bill straight, slender, very long.
Wings very long, pointed. Tail long, deeply
forked. Tarsi partially clothed. Sexes very
dissimilar,

Range. Ecuador, Bolivia.

Two species are known.

a

Diphlogena hesperus. g . Bolivia, Verreaux.

Key to the species.

A. Centre of crown metallic-blue, forehead and sides of crown metallic orange-scarlet.
a. Back chestnut-red We IDS OES:
b. Back green. 2. D. hesperus.

Still continuing with the straight long-billed birds, we come now to some of the
most gorgeously plumaged species in the family. The present genus contains some
that are remarkable for the diverse metallic hues of blue and scarlet observed on
the head. The females are entirely different, having a metallic-green and chestnut
plumage, and for a long time were deemed to represent a different species.

1. *Diphlogzena iris.

Helianthea zvris, Goutp, P. Z. S. (1853), p. 61, pl. fig. 1 $-—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.

Diphlogena tris, Gout, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 247.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 133 (1861 ).—_Muts.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 302.

Helianthea aurora, Gouup, P. Z. S. (1853), p. 61, pl. fig. 2 9.—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.—
Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 80 (note 6) (1860).

Hypochrysia aurora, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9.—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 6 (1855) ?-

Hypochrysia tris, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 6, t. 735, figs. 4685-86 (1855).

Hypochrysia aurora, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9, 2, (1853).

Leadbeatera warszewiczit, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., 9, p. 9—Iv., Troch. Enum., p. 6, t. 690, fig. 4526 (1895).

Celigena warszewiczit, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 23, 9.

Diphlogena aurora, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 248.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., >. 134, 2.

La Diphlogene aurore, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ui, p. 303, 9.

70 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Hab. Bolivia.

Male. Forehead metallic golden-green, changing to metallic orange-scarlet on
the sides of the crown. Centre of crown deep metallic-blue. Occiput and nape
velvety-black. Wing coverts bronzy-brown. Wings purplish-brown. Throat and
breast glittering grass-green, with a small spot of purplish-blue in the centre.
Lower part of back, abdomen, upper and under tail coverts, and tail chestnut-red.
Bill black, Total length, 54 in. Wing, 3,8, in. Tail, 25 in. Culmen, 1, in.

Female. Crown, throat, and breast metallic-green, brightest on the crown, rest
of plumage chestnut-red.

2. Diphlogzena hesperus.

Diphlogena hesperus, Gourp, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1865), p. 129—Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii,
p- 304.

Hab. Ecuador.

Male. Almost precisely like the D. iris, but differs in having the back and
abdomen green. ‘The tail with its coverts are deep chestnut-red, and the throat is
metallic golden-green, with a very small spot of purple in the centre. ‘The dimen-
sions of the two species are the same.

Female. Like that of D. iris.

Genus XXX VI.—HELIANTHEA.

5 Type.
Helianthea, Goutp, P. Z. 8. (1848), p. 11. O. typica, Less.
Phemone, Retcu., Aufz der Colib. (1853), p- 9. O. zsaacsoni, Parzud.
Hypochrysia, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 9. O. bonaparti, Boiss.
Diphlogena, Muts. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 61 (partim).
Saturva, Mours., Catal. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 21. O. zsaacsonz, Parzud.
Calligenia, Mors., Catal. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 20. T. lutetice, Delatt. and Boure.

Ch. Bill very long, straight, cylindrical. Fig. 36.

Wings long. ‘Tail moderately long, slightly

forked. ‘Tarsi feathered. Sexes unlike in
plumage.

Range. Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador,
Peru, and Bolivia.

Eight species are recognized as belonging
to this genus. M. Mulsant has divided the
members into various genera, not altogether
happily, as he has grouped species together
not particularly similar, and separated others that were: viz., H. eos and H. lutitia
in Calligenia, leaving H. bonapartii in Heri1antuEa, whereas in every respect this
last is closely allied to H. eos, which has a luminous rump, contrary to the species
of Calligenia as restricted by M. Mulsant.

” Helianthea typica. dad. Bogota. Whitely.

HELIANTHBA. 71

Key to the species.
A. Rump and under parts exceedingly luminous.

a. Tail steel-black, rump metallic-green. 1. H. isaacsoni.

b. Tail brownish-black, ramp metallic-blue, 2. H. typica.
ce. Tail green, ramp metallic golden-yellow. 3. H. bonapartit.
d. Tail cinnamon tipped with green. 4. H. eos.

B. Rump not luminous, under parts slightly metallic.
a. Tail greenish-brown, yellow patch on secondaries. 5. H. lutetiz.

C. Under parts buff.
a. Tail rufous, white band across breast. 6. H. violifera.
b. Tail bright buff tipped with green, breast green. 7. H. osculans.
ec. Tail with a broad terminal band of green. 8. H. dichroura.

The Helianthiz are large fine birds, with luminous foreheads in the er of
the species, and all possess brilliant throats and breasts.

1. Helianthea isaacsoni.

Ornismya tsaacsoni, Parz., Rev. Zool. (1845), p. 95.

Hylocharis isaacsonz, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114 (1844-49).

Eriopus tsaacsoni, Bon., Consp. Gen. Avy., p. 80, sp. 9 (1850).

Eriocnemis isaacsont, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv. pl. 272.—Ib.,
Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 144 (1861).

Phemonoe zsaacson?, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 6, t. 741, fig. 4700 (1855).

Helianthea isaacson?, Exutor, Ibis (1874), p. 331.

Saturia tsaacsont, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 299.

Hab. Unknown.

Upper part of head dark metallic-green, a small spot of very luminous light
grass-green upon the forehead. Back grass-green inclined to bronze in certain
lights. Wings like the back; primaries purplish-brown, Rump and upper tail
coverts brilliant metallic grass-green. Entire throat brilliant metallic grass-green.
Breast metallic-green, lighter than the throat; rest of under parts metallic coppery-
bronze changing in certain lights to red upon the abdomen. Under tail coverts
brilliant grass-green. ‘Tail brownish-black with a purple shade. Bill black. ‘Tarsi
partly covered with short white feathers. Total length, 4% in. Wing, 2§ in.
Tail, 2 in. Culmen, | in.

But two specimens are known. One is in my collection, and one in the Liver-
pool Museum.

2. Helianthea typica.

Ornismya typica, Lxss., Rey. Zool. (1838), p. 314.

Mellisuga helianthea, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112 ee 6.

Helianthea typica, Goutrp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 2 235.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 130.—Etuior, Ibis
(1874), p. 332,—et auct.

Helianthea porphyrogaster, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. ii, p. 293.

Hab. Columbia.

Male. Forehead metallic grass-green. Top of head and loral space velvety-black.
Back, wing coverts, chin, and breast very dark green, appearing black in some
lights. Centre of throat metallic purplish-blue. Wings purplish-brown. Abdomen

2 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

metallic-lilac, very brilliant. Under tail coverts dark maroon. Tail dark olive-
green. Upper tail coverts brilliant metallic light green. Bill black. Total length,
42 in. Wing, 2Z in. Tail, 24 in. Culmen, 1% in.

Female. Above grass-green. Rump metallic purplish-green. Beneath deep
buff, feathers of breast tipped with green; those of the abdomen with metallic-
crimson. Under tail coverts green tipped with buff. Tail and wings like the male.

Young. Throat buff, rest of under parts blackish-brown, streaked with white,
Rest of plumage like the female.

3. Helianthea bonapartii.

Ornismya bonaparti, Botss., Rey. Zool. (1840), p. 6.
Trochilus aurogaster, Fras., P. Z. 8. (1840), p. 16.
Mellisuga bonaparti, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 8.
Hypochrysia bonaparti, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 6, t. 734, figs. 4683-84.
Helianthea bonapartiz, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 236—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 130.—Bon.,
Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 74.—Ib., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251—Casn. and Hern., Mus. Hein.
Th., iii, p. 80 (1860).—Extior, Ibis (1874), p. 332.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 295.
Hab. Columbia. ;
Male. Forehead metallic dark green. Rest of head, back, throat, and breast
deep shining green. Rump and upper tail coverts metallic coppery-red. Middle
of throat metallic purplish-blue. Abdomen brilliant metallic coppery-red. Under
tail coverts and tail bronze, the former sometimes edged with buff. Wings purple.
Bill black Total length, 4Z in. Wing, 3in. ‘Tail, 2{ in. Culmen, 1,5 in.
Female. Above green, becoming metallic coppery-bronze on upper tail coverts.
Breast green; throat and abdomen buff, the feathers of the latter tipped with
bronzy-red. Under tail coverts bronze margined with buff. Tail bronze. Bill black.

4. Helianthea eos.

Helianthea eos, Goutp, P. Z. 8. (1848), p. 11.—In., Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 237.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed.,
p- 131.—Exnior, Ibis (1874), p. 333.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 75.—Ib., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p.
251.—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 79 (note 4) (1860).

Mellisuga eos, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. iii, app., p. 5.

Hypochrysia eos, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 6, t. 733, figs. 4680-82.

Calligenva eos, Muxs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 311.

Hab. Merida, Venezuela.

Male. Similar to the H. bonapartii, but differs in having the breast metallic
golden-yellow instead of green. The frontal and gular spots are much larger.
Abdomen and flanks metallic flame-color. Tail cinnamon tipped with bronzy-
green. Wings purple, secondaries rufous. Total length, 54 in. Wing, 3 in.
Tail, 24 in. Culmen, 1} in.

Female. Similar to the male, but the colors much less brilliant, and is without

the frontal and gular spots The under parts resemble that of the females of the
H, bonapartii.

HELIANTHEA. 73

5. Helianthea lutitiz.

Trochilus lutitie, Deuatt. and Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 307, sp. 6.

Mellisuga lutetie, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 7.

Helianthea lutitie, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 238.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 131 (1861).—Extior,
Ibis (1874), p. 333.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 74 (1850).—In., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p.
251._Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 6, t. 736, figs. 4687-88 (1855).—Cas.
and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 79 (note 3) (1860).

Calligenia lutitice, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 306.

Hab, Ecuador, veleano of Puracé, near Popayan.

Male. Forchead glittering grass-green. Crown and nape velvety-black. Back
black glossed with dark green. Wing coverts dark green, Under surface shining
dark grass-green. Wings purplish-brown, secondaries buff. Tail very dark bronze-
brown. Bill black. Total length,5 in. Wing,3 in. ‘Tail, 2 in. Culmen, 1+ in.

ols 5? 244

Female. Wings and tail like the male. Upper and under surface shining grass-

5 PI tome}
green. Throat deep buff. Under tail coverts light buff, tipped with bronzy-green.

Bill black. Dimensions similar to those of the male.

6. Helianthea violifera.

- Trochilus violifera, Gouin, P. Z. 8. (1846), p. 87.

Mellisuya violifera, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 9.

Helianthea violifer, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 75 (1850).

Helianthea violifera, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 239.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 131 (1861).—Bon.,
Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.—Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9—Ib., Troch. Euum., p. 6.—Cas. and
Her., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 80 (note 5) (1860)—Extror, Ibis (1874), p. 333.

Calligenia violifera, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 313.

Hab. Bolivia.

Male. Top of head dark green, almost black. A small indistinct spot of shining
green on the forehead. Back and rump bronzy-green. ‘Throat and breast dark
green. A metallic spot on the throat violet-blue. A narrow white band across the
breast. Abdomen, upper and under tail coverts light rufous. ‘Tail light rufous,
tipped with bronzy-green. Wings purple, outer edge of first primary rufous. — Bill
black. Total length, 52 in. Wing, 3} in. ‘Tail, 2,3; in. Culmen, IJ in.

Female. Resembles the male, but has the throat rufous mottled with green.

7, Helianthea osculans.

Helianthea osculans, Gouun, P. Z. S. (1871), p. 503.—Ex1107, Ibis (1874), p. 334.
Calligenia osculans, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. ii, p. 300.

Hab. Peru, Cachupata, 11,000 feet (Whitely).

Male. Very similar to the H. violifera, but is destitute of the white band across
the breast. . The green of the breast extends on to the abdomen; the median
rectrices have their apical half bronzy-green, and the tips of the lateral feathers
have a considerable band of bronze-green. ‘Total length, 53 in. Wing, 3 in. Tail,
23 in. Culmen, 1} in.

Female has no frontal nor gular spot. Throat buff spotted with green, rest like

the male.
10 August, 1878,

74 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

8. Helianthea dichroura.

Helianthea dichroura, Taczanow., P. Z. S. (1874), p. 188.—Etrior, Ibis (1874), p. 334.
Calligenia dichrowra, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. ii, p. 309.

Hab. Maraynioc, Peru.

Male. Closely resembling the H. osculans. The under surface, with the excep-
tion of the lower portion of abdomen and tail coverts, dark green. ‘The principal
difference is in the tail, which has the terminal third part bronzc-green, forming a
conspicuous apical band. Maxille black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. | Total
length, 54 in. Wing, 3; in. Tail, 24 in. Culmen, 14 in, (Type, Taczanowski.)

Female. Unknown.

The members of the next genus BourctiErIA are of about the same size as those
of the previous one, and present a variety of coloration, from black and white to
metallic-greens and other hues. They possess the same long straight bills as are
seen among the species of Heti1AntuEA. I have retained in this genus the species
usually separated in the term LAmpropyGiA, as I perceive no generic characters to
distinguish them. The only one advanced by any author is that of color, which in
my opinion should never be regarded as alone sufficient to establish a genus; and
of those who think otherwise, it might be asked how such species as B. conradi
and inca could be placed in the same genus or left with torguata and fulgidigula,
with which, as regards color, they have hardly any relationship whatever.—It is in
fact drawing the line very fine, when we separate generically the species of HELI-
ANTHEA and those contained in Bourcreria, and I am not at all assured in my own
mind but that every useful purpose would be equally well served by restricting all
these species to the same genus. If color must be a generic character, they require
many genera; if structural characters are necessary, it is very difficult to find them.

Genus XXX VIT.—BOURCIERIA.

Tyrer.

Bourcieria, Bon., Compt. Rend. (1850), p. 380. T. prunelli, Boure.
Celigena, Bon. (nec Lxss., 1832), Compt. Rend., p. 382 (1850). O. celigena, Less.
Homophania, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 10. T. prunelli, Boure.
Conradinia, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p- 10. T. conradz, Bource.
Lampropygta, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 10. T. wilsoni, Boure.
Polyena, Herr, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 215. O.: torquata, Boiss.
Eudosia, Muts., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 20. D. traviest, Muls. and Verr.
Pilonia, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch. (1876), vol. iii, p- 4. T. prunelli, Boure.

BOURCIERIA. 7d

Ch. Bill very long, straight, pointed at tip.
Tail long, broad, slightly forked. ‘'Tarsi bare.
Sexes similar in plumage.

Range. Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, and

Peru.
Thirteen species are here recorded.

=

Bourcicria fulgidigula. c'. 32087. Quito.

Key to the species.
A. Breast deep buff.

a. Head black, luminous green spot on forehead. 1. B. inea.
B. Breast pure white.
a. Head metallic grass-green. 2. B. conradi.

b. Forehead, sides of head, and nape black.
a’. Throat green.

a/’, Crown metallic grass-green. 3. B. insectivora.
b’’. Crown bluish-green. 4. B. fulgidiguia.
b’. Throat black. Crown purple. 5. B. torquata.
] q

ce. Forehead and crown metallic-blue, tail bronze. 6. B. traviest.
C. White crescent-shaped mark on either side of the neck.
a. General plumage purplish-brown.

a’. Throat bright metallic-purple. 7. B. wilson.
b’. Throat dark gray, without metallic lustre. 8. B. purpurea.
b. General plumage black.
a’. Gular spot dark metallic-purple. 9. B. assimilis.
b’. Gular spot metallic-green, sometimes with blue reflections. 10. B. prunelli.
D. Without white marks on the sides of the neck; throat without metallic coloring.
a. Upper parts coppery-red; tail dark rufous-olive. 11. B. cxligena.
b. Upper parts dark olive, tail bright olive. 12. B. columbiana.
ce. Upper parts blackish-brown, tail dark olive, tinged with purple. 13. B. boliviana.

1. Bourcieria inca.

Bourcieria inca, Gouin, Jard. Contr. Ornith. (1852), p. 136—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 254.—Ip., Intr.
Troch., octavo ed., p. 136 (1851).—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.—Retcu., Troch. Enum., p.
7, t. 752, figs. 4725-26 (1855).

Homophania inca, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 79 (note)
(1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. ii, p. 322.

Hab, Peru and Bolivia.

Male. Head jet-black, excepting a luminous metallic emerald-green spot on the
forehead, and tips of the throat feathers which are green, A broad band of deep
buff crosses the breast, and covers the sides of the neck; all the rest of the upper
and under surface glittering metallic grass-green. Upper tail coverts glittering
bronzy-green, as are Ann the Spacion rectrices, lateral ones white tipped with br onzy-
green. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black. Total length, 55 in. Wing, 3$ in.

Tail, 2,5; in. Culmen, Gs in.

76 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Female. Feathers of the crown and nape black tipped with green. ‘Throat
reddish-buff spotted with brown; breast deep buff; rest of plumage like the male,
but not so brilliant,

2. Bourcieria conradi.

Trochilus conradz, Bourc., P. Z. S. (1847), p. 45.
Mellisuga conradi, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 14.
Bourcteria conradi, Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 253.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 136.—Bon., Rev.
and Mag. Zool. (1854), p 252.—In., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 73 (1850).
* Conradinia conrad?, Retcn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 7, pl. 747, figs. 4714-15 (1855).
Homophania conradi, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., ili, p. 73 (note) (1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
vol. ii, p. 320.

Hab. Venezuela.

Male, ‘Top of head shining golden-green. Breast white; rest of upper and under
surface shining grass-green. Median rectrices bronzy-green, remainder white with
their terminal third bronzy-green. Bill black. Total length, 53 in. Wing, 3 in.
Tail, 2} in. Culmen, 1} in.

Female has the throat buffy-white, rest like the male, but less brilliant, and
rectrices tipped with brownish-black.

3. Bourcieria insectivora.

Trochilus (Lampornis) tnsectivorus, Tscuup., Faun. Per., p. 248, fig. 1 (1844).
Bourcteria insectivora, Gourn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 135 (1861).—Entior, Ibis (1876), p. 5.
Homophania insectivora, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iil, p. 1, ad.

Hab, Peru.

Male. Head and back of neck jet-black, with the centre of the crown metallic
grass-green. ‘Throat metallic-green. Back, upper tail coverts, abdomen, and under
tail coverts shining grass-green. Breast pure white. Wiaings purplish-brown, their
coverts like the back. Median rectrices shining grass-green, remainder pure white
tipped with green, most extensive on the outermost feather. Bill black. Total
length, 5$ in. Wing, 3) in. Tail, 21 in. Culmen, 14 in. (Type of adult in my
collection.)

female. Entire upper parts and throat shining green. Median rectrices green ;

rest white, tipped with black, glossed with green. est like the male.

4 Bourcieria fulgidigula.

Bourcieria fulgidiqula, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. iy, pl. 252.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 135 (1861) —
Rercu., Troch. Enum., p. 7, pl. 749, figs. 4718-20 (1855).

Homophania fulgidigula, Can. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 73 (note).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
vol. ii, p. 318.

Hab. Ecuador.

Male, Crown bluish-green, rest of head black with green reflections. Chin and
throat green, A broad band of white on the breast. Back, abdomen, and tail
coverts dark grass-green, the two former black in certain lights. Wings purplish-
brown, Median rectrices dark olive-green, rest white tipped with dark olive-green,

BOURCIERIA. 77

most extensive on outermost feather. Bill black. Total length, 54 in. Wing, 3
ieee hail, 2) ins ‘Culmen, 17 in: }
Female. Above dark green, brownish on the crown. ‘Throat white spotted with
brown. Breast white, rest of under parts brownish-black spotted with green.
Wings purplish-brown. Tail like that of the male, but tipped with purplish-black.

5. Bourcieria torquata.

Ornismya torquata, Borsson, Rey. Zool. (1840), p. 6.

Mellisuga torquata, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 12. *

Bourcieria torquata, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 251.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p- 135.—Bon., Consp.
Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 73.—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254—Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10—Ip.,
Troch. Enum., p. 7, t. 748, figs. 4716-17.

Homophania torquata, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 79 (1860)—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol.
ii, p. 317.

Hab. Columbia.
Male. Differs from B. fulgidigula by having a metallic-blue crown with violet
reflections, and a black throat, with but a slight trace of green. In all other
respects the two birds are alike. Total length, 54 in. Wing, 3 in. ‘ail, 2 in.
Culmen, 12 in.
Female like that of the previous species.

6. Bourcieria traviesi.

Diphlogena (Helianthea) traviest, Murs. and Verr., Ann. Soc. Linn., Lyon (1866), p. 199.
Eudosia traviest, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 2.

Hab, Columbia.

Male. Forehead and centre of crown blue graduating into greenish-blue near the
occiput; remainder of the upper*part of head very dark grass-green, black in some
lights. Throat green with a small metallic-violet spot in the centre. A broad
white band across the breast. Abdomen, flanks, and under tail coverts glittering
grass-green. Upper tail coverts metallic violet-red. ‘Tail dark greenish-bronze.
Bill black. Total length, 5 in. Wing, 21} in. Tail, 2} in. Culmen, 12 in,

Two specimens are known, one in my collection, and one in Count Turati’s at
Milan.

Female. Unknown.

7. Bourcieria wilsoni.

Trochilus wilsonz, Devarr. and Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 305.

Mellisuga wilsont, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112 (1844-49).

Celigena wilson?, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 73 (1850).

Bourcierva wilsonz, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 73 (1850).—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Celigena wilsont, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 258.

Lampropygia wilsont, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 7, pl. 751, fies. 4723. 4724—In., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10.—
Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 137 (1861).—Etr.or, Ibis (1876), p. 59.—Cas. and Heun., Mus. Hein.
Th., iii, p. 78 (note) (1860).

Pilonia wilsont, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch, tom. iii, p. 7.

Hab. Columbia, Ecuador.

78 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Adult. Upper parts dark bronze-brown; feathers of the rump margined with
metallic grass-green, Wings purplish-brown. ‘Throat metallic-purple. On either
side of the neck a patch of white. Under surface rufous-brown. Upper tail coverts
bronze-brown; under coverts reddish-brown. Tail bronze. Bill black. Total
length, 42 in. Wing, 27 in. Tail, 1$ in. Culmen, 1} in.

8. *Bourcieria purpurea.

Celigena purpurea, Gouup, Mon. Troch., pt. viii, vol. iv, pl. 256.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ec., p. 137 (1861),
Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 3, pl. 753, figs. 4727-28 (1855).
Lampropygia purpurea, Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 78 (note 2) (1860).—Exxror, Ibis (1876), p. 59.

Hab, Popayan.

“The shoulders bluish-purple; head, neck, back, and wing coverts very dark
purple, becoming of a bronzy hue on the lower part of the back and rump, where
also the feathers are fringed with metallic gYass-green, most conspicuous when the
bird is viewed from behind; tail very dark bronzy-purple; wings purplish-brown ;
on each side of the chest a lunate mark of white; the remainder of the undcr
surface very dark purplish-brown; the feathers of the throat edged with gray,
under tail coverts buff.” (Gould, 1. ¢.)

This is most probably only a dark variety of B. wilsont. See my remarks in the
bisi(sics):

9. Bourcieria assimilis.

Lampropygia —— ?, Exx107, Ibis (1876), p. 58.
Hab, Ecuador?

Top of head blackish-brown; nape black with a bluish gloss. Back black, but
viewed from behind iridescent, being metallic-red graduating into golden on the
rump. Chin brownish-black; throat metallic-purple. On either side of the chest
a large patch of white. Under parts black with a purple gloss. Under tail coverts
black fringed with white; upper tail cores dark purple. Tail purplish-black.
Bill black, Total length, 42 in. Wing, 27 in. Tail, 2in. Culmen, 1, in.

This bird was referred to by me in the Ibis for 1876, but no name was given to
it. I now describe it more particularly. Although in its general plumage it is

like the B. prunelli, the coloring of the throat is very diferent, approaching that
of the B. wilsoni.

10. Bourcieria prunelli.

Trochilus prunellz, Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Se. d’Agric., Lyon (1843), p. 36.

Mellisuga prunelli, Gray, Gen. Birds, yol. i, p. 112.

Homophania prunell’, Reicn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—Cas. and Hut., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 79 (1860).

Bourcieria prunelli, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 73.—In., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.—Retcu.,
Troch. Enum., p. 7, pl. 750, figs. 4721, 4722. z

Celigena prunellz, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 257.

Lampropygia prunelli, Gouin, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 137 (1861).—Etx1or, Ibis (1876), p. 58.

Pilonia prunell7, Murs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 4.

Hab. Columbia.

BOURCIERTA. 79

Adult. Head black with a bronzy gloss. Back and upper tail coverts, when
viewed from behind, metallic-red changing to golden on the rump. A patch of
metallic bluish-green on the throat. A white patch on either side of the breast;
under parts purplish-black. Under tail coverts black fringed with white, upper
tail coverts purple. Tail purplish-black. Total length, 4Z in. Wing, 22 in. Tail,
24 in. Culmen, 1,1); in.

11. Bourcieria czligena.

Ornismya celigena, Luss., Troch., p. 141, pl. 53 (1832).

Mellasuga ceeligena, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112.

Celigena typica, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 73 (1850).—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.—Gounp, Mon.
Troch., vol. iv, pl. 255.—Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7.—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 3, t. 686, fig. 4515 (1855).

Lampropygra ceeligena, Cas. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 78—Govuxp, Intr. Troch., p. 136.—Eu.ior, Ibis
(1876), p. 55.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 10.

Hab. Venezuela.

Adult. Upper part of head, back, and shoulders dark coppery-red, metallic in
certain lights. Rump viewed from behind very brilliant metallic-green. Throat
white, central portion of feathers blackish-brown. Breast dark gray. Abdomen
smoke-color; flanks reddish-bronze. Wings bright purple. ‘Tail dark olive with
coppery reflections. Bill black. Total length,6 in. Wing, 3i in. Tail, 2} in.
Bill, 14 in.

12. Bourcieria columbiana.

Lampropygita celigena, ex Columbia, Auct.
Lampropygia col@mbiana, Exxr07, Ibis (1876), p. 57.

Hab. Columbia.

Adult. Top and sides of head and nape olive-brown, with rufous reflections; back
same as head, slightly darker. Rump viewed from behind brilliant metallic-green.
Wings purple; shoulder olive-brown. Throat white, centre of feathers blackish-
brown; upper part of breast smoky-white, darker towards the abdomen, which
together with the flanks is very dark rufous-brown. Under tail coverts reddish-
brown, central portion of the feathers blackish-brown, ‘Tail olive-brown. Bill black.
Feet black. Total length, 54 in. Wing,3 in. Tail, 2 in, Culmen,1,); in. Type
in my collection.

13. Bourcieria boliviana.

Lampropygia boliviana, Goutn, Intr. Troch., p. 137.—Exxior, Ibis (1876), p. 57—Muts. Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. iii, p. 13.

Hab. Bolivia.

Adult. Head and upper parts brownish-black, but when viewed from behind the
rump and back are brilliant metallic grass-green. Wings purple. ‘Throat dark
brown, feathers margined with white; abdomen and flanks very dark olive-brown,
feathers tipped with rufous. Under tail coverts blackish-brown margined with
reddish-buff. Tail very dark olive-brown; central feathers glossed with purple.
Bill black. Total length, 54 in. Wing, 3} in. Tail, 23 in, Culmen, 1} in.

80 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Genus XXX VIII.—HEMISTEPHANITA,

Type.
Doryfera, Goutn (lege Doryphora, nec IIc., 1807, Coleopt.), P. Z.S. (1847), p. 95. 7. ludovicre, Boure.
Dorifera, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay. (1849), vol. i, p. 68. T. ludovicie, Boure.
Hemistephania, Rricu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 9. T. ludovicie, Boure.
Doryphora, Cas, and Hein., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 77. T. ludovicice, Boure.

Ch. Bill very long, straight, slender, sharp
pointed. Wings long, outer web of first
primary nearly obsolete. Tail much rounded,
rectrices broad. Sexes alike in plumage.

Range. Veragua, through Columbia into
Ecuador.

Five species have been described, one of
which is, however, only a large race of an-
other, and is hardly worthy of specific rank.

Hemistephania ludovicie. 3. New Granada. Salle.

Key to the species.

A. Under parts blackish. Forehead metallic-violet.
B. Under parts bronze-green tinged with gray.

_

ue johanne.

a. Forehead metallic grass-green.
b. Large race of above.
e. Forehead metallie bluish-green.
C. Under parts very dark green. Forehead metallie-green.

. . ludoviciz.

. . rectirostris.
H. euphrosine.
. HH. veraguensis.

or wm oo LO

The term Doryfera (lege DorypHora), which Gould gave to this group of Hum-
ming-birds, having been many years previously employed in Entomology by Hliger,
cannot properly be again used, and the next proposed is that of HEMISTEPHANIA,
Reich., which is the one to be adopted. The species are small in size, with a rather
dull green plumage, and a metallic spot on their foreheads. The bills are long and
straight, and the group follows naturally the species of BouRCIERIA.

1. Hemistephania johanne.

Trochilus johanne, Bourc., P. Z. 8. (1847), p.

Trochilus violifrons, Goutn, P. Z. S. (1847), p 95.

Mellisuga johanne, Gray, Gen. Birds, yol. i, p- 112:
i,

Dorvfera johanne, Goutv, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 87.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 71.—Muzs., Hist. Nat.
Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p- 196.

Dorifera johanne, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 68.—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.
Doryphora Johanne, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p- 78 (note).

Hemistephania johanne, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 6, pl. 731, figs. 4675-76.—Ib., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9.
Hab. Columbia.

45.—Ip., Rev. Zool. (1847), p. 257.
95

HEMISTEPHANIA. 81

Male. Forehead metallic-violet ; dark blue in certain lights. Nape and upper sur-
face bronze-green. Rump and upper tail coverts grayish-blue, but in some specimens
the latter are a darker blue than the rump. Under parts black with green reflec-
tions. Under tail coverts dark violet-blue. ‘Tail black, glossed slightly with green.
Wings purplish-brown. Bill black, feet brown. Total length, 4 in. Wing, 24 in.
Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 1} in.

Female? differs by taving no metallic spot on forehead, which is a dull green.
Entire under parts light bronzy-green. Tail black, tipped with gray on the lateral
feathers. Under tail coverts bluish-green. Slightly smaller in size than the male.
This may be possibly a young male.

2. Hemistephania ludovicie.

Trochilus ludovicie, Bocrc. and Murs., Ann. Soc. d’Agr., Lyon (1847), p. 136.

Mellisuga ludovicie, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112.

Dorifera ludovicie, Box., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 68.—Ip., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.

Hemistephania ludovicte, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9.—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 6, t. 731, figs. 4673-74.

Doryfera ludovicie, Govtp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 88.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 71.—Muts., Hist. Nat.
Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 200.

Doryphora ludovicie, Caz. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 69 (1860).

Hab, Columbia.

Adult. Forehead metallic grass-green. Crown and nape coppery-bronze. Back
dark green, passing into bluish-green on upper tail coverts. Under parts dark
brownish-gray, with green reflections. Under tail coverts dark gray with blue
reflections. ‘Tail black, tipped with gray, most extensive on the lateral feathers.
Wings purple. Total length, 4) in. Wing, 22in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 1} in.

3. Hemistephania rectirostris.

Doryfera rectirostris, Gout, Intr. Mon. Troch., octavo ed., p. 71.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 202.
Doryphora rectirostris, Scuat. and Satv., Nomencl. Av., p. 82.

Hab. Ecuador. ;

This is a somewhat larger-sized bird than the D. ludovicie, with a slightly longer
bill. There is no difference in the color of the plumage, and I doubt very much,
should the locality be unknown, whether the two birds could always be distin-
guished. It may be regarded as a race, but hardly as a distinct species. ‘Total
length,5 in. Wing, 24in. Tail, 14in. Culmen, 1,5, in.

4. Hemistephania euphrosinze.

Dorifera euphrosine, Muts. and Verr., Ann. Soc. Linn., Lyon, t. xviii (1870-71), p. 319.—Mcts., Hist. Nat.
Ois. Mouch., vol. i, pl. 198, pl.
Doryphora euphrosine, Scuat. and Sarv., Nomencl. Av., p. 82.
Hab, Feuador?.
This is a small representative of 7udovicie with a bluish-green forehead. In all
other respects it resembles that species, but the small size and peculiar coloration
11 September, 1878,

82 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

of the metallic spot induce me to regard it as probably a distinct species. Total
length, 33 in. Wing, 1g in. ‘Tail, 1$ in. Culmen, 1,4 in.

5. Hemistephania veraguensis.

Dorifera veraguensts, Satv., P. ZS. (1867), p. 154.
Doryfera veraguensis, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 199.

Hab. Veragua.

Adult. Forehead metallic-green, darker than that of ludovicia ; nape coppery-
red; back shining grass-green, upper tail coverts pale blue. Under parts very dark
green, almost black. Under tail coverts dark gray with blue reflections. Tail
black tipped with gray. Wings purplish-brown. Bill and feet black. Total length,
41 in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 1} in. Culmen, 1{ in.

‘This bird, which appears to represent a distinct species, can be recognized from
ludovicie by the darker green of the forehead, and the general dark, almost
greenish-black hue of the plumage of the body.

.

The genus Heriomaster, in which the next group of birds has generally been
placed, was instituted by Bonaparte solely for the 7. furcifer, Shaw. As that species
possesses generic character of quite sufficient importance to entitle it to a separate
rank, it has been found necessary to seek another term for the four following
species, as the only other one besides Hetiomasrer,. which has been given them—
Selasopherus, Reich.—is almost identical with SELASPHORUS, Swain., already employed
for a genus of this Family. I, therefore, propose the generic name of FLORICcOLA.
These birds are of moderate size, the bills straight, plumage bronzy-green above,
with a luminous throat-mark, more or less extensive, and a metallic crown on some
of the species. By means of the two succeeding genera, a pretty well connected
line is formed to the genus HELIOTRYPHA.

Genus XXXIX.—FLORICOLA.

Tyr.
Trochilus, Swatys. (nec Linn., 1766), Zool. Journ. (1827), p. 357. T. longtrostris, Vieill.
Trochilus, Bor (nec Linn., 1766), Isis (1831), p. 547. T. longrrostris, Vieill.
Heliomastes(!), Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.
Sclasopherus, Retcu., Troch. Enum. (1855), p. 11. T. longirostris, Vicill.

Ch. Bill longer than half the body, straight,

mandible hooked at the tip; maxilla denuded of
feathers at base, which is broad; nostrils exposed.
Wings rather long. ‘Tail slightly rounded. Sexes
dissimilar.

Range. Mexico, Central America, Guiana, Vene-
zuela, Columbia, and Ecuador.

Floricola longirostris. 3 . Trinidad. Gould.

FLORICOLA. 83

Key to the species.

A. Top of head metallic-green. Under tail coverts olive-brown margined with

white. 1. F. longirostris.
B. Top of head pale metallic-green. Under tail coverts grayish-white. 2. F. albicrissa.
C. Top of head not metallic.

a. Throat metallic-searlet, chin black. 3. F. constanti.

b. Lower part of throat metallic-erimson, upper part and chin dark

brown, all the feathers tipped with gray. 4. F. leocadiz.

1. Floricola longirostris.

Trochilus longzrostris, Viri..., Ois. Dor., t. i, p. 107, pl. 50 (1802).

Trochilus superbus, Suaw., Nat. Misc., vol. xiii, pl. 517.

Ornismya superba, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 40, pl. 2 (1829).

Ornismya longtrostr?s, D'Or. and Larres., Syn. Av., li, p. 29, sp. 15 (1838).

Mellisuga longtrostris, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 4.

Heliomaster longzrostris, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., p. 70—Retcu., Troch. Enum. (1855), p. 11.—Govtp, Mon.
Troch., vol. iv, pl. 259.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed. (1861), p. 138.—Saty., P. ZS. (1867), p. 155.—
Exxior, Ibis (1877), p. 138.

Selasopherus longtrostris, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 13.

Heliomastes longirostris, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 271.

Heliomaster stuart, Lawr., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y. (1860), p. 291—Gounp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p.
138 (1861).

Heliomaster sclater’, Can. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., ili, p. 54 (1860).—Govttrn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p.
139 (1861).

Heliomaster pallidiceps, Gourp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 139 (1861).

Hab. Mexico and Central America, Trinidad, Guiana, Venezuela, the valley of
the Amazon and Columbia.

Forehead and crown metallic-green, sometimes tinged with blue; chin black.
Throat metallic-crimson. Nape and upper surface bronzy-green. Under surface
dark gray, whitish in the middle of the abdomen, washed with green on the flanks,
and a large white spot on the thighs. Under tail coverts blackish-brown tipped
with white. Wings very dark purple-brown. Upper tail coverts light bronze.
Median rectrices brorize-green; the lateral ones bronze-green at base, with the
remaining portion black, and a spot of white on the tip, largest on the outermost
feathers. Along the side of the throat a conspicuous white stripe. Bill black.
Total length, 44 in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 13. Culmen, 14 in.

Young. Upper parts light bronze. Throat black with a few metallic feathers on
the lower part. Under surface light gray.

Supposed Female, like the male, but has the entire throat dull black.

'P) > 3

I can perceive no differences sufficient to distinguish the specimens called

stuarte, sclateri, and pallidiceps as distinct from longirostris, the characters given by

their describers disappearing and blending together in a large series of specimens.

2. Floricola albicrissa.

Heliomaster albicrissa, Gov, P. Z. 8. (1871), p. 504.—Scrar. and Sarv., Nomencl., p. 90..—Muts., Hist. Nat.
Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 274.

Hab, Ecuador.
Only to be distinguished from H. longirostris by the under tail coverts, which
are grayish-white.

SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

(o¢)
ese

3. Floricola constanti.

Trochilus constant?, Devatt., Echo du Mond. Savant. (1843), p. 1069.

Heliomaster constant?, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, p. 259.—I»., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 140 (1861).—Cas.
and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 54.

Selasopherus constant?, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 13,—In., Troch. Enum., p. 11.

Heliomastes constanti, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 269.

Hab. Guatemala and Costa Rica.

Adult, Entire upper surface pale bronzy-green. Wings light purplish-brown,
Chin black, throat metallic-scarlet. Along the side of the throat is a white stripe
commencing at the bill. Under surface gray, washed with green on the flanks.
A tuft of white feathers on the sides of the rump. Middle of abdomen white.
Under tail coverts olive-brown margined with white. Median rectrices bronzy-
green, lateral ones green at base, then black with a white spot on the mner webs at
tips. Bill black. Total length, 42 in. Wing, 22in. Tail, 12in. Culmen, 1} in.

Description of type in my collection.

4. Floricola leocadiz.

Trochilus leocadie, Bourc., Ann. Se. Nat., Lyon, tom. iv (1852), p. 141.

Heliomaster pinicola, Gouup, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 261.

Selasopherus longirostris, Reieu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—I»., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).
Heliomastes leocadic, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.—Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 276.
Heliomaster leocadic, Goutn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 140 (1861).

Hab. Mexico.

Adult. Exactly like the 1. constanti in its general plumage. The only difference
is in the coloration of the throat, which has the upper part and chin blackish-brown,
and the lower part metallic-crimson, all the feathers tipped with gray. ‘Total length,
Sin. Wing, 221m. Tail, 158-1. » Culmen; 47 an:

Mr. Gould states (1. ¢.) that his H. pinicola was described in the P. Z. 8. for 1853.
I have not been able to find it in that volume.

Genus XL.—LEPIDOLARYNX.

Tyr.
Lepidolaryn«, Retcn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853). T. mesoleucus, Temm.
Ornithomyta, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251. T. mesoleucus, Temm.

Fig. 40.

Ch. Bill straight, twice as long as head.
Feathers of the forehead advancing to a point
on to the maxilla. ‘Tail slightly forked, rectrices

narrow. Sexes different.

Range. Brazil.
One species only is known.

Lepidolarynx mesoleucus. 3 ad, Brazil. Whitely.

LEPIDOLARYNX. 85

1. Lepidolarynx mesoleucus.

Trochilus mesoleucus, Tewm., Plan. Col., pl. 317, fig. 1. 4.

Trochilus squamosus, Trxm., Plan. Col., pl. 203, fig. 1, juy.

Trochilus mystactnus, Viriuw., Os. Dor., t. iti, pl. 21, % (inedit.).

Mellisuga squamosus, Stepu., Gen. Zool., vol. xiv, p. 245.

Ornismya Temmincki, Lxss., Ois. Mouch., p. 88, pl. 20 (1829), juv.

Ornismya mesoleuca, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 110, pl. 29 (1829), ad. 4.

Mellisuga melanoleuca, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 15.

Heliomaster mesoleucus, Gouin, Mon. 'l'roch., vol. iv, pl. 262.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 70.

Lepidolarynx mesoleucus, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13.—Gourp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p- 140.—Muts.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 283.—Retreu., Troch. Enum., p. 11.

Ornithomyta mesoleucus, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.

Calothorax mesoleucus, Burm., Th. Bras., vol. ii, p. 339, sp. 1 (1856).

Heliomaster squamosus, Cas. and Heiy., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 53 (1860).

Hab. Brazil.

Male. Top of head metallic pale green; rest of upper parts bronzy-green. Throat
frill, much extended on the sides, metallic-crimson. Under surface very dark green,
down the centre an irregular line of white. A tuft of white feathers on the flanks,
and a white line beneath the eye. Under tail coverts blackish-purple margined
with white. Median rectrices dark bronze-green, remainder purplish-black. Bill
black. Total length, 44 in. Wing, 2, in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 1? in.

Female. Upper surface bronzy-green. Feathers on the throat dark olive margined
with white; under surface bronze-green, with a median white stripe. Middle
rectrices bronze-green, rest bronze-green at base, with the remaining portions black
tipped with white. Bill black.

Young. Specimen from Bahia has the crown greenish-brown, each feather mar-
gined with white. Throat pure white, rest as in the female.

The next genus, HELIOMASTER, was proposed by Bonaparte in the Compt. Rendus
for 1850, and the 7. furcifer, Shaw, cited as the type, no other species being men-
tioned. In the Consp. Av., HrLiomAstTErR is made to contain various species, which
cannot possibly be grouped together in the same genus; but furcifer (called angele)
is placed first. If, as the date would seem to imply, this portion of the Conspectus
Avium was published in 1849 (of which I can find no proof), the subsequent article
in the Compt. Rendus disposes of the arrangement given, and leaves furcifer to
represent the genus; but if the Consp. Av. came afterwards, the fact that /ure/ser
is placed first in the list indicates that it is still deemed the type of HELIoMASTER,
to which the species that follow were added. In either case the present species is
the only one that can be placed in the genus, there being no other as yet known
possessing the same characters. The genus Heriomastes!, Bon., Rev. and Mag.
Zool, (1854), p. 251, is probably a misprint, but as it contains such species as that
included in Frioricoia, Elliot, and CaAmpyLorrervs!!, Swain., there is nothing left
to represent it as a type; and if it is not a misprint, it is too close to HELIOMASTER
to be employed without creating confusion. The single species is a very beautiful
one, remarkable for the crimson throat surrounded by deep metallic-blue.

86 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Genus XLI.—HELIOMASTER.

Tyre:
Heliomaster, Bon., Compt. Rend. (1850), p. 382. T. furcifer, Shaw.
Calliperidia, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 12. T. furcifer, Shaw.
Callopistriéa, “Retcu.”, Bon., Ann. Sc. Nat. (1854), p. 137. T. furcifer, Shaw.?
Fig. 41
ww
<Q

Ch. Bill very long, slender, slightly curved ;
rectrices rather narrow, pointed; tail deeply
forked. Sexes dissimilar.

Range. Southern Brazil and Paraguay.

Holiomaster furcifer. ¢ ad, Buenos Ayres.

1. Heliomaster furcifer.

Trochilus furcifer, SHaw, Gen. Zool., vol. viii, p. 280.

Trochilus caudacutus, Virtu., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. (1817), p. 347.

Heliomaster regis, Scurets., Naturfors. Wien. (1832), Sept.—Ip., Isis (1833), p. 533—Pertz., Ornith. Bras.,
p- 301.

Ornismya angele, Less., Ilust. Zool. (1833), pls. 45, 8; 46, 9.—D’Ors. and Larres., Syn. Av., ii, p. 28, sp.
11 (1838).

Heliomaster angele, Bon., Compt. Rend. (1850), p. 382.—Ip., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 70, vol. i (1850).—Gourp,
Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 263.—Burmeist., Proc. Zool. Soc. (1865), p. 466.

Calliperidia angele, Reicn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 10.—Goutp, Intr. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 141.—E rior, Ibis (1877), p. 137.

Ornithomyia angele, Boy., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251,

Campylopterus ¢nornatus, Burmetst., Reise durch die la Plata Staat, Band. ii, p. 447 (1861), juv.

Calliperidia furcifer, Scuat. and Saty., Nomencl., p. 90 (1873).

Calliperidia regis, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p- 278.

Hab, Brazil and Paraguay.

Male. 'Top of head pale metallic-green. Upper surface golden-green. Wingi
purplish-brown. A spot of white behind the eye. Centre of throat metallic-
crimson, surrounded by deep metallic-blue. Under surface deep blue. A patch
of white on the flanks. Under tail coverts dark green. Tail glossy dark green.
Bill black, Total length, 42 in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 1 in.

Female. Top of head bronzy-brown. Upper surface golden-bronze. Under sur-

face white. Tail green, terminal portion black, tip of three outer feathers white.
Bill black.

Genus XLIT.—HELIOTRY PHA.

Tyrer.
Heltiotrypha, Goutn, Intr. Mon. Troch., octavo ed:, p. 131; Mon., pt. (1853). 7. exortzs, Fras.
Parzudakia, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853). T. exortis, Fras.
Helvotryphon, Cax. and Hety., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 74 (1860). T. exortis, Fras.
Nodalzva, Morsanr., Catal. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p- 23. H. barrali, Muls. and Verr.

Helymws, Mutsanr., Catal. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 23. H. micrastur, Goule.

HELIOTRYPHA. 87

: : Fig. 42
Ch. Bill long as the head, straight, slender. .
Wings long. ‘ail long and forked; tarsi partially ©§ ===<U ye <
clothed. Hind toe shorter than the middle one. \

Sexes unlike.

Range. Columbia and Ecuador.

Four species are here recognized as belonging to
this genus.

Heliotryzha exortis. 3 ad. Ecuador. Buckley.

Key to the species.

A. Breast and under parts metallic-green ; no white band across the chest.

a. Throat metallic purplish-violet ; chin with light blue reflections. 1. H. viola.

b. Throat metallic pinkish-lilac ; chin deep blue, black in some lights. 2. H. exortis.

ce. Throat metallic flame-color; chin black. 3. H. micrastur.
d. Throat and chin pale metallic olive-green. 4. H. barrali.

The members of this genus are rather large birds, with straight bills, short in
comparison to those of the genera immediately preceding, with ample forked tails,
a general green plumage more or less luminous, and bright metallic throats,

1. Heliotrypha viola.

Heliangelus viola, Gouin, P. Z. 8. (1853), p. 61.

Rhamphromicron (Parzudakia) viola, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Heliotrypha viola, Goutp, Mon. 'Troch., vol. iv, pl. 241.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 131—Extror, Ibis
(1876), p. 317.—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 97.

Heliotryphon viola, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 74 (1860).

Hab, Ecuador.

Male. Forepart of head metallic dark green. Upper surface, breast, abdomen,
and flanks shining dark grass-green. Throat metallic purplish-violet, margined
with black, under tail coverts buff, with dark green centres. Four middle tail
feathers green; remainder dark purplish-brown. Bill and feet black. Total
length, 42 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail to end of lateral feathers, 25 in. Culmen, § in.

Female. General plumage like the male; but has the throat black, spotted with
buffy-white.

2. Heliotrypha exortis.

Trochilus exortis, Fras., P. Z. 8. (1840), p. 14.

Ornismya parzudakiz, DeLone and Parz. (nee Less.), Rey. Zool. (1840), p. 72.

Mellisuga parzudaki, Gray, Gen. Birds, yol. i, p. 112, sp. 18.

Heliangelus parzudaki, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 76 (1850).

Eriopus exortis, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., p. 80 (1850).

Parzudakia dispar, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Heliotrypha parzudaki, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.—Govuxp, Mon. Troch., yol. iv, pl. 240.—Ib.,
Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 131.—Ext1or, Ibis (1876), p. 318.

Heliotryphon parzudaki, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. 'Th., iii, p. 74 (1860).

Heliotrypha exortis, Exuror, Ibis (1876), p. 318.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ili, p. 95.

Hab. Columbia and Ecuador.
Male. A small luminous green spot on the forehead. Chin deep blue; centre

8 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

CO

of throat metallic pinkish-violet bounded with black. Entire rest of the plumage
of the body shining dark green, most brilliant on the breast. Wings purplish-
brown. Under tail coverts white. Median rectrices bronzy-green; lateral ones
purplish-black. Bill black. Total length, 43 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 22 ine
Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Differs from the male by having the forehead metallic-green, and the
throat dark brown with a patch of white in the centre.

3. Heliotrypha micrastur.

Heliangelus micrastur, Goutp, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (1872), p. 195.
Helymus micrastur, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 93.

Hab. Keuador.

Male. A luminous dark green spot on forehead. Chin black. Throat intensely
brilliant, metallic flame-color, margined on the sides with black. Rest of plumage
of the body shining dark green, most brilliant on the breast. Wings purplish-
brown. Median rectrices bronzy-green, rest purplish-black. Under tail coverts
white. Bill black. Total length, 4{in. Wing, 22 in. Tail 2in. Culmen, 5%, in.

Female. Unknown.

This species, by not having any white band across the breast, and by having the
tail much forked, cannot remain in the genus HELIANGELUS, where it was placed
by Mr. Gould, but properly belongs to the present one, finding its natural position
between H. exortis and H. barrali. The term Helymus, proposed for it by M.
Mulsant, is entirely unnecessary, as the species possesses no characters that differ
generically from the other members of HELIOTRYPHA.

4, Heliotrypha barrali.

Heliotrypha barralz, Muts. and Verr., Ann. Soc. Linnéen., Lyon, vol. xvii, p. 106 (1868).
Heliangelus squamigularzs, Goup, P. Z. S. (1871), p. 503.
Nodalia barralz, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 100 (1877).

Hab, Columbia, Province of Antioquia.

Male. Top of head very dark green, almost black in certain lights. Throat pale
metallic olive-green, silvery in some lights, margined with a line of black. Rest
of plumage of body shining grass-green, most brilliant on the breast. Wings pur-
plish-brown. Median rectrices bronzy-green; lateral ones, blue-black. Under tail
coverts green in the centre, remaining parts grayish-white. Bill black. Total
length, 42 in. Wing, 25 in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Unknown.

Possessing no generic characters differing from those which characterize the
species of HreLiorrypna, the term Nodalia of Mulsant is placed among the synonyms
as unnecessary. Description taken from the type in my collection.

HELIANGELUS. 89

Genus XLIIT.—HELIANGELUS,

. Tyr.
Helvangelws, Goutp, Intr. Mon. Troch., octavo ed., p. 132 (1848) (desc.). 0. clarisse, De Long.
Anactoria, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853). O. amethysticollis, D’Orb.
Diotimia, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853). T. spencei, Boure.
Peratus, Muts., Catal. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 23. O. amethysticollis, D’ Orb.
Fig. 43.

Ch. Bill as long as the head, straight. Tail ample,
slightly rounded. Wings long. Hind toe and nail
as long as middle toe and nail. Sexes different.

Range. Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, and Peru,
Five species are known of this genus.

—Heliangelus clariss@. ¢ . Bogota, Gould.

Key to the species.
A. Band of white across the breast.
a. Luminous spot on forehead, grass-green.
a’. Median rectrices green, lateral ones black. 1. I. clarisse.
b’. All the rectrices blue-black. 2. H. strophianus.
b. Luminous spot on forehead, pale glaucous green, lateral rectrices

bronzy-brown. 3. IL. spencei.
B. Band across the breast and abdomen buff.
a. Throat metallic-violet. 4. II. amethysticollis.
b. Throat fiery orange-red. 5. H. mavors.

These birds are closely allicd to those of the genus HELiotrypHA; they are about
the same size, and have a similar plumage, but possess rounded tails, and a con-
spicuous broad white, or buff band across the breast, beneath the metallic throat.

1. Heliangelus clarisse.

Ornismya clarisse, De Lone, Rev. Zool. (1841), p. 306.

Mellisuga clarisse, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 17.

Anactoria clarisse, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Anactoria libussa, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—I., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Hehkangelus clarisse, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 76 (1850).—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.—Goutp,
Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 242.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 132.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 76.—Cas.
and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 75 (1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. ili (1876), p. 4.

Heliangelus taczanowski, Pruz., Ibis (1877) p. 338, juv. % -

Hab. Columbia.

Male. Luminous dark green spot on the forehead. Chin, lores, and sides of head
black. Upper surface and flanks bronzy-green. Throat metallic-violet, beneath
which is a narrow band of white, succeeded by one of brilliant grass-green. Abdo-
men buff, mottled with green. Under tail coverts white. Median rectrices bronzy-
green, lateral ones black. Bill black. Total length, 4 in. Wing, 23 in. Tail, 1
in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female differs chiefly in having the throat black mottled with brown. The
feathers of the body less brilliant than those of the male. ;

Herr von Pelzeln having kindly forwarded to me the type of his Heliangelus

12 September, 1878.

90 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS

taczanowski, 1 ascertained, by comparing it with specimens in my collection, that it
was a young male of the present species,

2. Heliangelus strophianus.

Trochilus ( 2) strophianus, Gourp, P. Z. S. (1846), p. 45.

Mellisuga strophianus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 39.

Heliangelus strophianus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i (1850), p. 76.—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.
—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv. pl. 243.—I»., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 132.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois,
Mouch., vol. iii, p. 86 (1876).

* Anactoria strophiana, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Hab. Ecuador.

Male. Distinguished from the H. clarisse, by having the entire tail steel- or
bluish-black, and a slightly shorter bill. ‘Total length, 44 in. Wing, 27 in. Tail,
2in. Culmen, $ in.

Female similar to that of H. clarisse.

3. Heliangelus spencei.

Trochilus spence?, Bourc., P. Z. S. (1847), p. 46.

Mellisuga spencer, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 41.

Heliangelus spencez, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i (1850), p. 88.—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.—
Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 243—I»., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 132.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. iii, p. 88.

Diotima spencez, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Hah, Venezuela.

Male. Forehead metallic silvery-green. Upper surface, breast, and flanks golden-
green. ‘Throat metallic-violet. A band of white across the breast. Middle of
abdomen buff. Median rectrices bronzy-green ; lateral ones bronzy-brown. Under
tail coverts bronze-green in the centre, margined with grayish-white. Bill black.
Total length, 44 in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 1{ in. Culmen, 5%, in.

Female. Like the male, but with the throat mottled with brown and black.

4. Heliangelus amethysticollis.

Orthorhynchus amethysticollis, D’Ors. and Larres., Syn. Av., p. 31 (1838).

Lampornis amethysticollis, Tscuvp., Faun. Per., p. 246 (1844).

Mellisuga amethysticoll’s, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 40.

Anactoria amethysticollis, Reicw., Aufz. der Colib., p- 12 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1856),

Heliangelus amethysticollis, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i (1850), p. 76.—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p.
252.—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 245.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 133.—Cas. and Hein., Mus.
Hein. Th., iii, p. 75 (1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p- 90 (1876).—Enxior, Ibis (1877), p. 141.

Hab, Peru.— Bolivia (Bridges).

Male. Forehead metallic dark green. Head, wing coverts, and upper surface
dark bronzy-green. Chin black. Throat metallic-violet, beneath which is a band
Z = is F e 3
of buff. Flanks and sides of breast bronze-green. Abdomen buff mottled with
green, Under tail coverts grayish-white. Median rectrices bronze-green; lateral
ones black. Wings purple. Bill black. Total length, 41 in, Wing, 22 in. Tail,

2in. Culmen, 2 in.

UROSTIOCTE. 9]

Female. Without the luminous spot on the forehead, and the throat deep buff
mottled with brownish-black. Otherwise like the male, but less brilliant.

5. Heliangelus mavors.

Heliangelus mavors, Gouip, P. Z. S. (1848), p. 12.—In., Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 246.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 133.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 76 (1850).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 92.—Bon.,
Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Mellisuga mavors, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. iii, app., p- 5.

Trochilus mavors, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Hab. Columbia, Venezuela.

Male. Forehead metallic fiery-red ; rest of upper surface bronzy-green. A spot
of white behind the eye. Lores and sides of neck black. Throat metallic fiery
orange-red, beneath which is a broad band of buff. Flanks green. Middle of
abdomen deep buff. Under tail coverts grayish-buff. Wings purplish-brown.
Median rectrices bronzy-green, rest bronzy-brown, the two outermost ones tipped
with white. Bill black. Total length, 3Z in. Wing, 2$in. Tail,12in. Bill, ¢ in.

Female. Similar to the male, but with the throat mottled with brown and black.

Genus XLIV.—UROSTICTE.
TYPE.
Urosticte, Govt, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 110; ex Mon. Troch., pt. vi (1853). T. benjamini, Boure.

Fig. 44.

Ch. Bill longer than the head and straight. Nos-
trils exposed. Wings moderate and pointed. Tail
slightly forked. Hind toe shorter than the middle.
Sexes unlike.

Range. Ecuador.
Two species only are known.

Key to the species.

A. Median rectrices bronzy tipped with white.
a. Throat entirely Juminous-green, crissum rufous. 1. U. ruficrissa.
b. Throat luminous-green, beneath which is a dark violet spot. 2. U. benjamini.
These are small birds, with straight bills like HELiANGELUS, but more slender: a
green plumage and brilliant throats.

1. Urosticte ruficrissa.

Urosticte ruficrissa, Lawr., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y. (1864), vol. viii, p. 44—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. iii, p. 103.

Hab, Ecuador.
Male. General plumage dark shining green. Throat luminous grass-green.
Wings purplish-brown. Under tail coverts rufous. Tail pale bronze-green, with

92 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

JA

the four median feathers tipped with white. Bill black, feet brown. Total length,
41 in. Wing, 22 in. ‘ail, 21 in. . Culmen, ¢ in.
Female. Exactly like the female of U. benjamini, but slightly larger and with a

longer bill.
2. Urosticte benjamini.

Trochilus benjaminz, Bourc., Compt. Rend. (1851), tom. xxxii, p. 187.

Urosticte benjamin, Goutp, Mon. Troch. (pt. vi), vol. iii, pl. 190.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 110.—Bon.,
Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 101.

Urosticta benjamint, Retou., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).

Basilinna benjamini, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).

Hab, Ecuador.

Male. General plumage of body grass-green. Throat luminous green, beneath
which is a conspicuous spot of dark violet. Behind the eye a small white spot.
Wings purplish-brown. ‘Tail bronzy-purple. Four middle rectrices extensively
tipped with white. Bill black; feet brownish. Total length, 35 in. Wing, 1{ in.
Tail, 14 in. Culmen, ? in.

Young male differs only in having the throat rufous.

Female. Head and upper surface green. White spot behind the eye. Under
parts white spangled with green. ‘Tail bronze, all the feathers but the median
pair tipped with white. Bill black. |

Between Urosticte and EustErHAnus, the one we now reach, there is a con-
siderable gap, and there are no species yet known by which we can bridge it over.
The three recognized species of EustEPHANUS are large birds, the metallic hues of
their plumage being confined to the top of the head. In two species the females
possess an entirely different dress, and from the fact that their crowns were also
metallic they were for a long time supposed to represent a distinct species, which
is now known not to be the fact.—These two species are island forms.

Genus XLV.—EUSTEPHANUS.

Tyrer.
Les Séphaniodes, Lxss., Ind. Gen. et Syn. du Genr. Troch. (1832), p. xxix. T. galeritus, Molin.
EHustephanuws, Rercn., Syst. Av. Nat., pl. 40 (1849). T. galeritus, Molin.
Sephanovdes, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay: (1850), p- 82. T. galeritus, Molin.
Thaumaste, Rercn., Aufz. der Colibri., p- 14 (1853). T. fernandensis, King.
Stokosvella, “Reicn.”, Bon., Ann. Se. Nat. (1854), p. 138. T. fernandensis, King.?

Fig. 45.

Ch. Bill short, straight, rather stout, sub-
cylindrical, pointed. Nostrils covered with
feathers. Wings ample long. ‘Tail rather
rounded. ‘Tarsi clothed. Sexes unlike’ in

plumage.

Range. Chili, and the islands of Juan Fer-
nandez and Masafuera.

Three species are known.

Eustephanus fernandensis. do. Juan Fernandez. Bridges.

EUSTEPHANUS. 93

Key to the species.

A. Under parts brownish-gray spotted with green in both sexes. 1. Z. galeritus.

B. Under parts cinnamon.
a. Top of head metallic fiery-red. 2. H. fernandensis.
b. Top of head and occiput metallic fiery-red. 3. EL. leyboldi.

1. Eustephanus galeritus.

Trochilus galeritus, Mot., Hist. Chili, p. 219—Gmet., Syst. Nat., vol. i, p. 484, sp. 25.—Latn., Ind. Orn., vol.
i, p. 804.—Viertt., Ency. Méth, p. 532.

Mellisuga kingi?, Via., Zool. Journ., vol. iii, p. 432.

Mellisuga galerita, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 93.

Orthorhynchus sephaniodes, Less. and Garn., Voy. Coquille, pl. 31, fig. 2.

Ornismya sephanordes, D’Orx. and Larres., Syn. Ay., ii, p. 29, sp. 16.

Trochilus forficatus, Goutp (nee Linn.), Voy. Beagle (Birds), pt. iii, p. 110 (1841).

Sephanoides kingit, Gray, List Gen. Birds, p. 19.

Sephanovdes galerttus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 82 (1850).—In., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.

Bustephanus galerztus, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 14.—In., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).—Gourp, Mon.
Troch., vol. iv, pl. 265.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., pl. 141.—Murts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. ii, p.
246.—Etxior, Ibis (1877), p. 138.

Hab. Chili, Island of Juan Fernandez.

Male. Entire top of head metallic orange-red. Upper surface and tail bronzy-
green. Wings purple. Throat white, spotted with dark brown. Under surface
grayish-brown, spotted with green. Under tail coverts pale bronze-green edged
with buffy-white. Total length, 44 in. Wing, 2? in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Top of head bronze-green instead of metallic orange-red. In all other
respects, exactly like the male.

2. Eustephanus fernandensis.

Trochailus fernandensis, Kine, Proc. Com. and Corr. Zool. Soc., pt. i, p. 30, %-

Ornismya cinnamomea, Gerv., Mag. Zool. (1835), pl. 43.

Ornismya fernandensis, D’Ors. and Larres., Syn. Av., ii, p. 29., sp. 13 (1838).

Ornismya robinson, Dewatr. and Less., Rev. Zool. (1839), p. 18.

Trochilus stokes¢z7, Krxe, Proc. Comm. and Corr. Zool. Soc., pt. i, p. 30, 9 (1830).—Less., Trochil., p. 135, pl. 50.

Mellisuga fernandensis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 94.

Mellisuga stokest?, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 95.

Sephanoides fernandensis, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 82, vol. i (1850).—Muzs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom.
ii, p. 248.—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.

Eustephanes fernandensis, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14.—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).—Govrp, Mon.
Troch., vol. iv, pl. 267.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 142.—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 76.
Exxior, Ibis (1877), p. 137, 4.

Thauwmaste stokest, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 14 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 12 (1855).

Sephanoides stokest?, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 82, vol. i—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.

Eustephanes stokesti, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 75 (1860).—Govutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 266.
—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 142, 9.

Hab. Island of Juan Fernandez.
Male, Top of head metallic fiery-red. Wings purplish-brown. Vent buffy-white.

Entire rest of plumage of body, and the tail dark cinnamon-red. Bill black. Total

length, 54 in. Wing, 3,%; in. Tail, 3,'5 in. Culmen, ;°; in.

94 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Female. Top of head metallic bluish-green. Upper surface and wing coverts
dark bronze-green, Wings purplish-brown. Under surface white, spangled with
metallic bluish-green on the throat and flanks. Under tail coverts white with green
centres. Median reetrices and outer webs of lateral ones dark grass-green. Inner
webs white. Total length, 42 in. Wing, 2 in. Tail, 1? in. Culmen, 3 in.

3. Eustephanus leyboldi.

Eustephanus leyboldi, Goutp, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1870), p. 406.—Mouts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. ii,
p- 251.

Hab, Island of Mas-a-fuera.

Male. Precisely like the EZ. fernandensis, with the exception that the metallic-
red of the crown extends over the occiput. ‘Total length, 54 in. Wing, 3,%, in.
Tail, 22 in. Culmen, 3 in.

Female. Similar to the female of E. fernandensis, but differs chiefly in the tail
feathers, which have the basal portion of the inner webs and all the outer webs
green, leaving only the apical part of the ner ones white, The spots on the
throat are bronzy and disposed in lines, and not generally dispersed as in the
female of EL. fernandensis.

Genus XLVI.—TOPAZA.

Tyrer.
Polytmus, Bor (nee Briss., 1760), Isis, p. 545 (1831). T. pella, Linn.
Topaza, Gray, List of Genera of Birds (1840), p. 13. T. pella, Linn.
Lampornts, Retcu. (nec Swarns., 1827), Syst. Av. Nat. (1849), t. 39. T. pella, Linn.

Fig. 46.

Topaza pella. ® ad, Cayenne, Bourcier.

Ch. Bill stout, curved, longer than the head. Wings long. Tail rounded,
feathers on either side of central pair, narrow and elongated far beyond the rest,
crossing each other at the tips of the other rectrices. Tarsi bare, feet rather large.

Range. Trinidad, Cayenne, and head waters of the Amazon, Rio Negro.
Two species are known,

TOMPAAY ZirAL.

95
Key to the species.
A. Throat metallic-green, body metallic-red.
a. Tail. Lateral feathers deep buff. 1. T. pella.
b. Tail. Lateral feathers deep purple. 2. T. pyra.

Between this genus and the last there is also a gap, which we are not yet able
to fill. ‘The two species of the present one are among the most brilliantly plumaged
of the Family, and are also remarkable for their peculiarly formed tails. The sexes
are very unlike, but the female also exhibits metallic hues in her dress.

1. Topaza pella.

Trochilus pella, Lixn., Syst. Nat., vol. i, p. 189 (1766), et Auct.

Trochilus paradiseus, Linxn., Syst. Nat., vol. i, p. 189 (1766).

Lampornis pella, Jarp., Nat. Lib. Humming-birds, yol. ii, p. 155.

Topaza pella, Gray, List Gen. Birds, p. 13 (1840).—Ip., Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 109.—Govtp, Mon. Troch., vol.
ii, pl. 66.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 61.—Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11—In., Troch. Enum. p. 9,
t. 797, figs. 4853-55.— Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.—Ib., Consp. Gen. Ay., p. 73 (1850).—
Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 16 (1860).

Hab. Cayenne, Trinidad, Brazil, river Amazon.

Male. Head, lores, and a line encircling the throat black. Back shining dark
red changing to orange-red on the rump. ‘Throat metallic greenish-yellow, with a
topaz hue in the centre. Rest of lower parts shining crimson. Upper tail coverts
light bronze-green. Under coverts golden-green. Median rectrices dark bronze-
green; next two on either side dark purple, those next the median greatly
elongated, and very narrow beyond the tips of the other feathers; remaining
lateral rectrices reddish-buff. Bill black, feet white. Length, 5$ in. Wing, 3} in.
Tail, 2 in. Culmen,1 in. Lateral rectrices stretch beyond the others 3 in., making
total length, 8$ in.

Female. Entirely green, with metallic-red throat. Median rectrices grass-green
tipped with black, two next dark purple, remainder, blackish at base tipped with
buff. Middle rectrices rather pointed. Tail rounded. Total length, 5}in. Wing,
3in. Tail 2in. Bill on culmen, { in.

2. Topaza pyra.

Trochilus (Topaza) pyra, Govt, P. Z. 8. (1846), p. 85—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. [28.

Topaza pyra, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 110.—Goctp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 67.—In., Intr. Troch., oetayo ed.,
p- 62.—Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 9, t. 798, figs. 4856-57 (1855).—
Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 16 (note) (1860).—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 73 (1850).—
Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 250.

Hab. Rio Negro.

Male. Differs from 7. pella by having the entire head, cheeks, and a broad band
across upper part of throat velvety-black. Throat pale luminous green, bright
orange-yellow in the centre. Median rectrices shining green; remainder deep
purple. In size the two species are about the same.

In different specimens the colors of the body vary, some being shining crimson-

96 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

red like pella, while others are a brilliant orange-red. I do not consider that this
difference has any specific value.

Female similar to that of 7. pella, but has the lateral rectrices dark violet, the
inner webs of the external feather rufous, and the median pair are greenish-bronze
at the base, passing into a violet-black at the tip.

Genus XLVII.—AITHURUS.

TyPr.
Phethornis, Less. (nec Swatns., 1827), Tab. Esp. Ois. Mouch., p. xviii (1829). O. cephalatra, Less.
Polythmus, Less. (nee Briss., 1760), Ind. Gen. Synop. Genr. Troch., p. xvi (1832). O. cephalatra, Less.
Trochtlus, Gray (nec Liyn., 1748), List of Gen. Birds, p. 14 (1840). O. cephalatra, Less.
Polytmus, Reicu. (nec Briss., 1760), Syst. Av. Nat., pl. 39 (1849). O. cephalatra, Less.
Atthurus, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 50 (1860). O. cephalatra, Less.

Fig. 47.

Aithurus polytmus. &. Jamaica. Dresser:

Ch. Bill curved, wide at base, longer than head. Lateral rectrices next the
outermost one on either side, lengthened nearly three times that of the other
feathers. Tail deeply forked. Head crested. Sexes unlike.

Range. Island of Jamaica.

The species of this genus, by its singularly shaped tail, is apparently allied to
those of the genus Topraza, and naturally finds its place here. It is a bird of
moderate size, though from the length of the rectrices it appears larger than it
really is.

1. Aithurus polytmus.

Trochilus polytmus, Linn., Syst. Nat. (1766), vol. i, p. 189.—Gmet., Syst. Nat. (1788), vol. i, p. 486.—Larua.,
Ind. Orn., vol. i, p. 302.—Gossz, B. Jamaica, p. 97—Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 98.

Black-capped Humming-bird, Laru., Gen. Syn., vol. ii, p. 748 (1790).—Suaw., Gen. Zool., vol. viii, p. 281.

Ornismya cephalatra, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 78, pl. 17 (1829).

Trochilus maria, Hin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1849), vol. iii, p. 258—Gosss, Ill. B. of Jam., pl. 22.

Polytmus cephalatra, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 72 (1850).

Polytmus cephalater, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.

Aitthurus polytmus, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 50 (1860).—Gounp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 75.

Heb, Island of Jamaica.
Male. Crown of head and nape velvety-black. Upper surface dark green.
Wings purplish-brown, Entire under parts lustrous emerald-green. Under tail

HOYSUIOIN YONGE HVAC 97

coverts blue-black. Tail deep black. Bill red. Total length, 9 in. Wing, 22 in.
Tail, 65 in. Culmen, ¢ in.

Female. Top of head brown. Upper parts grass-green. Under surface white,
flanks green Tail, middle feathers bronze-green, next one black, bronze-green on
outer web, remainder black tipped with white.

Genus XLVIII.—HYLONYMPHA.

Typr.
Hylonympha, Gouin, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser., vol. xii (1873), p. 429. H. macrocerca, Gould.

Hylonympha macrocerca, § . Northern Brazil. Whitely.

Ch. Bill longer than the head, stout, slightly curved; feathers of forehead
projecting forwards and covering the nostrils; wings long, narrow, reaching to the
fork of the tail. Tail very long, deeply forked, the external rectrix twice the
length of the one next to it, very broad, narrowing to a point, the edges of the
webs curving slightly downwards. Feet small, tarsi partly clothed.

Range. Northern Brazil.

One species is known.

The curious bird comprised in this genus, apparently connects the last one with
THALURANIA, It is a large species, with a coloring similar to that of 7. glaucopis.

1. Hylonympha macrocerca.

Hylonympha macrocerca, Goutp, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (1873), vol. xii, p. 429.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. iii, p. 75.

Hab. Northern Brazil.

Maie. Forehead and crown, metallic violet-blue, nape black, dark green when
viewed from behind. Upper parts very dark green, appearing velvety-black in
certain lights on the centre of the back, lightest on the rump and upper tail coverts.
Throat and breast metallic emerald-green; flanks dark green; abdomen black

washed with green; thighs and under tail coverts brownish-black. Tail steel-blue.
13 September, 1878,

98 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Bill black. Total length, 72 in. Wing, 2¢ in. Tail, external feather, 5 in. Cul-
men, Zin. Outer tail-feather at the widest part 57; in.

Another specimen not quite so mature, has the chin white, caused by the base
of the feathers showing conspicuously, and those of the upper part of the breast
are just turning into the luminous green of the throat. The tail is shorter, and the
rectrices are narrower than those of the example described above, having a total
length of 4,8. in., and a width at the broadest part of the external feather of 5% in.
In other respects the dimensions are the same.

Female. Unknown,

Genus X LIX.—THALURANIA.

Typr.
Mellisuga, Borr (1831), Isis, p. 545 (nee Briss., 1760). T. furcatus, Gmel.
Thalurania, Gourn, P. Z. 8. (1848), p. 13. T. nigrofasciata, Gould.
Glaucopzs, Burm. (nec Husy., 1816), Th. Bras. (1856), p. 333, 2d pt. T. glaucopis, Gmel.
Ch. Bill longer than the head, curved. Wings Fig. 49.

short; tail large, more or less forked. Tarsi clothed
with feathers. Sexes dissimilar.

Range. Tres Marias Islands, Costa Rica, Veragua,
to and including Ecuador on the west coast; the islands
of Dominica and Trinidad; also Guiana, Venezuela,
and northern Brazil on the east.

Eleven species are here recognized as belonging to :
this genus. They are a strongly marked group, moderate = 7™77ieSaucopis. 5 - Brasil. Gould.
in size, and graceful in form, with a plumage of green,
or green and blue in the males, with metallic hues on the crown or throat, some-
times on both. Females have a plain plumage.

Key to the species.

A. Top of the head purplish-blue.

a. Entire under parts green. 1. T. glaucopis.

b. Abdomen prussian-blue. 2. T. columbica.
B. Top of the head dull green.

a. Under parts rich purple. Tail much forked. 3. T. furcata.

b. Under parts purplish-blue. Tail slightly forked. 4. T. furcatoides.

c. Under parts prussian-blue. 5. T. nigrofasciata.

d. Diminutive of species ec. 6. T. jelskt.

e. Back blue. Tail very long, deeply forked. 7. T. watertoni.
C. Top of the head and back jet-black.

Size large. Tail deeply forked; under parts prussian-blue. 8. T. refulgens.
D. Top of the head brilliant metallic-green.

Back green, under parts prussian-blue. 9. T. eriphile.

Under parts green. 10. ZT hypochlora.

E. Head and neck deep rich cobalt-blue.
Body brilliant metallie-green. Tail forked. 11. ZT. lncolor.

THPAr TE Ui RAGING IEA’: 99

1. Thalurania glaucopis.

Trochilus glaucopis, Guet., Syst. Nat., vol. i, p. 497 (1788).

Trochilus frontalis, Laru., Ind. Orn., vol. i, p. 318 (1790).

Ornismya glaucopis, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 175, pls. 58, 59 (1829).

Polytmus glaucopis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 58.

Celigena glaucopis, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 3, t. 685, figs. 4509-10 (1855).

Thalurania glaucopis, Gouip, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 99.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 76.—Bon., Consp.
Gen. Av., p. 77—Ip., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.—Rercn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7.—Can. and
Her., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 23—Satyv. and Exrioz, Ibis (1873), p. 355.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. ili, p. 59.

Glaucopis frontalis, Burmetst., Th. Bras., 2d pt., p. 333, sp. 1 (1856).

Thalurania lucie, Lawr., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y. (1862), vol. vii, p. 2—Saty. and Ex.iot, Ibis (1873),
p- 355.—Murts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 62.

Hab. Brazil, Tres Marias Islands.

Male. Centre of the crown metallic purplish-blue. Upper surface dark grass-
green, brightest on the upper tail coverts. Entire under surface shining yellowish-
green. ‘Tail steel-blue. Wings purple. Bill black. Total length, 43 in. Wing,
22,in. Tail, 2in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Vead and nape bronzy-green, rest of upper surface bright green, Under
parts gray, washed with green on the flanks. Median rectrices and base of lateral
ones shining green, the remaining portions of lateral ones black tipped with white.

2. Thalurania columbica.

Ornismya columbica, Bourc. and Murs., Rey. Zool. (1843), p. 2.

Polytnius columbicus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 60.

Thalurania venusta, Gouin, P. Z. S. (1850), p. 163.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 105.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 78.—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.—Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7.—Ip., Troch. Enum.,
p. 3, pl. 683, figs. 4504-5.—Caz. and Hein., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 24.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. ili, p. 63.

Thalurania columbiana, Gouup, P. Z. 8. (1852), p. 8.

Celigena columbica, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 3, t. 685, figs. 4511-12 (1855).

Thalurania columbica, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 106.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 78.—Reren., Aufz.
der Colib., p. 7.—Saty. and Exxtor, P. Z. 8. (1873), p. 355.

Thalurania puella, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.—Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7.—Ib., 'Troch.
Enum., p. 3 (1855).

Hab. Costa Rica, Veragua, Panama, Columbia.

Male. Crown of head and a band across the back, wing coverts, abdomen, and
under tail coverts dark ultramarine blue. Nape and upper part of back, black in
some lights, deep green in others. Lower part of back green. Upper tail coverts
and tail black glossed with steel-blue. ‘Throat and breast shining emerald-green.
Bill black. Total length, 33 in. Wing, 2! in. Tail, 1? in. Culmen, # in.

Female. Above golden-green; beneath gray. Tail green at base, rest steel-blue,
lateral feathers tipped with white.

3. Thalurania furcata.

Trochilus furcatus, Guet.., Syst. Nat. (1788), vol. i, p. 486.—Latu., Ind. Ornith., vol. i, p. 304 (1790).
Ornismya furcata, Lrss., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., p. 82, pl. 18 (1829).
Polytmus furcatus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 61.

100 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Ceeligena (Thalurania) gyrinno, Reicn., Enum., p. 3, pl. 682, figs. 4500-1.

Thalurania furcata, Goutn, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 101—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 77.—Bow., Consp.
Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 76.—Ip., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.—Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7—Cas.
and Hery., Mus. Hein. 'Th., iii, p. 24——Satv. and Exzior, Ibis (1873), p. 356.—Mutzs., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. iii, p. 71.

Thalurania subfurcata, Hew., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 181.

Hab. Guiana.

Male. Head dull green, black in certain lights; upper parts of back brilliant
purple ; rest of back and upper tail coverts grass-green. ‘Throat and upper part of
breast luminous grass-green, Under parts brillant purple like the back. Upper
and under tail coverts dark green. Tail blue-black. Maxilla black. Mandible
brownish-black. Total length, 32 in. Wing, 1Zin. Tail 12in. Culmen 2 in.

Female. Upper parts grass-green; beneath gray. Median rectrices green, lateral
ones bluish-black tipped with white.

4. Thalurania furcatoides.

Thalurania furcatoides, Gouin. Mon. Troch., pt. xvi (text to 7. furcata).—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 357
(1861).—Saty. and Exxior, Ibis (1873), p. 357.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 73.

Thalurania forficata, Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 24 (1860).
Hab. Para.

This species only differs from the 7. furcata in having a shorter and less forked
tail. It is the lower Amazonian form of the species just named.

§. Thalurania nigrofasciata.

Ornismya furcata, D’Ors. and Larres. (nec Guet.), Syn. Av., li, p. 27, sp. 6 (1838).

Trochilus ( 2), negrofasczatus, Gouxp, P. Z. S. (1846), p. 89.

Thalurania viridipectus, Gouin, P. Z. 8. (1848), p. 13.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 76.—Ip., Rev. and Mag.
Zool. (1854), p. 254.

Polytmus nigrofasciatus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 62.

Saucerottia viridipectus, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).

Celigena nigrofasciata, Retcu., ‘lroch. Enum., p. 3, t. 684, fig. 4506 (1855).

Ceeligena viridipectus, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 3 (1855).

Thalurania nigrofasciata, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), vol. i, p. 76.— Reren., Aufz. der Colib. (1853). p. 7—
Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 23—Goutp,
Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 104.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 78 (1861).—Saty. and Exxior, Ibis (1873),
p- 357.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 75.—Exr1or, Ibis (1877), p. 135.

Thalurania tschudz, Gout, P. Z. 8. (1860), p. 312.—I»., Intr. Troch., octavo ed. (1861), p. 78, et Auct.

Hab, Ecuador and Peru.

Male. Head and nape bronze, back shining green. Throat metallic emerald-
green, truncated or extending on to the breast, and sometimes bordered with black.
Rest of under parts and shoulders prussian-blue. Under tail coverts blue-black.
Tail steel-blue. Bill black. Total length, 445 in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 12 in,
Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Upper parts shining grass-green; under surface gray. Tail green at

base, remaining part steel-blue, with the lateral feathers tipped with white.
Dimensions as in the male,

THALURANTIA. 101

6. *Thalurania jelskii.

Thalurania jelskiz, Taczanow., P. Z. S. (1874), p. 138, sp. 19.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 70.

Hab. Peru.

This is a diminutive of the 7. nigrofasciata ; and there is absolutely no difference
between the two except in size. ‘The rectrices of 7. jelshi are narrow, but not more
so than accords with its dimensions. I compared the type with specimens of nigro-
fasciata, and could distinguish no difference, save that the 7. jelski was a little
smaller. The type is in the Museum at Warsaw.

7. *Thalurania watertoni.

Trochilus watertont, Bourc., P. Z. S. (1847), p. 44.—Ip., Rev. Zool. (1847), p. 256.

Polytmus watertonz, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108.

Thalurania watertoni, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 76 (1850).—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.—
Gouxp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 100.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 76 (1861).—Saty. and Exnior, Ibis
(1873), p. 358.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 78.

Thalurania whatertonz, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).

Calligena whatertoni, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 3 (1895).

Hub. British Guiana.

Male. Crown and nape greenish-bronze; middle of back and flanks metallic-blue ;
rest of back green; upper tail coverts purple. ‘Throat, breast, and centre of abdo-
men metallic grass-green. Wings dark purple. ‘Tail and its under coverts steel-
blue. Bill black. Total length, 54 in. Wing, 2! in. Tail, 22 in. Culmen, ? in.

Female. Upper parts dark green; under parts gray. A specimen of a female was
in the collection of the late Ed. Verreaux, and is now I suppose in the possession
of Count H. Turati at Milan.

8. Thalurania refulgens.

Thalurania refulgens, Gouin, P. Z. S. (1852), p. 9.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 102.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 77.—Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853),—In., Troch. Enum., p. 3.—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool.
(1854), p. 254.—Saxy. and Exx1o7, Ibis (1873), p. 358—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ili, p. 79.

Hab. 'Vrinidad.
Male. Top of head velvety-black, bronze when viewed from behind. Middle of
back, abdomen, and flanks shining purplish-blue. Lower part of back and rump
> 3 g pury ] I
dark green, ‘Tail and under coverts steel-black. Entire throat metallic emerald-

green. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black. ‘Tail much forked. Total length, 43

meWane, 22m. Tail, 2£in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female unknown to me.

9. Thalurania eriphile.

Ornismya eriphile, Less., Hist. Colib., p. 148, pl. 25.—Ip., Ois. Mouch. Supp., p. 148, t. 25.
Trochilus fanny?, Bourc. and Dexarr., Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 310.

Polytmus ertphile, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 64.

Hylocharis fanny?, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 20.

Thalurania verticeps, Gouin, Jard. Contr. Ornith, (1851), pl. 107.

102 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Thalurania eriphila, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 77 (1850)—Ip., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254,

Thalurania lydia, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).

Riccordia verticeps, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 705, fig. 4590.

Ceeligena fanny?, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 3, t. 683, figs. 4502-3 (1855).

Chloristes verticeps, Rercu., Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 705, fig. 4590 (1855). js

Toeligena (Thalurania) ertphyle, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 3, t. 684, figs. 4507-8 (1855).

Thalurania eriphile, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 108.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 79.—Retcn., Aufz. der
Colib., p. 7 (1853)—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., ili, p. 23 (1860).—Saty. and Exxror, Ibis (1573),
p- 359.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 67.

Thalurania verticeps, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 107.—I»., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 78

Glaucopis eriphile, Burm., Th. Bras., vol. ii, p. 334, sp. 2 (1856).

Thalurania fanny, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 23 (1860).

Thalurania fannie, Gourn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 78 (1861).

Hab. Brazil, Ecuador, and Columbia.

Male. Anterior part of head and throat, metallic emerald-green. Back of head
and upper parts bronzy-green. Shoulders, abdomen, and flanks dark blue, glossed
with violet in some lights. Under tail coverts greenish-blue. Wings purplish-
brown. ‘Tail steel-blue. Bill black. Total length, 3? in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 12
in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Upper parts shining green; under parts gray. Median rectrices grass-
green, rest deep blue tipped with white. Bull black.

10. Thalurania hypochlora.

Thalurania hypochlora, Goutp, P. Z. 8. (1870), p. 104.—Saty. and Exxror, Ibis (1873), p. 360.—Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 66.

Hab, Citado in Ecuador.

Male. Yop of head and entire under parts metallic emerald-green. Upper parts
shining grass-green, becoming bluish-green on the upper tail coverts. _ Under tail
coverts blue-black. Tail steel-black. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black. Total
length, 4 in. Wing, 2,3, in. ‘Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 2 in.

female. Upper parts shining bronzy-green. Under parts gray. Median rectrices
shining grass-green, lateral ones green at base, then deep blue, and tipped with
white. The blue color increases in extent as it goes towards the outermost feathers.

Total length, 8; in. Wing 1? in. ‘Tail, 1; in. Culmen, 2 in.

11. Thalurania bicolor.

Trochilus bicolor, Guet., Syst. Nat., vol. i (1788), p. 496, sp. 51.—Viem., Ois. Dor., p. 75, t. 36 (1802).—In.,
Eney. Méih., p. 571, sp. 81.

Ornismya wagler?, Lxss., Hist. Ois. Mouch., p. 203, pl. 73 (1829).

Hylocharis waglert, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114.

Coligena wagler?, Rercu., Troch. Enum., p. 3, t. 702, fig. 4576-77 (1855).

Thalurania wagleri, Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. ii. pl. 109.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 79.—Retcn., Aufz.
der Colib., p- 7.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 77.—In., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.— Car.
and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p- 24.—Saty. and Exrror, Ibis (1873), p. 360.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. iii, p- 81.—Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Se. (1877), vol. i, p. 46.

Hab. Brazil; Dominica (Ober.).
Male. Top of head, face, and throat deep cobalt-blue. Upper surface shining
dark green; under surface metallic grass-green, lighter than the back. Tail with

MELLISUGA. 108

its upper and under coverts steel-blue. Wings dark purplish-brown. Maxilla
black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. Total length, 3% in. Wing, 22 in. Tail,
12 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Upper parts bronzy-green, darkest on crown of the head. Upper tail
coverts bluish-green. Entire under parts grayish-white, spangled with green on
the flanks. Tail, two outermost rectrices dark-gray at base, remaining part steel-
blue tipped with white, rest of feathers shining green with the terminal third steel-
blue. Maxilla dark brown; mandible flesh-color.

It matters little which group or division we place next, as a gap occurs here,
and there is no form known that will connect the last genus with any of those that
remain. There is no arrangement of this Family possible that will not exhibit
great gaps, although they.are much fewer than they were a few years since. The
species of the next genus is the smallest known among the Humming-birds, plain
in plumage, and without any metallic hues.

Genus L.—MELLISUGA.

Tyrer.
Mellisuga, Briss., Ornith., tom. iii, p. 695 (1760). T. minimus, Linn.
Dyrinia, Muns. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 88. T. minimus, Linn.

Ch. Bill straight, shorter than the head, rather wide at
base, graduating to a point. Wings long, and primaries
narrow. ‘Tail very slightly forked, short. Sexes alike.
Size minute.

Range. Jamaica, St. Domingo.
But one species of this genus is known.

Mellisuga minima. G. Jamaica. Salle.

1. Mellisuga minima.

Trochilus minimus, Linn., Syst. Nat. (1766), vol. i, p. 193.—Gmet., Syst. Nat. (1788), tom. i, p. 500.—Laru.,
Ind. Orn., vol. i, p. 320 (1790).

Le plus petit oiseau-mouche, Burr., Plan. Enlum., 276, fig. 1.

Trochilus minutulus, Viriuu., Ois. Am. Sept., tom. ii, p. 73 (1807).

Trochalus vierllot?, Suaw, Gen. Zool., vol. viii, p. 347.

Ornismya minima, Lxss., Ois. Mouch., pl. 79, 9 (1829).

Mellisuga humilis, Gossr., B. Jamaica, p. 127 (1847).

Trochilus catherine, Sauué., Rey. Zool. (1849), p. 498.

Hylocharis nigra, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 16.

Hylocharis niger, Box., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 81 (1850).

Mellisuga minima, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), vol. i, p. 81—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.—
Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 133.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 87.—Retcn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 6.
—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 3, t. 680, figs. 4490-93.—Exttor, Ibis (1872), p. 354.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. iv, p. 82 (1877).

Dyrinca minima, Murs. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 88.

Hab. Jamaica, St. Domingo.

104 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Male. Upper surface and flanks shining green. Under parts white; throat
spotted with brown, abdomen and under tail coverts tipped with green. Tail

black; bill black. Total length, 22 in. Wing, 12 in. Tail, § in. Culmen, 3 in,
Female. Like the male. Throat without spots. Tail green at base, rest black,

the lateral feathers tipped with white.

Genus LI.—MICROCHERA.

Tye.
Microchera, Goutp, Intr. Mon. Troch., octavo ed., p. 82 (1861) (descr.). MM. albocoronata.

Ch. Size minute. Bill long as the head, slender,
straight. Feathers of forehead project on to the culmen.
Nostrils covered. Wings long, primaries rather broad.

to) 5
Tail short, square. ‘Tarsi clothed. Sexes dissimilar.
» §q
The species of this genus are remarkable for their
I
pure white crowns, a character entirely unknown among
the other members of the Family.
Range. Costa Rica, Nicaragua, and Veragua in Cen-

tral America.

Microchera atho-coronata. o-

‘Two species only are known belonging to this genus. Veragua, Verreaux,

Key to the species.
A. Top of head pure white.

a. General plumage bluish-black with coppery reflections. 1. M. albocoronata.
b. General plumage shining purple. 2. M. parvirostris.

1. Microchera albocoronata.

Mellisuga albocoronata, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist., vol. vi (1855), p. 137, pl. 4.
Microchera albocoronata, Goutp, Mon. Troch. (1858), vol. ii, pl. 116.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 82.—
Franrz., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1869), p. 315.—Muts. Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 134 (1876).

Hab. Veragua.

Male. Front and crown silky-white. Chin dull greenish. General plumage
bluish-black, with coppery reflections. Wings purple. Median rectrices bronzy-
green, lateral ones white at base, then a band of blue-black and tips white. Under
tail coverts white. Maxilla black, mandible brownish. Total length, 25 in.
Wing, 12 in. Tail, Zin. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Upper surface bronzy-green. Under surface white. Tail like that of
the male, except the blue-black on the lateral feathers is much narrower and the
white on the tips more extensive.

2. Microchera parvirostris.

Microchera parvirostris, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. (1870), p. 122, 9.—Muzs., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., vol. iii, p. 137.—Sauyv., P. Z. S. (1867), p. L7L.

TROCHILUS. 105

Hab, Costa Rica, Nicaragua.

Male. Top of head white, throat dull green. General plumage shining reddish-
purple. Median rectrices light bronze; lateral ones white at base, rest brownish-
black, edged with white. Bill black. Wings purple. Total length, 25 in. Wing,

2in. Tail, in. Culmen, $ in. ; ‘

Female. Like that of MM. albocoronata. Above bronzy-green, beneath white.
Middle rectrices bronze-green, rest white with a subterminal black bar. Bill black.

Genus LII.—TROCHILUS.

Tyrr.
Trochilus, Lixn., Syst. Nat. (1766), vol. i, p. 189. T. colubris, Linn.
Cynanthws, Bor, Isis (1831) (nec Swarys., 1837), p. 547. T. colubris, Linn.
Colubris, Retcu., Syst. Av. Nat., pl. 40 (1849). T. colubris, Linn.
Archilochus, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855). T. alexandri, Boure:
Ornismya, Mons. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 91. T. alexandri, Boure.

Ch. Bill straight, slender, long as the head. Wings
short. Tail forked, rectrices pointed. Nostrils hidden
by frontal feathers. Sexes unlike in plumage.

Range. North America from the Saskatchewan River,
to Veragua in Central America, islands of Cuba, Ber-
muda, and the Bahamas.

This genus, as established by Linnzus, was a compo-
site one, comprising species of various forms, all of which
have been included in distinct genera, with the exception
of 7. colubris, which remains as the type. ‘The species
are small in size, with luminous throats, but otherwise
the plumage is not brilliant. Trochiluscoubrs, 8. Washington, DC.

Only two species are retained in the genus.

Key to the species.
A. Throat metallic ruby-red. 1. T. colubris.
B. Throat black, bounded beneath by a band of metallic-purple. 2. LT. alexandri.

1. Trochilus colubris.

Trochilus colubris, Linn., Syst. Nat., tom. i, p. 191 (1766).—Wits., Am. Orn., vol. ii, p. 26, pl. 10, figs. 3, 4—
Viet, Ency. Méth. Orn., vol. ii, p. 569.—Avp., B. Amer., yol. i, pl. 47.—Swarn., Faun. Bor. Amer.,
vol. ii, p. 323 (1832).—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 131.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 86.—Bon.,
Consp. Gen. Av., p. 81.—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.—Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12—In.,
Troch. Enum., p. 10.—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 57 (1860).—Extior, Ibis (1872), p. 354.

Mellisuga colubris, Strru., Shaw. Gen. Zool., vol. xiv, p. 247.

Mellisuga colubris, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113.

Ornismya colubris, Luss., Ois. Mouch., pp. xvi, 151, pl. 48 (1829).—In., Trochil., p. 1, pl. (1831).—Mets., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 52 (1877).

Cynanthus colubris, Jarp., Nat. Libr. Humming-Birds, vol. ii, p. 145.

Hab. Eastern North America, Mexico, Central America to Veragua; Cuba,

Bahamas, and Bermudas of the West Indies.
14 September, 1878.

106 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Male. Entire upper parts and flanks bronzy-green, Chin black; throat metallic
ruby-red. Breast and under parts white, the latter tinged with green. Median
rectrices golden-green, lateral ones purplish-brown. Bill black. Total length, 34
in. Wing, 12in. ‘Tail, 13 in. Culmen, 13 im.

Female. Above golden-green; beneath white. Tail—median
rectrices green, lateral ones green at base, then black with white

tips.

2. Trochilus alexandri.

Trochilus alexandr?, Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Soc. Scien., Lyon (1846), tom. ix, p. 330.—Cass., III. B. Calif.,
p- 141, pl. 22.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., p. 81, vol. i—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.—Gouxp,
Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 132.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 87.—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii,
p- 57 (1860).

NMellisuga alexandri, Grax, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113.

Selasphorus alexandri, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Archilochus alexandri, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Ornismya alecandr?, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 61 (1877).

Hab. California and Mexico.

Male. ‘Top of head dark brown. Upper parts bronzy-green. Wings purplish-
brown. Throat black bounded beneath by a brilliant band of metallic-purple.
Breast white, rest of under parts bronzy-gray. Median
rectrices bronzy-green, lateral ones black glossed with
green. ‘Total length, 3} in. Wing, 13 in. ‘Tail, 1} in.
Culmen, 1} in. Description taken from a specimen
collected at Sacramento, California, by Dr. A. L. Hear-
mann, now in my collection.

Female. Top of head brown. Upper surface bronzy-

Trochilus alezandri.

green; under surface grayish-white. Central tail feathers
bronze-green, lateral ones greenish-gray at base, then black with white tips.

Bill black.

Genus LIII.—CALYPTE.

Tyre.
Calypte, Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 87 (1861), deser. O. costce, Boure.
Leucariva, Muns., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 31. O. costce, Boure.
Ch. * Bill longer than the head; straight or slightly Fig. 99.
arched; tail rather shor re er fee rs EA I:
ta ither short, the three outer feathers SOS
stiff, narrow, and slightly incurved; tarsi clothed, PEP)

feet small, hind and fore toes nearly equal in length.”
(Gould, ik Ce) Calypteann@. &. California. Verreaux.
Range. Mexico and the island of Cuba..

The species of this genus have the head and face of the males brilliantly metallic,
and the feathers of the throat are elongated at the sides. They are small in size.

CAL YE TE: 107

Key to the species.
A. Head and throat luminous.

a. Head and throat metallic-lilae. 1. C. costz.
b. Head and throat metallic-crimson.
a’, Upper surface golden-green. 2. C. anne.

wy)

b’. Upper surface greenish-blue. . C. helene.

1. Calypte coste.

Ornismya cost, Bourc., Rev. Zool. (1839), p. 294.—Ip., Ann. Soc. Sci., Lyon (1840), p. 225, pl. 2.
Mellisuga coste, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113.

Selasphorus costce, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 82 (1850).—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.

Atthis coste, Reicu , Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Calypte costee, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 134.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 88 (1861).

Leucaria coste, Muus., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 31—Ip., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch. (1877), tom. iv, p. 69.

Hab. Mexico, California.

Male. Head, throat, and elongated neck feathers metallic- Fig. 56.
lilac. Upper surface golden-green. Under surface white, 39399 Pe
washed with green on the flanks. ‘Tail green, two outer Mi
rectrices brownish-gray with dark tips. Bill black. Total Ot)
length, 22 in. Wing, 12 in. Tail, 1 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female, Above golden-green, beneath white, throat with
a few brown spots. Median rectrices green, lateral ones
gray at base, then black with white tips. Bull black.

Calypte costa,

2. Calypte anne.

Ornismya anne, Luss., Ois. Mouch., p. 205, pl. 74 (1829).

Trochilus anna, Aup., B. Amer., vol. iv, pl. 425.—Ip., Orn. Bicg., vol. v, p. 238.—Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 10.

Trochilus icterocephalus, Nurt., Man. Ornith., vol. i, p. 712.

Mellisuga anna, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113.

Selasphorus anna, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 82 (1850).—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.

Atthis anna, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Calypte anne, Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 185.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 88 —Cas. and Hety., Mus.
Hein. Th., iii, p. 55 (1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 73 (1877).

Hab. Mexico and California.

Male. Head, throat, and elongated feathers of the
neck, metallic-crimson. Upper surface golden-green.
Under surface gray washed with green. Under tail
coverts green edged with gray. Median rectrices
golden-green, lateral ones dark brown, with pale
margins. Bill black. Total length, 32 in. Wing,

7: ; 3: : Be
1gin. Tail, 13 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Head grayish-brown. Upper parts golden-
green; beneath gray washed with green. Middle tail

feathers golden-green; lateral ones gray at base, then
golden-green and then black, the two outer feathers
tipped with white. Bill black.

Calypte anna

108 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

3. *Calypte helene.

Orthorhynchus helence, Lamprye, Aves Isle de Cuba, p. 70, pl. x, fig. 2 (1850).

Orthorhynchus boothz, GUNDL., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1856), p. 99. :

Calypte helence, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 186—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 88 (1861).—Et11o7, Ibis
(1872), p. 354.—Gunpbt., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1874), p. 144.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p-
77 (1877).

Hab. Cuba.

Male. Head, throat, and feathers of the neck metallic-crimson. Upper parts and
flanks greenish-blue. Under surface white. Tail deep greenish-blue. Wings pur-
plish-brown. © Total length, 22 in. Wing,13in. ‘ail, in. Culmen, § in.

Female. Head brown. Upper parts dark green, changing into bluish-green on
the lower part of the back. Under surface grayish-white. Median rectrices dark

I enay
bluish-green ; lateral ones bluish-green at base, rest black tipped with white. Bill
8 5 PI
black.

Genus LIV.—SELASPHORUS.

TYPE.
Selasphorus, Swaty., Faun. Bor. Amer., vol. ii, p. 496 (1831). T. rufus, Gmel.

Ch. “Stature small Bill subulate and very Fig. 58.
straight. Feathers of the neck elongated. Wings
short, feeble, the quills narrowed and sometimes
pointed. ‘Tail moderate graduated, the feathers
attenuated towards the end, their tips mucronate.”
(Swains, 1. c.)

Range. Western North America from Nootka
Sound to Mexico and into Veragua, Central America.

Eight species are recognized belonging to this
genus. ‘They are of small size, with very brilliant
throats, and cuneate shaped tails, the rectrices Im ggsnors'rycn G. celine eee
the majority of the species being rather narrow and
pointed. One species has a silvery throat

Key to the species.

A. Head and throat metallic-scarlet. 1. S. floresit.
B. Throat metallic amethystine-red.
a. Size large. Under parts gray. 2. S. platycercus.
b. Size small. Flanks and abdomen dark green. 3. S. ardens.
C. Throat metallic rose-red. 4. S. flammula.
D. Throat metallic fiery-red. Rectrices narrow, pointed.
a. Sides of head and neck, and rump, rufous, back bronzy-green. 5. S. rufus.

b. Sides of head and neck bronzy-ereen like the back. Diminutive ofa. 6. S. scintilla.
E. Throat glittering orange. Rectrices broad, lateral ones next to median pair

with a well-developed notch on inner web. 7. S. henshawt.
F. Throat pale lilac-red, in some lights silvery-gray. 8. S. torridus.

SELASPHORUS. 109

1. *Selasphorus floresii.

Selasphorus floreszz, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 139.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 89.—Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch:, tom. iv, p. 98 (1877).

Hab. Bolanos, Mexico (Floresi).

Male. Crown and throat metallic-scarlet with violet reflections. Upper surface
and flanks bronzy-green; under surface grayish-white. Wings purplish-brown.
Median rectrices green with purple reflections; lateral feathers have the outer webs
purple, inner webs deep reddish-buff. Bill black. Total length, 34 in, Wing, 12
in. Tail, 13 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Unknown.

This bird is remarkable for having the top of the head, as well as the throat,
metallic, and in this respect is allied to the members of the genus Calypte, but the
coloring of the tail is more that of Selasphorus. It appears to be intermediate
between the two genera, The type in Mr. Loddige’s collection still remains unique.

2. Selasphorus platycercus.

Trochilus platycerus, Swatn., Ann. Phil. (1827), p. 441.
Ornismya tricolor, Lyss., Ois. Mouch. (1829), p. 125, pl. 14—Ip., Trochil., p. 156, pl. 60 (1831).
Ornismya montana, Lrss., Trochil., pp. 161, 163, pls. 63, 64 (1831).
Mellisuga platycerca, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 78.
Selasphorus platycercus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., p. 82 (1850).—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.—
Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 140.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 89.—Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p.
13 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).—Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 56 (1860)—Muzs.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 94 (1877).
Hab, Guatemala, Mexico, Rocky Mountains to Utah in North America.
Male. Upper surface and_ flanks
bronzy-green. Spot of white behind Fig. 59.
the eye. ‘Throat metallic amethystine-
red. Breast white, rest of under parts
gray, with the centres of under tail
coverts brownish. Median rectrices
bronzy-green; lateral ones blackish-
brown, margined with rufous, most
conspicuous on the inner webs. Bill
black. Total length, 32 in. Wing, 13
in, Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 3
Female. Above bronzy-green; beneath
white, throat spotted with brown. Mid-
dle tail feathers bronzy-green, lateral ones deep buff at base, remaining portions

black with white tips. Bill black. Flanks and under tail coverts sometimes tinged
with buff.

in.

Selasphorus platycercus.

110 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

3. Selasphorus ardens.

Selasphorus ardens, Sauv., P. Z. 8. (1870), p- 209.—Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 103 (1877).

Hab. Veragua.

Male. Upper parts dark bronzy-green. Lores and ear coverts rufous, the latter
mixed with black. Throat metallic amethystine-red. Breast, middle of abdomen,
and under tail coverts white. Flanks dark green, which color almost meets on the
upper part of breast. Tail purplish-black, both webs of middle feathers and inner
webs of lateral ones margined with rufous. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black.
Total length, 22 in. Wing,1}$in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Upper parts bronzy-green, margined with rufous on the sides of lower
part of back and rump. Throat buffy-white, spotted with brown. Breast white.
Under parts buff. Middle tail feathers bronzy-green, lateral ones buff with a black
bar across their central part. Bull black.

4. Selasphorus flammula.

Selasphorus flammula, Sary., P. Z. S. (1864), p. 586, sp. 16.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 99 (1877).

Hab, Costa Rica and Veragua.

Male. Upper parts shining grass-green. Throat metallic rose-red. Breast and
middle of abdomen white. Flanks buff mixed with green. Wings purplish-brown.
Under tail coverts white. ‘Tail purplish-black margined with rufous, the central
pair slightly washed with green on outer webs. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-
color, tip black. Total length, 2f in. Wing, 12in. ‘Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Upper parts bronzy-green, brownish upon the head. Flanks buff.
Throat, breast, and abdomen white; the throat spotted with dark brown. Under
tail coverts buff edged with white. Wings purplish-brown. Four central rectrices
grass-green, edged on outer webs with rufous; remainder black tipped with buffy-
white. Bill and feet black. In size same as the male.

5. Selasphorus rufus.

Trochilus ruber, Linn., Syst. Nat. (1766), vol. i, p. 193, sp. 21.—Laru., Ind. Orn., vol. i, p. 315, sp. 48.—VIEILL.
Ency. Méth., p. 573, sp. 74.

Trochilus rufus, Gmeu., Syst. Nat., vol. i, p. 497 (1788).

Ruf-necked Humming-Bird, Larx., Gen. Syn. (1781), vol. ii, p. 785, pl. 35.

Trochilus collaris, Laru, Ind. Orn., vol. i, p. 318, sp. 59 (1790).

Ornismya saisin, Lxss., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., p. 190, pls. 66, 67 (1829).

Trochilus (Selasphorus) rufus, Swarys., Faun. Bor. Amer., vol. ii, p. 324 (1832).

Mellisuga rubra, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 60.

Selasphorus rufus, Aup., B. Amer., octavo ed., vol. iv, p. 200.—Barrp, B. N. Amer. (1860), p. 134—Goutp,
Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 137 (partim).—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 88.—Casz. and Hein., Mus. Hein.
Th., iii, p. 56 (1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 106 (1877), partim.

Selasphorus ruber, Boy., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 82, vol. i (1850).—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.—
Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Selasphorus allent, Hensuaw, Bull Nutt. Ornith. Club (1877), vol. ii, p. 54.

Hab, Pacific coast of North America from California to Nootka Sound.
Male. Top of head and back bronzy-green, dullest on the forehead. Sides of the
head, rump, flanks, abdomen, and under tail coverts rufous. A gorget of metallic

SELASPHORUS. 111

feathers, covering all the throat and extending on to Fig. 60.
the sides of the neck, brilliant coppery-red with brassy-
reflections in certain lights. Upper part of breast white.
Wings purplish-brown. ‘Tail short, cuneate, all the
feathers acutely pointed, Median rectrices rather
broad, lateral ones narrowing rapidly to the outermost
which is extremely attenuated. Bill straight, black.
Total length, 32 in. Wing, 15 in. Tail, 1} in. Cul-
men, 2 in.

Female. Above green, Throat white spotted with metallic-red, Under parts
white, washed with rufous on the flanks and abdomen. Under tail coverts buffy-
white. Median rectrices green, lateral ones rufous at base, then green and then

black tipped with white. Bill black.

6. Selasphorus scintilla.

Trochilus (Selasphorus) scintilla, Gourp, P. Z. S. (1850), p. 162.

Selasphorus sczntella, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 138.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 89.—Rercu., Aufz.
der Colib., p. 13 (1853)—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.—
Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 56 (1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 104 (1877).

Hab. Costa Rica and Veragua.

Male. This species is a diminutive of S. rufus. The upper parts are a darker
ereen, and there is no rufous on the sides of the back. Throat and under parts
like S. rufus. Tail rufous with a median line of purplish-black on the central
feathers, external ones rufous on inner web, purplish-black on the outer. Maxilla
black, mandible flesh-color at base, rest black. ‘Total length, 22 in. Wing, 1} in.
Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Head blackish-brown; upper parts golden-green. Throat white spotted
with buff, rest of under parts like the male. Median rectrices bronze-green margined

with rufous, lateral ones rufous, with a subterminal black bar. Bill black.

7. Selasphorus henshawi.

Trochilus rufus, Hensu., Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club (1877), vol. ii, p. 54.
Selasphorus henshawi, Ex.uior, Bull. Nutt. Ornith. Club (1877), vol. ii, p. -

Hab. Mexico, northwards along the Pacific coast to
Sitka.

Male. Top of head metallic-green; upper parts cinna-
mon, but some specimens have green feathers intermixed
with the rufous ones on the back. ‘Throat metallic-
orange, not brilliant as in the other species. Breast and
centre of abdomen white; flanks and under tail coverts
tufovs. Tail rufous tipped with dark brown; feathers
pointed at tip, median pair broad, lateral ones growing

narrower to the outermost which is the most attenuated.
On the inner web near the tip of the rectrices next the median pair is a well-

112 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

developed notch. Bill black. Total length, 33 in. Wing, 1} in. Tail, 12m
Culmen, 2in. (Type of S. henshaaci in my collection.)

Female. Entire upper parts shining grass-green, dullest on the crown. Throat
white spotted with brown. Under parts white, washed with rufous on the breast
and flanks. Under tail coverts buff. Median rectrices green; lateral ones rufous
at base, then a band of metallic-green, succeeded by a subterminal broad black
bar, and tips white. Bill black. Total length, 35 im. Wing, 1g in. Tail, 13 in,
Culmen, 2 in, Young males are similar to the females, with a few metallic spots
on the throat.

8. Selasphorus torridus.

Selasphorus torridus, Sauv., P. Z. S. (1870), p. 208.—Muzs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 101 (1877).

Hab. Veragua, Volcano of Chiriqui.

Male. Upper parts dark shining grass-green. Throat shining lilac-red, silvery
in certain lights. Feathers on the sides of the neck elongated, same color as the
throat. Breast aud middle of abdomen white. Flanks green. Under tail coverts
buffy-white. Median rectrices bronze-green; lateral ones purplish-black, all except
the two outer ones margined with rufous. Wings purplish-brown. Maxilla black,
mandible flesh-color, tip black. Total length, 22 in, Wing, 12 in. Tail, 1{ in.
Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Head brownish, upper parts green. Under parts whitish, feathers of
the throat spotted with brown. Flanks rufous. Tail black, base of three outer

feathers rufous and tips white, next two margined with rufous; middle feathers
green.

Genus LV.—CATHARMA.

Tyre.
Catharma, Exx1or, Ibis (1876), p. 400. O. orthura, Less.

Ch. Bill longer than the head, broad at base,
pointed at tip. Wings long, reaching beyond the
centre of the tail, which is extremely short and
almost square.

Range. Guiana, Merida, in Venezuela (Berlepsch 2
in Litt.).
But one species is known, with the form of. that of —— “*armaortiura. d - Cayenne: Parmudakh

the next genus, and the plumage of a CALLIPHLOX.

It is a small bird, and until very lately was confounded with another species. See
my remarks on the genus in the Ibis, 1876, p. 400.

1. Catharma orthura.

Ornismya orthura, Less., Hist. Nat. Trochil., pp. 85, 88, pls. 28, 29 (1831).

Trochilus orthurus, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).
Tryphena orthura, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p: 257.

Catharma orthwra, Exi01, Ibis (1876), p. 400.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 66 (1877).

ATTHIS: 113

Hab, Guiana, Venezuela.

Male. Entire upper parts dark shining grass-green. Behind the eye a small
white spot. Throat metallic amethystine-red, rather dull, beneath which is a band
of grayish-white extending up the sides of the neck; rest of under parts gray
tinged with green, lightest in the centre of abdomen. Median rectrices bronze-
green, lateral ones green at base, rest black, with a faint indication of white at the
tip. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black. Total length, 22 in. Wing, 12 in. Tail,
Zin. Culmen, 2 in. (Type in my collection.)

Young male. Above golden green. Throat white spotted with metallic-red, and
bounded beneath with a band of green, followed by another of white. Under parts
deep buff, washed with green on lower part of breast. Middle rectrices bronze-green,
lateral ones green at base, rest black tipped with white. (Type in my collection.)

Female. Above dark green. Ear coverts, cheeks, and a line around lower part
of the throat blackish-brown. ‘Throat white spotted with brown. A band of white
across the breast, beneath which is another of dark. brown. Rest of under parts
rufous. Central rectrices bronze-green, lateral ones bronze-green with an apical
black band. Under tail coverts pale bronze-green, margined with gray. Wings
purple. Bill and feet black. Dimensions as in the male.

Genus LVI.—ATTHIS.

Atth7ds, Reicuens., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 12 O. heloisee, ae Delatt.

Ch. Bill about as long as the
head, straight, rather flat on cul-
men. Wings nearly as long as
the tail, which is much rounded
and short. Feathers on the side
of the throat much elongated.

Range. Mexicoand Guatemala, — iis tetoisae.2. Satapa, Dr. Hermann.

‘Two species only are known,
closely allied in structure to the preceding one, but very different in the coloring
of their plumage.

Key to the species.

A. Gorget elongated; metallic purplish-red or reddish-violet.
a. First primary of male very narrow, end abruptly attenuated. 1. A. heloise, Less. and Del.
b. First primary of male uniform, end not attenuated. 2. A. ellioti, Ridg.

1. Atthis heloisz.

Ornismya helotsee, Less. and Devarrt., Rey. Zool. (1839), p. 15.
Mellisuga heloise, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 62.
Tryphena helozscee, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.
Selasphorus helozsce. Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 141.
Atthis heloise, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).—Goutp, Intr. Troch.
octavo ed., p. 89 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 91 (1877).
15 September, 1878.

114 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Hab, Mexico.

Male. Upper parts golden-green. Throat metallic reddish-violet, the feathers
on the side elongated. Beneath the throat a band of grayish-white. Flanks buff
spotted with green. Centre of abdomen white. Under tail coverts buffy-white.
Median rectrices shining grass-green; lateral ones buff at base, succeeded by a bar
of black, tipped with white. Wings purplish-brown, outer primary abruptly at-
tenuated. Bill black. Total length, 2?in. Wing,13in. Tail, 1 in. Culmen, § in.

Female resembles the male, but has the throat white spotted with brown.

2. Atthis ellioti.

Atthis helovse, ex Guatemala, Auct.
Atthis elleott?, Ripgw., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. (1878), p. 9.

Hab. Guatemala.

Male. Upper parts shining green, less golden than in the preceding species.
Throat metallic reddish-purple, with slight violet reflections. Beneath the throat
a band of white. Flanks rufous glossed with green,
Middle of abdomen, crissum, and under tail coverts white,
the last two tinged with rufous. ‘Tail rufous-cinnamon
at base, succeeded on the lateral feathers by a broad
black band, and the tips white. The median pair of
rectrices, black above the cinnamon, glossed with metal-
lic grass-green, this hue strongest on the central portion
along the shaft. Wings purplish; the outer primary
uniform, not attenuated. Bill and feet black. Total
length, 22 in. Wing, 12 in. Tail, 1 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female like that of A. heloise.

Though closely resembling each other in their general appearance, the ADULT
MALES of the two species of this genus can easily be distinguished by the shape of
the first primary.

Atthis eMioti.?. Guatemala, Bourcier,

Genus LVIL—STELLULA:

Tyre.
Stellula, Gouxn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 90 (1861). : T. calliope, Gould.
Stellura, Murs. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 88. T. calliope, Gould.

Ch. “Bill longer than the head, Fig. 65.
straight and pointed; wings moderately
long and sickle-shaped; first primary
rigid; tail short and truncate; feet

small, claws diminutive and curved.”

; :
vunge. Mexic
Re ge U Me XI1CO. Stellula calliope, 3. Mexico- Boucard.

One species only is known, small in

size, with a bright throat, but not luminous.

RHODOPITS. 115

1. Stellula calliope.

Trochilus (Calothorax) calliope, Gouin, P. Z. 8. (1847), p. 11.

Calothoraz calliope, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay. (1850), vol. i, p- 85.—Ip., Rev.
and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.—Rercn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).
Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 143.

Stellula calliope, Gouin, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 90 (1861).

Stellura calldope, Muts. and Verr., Class. 'Troch. (1865), p. 88.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p-
87 (1877).

Hab. Mexico.

Male. Upper parts dull bronzy-green. Wings and tail pale purplish-brown.
Feathers of the throat elongated, metallic-pink with white bases; flanks bronzy-
green; rest of under parts white. Bull black, base of mandible flesh-color. Total
length, 22 in. Wing, 15 in. Tail, 1 in. Culmen, $ in.

Female. Above golden-green ; below buffy-white, throat speckled with brown.
Tail greenish-gray at base, rest black, two outermost feathers tipped with white.

Genus LVIII.—RHODOPIS.

Tyrer.
Rhodopis, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853). O. vesper, Less.
Ch. Bill nearly twice as long as the head,
curved for its entire length, and wide at base.

Frontal feathers projecting on to the culmen

hiding the nostrils. Wings long, reaching
beyond the middle of tail. Tail very deeply
forked, feathers graduated to their tips, which

are pointed. Tarsi clothed. Sexes similar.

Range. Peru and Chili.

The species of this genus are of large size
comparatively, with deeply forked tails, and narrow rectrices. Throat of brilliant
hues.

Rhodopis vesper. Sf. Arequipa, Peru. Whitely.

Key to the species.

A. Size large. Throat metallic-amethyst in centre, purplish-blue on sides. 1. R. vesper.
B. Size small. Throat of a paler hue than that of R. vesper. 2. R. atacamensis.

1. Rhodopis vesper.

Ornismya vesper, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 85, pl. 19 (1829).—Ip., Trochil., p. 33, pl. 6 (1831).—Ib., Rev. Zool.
(1838), p. 14.—D’Ors. and arres., Syn. Av., ii, p. 28, sp. 10 (1838).

Calothorax vesper, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 110, sp. 13.

Thaumastura vesper, Bon., Compt. Rend., p. 383 (1850).—In., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), vol. i, p. 85.

Lucifer vesper, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.

Rhodopis vesper, Goutv, Mon., Troch., vol. iii, pl. 154.—In.. Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 94 (1861).—Cas. and
Hein., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 55 (note) (1860)—Exutor, Ibis (1877), p. 187.—Murts., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. iv, p. 23 (1877).

Rhodop7s vespera, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).

Calliphlox vespera, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

116 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Hab. Peru.

Male. Upper surface bronzy-green with a brownish shade. Rump rufous. Throat
metallic amethystine-red changing to a purple-blue in certain lights. Under surface
grayish-white, washed with green on the flanks. Median rectrices olive-green,
lateral ones purplish-brown. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black. Total length,
54 im. Wing, 22 in. ‘Tail, 21 in. Culmen, 12 in.

Female. Upper parts like the male, but paler. Central tail feathers and bases
of the lateral ones bronzy-green; those next the central ones tipped with black,
rest with white tips and subterminal black bar. Total length, 43 in. Wing, 23 in.

Tail, 1,3; in. Culmen, 1,5; in.

2. *Rhodopis atacamensis.

Rhodopis atacamensis, Lrye., Ann. Univer. Santiago de Chili (1869), p-—Martens, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1875),
p. 442.

Hab. Chili.

This bird is a small form of the R. vesper, with a paler colored throat. As the
type is the only specimen I have seen, and is the only one that has been procured,
so far as I know, it is difficult for me to say if it should really be considered as a
distinct species.

Genus LIX.—HELIACTIN.

Tyre.
Heliactin, Bor, Isis (1831), p. 546. T. cornuta, Pr. Max,
Heliactinia, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853). T. cornuta, Pr. Max.
Heliactinus, Burmrist., Th. Bras., tom. ii, p. 356 (1854-56). T. cornuta, Pr. Max.

Ch. Bill longer than the head, slender, termi- Fig.
nating in a sharp point. On either side of head
a tuft of feathers forming a short elevated crest.
Wings long, pointed. Four median rectrices

longest, broad at base, and graduating to a point.

Tarsi bare. Sexes unlike.

Range. Brazil.
This is one of those aberrant forms that unfors) 74707 ¢- Masten See
tunately are so frequently met with among the :
Trochilide. It is not in fact particularly related to any other genus, and the single
species possesses characters not found elsewhere. I however place it here, which
is probably not far from its rightful position.—The species is peculiar for the

brilliant tufts on each side of the head.

1. Heliactin cornuta.

Trochilus cornutus, Pr. Max., Beit. zur Naturg. von Bras., p- 99.
Trochilus dilophus, Viet, Ency. Méth., vol. ii, p. 573.

Trochilus bilophus, Tewm., Plan. Col., pl. 18, fig. 3—Lxss., Man. Ornith., tom. ii, p. 76.
Mellisuga cornuta, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 67.

CALOTHORAX. 117

Mellisuga bilopha, Strea., Gen. Zool., vol. xiv, p. 251, pl. 30.

Ornismya chrysolopha, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 55, t. 7-8 (1829); Suppl., p. 162, t. 32 (1831).

Heliactin cornuta, Bore, Isis (1831), p. 546.—Gouxp, Mon. 'lroch., vol. iv, pl. 212.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 120.—Cas. and Hety., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 64—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv,
p- 4 (1877).

Heliactin cornutus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 85 (1850).—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.

Heliactinia chrysolopha, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—I., Troch. Enum., p. 9 (1855).

Heliactinus cornutus, Burm., Th. Bras., vol. ii, p. 356.

Hab. Brazil.

Male. Forehead and crown shining greenish-blue. Above the eyes a tuft of
lengthened feathers, fiery-crimson at base changing to greenish-yellow at tip.
Upper parts bronzy-green. ‘Throat velvety-black. Flanks and abdomen bronzy-
green, Rest of under parts pure white. Median rectrices olive-green, lateral ones
white edged with olive-brown. Bill and feet black. Length, 4+ in. Wing, 2 in.
Tail, 24 in. Culmen, $ in.

Female. Upper surface and flanks bronzy-green. Throat and abdomen buffy-
white. Median rectrices bronzy-green, lateral ones bronzy-green at base changing
to black, apical half white. Bill black, feet brown.

We now come to various genera, whose species are peculiar for their strangely
shaped tails, the feathers of which are generally narrow and pointed. In the next
genus, CALOTHORAX, the members of which are small in size, the outer rectrix is
shorter than the one next to it, and the four central rectrices are almost hidden
beneath the upper tail coverts. The metallic hues are confined to the throat, and
are very brilliant.

Genus LX.—CALOTHORAX.

Tyrer.
Calothoraz, Gray, Gen. Birds (1840), p. 13. C. lucifer, Swains.
Lucifer, Reicu., Syn. Av. Natur., pl. 39 (1849). C. lucifer, Swains.
Manilia, Mots. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 86. C. pulchra, Gould.
Cyanopogon, “ Retcu.,” Bon., Ann. Soc. Nat. (1854), p. 138. C. lucifer, Swains.

Ch. Bill long, slender, curved throughout its
length, broad at base; nostrils hidden by frontal
plumes. Wings moderate, pointed. ‘Tail forked,
outermost rectrix on either side shortest, sometimes

consisting of but little more than the shaft, the webs

being extremely narrow. ‘Tarsi short and partially

clothed. Feet small. Sexes unlike. 2S
Range. Mexico; abundant in the vicinity of Jalapa, Calothorax Tucifer. S. Mexieo, Whitely.

Cordova, and Oaxaca.

Key to the species.
A. Throat metallic lilaceous-purple.
a. Outermost tail feather of uniform breadth like the other rectrices. 1. C. pulchra, Gould.
b. Outermost tail feather filiform, almost bare of web, endingina point. 2. C. lucifer, Swains.

118 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

1. Calothorax pulchra.

Calothorax pulchra, Gouin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., vol. iv, p. 97.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 144.—
Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 91 (1861).
Manilia pulchra, Mons., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 30.—Ib., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch. (1877), tom. iv, p. 30.

Hab, Oaxaca, Mexico.

Male. Upper surface bronzy-green. Wings purplish-black. Throat metallic
lilaceous-purple, feathers elongated on the sides. Flanks bronzy-green. Breast,
centre of abdomen, and under tail coverts white. Tail dark purplish-brown, feathers
of uniform width. Bill black. ‘Total length, 3f in. Wing, 14 in. Tail, 14 in,
Culmen, ? in.

Female. Top of head dull brown; rest of upper surface bronzy-green. Lores black.
Under surface deep buff. Median rectrices bronze-green; next on either side green
tipped with black; remainder buff at base, then crossed by a black bar, and the
tips white. Bill black. Wings purplish-brown. Total length, 3 in, Wing, 12 in.
Tail, 1} in. Culmen, 2 in.

2. Calothorax lucifer.

Cynanthus luczfer, Swatns., Phil. Mag. (1827), p. 442.

Ornismya cyanopogon, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 50, pl. 5 (1829).—In., Supp., pp. 117, 119, pls. 9, 10.

Trochilus simplex, Less., Trait. Orn., p. 291 (1831).—Ip., Hist. Nat. Colib., p. 86, pl. 23, 9. '

Calothorax lucifer, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 110.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), vol. i, p. 85.—Cas. and
Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 55 (1860).—Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch. (1877), tom. iv, p. 26.

Calothorax cyanopogon, Gray, Gen. Birds (1840), p. 13.—Gouxp, Mon. 'T'roch., vol. iii, pl. 143.—Ip., Intr.
Troch., octavo ed., p. 90 (1861).

Lucifer cyanopogon, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).—Bon., Rev. and
Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.

Hab, Jalapa and Cordova, Mexico.

Male. A little larger in size than the C. pulchra, but in the color of its plumage
almost precisely like that species. It can always be distinguished by the outermost
rectrices, which are filiform in shape, almost denuded of webs and pointed. Total
length, 3¢ in. Wing, }in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female like that of C. pulchra, except the tail, which has the lateral feathers
greenish at base instead of buff, then black and tipped with white. Bill black.

Total length, 3 in. Wing, 12in. Tail, 1} in. Culmen, 2 in.

The members of the next genus ACESTRURA are even smaller than those of the
last, and the males have equally brilliant throats. Their tails are very singular,
the two outermost rectrices being filamentous, the shafts having hardly any webs
attached; the one next to these is the longest, rather broad at base and pointed at
tip; and the two middle ones are very short, projecting but a short distance beyond
the coverts. The tail of the female is entirely different, being rounded and the
feathers rather broad and even.

ACESTRURBA. 119

Genus LXI.—ACESTRURA.

Type. ‘
Acestrura, Goutp, Intr. Troch., octayo ed., p. 91 (1861). O. mulsanti, Boure.
Polymnia, Muts. and Verr., Class. T'roch. (1865), p. 91. O. mulsantt, Boure.
Myrmia, Mvus., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 32. C. micrurus, Gould.

Ch. Bill longer than the head, slightly arched.
Median rectrices very short; the two outer ones
filamentous and shorter than the third. Wings
small; tarsi clothed; feet small. Sexes unlike.

Range. Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, and
Bolivia.

Acestrura mulsanti. 3 . Rio Napo. Whitely.

Key to the species.

A. Throat luminous, violet-red.
a. Feathers of the neck not prolonged.

a’. Breast and abdomen white. 1. O. mulsanti, Boure.

b’. Breast gray, abdomen green. 2. C. decoratus, Gould.

b. Feathers of the neck elongated, abdomen and flanks green. 8. O. heliodori, Boure.

B. Throat metallic-amethyst ; under surface buff. 4. CU. micrura, Gould.

1. Acestrura mulsanti.

Ornismya mulsant?, Bourc., Ann. Sci. Phys., Lyon (1842), tom. v, p. 342, pl. xx.

Ornismya cyanopogon, D’Ors. and Larres. (nec Less., 1829), Syu. Av., ii, p. 28, sp. 9 (1838).

Mellisuga mulsanti, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 63.

Calothorax mulsant?, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay. (1850), vol. i, p. 85.—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.—
Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853)—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 145

Lucifer mulsant?, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Acestrura mulsanti, Gourp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 91.—Extr1or, Ibis (1877), p. 136.

Chetocercus mulsant?, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 60 (1860).

Acestura mulsanti, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 118 (1877).

Hab. Columbia, Ecuador, and Peru.

Male. Upper surface and flanks shining dark grass-green. Wings dark purple.
Throat metallic violet-red. Line behind the eye, chin, breast, abdomen, under tail
coverts, and a tuft behind the thigh pure white. Tail purplish-black. Bill black.
Total length, 32 in. Wing, 13in. Tail, 1} in. Culmen, 3 in.

Female. Above bronzy-green. Throat white; a patch of dark green on the sides
of the neck, Flanks dark green. Rest of under parts reddish-buff. Tail reddish-
buff with a subterminal black bar. Bill black. Total length, 2? in. Wing, 1} in.

Tail, Zin. Culmen, 44 in.

2. *Acestrura decorata.

Calothorax decoratus, Goutp, P. Z. S. (1860), p. 309.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 146.
Acestrura decorata. Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 91.

Hab. Columbia,

120 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Precisely like the following species (A. heliodori); but the feathers of the throat
are not prolonged at the sides as in that bird. ‘The present is at best but very
questionably distinct, being most probably a specimen of the A. heliodori with the
throat feathers not fully developed, examples of which are not infrequently met
with, both in this and other genera having species with elongated gorgets.

3. Acestrura heliodori.

Ornismya heliodort, Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1840), p. 275.—Ib., Ann. Sci. Phys., Lyon, tom. v (1842), p. 308, pl.
KV5 bis Dla xvas or.

Mellisuga heliodort, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 66.

Calothorax heliodort, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay. (1850), vol. i, p. 85.—Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853)—
Govu.p, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 147.

Calothorax heliodorus, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.

Lucifer heliodort, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Cheetocercus heliodor?, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 60.

Acestrura heliodort, Goun, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 92 (1861).

Acestura heliodorz, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 120 (1877).

Hab. Venezuela and Columbia.

Male. Upper surface, abdomen, and under tail coverts dark grass-green. Throat
metallic violet-red, feathers elongated on the sides. Breast grayish-white. A patch
of white on the flanks near the thighs. Vent white. Tail brownish-black. Bill
black. Total length, 22 in. Wing, 1} in. Tail, 1 in. Culmen, $ in.

Female. Above brouzy-green. Lores and ear coverts dark brown. Under surface
deep buff. Tail deep buff, with a subterminal black bar. Bill black. Total length,

Gul qT: ik S la: se 1 aos
2,m. Wing, 1Zin. Tail, ?in. Culmen, 3 in.

4. *Acestrura micrura.

Calothorax micrura, Gounp, P. Z. S. (1853), p. 109.—Ib., Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 148.
Acestrura micrura, Gouin, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 92 (1861).
Myrmia micrura, Muns., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 32.—Ip., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 113 (1877).

Hab. Bolivia.

Male. Upper surface bronze-green. Chin, sides of the throat, and under surface
buff. Throat metallic-amethyst. Under tail coverts white. Tail black. Bill
black. Total length, 23 in. Wing, 1,5; in. Tail, 2 in. Culmen, 1,% in.

Female. Above bronze-green. Beneath buff. Tail black. Lateral rectrices
tipped with white.

Genus LXII.—CHATOCERCUS.

TYPE.
Chetocercws, Gray, Gen. Birds (1853), p. 22. O. jourdani, Boure.
Osalia, Muns. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 92. O. jourdani, Boure.

Polyxemus, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 123 (1877). C. bombus, Gould.

CHATOCERCUS 12]

Ch. Bill long as the head, straight, slender; nostrils
hidden in frontal plumes. Median rectrices extremely
short; two next the outermost ones lengthened, equal, and
uniform; outermost one, about half the length of the one
next, filiform, graduating to a point, stiff. Sexes dissimilar
in plumage.

Range. Island of Trinidad, Venezuela, Ecuador.

Three species are known, remarkable for their peculiarly

shaped tails, a description of which is given above. ste a er
Key to the species.
A. Throat metallic-lilac. 1. O. jourdani, Boure.
B. Throat metallic-crimson.
a. Breast white. 2. T. rose, Boure.
b. Breast dark buff. 3. C. bombus, Gould.

1. Chzetocercus jourdani.

Ornismya jourdan?, Bourc., Rev. Zool. (1839), p. 295.—Ip., Ann. Soc. Sci., Phys., etc., Lyon (1840), p. 227,
pls. 5, 6.

Mellisuga jourdanz, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 65.

Calothorax jourdanz, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), vol. i, p. 85.—Rertcu , Aufz. der Colib., p. 13.—Bon., Rev.
and Mag. Zool. (1854). p. 257.—Govnp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 150.

Lucifer jourdant, Retou., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Chetocercus jourdant, Gray, Gen. and Subgen. Birds (1855), p. 22, no. 349.—Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed.,
p- 92.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 125 (1877).

Osalia jourdant, Murs. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 92.

Hab. Island of Trinidad.

Male. Upper parts and median rectrices, flanks and abdomen bronzy-green.
Throat metallic-violet, beneath which is a band of white. Lateral rectrices pur-
plish-brown, the lengthened ones with a buff central stripe at their base. Bill
black. Total length, 22 in. Wing, 13 in. Tail, 1 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Upper parts and flanks golden-green. Median rectrices green, lateral
ones buff, with a subterminal black bar. Under parts buffy-white. Description
from the types in my collection.

2. Chzetocercus rose.

Trochilus rose, Bourc. and Murs., Ann. Soc. Sci., Lyons, tom. ix (1846), p. 316.

Mellisuga rose, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 64.

Calothorax rose, Rricu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257 —Gouttp,
Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 149.

Lucifer rose, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Cheetocercus rose, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 60 (1860).—Govttp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 92.—
Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 127 (1877).

Hab, Venezuela.

Male. In the general plumage of the body and tail, this species is exactly like
the C. jourdani, but the throat is differently colored, being in the present bird rich
metallic-crimson instead of lilac. ‘Total length, 3 in. Wing, 1} in. Tail, 12 in.
Culmen, ;° in.

16 September, 1878,

122 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Female. Precisely like that of C. yourdani. Total length, 25 in. Wing, 1,3, in.
Tail, 1} in. Culmen, ;% in. ‘The above descriptions are taken from the types in
my collection.

3. Chzetocercus bombus,

Cheetocercus bombus, Gouin, P. Z. 8. (1870), p. 804.
Polyxemus bombus, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 123 (1877).

Hab. Citado in Ecuador.

Male. Upper parts and abdomen dark bronze-green. Throat metallic-crimson,
beneath which is a broad buff band, that extends on to the sides of the neck. Tail
purplish-black, inner web of third rectrices margined with buff at the base. Bill
black. ‘Total length, 25 in. Wing, 1in, Tail, 2 in. Culmen, 5%, in.

Female. Above green, beneath deep buff. ‘Tail deep buff with a subterminal
black bar. Bill black. ‘Total length, 23 in. Wing, 1,% in. Tail,11 in. Culmen,
Sin. (Typical examples.)

Genus LXIII.—THAUMASTURA.

Type.
Phetornis, Tscuup. (nec Swarns., 1827), Consp., p. 37 (1844). O. cora, Less.
Thaumastura, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), vol. i, p. 85 (nec Compt. Rend., p. 383, 1850). 0. cora, Less.
Cora, * Retcu.”, Bon., Ann. Se. Nat. (1854), p. 138. O. cora, Less.?

Fig. 71.

Thaumastura cora. d. Islay, Peru, Whitely.

Ch. Bill short, straight, wide at base. Wings long. Tarsi partially clothed.
Middle pair of rectrices almost hidden in coverts, next on either side greatly
elongated and longest, remainder much shorter and decreasing in length to the
outermost one. All are very narrow, but of uniform width for their entire length.

Range. Peru.

One species only is known, small in size, with a strangely shaped tail as described
above ; a brilliant throat, and green and white plumage. ‘The male, as is the case
in all these genera, is the only sex adorned with metallic colors, the female being
plainly dressed, and with a short tail of moderately broad feathers.

This genus was established by Bonaparte in the Comptes Rendus for 1850, giving
as his types the O. vesper, Less., and the O. fanny, Less.; the O. cora, Less., not
being mentioned. In the Conspectus Avium of the same year, however, he places
the latter species, together with those given in the Comptes Rendus, in his genus

DORICHA. 123

~

Tuaumasturs. As both O. vesper and O. fanny became subsequently the types of
other genera, the O. cora is lett to represent THaumastuRA, Bon., although it was
not originally intended as the type.

1. Thaumastura cora.

Ornismya cora, Less. and Garn., Voy. de la Coq,, pl. 13, fig. 4—Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 52, pl. 6 (1829).—Ip.,
Trochil.. pp. 109, 111, pls. 39, 40 (1831).—D’Ors. and Larres., Syn. Av., ii, p. 31, sp. 25 (1838).

Trochilus (Phetornis) cora, Tscuup., Consp., p. 37.—Ib., Faun. Per., p. 245 (1844).

Calothorax cora, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 110, sp. 6.

Thaumastura cora, Bon., Consp. Gen. Avy. (1850), vol. i, p. 85.—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.—
Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 153.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 93 (1861)—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 58.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. iv, p. 8 (1877). ,

Lucifer core, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Hab, Peru.

Male. Upper surface golden-green. Throat metallic-crimson with blue reflections.
Flanks washed with green. Rest of under parts white. ‘Tail black on outer web,
white on inner nearly to the tip. Bill black. Total length, 52 in. Wing, 12 in.
Tail, 3£ in. Culmen, 5% in.

Female. Head gray-green. Upper parts bronzy-green. Under parts buffy-white.
Middle tail feathers green on inner web, white on outer and tipped with black;
lateral ones white, with a broad subterminal black band. ‘Total length, 3{ in.

. 5°: a Abas Gy 2 1 I
Wing, 12 in. ‘Tail, 1,3, in. Culmen, 3 in.

As now constituted, the next genus DoricHa, comprises species of very different
forms so far as their tails are concerned. The one I have placed first, the D.
enicura, has similarly shaped rectrices to those of THAUMASTURA CoRA; the D. elize
has moderately long, broad tail feathers, while the remaining species have narrow
rectrices, all of which are about equal in length, while those of the first two men-
tioned are of different lengths. Although many genera of this Family have been
made on far less important difference than these, yet I believe it is the proper
course to keep them all in one genus, for in every other respect they are closely
related. They are all small birds, and the males have luminous throats.

Genus LXIV.—DORICHA.

Type.

Dorzicha, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 12. T. enicurus, Vieill.
Elisa, “Retcu.,” Bon., Aun. Sc. Nat. (1854), p. 138. T. elise, Less.?
Myrtis, Cas. and Hern. (nec Retcu., 1853), Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 59 (1860). T. enicura, Vieill.
Dolicha, Herr, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 208. T. elise, Less. ?
Amathusiva, Muts. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 85. T. enicura, Vieill.
Egolia, Muts. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 86. T. evelynee, Boure.
Amalasia, Muts., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 29. T. enicura, Vieill.

Amalusia, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch. (1877), tom. iv, p. 15. T. enicura, Vieill.

124 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Ch. Bill longer than the head, slender, Fig. 72.
curved for its whole length. Wings moderate.
Tail long, median feathers nearly hidden in
their coverts, two outer ones generally nearly

equal and longest. Feet small. Sexes dis-

similar.

Range. Bahamas, Mexico, Guatemaia, Custa
Rica, and Veragua.

Five species are known.

Doricha enicura. 3. Guatemala, Verdey.

Key to the species.

A. Throat metallic-purple. Two outer rectrices lengthened, purplish-black. 1. D. enicura.
B. Throat metallic violaceous-crimson. Three outer rectrices lengthened purplish-

black, margined with buff on inner webs. 2. D. elize.
C. Throat metallic-crimson. Inner webs of rectrices margined with buff. 3. D. bryante.
D. Throat metallic purplish-violet. Inner webs of rectrices bright buff. 4. D. evelyne.
E. Throat and forehead metallic purplish-violet. Tail slightly forked, external

feathers curving outwards. 5. D. lyrure.

1. Doricha enicura.

Trochilus enicurus, Viriu., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. (1817), tom. 23, p. 429.—Ip., Ency. Méth., tom. ii, p. 560.
—Termm., Plan. Col., no. 66, fig. 3.

Ornismya heteropygra, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 72, pl. 15 (1829).

Trochilus swainsoni, Less., Trochil., p. 167, pl. 66, 9 (1831).

Calothorax enicura. Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 110.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), vol. i, p. 85.

Doricha henicura, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).

Lucifer enicurus, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.

Calliphlox henicwra, Retcu., Trochil. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Thaumastura enicura, Gouip, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 157.

Myrtis entcura, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 59.

Doricha entcura, Gourn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 95 (1861).

Amalasia enicura, Muus., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 29.

Amalusia enicura. Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch. (1877), tom. iv, p. 16.

Hab, Guatemala.

Male. Upper parts and flanks dark grass-green. Chin black. Throat metallic
dark purple. Breast deep buff. Centre of abdomen dark gray. Lateral rectrices
purplish-black, inner webs of two outer feathers narrowly margined with buff.
Median rectrices shining grass-green. Bill black. Total length, 44 in. Wing, 13
in, Tail, 22 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Upper surface and four central tail feathers bronzy-green. Lores and
ear coverts blackish-brown. Under surface deep buff. Tail feather next the
middle ones rufous at base, then green with a black tip, two outer ones rufous at
base, then black with white tips. Bill black. ‘Total length, 3 in. Wing, 13 in.
3

Tail, 13 in. Culmen, ? in,

DOR TCH A: 125

2. Doricha elizz.

Trochilus eliza, Less. et Deuatrr., Rey. Zool. (1839), p. 20.

Myrtis eliza, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).

Lucifer eliza, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.—Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).
Calothorax eliza, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 110.

Thaumastura elize, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 155.

Doricha elrzce, Gourn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 94 (1861).

Amalasia elize, Muts., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 29.

Amalusia elize, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch. (1877), tom. iv, p. 20.

Hab, Mexico, vicinity of Jalapa and Cordova.

Male. Upper parts and flanks bronzy yellowish-green. Throat metallic violaceous-
crimson, Breast, centre of abdomen, and under tail coverts white. Upper tail
coverts shining green. Middle tail feathers green on inner webs, buff on outer.
Lateral feathers which are lengthened purplish-black, two next the outermost,
margined with buff on the inner webs. Bill black. Total length, 3% in. Wing,
12 in. Tail, 13in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Head brown, upper surface golden-green. Wings purplish-brown.
Under parts white tinged with buff. Median rectrices green; next green edged
with buff and tipped with black, remainder buff at base then black and tipped with
white. Bill black.

3. Doricha bryante.

Dortcha bryante, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist. (1867), vol. viii, p. 4883—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. iv (1877), p. 42.

Hab, Costa Rica,

Male. Upper surface dark grass-green. Throat metallic-crimson. Breast grayish-
white, flanks and lower portion of breast dull green; abdomen rufous. Under tail
feathers green margined with rufous. ‘Tail purplish-black, the rectrices margined
on their inner webs with rufous. Bill black. Iris dark brown. ‘Total length, 4 in.

: = eee ces
Wing, 142 in. Tail, 1$in. Bill, Z in.

Female. Above dull dark green. Sides of neck and upper parts of flanks dark
green. ‘Throat and breast pale buff. Abdomen and crissum rufous, Middle tail
feathers grass-green, next rufous at base, with the terminal half purplish-black ;
remaining rectrices rufous with a broad purplish-black band across the central por-
tion. Bill black. Total length, 35 in. Wing, 12in. Tail1l in. Culmen, in.

4. Doricha evelyn.

Trochilus evelyne, Bourc., P. Z. 8. (1847), p. 44.

Calothorax evelynee, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 110.—Reicn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—Gouxp, Mon.
Troch., vol. iii, pl. 156.

Lucifer evelince, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 10.

Callothorax evillina, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.

Trochilus bahamensis, Bryant, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Bost. (1859), vol. vii, p. 106.

Doricha evelyne, Govrn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 95 (1861).— Exsio7, Ibis (1872), p. 353.—Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch. (1877), tom. iv, p. 38.

126 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Hab. Islands of Nassau and New Providence of the Bahamas,

Male. Above golden-green, ‘Throat metallic purplish-violet. Breast white.
Abdomen green mingled with rufous. Under tail coverts buffy-white. Median
rectrices purple, the inner web of all but that of the external feather cinnamon.
Bill black. ‘otal length, 34 in. Wing, 15 in. ‘Tail, 1} in. Culmen, ? in.

Female. Above greenish-gray. Throat buffy-white. Abdomen and under tail
coverts rufous. Middle tail feathers bronzy-green, lateral feathers rufous with a
subterminal black band, beneath which there is a green gloss on the outer webs,
Bill black. ‘Total length, 23 in. Wing, 15 in. ‘ail, 1 in. Culmen, 2 in.

5. Doricha lyrura.

Doricha lyrura, Goutp, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th ser. (1869), vol. iv, pp. 111, 112.—Enn1or, Ibis (1872), p.
354.—Mutrs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch. (1877), tom. iv, p. 41.

Hab. Islands of Inagua, and Long Island of the Bahamas.

Male. Forehead and throat metallic purplish-violet. Upper surface dull grass-
green. <A band of white across the breast, rest of under parts rufous, except vent
which is white. ‘Tail lyre-shaped, feathers turning outward at the tips, purplish-
black, all the feathers except middle aud outermost ones having their inner web
rufous. Billblack. ‘Total length, 35 in. Wing,1l}in. Tail,13in. Culmen, $ in.

Female. Upper parts pale brownish, glossed with metallic-green. Throat and
breast white; rest of under parts pale rufous. ‘Tail rounded. Median pair of
rectrices shining grass-green; remainder buff with a broad black central band.
The feather next the central pair on either side has a shining grass-green gloss on
the outer web beneath the black. Wings purple. Bill and feet black. Total
length, 34 in. Wing, 12in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 2 in,

Genus LX V.—MYRTIS.

Typr.
Myrtis, Rercn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853). O. funny, Less.
Zephyrztis, Murs. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 87. O. fanny, Less.
Eudosta, Muts., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 32 (nec p. 20). T. yarrelli, Boure.
Eulidtva, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p 114 (1877). T. yarrellz, Boure.
Ch. Bill longer than the head, curved for its entire Fig. 73.

length. Wings rather long, reaching half the length
of the tail. Median rectrices extremely short, almost

hidden in the coverts; the four lateral ones long.

Range. Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia.

‘Two species are known, of small size, with peculiarly —
shaped tails in the males, and brilliant throat marks. =

Myrtisfannie. &, Tiuta, Peru, Whitely.
Key to the species.
A. Throat metallic-green bordered by violet; four lateral rectrices uniform in width. 1. MM. fanniz. _

B. Throat metallie-lilac with blue reflections. Three lateral rectrices narrow and
pointed. 2. M. yarrelli.

MYGR EDS. 127

1. Myrtis fanny.

Ornismya fanny, Less., Ann. Sci. Nat. (1838), tom. ix, p. 170.—Ip., Rey. Zool. (1838), p- 314.

Trochilus labrador, Bourc., Ann. Soc. Sci., Lyon (1839), p. 389, pl. viii—Devarrr., Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 311.

Calothorax fanny, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 110, sp. 14.—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 151.

Thaumastura fanny, Bon., Compt. Rend., p. 383 (1850).—In., Consp. Gen. Ay. (1850), vol. i, p. 85.

Myrtis fanny, Reicu., Awfz. der Colibri., p. 13 (1853).—Cas. and Hem., Mus. Hein. 'h., iii, p- 59 (1860).—
Gouxp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 93 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch. (1877), tom. iy, p- 33.

Lucifer labrador, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.—Rerou., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Hab. Ecuador and Peru.

Male. Upper parts light bronze-green; brownish on top of the head. Throat
metallic bluish-green, bounded beneath by a narrow line of luminous violet. A
white band across the breast; flanks bronzy, washed with buff on lower half, rest
of under parts white. Tail brownish-black with a bronze gloss. Wings brown.
Bill black. Total length, 32 in. Wing,1$ in. ‘Tail, 12 in. Culmen,2in. Type
of T. labrador, Boure.

Female. Above like the male. Throat white, rest of under parts deep buff.
Median rectrices green; next green tipped with black. Lateral ones, buff at base,
rest black tipped with white. Bill black. Total length, 34 in. Wing, 14 in. Tail,
lin. Culmen,?in. Type of 7. labrador, Bourc., in my collection.

2. Myrtis yarrelli.

Trochilus yarrellz, Bourc., P. Z. S. (1846), p. 45.

Calothorax yarrellz, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—Govrp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 152.
Calothorax yarelli, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.

Lucifer yarrelli, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Myrtis yarrellz, Gov, Intr. 'Troch., octavo ed., p. 93 (1861).

EBudosta yarrell7, Muus.. Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 32.

Hulidia yarelli, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 115 (1877).

Hab. Bolivia.

Male. Upper parts and four central tail feathers light yellowish-green. Throat
metallic-lilac with blue reflections. Under parts white, washed with green on the
flanks. Lateral tail feathers, which are stiff and narrow, and graduate to a point,
dark brown. Bill black. Total length, 27 in. Wing, 1,*, in. Tail, 12 in. Cul-
men, 2 in.

Female. Above like the male, beneath buffy-white. Middle tail feathers green,
next green with black tips, remainder buff at the base, then black and tipped with
white. Bill black. Total length, 22? in. Wing,14 in. Tail,1 in. Culmen, j% in.

Descriptions taken from Bourcier’s specimens, now in my collection, which were
the types of Mr. Gould’s plate in his Monograph.

128 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Genus LX VI.—TILMATURA.

Typr.
Tilmatura, Retcn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853). O. dupont?, Less.
Tryphena, Gourn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 96 (1861). O. duponti, Less.

Ch. Billas long as the head, straight. Wings Fig. 74.
rather short. Tail deeply forked, outermost
feather tapering rapidly at the tip, and curved
inwards. Feet small. Sexes dissimilar.

Range. Restricted to Guatemala.

But one species is known, remarkable for the
very unusual style of coloration exhibited on the
tail feathers of the male. In this respect it is Fusianre Gupen ee tee
totally unlike all other members of the Trochilide.

1, Tilmatura duponti.

Ornismya dupontz, Lxss., Ois. Mouch. Supp., p. 100, pl. 1 (1829).

Ornismya ceelestes, Less., Trait. Ornith. (1831), p. 276.

Ornismya zemes, Luss., Rey. Zool. (1838), p. 315.

Mellisuga dupont?, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 71.

Tryphena duponti, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 84 (1850).—Gounp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 158.—Ip., Intr.
Troch., octavo ed., p. 97.

Tilmatura lepida, Reron., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 711, figs. 4610-14.

Thaumastura dwpont?, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.

Trochilus dupont’, Jarv., Nat. Lib. Humming-birds, vol. i, p. 131. pl. 26.

Tilmatura dupont?, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 59 (note) (1860).—Muts., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875),
p- 28.—Ib., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 11 (1877).

Hab. Guatemala.

Male. Upper parts dark green, with a white spot on each side of the rump.
Throat deep blue. Across the breast a band of white; rest of under surface and ;
crissum green. Median rectrices short, shining green, next one dark brown, the
next dark brown with a white spot on inner web, and white tip. Remainder dark
brown at base, then a band of rufous, then one of white succeeded by another of
dark brown, and tip white. Bill black. Total length, 4 in. Wing, 14 in. Tail,
2in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Upper surface bronzy-green with two buffy-white patches on each side

of the rump. Under surface deep buff, with an indistinct band of white across the
breast, and vent white. Middle tail feathers green, rest green at base, remaining
part black tipped with white. Bill black. Total length, 22 in. Tail, Z in. Wing,

3: . ae
13 in. Culmen 2 in.

SMARAGDOCHRYSIS—PTOCHOPYTERA. 129

Genus LX VII.—SMARAGDOCHRYSIS.

Smaragdochrysis, Gouxp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 180 (1861). C. se Gould.

Ch. “Bill longer than the head,
straight and slender; wings small, prima-
ries narrow and rigid; tail of moderate
size and deeply forked; tarsi clothed;
feet small; hind toe and nail nearly as
long as the middle toe and nail.” (Gould,
HOC: Cit.)

Range. Brazil. :

One species only is known, and together
with that of the succeeding genus, with
which it is closely allied, leads on natu-
rally to CALLIPHLOX.

Tarsi feathered

Smaragdochrysts iridescens. &. Type. Brazil. Gould.

1. Smaragdochrysis iridescens.

Calliphlox ? tridescens, Goutp, P. Z. S. (1860), p. 310.
Smaragdochrysis cridescens, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. vy, pl. 359.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p- 181.

Hab. Brazil.

“The whole of the body including the upper and under tail coverts iridescent
pale green and light coppery-red, most brilliant on the throat; the deeply forked
tail steely dark brown, each feather tipped with a more bronzy or purplish hue,
which is seen only in certain lights; upper mandible and the tip of the lower one
black, the remainder of the latter apparently reddish flesh-color. Total length, 34

-in, Bill2?in. Wing, 1,% in. Tail 1} in.” (Gould, 1. c.)

Genus LX VIII.—PTOCHOPTERA.
Tyre.
Ptochoptera, Euxior, Ibis (1874), p. 261. T. tolema, Pelz.

Ch. Bill moderately long, straight, sharply
pointed. Wings extremely short, a little over
one-third the entire length of the bird. Tail long,
deeply forked, feathers narrow, outer ones curving
slightly inwards. Tail coverts very long, reaching
to the fork of the tail.

Range. Brazil.
The single known species, like that of SMARAG- — Pustoptraiotama $. Typo. Brasil. Nattorer,
DOCHRYSIS, is a small bird, of rather plain plumage,
but with a brilliant throat. The females of both genera are entirely unknown.
17. September, 1878,

130 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

1. *Ptochoptera iolzma.

Riccordia zolema, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum. p. 4, pl. 705, figs. 4588-89.
Thalurania tolema, Von Pexz., Ornith. Bras., p. 57.—Saty. and Exxtior, Ibis (1873), p. 361.
Ptochoptera coleema, Ex.107, Ibis (1874), p. 261—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 89.

Hab. Brazil.

Male. Top of head and nape dull dark green, entire upper parts grass-green, only
slightly metallic. The tail coverts are a lighter green than the back, and reach to
the fork of the tail. ‘Throat pale metallic grass-green. Rest of under parts pale
smoky-brown, with some of the flank feathers tipped with grass-green. Under tail
coverts long, same color as the abdomen, with a slight metallic-greenish lustre on
the centre of the feathers. Tail long, deeply forked, dark purplish-brown, feathers
very narrow. Wings purplish-brown. Bill and feet black. ‘Total length, 43 in.
Wing, 12 in. Tail, 2 in. Bill along gape, ¢ in. From type of species in the
Vienna Zoological Museum.

Genus LXIX.—CALLIPHLOX.

Tyr.
Calliphloz, Borg, Isis (1831), p. 544. T. amethystinus, Gmel.
Philodice, Murs. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 86. T. matchellr, Boure.

Ch. Bill shorter than the head, straight, slightly
curved at extreme tip. Wings moderate. Tail rather
long, deeply forked, feathers narrow. Sexes unlike.

Range. Venezuela, island of Trinidad, Brazil, and
Ecuador,

Two species are known; similar in form to those

of the preceding genera, with rather dull metallic
throats, not luminous in any light. Calliphio: amethysting: 6 ae

Key to the species.
A. Tail long and deeply forked.
a. Throat metallic-amethyst. 1. C. amethystina.
b. Throat metallic dark violet. 2. C. mitchelli.

1. Calliphlox amethystina.

Trochilus amethystinus, GMEL., Syst. Nat. (1788), vol. i, p. 496.—Laru., Ind. Orn., vol. i, p. 319 (1790).—S#aw,
Gen. Zool., vol. iii, p. 328.—Pr. Max., Beitr. Natur. Bras., p. 90.

Mellisuga amethystina, Steru., Gen. Zool., vol. xiv, p. 243.—Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 72.

Trochilus brevicauda, Srrx., Av. Bras., vol. i, p- 79, t. 80, fig. 2 (1825).

Ornismya amethystina, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 150, pl. 47 (1829).—Ip., Suppl., pls. 20, 21, 22.

Ornismya amethystoides, Lxss., Troch., p. 79, pl. 25, 26, 27 (1831).

Mellisuga amethystovdes, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 72.

Trochilus campestris, Pr. Max., Beit. Naturg. Bras., 1h ‘Ws

Tryphena amethystina, Bor., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), vol. i, p. 84.—Ip., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.

Tryphena amethystotdes, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay. (1830), vol. i, p. 84.

LOPHORNIS. 131

Calliphlox amethystina, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum. (1855), p. 10.— Gouin, Mon.
Troch., vol. iii, pl. 159.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 97—Cas. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 58
(1860).—Etr1or, Ibis (1876), p. 398.—Muns., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 45 (1877).

Calliphlox amethystotdes, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 12.—Ipb., Troch. Knum., p- 10 (1855).—Bon.,
Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.—Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. ¢8.

Hab, Island of Trinidad, Venezuela, Brazil.

Male. Upper parts dark bronzy-green. Throat metallic-amethyst, beneath which
is a band of white, flanks green, abdomen gray changing to buff on the lower part
of the flanks and under tail coverts. Central tail feathers green, lateral ones pur-
plish-brown. Bill black. Total length, 3{ in. Wing, 12 in. Tail, 14in. Cul-
men, ; In.

Female. Upper parts golden-green, brownish on the head. Under parts pale
gray, throat spotted with brown. Wings purplish-brown. Median rectrices bright
metallic-green, lateral ones have basal half light purplish-gray, washed with green,
remaining part black tipped with white. Bill black, feet brown. ‘Total length, 3

, : Se a ate eae ' ates
im Wing Zin. Tail, 1} in. Culmen, 5 in.

2. Calliphlox mitchelli.

Trochilus mitchelli, Bourc., P. Z. 8. (1847), p. 47.

Mellisuga mitchellz, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 74.

Calothorax mitchellz, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).

Lucifer mitchell, Rercu., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Tryphena mitchellz, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.

Calliphlox mitchelli, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 160.—Ipb., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 98 (1861).—Ext1ot,
Ibis (1876), p. 399.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iv, p. 49 (1877).

Hab, Ecuador.

Male. Upper surface, abdomen, flanks, and under tail coverts dark grass-green.
Throat dark metallic-violet. Breast grayish-white. A patch of buff on each side
of the rump. Tail dark purple. Bill black. Total length, 3 in. Wing, 1} in.
Tail, 1} in. Culmen, § in.

Female. Upper parts dark green. Under parts buff, changing to rufous on the
abdomen and under tail coverts. Lores and sides of neck blackish-brown. Middle
tail feathers bronze-green, lateral ones rufous with a subterminal black bar. Bill

black. Total length, 22 in. Wing, 1$ in. ‘ail, Z in. Culmen, $ in.

Genus LX X.—LOPHORNIS.

Ty Pr.

Lophornis, Lrss., Tab. Esp. Ois. Mouch., p. xxxvii (1829). T. ornatus, Bodd.
Bellatrizx, Borr, Isis, p. 545 (1831). T. ornatus, Budd.
Lophorinws, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257. O. delattriz, Less.
Polemtstria, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 63 (note) (1860). T. verreaux?, Boure.
Telamon, Muts. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 75. O. delattriz, Less.
Paphosia, Mutts. and Vrerr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 75. O. helene, Delatt.
Dialia, Muts., Catal. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 27. L. adorabilis, Salv.
Idas, Muts., Catal. Ois. Mouch., p. 27 (1875). T. magnificus, Vieill.

Aurinia, Muts., Catal. Ois. Mouch., p. 27 (1875). T. verreausi, Boure.

132 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

a

Ch. Head usually crested. Feathers of the sides of Fig. 78.
the throat more or less lengthened into ruffs, and pro-
jecting outwards. ‘Tail rounded. Bill straight, short,
weak, Sexes unlike in plumage.

Range. Central America, island of Trinidad, Guiana,
Venezuela, Brazil, Columbia, and Ecuador.

This genus, as instituted by Lesson (1. ¢.), was a com-
posite one. It contained as the first of its species, his
Ornismya nattereri (=T7. superbus, Vieill ), followed by
O. petasophora (=T. serrirostris, Vieill.), O. delalandi,
O. cristata, O. ornata, Linn., O. strumaria (=T. mag-
nificus, Vieill.), and O. vieillotts (=T. chalybeus, Vieill.). 7Ptereormane - “Erintinds Willy:
Of these, the first is the type of Mr. Gould’s genus
Aueastes, the second is the type of PETAsopHoraA, Gray, the third is the type of
CEPHALLEPIS (CEPHALOLEPIS), Lodd., and’ the fourth is the type of BeLtona, Muls.,
leaving the two remaining species in Lesson’s genus LopHornis, of which his Or-
nismya ornata (Trochilus ornatus, Bodd.) may be considered as the type. The
birds comprised in this genus seem best placed here, as from them through GouLpIA
and Discura we arrive naturally at SrecANnuRA, Loppgcesr, and the long-tail species
commonly known as the blue-, and fire-tail Hummers.~-Although the tails of the
species of LopHornis and GouLDIA are very different, yet there are points of resem-
blance between them in plumage, among which could be cited the conspicuous bar
that crosses the ramp. The Coquettes, as they are called, are small birds possess-
ing a highly ornamented plumage, having elongated feathers springing from the
sides of the neck with metallic tips. Some species are also adorned with crests, and
all have metallic throats, with but two exceptions. Of course this is understood
to imply only as regards the males. ‘The females are differently attired.

Ten species are recognized as belonging to this genus; two very closely allied,
viz., L. delattrii and L. regulus, and it may be well doubted if they really are dis-
tinct.

Key to the species.
A. Throat metallie-green.
a. No metallic colors on upper parts of the head.

a’. Crest spotted throughout its length. 1. ZL. stictolophus.
b’. Crest unspotted.
a’’. Crest tipped minutely with black. 2. L. delattrit.
b/’. Crest conspicuously tipped with greenish-black. 3. L. regulus.
b. Front covered with metallic-green feathers.
a’. Feathers of neck elongated, buff tipped with green. 4. L. ornatus.

b’. Feathers of neck elongated, white.

a/’, Elongated feathers with round apical metallic-green spots. 5. ZL. gouldi.
b’’. Elongated neck feathers with apical metallic-green bars. 6. L. magnificus.
ce’. Feathers of neck elongated, buff streaked with black, or all black. 17. ZL. helene.
ec. Front covered with metallic-red feathers ; crown white. 8. L. adorabilis.

LOPHORNIS. é 133

B. Throat not metallic.
a. Elongated neck feathers green spotted with white.

a’. Under parts deep oil-green. Tail bronzy-brown. 9. L. chalybea.
b’. Under parts dark brown with bronzy-brown reflections. Tail
purplish-bronze. 10. L. verreauxt.

1. Lophornis stictolophus.°

Lophornis regince, Gout (nec Scurets.), P. Z. S. (1847), p. 97.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 122.—In., Intr.
Troch., octavo ed., p. 84 (1861).—Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 84 (1850).—Ip., Rey. and Mag. Zool.
(1854), p. 257.

Bellatrix regine, Rercn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 9 (1855).

Lophornis stactolophus, Saty. and Exxior, Ibis (1873), p. 280.

Telamon strictolophus, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 201 (1876).

Hab. Venezuela, Columbia, and Ecuador.

Male. Distinguished from all others of the genus by its crest, which is broad,
rust-red in color, each feather tipped with a green spot; the spots commencing in
the centre of the crown. Back shinings green. Rump ard upper tail coverts
bronzy-brown; a white band across the rump. ‘Throat metallic-green, beneath
which is a spot of white. Under parts light shining green. Under tail coverts
buff. Tail brownish-chestnut, external feathers margined and tipped with bronzy-
green. Bill flesh-color, brown at tip. Total length, 23 in. Wing, 14 in. Tail, 11
in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Head not crested. Front and crown deep buff, occiput dark green.
Rump bronzy-brown, crossed by a band of buff. Upper part of throat white spotted
with blackish-brown, lower portion black with bronze reflections. Tail buff, with
a broad subterminal blackish-brown band with bronzy-green reflections. Remaining
plumage as in the male. Types in my collection.

2. Lophornis delattrii.

Ornismya (Lophornis) delattriz, Luss., Rev. Zool. (1839), p. 19.

Lophornis delattrii, Gout, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 121—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 84 (1861).—Retcn.,
Aufz. der Colib., p. 12.—In., Troch. Enum., p. —, (1855).—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.—
Ib., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 83 (1850).

Mellisuga delattré’, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113.

Telamon delattriz, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 199 (1876).

Hab. Veragua, Panama, Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia. ?

Male. Differs from the L. stictolophus simply in the form of its crest, which is
rufous, lengthened, central feathers the longest, and tipped with minute green
spots. Rest of plumage like L. stictolophus. ‘Total length, 24 in. Wing, 14 in.
Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 55, in.

Female like that of L. stictolophus.

Young male has the forehead and throat rufous, rest like the female.

3. Lophornis regulus.

Trochilus (Lophornis) regulus, Gourp. P. Z. S. (1847), p. 89.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 120.—Box., Consp.
Gen. Ay., p. 84 (1850).

Mellisuga regulus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113.

Lophornis lophotes, Gouin, Intr. Mon. Troch., octavo ed., p. 83 (1861).

134. SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Hab. Bolivia.

Male. Only differs from L. delattrii by having the crest conspicuously tipped with
dark green spots, and a slightly longer bill. ‘Total length, 25 in. Wing, 12 in.
Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 5 in.

Female. Exactly like that of the L. delattri.

The L. lophotes, Gould, is the same as regulus with still larger spangles on the
tips of the crest feathers. It is most probable that all these three constitute but
one species, which should be called L. delattrit.

4. Lophornis ornatus.

Trochilus ornatus, Bopp., Plan. Enlum. d’Aubent, pl. 640, fig. 3 (1783).—Gmrt., Syst. Nat. (1788), vol. i, p.
497.—Larn., Ind. Orn., vol. i (1790), p. 318.—Suaw., Gen. Zool. vol. viii., p. 345.— Virtti., Eney. Méth.,
p- 565, sp. 64.

Ornismya ornata, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 139, pl. 41 (1829).—Ip., Troch., p. 77, pl. 24, juv. (1831).

Mellisuga ornata, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 13, sp.,84.—Leor., Ois. Trinid., p. 148.

Lophornis auratus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 83 (1850).

Lophornis ornata, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 62 (1860).

Lophornis ornatus, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 117.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 82 (1861).—Bon.,
Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257._Ip., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 83, vol. i—Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12.
—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 9.—Less., Trait. Ornith., p. 285 (1831).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii,
p- 215.

Hab. Trinidad, Venezuela, and Guiana.

Male. Head and crest deep chestnut, unspotted. Forehead and throat metallic-
green. On either side of neck, a series of lengthened graduated feathers, each one —
tipped with metallic-green. Under surface bronzy-green. Rest of plumage like
L. stictolophus. Total length, 2;°; in. Wing, 1} in. Tail, 1] in. Culmen, 3 in,

Female. Top of head, upper and under surface bronzy-green. Across the rump
a band of buffy-white. Throat and upper part of breast buff. Rest of plumage

like the female of L. stictolophus.

5. Lophornis gouldi.

Ornismya gouldz, Less., Trochil., p. 103, pl. 36 (1831-33).

Lophornis regine, Scurers., Collect. Faun. Bras. (1833), pl. 1.

Bellatriz gouldz, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 9 (1855).

Lophornis gouldi, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 118.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 83 (1861).—Bon.,
Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 83 (1850).—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.—Saty. and Ex11o7, lbis
(1873), p. 279.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 218 (1876).

Hab. Brazil, Amazonian valley—vicinity of Para.

Male. Head and crest chestnut-red. Forehead and throat metallic-green. Upper
and under surface, and wing coverts bronzy-green. Rump chestnut-brown, crossed
by a band of white. On either side of neck are lengthened graduated white feathers,
each one with a round metallic-green spot at tip. Tail chestnut-red, feathers mar-
gined and tipped with bronzy-green. Bill flesh-color, tip brown. Total length, 2%
in, Wing, 12 in. Tail,14 in. Culmen, = in.

Female. Head and upper surface golden-green. Lores and throat buff. Median
rectrices bronzy-green, lateral ones buff, with bronzy-green subterminal bar. Rest

of plumage like the male, no elongated feathers on sides of the neck.

LOPHORNIS. 135

6. Lophornis magnificus.

Trochilus magnificus, Viati., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. (1817), t. vil, p. 367, et t. xxiii, p. 428, pl. G, 36, fig. 3.
—Ip., Ois. Dor., tom. iii, pl. 8—Trmm., Plan. Col., 229, fig. 2—Pr. Max., Beit. Nat. Bras., p- 79.

Colibri helios, Sr1x., Av. Bras., tom. i, p. 81, tab. 82, fig. 2 (1824).

Trochilus decorus, Lrcut., Doubl., p. 14, no. 120.

Ornismya magnifica, Less., Man. Ornith., tom. ii, p. 80.

Ornismya strumaria, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 143, pl. 42, § (1829); pl. 43, fig. 1, 9; fig. 2,4, juv.

Lophornis strumaria, Lrss., Trait. Ornith., p. 285 (1831).

Mellisuga magnifica, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 88.

Bellatrix magnefica, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 9 (1855).

Lophornis magnificus, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 119.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 83 (1861).—Bon.,
Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 83 (1850).—In., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.

Lophornis magnifica, Caz. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., ili, p. 62 (1860).

Telamon magnificus, Gray, Handl.-B., p. 147, vol. i.

Idas magnificus, Murs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 211 (1876).

Hab. Brazil.

Male. Precisely like the L. gouldi, except that the elongated neck feathers have
the tip crossed by a bar of metallic-green, instead of a round spot. ‘Total length,
22 in. Wing, 12in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female like that of L. gouldi.

7. Lophornis helene.

Ornismya helence, Detatrr., Echo du Monde Savant. (1843), p. 1068.—Ib., Rey. Zool. (1843), p. 133.

Mellisuga helene, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 133.

Lophornis helene, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12.—In., Troch. Enum., p. 9 (1855).—Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay.
(1850), vol. i, p. 83.—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.—Gouxtp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 123.—
Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 84.

Paphosta helene, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 205 (1876).

Hab. Mexico, Guatemala, and Costa Rica.

Male. Top of head and crest dark shining green. From either side of the occiput
spring three long, slender, greenish-black feathers. Back and wing coverts bronzy-
green. Rump bronzy-brown, crossed by a narrow line of white. ‘Throat metallic
light green, surrounded by black, the feathers on the sides of the neck elongated

Ba SS ’ ¥ 8
and streaked with buff. Under surface white, each feather with a golden spot at
the tip. Under tail coverts dark rufous. Median rectrices green, lateral ones deep
rufous margined with dark brown. Bill flesh-color. Total length, 2% in. Wing,
12in. Tail 1jin. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Upper surface and abdomen bronzy-green. Throat white spotted with
green. ‘Tail deep buff, with a subterminal band of black. Middle rectrices dark
green tipped with black.

8. Lophornis adorabilis.

Lophornis adorabilis, Sauy., P. Z. S. (1870), p. 207.
Dialia adorabilis, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 208 (1876).

Hab, Chiriqui.
Male. Forehead metallic ruby-red. Crown pure white, narrowing to a point on
the occiput. From each side of the occiput spring a few narrow, lengthened dark

136 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

green feathers. Sides of the head bordering the white, dark brown. Back and
wing coverts bronzy-green. Rump dark purple crossed by a narrow white band.
Throat metallic dark green. Upper part of breast white. Flanks bronzy-green.
Abdomen and under tail coverts dark rufous. ‘Tail deep rufous, with the tips of
the median feathers, and edges of the others, greenish-brown. Bill flesh-color, tip
brown. Wings purple. Total length, 2g in. Wing, 13in. Tail, 1,3, m. Cul
men, 2 in.

Female. Top and sides of head dark brown. Upper parts bronzy-green. Throat
and breast white spotted with dark brown. Tail deep buff with a subterminal black
bar. Flanks bronzy-green. Abdomen and under tail coverts deep rufous. Rump

as in the male. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color at base, tip black.

9. Lophornis verreauzi.

Trochilus verreauxi, Bourc., Rev. Zool. (1853), p. 193.

Lophornis verreauxi, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12.—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 9 (1855).—Gouxp, Mon. Troch.,
vol. iii, pl. 125.

Bellatrix verreauat, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.

Polemistria verreauxi, Cas. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 63 (note)—Gouxp, Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 85.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 221.

Hab. Upper Amazon and Columbia, Peru.

Male. Forehead and patch beneath the eye metallic grass-green. Crest deep
chestnut, each feather tipped and margined with dark green. Back and flanks
dark bronzy-green. Across the rump a line of white. Throat and sides of neck
dull pale green, the feathers of the neck tipped with white. Centre of breast and
abdomen dark green—almost black. Upper tail coverts bronzy-purple. Tail pur-
plish-bronze. Bill black. ‘Total length, 34 in. Wing, 13 in. Tail, 1}in. Cul
men, 5%; in.

Female. Top of head dark brown, without crest. Back bronzy-green. A line of
white on sides of throat. Flanks washed with green. Throat and abdomen black
spotted with buff. Line across the rump buff. Upper tail coverts dark crimson.
Tail bronze-green at base, changing to blackish-brown, all the lateral feathers tipped
with pearly-white. Under tail coverts blackish-brown. Description taken from a
female procured by Chesterton in Columbia, ;

10. Lophornis chalybea.

Trochilus chalybeus, Virtu., Ency. Méth., vol. ii, p. 574.—Temm., Pl. Col., no. 66, fig. 2.

Trochilus festivus, Licut., Doubl., p. 14.

Colibri mystax, Srrx., Ay. Bras., tom. i, p. 82, tab. 82, fig. 3 (1824).

Ornismya vieillote’, Luss., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., p. 186, pl. 64 (1829).—In., Trochil., p. 37, pl. 8; p. 41, pl.
9; p. 44, pl. 10; p. 46, pl. 11 (1831).

Ornismya audenetiz, Less., Ois. Mouch. Supp., p. 102, pl. 2 (1831).

Mellisuga chalybea, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113 (1844-49).

Mellisuga audenitii, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113.

Lophornis audenitii, Box., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i (1850), p. 84.

Lophornis chalybeus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i (1850), p. 84.—Rercn., Troch. Baa p. 9 (1855).—Goutp,
Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 124.—Brrtzrsen., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1873), p. 275.

Lophornis chalybed: Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).

GOULDIA. 137

Bellatrix chalybeus, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 297.

Lophornis festivus, Burm., Th. Bras., vol. ii, p. 354, sp. 2 (1856).

Polemistria chalybea, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 63.—Govxp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 85
Pe ain Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 231 (1876).

Hab. Brazil.

Male. Forehead, line beneath the eye, and ear coverts metallic grass-green.
Back, wing coverts, and back of head bronzy-green. Rump dark purple, crossed
by a narrow white band. ‘Throat and lengthened feathers on the sides dark glossy
green, not metallic, the latter tipped with white. Breast grayish-white ; abdomen
and flanks dark brown with bronze reflections. A line of white across the vent.
Upper tail coverts pale gray tipped and margined with bronzy-green. Tail bronzy-
brown tipped with white. Wings dark purplish-brown. Bill black. Total length,
3} in. Wing, 12 in. Tail, 1} in, Culmen, 55, in.

Female. 'Top of head brown, upper surface of body greenish-bronze; beneath
grayish-white. Throat streaked with brown. ‘Tail bronzy-green at base, changing
into dark bronzy-brown, and tipped with buff. Rump, bill, and wings like the male.

We now reach a group of birds allied. in many ways to those of the genus
Lopuornis, yet differing greatly in their singular tails, which are composed of
lengthened attenuated feathers, the three outermost ones on either side being the
longest, although very unequal, and the four median ones so short as to be hardly
visible. The species first given is perhaps possessed of the most spine-like rectrices,
closely followed, however, by the next; but when the G. /etitie is reached we find
it to be almost the counterpart of Discura lonyicauda, the only species of the fol-
lowing genus, but without the spatules.at the end of the external rectrices. All
the species of GouLDIA are small but of a graceful shape. I have kept the G. pope-
lairi in the same genus as the rest, not considering that the possession of a crest is
of sufficient importance to give the species a distinct generic rank.

Genus LX XJI.—GOULDIA.

Tyrer.

Gouldia, Bon., Compt. Rend., p. 381 (1850). T. langsdorffi, Vieill.
Popelazvria, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853). T. popelarrz, DuBus.
Gouldomyta, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257. T. langsdorffi, Vieill.
Prymnacantha, Cas. and Hemw., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 64. T. popelacrez, DuBus.
Tricholopha, Hriye, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 209. T. popelacret ?, DuBus.
Mytinia, Muts., Catal. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 28. T. letitie, Boure.
Mythinia, Mozs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii (1876), pp. 235, 245. T. leetrtice, Boure.

18 October, 1878.

138 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

e

Ch. Bill about as long as the Fig. 79.
head. Rectrices lengthened, stiff,
graduating to a fine point. Outer-
most one bare of outer web for
nearly three-fourths its length. Tarsi
covered by a tuft of feathers.

Range. Veragua and Costa Rica
in Central America, Brazil, the upper
Amazon, Columbia, Ecuador, Peru,

and Bolivia. Gouldia tangedorfi.d Rio Janeiro. Verreaux.
Four species are here included in
this genus.
Key to the species.

A. Head crested, breast black, not metallic. 1. G. popelairii.
B. Head not crested, breast metallic.
a. Breast luminous green bordered with red. 2. G. langsdor ffi.
b. Breast shining green, abdomen dull green. 3. G. converst.
c. Breast metallic-green, a patch of white on its lower border. 4. G. letitiz.

1. Gouldia popelairii.

Trochilus popelarz?, Du Bus., Esquiss. Ornith., pl. 6 (1845).

Mellisuga popelatrz, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113.

Gouldia popelairi, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay. (1850), vol. i, p. 86.—Gouxp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 127.—Bon.,
Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.

Popelairia tricholopha, Rercn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 9 (1855).—Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch. (1876), vol. tii, p. 235.

Prymnacantha popelairei, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 64 (1860).—Goun>, Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 87.

Tricolopha popelacret, Heine, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 209.

Hab. Columbia, Ecuador, and Peru.

Male. Top of head and throat metallic grass-green. Lengthened_ hair-like
feathers, extending beyond the short crest, black. Back and upper tail coverts
grass-green. A white band across the rump, between this band and the tail coverts
the rump is greenish-black. Breast and abdomen black; flanks light brownish-gray.
Under tail coverts white. ‘Tail steel-blue, shafts white in the middle feathers,
brownish in the lateral ones. Thighs red. Bill black. ‘Total length, 44 in.
Wing, 12 in. Tail, 22 in. Culmen, 5% in.

Female. Upper parts, flanks, and tail coverts bronzy-green, white band across
the rump. Chin and a line on side of the neck grayish-white. Centre of throat:
and abdomen bluish-black. ‘ail short, steel-blue with gray base and white tips.

Thighs red.
2. Gouldia langsdorfii.

Trochilus langsdorffi, Bonnat. and Vrertt., Ency. Méth., vol. ii, p. 574 (1794).—Temm., Plan. Col., no. 66, fig. 1.

Orthorhynchus langsdorffi, Less., Man. Ornith., tom. ii, p. 77 (1828).

Ornismya langsdorffi, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 102, pl. 26 (1829).—In., Supp., p. 129, pl. 16.—Ib., Trochil., p.
101, pl. 35 (1831).

GOULDIA, 139

Colibri hirundinaceus, Srix., Ay. Bras., vol. i (1824), p. 80, pl. 81, fig. 2.

Mellisuga langsdorffi, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113.

Gouldia langsdorffi, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), vol. i, p 86.—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.—
Gouxtp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 128—Drs Murs, Voy. Castel. (Oiseaux.), p. 41.—Rercn., Aufz. der
Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 9 (1855). ;

Prymnacantha langsdorfi, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 64.—Murts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
vol. iii (1876), p. 238.

Gouldia melanosternum, Goutp, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (1868), 4th ser., vol. i, p. 323.

Hab. Brazil, upper Amazon, Peru.

Male. Crown, throat, and breast glittering metallic grass-green, bounded beneath
by a line of fiery-red. Upper surface bronzy-green, with a white band across the
rump. Lower portion of breast black, rest of under parts grayish-white. Median
rectrices steel-blue with white shafts, lateral ones steel-blue at base, then brownish-
white with brown shafts. Wings purple-brown. Bill black. Total length, 42 in.
Wing, 13 in. Tail, 33 in. Culmen, 5% in.

Female. Upper surface bronzy-green with a white band across the ramp. Chin
black; a white line from the angle of bill. Throat spotted with green. ‘Tail short.
Median rectrices steel-blue tipped with white; lateral ones grayish-white, with a
subterminal steel-blue bar.

3. Gouldia conversi.

Trochilus convers?, Bourc. and Murs., Ann. Soc. Agr., Lyon (1846), p. 313.—Ip., Rev. Zool. (1846), p. 314, pl. 3.

Mellisuga convers?, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113 (1844-49).

Gouldia convers?, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), vol. i, p. 86.—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.—Goutp,
Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 129—Rercn., Aufz. der Colib. p. 12 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Knum., p. 9 (1855).—
Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 86 (1861).

Prymnacantha convers?, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 65.—Muts., Hist. Nit. Ois. Mouch.,
vol. iii, p. 242.

Hab. Columbia.

Male. Head and throat shining dark grass-green. A white band across the rump
below which is a broad one of deep chestnut. Entire rest of body dark bronze-
green. Wings purplish-brown. Rectrices steel-blue, with a central line and tips
pale brown. Bill black. Total length, 44 in. Wing, 1? in. Tail, 23 in. Cul-
men, 2 in.

Female. General plumage dark green, with a white band across the rump. Throat
black, with a white line on either side from the angle of the mouth. ‘Tail feathers.
dark gray at base, with a greenish gloss on the central pair, succeeded by steel-blue
and tipped with white. Tail short and rounded. ‘Total length, 2g in. Wing, 1,5,
in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 2 in.

4. Gouldia letitiz.

Trochilus letitie, Bourc., Ann. Soc. Agr., Lyon (1852), p. 143.

Gouldia letitic, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.—Gounp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 130.—Rercn., Aufz.
der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 9 (1855).—Goutp, Intr. T'roch., octavo ed., p. 86 (1861).

Prymnacantha letitic, Can. and Hern., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 64.

Mythinia letitie, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 245 (1876).

Hab. Bolivia.

140 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Male. Head and throat glittering pale grass-green. Upper surface coppery-
brown; band across the rump white. A white patch beneath the green of the
throat. Upper part of abdomen and flanks bronzy-green. Lower portion of belly
gray. Upper tail coverts red, changing to golden-green. Tail black, shafts rufous.
Under tail coverts golden-green bordered with black. Bill: Maxilla black, man-
dible flesh-color at base, rest black. Total length, 33 in. Wing, 1} in. Tail, 13
in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Unknown.

Only two examples of this species have been obtained; one in my collection, and
one in that of Mr. Gould.

Genus LX XII.—DISCURA.

TYPE.
Platurus, Less., Ois. Mouch. (1829), p. xxii (nec Latr. Rept.). T. longicaudus, Gmel.
Ocreatus, Gouxp, P. Z. 8. (1846), p. 86 (partim). T. longicaudus, Gmel.
Discosura, Bon., Comp. Rend., p. 383 (1850), vol. i, p. 84. T. longicaudus, Gmel.
Discura, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853). T. longicaudus, Gmel.
Ch. Bill short, straight, cylindrical, converging Fig. 80.

rapidly near the tip to a slender point. ‘ail
deeply forked, the rectrices pointed, the outermost
ones bare of webs near their tips, and terminating
in a spatula. Sexes unlike in plumage.

Range. Guiana, Brazil.
But one species of this genus is known, very Diecura emploowds, \—_ Ceyeiincg io
closely resembling the Gouldia letitie in pluinage,
but possessing spatules on the external rectrices, and thus leading directly to
STEGANURA.

1. Discura longicauda.

Trochilus longicaudus, Gueu., Syst. Nat., vol. i, p. 498 (1788).

Trochilus platurus, Latu., Ind. Ornith., vol. i, p. 317 (1790).—Snaw, Gen. Zool., vol. viii, p. 316.—ViEm.,
Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. (1817), tom. vii, p. 370.—In., Ency. Méth., tom. ii, p. 569.—Pr. Max., Beit,
Naturg., t. iv, p. 96.—Tscuup., Faun. Peruan., p. 245 (1840-46).

Mellisuga platura, Strru., Gen. Zool., vol. xiv, p. 242.

Trochilus bilophus, Temm., Pl. Col., no. 18, fig. 3.

Ornismya platura, Lxess., Ois. Mouch., p. 136, pl. 40 (1829).—In., Supp., p. 159, pl. 31 (1831).

Trochilus (Ocreatus) ligonicaudus, Gouin, P. Z. S. (1846), p. 86.

Mellisuga ligonicauda, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 57.

Discosura longicauda, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i (1850), p. 84.

Discosura ligonicauda, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i (1850), p. 84.

Discura platura, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 706, figs. 4591-95 (1855).

Discura longicauda, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8.—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 706, figs. 4591-95.—Bon.,
Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 257.—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 126.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed.,
p- 85.—Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., ili, p. 65.

Hab. Guiana, Brazil.

Male. Face, throat, neck, and upper part of breast shining grass-green. A small
black spot on the chin. Back and upper tail coverts bronzy-green. A band of

STEGANURA. 141

buffy-white crosses the lower part of back. Flanks golden-green. A few green
feathers on the centre of the breast edged with white. Middle of abdomen golden-
brown; lower part and under tail coverts buff. Tail purplish-brown, each feather
having a central stripe of buff. Shaft of outermost ones elongated beyond the rest
and terminating in a purplish-black spatula. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black.
Total length, 3f in. Wing, 1? in. Tail, 24 in. Culmen, ? in.

Female. Head greenish-brown. Upper surface and flanks bronzy-green. A broad
buff band across the lower part of back. Centre of throat black, bordered on either
side with white. Centre of abdomen blackish-brown. Upper tail coverts black.
Tail dark gray, largely tipped with purplish-black, the black on the outermost
feathers edged with white. Bill black. At the base of bill is a small spot of buff.
Total length, 27 in. Wing, 11!) in. Tail lin. Culmen, 2 in.

Genus LX XIII.—STEGANURA.

Type.
Ocreatwus, Goutp, P. Z. 8. (1846), p. 86 (partim). T. adde, Boure.
Steganurus, Retcu., Syst. Av. Nat., pl. 40 (1849). O. underwoodi, Less.
Steganura, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853). 0. underwood, Less.
Spathura, Gourp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 99. O. underwoodi, Less.
Uralia, Muts. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 81. S. ctsstura, Gould.

Ch. Bill straight, about as long
as the head; wings moderately
long. ‘Tail deeply forked, the
outer rectrix on each side, with
one exception, having the shaft

bare of webs for a portion of its

Steganura underwoodi. ¢ . New Granada, Whitely.

length and terminating in a spa-
tula. Tarsi hidden in a tuft of downy feathers; hind toe and nail shorter than
the middle toe and nail. Sexes unlike in plumage.

Range. Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia.

Six species are known belonging to this genus. They are strongly characterized
birds, with luminous throats and breasts, tarsi completely hidden in downy puffs,
and elongated external rectrices, bare of webs near the tips and terminating in a
spatula. They are of various sizes, but generally rather small.

Key to the species.
A. Tarsal tufts white.
a. Chin bronzy-green in $, breast and abdomen in 2 white spangled
with green. 1. S. underwood.
b. Chin black in $, breast and abdomen in 2 pure white. ’. melananthera.
B. Tarsal tufts rufous.

bo
wu

a. Outer rectrices very long, spatules oval. 3. S. solstitialis.
b. Outer rectrices moderately long, spatules wide as long. 4. S. peruana.

. adde.

on
R

ce. Outer rectrices shorter than those of 6; spatules wider than long.
d. Outer rectrices webbed throughout their entire length. Spatules
small. 6. S. cisstura.

142 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

1. Steganura underwoodi.

Ornismya underwood?, Lxss., Troch., p. 105, pl. 37 (1831).

Ornismya kieneri, Luss., Troch., p. 165, pl. 65, 9 (1831).

Mellisuga underwoodi, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 118, sp. 56.

Steganura underwoodz, Rricu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853)—In., Troch. Enum., p. 5 (1855).—Mors., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 254.

Steganura spatuligera, Reich., Aufz. der Colib., pp. 8, 24 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum. p. 5 pl. 707, figs. 4596-9
(1855).

Steganura remigera, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., pp. 8, 24 (1853).—Ip., Trochil. Enum., p. 5, pl. 708, figs. 4601-2.

Steganurus remigera, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 67.

Sleganurus underwood?, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 66.

Spathura underwoodd, Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii. pl. 162.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 80 (1850).—In., Rey.
and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.—Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 100 (1861).

Hah. Columbia and Venezuela.

Male. Upper surface, abdomen, flanks, and under tail coverts bronzy-green.
Throat and breast luminous grass-green. Tail, outer rectrices, and inner webs of
rest brown; outer webs and middle pair grass-green; spatules large, black. External
rectrices vary considerably in length among individuals. Tarsal. tufts white, bill
black. Total length, 55 in. Wing, 1?in. Tail, 32 in. Culmen, $ in.

Female. Upper surface and median rectrices grass-green. Beneath white spangled
with green. Under tail coverts buff, lateral rectrices light brown, outer ones tipped
with white, rest washed with green on outer webs. Wings purple. Bill black.

Tarsal tufts white. ‘Total length, 3{ in. Wing,12 in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, $ in,

2. Steganura melananthera.

Trochilus (Spathura) melananthera, Jarv., Contr. Ornith. (1851), p. 111, pl. 20.

Discura melananthera, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), vol. i, p. 70.—Ib., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.

Steganura melananthera, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 710, figs. 4608-9
(1855).

Spathura melananthera, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 163.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 100 (1861).

Steganurus melanantherus, Cas. and Hxtn., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 66 (note 3).

Hab. Fcuador.

Male. Differs from the S. wnderwoodi by having the chin jet-black, and the
spatules somewhat smaller. Otherwise the two are almost precisely alike. Total
length, 43 in. Wing, 1} in. Tail, 2} im. Culmen, 5%, in.

Female. D-ffers from the female of S. underwoodi by having the under surface
pure white, without any spangles of green on the breast. Total length, 2% in.
Wing, 13 in. Tail, 1 in. Culmen, ;% in.

3. Steganura solstitialis.

Spathura (Steganurus) solstetial’s, Goutp, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1871), 4th ser., vol. viii, p. 62.
Steganura solstitialis, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p- 260 (1876).

Hab. Ecuador.

Male. Upper surface, abdomen, flanks, and under tail coverts dark grass-green.
Throat and breast luminous grass-green. Wings purplish-brown. ‘Tarsal tufts very
deep buff. Tail dark brown; outer webs of all but the outermost rectrices washed

STEGANURA. 143

with green. Spatules black. Specimen before me (a typical one) has no gray on the
- iS - m1: oa rae Trios 5 5 Z fj 6

edges. Bill black. Total length, 5{ in. Wing, 1gin. Tail, 3 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Upper parts bronzy-green. Entire under parts white spotted with green,

Under tail coverts buff. Middle rectrices bronzy-green, outermost one on either

side brown tipped with white, remainder brown on inner web, bronzy-green on

outer. Bill black. ‘otal length, 34 in. Wing, 12 in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 2 in.

4. Steganura peruana.

Spathura peruana, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 164.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p- 100 (1861).—Bon.,
Consp. Gen. Av. (1550), vol. i, p. 80.—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.

Steganura peruana, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—I»., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 709, figs. 4606-7 (1855).
Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 261 (1876).

Steganurus peruanus, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. 'Th., iii, p. 66 (note 5) (1860)—Wuiretey, P. Z. 8. (1873),
p. 784.

Hab, Peru.’

Male. Throat and breast metallic grass-green; rest of plumage of body bronzy-
green. Wings and tail brown; the outer webs of all the lateral rectrices except
the outermost bronzy-green. Bill black. ‘arsal tufts buff. ‘Total length, 5 in
Wing, 1? in. Tail, 3) in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Upper surface and median rectrices bronzy-green. Under surface white
spangled with green. ‘arsal tufts and under tail coverts buff. Outermost rectrices
brown tipped with white, rest brown on inner web, green on outer. Bill black.
Wings brown. Total length, 3} in. Wing, 12in. Tail, 1} in. Culmen 2 in.

Obs, Although Mr. Gould cites the P. Z. S., for 1849, as the place where this
species was described, and he has been followed in this citation by others, yet I
cannot find that the species was published in the volume for that year, but was
evidently first described in the Monograph of the Trochilide.

5. Steganura adde.

Trochilus adde, Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 312, Sept.

Trochilus (Ocreatus) rufocaligatus, Gouxp, P. Z. S. (1846), p. 86, Oct.

Mellisuga rufocaligata, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 59.

Spathura adde, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), vol. i, p. 80.—Ib., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), n. 256.

Steganura adde, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—In., Trochil. Enum., p. 5, pl. 709, figs. 4603-5.—Muts.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 263 (1876).

Spathura rufocaligata, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 165.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 100 (1861).

Steganurus add, Cas. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. (1861) Th., iii, p. 66 (note 6).

Hab. Bolivia.

Male. Throat and breast brilliant green; rest of body and‘middle rectrices bronze-
green. Under tail covers bronze-green, margined with buff. ‘Tarsal tufts rufous.
Tail brown, spatules black. Bill black. Total length, 42 in. Wing, 12 in. Tail,
23 in. Culmen, ;%, in. From Bourcier’s type in my collection.

Female. Upper parts and median rectrices bronze-green. Under surface white
spotted with green. Tarsal tufts and under tail coverts rufous. Outermost rectrices
brown tipped with white, rest brown on inner web, green on outer. Bill black.

Total length, 3} in. Wing, 12in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 2 in.

144 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

6. *Steganura cissiura.

Spathura cisstura, Goup, P. Z. 8. (1853), p. 109.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 166.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 100 (1861).

Steganurus cessvurus, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 66 (note 4).

Uralia cisstura, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., vol. iii, p. 265 (1876).

Hab. Peru.

Male. “General plumage bronzy-green; wings purplish-brown; four outer tail
feathers purplish steel-black; under surface green, paler on the throat; thighs
thickly plumed and of a reddish-buff. Total length, 44 in. Bill, 3 in. Wing, 13
in. Tail, 22 in.” (Gould, lL. c.)

Female. Unknown.

This species is easily recognized from having the outermost rectrix webbed for its
entire length. Two specimens only are known, brought by Warszewicz from Peru.

Genus LX XIV.—LODDIGESIA.

Tyre.
Loddtgesta, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. iii—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 99 (1861). 7. mzrabils, Boure.
Loddigiornis, Bon., Compt. Rend., p. 381 (1850). T. mirabils, Boure.
Mulsantia, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853). T. mirabilis, Boure.
Thaumatoéssa, Hetn., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 209. T. mirabilis, Boure.

Fig. 82.

Loddigesia mirabilis, ¢ , (From Gould.)

Ch. “Bill straight, longer than the head; wings diminutive; primaries rounded

at the tip; outer tail feathers on each side very much prolonged, and terminating
in a large spatule.”

Range. Peru.

LESBIA. 145

Only one species is known, the extraordinary LZ. mirabilis. This species is
remarkable for the enormous spatules at the end of the external rectrices. We
know very little about it, the type still remains unique, and even the precise locality
the species inhabits has never been ascertained.

1. *Loddigesia mirabilis.

Trochilus mirabilis, Bourc., P. Z. 8. (1847), p. 42.—In., Rey. Zool. (1847), p. 253.

Loddigesia merabilis, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 161.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 99 (1861).—Muts.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 252 (1876).

Mulsantia mirabilis, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 80 (1850), vol. i—Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ip.,
Troch. Enum., p. 9, pl. 830, fig. 4888 (1855).

Loddigiornis mirabilis, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.

Thaumatoéssa mirabilis, Hern., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 210.

Hab, Chachapoyas, Peru. One specimen procured, now in Mr. Loddige’s col-
lection.

Male, ‘Crown of the head brilliant blue, neck, scapularies, back, wing, and tail
coverts golden-green; on the throat a gorget of very brilliant green, tinged with
blue in the centre, and bounded on each side by a narrow band of coppery-red ;
sides of the breast and flanks dull white; the greatly prolonged shaft of the outer
feather on each side and the large spatule at its tip violaceous-black; centre tail
feathers shining glaucous-green, passing into brown at their tips; bill and feet
black” (Gould, 1. ¢.). Length of bill, 20 mm.; wings, 40 mm. Outer rectrices,
about 160 mm. Spatules, 20 mm. Middle rectrices, 60 mm. (Bourc., 1. c.).

Female, Unknown.

The Genus LespiA, which succeeds, is composed of various species, possessing
lengthened rectrices of nearly even width for their entire length, and having
generally a luminous tip. All the species have metallic-green throats, and differ
from each other, in size, and the length and coloration of their tails. ‘The females
are very differently clothed, having white breasts spangled with green, and com-
paratively short tails.

Genus LX X V.—LESBIA.!

Type.
Lesbia, Lrss., Ind. Gen. et. Syn. des Ois. du Genre Trochilus (1832), p. xvii. O. nuna, Less.
Cynanthus, Bon. (nec Swarns., 1827), Consp. Gen. Av., p. 81 (1850). T. amaryllis, Boure.
Agaclyta, Cas. and Heiw., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th.. iii, p. 70. T. gouldz, Lodd.
Psalidoprymna, Cas. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 52 (note). T. amaryllis, Boure.

‘ Lesson instituted this genus, including in it species not closely related, such as L. sappho, L.
nuna, and DL. kingiti. The first of these is the SappHo sparGAnura, Auct., and the last (the 7.
forficatus, Linn.) is the type of Swainson’s genus CyNANTHUs, thus leaving the O. nuna, Less., as
the type of his genus LEsBIA,

19 November, 1878.

146 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Fig. 83.

Tesbianuna. g. Peru. Whitely.

Ch. Bill short, straight. Tail very deeply forked, rectrices narrow, outermost
ones greatly exceeding the others in length. Feet rather large. Sexes different.

Range. Columbia, Ecuador, and Peru.
I recognize four species only belonging to this genus.

Key to the species.

A. Outermost rectrices on either side black glossed and tipped with green, the
rest brownish-black at base, remaining portion metallic-green. 1. L. gouldi.
B. Rectrices black at base, apical half of all but the two outermost metallic-

green, the outermost pair all black with luminous green tips. 2. DL. nuna.
C. Rectrices brownish-black, largely tipped with grass-green, except the outer-

most which has a bronze tip. 3. L. eucharis.
D. Rectrices black, their tips greenish-bronze. 4. L. amaryllis.

1. Lesbia gouldi.

Trochilus gouldi, Lopp., P. Z. S. (1832), p. 7.
Ornismya sylphia, Less., Rev. Zool. ee )), p. 7
Trochilus (Lesbia) ae Goutp, P. Z.S. (1 ae p- 86.

Mellisuga gouldz, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 51 (1844-49).

Mellisuga gracilis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 53.

Cynanthus gracilis, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850). vol. i, p. 81.

Cynanthus gouldz, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay. (1850), vol. i, p. 81—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Lesbia gouldz, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 712, figs. 4615-17.—Goutp,
Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 167.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 101 (1861).— Muns., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. iii, p. 293 (1876).

Agaclyta gouldz, Caz. and Hery., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, pp. 70, 71 (note).

Lesbia gracilis, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853)—In., Troch. Enum., pl. 713, figs. 4618-19 (1855).—
Govrp, Mon Troch., vol. iii, pl. 168.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 101 (1861).—Muxs., Ois. Mouch.,
tom. iii, p. 295. ‘

Lesbia chlorura, Gout, P. Z. S. (1871), p. 504.

Hab. Columbia and Ecuador. Peru.?

Male. Upper parts, breast, upper part of abdomen, and flanks golden-green ;
abdomen sometimes mottled with buff; throat metallic grass-green. Lower part
of abdomen buff, under tail coverts green margined with buff. Rectrices brownish-
black at base, remaining part metallic-green. Outermost one black, with a shining
green tip, the outer web buff for three-fourths its basal length. Wings purplish-

LESBIA. 147

brown. Bill black. Total length, 52 in. Wing, 27; in. Tail, 3Z in. Culmen,
5 in.

Female. Upper surface golden-green. Outer rectrices, much shorter than those
of the male, brown, the basal two-thirds of the outer web, shaft, and tip buff.
Under surface white speckled with bronzy-green. Bill black. otal length, 4 3 in,
Wing, 1Z in. Tail, 22 in. Culmen, 55, in.

Obs. I have placed the L. gracilis, Gould, as a synonym of the present species,
for with ample materials before me to judge, I cannot find any difference sufficient
in my opinion to separate them. ‘The rectrices vary in width, and this character
is evidently not to be relied upon, any more than is the extent of their green or
buff coloring.—I also consider the ZL. chlorura, Gould, to be the same as this
species, an examination of the type having failed to convince me of its claims to a

distinct specific rank.

_ 2. Lesbia nuna.

Ornismya nuna, Lxss., Supp. Ois. Mouch., p. 169, pl. 35? juv. %.

Ornismya gouldi, D’Orx. and Larres., Syn. Av., ii, p. 27, sp. 5 (1838).

Ornismya nunc-koali, Detarrr. and Less., Rey. Zool. (1839), p. 19.

Lesbia nuna, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 169.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 101 (1861).—Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 291 (1876).—Etror, Ibis (1877), p. 135.

Cynanthus bifurcatus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), p. 81.—Ip., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Leshia bifurcata, Rercn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 716, figs. 4624-25? (1855).

Psalidoprymna bifurcata, Can. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 53 (1860) (partim).

Hab. Peru.

Male. Upper surface, breast, and under parts dark bronzy-green. Throat covered
by a rounded gorget of metallic grass-green. Wings purplish-brown. Rectrices
black at base, all but the outermost ones with their apical half metallic grass-green;
the outermost one black for its entire length with luminous green tips, and the
basal half of outer web buffy-white. Under tail coverts green margined with buff.
Thighs white. Bill black. Total length, 7§ in. Wing, 1% in. Tail, 54 in.
Culmen, ;°; in.

Female. Upper parts bronzy-green. Under surface white spangled with green,
and a few metallic-golden spots on the throat. Under tail coverts buffy-white. Tail
colored like that of the male but much shorter, the outer web of outermost feather
being buffy-white nearly to the tip. Bill black. Total length,44$ in. Wing, 2 in.
Tail, 23 in. Culmen, 9; in.

3. Lesbia eucharis.

Trochilus eucharis, Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1848), p. 274.
Lesbia eucharis, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8.—In., Troch. Enum., p. 5.—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 171.
—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 102 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 289 (1876).

Cynanthus eucharis, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Hab. Columbia.

Male. Entire upper surface, breast, abdomen, and flanks bronzy-green. Throat
metallic grass-green. Vent and under tail coverts buff, the latter with green cen-
tres. Wings purplish-brown. Rectrices brownish-black, largely tipped with grass-

148 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

reen, except the outermost one which has a bronze tip. Bill black. Total length,

o
72 in. Wing, 2¢ in. ‘Tail, 53 in. Culmen, {5 in. From Bourcier’s type in my

2 716
collection.

Female. Above golden-green; beneath buff spangled with green. Tail like the
male but shorter, and with the outer web of outermost feather grayish-white for
three-fourths its length.

Though similar to the LZ. nuna, besides the differences already mentioned, the
present is a larger bird, and is I believe a very distinct species.

4. Lesbia amaryllis.

Trochilus victorice, Bourc. and Murs., Ann. Soc. Agr., Lyon (1846), tom. ix, p. 312.—Ip., Rev. Zool. (1846),
p- 315, pl. 4 (discolored specimen).

Mellisuga victorice, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 54.—Rercn., Troch. Enum., pl. 715, figs. 4622-23 (1855).

Trochilus amaryllis, Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1848), p. 273.—Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. iii; Supp., App. 30 a, p. 103.

Lesbia victorie, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 714, figs. 4620-21.—Ipb., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—Muzs.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 286 (1876).

Cynanthus amaryllis, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Cynanthus victorie, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), vol. i, p. 81.

Lesbia amaryllis, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—Gounp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 170.—I»., Intr.
Troch., octavo ed., p. 101 (1861).

Psalidoprymna victorie, Cas. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 52.

Psalidoprymna amaryllis, Cas. and Hety., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 53 (note).

Hab. Columbia and Ecuador.

Male. Upper surface, breast, and flanks golden-green. Elongated patch on the
throat metallic yellowish-green. Lower part of abdomen and under tail coverts
deep buff. ‘Tail purplish-black, each feather tipped with greenish-bronze. Bill
black. Wings purplish-brown. ‘Total length, 84 in. Wing, 22 in. ‘Tail, 64 in.
Culmen, § in.

Female. Upper surface golden-green. On the centre of the throat a small
lengthened patch of metallic golden-green. Rest of under surface white spotted
with green. Under tail coverts light buff. Wings purplish-brown. ‘Tail purplish-
black, each feather tipped with bronzy-green; outer web of outermost feather buff
to within an inch of the tip.. Bill black. Total length, 52 in. Wing, 24 in. Tail,
3} in. Culmen, 5% in.

M. Mulsant (1. c.) has called this species LZ. victoriw. As this name was bestowed
on a discolored specimen it cannot be continued, although published prior to ama-
ryllis, as the description gives an entirely erroneous idea of the species, and would
certainly mislead.

ZODALIA. 149

Genus LXXVI.—ZODALIA.

TYPE.

Zodalia, Munsant, Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 281 (1876). Lesbia ortonz, Lawr.

Fig. 84. .

Zodalia glyceria. § (From Gould.)

Ch. Bill straight, shorter than the head. Tail long, deeply forked, feathers
broad and even throughout their length.

Range. Columbia and Ecuador.
Two species only are known.

Key to the species.
A. Throat metallic pale green.

a. Upper parts purple. Median rectrices green, external ones brownish-black.

1. Z. ortoni.
b. Upper parts shining green. Rectrices reddish-purple. 2. Z.

glyceria.
I have adopted the term Zopa.ta for these birds, as proposed by M. Mulsant, for
in many ways they appear to differ from the species of all other allied genera. They
are rather large in size, with short feeble bills, rectrices broad for their length, and
a general style of coloration that, were it not for their metallic throats, would be
suggestive of the female sex. The types of the two known species are unique.

1. *Zodalia ortoni.

Lesbia orton’, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. (1869), vol. ix, p. 269.
Zodalia ortoni, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 282.

Hab. Quito, Ecuador.

Male, “Entire upper plumage and wing coverts of a rich glossy purple; the con-
cealed bases of the feathers are green; upper tail coverts similar in color to the
back, but marked centrally between the purple and green with crimson ; the tail

150 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

feathers are brownish-black, except the two central which are green; the ends of
the eight middle tail feathers are largely marked with a deep vinous bronzy-crimson,
most in extent on the short central feathers; the long outer feather on each side
ends with obscure bronzy-green; the outer edge of the lateral feather is buff for
three-quarters its length from. the base—this color occupying only about one-third
the width of the web; the under surface of the tail is steel-blue, bronzy at the ends
of the feathers; the shafts of the two long lateral feathers are whitish at base for
about half their length; wings brownish-purple; the throat gorget is of a brilliant
metallic pale green; the sides of the neck, breast, upper part of abdomen, and sides
are a shining green; lower part of abdomen ashy-buff. Bill and feet black. Length,
52 in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, lateral feathers, 3,5 in., short central ones 1,5 in.
Bill, § in.” (Lawr., 1c.)
Female. Unknown.

2. *Zodalia glyceria.

Lesbia glyceria, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Cometes mossaz, Goutp, Athen. (1853).—Ip., Rep. Brit. Ass. (1853). p. 68.

Cometes! glyceria, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 176.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 104 (1861).
Sparganura mossaz, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 52 (note).

Sparganura glyceria, Scuar. and Saty., Nomencl., p. 86 (1873).

Hab. Columbia.

Male. ‘Head, back of neck, wing coverts, back, and tail coverts deep shining-
green; wings purplish-brown; chin and throat metallic light olive-green; sides of
neck and under surface buff with a spot of deep shining green on the tip of each
feather; tail dark reddish-purple, passing into deep bluish-green at the tip except
on the outer feathers, where the hue is so faint as to be scarcely perceptible; the
outer feathers also have the basal three-fourths of the shaft and the outer webs
buffy-white, the base of the shaft paler than the web; basal three-fourths of the
shaft of the next feather also buffy-white; under tail coverts buff, with a brown
mark in the centre near the tip.” (Gould, Mon, Troch.)—Total length, 6 in.
Wing, 24in. Tail, 3} in. Culmen, $ in.

Female. Unknown.

Genus LXXVIIL.'—CYNANTHUS.
TYPE.
Cynanthus, Swatrns., Classif. Birds, vol. ii, p. 330 (1837) (nec 1827). T. forficatus, Linn.
Lesbia, Cas. and Hern. (nee Less., 1832), Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 71 (1860). 7. mocoa, Delatt. and Boure.

1 This genus was first established by Swainson in 1827, Zool. Journ., p. 357, and contained species
belonging to various genera, all of which he called types. In 1837 (1. c.), he ejected the species from
Cynantuus, which he had previously placed in it, and inserted 7. forficatus, Linn., only, which
now stands as ¢he type of the genus.

CYNANTHOUS. 151

Fig. 85.

Cynanthus forficatus. 3. 32065. Quito.

Ch. Bill shorter than the head, straight, graduating rapidly at the tip to a sharp
point. Wings long, first primary slightly falcate. ‘ail extremely long and deeply
forked. ‘Tarsi bare. Sexes different.

Range. Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia.
Two species only are known, but they are among the most beautiful of the Family,
and are remarkable for their lengthened and brilliantly colored tails,

Key to the species.

A. General plumage shining green. Top of head metallic grass-creen.
a. Tail entirely shining blue, or shining green with outermost feather blue. 1. C. forficatus.
b. Tail metallic grass-green, 2. C. mocoa.

1. Cynanthus forficatus.

Trochilus forficatus, Linn., Syst. Nat. (1766), p. 190, sp. 5.

Trochilus cyanurus, Steru., Shaw Gen. Zool., vol. xiv, p. 239.

Ornismya (Lesbia) kingzz, Less., Trochil., p. 107, pl. 38 (1829); Ind., p. xvii—Boiss., Rev. Zool. (1840), p. 7.

Cynanthus forficalus, Swarn., Class. Birds, vol. ii, p. 330 (1836)

Mellisuga forficata, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 49 (1844-49).

Mellisuga cyanura, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i (1849), p. 113, sp. 50.

Cynanthus forficatus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), vol. i, p. 8.

Lesbia forficata, Reiou., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 718, figs. 4628-29.—Bon.,
Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.—Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 71.

Lesbia gorgo, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., pp. 8, 24 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 5 (1855).—Cas. and Hery.,
Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p 71 (1860).

Cynanthus cyanurus, Goutp, Mon. 'T'roch., vol. iii, pl. 172.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 102 (1861).—Muts.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 268 (1876).—Entior, Ibis (1876), p. 10.

Mellisuga salvador?, Bexvenvut, Ann. Zool. Mus. Flor. (1865), p. 204.

Cynanthus celestis, Goutp, Mon. Troch. Intr., octavo ed., p. 102 (1861).

Lesbia margarethe, Hety., Journ. ftir Ornith. (1863), p. 213, ex Venezuela.

Cynanthus ?, Von Prvz, Verh. Zool. bot. Gesellsch., Wien (1876), xxv., p. 768.

Hab. Venezuela, Columbia, and Ecuador.

Male. Crown metallic grass-green, bordered on the sides with a greenish-black
line. Throat metallic-purple. Plumage of the body bronzy-green, darkest on the
back, and sometimes with a brownish hue on the under parts. Wing coverts green
like the back. Primaries and secondaries brown, Rectrices—in some specimens
the feathers of the tail are black, with the portions that project beyond the tip of
the rest shining purple—in others the central rectrices are metallic-green; the three
next are black with metallic-green tips, inclining to blue on the inner web, and on

152 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

the edge of the outer web. Outermost rectrices black on their basal half, remain-
ing part deep metallic-blue. Under tail coverts shining green. A few white
feathers near the vent, and a minute white spot behind the eye. Bill and feet
black. Total length, 72 in. Wing, 23 in. Tail, 53 in. Culmen, -%, in.

Female. Crown dark shining green, not so brilliant as in the male. Upper parts
bright bronze-green. Throat grayish-white, each feather tipped with green. Under
surface rufous, washed with green on the flanks. Central rectrices shining green.
Lateral ones black glossed with dark blue, the outermost one tipped with white.
A white spot behind the eye. Bill and feet black. Total length, 35 in. Wing,
21 in. Tail, 1} in. Culmen, 3 im. :

There are two styles among individuals of this species, observable in the colora-
tion of their rectrices; some have these a uniform purplish-blue on their apical half,
while others have all but the outermost feather margined and tipped with metallic-
green. These styles do not seem to be peculiar to any particular locality, as both
are found in Columbia and elsewhere. Mr. Gould has separated the Ecuador bird
from the others, as C. celestis (1. c.), on account of its size (!) and a coppery-brown
hue of the under parts. I cannot perceive that this is in any wise a peculiar
character of Ecuadorian specimens, and consider Mr. Gould’s species to have been
established upon too slight grounds to be maintained. The Venezuelan birds are
of a lighter green generally than those from the western part of South America,
and, as stated by Mr. Gould, are nearly destitute of the black line, bordering the
brilliant green of the crown; but, in my opinion, these characters are not worthy of
being considered as indicating a separate species. The different styles can only be
regarded as phases of plumage belonging to one widely distributed, variable species.

2. Cynanthus mocoa.

Trochilus mocoa, Druatr. and Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 311.

Trochilus (Lesbia) smaragdinus, Gourn, P. Z. 8. (1846), p. 85.

Mellisuga smaragdinis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 52 (1844-49),

Cynanthus smargdicaudus, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 173.

Cynanthus mocoa, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay. (1850), vol. i, p. 81.—Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 103 (1861).
—Taczanow., P. Z. S. (1874), p. 544.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 271 (1876).

Lesbia mocoa, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum. p. 5, pl. 717, figs. 4626-27.—Bon., Rev.
and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 71.

Hab. Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia.

Male, Crown brilliant metallic-green. Plumage of the body bronze-green, inclin-
ing to a brownish hue on the lower surface. A metallic-blue spot on the centre of
the throat. Wings purplish-brown. Basal half of rectrices black, remaining por-
tion brilliant metallic-green. Behind the eye a minute white spot. Under tail
coverts grass-green. Bill and feet black. Total length, 71 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail,
5 in. Culmen, 5% in.

Female. Crown shining green, not so luminous as the males. Upper surface
golden-bronze. Throat grayish-white, each feather tipped with white. Under
surface rufous, washed with green on the flanks. Central rectrices metallic-green;
lateral ones black tipped with white. Wings purplish-brown. Bill black. Total

length, 3g in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 1Z in. Culmen, § in.

SAPPHO. 153

The next genus, which naturally succeeds Cynantuus, is composed of probably
the most wonderfully plumaged birds, certainly so as regards the brilliancy of their
hues, that are to be found among the known species of the Trochilide. The tails
of the males blaze with the radiance of flashes of flame, while their ruby backs,
luminous green throats, and under surface present altogether a tout ensemble that
is perfectly unique, and unapproached by anything yet known in the whole range
of Ornithology. ‘They are of rather large size, and the sexes are very unlike,
although if the male was unknown, the female would probably be considered very
beautiful. Three species are retained in the genus, but it is doubtful if one of
them, the S. carol, has really its proper place with the others; but at present we
know so little about it, and the specimens that have been obtained are so few, that
it will be necessary to wait for farther information to enable the doubt to be satis-

factorily removed.

Genus LXXVIII.—SAPPHO.

Tyr.
Cynanthus, Tscuvn., Consp., p. 36 (1844) (nec Swarns., 1837). . sparganurus, Shaw.
Cometes, Goutp, P. Z. S. (1847), p. 31 (nee Hone., 1841).
Sappho, Reten., Syst. Ay. Natur., pl. 40 (1849).
Lesbia, Bon. (nec Less., 1832), Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.
Sparganura, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 52.
Polyonymus, Heine, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 206.
Leobia, Murs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 297 (1876).

sparganurus, Shaw.
sparganurus, Shaw.
. sparganurus, Shaw,
. sparganurus, Shaw.
. carolz, Boure.
. carolz, Boure.

pel ba S| beh pel Teel

Sappho sparganura. do. Peru. Mus. G.N. Lawrence.

Ch. Bill arched, longer than the head. Tail long and deeply forked. Tarsi
naked, hind toe and nail nearly as long as middle toe. Sexes different.

Range. Columbia, Peru, Bolivia, and Argentine Republic.
I place three species in this genus as follows:—

Key to the species.

A. Throat metallic-green, tail luminous.
a. Rectrices fiery orange-red, tips black.
b. Reetrices dark luminous crimson. 2
B. Throat scarlet; central rectrices bronze-green, lateral ones black. 3. S. caroli.
20 November, 1878.

1. S. sparganura.
S. phaon.

am

154 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

1. Sappho sparganura.

Trochilus sparganurus, SHaw, Gen. Zool., vol. viii, p. 291, pl. 39.
Trochilus chrysurus, Cuv. Reen., Anim. (1829), t. i, p. 486 (note).
Ornismya sapho, Lxss., Ois. Mouch., p. 105, t. 27-28 (1829).—Ib., Troch., p. 131, pl. 49 (1831).

Ornismya chrysurus, D’Ors. and Larres., Syn. Ay., li, p. 26, sp. 3 (1838).

Orthorhynchus chrysurus, D’Ors. and Larres., Syst. Av. (1838), p. 36.

Trochilus (Cynanthus) chrysurus, Tscuup., Consp., p. 36 (1844).

Mellisuga sparganura, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 46 (1844).

Cometes sappho, Gourn, P. Z. S. (1847), p. 31.

Cometes sparganurus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i (1850), p. 81.—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.—
Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 174.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 103 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. iii, p. 274.—Etxror, Ibis (1877), p. 134.

Sappho sparganura, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 724, figs. 4651-52 (1855).

Lesbia sparganura, Bon., Rey. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Sparganura sappho, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 52.

~

Hab. Bolivia, Argentine Republic.

Male. Head, upper part of back, wing coverts, and under surface shining bronze-
green. Back and upper tail coverts shining crimson. Rectrices dark brown at
base, remaining part metallic fiery-orange tipped with velvety-black. Basal half of
outer web of external rectrices pale brown. Wings purplish-brown. Under tail
coverts light brown with purplish-red centres. Bill and feet black. Total length,
62 in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 4} in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Crown and back greenish-brown. ‘Throat and sides of the face buffy-
white spotted with green; rest of under parts whitish, with large spots of green on
the flanks. Rump and upper tail coverts shining crimson. Central rectrices crim-
son; lateral ones, brownish glossed with crimson; the external feather white on its
outer web. Bill and feet black. Total length, 5 in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 25 in.
Culmen, 2 in.

2. Sappho phaon.

Ornismya chrysura var., D’Ors. and Larres., Syn. Ayv., ii, p. 27, sp. 4 (1838).

Cometes phaon, Goutp, P. Z. S. (1847), p. 31.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 175.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed.,
p. 104 (1861).—Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay. (1850), yol. i, p. 81—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iil, -p.
279.—Exx1or, Ibis (1877), p. 135.

Mellisuga phaon, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 47.

Sappho phaon, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 725, figs. 4633-34.

Lesbia phaon, Bon., Rey. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Sparganura phaon, Caz. and Hery., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 52 (note).

ab, Bolivia, Peru.

Male. Head, neck, and under surface brownish-green, darkest on the head.
Back, and upper tail coverts dark crimson. ‘Throat metallic grass-green. Vent
white, Under tail coverts buff with a central line of dark brown in some specimens.
Tail; basal half blackish-brown, rest metallic crimson, with velvety-black tips.
Wings purple-brown. Bill and feet black. Total length, 62? in, Wing, 2g im.
Tail 44 in. Culmen, 1 in.

Female. Like that of S. sparganura, but the tail is dark crimson as in the male.
Total length, 53 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 3 in. Culmen, { in.

OXYPOGON. 155

3. *Sappho caroli.

Trochilus caroli, Bourc., P. Z. S. (1847), p. 48.—Ip., Rev. Zool. (1847), p. 260.

Hylocharis carol’, Gray and Mircu., Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 115, sp. 44.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay. (1850), vol. i, p. 74.
Calliphlox carol, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Avocettinus carolus, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.

Cometes? carol’, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 177.—I., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 104 (1861).
Polyonymus carol’, Hern., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 206.

Leobia carol’, Mus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ili, p. 298 (1876).

Hab, Peru.

Male?. “Crown, wing-coverts, and upper surface dull greenish-bronze, becoming
of a greener cast on the lower part of the back and upper tail coverts; wings pur-
plish-brown; four middle tail feathers bronzy-green, the remainder black with violet
reflections, the outer one with a stripe of dull or buffy-white along the apical portion
of the outer web; behind the eye a small spot of white, and a small streak of buff
from the angle of the mouth; throat red; under surface pale bronzy-green, each
feather slightly fringed with gray; on each flank near the back a tuft of white;
vent and under tail coverts buffy-white, with a streak of brown down the centre of
each feather. Bill black.”” (Gould, Mon. Troch.) Length, 5} in. Wing, 2} in.
Tail, 2 in. Culmen, ? in.— Although I hardly consider that this species belongs
to the genus Sappho, I leave it there for the present, additional information being
required, for its proper position to be accurately determined.

Between SappHo and Oxypocon, the next genus, a gap occurs. The first
named terminates its section, as there is no genus in the Family that has any
especial claims to be placed immediately after the “ Fire-tails.” Oxypocon leads
on to RHAmpHoMIcRoN through OrronympHa, and these three genera constitute a
small section by themselves, without any particular affinities to the other members
of the Trochilide. The species of the next genus are birds of moderate size, with-
out any brilliant coloration, but possessing high crests and lengthened feathers on
the throat, usually designated as “ beards.”—They are dwellers of the elevated
regions among the Andean range.

Genus LX XIX.—OX YPOGON.

Tyrer.
Oxypogon, Goutp, P. Z. 5. (1848), p. 14. O. guerint, Boiss.

Ch. Head crested. Bill shorter than the head,
feeble, straight. Face above and below the bill

ornamented with lengthened plumes. ‘Tail ample,

forked. Feet large. Tarsi naked, hind toe and nail M, ( i

longer than middle toe and nail. | li
Range. Venezuela and Columbia. i
Two species are known of this genus. \|

5 ae P
Oxypogon lindeni G Merida. Verreanux.

156 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Key to the species.
A. Head black; lengthened feathers above and below the bill pure white. Head
bounded on sides and front with a white band. Tail coppery-bronze. 1. O. lindeni,
B. Head brownish-black. Feathers in ceutre of crown buffy-white. Lengthened
feathers on the throat buffy-white, with a line of brilliant green in the centre.
Lateral rectrices coppery-bronze, with a stripe of white in the centre. 2. O. guerini.

1. Oxypogon lindeni.

Ornismya lindent, Parz., Rev. Zool. (1845), p. 253.

Mellisuga lindeni, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 31.

Oxypogon lindent, Gourn, P. Z. 8. (1848), p. 14.—In., Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 183.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 108 (1861).—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 79.—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253 —
ReicH., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ib., Enum., p. 10 (1855).—Cas. and Herny., Mus. Hein. Th., iii,
p- 67 (note) (1860).—Scuar. and Saty., P. Z. S. (1870), pp. 782, 787.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.
tom. ili, p. 182 (1876).

Hab. Venezuela.

Male. Head and crest black with a narrow line of white feathers down the cen-
tre. A lengthened tuft of white feathers hangs from the centre of the throat.
Black of the head is bounded by a band of white. Plumage of the body bronzy-
green, with an olive hue on the under surface. Central rectrices bronzy-green ;
lateral ones coppery-bronze, with the shafts white for three-fourths their length.
Wings purplish-brown. Bill and feet black. Total length, 54 in. Wing, 3 in.
Tail, 24 in. Culmen, ,%; in.

Female. Head and upper surface coppery-brown. Throat mottled with white and
coppery-brown. Flanks coppery-brown with a green lustre. Tail as in the male. .
In size she is a little smaller.

2. Oxypogon guerini.
Ornismya guerint, Botss., Rey. Zool. (1840), p. 7.—Lopp., P. Z. S. (1843), p. 122.
Trochilus parvirostris, Fras., P. Z. 8. (1840), p. 18, juv.
Mellisuga guerinz, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 30 (1844-49).
Oxypogon guerint, Goutn, P. Z. 8. (1848), p. 14.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 182.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 108 (1861).—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 79 (1850).—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.

—Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein.
Th., iii, p. 67, sp. 148 (1860).

Hab. Columbia.

Male. Head and crest brownish-black, with a central line of buffy-white feathers.
From the centre of the throat hangs a tuft of buffy-white feathers, in the middle of
which is a line of brilliant metallic-green. A band of buffy-white bounds the black
of the head. Upper surface, wing coverts, and central rectrices bronzy-green ;
lateral feathers coppery-bronze with a strip of white down their centres. Shafts of
all the rectrices white for nearly their entire length. Wings purplish-brown. Under
surface pale brown, bronzy on the flanks. Bill and feet black. ‘Total length, 43 in.
Wing, 22 in. Tail, 24 in. Culmen, 2 in.

I have not seen an authenticated female, but doubt if she would differ much from
the male,

OREONYMPHA. 157

Genus LX XX.—OREONYMPHA.
Tyrer.
Oreonympha, Gout, P. Z. 8. (1869), p. 295. O. nobilis, Gould.

Fig. 88.

Oreonympha nobilis. 3’ . Huatocto, Peru. Whitely.

Ch. “Bill longer than the head, stout, and with a somewhat downward curva-
ture; wings large and sickle-shaped; tail ample and forked; tarsi clothed nearly
to the toes, which are of moderate size; the hinder toe and nail rather shorter than
the middle toe and nail.” (Gould, 1. ¢.).

Range. Peru.
But one species is known, the magnificent —

1. Oreonympha nobilis.

Oreonympha nobilis, Gouin, P. Z. S. (1869), p. 295.—Wutrety, P. Z. S. (1874), p. 676—Mots., Hist. Nat.
Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 175, pl. (1876).

Hab. Huatocto, Paucartambo, and vicinity of Tinta, Peru.

Male. Forehead and centre of crown black; remaining portion of top of head
dark blue. Cheeks and sides of throat black. Throat metallic-green, succeeded
by a tuft of lengthened metallic reddish-purple feathers. Upper surface bronzy-
brown. Sides of neck and under surface grayish-white, mottled faintly with brown
on the abdomen and flanks. Under tail coverts bronzy-brown. Central rectrices
bronze; lateral feathers white at base, rest bronze; the external one all white
excepting a streak of bronze at the tip of the inner web. Bill and feet black.
Total length, 7in. Wing,3$in. Tail, 34}in. Culmen,1in. Specimen described
is a very fine male from Huatocto, Peru, collected by Mr. Whitely.

Female or young male. Centre of crown deep chestnut, rest greenish-blue. Sides
of face and throat black. Centre of throat metallic-green, no pendant tuft. Under
part brownish-white. Rest of plumage like that of the male. Bill and feet black.
Total length, 52 in. Wing, 3 in, ‘Tail, 22 in. Culmen, }% in. This specimen
came from Paucartambo, Peru,

158 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Genus LX XXI.—RHAMPHOMICRON.

TyPr.
Ramphomicron, Bon., Compt. Rend., p. 382 (1850). O. microrhyncha, Boiss.
Chalcostigma, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 12. O. heteropogon, Boiss.
Lampropogon, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252. O. heteropogon, Boiss.
Eupogonuws, Muts. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 73. T. herrant, Delatt. and Boure.
Ch. Bill shorter than the head, straight, Fig. 89.

rather stout. Feathers of lower part of throat
lengthened, and hanging in a tuft. Wings
long, ample. ‘Tail broad, forked, in one

species only slightly so when closed.

Range. Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, and Ehamphomicron microrhynchum. 6. 24650. “Andes.”
Bolivia.

I recognize six species belonging to this genus. They are birds of rather large
size, without crests, but having pendant “ beards” of metallic feathers of various
colors. They constitute a well-marked group of this Family and terminate the
section to which they belong.

Key to the species.

A. Throat green, terminating in lengthened purplish-red feathers.

a. General plumage dull olive-brown. 1. R. olivaceus.
b. General plumage greenish-bronze. Tail bronzy-brown. 2. R. heteropogon.
ec. Upper surface bronzy-green; rump bronzy-rufous. Tail purplish-
biack, lateral ones tipped with white. 3. R. herrani.
d. Upper surface bluish-violet; beneath sooty-brown, ‘Tail bluish-
green. 4. R. stanleyt.
B. Throat and beardtike appendage metallic-green.
a. Top of head rufous-chestnut. Tail bronze. 5. R. ruficeps.
b. Head and upper parts shining purple. Tail velvety-black. 6. &. microrhyncha.

1. Rhamphomicron olivaceus.

Rhamphomicron olivaceus, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist. (1867), p. 44.—Taczanow., P. Z. S. (1874), p.
544.—Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 170 (1876).

Hab. Junin and Maraynioc, Peru (Jelski), Bolivia.

Upper surface and tail dull olive-green. Wings light purplish-brown. Chin and
upper part of throat metallic-green, ending in a bunch of elongated feathers, metallic-
crimson terminating in violet-purple. Under surface brownish-olive. Vent grayish-
white. Under tail coverts olive-green, the feathers margined with pale rufous.
Bill and feet black. Total length, 54 in. Wing, 32 in. Tail, 2¢ in. Culmen,
jj; nm. There does not seem to be any difference in the plumage of the sexes.

2. Rhamphomicron heteropogon.

Ornismya heteropogon, Botss., Rey. Zool. (1839), p. 355.—Ip., Mag. Zool. (1840), pl. 12 (Ois.).
Trochilus coruscus, Fras., P. Z. 8. (1840), p: 15

Mellisuga heteropogon, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p- 112, sp. 28.

RHAMPHOMICRON., 159

Rhamphomicron heteropogon, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i (1850), p. 79.—Gounp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 184.
—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 109 (1861).—Retcn., ‘lroch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).—Muts., Hist. Nat.
Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 167 (1876).

Chalcostigma heteropogon, Rricu., Aufz. der Colib., p- 12 (1853).—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 67
(1860).

Lampropogon heteropgon, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Hab, Columbia.

Adult. Forehead and crown shining dark green. Upper surface greenish-bronze,
becoming reddish-bronze on lower part of rump and upper tail coverts. Throat
metallic-green, from which hangs a bunch of lilac feathers. Under surface bronzy-
green, becoming rufous-brown on the abdomen. Under tail coverts buff with
bronze centres. Wings purplish-brown. Tail shining bronze-brown. Bill and
feet black. ‘Total length, 45 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 24 in.. Culmen, t in.

Female? or young have no beard-like appendage. Throat spotted with green.

3. Rhamphomicron herrani.

Trochilus herranz, Devatr. and Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 309.

Calothorax herrani, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1852), vol. i, p. 85.

Rhamphomicron herrani, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 187.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 109 (1861).—
Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).—Morts., Hist. Nat. Troch., tom. iii, p. 172 (1876).

Chalcostigma herranz, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).

Lampropogon herrani, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.

Hab, Ecuador and Columbia.

Male. Forehead and centre of the crown rusty-red margined with black. Rest
of head, the upper and under surfaces bronzy-green, becoming brownish on the
abdomen. Grayish-white band across the vent. Wings purplish-brown. Rump
and upper tail coverts bronzy-rufous. Tail has the middle feathers purplish-blue ;
lateral ones purplish-black with the two outer ones tipped with white. Chin
metallic-green, beneath which are elongated metallic-red feathers bounded on either

side with black. Under tail coverts buffy-white. Bill and feet black. ‘Total length,

wae ae 3: Sha ae . re
Pee Wing, 22 in) Tail, 27 im. Culmen, 3)in.

Female like the male without the throat mark; this part being dark brown with

rufous tinge.

4, Rhamphomicron stanleyi.

Trochilus stanleyz, Bourc. and Mouts., Ann. Soc. d’Agr., Lyon (1850), p. 199, 3d ser.

Rhamphomicron stanley?, Goutp, Mon. Trochil., vol. iii, pl. 185.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 109 (1861).
—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ili, p. 164 (1876).—Taczan., P. Z. S. (1874), p. 544.

Rhamphomicron vulcant, Gout, Jard. Contr. Ornith. (1852), p. 1385.—In., Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 186.—In.,
Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 109 (1861).—Rercu., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. iii, p. 166 (1876).

Chalcostigma stanleyi, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Lampropogon stanley?, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.

Chalcostigma vulcant, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).

)

Lampropogon vulcani, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.

Hab, Ecuador, Peru.

Adult. Top of head dark greenish-bronze. Back dark violet-blue. Sides of face
and throat black. Centre of throat metallic-green, terminating with some elongated

160 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

amethyst feathers. Under surface sooty-brown. Upper tail coverts and tail dark
bluish-green. Under tail coverts grayish-white with the central part bluish. Wings
brown. Bill and feet black. Total length, 45 in. Wing, 2? in. Tail, 2 in,
Culmen, ;% im.

Female or young has no brilliant gorget; but the throat is grayish-white, each
feather tipped with greenish-brown. I can perceive nothing in the specimens called
vulcani by Mr. Gould, to separate them from the present species, and 1 do not con-

sider them distinct.

5. Rhamphomicron ruficeps.

Trochilus ( ?) ruficeps, Goutp, P. Z. 5. (1846), p. 89.

Mellisuga ruficeps, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i (1844), p. 112, sp. 29.

Rhamphomicron ruficeps, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 79 (1850).—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 188.—
Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 109 (1861).—Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 171 (1876).

Chalcostigma ruficeps, Rercn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—I»., Troch. Enum., p. 10 (1855).

Lampropogon ruficeps, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Hab. Peru (Whitely), Bolivia (Bridges) (Buckley).

Male. Front and crown dark chestnut-red. Upper surface bronzy-green. Throat
metallic-green. Under surface dark buff spotted with green. Under tail coverts
pale buff. Tail greenish-bronze. Bill and feet black. Total length, 32 in. Wing,
2!in, Tail, 1? in. Culmen, $ in. (Specimen procured in Peru by H. Whitely,
9000 feet elevation.)

Female. Upper surface bronzy-green. Under surface buff; rufous in the centre
of the throat, and flanks spotted with green. Wings purplish-brown. Tail greenish-
bronze. Bill and feet black. Total length, 3,5 in. Wing, 2 in. Tail, 1} in.

Culmen, ;'; in. (Specimen procured by Buckley in Bolivia.)

6. Rhamphomicron microrhynchum.

Ornismya microrhyncha, Borss., Rey. Zool. (1839), p. 354.—In., Mag. Zool. (1840), Ois., pl. 16.

Trochilus brachyrhynchus, Fras., P. Z. 8. (1840), p. 16.

Mellisuga microrhyncha, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 32 (1844-49).

Rhamphomicron microrhyncha, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 79 (1850).—Gouxp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl.
189.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 109 (1861).—Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—In., Troch.
Enum., p. 10 (1855).—Wurrety, P. Z. 8. (1873), p. 190.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 162
(1876). :

Rhamphromicrus microrhynchus, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.—Cas. and Hrr., Mus. Hein. Th.,
iii, p. 70 (1860).

Hab. Columbia, Ecuador.

Male. Head and upper surface shining purple. Wings purplish-brown. Throat
luminous grass-green, Under surface bronzy-green. Band of buff crosses the vent.
Tail black with a purplish-gloss. Under tail coverts bronzy-green edged with buff.
Bill and feet black. Total length, 32 in. Wing, 2in. Tail, 2 in. Culmen, 4 in.

Female. Upper surface bronzy-green. ‘Throat buffy-white spotted with dull green.
Rest of under surface white spotted with green. ‘Tail purplish-black, two outer-
most feathers tipped with white. Bill and feet black. Total length, 35 in. Wing,

2in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, } in.

AVOCETTINUS. 161

Genus LXXXII._—AVOCETTINUS.

TyPr.
Avocettinus, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256 (nee 1850). T. eurypterus, Lodd.
Opisthoprora, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 76 (note) (1860). T. eurypterus, Vodd.

Fig. 90.

Avocettinus eurypterus. Bogota.
Mus. G.N. Lawrence,

Avocettinus eurypterus. g . (From Gould.)

Ch. Bill shorter than the head; gonys ascending rapidly at their apical termina-
tion. Culmen straight until just at the tip, when it turns slightly upwards. Bill
broad at its base, narrowing rapidly to a point at the tip. Wings moderate. Tail
very slightly forked when closed. Feet strong, hind toe and nail as long as, if not
slightly longer than, middle toe and nail.

Range. Columbia.

But one species of this singular genus is known, a plainly colored bird, chiefly
remarkable for having the bill turned upwards at the tip.

This genus appears to have been first established by Bon. with the Avocettula
recurvirostris as type, Consp. Ay., p. 75, and the type afterwards changed by him
to the 7. eurypterus (1. ¢.).

1. Avocettinus eurypterus.

Trochilus eurypterus, Lopp., P. Z. 8. (1832), p. 7.

Trochilus georgine, Bourc., P. Z. S. (1847), p. 48.

Polytmus eurypterus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 109.

Polytmus georgine, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 109 (1844-49).

Avocettula eurypterus, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 6 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum. (1855), p. 3, pl. 679, figs.
4485-86.

Avocettula georgine, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 6 (1853).

Delattria georgina, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.

Avocettinus ewrypterus, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.—Gounp, Mon. Troch., yol. iii, pl. 264.—Lb.,
Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 114 (1861).—Murs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 264 (1876).

Opisthoprora ewrypterus, Can, and Hery., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., ili, p. 76 (note).

Hab. Columbia.
Adult. Head bronze; rest of upper surface bronze-green, darkest on the rump
and upper tail coverts. Wings purplish-brown. Sides of neck and flanks bronzy-

green. Throat and breast grayish-white, each feather tipped with green. Lower
21 December, 1878.

162 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

part of abdomen and under tail coverts rufous. Median rectrices bronze-green,
lateral ones purplish-black with a green gloss, the outermost ones tipped with buffy-
white. Bill black, feet brown. Total length, 4 in. Wing, 2,', in. Tail, 2 in.
Culmen, $ in.

Apparently there is no difference between the sexes in the color of their plumage.

Genus LXXXTII.—AVOCETTULA.

Tyrer.
Avocettula, Retcu., Syst. Av. Nat., pl. 39 (1849). ,
Avocettinus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 75 (1850, nec 1854). T. recurvirostris, Swains.
Streblorhamphwus, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 76 (1860).

Jh. Bill longer than the head, turned

up at the point. Nostrils exposed. Wings nN

long and pointed. ‘Tail slightly rounded,

Tarsi partly clothed.

Range. Guiana.

With a bill similar in structure to that
of the species in the preceding genus, the
single member of the present one possesses also fiery metallic tail feathers, very
similar to those of the species contained in the genus immediately succeeding. It
seemed, therefore, that here was the proper place for it to occupy. ‘The single
species is rather small, of a not ungraceful form, and brilliant plumage.

Avocettula recurvirostra, ¢, Guiana. Parzdaki.

1. Avocettula recurvirostris.

a

Trochilus recurvirostris, Swatns., Zool. Ill., vol. ii, pl. 105.—Jarp., Nat. Libr. Humming-Birds, vol. i, p. 80, pl. 3.

Mellisuga recurvirostris, StrrH., Cont. Shaw. Gen. Zool., vol. xiy, p. 248.

Ornismya recurvirostris, Less., Ois. Mouch. (1829), p. xxxvi, and Supp., p. 166, pl. 34.

Ornismya avocetta, Less., Supp. Ois. Mouch., p. 145, pl. 24 (1831).—Ib., Trochil., p. 74, pl. 23 (1831).—Jarp.,
Nat. Libr. Humming-birds, vol. i, p. 78, pl. 2.

Campylopterus recurvirostris, Swatns., Class. B., vol. ii, p. 330 (1836).

Hylocharis avocetta, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 12.

Hylocharvs recurvirostris, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 11.

Avocettinus recurvirostris, Box., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 75 (1850).

Avocettinus lessonz, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 75, juv. (1850).

Avocettula recurvirostris, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 6 (1853).—Ip., Trochil. Enum. (1855), p. 3, pl. 679, figs.
4487-89.—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.—Goutp, Mon., Troch., vol. iii, pl. 201—In., Intr.
Troch., octavo ed., p. 114 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 262 (1876).

Streblorhamphus recurvirostris, Cas. and He1n., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 76 (1860).

Hab. Guiana.

Male. Upper surface, abdomen, and under tail coverts bronze-green. Throat and
breast luminous emerald-green. On the centre of the abdomen is a narrow black
stripe. Wings blackish-purple. Median rectrices bronze-green; lateral ones above
coppery-brown, margined on the outer webs with green, beneath metallic fiery
copper-red. Bill black, feet brownish. Total length, 32 in. Wing, 3,5; in. Tail,
15%; in. Culmen, 2 in.

METALLURA. 163

Female? or young. Upper surface and flanks bronze-green. Throat and abdomen
white, with a black stripe running the entire length of both. Under tail coverts
green, ‘Tail above, dark purple glossed with green and the lateral feathers tipped
with white; beneath, the lateral feathers are fiery-bronze for three-fourths their
length, succeeded by a purplish-black bar glossed with green, and the tips white.
Size same as that of the male.

Immature male. Resembles the above, but has the centre of the throat luminous
emerald-green bordered with white.

Genus LXXXIV.—METALLURA.

TYPE.
Metallura, Goutp, P. Z. S. (1847), p. 94. T. opaca, Licht.
Urolampra, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p, 68 (1860). T. tyrianthina, Lodd.
Lavania, Muts., Catal. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 24. T. ewpogon, Cab.
Lavinia, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 106 (1877). T. eupogon, Cab.

Ch. Bill straight, moderately long. Tail
ample, rounded when spread. ‘Tarsi bare ;
feet large; hind toe and nail longer than

middle toe and nail. Sexes unlike.

Range. Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador,
Peru, and Bolivia.

Nine species are now known, of a com-
paratively large size, with brilliant throats, and luminous rectrices. These last are
of various colors, and in some of the species are extremely brilliant. Contrary to

Metallura tyrianthina. 3 . 25740. Quito.

the general law in this Family, the tails of the females are as luminous as those of
the males, but the rest of their plumage is different and much more subdued in its
coloration.

Key to the species.

A. Throat bluish-green; general plumage blackish-purple.

a. Tail luminous copper-color. 1. M. opaca.,

b. Tail luminous yinous-purple. 2. M. jelski.

e. Tail luminous purple, crissum white ! 3. M. chloropogon.
B. Centre of throat metallic-red. 4. M. eupogon.

C. Throat metallic-green.
a. Tail metallic-bronze, changing to blue above, luminous bronze-
green beneath. 5. M. xneicauda.

b. Tail purplish-blue above, shining grass-green beneath. 6. M. primolina.

ce. Tail purplish-green above, beneath deep violet. 7. M. williami.

d. Tail purple-bronze. 8. MW. tyrianthina.

e. Tail deep violet with blue reflections 9. DM. smaragdinicollis

1. Metallura opaca.

Trochilus (Lampornis) opacus, “ Licur.,” Tscu., Consp., p- 38.—Ip., Faun. Per., p. 248 (1844).
Trochilus (— 2) cupreicauda, Goutn, P. Z. 8. (1846), p. 87.
Mellisuga cupretcauda, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 118, sp. 43.

164 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Metallura cupreicauda, Gout, P. Z. 8. (1847), p. 94.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 191.—Ip., Intr. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 111 (1861).—Bon., Cousp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 75 (1850)—Reren., Troch. Knum., p. 5, pl. 721,
figs. 4638-39.—Ip., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 110 (1876).

Agleactis cupreicauda, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.

Metallura opaca, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 69.

Hab. Peru and Bolivia.

Male. General plumage lustrous dark purplish-brown. <A metallic bluish-green
spot on the throat, across the vent a buff line. ‘Tail fiery reddish-bronze. Bill
black, feet brown. Total length, 44 in. Wing, 32? in. Tail, 1% in, Culmen, 2 in.

The female is not certainly known.

2. Metallura jelski.

Metallura jelski, Caxs., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1874), p. 99.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 109.
Metallura cupretcauda, Taczan., P. Z. 5. (1874), p. 544.

Hab, Peru (Jelski).

Male, General plumage purplish-black. A bluish-green metallic spot on the
lower part of the throat. Wings purplish-brown. A white band crosses the vent.
Under tail coverts purplish-black margined narrowly with rufous. ‘Tail luminous
vinous-purple. Bill and feet black. Total length, 44 in. Wing, 2? in. Tail, 24

in. Culmen, 2 in. From a typical example.

28
I have specimens of the JZ opaca from Peru and Bolivia. The present species,

which is very distinct, has as yet only been found in Peru at Maragnoce by M. Jelski.

3. *Metallura chloropogon.

Urolampra chloropogon, Cas. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 68.

Hab. q

Mas. Purpureo-fuscescens nitore quodam metallico virescenti, vertice humeris
uropygioque valde, imprimis autem macula gulari splendidissime virescente-fulgen-
tibus ; alis purpureo-fuscis, rectricibus latissimis pulchre purpureo-resplendentibus;
crisso albido, tectricibus caude inferioribus virescenti-nitentibus margine lutescenti.

Fem. (an mas. juv.). Subtus brunnescenti-ochracea gula lateribusque maculis,
parvis fuscis virescentibusque guttatis, rectricibus splendide pupurascentibus, tribus
externis apice pallide albescentibus. Long. tot., 3’’ 6’; al., 2”; caud., 1” 6;
rostr. culm., 5’””.—(Cab., 1. ¢.)

I do not know this bird.

4. Metallura eupogon.

Metallura ewpogon, Cax., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1874), p. 97.
Metallura hedvige, Taczan., P. ZS. (1874), p. 544, pl. xxi, fig. 2—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p.
107 (1876).
Hab, Peru (Jelski).
Male. General plumage bronzy-green. Line down the centre of the throat
metallic fiery-red. ‘Tuft of white feathers below the thighs. Wings purple-

METALLURBA. 165

brown. ‘Tail bronze above with blue reflections; beneath eran grass-green.
Bill and feet black. ‘Total length, 3f in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 2 in. Culmen,
4 in. From typical example in my collection.

Female. Unknown.

5. Metallura zeneicauda.

Trochilus ( ?) eneicauda, Gourn, P. Z. 8. (1846), p. 87.

Mellisuga eneicauda, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 44.

Metallura ceneicauda, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 75 (1850).—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 192.—Ip.,
Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 111 (1861)—Rercu., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 720, figs. 4634-36.—Ip., Aufz.
der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. .—Wumety, P. Z. S. (1873), p. 191.

Aglaeactis eneicauda, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253

Urolampra ceneicauda, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 68.

Hab. Peru and Bolivia.

Male. Upper surface bronzy-green. Throat luminous metallic-green. Under
surface bronzy-green on the flanks, centre of breast and abdomen mingled green
and brown. Under tail coverts pale bronze-green margined with rufous. Wings
purple-brown, Tail, metallic-bronze above changing to blue in certain lights,
beneath luminous green. White aye behind the eye. Bill and feet black.
Length, 42 in. Wing, 2,9; in. Tail, 2in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Differs in having the under surface brown, each feather tipped with
bronzy-green. Centre of abdomen buff. Tail colored like the male, but the lateral
feathers are tipped with buff. Bill and feet black.

6. Metallura primolina.

Metallura primolina, Bourc., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1853), p. 295.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p.
WIG},

Metallura primolinus, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 194—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.

Metallura primolina, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib.,-p. 8 (1855).—I., Troch. Enum., p. 5 (1855).

Urolampra primolina, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. 'Th., iii (1860), p. 68 (note 5).

Metallura primoli, Gourn, Intr. Troch., octayo ed., p. 112 (1861).

Hab, Ecuador. Vicinity of Laguano, on the banks of the Napo.

Female?. Upper surface bronzy-green. Under surface has the base of the
feathers rufous-white, darkest on the throat and abdomen, tips bronzy-green.
Wings purplish-brown. Tail luminous bronzy-green changing to purple in certain
lights, on the upper surface; and metallic luminous grass-green on the under sur-
face; the three outermost feathers tipped with brownish-gray. Bill and feet black.
Total length, 3,9; in. Wing, 2,5, in. Tail, 15 in. Culmen, ,°; in. From Bour-

16 7 16
ceir’s specimen i my collection.

7. Metallura williami.

Trochailus williami, Bourc. and Detatrre, Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 308.

Mellisuga wiliamz, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 38.

Metallura williami, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), vol. i, p. 75.—Reren., Troch. Enum., p. 5 (1855).—Ip., Aufz.
der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.—Govip, Mon. Troch., vol. ili, pl. 193.
—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 112 (1861).—Murts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ili, p. 114 (1876).

Urolampra williami, Caz. and Hein., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 68 (note 6).

Hab. Columbia.

166 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Male. Upper surface dark bronzy-green, Throat and upper part of breast lumi-
nous grass-green. Under surface bronzy-green, the base of the feathers buff. Wings
purplish-brown. Tail dark green above, with bright purple reflections in certain
lights; beneath luminous violet, with green reflections. Bill and feet black. Total
length, 3? in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 1~ in. Culmen, $ in. (From type in my col-
lection.)

Female. Like the male, but the under surface is mottled with green and bu”

8. Metallura tyrianthina.

Trochilus tyrianthinus, Lopp., Proc. Zool. Soc. (1832), p. 6.

Ornismya allard’, Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1839), p. 294.—Ip., Ann. Soe. d’Agr., Lyon (1840), p. 226, pls. 3 and 4.

Ornismya pauline, Borss., Rev. Zool. (1839), p. 354.—Ip., Mag. Zool. (1840), pl. 13.

Mellisuga tyrianthina, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 36.

Trochilus allardz, Jarp., Contr. Ornith. (1850), pp. 81-89, and 151, pl. 55.

Metallura tyrianthina, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 75 (1850)—Reron., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 719, figs
4630-31.—In., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.—Goutp, Mon.
Troch., vol. iii, pl. 195.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 112 (1861)—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom.
ili, p. 117 (1876).

Urolampra tyrianthina, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 68 (1860).

HMetallura quitensis, Gouxp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 112 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p.
115 (1876).

Hab. Venezeula, Columbia, Ecuador, and Peru.

Male. Upper surface dark bronze-green. A small white spot behind the eye.
Throat luminous grass-green. Under surface bronze-green, the base of the feathers
buff, which, showing in various parts, gives a mottled appearance to the plumage.
Under tail coverts bronzy-green margined with reddish-buff. Wiaings purplish-brown.
Tail brilliant metallic purple-bronze. Bill and feet black. A tuft of white feathers
on each side of the vent. Total length, 35 in. Wing, 24 in. Tail1Z in. Cul
men, ;%; in.

Young male. Like the male, but with the exception, that the throat and under
parts are buff or grayish-white, the feathers tipped with green. No luminous spot
on the throat.

Female. Upper parts bronzy-green. Entire under parts rufous, lightest on the
abdomen, spotted with green on the throat, and mottled with green on the flanks.
Tail bronzy-purple, lighter than the males. In size she is slightly smaller than the
male.

The Ecuador bird separated by Mr. Gould as M. quitensis (1. c.) does not always
possess a greater size to distinguish it, as I have some from Columbia quite equal
to it in measurements. I do not consider it a distinct species, and have placed Mr.

Gould’s term among the synonyms of the JL tyrianthina.

9. Metallura smaragdinicollis.

Orthorhynchus smaragdinicollis, D’Ors. and Larres., Syn. Av., ii, p. 31, no. 23 (1838).—D’Ors., Voy. Amer.
Mérid., tom. iv, p. 375, Atl. Ois., pl. 59, fig. 2.
Mellisuga smaragdinicollis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p- 112, sp. 42.

CHRYSURONIA. 167

Metallura smaragadinicollis, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 75 (1850).—Rercu., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 719,
fig. 4632.—Ip., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.—Goutp, Mon.
Troch., vol. ili, pl. 196.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 112 (1861)—Wuurery, P. Z. 8. (1873), p. 191.
—Taczan., P. Z. S. (1874), p. 544.—Mozs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 120 (1876).—Exxior,
Ibis (1877), p. 141.

Urolampra smaragdznicollis, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 68 (note 4) (1860).

Hab. Peru, Bolivia.

Male. Upper and under surface bronzy-green. Throat luminous dark grass-green.
Wings purplish-brown. ‘Tail above dark violet, with green reflections on the edges
and tips of the feathers; beneath reddish-violet. Bill and feet black. Length, 3?
in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 1Z in. Culmen, $ in.

Young male has the throat bronzy-green like the rest of the under parts.

Female. Above bronzy-green. Beneath deep buff, glossed with green on the
flanks and spotted with bronzy-green on the throat, breast, and abdomen. Tail
purple-violet, lateral feathers tipped with grayish-white.

The next genus, Curysuronta, has generally been placed far from its present
position, among such genera as AMAzILIA and Evcrpaata. I do not perceive that
it has any especial relationship with these; but its different species, in the shape
and brilliant coloration of their tails, seem to possess an affinity to the members of
METALLURA, and properly belong to the small section of these birds with rounded
luminous rectrices. The species vary greatly from each other in their style of
coloration, and while certain ones have the head and breast highly metallic and
luminous, others have the throat and under surface possessed of very little
brilliancy.—The sexes differ in their plumage, but, like those of the species of
MerTALLURA, the females also have luminous tails. :

Genus LXXXV.—CHRYSURONIA.

Tyrer.
Chryswronzia, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 75 (1850). O. enone, Less.
Chrysurus, Bon., Compt. Rend., p. 382 (1850). , O. enone, Less.
Chrysurisca, Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 42 (1860). O. cenone, Less.

Ch, Bill a little longer than the head, slightly curved, Fig. 93.
broad at base and rather flat, graduating rapidly to a
sharp point. Feathers of the forehead not advancing
on to the culmen, nostrils exposed. Wings long, nar-

row. Tail very slightly rounded when spread. Feet

rather large. Tarsi clothed. Plumage of sexes different. gyryeuronia iad Cader Buckley.
Range. Central America, Columbia and Kcuador,

Pern, Venezuela, Brazil, and Argentine Republic.
Five species are known.

168 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Key to the species.

A. Top of head and throat blue; tail bronze-green. 1. C. humboldti.
B. Entire head and throat blue, tail fiery golden-bronze. 2. C. xnone.
C. Crown of head and chin blue, tail golden-bronze. 3. C. josephine.
D. Crown green, throat lazuline-blue, tail shining green-bronze. 4. C. eliciz.
E. Head golden inclining to brown, throat buff. Tail metallic-golden. 5. C. chrysura.

1. Chrysuronia humboldti.

Trochilus humboldti, Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Sci. Phys., Lyon (1852), p. 142.

Chrysuronia humboldtz, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 5 (1855).—Gounp, Mon.
Troch., vol. v, pl. 327.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 165 (1861).—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854),
p- 294.

Chrysurisca humboldt?, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., ili, p. 42 (note 4) (1860).

Thaumatias viridicaudus, Lawr., Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. (1866), p. 403, 9.

Hab, Ecuador.

Male. Top of head and throat dark purple-blue. Upper surface golden-green,
bronzy on the rump. Wings purplish-brown. Under surface shining light bronzy-_
green with a white streak in the centre of the abdomen. Tail dark bronzy-green,
with a bluish shade on the central feathers. Under tail coverts white. Bill flesh-
colour, or red?, tip black. Feet brown. ‘Total length, 4 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail,
15 in. Culmen, ? in. (Type in my collection.)

Female. Upper parts coppery-bronze. Under surface dull white, breast spangled
with green, Central tail feathers dark green, lateral ones bronzy-green, graduating
into dark brown and tipped with white. ‘Total length, 4 in. Wing, 23 in, Tail,
15 in. Culmen, ? in. (Type in my collection.)

2. Chrysuronia cnone.

Ornismya cenone, Lxss., Ois. Mouch. Supp., p. 157, pl. 30.—Dexarr. and Less., Rev. Zool. (1839), p. 17.
Polytmus cenone, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 109, sp. 80.

Chrysuronia cenone, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ayv., vol. i, p. 75 (1850).—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.—
Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 5, t. 722, figs. 4642-43 (1855).—Gouxp, Mon.
Troch., vol. v, pl. 325.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 164 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom.
ii, p. 7 (1875).

Chrysurisca enone, Can. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 42 (1860).

Hab. Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador.

Male. Head and throat deep shining blue. Upper parts grass-green. Under
parts luminous yellowish-green. Wings purplish-brown, Upper and under tail
coverts, and tail fiery golden-bronze. Maxilla black. Mandible flesh-color, tip
black. Total length, 4 in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, ? in.

Female. Upper surface golden-green. Under surface white, spangled with green.
Vent white. Rest like the male. Dimensions the same.

There is a slight difference in the length of bill observable between Columbian
and Ecuadorian examples, and the heads of the latter are a greenish-blue; but I
believe there is only one species.

CHRYSURONTA. 169

3. Chrysuronia josephine.

Ornismya neera, Less. and Dexarr., Rey. Zool. (1839), p. 18, dese. null.

Ornismya josephine, Bourc. and Muts., Rey. Zool. (1848), p. 272.

Trochilus josephine, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. iii; Supp., app. 30a.

Chrysuronia josephine, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1855).—Ip., T'roch. Enum., p- 5 (1855).—Bon., Rev. and
Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 326.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p- 164
(1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 10 (1875).

Chrysurisca josephine, Cas. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 42 (note 3) (1860).

Chrysuronia neera, Gourn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 165 (1861).

Chrysuronia ceeruleicapilla, Gouxp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 165 (1861).

Hab, Brazil, upper Amazon.

Male. Crown of the head and chin deep blue. Upper parts golden-green. Under
parts luminous grass-green. Upper tail coverts and tail golden-bronze, the upper
coverts more coppery than the tail. Under tail coverts golden-bronze fringed with
gray. Wings purplish-brown. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color, tip black ; feet
black. Total length, 4 in. Wing, 11% in. Tail, 15 in. Culmen, 13 in.

Female. Upper parts bronzy-green. Under parts white, washed with green on
the flanks. Rest like the male, but the tail not so brilliant. Dimensions the same.

4. Chrysuronia eliciz.

Trochalus elicice, Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Soc. Agr., Lyon (1846), t. ix, p. £14.—Ip., Rev. Zool. (1846), p. 316.

Polytmus elicie, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 109, sp. 82.

Chrysuronia elicte, Bon., Cousp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 75 (1850).—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.—
Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 722, figs. 4644-45——Goutp, Mon.
Troch., vol. v, pl. 328.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 165 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom.
ii, p. 13 (1875).

Chrysurisca elicie, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, pp. 42, 92 (1860).

Hab. Central America. Guatemala to Chiriqui.

Male. Upper surface and flanks dark green, Throat lazuline-blue. Abdomen
buff washed with green; under tail coverts fawn. Upper tail coverts coppery-
bronze. Wings purplish-brown. Tail metallic greenish-bronze, in some specimens
golden-bronze. Bill flesh-color, tip black. Tcet black. Total length, 3} in.
Wing, 12 in. Tail, 1; in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female very similar to the male, but less brilliant, and with but an indication of

the blue on the throat.

5. Chrysuronia chrysura.

Ornismya chrysura, Less., Ois. Mouch. Supp., p. 107, pl. 4 (1831).

Ornismya ruficollis, D’Ors. and Larres., Syn. Av., ii, p. 30, sp. 22 (1838).

Polytmus chrysurus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 100, sp. 81.

Chrysuronia chrysura, Bon. Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 75 (1850).—In., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.—
Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 721, figs. 4640-41 (1855).—Gourp,
Mon. T'roch., vol. v, pl. 329.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 165 (1861 ).—Muts., Hist. Nt. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. ii, p. 4 (1875).—Et11or, Ibis (1877), p. 140.

Rhamphodon chrysurus, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 15 ?.—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 12? (1859).

Chrysurisca chrysura, Cas. and Her., Mus. Wein. Th., iii, p. 42 (note 5) (1860).

Hab. Brazil, Paraguay, and Argentine Republic.
22 December, 1878.

170 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Male. Upper surface golden-bronze, most brilliant upon the tail; and inclining
to brown upon the head. ‘Throat buff. Breast and flanks golden-brown.. Middle
of abdomen buff. Under tail coverts golden with gray edges. Bill flesh-color, tips
black. Feet black. ‘otal length, 33 in. Wing, 2$in. Tail, 1{in. Culmen, ? in,

Some specimens have the two outermost rectrices tipped with gray. These may
possibly be females; and occasionally the rectrices of the males are reddish-bronze
very brilliant, instead of golden-bronze.

Next to Curysuroni I place AUGASTES, containing species with highly luminous
tails, and a bill similar in shape to the preceding species, yet inclining towards the
point to the attenuated form so characteristic of the wedge-like bills of Scuisrgs
and Hexiorurix. One of the species is a rather large bird, of most beautiful and
luminous plumage, and both are distinguished for the metallic color exhibited on

their heads and throats.

Genus LX XXVI.—AUGASTES.

Type.
Augastes, Goutn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 123 (1861), desc. Mon. Troch., pt. 11 (1850). 7. swperbus, Vieill.
Lamprurus, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 12. O. lumachella, Less.
Fig. 94.

Ch. Bill straight, longer than the head, attenuated
slightly at the tip; frontal feathers not advancing upon
the culmen. Wings long; tail moderately long and
square ; tarsi clothed; feet small, hind toe diminutive.

Range. Brazil,

Augastes lumachellus. ¢ , Minas Gaeras,
Brazil. Verreaux.

Key to the species.

A. Forehead and throat golden-greeu, the latter ending in reddish-orange.
Tail metallic bronze-red.

1. A. lumachellus.
B. Forehead and throat emerald-green. ‘Tail shining green with a bluish-gloss, 2. A.

superbus.

1. Augastes lumachellus.

Ornismya lumachella, Luss., Rey. Zool. (1838), p. 315, juv.

Trochilus lumachellus, Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 313.

Hylocharis lumachellus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p- 114, sp. 30.

Augastes lumachellus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., p. 84 (1850).—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.—Gounp,
Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 222.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 123.—Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. Th.,
iii, p. 46 (1860).—Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 147.

PHLOGOPHILUS. 171

Lamprurus lumachellus, Reten., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 12.
Rhamphomicron (Lamprurus) lumachellus, Reicu., Troch. Knum., p. 10 (1855).

Hab. Brazil, Bahia,

Male. Forehead, face, and throat luminous golden-green, bounded beneath by a
narrow line of greenish-blue, below which is a tuft of metallic reddish-orange. ‘Top
of the head, ear coyerts, and a narrow line on side of the throat velvety-black. On
either side of the reddish-tuft on breast is a narrow white bar. Rest of plumage
of body shining bronze-green. Wings purplish-bronze. Tail metallic bronze-red.
Total length, 44 in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, ? in.

Female or young. Differs im having the top of the head green; throat less lumi-
nous, and the tail a coppery-bronze, with the outer web of external rectrices grayish-
white near the tip.

2. Augastes superbus.

Trochilus superbus, Virti1., Ency. Méth., tom. ii, p. 561.
Trochilus scutatus, Natrr., Temm. Plan. Col., no. 299, fig. 3.
Ornismya naterrerz, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 75, pl. 16 (1829).
Hylocharis superba, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 29.
Augastes scutatus, Gouup, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 221.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 123 (1861).
Augastes superbus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 84 (1850).—Rereu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—Ip.,
Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th.,
lii, p. 45 (1860)—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 150.
Hab. Brazil.
Male. Forehead, face, and throat glittering emerald-green, these feathers forming
a point on the chest. Band across the crown and ear coverts black. A white spot
behind the eye. Upper surface bronzy-green. Wings purplish-brown. Under parts
indigo-blue, with a crescentic buffy-white mark on the upper part of chest broadest
beneath the green throat mark. Tail metallic-green, with a bluish gloss. Under
tail coverts whitewashed with green. Bill and feet black. Length, 34$in. Wing,
2in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 11 in.
Female differs in having the crescent mark white instead of buff, the abdomen
green instead of blue, under tail coverts pure white, and the outer rectrices tipped
with white.

Genus LX XX VII.—PHLOGOPHILUS.

Tyre.
Phlogophilus, Gourp, P. Z. S. (1860), p. 310. P. hemileucurus, Gould.
Ch. “Bill straight; wings ample and rather rounded, Fig. 95.

tarsi long and bare; tail rather large and rounded; hind
toe and nail shorter than middle toe and nail.” (Gould,
loc. cit.)

Range. Ecuador.
One species is attributed to this genus, which if it is
adult would seem to belong to the female sex, but if a

male is certainly immature, Phlogophitlus hemileucurus, Ecuador,

Mus, G. N. Lawrence.

172 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

L. Phlogophilus hemileucurus.

Phlogophilus hemileucurus, Goutp, P. Z. 8. (1860), p. 310.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 360.—Ip., Intr.
T'roch., octavo ed., p. 181 (1861).
Elvira hemileucurus, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 264.

Hab. Ecuador.

Female? or young ?. Upper surface and flanks grass-green. Throat white, feathers ;
tipped with green. Chest, centre of the abdomen, and under tail coverts white.
Median rectrices bronze-green; lateral feathers white, with a band of purplish-black
in the centre; this band most extensive on the outer feathers and becoming nar-
rower as it goes towards the median ones, where on those next the central pair it
is merely a subterminal bar. Bill black. Feet and tarsi yellow. Total length, 34
in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, ? in.

All the specimens known of this bird are apparently in the plumage of the female
or young. Mr. Gould has made it the type of a new genus, and thinks it is proba-
bly allied to Adelomyia. It seems to me, however, its proper place is between
Schistes and Augastes, and it would not at all surprise me if it should eventually
prove to be the female of one of the species of the latter genus. It is so closely
allied to Augastes, that I cannot perceive it possesses any generic characters to
separate it (unless it may be the bare tarsus); but for the present I leave it in the
genus in which Mr. Gould placed it.

Genus LXXXVIIIL—SCHISTES.

Tyre.
Schistes, Gourp, Mon. Troch., pt. vi (1853), and Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 122 (1861). 7. geoffroy?, Boure.
Ch. “Bill longer than the head, straight,
wedge-shaped at the tip. Wings moderately
long and slightly rounded; tail rounded, the

feathers broad; tarsi partially clothed; feet

small; hind toe and nail shorter than middle
: ~ . Schistes geofroyi. 6. Columbia. Whitely,
toe and nail.” (Gould, loc. cit.) rane a ai!

Range. Columbia and Ecuador,
Two species are known, allied to AuGAsTES in the shape of their bills; but of
small size, and tails not quite so luminous.

Key to the species.

A. Forehead and crown bronzy-green, a faint line of luminous green on the first;

throat luminous green; on either side of the breast a tuft of lilac-blue

Tail bronze-green, with a subterminal chalybeate bar. 1. S. geoffroyt.
B. Forehead, face, and throat glittering pale metallic-green. Tuft of violet-blue

feathers on either side of breast. ‘Tail bronze-green with a bluish lustre. 2. S. personatus.

SCHISTES. 173

1. Schistes personatus.

Schistes albogularts, Gouup, Jard. Contr. Ornith. (1851), p. 140, juv.—Ib., Mon. Troch., yol. iv, pl. 220, juv.—
Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 27 (note) (1860).

Schistes albigular’s, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.—Goutp,
Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 123, juv. (1861).

Schistes personatus, Gourp, P. Z. 8. (1860), p. 311—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 219.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 122 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 153 (1876).

Schistes geoffroyt, Souat., P. ZS. (1860), p. 70.

Hub, Ecuador.

Male. Forehead, face, and throat glittering pale green, behind which is a patch
of black. Upper surface bronzy-green. On each side of breast a tuft of violet-blue
feathers. Across the upper part of breast is a crescentic-white bar. Abdomen and
flanks dark green. Tuft of white behind the thighs. Tail bronze-green with a
blue shade. Bill and feet black. Length, 3$ in. Wing, 2in. Tail, 12 in. Cul
men, 2 in.

Youny, possibly female. Differs in having the throat white, and the violet-blue
tufts almost obsolete. Mr. Gould in his descriptions gives the tail as.crossed near
the tip by a chalybeate band. There is no indication of this band in my specimens,
the rectrices being a uniform bronzy-green with a slight bluish shade in one example.

If, as I believe is the case, the S. albogularis proves to be the young of per-
sonatus, the latter name will have to sink into a synonym, having been proposed
nine years after albogularis.

2. Schistes geoffroyi.

Trochilus geoffroy?, Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Soc. d’Agr., Lyon (1843), t. vi, p. 37, pl. 3—In., Rey. Zool.
(1843), p. 101.

Petasophora ? geoffroyz, Gouin, P. Z. 8. (1847), p. 9.

Polytmus geoffroy?, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 31.

Colibri geoffroy?, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 69 (1850).

Petasophora geoffroy?, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1853).

Schistes geoffroyz, Govup, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 218.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 122 (1861).—Rercr.,

~ Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein.

Th., iii, p. 27 (1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom.iii, p. 155 (1860).

Hab. Ecuador.

Male. Crown, upper part of back and wing coverts bronze-green. A faint lumi-
nous green line on the forehead. Lower part of back and rump rufous. Wings
purplish-brpnze. A white spot behind the eye. Throat luminous green. Ear
coverts dark brown. On each side of breast a tuft of lilac-blue feathers. Under
surface dark green. White tuft behind the thighs. Under tail coverts green edged
with gray. Rectrices bronze-green ; lateral ones with a subterminal chalybeate bar
and tipped with white. Bill black, feet brown. Total length, 35 in. Wing, 2§ in.
Tail, 12 in. Culmen, $ in.

Young ?. Differs in having the throat buffy-white, this color extending also on
each side of the upper part of breast. Middle of abdomen also whitish. Mantle
green; rest of upper parts bronze. Rest of plumage like the male, though the
under parts not above mentioned are a paler green than the male. This plumage

174 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

may possibly be that of the female; though I have not seen an authenticated spe-
cimen of that sex.

The members of the next genus, HELIOTHRIX, are rather large in size, of a most
graceful form, distinguished by their singular wedge-shaped bills, pleasing plumage
of green and white, and the metallic-blue tufts on the sides of the neck. There is
very little difference in the plumage of the sexes, and when it does exist, consists
of the absence of metallic coloring upon the throat of the female. The rectrices
of this sex are always much longer than those of the males.

Genus LXXX1IX.—HELIOTHRIX.

Typr.
Hetiothriaz, Bor, Isis (1831), p. 547. T. auritus, Gmel.
Heliothrys, Gray, List Gen. Birds, p. 14 (1840). T. auritus, Gmel.

Ch. Bill longer than the head, the culmen Fig. 97.
descending, and the gonys ascending to the tip.
Maxilla broad at base, narrowing rapidly towards
the middle, the apical half greatly compressed
laterally. Tip slender and sharply pointed, nostrils
exposed. Wings long, narrow, and pointed.
Tail long (longest in the female), much rounded,
outermost rectrices two-thirds the length of median

ones, upper tail coverts reaching two-thirds the

length of the tail. Tarsi clothed to the toes.

Heliothrix auritus, @. N.Brazil. Whitely.

Sexes similar in color.

Range. Ceutral America, Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, Venezuela, Guiana, and
Brazil.

Three species are known.

Key to the species,
A. Head metallic-green.
a. Throat white. 1. H. aurita.
b. Throat metallie-green. 2. H. auriculatus.
B. Head metallic-purple, throat white. 3. H. barrott.

1. Heliothrix auritus.

Trochilus auritus, Guew., Syst. Nat. (1788), vol. i. p. 493, sp. 47.—Laru., Ind. Ornith. (1790), tom. ip: sli
Wiep., Beitr., vol. iv, p. 104.—Cas., Schomb. Reis. Guian., vol. iii, p. 707.

Trochilus leucocrotophus, Vietu1., Nouv. Dict. (1817), vol. vii, p. 374.

Ornismya aurita, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 63, t. 10-11 (1829).

Ornismya nigrotis, Less., Ind. Gen. and Syn. Ois. Gen. Troch., p. 20, sp. 48, 9 (1831).

Heliothrix nigrotis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 115, sp. 2.

HBO Te RD xX, 115

Heliothrix auritus, Bors, Isis (1831), p. 547.—Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 115, sp. 1—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av.,
vol. i, p. 69.—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.—Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—Ip.,
Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).—Cas. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Vh., iii (1860), p. 28—Goutp, Mon. Troch.,
vol. iv, pl. 213.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 121 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p.
238.—Exuior, Ibis (1876), p. 395.

Heliothria longirostris, Gouin, P. Z. 8. (1862), p. 124.

Hab. Northern Brazil, Guiana, Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, and Peru,

Male. Fntire upper surface and lengthened upper tail coverts shining golden-
green, brightest on the head. Wings purplish-black. Lores and a line below the
eye black, ending in violet-blue. Below this line is another of luminous green
extending from the gape. Entire under surface pure white. Four middle rectrices
bluish-black, remainder pure white. Bull and feet black. Total length, 44 in.
Wing, 22 in. Tail, 24 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female, Wants the green line beneath the black one on the face; and the violet
tufts on the checks. It also differs in having a much longer tail, and an oblique
black bar across the lateral rectrices near their base. In all other respects she
resembles the male. Total length,5{ in. Wing, 23in. Tail, 2% in. Culmen, 2 in.

2. Heliothrix auriculatus.

Trochilus auriculatus, “Licut.,’ Nordm. Erman Reise (1835), p. 5, t. 2, figs. 1 and 2,

Ornismya pouchetii, Luss., Rey. Zool. (1840), p. 72.

Heliothrix auriculatus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 115, sp. 3.—Retcn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—In.,
Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).—Gou.p, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 214.—Ip., Intr. 'T'roch., octavo ed., p. 121.
—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 251.—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 28.—Etior,
Ibis (1876), p. 396.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 340 (1875).

Heliothrix poucheti?, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 69 (1850).

Heliothrix aurita, Burm., Th. Bras., vol. ii, p. 336, juv.

Heliothrix phainolema, Gourp, P. Z. S. (1855), p. 87.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 215.—Ip., Intr. ‘T'roch.,
octavo ed., p. 121 (1861).—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 28 (note 4) (1860).

Heliothrix phainoleuca, Harty., Weig. Arch., yol. xxii, 2, p. 23.

Hab, Southern Brazil.

Male. Differs from the H. auritus only in having the chin and sides of the neck
luminous grass-green. In all other respects they are alike. Total length, 43 in.
Wing, 23 in. Tail, 2in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Precisely like the female of H. awritws, and the dimensions the same.

3. Heliothrix barroti.

Trochilus barrot?, Bourc., Rev. Zool. (1843), p. 72.—Ip., Ann. Soc. Agr., Lyon (1843), t. vi, p. 48.

Heliothrix barroti, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 115, sp. 4—Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 69 (1850).—Retcn.,
Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—I., Troch. Entin., p. 11 (1855).—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p.
271.—Gounp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 217.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 121, sp. 241.—Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 242.—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 28 (note 3).—Et1.107,
Ibis (1876), p. 397.

Heliothriz purpureiceps, Govtp, P. Z. S. (1855), p. 87.—Ib., Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 216—Cas, and Her.,
Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 28 (note 3) (1860).

Heliothrix violifrons, Goutn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 122, sp. 242 (1861).—Saty., P. Z. 8. (1870), p. 210.

Hab. Central America, Columbia, Ecuador.

176 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Male. Top of head purplish-blue. Rest of plumage like 1. aurvitus. Total length,
42 in, Wing, 22 in. Tail, 2+ in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Like the female of A. auritus, except the green of the upper surface is
darker on the lower part of the back and upper tail coverts. Total length, 43 in.

Wing, 23 in. Tail, 2? in. Culmen, 3 in.

Genus XC.—CHRYSOLAMPIS.

Tyre.
Chrysolamp7s, Bom, Isis (1831), p. 546. T. moschitus, Linn.
Ch. Bill straight, long as the head, nos-
trils hidden. Feathers of the forehead pro-
ject on the culmen for nearly one-half the
length of the bill. Wings long, tail rounded.
Feet small, tarsi bare. Sexes dissimilar.
Range. Brazil (Amazonian region), Vene-
zuela, ‘Trinidad, and Columbia.

There is only one species, the well-known

Chrysolampis moschitus. 3. 24660. “South America.”

“Ruby Topaz” of the commercial world. It

is distinguished by the frontal plumes projecting far over the culmen, and the
beauty of coloring exhibited on the head and throat. The female is a very plain
little bird, possessing none of the glittering hues of the male.

1, Chrysolampis moschitus.

Trochilus moschitus, Linn., Syst. Nat. (1766), vol. i, p. 192.—Gmer., Syst. Nat., tom. i, p. 494 (1788).—Laru.,
Ind. Ornith., vol i, p. 316 (1790).—Swarns., B. Brazil, pl. 30.—Cas., Schomb. Reis. Guian., iii, p. 705.

Trochilus carbunculus, GMEL., Syst. Nat., t. i, p. 498, sp. 51 (1788).

Trochilus pegasus, GuEt., Syst. Nat., t. i, p. 495 (1788).—Larn., Ind. Ornith., vol. i, p. 315, 9 (1790).

Trochilus guianensis, GMEL., Syst. Nat., t. i, p. 498 (1788).—Laru., Ind. Ornith., vol. i, p. 316, sp. 50 (1790).

Trochilus elatus, Guet., Syst. Nat., t. i, p. 499 (1788)—Larn., Ind. Ornith., vol. i, p. 317, sp. 54 (1790).

Ornismya moschitus, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 166, pls. 52-54 (1829).—In., Trait. Ornith., p- 280 (1831).

Mellisuga moschita, Srevu., Shaw, Gen. Zool., vol. xiv, p. 253.—Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 96.

Chrysolampis moschztus, Bork, Isis (1831), p. 546.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 82 (1850)—Ip., Rey. and
Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.—Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 204.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 115
(1861).—Rercn., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 9.—Ib., Troch. Enum., pl. 723, figs. 4646-49 —Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 254 (1875).

Chrysolampis carbunculus, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p- 5, pl. 723, fig. 4650.—I., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).

Chrysolampis moschita, Can. and Hrry., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 21.

Chrysolampis reichenbach?, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 21 (1860).

Hab. Island of Trinidad, Venezuela, Guiana, Brazil as far south as Bahia, and
through the Amazonian valley into Columbia. Plentiful around Bogota.

Male. Entire wpper part of head and nape metallic ruby-red. Rest of wpper
surface bronze-brown, nearly, black on the upper part of back. Chin, throat, and
breast glittering topaz-yellow. Abdomen and flanks dark snuff-brown,° Tuft of
white feathers behind the thighs. Under tail coverts rufous. Tail chestnut-red

CHRYSOLAMPIS. ]

-)

tipped with black. Bill and feet black. Total length, 32 in. Wing, 24 in. Tail,
17 in. Culmen, ,% in.

Female. Upper surface bronzy-green. Under surface grayish-white. Wings
purplish-brown. Median rectrices bronzy-green, lateral ones purplish-brown with
a green gloss and tipped with white. Bill and feet black.

Young male. Like the female, but with a few brilliant ruby feathers on the head,
and a line of glittering topaz on the centre of the throat.

Very young bird. Upper surface rufous; under parts gray. Tail purple-brown,
lateral feathers tipped with white.

Variations in the hues of the head and throat are perceptible among individuals
of this species from various localities, but there does not seem to be more than one
species. Sometimes very curious forms occur; and one before me from Brazil (2),
ex Whitely, has the top of the head luminoug orange, and the chin, throat, and
breast metallic emerald-green. I can, however, only consider this specimen as an
abnormal one of the present species; as in every other respect it resembles it exactly.

The next genus, BELLONA, although possessing species of a very different style of
coloration from the previous one, seems well placed here. Its members have the
basal portion of the culmen hidden in the frontal feathers, and the general shape
of the birds is very like that of the “ Ruby Topaz.”—They differ, however, in
having well-developed crests, and also from the fact, that the metallic hues are
confined to the heads, there being none upon any part of the under surface. The
term Orthorhynchus, which has been applied to the species of BELLONA, is stated,
by nearly all ornithologists, to have been established by Cuvier. This does not
appear to be the fact. ‘The first naturalist who mentions the genus Orthorhynchus,
as I have been able to ascertain, is Lacépéde in the Memoir de l’Institute, 1799-
1800, tom. 3, p. 510; and Cuvier himself in the Régne Animal, 1817, vol. i, p. 413,
cites Lacépéde as the author of the term. No species were given in the Mem. de
l'Inst. as especially belonging to the genus, and the definition is simply, “ Bee droit
et remplé vers le bout.’””— Now this will apply to at least one hundred species of the
Trochilidze, and it is very clear that Lacépéde never intended to restrict his genus
to cristatus and exilis.—The old authors seem to have divided the Humming-birds
into two classes, those with straight bills, which they designated ‘ Orthorhynchus,”
and those with curved bills, called * Ornismya,” or “Colibri,” and these were not
altogether used as genera as understood at the present day. Iam unable to find
that this term Orthorhynchus, although used as a genus by authors, has ever been
defined beyond the very unsatisfactory definition quoted. As has been shown, it
was first employed in the vaguest possible manner by Lacépéde; afterwards
restricted by Illigcer in his Prodromus, 1811, p. 209, to three species (all belonging
to different genera), among which cristatus and exilis were not included, and then
of late applied in an entirely different sense from that for which it was established
by the author last mentioned. Writers, quoting Cuvier as the creator of the genus
Orthorhynchus, have usually accredited him also with making the 7. eristatus its
type. The only circumstance I can find to uphold this idea is, that Cuvier in the
Régne Animal, 1817, p. 414, in a foot-note gives eristafus as an example of those

23. December, 1878.

178 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

species having straight bills, but evidently without any intention of making it the
type of Lacépéde’s genus, because he also includes among the straiyht bill birds,
as belonging to Orthorhynchus, the Lophornis ornatus, Campylopterus largipennis,
Florisuga mellivora, and Discura longicauda. Under these circumstances, I do not
see how it is possible to retain the term Orthorhynchus for any group of humming-
birds; it should be rejected entirely as many another term has been, and that of
BELLona proposed by M. Mulsant for eristatws and eawilis is the one that should be
adopted.

Genus XCI.—BELLONA.

TypE.
Bellona, Muts. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 75. T. cristatus, Linn.
Ch. Bill straight, about as long as the
head: feathers of the forehead projecting

forward, covering one-half the length of the

culmen. Nostrils hidden. Head covered
with a broad, pointed crest. Wings rather

long. Tail rounded. Feet small, tarsi naked.

Sexes dissimilar.
Range. Islands of the West Indies. Bellona cristata. 3. Barbadoes. Verresux,
‘Two species are allotted to this genus,

Key to the species.

A. Crest with the frontal half golden-green, rest blue. 1. B. cristata.
B. Crest golden-green, tips grass-green. 2, B. exilis.

1. Bellona cristata.

Trochilus cristatus, Linn., Syst. Nat., vol. i, p. 192 (1766).—Scuoms., Hist. Barb., p. 681.—Ip., Gmel. Syst.
Nat., vol. i, p. 498 (1788).—Laru., Ind. Orn., tom. i, p. 317 (1790).—Swatns., B. Braz., pl. 21.

Trochilus puniceus, Gmew., Syst. Nat., tom. i, p- 497 (1788).

Trochilus pileatus, Larn., Ind. Ornith., vol. i, p: 318 (1790).

Mellisuga cristata, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p- 113, sp. 98.

DToiseau mouche huppé, Lrss., Ois. Mouch. (1829), p. 113, pls. xxxi, xxxii.

Ornismya cristata, Less., Troch., p. 20, pl. 4 (1831).—Ip., Gen. and Syn. Troch., p. xxx.—Ip., Trait. Ornith.,
p- 285.

Orthorhynchus cristatus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 83 (1850).—Rricn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853).—
Ip., Troch. Enum. (1855), p. 9.—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256——Govtp, Mon. Troch., vol. iy,
pl. 205.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 116 (1861).—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 61.—
Ex.tor, Ibis (1872), p- 355.

Orthorhynchus ornatus, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 206.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 117 (1861).—
Exxtor, Ibis (1872), p. 355.

Bellona cristata, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 193 (1876).

Hab. Islands of St. Vincent, Barbadoes, Martinique, St. Lucia.

Male. Forehead and crown golden-green, changing into deep blue on the
lengthened crest feathers. Upper surface dark grass-green, darkest on the back of
the neck. Wings purplish-brown. Throat smoky-brown. Under surface purplish-

CEPHALOLEPIS. 179

black. Tail purplish-black. Bill and feet black. Total length, 3 in. Wing, 2 in.
Tail, 13 in. Bill along the gape, 2 in.

Female. Upper surface bronzy-green. Wings purplish-brown. Under surface
smoky-gray. Median rectrices bronzy-green; lateral feathers purplish-brown, outer-
most ones tipped with gray. Bill and feet black.

2. Bellona ezilis.

Trochilus extlis, Gueu., Syst. Nat., vol. i, p. 484 (1788).—Latu., Ind. Ornith., vol. i, p. 310 (1790).

Trochilus cristatellus, Laru., Ind. Ornith. Supp., p. xxxix (1790).

Mellisuga exilis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 113, sp. 98.

Orthorhynchus chlorolophus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 83 (1850).

Orthorhynchus exilis, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 9 (1855).—Bon., Rey. and
Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 207.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 117
(1861).—Enior, Ibis (1872), p. 355.

Bellona exilis, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 196 (1876).

Hab. Islands of Dominica, Nevis, St. Thomas, and St. Croix.

Male. Forehead and crown golden-green, blending into grass-green at the tip
of the crest. Upper parts bronze-green. Throat smeke brown; under parts pur-
plish-black, glossed with green on the flanks. Wings purple-brown. Middle rec-
trices dark bronze-green, rest dark purple. Bill and feet black. ‘Total length, 32
in. Wing, 2in. ‘ail, 12 in. Bill along gape, 2 in.

Female, exactly like the female of O. cristatus.

Although Gmelin’s diagnosis of “crista basi viridi, apice aurea,” is exactly trans-
posed, for the base of the crest is golden and the tip green, 1 deem it most probable
he intended to describe this species and therefore leave it under his name, by which
it has been so long known.

Genus XCII.—CEPHALOLEPIS.

TyPr.
Cephallepzs (lege Cephalolepis), Lopp., P. Z. 8. (1830), p. 12. T. delalandz, Vieill.
Smaragdites, Retcn. (nec Bore., 1831), Syst. Av. Nat., pl. 40 (1849). T. delalandz, Vieill.
Cephalolepis, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 61 (1860). T. delalandz, Vieill.
Orthorhynchus, Burm. (nec Lacep., 1799), Th. Bras. (1856). T. delalandz, Vieill.

Ch. Bill straight, a little shorter than the Fig. 100.
head. Nostrils hidden. Head covered with
a long rather loose crest, terminating in one,
sometimes two, narrow feathers extending far

beyond the rest. Wings long. Tail slightly

rounded. ‘Tarsi bare. Sexes unlike. Cephatotepis delatendi. 3 . Brazil. Sharpe.

Range. Brazil.

I recognize but two species in this genus; which are remarkable for the single
lengthened plume rising from the crest. Sometimes there are two of these, and I
have one specimen possessing three. They are gracefully formed birds, with a
pleasing plumage, though not highly luminous.

.

180 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Key to the species.

A. Crown and crest metallic grass-green ; lengthened plume black. 1. C. delalandi.
B. Crown and crest luminous lilaceous-blue ; lengthened plume black. 2. C. loddigesi.

1. Cephalolepis delalandi.

Trochilus delalandi, View.., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., tom. 22, p. 427, pl. G, 36, fig. 3.—Ip., Ency. Méth., vol.
ii, p. 558.—T'remo., P1. Col., pl. 18, figs. 1, 2—Luss., Ind. Syn. ‘Troch., p. xxx.—Swatnys., B. Braz. pl. 22.

Trochilus versicolor, Viriuu., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., tom. 23, p. 430.

Cephailepis delalandi’, Lopp., P. Z. S. (1830), p. 12.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 187.

Mellisuga delaland?, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 99.

Cephalepis lalandi2, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i., p. 83 (1850).—Ib., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.

Cephalepis delalandi, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 208—Ip., Intr.
Troch., octavo ed., p. 118 (1861).

Orthorhynchus delalandi?, Burm., Th. Bras., pt. ii, p. 351 (1860).—Reten., Troch. Knum., p. 9 (1855).

Cephalolepis delalandi, Can. and Hety., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 61 —Scrar. and Sary., Nomen., p. 88 (1873).

Cephalepis beski’, Von Prrz, Orn. Bras. (1868), p. 58.— Extior, Ibis (1874), p. 262.

Hab. Southern Brazil.
Male. Forehead, crown, and short crest feathers glittering grass-green ; lengthened

plume black. Upper surface bronzy-green. Small white spot behind the eye.
Sides of neck and flanks and under tail coverts brownish-gray, rest of under parts
shining violet-blue. Median rectrices bronze-green ; lateral one green at base,
changing to black and tipped with white. Wings purplish-brown. — Bill black, feet
flesh-color. Total length, 32 in. Wing, 2 in. ‘Tail, 13 in. Culmen, § in.
Female. Above bronzy-green; beneath grayish-brown, Tail like that of the male.

2. Cephalolepis loddigesi.

Trochilus loddigest:, Goutp, P. Z. 5. (1830), p. 12.—Less., T'roch., p. 188, pl. 51.—Ip., Gen. Syn. Troch., p.
xxx (1831).

Trochilus opisthocomus, “ Licut.,” Nordm Ermann. Reise, Verz. v. Thier. und pflanz. atlas, t. 2, fig. 3 (1835).

Mellisuga loddigest’, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 100.

Cephalepis loddigesti, Boy., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 83 (1850).—Ip., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 296.—
Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 209.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 118 (1861).

Cephalepis loddiggest?, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 12 (1853).

Orthorhynchus loddigesi?, Reicu., Troch. Euum., p. 9 (1855).

Cephalolepis loddigesi?, Cas. and Hein., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 61 (note) (1860).

Cephalepis loddigest, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ili, p. 191 (1876).

Hub. Southeastern Brazil.

Male. Crown and short feathers of the crest lilaceous-blue ; lengthened plumes
black. Upper surface bronze-green. White spot behind the eye. Chin, sides of
the neck, flanks, and under tail coverts brownish-gray; rest of under parts dark
blue. Tail bronzy-green; lateral feathers black near their extremities and tipped
with white. Bill black, feet brown. ‘Total length, 32 in. Wing, 12 in. Tail, 13
in. Culmen, ;°, in.

Female like the male, except that the under surface is entirely dull grayish-brown.

ADELOMYTIA. 181

Genus XCIII.—ADELOMYIA.

Tyrr.
Adelomyia, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253. T. melanogenys, Fras.
Adelisca, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p- 72 (1860). T. mela aogenys, Fras.
Ch. Bill about equal in length to the head, straight Fig. 101.

Tail shehtly rounded. Wines rather lone; primaries
s 5 Ss |
slightly curved inward near the tip. Tarsi naked.
Sexes alike.

Range. Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, and

J 5) 5) p) p)

Bolivia.

I recognize four species belonging to this genus.

They are birds of small size and plain plumage, only one Adelomyia metunogenyr, 9. 24656.
having any conspicuous metallic hues, and these confined
to the throat.

New Granada,

Key to the species.

A. Under parts buff; rufous on the flanks. Throat spotted with brown. 1. A. cervina.

B. Under parts brown, with bronze reflectious on the flanks.
a. Throat spotted with blue. 2. A. inornata.
b. Throat spotted with green 3. A. chlorospila.
e. Throat spotted with dark brown. 4. A. melanogenys.

1. Adelomyia cervina.

Adelomyza cervina, Goutp, Ann. Mag. Nat. Ilist. (1872), p. 453.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii,
p- 131.

Hab, Columbia, Antioquia (Salmon).

Adult. Head and upper parts bronzy-green. Under parts dark buff, vecoming
rufous on the flanks. ‘Throat spotted or streaked with dark brown. Wings pur-
plish-brown. ‘Tail dark bronze, with a purple gloss near the tips in some specimens,
all the feathers tipped with buff. Bill black, feet brown. ‘otal length, 3% in.
Wing, 2in. ‘Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 2 in

2. Adelomyia inornata.

Trechilus (——?) cnornatus, Goutn, P. Z. S. (1846), p. 89.

Mellisuga inornata, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 34.

Rhamphomicron inornatus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 79 (1850).

Adelomyia inornata, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 197.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 113 (1861).—Mvts.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 127.—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.—Wyarr., Ibis (1871),
p- 377.—Wuirery, P. Z. 8. (1873), p. 189.

Metallura inornata, Rericu., Aufz. der Colib., p- 8 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 5 (1855).

Adelisca inornata, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 72 (note) (1860).

Hab. Peru and Bolivia.
Male. Upper surface bronzy-green. “Lores rufous, and a buff stripe over the eye.
Ear coverts brownish-black. Under surface brown inclining to rufous on the flanks

182 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

with bronzy reflections; and the feathers of the throat tipped with blue. Wings
purple-brown. ‘Tail bronze, tips buff, and a purple gloss beneath the buff. Bill
black. Feet flesh-color, Total length, 32 in. Wing, 2 in. Tail, 14 in. Cul-
men, ;°; In.

Female differs in having the throat spotted with brown.

3. Adelomyia chlorospila.

Adeiomyzta chlorospila, Goutp, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (1872), p. 452—Wuirery, P. Z. S. (1873), p. 189.—
Motrs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ili, p. 128 (1876).

Hab, Peru,

Adult. Upper parts bronzy-green, darkest on the head; white spot behind the
eye, and a buff stripe over it. Ear coverts black. Under parts pale buff, washed
with green on the flanks, and the throat spotted with light green. Wings purplish-
brown. ‘Tail bronze with a purple gloss, and tipped with buff. Bull black, feet
flesh-color. Total length, 3? in. Wing, 2} in. ‘Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Only to be distinguished from A. cnornata by the green spots on the throat, which,
however, are very small and indistinct.

&, Adelomyia melanogenys.

Trochilus melanogenys, Fras., P. Z. S. (1840), p. 18.

Trochilus sabine, Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Soc. Ag., Lyon (1846), p. 323.—Ip., Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 516.

Mellisuga sabine, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 33 (1844-49).

Mellisuga melanogenys, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 35.

Rhamphomicron sabine, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 79 (1850).

Rhamphomicron melanogenys, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 79 (1850).

Adelomyia melanogenys, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 198.—I., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 113.—Muts.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p- 131 (1876).

Metallura sabine, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p- 8 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 720, figs. 4636-37 (1859).

Adelomyia sabina, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.

Adelisca melanogenys, Caz. and Het., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p- 72 (1860).

Adelomyta maculata, Goutp, Mon. Troch., pl. 199.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 113 (1861).

Hab. Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, and Peru.

Adult. Upper surface golden-green. A white line behind the eye. ar coverts
brownish-black. Under surface brownish-white, washed with rufous and spotted
with green on the flanks. Throat spotted with brown. Wings purplish-brown.
Rectrices bronzy-brown, with the basal half of inner webs, and tips of the lateral

Sin. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 13 in. Cul-

ones buffy-white. Bill black. Length, 32

men, 2 in.

AGN: TE O1 CEPA ANG Al== ABE) Tgp TAY. 183

Genus XCIV.—ANTHOCEPHALA.

Tyre.
Anthocephala, Cas., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 72 (note). T. floriceps, Gould.

Ch. Bill straight, pointed, long as
the head. Wings long pointed. ‘Tail
rounded.

Range. Columbia.

One species is known, and seems to
be quite an aberrant form, though, per-
haps, nearest allied to ApELomy1A. It
is a small bird, chiefly remarkable for
the peculiar coloration of its crown.

Tarsi feathercd

Anthocephata jloriceps. 2 . Type. Columbia. Gould,

1. *Anthocephala floriceps.

Trochilus ( 2) floriceps, Gout, P. Z. 8. (1853), p. 62.

Metallwra floriceps, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—Ip., Trochil. Enum., p. 5 (1855).

Adelomyra floriceps, Gout, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 202.—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.

Anthocephala floriceps, Can. and Hery., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 72 (note).—Govxp, Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 114 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 125 (1876).

Hab. Columbia.

Male. “Forehead buffy-white, passing into a beautiful deep peach-blossom hue
on the crown; throat gray, passing into the rufous of the abdomen; wings purplish-
brown; middle tail feathers bronzy; lateral tail feathers bronzy at the base, passing
into purplish-black, and largely tipped with buff; bill black; feet apparently light
brown.” (Gould, Mon. 'Troch.)

Genus XCV.—ABEILLIA.

TYPE.
Abetllia, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 79 (1850) (Rhamphomicron, sp. 4). O. abetlle?, Delat. and Less.
Bauezts, Retcw., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (18 853 ys O. aberllez, Delat. and Less.
My “RCCIESOD Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253. O. abeillez, Delat. and Less.
Fig. 103.
Ch. Bill shorter than the head, straight, weak. Wings
long pointed, reaching nearly to the end of the tail. The tail =
ar,

is slightly forked when closed. Size small. Sexes dissimil
Range. Mexico and Central America to Veragua. LE Z
But one species is known, and is the representative of a |S )“)-———
distinct generic form, having but little relationship with any oo
other. ‘The male is adorned with a luminous throat, but other- § ~—<———=

wise is plainly colored. Abeiltia typica, F. 20812.
Guatemala City,

184 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

1. Abeillia typica.

Ornismya abeille’, DeLatrr. and Less., Rev. Zool. (1839), p. 16.

Mellisuga abeullec, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 37.

Rhamphomicron abeillec, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 79 (Abeillia typica) (1850).

Basalinna abeillez, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).

Myiabeillia typica, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.—Gou.p, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 211.—Ip., Tntr.
Troch., octavo ed., p. 119.

Baucis abeille’, Rercu., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).—Cas. and Hety., Mus. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 72—Muts.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 144 (1876).

Hab. Mexico to Veragua into Central America.

Male. Upper surface and flanks shining grass-green. Wings purplish-brown.
Throat luminous grass-green. Centre of chest dull black; abdomen ash-gray.
Under tail coverts pale green margined with gray. Central rectrices dark grass-
green, lateral ones black tipped with gray. Bill black, feet brown. ‘Total length,
3h in. Wing, 1Z in. Tail,12in. Culmen, ;% in.

Female. Under surface brownish-gray; rest like the male.

Genus XCVI.—KLAIS.

Tyr.
Klavs, Reten., Aufz. der Colib., p.13 (1853). T. gquimeti, Beure.
Basilinna, Cas. and Hern. (nec Borg, 1831), Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 44 (1860). T. guimeti, Boure.
Gutmetia, “ Retcu.,” Bon., Ann. Sc. Nat. (1854), p. 137. T. guimeti, Boure.?
Fig. 104.
Ch. Bill straight, little longer than the head, wide at ‘ _
. . rT . = A a »

base, graduating to a point. Wings long. ‘Tail rounded. 7

Tarsi clothed. Size small. Sexes different.

Range. Venezuela and Columbia, Costa Rica.
But one species is known, and appears best placed next
to ABEILLIA.

Kluis guimeti. 3. Veragua. Boucard.

1. Klais guimeti.

Trochilus guimetz, Bourc. and Murs., Ann. Soe. d’Agr., Lyon (1843), p. 88, pl. 2.—Ip., Rev. Zool. (1843), p. 72.

Hylocharis guimeti, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 33.

Klas guimeti, Reton., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 13.—In., Troch. Enum., p. 11 (1855).—Goutp, Mon. Troch.,
vol. iv, pl. 210.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 119 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iil, p-
139 (1876).

Mytabeillia guimeti, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.

Basilinna guimeti, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 44.

Mellisuga merritt¢?, Lawr., Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. (1860), vol. vii, p. 110.

Clats garmete, Scuar. and Saty., Nomencl., p. 88 (1873).

Hab. Costa Rica, Veragua, Venezuela, and Columbia.

Male. Top of head and throat dark rich blue. Upper surface bronzy-green.
Wings purplish-brown. Feathers of the under surface, ashy at base, pale green at
tips. A white spot behind the eye. Tail bronze-green like the back, the lateral

AGLHACTIS. 185

feathers blackish near their ends, and tipped with white. Bill black, feet brown,
Total length, 85 in. Wing, 1Z in. ‘Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 3 in.

Female. Entire under surface gray, glossed with green on the flanks; rest like
the male.

The Costa Rica specimens, named merrittii by Lawrence, are paler beneath, but

cannot be separated specifically.

Between the last genus and AGLmactis there is no relationship. In fact the
birds of this genus stand alone. I have placed them here, however, on account of
their peculiar coloration, which is distributed similarly to that seen in ERIocNEMIS.
The most brilliant part of each is the rump which is highly luminous, but the
manner of exhibiting it is different, for to be able to perceive the full beauty of the
AGL&ACTA it is necessary to look at them from behind, towards the head. In
their short straight bills they also resemble the species of Ertocnemis. They are
rather large birds, with but little difference in the plumage of the sexes; the chief
one being that the females have less brilliancy upon their rumps than the males.

Genus XCVII.—AGLZACTIS.

Tyre.
Agleactis, Goutn, P. Z. S. (1848), p. 11. T. cupripennis, Boure.
Aglaiactzs, Cas. and Hein., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 69 (1860). O. pamela, D’Orb. and Lafres,

Agleactis cupripennis. Gg’. New Granada, Whitely.

Ch. Bill short, straight. Wings long, primaries falcate. Tail ample, forked
when closed. ‘Tarsi partially clothed. Hind toe and nail longer than the middle
toe and nail. Sexes similar.

Range. Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia.

Four species are recognized.
24 December, 1878.

186 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Key to the species.

A. Tuft of feathers on the breast pale buff.

a. Entire under parts rufous. 1. A. cupripennis.

b. Breast dark bronzy-green; abdomen buff. 2. A. caumatonola:
B. Tuft of feathers on the breast pure white.

a. Rump metallic lilaceous-purple. 3. A. castelnale

b. Rump metallic-green. 4. A. pamela.

1. Agleeactis cupripennis.

Trochilus cupripennis, Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Soc. d’Agr., Lyon (1843), t. vi, p. 46.—In., Rev. Zool. (1843),
> Cle

Mettisuga cupripennis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 112, sp. 25.

Agleactis cupripennis, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 73 (1850).—In., Rev. and Mag Zool. (1854), p. 253.
—Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 179.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 106.

Helianthea cupripennis, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 6, pl. 737, figs. 4689-90 (1855).

Aglaiactis cupripennis, Cas. and Hein., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 69 (1860).

Aglaiactis equatorialis, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 70 (note) (1860).— Govt, Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 106 (1861).

Agleactis parvula, Gouxp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 106 (1861).

Aglaeactis cupripennis, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 24 (1875).

Hah Columbia, Ecuador, and Peru.

Male. Top of head and back blackish-brown. Viewed against the feathers, the
back is luminous purplish-crimson, grass-green on upper tail coverts; wings pur-
plish-brown; shaft of external feather rufous for three-fourths its length. <A tuft
of pale buff feathers on the breast, rest of under parts rufous. Middle rectrices
rufous at their base, remaining portion bronze, lateral ones rufous margined and
tipped with bronze. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. ‘Total length;
42 in. Wing, 3$ in. Tail, 2} in. Culmen, ? in.

Female like the male, less luminous on the back.

2. Aglzactis caumatonota.

Agleactis caumatonotus, Goutp, P. Z. S. (1848), p. 12.

Aglaeactis caumatonotus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 73 (1850).—Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).
Helianthea cawmatonota, Rercu., Vroch. Enum., p. 5 (1855).

Aglaeactis olivaceo-cauda, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. (1867), p. 470.—Muns., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. iii, p. 26 (1875).

Aglaiactis caumatonota, Cas. and Hety., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p- 70 (note 4) (1860).

Agleactis cawmatonota, Goun, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 106 (1861)—Wuirtety, P. Z. 8. (1873), p. 190.

Hab. Peru.

Male. ‘Top of head, back, cheeks, and throat brownish-black. Loral space and
spot behind the eye rufous. Lower part of back and rump when viewed from
behind dark crimson, shading into green on the upper tail coverts. Upper part of
breast and sides of neck deep buff. Tuft of buff feathers on the breast. Lower
part of breast and flanks dark bronzy-green almost black, Abdomen and under
tail coverts reddish-buff. Greater wing coverts olive-green, primaries and second-
aries purplish-brown. Shaft of outer primary rufous for three-fourths its length.

AGLAACTIS. 187

Base of central rectrices bright rufous, remaining portion dark olive-green; lateral
feathers have two-thirds of the basal portion of the inner webs rufous, rest dark
olive-green. Bill and feet black. Total length, 42 in. Wing, 3! in. Tail, 24 in.
Culmen, }} in.

Female. Lighter colored than the male. Head, back, throat, and breast pale
brown. Lower part of back less brilliant, rest of plumage like the male.

3. Aglzactis castelnaudi.

Trochilus castelnaudzi, Bourc. and Muts., Rey. Zool. (1848), p. 270.

Trochilus castelnaui, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. iii, App., p. 30 a (1849).

Agleactis castelnauz, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 180.—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253.

Aglaeactes castelnaudi, Boy., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 73 (1850).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 21.

Agleactis castelnaudi, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—Gouxp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 107 (1861).
—Wuirety, P. Z. 8. (1873), p. 190.

Helianthea castelnaudz, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 6, pl. 739, figs. 4693-94 (1855).

Aglaiactis castelnauz, Cas. and He1n., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 69 (note 3) (1860).

Hab. Peru,

Male. Head, upper part of back, throat, breast, and flanks dark bronzy-brown.
On lower part of throat is a rufous spot. A tuft of pure white elongated feathers
on the breast. Centre of abdomen buff. Under tail coverts rufous. Lower part
of back and upper tail covers deep metallic lilaceous-purple. Greater wing coverts
olive-green, primaries and secondaries purplish-brown. Shaft of first primary rufous
for two-thirds its basal length. ‘Tail rufous, margined with bronzy-green. Bill
black, with the exception of a flesh spot at base of mandible. Feet black. ‘Total

5 : 7S owls if pS OL o 1 Nes
length, 42 in. Wing, 34 in. Tail, 2{ in. Culmen, ? in.
Female similar to the male, but without any luminous feathers on the rump.

4. Aglzactis pamela.

Orthorhynchus’ pamela, D’Orsien. and Larr., Syn. Av., ii, p. 29, no. 14 (1838).—D’Ors., Voy. dans l’Amer.
Mérid. Ois., tom. iv, p. 375, pl. 60, fig. 1.
Hylocharis pamela, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 13.
Agleactis pamela, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. iii, pl. 181.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 107 (1861).
Agleactis pamela, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i (1850), p. 73.—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 253. —
Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 19—Entror, [bis (1877), p. 137.
Helianthea pamela, Rercu., Troch. Enum., p. 6, pl. 738, figs. 4691-92 (1855).
Aglaiactis pamela, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., ili, p. 69 (1860).
Hab. Bolivia,
Male. Head, upper part of back, and entire under surface, with the exception of
a tuft of pure white feathers on the breast, jet-black. Under tail coverts light
chestnut. Lower part of back and upper tail covert glittering metallic grass-green,
Wings bronzy-brown. ‘Tail chestnut, the feathers edged and tipped with bronzy-
brown. Bill and feet black. Total length, 44 in. Wing, 22 in. Culmen, 2 in.
Female only differs in not having the black of the plumage of such a velvety
hue, but more inclined to a brownish shade,

188 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

The genus Errocnemis is one of the most strongly characterized of those com-
posing the ‘lrochilide. Many of the species possess a very brilliant plumage, the
lower part of the back being especially luminous, and moreover they are distin-
guished by having large downy puffs upon the tarsi, completely concealing them,
These downy feathers are black, white, pale buff, or brown and white. The species
are moderate in size, but of a rather robust form, with straight strong bills, and long
wings. The general hues of the species are various, and consist of dark gray, green,
coppery-red, and purplish-black; while the metallic hues are golden-green, blue,
bronze, and others of similar brilliancy. Although many genera have been pro-
posed, I do not see that there are any characters to separate the species, and have

kept them all in the term first given,

Genus XCVIII.—ERIOCNEMIS.

Eriopus, Goutp, P. Z.S. (1847), p. 16 (nee TrertscnxKe., 1825, Lepid.).

Eriocnemzs, Retcu., Syst. Ay., pl. xl (1849).

Engyete, Reicu., Syst. Av., pl. xl (1849).

Threptria, Rercu., Syst. Av., pl. x] (1849).

Phemonée, Retcu., Syst. Av., pl. xl (1849).

Eriocnemys!, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p.

1Aline, “ Retcu.,” Bon., Consp. Syst. Ornith., Ann. §
Zool. (1854), tom. i, p. 137.

'Mosqueria, “Retcn.,” Bon., Consp. Syst. Ornith., Ann. Se. Nat.,
Ath ser. Zool. (1854), tom. i, p. 137.

'Luwciant, “Retcu.,” Bon., Consp. Syst. Ornith., Ann. Se. Nat., 4th
ser. Zool. (1854), tom. i, p. 137.

'Derbomiya, “ Rricu.,” Bon., Consp. Syst. Ornith., Ann. Sc. Nat.,
Ath ser. Zool. (1854), tom. i, p. 137.

Erebenna, Muts. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 66.

Niche, Muts., Catal. Ois. Mouch., p. 21 (1875).

Pholoe, Muts., Catal. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 22.

Nania, Mors., Catal. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 21.

Eriona, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 28.

252:
c. Nat., 4th ser.

Ch. Bill straight, about as long as the head:
nostrils exposed. Wings long pointed. Tail forked.
Tarsi thickly clothed with lengthened downy feathers,
forming a very conspicuous tuft. Sexes different.

Range. Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador, Peru, and
Bolivia.

Seventeen species are now known belonging to this
genus.

‘ These four genera are cited by Bonaparte as Reichenbach’s.

TYPE.
O. vestita, Longuem.
O. vestita, Longuem.
O. alinee, Boure.
T. mosquera, Boure. and Delatt.
T. luctant, Boure.

S

. alince, Boure.?
T. mosquera, Boure.?
luctanz, Boure.?

derby?, Boure. and Delatt.?
derbytt, Boure. and Delatt.
glaucopovdes, D’Orb. and Lafr.
dyselius, Elliot.
cuprevventris, Fras.

T. godint, Bourty

pslissitssl SSlas} Gs

Fig. 106.

Eriocnemis aureliz. New Granada. Sharpe,

I have not found them in any of

Reichenbach’s publications that I have seen, and, as no species were given by Bonaparte, there are

consequently no types for any of them,

ERIOCNEMIS. 189

Key to the species.

A. Downy puffs on the tarsi, black. Ue gcerieaen
B. Downy puffs on the tarsi, pale brown. 2. EH. assimilis

C. Downy puffs on the tarsi, pale chestnut and white.
a. Under surface bronzy-green, very dark almost black on the throat. 3. E. aurelizx.

b. Under surface dark gray. 4. EF. squamata.
D. Downy puffs on tarsi, white.
a. Under tail coverts dark gray. 5. E. lugens.
b. Under tail coverts metallic-green.
a’. Under surface metallic glittering green. 6. £. aline.
b’. Throat and breast golden-bronze. 7. E. mosquera.
ce. Under tail coverts shining blue. ,
a’. Forehead shining bluish-green. 8. EH. glaucopoides.
b’. Forehead violet-blue. 9. EB. luciani.
e’. Upper surface bronzy-green, abdomen copper-red. 10. H. cupreiventris.
d’. Upper surface green with coppery reflections. Tail
dark blue. 11. £. sapphiropygia.
e’, Throat metallic yellowish-green; general plumage cop-
per-color, tail steel-blue. 12. H. chrysorama.

f’. Throat metallic-blue.

a’, Under surface metallic glittering yellowish-green. 13. E. godini
b’’. Breast dark green, black in certain lights, abdo-
men and flanks metallic-green. 14. L£. vestita.
e’’. Breast and under parts golden-green. 15. E. smaragdinipectus.
d’’. General plumage black, with faint green reflections. 16. 2. nigrivestis.
d. Under tail coverts purplish-black. 17. £. dyselius.

1. Eriocnemis derbiana.

Trochilus derbyz, Deuart. and Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 306.

Eriopus derby?, Gourp, P. Z. S. (1847), p. 17.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 80 (1850).

Eriocnemis (Threptria) derbyz, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 6, pl. 728, fi
4666-67 (1855).

Briocnemys derbyanus, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Eriocnemis derbianus, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 279.

Eriocnemis derbiana, Gourn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 145 (1861).—Et 1107, Ibis (1872), p. 295.

Eriocnemis derbyz, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 40 (1875).

Hab. Fcuador.
Male. Forehead shining golden-green: rest of head and back golden-bronze.
Under surface brilliant golden-green. Upper and under tail coverts extremely

gs.

luminous metallic-green. Wings purplish-brown. ‘Tail brownish-black. Tarsal
tufts jet-black. Bill and feet black. Total length, 35 in. Wing, 23 in. Tail, 13
in. Culmen, ? in. (Type in my collection.)

Female. Differs in having the feathers of the under surface white at their base,
tips golden-green. ‘Tarsal tufts white. In other respects she resembles the male.
(Type in my collection.)

2. Eriocnemis assimilis.
7

Briocnemis assimilis, Extz0t, Bull. Zool. Soc., France (1876), p. 227.

Hab, Environs of Tilotilo and Apollo, Bolivia.

190 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Adult. Head, neck, and upper tail coverts coppery-red. Back and wing coverts
shining green. Wings purple-brown. Under parts shining green with a coppery-
lustre, lightest on the throat. Abdomen buff. Under tail coverts shining green,
margined with buff. Tarsal tufts pale brown. ‘Tail bronze at the base, passing to
black at the tips. Bill black; feet light brown. ‘Total length, 32 in. Wing, aa
in. Tail, 13 in. Culmen, § in. (Type in my collection.)

3. Eriocnemis aureliz.

Trochilus aurelic, Bourc. and Murs., Ann. Soc. Agr., Lyon (1846), p. 315, pl. 10.—Ip., Rev. Zool. (1846), p. 316.

Hylocharis aurelie, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 8.

Eriopus aurelie, Bon., Consp. Gen. Avy., vol. i, p. 80 (1850).

Eriocnemis aurelic, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 6, pl. 727, figs. 4660-61—
Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 283.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 146 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat.
Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 51 (1875).—Etx1o7, Ibis (1872), p. 295.

Eriocnemys aurelice, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Eriocnemys russata, Goup, P. Z. S. (1871), p. 505.

Hab. Columbia and Ecuador.

Adult. Upper surface bronzy-green with a rufous tinge on the head. Upper tail
coverts coppery-bronze. Under surface bronzy-green, almost black on the throat;
feathers of the vent fringed with white. ‘Tarsal tufts pale chestnut and white.
Under tail coverts grass-green. Bill black, feet flesh-color. ‘Tail bluish-black.
Total length, 4 in. Wing, 23 in. Tail,12 in. Culmen, ? in. (Type in my col-
lection.) The bill varies slightly in length among individuals, some reaching an
inch in length; this is the LZ. russata of Gould.

4, Eriocnemis squamata.

Eriocnemis squamata, Govip, P. Z. 8. (1860), p. 311.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 281.—Ip., Intr. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 146 (1861).—Ex.107, Ibis (1872), p. 295.—Muzs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 5d
(1875).

Hab. Eeuador.

Adult. Upper surface bronzy-green, inclining to coppery-bronze on the head and
upper tail coverts. Under parts dark leaden-gray, washed with green on the flanks,
and the feathers of the throat edged with white. Front part of tarsal tufts white,
hind portion buff. Tail blue-black. Wings purplish-brown. ‘Bill black, feet
brown. Total length, 4 in. Wing, 24in. ‘ail, 1Z in. Culmen, 3 in.

5. Eriocnemis lugens.

Eriopus lugens, Govtp, Jard. Contr. Ornith. (1851), p. 140.

Eriocnemys lugens, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Eriocnemis (Threptria) lugens, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 6, pl. 740, figs. 4695-96.—Ip., Aufz. der Colib., p.
9 (1853).

Eriocnemis lugens, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 282.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 146 (1861).—Et.1o1,
Ibis (1872), p. 295.—Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 53 (1875).

Hab. Ecuador.

ERIOCNEMIS. 191

Adult. Precisely the same in coloration as the E. squamata, except that the tarsal

tufts are pure white. Total length, 3% in. Wing, 22 in. ‘Tail, 13in. Culmen, ? in.

6. Eriocnemis aline.

Ornismya aline, Bourc., Ann. Soc. Agr., Lyon (1842), p. 343, pl. xx—Ip., Rev. Zool. (1842), p. 373.

Hylocharis alin, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 6.

Eriopus aline, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 80 (1850).

Eriocnemis (Engyete) alin, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9.—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 5, pl. 726, figs. 4655-56.

Eriocnemys alina, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Eriocnemis aline, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 280.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 145.—Caz. and Hrr.,
Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 73 (1860).—Extior, Ibis (1872), p. 295.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii,
p. 30 (1875).

Hab. Columbia.

Adult. Upper surface shining grass-green. Forehead and entire under surface,
except a white spot on the breast, metallic glittering green. ‘Tarsal tufts very long
and thick, pure white. Tail dark shining green. Wings purplish-brown. Bill
black, feet brown. Total length, 33 in. Wing, 1f in. ‘Tail, 13 in. Culmen, 2 in.

7. Eriocnemis mosquera.

Trochilus mosquera, Bourc. and De.artr., Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 306

Hylocharis mosquera, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 5.

Eriopus mosquera, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 80 (1850).

Eriocnemis (Threptria) mosquera, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 6, pl. 728, figs. 4664-65.—Ip., Aufz. der Colib., p.
9 (1853).

Eriocnemis mosquera, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 274.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 144 (1861).—
Exux107, Ibis (1872), p. 295.—Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 49.

Eriocnemys mosquera, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Hab, Columbia.

Adult. Upper surface bronzy-green, graduating into pure green on the rump, and
becoming luminous on the upper tail coverts. Throat and breast golden-bronze,
very luminous, this color passing over the sides of the neck on to the back. Flanks
and abdomen shining bronzy-green. ‘Tarsal tufts white. Under tail coverts shining
green. Median rectrices bright green, lateral ones shining green at base, graduat-
ing into dark green at tips) Wings purplish-brown. Bill and feet black. Total
- length, 4,9, in. Wing, 22 in. ‘Tail, 2} in. Culmen, 2 in.

8. *Eriocnemis glaucopoides.

Ornismya giaucopoides, D’'Ors. and arr., Syn. Av., ii, p. 27, sp. 7 (1838).

Trochilus d’orbigny?, Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Sc. Phys. Nat., Lyons (1846), p. 320.

Hylocharis dorbignyt, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 10.

Thalurania glaucopoides, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 3 (1855).—Bon., Rev.
and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.

Eriocnemis (Phemonde) d’orbiany?, Retcu., Troch. Enum., t. 741, fig. 4697.—Ib., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).

Eriocnemys dorbignyi, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

192 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Eriocnemis dorbigny?, Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 278.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 145.—Etuor,
Ibis (1872), p. 295.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ili, p. 29 (1875).—Sciaz. and Satyv., Nomencel.,
p- 91.

EBriocnemis glaucopordes, Exxrot, Ibis (1877), p. 136.

Hab. Valle Grande Bolivia.

Male. Forehead violet-blue, a white spot behind the eye. Upper surface bronzy-
green. Under surface glittering golden-green, washed with blue on the throat and
chest. ‘Tail bluish-black. Bill black. ‘Tarsal tufts pure white. Under tail coverts
shining blue. ‘Total length, 45 in. Wing, 2 in. ‘Tail, 15 in. Culmen, 2 ine
Unique type in Paris Museum,

9. Eriocnemis luciani.

Trochilus luciant, Bourc., Ann. Soc. Agr., Lyon (1847), p. 624.

Hylocharis luccant, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. 1, p. 114, sp. 4.

Hriopus luctant, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 80 (1850).

Eriocnemis (Phemonée) luccanz, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 6, pl. 730, figs. 4771-72.—Ip., Aufz. der Colib., p. -
9 (1853).

Eriocnemis luciant, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 273.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 144 (1861).—Ex1101,
Ibis (1872), p. 295.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 47.

Eriocnemys luciant, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Hab, Ecuador.

Adult. Forehead shining bluish-green. Upper surface bronzy-green, becoming
glittering grass-green on the upper tail coverts. Wings purplish-brown. Urder
surface glittering golden-green. Under tail coverts rich violet-blue. Tail blue-
black. Bill black, feet brown. ‘Total length, 42 in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 23 in.
Culmen, 12 in.

Female like the male but a little smaller.

10. Eriocnemis cupreiventris.

Ornismya vestita, 2, Lonaurm., Rey. Zool. (1838), p. 314.

Trochilus cupreoventris, Fras., P. Z. S. (1848), p. 16:

Eriopus simplex, Gounp, P. Z. 8. (1849), p. 96.

Hylocharis cupreoventris, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p- 114, sp. 3.

Eriopus cupretventris, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 80 (1850).

Erivocnemis (Phemonée) cupreiventris, Rricu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 6, pl. 729,
figs. 4668-69.

Eriocnemys cupreiventris, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Eriocnemys simplex, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Eriocnemis cupreiventris, Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 270.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 143 (1861).—
Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 73.—Euxtor, Ibis (1872), p. 295.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. ili, p. 45 (1875).

Erivocnemis simplex, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 271.—Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—Ip., Troch.
Enum., pl. 729, fig. 4670 (1855).

Hab, Columbia.

Adult. Upper parts bronzy-green, passing into luminous grass-green on the upper
tail coverts. Throat and breast shining grass-green passing into coppery-red on the
abdomen. Under tail coverts dark shining blue. Tarsal tufts white. Tail blue-
black. Bill and feet black. Wings purplish-brown. Total length, 3 in. Wing,
23 in, Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 2 in,

ERIOCNEMIS. 193

11. *Eriocuemis sapphiropygia.

Eriocnemis sapphiropygza, Taczan., P. Z.S. (1874), p.139.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p- 37 (1875).

Hab, Peru.
Adult. Upper parts bronzy-green, passing into pure green on the rump and upper
tail coverts. Wings purplish-black. Under surface glittering green, Under tail
coverts shining sapphire-blue. ‘Tarsal tufts white. ‘Tail dark blue. Bill black.
Total length, 44 in. Wing, 22 in. ‘Tail, 2 in. Bill along the gape, 1} in.

12. Eriocnemis chrysorama.

Eriocnemis chrysorama, Ex..iot, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1874), p. 375.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom.
iii, p. 44.

Hab. Ecuador.

Adult. Upper and lower surface metallic fiery-copper color. Chin and throat
metallic yellowish-green ; golden-yellow in some lights. Upper tail coverts lumi-
nous yellowish-green. Under tail coverts white on their basal half, rest blue.
Wings purplish-brown. Tail much forked, steel-black. 'Tarsal tufts pure white.
Bill black. Total length, 4} in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 12 in. Bill, Z in. (Type
in my collection.)

13. Eriocnemis godini.

Trochilus godin, Bourc., Compt. Rend., tom. xxxii, p. 186 (1851).

Eriocnemis godini, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 6 (1855).—Gounp, Mon. Troch.,
vol. iv, pl. 277.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 145 (1861).—Ex.ior, Ibis (1872), p. 295.—Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 36.

Eriocnemys godint, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Hab. Ecuador.

Adult. Head and back bronzy-green, rump and upper tail coverts luminous grass-
green. Under surface golden-green, with a bright blue spot in the centre of the
throat. ‘Tarsal tufts pure white. Under tail coverts bright smalt. Wings pur-
plish-brown. ‘Tail blue-black. Bill and feet black. Total length, 4 in. Wing,
2°;- Tail, 1} in. Culmen, 2in. (Type in my collection.)

14. Eriocnemis vestita.

Ornismya vestita, Loncurm., Rey. Zool. (1838), p. 314.

Trochilus uropygialis, Fras., P. Z. 8. (1840), p. 15

Hylocharis vestita, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 2.

Ornismya glomata, Less., Echo du Monde Savant. (1843).

Eriopus vestita, Box., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 80 (1850).

Briocnemis vestita, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 6, pl. 726, figs. 4657-59.—
Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 275.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 145 (1861).—Cas. and Hery., Mus.
Hein. Th., iii, p. 73 (1860).—Et11or, Ibis (1872), p. 295.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 33.
—Extxior, Ibis (1876), p. 10.

Eriocnemys vestitus, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Wellisuga ridolfi’, Bexv., Ann. R. Mus. Flor. (1865), p. 205.

25 December, 1878.

194 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Hub. Venezuela and Columbia.

Male. Upper parts dark shining green. Rump and upper tail coverts metallic.
yellowish-green, intensely luminous. Throat and under tail coverts violet-blue,
Breast dark green, black in certain hghts; rest of under parts glittering metallic
golden-green. ‘Tarsal tufts pure white. ‘Tail steel-black. Bill and feet black.
‘Total length, 4 in. Wing, 22 in. ‘ail, 1Z in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Differs in having the throat and upper part of the breast reddish-buff,
feathers of the throat tipped with blue, those on the breast spangled with golden-
green, Centre of abdomen and vent white. Under tail coverts blue margined
with white. In all other respects she resembles the male.

Some male specimens, which may possibly be in partly immature dress, or seasonal
state, have the breast more or less mottled with rufous.

15. Eriocnemis smaragdinipectus.

Eriocnemis smaragdinipectus, Goutp, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1868), p. 322—Ett1or, Ibis (1872), p. 295.—
Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 35. ~

Hab. Ecuador. :

Adult. This species only differs from the E. vestita by having the brilliant
metallic-green of the breast extend quite to the throat mark, without the dark
almost black hue that covers the breast of the common species. Total length, 4 in.
Wing, 24 in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 2 in.

16. Eriocnemis nigrivestis.

Trochilus nigrivest?s, Bourc. and Muns., Ann. Soe. Agr., Lyon (1852), p. 144.

Hriocnemis nigriventris, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).

Eriocnemys nigrivestis, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.

Eriocnemis nigrivestis, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 6 (1855).—Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 276.—In., Intr.
Troch., octavo ed., p. 145 (1861).—Exuior, Ibis (1872), p. 295.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii,
p- 38.

Hab. Ecuador.

Male. General plumage black, with green reflections. Throat metallic-blue.
Wings purplish-black. Upper tail coverts indigo-blue; under tail coverts violet-
blue. ‘Tarsal tufts white. Tail blue-black. Bill and feet black. Total length, 3¢
in. Wing, 23 in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 2 in. (Type in my collection.)

Female. Upper surface bronzy-green, becoming pure green on rump and upper
tail coverts, these last luminous. Throat blue, breast golden-bronze. Under parts
shining green. ‘arsal tufts white. Under tail coverts violet-blue. Tail blue-black.

Bill and feet black.

17. Eriocnemis dyselius.

Eriocnemis dyselius, Euxs0t, Ibis (1872), p. 294.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 50.—Scrat. and
Saty., Nomencl., p. 91 (1873).

Hab. Keuador.

PANTERPE—URANOMIDRA 195

Head and upper parts black with a purple gloss; upper tail coverts with a
greenish gloss. ‘Throat and under parts black, with a purple gloss on the abdomen
and under tail coverts. Wings purplish-black. ‘Tarsal tufts pure white. ‘ail
deeply forked, steel-blue with purple reflections. Bill black, feet black. Total
length, 4 in. Wing, 24 in. ‘Tail, 1} in. Culmen, ? in. (Type in my collection.)

Genus XCIX.—PANTERPE.

Type.
Panterpe, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 43 (1860). P. insignis, Cab. an. Hein.
; , Fig. 107.
Ch. Size large. Bill straight, slender, about as ol Pn
Pa coma

long as the head. Nostrils exposed. Wings long,

first primary slightly faleate. Tail slightly forked

when open. Feet large, tarsi bare. Sexes alike.
Range. Costa Rica, Chiriqui.

One species only is known, but a very beautiful Tre

one with a brilliant metallic throat. It is a large

bird, and the sexes are apparently alike richly ce "we

colored. I think it should be placed near to Ertoc- = 2 SHS
NEMIS az,
; =,

Panterpe insignis, g. 74025. Costa Rica.

1, Panterpe insignis.

Panterpe insignis, Caz. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 43 (note) (1860).—Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. y, pl.
336.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 167 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 25.

Hab, Costa Rica, Chiriqui.

Adult. Crown of the head shining dark blue. Upper parts, lower part of abdo-
men, and under tail coverts bronzy-green. Nape of neck showing black in certain
lights. Throat metallic-scarlet, bordered on the side with luminous yellow-green.
Centre of breast deep blue. Upper tail coverts cobalt. Wings purplish-brown,
Tail steel-blue. Bill black, base of mandible flesh-color. Total length, 4 in. Wing,
21 in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, { in.

Between PANTERPE and URANoMITRA there is a gap. The members of the latter
genus, which is now reached, are of moderate size, have a green and white plumage,
metallic hues appearing chiefly upon the head and upper surface; and some species
have bright red bills. There is no difference in the plumage of the sexes the
female being as gayly dressed as the male.

Genus C.—URANOMITRA.

Type.
Uranomitra, Reicn., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 10. T. francie, Boure.
Cyanomyia, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 204. T. cyanocephala, Less.
Leucolia, Muts., Catal. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 8. C. viridifrons, Elliot ?.

Leucolia, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 24. T. cyanicollis, Gould,

196 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Ch. Bill longer than the head, straight or slightly
curved; broad and flat at base; nostrils exposed.
Wings reaching nearly to the end of the tail, and
pointed. ‘Tail rather rounded, ‘arsi partly clothed.
Sexes alike.

Range. Mexico, Central America, Columbia, and
Peru.

Seven species are known. Uranomitra cyanocephala. Q. 28955.

‘Tres Marias,

Key to the species.
A. Entire under parts pure wh'te.
a. Tail olive-green; top of head metallic-blue, sometimes with purple

reflections. 1. U. quadricolor.
b. Tail bronzy-red; top of head metallic-purple, sometimes with blue

reflections. 2. U. violiceps.
c. Tail metallic golden, tip bronzy-red; top of head dull metallic dark

green. 3. U. viridifrons.

B. Breast and abdomen white; flanks metallic-green or bronze.

a. Under tail coverts greenish-gray. 4. U. cyanocephala.
b. Under tail coverts bronzy-red. 5. U. microrhyncha.
ce. Under tail coverts white; top of head blue. 6. U. francie.
d. Under tail coverts white; top of head and nape blue. 7. U. cyanicollis.

1. Uranomitra quadricolor.

Trochilus quadricolor, Vrer.t.., Ency. Méth., p. 573, tom. ii.

Polytmus quadricolor, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 119, sp. 85.

Trockilus verticalis, Licut., Preis-Verz., Thier. (1830), nos. 27-28.

Uranomitra quadricolor, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 41
(1860).

Argyrtria (Uranomitra) quadricolor, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 7, pl. 761, figs. 4758-59 (1855).

Cyanomyia quadricolor, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.—Gouxp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 284.—Ip.,
TIntr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 147 (1861).—Ex1107, Ibis (1876), p. 312.

Leucolia quadricolor, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 217.

Hab. Northern Mexico.

Adult. Top of head rich metallic-blue, sometimes with purple reflections. Upper
surface pale brown tinged with green. Wings purple-brown. Entire under surface
pure white. Tail pale bronzy-brown. Bill coral-red, tip brown. Feet black.

7

Total length, 4 in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 13 im. Culmen, { in.

2. Uranomitra violiceps. é

Cyanomyta violiceps, Goutp, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (1859), p. 97.—Scuar., P. Z. S. (1859), p. 386.—Gouxp,
Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 285.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 147 (1861).—Ettt1or, Ibis (1876), p. 313.

Uranomitra violiceps, Caz. and Her., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 41 (note 5) (1860).

Leucolia violiceps, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p- 214.

Hab. Mexico.
Adult. Differs from the U. guadricolor in having the tail a bronzy-red hue.
Dimensions the same.

URANOMITRA. 197

3. Uranomitra viridifrons.

Cyanomyia viridifrons, Exxror, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (1871), vol. viii, p. 267.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. i, p. 224.

Hab. Putla, Mexico.

Adult. Forehead dark green, metallic in some lights. Centre of crown dark
gray. Upper part of back brilliant light green, lower part of back bronzy-brown.
Wings purple. Upper tail coverts and tail rich coppery-bronze. Flanks grass-
green. Entire under parts pure white. Bill reddish, black at tip. ‘Total length,
32 in. Wing, 24in. Tail13in. Culmen, 2 in. (Type in my collection.)

4. Uranomitra cyanocephala.

Ornismya cyanocephala, Lxess., Supp. Ois. Mouch., p. 134, pl. 18 (1831).

Polytmus verticalis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 109, sp. 86.

Uranomitra cyanocephala, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 10.

Agyrtria (Uranomitra) cyanocephala, Reicu., LE ae Enum., p. 7, pl. 760, figs. 47!

Agyrtria faustincee, Reicx., Troch. Enum., tom. i, p. 7, pl. 760, aoe 4756-57 (1855

Cyanomyva verticalis, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.

Cyanomyia cyanocephala, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254—Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. y, pl. 286.—
Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 147 (1861).—Et1ior, Ibis (1876), p. 314.

Cyanomyia guatemalensis, GoutD, Iutr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 148 (1861).

Uranomitra lessonz, Caz. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 41 (1860).

Leucolia cyanocephala, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 219.

St

Hab. Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras.

Adult. Top of head shining greenish-blue. Upper surface and flanks bronzy-
green. Wings purplish-bronze. Tail pale green-bronze. Throat and middle of
abdomen white. Under tail coverts olive friged with white. Maxilla black,
mandible flesh-color, Ep black. Feet black. ‘Total length, 4 in. Wing, 22 in.
Tail, 13 in. Culmen, ? in.

5. Uranomitra microrhyncha.

Cyanomyta microrhyncha, Exx107, Ibis (1876), p. 316.

Hab, Wonduras.?

Adult. “Top of head and occiput dark metallic-blue. Hind neck and mantle
shining metallic-green; rest of upper parts bronzy-red. ‘Throat, upper part of
breast, and centre of abdomen white, with a few metallic-green feathers scattered
among the white ones. Flanks and under tail coverts metallic bronzy-red. Wings
deep brown, slightly shaded with purple. Tail brilliant metallic-bronze. Total
length, 34 in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 1f in. Culmen, § in.” (Type in my collec-
tion.)

6. Uranomitra franciz.

Trochilus franciee, Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Soc. Agr., Lyon (1846), tom. ix, p. 324.

Polytmus francie, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 109, sp. 87.

Uranomitra francie, Rricu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853) —Cas. and Hety., Mus. Hein, Th., iii, p. 41 (1860).
Agyrirva francie, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 7, pl. 761, figs 4760-61 (1855).

198 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Cyanomyza francie, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.—Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 287.—Ip., Intr.
Troch., octavo ed., p. 149 (1861).—Exxror, Ibis (1876), p. 316.

Leucolia francie, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. 1, p. 217.

Trochilus hypoleucus, Licurt., Mus. Berlin.

Hab. Columbia.

Adult. Top of head and occiput shining blue. Sides and nape of neck brilliant
metallic pale green. Upper parts bronzy-green, changing to coppery-red on the
rump and upper tail coverts. Wings purplish-brown. Flanks bronzy-green. Entire
rest of under parts pure white. ‘ail greenish-bronze. Maxilla and tip of mandible
black, base of latter flesh-color. Feet black. ‘Total length, 32 in. Wing, 2 in.
Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 7 in. (Type in my collection.)

Young have the crown green, and a dark band on the lateral rectrices.

7. *Uranomitra cyanicollis.

Trochilus ( 2) cyanicollzs, Gouin, P. Z. S. (1853), p. 61.

Uranomitra cyanicollis, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 10.—In., Troch. Enum., p.7 (1855).—Cas. and
Hein., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 41 (note 4) (1860).

Cyanomyia cyanicollis, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 288.—Ip.,
Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 149 (1861).—Ett1or, Ibis (1876), p. 316.

Leucolia cyanicoll’s, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 212.

Hab. Peru.

“Crown of the head, sides, and nape of the neck greenish-blue; upper surface
bronzy-green ; throat, centre of the abdomen, and under tail coverts white; flanks
bronzy-brown ; tail bronzy-green, all but the two middle feathers crossed near the
tip with an obscure dusky band; upper mandible and tip of the lower mandible
black, the remainder of the latter fleshy-white; feet dark brown.” (Gould, Mon.

Troch.) Total length, 32 in. Wing, 22 in. Tail, 14 in. Bill, J in.

Genus Cl —LEUCIREUS:

TYPE.
'Leuctppus, Bon., Compt. Rend., p. 382 (1850). T. chionogaster, Tsch.
Talaphorus, Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 257. T. chlorocercus, Gould.
Fig. 109.
Ch. Bill longer than the head, slightly curved,
narrow and rounded at base, nostrils exposed; wings ——
long and pointed. ‘Tail rounded. ‘Tarsi clothed to x

the toes. Sexes alike.

Range. Brazil, valley of the Amazon; Peru and
Bolivia.

‘Two species are known.
Leucippus chlorocercus. o- 55378. Pebas, Peru.

* Bonaparte (1. ¢.) gives the 7. twrneri, Boure. (=T. chionogaster, Tsch.), and T. fallax, Boure.,
as the types of his genus Leucrppus, but afterwards (1854) made the latter the type of his genus
DoLEeRomyta.

LEUCIPPUS. 199

Key to the species.

A. Throat pure white; tail dark bronze-green. 1. L. chionogaster.
B. Throat spotted with brown, tail pale green, tipped with grayish-white. 2. L. chlorocercus.

This genus is extremely close to Uranomitra, and it may well be questioned if
its members are really generically distinct from the species grouped together under
the above term. A slight difference in the shape of the bill at its base appears to
be the only generic character the two birds named above possess.

1. Leucippus chionogaster.

Trochilus (Lampornis) leucogasier, Tscu., Consp. Av., p. 37.

Trochilus chionogaster, Tscu., Faun. Per., p. 247, pl. 22, fig. 2 (1844).

Trochilus turnerz, Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 313.

Trochilus ( 2) hypoleucus, Gouin, P. Z. 8. (1857), p. 90.

Polytmus chionogaster, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 49.

Polytmus hypoleucus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 56.

Thaumatias leucogaster, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 78 (1850).

Leucippus turner, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 73 (1850).—Rercn., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 11.—Ip.,
Troch. Enum., p. 8 (1855).

Thaumantias chionogaster, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Leuctppus nigrirostris, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 8, t. 779, fig. 4812 ? (1855).

Leuctppus chionogaster, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 290.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 150.—Cas. and
Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 31 (1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 259.

Leucippus pallidus, Taczanow., P. Z. 8. (1874), p. 542.

Leucippus leucogaster, Evitot, Ibis (1876), p. 8.

Hab, Peru and Bolivia.

Adult. Upper parts and flanks bronzy-green. Under surface pure white. Under
tail coverts pale green edged with white. Wings purplish-brown. Tail feathers
dark bronzy-green, with the inner webs and shafts of lateral ones white. Maxilla
and tip of mandible black, rest of latter flesh-color. Feet black. Total length, 33
in. Wing, 24in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, in.

I have retained Tschudi’s second name of chionogaster as being more strictly
correct than Jeucogaster.

2. Leucippus chlorocercus.

Leucippus chlorocercus, Govtp, P. Z. S. (1866), p. 194.—Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 257.

Hab, Banks of the upper Ucayali, eastern Peru.

Adult. This species resembles closely the L. chionogaster, but differs in having
the throat spotted with brown. ‘Tail pale green, with a faint subterminal bar of
darker green, and tipped with grayish-white, this extending as it goes outwards,
until it covers the whole outer web of the external feather. Bill black, feet brown.

Total length, 32 in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, § in.

200) SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Genus CII.—LEUCOCHLORIS.

Typ.
Leucochlorzs, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853). T. albicollis, Vieill.

: Fig. 110.

Ch. Bill straight, slightly longer than head, wide

at base; feathers of the forehead projecting slightly

on the culmen, hiding the nostrils. Tail rounded.
Tarsi clothed, Sexes alike.

Range. Brazil.
One species is known, and naturally finds its place

here.

Leucochloris albicollis. 24788, Brazil,

1. Leucochloris albicollis.

Trochilus albicollis, Vietuu., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. (1818), tom. 23, p. 426.

Ornismya albicollis, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 184, pl. 63 (1829).—D’Ors. and Larres., Syn. Av., ii, p. 30, sp. 19
(1838).

Colibri albogulards, Srrx., Av. Bras., t. i, p. 81, pl. 82, fig. 1 (1825).

Bastlinna albicollis, Less., Ind. Gen. and Syn. Ois. Genre. Troch., p. xxv (1831).

Polytmus albicollis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 43.

Thaumatias albicoll’s, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 78 (1850).

Leucochloris albicollis, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—Gouxp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 291—Ip., Intr.
Troch., octavo ed., p. 151 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 261.—Etutor, Ibis (1877),
p. 138.

Thauwmantias albicollis, Box., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Leucippus albicollis, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 8, pl. 782, figs. 4818-19 (1855).

Agyrtria albicollis, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 32.

Hab, Brazil.

Adult. Upper surface, chin, flanks, and abdomen shining grass-green. Throat,
breast, abdomen, and under tail coverts white. Wings purplish-brown, Median
rectrices dark grass-green; lateral ones black, the three outermost tipped with
white. Maxilla and tip of mandible black, rest of latter flesh-color; feet black.
Total length, 44 in. Wing, 22in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 12 in.

The members of the next genus, which in the regular order of succession comes
here, are birds of moderate size, and of a pleasing plumage, the chief colors of
which are green and white. ‘The genus comprises a large number of species, in
fact is one of the most extensive among the Trochilide. Subsequent to the publi-
cation of Mr. Gould’s Monograph of the Family, it has been known as the genus
‘THAUMATIAS, but as this term was applied by Bonaparte to a bird belonging to an
entirely different genus (viz., Trochilus thawmantias, Linn.), and was, moreover,
preoccupied by Eschscholtz for a genus of Acalephs, it of course cannot be con-
tinued, and that of AGyrrR1A proposed by Reichenbach is the one that has priority.
—There is no difference in the plumage of the sexes, the females having as much
metallic coloring as the males.—For the discussion of the synonymy of the various
species, and their relative claims to such a rank, I would suggest that my article
published in the Ibis for January, 1878, upon the genus THAUMATIAS (Gould)
should be consulted.

ANG YoRVIVR I Ay

Genus CIIJ.—AGYRTRIA.

Thaumantias, Bon. (nee Escuscu., Acal., 1829, nec Boy., Compt. Rend.,
1850), Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255. F
Thaumattias, Goutp (nec Bon., Compt. Rend., 1850), Mon. Troch. Intr.,

octavo ed., p. 151 (1861).
Agyrtrva, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 7 (1855).
Leucodora, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 309 (nec 1875).

Ch. Bill slightly longer than the head, straight
or slightly curved. Feathers of the forehead not

extending upon the culmen. Nostrils exposed.

Wings long, narrow, pointed; first primary slightly
faleate. ‘Tail ample, even, or slightly rounded.
Tarsi clothed. Sexes alike.

Range. Mexico, Central America, Islands of
Tobago and Trinidad, Brazil, Guiana, Venezuela,
Columbia, Ecuador, and Peru.

I recognize twenty species belonging to this
genus.

Key to the species.
A. Throat and breast white.
a. Top of head brilliantly metallic.
a’. Bill black.
a’’. Tail purplish-bronze.
b’. Bill; maxilla black, mandible flesh-color, tip black.
a/’, Tail steel black, median feathers greenish-bronze.
b’’. Tail greenish-gray, barred with brown near tip, bill
long, stout.
ce’, Tail greenish-gray, subterminal bar dark brown;
: bill short, weak.
b. Top of head slightly metallic.
a’. Entire abdomen white.
a/’. Tail greenish-bronze with a subterminal dark brown
bar.
b’. Abdomen and flanks pale rufous.
e’. Centre of abdomen white.

a’’. Tail pale bronze-green barred with brown, tip dusky.

b’’. Tail blue-black.
B. Throat and upper part of breast blue.
a. Tail pale greenish-bronze, with a subterminal blackish bar.
b. Tail steel-blue.
C. Throat and breast metallic-green.
a. Under tail coverts gray, with a central line of bronze-green.
a’. Crown of head and face glittering green.
b’. Crown of head and back of neck shining greenish-blue.
26 December, 1878.

201

Tyre.

T. candidus, Boure.

O. brevirostris, Less.
T. norrisstz, Boure.

Fig. 111.

10.

He
12.

A:

A.

A,

A. norrisit.

seat.
. A.

Agyrtria niveipectus. ¢ . Cayenne. Whitely,

. niveipectus.

. leucogaster

viridiceps.

millert.

candida.

brevirostris.
compsda.

. neglecta.

A.

bartlelit.

. nitidifrons.
. cwruleiceps.

202 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

b. Crown of head dull green.
a’. Under tail coverts white with central brown or green streak.
a’’, Tail, median feathers except tips, and the basal
portions of the others, bright green; central part
of lateral ones blackish, tips gray. Throat and

breast shining grass-green. 13. A. tephrocephala,
b’’. Tail, median feathers bronze-green, remainder black

with pale tips. Throat and breast golden-green. 14. A. tobaci.
e’’, Tail black. Throat and breast grass-green, with a

slight bluish tinge. 15. A. fluviatilis.

d’’. Tail, median feathers green, broadly tipped with

blue-black, rest black, tipped with white. Throat

and breast golden-green. 16. A. apicalis.
e’’. Tail, median feathers green, tipped with black, next

one on either side bronze-green for two-thirds

their length, rest black; remaining feathers green

at base, then black with a metallic-green spot on

the tip which graduates into white on its upper

edge. 17. A. maculicauda.
f’’, Tail bronze-green, lateral feathers with a subtermi-

nal purplish-bronze bar, tips ashy-gray. Throat

and breast glittering bluish-green. 18. A. lucie.

b’. Under tail coverts pure white.

a’. Tail, all the feathers steel-black, median ones slightly

tinged with green in certain lights. 19. A. nigricauda.
b’’. Tail, median pair of rectrices golden-green, remain-

ing ones have the inner webs, except tips, black;

outer webs metallic golden-green; all the lateral

feathers are tipped with bright metallic golden

green. 20. A. nitidicauda.

1. Agyrtria niveipectus.

Thaumatias chionopectus, Goutp, Mon. Troch., pt. xviii (1859), pl. 5; vol. v, pl. 293—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 152 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 227.—E tor, Ibis (1878), p. 40.

Agyrtria niverpectus, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 33 (note 10) (1860).

Polytmus chionopectus, Le&or., Ois. 'T'rinid., p. 140, no. 71 (1866).

Hab. Trinidad, Venezuela, Guiana.

Adult. Top of head and sides of neck glittering metallic-green. Upper surface
coppery-green. Throat and centre of abdomen white; flanks golden-green. Under
tail coverts grayish with whitish margins. Tail purplish-bronze, with a subterminal
purplish-brown bar. Bill and feet black. Total length, 32 in. Wing, 2 in, Tail,

iin: \Culmen yam:

2. Agyrtria leucogaster.

Trochilus leucogaster, Guet., Syst. Nat. (1788), vol. i, p. 495.

Ornismya albirostris, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 212, pl. 78 (1829).

Thaumantias lewcogaster, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Thaumatias mellisuga, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p- 78 (1850).

Agyrtria leucogastra, Rricn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 7, pl. 762, figs. 4762-64
(1855).—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 34 (1860).

Thaumatias lewcogaster, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 294.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 152 (1861).—
Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p- 231.—Etuior, Ibis (1878), p. 41.

AGYRTRIA. 203

Hab, Guiana and Brazil.

Adult. Upper parts and sides of neck metallic grass-green. Flanks bronzy-green.
Throat, centre of the abdomen, and under tail coverts pure white. Median rectrices
bronzy-green, lateral ones steel-black. Maxilla and tip of mandible black, rest of
latter flesh-color. Feet black. Wings purple-brown. ‘Total length, 3% in. Wing,
2hin. Tail, 13 in. Culmen, 43 in.

3. Agyrtria viridiceps.

Thaumatias viridiceps, Gouin, P. Z. 8. (1860), p. 307.—Ib., Mon. Troch., vol. y, pl. 295.—Ip., Intr. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 152 (1861).—Muns., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 229.—Knuior, Ibis (1878), p. 42.

Hab, Ecuador.

Adult. Crown, nape, and sides of the neck metallic light green; upper parts
luminous bronzy-green. Throat, abdomen, and under tail coverts pure white.
Flanks washed with green. Wings purplish-green. ‘Tail greenish-gray, with a
subterminal bar of brown. Maxilla and tip of mandible black, rest of latter flesh-

color, feet black. ‘Total length, 32 in. Wing, 2! in. Tail,13 in. Culmen, § in.

4. Agyrtria milleri.

Trochilus miller’, Bourc., P. Z. 8. (1847), p. 43.—In., Rev. Zool. (1847), p. 255.

Polytmus miller?, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 46.

Thaumatias miller’, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 78 (1850).—Gounp, Mon. Troch., yol. v, pl. 296.—Ib.,
Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 152.—Ext.1or, Ibis (1878), p. 42.

Agyrtria miller’, Rercw., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (t853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 7, pl. 759, figs. 4752-53.—C a.
and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 33 (note 11) (1860).

Thaumantias miller?, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Leucolia millert, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 225.

Hab. Columbia.

Adult. This is a diminutive of the 7. viridiceps, and can be distinguished from
it only with difficulty. It is, however, much smaller in size. Total length, 3 in
Wing, 1Z in. Tail, 1,5, in. Culmen, 2 in.

5. Agyrtria candida.

Trochilus candidus, Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Soc. Agr., Lyon (1846), t. ix, p. 326.—Ip., Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 319.

Ornismya senex, Less., Rey. Zool. (1838), p. 315, no. 11 (albino)?.

Polytmus candidus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 49.

Thaumatias candidus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 78 (1850).—Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 292.—Ib.,
Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 151 (1861).—Exxror, Ibis (1878), p. 43.

Agyrtria margaritaceus, Rercu. (nec Gmeu.), Troch. Enum., p. 7, t. 7

Agyrtria candida, Can. and Heiy., Mus. Hein. Th., ili, p. 33 (note 8).

Thaumantias candidus, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Leucolia candida, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 233.

58, figs. 4747-48 (1855).

Hab, Mexico and Central America to Nicaragua.

Adult. Upper parts and flanks bronzy-green, inclining to brown on the crown.
Throat, abdomen, and under tail coverts white. Wings purple. Tail greenish-
bronze with a subterminal black bar. Maxilla and tip of mandible black, rest of

204 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

bill Ae olor Feet black. Total length, 35 in. Wing,2in. Tail,13in. Cul

men, 3 in,

6. *Agyrtria norrisii.

Trochilus norristi, Bourc., P. Z. S. (1847), p. 47.

Polytmus norristi, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 71.

Amazilia norrisii, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—I»., Troch. Enum., p. 8 (1855).

Amazilius norristi?, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 77 (1§50).—Ib., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.
Pyrrhophena norristi, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 36 (note 10) (1860).

Hemistilbon norriss¢i, Gouin, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 150 (1861).

Leucodora norrisi, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 309.

Thaumatias norris?, Euu10t, Ibis (1878), p. 44.

Thaumatias lerdi, DeOca, La Naturaleza Mex., tom. iii (1874), p. 24, sp. 7

Hab. Mexico.

Adult. Upper parts golden-green. Throat and sides of the neck metallic golden-
green; breast white; abdomen and flanks pale rufous; upper tail coverts light
grayish-green ; under tail coverts grayish-white. Wings pale green. Tail shining
grayish-green. Feet flesh-color. Bill flesh-color black at the point. Wings, 55
mm. ‘Tail, 35mm, Bill, 18 mm. This description is taken from Boutcier’s in
the P. Z. S. (1847), p. 47.

7. Agyrtria brevirostris.

Trochilus brevirostris, Luss., Ois. Mouch., pp. xxxv and 211, pl. 77 (1829).

Basilinna brevirostris, Less., Ind. Gen. and Syn. Gen. Troch., p. xxvi (1831).

Trochilus versicolor, Nordm. in Erm. Reise (1835), atl., pl. 1, figs. 1, 2, 3.?

Polytmus brevirostris, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 44.

Hylocharis versicolor, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 115, sp. 45.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. vol. i. p. 74, sp. 9 (1850).

Thaumatias brevirostris, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 78 (1850).—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. y, pl. 298.—
Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 152 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 242.—Eurior,
Ibis (1878), p. 44.

Agyrtria versicolor, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 7, pl. 759, figs. 4750-51 (1855).

Agyrtria brevirostris, Rricu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 7, t. 759, fig. 4749.—Cas.
and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p- 34, sp. 70.

Thawmantias versicolor, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Thaumantias brevirostris, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Thaumatias afjinis, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. vy, pl. 299.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 153 (1861).

Agyrtria affincs, Can. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 33 (note 12) (1860).

Hab. Brazil.

Adult. Upper surface, sides of neck (and sometimes nearly all the throat), and
flanks glittering bronzy-green. Centre of throat and abdomen white. Under tail
coverts bronze-brown. ‘Tail pale bronze-green, subterminal brown band, and tip
dusky, Maxilla and tip of mandible black, rest of latter flesh-color. Total length,
35 in. Wing, 2in, Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 2 in.

8. *Agyrtria compsa.

Agyrtria compsa, Hxrn., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 185.—Murs., Hist. Nat. Ois.-Mouch., tom. i, p. 256. .
Agyrtria mellisuga, Caz. and Hrry., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 34 (1860).
Thaumatias compsa, Euxszor, Ibis (1878), p. 45.

AUG IYSR: UR CAS: 205

Hab. Guiana.

“ Similis breviori, sed paulo minor, rostro longiore, splendide aureo-viridis; sub-
tus alba maculis nitidis aureo-viridibus varia, pectoris epigastriique lateribus uni-
coloribus smaragdino-viridibus, abdomine medio unicolore albo tectricibus, caudze
inferioribus nitidi-smaragdineis; remigibus fuscis; rectricis nigro-chalybeo-cyancis;
maxilla fusco, mandibula brunnescente cornea; pedibus fuscis. Long. tot., 3”
eecwab tl 8; caud., 1” 1’; xostr. culm., 7/’.”—(Hein., loc. cit.)

9. *Agyrtria neglecta.

Ornismya bicolor, D’Orx. and Larr. (nec Less., 1829

), Syn. Av., ii, p. 30, sp. 21 (1838).
Thaumatias neglectus, Ex.zo0r, Ibis (1877), p. 140.—(1878

8), p- 53.

Hab. Yungas and Moxos, Bolivia.

Male. Top of head, nape, and mantle metallic-green; throat and upper part of
breast brilliant metallic-blue, white base of the feathers showing amid the blue;

‘back, rump, and upper tail coverts light greenish-bronze. Wings purplish. Flanks

and lower parts of breast shining green. Abdomen whitish. Under tail coverts
pale brown, margined with white. Tail pale greenish-bronze, with a subterminal
black bar on lateral feathers. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color. Feet black.
Total length, 34 in. Wing, 2 in. Tail, 14 in. Bill, ? in.

Female. Upper parts, sides of throat, and flanks shining green. Centre of throat
and under parts whitish, spotted with light metallic-green. Tail as in the male,
tips of lateral feathers whitish. Under tail coverts white. Wings purple. Bill like
the male. Feet black. ‘otal length, 3? in. Wing, 2 in. ‘Tail, 1} in. Bill, 2 in.

10. Agyrtria bartletti.

Thaumatias bartlettc, Gouin, P. Z. S. (1866), p. 194.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 255.—Exx1o7,
Ibis (1878), p. 53.

Hab, Banks of the Upper Ucayali, eastern Peru.

Adult. Upper parts and flanks dark grass-green. Throat and breast purplish-blue.
Centre of abdomen grayish-white. Under tail coverts blackish-brown margined
with grayish-white; wpper tail coverts bronzy-green. ‘ail steel-black (in the female
tipped with gray). Maxilla brownish, mandible flesh-color; feet blackish-brown.
Wings purple. Total length, 3f in. Wing, 24 in. ‘Tail, 1} in. Culmen, ? in.

11. *Agyrtria nitidifrons.

Thaumatias nitidifrons, Goutp, P. Z. S. (1860), p. 308.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 297.—Iv., Intr. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 153 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 288.—Exxior, Ibis (1878), p. 52.

Hab. Venezeula.?

Adult. “Crown of the head, face, chest, and neck glittering green; abdomen and
flanks golden-green; back, shoulders, and rump bronzy-green; tail pale bronzy
grayish-green, with a zone of purplish-brown crossing the four lateral feathers on
each side near their tips; under tail coverts gray with a patch of bronzy-g-een in

206 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

the centre of each; tarsi grayish-brown; upper mandible black; under mandible
yellow-black at tip. Total length, 34 in. Bill, | im. Wing, 1g in.”—(Gould, loe.
cit.)

12. *Agyrtria coeruleiceps.

Thawmatias ceruleiceps, Goutp, P. Z. S. (1860), p. 307.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 152.—Muts., Hist.
Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 240.—Kur1or, Ibis (1878), p. 52.

Hab, Columbia.

Adult. “Crown of the head and back of the neck deep shining greenish-blue;
back and shoulders green, passing into bronzy-green on the rump and upper tail
coverts; tail nearly uniform bronze, with a very faint indication of a zone of brown
across the outer feathers near the tip; wings purplish-brown; sides of the neck
glittering bluish-green, the blue tint predominating on the ear and immediately
under the eye; centre of the throat and chest broken glittering green and white;
flanks bronzy-green; under tail coverts gray with brown centres; upper mandible
dark brown; under mandible yellow, except the tip, which is dark brown. ‘Total

length, 35 in. Bill, 15 in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, § in.”—(Gould, loe, cit.)

13. Agyrtria tephrocephala.

Trochilus tephrocephalus, Virtuu., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., tom. 23, p. 430.

Ornismya tephrocephala, Lxyss., Ois. Mouch., p. 182, pl. 62 (1829).

Ornismya albiventris, Lxss., Ois. Mouch., p. 209, pl. 76 (1829).—In., Troch., p. 94, pl. 32 (1831).—D’Ors. and
Larrgs., Syn. Av., ii, p. 30, sp. 18 (1838).

Polytmus thawmatias, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 40 (partim).

Thaumatias albiventris, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., yol. i, p- 78 (1850).—Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 301.—
Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 153 (1861).—Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 245.—Ex1ror, Ibis
(1877), p. 138.

Cocligena tephrocephala, Rricu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 3, pl. 687, fig. 4518 (1855).

Thawmantias albiventris, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Agyrtria albiventris, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 7, pl. 757, fig. 4744-45.—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p.
32 (1860).

Thaumatias tephrocephalus, Exrot, Ibis (1878), p. 48.

Hab. Brazil.

Adult. Upper surface dark green. Wings purple. Throat and chest shining
grass-green, flanks dull green. Abdomen and under tail coverts white. Median
rectrices, except the tips and basal portions of the rest, bronzy-green. Central parts
of lateral ones blackish, tips gray. ‘Tips of median pair blackish, Maxilla and
point of mandible black, rest of latter flesh-color. Feet black. Total length, 33
in, Wing, 24in. Tail, 1} in. Culmen, 2 in.

14. Agyrtria tobaci.

Trochailus tobact, Gmrt., Syst. Av. (1788), p. 498.

Trochilus tobagensis, Larn., Ind. Orn. (1790), vol. i, p. 316.
Prochilus maculatus, Vieitt., Ois. Der., t. i, p. 87, pl. 44 (1802).
Trochilus tobago, Suaw., Gen. Zool., vol. viii, p. 350.

Ornismya viridissima, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 207, pl. 75 (1829).
Saucerottia viridipectus, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).

AGYRTRIA. 207

Chlorestes malvina, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 4, pl. 696, figs. 4550-51 (1855)?

Chlorestes (Saucerottia) viridipectus, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 4, pl. 702, figs. 4973-75 (1855).

Hylocharis lactea, Reicu., 'Troch. Enum., p. 7, pl. 773, fig. 4792 (1855).

Caligena mauge?, 2, Reicu., Mus. Berol. (teste Cab.).

Agyrtria maculata, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. 'Th., iii, p. 33 (1860).

Thaumatias lWinneed, Gourn, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 302.—Ip., Intr. 'Troch., octavo ed., p. 153 (1861).—Muts.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 248.

Agyrtria malvine, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 33 (note 9) (1860).

Thaumatias tobact, Euuzo7, Ibis (1878), p. 49.

Hab. Tobago, Trinidad, Venezuela, Guiana, Brazil.

Adult. Upper surface bronzy-green, Wings purplish-brown. Throat and breast
glittering grass-green, becoming dull green on the flanks. Centre of abdomen and
under tail coverts white. Median rectrices bronze-green, lateral ones black with
pale tips. Maxilla and point of mandible black, rest of latter flesh-color. Feet

black. Total length, 34 in. Wing, 2in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, f in.

15. Agyrtria fluviatilis.

Thaumatias fluviatilis, Gouin, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 154 (1861).—Scrar. and Sany., P. Z. 8. (1866), p.
194.—Enxior, Ibis (1878), p. 51.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 253.
Agyrtria fluviatilis, Here, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 184.

Hab. Eastern Peru.

Adult. Upper parts and flanks dark grass-green. Throat and breast luminous
grass-green with a bluish tinge. A narrow streak of white on the abdomen. Vent
white. Under tail coverts dark brown margined with white. ‘Tail black. Maxilla
and point of mandible black, rest of latter flesh-color, Feet black. ‘Total length,
32£in. Wing, 2,3, in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, ? in.

16. Agyrtria apicalis.

Thaumatias aprcalis, Gouin, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 154 (1861)—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p.
252.—Etx1o7, Ibis (1878), p. 51.

Agyrtria apicalis, Heine, Journ. ftir Ornith. (1863), p. 184.

Agyrtrva terpna, Hetnz, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 184, sp. 9.

Hab. Columbia.

Adult. Upper parts bronzy-green. Throat and breast golden-green. Centre of
abdomen white, under tail coverts white with dark brown centres. Median rectrices
green, broadly tipped with bluish-black ; lateral feathers black tipped with white.
Maxilla and tip of mandible black, rest of latter flesh-color, perhaps red. Feet
black. Total length, 34 in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, @ in.

I place among the synonyms of this species the A. ferpna, Heine, as from his
description (1. c.) I cannot perceive any difference sufficient for the creation of a
new species.

17. *Agyrtria maculicauda.
Thaumatias maculicaudus, Gouin, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 154 (1861)—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,

tom. i, p. 250.—Exntor, Ibis (1878), p. 51.
Agyrtria maculicauda, Heine, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 184, sp. 10.

208 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Hab, Guiana,

Adult. “This is a very little species, with a long thin bill; its breast is green as
in the others. Centre of the abdomen white; under tail coverts white, except in
the centre, when they are dark brown; two centre tail feathers bronzy-green, except
at the extreme tip which is greenish-black, the next on each sile bronze for half
their length, then black; the three outer ones on each side bronzy-green at base,
then broadly zoned with black, next to which they are green, and lastly white,
Total length, 35 in. Bill, in. Wing, 2 in. Tail, 13 in.’—(Gould, loc. cit.)

18. *Agyrtria lucie.

Thaumatias lucve, Lawr., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Phil. (1867), p. 233—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i,
p- 241.— Exxror, Ibis (1878), p. 52.

Hab, Honduras.

“Upper plumage dull bronzy dark green, crown duller; upper tail coverts a
lighter bronzy-green, somewhat golden; tail feathers dull bronzy-green, all except
the two central ones broadly marked near their ends with dark purplish-bronze,
the tips being ashy-gray; the throat and breast are glittering bluish-green, middle
of the abdomen white; wings brownish-purple. Upper mandible black, the under
yellow with the end blackish; feet black. Length, 32 in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 12

in. Bill, 42 in.”—(Lawr., loc. cit.)

19. Agyrtria nigricauda.

Thaumatias nigricauda, Evxtor, Ibis (1878), p. 47.

Hab. Trinidad, Guiana, northeastern Brazil.

Adult. Upper parts bronzy-green, darkest on the head, and shading into purple
on the upper tail coverts. ‘Throat and breast shining metallic grass-green. Flanks
dark green with scarcely any lustre. Middle of abdomen, vent, and under tail
coverts pure white. ‘Tail steel-black, the two outermost feathers greenish-gray at
their tips, the next merely edged with white on the tip. Maxilla brownish-black;
mandible flesh-color, tip black. Feet black. Total length, 33 in. Wing, 2) in.
Tail, 15 in. Bill on culmen, 2 in. (From type in my collection.)

20. Agyrtria nitidicauda.
Thaumatias nitidicauda, Exx1ot, Ibis (1878), p. 48.

Hab. Guiana.

Adult. Upper part bright bronze-green} with a slight coppery tinge on the head.
Chin white. Throat, breast, and sides of the neck bright metallic grass-green.
Flanks and abdomen dull green. Middle of abdomen, vent, and under tail coverts
pure white. Median rectrices bronze-green. Lateral ones purplish-black, the edges
of the outer webs and tips bronze-green. Wings purplish-brown. Bill flesh-color
(perhaps red in life), with a dark tip. Total length, 34 in. Wing, 23 in. Tail,
13 in. Bill along culmen, ? in. (Type in my collection.)

ARINIA. 209

Genus CIV.—ARINIA.

TYPE.
Arinta, Muts., Ann. Soc. Linn., 1877 (Oct.). A, boucardi.

Ch. Bill subcylindrical, until near the point, when it is slightly swollen; shorter
than half the body. ‘Tail slightly forked. Wings narrow, reaching for three-fourths
the length of the median rectrices. ‘The external rectrices are slightly shorter than
the ones next to them. Sexes unlike in plumage.

Range. Costa Rica.

But one species is known, brought from Costa Rica by M. Boucard. It is very
close to the genus AGYrTRIA, and were the male alone known, the propriety of
separating it from that genus might possibly be questioned, but as the female is
quite different in the coloring of her plumage from the male, while the sexes of
AGykTRIA do not differ in their dress, it would seem to be best to allow the present
species a distinct generic rank. This genus connects AGyrtRiA with Exyira.

1. *Arinia boucardi.

Arinia boucardi, Muts., Ann. Soc. Linn., Lyon, 1877 (Oct.).

Male. Upper surface and flanks bronzy-green, darkest on the head. Throat and
breast shining bluish-green. Abdomen and under tail coverts pure white. Median
pair of rectrices dark bronze-green; next bronze-green with black tip, remaining
lateral feathers bronze-green at base, rest black, the bronze-green decreasing in
extent as it goes towards the external feather. All the lateral feathers edged with
white at their tips. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. Feet black.
Total length, 3!4 in. Wing, 2in. ‘Tail, 1,9, in. Culmen, 3 in.

Female. Differs in having the middle of the throat, breast, and under parts pure
white. Median rectrices bronzy-green, lateral feathers green at base, then black

and tipped with gray. Rest like the male.

Allied to the members of the genus AGyrtriA are the two species placed respec-
tively by Messrs. Lawrence and Gould in the genera EupHEerusa and THAUMATIAS.
They, however, differ in many ways from the members of those genera, especially
in the shape of the bill, and the dissimilarity in the plumage of the sexes. I have
employed for these birds the term Etvira, proposed by M. Mulsant, as I consider
they represent a very distinct generic form. They are small in size, with the greater
portion of the plumage metallic-green, but the tails are almost entirely pure white,
a very uncommon feature among the ‘Trochilide.

27 January, 1879.

210 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Genus CV.—ELVIRA.

Type.
Elvira, Mots. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 32 (nee 1875, Cat. Ois. Mouch. p. 9). TT. chionwrus, Gould.
Ch. Bill shorter than the head, curved, nostrils Fig. 112.
partly exposed. Wings long, narrew, pointed, Tail
very slightly rounded. ‘arsi clothed. Sexes dis-

similar.

Range. Costa Rica and Veragua.

‘Two species are known Ticira cupreicepe, Costa Rica avani vate

Key to the species.

A. Under parts shining green. Under tail coverts pure white.

a. Median rectrices coppery-bronze, lateral ones white tipped with bronze. E. cupreiceps.

LE
b. Median rectrices bronzy-green; lateral ones white, apical portions black. 2. H. chionura.

1. Elvira cupreiceps.

Eupherusa cupreiceps, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. (1866), vol. viii, p. 348.
Thawmatias cupreiceps, Scuar. and Saty., Nomencel., p. 92 (1873).
Elvira cupreiceps, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 268.

Hab, Costa Rica.

Male. Top of head shining coppery-green; upper surface bronzy-green, changing
to coppery-red on the upper tail coverts. Under surface luminous emerald-green,
brightest on the throat and breast. Vent and under tail coverts pure white. Wings
purple. Median rectrices coppery-bronze ; lateral ones white tipped with bronze,
Bill and feet black. Total length, 35 in. Wing, 2in. Tail,1{in. Culmen, 5% im.

Female differs in having the top of head bronzy-green, and entire under parts
except the flanks pure white. Otherwise like the male.

2. Elvira chionura.

Trochilus (Thawmatias ?) chionurus, Gouup, P. Z. S. (1850), p. 162.

Leucippus chionurus, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 8, pl. 780, figs. 4813-15
(1855).

Thaumantias chionura, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Agyrtria chionura, Cas. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 32 (note 7) (1860).

Thaumatias chionurus, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. vy, pl. 300.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 153 (1861).—
Exx1ot, Ibis (1878). p. 48.

Elvira chionura, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 266.

Hab. Veragua and Costa Rica.

Male. Upper surface dark grass-green; under surface luminous emerald-green,
lightest on the throat, centre of abdomen and under tail coverts white. Wings
purple. Median rectrices bronzy-green; lateral ones white, with their apical
portions black. Bill black, flesh-colored spot at base of mandible. Feet black.
Total length, 3 in. Wing, 1Z in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, $ in.

CALLIPHARUS. 211

Female, Differs in having the under surface white, except the flanks which are
green, and by having the white lateral tail feathers crossed obliquely by a black
bar. In all other respects she resembles the male.

Genus CVI.—CALLIPHARUS.
‘ Type.
Clotho, Muts., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 9 (nec Fans., 1808, Mollus., nec
Watx., Arachn., 1809, nec Gray, Rept., 1840). E. nigriventris, Lawr.
Ch. Bill about as long as the head, straight,
wide at base graduating to a point at the tip.
Frontal feathers not projecting on to the culmen.

Wings long and broad for their length. Tail

moderate, slightly rounded. Under tail coverts
reaching half the length of the rectrices. Feet
small; tarsi partly clothed. Sexes entirely unlike

in the color of their plumage.

Range. Costa Rica and Veragua.

But one species is known, a miniature EvupHe-
RUSA in many particulars, which seems to find its
natural place between the members of that genus and those of Etyrra. The term

Callipharus nigriventris, Z- Veragua. Salvin

Clotho, bestowed on this species by M. Mulsant, having been previously employed
in various branches of zoology, I propose in its place CALLIPHARUS.

1. Callipharus nigriventris.

Eupherusa nigriventris, Lawr., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Phila. (1867), p. 232.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. i, p. 270.

Eupherusa (Clotho) nigriventris, Muts., Cat. Ois. cee (1875), p. 9

Thaumatias nigriventris, Scrat. and Sary., Nomencl., p. 92 (18 73).

Hab. Costa Rica and Veragua.

Male. Forehead and entire under surface jet-black. Occiput and upper surface
bronzy-green. Four central rectrices purplish-black, three lateral ones pure white
tipped with brownish-black. Wing coverts bronzy-green; secondaries chestnut at
their bases, tips purple. Vent and under tail coverts white. Bill and feet black.
Total length, 32 in. Wing, 2in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Upper surface bronzy-green. Under surface grayish-white, washed on
the flanks with green. Four median rectrices dark grass-green, remainder white.
Maxilla and apical half of mandible black, basal half of latter flesh-color. ‘Total
length, 3} in. Wing, 1Z in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, $ in.

In the style of coloration observed in the wing, this species resembles those of
the next genus.

The members of the genus EupHerusa are birds of moderate size, differing chiefly
in the coloration of their tails. ‘They resemble each other in the hues Of their

212 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

plumage, which is mainly metallic-green and white; and also in having the secon-
daries chestnut. ‘The sexes are very different in their appearance.

Genus CVII.—EUPHERUSA.

TYPE.
Eupherusa, Govrp, Mon. Troch., pt. xiv (1857); and Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 145

(1861). O. eximia, Delattr.
Fig. 114.

Ch. “Bill nearly straight and longer than
the head; wing rather long; tail rounded;
tarsi clothed; feet small; hind toe rather
shorter than the middle toe.” (Gould, loc.
cit.) —Sexes dissimilar.

Range. Mexico and Central America.
Three species are here allotted to this
genus.

Eupherusa eximia. 3. Guatemala. Cook’

Key to the species.

A. Tail, two median rectrices light bronze-green, lateral ones white margined

with purplish-gray. 1. #. poliocerca.
B. Tail dark greenish-bronze; two outermost feathers with basal two-thirds

of inner webs white. 2. EH. eximia.
C. Tail, four median rectrices dark greenish-bronze, remainder white margined

with black. 3. LF. egregia.

1. Bupherusa poliocerca.

Eupherusa poliocerca, Evx1ot, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (1871), p. 266.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom.
i, p. 271.—Scrat. and Satyv., Nomencl., p. 92 (1873).

Hab. Putla, Mexico.

Adult male. Top of head and upper surface bronzy-green; entire under parts
brilliant grass-green. Wings purple; secondaries chestnut-red. Under tail coverts
pure white. Two central tail feathers light bronze-green, purplish at the tips,
remaining ones white, purplish-gray on the edges of outer webs and on the tips.
Bill black, feet flesh-color. Total length, 32 in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 13 in. Cul
men, 2 in. (Type in my collection.)

Female. Unknown.

2. Eupherusa eximia.

Ornismya eximia, Deuarr., Echo du Monde Say. (1843), p. 1069.

Saucerottia eximia, Rricu., Aufz. der Colib., p- 8 (1853).—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Amazilia eximia, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 8, pl. 776, fig. 4802 (1855).

Bupherusa eximia, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 324.—Ip., Intr. 'Troch., octavo ed., p. 163 (1861).—Mots.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 272.

ROT NET Maw) Ss: 213

Hab. Guatemala.

Male. Upper surface dark shining green, becoming bronzy on the upper tail
coverts. Under surface luminous grass-green. Base of primaries and secondaries
chestnut-red, rest of primaries purplish-brown. Under tail coverts white. ‘Tail
very dark greenish-bronze, almost black on the lateral feathers, with the basal two-
thirds of inner webs of the two outermost rectrices white. Bill black, feet brown.
Total length, 32 in. Wing, 23 in. Tail, 13 in. Culmen, 3 in.

Female. Differs in having the entire under surface grayish-white, mottled with
green and buff on the flanks. Base of four middle tail feathers bronzy-green, tips
black. Rest of plumage like that of the male. Total length, 35 in. Wing, 2} in.
Tail, 1,5, in. Culmen, 14 in.

3. Bupherusa egregia.

Eupherusa egregia, Scuat. and Sary., P. Z. S. (1868), p. 389; (1870), p. 210.—Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat.
Hist. (1869), p. 146.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 274. i
Hab. Costa Rica, Veragua.
Male. Plumage of body as in E. eximia. ‘Tail differs in having the four central
feathers dark greenish-bronze, remainder white margined with black. Bill black,
feet flesh-color. Total length, 3f in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, ¢ in.

The three species comprising the next genus have been assigned to various posi-
tions among the Trochilide, but I think they are best placed here. ‘They possess
characters that would ally them to various genera, and it cannot be said that they
are especially related to the members of any particular one of those known. ‘This
of course makes it impossible to find a position for them as yet, which it would
seem they are especially designed to fill, and as is the case with many others, we
must wait further discoveries in the Family, before their exact place can be
ascertained. ‘They are rather large birds, with a green plumage, and tails of green
and white, the feathers being narrow and pointed.

Genus CVIII.—POLYTMUS.

TYPE.
Polytmus, Briss., Ornith. (1760). T. thaumantias, Linn.
'Thaumatias, Bon., Compt. Rend. (1850), p. 382, vol. 30. T. thawmantias, Linn.
Chrysobronchus, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252. T. thaumantias, Linn.

1 Bonaparte expressly states in the article here indicated that “Thauwmatias a pour type 7. thau-
matias (lege thaumantias), Linn.,” which clearly proves, as I have already shown in the Ibis, 1878,
p. 36, that Mr. Gould and others are in error to refer Bonaparte’s term to the members of the genus
Ag@yrrriA, with which the 7. thaumantias has nothing whatever to do. The fact that Bonaparte
afterwards classed with the type of his genus, species of AGyrrrta is not surprising, as his knowledge
of the Trochilidz was limited, and he knew many species only by their names; therefore, it was not
unusual for him in his writings to group together under one genus, numerous species with little or
no relationship, and belonging to very different genera. By no method can Thawmatias, Bon., be
properly construed as intended for any other species than the one here given as Polytmus thawman-
Has, and its allies included in the same genus.

214 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Ch. Bill much longer than the head, slightly
curved; wide at the base, graduating to a point;
nostrils exposed. Wings long and pointed, reaching
to two-thirds the length of the tail. Rectrices nar-
row; tail rounded. Sexes alike.

Range. Trinidad, Venezuela, Guiana, Amazonian
region of Brazil and Peru.
Three species are recognized.

Polytmus thaumantias. § ad. Cayenne, Bourcier,

Key to the species.

A. Tail green, with a stripe of white on basal portion of outer web of the

lateral feathers and their tips grayish-white. 1. P. thaumantias.
B. Tail entirely metallic-green. ,

a. Under coverts metallic dark green. 2. P. viridissimus.

b. Under coverts white. 3. P. leucorrhous.

1. Polytmus thaumantias.

Trochilus thaumantias, Linn., Syst. Nat. (1766), vol. i, p. 489.

Trochilus virescens, Dumont., Dict. Sc. Nat. (1818), p. 49.

Trochilus chrysobronchus, SHaw., Gen. Zool., vol. viii, p. 287.

Trochilus virtdis, Viri.., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., tom. vii, p. 354 (1817).—D’Ors. and Larrgs., Syn. Av., ii,
p- 32, sp. 30 (1838).

Ornismya viridis, Luss., Ois. Mouch., p. 178, t. 60 (1829).—Ib., Troch., p. 144, pl. 54, juv. (1831).

Polytmus chrysobronchus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 52.

Agyrtria thaumantias, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10.—Ip., 'lroch. Enum., p. 7, t. 756, figs. 4738-39 (1855).

Leucippus chrysobronchus, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 11 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 8, pl. 781, figs. 4816-17.

Thaumantias inner, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255, sp. 245.

Chrysobronchus virescens, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.—Govtp, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 230.—
Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 276.

Polytmus thaumantias, Cas. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 5 (1860).

Polytmus virescens, Gouxn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 126 (1861).—Extior, Ibis (1877), p. 142.

Hab. Trinidad, Venezuela, and Brazil.

Adult. Upper surface golden-green; under surface metallic yellowish-green.
Vent white. Under tail coverts shining green edged with white. Tail shining
green, the lateral feathers having a stripe of grayish-white on the outer web at the
base, and the tips grayish-white. Maxilla black, mandible and feet flesh-color.
Total length, 44 in. Wing, 25 in. Tail, 1Z in. Culmen, Z in.

Young. Under surface fawn, with a line of yellowish-green feathers in the centre
of the throat.

2. Polytmus viridissimus.

Trochilus viridissimus, Viet. (nec Get), Ois. Dor., tom. i, p- 84, pl. 42 (1802).
Ornismya viridis, Less., Troch., p. 96, pl. 33 (1831).

Trochilus theresie, DaStva, Mai. Min. Bras. (1843) p. 2.

Amazilia viridissima, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p- 77 (1850).

Smaragditis viridissima, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7? (1853).

POLYTMUS. 215

Chrysobronchus viridissimus, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 252.—Goutp, Iutr. Troch., octavo ed., p.
127 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 279.

Chrysobronchus viridicaudus, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. iv, pl. 231.

Chlorestes virzdisstmus, Rercu., Troch. Enum., p. 4, pl. 695, figs. 4547-48 (1855).

Thaumatias viridissemus, Burm., Th. Bras., tom. ii, p. 344 (1856).

Thaumatias chrysurus, Burm., Th. Bras., tom. ii, p. 345 (1856).

Polytmus theresie, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 5 (1860).

Hab. Guiana and Venezuela.

Adult. Upper surface bronzy-green; under parts shining grass-green, Tail
metallic grass-green. Under tail coverts grass-green. Bill, maxilla black, mandible
flesh-color, tip black. Total length, 4in. Wing, 2$in. ‘ail,1Z in. Culmen, 2 in,

Young. Beneath gray washed with green. Under tail coverts green margined

with white.

3. Polytmus leucorrhous.

Polytmus leucorrhous, Scuat. and Saty., P. Z.S. (1867), p. 584.—Gourp, P. Z. 8. (1871), p. 505.
Polytmus leucoproctus, Gray, Handl. B., pt. i, p. 128, no. 1626. i
Chrysobronchus leucorrhous, Scuar. and Satv., Nomencl., p, 89.

Hab. Rio Negro, Brazil (Wallace), Rio Huallaga, Peru (Bartlett).

Male. Entire plumage shining green, except the head which is brown above, and
the under tail coverts which are pure white. Tail like C. viridissimus. ‘Total
length, 32 in. Wing, 24 in.. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 2 in,

Female differs in having the outer tail feathers tipped with white.

In the following genus, I have placed species, which, although they differ in
coloration, possess so far as I can perceive the same generic characters. ‘They have
been divided by various authors into a number of genera, of which the chief if not
the only character has, in certain cases at least, been that of color. Messrs. Sclater
and Salvin in their Nomenclator have reduced the genera to two, AMAZILIA and
SAUCEROTTIA, but having been unable to find characters that were essentially struc-
tural to distinguish these, I have suppressed the latter also. As I have frequently
said in this work, color cannot be considered a generic character for Humming-
birds, when unsupported by any structural peculiarities, for if it is accepted in one
instance, to be consistent, it must be in all, and then but few species, comparatively,
could be passed over without being elevated to generic rank. ‘The birds that are
now reviewed are of moderate size, certain species having a greater or less resem-
blance to each other in their style of coloration, and the sexes are alike in plumage.
In numbers it is one of the most extensive genera of the Trochilide.

216 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

1Genus CIX.—AMAZILIA.

Tyrer.

Amaztlis, Lrss., Ind. Gen. and Syn. du Gen. Trochilus (1832), p. xxvii. 0. amazili, Less,
Amazilia, Reicu., Avium Syst. Nat., pl. 39 (1849). 0. amazili, Less.?
Amaziltius, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 77 (1850). 0. aman
Pyrrhophena, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. T/h., iii, p: 35 (1860). O. amazili, Less.
Hemithylaca, Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. Th., ili, p. 37 (1860). T. niveiventris, Gould,
Hemistilbon, Govuup, Intr. Mon. Troch., p. 149 (1860). A. ocaz, Gould.
Eranna, Herne, Journ. fir Ornith., p. 187 (1863). O. cinnamomea, Less,
EBratina, Urine, Journ. fiir Ornith., pp. 190, 191 (1868). T. codurus, Heine.
Ariana, Muts. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 36. T. niverventris, Gould.
Ariana, Mets., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 315. T. fuscicaudatus, Fras.
Myletes, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 284. T. yucatanensis, Cabot.

: x = O. erythronota, Less,
Saucerottia, Bon., Compt. Rend., p. 381 (1850). | ’. saucerothi Beam ;
Erythronota, Govto, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 160 (1861). O. erythronota, Less, \
Eratopzs, Herne, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 191. T. cyanifrons, Boure.
Erasuriva, Hung, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 191. E. elegans, Gould.
Lisoria, Muts., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 11. H. warszewicat, Cab.

Ch. Bill as long as the head, slightly

curved ; broad at base, graduating to an

acute point. Feathers of forehead not
projecting on to the culmen. Nostrils
exposed, covered by a scale. Wings
rather long, pointed. Tail even or slightly
forked. ‘Tarsi clothed. Sexes alike.

ange. Mexico, Central America, Tres “Amatilia pristinn, ‘OO Eeaee
Marias Islands, Columbia, Ecuador, and Peru.
Twenty-four species are here recognized as belonging to this genus.

* I can find no generic characters by which the species, that have been placed under Amazilia,
Pyrrhophena, Erythronota, Saucerottia, Hemithylaca, Hemistilbon, ete., can be separated or dis-
tinguished. Even those authors, who consider that the color of the plumage alone is sufficient to
constitute a genus, have not been able to arrange the birds, here kept in the one genus Amazilia, so
as to make the members of each of their groups similar in coloration. Thus the Pyrrhophene 83
restricted by Gould in the Introduction to the Trochilide do not all have metallic breasts (witness
P. cinnamomea); nor do the Lrythronote all have red backs (vide #. feliciz); which last species,
although closely allied to 2. antiqua, Gould, is almost identical in its coloration with species of
Saucerottia; while Hem ithylaca cyanifrons has only its blue head to present as a claim for generic
distinction. M. Mulsant, who has carried the generic divisions of this Family to a far greater extent
than any other author, and whose characters are almost entirely those of color, has not been successful
in the separations of his groups, as his Amazilix do not all have white and red breasts (vide cinne-
momea and graysoni), but are a mixture of species with non-metallic and metallic coloring of the
body; in Leucodora he has placed with edwardi and niveiventris, the T. norrissti, Boure., which
has the coloration of A@yrrria, and apparently belongs to that genus; and with Ariana (!) he has
grouped together such species as fuscicaudata, Fras., and erythronota and eyanifrons (1). It will
thus be seen that when color is taken as the generic guide, it is impossible to make a satisfactory
arrangement, unless, indeed, the group is still farther divided until there would be almost as many
genera as species. Believing, therefore, that there are already far too many genera instituted for
this especial group of birds, I have preferred to keep them all under the one genus AMAZILIA.

AMAZILIA.

Key to the species.
A. Chest white.
a. Tail pale chestnut.
a’. Abdomen and flanks rufous.

a/’, Throat metallic emerald-green. 1. A

b/’. Throat metallic golden-green. 2. A

b’. Abdomen white, flanks rufous. 3. A.

| b. Tail pale bronzy-green. 4. A.
_ B. Entire under parts rufous.

| a. Tail deep chestnut tipped with bronze. 5. A.

b. Large race of above, ‘‘tail cinnamon tipped with golden-bronze.” (i AE

_ C. Throat and breast metallic-green.

a. Abdomen and under tail coverts fawn. We, 2A:

b. Abdomen and flanks bronzy-green.
a’. Wings purplish-brown.

a/’. Tail reddish-chestnut. Swale
b’’. Tail shining dark violet. tb 2k

b’. Wings purplish-brown, base of primaries and secondaries
chestnut-red.

4 a’’. Tail greenish-bronze. 10. A.
b’’. Tail shining purplish-bronze. ils, 4b

c. Abdomen white.
a’. Tail bronzy-purple. 12. A.
b’. Tail purplish-black. 13. A.

D. Entire under surface green.
a. Wings purplish-brown, base of primaries and secondaries chestnut-
red at base.

a’. Upper tail eoverts dark purple, tail brilliant purple. 14. A.
b’. Upper and under tail coverts and tail deep blue. 5s ear
e’. Tail purplish-violet; under tail coverts white. 1162 2A"

b. Wings all purplish-brown.

a’. Upper tail coverts golden-bronze, tail reddish-bronze, tip black. 17. A.
b’. Rump and upper tail coverts coppery-red. Tail steel-blue. 18. A.

e’. Rump green like the back, upper tail coverts and tail bluish-

black. OeeA
d’. Upper tail coverts and tail deep-blue.

a/’, Rump bronzy-purple. 20. A.

b’’. Rump green like the back. 21. A.
e’. Upper tail coverts and tail steel-black. 22. A.
f’. Top of head deep blue. 23. A
g’. Upper tail coverts purplish-red, tail long forked, purplish-

violet. 24. A.

1. Amazilia pristina.

Orthorhynchus amazili, Less. Voy. Coq., pl. 31, fig. 3 (1826).
Ornismya amazilr, Lxss., Ois. Mouch., pp. xxvii, 67, pls. 12, 13 (1829).—Ip., Ind. Syn. Genr.
(1831).

217

. pristina,
. leucophza.
1

alticola.
dumerilt.

cinnamomea.
graysont.

yucatlanensis.

Suscicaudata.
viridiventris.

oca.
beryllina.

edwardi.
niveiventris.

marie.
eyanura,
todura.

lucida.
erythronota.

A. feliciz.

sophiz.
WATSZEWICZL.
saucerotli.

. eyanifrons.

elegans.

Troch., p. XXvii

Trochilus (Lampornis) amazilia, Tscuup., Consp. Av., p. 37.—Ip., Faun. Per., p. 246 (1844-46).

Polytmus amazili, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 70.
Amazilia latirostris, Bon. (nec Swatn.), Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 77 (1850).

Amazilia pristina, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 303.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 155 (1

Pyrrhophena amazilia, Can. and Hei., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 35 (1860).
Amazilia lessonz, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 293.
28 January, 1879.

861).

918 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Hab. Ecuador and Peru.

Adult. Upper surface greenish-bronze. ‘Throat emerald-green; chest white:
under surface rufous. Under tail coverts white washed with rufous. Upper tail
coverts rufous. ‘lail pale chestnut, glossed on the edges and tips of central feathers
with bronze. Wings purple. Bill flesh-color, tip black. Feet brown. ‘Total length,
4in, Wing, 22 in. ‘Tail, 13 in. Culmen, ? in.

2. Amazilia leucophza.

Amazilia leucopheea, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., pp. 10, 24 (1853).—Gourp. Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 306.—Ip,
Intr. ‘l'roch., octavo ed., p. 156.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 291.

Amazilia amazicula, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 8, pl. 777, figs. 4803-4 (1855).

Pyrrhophena leucophea, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iti, p. 35 (1860).

Hab. Peru.

Adult. ‘Top of head and back golden-green; rump and upper tail coverts rufous,
Wings pale brown. ‘Throat and sides of neck metallic golden-green; chest white;
under surface rufous; under tail coverts buffy-white. Bull flesh-color, tip brownish-
black; feet black. ‘Tail rufous, median feathers washed with bronze at the tips.

Total length, 34 in. Wing, 2,3, in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 32 in.

3. Amazilia alticola.

Amazlia alticola, Gouin, P. Z. S. (1860), p. 309.—Ib., Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 304.—I., Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 156 (1861).—Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 289.

Hab. Eeuador.

Adult. Upper parts bronzy-green, darkest on the head. Upper parts of throat and
sides of the neck golden metallic-green. Rest of under parts white except flanks
which are buff. The white under tail coverts are washed with buff. Upper tail
coverts and tail chestnut, median rectrices tipped with bronzy-green, Wings pur-
plish-brown. Bill flesh-color with a black tip; feet black. ‘Total length, 3} in.
Wing, 24 in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Specimens vary in their coloration, and some are almost entirely white beneath,
with just a few feathers of the throat tipped with golden-green.

4. Amazilia dumerili.

Ornismya dumerili, Lrss., Ois. Mouch. Supp., p. 172, pl. 36 (1831).—Ip., Ind. Gen. and Syn. Troch., p. XXViil.

Polytmus’ dumerili, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p- 109, sp. 79.

Amazilius dumeril?, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 77 (1850).—Ip., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.

Amazilia dumerilz, Reticu., Aufz. der Colib., p- 10 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 8, pl. 777, figs. 4805-6.—
Govtp, Mon. Troch., vol. vy, pl. 305.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 156 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois.
Mouch., tom. i, p. 287.

Pyrrhophena dumerili, Caz. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 36 (note 7} (1860).

Hab. Ecuador.
his species is distinguished from the three preceding by having the upper tail
coverts and tail bronzy-green. In other respects it is very similar in its coloration;

AMAZILIA. 219

having a metallic-green throat, white breast, rufoas abdomen and flanks, and white
under tail coverts. Bill flesh-color, tip black. ‘Total length, 4 m, Wing, 24 in.
nies 1j M 3.4

Tail, 14 in. Culmen, ¢ in.

5. Amazilia cinnamomea.

Ornismya cinnamomea, Luss., Rey. Zool. (1842), p. 175.

Ornismya rutila, Devarr., Echo Monde Savant (1843), p. 1069.

Trochilus corallirostris, Bourc. and Muts., Anu. Soc. Agr., Lyon (1846), t. ix, p. 328.

Amazilicus erythrorhynchus, Bon., Compt. Rend. (1850), p. 382.

Amazilicus hematorhynchus, Bon., Compt. Rend. (1850), p. 382.

Amazilius corallirostris, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 77 (1850).—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.

Amazilia corallirostris, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 8, pl. 776, figs 4800-1
(1855).—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 307.

Pyrrhophena corallirostris, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 35 (note 6) (1860).

Pyrrhophena cinnamomea, Gourp, Intr. Vroch., octavo ed., p. 156 (1861).

Braxna cinnamomea, Herne, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 187.

Hab. Guatemala and Costa Riea.
Adult. Upper surface bronzy-green. Wines purplish-brown. Entire under sur-
y-s gs purp
face bright.cinnamon. Tail deep chestnut tipped with bronze, sometimes margined
with black. Bill red, feet brown. ‘Total length, 4 in. ‘Tail, 12 in. Wing, 2+ in.
’ gth, A D> ~4
‘ Lar PSU yea eee
Culmen, § in. (Bourcier’s type.)

6. *Amazilia graysoni.

Amazilia (Phyrrhophena) graysonz, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist. (1867), p. 404.
Amazilia graysonz, Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 286.

Hab, Islands of Tres Marias.
Like A. cinnamomea, but larger. Total length, 42 in. Wing, 21} in. Tail, 12
in. Bill, 18 in.
7. Amazilia yucatanensis.

Trochilus yucatanensts, Casot, Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Bost. (1845), p. 74.

Amazilia yucatanensis, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 308.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 295.

Amazilius cerviniventris, Gouup, P. Z. 8. (1856), p. 150.

Pyrrhophena yucatanensis, Gourn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 157 (1861).

Amazilia cerviniventris, Goutp, Mon. 'Troch., vol. v, pl. 309.

Pyrrhopheena cerviniventris, Cas. and Hety., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 36 (note 9) (1860).—Govrp, Intr. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 157.

Eranna yucatanensis, Herne, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 187.

Eranna cerviniventris, Heine, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 187.

Hab. Mexico and Yucatan.

Adult. Upper surface bronzy-green. Throat and breast metallic emerald-green:
flanks grass-green. Abdomen and under tail coverts dark fawn. ‘Thighs white.
Tail chestnut-red tipped with bronze. Wings purple. Bill flesh-color, tip black.
Total length, 4 in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 43 in.

I can perceive no difference between Mexican and Yucatan specimens, and have
placed the A. cerviniventris, Gould, as a synonym of Cabot’s species.

2296 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

8. Amazilia fuscicaudata.

Trochilus fuscicaudata, Fras., P. Z. 8. (1840), p. 17.

Trochilus rieffert, Bourc., Rev. Zool. (1843), p. 103.

Trochilus aglave, Bourc. and Mots., Ann. Soc. Phys. and Se., Lyon (1846), p. 329.—Ip., Rev. Zool. (1846), p.
318.—Mutzs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 319. .

Hylocharis fuscicaudatus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 26.

Amazilia rieffert, Reicu., Auf. Ay. Syst. Nat., pl. 39 (1849).—In., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—In., Troch.
Enum., p. 8, t. 775, figs. 4798-99 (1855). —Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. y, pl. 311.

Amazilius aglaie, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 71 (1850).

Amazilius rieffer’, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 78 (1850).—Ip., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.

Trochilus dubus?, Bourc., Soc. Agr., Lyon (1852), p. 141.

Polytmus aglaie, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 109, sp. 73 (1844-49).

Saucerottia aglate, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).

Amazilia dubust, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 8, t. 778, figs. 4809-10 (1855).

Saucerottia fuscicauda, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 8, t. 696, fig. 4552-53.

Amazilius dubust, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.

Chlorestes aglaie, Rrrcu., Troch. Enum., p. 4 (1855).

Pyrrhophena rieffer?, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 36 (1860).—Gouxp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p.
158 (1861).

Pyrrhophena dubus?, Cas. and Hrrn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 36 (1860).

Pyrrhopheena suavis, Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. Th, iii, p. 36 (note 8) (1860).

Hemithylaca aglave, Cas. and Hein., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 36 (note 13) (1860).

Eranna jacunda, Here, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 188.

Hub, Mexico, Central America, Columbia, and Ecuador.

Adult. Upper surface bronze-green. ‘Throat and breast brilliant grass-green.
Abdomen and flanks bronzy-green, pale brown near the vent. Under tail coverts
rufous. Upper tail coverts and tail reddish-chestnut, the latter with bronze tips.
Wings purple. Bill flesh-color, tip black. Feet black. Total length, 3% in.
Wing, 24 in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, 2 in.

9. Amazilia viridiventris.

Trochilus viridigaster, Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1843), p. 105.
Hylocharis viridigaster, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ayv., vol. i, p. 74, sp. 5 (1850).—Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 115,

sp. 41.
Saucerotiia viridiventris, Reicn., Aufz. der Colib., p- 8 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 4, pl. 699, figs. 4564-65
(1855).

Saucerottia viridigastra, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.
Amazilia viridigaster, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 314.

Hemithylaca viridiventris, Cas. and Hein., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 38 (1860).
Pyrrhophena viridigaster, Goup, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p- 159 (1861).
Ariana viridigaster, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p- 320.

Hab. Columbia.

Adult. ‘Top of head and back bronzy-green, lower part of back grayish-brown
shading mto purple on the upper tail coverts. Under parts shining green, passing
into smoky-brown on the abdomen; under tail coverts grayish-buff with light edges.
Tail shining dark violet. Wings purple-brown. Bill and feet black. Total length,
383 in. Wing, 2in. Tail 14in. Culmen, 2 in.

AMAZILIA. 99]

10. *Amazilia ocai.

Amazilia ocat, Goutp, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. iv (1859), 3d ser., p. 96.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. y, pl. 289.
Pyrrhophena ocaz, Cas. and Hriy., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 36 (note 11) (1860).
Hemistilbon ocaz, Gouxn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 150 (1861).

Hab. Xalapa, Mexico.

Adult. ‘Crown, sides of the head, throat, and breast glittering grass-green, with
a few of the white bases of the feathers showing on the centre of the throat: back
of the neck, and upper part of the back deep green; upper and under wing coverts,
flanks, lower part of the back, upper tail coverts and tail greenish-bronze ; under
surface of the base of the outer tail feathers reddish-buff; wings purplish-brown;
base of the secondaries reddish-buff; abdomen pale brown; under tail coverts light
bronze margined with white, bill black, lighter beneath; feet brown.”—(Gould,

Mon. Troch.) Total length, 4 in. Wing, 2in. Tail, 1} in. Culmen, 11 in,

11. Amazilia beryllina.

Trochilus beryllinus, Licut., Preis-Verz., Mex. Thier. ges. v. Deppe und Schiede (1830), no. 26.

Ornismya arsinoe, Lxss., Supp. Ois. Mouch., pp. 154, 156, pls. 28, 29 (1829).—Ib., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1838),
p- 314, and (1839), p. 18.

Polytmus arsinée, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 109, sp. 9.

Amazilius arsine, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 77 (1850).—In., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.

Amazilia arsinoe, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 8, t. 774, figs. 4794-97 (1855).

Amazillia beryllina, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 312.

Amazilia castanerventris, Gouin, P. Z. 5. (1856), p. 150.—In., Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 309.

Pyrrhophena beryllina, Can. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 86 (partim, 1860).—Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 158.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 303.

Pyrrhophena castanevventris, Gouin, Jntr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 157 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. i, p. 300.

Branna castaneiventris, Heng, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 187.

Hab. Mexico, Columbia?.

Adult. Head and back shining bronzy-green; rump and upper tail coverts pur-
plish-bronze. Throat and breast metallic grass-green. Abdomen and under tail
coverts dark reddish-fawn, the latter edged with pale buff. ‘Tail shining purplish-
bronze. Primaries and secordaries chestnut-red at base, remainder purple. Maxilla
black. Mandible flesh-color, tip black; feet black. Total length, 4 in. Wing,
23, in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, ¢ in.

The specimen described by Mr Gould (1. c.) as A. castaneiventris, I believe to
be only a somewhat lighter-colored individual of this species, and haye, therefore,
placed it among the synonyms.

12. Amazilia edwardi.

Trochilus edward, Deiarr. and Bourc., Rev. Zool. (1846), p. 308.
Polytmus edwards, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 109, sp. 77 (1844-49).
Amazilius edwardi, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 78 (1850).
Saucerottia edwardszi, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).
Thaumantias edward, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

999 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.
Chlorestes edwardsiz, Rricu., Troch. Enum., p. 4, pl. 698, figs. 4658-59 (1855).

Erythronota edwardz, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 318.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 161 (1861).
Hemithylaca edwardi, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 37 (1860).

Eratina edward, Heine, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), t. ix, p. 191.

Leucodora edwardi, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 311.

Hab. Panama.

Adult. Top of head and back green, rump and upper tail coverts bronzy-purple,
Throat, breast, and flanks glittering grass-green. Abdomen white. Under tail
coverts dark brown bordered with grayish-white. Wings purple. Tail bronzy-
purple. Maxilla and tip of mandible black, rest of latter flesh-color. Feet black.

Total length, 32 in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, ? in.

13. Amazilia niveiventris.

Trochilus ( 2) niveoventer, Gouxp, P. Z. S. (1850), p. 164.

Saucerottia niverventer, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—Scrart. and Saty., Nomencl., p. 92 (1873).
Chlorestes nivecventris, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 4, pl. 700, figs. 4566-67 (1855).

Thaumantias nivetventer, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Hemithylaca niveiventris, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 37 (1860).

Erythronota nivetventris, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 319 (1861).—I»., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 161.
Leucodora niveiventris, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 313.

Hab. Veragua, Panama.

Adult. This species in its general plumage is almost precisely like the A. edwardi,
but may be at all times distinguished by its tail, which is purplish-black, instead of
bright bronzy-purple. Total length, 32 in. Wing, 2 in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen,
2 in. ;

14. Amazilia mariz.

Trochilus marie, Bourc., Ann. Soe. Agr., Lyon (1846), t. ix, p. 319.

Trochilus devillit, Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1848), p. 272.—Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. iii, app., p. 30a.

Hylocharis marie, Boy., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i., p. 74 (1850).

Amazilia deville’, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib. (1853), p. 10.—In., Troch. Enum., p. 8, t. 778, figs. 4807-8 (1855).
—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 313 (1861).

Smaragdites marie, Reicu , Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1855).

Amazilius diville, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254

Saucerottia maria, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Chlorestes marve, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 4, pl. 695, fig. 4549 (1855).

Panychlora marie, Cas. and Hetrn., Mae Hein. Th., iii, p. 49 (note) (1860).

Amazlia dumerilt, Sary., Ibis (1860), p. 270.

Branna deville’, Huinr, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 188.

Hab. Guatemala.

Adult. Head and back dark green. Rump bronze. Upper tail coverts dark
purple. Wings purplish-brown, base of primaries and secondaries rufous. Under
surface metallic grass-green. Thighs white. Under tail coverts rufous with light
edges, Tail brilliant purple. Maxilla and tip of mandible black, rest of latter
flesh-color. Feet brownish-black., Total length, 32 in. Wing, 2355 in. Tail, ie;
in, Culmen, 1 in.

The 7. marie, Bourc., is this species not fully adult, and the name takes pre
cedence of deville’, which has been generally employed.

AMAZILIA. 223

15. *Amazilia cyanura.

Amazilia cyanura, Gouin, Mon. Troch., pt. xviii (1850), and vol. y, pl. 315.

Hemithylaca cyanura, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii. p. 38 (note 14) (1860).

Pyrrhophena cyanura, Govrn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 160 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i,
p- 308.

Hab. Guatemala, Nicaragua.

Adult. ‘Head, all the upper surface, and wing coverts dark bronzy-green, pass-
ing into coppery-bronze on the lower part of the back; wings purplish-brown; the
base of the primaries and secondaries both above and beneath chestnut-red; under
surface shining grass-green ; upper and under tail coverts and tail dark steel-blue,
the under coverts fringed with gray; thighs white. ‘Total length. 34 in. Wing,
2hin. Tail, 14 in. Bill, % in.”—(Gould, Mon. ‘Troch.)

16. *Amazilia iodura.

Trochilus codurus, Saucerotte, Mus. Hein.

Saucerottia vodura, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).

Chlorestes codurus, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 698, figs. 4560-61 (1855).

Hemithylaca vodura, Cas. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., ili, p. 39 (1860).

Pyrrhophena vodura, Gourn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 159 (1861)—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i,
p. 299.

Eratina iodura, Herne, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 190.

Hab. Columbia.

*Capite, collo, pectore, dorso superiore, tectricibusque alarum splendide vires-
centibus, gula paululum albo intermixta; alis ceruleo-virescentibus latissime pallide
fulvescente-limbatis; cauda splendide purpureo-violacea; abdomine fulvescente ;
crisso albido.—Long. tot., 3” 3’; al., 2”; caud., 1” 2”; rostr. culm., 9’’’.’—(Cab.
and Hein., loc. cit.)

I have not seen this species.

17. Amazilia lucida.

Amazilia lucida, Exutot, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (1877).

Hab, Columbia.

Adult. Crown of the head dark metallic grass-green; upper surface shining grass-
green, lighter than the head. Upper tail coverts golden-bronze. ‘Throat, breast,
abdomen, and flanks metallic grass-green, a light mouse-colored spot on the lower
part of the abdomen. ‘Thighs white, feathers fluffy. Under tail coverts dark
bronzy-brown, edged with white. Wings dark purple. ‘Tail reddish-bronze, darkest
in the centre of the feathers along the shafts, with the tips of the lateral rectrices
bluish-black, their edges reddish-bronze. This bluish-black color almost resolves
itself into a subterminal bar, and is especially conspicuous on the under side of the
tail. Bill brownish-red, flesh-color in life, tip blackish. ‘Total length, 35 in. Wing,
2hin. Tail,14 in. Culmen, ?in. (Type in my collection.)

224 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

18. Amazilia erythronota.

Ornismya erythronotos, Lrss., Ois. Mouch., pl. 61, p. 181 (1829).

Ornismya erythronotus, Less., Rey. Zool. (1839), p. 19.

Polytmus erythronotus, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 78.

Saucerottia erythronota, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 77 (1850).—Rercn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).—
Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Chlorestes erythronotus, Rricu., Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 699, figs. 4562-63 (1855).

Hemithylaca erythronota, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., ili, p. 37 (1860).

Erythronota antiqua, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 316.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 160 (1861).

Ariana erythronota, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch. tom. i, p. 323.

Hab. Islands of Tobago and Trinidad, Venezuela, and Columbia.

Adult. Forehead and upper part of back shining green; nape, lower part of
back, and upper tail coverts coppery-red. Wings purple. Under surface shining
grass-green. Under tail coverts vary, in some specimens they are rufous, in others
gray. A patch of white on the flanks. ‘Tail steel-blue. Maxilla black, mandible
flesh-color, tip black. Feet black. ‘Total length, 323 im. Wing, 1% in. Tail, 14 in,
Culmen, ? in.

19. Amazilia feliciz.

Ornismya felicia, Less., Rev. Zool. (1840), p. 72.

Ornismya feliciana, Less., Rey. Zool. (1844), p. 433.

Saucerotteia felicve, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.
Saucerottia felicia, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Chlorestes felicie, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 697, figs. 455-57 (1855).

Henuthylaca felicia, Cas. and Hety., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 38 (note 10) (1860).

Erythronota felicie, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 317.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 161 (1861).

Hab. Venezuela.

Adult. General plumage shining grass-green, darkest on the head, and lightest
and most brilliant on the under parts. ‘Thighs white. Upper tail coverts and tail
bluish-black. Under tail coverts dark bronzy-brown, margined with white. Maxilla
black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. Feet black. Total length, 3% in. Wing,

ait Ga) Gi ah nee
25 in. Tail,1$ in. Culmen, 14 in.

20. Amazilia sophiz.

Trochilus sophie, Bourc. and Muts., Ann. Soc. Agr., Lyon (1846), t. ix, p. 318.—Ip., Rev. Zool. (1846), p. 316.
Trochilus caligatus, Gouin, P. Z. S. (1848), p. 14.

Polytmus sophie, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p- 109, sp. 76.

Amazilius sophie, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 78 (1850).

Saucerottia caligata, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 77 (1850).—Rercn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).
Saucerottia sophie, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p- 8 (1853).—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.
Chlorestes sophie, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p- 4, t. 697, figs. 4554-55 ? (1855).

Chlorestes caligata, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 4 (1855).

Hemithylaca hoffmanni, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein Th., iii, p- 38, sp. 80 (1860).

Hemithylaca caligata, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 39, sp. 82 (1860).

Hemithylaca sophie, Cas. and Hety., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 38 (note 11) (1860).

Saucerottia sophie, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 322.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 162 (1861).
Hemithylaca braccata, Herxe, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 193.

Ariana sophie, Murs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 328.

Hab. Costa Rica.

AMAZILIA. 995

~~

Adult. Head and upper surface dark green; purplish-red on the rump. Under
parts shining grass-green. ‘Thighs white. Upper tail coverts and tail deep blue,
the under coverts fringed with grayish-white. Wings purple. Maxilla black, man-
dible flesh-color, tip black. Total length, 33 in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 14 in. Cul
men, 2 in. (Type in my collection.)

21. Amazilia warszewiczi.

Hemithylaca warszewtczi, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., ili, p. 38 (1860).
Saucerottia warszewtczi, Goup, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 163 (1861).
Ariana warszewiczxt, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 327.

Hab. Columbia, Bank of the Magdalena.

Adult. This species differs from A. sophie in being slightly smaller, in having
the rump green like the back, and the tail a brighter blue. ‘Total length, 32 in.
Wing, 1g in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 2 in.

22. Amazilia saucerottii.

Trochilus saucerottec, Bourc. and Devart., Rey. Zool. (1846), p. 311.

Polytmus saucerottiz, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 67.

Saucerottia typica, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 77 (1850).—Ip., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.—
Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 162 (1861).

Chlorestes typica, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 4, pl. 701, figs. 4569-70 (1855).

Erythronota saucerottet, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 321.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 331.

Hemithylaca saucerotte’, Cas. and Hetn.. Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 38 (note 12) (1860).

Ariana saucerottec, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 316.

Hab. Columbia.

Adult. Top of head and upper surface dark grass-green; under surface luminous
green, much lighter than the upper parts. Vent white. Under tail coverts dark
bronzy-brown edged with grayish-white. Wings purple. Upper tail coverts and
tail steel-black. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. ‘Total length, 35
in, Wing, 1Zin. Tail, 13 in. Culmen, 2 in.

23. Amazilia cyanifrons.

Trochilus cyanifrons, Bourc., Rev. Zool. (1843), p. 100.—Ip., Ann. Soc. Agr., Lyon (1843), p. 42.

Polytmus cyanifrons, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 108, sp. 66 (1844-49).

Thalurania cyanifrons, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 77 (1850).

Saucerottia cyanifrons, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853)—Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.—
Goutp, Mon. Tyoch., vol. y, pl. 323.

Chlorestes cyanifrons, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 4, pl. 701, figs. 4571-72 (1855).

Hemithylaca cyanifrons, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 39, sp. 83 (1860).—Govtp, Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 163 (1861).

Eratopis cyanifrons, Herne, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 191.

Ariana cyanifrons, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 332.

Hab, Columbia.
Adult. Top of head deep blue; upper surface bronzy-green. Under surface
luminous grass-green. Under tail coverts purplish-olive, margined with grayish-
29 January, 1879.

296 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

white. Tail bluish-black. Maxilla black, anges flesh-color, tip black. Feet
brownish-black. ‘Total length, 35 in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 12in. Culmen, 2 in,
(Type in my collection.)

24. *Amazilia elegans.

Erythronota? elegans, Goutn, P. Z. 8. (1860), p. 307.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 162 (1861).
Erasinia elegans, Herne, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 191.
Sporadinus cncertus, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 76.
Hab.
“Crown and all the under surface of the body glittering light green; back of the
neck and back golden or orange-green; upper tail coverts purplish-red or puce
color; tail long forked, and of a purplish-violet hue with green reflections on the
tips of the two centre feathers; wings purplish-brown; tarsi white; under tail
coverts gray with bronzy-purple centres; maxilla flesh-color at the base, and black
for the remainder of its length; mandible flesh-color except at the tip, which is
black. Total length, 32 in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, % in. Bill, 15 in.”—(Gould,
Mon. Troch.)

The members composing the next genus, usually known as Heliopedica, Gould,
but which is antedated thirty years by BastLinna, Boie, have usually been placed,
since Mr. Gould’s arrangement was published, near to CALIGENA (Delattria). I
do not see that it has any affinity whatever for the species of that genus, but is
closely related to EucerpHaLa. Indeed, if the B. leucotis is compared with the E.
GRAYI, it will readily be seen how close is the resemblance of the two birds, the
principal difference being that leucotis has a stripe over the eye, and which was one
of the chief reasons, it would seem, that these birds were placed near CHLIGENA.—
The two species are small birds, with brilliant metallic plumage, and the sexes are
altogether differently clothed.

Genus CX.—BASILINNA.

TYPE.
Basitlinna, Born, Isis (1831), p. 546. T. leucotis, Vieill.
Heliopedica, Gouxp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed. (1861), p. 60. T. leucotis, Vieill.
Ch. Bill straight, about equal to the head. Wings Fig. 17.

long. Tail almost square, feathers broad; tarsi clothed;
hind toe shorter than the middle one. Sexes dissimilar
in plumage,

Range. Cape St. Lucas, California, Mexico, Guate-
mala.

‘Two species are known.

Basilinna leucotis, ¢. Oaxaca Salle. _
Key to the species.
A. Upper parts bronzy-green.
a. Median rectrices bronze-green, rest black, bronze tips. 1. B. leucolis.
b. Tail deep chestnut, tipped with bronze. 9. B. xanthusr.

EUCEPHALA.

no
CS)
-!

1. Basilinna leucotis.

Trochilus leucotis, Virrtu., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., 2d ed. t. xxii, p. 428.—Ency. Méth., vol. ii, p. 559.

Trochilus melanotis, Swatn., Phil. Mag. (1827), p. 441.

Ornismya arseniz, Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 60, pl. 9 (1829).

Hylocharis leucotts, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 28.

Basilinna leucotz, Bore, Isis (1831), p. 546.—Rercuen., Aufz. der Colib., p. 13 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p.
11 (1855).—Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iil, p. 49.

Heliopedica melanotis, Goutp, Mon. lroch., vol. ii, pl. 64.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 60 (1861).

Thaumatias leucotis, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., p. 78 (1550).

Sapphironia lucida, Scuat., P. Z. 8. (1858), p. 297, and (1859), p. 386.

Ceeligena leucotis, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 187.

Hab. Mexico and Guatemala.

Male. Front and chin sapphire-blue. Occiput bronze. Upper parts grass-green
on back shading into bronze on the rump. Throat and breast metallic emerald-
green, Kar coverts black; a white line above and behind the eye. Abdomen and
under tail coverts grayish-brown. Wings purple. Median rectrices bronze-green,
rest black with bronze edges and tips. Bill red, with black tips. Total length, 3?
in. Wing, 24 in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Feathers of the crown rufous, margined with dark brown. Under sur-
face buffy-white spotted with green. Rectrices like the male, but the lateral ones

are tipped with grayish-white. Bill black.

2. Basilinna xanthusi.

Amazilia xanthus?, Lawr., Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., N. Y. (1860), p. 109 9.
Heliopedica castaneo-cauda, Lawr., Aun. Lye. Nat. Hist., N. Y. (1860), p. 145, 5.
Heliopedica xanthust, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. ii, pl. 64.—I1»., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 60 (1861).—ELttor,
B. N. Amer., vol. i, pl. 22 (1869).
Caligena xanthusz, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. i, p. 190.
Hab. Cape St. Lucas, California.
Male. Differs from the B. leucotis, in having the under parts rufous; throat pale

grass-green; and tail dark chestnut tipped with bronze. Bill red, tip black. Total

length, 32 in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 13 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female or young male. Upper parts shining green. Front and entire under parts
uniform rufous. Median rectrices green, lateral rufous with black spots on the
webs near the tips.

One of the least understood of the various groups composing the Trochilide is
that one forming the genus EucrrHata, and this arises mainly from the great rarity
of the majority of the birds, for six of the types I believe, out of the nine known
species, still remain unique.—They are small birds, the prevailing tints of whose
plumage is metallic-blue and green; the females differing greatly from the males
in appearance.

Genus CXI.—EUCEPHALA.
Tyr.
EBucephala, Reicn., Aufz. der Colibri. (1853), p. 10. T. gray?z, Delatt. and Boure.
Chlorestes, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853). T. cyanogenys, Wied.

998 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Hala, Mots. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 41. T. ceruleus, Vieill.
Ulysses, Muts., Cat. Ois. Mouch., p. 12 (1875).—Ib., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch.,
tom. ii, p. 41. T. gray?, Delatt. and Boure,
Ch. Bill slightly longer than the head, Fig. 118.

rather broad at base, sharply pointed at tip,
nostrils exposed. Wings long and pointed.
Tarsi clothed. Tail rounded or slightly

forked. Sexes dissimilar.

Range. Island of Trinidad, Venezuela,
Guiana, Brazil, and Ecuador.
Nine species are known.

Eucephata grayi, 3. NewGranada. Gould.

Key to the species.
A. Top of head blue.
a. Chin deep blue; under surface golden-greon. 1. E. grayi.
. smaragdo-cerulea.
. ceruleo-lavata.

b. Chin greenish-blue, under surface grass-green.

e. Throat and chest bright greenish-blue. 3.
B. Top of head green.

a. Throat and chest blue. Abdomen brownish-black, under tail

Se &

coverts brown, centres blue. 4. EH. scapulata.
b. Throat and chest blue, upper tail coverts reddish-bronze,

under brownish-black. 5. L. hypocyanea.
e. Throat, breast, and abdomen crulean-blue, upper and under

tail coverts dark green. 6. E. subcexrulea.
d. Chin blue, under surface glittering green. 7. E. cerulea.
e. Chin, throat, and breast shining grass-green. Under tail

coverts olive margined with white. 8. LE. chlorocephala.
f. Eutire under parts green, with a bluish-shade on the throat. 9. EL. cyanogenys.

Ll. Kucephala grayi.

Trochilus grayz, Devatr. and Bourc., Rev. Zool. (1846), p. 307.

Hylocharis gray?, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 115, sp. 38.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 74 (1850).

Eucephala gray?, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—I., Troch. Enum., p. 8, t. 772, figs. 4789-91.—Gounp,
Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 330.—Ip., Intr. 'l'roch., octavo ed., p. 166 (1861).—Cax. and Hern., Mus. Hein.
Th., iii, p. 43 (1860).—Ettior, Ibis (1874), p. 88.

Sapphironia grayt, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.

Ulysses gray, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 41.

Hab. Ecuador.

Male. Head and chin shining deep blue. Upper and under surface golden-green.
Wings purplish-brown. Under tail coverts shining green edged with grayish-white.
Tail steel-blue. Bill red, tip brownish-black. Feet brown. Total length, 44 in.
Wing, 23 in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, Z in.

Female. Upper parts golden-green. Under parts white spangled with bronzy-
green. Under tail coverts gray with dark centres. Base of tail bronzy-green
shading into blue, and tipped on the outer feathers with grayish-white. Bill red,
tip black. Total length, 8Z in. Wing, 24 in, Tail, 14 in, Culmen, § i.
(Type in my collection.)

EUCEPHALA. 229

2. *Eucephala smaragdo-czerulea.

Augasma smaragdineum, Goup, P. Z.S. (1860), p. 305.

Eucephala smaragdo-cerulea, Gourp, Mon. 'lroch., vol. v, pl. 331—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 166 (1861).
—Exxui07, Ibis (1874), p. 88.

Eucephala smaragdinea, Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 37.

Hab. Brazil, Novo Friburgo.

“Crown of the head and throat glittering greenish-blue, imperceptibly passing
into the glittering green of the breast, back of the neck and upper surface golden-
green; upper tail coverts grass-green ; under tail coverts green, inclining to purple
on some of the feathers ; thighs brown; tail bluish-black, the two outer feathers
on each side slightly tipped with white; bill black with the exception of the basal
half of the under mandible which is flesh-color. ‘Total length, 32 in. Wing, 2! in,
Tail, 12 in. Bill, J in.”—(Gould, loc. cit.)

3. *Eucephala czruleo-lavata.

Bucephala ceeruleo-lavata, Gourp, P. Z. S. (1860), p. 306.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 333.—Ip., Intr. Troch.,
octavo ed., p. 166 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 40.—Eut.io7, Ibis (1874), p. 88.

Hab. Brazil, Province of San Paulo.

“Crown of the head greenish-blue, not very brilliant, but having a few conspicu-
ous small bright blue feathers intermingled; throat and chest bright greenish-blue,
passing into purer green on the flanks; back of the neck and back deep grass-green;
wings purplish-brown; upper tail coverts bronzy-orange; under tail coverts bronzy
purplish-brown; two middle tail feathers deep purplish-bronze, the next on each
side is washed with bronze on its outer margin, the remaining feathers purplish-
black; thighs grayish-white, the bill appears to have been reddish flesh-color at the
base of both mandibles, and black at the tip. Total length, 3¢ in. Wing, 2t in.
Tail, 14 in. Bill, ¢ in.’ —(Gould, loc. cit.)

4. *Eucephala scapulata.

Eucephala scapulata, Govrp, Intr. Troch., octayo ed., p. 166 (1861).—Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii,
p- 34.—Ex1ior, Ibis (1874), p. 88.

Hub, Guiana?

“Crown of the head, back of the neck, and lower part of the back very deep dull
green; throat and chest glittering greenish-blue, imperceptibly passing into the dull
brownish-black of the abdomen; under tail coverts brown, with a wash of dull blue
in the centre of each feather; a mark of blue on each side at the insertion of the
wing, forming an indistinct band across the back; upper tail coverts bronzy-green;
tail steely-black, rather short for the size of the bird, and slightly forked; wings
deep purplish-brown; tarsi clothed with intermingled grayish-white and brown
feathers ; upper mandible black; basal half of the under mandible fleshy, the apical
half black. Total length, 32 in. Bill, Zin. Wing, 2); in. Tail, 13 in.’”—(Gould,
loc. cit.)

930) SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

t

5. *Bucephala hypocyanea.

Eucephala hypocyanea, Gout, P. Z. S. (1860), p. 306.—Ip., Mon. Troch,, vol. v, pl. 334.—In., Intr. Troch.,
octayo ed., p. 166 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 36—Ex11or, Ibis (1874), p. 88.

Hab, Brazil?

“Crown of the head, back of the neck, back and flanks, somewhat dull green;
throat and chest brilliant blue, passing into glittering green on the centre of the
abdomen; wings purplish-brown; upper tail coverts reddish-bronze; under tail
coverts brownish-black, with* bronzy tips; tail steel-black; thighs brown; upper
mandible black; basal two-thirds of the lower mandible flesh-color, the apical third
black. Total length, 34 in. Bill, ?in. Wing, 2in. Tail, 13 in.”—(Gould, loe.
cit.)

6. Eucephala subczrulea.

Eucephala subceerulea, Euuto07, Ibis (1874), p. 87—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 35.

Hab. Brazil?

Adult. Upper part of head and back dull green, rest of back and upper tail
coverts dark green, with a rufous tinge dispersed all over those parts; throat, breast,
and centre of abdomen beautiful metallic cerulean-blue; flanks shining grass-green.
Lower part of abdomen covered by fluffy-white feathers. Under tail coverts
metallic-green. Wings purple. Tail bluish-black. Maxilla black; mandible yel-
low (in life possibly red) for its entire length, save the tip which is black. Feet
brownish-black. ‘Thighs buffy-white. Total length, 34 in. Wing, 2 in. Tail, 12
in. Culmen, 2 in. (Type in my collection.)

7. Eucephala czrulea.

Trochilus ceeruleus, Virtuu., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., tom: 7, p. 361 (1817).

Ornismya audebertiz, Lyss., Ois. Mouch., pp. xxx, 164, pl. 51 (1829).

Trochilus audebertt, Prinz. Max., Betr., t. iv, p. 67.

Hylocharis cerulea, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 34.—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Thaumatias ceruleus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 78 (1850).

Chlorestes cerulea, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 692, figs. 4534-35 (1855).
—Cas. and Her., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 46 (note) (1860).

Eucephala cerulea, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 335.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 167 (1861).—Muts.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 32—Extior, Ibis (1874), p. 89.

Chlorestes mentalis, Cas., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1866), p. 159.

Hab. Trinidad, Venezeula, Guiana, Brazil.

Male. Upper surface dark grass-green; chin shining deep blue; entire under
surface luminous yellowish-green, very brilliant. Wings purplish-brown, Tail
steel-blue, maxilla black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. Total length, 34 in.
Wing, 1g in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Differs in having the under parts white, feathers of the throat and flanks
tipped with green. Rest like the male. Total length, 3,2; in. Wing, 1 in. Tail,

16
Be : fe eee
13 im. Culmen, 2 in.

Tele Oeaweay. 931

8. *Eucephala chlorocephala.

Hylocharis chlorocephala, Bourc., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 457.—Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.
Agyrtria chlorocephala, Rercu., Troch. Knum., p. 7 (1855).

Leupidopyga chlorocephala, Cas. and Hein., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 40 (note 2) (1860).

Eucephala chlorocephala, Gouin, Mon. 'Troch., vol. v, pl. 332.—I»., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 166 (1861).
Hylocharis chlorocephalus, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Hab. Ecuador.

Top of head greenish-blue; upper parts bronzy-green, upper tail coverts coppery-
bronze. Chin, throat, and abdomen shining grass-green; thighs white; under tail
coverts dark olive margined with white. ‘ail steel-blue. Bill black, base of man-
dible flesh-color. ‘Length of bill, 33 millim.; wing, 55 millim.; tail, 38 millim.;
middle feathers, 30 millim.’’—Boure.

9. *Eucephala cyanogenys.

Trochilus cyanogenys, Prinz. Max., Beit., t. iv, p. 10 (1825-33).

Ornismya wiedi, Luss., Supp. Ois. Mouch., p. 150, pl. 26 (1829).

Hylocharis cyanogenys, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 115, sp. 40.

Saucerottia cyanogenys, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 77 (1850).

Chlorestes cyanogenys, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 4, pl. 692, figs. 4536-37
(1855).—Cas. and Hxry., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 46, sp. 101 (1860).

Hylocharis wiedi, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854) p. 255.

Eucephala cyanogenys, Gourp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 167 (1861).—Exu1or, Ibis (1874), p. 89.

Hab. Brazil.

Male. Maxilla and feet black, the mandible flesh-color, tip black. Upper part -
golden-green with reddish-bronze reflections. Primaries purplish-brown. ‘Tail dark
steel-blue with blue and golden reflections. - Chin beautiful blue as in F. ceruleus.
Anal region white. Total length, about 3in, Wing, 111 in. Tail, Zin. Bill, 2 in.

Female differs in having the under parts grayish-white.—(Pr. Max., 1. c.)

I have never seen a specimen of this species; and the type which should be in
the American Museum of Natural History, New York, appears to have been lost.

Genus CXII.—TIMOLIA.

Tyre.
Timolia, Muts., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 23. T. lercht, Muls. and Verr.

Fig. 119.

Ch. Nearly allied to Evcrruana. Bill
longer than head, curved; feathers of
forehead projecting on to the culmen,
nostrils hidden. Tail forked. ‘Tarsi
clothed.

Range. Columbia.
But one species is known.

Timolialerchi. d. Now Granada. (Type.)

932 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

1. Timolia lerchi.

Thalurania lerchi, Murs. and Verr., Ann. Linn. Soc., Lyon (1868).—Saty. and Extior, Ibis (1873), p. 360.
Exot, Ibis (1874), p. 264.
Timolia lerchz, Muus., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 23.

Hab, Columbia.

Male. Fore part of head and a spot on the chin shining deep blue. Upper parts
dark grass-green, passing into reddish-bronze on the upper tail coverts. Entire
under parts grass-green. Under tail coverts olive-green. Wings purplish-brown.
Tail steel-black. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. Total length, 44
in. Wing, 24 in. Tail,12in. Culmen, 12 in. (Type in my collection, unique.)

Following EvcerHALA comes the genus JULIAMYIA, composed of small birds, with
plumage of glittering green and dark blue. ‘Two species only are known, differing
from each other in the coloration of their crowns.

Genus CXIII.—JULIAMYIA.

Type.
Juliamyta, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255. T. julie, Boure.

&

Fig. 120.

Ch. Bill as long as the head, straight, slender ;
‘ nostrils partly exposed. Tail cuneate, feathers nar-
row and pointed. Wings moderate. ‘Tarsi bare.
Sexes unlike.

Range. Panama, Columbia, and Ecuador.

Juliamyia typica. 24752. New Granada.
Key to the species.
A. Throat and breast glittering green. Abdomen rich blue.
a. Top of head dull green. 1. J. typica.
b. Top of head metallic grass-green. 2. J. feliciana.

This genus was established by Bonaparte (1. c.), employing as his type (if the
first species given is to be so considered) the Trochilus julie, Boure., and the T.
amabilis, Gould, as the second species. A year previous, Reichenbach, Aufz, der
Colib., p. 7, instituted the genus Damophila with T. julie, Boure., as his type, and
T. amabilis as the other species. Strictly speaking I suppose Reichenbach’s term
would stand for the 7. julie, but in order to avoid confusion I have employed the

term JuLIAMYIA for ¢ypica and its ally, and Damoruita for amabilis, as has been
done by other authors.

DAMOPHILA,. 233

1. Juliamyia typica.

Ornismyia julie, Bourc., Rev. Zool. (1842), p. 373.

Ornismya julie, Bourc., Aun. Soc. Agr., Lyon (1842), t. v, p. 345, pl. xxi.

Hylocharis Julie, GRAY, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 24.

Damophila julia, Resou., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 3, t. 681, figs. 4494-95 (1855).
—Cas. and Uety., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 40 (1860).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 56.

Juliamyia typica, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.—Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 168 (1861).

Juliamya typica, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 337.

Hab. Panama and Columbia.

Male. Top of head and upper parts dark green passing into bronze on the lower
part of the back. Sides of the neck and throat glittering metallic grass-green.
Rest of under parts shining prussian-blue. Under tail coverts blue-black. Tail
steel-black. Wings purplish-brown. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color, tip black.
Total length, 3 in. Wing, 1? in. Tail, 1} in. Culmen, ,°, in.

Female. Differs in having the entire under surface grayish-white, washed with
green on the flanks; and the outer tail feathers tipped with white.

2. Juliamyia feliciana.

Ornismya feliciana, Lrss., Rev. Zool. (1844), p. 433.

Hylocharis felictana, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 27.
Juliamyia feliciana, Gourn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 168 (1861).
Damophila felictana, Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 60.

Hab, Ecuador.

Male. ‘This species is precisely like the J. typica, except that the crown of the
head is metallic glittering green like the throat. In all other respects it is a
fac-simile of the preceding species. Total length, 3 in. Wing, 1} in. ‘Tail, $ in.
Culmen, $ in.

Female like that of J. typica.

Genus CXIV.—DAMOPHILA.

Type.
Damophila, Rericu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853). T. julie, Boure.
Polyerata, Heinz, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 194. T. amabilts, Gould.
Fig. 121

Ch. Bill longer than the head, straight, rather broad
at base, terminating in a sharp point. Nostrils exposed.
Tail even, or slightly forked when open, Feet small,
tarsi clothed. Sexes dissimilar.

Range. Costa Rica, Panama, Columbia, ‘Ecuador.

But one species is known, and is apparently properly
placed after JuLiaMyIA.

Damophitu amabitis, ¢. 7413 Panama,

30 January, 1879,

234 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

1. Damophila amabilis.

Trochilus (——2) amabilis, Gouin, P. Z. 8. (1851), p. 115.

Damophila amabil’s, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Ip., Intr. Troch. Enum., p- 3, t. 681, figs. 4496-97
(1855).—Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. ‘Ih., iii, p. 40 (1860)—Gounp, Mon. 'Troch., vol. y, pl. 341.
Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 170 (1861).

Juliamya amabilis, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 53.

Polyerata amabilis, Hine, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 194.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 52.

—Ib.,

Hab. Costa Rica, to and including Ecuador.

Male. Top of head shining metallic-green. Under surface bronzy-green; chin
black; throat and breast violet-blue. Sides of neck green like the crown. Under
surface gray washed with green on the flanks. Upper tail coverts and median
rectrices reddish-bronze, lateral rectrices black. Wings purplish-brown. Maxilla
black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. Total length, 34 in. Wing, 2}in. Tail, 13
in. Culmen, ? in.

Female. Above bronzy-green, beneath gray. Median rectrices bronzy-green,
lateral ones bronze at base, then black, and tipped with grayish-white. Dimen-
sions like the male.

Some specimens have the metallic-green of the crown continued on to the occi-
put, even on to the nape. I do not think, however, that this in any way indicates
the existence of two species.

Next to DAmopuiLa comes the genus [AcHE, consisting of three species, two of
which are extremely rare and but little known. ‘They are small birds with con-
siderable brilliancy in their plumage, and it is believed that the coloration of the
sexes is totally unlike in all the species. The generic term Circe, in which these
birds have generally been placed, cannot be continued, as it is preoccupied for
a group of Acaleps; I therefore propose [acur, which I believe has not been pre-

.

viously employed.

Genus €X V.—IACHE?
Type.
Circe, Gouxp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 168 (nee Mrrt., 1835, Acal.). C. latirostris, Swains.

Fig. 122.

Ch. “Bill rather longer than the head, slightly
curved, and tapering towards the tip; wings rather
long; primaries rigid (!); tail rather short and slightly
forked, the feathers broad; tarsi clothed; feet small;

hind toe short.”,—(Gould, 1. c.) Sexes unlike.

Range. Mexico.
ache latirostris. 3 . Mexico. Dresser.
Key to the species. .
A. Top of head not brilliant.

a. Throat sapphire-blue. 1. LZ. latirostris.
b. Throat metallic bluish-green. 2. I. magica.
B. Top of head brilliant metallic, throat shining dark blue. 3. I. doubledayt.

: lazy, Nom. Prop.

PACH By; 93d

1. Iache latirostris.

Cynanthus latvrostris, Swatys., Phil. Mag. (1827), p. 441.

Ornismya lessont, Deiarr., Rev. Zool. (1839), p. 15, 2.

Cyanophava lazula, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).

Amazilia latirostris, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 8 (1855).

Hylocharis lazula, Retcu., Troch, Enum., pl. 770, figs. 4783-84 (1855).

Amazilius latirostris, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 254.

Hylocharis doubleday?, Cas and Hery., Mus. Hein. h., ili, p. 44 (partim) (1860).

Circe latirostris, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 338.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 169 (1861).—Muts.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 46 (1876).

Hab. Mexico.

Male. Upper and under surface bronzy-green, brownish on top of the head.
Throat bright sapphire-blue. Under tail coverts white. Wings pale brown. ‘Tail
steel-blue, tipped with gray. Bill red, tip black. Total length, 4 in. Wing, 2;°5
in. Tail, 1,9; in. Culmen, § in. (lype in my collection.)

Female. Differs in having entire under parts dark gray. ‘Tail bronzy-green at
base, rest bluish-black, the lateral feathers tipped with gray.

2. Iache magica.

HAylocharis magica, Murs. and J. Verr., Ann. Soc. Linn., Lyon (1872), t. xviii, p. 110.
Circe magica, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 49-—Scriar. and Satv., Nomencl., p. 93.

Hab, Mazatlan, Lower California.

Male. Upper parts reddish-bronze, ‘Throat and upper parts of breast metallic
bluish-green; under parts bronzy-green with a coppery lustre. Under tail coverts
white. Wings pale brown. ‘Tail brownish-black, lateral feathers slightly tipped
with gray. Bill red, tip black. Total length, 34 in. Wing, 1g in. ‘ail, 1§ in.
Culmen, 2 in. (Type in my collection.)

3. Iache doubledayi.

Trochilus doubleday’, Bourc., P. Z. 8. (1847), p. 46.—Ib., Rev. Zool. (1847), p. 259.

Hylocharis doubleday?, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 32.

Thaumatias doubledayz, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 78 (1850).

Cyanophia doubleday?, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).

Sapphironia doubleday?. Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.

Sapphironia circe, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.

Hylocharis (Cyanophaia) circe, Reicu., Troch. Enum, p. 8, pl. 771, figs. 4786-88 (1855).

Circe doubleday?, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 339.—Tp., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 169 (1861).—Murs.,
Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 44 (1876).

Hylocharis doubleday?, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 44 (partim) (1860).

Hab. Mexico, Tehuantepee (Chihuitan).

Male. Top of head metallic bluish-green. Upper surface and abdomen dark
bronzy-green, with a bluish shade on the abdomen. Throat brilliant blue. Under
tail coverts dark brown edged with gray. Wings pale brown. Tail steel-blue tipped
with gray. Bill red, tip black. Total length, 3,3, in. Wing, 1g in. Tail, 1,% in.

Culmen, 11 in. (Bourcier’s specimen in my collection.)

936 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

The next genus HyLocuaris, which follows naturally the last one, also consists
of three species, the males robed in different shades of blue and green. They are
slightly larger birds than the members of the genus LacHE with one exception, and
as is the case with the species of that genus, the sexes are very differently attired,

Genus CX VI.—HYLOCHARIS.

_ Expt
Hylocharis, Bors, Isis (1831), p. 546. T. sapphirinus, Gmel,
Sapphironia, Bon., Rev. aud Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256. T. sapphirinus, Gel.
Fig. 123.

Ch. Bill longer than head, straight, broad and flat at See
base ; wings long, pointed, reaching nearly to the end =
of the tail. ‘Taileven; feet large; tarsi clothed. Sexes
unlike.

Range. Brazil.

Hylocharis sapphirma, ¢@. 24,758. Brazil,
Key to the species.

A. Throat and sides of the neck violet-blue. 1. H. lactea.
B. Chin rufous; breast bright sapphirine-blue. 2. H. sapphirina.
C. Chin whitish; breast shining dark blue, with violet reflections. 3. H. cyanea.

1. Hylocharis lactea.

Le Saphir, Less., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., pl. 56 (1829).

Ornismya lactea, Less., Ind. Gen. Syn. Ois. Genr. Troch., p. xxxviii (1831).

Hylocharis lactea, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 115, sp. 37—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 74 (1850).—Cas.
and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 43 (note) (1860)—Govu1p, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 343.—Ip., Intr.
Troch., octavo ed., p. 171 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 23 (1876).

Cyanochloris lactea, Retcn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 8, pl. 773, fig. 4793 (1855).

Sapphironia lactea, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.

Hab. Brazil.

Male. Upper parts brownish bronzy-green; throat and sides of neck shining
violet-blue; flanks gray washed with green. Middle of abdomen, vent, and under
tail coverts white. Total length, 32 in. Wing, 2 in. Tail, 13 in. Culmen, 3 in.

The sexes of this species are apparently alike in plumage; but I have not seen
an authenticated female.

2. Hylocharis sapphirina.

Trochilus sapphirinus, GMEt.., Syst. Nat. (1788). tom. i, p. 496.—Lars., Ind. Orn., tom. i, p. 313 (1790).

Trochilus fulvifrons, Laru., Ind. Orn. Supp., vol. ii, p. 172 (1790).

Trochtlus latirostris, Wiev., Beitr., vol. iv, p- 64 (1825).

Ornismya sapphirina, Lxss., Ois. Mouch., p- 172, ts. 55, 57 (1829).—In., Troch., p. 53, pl. 14 (1831).

Hylocharis sapphirina, Gray. Gen. Birds, vol. i, p- 115, sp. 36.—Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—Ip,,
Troch. Enum., p. 7, pl. 769, figs. 4780-82 (1855).—Can. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 43 (1860).—
Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p- 171 (1861).—Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 16.

CYANOPHATIA. 237

Hylocharis latirostris, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).
Sapphironia sapphirina, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.
Hylocharts sappherenus, GouLd, Mon. ‘Lroch., vol. v, pl. 342.—bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 74 (1850).

Hab. Brazil.

Male. Upper surface, flanks, and abdomen shining dark grass-green. Chin
rufous; throat and breast dark sapphirine-blue. Upper tail coverts reddish-bronze ;
under chestnut. Wings purple. Middle rectrices reddish-bronze, lateral ones
chestnut, edged with blackish. Bill flesh-color, tip black. ‘Total length, 4 in,
Wing, 2h in. Tail, 15 in. Culmen, ¢ in.

Female. Under surface grayish-white. Rectrices purple-bronze, lateral ones
_ tipped with white. Chin rufous, rest of plumage like the male.

3. Hylocharis cyanea.

Trochilus cyaneus, Vretit., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., tom. xxiii, p. 426.

Ornismya bicolor, Lxss., Ois. Mouch., p. 161, pls. 49, 50 (1829)—Ip., Troch., p. 58, pl. 16? (1831).

Ornismya cyanea, Lxss., Ois. Mouch., p. 199, pl. 71 (1829); Supp., p. 143, pl. 23 (1831).

Ornismya cayana, D’Ors. and Larres., Syn. Av., ii, p. 30, sp. 17 (1838).

Hylocharis cyanea, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 31.—Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—Ib., Troch.
Enum., p. 7, pl. 768, figs. 4777-79 (1855)—Cas. and Hem., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 44 (1860).—Govtp,
Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 171 (1861).—Murs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 19.—Exxior, Ibis
(1877), p. 138.

Thaumatias cyaneus, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 78 (1850).

Hylocharis cyaneus, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 344.

Hab. Brazil.

Male. Head, throat, and breast shining dark blue with violet reflections ; few
feathers on the chin white; back bronzy-green passing into reddish-bronze on the
rump and upper tail coverts; under surface green; under tail coverts blue-black
with grayish-edges. Tail blue-black. Bill flesh-color, tip black. Total length, 33
in. Wing, 2} in. Tail, 14 in. Culmen, ? in.

Female, Differs in having the throat spotted with pale blue, the under surface
gray glossed with green on the flanks; and the lateral tail feathers tipped with
white.

We now come to Cyanopnata, which, although it is allied to the preceding
genera, we may consider as the one which commences the series of “green” hum-
ming-birds. ‘The species have a highly metallic plumage, are of moderate size and
graceful forms; one species having a blue breast, and the others green, while the
sexes are very different in their coloration.

Genus CX VII.—CYANOPHATA.

TYPE.
Cyanophaia, Retcn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853). T. ceruletgularis, Gould.
Hylocharis, Bon. (nec Bore, 1831). Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255. T. goudoti, Boure.
Lepidopyga, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 7 (1855). T. ceruleiquiaris, Gould.

Emilia, Muts. and Verr., Class. Troch. (1865), p. 41. T. goudot, Boure.

233 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.

Fig. 124.

Ch. Bill a little longer than the head, slightly SS
curved, ‘I'uil forked, teathers narrow and pointed,
Wings long, narrow. Feet small, tarsi covered. ee

Sexes unlike. a PF
| a
Range. Veragua and Columbia. Po

Three species are recoguized. 2S

Cyanophaia goudati. & (tyre) Xe
Key to the species, en

A. Throat and chest violet-blue, abdomen green, 1. 08
B. Under parts glittering yellowish-green ; under tail coverts white, cen-

tres metallic-green. 2. Ong
C. Entire under parts deep bluish-green; under tail coverts dark green

edged with gray. 3. C.1

;

There appears to be some confusion in reference to the generic term for |
species. In 1853, Reichenbach (1. c.) instituted the genus Cyanophaia, incl
in it various species now considered to belong to different genera. ‘The fir
named by him is 7rochilus bicolor, Linn. (1766).—There is no such species
by Linneus, and the 7. bicolor, Gmelin, is the species generally known:
rania wagleri. ‘The next species Trochilus caerulescens, * Lodd.,” is the T.
guiaris, Gould, which should be the type of CyANopHatA, as the other spee
7. lazulus, Vieill., and 7, doubledayi, Boure., belong respectively to Hy.oc
Bore, and Lacue, of this work. There remains only duchasraigni, Boure,
the same as C#RULEIGULARIS, Gould.—In 1854, Bonaparte in Rev. and }
p. 256, proposed the genus SarpHiRoN1A, including many species of variou
Ilis first species is grayi, belonging to EvcerHa.a, Reich., and then folloy
Shaw (= Basilinna leucotis), circe, Boure., and doubledayi, Boure., (1
in the genus Iacur); Jactea, Less., and sapphironia, Gmel., comprised
cuaris, Boie; bicolor, Linn.(!) not existing, duchassengii, Bourc., and ca
Gould, forming Reichenbach’s genus Cyanornaia. Under these cireu
Bonaparte’s term Sapphironia must become a synonym of Hoe
Reichenbach’s CyAnopuata be employed for CHRULEIGULARIS and GOUDO’
poryGA, Reich., and Ewinta, Muls., are unnecessary.

1. Cyanophaia ceruleigularis.

Trochilus ceruleigularis, Govin, P. Z. 8. (1850), p. 163.

Trochtlus duchaissingit, Bourc., Compt. Rend., tom. xxxii, p. 187 (1851), %, juv.

Cyanophaia cerrulescens, “ Lovp.,” Retcu., Aufs. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum. p. & t
4785.

Cyanophaia duchassainii, Reron., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10.—In., Troch. Enum., p. 8 (1855). .

Cyanochloris ceruleigularis, Rricu., Aufz. der Colib., P 10 (1853). a

Lepidopyga cerruleigularis, Reton.yTroch. Enum., p. 7, t. 764, fig. 4768-70 (1855)—Cas. ar
Hein. Th., iii, p. 40 (1860),

Sapphironia duchassaingi, Box., Rev, and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256.

CYANOPHAILA. 239

Bupphironia cerulergularis, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 256—Gounp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 346.
—Ip., Intr. Troch., octa¥o ed., p. 172 (1861).

’ Thalurania celina, Bourc., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1856), p. 552.

Lepidopyga ceruleo-gularis, Muxs., Hist. N .t. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 68 (1876).

Hab, Veragua.

Male. Upper parts, abdomen, and flanks grass-green; throat and chest violet-
blue. Wings purplish-brown. ‘Tail, central feathers bronzy-green; lateral ones
black. Under tail coverts shining green margined with grayish-white. Maxilla
black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. ‘otal length, 33 in. Wing, 2 in. ‘Tail, 12
in. Culmen, +} in.

Young male. Like the male, but lighter beneath, and the throat only spotted
with blue. (Type of 7. duchassaigni, Bourc., in my collection.)

Female. Upper parts green; tail purplish-black, two central feathers glossed with
bronze, the four lateral ones tipped with white; centre of the throat, abdomen, and
under tail coverts white.—(Gould, Mon. ‘Troch.)

2. Cyanophaia goudoti.

Trochilus goudot?, Bovrc., Rey. Zool. (1843), p. 100.--Ip., Ann. Soc. Agr., Lyon (1843), p. 47.
Polytmus goudoti, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 77, sp. 6.

Saucerottia goudotz, Bon., Consp. Gen. Ay., vol. i, p. 77 (1850).

Chalybura goudoti, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 10 (1853).

Hylocharis goudoti, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Agyrtria goudotz, Rercu., ‘Troch. Enum., p. 7, t. 763, fig. 4765-66 (1855).

Sapphironia goudot?, Goutn, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 345.—Ib., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 172 (1861).
Lepidopyga goudotz, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 40 (note 3) (1860).

Emulia goudotr, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 64.

Hab, Columbia.

Adult. Upper surface grass-green; beneath glittering yellowish-green with a
slight tinge of blue on the throat. Under tail coverts white, with metallic-green
centres. Median rectrices bronzy-green; lateral ones purplish-black. Wings pur-
plish-brown. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color, tip black. ‘Total length, 34 in.
Wing, 2in. ‘Tail, 12 in. Culmen, ? in. (Type in my collection.)

3. *Cyanophaia luminosa.

Sapphironia luminosa, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist. vol. vii (1862), p. 458.
Lepidopyga lwminosa, Heine, Journ. fir Ornith. (1863), p. 194.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 67
(1875).

Hab. Columbia.

“Upper plumage glittering grass-green, inclining to golden on the rump, the
crown not so bright and of a very deep green; entire under surface of a very
brilliant bluish-green, the sides of the neck golden-orange; tail forked and of a
rich steel-blue, the two middle feathers green like the rump, the next feather
bronzed on the outer web at the end; wings dull purple; under tail coverts deep
green, very narrowly edged with bluish-white, thighs clothed with grayish-white
feathers; upper mandible black, under yellowish with the end black; feet and claws

black. Length, 32 in. Wing, 12 in. Bill, 11 in. Tail, 14 in.Y—(Lawr,, |. ¢.)

210 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS.
Two generic terms were originally proposed for the following birds,
coxpiA, Reich., and Sprorapixus, Bon, ‘Lhe first has priority of date by
year; but the latter has always been employed by the majority of y
neither of these genera was ever defined, 1 should be authorized, 1
rejecting both; but as my desire is to unravel the existing confusion in th
and not to increase it, | have retained Bonaparte’s term as being most get
familiar to Ornithologists. ‘To create a new generic name for these t
only make matters worse. The three known species are of moderate si
ing graceful forms, and deeply forked tails, and while the males are cl
highly metallic plumage, the females have in comparison a very sombre app
They lead us naturally to the genus Chlorostilbon, 4

Genus CX VIII.—SPORADINUS.

Riccordia, Reon., Avfz. der Colib. (1853), p. 10. O. riccordi, Ge

Sporadinus, Bow., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255. O. riccordi, ;

Sporadicus, Cas. and Heiy., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 25. T. elegans, Aud

Erasmea, Heine, Journ, fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 191.

Marsyas, Murs. (nec Oren., 1815, nec Porz., 1845), Cat. Ois. Mouch., p. 13 a
(1875), and Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 77. T. maugai, Vieil

Ch. Bill as long as the head, straight, nostrils ma
exposed; wings long, reaching two-thirds the length \)
of the tail. Tail long, deeply forked, feathers narrow. \\
Tarsi partly clothed. Sexes unlike.

Range. West India Islands,

Three species are recognized."

* Sporapinus pracet, Lawr., N. Y. Acad. Scien., vol. i (1877), p. 50.
“Male, Crown and gorget of a glittering pale green; back, upper tail coverts,
and the next pair of tail feathers, bronzed golden-green; the other tail feathers are p
with their outer edges bronzed green; quills blackish-purple; breast and abdomen di
under tail coverts dark ash bordered with white; bill and feet black. Length, 3@ i
tail, 1b in.; bill, Zin. Type in National Museum, Washington.

Hab. Island of New Providence, Bahamas.”—(Lawr., loc. cit.).

The unique type of this form was described by Mr. Lawrence as above. Btisan
feathers of the body are consequently much disarranged, and the tail feathers are n
It much resembles the S. riccordi, and I compared the specimen with the type of th
Poris Masenm, but was not able to satisfy myself that it was certainly distinct. More
this bird, and perfect ones, are necessary before its proper specific position can be fally

—

SPORADINUS. 24]

Key to the species.

A. Throat metallic-green, under surface dull green, breast black. 1. S. elegans.
B. Under surface glittering grass-green.
a. Under tail coverts white. 2. S. riccordi.
b. Under tail coverts green. 3. S. maugei.

1. Sporadinus elegans.

Trochilus elegans, Viet., Ois. Dor., vol. i, p. 32, pl. 14 (1802).

Ornismya swainsoni, Less., Ois. Mouch., pp. xvii, 197, pl. 70 (1829).

Trochilus swatnsoni, Nat. Libr. Humming-birds, vol. ii (1833), p. 132. pl. 30.

Hylocharis elegans, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 18 (1844-49).

Lampornis elegans, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i. p. 72 (1850).

Riccordia elegans, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).

Sporadinus elegans, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.—Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 347.—Ip., Intr.
Troch., octavo ed., p. 173 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 72.

Chlorestes elegans, Reicu., Troch. Enum., p. 4, pl. 704, figs. 4587 (1855).

Sporadicus elegans, Cas. and Hetn., Mus. Hein. Th., ili, p. 25 (1860).

Hab. Island of Hayti.

Male. Upper surface, flanks, and abdomen dark green. Throat metallic grass-
green. Breast black. Wings purplish-brown. Tail black, with a bronze lustre.
Under tail coverts dark green. Maxilla black; mandible flesh-color, tip black.
Total length, 44 in. Wing, 22 in. ‘Tail, 2 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female. Upper parts bronzy-green, top of head brownish. Under parts brownish-
gray. Central tail feathers bronzy-green, lateral ones gray, with a subterminal
black bar, and glossed with green. Wings purplish-brown. Total length, 4 in.

Wing, 223 in. ‘ail, 1$ in. Culmen, 3 in.

2. Sporadinus riccordi.

Trochilus reccordi, Grrv., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1835), pls. 41, 42.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 81 (1850).

Ornismya parzudakz, Luss., Rev. Zool. (1838), p. 315.

Orthorhynchus riccordz, R. Deva Sacra, Hist. de Cuba, p. 128, t. 21, fig. 2 (1840).

Hylocharis riccordi, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 23.

Riccordia raimondi, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).

Sporadinus riccordi, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.—Govutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 348.—Ib.,
Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 173 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 74 (1875).

Chlorestes ratmondz, Rercu., Troch. Enum., p. 4, pl. 704, figs. 4584-86 (1855).

Chlorestes riccordz, Gunou., Journ. fiir Ornith. (1856), p. 99.

Sporadicus riccordi, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 25 (note 2) (1860).

Hab, Cuba; and Abajo of the Bahamas.

Male. General plumage bronzy-green, very luminous on the under surface.
Wings purplish-brown. Four central rectrices dark bronze; rest black, glossed
with bronze. Under tail coverts white. Maxilla black; mandible flesh-color, tip
black. ‘Total length, 32 in. Wing, 2in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, 3 in.

Specimens vary considerably in their coloration, some, perhaps the majority, being
bronzy-green as described above, while others are a bright golden-green. The hue
of the mandible also varies, and I have seen examples with this portion of the bill
almost entirely black, like the maxilla. Also, the length of the bill is not always

31 January, 1879.

942 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS,

ate oo

the «ame. ‘These differences are, however, of no specific importance, b at F
characteristic of nearly all species of “green Humming-birds,” ; ~—

Female, Ditters in having the throat and centre of abdomen pale buff, and unde
tail coverts buffy-white. : om

3. Sporadinus maugei. 7

Trochilus maugerus, Virttt., Dict. Hist. Nat., tom. vii (1817), p. 568.—Ip., Ois. Dor., t. i, pp. 77, 78, 79,
pla. 37, 38.—Ib,, Ency. Méth., tom. ii, p. 567. a
Ornivmya maugert, Less., Ois, Mouch., p. 194, pls. 68, 69 (1829).
Thaumatias ourissia, Box., Consp. Gen, Av., vol. i, p. 79 (1850).
Sporadinus mauget, Bow., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.—Gourp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 348
Troch., octavo ed., p. 173 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 77.
Chorestes gertrudis, Guxvt., Journ, fir Ornith. (1874), p. 315.
Chlorolampis gertrudis, Cas., Journ. fir Ornith, (1875), p. 223.
Sporadinus (Marsyas) maugai, Muxs., Cat. Ois. Mouch. (1875), p. 13.
Hab. Porto Rico. ;
Male, Crown glittering green, upper surface dark green, under surface glitteri
green, with a wash of blue on the breast. Tail steel-blue; under tail coverts gre
Maxilla black, mandible reddish, tip black. Total length, 35 in. Wing, 1§
Tail, J in. Culmen, 2 in. 4
Female. Differs in having the under surface grayish-white. Central tail feath
green; rest greenish-gray at the base, with a steel-blue band near the tip;
outermost rectrices tipped with grayish-white.

The species of CutorostiLnon have always been most perplexing to all Omit
gists, caused,—by the variation in the colors of individuals belonging to :
species—by the close relationship of the various species—and by the great
sufficient specimens to enable these facts to be adequately appreciated. —
refer those who desire to study this interesting though perplexing group
review of the genus published in the Ibis for the year 1875, p. 149.—The
is metallie-green of various shades, and the species can only be distinguis
by the coloring of the bills, and the shape of the tails.—In one case only
hue of the abdomen and breast distinguish a species.—They are all very s1
birds, and the sexes are totally unlike in the color of their plumage.—The
given of the species will enable each one to be readily identified. ==

. ee

Genus CXIX.—CHLOROSTILBON,

Chlorostilbon, Gov, Mon. Troch., pt. v (1853); and Intr. Troch., octavo ed.,
p. 175 (1861).

Chlorestes, Reson. Anfs. der Colib. (1853), p. 10. T. cyan: genys,
Chlorolampéa, Can, and Hetw., Mas. Hein. (1860) Th., iii, p. 47. T. augustip
Prasitia, Can. ond Het., Mos. Hein. (1860) 'Th., iii, p. 49. O. prasina,
Chloanges, Hyrxe, Journ ftir Ornith. (1863), p. 200, T.a

Merion, Mots., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii (1875), p. 92. c.

Chrysomirus, Mvzs, Catal. Ois, Mouch. (1875), p. 13, : T.

CHLOROSTILBON. 243

Ch. Bill about as long as the head, straight, rather

broad and flat at base, and terminating in a sharp point.

Wings long, reaching nearly to the end of the tail. Tail
rather short, forked, or even. Feet small; tarsi clothed.
Sexes unlike.

Range. Mexico, Central America, Venezuela, Trinidad,
Guiana, Brazil, Argentine Republic, Ecuador, Peru, and

pine Cldorostilbon splendidus.
Bolivia. ¢. 55816. Puenos Ayres.

Eight species are here recognized as belonging to this

genus.
Key to the species.

A. Bill flesh-color, point only brownish-black.
a. Rectrices tipped with gray.
a’. Tail long, deeply forked, rectrices very narrow. 1.
b’. Tail moderately forked, rectrices rather broad.
b. Reetrices entirely bluish-black.

Sy

. auriceps.

bo

C. caniveti.

a’. Lower part of breast and abdomen green. 3. C. pucherani.
b’. Lower part of breast and abdomen golden-red. 4. C. splendidus.
B. Bill black, basal half of mandible flesh-color. 5. C. haberlini.

C. Bill entirely black.

a. Tail moderately long, forked. 6. C. angustipennis.
b. Tail short, scalloped. 7. C. atala.

e. Tail short, slightly rounded, almost even. 8. C. prasinus.

1. Chlorostilbon auriceps.

Trochilus awriceps, Gouin, Jard. Contr. Orn. (1852), p. 137.

Sporadinus auriceps, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 223.

Chlorostilbon auriceps, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 350.—Etr1or, This (1875), p. 168.

Chlorolampis auriceps, Can. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 48 (note 7) (1860).—Gouzp, Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 174 (1861).—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. iii, p. 79 (1876).

Hah. Northwest Mexico.

Male. Top of head metallic-golden; upper surface golden-green; throat metallic
yellowish-green; under surface metallic golden-green. Vent white. Wings pale
brown. ‘Tail long, deeply forked, black, all but the outermost feather tipped with
gray. Bill reddish at base, black at tip. Total length, 3f in. Wing, 1{ in. Tail,
2in. Culmen, § in.

Female. Upper surface bronzy-green, under surface dull gray. Median rectrices
shining green, rest (except the external one) green at base, then black with gray
tips; the outermost green at base, then gray, then black, and tips grayish-white.

2. Chlorostilbon caniveti.

Ornismya caniveti, Luss., Ois. Mouch., pp. 174, 177, pls. 37, 38 (1829).
Hylocharis caniveti, Gray, Gen. Birds, yol. i, p. 114, sp. 19.
Thaumatias caniveti, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p- 78 (1850).
Riccordia canivetii, Rercu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 8 (1853).

Sporadinus canivet?, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 224.

244 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS,

CMorestes canivetté, Rescu., Troch. Enam., p. 4, t. 703, figs. 4581-83 (1855).
Chlorolampis caniveté, Can, and Hrrw., Mus, Hein. Th, ili, p. 47 (uote 4) (1360).—Govnp, Tote. T
ed,, p. 394 (1861).—Murs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch,, tom. ii, p. 61 (1875). a
Chlorostilbon canivett, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 351,—Exuror, Ibis (1875), p. 168,
Chiorostilbon osberti, Gounn, P. Z. 8. (1860), p. 309.—Ip., Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 352.
Chlorolampis salvini, Can. and Hles., Mus, Hein, Th,, iil, p. 48 (1860).—Govunn, Intr. Troch., octa:
Chlorolampis osberti, Gourn, Tutr. Troch., p. 174, sp. 395 (1861).

Hab, Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras, Costa Rica,

Male, Crown of the head metallic-golden; upper surface bright bronzy-
under surface metallic grass-green, with a golden hue on the flanks, W
plish-brown. ‘Tail black, all the central feathers with gray tips. Bill x
rest black, ‘Total length, 33 in. Wing, 1j in. Tail, 12 in. Culmen, ,

Female. Upper surface and flanks bronzy-green, with a brownish shad
crown; under surface gray. Middle pair of rectrices bronze-green, the
are green at base, then stecl-blue, tip edged with gray; the outermost
crossed by a broad steel-blue band. Ear coverts blackish-brown; behind
narrow line of white. Total length, 3 in. Wing, 12in. ‘ail, lin. Culme

3. Chlorostilbon pucherani.

Trochilus pucherant, Bovre. and Muts., Rev. Zool. (1848), p. 271, juv. $.

Trochilus nitidissimus, Licut., Mus. Berol.

Hylocharis similis, Box., Consp. Gen, Av., vol. i, D- 74 (1850).

Chlorestes nitidissima, Reien., Aufz. der Colib., p.7 (1853)—In., Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 755, figs. 4

Chlorestes pucherant, Reren., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 755, fig.

Hylocharis pucherani, Box., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Chlorostilbon prasinus, Gouin (nec Less.), Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 355.—Ip., Intr. Troch., ¢
(1861).

Chlorostilbon nitidissimus, Can. and Hets., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 47 (1860).

Chlorostilbon igneus, Gounn, lutr. Troch., p. 176 (1861).

Hylocharis flavifrons, Vox Pruz., Ornith. Bras., p. 33 (1871). : a,

Chorostilbon insularis, Lawn., Ann, N. ¥. Lyc. Nat. Hist., vol. vii, p. 457—Mouts., Hist. Nat. Oia,
tom. ii, p. 100. ‘ay

Chlorostilbon egregius, Wise, Journ. fir Ornith. (1863), p. 197. .

Chlorostilbon pucherani, E1asot, Ibis (1875), p. 161—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. % i.

Hab, Southeastern Brazil.

Male, Crown golden-green; upper parts dark green; throat metallic nish
under parts metallic yellowish-green, Wings purplish-brown.
Bill red at base, tip black. ‘Total length, 3} in. Wing, 2 in. Tail, 1:
men, 4%, in.

Female, Upper surface bronzy-green; under parts gray. Tail ste
middle feathers glossed with green, the two outer ones tipped with g

4. Chlorostilbon splendidus,

Trochilus splendidus, Virats., Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., tom. vii, p. 361 (1817).—Ip., Ency.
Orniemya aureiventris, D'Orn. and Larnes., Syn. Av., ii, p. 28 (1838).

Trochilus phathon, Bounc., Rev. Zool. (1848), P. 274.—Gnay, Gen, Birds, vol. iii, app. p. 3
Chlorestes phathon, Reason. Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Ip., Troch. oe ee ee
Trochilus flavifrons, Govt», Voy. Beag. (Birds), p. 110,
Hylocharis photon, Box,, Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

| ae

CHLOROSTILBON. 245

Hylochares awrevventris, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Chlorestes aurevventris, Reicu., ‘lroch. Enum., p. 4, t. 754, figs. 4729-30 (1855).

Chlorostilbon pheethon, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 354.—Ip., lntr. Troch., octavo ed., p- 175 (1861)
Chlorostilbon bicolor (nec Gmew., 1788), Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p, 46 (1860).
Chlorolampis phaethon, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 48 (note 5) (1860).

Chlorostilbon aurecventris, Goutp, Intr. Troch., p. 176, sp. 400 (1861).

Chlorostilbon splendidus, Exuior, Ibis (1875), p. 165.—Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p- 93.

Hab. Buenos Ayres to Mendoza, Bolivia.

Male. Upper surface golden-bronze, greenish on the upper tail coverts. Throat
and breast metallic light green; abdomen golden-red; under tail coverts green.
Tail black. Bill flesh-color, tip black. Wings purplish-brown, Total length, 3-34
in, Wing, 2in. Tail, 1-14 in. Culmen, 2 in.

Female, Above bronzy-green, beneath gray, flanks bronzy. Tail black, two
lateral feathers tipped with grayish-white.

5. Chlorostilbon haberlini.

Chlorestes haberlinz, Rricn., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 703, figs. 4578-80 (1855).

Chlorostilbon haberlint, Can. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 48 (note 6) (1860)—Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo
ed., p. 175 (1861).—Enuior, Ibis (1875), p. 160.—Mors., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 100.

Chlorolampis heeberlinz, Cas. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 48 (note 6) (1860).

Chlorostilbon nitens, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. (1861), p. 305.—Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p.
179 (1861).

Hab, Panama, Columbia, Venezuela.

Male. Upper parts golden-green, in some specimens very brilliant on the fore-
head. Under parts glittering yellowish-green, sometimes washed with bluish. Tail
black. Maxilla black, mandible flesh-color at base, tip black. ‘Total length, 3 in.

Wing, 12 in. Tail, 1{ in. Culmen, 5% in.

Female is like that of C. pucherani.

6. Chorostilbon angustipennis.

Trochilus angustipennis, Fras., P. Z. 8. (1840), p. 18.

Trochilus chrysogaster, Bourc., Rey. Zool. (1843), p. 101.

Trochilus pheopygus, Tscu., Faun. Pernan., p. 247, sp. 11 (1844).

Hylocharis angustipennis, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 114, sp. 21.

Hylocharis chrysogaster, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 115, sp. 43.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 74 (1850).
—Ip., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Chlorestes chrysogastra, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 693, figs. 4540-41
(1855). :

Chrysuronia pheeopyga, Bon., Consp. Gen. Av. (1850), vol. i, p. 75.

Chlorolampts chrysogastra, Cas. and Hety., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 47 (1860).

Prasites pheopyga, Cas. and Hein., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 49 (1860).

Chlorostilbon smaragdina, Cas. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 48 (1960).

Chlorostilbon angustipennis, Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. y, pl. 353.—In., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 175 (1866).
—Exnior, Ibis (1875), p. 153.

Chlorostilbon assimilis, Lawr., Aun. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist., p. 292 (1860).

Chlorostilbon melanorhynchus, Gouin, P. Z. 8. (1860), p. 398.

Chlorolamp7's angust?pennis, Herne, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863), p. 201.

Chlorostilbon pumilus, Goutp, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (1872), vol. ix, p. 195.

Chrysomirus angustipennis, Murs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 102 (1875).

Hab, Veragua, Panama, Venezuela, Columbia, Ecuador,

6 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS |

Male. Crown of the head golden; upper surface bronzy-green;
emerald-green, under surface metallic yellowish-green, Under a cee 0
grass-green. Wings purplish-brown. ‘Tail forked, blue-black. Bill black,
length, 34 in, Wing, 2 in, ‘ail, 1,% in. Culmen, 4% in. “

Female. Upper parts bronzy-green, brownish on the crown, and purer or
the rump and upper tail coverts. Under parts grayish-white. Central t
green at base, rest blue-black; the lateral ones green at base, then blue
tipped with white; external one on each side gray at base, then crossed
steel-blue band, and tipped with white. Bill black. The dimensions ¢
of this species vary greatly among individuals, so that these have no s

and the only reliable method ay determining that a specimen balenaan
that it possesses the entirely black bill together with a tail rather deeply fe
its length.

7. Chlorostilbon atala.

Ornismya atala, Less., Hist. Nat. Troch., p. 118, pl. 42 (1831).
Hylocharis atala, Gray, Gen, Birds, vol. i, p. 115, sp. 47 (184449).
Chlorostilbon atala, Gouin, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 356.—Ip., Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 177 (1
Ibis (1875), p. 159. >
Saucerottia atala, Box., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 77 (1850)—Rrien., Aufz, der Colib., p. 7 (1853).
Chlorestes atala, Reicn., Troch. Enum., p. 4, pl. 700, fig. 4568 (1855). -
Chlorostilbon caribaus, Lawr., Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist., vol. x, p. 2.
Chrysomirus atala, Muts., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 105 (1875).

Hab, Trinidad,

Male, Upper surface golden-green, very brilliart on the crown. Und
metallic light green, Wings purplish-brown. Tail steel-black. Bill t
length, 3 in. Wing, 1Z in. ‘Tail, 1,4; in. Culmen, 2 in. ‘

Female. Upper parts bronzy-green, Under surface grayish-white. Tail .
black, lateral feathers tipped with grayish-white, Bill black. Di mensi
same as the male, n

a
i.

8. Chlorostilbon prasinus.

The All-green Humming-bird, Enwanns, Gleanings (1764), p. 316, pl. A, 360, fig. 1.
L’ Orvert, Burr., Plan. Eulum., tom. vii, pl. 13 (text only).

Ornismya prasina (l'orvert), Less., Ois. Mouch., p. 188, pl. 65 (1829).

Ornismya mellisuga, D'Ors. and Larres., Syn. Av., ii, p. 30, sp. 20 (1838).
Argyrtria phoebe, Less. and Deuatt., Rev. Zool. (1839), p. 17, juv.

Hylocharis prasinus, Box., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 74 (1850).

Helianthea phoebe, Reron., Aufz. der Colib., p. 9 (1853).—Ip., Troch. Enum., p. 6 (1855).
Hylocharis phoebe, Box., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.

Trochilus daphne, Bounc., M.S.

Hylocharis prasinus, Box., Rey. and Mag. Zool, (1854), p. 255.

Hylocharis daphne, Bon., Rev. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 255.
Chlorestes prasina, Reron., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853). —lIp., Troch. Enum., ae t 691, figs. 4 152!
Prasitis prasina, Can. and Heiw., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 49 (1860).
Chlorostilbon peruanus, Gourn, Intr. Troch. (1861), p. 177, sp. 405, ocieeal
Chlorostilbon napensis, Gourn, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p. 177 (1861).
Chlorostilbon brevicandatus, Gouwn, Inter. Troch., octavo ed., p. 178 (1861).
Agyrtria media, Petz, Orn. Brazil, Pp. 29.

Agyrtria meliphila, Pez, Orn. Braz., p. 29.

Chlorostilbon prasinus, Exasot, This (1875), p. 163,

Chrysomirus prasinus, Movs., Hist. Nat. Ois, Mouch., tom, ii, p. 108 (1875).

PANYCHLORA. 947

~

Hab, Venezuela, Cayenne, Amazonian region of Brazil, Peru.

Male. Upper parts bright green, rather brilliant on the crown. Under surface
luminous green, washed more or less with blue upon the throat, sometimes even
extending to the breast. Tail nearly even, blue-black. Bill black. Wings pur-
plish-brown. Total length, 3f in. Wing, 1} in. Tail, lin. Culmen, 2 in.

Female resembles that of C. atala.

I close the list of the Trochilidee with the genus PANycutorA; not that it essen-
tially should be placed here, and nowhere else, but because, in the arrangement of
the groups that appears most natural to me after many years of study, and which
I suggest in this Synopsis, the species of this genus seem to find here their appro-
priate position. The three forms given below are among the very smallest of
Humming-birds, and are chiefly distinguished from the members of CHLOROSTILBON
by their short, square, green tails, the feathers of which in one species are attenuated
and pointed.— Different shades of green, very luminous, are the prevailing, indeed
the only colors of the males; the females differing in their gray under surface, and
variously colored rectrices.

Genus CX X.—PANYCHLORA.

Typr.
Panychlora, Cas. and Hetw., Mus. Hein. Th., iii (1860), p. 49. T. alzcice, Boure.
Ch. Bill as long as the head, straight; feathers of fore- Fig. 127.
head projecting on culmen, nostrils hidden. Wings long, eae WRN
reaching nearly to the end of the tail. Tail short, even. 3

Feet very small, tarsi partly clothed. Sexes unlike.

Range. Venezuela and Columbia.
Three species are known.

Panychlora alicie. 8. 24780.
New Granada.

Key to the species.

A. Tail shining grass-green, bill long. 1. P. poortmant.
B. Tail very dark green, bill moderately long. 2. P. alicie.
C. Tail bright green, outer rectrices extremely narrow and pointed. 3. P. stenura.

1. Panychlora poortmani.

Ornismya poortmant, Bourc., Rev. Zool. (1843), p. 2.—Ip., Ann. Soc. Sci. Phys., Lyon (1843), p. 39.

Hylocharis poortmanz, Gray, Gen. Birds, vol. i, p. 115, sp. 48.—Bon., Consp. Gen. Av., vol. i, p. 74 (1850).

Chlorestes poortmant, Retcu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).—Ib., Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 691, figs. 4531-32 (1855).

Smaragditis esmeralda, Rricu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).

_Chlorostilbon esmeralda, Retcu., Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 694, figs. 4542-43 (1855).

' Chlorostilbon poortmanz, Bon., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 238.—Goutp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 358.

Panychlora poortmanni, Caz. and Hern., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 50 (1860)—Goutp, Intr. Troch., octavo ed., p.
180 (1861).—Extior, Ibis (1875), p. 170.—Muzs., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., tom. ii, p. 112 (1875).

Hab. Columbia.

248 SYNOPSIS OF THE HUMMING-BIRDS,

Male. Upper surface shining green, some specimens with the erown golk
orange. Under surface luminous grass-green; vent white. ‘Tail bright gra
Wings purplish-brown. Bill black, ‘otal length, 3 in. Wing; 1{ in.
Culmen, 2 in. s

Female, Head golden-orange, upper surface grass-green ; under surf
Median pair of rectrices green, rest green at base passing into black pee tipp
white. Bill black. ‘Total length, 3 in. Wing, 13 in, Tail, J in. Culmen, ,4

2. Panychlora aliciz.

Trochilus alicia, Bounc. and Muts., Rev. Zool. (1848), p. 274. :
Chlorostilbon alicia, Box., Rey. and Mag. Zool. (1854), p. 239.—Govtp, Mon. Troch., vol. v, pl. 357.
Smaragditis alice, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).
Smaragditis euchloris, Reron., Aufz. der Colib., pp. 7, 23 (1853).
Smaragdites maculicollis, Reiou., Aufz. der Colib., p. 7 (1853).
Chlorestes maculicollis, Reicu., Aufz. der Colib., p. 23 (1853).—In., Troch. Enum., p. 4, pl. 694, fi
(1858).
Chiorestes alice, Resou., Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 754, figs. 4732-33 (1855).
Chlorestes mellisuga, Retcn., Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 754, fig. 4731 (1855).
Chlorestes euchloris, Reicu., 'Troch. Enum., p. 4, t. 694, fig. 4544 (1855).
Panychlora alicia, Can. and Hetx., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 50 (note 6) (1860).—Govtp, Intr. '
ed., p. 411 (1861).—Etxtor, Ibis (1875), p. 171.—Muts,, Hist. Nat. Ois, Mouch., tom. ii, p. 1 Ls.
Panychlora aurata, Cas. and Het., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 50? (1860).
Panychlora maculicollis, Cas. and Heiy., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 49 (note 4) (1860).

Hab. Venezuela. .

Male, Crown golden-green ; upper surface bronzy-green ; under surface
yellowish-green. Under tail coverts shining grass-green. Wings purp
‘Tail very dark green, Bill black. Total length, 2$ in. Wing, 14 in.
Culmen, ,% in. (Type in my collection.)

Female. Above bronzy-green, beneath grayish-white. Central tail feathers g
lateral ones green at base, then black and tipped with Bray, increasing” n
towards the external ones,

”
>
"
(<-

3. *Panychlora stenura.

Panychlora stenura, Can. and Hery., Mus. Hein. Th., iii, p. 50 (note 7) (1860).—Govtp, Intr. ’
ed., p. 180 (1861).—Ex.1ot, Ibis (1875), p. 171.—Muus., Hist. Nat. Ois. Mouch., ae

Chiorostilbon acuticaudus, Gouin, P. Z. 8, (1860), p. 308.
Panychlora alicia, Wrartr., Ibis (1871), p. 379.

Hah. Merida, Venezuela, Ocaiia, Columbia.

Male. Crown glittering-green; upper surface and tail golden-green. —
face shining grass-green, Wings purplish-brown, Bill black. TO e
Wing, 12in. Tail, 1 in. Bill, 2 in.

Female or young male has the rectrices golden-green, the lateral ¢
tips. Under parts gray. Upper parts golden-green. eer

This species is remarkable for its extremely narrow and pointed ou
which readily serve to distinguish it from its relatives,

APPENDIX.

One hundred and twenty genera have been recognized in this work, nearly all of which could,
Many of

them are, however, very closely allied to others, and in order to facilitate the determination as much

probably, readily be identified by any one tolerably conversant with this group of birds.

as possible of any particular genus, the following ‘Key’ has been prepared, which it is hoped, in con-
nection with the drawings to be found at the head of every genus illustrating their salient characters,

may prove useful in rendering this, perhaps at times, greatly needed service.

KEY TO THE GENERA.

. Bill decurved-to the extent of one-third of a circle. 1. EUTOXERES, p. 2.
. Bill twice as long as head, tip hooked, cutting edges serrated.
a. No metallic coloring. Tail long, rounded. 2. RuampHopon, 4.
b. Coloring partly metallic. Tail short, broad. 3. AnprRopon, 5.
. Bill long, rather stout, decurved, high at base. Tail rounded,
feathers pointed in young. Sexes alike. 4. GLAUCIS, 5.
. Bill straight, short, flat and fleshy at base. First primary pointed.
Sexes alike. No brilliant hues.
a. Tail even, external rectrices pointed. 5. Doteromya, 8.
b. Tail forked. 6. Pumorri.a, 9.
. Median pair of rectrices elongated considerably beyond the rest,
sometimes pointed, generally attenuated. Bill decurved or
straight, nearly as long as body. 7. Puarnornis, 10.
. Shafts of primaries broad and flattened.
a. Tail very long, deeply forked. 8. EUPETOMENA, 21.
b. Tail long, cuneate, central pair of rectrices lengthened be-
yond the rest. 9. SPHENOPROCTUS, 22.
ce. Tail moderately long, rounded, feathers broad. 10. CAMPYLOPTERUS, 23.
. Shafts of primaries thickened at base. Bill short, stout. Tail
square, broad. 11. APHANTCCHROA, 28.
. Bill straight, rather stout, as long, or slightly longer than the
head. Tail rounded, long, ample, the rectrices broad. Bril-
liant metallic hues restricted to the throat. 12. CALIGENA, 29.

. Bill short, slender, straight. Tail long, forked, feathers broad.
Metallic hues equally brilliant upon throat and breast. Sexes
unlike.

- Bill straight, rather stout, about as long as the head. Tail
moderately long, forked. Plumage generally metallic. Sexes

very dissimilar.
32 March, 1879.

14.

3. LAMPROLaMA, 32.

OREOPYRA, 33.

( 249)

K. Bill longer than the head, decurved,

APPENDIX.

a. Metallic hues most brilliant on the throat. Sexes unlike.
a’. Tail long, feathers narrow and pointed, the external
rectrices on cither side longer than the rest. Tarsi

clothed.

bv’. Tail long, feathers moderately broad and rounded.

‘Tarsi bare.

ce’. Tail even, or slightly forked. Upper tail coverts

highly metallic.

Sexes alike,

d’. Inner web of first primary very narrow. Tail nearly

even, feathers pointed;

the under coverts two-thirds

the length of the rectrices. Sexes unlike.

greatly developed, plume-like.

L. Bill straight, long as head. Tail long, with the under coverts
Sexes unlike.
M. Bill strong, straight, about as long as the head. Tail ample long,

the under coverts reaching nearly to the tips of median reetrices.

N. Bill rather stout, longer than head.

a. Frontal feathers projecting over and covering the nostrils.

Size large.
a’. Sexes alike.

Bill straight.

a’’. Tail broad, ample, rounded. Ear coverts and

breast metallic.
Tail forked when closed, square when spread.

Be

General hues metallic.
e’’, Tail short, slightly forked. Brilliant metallic
hues confined to crown of the head.

v’. Sexes dissimilar.
al’,

Tail long, forked.

Brilliant metallie hues

chiefly on the throat and centre of crown

and forehead.

~

b

Bill straight.

‘. Tail long, deeply forked. Metallic hues bril-

liant on forehead, or lower part of throat,
sometimes both. Bill straight.

ou;

Tail large, forked when spread. Bill decurved.

Throat and breast metallic.

d”.
e”,

tf

metallic.

Tail moderate, slightly forked. Throat ar
crown metallic.

Tail ample, nearly square. Throat and breast

Bill slender, straight.

Tail very long and deeply forked; the feathers
narrow and slightly pointed. Feathers of

Bill straight.

forehead and under parts highly metallic.

Bill straight.
g”’.

Tail as long as body, deeply forked; the fea-
thers broad, and pointed. Plumage gene-
rally highly metallic.

- Tail long, forked, feathers rounded at tip.

Bill straight.

Plumage of centre of crown, throat, and
breast highly metallic,

rd

- Tail very long and ample, feathers broad.
Wings very large, faleate.

Plamage shin-

ing, not brilliantly metallic. Bill curved
upward slightly at point.

17.

15. Oneornocy: U8,
16. Lampousis, 31.
EULAMPis, 42.

7

18. LAPRPSNAYA, 4 3

21.

24.

26.
27.

28.

APPENDIX.

b. Feathers of forehead only partly covering the nostrils.

a’. Tail long, broad, and forked.
pointed.
alike.

O. Bill longer than the body and head, inclining upwards at tip.
Sexes unlike.

P. Bill very long, straight, slender.

a. Sexes dissimilar.

a’. Tail long, deeply forked. Forehead and crown bril-
liantly metallic. Tarsi partially clothed.

b’. Tail slightly forked. Plumage generally metallic.
Tarsi feathered.

b. Sexes similar.

a’. Tail long, broad, slightly forked. Metallic hues in
the majority of the species, mainly on the head,
throat, and rump.

b’. Tail much rounded, rectrices broad. Metallic hues
restricted to forehead.

Q. Bill lengthened. Crown and throat metallic.
a. Gorget not elongated.

a’. Nostrils exposed, maxilla broad, denuded at base.
Tail rounded. Bill straight.

b. Gorget elongated.

a’. Tail forked, feathers rounded at tip. Bill straight.

b’. Tail deeply forked, rectrices narrow and pointed.
Bill slightly curved.

R. Bill short, about as long as the head, straight.

and throat metallic. Sexes unlike.

a. Tail long and forked. No white on breast.
b. Tail broad and rounded. White band on breast.

S. Bill straight, slender, longer than the-head. Tail slightly forked.
Throat metallic. Sexes unlike.

T. Bill shorter than head, nostrils covered. Tail rounded.
very different, both with metallic hues, more on the female
than male. Size large.

U. Reetrices on either side of the median pair narrow and elongated
far beyond the rest. Bill stout, decurved, longer than the
head. Metallic hues common to both sexes, but their plumage
dissimilar.

V. Lateral rectrix, next the outermost one on either side, three times
the length of the rest.
Tail forked. Head crested. Sexes unlike. Tail of female
moderately long, rounded, the lateral rectrices pointed.

W. Bill longer than the head, stout, slightly decurved. Nostrils
covered. Tail very long, deeply forked, the external rectrix
twice the leneth of the one next to it, very broad, and narrow-
ing to a point. Plumage generally metallic. Size large.
Sexes ?

X. Bill moderate, slightly decurved. Tail slightly forked. Tarsi
clothed, metallic hues on crown or throat, sometimes on both.
Sexes unlike.

Y. Size minute. Bill short, straight, delicate. Metallic hues wanting.
a. Tail short, slightly forked. Sexes similar.

b. Tail short, square, slightly rounded. Sexes unlike.
trils hidden. Crown white.

Wings very long,

No metallic hues on plumage. Sexes

Tarsi bare.

Sexes dissimilar.

Spot on forehead

Sexes

Nos-

Bill longer than the head, wide at base.

39.

40.

41.

46.

47.

48.

. PaTAaGOoNa, 67.

34. Docimasres, 68.

5. DIPHLOGENA, 69.

. HELIANTHEA, 70.

. Bourcrerta, 74.

. HEMISTEPHANIA, 80.

FLoricona, 82.
LEPIDOLARYNX, 84.

HeELIOMASTER, 86.

Heniorrypna, 86.

_ HELIANGELUS, 89.

. Urosticre, 91.

. EvsTEPHANUS, 92.

Toraza, 94.

AITHURUS, 96.

HytonyMPHa, 97.

. THALURANIA, 98.
. MetuisueGa, 103.

. Microcuera, 104.

252 APPENDIX.
Z. Size small. Bill straight, slender. Metallic hues on head or
throat, sometimes on both. Sexes unlike.
_ a. Gorget not elongated, metallic.
a’. Tail forked, rectrices pointed, outermost ones nar-
rowest. Female bas the tail short and rounded.

b, Gorget elongated.

a’. Head and throat metallic, Tail forked and short, the

three outer feathers narrow aud slightly incurved.
Tarsi covered. Tail of female rounded.

b’. Metallic hues confined to the throat; in one species”

only, including both head and throat, Tail rounded,
rectrices sharply pointed and generally narrow.

ce’. Throat alone metallic.

a’’, Tail very short, square
b/’. Tail short, and much rounded.

d'. Throat partly metallic. Tail slightly forked in the
male, feathers rounded at tip. Tail of female
slightly rounded, -

AA. Size moderately large. Bill long, deeurved, and wide at base.
Nostrils hidden. ‘Tail long, deeply forked, rectrices narrow
and graduated to their tips. Tarsi clothed. Throat metallic.
Sexes unlike.

BB. Bill slender, straight. Tufts of metallic feathers on cither side
of the head. Four median rectrices longest, and nearly equal,
broad at base, graduating to a point. Sexes unlike.

CC. Median reetrices very short, almost hidden in the upper coverts.
Throat metallic. Size small. Bill longer than the
head, slender. Tail forked in the male, rounded in the
female. Sexes dissimilar.

a, Bill broad at base, decurved for its entire length; outer-
most rectrix sometimes nearly bare of webs, gorget
elongated.

b. Bill slightly arched. Two outer rectrices filamentous,
almost bare of webs.

ec. Bill straight. Outermost rectrix half the length of one
next to it, filiform and graduating to a point. Two
succeeding ones longest, equal and uniform in breadth.

d. Rectrix on either side of middle pair greatly elongated;
remainder short and decreasing in length to the outer-
most one.

e. Tail forked, long. Outermost rectrix on either side con-
siderably longer than the one next to it. Bill slender,
decurved.

JS. Four lateral rectrices on either side of middle pair elon-
gated, and nearly equal in length.

g. Tail deeply forked. Outermost rectrix longest, tapering
rapidly at the tip, and curved inwards.

DD. Tail rather long, deeply forked. Throat metallic.

a. Bill longer than the head, straight, slender. Wings very

short, about one-third the length of the body.
a’. Rectrices uniform in width.
b’. Median reetrices very short, lateral ones narrow,
and the outer ones curving slightly inwards.

54. SeLAsPHoRus, I

55. CarnanMa, 1 2.
56. Arruis, 113. —

a
57. Srevtuna, 114,

~My

<—
58. Ruoports, 115.
4 4 od

ba
59. Heracrin,

APPENDIX.

b. Bill shorter than the head, slightly decurved at extreme
tip, rectrices narrow, longest curving slightly outwards,
median pair very short.

EE. Feathers of the neck lengthened, forming ruffs, and projecting
outwards and upwards. Bill straight, short, weak.
dissimilar.

FF. Tail deeply forked, median rectrices very short, outermost one
bare of web near the tip. Bill about as long as the
head, straight.

a. No spatula at tip of external rectrix.
terminating in sharp points.

b. Outermost rectrix longest, and terminating in a moderate

spatula.

a’. Second and third outer rectrices nearly equal, and
about three-fourths the length of external one,
pointed at tips.

b’. Second outer rectrix about one-third the length of
external one, and one-third longer than the next
inner one. ‘Tips rounded.

ce’. Outer tail feathers entirely bare of webs, spatules
very large. Wings diminutive.

GG. Tail very long, deeply forked.

a. Bill about as long as the head, straight.

a’, Rectrices narrow, outermost one greatly exceeding
the others in length; the tips alone slightly
metallic. Throat metallic.

b’. Reetrices broad, external one nearly square at tip,
remainder slightly pointed, all metallic at the
tip, each one from the median pair one-third
shorter than the next outerone. Throat metallic.

c’. Rectrices moderately broad, even; external one
two-thirds longer than the one next to it; the
exposed surface of all highly metallic. Top of
head and throat luminous.

d’, Bill longer than the head, arched. Recetrices broad,
rounded at tip, external one, a third longer than
the next one; exposed portions of all extremely
luminous. Throat metallic.

HH. Feathers of throat elongated into a pendent tuft.
a. Head crested.

a’. Bill short, straight, feeble. Tarsi naked.

b. Head not crested. Elongated throat feathers metallic

at tips.

a’. Bill longer than the head, stout, slightly decurved.
Tarsi clothed.

c. Bill shorter than the head, straight, rather stout.

If. Bill turned upwards at the tip.

Sexes

All tail feathers

Tail forked.

a. Bill shorter than the head. Tail slightly forked. Ree-
trices not ]uminous.
b. Bill longer than the head. ‘Tail rounded. Reetrices

exceedingly luminous.
JJ. Reetrices broad, highly metallic.
a. Bill straight, shorter than the head.

Sexes unlike.
Tarsi bare.

69.

70.

Wile

73.

74.

7
on

76.

Ge

80.
81.

ive)
os

D
~

253

CALLIPHLOX, 130.

Lopuornts, 131.

Govunpia, 137.

. Discura, 140.

STEGANURA, 141.

LoppigestA, 144.

. Lessra, 145.

Zovauis, 149.

. Cynantuus, 150.

. SAppuo, 153.

Oxypoaon, 155,

OrEONYMPHA, 157.
RHAMPHOMICRON, 158.

2. AVOCETTINUS, 161.
F
3. AVOCETTULA, 162.

34. MerALLura, 163.

254

KK.
LL.

MM.

NN.

00.

eke

QQ.

RR.

SS.

yy ek

UU.

APPENDIX.

b. Billlonger than the head, slightly decurved, broad at base
and flat, Tarsi clothed.
a’, Tail rounded, Head and throat metallic.
b’. Tail square. Forehead and throat metallic.

Bill straight, about as long as the head. Tarsi bare.

Bill longer than the head, wedge-shaped at tip.

a. Tail rounded, feathers broad. Tarsi partly clothed.

b. Tail rounded, feathers rather narrow; outer rectrix but
two-thirds the length of median pair; upper tail coverts
reaching two-thirds the length of the tail. Tarsi clothed
to the toe.

Feathers of forehead projecting on to the culmen. Nostrils

hidden. Bill about as long as the head. Tail round.
Tarsi bare. Sexes unlike.
a. Head not crested. ‘Top of head and throat metallic.
b. Head crested.
a’. Crest broad at base, pointed at tip, metallic.
b’. Crest terminating in one or more narrow feathers,
extending far beyond the rest. Partly metallic.

Bill as long as the head, straight. Nostrils exposed.

a. Tail rounded, tarsi bare. Metallic hues confined to small
spots on the throat. Sexes alike.

b. Tail almost square; no metallic hues. Wings long and
pointed. Tarsi feathered.

Bill shorter than the head, straight, weak. Wings reaching
nearly to the end of the tail, which is forked. Sexes dis-
similar, Size small. Metallic hues confined to the throat.

Bill longer than the head, straight, wide at base. Tarsi clothed.
Tail rounded.

Rump metallic; luminous. Bill straight.

a. Primaries faleate. Tail forked, feathers pointed. Tarsi
partly clothed.

b. Tail forked, feathers rounded. Tarsi hidden in tufts of
downy feathers.

Bill short and straight, slender. First primary slightly faleate.
Tail forked, feathers pointed. Tarsi bare. Plumage gene-
rally metallic. Sexes alike.

Tail rounded. Tarsi clothed. Sexes alike.

head, straight.

a. Bill broad, flat at base. Nostrils exposed.

b. Bill narrow and slender at base, nostrils exposed.

ec. Bill wide at base, nostrils hidden.

d. First primary slightly faleate; nostrils exposed.

Tail slightly forked. Sexes unlike. Bill subcylindrical, point
swollen.

Tarsi clothed. Nostrils exposed.

a, Sexes unlike.

a’. Tail rounded.
a’’. Bill shorter than the head, decurved.
bv’. Bill long as the head, straight, wide at base.
Under tail coverts half as long as rec-
trices.
ce”. Bill longer than the head, straight.

Bill longer than

85.

91.

95.

97.

100.

101.

103,

Curysunonta, 167
Avoasres, 170, —

Curysotampis, 1 6.
BE.vona, 178.

CEPuALOLEPIS, 179.

AVP PE NOD UX.

b. Sexes alike.
a’. Tail rounded. Bill much longer than the head,
decurved, wide at base. Rectrices narrow.
: b’. Tail even. Bill as long as head, straight.
VV. Sexes unlike. Bill as long as, or slightly longer than the head.
a. Tarsi clothed.
a’. Bill straight, nostrils exposed.
a’’, Tail square, feathers broad.
b/’. Tail rounded or slightly forked.
b’. Bill decurved, nostrils hidden.
b. Tarsi bare.
a’. Bill straight, nostrils hidden.

WW. Bill longer than the head, rather broad and flat at base, and
terminating in a sharp point. Wings long, over two-
thirds the length of the tail. Tarsi clothed. Sexes
dissimilar.

a. Nostrils exposed.

. a’. Bill straight, tail even, slightly forked when spread;
rectrices rather broad. Luminous metallic hues
confined to the top of the head.

b’. Bill slightly decurved. Tail short, slightly forked,
feathers broad.

Q

to nearly the end of the tail, which is even.

d’. Bill slightly decurved. Tail forked, feathers nar-

; row and pointed.

e’. Bill straight. Tail long, deeply forked.

f’. Size small. Bill straight. Tail short forked or
even. Plumage generally metallic.

b. Nostrils hidden.

a’, Bill straight, frontal feathers projecting on to the
culmen. ‘Tail very short, even. Plumage lumi-
nous,

’, Bill straight and broad on top. Wings reaching ~

108.
109.

110.
One
112.

113.

116.

Melure
118.

120.

PotytMus, 213.
AMAZILIA, 216.

BASILINNA, 226.
EvucEPHALA, 227.
TrmoniA, 231.

JULIAMYIA, 232.

. DAMOPHILA, 233.

. [acueE, 234.

Hynocnaris, 236.

CYANOPHATA, 257.
SporapDinus, 240.

. CHLOROSTILBON, 242.

PANYCHLORA, 247.

a ore 2
~ePrenh 7
Aa)

«em Sy,
os ee a
~ rh -

rT f

pote |e
v= a0 he “me
vyre@® @ bia

8 whe Vo Oa Ae

S
:

1 oqtaee \tqdeeg Vee ; 7
ean) ee ee
1é ot ot ese

a iladelly Nee

ual ee ;

=A ij eo thw “tn ae
ton ag

ee ee °
ae 4 Carer

oa eal sh arg a
ae |

aa

ao» jee ofplett

op Be
8
5 _

i¢

'

-

4 a

rs

1.

—_
So 0 TS Tm OD tO

— pet
Lo

=

— —
Cal oe)

16.
17.
18.

19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
3l.
32.
33.
34.

35.
36.
37.

INDEX OF GENERIC NAMES ADOPTED IN THIS WORK.

ABEILLIA, 183.

. ACESTRURA, 119.
. ADELOMYIA, 181.
. AGLHACTIS, 185.

AayrrriaA, 200, 201.
AITHURUS, 96.

. AMAZILIA, 216.

ANDRODON, 5.

. ANTHOCEPHATA, 183.
. APHANTOCHROA, 28.
. ARINIA, 209.

Arruts, 113.

. AuGAstEs, 132, 170.

Avocrettinus, 161, 162.

- AVOCETTULA, 162.

Bastrinna, 184, 226.
BeEtiona, 132, 178.
Bourcieria, 74.

CaiicENA, 29, 49, 74.
CALLIPHARUS, 211.
CALLIPHLOX, 130.
CaLorHorRAXx, 43, 117.
CaLypTE, 106.
CAMPYLOPTERUS, 23.
CaTHARMA, 112.
CEPHALOLEPIS, 132, 179.
Cu@Tocercus, 120.
CHALYBURA, 45.
CHLOROSTILBON, 242.
CHRYSOLAMPIS, 176.
CHRYSURONIA, 167.
CLYTOLEMA, 56.
CYANOPHATA, 237.
CYNnantHus, 67, 105, 145,
150, 153.

DAMOPHILA, 232, 288.
DipHiog ana, 69.

Discura, 132, 140.
33 March, 1879.

38.
39.
40.

41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.

51.
52.

53.
54.

55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.

63.

64.

65.
66.

67.

68.

DocrmastEs, 68.
Doxteromyta, 8, 198.
Doricua, 123.

Exvira, 209, 210.
ERIOCNEMIS, 188.
Eucrepuana, 227, 238.
EUGENES, 60.
EUGENIA, 62.
Euampis, 42.
EUPETOMENA, 21.
EupHErRusa, 209, 212.
EUSTEPHANUS, 92.
EUTOXERES, 2.

FLorIcoua, 82.
FLorisuGa, 38, 477, 50.

Guaucts, 5.
GouLpiA, 132, 137.

HeEtiactin, 116.
HELIANGELUS, 89.
HELIANTHEA, 70.
HeEtiomasrter, 85, 86.
Hetiopoxa, 56, 63.
HELIOTHRIX, 174.
HELIoTRYPHA, 86.
HEMISTEPHANTA, 80.
Hynocuaris, 67, 286, 237,
238.
Hytonympna, 97.

TacHE, 234.
JotamMa, 57.

JULIAMYIA, 232.
>)

Kuats, 184.

. LAFRESNAYA, 43.

LAmpornis, 37, 47, 94.

=T «7 of
to —

~
He OO

87.
88.
89.
90.
ple
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.

99°
100.
101.

102.
108.
104.
105.
106.

. LAMPRASTER, 63.
. LAMPROLAMA,
. LEPIDOLARYNX, 84.
. Leucippus, 198.

75.
76.
UH
78.

29

va

Lrucocutorts, 200.
Lespra, 145, 150, 153.
Loppieesta, 132, 144.
Lopuornis, 49, 131.

. MELLISUGA, 68, 98, 103.
80.
81.
82.

Meraiura, 163.
Microcuera, 104.
Myrtis, 126.

. OrngronyMpna, 157.
. OREOPYRA, 33.

. OrgorRocHILUs, 34.
. Oxyrogon, 155.

PANOPLITES, 53.
PANTERPE, 195.
PANYCHLORA, 247.
PATAGONA, 67.
PrrasopHora, 49, 132.
PHOLAMA, 55.
PHZOPTILA, 9.
Pua@rtuornts, 10, 96.
PHLOGOPHILUS, 171.
PoitytMus, 23, 94, 96, 213.
PTEROPHANES, 66.
ProcHorreRa, 129.

RAMPHODON, 4.
RHAMPHOMICRON, 158.
Ruoporis, 115.

Sapruo, 153.
ScuisteEs, 172.
SELASPHORUS, 108.
SMARAGDOCHRYSIS, 129
SPHENOPROCTUS, 22.

( 257 )

258 INDEX OF GENERIC NAMES,

107. Sronaprnvs, 240, 112, THAUMASTURA, 122. 117, Unanomrrra, |
108, Sreoanuna, 182, 141, 113, Tinmatura, 128, 118. Urocuroa, 61.
109. Srenuuna, 114. 114. Trmorta, 231. 119. Urosticrr, 91.
110, Srenxocryra, 59. 115. Topaza, 38, 94.

116. TroourLus, 82, 96,105. | 120. Zopauta, 149.
1tL Tuavuranta, 98. :

co O -T SD OT OO Po

ee
Ne ©

18.
14.
15.
16.
If.
18
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34,

35.
36.
37,
38.

INDEX OF GENERIC NAMES MENTIONED IN THIS WORK.

. ABEILLIA, 183.
. ACESTRURA, 119.
. ADELISCA, 181.

ADELOMYIA, 181.
AGACLYTA, 145.

. AGAPETA, 28.
. AcimaActTIsS, 185.

AGYRTRIA, 200, 201.

. AITHURUS, 96.
. ALINE, 188.

- Anosta, 53.

. AMALASIA, 123.

AMALUSIA, 123.
AMATHUSIA, 123.
AMAZILTIA, 216.
AMAZILICUS, 219.
AMAZILIS, 216.
AMAZILIUS, 216.
AMETRORNIS, 10.
ANACTORIA, 89.
ANDRODON, 5.
ANISOTERUS, 10.
ANTHOCEPHALA, 183.
ANTHRACOTHORAX, 37.
APHANTOCHROA, 28.
ArcuiLocuus, 105.
ARIANA, 216.
ARINTA, 209.
ASPASTA, 63.
Arruis, 113.
AUGASTES, 132, 170.
AurintiA, 131.

Avocettinus, 161, 162.

AVOCETTULA, 162.

Bastninna, 184, 226.
Baucts, 183.
BeELLAtTRix, 131.
BELLONA, 132, 178.

39.
40.

41.
42,
. CALLIGENTIA, 70.

. CALLIPERIDIA, 86.

. CALLIPHARUS, 211.

§. CALLIPHLOX, 130.

. CALLOPISTRIA, 86.

. CALoTHoRAX, 43, 117.

. CaLyptE, 106.

. CAMPYLOPTERUS, 23.

. CATHARMA, 112.

52. CEPHALLEPIS, 132, 179.

. CEPHALOLEPIS, 132, 179.
. CuaTocercus, 120.

5. CHALCOSTIGMA, 158.

56.
. CHARTIESSA, 29.

. CHLOANGES, 242.

. CHLORESTES, 227, 242.
. CHLOROLAMPTS, 242.

. CHLOROSTILBON, 242.

. CHRYSOBRONCHUS, 213.
. CHRYSOLAMPIS, 176.

. CHRYSOMIRUS, 242.

. CHoRysuRISCcA, 167.

66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
le
12.
73.
74.
T5.
76.

BorissoNNEAUA, 53.
Bourcierta, 74.

CALIGENA, 29, 49, 74.
CALLIDICE, 53.

CHALYBURA, 45.

CHRYSURONIA, 167.
Curysurus, 167.
Crece, 234.
C.Lorno, 211.
CryrotaMa, 56.
CourpRl, 49.
Coupris, 105.
CoMETES, 153.
ConrRADINIA, 74.
Cora, 122.
CULAMPIS, 42.

(its
78.
79.
80.
81.

97

98.
99:
100.

101.
102.
103.
104.
105.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
111.
112.

CyANocHtorts, 45.

CYANomyTA, 195.

CYANOPHATA, 237, 238.

CYANOPOGON, 117.

CyNnantuus, 67, 105, 145,
150, 153.

- DAMOPHILA, 232, 233.
. DELATTRIA, 29

. DELPHINELLA, 49.

. DERBomytA, 188.

. Diarra, 131.

. Drorrta, 89.

. DipHLoGaHna, 69.

89.
. Discura, 132, 140.
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.

Drscosura, 140.

DnopuHeERa, 5.
DocrMastTER, 68.
DociMastEs, 68.
Do.erisca, 8.
DoLeromyta, 8, 198.
DonicHa, 123.
DoricHa, 123.
DoryFera, 80.
DorypHora, 80.
DyriniA, 103.

Eeorra, 123.
Eisa, 123.
ELvirA, 209, 210.
EMILtIA, 237, 238
ENpDoXxA, 37.
ENGYETE, 188.
EntiMa, 43.
ERANNA, 216.
ERAsmMia, 240.
ERASURIA, 216.
ERATINA, 216.
Eratopis, 216

( 259 )

113.
Lid,

115.
116,
117.
118.
119.
120.
121.
122.
123.
124.
125.
126.
127.
128.
129.
130.

131.
182.
133.

134.
135.
136.
137.
138.
139.
140.
141.

142.
143.
144.
145.
146,
147.
148.
149.
150.
151.
153.
153.
154,
155.
156.
157.
158.
159.
160.

161.
162.

163.

INDEX OF GENERIC NAMES.

EREBENNA, ISS.
Enenira, 10.
Eniocnemtis, 158.
Emiona, 188,
Entorus, 188.
Enyruronora, 216.
EvUcEPHALA, 227, 238.
Eve.osta, 43.
Euposta, 74, 126.
Evucenrs, 60.
EvGENTA, 62.
EuLampts, 42.
Euuipra, 126.
Euprromena, 21.
Evupoconus, 158.
Eurnercsa, 209, 212.
EusTernanus, 92.
Evuroxerss, 2.

Forest, 37.
FLoricoa, 82.
FLorisuaa, 38, 47, 50.

GALENIA, 53.
Graves, 5.
GLaAvcoprs, 98.
GouLpra, 132, 137.
GouLpomyra, 137.
Grypus, 4.
Guimetia, 184,
Guyornts, 10.

Hatta, 228.
Hentactin, 116.
Henractinia, 116.
Hetractinus, 116.
TIELIANGELUS, 89.
HEeLIANTHEA, 70.
HELIOMASTER, 85, 86.
Hettopoxa, 56, 63.
HIkLIOMASTEs, 82, 85,
He Liopapica, 226.
Heviorarrx, 174.
Heniorurys, 174,
Hetrorrypna, 86,
Hetiorryrnon, 86.
Hletyuus, 86.
Hemistinon, 216.
HeMISTEPHANTA, 80.
Hemirnytaca, 216,
Himecta, 29.
TloMOPHANTA, 74.
Hy Locnants, 67, 236, 237
238,
Iivtonyapna, 97.

164.
165.
166.
167.
168.

169.
170.
171.
172.
173.

174.
175,

176.
177.
178.
179.
180.
181.
182.
183.
184.
185.
186.
187.
188.
189.
190.
191.
192.
193.
194.
195.
196.
197.
198,
199.
200
201.
202.
203.

204.
205.
206.
207.
208.
209.
210.
211.
2192.
213.

Hi¥PRERMETRA, 67.
Hypocurysta, 70.
Hyvouia, 63.
Hyrwroprina, 45.
Hyporuanta, 37.

Tacue, 234.
Ipas, 181.
loLmMa, 57.
ToNoL@MA, 57.
IONOLAIMA, 57.

JULIAMYTA, 232.
Krals, 184.

LAFRESNAYA, 43.
LAMporNIs, 37, 47, 94.
LAMPRASTER, 63.
LAMPROLA&MA, 32.
Lamprorogon, 158.
LAMPROPYGIA, 74.
Lamprurus, 170.
LAVANIA, 163.
LAvintiA, 163.
LEADBEATERA, 63.
Leosia, 153.
LEPIDOLARYNX, 84.
Lerrportia, 66.
Lepipopy@a, 237.
Levcarta, 106.
Levoirrus, 198.
Levcocnutoris, 200.
Levucopora, 201.
Levconia, 195.
Lespra, 145, 150, 153.
Lisorra, 216.
Loppigesra, 132, 144.
Loppierornis, 144.
Lornorius, 131.
Lornornts, 49, 131.
Loxorrerus, 23.
Luctant, 188.
Lvcrrer, 117.

MAninta, 117,
MARGAROcHRYsSIS, 37.
Marsyas, 240.
MELLISUGA, 68, 98, 103.
Menton, 242
Mersopatna, 10
MeTALLuRA, 163.
Metnon, 45.
Microciera, 104.
Minornis, 10.

214. Momus, 10.
215. Mosquenia, 188, —
216. MuLsantia, 144,

217. MYIABEILLIA, 183.
218. MyraTina, 2.
219. MyLeres, 216.
220. Myrata, 119.
221, Myrris, 123, 126.
222. Myrainia, 137.
223. Myrinia, 137.

224. Nanza, 188.
225. Nicue, 188.
226. Nopawia, 86.

227. Ocrgatus, 140, 141.
228. OnnoNYMPHA, 157. |
229. Onxoryna, 33.
230. OrrorrocaiLus, 34.
231. Ornniruomyta, 84.
232. Ornismya, 105.
233. Opistuoprora, 161,
234. OrnorrocuiLus, g
235. OnrHornyNenu
236. Orruornts, 10.

237. Osania, 120.
238. Oxypocon, 155.

239. Pampa, 22.
240. PANopuites, 53.
241. PANrerpe, 195.
242. PANYCHLORA, 24. »
243. Papnosta, hee
244. Parzupak1a, Sf
245. PATAGONA, 67. |
246. Peratus,89.
247. Perasornora, 4f
248. PHaroLara, 55.
249. Pamocnroa, 23.
250. Pumotama, 55.
251. Pamorrita, 9.

252. Puarnornts, 10, 96.
253. Puatornts, 10, 122,
254. Puemone, 70.
255. Puemonog, 1
256. PutLopice, 180,

258. Puowor, 188. m
259. Porernornis, 10,
260. Pinonta, 74.

261. PLacopnorus, a
262. Phaturvs,

265.
266.
267.
268.
269.
270.
271.
272.
273.
274.
275.
276.
onT.
278.
279.
280.
281.
282.
983.
284.

285.
286.
287.
288.

289.

INDEX

PoLy na, 74.
POLYERATA, 233.
PotyMntA, 119.
PoLyonyMus, 153.
POLYPLANCTA, 56.
PoLyTHMus, 96.

PoLytMus, 23, 94, 96, 213.

PoLyxeEmus, 120.
PopELarRiA, 137.
Prasiris, 242.
PRAXILLA, 49.
Proanornis, 21.
PYRRHOPHANA, 216.
PRYMNACANTHA, 137.
PSALIDOPRYMNA, 145.
PTEROPHANES, 66.
Procuoprera, 129.
Pryonornts, 10.
Pyamornis, 10.
Pyaornis, 10.

Ricoorpra, 240.
Ruwampuopon, 4.
RuAMpPHOMICRON, 158.
Ruoporis, 115.

SPIOPTERUS, 23.

290.
291.
292.
293

294.
295.
296.
297.
298.
299.
300.
301.
302.
303.
304.
305.
306.
307.
308.
309.
310.
311.

312.

313.
314.
315.

OF GENERIC

SAPPHIRONIA, 236, 238.
Sappuo, 153.

SATURIA, 70.
SAUCEROTTIA, 216.
ScutstEs, 172.
SELASOPHERUS, 82.
SELASPHORUS, 108.
SEPHANOIDES, 92.
SERICOTES, 42.

SMARAGDITES, 37, 38, 179.

SMARAGDOCHRYSIS, 129.
SPARGANURA, 153.
SpaTuurAa, 141.
SPHENOPROCTUS, 22.
Sporavinus, 240.
Sporapicus, 240.
STEGANURA, 132, 141.
STEGANURUS, 141.
STELLULA, 114.
STELLURA, 114.
STERNOCLYTA, 59.
STOKOSIELLA, 92.
STREBLORHAMPHUS, 162.

TALAPHORUS, 198.
TELAMON, 131.
TELESIELLA, 49.

NAMES.

316.
317.
318.
319.
370.
321.

bo bw we
Hm OO bo

Lo

a WwW co oo OD WD ww OD
bo
, —T ~

bo bw vw
Oo oe

eo oo
co w
= oS

332.
333.
334.
336.
337.

Q9°
O00.

339.

261

TELESILLA, 49.

THALURANIA, 98.

THAUMANTIAs, 201.

THAUMASTE, 92.

THAUMASTURA, 122.

THAUMATIAS, 200, 201,
209, 213.

. THAUMATOESSA, 144.
3. THRENETES, 5.

. THREPTRIA, 188.

1. TILMATURA, 128.

§. Trmonta, 231.

. Topaz, 38, 94.

. TOXATEUCHES, 10.

. TRICHOLOPHA, 137.

. TRocuinus, 82, 96, 165.
. TRYPH@NA, 128.

Urata, 141.
URANOMITRA, 195.
Urocuroa, 61.
URoLAMpPRA, 163.
Urosticts, 91.
ULyssEs, 228.

ZEPHYRETES, 126.
ZODALIA, 149.

oman ke wD

38.
39.
40.

INDEX TO SPECIFIC NAMES ADOPTED IN THIS WORK.

. adde (Steganura), 143.

. adele (Oreotrochilus), 35, 37.

. adolphi (Phethornis), 11, 18.

. adorabilis (Lophornis), 132, 1385.
. eneicauda (Metallura), 163, 165.
. enone (Chrysuronia), 168.

. eequatorialis (Androdon), 5.

. equatorialis (Pheolaima), 55.

. albicollis (Leucochloris), 200.

. albicrissa (Floricola), 83.

. albocoronata (Microchera), 104.

. alexandri (Trochilus), 105, 106.

. alicie (Panychlora), 247, 248.

. aline (Hrioenemis), 189, 191.

. alticola (Amazilia), 217, 218.

. amabilis (Damophila), 232, 234.

. amaryllis (Lesbia), 146, 148.

. amethysticollis (Heliangelus), 89, 90.
. amethystina (Calliphlox), 130.

. anais (Petasophora), 50.

. anne (Calypte), 107.

. angustipennis (Chlorostilbon), 243, 245.
. anthophilus (Phethornis), 11, 16.
. antonie (Glaucis), 6, 7.

. apicalis (Agyrtria), 202, 2077.

. aquila (Eutoxeres), 2, 3.

. ardens (Selasphorus), 108, 110.

. assimilis (Bourcieria), 75, 78.

. assimilis (Eriocnemis), 189.

. atacamensis (Rhodopis), 115, 116.
. atala (Chlorostilbon), 243, 246.

- augusti (Phethornis), 11, 14.

. aureliz (Eriocnemis), 188, 189, 190.
. aurescens (Clytolema), 56, 57.

- auriceps (Chlorostilbon), 243.

. auriculatus (Heliothrix), 174, 175.
- auritus (Heliothrix), 174.

barrali (Heliotrypha), 87, 88.
barroti (Heliothrix), 174, 175.
bartletti (Agyrtria), 201, 205.

41.
42,
. bicolor (Thalurania), 98, 102.

. boliviana (Bourcieria), 75, 79.

. bombus (Chetocercus), 120, 122.
. bonaparti (Helianthea), 71, 72.

. boucardi (Arinia), 209.

. bougueri (Urochroa), 61, 62.

9. bourcieri (Phxthornis), 11, 12.

. bracei (Sporadinus), 240.

. branicki (Lampraster), 63.

. brevirostris (Agyrtria), 201, 204.
. bryant (Doricha), 124, 125.

4. buffoni (Chalybura), 45.

55.
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
6T.
68.
69.
70.
71.
. chimborazo (Oreotrochilus), 35
73.
74.

72

ror

15.
76.
Ute
78.
ioe
80.

benjamini (Urosticte), 91, 92.
beryllina (Amazilia), 217, 221.

celigena (Bourcieria), 75, 79.
cerulea (Hucephala), 228, 230.
cxruleiceps (Agyrtria), 201, 206.
ceruleigularis (Cyanophaia), 238.
eeruleiventris (Chalybura), 45, 4'7.
cxruleo-lavata (Hucephala), 228, 229.
calliope (Stellula), 114, 115.
calolema (Oreopyra), 33.

calosoma (Lampornis), 38, 41.
candida (Agyrtria), 201, 208.
caniveti (Chlorostilbon), 243.
castelnaudi (Agleactis), 186, 187.
caroli (Sappho), 153, 155.
caumatonota (Agleactis), 186.
cervina (Adelomyia), 181.
cervinicauda (Glaucis), 6, 8.
chalybea (Lophornis), 133, 136.

chionogaster (Leucippus), 199.
chionura (Elvira), 210.
chlorocephala (Eucephala), 228, 231.
chlorocercus (Leucippus), 199.
chloropogon (Metallura), 163, 164.
chlorospila (Adelomyia), 181, 182.
chrysorama (Eriocnemis), 189, 198.
chrysura (Chrysuronia), 168, 169.

( 263 )

264

81,
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.
100.
101,
102.
103.
104,
105.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
111.
113.

113.
1l4.
115.
116.
117.
118.
119.
120.
121.
122.
123.
124.

125.
126.
127.
128.
129.
130.
131.
132.

INDEX TO SPECIFIC NAMES.

cinereicauda (Oreopyra), 33, 34.
cinnamomea (Amazilia), 217, 219.
cirrochloris (Aphantochroa), 28, 29.
cissiura (Steganara), 141, 144.
clarissw (Heliangelus), 89.
clemenciw (Cwligena), 30.

colubris (Trochilus), 105
columbiana (Bourcieria), 75, 79.
columbica (Thalurania), 98, 99.
compsa (Agyrtria), 201, 204.
condamini (Eutoxeres), 2, 3.
conradi (Bourcieria), 75, 76.
constanti (Floricola), 83, 84.
conversi (Gouldia), 138, 189.

cora (Thaumastura), 122.

cornuta (Heliactin), 116.

coruseans (Petasophora), 50, 51.
costw (Calypte), 106, 107.

cristata (Bellona), 178.

cupreiceps (Elvira), 210.
cupreiventris (Eriocnemis), 189, 192.
cupripennis (Aglwactis), 186.
curvipennis (Sphenoproctus), 23.
cuvieri (Campylopterus), 24, 27.
cyanea (Hylocharis), 236, 287.
cyaneipectus (Sternoclyta), 59, 60.
cyanicollis (Uranomitra), 196, 198.
cyanifrons (Amazilia), 217, 225.

eyanocephala (Uranomitra), 196, 197.

cyanogenys (Eucephala), 228, 281.
cyanotis (Petasophora), 50, 51.
cyanura (Amazilia), 217, 228.

decorata (Acestrura), 119.
delalandi (Cephalolepis), 132, 180.
delattrii (Lophornis), 132, 183.
delphinw (Petasophora), 50, 52.
derbiana (Eriocnemis), 189.
dichroura (Helianthea), 71, 74.
dominicus (Lampornis), 38, 41.
dorhnii (Glaucis), 6, 7
doubledayi (Iache), 234, 235.
dumerili (Amazilia), 217, 218.
duponti (Tilmatura), 128.
dyselius (Eriocnemis), 189, 194.

edwardi (Amazilia), 217, 221.
egregia (Eupherusa), 212, 213.
elegans (Amazilia), 217, 226.
elegans (Sporadinus), 241.
clici# (Chrysuronia), 168, 169.
clizm (Doricha), 124, 125.
ellioti (Atthis), 118, 114.
emilia (Phathornis), 11, 13.

133.
134.
185.
136.
187.
138.
139.
140.
141.
142.
1438.
144,
145.
146,
147.
148.
149.

150.
151.
152.
153.
154.
155.
156.
157.
158.
159.
160.
161.
162.
163.
164.
165.
166.
167.
168.
169.
170.

71;
172.
173.
174.
175.
176.
177.
178.
179.
180.
181.
182.
183.
184.

enicura (Doricha), 124...
ensiferus (Docimastes), 68. =
ensipennis (Campylopterus), 24, § 6.
eos (Helianthea), 71, 72. a
episcopus (Phwthornis), 12, ries ~
eriphile (Thalurania), 98, _
erythronota (Amazilia), 217, 28
estella (Oreotrochilus), 35, 38.
eucharis (Lesbia), 146,147,
euphrosinw (Hemistepkania), §
eupogon (Metallura), 163, 164." 7
eurynome (Phathornis), 11, a
eurypterus (A vocettinus), int 7
evelyn (Doricha), 124,125.
exilis (Bellona), 178, 179. ; y :
eximia (Eupherusa), 212. ~
exortis (Heliotrypha), 87.

fallax (Doleromyia), 9.
fanny (Myrtis), 126, 127. :
felicie (Amazilia), 217,224,
feliciana (Juliamyia) 232, 283.
fernandensis (Eustephanus), 93.
flammula (Selasphorus), 108, 110.
flavescens (Panoplites), 53, 54.
flavicaudata (Lafresnaya), 43, 44.
floresi (Selasphorus), 108, 109.
floriceps (Anthocepliala), 183. _
fluviatilis (Agyrtria), 202, 207.
forficatus (Cynanthus), TS
francie (Uranomitra), 196,197
frontalis (lolema), 58,59.
fulgens (Eugenes), 60. :
fulgidigula (Bourcieria), 75, 76. _
furcata (Thalurania), 98, 99
fureatoides (Thalurania), 98,
furcifer (Heliomaster), 86.
fusca (Florisuga), 48. k.
fuscicaudata (Amazilia), 217, 22
a ’

galeritus (Eustephanus), 93.
gayi (Lafresnaya), 43, 44. 5
geoffroyi (Schistes), 172, 278. 3.
gigas (Patagona), 67. i
glaucopis (Thalurania), 98, 99.
glaucopoides (Eriocnemis), 189,
glyceria (Zodalia), 149, 15€
godini (Eriocnemis), 189, ] 13.
goudoti (Cyanophaia), 238, 23
gouldi (Lesbia), 146.
gouldi (Lophornis), 132,
plane a
grayi (Eucephala), 228.
graysoni (Amazilia), 27 A

185.
186.
187.
188.
189.

190.
191.
192.
193.
194.
195.
196.
197.
198.
199.
200.
201.
202.
203.
204.
205.
206.
207.
208.
209.
210.
211.
212.

213.
214.
215.
216.
217.
218.
219.
220.
221.
222.
223.
224.

225.
226.
227.
228.
229.
230.
231.
232.
233.

234.
235.

INDEX TO SPECIFIC NAMES. 265

griseigularis (Phethornis), 12, 18.
guerini (Oxypogon), 156.

guimeti (Klais), 184.

gularis (Aphantochroa), 28.

guyi (Phwthornis), 11, 18.

haberlini (Chlorostilbon), 243, 245.
helene (Calypte), 107, 108.

helene (Lophornis), 132, 185.
heliodori (Acestrura), 119, 120.
heloise (Atthis), 113.

hemileuca (Cvligena), 30, 31.

hemileucurus (Campylopterus), 24, 26.

hemileucurus (Phlogophilus), 172.
henrici (Celigena), 30.

henshawi (Selasphorus), 108, 111.
herrani (Rhamphomicron), 158, 159.
hesperus (Diphlogiena), 69, 70.
heteropogon (Rhamphomicron), 158.
heterura (Eutoxeres), 2, 3.

hirsuta (Glaucis), 6.

hirundo (Eupetomena), 21, 22.
hispidus (Phethornis), 11, 16.
holosericeus (Hulampis), 42.
humboldti (Chrysuronia), 168.
hyperytbrus (Campylopterus), 24, 25.
hypochlora (Thalurania), 98, 102.
hypoeyanea (Eucephala), 228, 230.
hyposticte (Aphantochroa), 28, 29.

idalie (Phxthornis), 12, 19.
imperatrix (Eugenia), 62.

inca (Bourcieria), 75.

inornata (Adelomyia), 181.
insectivora (Bourcieria), 75, 76.
insignis (Panterpe), 195.

iodura (Amazilia), 217, 223.
iolema (Ptochoptera), 129, 130.
iridescens (Smaragdochrysis), 129.
iris (Diphlogena), 69.

isaacsoni (Helianthea), 71.
isauree (Chalybura), 45, 46.

jacula (Heliodoxa), 64.

jamesoni (Heliodoxa), 64, 65.
jardini (Panoplites), 53.

jelski (Metallura), 163, 164.

jelski (Thalurania), 98, 101.
johannee (Hemistephania), 80.
josephine: (Chrysuronia), 168, 169.
jourdani (Cheetocercus), 121.
jugularis (Eulampis), 42, 43.

lactea (Hylocharis), 236.

letitie (Gouldia), 136, 139.
34 March, 1879,

oo
for)

-T

© © 09

i
Wpmpre oo w~

~

a ee
SOT SD Oe

or

Or Or Or Or Or Or Or
nTO UFR wD eH

a or ol
oo oO

ror)

cS oo oo SS
bo Re

oS

bo bo tO bo b&w b© Ww PO ww dO bO WO PO PO PO WD PO WD WO WO PO tO DO WD PO WO WD PO OO tO OO
aa Rk ow

for)

DS bo
Aan a
o ioe)

bo pot
—
ey

bo bo
aT -T
H CO bo

bo
a

CO OC =-T -T -T -T -T
oo @©-eTt oo On

ao
be

OD
v9

io 6)
nse

iva)

bo bo bo bw bo bo bo bo PO WP tO
on

oe
fr)

6)

b

Lo 2)
=I

langsdorffi (Gouldia), 138.
largipennis (Campylopterus), 24.
latirostris (ache), 234, 235.
lazulus (Campylopterus), 24, 26.
leadbeateri (Heliodoxa), 64, 65.
leocadiz (Floricola), 83, 84.
lerchi (Timolia), 231, 232.
leucaspis (Oreopyra), 33.
leucogaster (Agyrtria), 201, 202.
leucophxa (Amazilia), 217, 218.
leucopleurus (Oreotrochilus), 35, 36.
leucorrhous (Polytmus), 214, 215.
leucotis (Basilinna), 226, 22'7.
leucurus (Glaucis), 6, 7.

leyboldi (Hustephanus), 93, 94.
lindeni (Oxypogon), 156.
loddigesi (Cephalolepis), 180.
longicauda (Discura), 140.
longirostris (Floricola), 83.
longirostris (Phethornis), 11, 15.

. longuemareus (Phethornis), 11, 18.
. lucie (Agyrtria), 202, 208.

. luciani (Erioenemis), 189, 192.

. lucida (Amazilia), 217, 223.

. lucifer (Calothorax), 117, 118.

. ludoviciw (Hemistephania), 80, 81.
. lugens (Erioenemis), 189, 191.

lumachellus (Augastes), 170.
luminosa (Cyanophaia), 238, 239.
luminosa (Iolzma), 58.

lutitize (Helianthea), 71, 73.
lyrura (Doricha), 124, 125.

. macrocerca (Hylonympha), 97.
. macroura (Eupetomena), 21.

maculicauda (Agyrtria), 202, 207.

. magica (Iache), 234, 235.

magnificus (Lophornis), 132, 185.
mango (Lampornis), 38, 39.
mari (Amazilia), 217, 222.
matthewsi (Panoplites), 53, 54.

. maugwi (Sporadinus), 241, 242.

mavors (Heliangelus), 89, 91.
melananthera (Steganura), 141, 142.
melanogaster (Oreotrochilus), 35, 36.

. melanogenys (Adelomyia), 181, 182.
_ melanorrhoa (Chalybura), 45, 47.
. mellivora (Florisuga), 48.

mesoleucus (Lepidolarynx), 85.
micrastur (Heliotrypha), 87, 88.
microrhyncha (Uranomitra), 196, 197:
microrhynchum (Rhamphomicron), 158,

160.

. micrura (Acestrura), 119, 120.

266

988.
289.
290.
291.
293.
293.
294.
295.

296.
297.
298.
299.
300.
801.
302.
303.
304.
805.
306.
807.
308.
309.

$10.
811.
$12.
313.
314.
315.
316.
317.

318.
319.

$20.

321.

322.

323.
324.
$25.
326.
327.
328.
829.
830.

831,

332.
333.
S34.

835.

336.
337.

338.

INDEX TO SPECIFIC NAMES.

milleri (Agyrtria), 201, 208.
minima (Mellisuga), 103.
mirabilis (Loddigesia), 144, 145.
mitchelli (Calliphlox), 129, 181.
mocoa (Cynanthus), 151, 152.
moschitus (Chrysolampis), 176.
mosquera (Eriocnemis), 189, 191.
mulsanti (Acestrura), 119.

nevius (Rhamphodon), 4.

neglecta (Agyrtria), 201, 205.
nigricauda (Agyrtria), 202, 208.
nigricinetus (Phwthornis), 12, 20.
nigriventris (Callipharus), 211.
nigrivestis (Eriocnemis), 189, 194.
nigrofasciata (Thalurania), 98, 100.
nitidieauda (Agyrtria), 202, 208.
nitidifrons (Agyrtria), 201, 205.
niveipectus (Agyrtria), 201, 202.
niveiventris (Amazilia), 217, 222.
nobilis (Oreonympha), 157.

norrisii (Agyrtria), 201, 204, 216.
nuna (Lesbia), 146, 147.

obscnrus (Campylopterns), 24, 25.
ocai (Amazilia), 217, 221.
olivaceus (Rhamphomicron), 158.
opaca (Metallura), 163.

ornatus (Lophornis), 132, 184.
orthora (Catharma), 112.

ortoni (Zodalia), 149.

osculans (Helianthea), 71, 738.

pamela (Aglwactis), 186, 187.
pampa (Sphenoproctus), 23.
parvirostris (Microchera), 104.
pella (Topaza), 95.

personatus (Schistes), 172, 178.
peruana (Steganura), 141, 148.
phaon (Sappho), 153, 154.

philippi (Phethornis), 11, 12.
pichincha (Oreotrochilus), 35.
platycercus (Selasphorus), 108, 109.
poliocerca (Eupherusa), 212.
polytmus (Aithurus), 96.

poortmani (Panychlora), 247.
popelairii (Gonldia), 138.

prasinus (Chlorostilbon), 243, 246.
pretrei (Phwthornis), 11, 14.
prevosti (Lampornis), 38, 39.
primolina (Metallura), 163, 165.
pristina (Amazilia), 217.

pranelli (Bourcieria), 75, 78.

pucherani (Chlorostilbon), 243, 244,

339.
340.
341.
B42.

343.

B44.
B45.
346.
347.
348.
349.
350.
351.
352.
353.
354.
355.
356.
357.
358.
359.

360.
361.
362.
363.
364.
365.
366.
367.
368.
369.
370.
371.
372.
373.
374.
375.
376.
3TT.
378.
379.
380.
381.
382.
383.
$84.
385.
386.
387.

388.
389.

pulchra (Calothorax), 117, 118.
purpurea (Bourcieria), 75, 78.
pygnueus (Phethornis), 12, 20.
pyra (Topaza), 95.

quadricolor (Uranomitra), 196.

rectirostris (Hemistephania), 81.
recurvirostris (Avocettula), 162,
refulgens (Thalurania), 98, 101.
regulus (Lophornis), 132, 188.
rhami (Lamprolema), 32.
riccordi (Sporadinus), 241.
roberti (Campylopterus), 24, 28.
rose (Chatocerens), 121.
rubinea (Clytolema), 56.
rubinoides (Phmolema), 55.
rubrigularis (Petasophora), 51.
ruckeri (Glaucis), 6, 8.
ruficeps (Rhamphomicron), 158, 160.
ruficrissa (Urosticte), 91.
rufus (Campylopterus), 24, 25.
rufus (Selasphorus), 108, 110.

sapphirina (Hylocharis), 236.
sapphiropygia (Eriocnemis), 189,
saucerotti (Amazilia), 217, 225.
scapulata (Eucephala), 228, 229.
schreibersi (Iolema), 58.

scintilla (Selasphorus), 108, 111.
serrirostris (Petasophora), 50, 52, 132.
smaragdinicollis (Metallura), 163, 16€
smaragdinipectus (Eriocnemis), 189, 1§
smaragdo-cerulea (Eucephala), 228, 2:
solstitialis (Steganura), 141, 142.
sophie (Amazilia), 217, 224, -
sordida (Pheoptila), 10.
sparganura (Sappho), 153, 154.
spectabilis (Eugenes), 60, 61.
spencei (Heliangelus), 89, 90.
splendidus (Chlorostilbon), 242, 2
squalidus (Phwthornis), 11, 17.
squamata (Eriocnemis), 189, 190.
stanleyi (Rhamphomicron), 158, 159. —
stenura (Panychlora), 247, 248.
stictolophus (Lophornis) 132, 188.
striigularis (Phwthornis), 12, 19.
strophianus (Heliangelus), 89, 90.
subcerulea (Eucephala), 228, 230.
superbus (Augastes), 170, 171.
superciliosus (Phwthornis), 11, 14.
syrmatophorus (Phethornis), 11, 16.

temminckii (Pterophanes), 66.
tephrocephala (Agyrtria), 202, 206.

399.
391.
392.
393.
394.
395.
396.
397.
398.
399.

400.
401.

402.
403.
404.
405.
406.
407.
408.

INDEX TO

thalassina (Petasophora), 50, 51.
thaumantias (Polytmus), 213, 214.
tobaci (Agyrtria), 202, 206.
torquata (Bourcieria), 75, 77.
torridus (Selasphorus), 108, 112.
traviesi (Bourcieria), 75, 77.
typica (Abeillia), 184.

typica (Helianthea), 71.

typica (Juliamyia), 232, 233.
tyrianthina (Metallura), 163, 166.

underwoodi (Steganura) 141, 142.
urochrysea (Chalybura), 45, 46.

veraguensis (Hemistephania), 80, 82.
veraguensis (Lampornis), 38, 40.
verreauxi (Lophornis), 133, 186.
vesper (Rhodopis), 115.

vestita (Eriocnemis), 189, 198.

villavicencio (Campylopterus), 24, 2'7.

viola (Heliotrypha), 87.

SPECIFIC NAMES.

409.
410.
411.
412.
413.
414.
415.
416.
417.
418.
419.
420,
421.
422.

i

~
bo bo bo
on

ce

re

o> ¢

267

violicauda (Lampornis), 38.
violiceps (Uranomitra), 196.
violifera (Helianthea), 71, 738.
viridiceps (Agyrtria), 201, 203.
viridifrons (Uranomitra), 196, 197.
viridipallens (Cxligena), 30, 31.
viridis (Lampornis), 38, 40.
viridissimus (Polytmus), 214.
viridiventris (Amazilia), 217, 220.
warszewiczi (Amazilia), 217, 225.
watertoni (Thalurania), 98, 101.
whitelyana (Iolema), 58, 59.
williami (Metallura), 163, 165.
wilsoni (Bourcieria), 75, 77.

. xanthusi (Basilinna), 226, 227.

yarrelli (Myrtis), 126, 127.
yaruqui (Phethornis), 11, 18.
yucatanensis (Amazilia), 217, 219.

RO RD ee
eK OO OATH OR WD SO oe

INDEX OF SPECIFIC NAMES MENTIONED IN THIS WORK.

. abeillei = Abeillia typica, 184.
. abnormis = Phethornis bourcieri, 12. -
. acuticaudus — Panychlora stenura, 248.

add (Srecanura), 143.
adele (OREOTROCHILUS), 55, 37.

. adolphi (PuarHornis), 11, 18.

. adorabilis (LopHornis), 132, 135.

. enea— Glaucis hirsuta, 6.

. eneicauda — Chalybura buffoni, 45.

. eneicauda (METALLURA), 165.

. enone (CHRYSURONIA), 168.

. equatorialis = Aglxactis cupripennis, 186.
. equatorialis (ANDRODON), 5.

. equatorialis —Campylopterus obscurus, 25.
. equatorialis (PHmonmMa), 55.

. affinis— Agyrtria brevirostris, 204.

. aglaie — Amazilia fuscicaudata, 220.

. albicollis (Leucocutorts), 200.

. albicoronata (Microcnera), 104.

. albicrissa (FLORIcoLA), 83.

. albirostris — Agyrtria leucogaster, 202

22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
21.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.

albiventris — Agyrtria tephrocephala, 206.
albogularis — Leucochloris albicollis, 200.
albogularis — Schistes personatus, 173.
albus — Lampornis violicauda, 38.
alexandri (Trocuitus), 105, 106.

alicie (PANYcHLORA), 248.

alinee (ERrocNEMIs), 189, 191.

allardi = Metallura tyrianthina, 166.
alleni — Selasphorus rufus, 110.

alticola (AMAzru1A), 217, 218.

amabilis (DAMoPHILA), 232, 234.
amaryllis (LEespra), 148.

amaura — Phethornis striigularis, 19.
amazicula — Amazilia leucophxa, 218.
amazili— Amazilia pristina, 217.
amethysticollis (HELIANGELUs), 89, 90.
amethystina (CALLIPHLOX), 130.
amethystoides —Calliphlox amethystina, 130.
anais (PETasopHora), 50.

anais = Petasophora thalassina, 51.

| 58.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
6.
68.
69.
70.
11.
72.
13.
74.
5.
76.
ie
78.
79.
80.
81.

. angele = Heliomaster furcifer, 86.

. angustipennis (CHLOROSTILBON), 243, 245.
. anne (CALYPTE), 107.

. anthophilus (PHarnornts), 11, 16.

. antiqua — Amazilia erythronota, 224.

. antoniz (GLAUCIS), 6, 7.

. apicalis (AGyrrrtA), 202, 207.

. apicalis— Phethornis emiliz, 13.

. aquila (HUTOXERES), 2, 3.

. ardens (SELAsPHoRUs), 108, 109.

2. arsenii = Basilinna leucotis, 227.

3. arsinoé— Amazilia beryllina, 221.

. aspasie — Phethornis griseigularis, 18.
5. aspasia — Phathornis idalizx, 19.

. assimilis (BouRcIERIA), 75, 78.

. assimilis = Chlorostilbon angustipennis,

246.
assimilis (ERIOCNEMIS), 189.
atacamensis (Ruoports), 115, 116.
atala (CHLOROSTILBON), 242, 246.
ater — Florisuga fusca, 48.
atra — Florisuga fusca, 48.
atratus — Florisuga fusca, 48.
atricapillus = Lampornis violicauda, 38.
atrimentalis — Phethornis striigularis, 19.
audeberti = Hucephala cerulea, 230.
audenetii — Lophornis chalybea, 136.
augusti (PHarHoRNIs), 11, 14.
aurata = Panychlora aliciz, 248.
auratus — Hulampis jugularis, 43.
auratus — Lophornis ornatus, 134.
aureiventris—Chlorostilbon splendidus, 244.
aurelia (ERrriocNEMIs), 188, 189, 190.
aurescens (CLYTOL@MA), 56, 57.
auriceps (CHLOROSTILBON), 243.
auriculatus (HELIOTHRIX), 175.
aurita — Heliothrix auriculatus, 175.
auritus (HeLiorHRix), 174.
aurogaster — Helianthea bonapartet, 72.
aurora = Diphlogena iris, 69.

aurulentus = Lampornis dominicus, 388.

( 269 )

270

83.
SS.
84.
. barrali (ITetrorrypHa), 87, 88.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96,
97.
98.
99.
100.
101.
102.
103.
104,
105.
106.
107.
108.

%
85

109.
110.
111.
112.
113.
114.
115.
116.
Ek @

INDEX

avocetta <= Avocellula recurvirostris, 162.
bahamensis == Doricha evelynw, 125.
bancrofti = Lulampis jugularis, 43.

barroti (Henrormmrx), 175.

bartletti (AGyrrrtra), 205.

benjamini (Urnosricre), 92.

beryllina (AmMaziiia), 221.

beskii = Cephalolepis delalandi, 180.

bicolor = Agyrtria neglecta, 205.

bicolor —Chlorostilbon splendidus, 244.

bicolor = Hylocharis cyanea, 237.

bicolor (THaLuranta), 98, 102.

bifurcatus — Lesbia nuna, 147.

bilophus — Diseura longicauda, 140.

bilophus = Heliactin cornuta, 116.

boliviana (Bourcrerta), 75, 79.

boliviana —= Phethornis longirostris, 15.

bombus (Ca#rocercus), 120, 122.

bonapartii (Hernrantnea), 71, 72.

boothi —Calypte helenw, 108.

boucardi (ArrN1A), 209.

bougueri (Urocnroa), 61, 62.

bourcieri (Pmaetnornts), 11, 12.

braccata = Amazilia sophia, 224.

bracei (Sporaprnus), 240.

brachyrhynehus = Rhamphomicron micro-
rhynchum, 160.

branicki (LAMprastEr), 63.

brasilieusis — Glaucis hirsuta, 6.

brasiliensis — Phathornis pygmeus, 20.

brasiliensis — Phathornis squalidus, 17.

brevicauda —Calliphlox amethystina, 130.

brevicaudatus— Chlorostilbon prasinus, 246.

brevirostris (AGyrrria), 201, 204.
bryantw (Doricna), 124, 125.
buffoni (CHatysura), 45.

. cabanidis — Petasophora cyanotlis, 51.

9. ewlestis —Tilmatura duponti, 128.

. ewligena (Bourcrerra), 75, 79.

. exlina —Cyanophaia ceruleigularis, 238.

. ewerulea (EvorrHana), 228, 230.

. ewruleicapilla—Chrysuronia josephine, 169.
. ewruleiceps (AGyrrria), 201, 206.

5. ewruleigularis (CYANoPHAtA), 238.

. ewruleiventris (CuaLynura), 45, 47.

. cweruleogaster —Chalybura caruleiventris,

47.

. ewruleo-lavata (Evcepmana), 228, 229,
- ewruleseens —=Cyanophaia cwruleigularis,

238.

. caligata — Amacilia sophia, 224,
. caligatus = Amazilia sophia, 224.

OF SPECIFIC NAMES.

132.
133.
134.
135.
136.
137.

138.

139.
140.
141.

142.
143.
144.
145.
146.
147,
148.
149.
150.
151.
152.
153.
154.
155.
156.
157.
158.

159.
160.
161.
162.
163.
164.
165.
166.
167.
168.
169.
170.
Wy ae
172.

173.
174.
175.
176.

177.
178.

calliope (Sretuuna), 114.
calolema (Onxoryra), 33
calosoma (LAMPornis), 38, 41.
campestris —Calliphlox ones
campyloptera = Sphenoproctus pampa,
campylopterus = Campylopterus largip
nis, 24, .
campylostylus = Aphantochroa cir
ria, 29.
candida (AGyrrrta), 201, 203.
caniveti (CuLorostTitpon), 243.
carbunculus = Chrysolampis
176.
caribweus —Chlorostilbon atala, 246.
carmioli = Chalybura melanorrhoa, 4 1
caroli (Sarrno), 153, 154.
cassini = Phathornis longirostris, 5
castaneiventris — Amazilia beryllina, 2
castaneiventris — Oreopyra leucaspis, |
castaneo-cauda — Basilinna xanthusi, |
castelnaudi (AGL&ACTIS), 186, Ist.
catharinw — Mellisuga minima, 103.
caudacutus = Heliomaster furcifer, 8
caumatonota (AGLmacTIS), 186. |
cephalatra = Aithurus polytmus, 96. :
cephalus = Phathornis longi: 1
cervina (ADELOMY1A), 181.
cervina = Doleromyia fallax, 9.
cervinicauda (GLAUvCcIS), 6, 8.
cerviniventris = Amazilia
219.
chalcotis = Petasophora se ostris,
chalybea (Lopnornts), 133, 136. *
chimborazo (Oreotrocuitus), 35.
chionogaster (Leuciprus), 199.
chionopectus = Agyrtria niveip
chionura (Exvira), 210. ;
chlorocephala (EvcerHata), 228, 2
chlorocercus (Lrvuctrrus), 199.
chlorolemus = Lampornis calo
chlorolemus —= Eulampis holosert
chloropogon (Meraniura), 163, Lt
chlorospila (ApELomyY1A), 182.
chlorura — Lesbia youldi, 146.
chrysobronchus = Polytmus
214. '
chrysogaster—Chlorostilbon angusti
245.
chrysogastra —Chlorestilbon ¢
nis, 245. >:
chrysolopha = Teliactin ona
chrysorama (ERrocnemts), 189,
chrysura (Curysuronta), 169.
chrysurus = Poly(mus viridt

179.
180.
181.
182.
183.

184.
185.
186.
187.
188.
189.
190.
191.
192.
193.
194.
195.
196.
197.
198.
199.
200.
201.
202.
203.
204.
205.

206-
207.
208.
209.
210.
211.
212.
213.
214,
215.
216.
217.
218.
219.
220.
221.
229.
223.
224,
225.
226.
227.
228.

INDEX OF SPECIFIC NAMES. Q71

x2 = Oreotrochilus estelle, 36.
cinereicauda (OrnEoPYRA), 33, 34.
cinereus —Campylopterus largipennis, 24.
cinnamomea (AMAZILIA), 217, 219.
cinnamomea — Lustephanus fernandensis,
93.

circe — Jache doubleday?, 235.
cirrochloris (APHANTOCHROA), 28, 29.
cissiura (StreGanuRA), 141, 144.
clarisse (HELIANGELUS), 89.
clemencie (C&LIGENA), 30.
eelestis —Cynanthus forficatus, 151.
collaris= Selasphorus rufus, 110.
colubris (TRocuimus), 105.
columbiana (Bourcrerta), 75, 79.

= Thalurania columbica, 99.
columbica (THALURANTA), 98, 99.
compsa (Aayrrrra), 201, 204.
condamini (EuToxErgEs), 2, 3.
conradi (Bourcrerta), 75, 76.
consobrinus —Phethornis superciliosus, 15.
constanti (I"Lortcona), 84.
conversi (GouLpIA), 139.
cora (THAUMASTURA), 122.
corallirostris — Amazilia cinnamomea, 219.
cornuta (HenrAcrin), 116.
coruscans (PETASOPpHORA), 50, 51.
coruscus — Rhamphomicron heteropogon,

158.

cost (CALYPTE), 106, 107.
cerispa — Petasophora serrirostris, 52.
crispus — Petasophora serrirostris, 52
cristatellus = Bellona exilis, 179.
cristata (BELLONA), 178.
cupreicauda — Metallura opaca, 163.
cupreicauda — Metallura jelski, 164.
cupreiceps (ELvira), 210.
cupreiventris (ER1ocNEMIs), 189, 192.
cupripennis (AGLHACTIS), 186.
curvipennis (SPHENOPROCTUS), 23
cuvieri (CAMPYLOPTERUS), 24, 27.
eyana — Hylocharis cyanea,
cyanea (HyLocnaris), 236, 2
cyaneipectus (Guna), 6
eyaneus — Hylocharis cyanea, ae
cyaneus — Lulampis jugularis, 43.
cyanicollis (URANOMITRA), 196, 198.
eyanifrons (AMAZILIA), 217, 225.
eyanocephala (URANOMITRA), 196, 197
cyanogenys (HUCEPHALA), 228, 230.
eyanomelas = Lulampis jugularis, 43.
eyanopogon — Acestrura mulsanti, 119.

229. cyanopogon = Calothorax lucifer, 118.

230 eyanopterus— Pterophanus temminckii, 66.
231 cyanotis (PETAsopHorRA), 50, 51.

232. cyanotus = Petasophora cyanotis, 51.

233. cyanura (AMAZILIA), 217, 223.

234. cyanurus —Cynanthus forficatus, 151.

bo
oo
or

. daphne —Chlorostilbon prasinus, 246.

. davidianus — Phethornis pygmeus, 20.

. decorata (AcEsTRURA), 119.

. decorus = Lophornis magnificus, 135

. defilippi = Phethornis philippi, 12.

delalandi (CEPHALOLEPTs), 132, 180.

. delattrei =Campylopterus hemileucurus,
26.

delattrii (LopHornts), 132, 133.

. delphine (Prrasopnora), 50, 52.

. derbiana (Eriocnemts), 189.

. derbyanus = Docimastes ensiferus, 68.

. derbyi = Lriocnemis derbianus, 189.

. devillii—= Amazilia mariz, 222.

dichroura (HELIANTHEA), 71, 74.

dilopus — Heliactin cornutus, 116.

dispar = Heliotrypha exortis, 87.

dominicus —Glaucis hirsuta, 6.

dominicus (LAMPORNIS), 38, 41.

bo bo bo pO bo t
He we GF UD CO CO

He He He ee
a Om CO LD

OF Ot ee He
ee)

5 no .bo pO b& bo WO bt PO bY PO tO
oO rae
to Re 1

253. dominicus = Lampornis gramineus, 40.
254. d’orbigyni — Lriocnemis glaucopoides,
Gil,

Or

5. dorhnii (GuAvctIs), 6, 7
§. doubledayi (IacuE), 234, 235
. doubledayi = Jache Toho, 235.

bo bo bo bo tO
oro
Darn or

58. dubusi = Amazilia fuscicaudata, 220.
59. duchaissingii—Cyanophaia ceruleigularis,
238.
260. dumerili (AMAzILIA), 217, 218.
261. dumerili= Amazilia marie, 222.

262. duponti (Tinmarura), 128
263. dyselius (HRriocnemis), 189, 194.

264. edwardi (AmaziniA), 217, 221.

265. egregia (HUPHERUSA), 212, 213.

266. egregius —Chlorostilbon pucherani, 244.
267. elatus —Chrysolampis moschitus, 176.
268. elegans (AmAz1z1A), 217, 226.

269. elegans (SPORADINUS), 241.

970. elicie (CHRYsuRONTA), 168, 169.
271. elize (DoricHa), 124, 125.

272. ellioti (Arruis), 113, 114.

273. ‘emigrans — Bellona cristata, 178.
274. emiliz (PHTHORNIS), 11, 13.
275. enicura (DoricHA), 123.

1 Orthorhynchus emigrans, Lawr., N. Y. Acad. Se., vol. i, p. 50.

272

~
a

tS tO tS 26
a a |

to tO 8©
oo @
aowreore

On

to
ex

. ensiferus (Docrmastes), 68.

. ensipennis (CAMPYLoPTERUS), 24, 26,

. eos (Herrantnoea), Tl, 72.

. episcopus (Pmernornts), 12, 20.

. erimita = Phathornis pygmaus, 20.

. eriphile (THanuranta), 98, 101.

. erythronota (AMAZILIA), 217, 224.

. erythrorhynchus = Amazilia cinnamomea,

219.

. esmeralda — Panychlora poortmani, 247.

285. estellm (OnkornocHiLus), 35, 36.
286. eucharis (Lespta), 146, 147.

. enchloris — Panychlora alicia, 248.
. cuphrosinw (Hesisrepnanta,) 80, 81.
. eupogon (Meraniura), 163, 164.

. eurynome (Paarnornts), 11, 17,

. eurypterus (Avocertinus), 161.

. evelinw — Doricha evelynex, 124.

. evelynw (Dortcna), 124, 125.

. evillinee — Doricha evelyne, 124.

5. exilis (Betnona), 178, 179.

. eximia (Eupnervsa), 212.

. exortis (ITex1oTryPHa), 87.

. faleatus —Campylopterus lazulus, 26.
. fallax (DoLenomya), 9.

300.
. fanny (Myrtts), 126, 127.
302.
803.
304.
305.
306.
807.
308.
809.
310.
811.
$12.
313,
814.
$15.
816.
317.
818.
319.
320.
$21.
$22.
823.
324.
325.
326.
327.

fannie — Thalurania eriphile, 102.

fannyi — Thalurania eriphile, 101.
fasciatus — Lampornis violicauda, 88.
faustinw —Uranomitra cyanocephala, 197.
felicie (AMAzILIA), 217, 224.

feliciana — Amazilia feliciw, 224.
feliciana (JULIAMYTA), 232, 233.
fernandensis (EusterHanvs), 93.
ferrugineus = Glaucis hirsuta, 6.

festivus — Lophornis chalybea, 136.

filippi — Phathornis philippi, 12.
fimbriatus — Florisuga mellivora, 48.
flabellifera — Florisuga mellivora, 48.
flammula (SeLasprorus), 108, 110.
flavescens (PANOPLITES), 53, 54.
flavicaudata (LAPRESNAYA), 43, 44.
flavifrons —Chlorostilbon pucherani, 244,
flavifrons —Chlorostilbon splendidus, 244.
floresi = Lampornis mango, 39.

floresi (Senaspuorvs), 108, 109.

floriceps (ANTHOCEPHALA), 183.
fluviatilis (AGyrtrta), 202, 207.
forcipatus — Eupetomena macroura, 21.
forficata = Thalurania furcatoides, 100.
forficatus (CYNANTHUS), 151.

forficatus = Fustephanus galeritus, 93.
francis (UaaNomiTRa), 196, 197.

INDEX OF SPECIFIC NAMES.

328.
329.
330.
331.
332.
333.
334.
335.
336.
337.
338.
339.
340.
341.

342.
3438.
S44.
345.
346.
347.
348.
349.
350.
351.
352.
353.
354.
355.
356.
357.
358.
359.
360.
361.
362.
363.
364.
365.
366.
367.
368.
369.

370.
371.
372.
373.
374.
375.
376.

STT.
378.

fraseri — Glaucis ruckeri, 8.
fraterculus = Phathornis supercilios
frontalis (lotama), 58, 59.
frontalis = Thalurania glaucopis, 09.
fulgens (EuGengs), 60.
falgidigula (Bourcrerta), 75, 76.
fulvifrons — Hylocharis
fulviventris = Doleromyia fallaz, 9 m
furcata (THALURANTA), 98, 99.
furcata — Thalurania nigrofasciata, 100
furcatoides (THALURANTA), 98, 100.
furcifer (HeLiomasteEr), 86.
fusca (FLortsuGa), 48. ;
fuscicaudata (AMAzILIA), 217, 220. 4

galeritus (EusTRPHANUs), 93.
gayi (LAFRESNAYA), 43, 44.
geoffroyi (Scutsres), 172, 173.
geoffroyi — Schistes personatus, 173.
georgine — Avocettinus euryplerus, 161
gertrudis = Sporadinus maugai, 242.
gigantea — Palagona gigas, 67.
gigas (PatTaGona), 67.
glaucopis (THALURANTA), 98, 99.
glaucopoides (Entocnemis), 189, 191.
glomata — Eriocnemis vestita, 193. _
glyceria (Zopata), 149, 150.
godini (ErtocNemis), 189, 193.
gorgo —Cynanthus for ficatus, 151.
goudoti (CyaNnopuata), 238, 239.
gouldi (Lespra), 146.

gouldi — Lesbia nuna, 147.
gouldi (Lopuornis), 132, 134. a
gouldi — Petasophora serrirostris, 52.
gracilis — Lesbia gouldi, 146.
gramineus (LAMPoRNIS), 38, 40.
granadensis = Phwolama rubinoides, !
granatinus — Lulampis jugularis, 43.
grata — Heliodoxa leadbealera, 65.
grayi (Eucerna.a), 228.
graysoni (Amazizta), 217, 219.

guatemalensis — Uranomitra cyé
197.

guerini (Oxypogon), 156.

guianensis —Chrysolampis moschil

guimeti (Kuars), 184.

gularis (APHANTOocHROA), 28.

gularis — Lampornis i

guyi (PHaTHornts), 11, 13. pr

gyrinno = Thalurania columbica, 10

haberlini (Cutorostripon), 243, 245.
hwmatorhynchus = Amazilia cinna
219.

379.
380.
381.
382.
383.
384.
385.
386.
387.
388.
389.
390.
391.
392.
393.
394.
395.
396.
397.
398.
399.
400.
401.
402.
403.
404.
405.
406.
407.
408.
409.
410.
411.
412.
413.

. ieterocephalus —Calypte anne, 107.

. idalie (PHaTHORNIS), 12, 19.

. igneus —Chlorostilbon pucherani, 244.

. imperatrix (HUGENTA), 62.

. inca (BOURCIERIA), 79.

. incertus = Amazilia elegans, 226.

. inornata (ADELOMYIA), 181.

. inornatus — Heliomaster furcifer, 86.

. insectivora (BourcrerRtA), 75, 76.

. insignis (PANTERPE), 195.

. insularis—Chlorostilbon pucherani, 244.
. intermedius—=Phethornis longuemareus, 18. |
. intermedius—Phethornis squalidus, 17.
- lodura (Amazimia), 217, 223.

. iolema (PTocHoprERA), 129, 130.

. iolata — Petasophora anais, 50.

. iridescens — Lampornis violicauda, 38.
. iridescens (SmaraGpocuRrysis), 129.

INDEX OF SPECIFIC NAMES.

hedvigee — Metallura eupogon, 164.
helene (Catypre), 107, 108.
helene (LopHornis), 132, 135.

helianthea — Helianthea typica, 71.
heliodori (AcEstruRA), 119, 120.

helios = Lophornis magnificus, 135.
heloise (ArrHis), 113.

hemileuca (C&LIGENA), 30, 31.
hemileucurus (CAMPYLOPTERUS), 24, 26.
hemileucurus (PHLoGopuiuus), 172.
henicura = Doricha enicura, 124.

henrica (C@LIGENA), 30.

henshawi (SELAsPHORUs), 108, 111.
herrani (RHAMPHOMICRON), 159.

hesperus (DipHLOG&NA), 69, 70.
heteropogon (RHAMPHOMICRON), 158.
heteropygia — Doricha enicura, 124.
heterura (HUTOXERES), 2, 3.

hirsuta (GLAUvcIs), 6.

hirsutus = Glaucis hirsuta, 6.
hirundinacea — Lupetomena macroura, 21.
hirundinaceus — Gouldia langsdor ffi, 139.
hirundo (EvPeToMENA), 21, 22.

hispidus (PH&HTHORNIS), 11, 16.

hoffmanni — Amazilia sophizx, 224.
holosericeus (EULAMPIS), 42.

humboldti (CurysuRonta), 168.

humilis = Wellisuga minima, 103.
hyperythrus (CAMPYLOPTERUs), 24, 25.
hypochlora (THALURANIA), 98, 102.
hypoecyanea (EucEPHALA), 228, 230.
hypoleucus — Leucippus chionogaster, 199.
hypoleucus —Uranomitra franciz, 198.
hypopheus —Chrysolampis moschitus, 176.
hyposticta (A PHANTOCHROA), 29.

35 March, 1879.

i

fo
ww ww &

~
co Or

He He He He
eS
Hoo © =

447.
448.
449.

. lessoni = Jache latirostris,
. lessoni —Uranomitra cyanocephala, 197.

. leucaspis (OREOPYRA), 33.

. leucocrotophus = Heliothrix auritus, LiA4.

. leucogaster (AGYRTRIA), 201, 202.

. leucogaster = Leucippus chionogaster, 199.
. leucopheea (AMAZILIA), 217, 218.

. leucophrys = Phethornis squalidus, 17.

. leucopleurus (OREOTROCHILUS), 35, 36.

. leucoproctus = Potyimus leucorrhous, 215.

273

2. iris (DIPHLOGHNA), 69.
. isaacsoni (HELIANTHEA), 71.
. isaure (CHALYBURA), 45, 46.

. jacula (HELIopoxA), 64.

. jacunda — Amazilia fuscicaudata, 220.

. Jamesoni (Heniopoxa), 64, 65.

- jamesoni — Oreotrochilus pichincha, 35.
. jardini (PANopLITES), 53.

. jelski (THatuRAntA), 98, 101.

. jelski (Mrratiura), 164.

442.
443,
444,
445,
446.

johanne (HrmistEpHANIA), 80.
josephine (CHrysvuronta), 169.
jourdani (Curocercts), 121.
jugularis (HuLAmpts), 42, 43.
julie = Juliamyia typica, 232, 233.
kieneri — Steganura underwoodi, 142.
kingii —Cynanthus forficatus, 151.
kingii = Lustephanus galeritus, 93.

. labrador = Myrtis fanny, 12.

1. lactea = Agrytria tobaci, 207.

. lactea (HynocHarts), 236.

. letitia (GotLpiA), 136, 139.

. lafresnayi — Lafresnaya flavicaudata, 44.
. lalandi—Cephalolepis delalandi, 180.

. laneeolata — Glaucis hirsuta, 6.

. langsdorfi (Gounpra), 138.

. largipennis (CAMPYLOPTERUS), 24.

. latipennis—Campylopterus largipennis, 24.
. latirostris = Amazilia pristina, 217.

. latirostris = Hylocharis sapphirina, 236.
. latirostris (lacHE), 234, 235.

. lazula = Iache latirostris, 235.

. lazulus (CAMPYLOPTERUS), 24, 26.

. lazulus = Lampornis violicauda, 38.

. leadbeateri (HELIopoxa), 64, 65.

. leocadiew (FLoricoxa), 84.

. lepida = Tilmatura duponti, 128.

. lerchi (Trmorta), 231, 232.

. lerdi = Agyrtria norrisii, 204.

. lessoni= Amazilia pristina, 217.
ssoni — Avocettula recurvirostris, 162.
. lessoni= A p

235.

483,
454.
485.
486.
487.

488.
489.
490.
491.
492.
493.
404.
495.
496.
497.
498.
499.

500.
501.
502.
503.

504.
505.

506.

507.
508.
509.
510.
§11.
512.
513.
514.
515.

516.
517.

518,
519.
520.
§21.
622.
523.
§24.
625.
526.
527.
528.
539.
530.
631.
532.
633.
534.
635.

INDEX OF SPECIFIC NAMES,

leucopygius = Florisuga fusca, 49.
leucorrhous (Potytmus), 215.

leucotis (BASILINNA), 226, 227.
leucura —Urochroa bouguert, 62.
leucurus (Guavors), 6, T.

leyboldi (EusterHanus), 93, 94.
libussa — Heliangelus clarisa, 89.
ligonicauda — Discura longicauda, 140.
lindeni (OxyPogon), 156.

linnwi — Agyrtria tobaci, 206.
linnwi — Polytmus thaumantias, 214.
loddigesi (CerHaLoeris), 180.
longicauda (Diseura), 136, 140.
longirostris (FLoRIcoLA), 83.
longirostris — Floricola leocadia, 84.
longirostris — Heliothrix auritus, 175.
longirostris — Lulampis holosericeus, 42.
longirostris (Puasrnornts), 11, 15.
longuemareus (PuaTuornis), 11, 18.
lophotes — Lophornis regulus, 132, 133.
lucie (AGyrrrra), 202, 208.

lucie — Thalurania glaucopis, 99.
luciani (Ertoonemts), 186, 192.
Incida (AMAzILA), 217, 223.

lucida — Basilinna leucotis, 227.
lucifer (CALoTHORAX), 118.

ludovicie (HemisTePHANta), 81.
lugens (Ertocnemis), 189, 191.
lugubris — Florisuga fusca, 48.
lumachellus (AUGAsTES), 170.
luminosa (CYANOPHATA), 238, 239.
luminosa (Iota), 58.

lutitim (Heniantuea), 71, 73.

lydia — Thalurania eriphile, 102.
lyrura (Dortona), 125.

macrocerca (IlYLONYMPHA), 97.
macroura (EUPETOMENA), 21.
maculicanda (AGyrrtria), 202, 207.
maculicollis— Panychlora alici#, 248.
maculata — Adelomyia melanogenys, 182.
maculatum — Rhamphodon nevius, 4.
maculatus — Agyrtria tobaci, 206.
maculatus — Lampornis gramineus, 40.
magica (IAcuE), 234, 235.

magnificus (LopHornis), 132, 135.
malaris = Phathornis superciliosus, 15.
malvinw — Agyrtria tobaci, 206.

mango (LAMPORNIS), 38, 39.

mango — Lampornis violicauda, 88.
margarethe —Cynanthus forficatus, 151.
margaritaceus == Agyrtria candida, 203.

margaritaceus —- Lampornis dominicus, 41.

maria = Aithurus polytmus, 96.

536.
537.
538.
539.
540.
541,
542.
543.
SAA.
545.
546.
547.

548.

549.
550.
551.
552.
553.
554.
555.
556.
557.
558.
559.
560.
561.
562.
563.
564.
565.
566.
567.
. minutulus = Mellisuga minima, 1 103
_ mirabilis (Lopprarsta), 145.
. mitchelli (CautapHLox), 129,

- mocoa (CYNANTHUS), 152.

573.
. moschitus (CurysoLaMPis), 176
. Mosquera (ER10CNEMIS), oe
. mossai = Zodalia glyceria, 15
. mulsanti (AcksTruRA), 119.
. mystacinus = Lepidola:

: mystax — Lophornis chalybea,

580.
. napensis —Chlorostilbon
. naterreri — Augustes supert
. neera = Chrysuronta jo
584.
585.
586.

marie (AMAZILIA), 217, 222.
marmoratus = Lampornis gro
matthewsi (PANopLires), 53, wa _
maugei — Agyrtria tobaci, 207.
maugei (Sporapinus), 241, 242.
mavors (HELIANGELUS), 89, 91. —
mazeppa = Glaucis hirsuta, 6.
media —Chlorostilbon prasinus, 246,
melananthera (STEGANURA), ee
melanogaster (OngoTrrocHiLus), 35
melanogenys (ADELOMYIA), 182. a
melanoleuca — Lepidolaryna mesole
85.
melanorhynchus = Chlorostilbon |

pennis, 245.
melanorrhoa (CHALyBuRA), 45, 4. -
melanosternum — Gouldia langsdor ffi,

melanotis — Basilinna leucolis, 2
melanotis = Phathornis er
melanura — Glaucis enh 6.
meliphila —Chlorostilbon p
mellisuga — Agyrtria compsa, 2

mellisuga = Agyrtria lecogaster, 2
mellisuga — Panychlora alicia, 2

mellivora (Fiorisuea), 48.
mentalis = Eucephala cerulea, 2%
merrittii — Klais guimeti, 184. |
mesoleucus (LEPIDOLARYNX), 85.
micrastur (HeLioTrypHa), 87
microrhyneba Caaosneanal ;
microrhynchum (RuAMPHOMICRO 18), ]
micrura (AcESTRURA), 119, 120.
milleri (AGyrTrRIA), 201, 203.
minima (MetutsuGa), 103.

Fe -

montana — Selasphorus p
moorei — Phathornis supercil

nevius (RHAMPHODON), 4. —

neglecta (AGYRTRIA), 201, 05.
nigra — Mellisuga minima, 03.

niger = Florisga fusca, .

Lf

587.
588.
589.
590.
591.
592.
593.
594.
595.
596.
597.
598.
599.
600.
601.
602.
603.
604.
605.

606.
607.
608.
609.
610.

611.
612.
613.
614.
615.
616.
617.
618.
619.
620.
621.
622.

623.
624.
625.
626.
627.
628.
629.
630.
631.
632.
633.
634.
635.
636.
637.

INDEX OF SPECIFIC

nigricauda (AGyrTRIA), 202, 208.
nigricinctus (PHATHORNIS), 12, 20.
nigricollis = Lampornis violicauda, 38.
nigtirostris = Leucippus chionogaster, 199.
nigriventris (CALLIPHARUS), 211.
nigrivestis (HRIOCNEMIS), 189, 194.
nigrofasciata (THALURANIA), 98, 100.
nigrotis — Heliothriz auritus, 174.

nitens —Chlorostilbon haberlini, 244.
nitidicauda (AGYRTRIA), 202, 298.
nitidifrons (AGyrTRIA), 201, 205.
nitidissimus —Chlorostilbon pucherani, 244.
nitidus — Lampornis violicauda, 38.
niveipectus (AGyrTRIA), 201, 202.
niveiventris (AMAZILIA), 217, 222.

nobilis (OREONYMPHA), 157.

norrisii (AGYRTRIA), 201, 204, 216.

nuna (Lessia), 147.

nuna-kaoli = Lesbia nuna, 147.

obscura = Phethornis idalizx, 19.

obseurus (CAMPYLOPTERUS), 24, 25.

obscurus —Clytolema rubinea, 56.

ocai (AMAZILIA), 217, 221.

olivaceo-cauda — Aglexactis caumatonota,
186.

olivaceus (RHAMPHOMICRON), 158.

opaca (MeEraLLurA), 163.

opisthocomus = Cephalolepis loddigesi, 180.

ornatus — Bellona cristata, 178.

ornatus (LopHornis), 132, 134.

orthura (CATHARMA), 112.

ortoni (ZopALIA), 149.

osberti —Chlorostiibon caniveti, 243.

osculans (HELIANTHEA), 71, 73.

oseryi = Phethornis hispidus, 16.

otero = Heliodoxa leadbeatert, 65.

ourissia — Sporadinus maugezi, 242.

pallidiceps — Floricola longirostris, 83.
pallidus — Lewcippus chionogaster, 199.
pamela (AGL@macTIS), 186, 187.

pampa (SPHENOPROCTUS), 23.
paradisea — Panoplites flavescens, 54.
paradiseus — Topaza pella, 95.
parvirostris (MicrocuEra), 104.
parvirostris — Oxypogon guerini, 156.
parvula — Agleactis cupripennis, 186.
parzudaki — Heliotrypha exortis, 87.
parzudaki — Sporadinus riccordi, 241.
pauline — Metallura tyrianthina, 166.
pectoralis — Lampornis gramineus, 40.
pella (Topaza), 95.

pegasus —Chrysolampis moschitus, 176.

638.
639.
640.
641.

681.
682.
683.

684.

685.
686.
687.

). phainolema —

. punctulatus =

NAMES.

to
=F
or

personatus (Scurstgs), 173.

peruana (STEGANURA), 143.

peruanus —Chlorostilbon splendidus, 246.

petasophorus = Pelasophora serrirostris,
52.

. pheopygus =Chlorostilbon angustipennis,

245.

. phethon —Chlorostilbon splendidus, 244.
. phaon (Sappno), 153, 154.

Heliothrix auriculatus, 175.

. phainoleuca — Heliothrix auriculatus, 175.
7. phaebe —Chlorostilbon prasinus, 246.

8. philippi (PHa&rnornts), 11, 12.

. pichincha (OREOTROCHILUS), 35.

. pileatus — Bellona cristata, 178.

. pinicola — Floricola leocadiz, 84.

. platurus — Discura longicauda, 140.

. platycercus (SELAspHoRUs), 108, 109.

. poliocerca (HUPHERUSA), 212.

. polytmus (AIrHuRUS), 96.

. poortmani (PANYCHLORA), 247.

. popelairii (GouLpIA), 138.

. porphyrogaster — Helianthea typica, 71.

9. porphyrurus — Lampornis mango, 39.

0. pouchetii — Heliothria auriculatus, 175.

. prasinoptera
. prasinus (CHLOROSTILBON), 243, 246.

3. prasinus —Chlorostilbon pucherant, 244,
. pretrei (PH#THORNIS), 11, 14.

5. prevosti (LAMPORNIS), 38, 39.

. primolii = Metallura primolina, 165.

. primolina (METALLURA), 165.

. pristina (AMAZILIA), 217.

9. prunelli (BourcigrtA), 75, 78.

Hulampis juguluris, 43.

’

. pucherani (CHLOROSTILBON), 243, 244.

. puella —Thalurania columbica, 99.

72. pulchra (CALoTHORAX), 118.

3. pumilus—Chlorostilbon angustipennis, 245.
. punctatus — Lampornis violicauda, 38.

Lampornis violicauda, 38.

. puniceus — Bellona cristata, 178.

purpurea (BourcrertA), 75, 78.
purpureiceps = Heliothriz barroti, 175.
pygmeus (PH#THORNIS), 12, 20,

. pyra (Topaza), 95.

quadricolor — Lampornis violicauda, 38.
quadricolor (URANOMITRA), 196.
quitensis — Metallura tyrianthina, 166.

raimondi = Sporadinus riccordi, 241.
rectrirostris (HEMISTEPHANTA), 81.
recurvirostris (A VvocETTULA), 162.
refulgens (THALURANIA), 98, 101.

276

688.
65%.
690.
601.
692.

693.
6M,
695.
696.
697.
698,
699.
700.
701,
702.
703,
704.
705,
706.
707.
708.
709.
710.
TL.
712.
713.
Tu,
715.
716.
717.
118.
719.
720.
721.

722.
723.
7124.
725.
726.
727.
728.
729.
730.
731.
732.
733.
734.
735.
736.
737.
738,
739.

INDEX OF

reginw =< Lophornis gouldi, 134,

reginw = Lophornis stictolophus, 132, 133.

regis == Heliomaster furcifer, 86.

regulus (LOPHORNTS), 132, 1383.

reichenbachi —Chrysolampis moschitus,
176.

remigera = Steganura underwoodi, 142.

rhami (LAMPROLA#MA), 32.

rhodotis = Petasophura anais, 50.

riccordi (SPoRADINUS), 241,

ridolfi= Lrivcnemis vestila, 193.

riefferi = Amazilia fuscicaudata, 220.

rivoli = Lugenes fulgens, 60.

roberti (CAMPYLOPTERUS), 24, 28.

robinson =

rose (Camrocercus), 12).

ruber = Selasphorus rufus, 110.

rubinea (CLYTOLAMA), 56.

rubineus = Clytolema rubinea, 56.

rubinoides (PHmo_aMa), 55.

rubra = Selasphorus ryfus, 110.

rubrigularis (PerasopHora), 51.

ruckeri (GLAvCTS), 6, 8.

ruficaudatus == Clylolama rubinea, 56.

raficeps (RuAMPHOMICRON), 160.

ruficollis = Chrysuronia chrysura, 169

ruficollis = Rhamphodon navius, 4.

ruficrissa (Urosticre), 91.

rufigaster = Phathornis pygmaeus, 20.

rufiventris = Phathornis pygmaeus, 20.

rufocaligatus = Steganura adde, 143.

rufus (CAMPYLOPTERUS), 24, 25.

rufus (SeLAspnorus), 108, 110.

russata = Eriocnemis aurelia, 190.

rutila = Amazilia cinnamomea, 219.

sabinw = Adelomyia melanogenys, 182.
sagitta = Heliodoxra leadbeateri, 65.
saisin = Selasphorus rufus, 110.
salvadori = Cynanthus for ficatus, 151,
salvini = Chlorostilbon caniveti, 248.
salvini = Eutoreres aquila, 3.
sapphirina (Hytocnarts), 236.
sapphirina = ylocharis lactea, 236.
sapphiropygia (Ertoonemis), 189, 193.
sappho — Sappho sparganura, 154,
saucerottii (AMAZILIA), 217, 225.
saulm = Lafresnayi gayi, 44.
scapulata (EvcrPHALA), 228, 229.
schliephackei =
schreibersi (TotaMa), 58.

scintilla (Senaspnores), 108, 111.
aclateri = Floricola lonqirostris, 83.
scutatus —= Augastes superbus, 171.

Eustephanus fernandensis, 93.

= Docimaster ensiferus, 68.

SPECIFIC NAMES.

TAO.
i41.
742.
TAS.
TAA.
745.
746.
741.
748.

749.

750.
751.
752.
753.
754.
755.
756.
757.
758.
759.
760.
761.
762.

763.
764.
765.
766.
767.
768.
769.
770.
TUL
172.
173.
Ti4.
775.

776.
TT.
T78.
779.
780.
781.
782.
783.
784.
785.
786.
787.
788.
789.

senex = Agyrtria candida, 203.
sephanoides = Lustephanes galeritus, 9
serrirostris (Perasornona), 50, 5:
similis =Chlorostilbon pucherani,
simplex = Aphantochroa cirroc
simplex = Calothorax pant 1
simplex = Lriocnemis cupre
smaragdicaudus = Cynanthosm
smaragdina = Chlorostilbon a

245,
smaragdineum = Hucephala s

cerulea, 229.
smaragdinicollis (Mecanctelel i
smaragdinipectus (Ertocnemis), 189,
smaragdinus =Cynanthus mocoa, 16
smaragdo-cwrulea (EucerHaa), 228
solstitialis (STEGANURA), 142.
sophie (AMAZILIA), 217, 224.
sordida (PHmoprTia), 10.
sparganura (Sappno), 153, 154.
spatuligera — Steganura underwoodi,
spectabilis (Eugenes), 60, 61.
spencei (HELIANGELUS), 89, 90.
spixi = Glaucis dorhni, 7. ae -
splendens = Campylopterus v

27.
splendens = Heliodora leadbeate

splendidus (CHLOROSTILBON), 242,
squalidus (PHaTHoRNIS), 11, 11.
squamata (ERrtocNeEMIs), 189, 190. —
squamigularis = Heliolrypha barrali,
squamosus = Lepidolarynx me
stanleyi (RHAMPHOMICRON), 159.
stenura (PANYCHLORA), 247, 248
stictolophus (Lornorsis), 132, 133
stokesii = Eustephanus fe
striigularis (PHarrnorNts), 12, 1
strophianus (Hetranceus), 89,
strumaria = Lophornis

135.
stuarte = Floricola longi ost
suavis = Amazilia aud
subcerulea (EUCEPHALA), 228,
subfurcata = Thalurania furca
superbus (AUGASTES), sie 2
superbus = Floricola longi
superciliosus = Glaucis hi Z
superciliosus (Puarioryts), 11, 14.
superciliosns = Phathornis p .
surinamensis = Florisuga 1 a
swainsoni = Doricha enicura, au
swainsoni = Sporadinus elegans,
sylphia = Lesbia gouldi, 146.
syrmatophorus (PuaTuoRsis), 11,

790.
791.
792.
793.
794.
795.
796.
ite
798.
799.
800.
801.
802.
803.
804.
805.
806.
807.
808.
809.
$10.
811.
812.
813.
814.
815.
816.
817.
818.

. underwoodi (SrEGANURA), 141, 142.
. urochrysea (CHALYBURA), 45, 46.
. uropygialis = Hriocnemis vestita, 193.

. venusta = Thalurania columbica, 99.

- venustissimus = Hulampis jugularis, 43.
. veraguensis (HEMISTEPHANIA), 80, 82.

. veraguensis (LAMPORNTS), 38, 40.

. verreauxi (LOPHORNIS), 133, 136.

. versicolor = Agyrtria brevirostris, 204.
. versicolor = Cephalolepis delalandi, 180.
- verticalis = Uranomitra cyanocephala, 197. |
. verticeps = Thalurania eriphile, 101.

- vesper (Ruopopts), 115.

- vespera — Rhodopis vesper, 115.

- vestita (Ertocnemts), 189, 193.

. Victoria = Lesbia amaryllis, 148.

. vieilloti= Mellisuga minima, 103.

. vieilloti— Petasophorus serrirostris, 52.

INDEX OF

taczanowski = Heliangelus clarisse, 89.
temminckii — Lepidolarynx mesoleucus, 85.
temminckii (PTEROPHANES), 66.
tephrocephala (AGyrrrRia), 202, 206.
terpna— Agyrtria apicalis, 207.

thalassina (PETASOPHORA), 50, 51.
thalassinus = Pelasophora anais, 50.
thalassinus = Petasophora thalassina, 51.
thaumantias (PoLyTMUs), 213, 214.
thaumatias—= Agyrtria tephrocephala, 206. |
therese = Polytmus viridissimus, 214.
tobaci (AGyRTRIA), 202, 206.

tobagensis = Agyrtria tobaci, 206.
tobago = Agyrtria tobaci, 206.

torquata (BourcrEeRIaA), 75, 77.

torridus (SELASPHORUS), 108, 111.
traviesi (BourcrERIA), 75, 77.
tricolopha = Gouldia popelari, 138.
tricolor = Selasphorus platycercus, 109.
tristris = Patagona gigas, 67.
tschudi = Thalurania nigrofasciata, 100.
turneri = Leucippus chionogaster, 199.
typica (ABEILLIA), 184.
typica = Amazilia saucerotli, 225.

typica = Bourcieria celigena, 19.

typica (HELIANTHEA), 71.
typica (JULIAMYIA), 232, 233.
typus = Phethornis guyt, 13.
tyrianthina (MrraLiura), 166.

SPECIFIC

837.
838.
839.
840.
841.
842.
843.
844.
845.
846.
847.
848.
849.
. viridicaudus = Chrysuroniahumboldti, 168.
. viridicaudus — Polytmus viridissimus, 214.
. viridiceps (AGyRTRIA), 201, 203.

. viridifrons (URANOMITRA), 196, 197.

. viridigaster = Amazilia viridiventris,

859.
860.
861.
862.
863.
864.
865.

866.
867.
868.
869.
870.
871.

5. viridigastra = Amazilia viridiventris,
. viridipallens (C®LIGENA), 31.

. viridipectus = Agrytria tobaci, 206.

. Viridipectus = Thalurania nigrofasciata,

NAMES. 277
vieillotii = Lophornis chalybea, 132, 136.
villavicencio (CAMPYLOPTERUS), 24, 27.
villosus = Phathornis hispidus, 16.

viola (HELIOTRYPHA), 87.

violaceus = Hulampis jugularis, 43.
violicauda (LAMPoRNIS), 38.

violiceps (URANOMITRA), 196.

violifera (HELIANTHEA), 71, 73.
violifrons = Heliothrix barroti, 175.
violifrons = Hemistephania johanne, 80.
virescens — Polytmus thaumantias, 214.
virginalis = Lampornis dominicus, 41.
viridicaudata — Phathornis idalix, 19.

bo 89
bo 09
SF

100.
viridis (LAMPORNIS), 38, 40.
viridis = Polytmus thawmantias, 214.
viridis = Polytmus viridissimus, 214.
viridissimus = Agyrtria tobaci, 206.
viridissimus (PoLyTMus), 214.
viridiventris (AMAZILIA), 217, 220.
vulecani—= Rhamphomicron stanleyi, 159.

wagleri = Thalurania bicolor, 102.
warszewiczil (AMAZILTA), 217, 225.
warszewiczi = Diphlogena iris, 69.
watertoni (THALURANTA), 98, 101.
whitelyana (loLmMa), 59.

wiedi = Hucephala cyanogenys, 231.

372. williami (MeTALLURA), 165.

3. wilsoni (BourctERrA), 75, 77.
. xanthusi (BASILINNA), 226, 227.

5. yarrelli (Myrtts), 127.
. yaruqui (PHaTnorNis), 11, 13.
. yucatanensis (AMAZILIA), 217, 219.

. zemes= Tilmatura duponti, 128.
9. zonura= Pheoptila sordida, 10.
. Zonura = Phethornis griseigularis, 18.

e¢

= - Oxay/ aaa

SMITHSONIAN CONTRIBUTIONS TO KNOWLEDGE.

FEVER:

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY.

BY

H. C. WOOD, A.M., M.D.,

LATE PROFESSOR OF BOTANY AND NOW PROFESSOR OF MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS AND CLINICAL
PROFESSOR OF DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM IN THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA,
MEMBER OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, ETC,

78. |

wo

[| AccEPTED FOR PUBLICATION, JANUARY, 18

(oe

i OVA Ca

0 eShns

ADV RDS kM Ne:

Tue following paper gives the results of experiments made, partly at the expense
of the Smithsonian Institution, by Dr. H. C. Wood, of Philadelphia, in 1876 and
1877, to determine the nature and cause of fever.

The memoir was submitted to the Institution in 1878 and referred to a commis-
sion consisting of Dr. S. Weir Mitchell and Dr. J. J. Woodward, and on their .
recommendation it was accepted for publication in the Contributions to Knowledge.

SPENCER F. BAIRD,

Secretary of Smithsonian Institution.
WASHINGTON, October, 1880.

( iii )

nent i "

p st) ret ie eos
ry 4 at ‘oe

jhe yy ese pee 4

PREFACHKH.

THE present memoir is the outcome of labor, which has occupied during many
years all the hours that could be spared from pressing professional engagements.
Like other works, which have grown up rather than been fully conceived of in
the beginning, it has taken a final form somewhat different from that which
originally shaped itself in the author’s mind, having been especially modified by
the hand of death laid upon those who were to have been co-workers to the end.

It was intended that the memoir should be a complete discussion of the subject
on which it treats; including in its scope the chemistry of fever and the relation
of the febrile state to ingestion and elimination. I am not a practical chemist,
but Dr. Horace Hare was to have had charge of the chemical portion of the
research, which would have been published under our joint names. After some
months spent in devising, preparing, and testing apparatus, Dr. Hare was over-
taken by the malady which ultimately caused his death. This deranged all our
plans, and resulted in my continuing alone the share of work originally allotted
to me.

It is, perhaps, allowable for me in this place to pay a brief tribute to the memory
of one who took an active part in preparing the groundwork of the present research,
Fitted by natural endowments and by careful scientific training both in this
country and abroad, Dr. Horace Hare, had he lived, would have proved himself
worthy to bear the name of his grandfather, Prof. Hare, who so long gave lustre
to the chemical chair in the Medical Department of the University of Pennsyl-
vania, By industry and originality he was fitted to shine as an investigator; by his
remarkable personal winsomeness and his gifts as a public lecturer he was destined

had not death ended all. To

to have become a great teacher of his favorite science
him the author owes, not only memories of many hours spent most pleasantly and
instructively, but gratitude for suggestions, for manifold aid, given at a time when
the task, now completed, seemed hopeless in its complexity and magnitude.

I also desire to acknowledge great personal indebtedness to Dr. B. F. Lauten-
bach, whose young life was put out by the same fatal disease that ended the career
of Dr. Hare. First as a pupil and afterwards as an assistant, Dr. Lautenbach was

; Gy)

vi . PREFACE,

hundreds of hours’ ‘shir § as my assistant, and was of much service in the. _
sion of plans and methods, In only one experiment, however, reported in
Memoir did I not myself take part, and almost all of the final thermometr
readings were made by myself, except in the case of the fever experiments, ' h
usually allowed my assistants to carry on the work through the alternate nig
Most of this night-work was personally superintended by Dr. Lautenbach, althe
Lam under obligations to Drs. G. Evans Abbot, Jno. Marshall, Edward Ti R ick
W. W. Jaggard, and others for aid, without which the research could ne
reached completion. Almost all of the calculations were originally made by m
but were revised, and indeed recalculated by Mr. T, D. Dunn and Dr.
Jaggard. ‘The few carbonic acid examinations reported were made by Drs. Abb

and Marshall.

COON ERENT Ss

CHAPTER T._

YMPTOM OF FEVER

CHAPTER II.

ATIGN OF HEAT

CHAPTER III.

1c PHENOMENA OF FEVER

CHAPTER IV:

Meruops BY WHICH THE ANIMAL ORGANISM CONTROLS THE PRODUCTION

Gum)

PAGE

14

160

244

FEVER.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY,

@CHvAGE en ale
THE ESSENTIAL SYMPTOM OF FEVER.

In approaching a physiological or pathological process for the purpose of
studying its mechanism and nature, its essential symptom should, if possible, be first
determined as a guide in the unravelling of the mysteries of the process. Fever
has been defined to be “an acute derangement of all the functions”; this it cer-
tainly is. Yet the definition gives to the mind no idea of the phenomena of fever.
When these are analyzed, it will be found that the most important of them are
capable of being grouped in four sets: acceleration of the heart’s beat, and dis-
turbance of the circulation; nervous disturbance ; elevation of bodily temperature ;
disturbance of nutrition, including secretion.

It is evident that these four symptomatic groups may have one of two relations:
one condition may be the cause of the other, or they may all be simply the result
of acommon cause. If it can be found by experimentation that each of these
conditions can be singly provoked without the remaining conditions being at the
same time evolved, it is at once rendered exceedingly probable that the relation
between these conditions is not causal, 7. e., that no one condition is the cause of
the others, and that their interdependence does not extend beyond their being the
result of some common cause. On the other hand, if experimentation shows that
one of these symptoms or conditions is capable of producing the other conditions,
the natural inference is that this is a primary condition, and is really the cause of
the others, which are, therefore, secondary states or symptoms of fever.

The nervous disturbances of fever may be summed up as paresis or convulsions,
stupor, coma, delirium. Clinical experience abundantly demonstrates that these
do not necessarily induce high temperature or accelerated circulation. ‘The
proof of this is so evident that it is not necessary to do more than to allude to it.
Again, it is equally sure that increased activity of circulation is not sufficient to
induce the high temperature of fever. It is, indeed, true that increased activity of
blood movement has some effect upon the animal heat, but this effect is, compara-
tively speaking, slight. By means of excessive exercise, or by the use of certain

1 March, 1880, El)

9 FEVER.

-

drugs, the circulation can be excited much beyond the point that it reaches in fe’
but under these circumstances the elevation of temperature never approaches th
of high fever.

Disturbances of nutrition, including secretion and excretion, are certainly capab
of causing fever, but that such disturbances are not always the cause of the febr
state is shown by the circumstance that fever may be generated in the norm

nutrition, Tt would indeed appear that derangement of nutritive fune
frequently a secondary and not a primary phenomenon of fever.

From the considerations just brought forward it would appear that such ¢
orders of circulation, innervation, or nutrition as constitute the gross symptoms
fever are not essential to fever, i.¢., capable of producing the other phenomena
the febrile state, and that if any one fever symptom be the cause of the other fey
symptoms, it must be the elevated temperature.

When we desire to heat any inorganic body we do it by applying to it he
but the living animal body has power of resisting the absorption of heat by
so well known as not to require consideration here. This power is, however, li
and we are able to heat the animal provided the external warmth be-sufficient a
be applied with sufficient persistency.

The following series of experiments was performed to.determine the effect
heating the animal body. In the first two trials natural heat was employed.
box was constructed rudely with a slanting glass lid, like a miniature green-hou
It was simply placed upon a brick pavement, when used, in such a way that t
sun could exert its fullest power upon it. In the other experiments artificial he
was employed.

EXPERIMENT 1.

Exposed a two-thirds-grown rabbit in a box covered with glass.

1 p. mM. —Temperature in rectum, 104°.5 F. Temperature of box, 120° F.

1:15 p. M.—Temperature, 106°.5. Respiration very hurried.

1:30 p, m.—Temperature, 109°.5. Has convulsive attacks, in which he jumps, and kicks |
hind legs with great fury.

1:45 p. M—Temperature, 112°. Seems very weak and relaxed; breathing 220 a minute. —
on side, with every now and then the attacks alluded to; slobbering greatly.

2:10 Pp. M.—Temperature of box, 120°. Rabbit on side, exceedingly weak, gasping; squeal
faintly at intervals. :

2:15 p. M.—Temperature, 114°.5. Perfectly unconscious; lies relaxed and motionless on the ¢
ground in the shade. :

2:20 p.m.—Only gasping at long intervals; heart still beating, although laboredly, and so
what irregularly, yet pretty steadily, and with some force.

2:21 p. m.—Dead.

Autlopsy.—Heart: right side and left auricle full of blood; left side containing blood, no
tracted. The heart made a few very imperfect and feeble attempts at beating when it w
across. Blood coagulating with great rapidity and firmness; alkaline. Brain not con :
Muscles all failing to show the slightest sign of contraction under the strongest faradie curt
except some of the leg muscles, which contracted very feebly, and only when the current was |
intense.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 3

EXPERIMENT 2.

Two-thirds-grown rabbit. Put in the box at 11:30 a.m. Rectal temperature, 104°.5.

12 m—Rectal temperature, 109°. Temperature of box, 112°.

12:25 p. M_—Rectal temperature, 110°.5. Rabbit weak, slobbering a great deal; breathing with
great rapidity.

1:15 p. M—Rabbit conscious, lying quietly on his side; not slobbering; breathing not nearly
so rapid, but deep and labored. Rectal temperature, 111°.5.

1:35 p. M_—Rabbit found dead. Rectal temperature, 112°.

Autopsy.—Heart: left ventricle empty, very firmly contracted, with a very evident white spot at
apex. Galvanic (induced) current very strong, giving rise to no muscular movements whatever,
either of heart or voluntary muscles. Blood coagulating slowly and imperfectly ; reaction neutral,
or at least so feebly alkaline as to be uncertainly so. Muscular reaction very decidedly acid.
Spinal cord not congested. Right side of heart gorged with blood.

EXPERIMENT 3.

A large adult rabbit.

12:11 p. Mm—Rectal temperature, 105°. Just put in box, whose temperature is 130°, heated by
very hot brick flues, on which the rabbit lies.

12:15 p. m.—Rectal temperature, 107°. Breathing excessively hurried.

12:17 p. Mt—Rectal temperature, 109°.

12:21 p. M.—Rectal temperature, 111°. Had a moment since what was apparently a convulsion,
and has had numerous convulsive twitchings since. Appears semi-unconscious.

12:25 p.m.—Dead. Temperature in abdomen after death, 111°. Respiration ceased some time
before heart. The thorax was opened, and the heart was felt by the finger to be pulsating. On
more complete exposure, the heart was seen to be very distinctly pulsating, and gradually becoming
filled with dark blood. The heart was punctured, and blood allowed to escape; it made one or
two pulsations, and then at once became rigid. After this the diaphragm was tried with the gal-
vanic current, and responded to it. The muscles of the hinder extremity did not respond, those of the
front legs did. Peristaltic action of the intestines was moderately active when the body was opened,
and on galvanic excitation became very active.

EXPERIMENT 4.
A moderate-sized dog.
1 Pp. M_—Put in the hot box.
1:15 p. m.—Rectal temperature, 106°.
1:30 Pp. M—Rectal temperature, 110°.
1:40 p. M—Rectal temperature, 110°.75. Just dead.

Autopsy.—As soon as respiration ceased, the body was opened. Heart still beating, gorged with
dark blood. Veins full of dark blood. Blood on being shaken in test-tubes rapidly clotting, and
slowly changing its color to an arterial hue. 'The vessels were carefully examined ; no clots were
found in them. ;

EXPERIMENT 9.

An adult pigeon.

11:40 a, m— Rectal temperature, 109°. Just put in box; the temperature in box, 130° ; besides,
the pigeon was in direct contact with the very hot brick flue.

11:45 A.M. Respirations very weak.

12 M.—Has been unable to stand for some time ; has been semi-unconscious. Just had a convul-
sion, followed by persistent opisthotonos.

12:2 p, M.—Anal temperature, 120° ?. (My thermometer did not mark higher than 120°, to which
the mercury rose; the hand could hardly bear the heat of the flesh.) Dead. Respiration certainly

4 FEVER

ceased before the heart’s action. Rigidity came on almost before heart ceased beatin
opened as soon as heart ceased action. The heart was found rigidly contracted ie .

Muscles acid.
’

Experiments 6, 7, 8, 9, were the counterparts of Experiment 5. A
In Experiment 10, a eat was employed. ‘The result was as follows;— -
4

ExrertMent 10.

12:16 Pp. M.—Temperature of box, 130°. ot

12:35 yp. M.—Temperature of box, 130°. The cat ever since it was put in the box h
struggling violently and savagely, and for the last five minutes has been evidently grow
but perfectly conscions. Just seized with a sudden tetanie convulsion, which instan|
all respiration, and persisted with absolute rigidity for about five minutes (not by
When the cat was taken from the box the pupils were widely dilated, the heart be:
and regularly. She was plunged into cold water, but never made an effort at breathis
perfect relaxation of the muscles soon came on. The body was opened : heart found |
beating and distended with blood ; after a considerable time it was seen to gradually s
and the left side contracting expelled all the blood from it, and became rigid.
responded, though somewhat feebly, to the galvanic current fully fifteen minutes after res]
ceased,

‘These experiments suffice to show that in animals heating the body artifi
produces disturbances of circulation and of innervation similar to those preset
ordinary fever. In man the phenomena of sunstroke, or, as I prefer to call it, t
fever, show that exposure to external heat may produce all the symptoms o
febrile state. ‘The following description of the symptoms present in that
given by Dr. Bonnyman (Kdinburgh Med. Journal, 1564), shows how precise!
agree with those of ordinary severe fever. "4

“Where premonitory symptoms show themselves, they are somet
marked, ‘Those usually observed are—inaptitude and disinclination for au
tion, drowsiness, or a desire to sleep, vertigo, headache, and slight confi
ideas; the patient feels weak, sighing frequently; the appetite is gone
increased, and the bowels are constipated; the symptoms become aggravated
the patient either passes into the state of profound coma, or symptoms of th
or progressive form of the malady are complained of, viz, distressing }
with a feeling of weight and heat in the occiput, tightness, distention, and
in the forehead and temples, anxiety at the precordia, nausea, and a di:
vomit, A sensation of sinking or of insupportable weight, or uneasiness, i
to the pit of the stomach, and a feeling of horror or of impending
tendency to weep, is experienced, The breathing is natural, or slow ¢
The face is generally natural or somewhat flushed, eyes bright, pupils ei
or somewhat contracted. ‘The skin is very hot and dry; the ple
accelerated, tongue white, thirst intense, bowels confined, the urine s
these symptoms persist, tetanic convulsions suddenly appear, and the pe
into the second or severe form of the disease.”

After death from thermic fever the condition of the blood so coal
that seen after a malignant fever as to have caused various skillful phys t .

Ae SH Ue peal Ne veOUR DD TAN DeNiOR MAG PM \ SO iO Guys 5
believe that the symptoms of sunstroke are due to the presence of a poison in the
blood.*

That high temperature is capable of causing most fatal nutritive disturbances of
almost every tissue is therefore shown not only by experiments upon the lower
animals, but also by the natural (if the expression be allowable) experiment of sun-
stroke upon man. ‘The peculiar odor and the offensive perspiration of thermic
fever in man, the altered or suppressed urine, the frequent watery, exceedingly
offensive, involuntary passages, the broken-down crassis of the blood found after
death, are all of them important witnesses of the profound influence excessive tem-
perature has upon the general nutrition.

Without occupying more space it may be claimed that by the evidence brought
forward the following proposition has been demonstrated: —

Extemal heat applied to the body of the normal animal, so as to elevate the
temperature, produces derangement of the functious of innervation, of circulation,
of nutrition and secretion, similar to those seen in natural fever; the intensity of
the disturbances being directly proportionate to the rise in temperature,

Bearing closely upon this proposition are various experiments that have been
made as to the effect of external heat upon the brain and heart when applied directly
to them.

There is no difficulty in applying heat directly to the brain of the cat and rabbit
by surrounding the head with a double bonnet of india-rubber, or, as I have used,
of pig’s bladder, and allowing hot water to run through this. Vallin is, so far as
I know, the only observer who has made any such experiments. It is evident that
there are two points especially to be determined in this mquiry: first, How do
the symptoms produced compare with those of ordinary sunstroke? second, What
is the temperature at which the functional power of the brain is lost? In only two
instances did Vallin succeed in causing death by the hot-water bonnet, and in
neither of these cases was any attempt made to measure the temperature of the
brain. ‘The symptoms are not described by Vallin as closely as is desirable, but
appear to have been insensibility —whether coming on gradually or suddenly is not
stated—with convulsions.

1 Tt is perhaps allowable here to notice a criticism of Prof. J. J. Ricot (Legons de Pathologie
Générale. es Grands Processes Morbides. Tome I. Paris, 1876, p. 35).

“Sans doute aussi, en 1863, H. C. Wood (cité dans ‘Revue critique du mechanisme de la mort par
la chaleur extérieure,’ par le docteur HE. Vallin. Arch. Gén. de Méd., 1871:) a prétendu que chez
les animaux qui succombent & la suite de exposition & une température excessive, on trouve le sang
acide, et cette assertion a été reproduite par Obernier en 1867; mais les expériences sur lesquelles
ces auteurs ont appuyé une semblable constatation manquent ecomplétement de base scientifique, et,
je le pense avec M. Vallin (loc. cit.), il n’y a pas lieu d’en tenir compte.”

In 1863 I had made no experiments on animals. When in 1872 I did make such experiments, I
wrote simply, “that the alkalinity of the blood was impaired.” TI had reported in 1863 cases of
sunstroke, in which among other new observations I had found the blood acid at the autopsies per-
formed two or three hours after death. That the acidity was present during life I did not assert, and
do not know; but of its presence at the autopsies there can be no mistake. Very possibly it was the
result of chemical disintegration of the blood commenced during life, but not reaching the point of
acidity until after death.

6 FEVER.

My own experiments with the hot-water bonnet are as follows :—

EXPERIMENT 11],
A full-grown rabbit. Rectal temperature 102°.5 F.
Tixe, Tewr. or Waren. e REMARKS,
12:11 p.m. 140° F,
1249 175 Puffiness and great swelling of the scalp, with very hurried respi
ingly rapid pulse, with violent struggles, constitute the only effects as_

12:51 175 A sudden, severe convulsion, followed by a state of semi-uncousciousness.

1:04 150 Rectal temperatare, 1049.5 F.

1:10 140 Lies quiet, semi-unconscious ; but the cornew are very sensitive.

1:15 180 Convulsions.

1:20 Died in a stupor, a gradual deepening of the previous semi-uncor

respiration ceased before heart's action.

Autopsy.—Skull opened instantly after death, just sufficiently to allow a thermometer to
in the brain; it indicated 117° F. The heart was soft and flaccid ; the right side full of blood, tt
empty. The muscles responded well to galvanic stimulus, but rigor mortis set in in a few

EXPERIMENT 12,
A full-grown rabbit.

Time Texwr.or Warex. Rectan Temr. ’ REMARKS.
12:38 p.m. 190° F.
12:50 140 1039.75 F.

1:05 135

1:15 104.25 Pupils not contracted.

1:20 174 :

1:30 Before this there have been struggles, apparently sem

contracted pupils. Now a true convulsion, followed t

ness and complete relaxation. The breathing is

fine, sonorous rdles.

1:50 150 106 The rabbit has lain for some time in a perfectly comatose

occasional convulsions. The hot-water bonnet was now r

the head, and cold water poured over the latter; almost |

the animal showed signs of recovering, and after

fectly. The next day, excepting in regard to the k

the scalp, ete., the rabbit seemed well. y

EXPERIMENT 13, :

A young, halfgrown cat. The hot-water bonnet was adjusted to its head, and the water
to run through it. “a

Tixe Teur.or Water REMARKS.

11:15 a.m. 162° F.

11:25 ; Cat has had several convulsions not preceded by signs of nervous disturbar
on suddenly and followed by insensibility, with partial anesthesia of wrt

1140 140

lial 162

11:35 170 There have been repeated convulsions, during which pupils would sie <! ome

the eye was in the fall blaze of sunlight. Almost constant ¢
affecting very markedly even the eye-muscles. The cat is all t
unconscious. Cat died at 11:57, the respiration ceasing at least fo
the heart ceased to beat. On opening the body the right heart w
blood, and, on being cut, the ventricle pulsated again. The brain
soon as possible after death. Its temperature was 113° F. Ts
to galvanism apparently not so actively as normal, and rigor m
about fifteen minutes (not timed with watch) after death.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. “af

EXPERIMENT 14,

A very large, powerful tomcat was used, and bladder fitted to head at 10:30 a. M.

TIME. Temp. oF WATER. REMARKS,

10:35 a.m. 175° F.

Il 140 Very hurried breathing.

11:30 180 =e

12 om. 160 Cat is now unconscious: the unconsciousness came on in a very short space of time,
but not with absolute abruptness; no convulsions; respiration slower.

12:15 p.m. 175 Cat just dead. The respiration certainly ceased before the heart some seconds, or

probably a minute or two. No convulsion.

Autopsy.—Brain opened instantly after death. The thermometer plunged directly into the sub-
stance rose above 114° F.; when placed, however, so as to be in contact with the inside of the skull,
it marked 115°. There was decided, but not extraordinary, congestion of the brain.

As these experiments are painful ones, I have not repeated them further. They
seem sufficient to establish the following conclusions: First. A temperature of the
brain of from 113° to 117° F. is sufficient, if maintained, to produce death in a
short space of time in mammals by arrest of the respiration. Second. That the
chief symptoms induced are insensibility and convulsions, preceded by exceedingly
rapid respirations and action of the heart, and unaccompanied by any general rise
of temperature. Third. That these symptoms come on very quickly in all cases,
at times with absolute abruptness.

The resemblance of these symptoms, induced by the local application of heat to
the head, to the nervous phenomena of sunstroke, is very striking, both in regard
to the symptoms themselves and also to the suddenness of their onset. A reference
to the account of the exposure of cats to a general high heat, will show that
in these animals the nervous symptoms are much more sudden and severe than
in rabbits; in fact, approaching what is seen in man. ‘The experiments just
detailed demonstrate that a temperature of 115° to 114° F. is fatal to the brain
of the cat, whilst, at least in some cases, that of 117° F. is required to destroy the
vitality of a rabbit. The nervous system of the cat is much more excitable, and
much more impressible, than that of the rabbit, and consequently feels the abnormal
temperature more acutely. The brain of a man is much more highly organized,
and no doubt correspondingly more sensitive, than that of a cat; and if a tempera-
ture below 113° F. be fatal to the brain of a cat, whose normal temperature is 102°.5
F., it seems very certain that the temperature of some cases of insolation (113° F.)
is sufficient in itself to cause death in man, whose normal temperature is 99° F.

In connection with the above experiments, I have performed others to determine
whether, when heat is applied to the head, coma is developed at the same tempera-
ture as it is when the whole body is heated. In these the hot-water bonnet was
applied to the head of the animal.

8 FEVER.

EXperiMent 15,
A full-grown cat,

Tixx = Temr. or Waren. REMARKS.
12 aw. 130° to 170° F. daring the hoor,
leu M0 Cat has been for some time very quiet, evidently semi-comatose; at times a
herself. Pupils moderately contracted.
1:15 180 Cat was so comatose that an attempt was made to open the head. The |
was not noticed; but the second aroused her. :
1:30 180 The pupils have been strongly contracted, and cat quiet and semi-comatose, Su

pupils at once dilated widely, and a severe convulsion came on. ‘This was 60:
that I think the cat would have died in it. In the midst of the fit, howey
skull was opeved and the thermometer plunged into the brain. It indic

EXPeriMent 16.
A young kitten.

Tixe = Trxr. or Waren. REMARKS,
10 ru. 170° F.
1:55 Kitten has been semi-comatose, with strongly contracted pupils, for some fi

denly its pupils dilated, and a general epileptiform convulsion, commencin
muscles of the jaw, set in. In the midst of this the thermometer was pl >
the brain. It indicated 1079.5 F.

The only objection of any foree which I can imagine capable of being 1
against the conclusion drawn from the previous experiments is, that the re
were not really due to the immediate action of the heat, but to a determi: n atic
blood to the head and consequent congestion of the brain,

The want of validity of this objection is apparently demonstrated by thet
facts :—

1, Sudden epileptiform convulsion is not generally the result of congest
the brain. g

2. Opening the skull through the longitudinal sinus, although necessaril}
ing immediate relief of any existent congestion, did not stop the convuls

3. Abstraction of the heat by pouring cold water over the head, suffic
produce immediate cure. ‘i

It having been proven that the local application of heat to the brain will ly
the cerebral phenomena exhibited when the brain reaches a febrile tempera'
is next in order to study the relation of the heart to fever heat. I have
experiments upon this subject, such having been rendered unneces
admirable paper by Dr. T. Lauder Brunton (S¢. Bartholomew's Hospite
vol. vii.). In this memoir it is shown that when the cut-out heart of
exposed to a rising temperature, the cardiac pulsations constantly t
and more rapid until a heat limit is nearly reached, at which the ae
heart ceases, ‘The increase in the rapidity of the movements of the he
direct relation to the increment of temperature; at first the increase of |
is slow, but the rapidity of the increase becomes more and more rapid
perature rises until the maximum rate is reached. Panum has found t
out heart of the rabbit responds to heat in the same way as does that of th
and Brunton has experimented by bringing the rabbit profoundly under |
ence of chloral, and then surrounding him with a jacket of hot

ACS viUID Ye IN MOR BD “AND NOR MAL PHYS TOLOG ve 9

experiments of Brunton are of course completely parallel with those in which I
exposed animals in hot air; im both instances there was a great rise in the rapidity
of the cardiac action.

It is of course impossible to experiment directly upon man, but the brain and
the heart of man must be subject to the same laws, so far as regards such forces as
heat, as are the same organs of other animals, It is simply inconceivable that what
has been proven as true of the lower animals is not true of man. Moreover, we
have very direct evidence that heat does affect the organs of man as it does those
of animals.

Thus we have an elaborate study on the action of fever heat upon the pulse of
man, by Dr. C. Liebermeister, who analyzed the records of 280 cases of acute dis-
order not directly affecting the brain or heart, accompanied by a rise of tempera-
ture, and mostly observed by himself. The following table represents the minimum,
maximum, and mean :—

Temperature (Centigrade), 312 38° 39° 409° 41° 420
Minimum, 45 44 52 64 66 &8

Pulse | Maxi, 124 148 160 158 160 168
Mean, 71.6 88.1 97.2 105.3 109.6 IPALST

There are so many factors entering into the causation of increased action of the
circulation in febrile diseases, that it is to be expected that the minimum and maxi-
mum will not obey any fixed law, but in a very large number of observations the
action of the general cause of the increased pulse-rate becomes manifest, and the
table shows with what great regularity the pulse rises with the temperature,

When these clinical studies are placed in conjunction with the experiments of
Lauder Brunton, they show that elevated temperature acts directly in increasing
the pulse-rate, and that it is apparently capable of producing all the circulatory
phenomena of fever. Consequently, the following proposition may be considered
as demonstrated: Heat applied locally to the brain or to the heart produces inthe
functions of the organ those disturbances which are familiar phenomena of fever,
the intensity of the disturbances being directly proportionate to the excess of heat.

And if heat be the cause of the symptoms of fever, and if the propositions just
stated be true, the withdrawal of the heat should be followed by a subsidence of
the symptoms, It is plain, however, that if the heat have persisted too long it
may have wrought permanent alteration in the nervous system, Hence the with-
drawal of the heat must be sufficiently early to be a fair test of the truth of the
conclusion reached by a priori reasoning.

The following experiments were performed to determine the results of an early
withdrawal of heat.

EXPERIMENT 17.

A young rabbit was put in a glass box set in the sun; in twenty minutes he was apparently totaily
unconscious, having passed through all the ordinary symptoms. He was now taken out, and put in
a bucket of water. The temperature of his body rapidly fell to the normal, that of the water rising
two degrees, and consciousness was restored at once. He was very weak, but in a few minutes was

able to walk some, and the next day was as well as ever.
2 March, 1880,

10 FEVER.

Experiment 18,

A pigeon of full age, with rectal temperature 108°.5, was placed in a box (130° F.) at

At 12. it had a convulsion, followed by persistent opisthotonos, with complete
which indeed had been nearly complete before the convulsion.

12:2 » M.—The pigeon was taken out, utterly unconscious, and at one time I the
dead; there were only a few gasps at long intervals. I plunged it into a tub of cold y
it there. Its respiration slowly improved ; but after it bad been in some three or four m
a violent convulsion, after which for a while it again appeared to be dead. It however sl
bettor again, and in about fifteen minutes was taken out of the water and put in the
now perfectly conscious, and breathing slowly and regularly, but was not able to wiki in
“three minutes it was able to push itself rapidly forward with its feet, on its breast, but was |
raise its body from the ground, Its rectal temperature was 100°, It was now left in
1 P. M., apparently improving. ;

At 2p. M. it was found dead, still warm. I saw the body at 4 p.m. There was genera
and the blood was uot coagulated anywhere.

EXPERIMENT 19,
A full-sized pigeon.

Time, Temr.or Box. Reera. Temr. REMAKKS.

1140 am. 120° F. 105° F.

1148 120 112

1155 120 i The pigeon had previously strnggled violently, but its str

apparently voluntary. It was so weak as not to be
and was now taken out of the box. It was unable to
12:8 p.m. the rectal temperature 112°.5; pigeon is now al
itself along, although not to stand. 12:30 p.m. pige

all right, but not disposed to fly, and its feathers seem r
died some time between 2 and 5 p.m. 7

Aulopsy made twenty-four hours afterwards showed that the blood was fluid, and very da

EXPERIMENT 20,

An adult pigeon. Rectal temperature, 1097.5.
At 12:29 Pp. M. it was put in bot air chamber.
(12:39 p. M.—Rectal temperature, 112°.

12:53 p. m.—Rectal temperature, 117°.5. Bird lying on back and side, apparently dy ing
plunged in cold water for several minutes, and when taken out its rectal temperature was (
was unable to make any effort; with very irregular, jerking breathing, so that I mor me
pected it to die. It was not again put in water. :

2 minutes (after taking out of water).—Temperature 107°.
3 minutes —General condition growing worse.

10 minutes —Reviving. Able to push itself along. ;

12 minutes.—Temperature 101°, On application of galvanic current, muscles respond

25 minutes.—Althongh pigeon has been in a warm place, its temperature is 96°.

2 hours.—Pigeon much better; lies quiet all the time, but can walk, though
still, is better. It has been dry and in a warm place for two hours, but its temperature
8 hours. —Left as before. ;
5 hours.—Found dead, cold, and gigid. Blood as first taken out dark and Anid, be
in o test-tube forming into a firm coagnlum.

These experiments certainly show that in the lower animals the abst
heat by external cold, after the animal has been artificially hea
once by the subsidence of the symptoms, provided that the high

AG SuNUED Yasin MOET DA NED NORM AG PEW Sir Omiole x Hil

not been continued so long as to permanently damage the tissues. In Experi-
ments 18, 19, and 20, it is remarkable that, although the injury wrought was sufli-
cient to cause death, yet the peculiar nervous symptoms all subsided upon the with-
drawal of the excessive heat.

I have had two opportunities of performing upon men under very favorable con-
ditions experiments entirely parallel to those last detailed.

The first of these was upon the person of a burly Scotchman, who was carried into
the Centennial Hospital on a hot July day in 1876. He had fallen unconscious about
twenty minutes before. Upon entering the ward he was in a state of unconscious-
ness, muttering delirium, profoundly relaxed, with a pungently hot, dry skin, rapid,
feeble pulse, and greatly disturbed respiration. Death was apparently so imminent
that no time was lost in making observations, but he was placed in a full bath
of ice-water, with ice in great chunks piled over his exposed shoulders, neck, and
head. After about five minutes his mouth temperature was 107°.5 F. From this
time it steadily fell, and after some fifteen minutes it had reached 104° F., when
very distinct signs of consciousness were developed, the man trying to get out of
the bath. By the time his temperature had fallen to 102° F. he was entirely con-
scious, but the damage wrought was such that it was several days before he was
perfectly clear in his statements. In this case the cause of the high temperature
of the body was simply external heat. In the instance, detailed below, rheumatic
liritation was the imateries morbi.

This man was apparently doing fairly in a relapse of acute rheumatism, although
his temperature had shown a distinct tendency to be very high. At 10:50 4. M.
of the day in question he was seen by the Resident Physician of the Hospital, Dr.
Bruen, who states: ** When I saw him at 10:30 A. mM. there was much less inflamma-
tion of the joints than on the preceding morning, and although his temperature was
as it had been, 104° F., and, as I thought, a pericardial friction-sound could be
heard, yet the man was doing fairly ; perfectly rational, with a good pulse.”

When I entered the ward about half-past twelve the patient was apparently
dying. ‘The pulse was between 160 and 170, exceedingly feeble and thready; the
pupils strongly contracted, though not to pin-points; the respirations fifteen per
minute, exceedingly irregular, mostly deep, jerking, and interrupted; the skin pale
and dry; the consciousness completely lost, violent shaking and shouting in the ear
only eliciting a few grunts; the temperature in the axilla 108°.8 F.; the wrists pale,
and no signs of pain elicited by violently moving them. On ausculting the heart
I could find no murmur; the first sound was very feeble, somewhat prolonged, and
the second sharply accentuated.

Orders were immediately given to put the patient in a cold bath. ‘The follow-
ing is the record made at the time :—

1:24 p. M.—Patient put in a full bath at 60° F.

1:25$.—Shows signs of consciousness ; will put out the tongue when loudly asked to do so.

1:27.—Seems to recognize that the bath is very cold, and struggles to get out.

1:30$.—Man has a fair degree of rationality. He has been in six minutes and a half, and is now
ordered to be taken out at once.

12 FEVER,

One minute afler the bath.—The patient was partially wiped and laid directly upon an india-r: UI }
blanket, and covered only with a sheet, in a room whose temperature was about 65° to 70” ee
has just received a bypodermic injection of six grains of quinine.

Zhree minutes.—'Temperature in axilia, 94° F.; in mouth, 105°.6 F,

Light minules,—Temperature bas been steadily falling; is now 103° F, in mouth. The man h
become perfectly rational, and answers to his name. 4

The further history of this case is omitted as not pertinent to the matter in hai
with the statement that recovery finally took place.! 4

This patient was not in the bath more than a minute and a half before 1} a
hibited very distinct signs of returning consciousness, and in three minute
sense enough to attempt to get out of the tub, What could the bath do toa
the man so much but withdraw the heat? That the heat was withdrawn, the th
mometer proved. If the drowsiness had been due to simple congestion of
brain, very certainly would the bath, by driving the blood from the “7 he
increased the trouble.

‘These cases might be abundantly paralleled and duplicated from medical re
but are sufficient to show that in man as well as in the lower animals thei
withdrawal of the excess of heat is followed by subsidence of the symptoms.
result may be formulated in the following proposition :—

‘The withdrawal of the excess of heat in acute fever is followed by a relief of |
nervous and circulatory disturbances.

Conclusions. —By the experiments and arguments set forth in this chapter,
following propositions have been proven :—

First. External heat applied to the body of normal animals, including man,
as to elevate the internal temperature, produces derangements of the funct
innervation, of respiration, of circulation, ete. ete. precisely similar to those
in natural fever; the intensity of the disturbance being directly proportior
the rise in temperature.

Second. Heat applied locally to the nerve centres and to the heart prod
in the functions of these organs those disturbances which are familiar phenon
of fever, the intensity of the disturbances being directly proportionate to the e3
of heat.

Third. The withdrawal of the excess of heat in acute fever is follo
relief of the nervous and circulatory disturbances.

It would appear to follow as a direct corollary to these propositions that
temperature is the essential symptom of fever.

This seems to be true not only of severe, acute fever such as has been ¢
here, but also of the lower grades of the febrile state. It must be borat
however, that the course of the fever may modify or entirely suppress the sy
which the increased temperature would normally produce, |Thus it is con
that there should be a poison, which should at the same time increase tissue

* A full report may be found in my Lecture on Fever. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Colle
No, 282, February, 1875; ib. vol. xv., 1878

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 13

v

and depress the heart, and thereby lower the frequency of the cardiac beat, and
reduce the force of the circulation although distinctly causing fever. It is notorious
that in disease, fever coexists with almost every conceivable condition of the circu-
lation, and indeed, if we can believe clinical records at all, may occur or continue
after the cessation of circulation, 7. e. in the post-mortem rise of temperature. This
clinical fact abundantly confirms the conclusion reached in our propositions, and
at the same time reveals the effect of modifying circumstances upon the typical
phenomena of fever. Peculiarities of symptoms found in continued fevers, there-
fore, do not militate against the theory here inculeated. Eyery clinician who has
employed the cold water treatment of typhoid and other fevers must have noted
the subsidence of the nervous and circulatory disturbance under the use of cold;
results which are the counterpart of those which occurred in the more acute cases
heretofore reported in this paper. The elaborate researches of Zenker (Ueber die
Verdnderungen der willkiirlich. Musk. in Typhus Abdominalis, Leipzig, 1864) have
demonstrated the profound nutritive disturbances which occur in febrile diseases —
apparently the direct result of continued heat of a mild type. These researches
have been confirmed by the experiments of Dr. M. Litten ( Virchow’s Archiv, May,
1876). This observer found that, when guinea pigs are kept for some days in air
heated steadily to from 96°.8 to 98°.6 F., fatty degeneration of most of the tissues
is produced. ‘The liver is usually affected first, the heart next, then the kidneys,
the striated muscles, and finally the cellular tissue and to some extent the mucous
membranes become involved.

It would appear therefore that after these many centuries we must acknowledge,
as now demonstrated, the aphorism evolved from shadowy premises by the genius
of Galen, nam essentia quidem febrium est in caloris preternaturem (De Diff. Febr.,
Liv. i., chap. i.).

Having reached the conclusion just announced, two questions naturally offer
themselves as requiring answer before it will be possible to determine the true
nature and mechanism of the fever process.

First. What is the mechanism by which the production and dissipation of animal
heat is regulated in the animal organism ?

Second. Is the rise of temperature in fever due to the excessive retention or to
the abnormal production of heat, or to both of these conjointly ?

To the consideration of these questions the next two chapters of this memoir
are devoted,

CHAPTER Il,

CONCERNING THE METHODS BY WHICH THE ANIMAL ORGANT
CONTROLS THE PRODUCTION AND DISSIPATION OF HEAT.

7
In 1837, Sir Benj. Brodie (Medico-Chirurg. Trans., 1837) observed the cas }
man in whom, after a traumatic section of the spinal cord, the temperature rose
the course of a few hours to 111° F. Acting upon this hint, he made experim
upon animals, and found that in them, under certain circumstances, the temps
ture rose very greatly after division of the cord.
Studies of the effect of section of the cord upon the temperature have, since
time of Brodie, been made by very many observers, notably by Bernard («
Rend., 1852, 1853), Schiff (Untersuchungen zur Physiologie des Nerve
Frankfort, 1855), Chossut (Meckel’s Archiv, 1852), Tscheschichin (i
Archiv, 1866), Naunyn and Quincke (Jbid. 1869), Rosenthal ( Centralblatt, Ap
1869), Binz ( Virchow’s Archiv, 1870), Henri Parinaud (Archiv. de Physiologie, 18
It is hardly necessary to trace, step by step, the various views which have t
held by these authors, and I shall only speak of the results obtained by the 1
recent observers—results which I have myself experimentally determined te
correct.
If the cord of a rabbit or other small mammal be eut in the lower cervical re
the temperature, as measured in the victim, at once falls; and if the air
apartment be decidedly below the warmth of the body this fall is perma
even progresses so that at death the animal heat is several degrees below the
If however the animal be thoroughly wrapped in raw cotton or in wool, n
the external temperature be not too low, the fall just spoken of is but tempor

and is succeeded by a rise of temperature which passes beyond the normal
so that the animal dies in a state of fever. In my own experiments, the
of the body after death has often taken place more slowly than normal, but 1
never seen that post-mortem rise of temperature which has been noted by N Nat
and Quincke, and by other observers, but which appears to be only an oce casi
phenomenon that is absent in the majority of cases. According to my own experic
(and the testimony of other investigators is in accord with it,) if the external
perature be much below that of the body of the animal, no amount of 1
will suffice to bring about the febrile reaction; and if an animal in which t
has already come on be exposed to external cold, the temperature falls. — te
that elapses between the division of the cord and the rise of a
from a few minutes to many hours, and i is dependent upon the external coi
(14)

APS UD YIN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 15

If the animal be in a heated room, breathing heated air, the period of fall is a very
short one. In none of my own trials, however, and in none of those reported by
other observers, so far as I am aware, has the fall of temperature been altogether _
absent. In the experiments of Naunyn and Quincke, although the animal was
put at once into a warm chest where the temperature was between 80° and 90° F.,
yet it was always several hours before the normal temperature was reached. The
question here naturally arises, is the subsequent rise of temperature really due to
the division of the cord, or is it due simply to the external heat to which the animal
is exposed? An experiment apparently crucial as to this point was performed by
Naunyn and Quincke. ‘hey first placed the uninjured animal in the warm box,
and when after some hours no rise of its bodily temperature had occurred, divided
the cord and replaced the animal in the warm chest, when intense fever came on
in a very short time. Again these observers opened the spinal canal so as to com-
pletely expose the cord without cutting it, and placed the animal in the warm chest
for the space of ten hours; at the end of this time the bodily heat had then risen
six-tenths of a degree only. The following day the cord was divided and the animal
replaced in the warm chest; in the first twenty minutes the bodily temperature
fell nearly one degree, but rose three degrees in the next hour and twenty min-
utes, at the end of which time death occurred.

This comparatively rapid rise of temperature does not, however, always occur:
thus in an experiment of Henri Parinaud (op. cit.,vi. p.513), although the temperature
of the uninjured animal finally rose higher than that of the injured, it at first rose
more slowly. I have in a large number of cases seen the rise of temperature pro-
duced by exposure of an animal with cut cord to excessive heat (Experiments 41
to 46, in my paper on Nitrite of Amyl, American Journal of the Medical Sciences,
July, 1871), but have performed only four experiments in which comparison was
made.

EXPERIMENT 21.

A bitch.
TIME. TEMP. oF CHEST RecraL Temp. REMARKS.
12:56 P.M. 839.24 F. 102°.4 F.
1:11 83.75
1:26 82.76
1:45 83.36
1:56 83.53 104.9 Rise of temperature 29.5 in hour ; average temperature of chest, 83°.53.
2:20 aaonoosete 9) | EER ooaeees Cord cut.
2:40 87.44 104.25
2:55 87.55
3:06 86.63
3:25 86.18
3:40 85.06 104 Fall of temperature 0°.25 in one hour; average temperature of chest,
86°.61.
EXPERIMENT 22.
A dog.
Time. Temr.orCuest. Recrau Teme. REMARKS.
12:51 p.m. 899.33 F. 103°.1 F.
1:05 93.6
1:20 94.7

1:35 94.7

iG FEVER.

Time. Texr. or Caer, Reorar Teme. REMARKS.
dlr. = 98° F, 107°.6 F. Rise 4°.5 in one hour; average temperature of hot chest, 94
S.-W “Sakae (eden tne Cord cut at first dorsal vertebra.
2:31 $9.42 10L.5
246 90.68
3:10 87.8
3:16 893 | 104.9 Rise 3°.4 in } hour—an hourly rate of 49.6; average te

of hot chest, 89°.3.

EXPERIMENT 23.

A dog.
Time. Hox Texr. Reoran Temp. REMARKS. ’ i
12:33 r.m. 102°.1 F. 1029.65 FP,
18 99.7 105.44 Rise of rectal temperature, 2°.79; average box temp. 10 0°
rie Cre Reeckexs Cord cut in upper dorsal region. :
3:35 102.1 97.25 : al
4:35 100.17 99.05 Rise of rectal temperature, 1°.8 ; average box temperature 10)
EXPERIMENT 24, ;
A dog. “
Time, Box Tewr. Reevar Temr. REMARKS. j
12:7 P.M. 99°.6 I. 103°.2 F. f
1:22 98.38 104.4 Rise of rectal temperature, 1°.2; average box temperate
145 Eekereanay Ge aceuecain Cord cut in upper dorsal region.
1:52 99.3 103.1 : I Y
2352 98.3 106 Rise of rectal temperature, 2°.9; average box temperature, |

In looking over these experiments it will be seen that in the first the rise
rectal temperature was nearly 2°.5 in an hour, before section of cord, but
the operation the rectal temperature fell 0°.25, although the surrounding ai
warmer after than before the division of the cord. In the second experi

rectal temperature rose practically at the same rate after and before division ¢
cord, although the surrounding temperature was over 5° lower after than b

section. In the third experiment in atmospheres of equal heat, before sectic
rectal temperature rose about one-half more than it did after section; whilst in th
trial the rise was double after section, although the surrounding temperature wi

These experiments, taken in conjunction with those of Binz, Naunyn and:
Parinaud, ete., lead to the conclusion that usually the animal heat ri
a hot atmosphere after than before section of the cord, but that in s
the reverse occurs. According to my experience the stronger the animal th
probability there is of an excessive rise after division of the spinal cord. —

Various theories have been propounded to account for the changes of t
ture which follow section of the spinal cord. Any one of these thea
may not be correct, all of them resting upon merely deductive reasoning,
of them having been demonstrated. Indeed up to the present moment, f
question—Is the first fall of temperature due to a lessened producti
abnormal throwing off, of bodily heat?—really remains unanswered.
solve this problem that the next series of experiments, recorded in this ¢

were attempted,
According to Lavoisier (Elements of Chemistry, Robt. Kert’s

Edinburgh, 1790) the first person to make an instrument to measure | “
*T

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 47

off from a body was M. de la Place. The first to apply the calorimeter to the
measuring of animal heat was M. Dulong, who detailed the account of his experl-
ments to the French Academy in 1822, but did not publish it in full until 1841
(Annales de chimie et de physique, 3me série, tome i. p. 440). In June, 1823,
M. Despertz obtained a prize from the French Academy for his paper upon the
Causes of Animal Heat (Annales de chimie et de physique, tome xxvi. p, 337). In
1872 Dr. Senator (Archiv fiir Anatomie, Physiologie und Wissensch. Medecin, pe)
gave to the world a very important paper, entitled Untersuchungen iiber die War-
mebildung, in which he described a calorimeter differing from that previously
employed, in that the outer case was surrounded by a non-conducting medium.
I shall not enter into a detailed description of any of these instruments, as elaborate
historical matter is foreign to the intention of the present paper. It does, how-
ever, seem proper to state that the apparatus used by myself is similar in the general
principles of its constructicn to that employed by Senator.

As some difficulty was met in making an apparatus which should stand the test
of continuous work, and as the value of the present memoir is dependent upon the
accuracy of the apparatus employed, a detailed account of it as finally perfected is
offered.

The essential portion of the apparatus consists of a double metallic box, which
is placed in some non-conducting substance contained in a wooden case or box.
For the metal work the so-called “galvanized sheet-iron” was selected. It has
stood the test of three years’ intermittent work without rusting, and is much less
expensive than copper.

The inner box, which rests on feet, (Pl. II. fig. 1, A) has in the end a movable
circular lid (fig. 2, a) or door formed of heavy galvanized iron. Around the edge of
the opening upon which this door fits is a series of screw posts (fig. 2, B), and in the
lid are holes corresponding with these posts; just inside the line of these orifices
is soldered a heavy wire. <A piece of thick, soft rubber is also so shaped and per-
forated as to cover the box opening and to allow the posts to come through. When
the outer iron covering and this piece of rubber are in position, thumb-screw nuts
are tightly screwed down, so that the inner rim of the lid nips the india-rubber
and makes a thoroughly water-tight joint.

The inner box (fig. 1, a) has running up from it at each end, a vertical pipe
(B), tipped with a brass flange joint, of such length that, when the apparatus is in
working position, it just reaches through the lid of the outer box, so that when a
nozzle is screwed firmly down upon a leather washer a water-tight joint is formed.
One of these pipes reaches nearly to the bottom of the inner box, the other opens
at the top. In this way air forced in through one and out through the other has
to circulate through the box. It is necessary to protect by heavy semicircular wires
the long tube so that the animal cannot disturb it.

The outer box, also of galvanized iron, has a movable lid over its whole top.
Some difficulty was experienced in getting a joint which, whilst allowing the lid to
be easily shifted, should be both durable and tight. The following device was
found to answer perfectly: The iron of the upright sides and ends of the outer
box is so bent at right angles, first outwards and then upwards, as to offer a flat

3 March, 1880.

18 FEVER.

hortzontal surface of an inch in width, with an outer upright flange of at least an
inch and a half in height. In order to make all tight, solder must be freely used a
the corners of the box. In the space thus formed is cemented, by means of so
rubber dissolved in benzine, a thick piece of unvulcanized india-rubber, Upor
the inner edge of the lid (fig. 3) is soldered a heavy wire (fig, 3, a). When tl
lid is placed in position, a strip of hard wood is laid over each, edge and three ¢
nore clamps (fig. 1, x) are tightly serewed down upon it. ‘The wire of course bu
itself in the soft rubber, and a perfectly tight joint is obtained.
‘The lid has in it five holes, two of these (fig. 3, ¢) receive the tubes from tl
inner box; through a third (x) the stirrer projects, and the remainder (y) are itte
with milled serew-caps so that they can be opened or closed at will. ‘These a
taking the temperature of the water as well as for the purpose of filling and empt
ing the box; they must be so placed that they are exactly over the space betwee
the inner and the outer box, in order to allow the thermometer to descend readi
When water is put into the large box the inner box floats upward with gr
force; to obviate this a pair of projecting pieces of-iron (fig. 1, x) are riveted 1 1p
the inside of the larger box in such a way that when a bar is slipped under
it will hold the smaller box down in position. ‘The stirrer consists of a broad pie
of iron the length of the width of the inner box, with an iron rod fastened at rig
angles to it; the flat part when the apparatus is in working condition lies gs th
bottom, and as it can be drawn up and down by the iron rod, it affords an €
means of producing agitation in the water. a
When the apparatus (fig. 1) is arranged for use, the animal is placed in the in
box, and between the boxes is a layer of water (w), and surrounding the whole
sawdust, cow’s hair, or other non-conductor (s). One of the tubes from the it ni
box communicates directly with the open air, the other with a pump which ¢
a current of air through the box and through a gas meter. The air drawn fi
the box passes around and about a thermometer bulb, so that its temperatur
readily taken, If the temperature of the air as it enters and as it leaves .
be known, and also its quantity, and if, likewise, the quantity of the water ¢
weight of the iron containing it, and also their temperature when the aniiiill
in and when it is taken out be ascertained, it is a very simple matter to cal
the amount of heat given off by the animal.
‘The calorimeter, as described thus far, makes no provision for estimating the h
lost or gained by vaporization or condensation of moisture within the chamber. —
some European instruments this difficulty is avoided by leading the exit be
some length around through the water which is kept at a low temperature so as ;
condense all the vapor. ‘The objections to this arrangement are to my think

apparent. In the first place, heat may be obtained by condensation of vay or ce
ing in with the external air, especially as the water should be cooler than the a

for reasons to be mentioned directly; in the second place, the completeness
condensation is always uncertain. A more accurate plan is found in the at

for moisture, of a measured sample of the air leaving the box, and also ¢
entering the box, by means of sulphuric acid bulbs or chloride of calcium
In some of our experiments the samples drawn off from the main currents of

ASU DY EN MOR BID AND NORMAL PHY S1OLOGY. 19

were examined not only for moisture but also for carbonic acid gas, so that the
elimination of carbonic acid was studied along with the development of animal heat.

There is, of course, loss of heat from the most perfect calorimeter. At first sight
this may appear of no importance in relative experiments. Experience, however, has
shown that the instrument, unless used with great care, yields the most fallacious
results. In testing the apparatus, of the two non-conducting packing materials em-
ployed, fine, perfectly dry sawdust seemed to yield the best results. But even with
it, especially when the water was much above the temperature of the air, the loss of
heat was more or less irregular, unless great care was employed. ‘The first precaution
to be taken is to have the apparatus itself of a uniform temperature throughout;
so that water, iron, and sawdust should all be one in this respect. Over-warming
the apparatus previous to use, or using it when it is decidedly below the temper-
ature of the water, is equally fatal to accuracy.

The amount of loss from the calorimeter is of course directly dependent upon the
relation between its temperature and that of the external air; the greater the
difference the greater the loss.

The question very early arose as to whether the temperature of the water should
approximate that of the air or that of the animal. A trial soon showed that when the
water was near the temperature of the animal, the loss of heat from the calorimeter
was not only enormous but also very irregular on account of the difficulty of heat-
ing the apparatus uniformly through to such a temperature. Again, an animal
taken out of an ordinary room and thrust into a confined chamber heated to 100° F.
or thereabouts, suffers violence in its environment, and is put under such unnatural
conditions as to vitiate more or less the result. The correct use of the calorimeter
evidently depends upon the keeping of its temperature equable, and as near as may
be to that of the external air. It should always, in winter, be used in a room heated
steadily to 70° F.

In order to show in a measure the loss of heat from the apparatus, the follow-
ing series of trials were made with the two calorimeters with which nearly all the
work of the paper was performed. In these trials the temperature of the water
was a little above that of the external air, and the air was drawn through the inner
box at a steady rate. _

Trial No. 1.—Largest Calorimeter.

TIME. Box Tremp. Air TEMP. Hourty Loss AVERAGE DIFF.
or Box Teme. BET, AtR AND Box.

2:30 P. M. 76.091 F. 71°.96 F.

2:45 Wess

3} wileos

3:15 (2.42

3:30 76.52 W202 0°.39 I. 59.76 F.

Trial No. 2.—Largest Calorimeter.

TIME. Box Temp. Arr Tempe. Hourty Loss AVERAGE DIFF.
oF Box Temp. BET. AIR AND Box.

10:53 a. M. 749.3 F. 65°.12 F.

11:10 64.22

11:25 64.31

11:40 64.31

ESS 74 64.58 09.3 F.! 9°.7 FB.

1 The apparatus had been running several hours before at a very high temperature, 100°, and
though effort was made to get it uniformly cooled, the amount of loss may have been affected.

x”) FEVER.

Time. Box Texr. AinTemr. Hovnty Loss Avenaon Divv,
ov Box Teme. ber, Alt ann Box
12:08 P.M. 749.2 F. 649.58 F.
12:23 64.67
12:38 64.67
12:55 64.88
1:08 65.12
1:23 64.80
1:38 73,79 0°.23 F.! 9.1 F.
148 F004 65.90
2:05 65.66
2:20 65.96
2:35 65.96
248 70.16 66.68 0.18 4.2
3:05 66.68
320 66.56
3:35 66.56
348 69.98 66,68 0.18 3.4
Trial No. 3.—Largest Calorimeter.
Time. © Box Temr. AinTemr. Hocrty Loss Avenace Dire,
ov Box Temr. ner. Aim axp Box.
10:33 a.m. 629.96 F. 599.5 BF.
1048 58.9
11:03 58.9
11:18 59.5
11:33 62.72 59.7 0°.24 F. 30.84 F.
1148 58.9
12:03 p.m. 60.1
12:18 60.4
12:32 605
1248 60.7
1:03 60.8
1:18 62.32 614 0.23 — 2.52,
1:33 6L1 °
1:48 6L1
2:03 60.4 wos
2:18 62.20 60.5 0.12 142
2:33 61.3 es
2:48 61.3
3:03 61.5
3:18 61.6
3:33 62.01 61.7 0.08 0.60
348 61.6
A3 61.6"
4:18 61.6 :
4:33 62.00 61.5 0.09 0.60
Trial No, 4.—Largest Calorimeter.
Tine. Box Temp. Arm Tener. Hovrty Loss Average Dire,
ov Box Temp. gr. Ain AND Bo:
11:39 a. u. 70°.79 F. 65°.48 F.
1s 65.40
12:09 p.m. 65.48
12:24 65.48
12:39 65.90
12:54
109 70.43 66.68 0°.24 F. 49.9 F.
1:25 67.76
140 68.00
1:55 754
2:09 70.25 68.36 0.18 2.75
2:20 68.63
2:35 68.63
245 69.62
3:09 FOAL 70.52 O14 1.00

' The apparatus had been running several hours before at a very high temp
thongh effort was made to get it uniformly cooled, the amount of loss may have b

ASU DY EN MOR BID ANDI NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 21

Trial No. 1.—Small Calorimeter.

TIME. Box Temp. AIR TEMP. Howry Loss AVERAGE DIFF,
oF Box Temp. BET. AIR AND Box.

11:56 a. M. 82°.04 F. 749.57 BF.
12:15 P.M. 74.66
12:30 74.48
12:45 75.29
12:56 81.41 75.38 0°.63 F. 6°.85 F.
1:15 75.08
1:30 75.38
1:45 75.80
1:56 80.63 76.37 0.78 5.40
2:15 76.46
2:30 16.28
2:45 76.19
2:56 80.14 76.19 0.49 4.10
325 5.56
3:30
3:45
3:56 79.70 0.44 - 4,20

Trial No. 2.—Small Calorimeter.

TIME. Box Temp. Air TEMP. Hovurty Loss AVERAGE DIFF.
: or Box Temp. BET. AIR AND Box.
1:32 P.M. 829.22 F. 72°.68

147 72
2:02 WPABY
2:17 v
2:32
2:47
3:02 81.22
ally)
3:32
347
4:02 80.60
4:17
4:32
4:47
5:02 80.12

0°.67 F. 89.90 F.

0.62 7.14

TT aT a a oT nT oT TT wT

RRR oe

0.48 6.17

Extended comment upon these tables does not seem necessary. They appear
to show conclusively that the nearer the apparatus is in temperature to the air the
less the chance of serious error; also that in comparative experiments, when the
calorimeter is above the temperature of the air, the least chance of serious error is
to be obtained by maintaining the conditions uniform during the whole experiment,
rather than by attempting to calculate the amount of heat lost by the calorimeter
under varying conditions. Besides the trials reported, a number of others were
performed in which the calorimeter was below the temperature of the air. These con-
clusively proved what is, @ priori, probable, that, when the difference of temperature
is not more than three degrees, the calorimeter works with almost exact accuracy ;
there is of course no loss of heat from the calorimeter, and its power of absorbing
caloric from the air seems to be nill. Unfortunately I did not appreciate the im-
portance of having the calorimeter cooler than the air until late in the investiga-
tion, but relied for accuracy upon maintaining similar conditions throughout each
single experiment, and keeping the difference between the temperatures of the air
and calorimeter as little as possible. The chief safeguard against error has seemed
to me to be found in having a number of experiments. If in such a series of
similar relative experiments upon animals the result is at the same time fairly
uniform and very decided in one direction, it is practically demonstrated that the

29 FEVER.

errors of the instrument are decidedly less than the margin of inerease ord C1
of the heat lost. ian

‘The complete apparatus' which I have employed consists of two parts: Ist
apparatus for analyzing the air of the room; 2d, the calorimetrical ee ®
‘The first of these is composed of an aspirator, meter, barium tubes, and sulp
acid bulbs, or chloride of calcium tubes, The second (PI. L.) consists of oe
meter proper (a) already described, sulphuric acid bulbs (b), tubing, two e
and a large and small air pump. When it is arranged and working, the air, ¥
temperature is measured by a thermometer hanging near by, enters the calori
at x, and emerges at y; immediately after this the current is tapped by means
side pipe (z) whose end projects as a sort of nipple into the centre of the lows
larger tubes. Directly afterwards the main current passes over the bulb of the
mometer (t), by the seale of which its temperature may be read, It then passes
the large or “air meter” (m) and out through the air pump (p). The sample, |
diately after being drawn out at z, passes through the sulphuric acid bulbs a
robbed of its water; travelling onward it loses its carbonic acid in the tubes
which contain a solution of caustic barium. Finally, having registered its quan
the small or ‘sample meter” (m’), it is drawn into the aspirating bottles (v v). 7
plain that the sum of the amounts registered i in the large and small mete Ts i
quantity of the air which has in any given time passed through the box. ‘Ther
one or two details in the running of the apparatus, not yet mentioned,
specific notice. It is necessary to take especial precautions that no morta re
posited in the tubing before the bulbs (s) are reached; hence the bulbs s
placed as near as possible to the orifice (y), and the tubes should be mi de
sively of wood and rubber. In order to render the thermometer-joint ehh 7
paraffine should be poured into it. =

Before detailing the calorimetrical experiments, it is perhaps best to gi
explanation of the methods of recording and of calculation. ‘This ean be
most clearly and briefly by presenting as an example the report of a portion
actual experiment.?

Tins. Ain Tune Box Reorau Ges. Sampie Ain Saurix A
Teme Ter. Temp. Temr. Merenr. Merer. Meter, Caro Tene.
(Fah.) (Fah) (Fab.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.)

159pM. = 649.3 67°.3 679.2 10229 169.88 98.725 17.1079 11.0000 ©
2:14 649 66.6

2:29 65.1
244 66.2 66.6
3:14 67. 67.8 .
3:29 66.2 674 67.6 100.76 253.12 98.9601 17.4142) 11.1184 —
65.62 67.14 04 2.14 83.24 0.2351 0.3063 O1184
(mean) 65.62 (gain) (loss) 0.2351 (zain) i

1.52 83.4751

' Ibis allowable to state that great pains had been taken to insure accuracy in the ap
The meters were “ Godwin’s Experimental Meters,” tested with the greatest care. The th
were all laboriously compared with the normal one in the physical laboratory of the
tables wore formed of their variations, and the recorded temperatures are corrected t

* In this memoir, unless otherwise distinctly stated, the temperatures are aceontlijenl

heit seale; the air measures (general, sample, and air meters) in cubie feet; and the ea
(also CO, when mentioned) in grammes.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 93

In examining this table it will be seen that the first four narrow columns, after
the time record, are taken up with registers of temperature: the first of these repre-
sents the temperature of the air as it enters the box; the second that of the air as
it leaves the box, both taken every fifteen minutes. ‘Tlie figures at the bottom of
these two columns represent the respective averages, and it is plain that if the
smaller number be subtracted from the larger the average gain or loss of heat by
the air during its passage will be ascertained. Thus in the table given, the second
column, that of exit, gives an average of 67°.14; whilst the first column, that of
entrance, gives an average of 65°.62, showing that the air gained an average of
1°.52 during its passage. If, however, the average of the first column had been
67°.14, and that of the second 65°.62, it would have shown that the air had cooled
1°.52 during its passage. It is plain that the gain or loss of heat by the air in
flowing through the box must be respectively added to or subtracted from the heat
given to the calorimeter by the animal in order to determine the dissipation of heat
by the latter. ‘lo do this it is necessary that the calculation be made in heat units.
I have adopted the English unit of heat, namely, the amount of heat required to
raise one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit, because the scales of the various
instruments employed conform most readily with this standard.

The amount of heat employed in elevating the temperature of any body is calcu-
lated by the well-known formula Q= W xt sp. h., in which Q is the quantity
of heat employed, W the weight of the body, t the temperature which it is raised,
and sp. h. the specific heat of the body. In applying this formula to the air in the
experiments a difficulty presented itself. The quantity of the air which has passed
through the box and been cooled or heated is easily known. The first broad column
of the table gives the readings of the general meter before and after the experi-
ment; subtracting the first number from the second gives the amount of air which
has passed through the large general meter; add to this the amount which has
passed through the sample meter (registered in second broad column), and the
whole quantity of air which has been drawn through the box is known. ‘The weight
of a cubic foot of air at 32° F. is 0.08073 lb. ‘The air in the box is of various
temperatures in different experiments, and is always much expanded by the heat ;
hence it is necessary to reduce by calculation the volume of the air to what it
would be if the box were cooled to 32° F. In doing this I have considered the
temperature of the air of the box as that at which it emerges. ‘This is not
strictly correct, but the error is so small as to be of no possible importance. ‘Taking
then this temperature, and using the following letters to signify as given below,
the calculation becomes a simple one. V = quantity of air in cubic feet at 32°.
V’ = known quantity of air at a known temperature. t’ = number of degrees this
quantity is heated above 32°. Then V+ [Vx t’< 0.002035 (coefficient of expan-
sion)]}= V’. Using as a type the experiment recorded above, we have
V' =83.475. t =67°.14—32°=35.14. V+(V 35.14 x 0.002035) = 83.475.

Bye Ye on: 1 88.475
V + 0.0715 V = 83.475. V= 0715
The quantity of air at 32° being known, the weight is readily ascertained :

W = V x0.08073 (weight of 1 cubic foot at 32° F.) = 6.289 lbs.

77.9 cub. ft.

|

o4 FEVER,

‘The elevation of the temperature of the air during its passage, in the exper;
under discussion, is t = 1°.52 in the formula, Q= W X t K sp. h. The spe
of air is 0.2374, and the formula becomes

Q=6.289 x 1.52 x 0.2374 = 2.2694.

‘The heat given to the air by the animal is therefore 2.2694 units.”
‘Lhe animal in the box is constantly giving off moisture, and heat is becomit
this way insensible; condensation of moisture also may or may not be g
the box. In order to estimate the disturbance of heat in this way, as

plained, calcium tubes or sulphuric acid bulbs were e pee The gain oe
of the sample in calcium tubes, as shown in its appropria column, is 0.1184 gra
In order to determine how much moisture is in the air coming from the
amount of the sample (0.2351) is divided into the whole amount of ai
through the box, and the moisture in the sample is multiplied by the
which represents the proportion between air and sample, and is in
Thus 83-4791

measure as the quolient for the box. ones = 355 = quotient for t :

Thus 0.1184 gramme X 355 = 42.032 = whole amount of moisture comme
the box. By a similar process the amount of moisture entering the box i
culated, ‘The “quotient for air” is obtained by dividing the whole amou
passed through the box by the amount of the air analyzed in the outside ¢
‘Then this is multiplied by the amount of moisture found in the analyzed

Thus patel = quotient for air, 272.5 X 0.0579 = 15.778 = moi
entering the box. Moisture leaving box, 42.032 grammes.

Moisture entering box, 15,778 grammes.
Moisture evaporated in box, 26,254 grammes.

* Strict accuracy would of course require that allowance be made for barometrical vari:
that the pressure be reduced to the standard pressure 29.92 inches. This has not been don
ny experiments, because the resultant error is so small as to be of no importance whateve;
experiments were mostly performed in the course of a few successive hours, and changes in th
meter in such a period rarely amount to 0.5. Assuming 30 inches as the standard, and tha
present instance the barometrical pressure was 30'".5, the calculation would be

V"'o" 88.475 x 30.5 _ 84.87 bs
—— v= = 179. W=V’ x 0.08073=
i , 30 = $4.87. orks 79.2. X 0.08073 = 6.

Q=6.394 x 1.52 x 0.2374 = 2.3072.

It will be seen that the difference between this result and that arrived at is only 0.0
is borne in mind that the supposed barometrical variation is extreme, that the expe
relative, and that in final comparisons of results no decimals are of any importance, it is
injury is done by the omission of barometrical allowances. Even in the fever experime!
for « possible barometrical variation of one inch, only the second decimal wou!d be affected n i
a very slight extent. It must be borne in mind that absolute accuracy cannot be f
these measurements of heat production, and that the truth of a fact can only be estab
variations of heat production heing so large and so constant as to remove the danger of

must sometimes preponderate in one direction, sometimes in another, and if results are
same, the error must be unimportant.

¢

A SLUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY 20

This is then divided by 497.603 to reduce it to pounds, and becomes 0.05276 lb.
A pound of water requires 79.25 heat units to vaporize it; and 0.05276 x 79.25 =
4.181 = units of heat expended in process of vaporization in the box. ‘The
same result will of course be obtained by dividing the 26.255 by 6.2789, since
= 1603'_ 6.2789.

79.25

In the fourth column of the tabulated report of the experiment, is given the
temperature of the water in the box at the commencement and at the end of
the time during which the animal was in the calorimeter; the difference, which
is stated at the bottom of the column, of course represents the gain of tem-
perature by the water, and in the present instance is 0.4. It is evident that the
metal of the calorimeter shares with the water in this increase of temperature, and
that this heat must be estimated. ‘The most convenient form is to calculate first
the thermal equivalent of the calorimeter as the basis of experimentation. ‘Thus,
in the largest instrument employed in my experiments, there were 157 pounds of
water and 60 pounds of iron. The specific heat of water at the temperature of 60°
is very nearly 1.002, of iron 0.11379, suppose t = 1.

weet >< spe hh = loi x 1x 1002 = 157.314
ava ale -espei—— OO <i ¢ Onl si 9) —— 6.8274
The amount of heat required to raise calorimeter 1° F. 164.1414 units.
In the experiment under consideration it is plain that 164.1414 x 0.4 = 65.6565

units = the amount of heat imparted to the calorimeter.
Finaily the calculation is summarized as follows :—

Heat given to air . ; : : ; : : . 2.2694
Heat expended in vaporization . ; : : . 4.181
Heat given to calorimeter 5 : : : : . 69.6565

Total gain of heat in 1} hours, in excess of that lost by ————
the apparatus. ; : : : : : 5 221069
Hourly gain of heat, in excess of that lost by the appara-

tus, expressed in English units. ; ; ; . 48.0713

In many of the experiments an attempt was made not only to measure the
_amount of heat given off, but also the production of carbon dioxide. ‘The sample
of air taken from the box current was analyzed, and the amount of carbon dioxide
contained in it on being multiplied by the quotient for the box gave the total
amount (a) of carbon dioxide coming from the box. Then the amount of gas
contained in the sample of air analyzed multiplied by the quotient for the air gave
the quantity of the dioxide which entered the box (b). Subtracting these results,
b from a, the total elimination of carbonic acid by the animal became known.

One of the most common methods employed in the determination of carbon dioxide
(CO,) consists in conducting the evolved gas into a-solution of calcium hydrate,
and after allowing sufficient time for the amorphous calcium carbonates to become
crystalline, filtering it. After washing it is decomposed with an acid, and the

4. March, 1880.

25° FEVER.

liberated CO, caught in weighed soda-lime tubes, or Liebig’s bulbs, and the am
of CO, ascertained by the difference in weight.

‘The method of Pettenkofer for the absorption and estimation of gaseous ca
dioxide is far superior to the above procedure, and was, therefore, the one adoy
in the investigation.

It is as follows: Normal solutions of barium hydrate and oxalic acid are
prepared. “Lhe solution of the latter is so arranged that one litre will cor
2.8636 grms. crystallized oxalic acid. The latter should not show any sig
weathering or be moist; should be dried several hours over H,SO, before use.
~ water employed in the experiments is freed from carbon dioxide by boiling. —
concentration of the barium hydrate is so arranged that 1 cub, em. of it will ¢
spond to 3 cub, ems, of oxalic acid; but, when only small quantities of CO
to be absorbed, the concentration of both liquids is about the same, i. ¢., 1 cub
of Ba( HO), = 1 eub. em. of C,H,O,. 4

After having prepared these solutions of known strength, and by exper
satisfied yourself as to the relation they bear to each other, introduce a meat
volume of Ba(I1O), into one or more long glass tubes, which are pla ced ii
inclined position, and permit the carbon dioxide to stream through the li
When the absorption is complete, and the experiment finished, the liquid Bs
is titrated and the quantity of CO, ascertained from the difference in the first
second titrations. a

In the first series of experiments of this chapter the amount of heat dissi
and carbon dioxide produced hourly having been obtained in the uninjured an
the spinal cord was divided and the dog replaced in the apparatus. On his rer
the hourly dissipation of heat and production of carbonic acid were det m
and it became a very simple matter to estimate the change of heat dissip
and of carbonic acid production which followed the section of the cord. —

‘The experiments are as follows: In some of them the heat lost in vap oriz
was not noted, but the variation in the vaporization before and after see’ i
so slight in the experiments in which it was noted, that the omission does 1
all invalidate the results.

EXPERIMENT 25,

A dog; weight 18 pounds.

Sarre A
To08. Am Tope Box Reet, Greyenat SaAMrie AIR OCaretum CaALciom
Tewr. Temr,. Texr. Ter Meren. Meter. Merer, Tune. Tune.

(Fah.) (Pah.) (Fah.) (Fab.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) (grms.)
1:59 rm. 649.3 679.3 679.2 1029.9 169.88 98.725 17.1079
2:14 64.9 66.6

2:29 65.1
2:44 66.2 66.6 ;
2:14 67, 67.8 CO, in sample
3:29 662 674 67.6 100.76 253.12 98.9601 17.4142 CO, in air
65.62 67.14 OA 2.14 83.24 0.2351 0.3063 0.1184 0.0579
(mean) 65.62 (gain) (loss) 0.2351 (gain) (gain)
1,52 83.4751

(gain)

4p m—Cord ent at 5th cervical vertebra; very little bleeding ; complete paraplegia. —
4:15 F. M.—Rectal temperature, 101°.5, .

ASS DY EN MOR BID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 27

SAMPLE AIR
Re Mee res ree eee ae, CR Osloee Beane,
(Fah.) (fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) (grms.) (grms.)
4:45 p.m. 659.3 679.9 68°.05 277.23 = 98.9601 17.4142
9) 65.4 68.0

5:15 65.2 67.8

5:30 65.2 68.0

5:45 65.7 68.1

6 66.1 68.2 F 5 CO, in sample 0.018
6:15 66.7 68.2 68.9 89 358.34 99.0573 17.5905 CO, in air 0.0065

65.66 68.03 0.85 BL.110 0.0972 0.1763 0.0651 0.0409
(mean) 65.66 (gain) 0.0972 (gain) (gain)
2.37 81.2072
(gain)

BEFORE SECTION.

Quantity of air (V’) = 83.4751 at 67°.14—329= 35.14=t. V+ (V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’.

83.4751 _ :
= aii 9 Vi — VE 3 0.080% 3=—=16:289:

Lois ia ;
Rise in temp. of air 1.52 = t. Q=W x tx sp. h.=6.289 x 1.52 x 0.2374 = 2.2694 = heat given to air.
Quotient for box [on 355 &X 0.1184 = 42.032 = moisture leaving box.

5 :
Quotient for air SS = 272.5 X 0.0579 = 15.778 = moisture entering box.
26.254 = moisture vaporized in box.

26.254

oa 4.181 = heat expended in vaporization.

Rise in temp. of water 0.4 x 164.1414 = 65.6565 = heat given to calorimeter.
2.2694 = heat given to air.

4.181 = heat expended in vaporization.

72.1069 = heat dissipated in 15 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 48.0713

AFTER SECTION.

Quantity of air (V’) = 81.2072 at 68°.03—32°= 36.03=t’. V+(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’.

2072
ee GW = V < 0.08073 = 6.1.
1.073
Rise in temp. of air2.37=t. Q=W xtx sp. h.=61 x 2.37 X 0.2374 = 3.4321 = heat given to air.
Quotient for box Soe = 835.4 X 0.0651 = 54.3845 = moisture leaving box.
0972
: cL 2 any ey ROI oe yer ; :
Quotient for air Sunes == 460.6 & 0.0409 = 18.8385 = moisture entering box.
176%
35.546 = moisture vaporized in box.
35.546

= 5.661 = heat expended in vaporization.
6.2789

Rise in temp. of water 0.85 x 164.1414 = 139.5202 = heat given to calorimeter.
3.4321 = heat given to air.
5.661 = heat expended in vaporization.

148.6133 = heat dissipated in 1} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 99.0755

Summary.
Hourly dissipation of heat after section 99.0755
Hourly dissipation of heat before section 48.0713

Gain in hourly dissipation of heat following section 51.0042

28 FEVER,

Carbonic Acid, ‘
Berors Secrion,

0.0357 x 355 = 12.6735 grammes CO, leaving box.
0.007125 x 272.5 = 1.9415 grammes CO, entering box.

Production of carbonic acid in 1) hours 10.732 grammes,
Hourly production of carbonic acid 7.1547 grammes.

Aprren SECTION.

0.018 x 835.4 = 15.0372 grammes CO, leaving box.
0.0065 x 460.6 = 2.9939 grammes CO, entering box.

Production of carbonic acid in 1$ hours 12.0433 grammes.
Hourly production of carbonic acid 8.0288 grammes.
Summary.

Hourly production of carbonic acid after section 8.0288 grammes.
Hourly production of carbonic acid before section 7.1547 grammes.

Increase of hourly production of carbonic acid following section 0.8741 grammes.

EXPERIMENT 26,
A large terrier; weight 25 pounds.

Tine Aim Temr. Tops Temr. Box Temr. Rect. Temr. Generar Merten,

(Fah.) (Fah.) _ (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.)
1212 p.m. 819.6 802.96 760.7 1020.4 610.51
12:27 82.4 81.3 ;
12:42 81.6 814
12:57 83.2 81.9

1:15 82 81.9

1:30 82.3 82.2

145 83.3 83.6

2 83.6 S44

2:12 84.5 84.2 79.2 103.46 177.04

82.72 82.43 2.5 1.06 166.53
82.43 (mean) (gain) ~ (gain) 0.3405
0.29 166.8705 —
(loss)

Cord eut between second and third dorsal vertebra at 2:41 P. M.; rectal temperatur

Time. Ain Temr, Tune Teme. Box Texr. Gererat

(Fah.) (Fab.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.)

320r.M 859.7 86° 752.8 864.25.

3:35 85.4 85.5

3:50 85.2 85.

45 85.9 864

4:20 85.5 85.5

4:35 85.3 85.

4:50 85.3 B44

5h 85. 83.9

5:20 84.8 84.5 794 — 1031.04
85.34 85.13 3.6 166.79
85.18 (mean) (gain) 0.3178
0.21 167.1078
(loss)

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY 29

BEFORE SECTION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 166.8705 at 829.43 — 32°— 50.43 —t’. V+(V xt! x 0.002035) =: V’
v=~ 151.7. W=V x 0.08073= 12.24. Falf in temp. of air 0.29=t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 12.24 X 0.29 X 0.2374 = 0.8427 = heat taken from air.
Rise in temp. of water 2.5. 164.1414 x 2.5 = 410.3535 = heat given to calorimeter.

0.8427 = heat taken from air.

409.5108 = heat dissipated in two hours,
Hourly dissipation of heat 204.7554

AFTER SECTION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 167.1078 at 859.13 — 329— 53.13=t’. V+(V xt’ x 0.002035) = WG
ase —150.8. W=V x 0.08073= 12.17. Fall in temp. of air 0.21 =t.
Q=WwW x t X sp. h. = 12.17 x 0.21 x 0.2374 — 0.6067 = heat taken from air.
Rise in temp. of water 3.6 x 164.1414 — 590.909 = heat given to calorimeter.

0.6067 = heat taken from air.

590.3023 = heat dissipated in two hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 295.1511

SUMMARY.
Hourly dissipation of heat after section 295.1511
Hourly dissipation of heat before section 204.7554

Hourly increase of heat dissipation following section 90.3957

Carbonic Acid.—In this experiment the apparatus for the analysis of the air
broke down, and consequently no account was obtained of the amount of carbonic

acid entering the box. Before section, however, the whole amount of carbonic acid,

which was contained in the air leaving the box, was 2.457954 grammes ; whilst,
after section, the air yielded 4.41007 grammes of the acid. It is evident, therefore,
that there was a decided increase in the elimination of the gas following section,
although it is not possible to state exactly the amount of such increase.

EXPERIMENT 27.
A long-haired cur; weight 32 Ibs.

SAMPLE AIR
AIR Tube. Box Rect. GENERAL SAMPLE AIR Cartcium CALCIUM REMARKS
TIvE. Tempe. Tremp. Temp. Temp. METRR. METER. METER. TUBE. TUBE.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) (grms.) (grms.)
12:52 p.m. 689.9 689.8 679.3 10205 413.311 0.0

28.6
Welly 68.1 68.9
1:22 68.4 68.8
1:37 68.1 685
1:52 68.6 69.2
2:7 69.4 69.4
2:2

CO, insample 0.016125.
222 69.5 70 68.45 102.5 488.03 0.0937 2

8.7067 CO, in air 0.0055.
68.71 69.08 1.15 0.0 74.719 0.0937 0.1067 0.0509 0.0236
(mean) 68.71 (gain) 0.0937 (gain) (gain) ~
0.37 74.8127
(gain)

9:40 p. m.—Cord cut at 5th cervical vertebra. The breathing instantly became very labored: at

3:4 p. m. the animal was intensely cyanotic, the lips and mouth blue. Rectal temp. 102°.5,

30 FEVER,

R G Samrie Am Sau cuieone
Tiss. Tour. rae. a ¥ and en Mure. Meren. Tope. Tube.
(Pab.) (Pab.) (Pab.) (Pah.) (cub.ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub, ft.) (grms.) (grms.)
B:19r.u. 719.8 Tel 67.5 506.07 0.0937 7067
3:4 70.9 TL2
3A9 70.8 Tt
44 713 WZL1
4:19
4:34 72.1 72.21 co, in
49 «72.9 «72.9 69.2 97.16 579.65 0.1689 28,9022 CO} in
71.63 71.58 58 OL 73.58 0.0752 0.1955 0.0412 0.0427
(mean) 71.63 (gain) 0.0752 (gain) (gain)
0.05 73.6552
(gain)

Berore Secrion.

Quantity of air (V’) = 74.8127 at 69°.08—32° = 37.08 = t’,

V +(V¥ x t’ x 0.002039) = V’. V= 70. W= V x 0.08073 = 5.651.

Rise in temp. of air 0.37=t. Q= WX tx sp. h.=5.651 xX 0.37 X 0.2374 = 0.4963 = heat g

Quotient for box « = = 798.4 X 0.0509 = 40.6385 grammes = moisture leaving box.

74.8127
0.1067

Quotient for air

= 701.1 X 0.0236 = 16.5459 grammes = moisture entering box.

24.0926 grammes = moisture vaporized in boa

pros = 3.837 = heat expended in vaporization.

mi

Rise in temp. of water 1.15 x 164.1414 = 188.7626 = heat given to calorimeter.
3.837 = heat expended in vaporization.

0.4963 = heat given to air.

193.0959 = heat dissipated in 1) hours.
Hourly heat dissipation 128.7306

Arter SEcrIon.
Air practically unchanged in temperature in its passage through the box.

Quotient for box @: —- = 9794 x 0.0412 = 40.3513 grammes = moisture coming from box.

73.6552
0.1955

Quotient for air = 376.7 X 0.0427 == 16.085 grammes = moisture entering box.

24.2663 grammes = moisture vaporized in

24.2663 _ 9 965 = heat expended in vaporization.

“6.2789
Rise in temp. of water 1.7 x 164.1414 = 279.0403 = heat given to calorimeter.
0.0 = heat given to air.
3.865 = heat expended in vaporization.

282.9053 = heat dissipated in 14 hours.
Hourly heat dissipation 188.6035

“

Summary.
Hourly dissipation of heat after section 188.6035
Hourly dissipation of heat before section 128.7306 “

Hourly increase of heat dissipation following section 59.8729
Carbonic Acid.

Brrone Srerion.

0.016125 % 798.4 = 12.8742 grammes CO, leaving box. *
0.0055 X 701.1 = 3.8561 grammes CO, entering box.

9.0181 grammes = CO, produced in 14 hours.
CO, produced inlhour 6.012 grammes.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. ol

AFTER SECTION.
0.0155 x 979.4
76.7

15.1807 grammes CO, leaving box.
0.0075 X 376.

9) 295

2.8202 grammes CO, entering box.

2.3999 grammes = CO, produced in 14 hours.
CO, produced inlhour 8.237 grammes.
Summary,

CO, produced hourly after section 8.237 grammes.
CO, produced hourly before section 6.012 grammes.

Hourly increase wn carbonic acid production following section 2.225

2; grammes.
EXPERIMENT 28,
A moderate sized poodle dog. Weight 18 Ibs.
AIR TUBE Box Rect. GENERAL SAMPLE
TIME. Tenr. Temp. Temp. Tempe. METER. ; METER. REMARKS.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub, ft.)
12:33 P.M. §29°.5 809.2 73°.3 1029.2 146.348 73.2068
ee 83.5 80.7 Evaporated mois-
1:18 84.7 81.3 ture not noted
1:33 84.7 81.6 because the air
1:48 84.7 82.04 meter met with
2:3 83.43 81.48 an accident which
2:18 83.22 82.04 rendered its read-
2230 83 83.06 T4712 102.2 295.312 73.5164 ings void.
83.7 81.5 1.42 0.0 148.964 0.3096
81.5 (mean) (gain) 0.3096
2.2 149.2736
(loss)

2:45 p.m.—Cord cut at second dorsal vertebra, 2:47 p.m. Rectal temp. 102°.38. 2:48 p.m. Rectal
temp. 103°.3. 3:3p.M. Rectal temp. 103°.68. 3:10 p.m. Rectal temp. 103°.4

AIR TUBE Box ReEcvT. GENERAL SAMPLE
Time. Teme. Teme. TEMP TEMP MeTeER. METER.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.)
3:48 P.M. 83°.9 83°.8 742.9 103° 357.41 73.5165
AD 83 81.9
ANT 82.2 81.3
4:32 81.9 seo ele
4:54 81.8 81.1
5:9 81.6 81
5:18 81.4 81.2 76.3 96.44 479.61 73.7914
82.26 81.6 14 6.56 122.2 0.2749
81.6 (mean) (gain) (loss) 0.2749
0.66 122.4749
(loss)

Brrore Section.

Quantity of air (V’) = 149.2736 at 81°.5—329 = 49.5 = t’. Re
V+(V x t’ x 0.002035) =V. V= = = 135.7. W=V x 0.08073 = 10.9.
Fall in temp. of air22=t. Q—=Wx<tx sp. h. =10.9 x 2.2 x 0.2374 = 5.6928 = heat taken from air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.42 x 164.1414 = 233.0808 = heat given to calorimeter.
5.6928 = heat taken from air.

227.388 = heat dissipated in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 113.694

32 FEVER.

Arrens Srcrion. ;
Quantity of air (V’) = 122.4749 at 81°.6—32° = 49.6 = ¢.
V +(V xt) x 0.002035) = V. Vm as =11L3. W=V x 0.08073 = 8.985
Fall in temp. of alr 0.66 = t. Qe W Xt X sp. h.== 6.985 x 0.66 x 0.2374 = 1.4077 = heat t ke t

Rise in temp. of water L4 X 164.1414 = 229.798 = heat given to calorimeter.
1.4077 = heat taken from air,

228.3903 = heat dissipated in 1) hours,
Heat dissipated in one hour 152.2602
SuMMARY.
Hourly dissipation of heat after section 152.2602
Hourly dissipation of heat before section. —-113.694

Hourly tncrease in dissipation of heat following section 38.5662

EXPERIMENT 29,
A cur.—Weight 20 poands

Am Tene Box Rrer. GeyenaL Samrre Am

Tine. Tear. Teme. Ter, 1 Meren. Merer.
(Pah.) (Fah.) (Fab.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub, ft.)
25 ru. 602.5 63°95 67°.5 103962 786.61 78.03 16.6123
220 61.8 63.7
2:35 61.8 64 + a
2:50 60.9 63.8 CO, in sampl
3:20 61.7 63.3
3:35 62.3 63.8 68.1 102.56 876.07 781414 16.9647
615 63.7 0.6 106 89.46 ~—O.1114* ~——0.3524
(mean) 61.5 (gain) (loss) 0.114
2.2 89.5714
(gain)

3:55 p. M.—Cord cut at sixth cervical vertebra; much blood (5 to 6 ounces) lost.
4:11 Pp. M.—Rectal temperature 101°.4.

Ain Tone Box Reor. GeNERAL Samrie Am
Time. Temr. Temr. Temr. Ter, Merer. Merer. Meter.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) — (cub, ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.)
4:56 p.m. 6294 65°.1 699.44 935.77 78.1924 16.9647
S:11 63.9 67 7 ;
5:26 64.6 66.7 CO, in
S41 644 66.2
5:56 64.04 65.5 701 899.6 992.015 78.404 17.1079
63.9 66.1 0.66 56.245 0.2116 0.1432
(mean) 63.9 (gain) . 0.2116
2.2 56.4566
(gain)

Brrore Section.
Quantity of air (V') = 89.5714 at 63°.7—329 = 31.7 = t’.
V +(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’. ve a = 8h. W=V x 0.08073 = 6.8.
Rise in temp. of air 2.2. Q= Wx t x sp. h. = 6.8 X 2.2 X 0.2374 = 3.5515 = heat given to
Rise in temp. of water 0.6 x 164.1414 = 98.4848 = heat given to calorimeter. .
3.5515 = heat given to air.

102.0363 = heat dissipated in 1} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 68.0242

* In some of the experiments detailed in this paper the loss or gain of heat by

or condensation of moisture was disregarded. The result has not been in any case

affected thereby,
.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 33

Arter SECTION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 56.4566 at 66°.1—32° = 34.1 = t’.
V +(V x t’ x 0.002035) = Vv’. V= a
Ui
Rise in temp. of air 2.2=t. Q— W Xt X sp. h. = 4.25 x 2.2 x 0.2374 = 2.2196 = heat given vo air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.66 x 164.1414 = 108.3333 = heat given to calorimeter.
2.2196 = heat given to air.

-~)

1926

W = V X 0.08073 = 4.25

Heat dissipated in one hour 110.5529
Summary.
Hourly heat dissipation after section 110.5529
Hourly heat dissipation before section 68.0242

Hourly increase in heat dissipation following section 42.5287

Carbonic Acid Calculation.
Brrore SECTION.

Quotient for box os = = 804.0 X 0.03837 = 27.0948 grammes = CO, leaving box.
é s., testi : Gye = rae ¢
Quotient for air a, = 254.2 X 0.00625 = 15.8875 grammes = CO, entering box.

11.2073 grammes = CO, produced in 13 hours.
Hourly production of CO, 7.4714 grammes. :

AFTER SECTION.

Quotient for box ABET ID ya X 0.02775 = 74037 grammes = CO, coming from box.

0.2116
Quotient for air gb:4) 00 394.2 x 0.004 = 1.5768 grammes = CO, entering box.
0.1432

Hourly production of CO,’ 5.8269 grammes.
SuMMARY.
Tlourly production of CO, before section 7.4714 grammes.
5. ?

Hourly production of CO, after section 8269 grammes.

Hourly dimthution in the production of CO, following section 1.6445 grammes.

EXPERIMENT 30.
Acur pup. Weight 16 lbs.

AIR TUBE Box Rect. GENERAL SAMPLE AIR SAMPLE AIR

Tempe. Temp. Tempe. Temp. METER. METER. METER. CaLcium CaLciom
Time, 2 TUBE. Tune.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) (grms.)

W1:52a.m. 649.94 679.4 649.64 (1019.25 188.642 25.9358 7.2471 127.4098 111.5750
12:35 p.m. 64.31 66.68

12:20 64.49 66.29
12:35 64.4 67.02
12:52 64.76 66.56 65.72 101.25 253.386 26.0248 7.2853 127.4444 111.5836
64.58 66.79 1.08 0 64.744 0.089 0.0382 0.0346 0.0086
(mean) 64.58 (gain) 0.089 (gain) (gain)
2.21 64.833
(gain)
1:10 p.m.—Spinal cord cut between the first and second dorsal vertebre.
AIR TUBE Box Rect. GENERAL SAMPLE AIR SAMPLE AIR
Temp. TEMP. TEMP. Temp. METER. METER. METER, CALciuM Carcium
TIME. j TUBE. TUBE.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) (grms.)
30P.M. 659.48 679.6 659.185 1019.75 272.426 26.0248 7.2857 127.4444 111.5836
5 65.3 68

65.21 67.8

a bale tee
weap

9) 65.95 67.9 ote
0 65.96 68.09 66.38 94.25 338.56 26.0968 7.3245 127.4760 111.5942
65.58 67.88 1.195 UD : 66.134 ° 0.072 0.0388 0.0316 0.0106
(mean) 65.58 (gain) (loss) 0.072 (gain) (gain)
2.3 66.206
(gain)

5 April, 1880.

a4 FEVER. ~ Ea

Brrork Skorion,
Quantity of air (V’) = 64.833 at 66°.79—32° = 34.79 = VU.
V +(V x t x 0.002035) = V’ = oor = 60.6. W=V x 0.08073 = 4.9
Rise in temp. of air 2.21 = t. Q= W X tx sp. h. = 4.9 x 2.21 x 0.2374 = 2.5686 = he
Quotient for box ae = 728.6 x 0.0346 = 25.2095 = moisture coming from box.

Quotient for air oan = 1697 x 0.0086 = 14.5942 = moisture entering box.

10.6153 = moisture vaporized in box.
pa = 1.6906 = heat expended in vaporization,
‘
Rise in temp. of water 1.08 x 164.1414 = 177.2727 = heat given to calorimeter.

2.5686 = heat given to air.
1,6906 = heat expended in vaporization.

Hourly dissipation of heat 181.5319

Arter SEcTION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 66.206 at 67°.88—32° = 35.88 = t’.

V+(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’. V= oe =61.7. W=V x 0.08073 =5

Rise in temp. of air 2.3=t. Q=W xt x sp.h.=5 x 2.3 x 0.2374 = 2.7301 = heat giv

Quotient for box ae = 919.5 x 0.0316 = 29.0562 = moisture leaving box.
Ue .

Quotient for air el = 1706.3 x 0.0106 = 18.0867 = moisture entering box.

10.9695 = moisture vaporized in box.
asd = 1.747 = heat expended in vaporization.
aml

Rise in temp. of water 1.195 x 164.1414 = 196.149 = heat given to calorimeter.
2.7301 = heat given to air. .
1.747 = heat expended in vaporization.
Hourly dissipation of heat 200.6261
SumMary

Hourly dissipation of heat following section 200.6261
Hourly dissipation of heat before section 181.5319

Hourly increase of dissipation of heat following section 19.0942

EXPERIMENT 31.
A bitch. Weight 15 pounds.

Am Tene Box Reet. Gexenat Sampte — Am Samrie Am
Teme. Texxr. Tewr. Temr. Meter. Meter. Merten, Cacotom Caveoicm
Tin, Tube, Toms
(Fah) (Fab.) (Fah.) (Fah) (cub, ft.) (cub. ft.) (cud. ft.) (grms) (grms.)
se P.M. (Airy ae 73°.5 1039.2 145.855 0.35 0.9958 146.4048 146.7329
ae of
221 114 766 a
2:36 77.2 76.5 ‘ | air
251 TiA 76.8 74.23 103.2 206.725 04077 1.082 146.4379 146.747
774 76.74 073 0 6087 0.0577 0.0362 0.0931 0.0141
76.74 (mean) (gain) 0.0577 (gain) (gain)
0.66 60.9277
(lons)

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 35

AIR TUBE Box Rect. GENERAL SaMPLE AIR SamMPLe AIR
. Temp. Temp, Tremp. TEMP. MerErR. Merrer. METER. CaLtcium CaLcium
Time. TUBE, TUBE, REMARKS.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) (grms.) ~ (grms.)

5-l7 p.m. 809.5 789.7 739.3 1049 238.028 0.41 1.03 146.4379 146.747
5:32 Tek, Geel!

5:47 79.8 78.2 CO, in sample 0.00338
6:2 ~ ERS eo oes : CO, in air 0.00175
6:17 19.7 78.8 74.23 97.5 291.66 0.4286 1.47 146.4581 146.7707
79.9 78.48 0.93 6.5 53.632 0.0186 0.44 0.0202 0.0237
78.48 (mean) (gain) (loss) 0.0186
1.42 53.6506
(loss)

Berore SECTION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 60.9277 at 76°.74—329 = 42.74 = t’.
V+(V xt’ x 0.002035) = V’.. V=56. W=V x 0.08073 = 4.52
Fall in temp. of air 0.66=t. Q=W x tx sp. h. = 4.52 x 0.66 x 0.2374 = 0.6074 = heat taken from air.

7 :
uotient for box SDECL = 1056 X 0.0331 = 34.9536 = moisture leaving box.
0.0577 "
GOTT
Quotient for air Tees = 1683 x 0.0141 = 23.7303 = moisture entering box.
Uo0s
11.2233 = moisture vaporized in box.
22
ae = 1.7874 = heat expended in vaporization.
27

Rise in temp. of water 0.73 x 164.1414 = 119.8232 = heat given to calorimeter.
1.7874 = heat expended in vaporization.

121.6106
0.6074 = heat taken from air.

Heat dissipated in one hour 121.0032

AFTER SECTION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 53.6506 at 78°.48—329 = 46.48 = t’.
V + (V x t x 0.002035) = Vv’. v = 26°06 _ 49 W=V x 0.08073 = 3.956

1.095
Fall in temp. of air 1.42 =t. Q—=W xt x sp. h. =3.956 x 1.42 x 0.2374 = 1.3335 = heat taken from air.

53.6506 9c

Quotient for box 2885 x 0.0202 = 58.2770 = moisture leaving box.

0.0186
Quotient for air a = 122 x 0.0237 = 2.8914 = moisture entering box.
55.3856 — moisture vaporized in box.
= = 8.8209 = heat expended in vaporization.

_ Rise in temp. of water 0.93 x 164.1414 = 152.6515 = heat given to calorimeter.
8.8209 = heat expended in vaporization.

161.4724
1.3335 = heat taken from air.

Heat dissipated in one howr 160.1389

SuMMARY. .
Heat dissipated hourly after section 160.1389
Heat dissipated hourly before section 121.0035

Gain in hourly heat dissipation following section 39.1354

Carbonic Acid.
Berore Section.
0.00875 x 1056 = 9.24 grammes = CO, leaving box.
0.001725 x 1683 = 2.9031 grammes = CO, entering box.

CO, produced in an hour 6.3369 grammes.

36 FEVER.

Avren Secrion.
: 0.00338 X 2885 = 9.7513 grammes = CO, leaving box,
0.00175 x 1220 = 2.155 grammes = CO, entering box.

OO, produced in an hour 7.6163 grammes.

In studying these experiments it will be seen that in each there was ay
decided increase in the throwing off of heat by the animal after division
the cord. In Experiment 26 the cord was cut in its middle region between t
second and third dorsal vertebra, above the origin of the great splanchnic nervy
there was, therefore, vaso-motor paralysis affecting almost the entire trunk |
the lower extremities. ‘The hourly increase of heat loss was enormous, equall
one-third of the original amount. In Experiment 28 the cord was cut i
nearly the same place as in the preceding experiment, but the increase of h
sipation, although decided, was not nearly so great. In Experiment 30 the seeti
was practised one vertebra higher up, but the increase of heat dissipation 1
comparatively very slight, not amounting to more than 13 per cent. of the origi
‘The animal was, however, a pup, and in this fact probably lies the reason o
comparative poverty of increase. In Experiment 31 the cord was cut in the up
dorsal region, above the origin of the splanchnics, and the increase of heat di
pation amounted to nearly 30 per cent,

In the remaining experiments of the series the cord was divided in the cery

: seek, 2 ah ‘ te
region. In app ahaa: 25 the division was between the fifth and sixth cer

over 30 per cent. In Gennes 29 the punk was cut about the same ‘i “
the sixth cervical vertebra, and the increase of heat evolution was over 50
although considerable blood was lost.

The experiments just detailed would seem to prove that section of the co
always followed by a decided increase in the giving off of animal heat, and
the amount of the increase is in direct proportion to the nearness of the se
the brain, provided respiration be not seriously interfered with.

The following series of experiments shows, however, that this genera
at least too sweeping.

EXPERIMENT 32,
A small Spitz dog; weight 18 Ibs.

Am . Trae Box Reet. GENERAL Sawrie
Timm Temr. Tener. Temr. Ter. Merten. Merrr.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Ph.) (Fab.) (cub, ft.) (cub, ft.) —
12:34 P.M. 79°.8 78°.5 789.18 104° 371.63 77.8258
12:48 795 78.7
1:18 79.3 77.2
1:4 77.2 78.2
148 788 79.5
2:3 80.2 80 o
2:18 806 78.8 a
2:34 79.5 79.1 78.5 102.3 518.61 77.9098 |
79.3 78.7 0.32 17 146.98 0.084
78.7 (mean) (gain) (loss) 0.084
7

0.6 147.064
(loss) ;

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 37

8 ep. m.—Cord cut at junction of cervical and dorsal vertebrie.

TIME. Tone. roe. peas Be 4 Gene Tena

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.)

3:37 P.M 199.3 oo 78°.8 544.78 77.9098

4:7

4:22 78.5 79.4

4:37 78.2 78.9

4:52 oe) 78.9

5:7 rade) 80 79 629.93 78.0445
78.28 79.24 0.2 85.15 0.1347
(mean) 78.28 (gain) 0.1347

0.96 85.2847 ;
(gain)

Berore SECTION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 147.064 at 78°.7—32° = 46.7 = t’.
Vice (W x t x 0.002035) = Vv’. Vv = 144-064 _ 343,

‘1.0951
Fallin temp. of air0.6=t. Q—=W x t X sp.h.= 10.842 x 0.6 x 0.2374 = 1.5443 = heat taken from air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.32 x 164.1414 = 52.5252 = heat given to calorimeter.

1.5443 = heat taken from air.

a=

W =V Ox 0.08073 = 10.842

54.0695 = heat dissipated in two hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 27.0348

AFTER SECTION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 85.2847 at 79°.24 32° = 47.24= t'.

a5 AAT

V + (V x t’ x 0.002035) =V’.. V= ae =178. W=V x 0.08073 = 6.28

Rise in temp. of air 0.96 =t. Q—= W x t X sp.h. = 6.28 x 0.96 x 0.2374 = 1.4315 heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.2 x 164.1414 = 32.8283 = heat given to calorimeter.

1.4315 = heat given to air.

34.2598 *= heat dissipated in 1} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 22.8398

SumMary.

Hourly dissipation of heat before section 27.0348
Hourly dissipation of heat after section 22.8398

Decrease of heat dissipation following section 4.195

EXPERIMENT 33.
A cur; weight 17 lbs.

AIR TUBE Box ReEcTAL GENERAL SAMPLE AIR SaMPLe AIR

Temp. Temp. TEMP. Temp. Merer. Merer. Meter. Carcium CaLcium REMARKS.
Time. TUBE. TUBE,
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) (grms.) grms,)
10:45 a.m. 769.4 739.9 709.3 1029.7 973.185 0.2491 0.7203 70.7463 67
11 wi ‘74.9 ;
11:15 78.8 ‘75.8
11:30 79.5 76.2
11:45 80.6 )

76.6 CO, in sample 0.01475
1 xu §=6 80.70 77.1 CO, in air 0.00225
W15p.m. 81.2 17.8

71.6 102.2 1051.462 0.3075 0.8052 70.7791 67.0297

19:2 76 1.3 0.5 78.277 0.0584 0.0849 0.0328 0.0297

76 (mean) (gain) (loss) 0.0584 (gain) gain)
3.2 78.3354

(loss)

12:50 p. m.—Spinal cord cut in lower dorsal region.

38 FEVER.

Am Tone tex Reer, Gevenan Samrie Aim Samrur Ath
Tewr. Ter. YTeue, Tewe, Merxn Meren, Merer. i Caro
Tie.

Tonx.
(Pah) (Pah) (Pah) (Fab. (cub, ft.) (cub. ft.) (oub. ft.) (grma.) — (grms.)

1:37 em. 80°.3 78.7 739.56 104° 109.03 0.3085 0.805 70.77915 67.0297
1:52 80.8 7K9
2:7 80.7 79.
2:22 80.6 79.2 bay
2:37 80.85 794 CO, in sar
2:52 82 80 CO, in air
3:7 84.15 804 74.79 98 187.06 0.3674 0.995 70.785 67.0753

81.3 794 1.23 6 78.03 0.0589 0.19 0.00585 0.0456

794 (mean) (gain) (loss) 0.0589 (gain) (gain)

* 19 78.0889

(loss)

Brrore Secrion.

Quantity of air (V’) = 78.3354 at 76°—329 = 44 = 1’.

V+ (V x tx 0.002035) = V’. V= Beey =71.9. W =V xX 0.08073 = 5.8
Fall in temp. of air 32. Q—= Wx tx sp. h. =5.8 x 32 x 0.2374 = 4.4061 heat taken from a
Quotient for box a — 1341.3 X 0.0328 = 44.061 = moisture leaving box.

Quotient for air a = 922.6 X 0.0297 = 27.4012 = moisture entering box.

16.6598 = moisture vaporized in box.

16.6598 __ 9.6533 = heat expended in vaporization.

6.2789
Rise in temp. of water 1.3 x 164.1414 = 213.3838 = heat given to calorimeter.
4.4061 = heat taken from air.

208.9777
2.6533 = heat expended in vaporization.

211.6310 = heat dissipated in 1} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 141.0873
Arter Section.
Quantity of air (V) = 78.0889 at 79°.4—32° = 474 = t’.

V+(V xt x 0.002035) =v. V= —_ =71.2. W=V x 0.08073 = 5.74.

Fall in temp. of air 1.9=t Q—=W x tx sp. h.= 5.74 x 1.9 x 0.2374 = 2.5897 = heat tal
Quotient for air *-"*9 — 411 x 0.0456 = 18.7416 = moisture entering box. ;

q ®
Quotient for box ae = 1325.7 x 0.00585 = 7.7553 = moisture leaving box.
10.9863 = moisture condensed in box.

10.9863 __ 1.75 = heat gained from condensation.

6.2789
Rise in temp. of water 1.23 x 164.1414 = 201.8939 = heat given to calorimeter.
2.5897 = heat taken from air. —

199.3042
1.75 = heat gained from condensation.

197.5542 = heat dissipated in 1} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 131.7028 :

Summary :
Tleat dissipated honrly before section 141.0873
Hloat dissipated honrly after section 131.7028

Decrease of heat dissipation following section 9.3845

FAR SH Un hee eN eMC OURTD 1D SeAC NED NsOuReMBANIG) PEs Sil OMLIOlG ya. 39

Carbonic Acid.
BEFORE SECTION.
0.01475 % 1341.3 = 19.7984 grammes = CO, leaving box.
0.00225 X 922.6 = 2.0758 grammes = CO, entering box.

Hourly production of CO, 17.7226 grammes.

AFTER SECTION.
0.0138 < 1325.7 = 18.2946 grammes = CO, leaving box.
0.00525 K 411 = 2.1577 grammes = CQ, entering box.

Hourly production of CO, 16.1369 grammes.

Summary.
17.7226 grammes = hourly CO, production before section.
16.1369 grammes = hourly CO, production after section.

Decrease of CO, production following section 1.5857

In studying Experiment 32, the feature which first attracts attention is the
smallness of the hourly dissipation of heat. ‘Fhis evidently was dependent upon
the excessively thick coating of very long hair which covers the Spitz dog,
and which must interfere in a very great degree with the throwing off of heat.
After section of the cord there was a reduction instead of an increase in the dissi-
pation of heat. I cannot help believing that the excessive coating of hair played
an important part in the production of this anomalous result. In Experiment 33,
the diminution of heat dissipation only amounted to about 8 per cent. It will be
noted that the cord was cut very low down, below the origin of the splanchnic nerves.
The discussion of the cause of the discrepancies between the results of these two
experiments, and those previously obtained, will be best carried out, after the
consideration of the causes of the increased heat dissipation, which usually follows
section of the cord. What then is the cause of this increased loss of heat

Tscheschichin, in his experiments (op. cit., pp. 154, 177), found that after
section of the cord the temperature in the interior of the body sank more rapidly
than that of the external parts; thus, in one experiment, the mercury in two ther-
mometers, which had their bulbs respectively in the intestines and underneath the
skin of the animal, differed before the operation in height eight-tenths degree F.,
whilst some time after the operation they only differed one-tenth degree F.

T have performed and reported elsewhere (A Study of the Nature and Mechanism
of Fever) a single experiment in which the surface did not maintain its temperature
more persistently than did the deep tissues. But in the recent elaborate studies
of Henri Parinaud the researches of Tscheschichin have been substantially con-
firmed. Observations were made with thermometers placed in the rectum, axilla,
and groin, and upon the surface of the front and hind feet. It was found that after
section of the cord both the rectal temperature and that of the deep parts of the
paralyzed portions of the body as measured in the groin or axilla always fell, but
the surface temperature underwent a distinct primary transient rise. Section of
the cord undoubtedly paralyzes the vaso-motor nerves and dilates the bloodvessels ;
it makes, therefore, the ways of communication between the outer and inner portions
of the body more open and free, and places more upon a level of temperature the

40 FEVER.

interior and exterior of the organism, It is certain that the normal animal h
some method of controlling the loss of bodily heat, at least within certain lin ni
Modification of the amount of perspiration is in man very influential, but in th H
dog, the general surface having no perspiratory glands, this factor sinks into in
significance. ‘lhe only methods which are at the control of the dog for regulat
heat loss are through the respiration and through the external circulation. ‘
when heat is to be retained, a partially cooled layer is maintained betwe
inner hot body and the external cold air by shutting off in a measure the circula
from the superficial parts. On the other hand, when the superficial capillaries
dilated, the heated surface rapidly gives up its caloric. After section of the ¢ on
the superficial capillaries cannot be contracted, and as a natural result, the anim
so fur as concerns heat dissipation, is purely dependent upon its environment, a
an increased loss of heat must occur in a cool atmosphere. Lowered i
perature, with increased loss of heat, is the usual and normal result of a seet;
of the cord practised low enough down to cause a wide-spread vaso-motor pa
In the Spitz dog (Experiment 82) this increased loss did not occur, probal
because the extraordinary protection of the body by the very thick outer ¢
interfered with surface cooling. ‘The extremely minute quantity of heat dissipat
by the hairy Spitz has already been indicated. In Experiment 33 there v
decided increase in loss of heat because the cord was cut so low down that a y¥
insignificant portion of the vaso-motor system was affected.
The immediate effects of section of the cord upon the loss of heat having be
determined, it seems natural to inquire whether there also is an increased he
duction following the operation. Before entering upon this investigation, he
it is well to determine whether the increased dissipation of heat be persist
whether it occur only in the few hours immediately following section, It is p
if the increased loss of heat be permanent, there must be an increased produ tio
well as an increased dissipation of caloric. At first the heat stored up in ee
may be drawn upon, but this source of supply is of course soon exhausted, an
increased dispersion then means increased production of heat. ‘The conver
this, however, does not of necessity follow, for it is possible to have a p
increase with a later decrease of production. Thus it is chemically very e
able, that merely lowered temperature can check tissue change, i. e., prody
caloric, It is well known that external heat, by raising the internal temp
is capable of causing fever, with its excessive metamorphosis of tissue: and it’
seem probable that cold checks chemical movements inside as well as outsid
the body. The history of hibernating animals is a case in point; in them,
lowered temperature there is lowered chemical activity. =
The next experiments were therefore directed to deciding whether the in
dissipation of heat, after section of the cord, is persistent or lasts only a few hi

=a

ASS LUDDY IN MOREID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 4]

EXPERIMENT 34,

This experiment is a continuation of Experiment 26.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.)
2:17 P.M. 729.4 119.3 TOD 104° 131.42 77.7088
2:32 72.4 77.6
2:47 TASS) 77.8
BE 74 72.4 78.1
Ball 12. 78.3
3:32 GL7 78.5
3:47 72.2 78.1
ALT 12.7 78.8 78.9 102-4 303.21 77.826
“W2Al 78.06 14 1.6 171.79 O.1L72
(mean) 72.41 (gain) (loss) 0.1172
5.65 171.9072
(gain)
Heat Dissipation. =

Quantity of air (V’) = 171.9072 at 789.06—32° = 46.06 = t’.
V+(V Xt’ x 0.002035) = Vv’. V= — = 7.1. W=V X 0.08073 = 12.68
‘
Rise in temp. of air 5.65 = t. Q= W Xt X sp. h. = 12.68 X 5.65 K 0.2374 = 17.0078 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.4 & 164.1414 = 229.798 ,= heat given to calcrimeter.
17.0078 = heat given to air.

‘ 246.8058 = heat dissipated in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 123.4029

Jn comparing the dissipation of heat here recorded with what was yielded before
aud immediately after section (sce page 29), we arrive at the following: —

Before section, hourly dissipation of heat ¢ : : . . 204.7554
Forty-eight hours after section, hourly dissipation of heat : : . 123.4029

Diminished hourly heat dissipation in second period after section of cord 81.3925

Immediately after section, hourly dissipation of heat . : ‘ - 299.1511
Forty-eight hours after section, hourly dissipation of heat 3 . 123.4029
Diminished hourly dissipation in second period as compared with first ————

period after section. 3 ; ; : : . . : . 172.7482

This experiment, taken along with others previously discussed, proves that after
section of the cord heat dissipation is usually first increased and afterward dimin-
ished. ‘The late diminution of heat dissipation, the temperature of the animal
remaining at normal or below it, shows that there is diminished heat production
some hours after the section of the cord. The question offers itself, whether, directly
after section of the cord, when the dissipation of caloric is abnormally great, the
heat production is increased or diminished? In answering this question, it is
necessary to remember that all heat dissipated but not produced in a certain period
must be obtained by a lowering of the temperature of the body which gives it off. In
determining whether the increased dissipation, which follows spinal section, is solely
at the expense of the accumulated heat of the body, or whether it is obtained in part

by an increased production of heat, it is evidently necessary to know the absolute
6 April, 1880.

42 FEVER.

7 +
=

amount both of the heat thrown off, and also of that lost by the animal fro
bodily store; for the bodily temperature may fall in such a case, but not enough
cover the increased dissipation, and under such circumstances there would be ol
course increased production of heat. Hereafter in this memoir the heat which
stored up in the animal, will be spoken of as “heat reserve.” In caleulati
amount, it is necessary to know the specific heat of the organism. Accura
perimental determination of this I have found almost impossible. At first, it s
sufficient to kill the animal, plunge its body ina known weight of water in a cle
wooden vessel, and study the elevation of the temperature of the water a c
depression of that of the body. A single experiment showed the fallacy of t
method. Chemical operations undoubtedly continue after death, and the amor
of heat yielded was so markedly in excess as to show that there was a notable «
tinuous production of the force. Heating the body of an animal long dead mi,
do better, but presents many practical difficulties. To heat the carcass unifort
through is very troublesome, and requires so much time, that chemical ch mn f
coagulatitn, absorption of water, etc., would with great difficulty, if at l,
avoided. Moreover, as the composition of the body is constantly varying, so mu
also its specific heat. I have been led by these considerations to despair
experimental solution of the problem as to the specific heat of animals.
Fortunately, in the present instance, an estimation of the specific heat, sufficie’
accurate for our purpose, can be made by taking advantage of the law that
specific heat of a mass is the proportionate mean of the ‘specific. heat of its ec
ponent parts,
According to the generally accepted results of Moleschott 68 per cent. of 1
body is water; the specific heat of which may be taken as 1. Supposing the
heat of the remaining dried solids to be that of stone 0.22, the calculated spe
heat of the body would be 0.75, This may, I think, be taken as a fair av
the ever varying specific heat of the body, With it the experiments already ¢
may be further studied for the purpose of determining whether section of the ¢
is followed by inereased or diminished heat production.

EXPERIMENT 25,
DBerore Secrion.

Hieat dissipated hourly 48.0713
Heat lost from reserve! (18 & 1.43 X 0.75) 19.305 _
Hourly heat production 28.7663 .
Arren Srcrion.
= Heat dissipated hourly 99.0755
Heat taken from reserve (18 X 6.25 X 0.75) 84.375
*
14.7005 F
SuMMARY. <
Heat produced hourly before section 28.7663

Hourly production of heat immediately after section 14.7005

Hourly loss of pty production following section 14.0658

* The formula Q==w X t ¥ sp.h. is not sitlie here, only the value of the respective
the equation being given; tis always taken as the fall or rise of the animal temperature ino

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY.

BEFORE SECTION.

AFTER SECTION.

EXPERIMENTS 26 AND 54.

Hourly dissipation of heat 204.7554
Heat added to reserve (25 X 0.53 X 0.75) 9.9375
Hourly production of heat 194.8179

First Period—

Record of animal temperature lost and hence calculation impossible.

Second Pertod—

SuMMARY.

Brrore SECTION.

AFTER SECTION.

SuMMARY.

BEFORE SECTION.

AFTER SECTION.

SumMMaRY.

BErFoRE SECTION.

AFTER SECTION.

Heat dissipation 123.4029
Loss from heat reserve (25 X 0.8 X 0.75) 15
108.4029
Hourly heat production before section 194.8179
Hourly heat production 48 hours after section 108.4029

Hourly loss of heat production following section 86.415

EXPERIMENT 27.

No change in heat reserve.
Hourly dissipation = hourly production of heat 128.7306

Hourly dissipation of heat 188.6035
Loss from heat reserve (32 X 3.05 X 0.75) 713.2

Heat produced hourly 115.4035
Heat produced hourly before section 128.7306
Heat produced hourly after section 115.4035

Hourly loss of heat production following section 13.3271

EXPERIMENT 28.

No change in heat reserve.
Hourly dissipation = hourly production of heat 113.694

Hourly heat dissipation 152.2602
Loss from heat reserve (18 X 4.37 X 0.75) 58.995
93.2652

Hourly proauction of heat before section 113.694
Hourly production of heat following section 93.2652

Hourly loss of heat production following section 20.4288

EXPERIMENT 29.

Hourly dissipation of heat 68.0242
Loss from heat reserve (20 X 0.707 X 0.75) 10.605

Hourly production of heat 57.4192
Hourly dissipation of heat ; 110.5529

Hourly loss from heat reserve (20 X 6.74 XK 0.75) 101.1

Hourly production of heat 9.4529

43

44 FEVER. _?,

s ¥,
— Hourly production of heat before section STAL92

Hourly production of heat after section YAd29
Hourly loss of heat production following section 47.9663

EXPERIMENT 30.
Berore Secrion.
No change in heat reserve.
Hourly dissipation = hourly production of heat —-181.5319
Arrek Seorion.

Hourly dissipation of heat 200.6261

Loss from heat reserve (16 X 7.5 X 0.75) 90

Hourly heat production 110.6261
SuMMary.

Hourly heat production before section 181.5322

Hourly heat production after section 110.6261

Hourly loss of heat production following section 70.9061

EXxperivent 31.
Berore Srerion.
No change of heat reserve. :
Hourly dissipation = hourly production of heat —_ 121.0032

Arrer Seerron.

Hourly dissipation of heat 160.1389
Nlourly loss from heat reserve (15 X 6.5 % 0.75) 73.125
Hourly production of heat 87.0139
SumMMary, :
Hourly production of heat before section - 121.0032
Hourly production of heat after section 87.0139

Hourly loss of heat production following section 33.9893

Exrerment 32.—In this experiment there was diminished heat dissipat
through neglect the temperature of the body was not taken at the close of
ment, hence it cannot be determined how far the production of heat»

EXPERIMENT 33. :

Brrorne Seetron.

Hourly heat dissipation 141.0873

Loss from heat reserve (17 < 0.33 X 0.75) 4.2075

Hourly heat production 136.8798
Arter Srcrion,

_ Hourly heat dissipation F 131.7028

Loss from heat reserve (17 X 4 X 0.75) 51

Hourly heat production 80.7028
SumMMary. :

Hourly production of heat before section 136.8798

Hourly production of heat after section 80.7028

Hourly loss of heat production following section 56.177

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 45

The results in all of these experiments save one are in accord, and in the
exceptional case the difference is one of degree and not of kind. Neverthe-
less the variance is arather wide one. How it is to be accounted for it is difficult
to decide. My own belief is that the experiment was not accurately performed.
It was about the third or fourth time I had ever used the calorimeter, and it is very
possible that some slight misreading of thermometers may have occurred. Again,
the profound disturbance of breathing may have affected the result, or I may not
have completely severed the cord. In every experiment there was diminished heat
production following the section, the several percentages of loss being as follows:
in the 25th experiment, 50 per cent.; 26th, forty-eight hours after section, 41 per
cent.; 27th, 10 per cent.; 28th, 18 per cent.; 29th, 83 per cent.; 30th, 40 per
cent.; dlst, 28 per cent.; 33d, 41 per cent.; average percentage of loss in the
seven experiments (omitting the 27th) 43 per cent.

Leaving out of sight the 27th experiment I think we may consider the following
proposition as demonstrated.

Section of the spinal cord above the oriyin of the splanchnic nerves, is usually fol-
lowed by an immediate very decided increase in the amount of heat dissipated from
the body, and also by a decided lessening of the amount of heat produced.

The known influences which follow section of the spinal cord, capable of affect-
ing the production of heat, are vaso-motor paralysis, lessening of the cardiac force,
muscular quiet, diminished respiration, lowering of temperature. Of these, dimin-
ished respiration may be left out of the question, because lessened production of heat
- follows even when the cord has been cut so low down as not to embarrass respiration ;
muscular quiet seems also of little importance, because the animal in the present
series of experiments was always confined in a small dark chamber, and was usually
perfectly quiet in the first portion of the comparative experiment, 7. e., before sec-
tion. ‘The lowering of the cardiac force by section of the cord is so indirect and
so slight that it is hardly probable that it is a factor of much importance. So that
the conclusion seems forced upon us that the primary cause of the lessened heat
production is vaso-motor! paralysis, which probably acts directly, and also indirectly
by causing an excessive loss of heat, and such a lowering of the internal temperature
as to check chemical reactions in the body. How general vaso-motor paralysis
acts directly upon heat production is easily perceived. A local vaso-motor palsy
causes increased and quickened circulation in the part; but a general dilatation of
all the vessels produces a sluggishness in the movements of the blood in all parts
of the body. It is universally recognized that excessive activity of the circulation
in a part tends to produce excessive chemical action, and it seems a logical in-
ference that lessened circulation predisposes to lessened chemical activity.

In order to determine whether the chief role in the diminution of the production

* With these facts known, the reason why in Experiments 42 and 43 there was not increased heat
dissipation becomes apparent. In both cases there was a diminished production of heat, and in one
case owing to the great protection of the surface of the body by the thick coat, and in the other
case to the section of the cord being below the centres which supply the vessels of the surface of the
body, the customary rush of heat from within the body to without did not occur, and the diminished
production was able to make itself felt in the heat dissipation.

46 FEVER.

of animal heat is played by the lowering of the internal temperature
cessive dissipation of the heat or by other causes, the following ex
undertaken.
EXxreriMENt 35,
A long-haired bitch, weight 20 pounds,

, Ror, 8 Am
cour. Tuur. deme: Ter, = Mores. Merten.
Tg
- (Fah.) (Fah.) (Pab.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (oub. ft.)
12:56r.M. 73°.3 839.21 979.35 1029.38 94.79 27.531 8.216
1:11 7A.12 83.76
1:26 72.32 ph
145 71.96
in) os 97 104.9 150443 27.5749 8.2565
42.92 83.53 0.385 2.52 55.653 0.0439 0.0405
(mean) 72.92 ~~ (loss) (gain) 0.0439
10.61 55.6969
(gain)
2:10 yp. M.—Cord cut at first dorsal vertebra.
Ain Tene Box Reet. General SAMPie Arm
Temr. Temr. Tempe. Texr, Meren, Meter. Merer.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.)
240Pr.M. 749.03 879.44 969.2 °° 1049.25 184.04 27.575 8.2567
2:55 FA12 87.75
3:6 73.1 $6.63
3:25 73 86.18 ~
340 7364 85.06 95.3 104 233.288 27.7071 8.4183
73.58 86.61 0.9 0.25 49.248 0.1321 0.1616
(mean) 73.58 (loss) (loss) 0.1321
13.03 49.3801
(gain)

Heat Dissipation.
Berork Section.
Quantity of air (V’) = 55.6969 nt 83°,53—32° = 51.53 = t’.

V+(V x ¢ x 0.002035) = Vv. V =58 “= = 3041 Wa VX 000073 4.07

Rise in temp. of air 10.61 =t. Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 4.07 X 10.61 X 0.2374 = 10.2511
Fall in temp. of water 0.35 = t. Q = 164.1414 X 0.35 = 57.4495 = heat lost by calor
Quotient for box sea = 1268.7 X 0.0210 = 26.6427 = moisture leaving box.

ed == 1375.2 & 0.0053 = 7.2885 = moisture entering box.
19.3542
= 3.082 = heat expended in vaporization.

10.2516 = beat given to air. i
3.0823 = heat expended in vaporization. ay

13.3339 heat absorbed by air and in vaporization, —
57.4495 = heat lost by calorimeter.
13.3339 = heat absorbed by air and in vapori

Heat lost by calorimeter and not accounted for 44.1156

Quotient for air

19.342
6.2789

Arren Section.
Quantity of air (V’) = 49.3801 at 86°.61—320 — 54.61 = t’. .

V+(¥ xt’ < 0.002035) = V’, vee = = 444. W = VX 008073 = 358
Rise in temp. of air 13.03 = t. Que W tap 008 1 =I
Fall in temp. of water 0.9 == t, Q = 164.1414 X 0.9 = 147.7273 = heat lost by ©

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NIOFRIMVAN IG PIE Vasil: On OlG nye:

Quotient for box ee = 373.8 X 0.0181 = 6.7658 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air sae = 305.6 X 0.0375 = 1146 = moisture entering box.

4.6942 = moisture condensed in box.

4.6904 __ 9.7476 = heat from condensed vapor.

6.2789
147.7273 = heat lost by calorimeter.
0.7476 = heat gained by condensation.

148.4749
11.0741 = heat given to air.

Heat lost by calorimeter and not accounted for 137.4008

SUMMARY.
Hourly loss of heat by calorimeter after section
Hourly loss of heat by calorimeter before section

137.4008
44.1156

Hourly excess of unaccounted heat loss from calorimeter after sectiun 93.2852

Heat Production.
BEFORE SECTION.

co
=I
wo
im
i)
=]
ct
2
QQ
j=")
®
os
on
fo)
4
°
th
co
4
4
&

~ AFTER SECTION.

W = 20. Rise of bodily temperature 0. 25 = t.

Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 20 X 0.25 X 0.75 = 3.75 = heat added to reserve.
SUMMARY.

Heat added to reserve before section 37.8
. Heat added to reserve after section 3.75
Heat added to reserve before section in excess of that after section 34.05

Excess of loss by calorimeter after section
Excess of gain of heat reserve before section

Hacess of hourly heat production before section, supposing calorimeter loses heat regularly

EXPERIMENT 36.
A dog, weight about 15 pounds.

59.2352

- AIR TUBE Box Recrv, GENERAL
TIME, Teme. Tremp. TEMP. Teme. Meter.
(Fah,) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
12:51 p.m. 709.76 89°.33 1039.2 1039.1 649.63
1:5 70.52 93.6
1:20 71.06 94.7
1:35 71.06 94.7
ipa eS 98 101.9 107.6 691.499
71.06 94.06 1.3 4.5 41.869
(mean) 71.06 (loss) (gain)
23 E
(gain)
2:10 p. m—Cord cut at upper dorsal vertebra. 2:15 p. M—Rectal temperature 10F°.48 F.
AIR TUBE Box ReEcrT. GENERAL
Time. TEMP. Temp. Teme. TEMP. METER.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
2:31 p.m. 70°.16 899.42 104°.3 1019.5 721.125
2:46 68.72 90.68
3:10 68.12 87.8 -
3:16 102.3 104.9 750.18
69. 80.3 2 3.4 29.055
(mean) 69 (loss) (gain)
4 20.3
(gain)

3:20 p. Mi—Rectal temperature 104°.9.

47

48 FEVER. ’

Berone Secrion.
Quantity of air (V‘) = 41.869 at 949.06—329 = 62.06 = t’.
Vv +(V¥ xt x 0.002035)—= VV = = 37.2. W=V xX 0.08073 = 3.
Rise in temp, of air 23=t. Q= W Xt X sp. h. = 3 X 23 X 0.2374 = 16.3806 heat given te
Fall in temp. of water 1.3 = t. Q = 164.1414 1.3 = 213.3838 = beat lost by calorimeter,
16.3806 = heat given to air,

Heat lost in one hour by calorimeter beyond ars 197.0032
accounted for

Arren Seerion.

Quantity of air (V’) = 29.055 at 89°.32329 = 57.3 = t’.

V+(V Xt xX 0.002035) =V. V= es =26. W=V x 0.08073 = 2.1.
Rise in temp. of air 20.3 = t. Q=W Xt X sp. h. =21 x 20.3 X 0.2374 = 10.1204 = hie re
Fall in temp. of water 2 X 164.1414 = 328.2828 = heat lost by calorimeter.

10.1204 = heat gained by air.

Loss of heat by calorimeter in } hour } 318.1624
beyond that accounted for
Hourly loss by the calorimeter beyond that accounted for 424.2165

SuMMary,

Hourly loss of heat after section in excess of that accounted for 424.2165
Hourly loss of heat before section in excess of that accounted for 197.

Heat Production.

Rise in bodily temperature before section 4.5 = t. W = 15.

Q=W Xt X sp. bh. = 15 K 4.5 X 0.75 = 50.625 — heat added to reserve.
Rise in bodily temperature after section 3.42 in } of an hour = 4.56 per hour. t = 45.6 —
W Xt X sp. h, = 15 XK 4.56 x 0.75 = 51.3 = heat added to reserve.

Summary.
Gain in heat reserve after section
Gain in heat reserve before section +.

Excess of loss by calorimeter after section +
Hourly excess of gain of heat reserve before sectic

Excess of hourly heat production before section, supposing calorimeter loses heat reg

EXPERIMENT 37,
Dog, weight 21.5 Ibs.
Tine. Aim Temr, Tune Temr. Reet, Tew. Box Temr.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fab.) (Pah.)
12:33 r. a. 669.8 90°.6 — 1029.65 1029.1
12:48 69 92.9
1:33 69.4 95.4
1:18 69.8 96.2
1:33 70 95.8
148 70.2 96 105.44 99.7
69.2 94.5 2.79 24
(mean) 69.2 (loss) (loss)
25.3
: (gain) .

3:50 p, w.—Cord cut in upper dorsal region.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 49

TIME. AIR TEMP. Tube Temp. Box Tremp. Recor. Temp. Gen. Mets
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) ei: ee
3:35 P. M. 72° 949.1 102°.1 979.29 303.5
3:50 69.5 91.2 ;
A:5 68.8 89.5
4:20 69.9 89.3
4:35 70.2 88.6 100.1 102.65 401
i808 zy nae
9 Dee at)
(mean) 70.1 (loss) (gain)
20.4
(gain)

Berore Section.
Quantity of air (V’) = 93.5 at 949.5329 — 620.5 — t’.

V+(V¥ x t’ x 0.002035) =v. v= _ 93, W=V x 0.08073 =6.7

Rise in temp. of air 253=t. Q=Wxtx sp. h. =6.7 X 25.3 X 0.2374 = 40.2417 = heat given to air.
Fall in temp. of water 2.4 130.8589* = 314.0614 = heat lost from calorimeter.
40.2417 = heat given to air.

Heat lost by the calorimeter in 14 hours ) Sno o
beyond that accounted for = 273-8197

AFTER SECTION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 97.5 at 90°.5—32° — 589.5 = t’.
We-t-1(\Ve << t) << 0:002035) = VV". Vi = — = 87.1. W=V X 0.08073 = 7.03
Rise in temp. of air 20.4—t. Q = W X tx sp. h. = 7.03 X 20.4 X 0.2374 = 34.046 = heat given to air.
Fall in temp. of water 2 X 130.8589 = 261.7178 = heat lost from calorimeter.
34.046 = heat given to air.

Heat lost by the calorimeter in 1 hour ) 55 6718
beyond that accounted for ee

Heat Production.
Brrore SECTION.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 21.5 K 2.79 & 0.75 = 44.9888 = heat added to reserve.

Heat lost from calorimeter beyond that accounted for 273.8197
Heat added to reserve 44.9888
Heat lost in 1} hours over and above that produced by animal 228.8309

Hourly loss of heat from calorimeter over and above that produced 183.0647

AFTER SECTION.
Q=W Xt X sp.h. = 21.5 & 5.36 XK 0.75 = 86.43 = heat added to reserve.
Heat lost from calorimeter beyond that accounted for 227.6718
Heat added to reserve 86.43

Hourly loss of heat from calorimeter over and above that produced 141.2418

Summary.

Heat lost in 1 hour from calorimeter over that produced before section 183.0647
Heat lost in 1 hour from calorimeter over that produced after section 141.2418

Hourly gain in heat production following section 41.8129

* Three calorimeters were used in this research; their respective thermic equivalents are—No. 1,
164.14'4; No. 2, 130.8589; No. 3, 79.544.

7 #£<April, 1880,

50 FEVER.

EXPexiMEnT 38,
A long-haired cur, weight 31 Ibs.
Time Am Temr, Tune Texr. Box Temr, Recor, Ter.
(Pah.) (Fah. (Fob) (Fab.)
1247 P.M. 63°.07 88°.34 949.2 103°.6
12 69.35 89.87
1:17 69.71 90.68
1:32 69.08 90.44
1la7 68.72 88.28 93.52 104.2
67.99 89.52 0.68 06
(mean) 67.99 (loss) (gain)
21.53
(gain)

** 2:20 p.m —Cord cut at first dorsal vertebra; at 3 Pp. M. dog put in the hot box, and
8:25 P.M.

Timex, Ain Ter. Tone Temp. Box Ter, Rect. Tear. Ges, Maree
(Fab.) (Fah.) (Fab.) (Fab.) :
3:35 P.M. 759.02 889,25 + 989.7 10404
8:50 74.6 89.87
45 74.85 89.36
4:20 72.63 88.04
4:35 72.32 87.71 93.4 104.2
73.88 $8.65 0.3 0.2
(mean) 73.88 (loss) (loss)
14.77
(gain)
Heat Dissipation.

Berore Secrion.
Quantity of air (V’) = 49 at 899.52—320 = 57.52 = t’.
V+(V x t x 0.002035) = Vv. V= — = 43.86. W=V xX 0.08073 = 3.54.
Rise in temp. of air 21.53=t. Q=W Xt X sp. h. =3.54 X 21.53 x 0.2374 = 18.094 =

Fall in temp. of water 0.68 X 130.8589 = 88.984 = heat lost from calorimeter.
18.094 = heat given to air.

1 70800

Heat lost by calorimeter beyond that
accounted for

Arrra Section, fl
Quantity of air (V’) = 38 at 88°.65—32 = 56.65 =t’. V+(V x t’ X 0.002035) its

= aig 08. W = V X 0.08073 = 2.751
Rise in temp. of air 14.77-=t. Q=WXtXsp.h. 2.751 x M.77 X 0.2974 = 9.646— heat g
Fall in temp. of water 0.3 x 130.8589 = 39.2577 = heat lost from calorimeter.
9.646 = heat given to air.
Heat lost by calorimeter beyond that } 29.6117 . j
accounted for

Tleat Production.

Beronr Section,

Q= W Xt xX ep. h. = 31 & 0.6 & 0.75 —13.95 = heat added to reserve.
Tleat lost from calorimeter above dissipation 70.890
Heat added to reserve 13.95

Heat lost from calorimeter above that produced 56.940

AG SuliUsDsy¥s 1 N

AFTER SECTION.

Q= W xt Xsp. h = 31 X 0.2 x 0.75 = 4.65 = heat lost from reserve.

Heat lost from calorimeter beyond that accounted for

Heat lost from reserve

29.6117
4.65

Heat lost from,calorimeter above that produced 342617
Heat lost from calorimeter above that produced before section
Heat lost from calorimeter above that produced after section

Apparent loss of heat production following section

_ EXPERIMENT 39.
A dog, weight 31.5 lbs.

Time. Air TEMP Tose Teme.

MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 51

56.94
34.2617

22.6783

Box Tempe. Rect. Tempe. METER,
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah j (cub. ft.)
12:7 P.M. 75°.2 93°.9 999.65 1039.2 589
12:22 74.4 95.7
12:37 74.4 95.5
12:52 73.8 96.7
1:7 TAL 96.7
1:22 74.9 96.1 98.: 104.4 713.42
TA.47 95.77 1.35 1.2 124.42
(mean) TAAT (loss) (gain)
21.3
(gain)
1:45 p. m.—Cord cut in the upper dorsal region.
TIME, Arr TEMP. Tuse Teme Box Teme. Rect. Temp. METER.
( Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
2:37 P. M 102.9 929.3 99973 103°.1 739
2:52 74.5 91.8
3:7 74.2 91
3:22 74 92.4
3:37 74.4 93.2
3:52 12.5 93.5 98.3 106 816
74.25 92.36 1 2.9 77
(mean) 74.25 (loss) (gain)
18.11
(gain)
Heat Dissipation.
Berore SECTION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 124.42 at 95°.77—329 = 63.77 = t’.
V+iV xt’ X 0.002035) = V’. V= eae 110. W=V x 0.08073 = 8.88
Rise in temp. of air 23 — ite = Wet x sp. h. = 8.88 x 21.3 x 0.2374 = 44.9028 = heat given to air.

Fall in temp. of water 1.35 X 130.8589 = 176.6595 = heat lost from calorimeter
44.9028 = heat given to air.

Heat lost in 14 hours from calorimeter } 131.7567

beyond that accounted for

Hourly loss from calorimeter beyond that accounted for

AFTER SECTION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 77 at 92°.36—32° = 60.36 = t’.
V+(V xt’ X 0.002035) = V’.
Rise in temp. of air 18.11=—t. Q=W xX t X sp. h. =

v= oe = GAG:

105.4053

W=V X 0.08073 = 5.54
5.54 x 18.11 x 0.237

Fall in temp. of water 1 x 130.8589 = 130.8589 = heat lost from calorimeter.

23.8182 =

Heat lost in 14 hours from calorimeter

\ 107 0407
beyond that accounted for

Heat lost in one hour from calorimeter beyond that accounted for

heat given to air.

85.6325.

— 23.8182 =

=heat given to air.

52 FEVER.

Heat Production.
Berore Seecrion.
Q= WXtX sp. b= 3L5 x 0.96 x 0.75 = 22.68 = heat added to reserve.
Heat lost from calorimeter 105.4053
Heat added to reserve 22.68

at lost from calorimeter beyond that produced 82.7253

Arrer Secrion.
Q=WxXtx sph. = 31.5 x 2.33 x 0.75 = 54.81 = heat added to reserve.
Heat lost from calorimeter 85.6325
Heat added to reserve 54.81

Heat lost from calorimeter above that produced —_—30.8225
SUMMARY.
Tleat lost from calorimeter above that produced before section 82.7253
Heat lost from calorimeter above that produced after section 30.8225

Apparent gain of heat production following section 51.9028

In studying the series of experiments just reported, the excessive loss of hes
the calorimeter at once attracts attention. As already stated (page 19), the ay
ratus when worked at high temperatures is very unsatisfactory, the loss of h
from it being not only very great but also irregular. By the previous use of wa
at 100° F., and other precautions, the attempt was made to have the calorime
heated equally throughout, but very careful experimental tests have she nm
this is almost impossible, and that all experiments made in the manner of
just recorded must be received with great reserve. ‘The results are, howev
decided as perhaps to be beyond the probable limits of error, especially as
seem coincident with the results obtained by exposing animals to a he
sphere before and after section of the cord. It was found that in strong an
the temperature rose faster after section of the cord than before, Wines
animals the reverse was the case. In Experiment 35 the animal tempers
much faster before than after section, and the production of heat was m uch
after the operation. The same is true of Experiment 36. In Experiment 3 7
hourly rise of rectal temperature was not quite 0.2° F. faster after than |
section, and the production of heat 31 units more; in Experiment 38 th
was very hot when put in the box the second time, and the temperature di
rise materially; this time the heat production was slightly diminished by the se
Finally, in Experiment 39 the rectal temperature rose more than twice as fast
the division of the cord, and the gain of heat production was corresponding.

If these experiments be of any value whatever they show two things
That the fall of temperature of the body usually following spinal sect
very important effect in lessening the amount of heat produced, i. ¢., the
movements of the body — Second. ‘That when the effect of the cooling of
is done away with, section of the cord is sometimes followed by a decre:
times by an inereased heat production, and that the latter occurs esp
robust animals, I desire to repeat that these conclusions must be

AG Stil Ueno WEN eMiO IR Bl D ACN D: NiOMR M Adu Pi yeSil'O LOG YW. 53

reserve, because we cannot rely upon the working of the calorimeter at a high
temperature as accurate.

The conclusions reached, if correct, would indicate that after section of the
cord there are two distinct antagonistic forces at work, the one depressing, the
other increasing, the production of animal heat. As has already been stated, section
of the spinal cord causes vaso-motor paralysis, to which is believed to be due in
great part if not altogether the thermic changes in the animal economy which fol-
low the operation. It is of course entirely possible that the thermic changes may
be the result of some unknown influences. ‘This could be definitely settled if we
had the power to isolate the action of the vaso-motor system by dividing the cord in
such a way as to leave intact the vaso-motor nerves whilst severing all other fibres.
Since this cannot be done, the question naturally suggests itself: is it possible to
cut the spinal cord above the vaso-motor centres; and if this be possible, what is
the effect of such division upon the thermic functions of the body? The answering
of these questions comes so imperatively into the present inquiry that it is neces-
sary to step aside for a time from what might be considered the direct line of
investigation.

The usual test for the integrity of the vaso-motor system is the effect of the gal-
vanization of a sensitive nerve upon the blood pressure after the animal has been
quieted with woorara and the pneumogastrics severed. Under these circumstances
normally there is a very great rise of arterial pressure, and if this fail to occur
vaso-motor paralysis is known to exist.

Dr. C. Dittmar (Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen der Konigl. Sachs. Gesellschaft
der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig. Math. Phys. Classe. 1870, Bd. xxii.) is the first
experimenter to whose original paper I have had access, who proved that, after
separation of the medulla from the pons, irritation of a sensitive nerve still causes
a great increase of the arterial pressure. ‘Thus in his experiment a (p. 33) on a
rabbit, the medulla having been previously cut at its junction with the pons, the
pressure rose 29 millimetres of mercury in 16 seconds, and in experiment 4, both
peduncles of the crura cerebri having been previously divided, the rise amounted
to 30 millimetres.

I. Owsjannikow (Berichte, etc., Bd. xxiii.) has experimented very elaborately,
and has found that in cats and rabbits the dominant vaso-motor centre is in a
region whose upper boundary is one or two millimetres below the corpora quadri-
gemina, and whose lower boundary is four to five millimetres above the point of
the calamus scriptorius.

Owsjannikow divided the nerve centres with very fine knives, and employed the
effect upon the arterial pressure of galvanizing a sensitive nerve as a test of the
integrity of the vaso-motor centre. His experiments have every appearance of
care and accuracy.

R. Heidenhain (Pjliiger’s Archiv, 1871, Bd. iv. p. 552) has also, in numerous
experiments, determined that separation of the medulla from the pons in dogs does
not prevent the rise of arterial pressure when a sensitive nerve is irritated.

The results obtained separately by Dittmar, Owsjannikow, and Heidenhain, are

54 FEVER.

therefore in accord, and indicate that the chief vaso-motor centre is in the m edu!
oblongata, probably in the exact position indicated by Owsjannikow. pa
It is true that Prof. Cyon (Mélanges Biologiques tirés du Bulletin de U2
Impériale des Sciences de St, Petersbourg, t. vii.) found that when the cere
hemispheres are removed, the medulla oblongata and the cerebellum being left
harmed, irritation of a sensitive nerve is not followed by a rise of arterial pressu
‘The shock and the bleeding from such an operation are, however, so great that |
results of the experiments are of little value; certainly the loss of blood and the nervy
disturbance might very conceivably of themselves paralyze the vaso-motor ¢
or their controlling influence, if these latter were in the medulla ob
Therefore it cannot be allowed that the experiments of Prof. Cyon rea
tradict those which have just been cited,
Recently the correctness of the conclusion of Dittmar and his corroborato
been further called in question (Dupuy, 7ransactions American Neurolog. §
1877), and it seems therefore necessary to report the following records of Ke
ments which entirely confirm those of Dittmar, Owsjannikow, and Heidenhain,
which demonstrate that the chief or governing vaso-motor centre is situ
the lower part of the fourth ventricle.

EXPERIMENT 40,

A stout dog. Medulla cut, pncumogastrics severed at 12:20 P.M.

12:30 p. m.—Arterial pressure 120. On galvanizing a sensitive nerve the pressure at irst
but soon rose to 185, although there were no convulsions or muscular movements except in th
muscles directly tributary to the nerve.

Aulopsy.—Medulla nearly severed obliquely at its junction with the pons.

EXPERIMENT 41.

A terrier. >
1:35 p. M.—Section made; at 8 P.M. the animal breathing quietly, the carotid was com
witb the manometer, and the sciatic nerve exposed. :

Time, Anrentat Pressure. Ineiration. REMARKS.
(Millimetres,)
3:5 Pr. u. DW=-LOOT fb Aiwwaacte
3:30 90-100 Began.
3:10 125-120 Ceased.
SSG PW irccshate | PP avesciaet Par vagum cut.
321 BB SR TN) i Kuendiinss
3:24 65-95 Began.
3:26 120-125 Ceased. No convulsive movements have been produced by the et

cept in the distal muscles supplied by the nerve.

Autopsy.—Right half of medulla completely separated at its junction with the pons ¢
small band on each side; left side cut through except a narrow band at the outer edge.

* The pressure experiments reported in this paper are all of them relative experiments; t
tions are in millimetres, but the zero is different in different experiments, always, however
uniform throughout each experiment; the numbers do not, therefore, mark absolute amo'
pressure; the rise or fall is, of course, an absolute quantity. ;

-

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 55

EXPERIMENT 42,
A terrier.
2 p.M.—Section made; 3:55 p.m. kymographion connected with the carotid, the sciatic nerve
exposed, and one pneumogastric cut.

Time. ARTERIAL PRESSURE. IRRITATION. REMARKS.

M. SEc. (Millimetres.)

0 E9D=200)0 0 oesc ee se

Gest) ec bSecoes | MmcosoaSeed temaining pneumogastric cut.

1 002i ON 0 te ..-22.-s

2:30 190-197 Began. Moderate current.

3 195-200...

3:30 195-200 Ceased.

4 195-200 Si...

4:30 MOG 200 = eco esces-s

5 194-202 soasosbnn

5:30 196-201 Began. Current is very intense, full force of Du Bois Reymond coil, with a
large (quart) Siemens’ and Halske’s cell.

6:30 200-203 Ceased.

7 2 ()() 0 bs eso sesace

2 ng gHeGERCO. TN osaseeecs Animal killed.

Autopsy.—Medulla wounded deeply upon right side, which is practically destroyed from within
about four lines below to one line above the extreme point of calamus.

EXPERIMENT 43.

A large dog. The section was made as proven by autopsy just below the point of the calamus,
entirely through the right side of the medulla, and more than half through the left side. Galvani-
zation of the sciatic nerve with an intense current had no effect upon blood pressure.

An examination of these experiments will show that they fully confirm those of
Dittmar, Owsjannikow, and Heidenhain. In Experiments 41, 42, section was
practised entirely above the region of the calamus, and rise of arterial pressure
followed upon galvanization of a nerve, as in the normal animal. In Experiments
42, 43, the injury to the nerve centres was within a space of four lines below aud
above the point of the calamus, and the vaso-motor palsy was complete. I have
repeated these experiments at various times with identical results, and the evidence
seems to me conclusive that the chief governing vaso-motor centre is placed in the
lower portion of the floor of the fourth ventricle near the point of the calamus.

The position of the autocratic vaso-motor centre having been determined, the
next step in the investigation naturally is a study of the effect of wounds of the
medulla, below and above this centre, upon the bodily temperature. The following
experiments were performed to determine the results of sections of the medulla
which cause vaso-motor palsy.

EXPERIMENT 44.
A small rabbit.

Time. Rect. Tempe. REMARKS.
1144 4.M. 102°.5 F. Skull previously bared.
leh) eee Section with a very fine tenotome; almost instantaneous fall of temperature.
11:47 99.5 Arterial pressure 92 millimetres; galvanic irritation of the sciatic nerve caused

no rise of pressure until the current was so strong as to produce general
tetanic contractions; then the mercury rose very slowly 3 millimetres.

11:50 99.5

IDG ase A Arterial pressure 92 millimetres; the most violent irritation of the sciatic does
not affect it.

12:20 93.5 Animal breathing regularly ; killed.

Autopsy.—Very few clots; wound a full } inch below the lower edge of the cerebellum, nearly
severing right half of the cord and wounding the left half.

56 FEVER.

EXPERIMENT 45,
A large dog

Timex. Reer, Temr. REMARKS,

145 ru. 1029.92 F. Section made,

1:50 103.4

3:15 94,28

B45 | awuastuns Testivug arterial pressure shows complete palsy of the vaso-motor

Autopsy.—Partial section just below the point of the calamus,

These experiments prove that severe injuries of the medulla below the ¢ 1
produce results similar to but greater than those caused by section of th
namely, fall of the animal temperature and of the arterial pressure, and ce
the belief that the fall of temperature is due to vaso-motor paralysis.

‘The effects on the dissipation and production of animal heat of inj
in the immediate neighborhood of, or below the vaso-motor centre havir |
determined, attention naturally next directs itself to the results produc
wounding the medulla so far above the vaso-motor centre as to avoid injuring

Tscheschichin, in a single experiment, found that division of the medu lla
junction with the pons was followed by an immediate and very marked rise 0
temperature of the body. J. Bruck and A. Giinter ( Pfliiger’s Archiv, Bd, iii. p.
have also experimented upon the effect of section of the medulla oblongat
border of the pons on the temperature. ‘They used rabbits, and operated wi
opening the skull, In seven operations they found that in one the tempe!
enormously after the section, in another it rose very decidedly (1°.1 C.) an
cases it fell continuously,

I have myself practised a number of experiments of this character, in most ¢
upon dogs, but in a few instances upon rabbits. I have found it a matter of
culty to make a clean, complete section of the medulla at its junction with
without inducing serious hemorrhage or injuring some other portion of the
The chief trouble lies with the Hleadiie The various venous and ¢
moses at the base of the brain are always in great danger, and the slig
to them invalidates the experiment by causing pressure on the vaso-mo
tory, and other important centres. Various methods of experimenting }
practised. Thus, I have tried entering laterally, boring through the skt
suitable knife, or opening it with a trephine. Again, various attempts’
made to enter through the foramen magnum. At one time a knife, inv
Lautenbach, acting somewhat on the principle of Bellocque’s canula, was
the canula being passed up along the medulla through the foramen mag
the knife pushed out when sufficiently far in, A thorough trial demon: tr
this plan is impracticable. All other methods of operating were finally abs
for the following :— ;

With a small trephine open the skull in the triangular space below the o
protuberance, so as to enter between the diverging branches of the great ]
sinus. Then have the head of the animal firmly held vertically wi
downwards, pass a narrow dull-pointed knife in, and when sufficiently e

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 51

the handle forward so as to direct the point of the knife against the base of the
skull, taking care in doing this to throw the point of the knife to one side so as to
avoid the basilar artery. Having steadied the knife against the skull, withdraw
the point one or two lines so as to avoid the meningeal vessels, and make a sweep-
ing cut. By this procedure the medulla is readily separated from the pons, but no
care can ensure the basilar vessels from injury. ‘The cerebellum is of course wounded
to some extent, but my experience shows that this has no influence upon the result
so far as the thermic or other appreciable symptoms are concerned,

The following experiments exemplify the effect of section of the medulla high
up, upon animal temperature.

EXPERIMENT 46,
A large powerful mongrel dog.

Time. Rect. TEMP. REMARKS.
12) M. 102°.25 F.
12:20 P. mt. sospaccce Since last note, the skull has been opened above the foramen magnum with a tre-

phine; in doing this a sinus has undoubtedly been wounded, as the dog has lost
fully three-quarters of a pint of blood. J have just severed the medulla.

12:25 103 25
12:30 103.75
12:40 104 Breathing regular.
12:50 104.50
1 104.75
1:10 105.25
1:30 105.50 Thermometer put into the abdominal cavity.
2 eaesesels Cardiometer connected with the femoral artery. Arterial pressure 75; upon galvani-

zation of a sensitive nerve it fell to50. The pneumogastric nerves were next cut;
pressure after this was 45-55; on galvanization of a sensitive nerve the pressure
rose to 65. ‘The breathing was very much affected, and paralysis both of sensa-
tion and motion seemingly complete. Animal killed.

Autopsy.—Medulla oblongata divided at its junction with the pons. Cerebellum wounded.

EXPERIMENT 47.

A very powerful long-haired dog.

Time. Recr. Tempe. REMARKS.
2:18P.u. 106°.8 F. Dog has been struggling and fighting most violently, hence his high temperature.
2:19 acn000s Section made.
2:25 107.8
2:30 106.9
2:35 107.0
2:50 107.4
3 107.9 Dog killed.

Autopsy.—Left side of the medulla separated from the pons, except the anterior fibres. Right
side, superior one-quarter cut through.

8 April, 1830.

58 FEVER,

EXPERIMENT 48,

A terrier bitch of moderate size and strength.

Tixe. Reor, Ter. REMARKS.
LAS aM. y
LAT 103°.25 F. Cut the medulla. Breathing at once ceased almost entirely, so that the d

one time thonght to be dead, and artificial respiration, by compresing
with the hand, was resorted to.

L133 = canvases Dog beginning to breathe voluntarily, conjunctiva not sensitive, complete pa
of sensation and motion throughout the body.

11:4 103.50 Temp. of room 70°.

11:60 103.75

l25e.m. 103.75 Dog shows uo other sigus of life than the slow, regular breathing.

12:30 103.75

1240 104.

1245 104.25 Breathing noisy, irregular.

12:55 104.75 General muscular rigidity, with frequent convulsions and tremor; re
are much aggravated by any irritation of the surface. Legs stiffly ©
tail forcibly drawn down between them. f

1:15 166. Temp. of room 70°.
2:10 107.75 Thermometer is now in abdominal cavity (has been in the rectum). The di

‘been vomiting freely. *
ealeoe Arterial pressure 150-160; galvanization of a nerve caused it to fall to 120-1
108.135 Cut the par vagum. Breathing at once almost suspended. ’
aawte =.) Respiration only at very long intervals. Blood in arteries venous. On con

a cardiometer tube with the femoral, the mercury rose to the top ¢

(205) and flowed over in abundance. wd
2:25 porevice There has been no breathing for some minutes. Heart has not ceased to beat.

tS bo 8S
is is =
sooo

Autopsy.—Knife bas passed through the cerebellum, seraping the posterior surface of upp P
tion of medulla, and cutting it very obliquely at its janction with the pons.

In looking over the records of these experiments, it will be found th at
appear very couclasiv e, in regard to the rise of temperature which follows di
of the medulla high up. One of the most powerful means of lowering the te
ture at our command is venesection, and yet, although the dog in Experiment 4
almost bled to death, the temperature rose from the time the medulla was
In Experiment 47 the animal temperature was extraordinarily high, and yet
temperature began to rise at once after the operation. In Experiment 48
ing of any moment occurred, and the elevation of temperature was theref
marked than in the first trial. The rise commenced immediately after the
of the medulla, and amounted to almost five degrees, and was still increas
the animal died. As the temperature of the surrounding air in both ce
over seventy, the evidence is conclusive.

In neither case were the vaso-motor centres paralyzed. In the first €
after division of the par vagum, galvanization of a sensitive nerve was foil
a slight but distinct rise of : the arterial pressure. The reason that this ri
slight was probably the very small amount of blood in the vessels conse 1a
the hemorrhage, so that contraction of the arteries was not followed t
effects,

In the smaller dog, the evidence that the general vaso-motor system Wi
was unimpeachable, At first, the galvanization of a sensitive nerve r
pressure, very decidedly, on account of its influence on the par vagum

A SEWED pane Nee MOI BEDE sAgNED EN OR MEAG PA YoSlOn0 Gay. 59

The amount of the arterial pressure was, however, sufficient to prove the integrity
of the vaso-motor system, for if the vessels had all been dilated, the mercury in the
tube of the manometer could certainly not have stood where it did. Whenever
asphyxia is produced in the normal animal, an enormous rise of arterial pressure
results, chiefly from vaso-motor spasm caused by the excess of carbonic acid in the
blood. The great rise of pressure (from 120 to 205) which followed arrest of re-
spiration in Experiment 48 is positive proof of the section having been made above
the vaso-motor centre. The following experiment is confirmatory of the preceding
one.

EXPERIMENT 49,

A stout young dog above medium size.

TIME. Recr. Temp. REMARKS.
10:30.4.m. 1039.25 F.
ipsa(f) ——eeabeeeen Brain opened with slight hemorrhage.
10:55 104.12
11:5 104.12
11:20 104.37
11:35 103.12 Medulla cut. Absolute paralysis of motion and of sensation at once developed.
11:37 103
12 &. 103
12:30 P. M. 103 Arterial pressure 120; on galvanizing the nerve the pressure fell at first but soon
rose to 185, no movements except in muscles supplied by nerve were elicited.

1 101.75

1:20 101

2 On Tscssee ee Dog put in a box at a temperature of 90°.

1:45 101.37 Temperature of box 102°.

2:30 104.25 Temperature of box 104.

2:45 104.50 Temperature of box 90.

3 105 Temperature of box 88.

3:30 106.50 Temperature of box 94.

4 107 Temperature of box 84.

4:30 107 Temperature of box 82.

4:40 107 Temperature of box 76.

5:30 107 Temperature of box 72.

8 106 Temperature of box 64.

8:30 105 Temperature of box 64.

“) 105 Temperature of box 64.

Next morning the dog was found dead.

Autopsy. —Medulla was nearly severed obliquely, where it merged into the pons.

In this case, though there was a primary fall of temperature, the fever, when
developed, was independent of the external heat, for whilst the latter was steadily
falling from 104° to 72°, the animal heat rose from 104° to 107°. In this ex-_
periment the arterial pressure rose from 120 to 185, when a sensitive nerve was
galvanized, and the vaso-motor system was therefore intact.

_ Upon dogs I have performed a number of other experiments similar to those
just detailed, with a like result, but in a half dozen or more trials upon rabbits I
have not once obtained a distinct permanent rise of temperature after section of the
upper medulla. As examples of these experiments the following are submitted :—

60 FEVER.

Experiment 50,

A rabbit.
Tite, Reor, Texr. REMARKS,
11204. seasesvee Skull opened. .
11:25 lose FP.
7 Ey a ieee Section of brain made; most violent convulsions came on and lasted a
11:30 103.5
11:32 104 Animal quiet.
L184 usiverace Respiration ceased.
11:35 103,25

Autopsy.—Wound of brain above the pons. One of the crura cerebri cut through entirely

a shred, the other crus wounded. A large clot at base of brain running into the fourth

EXxperiMent 51,

A rabbit.

Time Reor, Texr. REMARKS.

RR A ONE asviatsns Skull opened.

12:50 P.M. 105° F. Rabbit purging.

tee oes Brain operated upon.

12:10 105

12:13 105.75 Temperature of room 70°.

1221 105

12:25 104.5 Rabbit purging.

12:28 104.5

12:35 104

1245 104 :
235 105.75 Rabbit lying in the sun, temperature of room 78°. Rabbit pnt in the shade.
2:22 105.75 —_
» > rrr Violent convulsions lasting a minute, followed by death.

Autopsy.—Incision nearly dividing pons and medulla at their junction, edge of the i nci
more than a millimetre from the Owsjannikow’s space.

ExpertMEnt 52,
A rabbit.
Time. Reet, Temr. REMARKS.
4:28r.u. 1049.5 F,
BD des ceive Puncture of the left side of the brain through the sknil.
4:33 104.75 Animal apparently completely paralyzed, not convulsed.
4:36 104.85
4AL 104.75
4:50 104.5 Violent persistent clonic spasm of the left side of the neck.
5:15 103
540 102
9 95 Animal died during the night.

Autopsy.—A clean incision running obliquely through the pons reaching above alt 0
upper surface, below to within about a line of the lower surface.

Tt will be seen that these experiments, along with those of Bruck ar
show that it is an exceptional circumstance to get a rise of tempe

that in the dog very frequently the rise does not occur, or is not perm
certainly in many and possibly in all cases is due to the formation of

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 61

fourth ventricle, and consequent paralysis by pressure of the vaso-motor centres,
The following experiment will serve as an example :—

» EXPERIMENT 58.
A moderate sized dog.

TIME. Rect. Temp. REMARKS
OAD PAM So -nncose Opened the skull.
10:57 102°.5 F.
iWIR3 — ceenancen Cut the medulla.
11:10 102.65 Perfect paralysis ; breathing nearly suspended.
11:12 102.76
11:18 103 Breathing regular; entire paralysis.
11:27 102.87
12:15 P. M. 101.75
12:30 101.5
12:45 101.25
ASE 100.75
1:30 100
2 99.75
3 97.25
4:20 97.75 Galvanic current applied to the exposed sciatic nerve slows the pulse, blood pressure
not decidedly affected.
4:40 connqod Par vagum cut.
gi) Seeeceas Current applied to freshly exposed femoral nerve, unless sufficiently violent to cause
general tetanus, has no effect upon the blood pressure.
He Gego860 . Current applied to a freshly exposed sciatic nerve, result as before; under a very
violent current the dog showed signs of feeling.
6:10 ca 6e0008 Current again applied; no result.

Autopsy.—Section just at the junction of pons and medulla, leaving on each side a portion of tissue
uncut, a fragment of bone lying upon the cerebellum and pressing it down upon the medulla. The
whole of the fourth ventricle occupied with a firm clot pressing upon and separating all the parts.

The progress of this experiment is very instructive. In beginning, the vaso-
motor centre was not implicated, and the bodily temperature began to rise. Sub-
sequently a clot formed, and slowly annihilated by pressure the function of the
vaso-motor centre. With the progressive vaso-motor paralysis the temperature of
the body fell, at first slowly and then rapidly. When, as was proven by experi-
mental test, the vaso-motor palsy was complete, the degree of bodily heat was far
below the normal.

In searching for the reason that in rabbits separation of the medulla from the
pons is so seldom followed by an increase of the animal temperature, paralysis of
the vaso-motor centres by direct injury, shock, or hemorrhagic pressure at once
suggests itself. The rabbit is so small an animal that the distance between the
space assigned by Owsjannikow as containing the vaso-motor centre and the border
of the pons cannot be more than a tenth of an inch. It is therefore very evident
that to avoid wounding or influencing the vaso-motor centre, in dividing the nredulla
high up, is in the rabbit an exceedingly difficult and indeed almost impossible task.

In conclusion, the following propositions may be considered as expressing the
demonstrations of the preceding experiments upon the effect of section of the
medulla on animal temperature.

62 FEVER.

Injuries of the medulla, so situated as to paralyze the medullary vase
are followed by a very decided fall of animal temperature.
Section of the medulla at the line of its junction with the pons, in the dog 1
leads to an elevation of animal temperature, if the medullary vaso-motor centr
not in any way compromitted,
The rise and fall of animal temperature following sections of the medull:
be due to alterations of heat production or of heat dissipation, ‘To determ
the following experiments have been performed, PD.
‘The first series were undertaken to determine the effect of i injuries Ww, hich
paralysis of the vaso-motor centres.

EXPERIMENT 54,
A large cur, weight 26.25 pounds.

Time. Am Ter, Tene Ter. Box Ter. Reot.Tewr. Gey. Meren. —
(Fah.)* (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
12:25 p. uw. 70.16 742.8 729.36 1029.92 828.057
1240 69.32 TAT
12:55 67.46 73.3
1:10 69.44 73.76
1:25 69.2 73.45 72.59 102.92 906.04
69.12 74.16 0.23 0 77.983
(mean) 69.12 (gain)
5.04
(gain)

1:45 p. M.—Section made, followed by paralysis, which was complete, except that a
occasionally slightly moved — 1:50 p. M.—Rectal temperature 103° F.

Time, Aim Temr. Tune Temr. Box Temr. Reer. Tewr. Gen.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)

2:15 p.m. 70°.34 73°.68 719.78 943.64

2:30 70.25 73.68

2:45 70.04 74.12

3 70.25 73.76

3:15 70.97 74.66 72.41 949.28 1023.074
70.37 73.98 0.63 79.434
(mean) 70.37 (gain)

3.61

(gain)

3:30 Pp. M.—Animal still breathing well: the kymographion was connected with the c
pneumogastrics cut and the sciatic exposed; galvanization of the sciatic had no influer
pressure, although a very powerful current was used. The dog was killed some time |]

Autopsy.—The section was through the medulla, just below the point of the calam :
side was cut through completely, the left more than half through.

Heat Dissipation.

Berore Srerion.
Quantity of sir (V’) = 77.983 at 74°.16—320 = 42.16 = t’. V+ (Vx tx 0.002085) = V.
V me 17-983 a aS

Losg = 1S W=V x 0.08073 = 5.8
Rise in temp. of sir 5.04 = t. Q=W x tx sp. h. = 5.8 x 5.04 x 0.2374 = 6.9397 =

Rise in temp. of water 0.23 x 164.1414 == 37.7525 = heat given to calorimeter.
6.9397 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 44.6922 od

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 63

AFTER SECTION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 79.434 at 73°.98—32°= 41.98 = 1. V+(V x tx 0.002035) = V.
= 19.434 _ 939. W=V x 0.08073 = 5.91
1.085
Rise in temp. of air3.61=t. Q=W XtxX sp. h.=5.91 x 3.61 x 0.2374 = 5.065 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.63 X 164.1414 = 103.4091 = heat given to calorimeter. :
5.065 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 108.4741

SumMary.
2 Hourly dissipation of heat after section 108.4741

Hourly dissipation of heat before section 44.6922

Gain in hourly dissipation of heat following section 63.7819

Heat Production.

BEFORE SECTION.

No change in bodily temperature.
Hourly heat dissipation = hourly heat production 44.6922.

AFTER SECTION.

Fall in temperature of animal in 85 minutes 8°.72.

Fall in temp. per hour 6.156 = t. W = 26.25.

Q=W xt X sp. h. = 26.25 x 6.156 x 0.75 = 121.1963* = heat drawn from reserve.
Heat drawn from reserve 121.1963
Heat dissipated hourly 108.4741

Heat lost from reserve over and above that accounted for 12.7222

SUMMARY.
Heat production before section 44.6922
Heat lost from reserve after section above that accounted for 12.7222
Difference in heat production before and after section 57.4144
EXPERIMENT 959.
A terrier bitch. Weight 16.25 pounds.
Time, AIR TEMP. Tuse TEMP. f Box Temp. Recr. TEMP Gen. METER.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
12:50 p.m. = 6 99.44 68°.72 619.997 101°.84 675.605
1:10 69.68 67.79
1:30 65.48 66.68
1:40 66.38 66.68 Z
gt) eset) igHcoeo 63.1256 101.84 758.425
6R75 67.47 1.1286 0 82.82
67.47 (mean) (gain)
0.28
(loss)

2 p.M.—Section made. The trephine slipped and wounded the nerve centres. 2:3 p. M—Rectal
temperature, 104°; 2:10 Pp. m., rectal temperature, 102°.92; 2:20 P.M., rectal temperature, 102°.92.

* This is probably excessive, because the cooling of the animal was almost certainly more rapid
directly after the temperature in the rectum was taken than it was later.

64 FEVER.

Time. Arm Temr. Tone Texr. Box Temr, Reor.Tewr, Ger, Merer.
(Pah.) (Fah.) (Fah) (Fab.) (eub, ft.)
2:35 r.M. 669.2 66°.47 62°,72 795.575
2:50 66.08 67.43
Suh 65.96 67.12
320 68.36 67.02
3:35 64.76 68.09 63.50 100°.13 860,32
66.27 67.23 0.78 64.745
(mean) 66.27 (gain)
0.96
(gain)

3:55 p. m.—Carotid connected with the kymographion, the sciatic having been
pheamogastric cut.

Timx. ARTERIAL Press, REMARKS,
M. Scoe. (Millimetres.)
0 195-200
> | SOL pe Remaining pneumogastric cut.
: 200-210
2:30 190-197 Moderate galvanic irritation of the sciatic commenced,
3 195-200
3:30 195-200 Irritation ceased.
4 195-200
4:30 195-200
5 194-202
5:30 196-201 Very powerful galvanic current applied to the sciatic.
6:30 200-203 Irritation ceased. Muscular contractions caused by the current abu

cient to account for the slight rise of the arterial pressure.
7 200-203 X

Autopsy.—Two wounds of medulla, each upon the right side, the left half being un
wound the more extensive, situated about four lines above the point of the calamus,
half-way to the centre. There was considerable effused blood in the brain, but no dis

Heat Dissipation.
Berore Secrion.
Quantity of air (V’) = 82.82 at 67°.47—32° = 35.47 = t’.
V +(V¥ x t’ x 0.002035) = Vv’. V= ae =773. W=V X 0.08073 = 6.24
Fall in temp. of air 0.28=t. Q=W xt X sp. hh. = 6.24 x 0.28 x 0.2374 = 0.4148 = heat take
Rise in temp. of water 1.1286 x 164.1414 = 185.25 = heat given to calorimeter.
0.4148 = heat taken from air. ;

Heat dissipated in one hour 184.8352

4 ‘

Arter Section,
Quantity of air (V’) = 64.745 at 67°,23—32° = 35.23 = t’.

V +(¥ x t’ x 0.002035) = V’. Vv = = 604. W=V x 0.08073 = 4.88

Rise in temp. of air 0.96 =t. Q= Wx t x sp. b= 458 90.96 0.2974 = 1.1122 — heat gi Pi

Rise in temp. of water 0.78 x 164.1414 = 128.0303 = heat given to calorimeter. ;
1.1122 = heat given to air.

Heat dissipated in one hour 129.1425

Summary.

Hourly dissipation of heat before section 184.8352
Hourly dissipation of heat after section 129.1425

Hourly diminution of heat dissipation following section 85.6927

AGE SyLUED RYO MEN, MOR Bil DA ND NOR MAL Ply Sl OlOGiy: 5

: Heat Production
BEFORE SECTION

Loss of heat from bodily reserve none.

Hourly heat dissipation = hourly heat production 184.8352

AFTER SECTION.
Fall of bodily temperature in 1} hours 2.79, in 1 hour 2.232 =
Q=W Xt x sp. h.= 16.25 X 2.232 x 0.75 = 27.2025 = loss of heat from reserve.
Hourly dissipation of heat 129.1425
Loss of heat from reserve 27.2025

Hourly production of heat 101.94
Summary.

Hourly production of heat before section 184.8352
Hourly production of heat after section 101.94

Diminution of heat production following section 82.8952

When the medulla is injured in such a way as to paralyze the vaso-motor centres,
thermic symptoms similar to those caused by section of the cord would naturally
be looked for. In Experiment 54 such symptoms were actually present, the heat
dissipation being primarily increased and the heat production diminished. On the
other hand, in Experiment 55 the result was not altogether in accord with the
preconception. Hcat production certainly was diminished, but heat dissipation so
far from being increased was actually lessened. The medulla was not, however,
completely severed, one-half of it indeed being uninjured. It is, therefore, very
probable that the vaso-motor paralysis was not complete, sufficient of the nerve
fibres remaining intact to allow of some regulation of heat dissipation by the
organism. That increased heat dissipation follows immediately upon complete
vaso-motor palsy is very strongly indicated by the immediate and very rapid fall
of bodily temperature which occurred in Experiments 44 and 45 when the knife
was plunged into the vaso-motor centre.

From all the evidence it seems to me that we are justified in concluding that
wounds of the medulla so situated as to paralyze the vaso-motor centres cause decreased
heat production with (certainly sometimes and probably always) primarily increased
heat dissipation.

The next series of experiments were directed to the determination of the effect
upon calorification, of section of the medulla at its junction with the pons. The
experiments are as follows :—

EXPERIMENT 56,
A terrier bitch. Weight 17.25 Ibs.

AIR TUBE Box ReEcrT. GENERAL SAMPLE AIR
Time, Temr. TEMP. Tempe. TEMP. METER. MrrTER. METER.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.)
MS 5aews | 71LC9 73°.1 740.4 1029.2 378.79 0.4422 1.503
11:50 72.65 73.4
1S) GER WG) 73.4
12:20 713.4 73.45
12:35 74.08 74.1
12:50 75.2 74.5
1:5 75.2 74.5 75.42 103.28 451.78 0.5076 1.5563
73.63 73.18 1.02 1.08 72.99 0.0654 0.0533
(mean) 73.63 (gain) (gain) 0.0654
0.15 73.0554
9 May, 1880. (ain)

66 ; FEVER.

1:25 rp. M.—Medulla cut. Rectal temperature at once rose,

1:33 v.a.—Reetal temperature 104°. No apparent sensibility; breathing good;
movements towards the right; very marked convergent downward strabismus, with con
tions of the eyeballs, Pupils widely dilated.

1:40 Pp. M.—Reetal temp. 108°.64. 1:51 p.m. —Temp. 103°.64, 2 Pp. 1.—Temp. 103°.8.
r. M.—Temp. 103°.8, 2:30 p.m. —Temp. 108°. 9.

Time tome, Tour. ares Tune. pos 5 io
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fab.) (Fah.) (oub, ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.)
245 r.u. 78° 772.1 75° 103°.9 484.22 0.5101
3 iiA 76.8
3:15 78.44 77.18
3:30 78.44 77.36
845 78.3 Ti Ad
4 78 T7iA8
ODS aches ivtene 76.34 102.92 556.74 0.5794 1.644
78.1 77.18 1.34 0.98 72.52 0.0693 0.0809
77.18 (mean) (gain) (loss) 0,
0.92 72.5893
(loss)

5 p. M.—Rectal temperature 103°.64. Animal killed.
Autopsy.—Medulla at the right side where it joined the pons cut through except a thr
side about three-fourths cut through; no hemorrhage perceptible.

Brrorr Secrion.
Quantity of air (V’) = 73.0554 at 73°.78—32° = 41.78 = t’,
V+(V x t x 0.002035) = WV. V= TO 67.3. W=V x 008013 = 5.43
Rise in temp. of air 0.15 =t. Q=W xX t X sp. h. = 5.43 x 0.15 x 0.2374 = 0.1934 = heat gi
Rise in temp. of water 1.02 x 164.1414 = 167.4242 = heat given to calorimeter.
0.1934 = heat given to air.

167.6176 = heat dissipated in 1} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 111.7451

Arter Srcrion.
Quantity of air (V’) = 72.5893 at 77°,18—320 = 45.18 = t’.
V +(V xt’ x 0.002035) = V’.. V= Re sad = 66.5. W=V x 0.08073 =54

Fall in temp. of air 0.92 = t. Q—WXtX sp.h. = 54 X 0.92 x 0.2374 = 1.1794 — heat taken fr
Rise in temp. of water 1.34 x 164.1414 = 219.9495 = heat given to calorimeter.
1.1794 = heat taken from air.

218.7701 = heat dissipated in 1} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 145.8468

Summary,
Honrly dissipation of heat after section 145.8468
Hourly dissipation of heat before section 111.7451

Hourly increase in dissipation of heat following section 34.1017

Heat Production. j
Berone Section.
Gain of bodily heat 1.08 = t W — 17.25.

Q—= WX t X ap. hm 17.25 X 1.08 x 0.75 == 19.9725 =» heat gained by body in 1} hours.
Hourly addition to heat reserve = 9.315

Hourly dissipation of heat ILL.7451
Heat added hourly to reserve 9.315

Hourly heat production 121.0601

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 67
AFTER SECTION.
Fall of bodily temperature in 1} hours 0.92, in 1 hour 0.61 = t.
Q=W Xt x sp. h. = 17.25 X 0.61 x 0.75 = 7.8934 — hourly loss of heat from reserve.
Hourly dissipation of heat 145.8468
Hourly loss from heat reserve

7.8934
Hourly heat production 137.9534
SumMAry
Heat production after section 137.9534
Heat production before section 121.0601
Hourly increase of heat production after section 16.8933

EXPERIMENT 957.
A dog. Weight 18.5 pounds.

AIR TUBE Box

REctT. GENERAL SAMPLE AIR
TIME. Tempe. TEMP. Teme. Temp. METER. METER. METER.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.)
2:18 P. M. 79°.9 792.8 782.92 102°.56 653.86 0.5918 1.6445
2:33 79.6 79.7
2:48 79.6 79.6
3:3 19.2 79.6
3:18 accoda=tCtC«CS 79.31 100.76 703.39 0.63965 1.7872
19:50 79.67 0.39 1.8 49.53 0.04785 0.1427
(mean) 79.57 (gain) (loss) 0.0478
0.1 49.5778
(gain)
3:26 p. m.—Pons cut. 3:29 p. Mi—Rectal temperature, 101°.84.
AIR TUBE Box Rect. GENERAL SAMPLE AIR
TIME. TEMP. TEMP. Temp. TEMP. METER. METER. Meter.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.)
4:18 Pp. M. 79°.9 799.9 80°.7 1019.84 743.11 0.6399 1.7872
4:33 80.6 80.8
4:48 80 80.7
5:3 80 80.55
5:18 79.5 80.24 81.49 101.12 790.865 0.6933 1.8916
80 80.44 0.79 0.72 47.755 0.0534 0.1044
(mean) 80 (gain) (loss) 0.0534
0.44 47.8084
(gain)

Post-mortem.—Medulla severed at its junction with the pons.

A large clot of blood upon the
pons.

Heat Dissipation.
Berore SECTION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 49.5778 at 79°.67—32° = 47.67 = t’.
r 9.5778
V+(¥ x t/ x 0.002035) = V'. V= AE
Rise in temp. of air 0.1=t. Q=W x t x sp-h.= 3.65 x 0.1 X 0.2374 = 0.087 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.39 x 164.1414 = 64.0151 = heat given to calorimeter.
0.087 = heat given to air.

= 45.2. W=V x 0.08073 = 3.65

Hourly dissipation of heat 64.1021

68 FEVER.

Avren Srerion.
Quantity of air (V’) ©= 47,8084 at 80°.44—329 = 48.44 = 1’,
V +(¥ x t x 0.002035) = V’. v= a = ABS. W= V x 0.08073 = 3.5
Rise in temp. of air O44 t. Q= W xX t X sp. hem 3.5 X OAL X 0.2374 = 0.3656 — heat,
Rise in temp. of water 0.79 X 104.1414 == 129.6717 = heat given to calorimeter,
0.3656 == heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 130.0373

Summary.

Heat dissipated hourly after section 130.0373
Heat dissipated hourly before section 64.1021

Hourly increase of heat dissipation following section 65.9352

Heat Production.
Brronk Srorron.
Fall of temperature of body 1.8 = t. W =18.5—
Q=WxXtx sph. = 18.5 x 1.8 x 0.75 = 24.9% = heat lost from reserve in one hour.
Heat dissipated in 1 hour 64,1021
Heat lost from reserve 24.975

Hourly heat production 39.1271

Arter Secrion.

Fall of temperature of body-0.72 = t. W = 18.5

Q=Wxtx sph. = 185: 0.79 x 0115 <= 908 = hea ee
Heat dissipated in 1 hour —-180.0373
Heat lost from reserve 9.99

Hourly heat production 120.0473

Summary.
Honrly production of heat after section 120.0473
Hourly production of heat before section 39.1271

Hourly increase of heat production following section 80 9202

EXPERIMENT 58,
A terrier. Weight 16.75 pounds.

Time. AinTexr. Tune Tewr. Box Temp. Reet.Texr. Gey. r
(Eah.) (Fah.) (Fab.) (Fah.) (oub, ft.)
12:15 pM. 58°61 64°.49 620.36 1019.84 416.03 ©
12:30 59.14 65.96
12:45 59.42 65.72 ‘
1 59.73 66.08
115 eat Seca 63.068 101.84 502.9
59.22 65.56 0.708 0 36.87
(mean) 69.22 (gain)
6.34
(gain)

1:35 yp. M.—Section made. 1:41—Rectal temperature 100°.2.

ASU Nel Ne MO R Bil Dy AN D NOR MAS PHY STOO Gy.

69
TIME. Arr Temp. Tvuse Temp. Box Temp. Rect. Temr, Gen. METER.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
1:56 P. M. 649.22 679.22 62024 eae eee 540.575
2:12 64.31 67.51
2:30 64.04 67.51
2:45 63.92 67.52
2:56 61.58 67.12 63.032 102°.2 602.672
60.61 67.37 0.792 62.097
(mean) 60.61 (gain)
6.76
(gain)

3 p.m.—Animal breathing quietly, completely paralyzed, but trembling violently all over. The
sciatic exposed, and the carotid connected with the cardiometer.

Timz. ARTERIAL PRESSURE, REMARKS,
(Millimetres.)
3:5 P. M. 90-100
3:10 115-120 Galvanic current has been applied to the sciatic for half a minute, some not violent
5 reflex contractions, much disturbance of respiration.

SEI Spo nbece Par vagum cut.

3:21 65-95 Much disturbance of respiration.
SL soot Mild galvanic current applied to the sciatic.
3:26 120-125

Pressure has been steadily rising since the current was applied; there have been no
general convulsive movements, but breathing has apparently been affected.
3:35 onee80Seo Animal killed.
Autopsy.—Right half of medulla completely separated exactly at its junction with the pons,
excepting a small band upon each side. Left half severed, except a film all across at the lower
surface, and a band at the outer edge. No cerebral hemorrhage.

Heat Dissipation.
BEFORE SECTION.

Quantity of air (V’) = 86.87 at 659.56—32° = 33.56 = t’.

86.87 : = = =
V+(V x t’ X 0.002035) = VW’. V= sa = 813. W=V x 0.08073 = 6.56
Rise in temp. of air 6.34 = t. Q=W Xt ™ sp. h. = 6.56 x 6.34 x 0.2374 = 9.8735 = heat given to air.

Rise in temp. of water 0.708 x 164.1414 = 116.2121 = heat given to calorimeter.
9.8735 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 126.0856

AFTER SECTION.

Quantity of air (V’) = 62.097 at 67°.37—329 = 35.37 = t’. :
V+ (Vx t’ x 0.002035) = Vv’. V= ae = 57.9. W = V xX 0.08073 = 4.67
Vie
Rise in temp. of air 6.76 = t. Q—= W xX t X sp. h. = 4.67 X 6.76 x 0.2374 = 7.4945 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.792 x 164.1414 = 130 = heat given to calorimeter.

7.4945 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 137.4945

Summary.
Hourly dissipation of heat before section 126.0856
Hourly dissipation of heat after section 137.4945

——d

Hourly increase of heat dissipation following section 11.4089

Heat Production.
BEFORE SECTION.

No change in bodily temperature; hourly dissipation = hourly production of heat 126.0856

Ww FEVER.

Arren Section,
Rise of bodily temperature in 1} honrs 2°, in L hour 1.6 =t. W = 16.75
Q= Wx tx sp. hb. = 16.75 x 1.6 x 0.75 = 20.1 = heat added to reserve,
Hourly dissipation of heat 137, 4945
Hourly addition to heat reserve 20.1

Hourly heat production 157.5945

Summary.

Hourly production of heat after section 157.5945
Hourly production of heat before section 126.0856

Hourly increase of heat production following section 31.5089

EXPERIMENT 59.

A mongrel Scotch terrier. Weight 15.75 pounds.

January 3.
Time Am Ter. Tune Temr, Box Tewr. Reot,Tewr. Gey, Meter.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fab.) (cub, ft.)
12:56 rp. M 629.18 649.06 63°.085 101°.84 28.58
L:1l 61.13 64.4
1:26 61.13 64.18
IM 62.66 64.67
1:56 63.77 65.03 63.319 101.84 97.29
62.17 64.47 - 0.234 0 68.71
(mean) 62.17 (gain)
23
(gain)

2:15 p. M.—Section made, followed at once by seemingly complete paralysis.
Time, Ain Temr. Tune Temr, Box Temr, Reet. Tewr, Gen, METER

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah,) (Fab.) (cub, ft.)
243 ep.uM. 6494 65°.84 629.6 100°.5 107.5
2:58 61.63 644
213 61.63 64.76
3:28 61.43 65.12 #
343 63.5 65.39 63.104 10L.84 180.45
62.52 65.1 0.504 1.34 72.95
(mean) 62.52 (gain) (gain)
2.58
(gain)

Dog has been howling faintly in the box; shows evidences of sensibility in the body, und
hind legs slightly, although it is sonnéerhiek uncertain whether this is really the case,
movements are reflex; some general tremors; head drawn forcibly to one side; respiratic

Tine. Am Temp, Tune Ter. Box Temr, Reet. Tewr. Gey. Meter.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (oub, ft.)
4:37 pou. 63°.23 66°.47 619.61 1019.84 234.27
452 62.6 64.46
5:7 62.14 641°
5:22 62.72 64.28 a
6:37 62.72 64.46 62.24 103.1 306.92 —
=, — — — —— ”
62.68 64.75 0.63 1.26 72.65
(mean) 62.68 (gain) (gain) ?

APSDUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 7(il

Time. Air Temp, Tube TEMP. Box Teme. Rect, Trp, GEN, METER,
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
8:56 P. M. 68°.81 699.75 60°.98 102°.56 446.165
pile} 65 68.96
9:28 67.46 68.45
9:43 67.46 69.26
9:58 67.64 68.45 61.98 101.84 521.56
67.87 68.97 1 0.72 75.395
(mean) 67.87 (gain) (loss)
1.1
(gain)
January 4.
TIME, Arr Temp. TuseE Tempe. Box Temp. Rect. Temp. Gen. METER.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.)
12:25 P. M. 659.57 679.79 63°.05 102°.56 541.8
12:40 65.96 67.69
12:55 67.04 69.17
gl) anagem mesccen 63.725 102 92 576.
66.19 68.22 0.675 0.36 34.2
(mean) 66.19 (gain) (gain)
2.03
(gain)

1:30 Pp. M_—Dog is conscious, with dulled but not destroyed sensibility in the body, and excessive
hyperesthesia of the head and upper neck, howling violently when these parts are touched.
kick with all of his legs, but is unable to move his body.
mometer introduced through an opening in the linea alba into the peritoneal cavity, and the sciatic
exposed.
large LeClanche cell.

He can
He was placed on the table, the ther-

The galvanic current employed was the full power of a Du Bois Reymond coil, with one

Time. TEMPERATURE, IRRITATION OF SCIATIC,
M.Sec.
0 104°.4 F.
(TEST) na Commenced.
i 104.5
1:30 104.4
2 104.3
2:15, 104.2
2:45 104
3:45 103.9
A415 103.8 Ceased.
5:15 103.8
6:42 103.7
9:45 103.7
10:30 103.7

Autopsy.—Section traversing entirely the medulla from side to side on its upper surface on a line
with its junction with the pons, reaching half-way through, but leaving the lower part intact.

Heat Dissipation.

Berore SEctTION.

Quantity of air (V’) = 68.71 at 64°.47—32° = 32.47 = t’.

V+(V x t’ x 0.002035) =v. V= S81 — 64a,
1.066
Rise in temp. of air2.3=t. Q—=W xt sp.h.=5.2 x 2.3 x 0.2374 = 2.8393 = heat units given toair
Rise in temp. of water 0.234 x 164.1414 = 38.4091 = heat given to calorimeter.

2.8393 = heat given to air.

W = V x 0.08073 = 5.2

Total dissipation of heat in an hour 41.2454

2 FEVER.
Arren Section.
lst Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 72.95 at 65°,1—329 = 33.1 = t’.
V +(¥ x t' x 0.002035) = V. Ve mse = 68.37. Wem V x 0.08073 = 6.5

Rise in temp. of air 2.58—=t. Q—= Wx t x sp.h. 5.5 X 2.58 x 0.2374 = 3.3686 — heat giv
Rise in temp. of water 0.504 x 164.1414 = 82.7273 = heat given to calorimeter.
3.3686 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 86.0959

2d Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 72.65 at 64°.75—32° = 32.75 = t’,

V+(V¥ x t' x 0.002035) = V.. V= “ = 68.09. W=V x 0.08073 = 5.5

Rise in temp. of air 2.07 =t. Q=W Xt x sp. h. = 5.5 X 2.07 X 0.2374 = 2.7028 = gine
Rise iu temp. of water 0.63 x 164.1414 = 103.4091 = heat given to calorimeter. :
2.7028 = heat given to air.

Heat dissipated in one hour 106.1119

3d Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 75.395 at 689.97 — 329 = 36.97 =.
V+ (Vx tx 0.002035) =v. V= UM? 70. W=V x 0.08073 = 5.7
Rise in temp. of air Ll =t. Q=W Xt x sp. h. = 5.7 x 1.1 x 0.2374 = 1.4885
Rise in temp. of water 1 x 164.1414 = 164.1414 = heat given to calorimeter.
1.4885 = heat given to air. ‘

Hourly disstpation of heat 165.6299 ;

4th Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 34.2 at 689.22 — 329 — 36.22 —t’,

V +(V x t’ x 0.002035) = VV. Ve ~~ = 32. W=V x 0.08073 =2.6
Vi

Rise in temp. of air 2.03=t. Q=W x t X sp. h.=2.6 x 2.03 x 0.2374 = 1.2529 = heat :
Rise in temp. of water 0.675 x 164.1414 = 110.7954 = heat given to calorimeter
1.2529 = heat given to air.

pre ie ee- quarter
Hourly dissipation of heat 149.3977

SumMary.
Hourly heat dissipation before section : 41.2484
Tlourly heat dissipation after section: Ist period 86.0959
2d period 106.1119
3d pertod = 165.6299
Ath period 149.3977

Tleat Production.

Berore Section.

No change in the bodily temperature.
Hfourly dissipation = hourly production of heat 41,2484

Arrer Section.
lst Period—
Rise of the bodily temperature 1.34 = t. :
Q=Wxtx sp. bh. = 15.75 x 1.34 x 0.75 = 15.8906 = heat added to reserve.
Hourly dissipation of heat 86.0959
Hourly addition to heat reserve 15.8286

Hourly production of heat 101.9245

AC SeUED Ye ION = Mi ORB TD) AUN D: IN OR MEAL PH YeSil OL ogy. 103}

2d Period—
Rise in animal temperature 1.26 = t.
Q = W x t X sp. h. = 15.75 X 1.26 X 0.75 = 14.8837 — heat added to reserve.

Hourly dissipation of heat 106.1119
Hourly addition to heat reserve 14.8837
Hourly production of heat 120.9956

3d Period—
Fall of animal temperature 0.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 15.75 X 0.72 X 0.75 = 8.505 — hourly loss from heat reserve.

72=

Heurly dissipation of heat 165.6299
Hourly loss from heat reserve 8.505
Hourly production of heat 157.1249

Ath Period—

Rise of animal temperature in three-quarters of an hour 0.36, in one hour 0.48 = t.
Q=W xX tx sp. h. = 15.75 x 0.48 K 0.75 = 5.67 = heat added to reserve.

Hourly dissipation of heat 149.3977
Hourly addition to heat reserve 5.67
Hourly production of heat 155.0677
SUMMARY.
Hourly production of heat before section 41.2484

Hourly production of heat after section: 1st period 101.9245
2d period 120.9956
3d period 157.1249
4th period 155.0677

In studying these experiments it is convenient to examine, first, the question of
heat dissipation ; secondly, that of heat production. ‘The loss of bodily heat was
increased by section in Experiments 56, 57, 58, 59. In regard to heat dissipa-
tion, section of the higher medulla therefore yields results similar to those caused
by division of the spinal cord. In regard to heat production the case is different ;
it is remarkably diminished by section of the cord, but in all the experiments just
detailed it was augmented. ‘Thus in Experiment 56 the increase was about 27 per
cent., in Experiment 57 about 67 per cent., in Experiment 58 about 12 per cent.
In Experiment 59, which extended over two days with five distinct measurements,
the increase at the different successive periods was respectively 77, 200, 300, 270 per
cent. The reasons that in some instances the proportionate rise of heat production
was much greater than in others are to be in part looked for in the imperfection of the
section and in the effects of shock, or of slight bleeding, upon the vaso-motor centres.
A point very worthy of notice is, that in several of these experiments no marked
rise of the bodily temperature followed the section, the increase of heat dissipation
being sufficient to counterbalance the increased production. It would seem, there-
fore, that the apparently exceptional cases, in which separation of the medulla from
the pons without injury to the vaso-motor centres in the floor of the fourth ventricle
is not followed by arise of the bodily temperature, are not to be considered as really
exceptional but only as instances in which heat dissipation is increased proportion-
ately to or faster than heat production, so that no accumulation of heat in the body,

v. €., no rise of the bodily temperature occurs.
10 May, 1880.

14 FEVER.

The results of our whole study as to the effects of separation of the medulla f
the pons upon thermogenesis may be formulated as follows: Section of the
at its junction with the pons is followed by increased heat dissipation and +
heat production, the increased dissipation usually not keeping pace with thew
production, so that the bodily temperature rises.

The question which naturally arises at this stage of our investigation
the cause of the phenomena which follow superior medullary section, In re;
to the heat dissipation, it is apparently simply the result of the increased heat
duction, a warmer body naturally giving off more heat than a cooler one. — d
than this, the vaso-motor system being intact, 7.e., the normal mechanism for co
the body being preserved, it is inevitable that the living animal organism, W y
is producing heat more rapidly than normal, should endeavor to cool its |
rapidly as possible so as to get rid of the excess of heat.

Increased heat production being then the cause of the increased heat dis
the problem presents itself—what is the cause of the increased heat mol ption

Various explanations have been offered to account for the rise of bodi ly.

perature which follows the separation of the medulla from the pons. One s
investigators believe that it is due to irritation of the vaso-motor centres, It
however, a general guiding principle in making deductions that section of
induces abolition of function and that the symptoms which follow such section
paralytic unless clearly proved to be of other nature. Heidenhain, who has e
cially advocated the irritation theory, states that he was led to his conclusion
noting that the rabbits, upon which Bruck and Ginter experimented, 8
symptoms of irritation of the medulla in that their breathing was exceedingly
Acting upon this, he suggested that the effect of puncture should be tr
accordingly Bruck and Giinter instituted such experiments. (Pfliiger’s ie
iii. p. 579.) The temperature rose more uniformly than in the previous € :
ments in which section was practised, It was found that two or more pune
were more effectual than a single one, and that the effect was still 1 oe
nounced, if two of the lance-shaped needles were plunged in at once, ia ul
to remain. (Am sichersten darf man auf die ‘Temperatur-Steigerung 1
wenn man zwei Nadeln in einer Ebene, die ungefahr 1 mm. vor dem tuber
interparietale liegt, jederseits 2 mm. von der Median-Ebene in das Gehimm
und dieselben liegen liisst.) ;

It is evident that in the experiment of Bruck and Giinter, the nerve cet
were actually wounded, and I see no reason for disbelieving the possibility 0
wound affecting the conducting power of the nerve fibres, especially as it is

that the deeper and lirger the wound, i. e., the more numerous the ne lle
greater was the rise in temperature. The paralytic effect of plunging a
shaped needle into a nerve centre certainly reaches, at least for a time, b
obvious wound, and the effect of leaving a needle in must be to inerease t
lysis by pressure. The reason the rise was obtained more frequently
puncture than after the section of the medulla, seems to me to depend

circumstance that in the former case the vaso-motor centres were not 80
involved as in the latter. (See page 61.)

ASS TUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. if)

The experiments of Bruck and Giinter do not prove then what has been claimed
for them. On the other hand, in the numerous experiments which I have made
I have very rarely seen any symptom of irritation other than the rise of tempera-
ture produced by the section. On the other hand, I have seen the rise of tempera-
ture occur when the shock to the respiratory centres has been so great as to paralyze
them and suspend breathing. How could the section under these circumstances
stimulate the vaso-motor centres which lie so close to the respiratory centre. Again,
I have seen the rise of temperature persist for more than twenty-four hours, and
have never seen it, when once established, subside so long as the animal survived,
unless by the formation of a clot the vaso-motor ceutre of the medulla was paralyzed.
Such is not the history of irritation. I have so often seen this persistent rise of
temperature with no signs of irritation, with no apparent disturbance of the cireu-
lation or respiration, that I am strongly inclined to believe it to be paralytic in its
origin, due to the removal of some force.

Reasoning from rise of temperature in the present case is, for obvious reasons,
uncertain in its results, but an examination of the calorimetrical experiments will I
believe disprove the correctness of the irritation theory. Taking up the experiments
of the last series seviatim, it will be seen that in Experiment 56, so far as can be judged
from the blood pressure, no vaso-motor spasm existed, the pressure was not high,
and galvanization of a nerve increased it nearly one-third by inducing a vaso-motor
spasm. Such a rise could hardly have occurred if great vaso-motor irritation, with
genuine vaso-motor spasm, had existed before the galvanization of the sciatic. In
Experiment 57 there was nothing especially bearing upon the subject under dis-
cussion. ‘The same may be said of Experiment 58. Experiment 59, however,
furnishes very conclusive evidence. liritation produced by a section must be
greatest immediately after section, and would be expected to disappear in a few
hours. Yet in this case the effect upon heat production steadily increased for some
hours, and was much more decided nearly twenty-four hours after section than it was
in the hour immediately following section. Thus before the operation, the hourly
yield was 41.2484; after the operation, the first hour it was 101.9245; the third
hour it was 120.9956; the seventh hour it was 157.1249; and the twenty-third
hour, although the dog had been without food and was much exhausted, it was
155.0677. This one experiment is itself sufficient to throw grave doubt upon the
irritation theory. As I have in this paper given all the experiments as they were
performed, I here append the following, which at first seemed contradictory in its
results to those previously performed, but in which the autopsy proved that the
medulla was not severed. ‘The chief value of the experiment is in showing that
wounds of the cerebellum have little effect on the thermic functions of the body.

16 FEVER,

EXPERIMENT 60,

A large long-haired Pomeranian dog. Weight 24 lbs.
January 9.

Time, Tene. To.’ Tene. ‘Ten. aa
(Pab.) (Pah.) (Fah,) (Pah.) {oub. ft.)
2:6 rem. 669.92 65°.03 599.1 seseesess scenes
2:20 67.46 64.31 seve 102°.56 5.63
2:35 67,55 64.22
245 67.73 64.58
2:6 63.23 — 64.76 60.3 104 78.3
66.58 64.58 1.2 144 72.67
64.58 (mean) (gain) (gain)
2
(loss)
Section 3:20 p.m. 8:35 Pp. m.—Reetal temperature 104° 36.
R
roe ats, ae Seema
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fab.) (cub. ft.)
SAT P.M. 679.76 6§19.57 55°.2 svoeee 127 |
4 67.76 62.75
4:15 67.28 62.75
4:30 66.8 62.65 :
GAT ensue Giteus 56.85 100° 213
674 62.43 1.65 86
62.43 (mean) (gain)
4.97
(loss)

Consciousness and respiration good. Movement is, however, restricted to kicking in y
the feet seemingly moved alike. The animal is perfectly powerless to move his body.
January 10. 11:44 A. w.—Rectal temperature 106°.16. Dog has been lying by a hot

AiR Tene Box Reet. GEeNeRaL
Timer. Ter. Temr. Temr. Teme. eTER.
(Pah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fab.) (oud. ft.)
1 1:59 ALM. 75°.1 1 699.64 61°.5 eeeeee 236.2
12:14". ™M. 69.44 66.8
12:29 68.24 66.8
12:50 66.47 66.29 ‘
S59 9) We “acces cee : 62.7 104°.36 324
69.81 67.38 12 87.8
67.38 (mean) (gain)
2.43
(loss) Ns

2 Pr. .—Dog can get up upon all four legs; holds them wide apart ; if he stands he sway
fro an instant, and then tumbles over; sits most of the time on his haunches, but moves oee
all about the room; can wag his tail. 7a

Autopsy. _—Middle cerebellum cut clear across at its lower portion, entirely through the |
fourth ventricle. Medulla not wounded. Pons with a punctured wound on sli: de
breadth and extending half through. ;

Heat Dissipation.

Berore Seerion.
Quantity of air 72.67 at 649.58 — 32° = 32.58.

V+(¥ Xt X 0.002035) = V’. Ve. vies = 68.2. W X 0.08073 = 5.5
Fall in temp. of air 2. Qa WX t X sp. h. = 5.5 & 2 X 0.2374 = 2.6114 = heat take
Rise in temp. of water 1.2 & 164.1414 = 196.9697 = heat given to calorimeter.

2.6114 = heat taken from air.
Hourly dissipation of heat 194.3583

AR SeuUID Yo IN MOR BIDTAND NORM AG PH YS TO LOGY. vl

AFTER SECTION.
Ist Pertod—
Quantity of air (V’) = 86 at 629.43 — 32° = 30.43 = t’.
V+ (ON x iH Oe 0.002035) =V’. V= aa == 01 ea\Ve—VE < 0.08073 = 6.54
Fall in temp. of air4.97 = t. Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 6.54 K 4.97 X 0.2374 = 7.7164 = heat taken from air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.65 x 164.1414 = 270.8333 = heat given to calorimeter.
7.7164 = heat taken from air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 263.1169

2d Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 87.8 at 679.38 — 329 — 35.38= t’.
V+(V x tx 0.002035)= VW’. V= —
Via
Fall in temp. of air 243=t. Q=W Xt Xsp.h.=6.6 X 2.43 X 0.2374 = 3.8074 = heat taken from air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.2 X 164.1414 = 196.9697 = heat given to calorimeter.
3.8074 = heat taken from air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 193.1623

=82. W=V X 0.08073 = 6.6

SUMMARY.

Before section, hourly dissipation of heat 194.3583
After section, hourly dissipation of heat. Ist period 263.1169
2d period =: 193.1623,

Heat Production.
BEFORE SECTION.

Hourly rise of animal temperature 1.44 = t. .
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 24 & 1.44 X 0.75 = 25.92 = gain of heat reserve.

Hourly dissipation of heat 194.3583
Hourly gain of heat reserve: 25.92
Hourly heat production 220.2783

AFTER SECTION.
Ist Pertod—

Fall of animal temperature in 13 hours 4.36, in one hour 3.49 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 24 X 3.49 X 0.75 = 62.82 = heat lost from reserve.

Hourly dissipation of heat 263.1169
Hourly loss from heat reserve 62.82
Hourly heat production 200.2969
2d Pertod—

Fall of animal temperature in 1} hours 1.8, in 1 hour 1.44 = t.

Q=W X t& sp. h. = 24 X 1.44 X 0.75 = 25.92 = heat lost from reserve.
Hourly dissipation of heat 193.1623
Hourly loss of heat from reserve 25.92
Hourly production of animal heat 167.2423

Summary.

Hourly production of heat before section 220.2783
Hourly production of heat after section: Ist period 200.2969
2d period 167.2423

If nerve fibres, whose paralysis is either directly or indirectly capable of acting
upon the bodily temperature, pass down the medulla, it would, «@ prigrt, be probable

18 FEVER.

that by slight wounds we should be able to irritate them, and cause a less
the heat prod tion, It is plain that if this can be done the irritation t
be abandoned, It would be the height of absurdity to maintain any other
paralytic theory, when complete section destroys and slight wounds or irri
increase a function, In Experiment 60 a slight wound of the pons was f
by an immediate slight reduction of the hourly heat production, but I do1

to attach too much importance to this, and have performed the followi
ments ;—

Experiment 61.
A dog, weight 21.5 pounds.
Tine Ain Temp. Tone Temr. Box Temwr. Reot.Teur, Gen, Meter.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (eub, ft.)
12:9 pew. 67.64 70°.16 649.28 1019.84 179.52
12:24 65.84 69 84 :
12:39 64.88 67.9
12:54 65 66.92
1) “exen , Ohare 64.94 — 102.20 254.095
65.84 68.7 0.66 0.36 TASTS
(mean) 65.84 (gain) (gain)
2.86
(gain)

1:20 Pp. M.—Panctare made in the medulla; 1:25 p. M. animal can move the front legs,
hind legs seem to be paralyzed; conscious. 1:31 p. M.—Reetal temperature 103°.64.
Tine, Aim Ter, Tune Teme, Box Temr. Rect. Ter. Ge. Mrrer.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah ) (cub. ft.)
146 P.M. 689.45 699.94 659.39 seeeee 291.55
2:1 63.81 70.34
2:16 68.72 70.9 i
2:31 68.9 69.85 bs
2:46 68.81 69.85 66.20 100°.76 369.51

68.74 70.18 0.8L 77.96

(mean) 68.74 (gain)

144
(gain)

Animal has recovered the power of moving the hind legs.
Autopsy.—Only wound of the brain, a minute puncture in the upper surface of the m
in its centre and at the end of the fourth ventricle. Considerable effused blood about th

Heat Dissipation.
Berone Puncture.
Quantity of air (V’) = 74.575 at 68°.7—32° = 36.7 = t’.
V+(V xt’ x 0.002035) = V’.. V= aoe = 69.37. W=V Xx 0.08073 = 5.6
Rise in temp. of sir 2.86=t. Q=W Xt X sp.h. = 5.6 K 2.86 % 0.2374 = 3.8022 = hi at g
Rise in temp. of water 0.66 X 164.1414 = 108.3333 = heat given to calorimeter. :
3.8022 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 112.1355

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 719

AFTER PUNCTURE.
Quantity of air (V’) = 77.96 at 709.18 — 32° = 38.18 = t’.
V+4(V xt x 0.002035) = Vv. V= Pan =712.3. W=V xX 0.08073 = 5.84
Vi
Rise in temp. of air 1.44—=t. Q=W Xt X sp.h.=5.84 X 1.44 X 0.2374 = 1.9964 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.81 & 164.1414 = 132.9545 = heat given to calorimeter.
1.9964 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 134.9509

Heat Production.
BeEroreE SECTION,
Rise of animal temperature 0.36 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 21.5 X 0.36 XK 0.75 = 5.805 = heat added to reserve.
Hourly dissipation of heat 112.1355
Hourly gain of heat reserve 5.805

Hourly production of heat 117.9405

AFTER SECTION.

Fall of animal temperature in 13 hours 2.88, in 1 hour 2.304 = t.

Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 21.5 X 2.304 & 0.75 = 37.152 = heat lost from reserve.
Hourly dissipation of heat 134.9509
Hourly loss from heat reserve 37.152

Hourly production of heat 97.7989

SumMary.

Hourly production of heat before puncture 117-9405
Hourly production of heat after puncture 97.7989

Diminution of heat production following puncture 20.1416

EXPERIMENT 62.

A Scotch terrier, weight 18.5 pounds.

January 7.
TIME. Arr TEMP. Tousz TEMP. Box Temp. Rect. Temp. Gen. MeTER,
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
1:55 P.M. 55° §9°.45 §9°.24 102°.92 639
2:16 55.2 59.18
2:25 56 59.63
2:40 56.4 59.95
2:55 58.8 60.44 60.36 102.2 719.29
56.28 59.73 1.12 0.72 80.29
(mean) 56.28 gain) (loss)
3.45
(gain)

3:15 p. M—Section made; 3:20 P. M- dog has some power of motion, kicking legs in air.

TIME, Atk TEMP. Tube TEMP. Box Temp. Rect. TEMP. Gen. METER.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) teub ft.)
3:37 P.M. 579.4 60°.16 609.1 101°.84 734
3:52 Eyre! 60.13
A:T 56 60.56
4:22 55.8 60.23 Leas
4:37 Bled: 60.33 60.68 99.24 797.25
56.36 60.28 0.58 2.6 63.25
(mean) 56.36 (gain) (loss)
3.92
(gain)

80 FEVER.

January 8.—Dog has violent rolling movements, apparently the result of voluntary e
are always from left to right—body rolling over aud over, Left side apparently as powe:
right side very decidedly paralyzed, but dog can still move legs feebly, sensibility a
Left side hyperwsthetic. Right eye anwsthetic; inflammatory changes have commenced
Consciousness aud respiration perfect.

Time. Ain Ter, Tone Ter. Box Tear. Reet. Temp. Gen. Maren.
(Fah.) (Pah.) (Fah.) (Fah. (oub. ft.)
1:33 P.M. 620.24 63°.AL 619.52 1029.92
145 614 63.32
2:10 61.8 63.68
2:25 6L7 63.68
2:33 63.23 64.04 62.36 102.92
62.08 63.63 0.84 0
(mean) 62.08 (gain)
1.55
(guin)

8 p. M.—Dog killed:
Autopsy.—Large wound of cerebellum. Medulla only wounded in the outer third o
side on the line of its junction with the pons: here it is divided.

Heat Dissipation.
Berore Section.
Quantity of air (V’) = 80.29 at 59°.73—329 = 27.73 = t’.
V+(V¥ x t’ x 0.002035) =V.. V= a =76. W=V X 0.08073 = 6.14

Rise in temp. of air 345=t. Q=W Xt X sp. h.= 6.14 X 3.45 x 0.2374 = 5.0288 = heat given
Rise in temp. of water 1.12 X 164.1414 = 183.8384 = heat given to calorimeter.
5.0288 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 188.8672

Arter Section.
lst Pertod—

Quantity of air (V’) = 63.25 at 60°.28—32° = 28,28 = t’.

V+(V xt’ x 0.002035) = V. V= ad 59.8. W= V X 0.08073 = 4.8

Rise in temp. of air 39.2=t. Q=W Xt sp.h.=4.8 K 3.92 x 0.2374 = 4.466 — heat iv on te
Rise in temp. of water 0.58 X 164.1414 = 95.2020 = heat given to calorimeter. :
4466 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 99.668
2d Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 70 at 63°.63—329 = 319.63 — t’.
V+(V¥ Xt’ x 0.002035) = Vv’. V == 65.8. W=V X 0.08073 = 5.3

Rise in temp. of air1.55=t. Q—=W Xt X sp. h. =5.3 X 1.55 X 0.2374 = 1.9502 = heat gi
Rise in temp. of water 0.84 X 164.1414 = 137.8787 = heat given to calorimeter.
1.9502 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 139.8289
Summary.

Honrly dissipation of heat before section 188.8672
Hourly dissipation of heat after section: 1st period 99.668
2d period 139.8289

ASU DY IN MOR BID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 81

Heat Production.
BEFORE SECTION.
Fall of animal temperature 0.72 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 18.5 X 0.72 & 0.75 = 9.99 = heat lost from reserve.
Heat dissipated in one hour 188.8672
Heat lost in one hour from reserve 9.99

Total production of heat in one hour 178.8772

AFTER SECTION,
lst Period—
Fall of animal temperature 2.6 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp.h. = 18.5 XK 2.6 & 0.75 = 36.07 = heat lost from reserve.
Heat dissipated in one hour 99.668
Heat lost in one hour from reserve 36.075

Hourly production of heat 63:593 :
2d Period—

No alteration of animal temperature.
Hourly dissipation and therefore production of heat 139.8289

Summary.
Hourly production of heat before section 178.8772
Hourly production of heat after section: Ist period 63.593
2d period 139.8289

In the first of these experiments the markedly increased heat dissipation strongly
-ndicates a partial vaso-motor palsy produced by effused blood. It is therefore
possible that the diminished heat production had its origin in this cause and
not in any irritation of inhibitory nerve fibres. Experiment 61 is a much more
decisive one. In it, directly after the wound and at a time when there were very
marked symptoms of motor irritation, both heat production and heat dissipation
were enormously reduced. It will be remembered that in vaso-motor palsy, heat
dissipation is at first increased, so that the fact that the heat dissipation fell from
188.8672 units per hour to 99.668 units per hour proves that there was no vaso-
motor palsy. Indeed it would seem that no conceivable vaso-motor condition
could account for the symptoms. The wound was a small one situated high up,
7. €. at a distance from the vaso-motor centre, and could not have caused vaso-
motor palsy. Those who hold the irritation theory and explain the increased
production of heat which is produced by section of the medulla where it joins
the pons, cannot invoke the same irritation to account for the extraordinarily
diminished heat production (from 178.8772 to 63.593 units) caused by the slight
wound at the position of section in the other cases. In Experiment 59, after
division of the medulla the heat production steadily increased for hours, so that
twenty-four hours after division of the medulla the hourly rate was nearly four
times what it was before section, although during the first hours of section it was
only twice as great as the norm. Mechanical irritation naturally subsides rapidly
in its effects, instead of increasing in this way. his is very plainly shown by the
experiment last recorded. At first, heat production was lessened about two-thirds
by the puncture, but in twenty-four hours it had increased almost to what it was

before section—so nearly, indeed, that the difference, amounting only to about one-
11 May, 1880,

39 FEVER.

fifth, can readily be accounted for by the exhaustion following the injury,
especially by the prolonged deprivation of food. ‘Taking together all the fa cts
which have been heretofore brought forward and apparently proven in this memoir
I can arrive at no other conclusion than that the rise of bodily temperature, and ¢
heat produetion following separation of the pons from the medulla, is paralytic
due to the removal of some active force.

‘T’scheschin, led by the rise of the bodily temperature which he had noticed after
separation of the medulla from the pons, proposed the theory that there is in ft
brain, Somewhere above the pons, a nerve centre whose function it is directly t
inhibit or repress the chemical movements of the body, ¢. e. the production of anima
heat, and which has been called the inhibitory heat centre. It must be clearl
understood that this theory involves the exercise of a controlling influence of t r
nervous system upon the nutrition of the body. ‘There are physiologists who deny
the possibility of such control. It would seem, however, that such denial is opposes
to many well established physiological facts, The performance of function i
certainly associated with or dependent upon nutritive changes, and production ¢
contraction in a muscular fibre by nerve force must be by the exertion of a di
influence upon its nutrition,

‘The influence of the nervous system upon disease, i. e. upon perverted nutrition
uppears frequently to be a direct one—the disappearance of warts, the subsidence
of inflammation, and the cure of chills, under the spells of the so-called magnet
physicians, as well as the success of tractors and of metallotherapy—all bea
witness to the same fact. I have personal knowledge of two cases in which mil
secreted in a previously healthy woman directly after a severe fright, produce
immediately violent convulsions in the child, in one case ending almost at
fatally. Every one must have seen violent chorea produced by sudden emotio
Even the grave nutritive disorder chlorosis seems at times to owe its origin
similar cause. I have seen a case in which a boy violently throwing a ball fe
something yield in the arm, the sensation being followed at once by numbness, at
in a few hours by a copious eruption of small herpetic vesicles all over the reg im
the distribution of the median nerve, The curious phenomena of ordinary he
zoster, the trophic changes often associated with neuralgia or paralysis of the
pair of nerves, the various peripheral changes following spinal diseases cannot t
explained upon the idea of a vaso-motor ‘beoduateens Charcot and his po
by their labors shed much light upon this subject. It is only necessary to menti
their observations on infantile palsy, on acute decubitus, on the changes in tha§ ou
in locomotor ataxy, and on amyotrophic paralysis, all of which afford proof of
profound structural alterations which may occur under the influence of spinal di

‘To examine the clinical and pathological evidence upon this point would cat
us too far beyond the subject directly in hand to be proper to the occasion. I
only necessary to reiterate the fact that various sorts of nutritive changes—chat
of kind as well as of degree of growth—are traceable to disease of the nerv
system, and to call attention to the very able paper of M. Landouzy, on this s
Ject, in the Revue Mensuelle de Médecine et de Chirurgie, January, 1878. :

—

—— ae

ee

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAGD PHYSIOLOGY. &3

For reasons just assigned it seems to me that there is no inherent absurdity in
the inhibitory heat centre theory. Its correctness is however certainly not proven
by any facts as yet adduced. It is probable that the buik, at least, of the animal heat
is developed in the muscles, and it is possible that the so-called general vaso-motor
centre of the medulla is only the centre of the abdominal circulation. As is well
known, the bloodvessels of the abdomen, if perfectly relaxed, are sufficient to hold
almost all the blood of the body. It is conceivable then that they may dominate
the arterial pressure ; so that a vaso-motor centre for the muscular system may exist
higher up in the brain than the medulla, and yet not reveal itself by changes in
the arterial pressure, just as the addition of a hundred men to an army of 100,000,
or of a gill of water to a hogshead full would not be noticed. If such a muscular
centre did exist, section of the medulla at the junction with the pons would quicken
the muscular circulation most markedly and might thereby materially increase the
amount of heat production.

The determination of the comparative probability of the two theories must be
left to a later portion of this paper, after it has been shown that there are high up
in the brain certain centres evidently connected in some way with the production
of animal heat.

For the present we can only conclude that the rise of bodily temperature follow-
ing separation of the pons from the cord is due either to paralysis of an inhibitory
heat centre or of a muscular vaso-motor centre.

Although the higher centre, whatever its nature may be, which dominates animal
heat production is very powerful, it is evident that the thermic activities of the
organism must be very greatly affected by the circulation and the respiration :
that cutting off the materials of growth and the oxygen required for the life
processes must exercise a dominant influence, and that an increased supply of these
agents must also produce a decisive effect. The following experiment is of interest
as showing the very great power of defective respiration in preventing the increased
heat production which otherwise would have followed the operation performed,

EXPERIMENT 63.
A dog Weight about 30 Ibs

AIR TUBE Box Rect. GENERAL SAMPLE AIR SAMPLE AIR

nian: TEMP. TEMP. TEMP. Tempe. METER. METER, METER. Cate oc Nears
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (ave, te)
12:16 Pp. 80°.88 §1°.68 79°.8 102°.2 925.44 21.21835 02.9418 133.9062 126.23
12:31 80.5 81.9
12:46 80.86 82.04 = 5 Ene
1:1 81.22 82.04 80.52 102.2 995.218 21.2495 02.9868 133.938275 — 126.2505
80.86 81.91 0.72 0 69.778 0.03115 0.045 0.02655 0.0205
(mean) 80.86 (gain) 0.03115
1.05 69.80915
(gain)

Respiration at once ceased. Artificial respiration was kept up
From the beginning the temperature of the

1:45 p. m.—Section made.

about half an hour, when imperfect respiration came on. : ;
rectum rose slowly and steadily. At 3 Pr. ™. respiration very slow, only four a minute; lips, ete.,
cyanotic. Rectal temperature 106°.7 F.

a4 FEVER.

lox nor, Geyenat SaMrur Am AMPLE
tour, Eat Tener. fear. Meren. Merten, Merer,
Tiws.

(Pab.) (Fah.) (Pah) (Pah) (cub. ft.) (oud, ft.) (eu, ft.) = (ub, M1) (eu
B18 rom. 849.7 83°.7 829.56 1069.7 171.225 21.3493 2.9858 133.92375 1264
3:23 84.35 83.95

3338 84.15 82.04 82.76 105.8 204.839 21.3916 3.0651 133.95702 126.

B44 83.28 0.2 0.9 33.614 0.0428 0.0793 0.03327 —
83.23 (mean) (gain) (loss) 0.0423

117 33.6563

(loss)

Heat Dissipation.
Brrore Section.
Quantity of air (V’) = 69.80915 at 819.91 — 320 = 49.91 =v.
V+(¥ xt’ x 0.002035) = V’.. V= rr = 63.3. W = V X 0.08073 = 63.4 X 0.08973 =

Rise in temp. of air 1.05 = t. Q= W Xt X sp.b.=5.1 X 19.5 K 0.2374 = 1.2713
Rise in temp. of water 0.72 X 164.1414 = 118.1818 = heat given to calorimeter. —
Quotient for box 2241 * 0.02655 = 59.4985 = moisture leaving box.

Quotient for air 1551.3 % 0.0205 = 31.8016 = moisture entering box.

27.6969 — moisture vaporized in box.

27.6969 __ 4.4111 heat expended in vaporization.

6.2759

1.2713 = heat given to air.
4.4111 = heat expended in vaporization
118.1818 = heat given to water.

Hourly dissipation of heat 123.8642

. Arrer Section,
Quantity of air (V) = 33.6563 at 839.23 — 320 = 51.23 = t’.
V+(V xt’ x 0.002035) = Vv. V= — = 30.5. W = V x 0.08073 = 2.46.
Fall in temp. of air 1.17 =t. Q= WX t X sp. h.= 2.46 X 1.17 X 0.2374 = 0.6832 = heat ta
Rise in temp. of water 0.2 ~ 164.1414 = 32.8283 = heat given to water. :

Quotient for box 795 % 0.03327 = 26.4496 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 425 % 0.02695 = 11.4537 = moisture entering box.

14.9959 == moisture vaporized in box.

14.9959 : :
sai65 2.3883 = heat expended in vaporization.
32.8283 = heat given to water.
2.3883 == heat expended in vaporication.
34.2166

0.6832 == heat taken from air.

33.5334 == total dissipation of heat in half an hour.
Hourly dissipation of heat 67.0668

Summary.

Hourly dissipation of heat before section 123.8642
Hourly dissipation of heat after section 67.0668

Decrease in hourly dissipation of heat 56.7974

Sue D yeeleN MOR B TD) ACN DIN ORM Agi; Po Ye SO OG x. 85

FHleat Production.
BEFORE SECTION.

No determination of reserve heat.
Heat dissipation, = heat production 123.8642

AFTER SECTION.

Fall of animal temperature 0.9 = t. W = 30.

Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 30 X 0.9 X& 0.75 = 20.25 = lessened amount of reserved heat.
Heat dissipation 67.0626
Heat drawn from reserve 20.25

Hourly production of heat 46.8126

SUMMARY.
Hourly production of heat before section 123.8642
Hourly production of heat after section 46.8126

Hourly decrease in production of heat 77.0516

In looking over the summary of this experiment it will be seen that, although
there was section of the medulla at its junction with the pons, yet the hourly rate
of heat production was decreased from 123.8642 units to 46.8126 units. This
extraordinary result is readily accounted for by the state of the respiration, The
rate of the breathing was reduced to four or five acts per minute, and the intensely
cyanotic lips and mouth of the unconscious animal showed the lack of oxygen.
This experiment is of further interest on account of the great and rapid rise of the
bodily temperature which followed the operation notwithstanding the diminished
heat production. It affords a striking example of the fact that the temperature
register is no index of the amount of heat production. It is also important as
indicating that retention of heat follows vaso-motor spasm. Vaso-motor spasm, it
is well known, is one of the phenomena of asphyxia, and must have been highly
developed when the first rise of temperature occurred. That excessive heat reten-
tion was the cause of the rise of temperature is very evident, and is also directly
proven. As the stimulation lasted and the relaxation of fatigue began to be
developed, the temperature began to fall, but even at this time heat dissipation was
at an hourly rate of 67.0626 instead of 123.8642. The difference of course had
much of its causation in the diminished heat production; yet if the avenues of
escape had been open, the bodily temperature would have rapidly fallen to below
the normal point instead of remaining as it did over 3.5 degrees above normal.
How the results of this experiment could be explained by, or indeed made con-
cordant with, the irritation theory it is hard to understand. ‘That the vaso-motor
as well as the respiratory system largely dominates heat production is abundantly
shown by my experiments upon the cord. After section of the cord there is of
course paralysis of the fibres which are cut when the medulla is separated from the
pons. This is however more than counterbalanced by the vaso-motor palsy, for
diminished heat production is always the result of cord section.

The fact that the production of animal heat is influenced by some centres situated
in or above the pons Varolii, and also that it is in some degree independent of

86 FEVER.

o 7 ;
changes in the general arterial pressure, is corroborated by the results of irrits ion

of a peripheral nerve.

In 1870, P. Heidenhain announced (PYliiger’s Archiv, p. 504) that when a sensi
tive nerve is stimulated, a fall of temperature occurs simultaneously with the ris
of the blood pressure, I shall not attempt to follow this memoir closely, but sha
simply state the results of experiments, the conclusions drawn, and the ey
reasons there are for not allowing the justice of the deductions made.

‘The experimental facts which were reached are as follows:— :
Ist. Irritation of a sensitive nerve causes a rise in blood pressure but a fall in
temperature,

2d. This fall occurs in the posterior part of the body even after the cire
has been cut off by forcible compression of the aorta.

3d. When, in animals which have been thrown into a high fever by the injection
of putrid matters, a sensitive nerve is stimulated, a rise of blood pressure occur
as in the normal condition, but no change of temperature. >

Dr. Heidenhain believes that when the blood pressure rises the blood curret
moves more rapidly, and that the fall of temperature is due to the surface ploc
being returned more quickly to the internal organs and thereby cooling them mot
rapidly than normal, It seems scarcely necessary to point out that if the bloc
returned more rapidly to the interior, it of necessity remains upon the exterior fo
a shorter period, and is cooled less than normal, It makes no difference whe
a quart of fluid cooled one-tenth of a degree, or a pint cooled two-tenths of a deg
is returned in a given time, so far as the general temperature is concerned. Mor
over it has been distinctly proven in an earlier part of this memoir, that vas
motor paralysis, not spasm, favors rapid dissipation of heat. Either the secor
or the third of Heidenhain’s asserted experimental facts seems, to my mit
entirely sufficient to prove the incorrectness of his theory; for if the fall
temperature occurs in a part which is deprived of its blood, or if it does not oce
in fever although the nerve irritation has its usual effect upon the blood pressm
how can alterations i in the blood pressure be the cause of the fall?’ The improbabili
of Heidenhain’s theory is further shown by the circumstance that in some of |
experiments the temperature fell steadily after galvanization of a nerve though th
animals were wrapped in wool. On the whole, the proof appears to be v
strong that the fall of temperature which follows galvanization of a sensitive ner
is not due to an increased dissipation of heat from the body owing to chan
the circulation. ,

The work of Heidenhain has been reviewed and extended by Dr. F. c
( Piliiger’s Archiv, 1871, Ba. iv.), who found that the fall of temperature did n
always occur when the nerve was irritated, although the blood pressure always ros
and also that the temperature usually remained at the minimum point for ale
time after the withdrawal of the stimulus, although the blood pressure
at once to the normal point.

The experiments and results of Heidenhain were, indeed, not entirely
The same ground appears to have been covered by Mantigazza, Where his men

is
ine

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 87

is published I am unable to say, but his results and conclusions, as quoted without
reference, by Redard (Archives Générales, 6° Série, t. xix. p. 35), are as follows:—

1. Intense pain transmitted by spinal nerves and the skin causes a rapid fall of
temperature, which in the rabbit amounts to from 0°.68 C. to 2°.48 C.; the mean
being 1°.27 C. (= 2°.29 F.)

2. The temperature falls perceptibly during the first minute, and arrives at its
maximum in from ten to twelve minutes.

3. The lowered temperature may last for an hour and a half.

4. The fall is most marked when the pain does not give origin to muscular
spasms,

5. The same phenomena occur in man.

6. ‘The grave abatement of temperature produced by a pain lasting ten minutes
would appear to be dependent upon an alteration of the chemical actions of the
body, and not merely to an indirect influence exerted upon the vaso-motor nerves.

In order to clearly determine the truth concerning the influence of irritation
upon a sensitive nerve, | have performed a number of experiments, some of which
are repetitions of those of earlier observers. ‘The records of these experiments
are as follows :—

EXPERIMENT 64.

A young pup Crural and axillary nerves exposed, and thermometer placed in peritoneal cavity.

Min, SEc. Temp. REMARKS.
0 1019.25 F. Inteuse current to the brachial plexus; violent cries and struggles.
1:30 1015
2:30 100.75 Current withdrawn.
4 100.75
4:30 100.62
5:30 100.5
7 100.37
9 100.37 Current reapplied.

10 100.37

11 100.25 Current broken.
13 100.12

17 100

19 99.83

PAL 99.75

22 99.61

24 99.5 Current reapplied.

25 99.5

26 99.5

27 99.37 Current broken.

29 99:25

67 99

97 LOO

127 100 Animal killed.

88 FEVER.

Experiment 65,

A stout toment. The animal was closely wrapped up in flannels, many folds
and legs. Thermometer in the peritoneal cavity,

Mun. See. Temr. REMARKS.
0 101.61 FP.
5 101.5 Brachial nerves cut down upon and exposed since last note.
6 baseaneve Tutense current applied to the nerves.
7 101,87 Violent cries and straggles.
8 10L5 Current interrupted.
20 101.61
25 OLS
260 vaxnuee os Current applied.
26:30 1018 Violent struggles and cries.
27 101.5
28 101.67 Current broken. :
30 WLS
33 101.5
35 101.5 Cat killed.
EXPERIMENT 66.

An adult rabbit. Under chloroform the axillary nerves were exposed, and a thern lomete
through a small opening io the linea alba into the peritoneal cavity.

Mux, See. Temr. REMARKS.
0 1029.75 F. : :
2 102.75 Carrent applied to the nerve; violent struggles and cries,
3:30 102.75 Temperature of room 839. Curreut broken.
430 102.87
5 102.61
7 102.61
8 102.37
10 102.37
13 102.25
15 102.13
18 102
19 101,87 Current applied; struggles and cries as before.
20 102 Current broken.
21 102 .
22 1OL.75
26 101.61
29 101.5
oe 1OL.37
Experiment 67,
An adult rabbit; prepared as in previous experiments, except that the eraral nerve }
Mix. Sec. Ter. REMARKS,
0 103°,25 F.
2 103.25 Current applied to nerve.
2:30 103.75 Violent straggles and cries; current broken.
4 103.5
10 102,75 Rabbit quiet.
12 102.5
u 102.75
is 102

ua 10L5 ‘

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 89

Min. Seo. TEMP. REMARKS.
21:30 101.25 Anesthesia has been induced and the opposite crural nerve exposed, which was used
throughout the rest of the experiment.
22 101.5 Current applied.
22:30 101.5 Current broken.
23:30 101.62 Rabbit squealing and struggling.
25 101.62 Current applied, giving rise to violent struggles and cries.
26 > 101.75 Current broken.
27 101.75
29 101.5
32 101.13
35 100.87
40 100.25
AT 99.62
Ag 9215 Rabbit killed.

An examination of these records will show that rarely did the temperature fall
whilst the current was being applied, and that in several cases there was even a per-
ceptible rise, amounting to from an eighth to a half of adegree. This rise I believe
to have been due to the rise of blood pressure and to the violent muscular exertion
which the pain caused. It certainly occurred at the period at which the blood pres-
sure was increased. In many experiments upon the effects of irritation of a sensitive
nerve on the arterial pressure, I have found that if the rise occur it is immediate,
and that in a very brief time after the cessation of the irritation the arterial pres-
sure becomes normal. In all of my experiments, here reported, the fall of tempera-
ture did not fairly commence until after the period of disturbance of the circulation
had passed by; in most cases it was very persistent and progressively increased for
many minutes. In Experiment 67 the fall amounted to three degrees and three-
quarters, and did not reach its maximum until twenty-three minutes after the last
irritation of the sensitive nerve. It is therefore highly improbable that the fall
of temperature is due to disturbances of the circulation, since, at the time of the
fall of temperature, the circulation is not profoundly affected. The time of the
fall and its permanence indicate that the fall of temperature which results from the
irritation of a sensitive nerve, is independent of the state of the circulation as measured
by the arterial pressure.

If this proposition be correct, and if, as has already been rendered probable,
there is above the medulla a centre which has the power of directly or indirectly
inhibiting heat production, it is reasonable to expect that, after section of the
medulla at the border of the pons, galvanization of a sensitive nerve will fail to
affect the temperature. Further, if such galvanization does fail to affect the tem-
perature, it is evident that a heat-controlling centre of some kind, situated above
the pons, must exist, since the general circulation and respiration are affected as in
the normal animal. Such is the reasoning, and in order to test what the fact may
be, the following experiments were performed.

EXPERIMENT 68.

A stout young dog. Medulla, as demonstrated at autopsy, nearly cut through at its junction with

the pons.
Time. Temp. REMARKS.
le.m. 1019.75 F. Galvanization of a sensitive nerve with an intense Faradic current for half a minute

had no perceptible effect on the bodily temperature. Dog watched many minutes.
12 June, 1880.

90 FEVER,

EXreriment 69,

A stout terrier, Medulla oblongata found at the autopsy to be very nearly severed from ul

Time. Texr. REMARKS,
2:10 rm. 1079.75 F. A very intense Faradic current passed for one minute through the axillary
had no influence on the bodily temperature. Auimal watched many minutes,

E.xrertmvent 70.

+ A powerful dog. Medulla oblongata separated from the pons, as proven by the auto

Time. Ter. REMARKS.
1:30 rm 1059.25 F, Galvanization of a large sensitive nerve with a very strong Faradic et
and « half minutes bad no perceptible effect on the temperature.
many minutes.

EXPERIMENT 71.*

A cor. The medulla had been separated from the pons and the temperature had rise

Mis.Sec, 8 Temr. REMARKS,
1 105°.9 Applied a very powerful Faradic current to the sciatic nerve.
145 106
2 106
15 106
30 106
45 106
3 106
15 106
15 106
5:15 106.1
6 106.2
7 106.2 Current increased to the whole force of the Dn Bois Reymond coil. —
8 106.1 .
9 106.1
10 106.1 Current stopped.
Waited 5 minutes, and then reapplied the current with the fall force of the Da Bois Reyt
1 106.4 Current applied; full force of the Du Bois Reymond coil.
it) 106.2
145 106.2
2 106.2
3 106.1
4 106.2 Current stopped.
5 106.2
6 106.2
10 106.2

The current applied with the full coil was so exceedingly powerful as to nokia ole
muscular tetanus,

. 7 “hy
It will be seen that these experiments are very uniform in their result
decisive. Every care was practised to have the nerve fresh and uninjure d
animal watched. In two of the experiments the effect of the current U

-

* This experiment was performed in the presence of Prof. Harrison ae “—_
Reichert and Smith, of the Physiological Laboratory of the University of F

. - a

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 91

blood pressure was studied and found to be normal. In one experiment, which has
been previously reported (see Experiment 59), stimulation of the nerve had a very
decided effect upon the bodily temperature; the result is however not contradic-
tory, for, at the autopsy, the section of the medulla was found to be partial; and
it is probable that enough of the fibres remained intact to make the powerful
stimulation felt.

The results of these experiments are seemingly different from those of similar
experiments made by R. Heidenhain (Pjliiger’s Archiv, Bd. iii. p. 510), That
observer states that in a number of instances he has found that irritation of a
sensitive nerve, after separation of the pons from the medulla, is followed by a fall
of temperature. On examining the record of the single detailed experiment, I
find, however, that the fall took place solely during the application of the galvanism
to the nerve, and amounted at such times only to from 0.05 to 0.1 of a degree C,
(0.09 to 0.18 F.). Indeed, throughout the experiment, the temperature really rose,
so that at the end it was decidedly higher during the periods of nerve excitement
than it was before the nerve had been irritated at all; and at the close, when the
nerve was not stimulated, the bodily heat was 0.2 C. (0.36 F.) higher than at first.
This very slight fall of temperature, occurring during the period of stimulation, is
something very different from the profound fail, that we have been discussing,
which occurs some time after the stimulation. This slight, evanescent alteration of
temperature—which also occurred in Experiment 71 of my own series between the
7th and 10th minute—is very probably due to alterations in the respiration or
circulation. The experiments of Heidenhain, therefore, corroborate rather than
contradict those whose records have just been given.

In conclusion the experiments seem to establish the proposition that galvaniza-
tion of a sensitive nerve produces a fall of the bodily temperature by acting upon some
nervous centre situated either in or above the pons.

The existence of some centre in or above the pons directly or indirectly
controlling heat production having been established, attention naturally directs
itself towards. the discovery of the seat of that centre. Mechanical destruction of
the pons being evidently not practicable without involving other vital portions of
the brain, I have tried to accomplish the result by means of caustic injections.
The experiments performed are as follows:—

EXPERIMENT 72.
A dog. Weight 14 lbs.

Time. Atr TEMP. Tose Teme. Box Temp. Recor. Tempe. GEN, METER. REMARKS.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
12:39 Pp. . 58°.64 679.02 669.2 103°.1 959.1
12:54 59.04 66.8
1:9 65.21 67.23 ~
1:24 65.21 67.23
1:39 66.29 67.59 66.371 103.1 1045
62.88 67.17 0.171 0 85.9
(mean) 62.88 (gain)
4.29

92 FEVER.’

2p. w.—Three minims of strong aqua ammoniw were thrown by means of a h
into the pons. Most violent tetanus was at once developed, and continued about t
when breathing recommenced, life having been sustained by artificial respiration. 2:40 M
relaxed. Rectal temperature 99°.32 F. y.

Time. Ain Temp. Tune Tewr, Box Tewr. Rect. Temp. Gey. Maren,

(Pab.) (Fab,) (Pah,) (Fah) (cub. ft.)
2dr. — 65°.96 689.54 G8°.27aaeeee ©1076
3:9 65.66 69.26 Animal fa
3:24 65.21 69.26 constant
3:39 68.9 68.72
3:54 67.46 69.75 68.625 1019.48 1146
66.64 69.11 0.855 70
(mean) 66.64 (gain)
2.47
(gain)

4 p.M.—Animal breathing slowly and deeply; relaxed but with fibrillary con
muscles. Died during the evening or night. :
Autopsy.—Cerebellum very widely destroyed. Upper one-fourth of the pons disint
Medulla not injured.

Heat Dissipation.
Berore InJEctTION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 85.9 at 679.17 — 329 = 35.17 = t’.

V+U(¥ xt’ x 0.002035) = V’. Vv = ot = 80.2. W = V x 0.08073 = 647

Rise in temp. of air 4.29 —=t. Q=—=W Xt x sp.h. = 6.47 x 4.29 x 0.2374 — 6.5893 = heat give
Rise in temp. of water 0.171 X 164.1414 = 28.0682 = heat given to calorimeter. ;
6.5893 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 34.6575

Arter INJECTION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 70 at 699.11 — 32° = 37.11 =¢.

V+(¥ Xt x 0.002035) = V'. V =. ek = 65.1. W=V X 0.08073 = 5.25

Rise in temp. of air 247 = t, Q—=WXtX sp.h. = 5.25 x 2.47 X 0.2374 = 3.0805 = heat given
Rise in temp. of water 0.355 x 164.1414 = 58.2702 = heat given to calorimeter.
3.0805 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 61.3507

SumMary.
Hourly dissipation of heat after injection 61.3507
Hourly dissipation of heat before injection 34.6575 .

Hourly increase of heat following injection 26.6932

That Production.

Brrore INgEcTION.

No change in heat reserve.
Hourly dissipation of heat = hourly prodaction 34.6575

Arter Insection.

Rise of animal temp. in 1} hours 2.16, in 1 hour 1.728 = t.
Q=W Xt xX sp.h= Mx 1.728 x 0.75 = 18.144 = honrly gain of heat reserve.
61.3507 = hourly dissipation of heat.

Hourly production of heat 794947

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 93

Summary.
Hourly production of heat after injection 79.4947

Hourly production of heat before injection 34.6575

Hourly increase of heat production following injection 44.8372

EXPERIMENT 73.
A dog. Weight 16 lbs.
February 6.

TIME. AiR TEMP, Tube Temp. Box Temr. Rect. Temp. Gen. METER,
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
11:50 a. M. 679.55 719.59 70°.07 1029.2 170.65
12:05 P.M. 68.99 70.64
12:20 68.99 70.64
12:35 68.81 70.52
12:50 68.99 70.06 70.358 102.92 253.12
68.67 70.69 0.288 0.72 82.47
(mean) 68.67 (gain) (gain)
2.02
(gain)

1:12 p. M.—Injected five drops of a 20 per cent. solution of chromic acid into the pons.
1:19 vp. M@—Rectal temperature 103°.64. Some rigidity of muscles, most marked on the left side.
General palsy ; sensations blunted.

TIME. Air TEMP, TuBE TEMP. Box Temp, Recor. Temp. Gen. METER.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
1:41 P. Mw. 69°.44 710.84 70°.079 oscoocko 270.4
1:56 68.12 70.43
2:11 68.12 70.34
2:26 67.76 70.34
2:41 67.98 69.96 (0: 2 anc cereees 351.4
68.28 70.58 OA ele ce ececss 81
F (mean) 68.28 (gain)
2.3
(gain)

9:5 p. M.—Rectal temperature 101°.23.
february 7. 10:50 a. m.—Dog has been lying by a warm fire. Rectal temperature 102°.56.

Time. Arr Teme. Tuze Temp. Box Temp. Recr. Tempe. FEN. METER.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah. (cub. ft.)
DIAL Rohe onedoro. es coecocs 689.72 gonccon 367.15
11:16 65°.48 69°.20
Ite 65.84 69.17
12:1 P.M. 65.84 69.17 68.99 DESDOLOD 441.
65.72 69.18 OPT eeéoseao 73.85
(mean) 65.72 (gain)
3.46
(gain)

12:20 p. m.—Sensation seemingly perfect; the dog can kick well with all his legs, but cannot get
up on them. Rectal temperature 106°.48. Dog killed.

Autopsy.—Complete destruction of the left cerebellar lobe and peduncle; upper superficial
portion of the pons completely destroyed. 7

Heat Dissipation.
First Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 82.47 at 700.69 — 329 = 38.69 = t’.
V+(V Xt X 0.002035) = V’. V= —< = 64. W=V X 0.08073 = 6.17.
Us
Rise in temp. of air 2.02 =t. Q —=W Xt X sp.h.= 6.17 X 2.02 X 0.2374— 2.9588 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.288 X 164.1414 = 47.2727 — heat given to calorimeter.
2.9588 = heat given to air.

Heat dissipated in an hour 50.2315

4 FEVER.

Second Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 81 at 70°.58 — 32° = 38,58 = ¢t’. ;
Vv +(V¥ xt X 0.002035) = V’. Ve — =%5.1. W=— VX 0.08073 — 606°
Rise in temp. of air 2.3—=t. Q— Wt X sp. h. = 6.06 X 2.3 X 0.2374 = 3.3089 = heat giver
Rise in temp. of water 0.441 X 164.1414 =72.3864 = heat given to calorimeter, ;
3.3089 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 75.6953

Third Period—
Quantity of air (V') = 73.85 at 699.18 — 32° = 37.18 = t’,

V + (VX t X 0.002035) = V’. ve = 68.6. W—=V X 0.08073 = 5.54.

Rise in temp. of air 346 ==t. Q=W Xt xX sp. h. = 5.54 xX 3.46 X 0.2374—= 4.5245 = he
Rise in temp. of water 0.27 X 164.1414 = 44.3181 = heat given to calorimeter.
4.5245 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 48,8426

SuMMARY.
Hourly heat dissipation. First period 50.2315
Second period 75.6953
Third period 48.8426
Gain of heat dissipation in second period 25.4638
Loss of heat dissipation in third period 1.3889

Heat Production.
First Period—
Rise of bodily temperature 0.72 = t.
Q=W xt sp. h.= 16 x 0.72 x 0.75 = 8.64 = heat added to reserve.
50.2315 = dissipation of heat.

Hourly production of heat 58.8715

Second Period—

Fall of bodily temperature in 92 minutes 2.41; in one hour 1.572 = t.

Q=W Xt X 0.75 = 16 K L572 X 0.75 = 18.864 = heat lost from reserve.
Dissipation of heat 75.6953
Loss from heat reserve 18.864

Hourly production of heat 56.8313

Third Period—
Fall of bodily temperature in 90 minutes 2.08; in one hour 1.3867 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 16 % 1.3867 X 0.73. — 16,6404 — loss from heat reserve in one hour.
Dissipation of heat 48.8426
Loss from heat reserve 16.6404

Hourly production of heat 32.2022

SumMMARY,
Production of heat in the hour. First period 58.8715
Second period 56.8313
Third period 82.2022
Loss of heat production in second period 2.0402
Loss of heat production in third period 26.6693
In studying the first of these experiments (Experiment 72) the fall |
temperature immediately following the injection at once attracts att

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 95

may fairly be attributed to the complete suspension of respiration; the tightly
contracted muscle allowing only sufficient artificial respiration to maintain life. It
must of course be remembered that it was essential not to injure the animal, and
that consequently artificial respiration was limited to external manipulation. After
respiration was re-established the bodily temperature began to rise. The hourly
rate of heat production at this time was 79,4947 instead of 34.6575—a remarkable
difference. ‘This experiment apparently confirms the results of medullary section,
showing that the inhibitory centre is situated at least as high up as the pons.

The next experiment was continued longer, and gave results less readily ex-
plained than: those just discussed. Immediately after the injection, as well as
later, the heat production was found to be much reduced. The autopsy showed a
complete destruction of the left cerebellar lobe and peduncle, as well as of the upper
portion of the pons. So extensive a lesion may well be expected to cause yvaso-
motor disturbance, and it has been abundantly proven by the effects of section of
the cord that the action of the higher heat-centre is dominated by the vaso-motor
system ; indeed the effects upon heat dissipation and production, in the experiment,
were exactly such as follow section of the cord. ‘The production of yaso-motor
palsy seems to me the most plausible explanation of the phenomena noticed, A
possible explanation is also afforded by the supposition that the heat-controlling
fibres or centres in the pons escaped, the pons having in truth been only partially
destroyed. The difficulty of exactly locating the lesion, multiplied as it is by the
fact that two injections are of necessity required in the upper brain (one for each
side), has deterred me from making many of these injection experiments; the
following are all that I have performed :—

EXPERIMENT 74.
A small dog. Weight 12 lbs.

Time, AiR TEMP. Tuse Tempe Box Tume. Rect. Temp. Gen. METER.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
11:10 a. mM. 689.24 73°.66 9°.89 1029.93 503
11:30 69.32 72.68
11:50 70.52 13.25
13:10 Pp. 72.05 73.45 70.07 102.38 567
70.03 73.26 0.18 0.54 64
(mean) 70.03 (gain) (loss)
3.23
(gain)

1 p. M.—Injection of strong water of ammonia.

TIME, AIR TEMP. Tube TEMP, Box Temp Recor. TEMP. Gen. METER.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
2:55 A. M. 68°.72 72°.08 70°.736 100°.9 606
3:10 66.29 70.76
3:25 66.29 70.43
3:40 70.07 71.15
3:55 71.36 72.08 70.928 100.9 671

68.55 71.3 0.192 65

(mean) 68.55 (gain)
2.75
(gain)

4p.M.—Dog killed. Left corpus striatum the only part of the brain injured—it totally destroyed

96 FEVER.

Heat Dissipation.

Berone Ixyecrion. =
Quantity of air (V’) = 64 nt 739.26 — 32° = 41.26 = t.

V +(¥ x U x 0.002035) = V’. v= = 0.04. W=V x 0.08073 = 4.8

Riso in temp. of air 323—t. Q—=WX tx sp. h. = 4.8 x 9.23 x 0.2374 = 3.6806 = heat given to

Rise in temp. of water 0.18 x 164.1414 = 29.5454 = heat given to calorimeter. .
3.6806 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 33.226

Arrer INJECTION.

Quantity of air (V’) = 65 at 719.3 — 329 = 39.3 = t’,

Vv +(V x tx 0.002035) = Vv’. V= S = 60.2. W=V x 0.08073 = 4.86

Rise in temp. of air 2.75=t, Q=W xt Xx sp. h. =4.86 X 2.75 x 0.2374 = 3.1728 = heat given

Rise in temp. of water 0.192 x 164.1414 = 31.5152 = heat given to calorimeter. _
3.1728 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 34.688

SumMMARyY.
Hourly dissipation of heat after injection 34.688

Hourly dissipation of heat before injection 33.226

—————

Hourly increase of heat dissipation following injection 1.462

Heat Production.
Berore INsEctIon.
Fall of bodily temperature 0.54 = t’.
Q=Wxt x sp. h.=12 x 0.54 x 0.75 = 4.86 = hourly loss from heat reserve.
Hourly dissipation of heat 33.226 l
Loss from heat reserve 4.86

Hourly production of heat 28.366

Arter INJECTION
No change of bodily temperature.
Hourly dissipation, = hourly production of heat 34.688
Summary.
Hourly production of heat after injection 34.688 ;
Hourly production of heat before injection 28.366

Gain of heat production following injection 6.322

EXPERIMENT 75.
A large dog, weight 36 pounds.
Time, AmTexr, Tone Texr. Box Texr, Rect. Texr. Ger, Maren
(Pah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
18 p.u. 65°21 70P.21 659.165 1029.92 707
1:23 64.13 70.88 :
1:38 644 70.25 :
1d | 64.22 70.25 . “
28 64.88 70.16 66.62 103.28 791.5
64.57 70.35 1.455 0.36 84.5
(mean) 64.57 (gain) (gain
5.78 é

(gain)

2:30 p. M_—Strong aqua ammonix injected into the left brain.

PAGE Sy LeU DD Van LON

MORBID

AUN DN ORM Awl,

PPE Ye Sule Oar OlGa se

ori

Head immediately flexed to the

right, no movements. 2:36 Pp. M@—Rectal temperature, 103°.1.
TIME. Aim Temr. Tune Teme Box Tremp. Reer. Teme. Gen. METER.
(Fah.) (ah.) (Fah (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
2:56 P.M. 649.4 68°.54. GSE Sa noen 844
3:11 63.73 68.98
3:26 63.32 68.72
3:41 63.23 68.27
3:56 63.92 68.54 66.56 979.52 926
63.72 68.61 1.305 82
mean) 63.72 (gain)
4.89
(gain)

4:15 Pp. m.—The feet are very cold.
gradually dying.

Incoordinate movements of front feet. 9 Pp. M.—Animal
Autopsy.—Destruction of a large portion of the left optie thalamus, also of the cerebral convolu-
tion immediately over this, also of all of the deeper portions of the entire left hemisphere.

Feat Dissipation,
BEFORE INJECTION.

Quantity of air (V’) = 84.5 at 70°.35—32° = 389.35 = 1’.

V +(V Xt’ x 0.002035) =V’. V = — = 78.3.
Ui
Rise in temp. of air 5.78 =t. Q—=W Xt X sp. h.

Rise in temp. of water 1.455 & 164.1414 = 238.8257

W = V X 0.08073

6.3

6.3 X 5.78 & 0.2374 = 8.6447 = heat given to air.
heat given to calorimeter.

8.6447 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 247.4704

AFTER INJECTION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 82 at 68°.61—32°= 36.61—t’.
ae
~ ‘1074
Rise in temp. of air 4.89 = t.

V+ (Vx t’ x 0.002035) = V’.
= 176.3. W=V x 0.08073=6.16

Q=W x tx sp. h.=6.16 x 4.89 x 0.2374= 7.1511 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.305 x 164.1414 = 214.2045 = heat given to calorimeter.

7.1511 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 221.3556

SumMMary.
Hourly dissipation of heat before injection 247.4704
Hourly dissipation of heat after injection 221.3556
Diminution of heat dissipation following injection 26.1148

Heat Production.
Brrore INJECTION.

Rise of bodily temperature 0.36 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 36 X 0.36 X 0.75 = 9.72 = heat added to reserve.
‘ Hourly dissipation of heat 247.4704
Hourly gain from heat reserve 9.72

Hourly production of heat 257.1904

13. June,1sse,

98 FEVER.

Arren Insecrion.
Full of animal temperature in 14 hours 5.58, in 1 hour 4.185 = t.
Q = W x t X ap. ho 36 X 4.185 x 0.75 = 112,995 = heat lost from reserve.
Hourly dissipation of heat 221.3556
Hourly loss from heat reserve 112.995

Hourly production of heat 108.3606 :
SuMary
Hourly production of heat before injection 257.1904
Hourly production of heat after injection 108.3606
Diminution of hourly production of heat following injection 148.8298 ‘

These experiments do not require extended comment. The first would se
indicate that in the dog the corpus striatum is connected either directly or by '¢
duction with the finefion of heat production, The small size of the dog ax
consequently minute amount of heat dissipated increases, however, areatigl
chances of error, and not very much confidence can be put in the single experime

The great diminution of heat production which followed the operation in t
second experiment was probably due to shock, i. e., vaso-motor palsy, caused |
the destruction of nearly a whole cerebral hemisphere.

The only conclusion to be drawn is that the method employed is a doubtful on
and that no decided light has been thus far thrown upon the position of the inhil
tory heat centre by its employment.

Eulenburg and Landois reported in Virchow’s Archiv, Bd. Ixviii., p. 245, a ser
of experiments upon the effect of destruction of the cerebral cortex on the tempé
ture of the feet of dogs. ‘They found that when a certain region in the nei
hood of the sulcus cruciatus was destroyed either by means of a hot iron
chemical reagents, almost immediately the temperature of the opposite extre
rose, ‘Lhey assert that in some cases the difference between the feet of the two si sit
amounted to 13° C, (23°.4 F.), and that occasionally it was only 1°.5 C, (2°.71
They located the exact position of this region as being bordered anteriorly by
suleus cruciatus, and extending to the fourth primitive convolution em prac
especially a “hackenformig” gyrus which appears to correspond to the gy
postfrontalis (Owen) in man and apes, ‘They also state that they were able
separate the region presiding over the front from that governing the hinder
tremities, the focus for the front legs lying somewhat more forward and in
diate proximity to the distal end of the suleus eruciatus. Eulenbury
Landois further discovered that when the region was irritated with a
current the paws grew cooler. The duration of the elevation of tempers pare
destruction of the cerebral temperature varied. In most cases the
warmth was perceptible for a long time, in some instances for three month
in some dogs it disappeared after two or three days. Other portions of the
bral surface than those already spoken of were destroyed without peree
thermic effect, :

This research of Landois and Eulenburg is in accord with that of Prof.
Hitzig (Centralblatt fiir die Med. Wissensch., 1876, p. 323), so that the main |
must be considered as almost established. Led by these corroborated s

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 99

of Landois and Eulenburg I have made the following experiments to determine
whether destruction of the region indicated by them has any influence upon the
general heat production.

A dog. Weight 16 Ibs.
12:45 p. Ma—Rectal temperature 103°.5.

TIME, Arr TEMP.
(Fah.)
1:1 P 732.94
1:16 73.94
1:31 74.39
1:46 74.6
2:1 75.08
2:16 72.13
2:31 74.6
74.18
(mean)

2:45 p. M.—Rect. temp. 102°.9.

NOMA ie
TIME. Air TEMP.
(Fah.)
3:53 P.M. 77°.36
4:8 75.8
4:23 75.65
4:38 74.72
4:53 74.3
5:8 73.64
5:23 73.94
75.06
74.5

=e
Bn
noe

4,

5:35 p. M.—Rect. temp. 103°.

TuzBe Temp.

(Fah.)

76°.16
75.08
75.47
75.38

1-1

-I-I +1
Oo Ot
Doo e

“1-1

Por
bo

(0 2)

—

Crit
Ee
ii)

=

Tusr Temp.

(Fah.)
76°.47
74.3
74.84
74.21
TA21
73.84
73.66

74.5
(mean)

EXPERIMENT 76.

Box Temp. GEN. Merer. REMARKS.
(Fah.) (cub, ft.)
719.156 138.82
72.203 273.45
1.047 134.63
(gain)

3:0 Pp. M.—Brain burnt with a hot iron. 3:35 p. m.—Reet. temp.

Box Tremp. Gen. METER. REMARKS,
(Fah.) (cub. ft.)
70°.295 284.26

About $ gallon of water was found in
the inner box.

71.6 419.

1.305 134.74
(gain)

Loss of tactile sense very marked on each side.

11:45 a. M.—Rectal temperature 104°.8.

TiME. Artz TEMP.
(Fah.)
12:19 Pp. mu. 72°.78
12:34 72,2
12:49 71.96
1:4 71.96
1:19 71.78
1:34 71.87
1:49 71.96
2:9 71.96
We AR
72.06
(mean)

Tube Temp.

(Fah.)
730.88

1.57
(gain)

Box Temnr. Gen. MrrTer. REMARKS,
(Fah.) (cub. ft.)
70°.448 581.1

A leak in the top of the box caused
the whole stratum of sawdust on the lid
to be wet through, causing much loss
of heat, and making this observation
somewhat unreliable.

71.69 732.655
1.242 151.555
(gain)

2:30 p. m.—Rectal temperature 104°.8.

100 FEVER.

Time Aim Tewr. Tene Temr. Box Ter. Gen. Merer. Remanxs,
(Fah.) (Fah) (Fab.) (oub, ft.)
B:l2r.u. TA 719.39 719.24 778.68
3:22 734 73.88
32 73.52 74.12
5:57 i34 74.12
4:12 73.94 FA.21 71.897 R48.14
73.53 73.54 0.657 69.46
73.53
0.01

4:15 po 1.—Reetal temperature 105°.4, ‘The dog eats well; can walk well, but the tacti
“in the paws seems almost abolished.

Autopsy.—Right side: Wound through the gray matter about
one-third of an inch in diameter, involving the outer part of the
suleus cruciatus, and the first, second, and third conyolutions.
Left side: Wound posterior to sulcus, involving the whole brain
beyond the first convolation which escaped, reaching in depth nearly
to the ventricle.

Feat Dissipation.
Berore OPERATION.

Quantity of air (V’) = 134.63 at 75°.3— 32° = 43.3 = t’. ;
V+(¥ xt’ x 0.002035) = V.. V= ee = 123.74. W=V x 0.08073 = 9.99.

Rise in temp. of air 1L12—=t. Q=WxX tx sp. b.= 9.99 x 1.12 x 0.2374 = 2.6562 = heat given
Rise in temp. of water 1.047 x 130.859 = 137.0094 = heat given to calorimeter.
2.6562 = heat given to air.

139.6656 = heat dissipated in 1} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 93.1104
Arter OPERATION.
First Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 134.74 at 749.5 — 320= 32.5=—t’,
V+(V x tx 0.002085) = V". Ve wn 126.4. W=V x 0.08073 = 10.2
Fall in temp. of afr = 0.56—=t. Q= W Xt X sp. hh. =10.2 XK 0.56 X 0.2374 = 1.356 = t

Rise in temp. of water 1.305 X 130.859 = 170.771 = heat given to calorimeter.
1.356 == heat taken from air.

169.415 — heat dissipated in 1} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 112.9453
Second Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 151.555 at 739.63 — 320 == 41,63 = t’. J
V+(V xt x 0.002034) = V. Vim oe = 139.7. W— V X 0.08073 — 11.28.

Rise in temp. of air 1.57 == t. Q=»W Xt X sp. h. == 11.28 X 1.57 XK 0.2374 = 4.043 a= a

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY 101

Rise in temp. of water 1.242 XK 130.859 = 162.5269 — heat given to calorimeter.
4.043 = heat given to air.

166.5699 = heat dissipated in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 83.2849

Third Pertod—
Quantity of air (V’) = 69.46 at 739.54 — 329 — 41.54 — t/.
V+(V Xt’ x 0.002035) —V. V = ke
.085
Rise in temp. of air 0.01 = t. Q=W Xt X sp. h.= 5.17 X 0.01 X 0.2374 = 0.0042 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.657 X 130.859 = 85.9743 = heat given to calorimeter.
0.0042 — heat given to air.

= 64. W=V X 0.08073 = 5.17.

Heat dissipated in one hour 85.9786

SUMMARY.

Hourly dissipation of heat before operation 93.1104
Hourly dissipation of heat after operation. Tirst period 112.9453
Second period 83.2849

Third period 85.9786

Gain in dissipation of heat during first period after operation 19.8349
Loss of same second period 9.8255

Loss of same third period 7.1318

Heat Production.
BEForRE OPERATION.

Fall of bodily temperature in 2 hours 0.6, in 1 hour 0.3 = t.
OF —aWeantioc sph. — 16) X (0:3)5¢ 0.75 == 3:6 = heat taken from reserve.
93.1104 = hourly dissipation of heat.

Hourly heat production 89.5104

AYVTER OPERATION.
First Period—
Rise of bodily temperature in 2 hours 1.3, in 1 hour 0.65 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 16 X 0.65 K 0.15 = 7.8 = heat added to reserve.
112.9453 = hourly dissipation of heat.

Hourly production of heat 120.7453

Second Period—
No change in bodily temperature, hourly dissipation = nourly production of heat 83.2849

Third Pertod—

Rise of bodily temperature in 1} hours 0.6, in 1 hour 0.343 = .
Q=W Xt Xsp. h. = 16 X 0.343 K 0.75 = 4.116 = heat added to reserve.
85.9786 = hourly dissipation of heat.

Hourly production of heat 90.0946

SuMMaARY.

Hourly production of heat before operation 89.5104.
Hourly production of heat after operation. First period 120.7453
Second period 83.2849

Third period 90.0946

Hourly gain in heat production immediately following operation 31.2349
Hourly loss of heat production, second period, following operation 6.2255
Hourly gain of heat production, third period, following operation 0.5842

102 FEVER.

EXPERIMENT 77,
A dog. Weight 16 pounds.
April 1, 1:45 p. m.—Reetal temperature 104°.1,
Tiwe A Temp. Ture Temr, Box Temr, Reot,Tewr, Gey. Meren.

(Fah.) (Fah. (Fah,) (Fah.) (cub, ft.)
1:55 Pr. M, 70°.88 73°.98 69°.98 eeeeee 687.91
2:10 69.92 73.45
2:25 70.04 71.84
240 70.34 71.6
2:55 70 34 72.08
3:10 71.96 73.14 7043 104°.1 839.5
70.58 72.68 0A5 151.59
(mean) 70.58 (gain)
2.1
(gain)

3:20 p. M.—Rectal temperature, 104°.1. 3:30 p. M.—Brain operated on.
3:45 vp. M.—Rectal temperature, 104°.6, Animal not fully recovered from anwsthetics.
Tian, Arm Temr. Tone Texr, BoxTemr, Reor.Temr, Grn. Meren,

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fab.) (eub. ft.)
4:5 P.M. 749.21 759.92 71°. eeeeee 890.6
4:20 73.4 75.33
4:35 73.4 74.96
4:50 73.3 7A. siakep seeeee 1001.3
SH aéeesa = aaa 71.48

73.58 75.06 0.48 110.7

(mean) 73.58 (gain) .

148 ’
(gain)

5:15 p. M.—Rectal temperature, 102°.4.
April 2.—Dog in good condition; but the scalp wound suppurating and some b
escaping. Ife has had nothing to eat since the operation.
12 m.—Rectal temperature 103°.3.
Trem, Am Temr. Tune Texr, Box Temp. Reot.Temr, Gen. Meter,

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
12:19 Pp. w 70°.04 71°.6 689.18 eosees 104.03
12:34 69.2 71.06
12:49 69.32 70.97
14 69.32 70.97
1:19 69.4 71.06
1:34 70.34 7142 68.765 bbsube
69.6 71.18 0.585
(mean) 69.6 (gain)
1.58 ;
(gain)

1:45 Pp. M.—Recta. temperature 103°.9.
April 3.—Animal killed.

Autopsy.—Brain: Right side; a small deep lacerated wound
reaching nearly to the ventricle, and situated at the extreme outer
edge of the second convolution nearly half-way back from the front.
Left side; a large lacerated pulpified wound, chiefly occupying the
third convolution, but to some extent involving the outer edge of the
second, reaching about half-way to the ventricle. (See Fig. 2.)

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 03

Heat Dissipation.
BefoRE OPERATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 151.59 at 72°.68—32° = 40.68 = t’.
V+(V xt’ x 0.002035) = V’. V= <sos =140. W=V x 0.08073 = 11.3
Rise in temp. of air2.1=—+t. Q—=W xX t xX sp.h.= 11.3 X 2.1 x 0.2374 = 5.6335 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.45 x 130.859 = 58.8865 = heat given to calorimeter.
5.6335 = heat given to air.

64.52 = heat dissipated in 1} hours.
Aourly dissipation of heat 51.616

AFTER OPERATION.
Ist Pertod—
Quantity of air (V’) = 110.7 at 75°.06—32° = 43.06 = t’.
V+(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’.. V= = = 102. W=V x 0.08073 = 8.2
Ud
Rise in temp. of air 1.48=t. Q—=W x tx sp.h.=8.2 x 1.48 x 0.2374 = 2.811 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.48 x 130.859 = 62.8123 = heat given to calorimeter.
2.811 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 65.6233

2d Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 106.68 at 719°.18—32° = 39.18 = t’.
V-+(V xt’ X 0.002035) = V. V= ae = 98.8. W=V X 0.08075 = 8

Rise in temp. of air1.58=+t. Q=W Xt Xsp.h.=8 X 1.58 X 0.2374 = 3.0007 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.585 X 130.859 = 76.5525 = heat given to calorimeter.
3.0007 = heat given to air.
79.5532 = heat dissipated in 1} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 63.6426

Summary.
Hourly dissipation of heat before operation 51.616
Hourly dissipation of heat after operation. Ist period 65.6233
2d period 63.6426
Gain of heat dissipation following operation. 1st period 14.0073
2d period 12.0266

Heat Production.
BEFORE OPERATION.

No change in bodily temperature.
Hourly dissipation = hourly production of heat 51.616

AFTER OPERATION.

Ist Period—
Fall of bodily temperature in 1} hours 2.2. in 1 hour 1.47 = t.
Q=Wxtx sph =16 x 147 x 0.75 = 17.64 = heat lost from reserve.
Heat dissipated in 1 hour 65.6233
Heat lost from reserve in 1 hour 17.64
Hourly production of heat 47.9833
2d Period—

Rise of bodily temperature in 13 hours 0.6, in 1 hour 0.343 = t.
Ol aWiscite< sp. hb. 16) 0/343) < 0.75 = 4.116 = heat addcd to reserve.

104 FEVER.

Heat dissipated in 1 hour 63.6426
Heat added to reserve 4.116

Hourly production of heat 67.7586
SuMMary.
llourly production of heat before operation 51.616
Hlourly production of heat after operation. Ist period 47.9833
2d period 67.7586
Loss of hourly production of heat immediately following operation 3.6327
Gain of hourly production of heat subsequent day after operation 16.1426

EXPERIMENT 78,
A dog. Weight 16.5 pounds.
April 22, 11:50 a. m.—Reetal temperature 102°. 7.

Tine. Ain Temr. Tone Ter. Box Temr. Grey. Merer.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.)
12:3 rom. 739.09 T5°AT 749.129 7564
12:20 72.73 75.2
12:35 72.63 TA.84
12:1 F247 74.84
1:5 72.73 75.68
1:18 72.49 74.3 74.504 ‘870.64
72.68 75.05 0.375 114.24
(mean) 72.68 (gain)
2.37
(gain) -

1:20 p, M.—Rectal temperature 103°.6, 2 r, M.—Brain washed out freely through trep
ings over Hitzig’s region.
April 23, 12:20 p. m.—Rectal temperature 103°.6.

‘

Tine. Ain Tewr. Tune Temr. Box Tewr. Grex, Meter
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.)
12:32 p.m. 649.76 [29.32 70.34 983.58. |
12:47 69.55 7151 5
12 70.43 72.08
1:17 70.04 72.86
1:32 70.04 72.97
147 12.32 74.03
2:2 71.78 73.66 71.24 1063.6
69.84 72.75 0.9 129.916
(mean) 69.84 (gain)
2.91
(gain)

2:10 p. m.—Rectal temperature 103°,
April 25.—Dog beginning to eat.
April 27.—Dog able to walk some,

May 3.—Dog killed. Right side of brain; a very large wound, “9
involving 1, 2, 8, 4 primitive convolutions, running across the
suleus ecruciatus and extending into the ventricles. Left side;
wound about one-third of an inch posterior to the sulcus craciatus, /

involving 1, 2, 8 convolutions, and extending into the ventricles.
(See Fig. 3.)

A STUDY IN MORBID-AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY.

Heat Dissipation.
BeEroreE OPERATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 114.24 at 759.05—32° = 43.05 = t’.

902oR r 7 _. 114.24
et’ X 0.002035) = V’. V=
Va as ) 1.088

=105. W=V x 0.08073 = 8.48

105

Rise in temp. of air 2.37=t. Q= W x t x sp.h. =8.48 x 2.37 X 0.2374 = 4.7688 = heat given to air.

Rise in temp. of water 0.375 X 130.859 = 49.0721 = heat given to calorimeter.

4.7688 = heat given to air.

53.8409 = heat dissipated in 1} hours.

Hourly dissipation of heat 43.0727

DAY FOLLOWING OPERATION.

Quantity of air (V’) = 129.916 at 72°.75—32° = 40.75 = t’
9
V +(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’. V= ae =120. W=V x 0.08073 = 9.69

Rise in temp. of air 2.91—t. Q=W x t x sp. h.=9.69 XK 2.91 X 0.2374 = 6.6942 = heat given to air.

Rise in temp. of water 0.9 x 130.859 = 117.7731 = heat given to calorimeter.

6.6942 = heat given to air.

124.4673 = heat dissipated in 1} hours.

Hourly dissipation of heat 82.9782

SUMMARY.
Hourly dissipation of heat before operation 43.0727
Hourly dissipation of heat day following operation 82.9782

Gain in hourly dissipation of heat 39.9055

Fieat Production.
BE¥oRE OPERATION.
Rise of bodily temperature in 14 hours 0°.9, in 1 hour 0.72 — t.

Q= W xt sp. h.= 16.5 x 0.72 x 0.75 = 8.91 = heat added to reserve.

Heat dissipated in 1 hour 43.0727
Heat added to reserve 8.91

Hourly production of heat 51.9827

AFTER OPERATION.
Fall of bodily temperature in 14 hours 0°.6, in 1 hour 0.4 = t.

Q=W Xt X sp.h. = 16.5 X 0.4 X 0.75 = 4.95 — heat taken from reserve.

Heat dissipated in 1 hour 82.9782
Heat taken from reserve 4.95

Hourly production of heat 78.0282

SUMMARY.
Tlourly production of heat day after operation 78.0282
Hourly production of heat day before operation 51.9:

Gain of hourly heat production following operation 26.0455

14 June, 1880.

106 FEVER.

EXPERIMENT 79.

A dog. Weight 18.25 pounds.
March 21.—Dog fed about 10 a. mM. 11:15 A, M.—Reetal temperature 103°.8.

Time, Arm Ter, Tone Texr, Box Temr, Gey, Meren.

(Fah.) Fah.) (Fah.) (oub, ft.)
11:80 A.M. seoeee sansen 679.55 269.59
1145 eaeees sevens
12 &. 60°.2 68°.12
12:15 pM. 63.32 68.

12:30 59.7 67.88 68.636 333.15
: 61.07 68 1.086 63.56
(mean) 61.07 (gain)

6.93
(gain)

12:40 pv. M.—Rectal temperature 103°.4. 1 P, M.—Brain operated upon. 1:10 Pp. M.—R
temperature 101°.6. 1:15 Pp. M.—Rectal temperature 103°. Dog has a very distinct loss of |
sense on each side, with marked sprawling movements, and the rooster tread or gait. —

Time. Am Temr. Tene Temr. Box Temr. Gey. Meren.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
1:19Pr.9. 649.67 70°.09 679.01 420.72
1:34 64.13 69.53
2:4 62.6 69.08
2:19 61.9 68.36 68.252 454.5
63.32 69.26 1,242 33.78
(mean) 63.32 (gain)
5.94
(gain)

2:30 p. M.—Rectal temperature 102°.5.

March 22.—The dog has not had any food since 10 A. m., March 21.
3:39 Pp. Mc—Rectal temperature 102°.7.

Time, Ar Ter, Tone Temr, Box Temr. Gen, Meter.

(Pah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (eub, ft.)
3:50 p.m. 669.2 699.62 679.271 503.7
450° 64.22 69.08
4:20 64.04 69.08
4:35 64.31 67.76
4:50 64,22 68.54 68.135 542.

64.6 68.8 0.864 38.3
; (mean) 64.6 (gain)
4.2
(gain)

4:54 vp. m.—Rectal temperature 103°. . :

Animal died during the night. Aufopsy.—Right side of the brain uninjured; regio
left sulcus cruciatus destroyed; also the whole corpus callosum.
Brronr Orrration.

Quantity of air (V’) = 63.56 at 68° — 329 = 36 = t’.

V+ (Vx t’ x 0.002035) = V’. V -— =59.2. W = VX 0.08073 = 4.78

Rise in temp. of air 6.93 = t, Q= W x t x sp. h. =4.78 X 6.93 x 0.2374 = 7.864 — heat gi
Rise in terip. of water 1.086 x 130.859 = 142.1129 — heat given to calorimeter. ;

Hourly dissipation of heat 149.9769 F

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 107

AFTER OPERATION.
First Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 33.78 at 699.26 — 32° = 37.26 = t’.
V+(V x t’ X 0.002035) =V’.. V= ae = 314. W=V x 0.08073 = 2.53

Ud
Rise in temp. of air 5.94 = t. Q—=W x t x sp. h. = 2.53 x 5.94 x 0.2374 = 3.5677 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.242 x 130.859 = 162.5268 = heat given to calorimeter.
3.5677 = heat given to air.

Heat dissipated in one hour 166.0945

Second Pertod—
Quantity of air (V’) = 38.3 at 689.8 — 32° = 36.8 = t’.
V+(V xt! x 0.002035) =V’. ¥ = oo = 35.6. W=V x 0.08073 = 2.87
075
Rise in temp. of air 4.2=t. Q—W Xt x sp. h. = 2.87 x 4.2 x 0.2374 = 2.8682 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.864 x 130.859 = 113.0622 — heat given to calorimeter.
2.8682 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 115.9304

SuMMARY.
Hourly dissipation of heat before operation 149.9769
Hourly dissipation of heat after operation: First period 166.0945
Second period 115.9304
Gain in hourly dissipation of heat during first period after operation 16.1176
Loss in hourly dissipation of heat during second period after operation 34.0465

Heat Production.
BEFORE OPERATION.

Fall of animal temperature in 14 hours 0°.4, in 1 hour 0.267 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 18.25 & 0.267 X 0.75 = 3.6555 = heat taken from reserve.
149.9769 = heat dissipated in one hour.
3.6555 = heat taken from reserve.

Hourly production of heat 146.3214

AFTER OPERATION.
First Period—
Fall of animal temperature in 14 hours 0°.5,
5

in 1 hour 0.334 = t.
Q=Wxtx sp. h.= 18.25 x 0.334 x 0.75 =4.

5716 = heat taken from reserve.
166.0945 = hourly dissipation of heat.
4.5716 = heat taken from reserve.

Hourly production of heat 161.5229

Second Period—
Rise of animal temperature in 14 hours 0°.3, in 1 hour 0.24 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 18.25 & 0.24 x 0.75 = 3.275 = heat added to reserve.
115.9304 = hourly dissipation of heat.
3.275 = heat added to reserve.

Hourly production of heat 119.2054

SumMary.
Hourly production of heat before operation 146.3214
Hourly production of heat after operation: First period 161.5229
Second period 119.2054
Gain in heat production during first period after operation 15.2015
Loss of heat production during second period after operation 27.116

108 FEVER,

EXpPerRmMent 80.

A dog. Weight 10.5 pounds.
April 5. 11:20 a, m.—Rectal temperature 104°,2.

Timex Ain Texr. Tune Ter, Box Temr, Gey. Merten.

(Vab.) (Pah.) (Fab.) (cub. ft.)
155 acm. 640.22 719.12 710.24 542.72
12:10 P.M. 67.55 72.5
12:25 67.64 72.5
1240 67.04 7241
1255 67.55 72.68 71.69 672
66.8 72.24 0.45
(mean) 66.8 (gain)
5Ad
(gain)

1:10 Pp, a.—Rectal temperature 104°.9. 1:20 p. m.—Brain operated on during ether na c¢
1:30 p. m.—Rectal temperature 102°.25.

4

Time. Air Tewr. Tone Teur Box Ter. Gey. Meren,
(Pah.) (Fab.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.)
148 p.m. 689.81 69°44 679.55 712
2:3 67.55 68.72
2:18 67.16 68.72
2:33 67 64 69.8
248 68 6944 68.48 809.22
67.83 69.22 0.93 97.22
(mean) 67.83 (gain)
1.39
(gain)

3 p. M.—Rectal temperature 103°.25.
April 8.—Symptoms of loss of tactile sense, decided in all four extremities, but most
anteriorly. Dog killed. a
Fig. 4.

Autopsy.—Brain with very many secondary convolu-
tions obscuring primary. Two large wounds; left side,
situated upon the sulens cruciatus, involving first and |
second convolutions, extending through the gray matter.
Right side; wound involving the first convolution about
one-fourth of an inch posterior to the sulcus, and extending
two-thirds through the gray matter.

Heat Dissipation.

Brronk OPeration.
Quantity of air (V’) = 129.28 at 72°.24—32° — 40.24 = t’.
V+(V x t’ x 0.002035) = VV’. Vee a =1195 W=V x 0.08073 = 9.61
Rise in temp. of nir5.44 = t. Q=W x t x sp. h. =9.61 x 5.44 x 0.2374 = 12.4109 = heat g

Rise in temp. of water 0.45 x 130.859 = 58.8865 = heat given to calorimeter.
12.4109 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 71.2974

ASS LUDDY IN MOR BILD! AND NOR MAM PHYSIOLOGY. 109

AFrrER OPERATION.

Quantity of air (V’) = 97.22 at 692.22 32° = 3722 =¢.
97.29
V +(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’. V= se = 90.3. Q=V x 0.08073 = 7.3
Ui

Rise in temp. of air 1.39=t. Q=W x t x sp. h. = 7.3 x 1.39 x 0.2374 = 2.4089 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.93 x 130.859 = 121.6989 = heat given to calorimeter.
2.4089 = heat. given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 124.1078

Summary.
Hourly dissipation of heat before operation “71.2974
Hourly dissipation of heat after operation 124.1078

Hourly gain of dessipation of heat following operation 52.8104

Heat Production.
BerorE OPERATION.
Rise of bodily temperature in 12 hours 0°.7, in 1 hour 0.382 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 10.5 & 0.382 & 0.75 = 3.0082 = heat added to reserve.
3.0082 = heat added to reserve.
71.2974 = heat dissipated hourly.

Hourly heat production 74.3056

AFTER OPERATION.

Rise of bodily temperature in 1} hours 1°, in 1 hour 0.666 = t.
Q=W Xt Xsp. h. = 10.5 & 0.666 & 0.75 = 5.25 = heat added to reserve.
5.25 == heat added to reserve.
124.1078 = heat dissipated hourly.

Howrly heat production 129.3578

SuMMARY.
Hourly heat production after operation 129.3578
Hourly heat production before operation 74.3056

Hourly increase of heat production following operation 55.0522

EXPERIMENT 81.

Acur. Weight 16 lbs.
March 26. 12:35 p. m.—Rectal temperature 103°.9.

TIME, Air Tempe. Tube TEMP. Box Temp, Gen. METER.
(ah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
12:42 p.m. 679.04 722.68 70°.25 806.1
1:2 66.38 72.68
1:17 66.29 71.24
1:32 68.24 71.06
147 69.44 TL. 12
2:2 69.32 71.72
2:12 70.12 71.96 70.989 1001.84
68.12 71.87 0.739 195.74
(mean) 68.12 (gain)
15
(gain)

2:20 p. M.—Rectal temperature 103°.9. 2:45 p. m.—Brain operated on with a cataract needle

through trephine openings in the skull.

110 FEVER.

3 rv. m.—Rectal temperature 104°. 5.
Toe, AmTexr. Tone Temr, Box Temr. Gey. Meten.

(Fah) (Fah.) (Fah) (cub, ft.)
B:23r.u. 719.96 790.35 710 1058.6
3:38 TAS 73.35
3:53 71.03 73.04
4:20 70.52 73.04
4:35 69.88 7345
4:53 70.88 73.55 71.97 1218.74
70.9 73.3 0.97 160.14
(mean) 70.9 (gain)
(gain)

5 vr. M.—Rectal temperature 104°.5. 5:30 vr. M.—Dog fed.

March 27. 11:45 a. M_—Rectal temperature 104°.9.
Time. Aim Ter, Tone Temr. Box Tewr, Gey, Meter.

(Fah. (Fah,) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)

12:7 p.m, _ 719.73 73°.88 729.05 286.61
12:20 70.97 73.66
12:35 70.88 73.14
12:50 70.43 73.04
17 70.64 73.04
1:22 70.16 72.86

1:37 71.24 73.55 73.058 408.79

70.86 73.31 1.008 122.18

(mean) 70.86 (gain)

2.45
(gain)

1:45 rp. M.—Rectal temperature 105°.4. Dog at times has a sprawling gait, but the
tactile sense is not distinct. 5:30 vr. m.—Dog fed. :

March 28, 12:40 r. m.—IRectal temperature 105°.5.
Time, Aim Temwr, Tone Tenr, Box Temr. Gey. Meter.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
12:45P.m. 609.2 659.39 649.31 434.35
af 61.7 66.08
1:15 64.22 67.13
1:30 65 67.43
145 63.68 66.8
2 67.64 68.27
2:15 70.16 68.72 65.408 587.04
64.66 67.12 1.098 152.69
(mean) 64.66 (gain)
2.46
(gain)

2:25 pr. M.—Rectal temperature 105°.5.

Dog killed March 28. Aulopsy.—Two orifices in the skull—one
directly over the median sinus, a piece of bone pushed down on the brain,
bat no wound of the brain. One orifice in the neighborhood of Hitzig’s
region of the right hemisphere. Here a deep lacerated wound of brain,
situated in the second primitive convolution, about half an inch posterior _ !
to the sulcus cruciatus, and reaching almost to the corpus striatum.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 11

Heat Dissipation.
Brrore OPERATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 195.74 at 719.87 — 32° = 39.87 = t'.

; : : 195.74
V+(V X t! X 0.002035) = V’. aT
Rise in temp. of air 3.75 —t. Q=W Xt X sp.h. =14.62 x 3.75 X 0.2374 — 12.9976 — heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.739 & 130.859 = 96.7048 = heat given to calorimeter.

12.9976 = heat given to air.

= 181.1. W=V x 0.08073 = 14.62

109.7024 = heat dissipated in 14 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 73.1349

AFTER OPERATION.
First Period—
Quentity of air (V’) = 160.14 at 730.3 — 32° = 41.3 — t’.
V+(V xt’ x 0.002033) =V. V = aoe = 147.7. W=V xX 0.08073 = 11.9
Rise in temp. of air 24=t. Q=W Xt Xsp.h.=11.9 x 2.4 X 0.2374 =6.7801 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.97 130.859 — 126.9332 = heat given to calorimeter.
6.7801 = heat given to air.

133.7133 = heat dissipated in 14 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 89.1422

Second Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 122.18 at 730.31 — 32° = 41.31 = t’.
s 99.18
V-L(V x t’ x 0.002035) =V’.. V = oa =112.7. W=V X 0.08073 = 9.1
Rise in temp. of air 2.45=—t. Q=W Xt sp.h.=9.1 X 2.45 & 0.2374 = 5.2928 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.008 130.859 = 131.9059 = heat given to calorimeter.
5.2928 = heat given to air.

, 137.1987 = heat dissipated in 14 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 91.4658

Third Period—

Quantity of air (V’) = 152.69 at 679.12 — 329 — 35.12 = t’.

: 52
V+(V xt’ X 0.002035) = V. V= au = 142.6. W=V X 0.08073 = 11.5

Ud
Rise in temp. of air 2.46 —t. Q—W Xt Xsp.h.= 11.5 X 2.46 X 0.2374 = 6.716 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.098 & 130.859 = 143.6832 = heat given to calorimeter.
6.716 = heat given to air.

150.3992 = heat dissipated in 14 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 100.2661

Summary.

Hourly dissipation of heat before operation 73.1349

Hourly dissipation of heat after operation: First period 89.1422

Second period 91.4658

Third period 100.2661

Gain of heat dissipation following operation: First period 16.0073

Second period 18.3309

Third period — 27.1312

Heat Production.
BrErore OPERATION.

ele

()
_
o

eo

No change of bodily temperature, hourly heat dissipation = hourly heat production

1

112 FEVER.

Avres OPERATION,
First Period—No change of bodily temperatare.
Hourly dissipation of heat = hourly production of heat 89.1422

Second Period—Rise of bodily temperatare in 2 hours 0°.5, in 1 hour 0.25 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. hb. = 16 X 0.25 K 0.75 = 3 == heat added to reserve.
91.4658 == heat dissipated hourly.

Hourly production of heat 94.4058

Third Period—No change of bodily temperature.
Hourly dissipation of hea’ == hourly production of heat 100.2661

SumMany,
Hourly production of heat before operation 73.1349

Hourly production of heat after operation: First period 89.1422

Second period 91.4658

Third period 100.2661

Gain of hourly production of heat following operation: First period 16.0073
Second period 18.3309

Third period 27.1312

EXPERIMENT 82,

A large dog. Weight 47.8 pounds.
April 80, 12:30 p. M.—Rectal temperature 103°.4,

Time. Arn Ter, Tune Texr, Box Temr. Grex, Meter |

(Fah,) . (Fah) (Fah.) (oub. ft.)
1244 P.M, 639.92 709.25 689.99 | 256.52
12:59 - 64.58 71.33, -
1:14 65 716
1:29 64.58 7142
145 64.22 71.33
1:59 65.12 71.33
2:14 67.16 71.33 “a
2:29 67.48 71.24 70.79 335.47
65 25 71.23 18 78.95
(mean) 65.25 (gain)
5.98
(gain)

2:45 p. M—Rectal temperature 104°.7. 3.15 p. M.—Brain injured. 3:50 Pp.
ture 102°.9,

Timn, Ain Temr. Tone Tenr. Box Tear. Gey, Merer
(Pah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)

Ali rem. = 70°.06 73°.88 68°.64 396.4

4:32 70.16 73.24

AAT 70.16 73.35

6:2 TO0.04 73.66

5:17 70.34 73.66 , : r

5:32 71.33 73.56. 70.52 448.26
70.35 73.56 1.88 51.86
(mean) 70.35 (gain) : r

3.21
(gain)

5:35 p. M—Rectal temperature 103°.8.
Autopsy.—Both sides of brain symmetrically wounded, along the whole |

eruciatus extending a little in frout of it and one-quarter of an inch posteri
into the ventricles,

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. eS

Heat Dissipation.
BErorE OPERATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 78.95 at 719.23 — 32° — 39.23 — t’.

V +(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V 78.95

i 08 = 73.1. W=V x 0.08073 = 5.9
Rise in temp. of air 5.98 =t. Q—=W Xt Xsp.h.=5.9 x 5.98 & 0.2374 = 8.3759 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.8 X 130.859 = 235 5462 = heat given to calorimeter.
8.3759 = heat given to air.
243.9221 = heat dissipated in 13 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 139.3841

AFTER OPERATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 51.86 at 73°.56 — 32° = 41.56 = t’.
Ea) Gye
V+(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’. V= ae = 47.8. W=V x 0.08073 = 3.86
085
Rise in temp. of air 3.21=t. Q=W xt X sp. h. =3.86 x 3.21 x 0.2374 = 2.9415 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.88 <x 130.859 = 246.0149 = heat given to calorimeter.
2.9415 = heat given to air.
248.9564 = heat dissipated in 14 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 199.1651

SumMary.
Hourly dissipation of heat after operation 199.1651
Hourly dissipation of heat before operation 139.3841

Hourly gain of heat dissipation following operation 59.781

Heat Production.
Brrore OPERATION. .
Rise of bodily temperature in 24 hours 1°.3, in 1 hour 0.577 = t.
Q=W Xt & sp. h. = 47.8 K 0.577 & 0.75 = 20.6855 = hourly gain of heat reserve.
139.3841 = hourly dissipation of heat.
20.6855 = hourly gain of heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 160.0696

AFTER OPERATION.

Rise of bodily temperature in 1? hours 0°.9, in 1 hour 0.514 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 47.8 X 0.514 & 0.75 = 18.4269 = hourly gain of heat reserve.
199.1651 = hourly dissipation of heat.
15.4269 = hourly gain of heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 217.592

SUMMARY.
Hourly production of heat after operation 217.592
Hourly production of heat before operation 160.0696

Hourly gain of heat production after operation 97.9224

15 June, 1880.

1l4 FEVER.

EXPERIMENT 83.

A car dog, Weight 15.25 pounds.
11:25 Pp, M.—Rectal temperature 101°.2. Paw temperature 92°.8.

Tix, Ain Temr. Tune Temr, Box Tear. Gen. Merten,

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fab.) (oub, ft.)
11:39 a.m. brah avin 65°.39 116.32
1145 65°.75 67°.69
122 om, 67.28 67.69
12:15 eM. 67.55 68
12:30 67.76 68.18
1245 68.12 68.27
1 68.12 68.27
1:15 69.36 68.63
1:30 69.20 68.84
189° a eee 67.16 233.35
—_—— _—_—— -_-—— oe
67.9 68.2 1.77 117.03
(mean) 67.9 (gain)
0.3
(gain)

1:45 p. M.—Rectal temperature 101°.6. 1:50 Pp, M.—Brain operated on mechanically.
2:25 p. m.—Reetal temperature 101°.6. Paw temperature 97°.4.
Time, Ain Temp, Tune Temp. Box Temr. Gey. Meren,

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
rb S| erry S naaeets 679.46 238
2:45 69°.71 70°34
3 70.77 7043
3:15 70.34 70.61
3:30 70.52 7061
4 69.36 71.15
4:15 FOA3 70.97
MBA | iasen . eseoas 68.927 341
70.19 70.69 1.467 103
{mean) 70.19 (gain)
0.5
(gain)

Aulopsy.—Left wound small, but very deep, piereing the second ef

convolution about four lines posterior to the suleus eruciatus and
extending into the ventricle. Right wound involving the third con-
yolution only, nearly corresponding in anterior position to the other.
wound. (Fig. 6.)

Heat Dissipation.
Berone OPERATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 117.03 at 68°.2-— 32° — 36.2—t’.
V+(¥ Xt X 0.002035) = VV. V = = 109. W=V x 0.08073 = 88
Rise in temp. of air 0.3=—t. Q=Wxtx sp. h. = 8.8 K 0.3 X 0.2374 = 0.6267 = heat ake
Rise in temp. of water 1.77 X 130.859 = 231.6204 = heat given to calorimoter.
0.6267 = heat given to air.

232.2471 <= heat dissipated in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 116.1236

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PIDYS LOLOG ¥., ey

AFTER OPERATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 103 at 70°.69 — 32° — 38.69 — t’.
V+ (Vx t’ x 0.002035)=V’. V= as
of
Rise in temp. of air 0.5 = t. Q=W Xt x sp. h. = 7.7 x 0.5 x 0.2374 = 0.914 =heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.467 X 130.859 = 191.97 = heat given to calorimeter.
0.914 = heat given to air.

= 99.5. W=V X 0.08073 = 7.7

192.884 — heat dissipated in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 96.442

Summary.
Hourly dissipation of heat before operation 116.1236
Hourly dissipation of heat after operation 96.442

Loss in hourly heat diss¢pation following operation 19.6816

Heat Production.
BEFORE OPERATION.

Rise of bodily temperature in 2 hours 0°.4, in 1 hour 0.2 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 15.25 XK 0.2 & 0.75 = 2.2875 = heat added to reserve.

Hourly production of heat 118.4111

AFTER OPERATION.
Fall of bodily temperature in 2 hours 0.2, in 1 hour 0.1 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 15.25 & 0.1 & 0.75 = 1.1437 = heat lost from reserve.
96.442 =hourly dissipation of heat.
1.1437 = heat hourly lost from reserve

Hourly production of heat 95.2983

Summary.
Hourly production of heat before operation 118.4111
Hourly production of heat after operation 95.2983

Hourly loss of heat production following operation 23.1128

EXPERIMENT 84,
Acur. Weight 14.5 pounds.

June 12.
TIME, Air Temr, TuseE TemrP. Box Temr. Rect, TEMP. Gen. METER,
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
12:39 P.M TCO 63°.41 102°.2 720.7
12:45 669.8
1 65.84
1:15 66.20
1:30 67.02
1:45 67.02
2 66.68
2:15 66.56
30 netece ce 66.68 65.39, 102.8 843.54
64.3 66.6 1.98 0.6 122.84
(mean) 64.3 (gain) (gain)
2.3
(gain)

3 Pp. M.—Brain operated on, mechanical destruction; very violent circus movements at once came
on. 3:15 Pp. m.—Dog quiet.
3:25 p. m.—Rectal temperature 102°.

116 FEVER.

Tore Ain Temr, Tone Texr, ox Temy. Reor, Texr, Gey, Mere
)

(Fah.) (Pab.) (Fah.) (Fah, joub. ft)
OURS enya ren 652.876 102° 856
3:50 639.8 68"

45 64.76 68
20 64.88 638
4:35 65.30 67.16
4:50 65.84 67.16
5S) SS Usrens Oe eee oe
Bt) Se are 67.1 102.2 951.8
64.91 67.66 1,224 0.2 95.8
(mean) 64.91 (gain)
2.65
(gain)
June 13.
Tine. Am Ter. Tons Teur. Box Temr. Reet. Tewr, Gen.
(Fah.) (Fah. (Fah.) (Fah.) {eub. ft.)
SUE Seite > at 639.545 102°.2 963.87
1:15 679.88 66°.8
1:30 67.76 66.8
145 66.08 66.92
2 68.24 67.13
2:15 69.53 67.69
2:30 69.44 67.69 7
2:45 70.25 57.9
3:10 aeeeks avery 65.435 102.8 1085.28
68.45 67.28 1.89 0.6 LAL
67.28 (mean) (gain) (gain)
117
(loss)

There is no palsy and no loss of tactile sense.

Autopsy.—Right side of brain: large wound reaching clear through
to the ventricle, involving the whole of second and third conyolutions,
and to some extent, the third and fourth, situated about half-way be-
tween the saleus craciatus and the posterior brain margin. Left side :
wound almost two-thirds the way from the sulens to the posterior
margin, involving the third convolution and part of the fourth and
second, reaching nearly to the ventricle. (Fig. 7.)

Heat Dissipation.
Berone Operation.
Quantity of air (V’) = 122.84 at 669.6 — 329 = 34.6 = t’.
V+(V xt’ X 0.002035) =v. V= a 114.8. W = V x 0.08073 = 9.27
‘

Rise in temp. of air2.3—t. Qa W Xt X sp. h.— 9.27 X 2.3 X 0.2974 = 5.0616 = heat giver
Rise in temp. of water 1.98 X 130.8589 = 259.1006 = heat given to calorimeter. i.
5.0616 = heat given to air.

264.1622 = heat dissipated in two hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 132.0811

é A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 17

AFTER OPERATION.
lst Perzod—
Quantity of air (V’) = 95.8 at 679.66 — 32° = 35.66 = t’.
V+(V xt’ x 0.002035) = V’.. V = =e = 894. W=V x 0.08073 = 7.21
072
Rise in temp. of air 2.65 =t. Q=W Xt X sp. h.=7.21 X 2.65 X 0.2374 = 4.7733 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.224 x 130.8589 = 160.1713 = heat given to calorimeier.
° 4.7733 = heat given to air.

164.9446 = heat dissipated in 1} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 109.9631

2d Pertod— :
Quantity of air (V’) = 121.41 at 67°.28 — 32° — 35.28 = t’.
V-+(V Xt’ xX 0.002035) = Vv’. V <= 113. W=V xX 008073 = 9.1

Via
Fall in temp. of air 1.17 = t. Q=W X t Xsp.h.= 9.1 & 1.17 X 0.2374 = 2.5276 = heat taken from air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.89 X 130.8589 = 247.3233 = heat given to calorimeter.

2.5276 = heat taken from air.

244.7957 = heat dissipated in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 122.3978

Summary.
Hourly dissipation of heat before operation 132.081]
Hourly dissipation of heat after operation: First period 109.9631
Second period 122.3978
Loss of heat dissipation following operation: First period 22.118
Second period 9.6833

Heat Production.
BEFoRE OPERATION.
Rise of bodily temperature in 2 hours 0.6, in 1 hour 0.3 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 14.5 X 0.3 0.75 = 3.2625 = heat added to reserve.
132.0811 = hourly dissipation of heat.
3.2625 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 135.3436

AFTER OPERATION.
1st Pertod—

Rise of bodily temperature in 14 hours 0.2, in 1 hour 0.13 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp.h. = 14.5 X 0.13 & 0.75 = 1.4137 = heat added to reserve.
109.9631 = hourly dissipation of heat.
1.4137 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 111.3768

2d Period—

Rise of bodily temperature in 2 hours 0.6, in 1 hour 0.3 = t.
Q=W Xt Xsp.h.—14.5 X 0.3 & 0.75 = 3.2625 = heat added to reserve.
122.3978 = hourly dissipation of heat.
3.2625 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 125.6603

Summary.
Hourly production of heat before operation 135.3436
Hourly production of heat after operation: First period 111.3768
Second period 125.6603
Loss of heat production following operation: First period 23.9668
Second period 9.6833

118 FEVER.

EXPERIMENT 85.
A dog, Weight 14 pounds,

ne 10,
= Tine. AmTevr, Tone Tewr, Box Temr. Reor, Temr. Gen. Meren.
(Fab.) (Fah.) (Pah.) (Fah) (eub. ft.)
1127a.m. 62°.96 68° 659.192 103° 840.5
11342 62.96 67.8
11:57 64.76 67.8
12:12 p.m. 65.12 67.8
12:27 65.39 68
12:42 65.36 67.69
12:57 65.21 68
1:12 65.66 67.79
1:27 65.21 68
1:42 65.75 68.27
EDT) | Anvabes wee? | cantare 68.216 103.6 1003.
64.84 67.91 3.024 0.6 162.5
(mean) 6484 (gain) (gain)
3.07
(gain)

2:20 p. M.—Temperature of the hind paw 99°. 2:30 p. m.—Both sides of brain ope
white hot iron. 2:50 p. a.—Rectal temperature 102°.2.

Tre. Ain Tex. Tone Temr, Box. Ter. Reet, Tewr. Gey. Meren,
(Fah.) (Fah.) (FPah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
BB PM. | hate | OBR 679.796 ovenese 1067
3:17 629.77 699.95
3:32 64.76 70.06 ra
BAT 65.66 69.95
42 65.75 71.24
4:17 65.6 71.06
4:32 65.75 70.97
4AT 65.96 70.88
6:2 cosbues sew 69.71 1029.20 1196
65.18 70.59 1.914 129
(mean) 65.18 (gain) °
5.4L
(gain) Fig. 8.

Jan. 11. Temperature of right hind paw 93°.6; left paw lower
than my thermometer will register; no distinct loss of tactile sense.
Animal killed.

Autopsy.—Two very large wounds: one on the right side about a
half inch posterior to the sulens cruciatus, involving the second and
third convolutions, barely touching the extreme outer part of first. On
the left side a similar wound, so situated that its border comes to within
4 quarter of an inch of the extreme outer end of the sulcus cruciatus,
Both wounds reaching to the ventricles.

Heat Dissipation.

Brrorr Oreration.
Quantity of air (V’) = 162.5 at 679.91 — 320 =< 35.91 = t’.
V+(¥ xt’ X 0.002035) = Vv’. V = - 152. W=V x 0.08073 = 12.3

Rise in temp. of air 3.07 = t. Q=W Xt X sp.h. = 12.3 X 207% 0.2974 = 8.9645 = heat git
Rise in temp. of water 3.024 X 130.859 = 395.7176 = heat given to calorimeter. .

8.9645 = heat given to air,

404.6821 — heat dissipation in 2} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 161,8728

ASU DY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY 119

ArrerR OPERATION.

Quantity of air (V’) = 129 at 70°.58 — 32° = 38.58 = t’.
129.
1.079
Rise in temp. of air 5.41 =t. Q—=—W Xt x sp. h. =8.9 x 5.41 x 0.2374 = 11.4318 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.914 & 130.859 = 250.4641 = heat given to calorimeter. :

11.4318 = heat given to air.

261.8959 = heat dissipated in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 130.9479

V+(V xt’ X 0.002035) = Vv’. V = = 110.3. W=V x 0.08073 = 8.9

SuMMARY.
Hourly dissipation before operation 161.8728
Hourly dissipation after operation 130.9479

Loss of heat dissipation following operation 30.9249

Heat Production.
BrEFoRE OPERATION.

Rise of bodily temperature in 2 hours 0°.6, in 1 hour 0.3 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp.h.= 14 x 0.3 X 0.75 = 3.15 = heat added to reserve.
161.8728 = hourly dissipation of heat.

Hourly production of heat 165.0228

AFTER OPERATION.

No change in bodily temperature.
Hourly heat dissipation = hourly heat production 130.9479

SUMMARY.
Hourly production of heat before operation 165.0228
Hourly production of heat after operation 130.9479

Loss in hourly heat production following operation 34.0749

EXPERIMENT 86.

A small black and tan terrier. Weight 8.3 pounds.

June 12,
TIME, Air TEMP. Tuse Temp. Box Tenr. Recor, TEMP. Gen. METER.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
NS OVPAMSmEesescccl 0) wrssece 63°.05 102°.4 684
1 61° 6629.8
1:15 63.04 66.8
1:30 65.12 66.8
1:45 65.48 66.92
2 65.39 67.01
2:15 65.39 67.01 :
OOM estes ||| seseses 64.76 102.8 197
64.22 66.89 1.71 0.4 113
(mean) 64.22 gain) (gain)
2.67
(gain)

2:45 p, M.—Brain operated on; centres mechanically destroyed.

120 FEVER.

Time Arm Tex. Tune Temr, BoxTemr. Reer.Tewr. Gaus. Maren.

(Pah.) (Pah. (Pah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft)
BAB P.M). sessed, Dae a 65°48 1019.3 B01
3:50 639.8 65°.56
4:35 64.76 68.27
420 64.88 68.18
4:35 65.3 68.18
4:50 65.84 68.9
58... Saas & pawpeee 67.568 1015 930
64,92 68.38 2.088 02 129
(mean) 64.92 (gain) (gain)
3.46
(gain)
June 13.—Tactile sense completely abolished in all the paws. ae
Time Arn Texr. Tune Tewr. Box Temr. Reor.Temr. Ges. Mever
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
LilO yom. PG iecks | apa 639.338 1019.5 541.2
1:15 669.08 68°.48
2:30 67.88 68.27
145 67.76 68.6
2 68.24 68.81
2:15 69.53 69.35
2:30 69.44 69.44
245 70.25 70.16
S00 avin eee 66.14 99.5 669.5
68.45 69.01 2.802 2 128.3
(mean) 68.45 (gain) (loss)
0.56
(gain)

Autopsy.—Right side: wound involving the suleus eruciatus in whole
of second convolution, and also involving to some extent first and third
convolutions, extending down into ventricles. Left side: a similar
wound situated somewhat nearer the middle line, so as to involve very ~
largely the first convolution. i

Heat Dissipation.
Berore OPERATION.

Quantity of air (V’) = 113 at 66°.89 — 32° = 34.89 = t’.

V+(V xt’ x 0.002035) =v’. V= Tay = 105.5. W=V xX 0.08073 = 8.52

Rise in temp. of air 2.67 = t. Q—=W Xt X sp. h. =B.52 X 2.67 X 0.2374 = 5.4005 = heat giv

Rise in temp. of water 1.71 x 79.5436 = 136.0195 = heat given to calorimeter.
5.4005 = heat given to air.

141.42 = heat dissipated in 1} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 94.28

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. P21

AFreR OPERATION
Quantity of air (V’) = 129 at 689.38 — 32° = 36.38 = t'!. V +(V xt! x 0.002035) = V’.

e120. W= Vv X 0.08073 = 9.7
1.074
Rise in temp of air 3.46 —t. Q—=—W Xt X sp.h. = 3.46 X 0.2374 x 0.75 = 0.6161 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 2.088 & 79.5436 = 166.087 = heat given to calorimeter.
0.6161 = heat given to air.

166.7031 = heat dissipated in 14 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 111.1354

_ Second Pertod—
Quantity of air (V’) = 128.3 at 699.01 —32° — 37.01 = t’.

98
V-+(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’. V= a =119.3. W=V x 0.08073 = 9.63

Uio
Rise in temp. of air 0.56-=t. Q=W Xt Xsp.h.=9.63 X 0.56 X 0.2374 = 1.2802 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 2.802 & 79.5436 = 222.8812 = heat given to calorimeter.

1.2802 = heat given to air.

224.1614 = heat dissipated in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 112.0807

SumMaRY.
Hourly heat dissipation before operation 94.28
Hourly heat dissipation after operation: First period — 111.1354
Second period 112.0807

Heat Production.
. Berore OPERATION.
Rise of bodily temperature in 14 hours 0°.4, in 1 hour 0.2666 — t.
Q=W Xt%X sp. h.=8.3 X 0.2666 K 0.75 = 1.66 = heat added hourly to reserve.
94.28 = hourly dissipation of heat.
1.66 = hourly addition to reserve.

Hourly heat production 95.94

AFTER OPERATION.
First Pertod—
Rise of bodily temperature in 14 hours 0°.2, in 1 hour 0.1333 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 8.3 X 0.1333 XK 0.75 = 0.83 = heat added hourly to reserve.
111.1354 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.83 = hourly addition to reserve.

Hourly heat production 111.9654

Second period—
Fall of bodily temperature in 2 hours 2°, in 1 hour 1= t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 83 X 1 X 0.75 = 6.225 = heat lost from reserve.
112.0807 = heat dissipated hourly.
6.225 = heat hourly lost from reserve.

1 |

Hourly heat production 105.855

SUMMARY.
Hourly heat production before operation 95.94
Hourly heat production after operation: First period 111.9654
Second period 105.8557

Gain in heat production following operation : First pertod 16.0254
Second period 9.9157

16 June, 1880.

122 FEVER.

EXPERIMENT 87,
A cur. Weight 11.5 pounds.

Time. Ain Teme, Tune Tesr, Box Tear, Reor,Texr, Grex, Mevem

(Fah.) (Pah. (Fab.) (Fah.) (oub, ft.)
VESIOX. Me teens pias 65°.21 108° 123.5
11:25 679.37 689.6 ;
1145 65.75 68.99
12. my. 67.28 68.99
12:15 vr, m. 67.55 69.08
12:30 67.76 69.26
13400 asissee’ ~~ a . 67.478 102.4 263
67.14 68,98 2.268 0.6 139.5
(mean) 67.14 (gain) (loss)
1.84
(gain)

1p. M—Brain operated on; mechanical destruction of cortex.
‘Trace. Aun Temr. Tune Temr. Box Temr. Reet, Tear, Gey. Merem

(Fah.) (Fah,) (Fah.) (Fah.) (oub. ft.)
RB ei, cecces, = epee 67°.664 101°.8 3154
2:35 69.62 70.79
245 69.71 7148
3 70.07 716
3:15 70.34 7187
3:30 70.52 7187
SABE metre ee BS 69.665 104 460.2
70.05 71.52 2.001 2.2 144.8
(mean) 70.05 (gain) (gain) »
147
(gain)

Aulopsy.—Right wound of brain small, penetrating through the
gray matter, involving only the third convolution near the posterior ey
part of the middle third. Left wound large, involving both the
secoud and third convolutions situated correspondingly to the other
brain wound. (Fig. 10.)

Treat Wei pence.
Berore Oreration.

Quantity of air (V’) = 139.5 at 689.98 — 32° = 36.98 ce
V+(V xt x 0.002035) =V. Va = fre = 180. W=V x 0.08073 = 105
Rise in temp. of air 1.84=t. Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 10.5 & 1.84 XK 0.2374 = 4.5866 = hb
Rise in temp. of water 2.268 X 79.5436 = 180.4049 = heat given to calorimeter. =
4.5866 = heat given to air.

184.9915 = heat dissipated in 1} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 123.3277

vy

ASE Us Ye Ne MUO RIB LD) AGN! NO RMGAS, (PARSYeSi lO uOl Gay 123
AFTER OPERATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 144.8 at 719.52 — 320 = 39.59 — ¢/.

V+(V X tx 0.002035) =V’. V = aa = 134. W=V x 0.08073 = 10.8
Rise in temp. of air = 147—t. Q=Wxtx sp. h. =10.8 < 1.47 x 0.2374 = 3.7689 — heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 2.001 X 79.5436 = 159.1667 — heat given to calorimeter.

3.7689 = heat given to air.

162.9356 = heat dissipated in 14 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 108.6237
Summary.

Hourly dissipation of heat before operation 123.3277
Hourly dissipation of heat after operation 108.6237

Hourly loss of heat dissipation following operation 14.704

: Heat Production.

BeroreE OPERATION.
Fall of bodily temperature in 13 hours 0°.6, in 1 hour 0.4 = t.
Q= W Xt Xsp. h. = 11.5 XK 0.4 & 0.75 = 3.45 = heat lost from reserve.

123.3277 = hourly dissipation of heat.
3.45 =hourly loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 119.8777

AFTER OPERATION,
Rise of bodily temperature in 14 hours 2°.2, in 1 hour 1.4667 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 11.5 X 1.4667 XK 0.75 = 12.65 = heat added to reserve.
108.6237 = hourly dissipation of heat.
12.65 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 121.2737

SumMaARY.

Hourly production of heat after operation 121.2737
Hourly production of heat before operation 119.8777

Hourly gain of heat production after operation — 1.396

EXPERIMENT 838.
Acur. Weight 32.75 pounds.

June 17.
Time. Arr Temp. Tose Tenr. Box Temp. Recr, Teme. Gen. METER,
(Fah.) (Fah ) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
24. OP Me icennes 3 6 ee08800 689.99 102°.4 420
12:45 730.52 749.21
1 73.94 73.55
5) 74.48 (3-55
1:30 74.6 73.35
1:45 75.02 74.12
2 75.74 74.21
2215 74.39 74.48
2:30 75.83 74.84
2:40 Sect EE Toso cee 71.645 102 536.6
74.69 74.04 2.655 0.4 116.6
(mean) 74.69 (gain) (loss)
0.65
(loss)

3 p. M.—Brain operated on mechanically.

]24 FEVER.

Time. Aim Teme, Tens Tewr, Bax Temr, Reer.Texr. Ge, Meren,
(Fab.) (Fah.) (Pah) (Fah.) (oub. ft.)
S407. ee Kak eee 719.6 Wwle.1 560
4 743 T6-.01
4:15 74.39 76.28
4:30 75.11 76.37
445 75.32 76.64
5 75.44 76.82
5:15 7544 76.82
5:30 7544 76.82
O46 are seaghen FA12 102.8 674
75.06 76.54 2.52 aT 1l4
(mean) 75.06 (gain) (gain)
nar
(gain
Fig. 11.

Autopsy.—Wound of left cerebrum very large and very deep,
involving first, second, and third convolutions, in the region of the
suleus cruciatus. Wound of right cerebrum small, extending
through the gray matter and involving the third and fourth convo-
lutions situated antero-posteriorly near the centre of the brain.

Heat Dissipation,
Brrork Operation.
Quantity of air (V’) = 116.6 at 749.04 — 329 = 42.04 = 1’.
V+(¥ xt x 0.002035) =v. V= ae = 107.5. W=V xX 0.08073 = 8.68
Fall in temp. of air 0.65 =t. Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 8.68 X 0.65 X 0.2374 =e 1.3394 = heet taken f

Rise in temp. of water 2.655 X 130.8589 = 347.4304 = heat given to calorimeter.
1.3394 = heat taken from air.

- 346.091 = heat dissipated in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 173.0455 —

Arrer OPERATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 114 at 769.54 — 329 = 44.54—t’.
Vv +(V x t’ x 0.002035) =v’. V = {ih = 14s. W=V x 0.08073 = 8.44
Rise in temp. of air 148 = t. Q=W x tx sp. h.= 8.44 x 148 x 0.2374= 2.9654 += heat waiver

Rise in temp. of water 2.52 x 130.8589 == 329.7644 = heat given to calorimeter.
2.9654 = heat given to air.

332.7298 = heat dissipated in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 166.3649

Heat Production, tek
Brrork Operation. :
Fall of bodily temperature in 2 hours 0°.4, in one hour 0.2 = t.
Qe W Xt X sp. h. = 32.75 & 0.2 & 0.75 — 4.9125 = heat taken from reserve.
173.0455 = hourly dissipation of heat.
4.9125 = heat taken from reserve. —

Hourly production of heat 168.133

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY.

AFTER OPERATION.

125

Rise of bodily temperature in 2 hours 1°.7, in one hour 0.85 — t.
Q = W X tx sp. h. = 32.75 X 0.85 X 0.75 = 20.8781 = heat added to reserve.

166.3649 — heat dissipation in an hour.
20.8781 = heat added to reserve.

Hourly production of heat 187.243

Summary.

Hourly production of heat after operation
Hourly production of heat before operation

187.243
168.133

Hourly gain of heat production following operation 19.11

A cur. Weight 20 pounds.

EXPERIMENT 89,

June 20, 12:50 p. w.—Rectal temperature 103°.

Time. AiR TEMP.
(Fah.)
MQ ius, oT Usecess
1:20 132.19
1:35 73.85
1:50 74.48
2:5 73.94
2:20 74.6
DAQT ahetene
74.01
71.27
2.74
(loss)

2:50 Pp. ma.—Rectal temperature 103°.

Tuse Temp. Box Temp. Gen, Merer.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (cub- ft.)
anand 679.76 1021
70°.64 .

70.97

71.6

71.42

71.72

eeboOo0 ° 68.81 1291
alee 1.05 270
(mean) (gain)

3 p. M.—Brain operated on mechanically; violent hemorrhage, stopped by plugging the orifice.

3:40 p. M.—Rectal temperature 102°.

TIME. Air Temp.
i (Fah.)
SeLOMPs Nap se letees
4 730.94
4:15 76.37
4:30 76.16
A4:A5 76.04
5 75.44
DoD ceasienre
1d.09
72.07
3.52
(loss)

5:25 p. M—Rectal temperature 102°.4.

Tuze Temp. Box Temr. GEN, METER.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.)

access 699.416 266
70°.06

72.59

12.07

72.42

12.5

eno OteC 70.268 438
72.07 0.852 172
(mean) (gain)

Autopsy, June 21.—Very large hernia cerebri. On opening the skull: the left hemisphere with
its surface destroyed over the anterior third, everywhere through the gray matter, and much of the

space throughout almost the whole depth.

Right hemisphere; a large deep wound extending ante-

tiorly nearly to the extreme outer part of the suleus cruciatus, involving the second and third con-
volutions. Base of the brain and all the furrows of the upper surface filled with dense hard blood

clots.

126 FEVER.

Heat Dissipation.
Breronr OPerarion.
Quantity of air (V’) = 270 at 71°.27 — 32° = 39.27 = t’.
V +(V xt’ x 0.002035) = V’. V= oe = 250. W=V x 0.08073 = 20.2

Fall in temp. of air 2.74=2t. Q=W Xt sp. h. = 20.2 x 2.74 X 0.2374 = 13.14 = heat taken
Rise in temp. of water 1.05 X 130.8589 = 137.4018 = heat given to calorimeter.
- 13.14 = heat taken from air.

124.2618 == heat dissipated in 14 hours,
Hourly dissipation of heat 82.8412

Arrer OPERATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 172 at 72°.07 — 320 = 40.07 = v’.
V+(V xt! x 0.002035) — Vv. V— pg — 159. W = V X 0.08073 = 12.84.

Fall in temp. of air 3.52 = t. Q= W Xt X sp. h. = 12.84 X 3.52 K 0.2374 — 10.7345 = heat
Rise in temp. of water 0,852 x 130.8589 = 111.4918 = heat given to calorimeter.
10.7345 = heat taken from air.

100.7573 == heat dissipated in 1} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 67.1716

Summary.
Hourly dissipation of heat before operation 82.8412
Hourly dissipation of heat after operation 67.1716

Hourly loss of heat dissipation following operation 15.6696

Heat Production.

Berore Operation.
No change of bodily temperature, hourly dissipation = hourly production of heat 82.8412.

Arter OPERATION.
Rise of bodily temperature in 1} hours 0°.4, in 1 hour 0.2667 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 20 X 0.2667 x 0.75 = 4 = heat added to reserve.
67.1716 = hourly dissipation of heat!
4 = hourly addition to heat reser

Hourly production of heat 71.1716 :

Summary.
Hourly production of heat before operation 82.8412
Hourly production of heat after operation 71.1716

Hourly loss of heat production following operation 11.6696

EXxrErtMENT 90.
A dog. Weight 10 pounds.

11:25 a. M.—Rectal temperature 102°.2. eet
Time. Am Tewr. Tone Tewr. Box Tewr. Gey. Meter.
(Fah.) (Fab. (Fah.) (oub. ft.)
WE Pe eee eee a e 66°.902 708
1140 70.88 719.
11:55 71.51 71.96 es
12:10 P.M. F187 72.41 si.
te E sasenee 68.342 804 :
7142 72.11 14 96
(mean) 71.42 (gain)
0. 69

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 127

12:40 p. m.—Rectal temperature 1027.10. 12:50 p. m_—Brain operated on.
2:46 vp. M—Rectal temperature 102°.4.

TIME. Ark Temp, Tube Temp. Box Tremp, Gen, METER.
(’ah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
Zc) OIE MAE Tule ec ces becacte 699.44 810.2
3:3 74°.72 749.84
3:18 75.2 75.2
3:28 75.02 75.08
3:49 74.84 TD.AT
3:00 SBotoc’y, gfe. wdocsscn 71.161 : 918
74.94 75.15 L721 97.8
(mean) 74.94 (gain)
0.21
(gain)

4 p. Mi—Rectal temperature 102°.

Autopsy.—Large wound involving the second and third convolu-
tions in the neighborhood of the suleus cruciatus. Least possible
scratch on the anterior left hemisphere, some distance in front of sulcus
cruciatus.

Heat Dissipation.
BEFORE OPERATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 96 at 72°.11 — 32° = 40.11 =t’.

-V+(V xt! x 0.002035) = VW’. V = ae =89. W=V xX 0.08073 = 7.18
Rise in temp. of air 0.69 =t. Q—=—W Xt X sp. h.=7.18 X 0.69 X 0.2374 =1.1761 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.44 X 79.5436 = 114.5434 = heat given to calorimeter.

1.1761 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 115.7195

AFTER OPERATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 97.8 at 750.15 — 32° = 43.15 = t’.
Wat (Ve tes<0:002035) = Vi. Vi = wae ——190 seve OOS 03 —1l.26s
087
Rise in temp. of air 0.21 =t. Q= W Xt x sp. h. =7.26 x 0.21 x 0.2374 = 0.3619 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.721 79.5436 — 136.8952 — heat given to calorimeter.
0.3619 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 137.2571

SuMMaRY.
Hourly dissipation of heat before operation 115.7195

Hourly dissipation of heat after operation 137.2571

. Hourly loss of heat dissipation following operation 21.5376

Heat Production.
Brrore OPERATION.

Rise of bodily temperature in an hour 0.1 = t.

Q=WxtxXsp.h=—10X 01 x 0.75= 0.75 = heat added to reserve.
115.7195 = heat dissipation in an hour,

Hourly production of heat 116.4695

128 FEVER,

Arren OPERATION.

Fall of bodily temperature in 1} hours 0.4, in 1 hour 0.32 = t.
Q=WXt X sp. h. = 10 XK 0.32 K 0.75 —= 24 == heat taken from reserve.
137.2571 == heat dissipated hourly.

Heat produced hourly 134.8571

SUMMARY.

Hourly production of heat before operation 116.4695
Hourly production of heat after operation 134.8571

Hourly increase of heat production following operation 18.3876

EXPERIMENT 91,
A bitch. Weight 20.75 pounds.
June 26. 11:20 a. a.—Rectal temperature 102°.5.

Time. AinTewr, Toox Temr. Box Temr, Reet. Tewr. Gey. Meren
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Pah.)
LiSS0 ae san eoovcer 72°.37 102°.5
11:50 759.92 742.3
125 p.m 75.65 7A.B4
12:20 75.74 74.75
12:30; © svavsexs 73.04 einai
75.7 74.63 0.67
74.63 (mean) (gain)
114
(loss)

12:40 rp. M.—Rectal temperature 102°.5. 12:50 ry. M—Brain exposed. 3:10 Pr. a
Hitzig’s region with hot iron, both sides.
3:25 p. M.—Rectal temperature 101°. 4.

Tine. AmTexr, Tune Texr. Box Tear. Rect.Temr. Gey. Meter,
(Fah.) (F ah.) (Fah.) (F ah.) :
BOT Pom vent) Ol ee 749.12 Sivnent
3:52 79°.76 T7°.36
4:7 80.12 T7A5
4:22 79.76 77 54
4:37 79.76 T754 75.12 ean gia
79.85 TiAT 1
T1AT (mean) (gain)
2.38
(loss)

4:45 p. M—Rectal temperature 102°.6.

Autopsy.—Extensive wound of the first convolution on each side
of the brain just posterior to the sulcus cruciatus, (Fig. 13.)

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 199

Heat Dissipation.
Brrore OPERATION.

Quantity of air (V’) = 106 at 749.63 — 32° = 42.63 = t’.
V+(V Xt’ X 0.002035) = V’. V= oe = 97.5. W = V X 0.08073 = 7.89.

087
Rise in temp. of airl.l4=t. Q—=W Xt Xsp.h. =7.89 X 1.14 X 0.2374 =2.1354 = heat taken from air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.67 X 130.8589 = 87.6755 = heat given to calorimeter.

2.1354 = heat taken from air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 85.5401

AFTER OPERATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 93.2 at 77°.47 — 32° = 459.47 = t.
; : a) ae OR a :
V-+(V x # x 0.002035) = V’. V= a =8.4. W=V xX 0.08073 = 6.9
Fall in temp. of air 2.38=t. Q=W Xt X sp.h.= 6.9 X 2.38 x 0.2374 = 3.8986 = heat taken from air.
Rise in temp. of water 1 X 130.8589 = 130.8589 = heat given to calorimeter.
3.8986 = heat taken from air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 126.9603

SUMMARY.

Hourly dissipation of heat before operation 85.5401
Hourly dissipation of heat after operation 126.9603

Hourly gain tn heat dissipation following operation 41.4202

Fleat Production.
Brrork OPERATION.

No change in bodily temperature.
Heat dissipated hourly = heat produced hourly 85.5401.

AFTER OPERATION,
Rise of bodily temperature in 14 hour 1°.2, in 1 hour 0.9 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 20.75 X 0.9 K 0.75 = 14.0062 = heat added to reserve.
126.9603 = heat dissipated hourly.
Hourly heat production 140.9665

SumMary.
Heat produced hourly before operation 85.5401
Heat produced hourly after operation 140.9665

Hourly gain in heat production following operation 5d.4264

EXPERIMENT 92.
A bitch. Weight 11.2 pounds.
June 26, 11:30 a. m—Rectal temperature 103°.5.

TIME. AIR TEMP. Tune Temp. Box TEMP. GEN. METER.
(Fah,) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.)
11:40 a. M. G1O-16 910
11:50
12:5 P.M. 75.65
12:20 75.74
12:40 76.04 Ui
1559) 76.72 77.24
1:10 77.18 77.45 72.784 1029
76.21 716.87 1.624 119
(mean) 76.21 (gain)
0.66
(gain

17 June, 1880.

130 FEVER.

1:15 p. M.—Rectal temperature 102°. 4.
1:20 yp. M.—Brain exposed, 2 Pp, M.—Brain wounded mechanically on one side.
2:5 p. M—Rectal temperature 101°.2.

Time, Ain Tex. Tone Temr. Box Ter. Gey. Meren.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah,) (oud, ft)
B18 PM, scsoes : SD 739.10 1035
2:30 779.63 799.07
2:45 718.44 79.07
4:30 79.43 80
343 IE: ree 74.93 1150
78.5 7938 - 83 115
(mean) 78.5 (gain)
0.88
(gain)

2:50 rp. m.—Rectal temperature 102°.6.

Autopsy.—Only one side of the brain injured. Wound passing
through the gray matter, involving the first and second convolutions
anterior and posterior to the suleus cruciatus.

Heat Dissipation.
Berore Operation.
Quantity of air (V’) = 119 at 769.87 — 329 = 44.87 = t’.
V+(V Xt’ x 0.002035) = Vv’. V= iw =109. W=V xX 0.08073 = 88

Rise in temp. of air 0.66=t. Q=W Xt X sp. h.= 0.66 X 8.8 XK 0.2374 = 1.3788 = heat given to: ir
Rise in temp. of water 1.624 X 79.5436 = 129.1794 = heat given to calorimeter.
1.3788 — heat given to air.

130.5582 = heat dissipated in 1} hours
Hourly disstpation of heat 87.0388

Arter OPERATION.

Quantity of air (V’) = 115 at 799.38 — 320 = 47.38 = t’.

V+(V xt x 0.002035) = V’. v= fe = 105. W=V x 0.08073 = 8.5
Rise in temp. of air 0.88 = t. Q=W Xt X sph. = 8.5 x 0.88 X 0.2974 = 1.7757 = heat g en

Rise in temp. of water 1.83 X 79.5436 = 145.5655 = heat given to calorimeter.
1.7757 = heat given to air.

147.3412 = heat dissipated in 1) hours,
Hourly dissipation of heat 98.2275

Summary.

Hourly dissipation of heat before operation 87.0388
Hourly dissipation of heat after operation 98.2275

Hourly gain of heat dissipation following operation 11.1887

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY.

BEFORE OPERATION.

Heat Production.

Fall of bodily temperature in 1% hours 1°.1, in 1 hour 0.6286 = t.

Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 11.2 K 0.6286 X 0.75 = 5.2802 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

87.0388 = hourly dissipation of heat.
5.2802 = loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat

AFTER OPERATION.

81.7586

Rise of bodily temperature in 1} hours 1°.4, in 1 hour 0.8 = t.

Q=W Xt X sp. bh. = 112 X 0.8 X 0.75 = 6.72 =

r
‘

Hourly production of heat 104.9475

SuMMARY.

Hourly production of heat before operation
Hourly production of heat after operation

Hourly gain of heat production following operation

A dog. Weight 15 pounds.

12 m.—Rectal temperature 105°.

TIME.

12:12 P.M.

—
ae
~

bo 1 BS -T bo 1 bo -T

wmnmnmneee
ESRD ie tS

Air TEMP.

{(Fah.)
649.67
64.76
67.16
65.48
64.76
65.6

65.3

64.67
64.22
64.13
64.13
63.80
66.08
64.98
(mean)

3:20 p. M.—Rectal temperature 105°.
4:4 p. m.—Rectal temperature 102°.8.

TIME.

4:20 P.M.
4:35

4:50

5:5

5:20

5:35

5:50

Air TEMP.

(Fah.)
659.72
65.94
64.58
65.39
66.08
67.76
68.81

66.32
(mean)

81.7586
104.9475

23.1889

EXPERIMENT 93.

Tuse TEMP
(Fah.)
649.94
65.30
67.28
66 68
66.68
67.01
67.37
67.55
68.09
68.36
68.36
68
68.60
67.25 5
64.98

Box Tenr,
(Fah.)
602.03

2.27
(gain)

8:30 p. m.—Operated on.

TusE TEMP. Box Temp.

(Fah.) (Fah.)

66°.29 639.25

66.56

66.68

67.19

67.46

67.64

68.09 65.39

67.13 2.05

66.32 (gain)
0.81

(gain)

131

heat added to reserve.
6.72 = hourly addition to heat reserve.
98.2275 = hourly heat dissipation.

Gen. METER.
(cub. ft.)
692

835.5

143.5
(gain)

Gen. MreTeEr.
(cub. ft.)

883

co
on
to

69

132 FEVER.

6:4 P.M.—Reetal temperature 103°.8. Dog killed.

Autopsy. —Wound of the left hemisphere: immediately in front
of the sulcus cruciatus, not wounding the gray matter of the first
convolution posterior to the sulcus at all, or the white matter below
it, just scraping the front of the sulcus. Right hemisphere: the gray
matter at the distal end of the sulcus, and beyond it destroyed.

Heat Dissipation.
Brrornk Operation.
Quantity of air (V’) = 143.5 at 679.25 — 329 = 35.25 = t.
V +(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’.. V= pone = 133.8. W=V x 0.08073 = 10.8 ;
: t

Rise in temp. of air 227=t. Q=W Xt X sp. h.= 10.8 X 2.27 X 0.2374 = 5.8201 = heat given to ,
Rise in temp. of water 5 X 130.8589 = 654.2945 — heat given to calorimeter.
5.8201 = heat given to air.

660.1146 = heat dissipated in 3 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat — 220.0382

Arter OPERATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 69 at 679.13 — 32° = 35.13 = t.

V+(¥ xt x 0.002035) = VW’. V= ss = 644. W=V x 0.08073 = 5.2

Rise in temp. of nir 0.81 = t. Q=W Xt X sp.h.=5.2 K 0.81 X 0.2374 = 0.9999 = heat gi

Rise in temp. of water 2.05 X 130.8589 = 268.2607 = heat given to calorimeter.
0.9999 = heat given to air.

269.2606 — heat dissipated in 14 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 179.5071 °

Summary.
Hourly dissipation of heat before operation 220.0382
Hourly dissipation of heat after operation 179.5071

Hourly loss of heat dissipation following operation 40.5311

Heat Production.

Brrore OPERATION.

No change of temperature of body.
Hourly dissipation = hourly production of heat 220.0382

Arter OPERATION.

Rise of bodily temperature in 1 hour 0.5 = t.
Q= Wx tx sph 15 x 0.5 x 0.75 — 5.625 = heat added to reserve.
179.5071 == hourly dissipation of heat.

Hourly production of heat 785 1321

SumMary.
Hourly production of heat before operation 220.0382
Hourly production of heat after operation 185.1321

Hourly loss of heat production following operation 34.9061

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 133

EXPERIMENT 94,

A long-haired Scotch terrier. Weight 13.5 pounds.
0:30 A. M.—Rectal temperature, 103°.7.

TIME, Arr TEMP. Tusr Temp. Box Temr. Gen. MeTer.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
10:53 a. M. 699.92 69°.56 649.4 462.5
11:8 66.38 67.76
11:23 65.81 67.28
11:38 65.81 67.28
11:53 66.56 67.28
12:8 P.M. 66.68 67.64
12:23 66.8 67.76
12:38 66.92 67.37
53 67.04 67.76
1:8 67.28 68.36
1:23 67.55 68.48 66.22 594.5
66.89 67.87 1.82 132
(mean) 66.89 (gain) (gain)
0.98
(gain)

1:30 p. M@i—Rectal temperature, 103°.9 1:45 p. m—Operation.
2:42 Pp. M.—Rectal temperature, 102°.7.

TIME, AIR TEMP, Tuse Temp. Box Tempe. Gen. METER.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah,) (cub. ft.)
2:58 P.M. 69°.98 699.08 65°.03 540.5
3:13 70.04 68.98
3:28 69.92 69.08
3:43 69.62 69.2
SOE 69.32 69.2
4:13 69.32 69.32
4:28 68.36 69.32
AA3 70.28 69.89
4:58 71.78 69.89
7 5:13 73.13 70.43
5:28 73:22 71.87 67.09 661
70.45 69 66 2.06 120.5
69.66 (mean) (gain) (gain)
0.79
(loss)

5:42 p. m.—Rectal temperature 102°.9.

Autopsy.—Brain: Teft side, first convolution destroyed at the
sulcus cruciatus. Right side, second convolution destroyed in
similar situation; first convolution slightly wounded.

134 FEVER,

Heat Dissipation,
Berons Oreration.
Quantity of air (V’) = 182 at 679.87 — 32% == $5.87 = t.
V+(V Xt X 0.002035) = V. Vim 182 193, Wm V x 0.08073 — 9.98,
Rise in temp. of air 0.98 = t. Qe W Xt X sp. h.== 9.93 X 0.98 X 0.2374 —= 2.3102 = heat g
Rise in temp. of water 1.82 X 130.858 — 238.1616 == heat given to calorimeter. :
2.3102 == heat given to air.

240.4718 == heat dissipated in 24 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 96,1487 :

Arren OPERATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 120.5 at 699.66 — 329 = 37.66 = t’.
V+(V¥ Xt’ X 0.002035) = VW. V= ne 112. W=V xX 0.08073 = 9.04
Fall in temp. of air 0.79 —=t. Q=W xX t x 0.2374 = 1.6954 = heat taken from reserve.
Rise in temp. of water 2.06 X 130.858 = 269.5675 = heat given to calorimeter.
1.6954 = heat taken from air.

267.8721 — heat dissipated in 2} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 107.1488

Summary.
Hourly dissipation of heat after operation 107.1488 a
Hourly dissipation of heat before operation 96.1487

Gain in hourly heat dissipation following operation 11.0001

Heat Production.
Berone Operation.
Rise of bodily temperature in 3 hours 0°.2, in 1 hour 0.066 = t.
Q=—W Xt X sp. h. = 13.5 X 0.066 & 0.75 — 0.668 — heat added hourly to reserve.
96.1487 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.668 == heat added to reserve hourly.

Hourly heat production 96.8167

Arren OPERATION,
Rise of bodily temperature in 3 hours 0°.2, in 1 hour 0.066 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 13.5 « 0.066 « 0.75 = 0.668 = heat added to reserve.
0.668 = hourly addition of heat to reserve.
107.1488 = hourly dissipation of heat.

Hourly production of heat 107.8168

Summary. :
Hourly heat production after operation 107.8168
Hourly heat production before operation 96.8167

Hourly gain of heat production after operation 11.0001

ATSTUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY.

A terrier.

Weight 14 pounds.

EXPERIMENT 95,

November 25, 1:45 p. M—Rectal temperature 103°. 4.

Trve.

1:59 P.M.

2:14
2:29
2:44
2:59
3:14
3:29
3:44
3259
4:14
4:29
AA4
4:59

Air Temp, Tuse Temp.
(Fah.) (Fah.)
68°.36 699.32
64.04 66.68
64.31 65.21
66.47 66.47
65 66.08
64.58 65.6
64.13 65.48
65.39 66.08
66.47 66.38
65.96 66.56
65.72 67.1
64.88 68.18
65.72 67.55
65.46 66.67
(mean) 65.46

1.21
(gain)

5:15 p. M.—Rectal temperature 104°.1.
5:45 p. M.—Dog operated on.

TIME.

AiR TEMP,

(Fah.)
62°.6

63.32
64.31
65.72
65.39
65.6

64.4

66.47
64.73
(mean)

6:10 p. M.—Rectal temperature 104°.93.

TuseE Temp.
(Fah.)
65°.96
66.8
66.92
67.28
67.64
68.27
67.55
68.09

8:25 p. M.—Rectal temperature 102°.8.
* 9p. M.—Rectal temperature 102°.8.

TIME,

9:13 P. M.

9:35

9:53
10:13
10:35
10:55
11:15
11:35
12:13

Atk TEMP.

(Fah.)
68°.9
58.7
64.76
65.48
64.40
64.67
62.1
61.9

Tuber TEMP.
(Fah.)
679.01
64.52
65.21
66.08
66.08
66.29
66.29
65.21

aseeene

65.83

63.86
Eo

(gain)

Box Tempe.
(Fah.)
599.9

63.41

3.51
(gain)

Box Temp.
(Fah.)
609.35

Box Temp.

(Fah.)
61°.72

November 26, 12:30 A. M.—Reetal temperature 102°.5,

1:30 A. M.—Rectal temperature 102°.8.

2

GEN. METER,

(cub. ft.)
319.25

Gen. METER.
(cub. ft.)
463.75

Gen, METER,
(cub. ft.)

614

135

REMARKS.

Dog quiet throughout
experiment.

REMARKS.

Dog quiet.
Dog quiet.
Dog whining.
Dog quiet.
Dog restless.
Dog quiet.
Dog quiet.
Dog quiet.
Dog quiet.

REMARKS.

Dog quiet.
Dog quiet.
Dog quiet.
Dog howling.
Dog howling.
Dog quiet.
Dog quiet.
Dog quiet.
Dog quiet.

136 FEVER.

Time Am Teme, Tuner Temr. Box Temr. Gey, Meren. Remwanxs,

(Fah,) (Pah) (Fah.) {oub, ft.) ;
2:18 a.m. 69°.8 68°.09 649.13
245 70.64 69.56
3 60.3 65.6
3:25 69.2 68.48
3:38 69.86 68.98
4 67.04 67.88
GIB —ahssee OS ae -

67.81 68.1

(mean) 67.81
0.29
(gain)

4:30 a. M.—Rectal temperature 102°.5.
6:43 A. M.—Rectal temperature 1037.3.

Time. Ain Temr, Tune Teme, Box Temr. Gey.Meren. Remarks.”
(Fah.) (Fah,) (Fah.) (oub. ft.)
7:3 a.m. 689.36 679.46 649.22 227
7:18 67.64 67.76
7:33 66.47 68.09
TA8 67.16 68.18
8:3 67.28 68.27
8:18 66.92 68.18
8:33 66.8 68.27
848 66.68 68.18
9:3 67.76 68.27 65.39 323
67.23 68.07 117 96
(mean) 67.23 (gain)
0.84
(gain)

9:13 A. M.—Rectal temperature 102°.9,

Heat Dissipation.
Berore OPERATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 119.25 at 66°.67 — 320 = 34.67 = t’.
V +(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’.. V= wes =11145. W=V x 0.08073 = 9

Rise in temp. of air 1.21=t. Q=Wxt xX sp. h. =9 x 1.21 x 0.2374 = 2.5853 = heat given to 1
Rise in temp. of water 3.51 x 130.8589 — 459.3147 = heat given to calorimeter. :
2.5853 = heat given to air.
461.9. = heat dissipated in 3 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 153.63

Arter OPERATION.
First Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 104.45 at 679.31 — 32° = 35.31 = t’.
V+(V Xt’ Xx 0.002035) = Vv’. V = ie =9744. W— V X 0.08073 — 7.866
Rise in temp. of air 2.58=t. Q=W Xt X sp.h. = 7.866 X 2.58 X 0.2974 = 4.8179 — heat git
Rise in temp. of water 3.35 X 130.8589 =< 438.3773 = heat given to calorimeter.
4.8179 == heat given to air.

443.1952 <= heat dissipated in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 221.5976

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 137

Second Pertod—
Quantity of air (V’) = 283.65 at 659.83 — 32° = 33.83 = t’.
3

“V +(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’. V= = = 265.34. W—=V x 0.08073 = 2.14

Rise in temp. of air 1.97=t. Q= W Xt X sp.h. = 2.14 x 1.97 x 0.2374= 10.0083 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 2.41 x 130.8589 = 315.3726 — heat given to calorimeter.
10.0083 = heat given to air.

325.3809 = heat dissipated in 3 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 108.4603

Third Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 158 at 689.1 —32° = 36.1 = t’.
We (WVe5eit! 5 0:002035)i—= Vi. Ve = 073 = 147.2. W=V x 0.08073 = 11.9
Rise in temp. of air 0.29=t. Q=W xt x sp. h.=11.9 X 0.29 X 0.2374 = 0.8193 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.1 x 130.8589 = 143.9448 = heat given to calorimeter.
0.8193 = heat given to air.

144.7641 = heat dissipated in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 72.382

Fourth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 96 at 689.07 — 329 = 36.07 = t’.
V +(V x t’ x 0.002035) =V. V=, a = 89.4. W=V x 0.08073 = 7.2
_ Vi
Rise in temp. of air 0.84 =+t. Q=W Xt X sp. h.=7.2 X 0.84 & 0.2374 = 1.4357 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.17 X 130.8589 = 153.1049 = heat given to calorimeter.
1.4357 = heat given to air.

154.5406 = heat dissipated in 2 hours.

Hourly dissipation of heat 77.2703
SuMMaryY.
Hourly dissipation of heat before operation 153.63
Hourly dissipation of heat after operation: First period 221.5976

Second period 108.4603
Third period 72.382

Fourth period = 77.2703
First period 67.9676
Second period 45.1697
Third period 81.248

Fourth period 76.3597

Gain of hourly dissipation of heat after operation:
Loss of hourly dissipation of heat after operation:

Heat Production.

BErore OPERATION.

Rise of bodily temperature in 1 hour 0.2 =
OF aWeuie spans — 14 5c0:25< 0: s — 2.1 = heat added to reserve.
153.63 = “iiganity dissipation of heat.
21 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

os

Hourly production of heat 105.73

AFTER OPERATION.
First Period— :
Fall of bodily temperature in 1 hour 0°.8 = t.

Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 14 X 0.8 X 0.75 = 8.4 = heat taken from reserve.
221.5976 — hourly dissipation of heat.

8.4 = hourly loss from heat reserve.
Hourly production of heat 230.044
18 July, 1880.

138 FEVER.

Second Period—
Pall of bodily temperature in 1 hour 0,086 = t.
Q= W x t X sp. b. = ld X 0.086 X 0.75 == 0.903 == heat taken from reserve.
108.4603 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.903 == hourly loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 107.5573

Third Period—
Full of bodily temperatare in 1 hour 0.1 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. b. = 14 X 0.1 X 0.75 == 1.05 == heat taken from reserve.
72.382 = hourly dissipation of heat.
1,05 = hourly loss from heat reserve,

Hourly production of heat 71.332

Fourth Pertod—
Fall of bodily temperature in 1 hour 0.18 = t.
Q=W xt x sp.h. = 14 x 0.18 x 0.75 = 1.89 = heat taken from reserve.
77.2703 = hourly dissipation of heat.
1.89 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 75.3803

Summary.
Hourly production of heat before operation 155.73
Hourly production of heat after operation: First period —-230.044
Second period 107.5573
Third period — 71.332
Fourth period 75.3803
Gain of hourly production of heat after operation: First period 74.314
Loss of hourly production of heat after operation: Second period 48.1727
Third period 84.398
Fourth period 80.3497

In studying the results of these experiments the comparison is
made by means of tabulated statements. Of these three are appended
including experiments in which both first convolutions were involved ;
eases in which only one first convolution was involved; third, expe
which other portions of the brain were alone wounded. ‘The figures ¢
the headings of first day and second day express the hourly rate of heat

nda

Tab.e I.—Borua First Convo.utions INVOLVED.

Exr. Fier Day. Sxcorp Day, REMARKS, —
Before Operation. After Operation. First Period, Second Period.

76 89.5104 120.7453 83.2849 90.0946

80 74.3056 129.3578

82 160.0696 217.592 a.

86 95.94 111.9654 105.8557 secsssee Wounds very deep and lar

91 85.5401 140.9665 make much shock.

95 155.73 230.044 107.5573 cesses Periods follow one anothe

Aw Seu DNS EN MOR Bip AND NOR MAL PHYSTOLOG Y. 139

Tabie IJ].—One First Conyouution INVOLVED.

Expr. Finst Day. Seconp Day. REMARKS.
Before Operation. After Operation, First Period. Second Period.
78 SUDEP ceestecoocen 78.0282
79 146.5214 161.5229 119.2054 Sipeecrdemecdaas Left Hitzig’s destroyed; also cor-
j pus callosum.

81 73.1349 89.1422 91.4658 100.2661 The only wound of brain was so far
88 168.133 187.243 back as scarcely to be in Hitzig’s
: region.

8&9 82.8412 71.1716 scasieacseres nodeasoouate A great deal of bleeding with brain-
90 116.4695 134.8571 clots all over base, may account
92 81.7586 104.9475 for different results,

94 96.8167 107.8168

Tasie II1I.—Wouwnps nor Invoitvine First ConvoLurtion.

_ Exp. First Day. Sreconp Day. REMARKS,
Before Operation. After Operation. Before Operation, After Operation.
7 51.616 47.9833 67.7586
83 118.4111 95.2983
84 135.3436 111.3768 125.6603
85 165.0228 130.9479
87 119.8777 121.2737
93 220.0382 185 1321

In looking over these tables it will be seen that there are fourteen experiments
in which one or both of the first convolutions were injured immediately behind the
sulcus cruciatus, and six experiments in which other portions of the brain were
alone affected. In not one of the latter was there any increase of heat production
worthy of notice immed ately following the brain injury, whilst in thirteen of the
fourteen experiments, compromitting the so-called “ Hitzig’s region,” there was a
decided increase in the yield of heat. In the exceptional experiment a large sinus
was wounded, and the blood clotting upon all parts of the brain must have greatly
disturbed all the results, affecting profoundly by pressure both the vaso-motor and
respiratory functions; the exceptional result is therefore very well accounted for,
Of the thirteen consonant experiments, in seven there was one, and in six there
were both of the first convolutions injured. In the latter set, the increase of heat
production was, reading the experiments as they are arranged in the table,
about 35, 74, 36, 27, 65, and 47 per cent.; in the experiments in which only one
centre was injured, the increased production of heat was, reading as before,
but omitting the first experiment because no study was made after the operation
until the next day, 10, 22, 11, 15, 30, and 12 per cent. The average increase
in the heat production was therefore 47 per cent. when both sides of the brain
were affected, and 17 per cent. when only one side was compromitted. When to
this relation is added the fact that in twenty experiments the results were uni-
form, except in one instance in which the brain was deluged with blood from a
wounded sinus, it is difficult to resist believing that in the dog destruction of the
brain region known, as the first cerebral convolution posterior to and in the vicinity of
the sulcus cruciatus is followed by an increase in heat production. It may be noted
that in several of the experiments, in which other portions of the brain than Hitzig’s
region were destroyed, there was a very decided fall in the rate of heat production.

140 FEVER,

A plausible explanation of this fall is to be found in the supposition that in
instances the wounds of the brain were sufficiently near the Hitzig’s region t
it. In order to determine whether such irritation would diminish heat pro
two experiments were performed, A properly located opening was made in
skull of the dog by a trephine, and thé brain membranes carefully dissected
orifice was then filled with salt, which was held in its place by a pledget
over which the scalp wound was closed by sewing. ‘The experiments are
follows :—

EXPERIMENT 96,
A dog. Weight 22 pounds. 11:20 a. m.—Rectal temperature 102°.5.

Timx. Ain Ter. Tune Temr. Box Tesr, Gex, Murer.”

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah. {cub ft.)

pO. es ee ee PR~ 70°34 A492

1245 72°42 739.04

12 ™. 73.3 73.04

12:15 Pr. Mt. 73.64 72.5

12:32 73.94 73.14 7142 604
7332 72.93 1.08 112
72.938 (mean) (gain)

0.39
° (loss)

12:45 p. M.—Rectal temperature 102°.5. 1. M.—Brain exposed. | 1:55 vr. .—Dry ‘
Hitzig’s regions. i
2 p. mM. —Rectal temperature 102.4,

Time. Ain Ter. Tuner Teme. Box Temr. Gen. Meren.
(Fah.) (Fah,) (Fah.) {eub, ft.)
2:16 P.M. FA°.72 FA°.57 71°.69 615
2:35 74.02 74.66
2:50 75.56 75.08
335 76.16 74.75 j
3:20 76.16 75.29
3:35 75.92 FA.57 72.905 750
75.42 74.82 1215 1 a
74.82 (mean) (gain)
0.6
(loss)

av. m—Rectal temperatare 102°. 6.

Aulopsy.—The regions salted comprised the first and second conyolutions of enc
for some distance on both sides of the sulcus cruciatus; arachnoid much injected.

Heat Dissipation.

Berore Inrtrartion.
Quantity of air (V’) = 112 at 72.939 — 32° = 40.93 = t’.
V+(¥ x t’ x 0.002035) = V’.. V= TH = 1034. W=V x 0.08073 = 8.35

Fall in temp. of air 0.39 =t. Q=W x tx sp. h. =8.35 x 0.39 x 0.2374 = 0.7731 = bh
Rise in temp. of water 1.08 % 130.8589 = 141.3276 = heat given to calorimeter.
0.7731 = heat taken from air.

Heat dissipated in one hour 140.5545

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 14]

Arrer IRRITATION.
Quantity of air (V’) = 135 at 749.82 — 32° = 42.82 = t’.

V+ (V x t’ X 0.002035) =V’.. V= ae — 1249.
Ud

Fall in temp. of air 0.6 = t. Q = W x t x sp.h. = 10.03 x 0.6 x 0.2374 = 1.4287 = heat taken from air.

Rise in temp. of water 1.215 x 130.8589 = 158.9936 = heat given to calorimeter.

W =V x 0.08073 = 10.03

1.4287 = heat taken from air.

157.5649 = heat dissipated in 14 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 105.0433

SUMMARY.
Heat dissipated before irritation 140.5545
4 Heat dissipated after irritation 105.0433

Hourly loss of heat dissipation following trritation 35.5112

Heat Production.

Berore IRRITATION.
- Nochange of bodily temperature.
Heat dissipated in an hour = hourly production of heat 140.5545
AFTER IRRITATION.
Rise of bodily temperature in 2 hours 0°.2, in L hour 0.1 = t.
Q=W Xt Xsp.h. = 22 X 0.1 K 0.75 = 1.65 = heat added in an hour to reserve.
105.0433 = heat dissipated in an hour.

Hourly production of heat 106.6933 i

SuMMaRY.

Wourly heat production before irritation 140.5545
Hourly heat production after irritation — 106.6983

Hourly diminution of heat production following trritation 33.8612

EXPERIMENT 97,
A bitch. Weight 29.5 pounds. 11 a. M.—Rectal temperature 103°.

Time. Atr Tempe. Tope Temr. Box Temr. Reer, Tener, Gen. METER.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
IMISUGWARMoMNcccescs 0 | eens 679.46 1049.8 784.3
11:40 70°.88 (cea
11:55 deo 73.24
12:10 P.M. 71.87 73.45
WANG cogs goo 69.32 104.8 886.6
71.42 72.73 1.86 102.3
(mean) 71.42 (gain)
1.31
(gain)

12:25 p. m —Rectal temperature 103°.

1 vp. M.—Brain exposed ; on opening brain trephine slipped
into brain,

2 p.M.—Salt put on the brain. 2:25 p m—Rectal temperature 104°,

TIME, AIR TEMP. TouseE Tempe. Box Temp, Gen. Mrrer.

(Fah.) (Fah ) (Fah.) (eub. ft.)

ZS SUAEAVMa jn eseciess snpece 70°.88 905.4

2:48 749.84 740.21

3:3 74.72 74.48

3:18 75.2 74.48

3:28 75.02 74.57 72.26 984
74.95 74.43 1.38 78.6
74.43 (mean) (gain)

0.52

(loss)

142 FEVER. ré

3:40 v. M.—Reetal temperature 104°.8. 3:43 rv. M.—Tlitzig’s region destroyed with 1 k
Tine, Ain Temr, TeseTemr, Box Teur. Gey. Meren,

(Fah. (Fah.) (Fah) (eub, ft.)
SBOP cage!) epee 72°.5 1008
4:10 78°.44 76°28
425 76.04 76.16
4:55 76.16 77.36 M21 11.45
76.88 76.6 Li 103.45
(mean) 75.88 (gain)
0.72
(guin)

5 vr. m.—Reetal temperature 104°.
Autopsy.—Extreme right anterior lobe of brain cut to pieces; wound not extending to
one-quarter inch of suleus eruciatus, Small wound of second and third convolution in sule
side, extending to ventricle.

Heat Dissipation,
Berore Ieriration.
Quantity of air (V’) = 102.3 at 72°.73— 320 = 40.73 = t’. ;
V +(¥ x t’ x 0.002035) = V. va ee ad W = V x 0.08073 = 7.62
Rise in temp. of air L31=t. Q=WX tx sp.h. = 7.62 x 1.3) x 0.2374 = 2.3698 = heat given |

Rise in temp. of water 1.86 X 130.8589 = 243.3975 = heat given to calorimeter.
2.3698 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat — 245.7673

Arren IRRITATION,
First Period —
Quantity of air (V’) = 78.6 at 749.43 — 32° = 42.43 = t’.
Vv +(V xt x 0.002035) = VV. V= vas =72.3. W=V x 0.08073 = 5.84
Fall in temp. of air 0.52=t. Q—=WXt x sp. h.= 0.52 x 5.84 x 0.2374 = 0.7209 = heat taken

Rise in temp. of water 1.38 x 130.8589 = 180.5852 = heat given to calorimeter. a
0.7209 = heat taken from air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 179.8643

Second Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 103.45 at 762.6 — 32° = 44.6 = t’, -
V+(V¥ x t’ x 0.002035) = V. V = 19-45 _ 9, wovV x 0.08073 = 7.67

1.09

Rise in temp. of air 0.72 =t. Q=W x t x sp. h. =7.67 x 0.72 x 0.2374 = 1.3110 = he

Rise in temp. of water 1.71 x 130.8589 = 223.7687 = heat given to calorimeter.
1.3110 = heat given to air. —

Hourly dissipation of heat — 225.0797

SuMMaARY. :
Hourly dissipation of heat before irritation » 245.7673

- Hourly dissipation of heat after irritation: First period 179.8643
Second period 225.0797

Theat Production,
Berore [nairation. -

No change of bodily temperature.
Hourly dissipation <= hourly production of heat 245.7673

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 143

AFTER IRRITATION.
First Pertod—
Rise of temperature of body in 1} hours 0°.8, in 1 hour 0°.64 = t’.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 20.9 X 0.64 X 0.75 = 9.84 = heat added to reserve.
179.8643 = heat dissipated hourly.

Hourly production of heat 189.7043

Second Period—
Fall of temperature in 14 hours 0°.8, in 1 hour 0°.6 = t’.
Q= W xt’ X sp. h. = 20.5 X 0.6 X 0.75 = 9.225 = heat taken from reserve.
225.0797 = heat hourly dissipated.
9.225 = heat taken from reserve.

Hourly production of heat 215.8547

SumMMary.
Hourly production before irritation 245.7673
Hourly production during irritation 189.7043
Hourly production after destruction 215.8547

The first of these experiments is a simple one, performed in the manner already
indicated. It will be noted that during the period of irritation there was a decided
reduction in the hourly production of heat amounting to 22 per cent. In the
second experiment the diminution in the rate of heat production following the
salting was curiously enough also 22 per cent. ‘There was in the second experi-
ment an attempt to destroy the centres after the period of irritation; neither of
them, however, was destroyed. The rise of heat production that followed the
operation was distinct, but did not equal the previous fall, the whole amount of
heat produced not being as great as before the skull was opened. Probably there
was in this case during the last calorimetrical observation paresis of one centre,
and irritation of the other.

The experiments which have just been detailed are in accord with those pre-
viously reported, in which the brain was locally destroyed. ‘The results of the
entire series, comprising 22 consecutive concordant experiments, are summed up
in the following proposition :—

Destruction of the first cerebral convolution in the doy posterior to and in the
vicinity of the sulcus cruciatus is followed at once by a very decided increase of
heat production, whilst after irritation of the same nervous tract there is a decided
decrease of heat production.

Whatever may be the exact nature of the proven relation between the region
of the brain under discussion and thermogenesis, there is one very important point
which is not absolutely determined by my experiments, namely, as to the per-
manency of the effects induced. ‘There are three experiments bearing upon the
subject, in which only one convolution was wounded; in two of these trials the
increase of heat production was seemingly maintained twenty-four hours after the
operation, but in the third it was not kept up. There are also three experiments
in which the two centres were involved; in only one of these is there any show
of permanency in the increased heat production. In the most thoroughly watched
of the experiments the early formation of an intra-ventricular clot may have

144 FEVER,

been the cause of the sudden check of heat production, Further elaborate e
mentation can alone determine positively how permanent the influence of cnet "
region noted upon heat production is, but the drift of the evidence at pre: ent
to indicate that the effect is temporary, and that the first convolution does not ¢
tuin the centres which preside over ealorification, but is in some way conn sob
with these centres so as to exert an influence upon them.
The probabilities are that the calorific centres are situated in the pons, and th
the power of the first convolution depends upon habitual co-action, Thus, v
tion may habitually use the upper cortex spoken of in starting the machinery
muscular movement, and along with this machinery, or even as a necessary pi
of it, that of heat production may also be moved.
The conclusion just reached is in a measure related to the vexed ques ion
cerebral localization. It may therefore be allowable to speak of the matter in
little more detail. All of the functions of the nervous centres are, in some «
lower forms of life, concentrated in a single cell, and as the scale of life is ¢
the nervous system becomes more and more complex by the differentiation) of.
parts for the more complete performance of functional acts, It is evident th:
anatomical and functional differentiation must have at least some relation with o1 n
another, and that finally one act must be performed solely by one part. Its
inconceivable that a complex mechanism like the human cerebro-spinal axis shoul
work harmoniously in any other way than that certain parts should perform c¢
acts. This localization of function it will be seen is not the result of an origin
rigid formation of the mechanism, but is probably acquired by habitual use fort
species, and certainly also to some extent for the individual, All parts of the nervo
system possess theoretically at least more or less of the original power which re
in the primordial nerve cell, and enabled it to perform various diverse acts. Itis
sequently perfectly conceivable that when one cell is disabled in the more comp!
mechanism another should gradually take on its function: Every physiologist
believes in a respiratory or a vaso-motor centre, if logical, believes also in the prit
underlying cerebral localization. With the view of the matter just put forth it
evident that degrees of localization must exist. In the dog the speech centre, so f
as is known, is not differentiated; in man it is strictly so. In the same way in t
dog the motor centres of the cortex cerebri seem to have reached only the stage
habitual action, so that when one part of a convolution is removed another ca
replace it, whilst in the man the motor functions of the cortex appear to
differentiated beyond the stage of habitual action, and one part to be no lon
able to replace another: consequently destructions which produce only evanesce
results in the dog cause in the man permanent paralyses.
Having found that there is an apparent connection between the cerebral ec
and the thermic functions of the body, I have attempted to discover whether lig
could be thrown upon the truth or falsity of the theories of heat regulation her
fore discussed. It will be remembered that the conclusion was reached that th
is cither a general vaso-motor centre’ for the muscular system, situated above 1
medulla, which acts independently of the medullary vaso-motor centres, or |

that there is in the pons or above it an inhibitory heat centre. It is hardly-

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 145

sible that the action of the cortical centres upon thermogenesis is merely that of a
local vaso-motor influence; the action must involve the whole sameness system,
and it would seem probable that it should be able to make itself perceived by an
effect upon the blood pressure. To determine whether the vaso-motor system
of the muscles is capable of modifying arterial pressure at all, the following ex-
periments were performed. In them a curarized dog, with splanchnics and pneu-
mogastrics cut, had his sciatic nerve irritated by a faradic current. Section of the
splanchnics is believed to cause complete vaso-motor palsy of the abdominal
vessels, and the question was whether after such palsy the contraction of the re-
maining arterioles of the body produced by irritating a sensitive nerve would be
able to make an impression upon the arterial pressure.

EXPERIMENT 98.
Adog. Curari given; artificial respiration; pneumogastrics cut; left splanchnic (as shown by
autopsy) completely severed above the diaphragm; right splanchnic divided except a corner of the
sheath with possibly some nerve fibres remaining in it; sciatic nerve exposed.

Time. ARTERIAL PRESSURE, IRRITATION. REMARKS.
Sec. (Millimetres.)

0 30

1 30

4 37

6 Ad

12 52 Meetecees

15 fc) so aioe

18 52 Current broken.

22 40 Reseeenes Fig. 4, Plate IV, represents the tracing of this Experiment ; I repre-
sents the point at which the circuit was closed; O, that at which
it was broken.

30 Bi. cogacocce

36 PY peor

EXPERIMENT 99.

A dog. Curari given; artificial respiration; par vagum divided; sciatic nerve exposed. Wound
of the brain: right side, the first convolution, outer part of the sulcus cruciatus; left side, wound
entirely in advance of the left sulcus cruciatus.

Time. ARTERIAL PRESSURE. IRRITATION. REMARKS.

Sec. (Millimetres.)
0 45-35 Current applied.
2 S202 NN beceencess Disturbance of respiration very marked, but no struggles.
4 o— Si essences

14 68-55 Current broken.

21 AD-3T seen er eee

More curari given and splanchnics cut, as shown by the autopsy, just below the last rib.

19 July, 1880.

146 FEVER.

Toes. Antentat Parsscan Innitation. REMARKS.
See. (MUlimetres.)
0 1s suusdsene
36 is te Perfectly steady pressure since last uote.
37 sa Current applied. aA
al 202 ayutinn ae
is 21 evevees:
46 28 inne cone
49 24 tees eee .
53 26 wescnvece
56 29 suaesunes
60 2B ayaa
64 28 Current broken,
67 yak! MeEccrrcs:
il RE. © ~ Fasesevene ;
75 21 panWas vok
Trae, Anrentat Parssvns, Llnniration. REMARKS.
See. (Millimetres,)
0 fy eee Pressure has been steady for many seconds.
1 ase Current applied. '
7 20: fawuisvins os
12 OE al. sksaskese
if) 24 - Current broken. —_ Pressure has been steady.
20 24 pensseee i
24 19 hensnwnw °
Exrerivent 100,

A dog. Par vagum cut; artificial respiration; woorari given; carotid artery used
cut, as proved by autopsy, as they entered the crura of the diaphragm; sciatic expo

Time. Anrentat Pressure, Inriration, REMARKS.
See. (Millimetres.)
0 a0)” manana
2 28 Current applied.
3 - re: a > ©
10 33 Nvandaton
15 33 nRreae ee
30 Ba. hc Giveoten ee.
33 32 Current broken. Fig. 3, Plate IV. represents the tracing of the arter
36 tT NDNA eel ORE Sans : oa
33 Ae ee eeivenad
Time. ARTERIAL Passscre Ineitatioy. REMARKS.
Sec. (Mimetres.)
0 Re ee z
8 | en yes
12 ane Ourrent applle:
15 35 Terre S
ee BSS reer
28 AZi* — Baten 4
37 42 Current broken. — Steady pressure since last note.
33 ~ Wiens
42 35 Apueseuh .
AA 32 aasnees
Toes, Anreniat Pasassene Inarration. REMARKS.
See (Millimetres.)
0 27 Current applied. 7
2 32 decentenn ; a

AGE SUUURpYae lt EN SMO BL DRAIN DN Ou Mw) PH WS Oa, OlG ya 147

EXPERIMENT 101.
A dog. Curari given; artificial respiration; vagi divided; splanchnics cut just above the
diaphragm, as shown by autopsy; sciatic nerve exposed. Some hemorrhage occurred during the
operation and furtier lowered the blood pressure.

TIME, ARTERIAL PRESSURE. IRRITATION. REMARKS.
Sec. (Millimetres.)
0 509
10 11 Current applied.
ily SRT | \vessscccee
20 20 ss sciacc<e
25 2 NET Ses <icc>
30 DANO csssecues
35 24 Current broken.
40) SRN weesccc sce
45 16 CHOCOGO
50 15 aosensaes
55 13 een eeesee
Time. ARTERIAL PRESSURE IRRITATION. REMARKS.
Sec. (Millimetres.)
0 11 Current applied. Fig. 1, Plate 1V. represents the tracing of this Experiment.
5 SG) ceaneexs
10 DOME | ssctscutce
30 ZAM | A resccevene
40 26 Current broken.
45 2) ess. ccc:
50 SRR NN 8. ceescucs
60 oN Uecssecc~s

Detailed discussion of these experiments is not necessary; they prove that,
although the influence of the splanchnics upon the force of the blood current. is
very great, after their section irritation of a sensitive nerve is still capable of pro-
ducing a rise in the arterial pressure, and that consequently the arterioles, other
than those of the abdomen, play at least some part in the determination of the
blood pressure.

With this knowledge the next step in the investigation was to discover whether
either irritation or destruction of the special region of the brain cortex, which is
connected with the thermic functions of the body, has any influence upon the
arterial pressure.

EXPERIMENT 102.

This dog had been used in the second fever experiment, but except for some embolic (?) lameness
seemed well. Curari given; artificial respiration; femoral artery used; trephine opening upon
each side over the Hitzig’s centre; vagi not cut.

TIME. ARTERIAL PRESSURE.* REMARKS.
H. M. Sec.
2:48 P.M. 215-220
2:49 215-230
2:49:10 215-225 Brain surface in Hitzig’s regions mechanically destroyed.
2:49:20 205-220

* In the experiments marked with an asterisk, the scale of the instrument with which the pres-
sures were taken was an arbitrary one; the numbers therefore represent units, whose exact value I
am not now able to give. As each experiment is a relative one and complete in itself, this omission
does not affect the conclusions to be drawn from the series.

148 FEVER.

Tine, ARTERIAL PamesvRe.® REMARKS.

Ht. ML. See.

269:45 210-220

269;30 215-225

2:50 220-230

2:50:15 215-235

2350:30 210-220

2:50:50 220-230 Brain washed out very freely in mass.

2:51 215-225

2:51:30 220-230

2:52 215-225

2:52:30 210-230

2:58 215-225

2:53:30 205-215

2:55 210-220 Artificial respiration stopped.
195-200 F

2:56 200-210 Some respiratory movements.
210-215

2:57 220-225 No respiration.

2:58 227-50
227-50 Clot formed. é

3 240-250 Clot cleaned out.
255

3:1 255-260

8: 1:30 245-250 Animal killed.

Auwlopsy.—The upper anterior third of the brain washed away so as to uncover fre
ventricles,

EXPERIMENT 103.

A dog. Artificial breathing, and curari used; a trephine opening over the suleus cruciz
each side.

Time. Anrentat Pressure* REMARKS.
H. M. See. :

3:12 P.M. 230-240.

3:12:30 225-235

3:13 230-240 Metallic wires connected with battery (Du Bois Reyn
$:13:5 220-230 one large Grenet cell) inserted in immediate neighbe

sulenus cruciatus; mild current sent through,

3:13:10 225-235 Muscular twitchings about the head very decided.

3:13:20 210-235 Current broken. a
3:14 250 ‘The full force of the coil applied; violent tetanus of the ante

of the body. 7 *

3:14:30 235-245 Current broken.

3:15 220-235

3:17 220-240
3:18 210-225 ae

3:18:40 220-240 Mechanical destruction of the anterior part of the b
3:19 210-260 general muscular movements induced. :
3:19:10 230-240

3:19:20 240-250

3:19:35 220-230 Animal quiet; voluntary breathing re-established.

3:19:50 220-235

3:20 220-240

8:20:10 210-230

3:20:25 230-240

3:20:35 220-240

32045 220-235 F

321 210-225 A stream of water forced into the brain through ¢

200-210 and out the other.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL ESS OMiOlGaye 149

TIME. ARTERIAL PRESSURE.* REMARKS.
H. M. Sec.
210-230
220-230
3:22 220-230
215-225
210-220
210-225
3:23 210-220

Autopsy.—Right side of brain: the whole region near the suleus cruciatus washed away; the
ventricles uncovered. Left side of brain: the same region gone excepting in its extreme outer
portion.

In studying these experiments, it will be observed that they were performed
upon dogs with the vagi uncut. In the first of the two, the Hitzig’s region
was destroyed mechanically without the arterial pressure being affected at all, it
remaining steady from 215-230, rising and falling within narrow limits. One
minute and forty seconds later, a strong stream of water was forced into one tre-
phine opening and through to the other carrying out with it masses of brain. The
effect of this procedure was remarkably little. There was no fall of the arterial
pressure whatever for five minutes, and then the diminution was so slight and tem-
porary that probably it had its source in some other cause than the operation.
Some minutes later, artificial respiration being suspended, an enormous rise of the
arterial pressure occurred, showing that the general vaso-motor system was intact.

In the second experiment, a mild electrical current sent through both Hitzig’s
regions produced no rise of pressure whatever. Later, a very powerful current
produced a decided rise of pressure, to account for which, the violent tetanus of
the anterior part of the bddy seemed itself sufficient. At 3:18:40 p.M., the surface
of the Hitzig’s cerebral region was mechanically destroyed. ‘The muscular move-
ments induced caused some momentary derangement of the circulation. In twenty
seconds, however, the arterial pressure had returned to the place whence it started
at 3:12 p. M., 7. e., from 225-240. It did not vary decisively from this until 3:21 P.m.,
when a stream of water was forced violently into the brain, producing great destruc-
tion. After this there was a very slight fall of pressure, the mercury descending
to 210-230; a fall remarkably small considering the extent of the injury and
the probability of the occurrence of severe shock.

It will be seen that these experiments are in accord, and warrant the following
conclusion: that when the vagi are uncut, neither the application of galvanic eur-
_ rents to nor the mechanical destruction of Hitzig’s region has any decided influence
upon the blood pressure.

There was a distinct slowing of the pulse produced by the application of the
galvanic current; which, of course, indicates an excitation of the pneumogastrics.
Now, it is well known, that galvanization of a sensitive nerve in the dog with the
vagi uncut often fails to induce rise of the arterial pressure—although it induces
vaso-motor spasm—because it inhibits the cardiac action by stimulating the
pheumogastric centres. As such an influence was manifest in the case under
consideration, the following experiments were performed upon dogs with cut vagi:—

150

FEVER.

EXperiment 104.

A very large dog. Curari given; artificial respiration; femoral artery used; par agum

trephine opening on each side over Hitzig’s region.

Time

H,. M. See.

ARBTERIAL Puxasune® REMARKS.

US a.m. 200-210

11:19
1120

112015
11:20:30
1:21
11:21:15
1121220
11:22
11:23
11:2345
11:25
11:25:15
11:25:30
11:25:50
11:26
11:26:30
11:26:45

11:28:30
11:29
11:29:30
11:30
11:30:30
11:31:15
11:31:30
11:32
11:32:15
11:32:30
11:33
11:33:30
11:34
11:34:30

200-210

ee nee

teen neeee

Ke eweeee

wee eeeee

A moderate sized dog.

in the beginning of the Experiment.

Tixn.
M.Sec,
12
125
4:33
540
6
6:12
620
6:30
7

8

85
BAS

Anrertat Pressvure.* REMARKS,

205-210
205-210
205-215
200
225-235
235 -

A very strong faradic carrent sent through the brain, the wire

in the gray matter of Hitzig’s regions.
General tetanus.

General tetanus.
General tetanus.
General tetanus,
Current interrupted.

Animal lost about two fluidounces of blood.

More curari given.

A mild but decided current sent through the brain.
Very powerful current employed ; no tetanus.
Tracing Fig. 4, Plate II. represents the arterial pressure at 1 th

marked thereon.
Current interrupted.

Dura mater, ete., irritated by insertion of nozzle of syringe.
Water forced in so as to destroy the brain.

Animal pithed. At the autopsy Hitzig’s region found
destroyed upon both sides of the brain.

ExrermMent 105.
Conditions as in the last Experiment, except that the vagi wer

A very decided current sent through the brain.
General tremblings.

Current broken.
Vagi cut.

AC SuUED Ras ON MOR BD) AND NORMAL PH YSLO LOGY. 151

TIME. —
M. Sec.

9:5
9:6
9:10
9:20
9:26
9:36
10
10:15

10:30
1L

ARTERIAL PRESSURE.*

250-260
260-270
260-270
270-280
270-280
230

240

260-270
260-270
250-260
250-255

REMARKS.

Instrument plunged into the brain.

All this time the brain is being operated upon.

—E——)

At this moment, water forced into the brain, washing out masses of it.
Work on brain ceased.

Animal pithed. At autopsy upper surface of the anterior lobes of the
brain found disorganized.

EXPERIMENT 106.

A dog. Curari employed, with artificial respiration; femoral artery; two trephine openings
made over the Hitzig’s region, and galvanic needles inserted into the brain.

Time.
M. Sec.

10
10:20
10:50
1L
11:15
11:30
11:40
11:50
13 |
13:30
13:40
13:50
14
14:30
15:35

TIME.
H. M. Sec.

1:28:10 P. ot.
1:28:30
1:28:40
1:28:50
1:28:55
1:29:30

1:29:50
1:30

1:31:50
M3055
32

1:32:20
1:32:40
1:35

1:35:50
1:36

1:36:20
1:37:10
1:37:20

ARTERIAL PRESSURE.*

230-24
240-25
250-26
230-24
240-25

0
0
0
0
0

240-250

REMARKS.

Weak current applied to the brain.

Current broken.

Weak current applied to the brain.

225-230

2Qc00s 00 Current broken.

220-230

220-225

ARTERIAL PRESSURE,* REMARKS.

210-215

210-215 Weak current applied to the brain.

210-215 Fig. 3, Plate V. represents the tracing from 1:28:30 to 1:28:50.

aon20n6es Current broken.

210-215

210-220 Strong current to the brain. Fig. 6, Plate IJ. represents the tracing
from 29:30 to 30.

220-225 Some struggles.

ao6coS0C0 Current broken. Fig. 5, Plate II. represents the tracing of arterial
pressure needle from 1:31:45 to 1:32:10.

210-215 One side of the brain destroyed with a needle.

odoboadee Other side of the brain destroyed with a needle

210-215

220 ‘

210-225

oceecsoe Brain broken up afresh with the handle of a scalpel.

220-225

220-225

225-230

220-225

225-230

152 FEVER.

Tine. ARTERIAL Parsacne.* REMARKS,
IL. AL. See.

147:50 210-215

148 210-215

149 210-215

1:50 200-210

1:51 210-215

1:52 210-215 Animal killed.

Aulopsy.—Right and left side of the brain destroyed to the ventricles over a large surface in 0
ing the first, second, and third convolutions, and reaching to the suleus cruciatus in front. he

7

In the first of these experiments (Experiment 104) the very powerful curre
(the full force of the apparatus) applied in the beginning to the Hitzig’s regic
produced general tetanus with rise of the blood pressure. ‘This was at 11:20 a,
More curari having been given, sufficient to entirely paralyze voluntary move!
a mild current, but one sufficient to be very painful to the tongue, was appli
the brain at 11:25:30 a.m. ‘This failed to produce rise of pressure, as is §
in the tracing Plate II. Fig. 4. This current was certainly sufficiently power
to have violently affected the blood pressure, if it had been applied to a sensiti
nerve. At 11:26 A.M. the current was increased to the full power of the coil, wit
the sudden rise of pressure, that is depicted in the tracing. Later on in #l
experiment, the nozzle of a syringe was forced into the brain, and a stream
water driven forcibly in. At once the blood pressure rose from 200-220 up
390-400, and maintained itself at 280-290 for four minutes, till the lower bri
was broken up with a pithing instrument. ‘

In the next experiment (Experiment 105) a very decided current, sent throu
the brain before section of the vagi, caused an immediate rise of pressure, hi
may have been due to the general muscular tetanic tremblings. After the)
were cut, the pressure stood at 230-235. When an instrument was plun
into one of the Hitzig’s regions and the brain destroyed, the mercury at oni
to 250-260, and the brain being still worked with, the pressure was maintai
for some seconds at 270-280; on ceasing the operation the mercury fell
Water was now forced into the brain, bringing away large masses of it; the mere
immediately rose to 260 and 270, and although only ten or fifteen seconds ¥
occupied with the process the pressure maintained itself at 250-255 for 1
than a minute, when the experiment was brought to an end. =

The last experiment of the series (Experiment 106) is in accord with the oth
a mild, but decided, faradic current applied to the Hitzig’s region had no dec
effect upon the blood pressure. This was tried three times; at 1:10:51
1:13:30, and at 1:28:30, At the first application there was apparently in
ginning a rise of pressure; but as this did not continue in this case, and did
occur at all in the other instances, it was probably due to some accidental extr
ous momentary cause. A powerful current was applied to the brain at
and produced a slight rise, which may have been due to the violent strugg]
rise is seen in the tracing Plate IT. Fig. 6. The lack of the effect in the
trial is well shown in the tracing Plate V. Fig. 3. Destruction of the 7
region did uot have as much effect as in the preceding experiment, but proc

—

er
ze

4

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 153

at first some slight rise in the pressure, as is shown in the tracing (Plate II. Fig. 5).
The arterial pressure was watched for nearly twenty minutes after the destruction
of the brain and suffered no notable fall; showing that nothing comparable to a
governing vaso-motor centre had been destroyed.

The experiments of the series are on the whole so closely concordant that
further repetition has seemed unnecessary. ‘They appear to establish the following
conclusions: After section of the vagi, in the curarized animal, mild irritation of the
Hitzig?s region has no influence upon the blood pressure; but the application of
powerful galvanic currents or of great mechanical violence produces a more or less
marked elevation of the arterial pressure, which probably is due not to irritation
of the Hitzig’s region itself, but to irritation of the trigeminal nerve twigs in the
dura mater, by diffusion of the electric current or of the excessive mechanical
force.* Total destruction of the Hitziy’s region in both sides of the brain does not
abate the blood pressure.

The conclusions, just reached, would seem to show that neither irritation nor
destruction of the first cerebral convolution in the dog is able distinctly to affect
the arterial pressure when the par vagum is cut and the splanchnic nerves are
entire,

Such experiments are however not entirely satisfactory. It is conceivable that
a vaso-motor centre, controlling the bloodvessels in the muscles, may exist in the
upper cerebrum and give no unmistakable sign of its prescnce when it is destroyed,
because it is so overshadowed by the abdominal vaso-motoy system; just as the
addition of an individual dollar could not be perceived in a heap of coin. To sift
the matter as closely as possible, several further series of experiments were under-
taken. In the first of these, a sensitive nerve was galvanized, after section of the
splanchnics and destruction of Hitzig’s region in the cerebral cortex. It has
already been shown that when the Hitzig’s region is intact and the splanchnics are
divided, galvanization of the sciatic causes a decided rise of the arterial pressure;
now if this rise does not occur after destruction of the Hitzig’s centre, such centre
must obviously have a vaso-motor value; on the other hand, if the rise occur after
as before the destruction of the cerebral cortex, the vaso-motor value of the latter
must be null or exceedingly unimportant.

In the second series of experiments Hitzig’s region was destroyed after section
of the splanchnics, and the effect upon the arterial system noted.

If, after removal of the disturbing influence of the powerful abdominal circula-
tion, the Hitzig’s cortex is unable to sensibly influence the arterial pressure, 7. ¢.,
the vaso-motor condition of the extra-abdominal bloodvessels, the ascribing of a
dominant vaso-motor power to it seems more than gratuitous. The experiments are

-as follows: —

* I have frequently noted signs of extreme pain when working with brain membranes never
any when the brain itself was alone disturbed.

20 July, 1830.

lot FEVER.

Exreniment 107, 7
A dog. Morphia and curari employed, with artificial respiration; vagi cut; carotid and
exposed; Hitzig’s region destroyed.

Time, Ar, Paess, Innrration. REMARKS,
Sec. (Millimetres.)

0 38 Carrent applied. The splanchnics not cut; arterial pressure has been |
3 48 minutes; Faradic current used.

5 58

7 6 5
10 ee Seren caine Tracing Fig. 1, Plate I1L.; the first 4+ marks the be;

second + the ending of the irritation.

12 69 Current broken.

4 63

16 60

19 56
22 if

28 46

Splanchnies eut.

Time. Amr. Paess. Inairation, REMARKS.
See. (Millimetres.)

0 7 Current applied. Arterial pressure has been steady for some time;

3 19 used,

5 20

9 22

12 25

l4 28

16 29

21 29 ‘ ‘
28 28 Current broken. Fig. 2, Plate III.; I marks the beginning of irrita
32 24 the + the ending of irritation at 28 sec. =
43 a1
49 20

53 18

EXreriMent 108,

A dog. Curari employed, with artificial respiration ; pneumogastrics and splanchuies :
opened, but brain not injured.

Time, Arr. Paess. Innrration. REMARKS.
M.Sec. (Millimetres.)
0 24-33
0:6 32
0:11 31
0:25 30
029 33
0:38 a3
1 33 Current applied. Strong Faradic current; no movements of the
1a 35 the verve.
1:16 35 a
1:25 35 Current broken. The upper tracing, Fig. 3, Plate IIL, represents this
the first cross belongs to the upper tracing, and
when the irritation of the sciatic began.
1:04 35 Asphyxia produced. ep
142 45 Artificial respiration resumed. See Plate IV, F
150 5
2 = sisueest Brain operated on, and Hitzig’s region on both sides
: = 7 was afterwards proven by the autopsy.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 155

TIME. Ant. Press. TRRITATION. * REMARKS,

M. Sec. (Millimetres.)

4:20 213 ee Sciacca

4:25 ih = the

4:27 2.) cece cies

6 30 Roscctess

6:5 i) EE olne caine

6:15 30 Current applied. Faradic current of the same strength as previously employed.

6:20 Bi Nasa The lower tracing of Fig. 3, Piate ITT. represeuts the experiment,
6:22 3D) Ms ooo - the second + belongs to it and marks the beginning of irritation.
6:28 SOMME Tissccescce

6:32 econ A kink in the tube of artificial respiration apparatus momentarily
6:34 20)" emeerrarce interfered with the supply of air, causing partial asphyxia.

6:39 ais} BO eaeeneee

6:49 35 Current broken.

78 33 Asphyxia produced.

7:10 42

7:20 44

7:22 44 Animal killed.

In the first of these two experiments, the brain cortex having been destroyed
mechanically and the par vagum cut, the arterial pressure rose, on galvanization
of the sciatic nerve, from 38 to 69 millimetres. After section of the splanchnics
the pressure rose from 17 to 29 millimetres on irritation of the sciatic, showing
that destruction of the cerebral cortex and of the splanchnics does not produce
complete vaso-motor palsy. ‘Lhe comparative effects of irritation before and after
section of the splanchnics are well shown in Plate IIL, Figs. 1 and 2. The second
experiment was even more conclusive in its evidence. The steady arterial pressure,
after section of the splanchnics, was 31 to 33 millimetres. On galvanization of
the sciatic it rose in seven seconds to 35, and on production of asphyxia to 45.
The brain was then operated on, the Hitzig’s cortex of both hemispheres being
removed, and on one side the ventricles being freely opened. ‘The arterial pressure
at first fell to 29, but afterwards rose to 31. ‘The sciatic was irritated with a
Faradic current of the same strength as before, and in seven seconds the pressure
rose to 35, and on asphyxia being induced increascd still further to 45 (see Fig.
3, Plate III.). It is evident that in this case destruction of the cortex cerebri had
no effect upon the arterial pressure after the removal of the dominant influence of
the abdominal circulation, and it would seem as though vaso-motor influence must
be excluded from the explanation of the effects of wounds of this portion of the
cortex upon heat production.

The opinion has already been expressed that the centre which directly controls
the production of animal heat is not in the cortex, consequently the fact that the
cortex has no vaso-motor action whilst it indicates the truth of the theory of a
direct nervous inhibition of heat production can hardly be considered to establish
it. Not knowing exactly in what region of the brain the sought-for calorific
centre, if it exists, is located, it is not possible to experiment directly upon the
effects of its destruction, but plainly the direct facts can be indirectly discovered
by studying the effect upon blood pressure of the galvanization of a sensitive nerve
after section of the medulla at its junction with the pons and of the splanchnics,
since such section removes the body from the influence of said calorific centre.

The following experiment is in such direction.

156 FEVER.

Exrerivent 109.

A dog. The medulla cut; pneumogastric severed; artificial respiration employed; wor
administered; carotid artery and sciatic nerve used. :

Time. Anreniat Paxssene Inuiration. REMARKS,
M. Seo. (Millimetres.)
0 BO is ote se nes .
10 50 Galvanic. Strong Faradic current.
13 15). | asvsunaes
15 | re eer
18 ee
20 0), SF ee Se en
23 Ee Se : 3
26 120000 Gases a Needle of manometer now rose above the top of the

tering drum, and the pressure could no longer t
Plate V. Fig. 1, represents the tracing of the a
pressure of this experiment, + corresponding to beg
of irritation at 10 seconds, + -+ to cessation of irrit
4:20 p. M.—The splanelnies divided. ‘

Time Arrentat Parssene Tnnrration, REMARKS.
M. See, (Millimetres,)
0 Sey ee Sere nore : Pressure has been steady for some minutes,
10 35 Began. Strong Faradic current.
13 Ce rT
15 | ee eee
18 ee dro
30 ee a ee a
36 Mie i Macys Plate V. Fig. 2, represents the tracing of this.
+ corresponding to beginning of irritation at
+--+ to its cessation at 44 secon
44 43 Ceased.
49 Yj te ieacece
52 i ee
1 35 avasnaeds Asphyxia produced.
15 crs f
1:8 t-te After this the pressure did not rise any more.

Autopsy.—The splanchnies cut below the last ribs, just as they are entering the diaphrag n
medulla completely separated from the pons; only one pneumogastric severed in the neck.

This experiment certainly shows that, after separation of the medulla fro
pons and after section of the aplanchnics, the arterial pressure still rise
asphyxia occurs or a sensitive nerve is irritated: a comparison of this rise wit
which occurs when the splanchnics only are divided will show that it is as g
the latter, It must therefore be allowed that there is no vaso-motor centre
that of the medulla, which is able to impress the arterial pressure even
splanchnies are divided and the dominating power of the abdominal.
withdrawn. I have also made a series of experiments upon venous
hoping to be able to determine in this way the effect of injuries of tht
centres upon the blood supply of muscles. No technical difficulties
importance were met with, the proneness to blood coagulation being ov
the use of a saturated solution of carbonate of sodium; but it was fo mn
local conditions of the arteries of a part affect very little the venous p
latter being dominated by the general venous pressure and by the m
dition of the part under study: thus in a number of experiments, se

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 157

sciatic nerve in the dog had no demonstrable effect upon the blood pressure of the
corresponding femoral vein. This method of investigating the matter under con-
sideration led to no result; this is, however, not of vital importance, for it seems
scarcely conceivable, that a vaso-motor centre, whose paralysis was followed by
dilatation of all the muscular arterioles and whose influence upon heat production
should be as great as is required by the facts of the case, should not impress, in
any way, the arterial pressure, even after withdrawal of the influence of the
abdominal circulation. It seems to me about as nearly demonstrated as it can be
that the centre in the medulla dominates the vessels in every part of the body, and
consequently that the rise of the heat production following section of the medulla
is not due to an influence exerted upon the circulation, but directly upon the heat
making function. ‘The theory that teaches the existence of a nerve centre in the
pons or in the brain above it, which by a direct action inhibits the production
of animal heat, seems therefore to be most in accord with all the evidence bearing
upon the matter, and I am myself disposed to adopt it as at least very probable.

It is a matter of much interest to decide as to the location in man of the centres
which control the production of heat. I do not believe that it is right to apply
rigidly to man, rules of localizations discovered in the cerebral hemispheres of the
lower animals. ‘The differentiation, anatomical and functional, is so much greater
in the human than in the canine brain, that diversity of anatomical localization is
very probable. In determining the seat of caloric inhibition in man a great diffi-
culty offers itself. No human calorimetrical observations have been made at all,
and if we judge from a rise of bodily temperature vaso-motor disturbance may be
readily mistaken for an increased heat production. It is possible, however, that
close observation of apoplectic and traumatic brain cases, aided by cautious reasoning,
may, in the future, enable us to trace out the course of the heat fibres, and rather
with the desire of giving an impulse to the observation of cases than with the ex-
pectation of deciding the question, a brief discussion of the present evidence is here
entered upon.

Evidently the first point to direct attention to is in regard to the pons Varolii
and the optic thalamus.

Bastian states that in apoplexy of the pons, if the life of the patient be prolonged,
“the temperature of both sides of the body steadily rises, till at the time of
death it may have attained 109° or even 110°.” (Paralysis from Brain Disease,
p. 220.) He also asserts that after hemorrhage into the optic thalamus the para-
lyzed limb may be for many weeks or months “ one and a half or even two degrees”
hotter than the sound limb. Limbs paralyzed by hemorrhage in the corpus stria-
tum, or its neighborhood, are said also to be slightly but temporarily hotter than
the sound limb. Upon what or how many cases Dr. Bastian rests these general-
izations I do not know. Hemorrhage confined to the optic thalamus is rare. ‘The
only case I have a reference to is that reported by Dr. Remy (Bull. Soc. de Anat.,
Paris, 1875, 3 ser. x. p. 158). In this the original attack came on early in
October, 1874, but the subject did not come under observation until the ninth of
November. ‘The temperatures as taken in this case were—

FEVER.

158

Nov. 9. Right hand 32°.9 C., left 36°; right elbow 34°.9, left 35°.3;

axilla 37°.1, left 37°.3.
Dec, 1, Right axilla 37°.0 C., left 37°.2; right elbow 35°.6, left 35°.8.

Hemorrhage limited to the pons is comparatively very frequent, and I ha
looked up a number of references, with the results shown in the tabulated st
ments,

Cases with Fever DeveLoren.

Nunneley. ‘Trans. Lond. Path. Soc., Head at first alone hot; later whole surface.
xi. p. 11. .
Alexander. ay 1875, i. p. 722. Cross puralysis. Fever only slight, not developed for some hours, th
temperature for a while 101.4 F. in right, 102°.2 in left axilla, ©
occupying the right lower half of the pons not extending beyor
median line.
Johnson. British Med. Journ., Temperature 1° higher in popliteal space of paralyzed side, lo
1877, i. p. 13. sound side; not stated how long this lasted. Cross paraly
autopsy.
Lepine. L’Union Med., 1876, Rise of temperature slight and developed slowly; only pf
i. p. 961. hemiplegia with muscular contraction. Head rotated towar
paralyzed side. Very small clot in right side, about equal dista
from front and rear of pons, a little to right of median line.
Renda. Bull. Soc. Anat., 1875, Cross paralysis ; slight rise of temperature slowly developed
p- 75. immediate rise of temperature in paralyzed side; no sugar or
men in urine; a large clot in median extending into left «
peduncle which it almost entirely occupies ; also into fourth
but only affects summit of ventricle; maximum lesion on left sid
ventricle, almost the whole upper third of which is destroyed. —
Huchard. Ball. Soc. Anat., 1868, | One hour after attack temperature of right side 36° C., left side 3:
p- 143. right side paralyzed in 1} hours after the attack. Large clot i ale
side of pons.
Cases IN WiicH TEMPERATURE WAS NorMAL oR BeLow NorMAL.
re
Weber. Tr. Med. Chirurg. Soc., Tumor. In section of pons on level with origin of fifth nerve, in low
xliv. p. 153. or anterior part of left half close to periphery, a round tumor
inch in diameter; softening extended to floor of fourth ventri
to the right.
Weber. Ibid. Tumor, almost identical with last.
Weber. Ibid. Softening of pons in centre of superior part nearest cornu c
Tolédano. Bull. Soe. Anat., 1875, | Temperature 399°C. Considerable hemorrhage into contre’ §
p. 670. which was softened and disorganized. Fatty degeneration of k
Pinard. Bull. Soc, Anat., 1874, Temperature 369.5 C. Pupils widely dilated. Very large clot
p. 37. ing anterior part of pons, and breaking into third ventricle; d
three hours.
Browne. Journ. Mental Science,
xxi. (1875-6) p. 256.
CASES IN WHICH THERE IS No MENTION OF TEMPERATURE,
Bristowe. Trans. Lond. Path. Soc., xi. p. 11.
Ogle. Trans. Lond. Path, Soc., xi. p. 11.
Ogle. Trans. Lond. Path. Soc., i. p. 15.
Broadbent. Trans. Lond, Path. Soc., xii. p. 16.
Morrison. Trans. Lond. Path. Soc., i. p. 36.
Peacock. Trans. Lond. Path. Soc., i. p. 36.
Barlow. Trans. Lond. Path. Soc., iv. p. 28.
Browne. London Lancet, 1875, i. p. 196.
Spanton. London Lancet, 1875, i. p. 609.

Herapath.

London Lancet, 1848, ii. p. 72.

AG SHUR Yen teN MOR B TD: VACN DN OR EMEACT PH Y/S!iFO lO! Ghys. 159

Russell. British Med. Journal, 1868, ii. p. 611.
Harkass. British Med. Journal, 1868, i. p. 426.
Weber. British Med. Journal, 1877, i. p. 13.

Wilks. Med. Times and Gaz., 1863, i. p. 214.

Brown-Séquard. Med. Times and Gaz., 1863, i. p. 213.
Brown-Séquard. Med. ‘Times and Guz., 1862, i. p. 429.

Henrich. Bull. Soc. Anat., 1874, p. 35.

Senac. Bull. Soc. Anat., 1850, p. 208.

Desnos. L’ Union Méd., 1873, xv. p. 435.

Paris. Journal de la Physiologie, 1860, p. 717.
Fenwick. Canada Med. and Surg. Journal, 1876, iv. p. 121.
Lemaire. Bull. Soc. Anat., 1863, xxxviii. p. 281.

It is probable in the majority of cases in which no mention is made of the tem-
perature, no marked deviation from normal existed. The only conclusion which
it seems to me can be drawn is that further and closer observation is needed before
we can come to any positive conclusion as to the location of the heat-controlling
centre in man, but that its probable situation is in the pons,

CHAPTER IiL.

THE THERMIC PHENOMENA OF FEVER.

In the present chapter the chief object of research is the determination of whether
the rise of temperature in fever is due to an increased production of heat, or whethe
it is owing simply to retention of heat? Of course, the problem is a very old one
although not as yet settled. In the various attempts to work it out various methe ds
have been used. ‘These methods may all be classed as either deductive or dire
experimental. The deductive attempts have consisted in calculating from th ¢
amount of food and tissue-waste in health and fever, the amount of heat which Li
generated, It is plain that this is more demonstrative than a@ priori reasoning,
but it is not as convincing as direct experimentation. Later on, the subject may be
considered from this point of view, but at present I shall examine solely t
experimental evidence at hand.

The evidence hitherto brought forward consists of experiments made upon mat
and upon animals, The two most important studies upon man are those of T
Liebermeister (Beohachtungen und Versuche tiber die anwendung des Kalten We
bei Fieberhaften Krankheiten, Leipzig, 1868) and of E. Leyden (Deutsches 4
Bd. III.).

Liebermeister’s plan consisted in comparing the effects produced by normal
feverish individuals in raising the temperature of cold baths of known quantit
and temperature. Several difficaltica-ate inthe way of this method; some of the:
Prof. Liebermeister perceived and overcame more or less completely. It was four
that the body cools down very unequally in the bath, the limbs falling much mot
rapidly than the trunk, ‘This source of error was, to some extent, done away wi
by beginning the data for the subsequent calculation, after the patient had alveac
been some time in the bath; i.e., after the extremities had already been, in greé
part cooled. Prof. Liebermeister considers the specific heat of the body at 0.8
which is perhaps a little high; but, in relative experiments, error from such se
must in great part disappear. Allowance in all of the experiments was made f
the spontaneous cooling of the bath in a way which appears perfectly fair; the bas
of this allowance was obtained by permitting, after the removal of the body, th
bath to cool fora period of time equal to that during which the body had been in

Liebermeister made fourteen experiments upon "aver cases, and compared t
results with those obtained by Konig upon healthy men. The conclusion arris
at is.—that when baths of the same temperature are employed, “ withony exceptic
the loss of heat in the fever patient is greater than in the well person.” (

‘This evidence is very important, but there is one underlying possible fall
which prevents it from being considered conclusive. According to Liebermeister hi

self, heat production, both in health and disease, is profoundly affected by the b
(160 )

be

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 161

loss. In this way, both in the fevered and in the healthy individual, the cold bath
greatly stimulates heat production.

Now it is plainly to be expected that the degree ot this stimulation will be in
direct proportion to the difference between the temperature of the animal or man
and the external cold. ‘The bath of uniform temperature, such as was used by
Liebermeister, is not uniform in its relations to the fevered and non-fevered man.
Take for example, a bath of 90°; to the normal individual it is a tepid bath
only 8°.5 Jower than his own temperature, to the patient with a temperature of
106° it is a cool bath 16° below his own temperature. Important, then, as the
research of Liebermeister is, the most that can be fairly claimed for it is that it
indicates increased heat production as present in fever.

Leyden’s experiments were upon a very different plan. He encased a limb of a
patient in a calorimeter, similar in its general idea to that employed in the present
research by myself, but of course entirely different in the plan of its construction
(Deutsche Archiv, Bd. U1. p. 282). ‘The details of these experiments, and of the
form and coustruction of the calorimeter, may be found in the paper quoted (or in
English, in Dr. Burdon Sanderson’s article “On the Process of Fever,” Reports of
the Medical Officer of the Privy Council, No. V1., 1875). I shall not recite them.

Prof. Leyden, in his first series of experiments with the legs naked (op. cit., p.
288), found in three healthy men the average heat dissipation of the limb per hour
was 0.165 French units; in four fever observations (three cases) it was 0.319. More-
over, in two of the fever patients, comparative studies were made: thus, in No. 4,
when the bodily temperature was 40°.2 C. the hourly heat discharge was 0.33;
when the bodily temperature was 39°.8 C., the hourly heat discharge was 0.246;
in No. 6, when the bodily temperature was 39°.8 C., the hourly heat discharge was
30; when the bodily temperature was 36°.7 C., the hourly heat discharge was 0.14.
A series of observations was made upon a case of relapsing fever. The more im-
portant of these observations are tabulated in the following table; in the prepara-
tion of which I have used the tabulated résumé prepared by Burdon Sanderson :—

Cast J —RELAPSING FEVER.

INCREMENT OF

No. DATE. Temp. oF Temp. oF PuLse. TEMPERATURE REMARKS,
WARD. PATIENT. IN CALORIMETER.
(Cent.) (Cent.) (Cent.)
1 Oct. 22 18°.6 40°.2 108 0°.21 Extremities undressed. Weight 150 pounds.
2 Oct. 23 18.1 Biel 76 0.18 Moderate amount of sweat under hose.
3 Oct. 24 18.3 37.3 76 0.20 Distinct sweat under hose.
4 Oct. 25 17.75 37.2 72 0.14 Damp under hose.
5 Oct. 26 18.4 37.1 60 0.1
Nov. 2 s * an
6 { ages \ 19.35 39 88 0.155
Noy. 2 rs 6 Z 9
7 { See \ 19.5 40.2 96 0.201
8 Nov. 3 18.5 39.2 88 0.14
9 Nov. 4 18.75 37.9 92 0.21 Much sweat, bodily temperature during operation
fell to 37° C.
Meso }is25 399 10.1 A decided chill during this observation.
Nov. 5 = 9
aa { 1-1:30 \ 18.25 39.8 oe 0.12
12 Nov. 6 18 Sipe 76 0.14

0.1

a
—)

13 Nov. 7 18.1 36.7
21 July,1880.

162

a & & tS

aoaan

10

11

awk wwre

No.

FEVER.

Case Il.—Revapsine Fever.

INCREMENT OF

Case II].—RevapsinG Fever.

Date Texr.oy Temr.or Porse Tenurenatone
Wanp, Patient, ix CALORIMETER.
(Ceat.) (Cent.) (Cent.)
392.8 108 - 0°.16
38.7 88 0.19
Nov.14 20°56 ¢ ...... at 0,24
(mean) 37.2 64 0.16
37 one 0.15
Nov. 15 20.5 36.8 64 0.075
Noy. 16 20.3 36.5 68 0.20
Noy. 17 20.5 36.5 64 0.06
Noy. 18 20 36.5 68 0.1
Noy. 19 20 36.5 68 0.1
Noy. 20 19.6 40.6 106 O145
Noy. 21 194 404 108 0.145
Noy. 22 19.4 39 110 0.142
NOVORS > cichsa 40.5 01
2 A ER ee ee
NOW as ecescss) petesad
INCREMENT OF
Date. Texvr.or Tewr.or Poise, TemrekaTure
Warp, Patient. tn CALORIMETER,
(Cent.) (Cent.) (Cent.)
Oct. 29 189.8 49° 120 0°.19
Oct. 29 18.1 40.5 124 O14
Oct. 29 1B” \ecenee ant 0.18
Oct. 30 18.5 40.3 124 0.15
Oct. 31 19.7 414 120 0.13
Oct. 31 19.8 39.5 0.2
Oct. 31 19.9 36.1 80 0.06
Noy. 8 17.5 37.3 80 0.105
Case 1V.—PNEUMONIA.
INCREMENT OF
Dats Teur.or Temr.oy Purse, Temrenature
Warp. Patixnt. in CALORIMETER,
(Cent) (Cent.) (Cent.)
Jan. 8 189.8 40° 100 0°.192
Jan. 8 18.8 39.2-37.2 92-76 0.26
Jan. 1 18.6 87.1 0.105

Male, wt. 18, weight 101° pounds. The numb
bracketed relate to a period of observation o
hours, during which the bodily tempeh
gradually sinking. ‘The patient was tit
the whole time; most profusely during the mic
dle hour, when the surface loss was greats q

Observations 2 to 6 were made on different da
during the non-febrile intervals. Each observ
tion lasted 2 hours, of which the mean
given in each case.

Observations 7 and 8 were made at 11 a.m, and
p.m. of the first day of the relapse. Excessi
thirst, very dry skin. a.

Observation 9 was continued for four pres
from noon tod p.m. During the whole time
skin was hot and dry.

Observation 10 lasted 2 hours, skin being hot at
dry. oe

Observation lasted 5:45 to 7:45 P.M. in
came on during it, aud continued all the e

Taken at 8:15 p.m.

bao.

REMARKS.

Male, weight 96 pounds.
Observations 2 and 3 followed at intervals ¢ Hy
an hour, during which a rigor occurred. —

Observations 5 and 6 were made during the rek
at 12:5 and 1:45 p.s. of the same day. Be
observation 5, patient had had a rigor,
skin was hot and dry. At 1:15 P.M.
came on and continued during the period of
servation.

Observation 7 was made at 5:35 r.™. tl

Observation 8 at mid-day, when conv:
established.

REMARKS.

Male, wt. 19, weight 101 pounds.
made at mid-day; skin moist. F
Observation 2 made at al yeneral
tion. ;
Convalescence.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 163

CasE V.—PNEUMONIA.

INCREMENT OF

No. Dats. Teme. or Tempe.or Pose. TemMPsRaTURE REMARKS.
Ward. Patient, IN CALORIMETER,
(Cent.) (Cent.) (Cent.) :
1 Jan. IL 199.5 399.7-409°.5 100 (°.14 Male, ext. 30, weight 130 pounds.
2 Jan. 12 19.9 40.3 100 0.175
3 Jan. 13 19.5 39.3-38.4 100 0.225
Jan. 14 19:5 40,2 108 0.23
Jan. 20 17 normal normal 0.11

The conclusions drawn by Leyden from his experiments are: The dissipation of
heat is increased in fever, both when the bodily temperature is constant, when it is
increasing, and when it is diminishing; consequently there is without doubt in-
creased heat production in fever. In the highest fever the rate of giving off of
heat is almost double the normal standard. Heat dissipation reaches its maximum
in critical periods when the temperature is rapidly falling; under these circumstances
it may be three times as rapid as normal. ‘This rapid critical dissipation occurs with
profuse sweating, whilst in fever with rising temperature there is no perceptible
production of water even under an impermeable cloth. (Wihrend bei ansteigendem
Fieber titberhaupt keine Wasser Production selbst unter einer imperspirabeln Decke
nachweisbar ist.) In epicritical states the heat dissipation sinks below normal.

Prof. Sanderson objects to these conclusions of Leyden. I quote from him in
eaxtenso (p. 06).

“The careful study of Professor Leyden’s results has led me to an interpretation which differs
materially from thaf which he has embodied in his main conclusion. He admits, throughout, the
great importance of visible perspiration, 7. e., of the secretion of watery fluid by the sweat glands as
a condition favoring the discharge of heat from the skin. He points out that in all those of his
experiments in which the heating of the calorimetrical water was most rapid, the result could be
connected with rapid cooling of the accessible parts of the body, and with profuse sweating. But
he finds there were cases in which, notwithstanding the dryness of the skin, the fevered body parted
with its heat to the calorimeter with a rapidity which could not possibly be accounted for as the
mere result of the greater heat of the surface. In looking through the cases I am unable to find a
single instance in which, the state of the skin being noted, it was found that, in the absence of per-
spiration, the loss from the surface was considerably in excess. This being so I am compelled to
associate increased discharge from the surface not with pyrexia, but with sweating, for while on the
one hand I find instances in which the patient was in high fever, with only an average of heat loss,
I find in the same patient on another day avery active discharge of heat from the surface, but no
fever.

“Tn so tar as can be shown that the increased rate at which the fever patient’s heat was commu-
nicated from the limb to the calorimeter in which it was inclosed is dependent on sweating, the re-
sult is of little value or significance as an index of increased production of heat in the living tissues.
Under the condition of the experiment, 7. e., when a limb is inclosed in an air-tight chamber, the air
which occupies the space between the cutaneous surface and that of the chamber soon becomes
saturated with moisture. As soon as this state of things is established there is no further loss of
heat by the conversion of sweat into vapor; the effect of sweating therefore resolves itself into the
mere abstraction of the limb to a certain quantity of watery liquid of which the whole of the heat
oes into the calorimeter. So far as the body of the patient is concerned, the process is attended
with the loss of a certain quantity of water, and manifests itself in a corresponding loss of weight,

but so far as relates to the chemical processes by which heat is produced, it fails to afford any in-
he surface, it were the law of the animal

formation. If for every gramme of water sweated out at t ;
said with truth

economy that an equal quantity of cold water should be ingested, then it might be

164 FEVER,

that for every gramme discharged a quantity mast be generated in the body sufficient to warm :
gramme of water from the ordinary temperature to that of the blood, So far from this being the
case, the loss of water is, as a rule, supplied in the diet of fever by liquid, of which the tempe
is as high as, or higher than, that which it has to acquire in order to be discharged, in which case
it is obvious that the water, as it actually leaves the body cooler than it entered it, must (in so f
it has any appreciable action on the temperature of the body) tend rather to favor the accumulation
of heat than to promote its discharge.”

I have given this long extract because I am not able to fully see the force of the
objection urged by Dr. Sanderson, and do not wish to misrepresent him, ‘The question
is simply whether more heat is or is not given off during fever. It makes no di a
ference how the heat is taken out of the body, If it goes from the body in any
way at all, it is dissipated—which is the sum of the whole matter. Further, it is
well known that cold and not hot drinks are generally used in fever. The amount of
heat carried into the system even by hot drinks is proportionally trifling, and
conceive that Dr, Sanderson’s idea of the amount of heat carried out by water whiel
escapes vaporization is an exaggeration. Moreover Dr. Leyden very positive! ly
asserts that there was increased dissipation in fever eases when there was no trans-
piration and when there was ascending temperature, :

A more plausible objection to Dr, Leyden’s method is that it is perfectly con-
ceivable that in fever such alterations of circulation may occur as to change th
relation between the limbs and the trunk in regard to the dissipation of heat.

It might also be urged that the experiments were all in the daytime, and that if
may be the dissipation of heat is diminished at night. It is difficult to determine
how much of force there is in these objections. It does certainly seem a fair con
clusion that the investigations of Liebermeister and Leyden, whilst not actuall
demonstrative, in their accordance corroborate very strongly the theory whicl
teaches that in fever the rate of heat production is beyond its norm.

Prof. Senator has made a very elaborate study in regard to febrile thermog
in dogs (Untersuchungen iiher die Fieberhaften Process und seine Beal
Berlin, 1873). His experiments were made with a calorimeter similar in its gene r
idea to that employed by myself. The dog to be used was, previous to the e
ment, kept fed regularly once a day with a determinate amount of food.
eighteen to twenty-six hours after the last meal he was placed in the calorimet
for a period of from one to four hours. Upon this observation was based the et
culation of heat dissipation for the “first hunger day.” ‘Twenty-four hours later, n
food having been given, an observation was eae for the ‘second hangs lay
After fever had been produced by septic injections, a parallel series of observatior
was performed, sometimes for two, sometimes for three days. The results of tI
experiments are summed up in the following table, which I have modified fron
article of Prof. Sanderson. It will be noticed that in this table, under the hea
“first day,” are comprised the “first hunger day” (normal), and the “ first fev
day” (fever); under that of second day, the ‘second hunger day” (normal), a
the “second fever day” (fever).

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PAEBYS S11 Oslin Ol Gaver

OxseRvATION 1.—Weight of animal 11 pounds 10 oz.

Rect. Temp.

(Cent.) (French units.)
Ist day { Somat 39°.0 13.32
Feyer. 39.3 12.46
2d day | Normal. 39.0 11.50
Fever. 40.3 11.58

OBSERVATION 2.—Weight 16 pounds 4 oz.

Recor, Temp, HEAT Propuction.

(Cent.) (French units.)
Ist day { Normal. 39°.1 15.67
Fever. 39.4 15.29
2d day { Normal. 391 17.32
Fever. 40.3 15.57

OBSERVATION 3.—Weight 16 pounds.

Reet. Temp. HeEAt Propuction.

(Cent.) (French units.)
Ist day { Normal. 39°.0 12.64
Fever. 39.6 9.91
2d day { Normal. 38.8 11.87
Fever. 40.7 14.52
3d day Fever. 40.7 11.87

C3BseRVATION 4.—Weight 10 pounds 10 oz.

Rect. Temp. HEAT PRODUCTION.

(Cent.) (French units.)
Ist day { Normal. 39°.3 8.67
Fever. 39.5 9.52
2d day | Normal. 393 10.24
Fever. 40.7 11.86
3d day Fever. 39.6 9.43

OBSERVATION 5.—Weight 9 pounds 9 oz.

Rect, Temp. HEAT PRopUCTION.

(Cent.) (Freuch units.)
%) 920 9 «
Ist day | Normal. 38 a) 12.31
Fever. 39.7-40.3 11.97
Normal. 38.9 12.67
2d day { : ;
y Fever. 41.0 15.22

OwsERVATION 6.—Weight 24 pounds.

Rect. Temp. Heat PRODUCTION.

HEAT PropucrTion.

165

TIME OF OBSERVATION.

12:58 p. m@— 1:58 p.m

12:55 1:55
12:25 1:25
12:43 1:43

TIME OF OBSERVATION.

12:7) Peele Poms
12:29 1:29
2:23 1523
12:39 1:39

TIME OF OBSERVATION.

12:26 P. m.—1:26 P. M.

1:5 2:5
12:36 1:36
12:25 1:25
12:30 1:30

TIME OF OBSERVATION.

12:37 P. .—1:37 P.M.

12:57 1:51
12:24 1:24
12:34 1:34
12:37 1:37

TIME OF OBSERVATION.

10:2 a.m.—

10:25 2:25 P.M.
9:40 1:40

10:6 2:6

TIME OF OBSERVATION,

(Cent.) (French units.)
{ Normal. 39°.0 24.18 11:31 a. m.—1:31 P.M.
ere cer. 39.2 25.40 10:55 155
2d day | Normal. 39.0 24.48 11:31 2:31
Fever. 40.0 23.59 11:39 2:39

OxsERVATION 7.—Weight 12 pounds 9 oz.

Rect. Temp.

Heat Propuction.

SSS SS

Morn. Aftern. Morn. Aftern.
(Cent.) (Cent.) (Fr. U.) (Fr. U.)

Ist da: { Normal. 38°.8 38°.8 15.94 16.20
Yivever. 38.7 407 15.34 17.44
Normal. 38.8 38.6 16.47 17.06

2d. ds { ;
aay Fever. 40.0 40.0 15.48 19.50
3d day Fever. 40.4 39.9 17.41 15.57

TIME OF OBSERVATION.

SS —————————n
Morning. Evening.

10:2 a.m.—1:2 p.m.—5:16 Pp. m.—6:16 P.M.
10:11 1:11 4:50 5:50
10:15 1:15 5:20 6:20
10:27 ir 4:42 5:52
11:54 1;54 4:31 5:31

166 FEVER.

The conclusions which Senator draws from his own experiments, and the investig
tions of Liebermeister and Leyden are: that the dissipation of heat is during the
chill of early fever lessened, not increased; but that it is increased during the
height of the fever, sometimes as much as 70-75 per cent., and still more at th
critical febrile decline.

I think a close study of the table, just given, will hardly bear out this conclusion
as being fairly derivable from it. I shall not, however, discuss this in
because the method of experimentation of Senator seems to me open to such fall:
cies as to rob it of much of its authoritativeness, The rhythm of animal therm
metry, especially in septic disease, indicates a corresponding rhythm in heat ore
duction, Now, it is most probable, that in septic fever this rhythm is very differe
from what it is in the normal state. Hence, comparisons of the fever and no: m
heat product, made over an hour or so in the twenty-four hours, must yield doubtf
results, The comparison should be made for the whole day. For this and other
reasons, which it is not necessary to discuss in detail, it has seemed to me tl
the experiments of Senator are an insufficient basis for answering the question a:
to heat production in fever.

For the purpose, if possible, of finally solving this first problem in the nature «
fever, the following experiments were undertaken:—

ExperiMenT 110,
A male adult cur. Weight 17.5 »ounds.
August 2.
1:15 p. M—Ate one pound of raw liver, lungs, and neart of sheep.

Am Tune Box Generar Saurie Am Saurie
Tewr, Teme, Temr. METER. Merer. Meren CaLorum
Tine Tune.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (erms.)
2:35 P.M. 76°64 799.88 779.24 1088.793 21.5867 3.2613 784195
20 76.54 80.33
35 76.44 80.33
3:20 76.34 81.05
3:35 76.34 80.72
3:50 76.28 81.32
45 76.15 82.64
20 76.28 82.76
4:35 76.15 82.16
4:50 76.15 81.86
§:15 76.05 82.4
5:30 76.05 82.9
had 76.05 82.83
6 75.92 82.64
6:15 75.83 82.98 ~
6:30 75.83 83.05
645 75.83 83.4
7 75.73 83.64
7:15 75.73 83.48
7:30 75.32 82.98 82.4 1413.085 21.867 38.509 78 5825
76.08 82.16 5.16 324,292 0.2803 0.2477 0.163
(mean) 76.08 (gain) 0.2803 (gain)
6.08 324.5723
(gain)

7:35 Pp. M.—Rectal temperature 397 C. (102°.2 F.).

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY.

167
August 2 and 3.
AIR TUBE Box BNERS =
Tremp. Tremp. TEMP. eon peieg eee rae Cc Rare
ein: “Tube. Tune.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) (grms.
8:57 P.M. 770.9 819.9 80° 517.31L —«-21.869 3.505 eH GE ae
9:12 77.36 82.16 Pap: age
9:27 77.54 82.04
9:42 77.36 82.16
9:57 77.9 82.04
10:12 77.36 81.68
10:27 77.18 82.62
10:42 76.64 82.16
10:57 77.36 81.86
11:12 77.45 82.62
11:27 7745 82.62
11:42 77.54 83.12
11:57 77.42 82.98
12:12 a.m. 77.45 83.96
12:27 77.45 83.57
12:42 77.45 83.05
12:57 77 83.24
1:12 77.09 83.24
1:27 77.36 82.98
1:42 7745 83.05
1:57 77.36 82.98 82.4 1041.725 22.188 3.7005 78.731 134.3448
77.38 82.67 2.4 524.414 0.319 0.1955 0.1485 0.1133
(mean) 77.38 (gain) 0.319 (gain) (gain)
5.29 524.733
(gain)
August 3.
1:57 A. M@i—Rectal temperature 39°.13 C. (102°.43 F.).
AIR TUBE Box GENERAL SAMPLE AIR SAMPLE AIR
Temp. Temp. Tempe. M&ETER. METER. METER. CaLcium CALciuM
TIME. Tuber. TUBE.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (eub. ft.) (grms.) (grms.)
3:30a.M. 779.45 819.05 80°.6 81.828 22.1853 103.7033 78.731 134.3448
3:45 T1.20 81.05
4 77.09 80.72
ALS 75.55 80.72
4:30 76.04 80.51
4:45 15.92 80.24
5 75.11 80.12
5:15 75.29 80
5:30 75.47 84.42
5:45 19.29 80.33
6 75.83 81.05
6:15 76.37 80.72
6:30 76.55 80.72
6:45 76.59 81.68
7 76.64 81.59
7:15 75.97 81.01
7:30 76.04 81.05
7:45 76.28 82.16
8 76.28 82.76
8:15 76.28 82.98
8:30 76.04 $3.05 82.04 » 410.085 22.3395 103.8605 78.7948 134.4352
76.15 81.33 1.44 328.257 0.1512 0.1572 0.0638 0.0904
(mean) 76.15 (gain) 0.1512 (gain) (gain)
5.18 328.4082
gain)

8:30 A. M.—Rectal temperature 39°.38 C. (102°.89 F.).
9:30 a. M.—Dog ate one-quarter of a pound of raw liver. Received no further food, but allowed
to stay out of box until evening.

168

August 3.

6:16 p. m.—Barometer 29.9.

Timex,

6:16 rou.
6:31
66

731
TAG

8:15
8:30
85

9:15
9:30
945
10:15
11:30
1145

11:16

11:16 p. M.—Barometer 29.

August 4.

Trux,

12:10 a.m.
12:25
1240
12:55
1:10
1:25
140
155
2:10
225
2:55
3:10
340
3:55
4:10
425
440
455
5:10

Am
Texr.

(Pah.
82°
81.59
$1.32
80.69
80.36
80.36
80.36
80.12
79.43
7943
78.8
79.25
77.99
78.32
77.63
i718
76.76
76.35
76.37
76.28
TiAS

78.95
(mean)

Arr
Ter.

(Fah.)
78°.20
77.72
77.18
T781

77.9

” 78.32

78.08
77.99
TAS
77.45
77.09
76.55
76.2

75.44
75.32
75.2

75.2

74.6

73.94
76.72

(mean)

Tene
Temr,

(Fah.)
820.64
82.52
82.04
82.68
81.59
BL.59
$1.68
81.48
81.59
82.16
81.95
81.95
82.04
81.68
81.77
81.77
81.5
8l4l
81.32
81.77
81.86
81.86
78.95

2.91
(gain)

Tone
Temr.

(Fah.)
819.59
81.59
8141
8LAL
81.68
$1.68
$1.68
81.59
81.41

81.5
81.5
81.41
81.05
$1.23
81.04
80.96
81.05
80.72
80
81.29
76.72

4.57
(gain)

Box
Temr.

(Fab.)
79.94

81.95

“2.01
(gain)

FEVER.

GENERAL
Meren.
(cub. ft)
493.185

864.335
371.15
0.2799

371.4299

(cub. ft.)
22.3328

22.6127
0.2799

Rectal temperature 40°.12 C. (1049.2 F.).

Ain

(cub, ft.)
3.8573

4.0523
0.195

9. Rectal temperature 39°.5 C. (103°.1 F.).

Box
Temr.
(Fah.)

80°.51

81.59

1.08
(gain)

GENERAL
Merer,

(cub. ft.)
912.46

1291.545

379.085
0.1275

—— +

379.2125

Sampie
Mere.

(cub. ft.)
22.6132

22.7407
0.1275

(cub. ft.)
4.0545

5:10 a. M—Barometer 29.9. Rectal temperature 89°.5 C. (103°.1 F.).

150.3315

0.1713
(gain)

STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 169

_AIR Tueu Box GENERAL

Pp. M.—Barometer 30. Rectal temperature 39° C. (102°.2 F.).

‘Temp. Teme. Temp. Merer. anes Murer. Chan Okan
Tusr, TuBE.
care oe ae (cub, ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) (grmms.)
— issen 79°.43 79°.61 360.045 22.7407 104.3382 50.355 34.62
712 79.52 150.3554 134.6288
73.85 79.16
13-1 79.04
73.4 79.64
73.85 80.51
73.64 80.6
74.94 80.72
74.3 81.23
74.3 81.23
‘74.39 81.41
74.12. 81.41
74.03 81.41
74.3 81.59
745 80.96
74.39 81.05
14.6 82.04
74.6 80.84
«(4.72 79.48
74.6 78.53 :
74.88 80 81.41 733.035 22.9434 104.5807 150.4543 134.7362
74.23 80.47 1.8 372.99 0.2027 0.2425 0.0989 0.1074
(mean) = 7423 (gain) 0.2027 (eu) (ein)
EA 4 6.24 373.1927
(gain)
—Barometer 29.95. Rectal temperature 39° C. (102°.2 F.)
<- AIR TUBE Box GENERAL SAMPLE AIR SAMPLE AIR
Teme. TEMP. TEMP. METER, METER. Merenr. CALCIUM CaLtcium
= Tuse. Tube.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) rms.) (grms.)
56°.73 789.53 10:52, 796.22 22.9438 104.5815 150.4543 134.7362
76.55 78.53 ;
miGloo) 78.8
77. 79.16
77.36 79.43
17.54 79.43
T1.54 79.43
17.45 79.64 -
77.90 80. 78.56 944.96 23.1158 104.7018 150.5445 134.7868
T7118 79.22 1.04 148.74 0.172 0.1203 0.0902 0.0506
(mean) 77.18 (gain) 0.172 (gain) (gain)
2.04 148.912
(gain)

170 FEVER.

August 6.
1:37 yp. M.—Barometer 30 Rectal temperature 39° C. (1027.2 F.).
aun, Temr. Tox. Meren, joven a Cato
Time. Tune,
(Fah.) (Fab. (Fab.) (oud, ft.) (cub. ft.) (oud, ft.) (grms.)
1:37 p.m. 78°.72 799.04 i7?.9 34.197 23.1051 = 104.7075 = 150.5472
152 78.8 80.33 !
27 * 79.24 80.24
2:22 79.93 80.96
8:37 79.84 81,05
2:52 80.68 81:8
3:7 80.6 82,57
3:22 81.45 $1.68
3:37 81.84 80.51
3:52 79.45 $1.68
asi 60.88 82.52
4:22 80.88 82.92
437 80.6 * 82.76
4:52 80.6 83,24
5:7 80.6 83.75
§:22 80.6 83.75
6:37 80.57 83.65
5:52 80.51 83.48
6:7 80.6 83.05
6:22 80.69 83.2
6:37 80.69 83.05 81.77 370.427 23.4053 105.063 150.7518
80.37 82.14 3.87 336.23 0.3002 0.3555 0.2046
(mean) 80.37 (gain) 0.3002 (gain)
L77 336.5302
(gain)

6:37 vr. M.—Barometer 29.9. Rectal temperature 40° C. (104° F.),

August 6 and 7.
8:9 yp. M.— Barometer 29.9. Rectal temperature 40° C. (104° F.).

Am Tone Box Generar Samrre Aim Saris
Temr. Temr. Ter. Merten. Meter, Meter. Cater
Time. Tene.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.)
8:9 rom. 80°48 819.79 79°.52 427.65 23.4053 105.0645 150.7518
8:24 79.88 81.32
8:39 79.52 80.96
84 79.25 81.68
9:9 78.92 81.59
024 78.56 82.04
9:39 78.44 82.77
9:54 77.99 81.59
10:9 77.9 §1L4l
1024 77.72 79.88
10:39 Ti4 $1.68
10:54 77.09 81.5
11:9 76.64 81.77 :
11:24 7.27 81.77
11:39 77.18 81.77
11:4 76.55 81.68
12:9 a. m. 76.16 81.59 a
12:24 76.16 8141
12:39 76.04 81.68
12:4 75.92 81.59
1.9 75.92 81.59 $1.72 766.782 23.6728 105.3185 150.8641
T7167 81.57 a3 339.132 0.2675 0.254 0.1123
(mean) 77.67 (gain) 0.2675 (gain)

3.9
(gain)
1:9 a. M.—Barometer 29.9. Rectal temperature 40°.37 C. (104°. 67 F.).

839.3995

AR
Teme.

(Fah.)
76°.0L
715.92
75.56
75.2
74.72
74.6
74.21
74.3
73.88
73.88
74.3
74.3
74.6
74.72
74.6
74.6
74.48
75.65
75.44
75.83
74.89
(mean)

_ AIR
Tempe.

(Fah.)
80°.48
80.48
80.24

7781
77.72
7745
ge)
77.98
T7154

78.66
(mean)

.—Barometer 29.9.

TUBE
TEMe,

(Fah.)
819.23
80.96
80.84
80.84
81.05
80.84
82.32
80.96
80.84
80.6
80.84
80.96
81.05
81.32
81.23
80.96
81.05
81.14
80.96
81.5
81.07
74.89

6.18
(gain)

-M.—Barometer 29.89,

p. M.—Barometer 29.8.

TUBE
TEMP,

(Fah.)
810.54
81.14
81.05
80.96
8105
81.77
82.16
82.90
82.91
82.64
82.52
82.98
83.36
83.05
83.12
83.12
83.36
83.24
83.36
83.36

82.48
78.66

3.82
(gain)

eas STUDY IN MORBID aND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY.

Rectal temperature 40°.37 C. (104°.67 B.).

B Ge s P
Ten. Merce Mires Mere, Gpeee
TUBE.
(Ean) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.)
80°.55 825.125 23.6728 105.3185 150.8641
81.71 1241.543 23.8268 105.4373 150.9462
1.16 416.418 0.154 0.1188 0.0821
(gain) 0.154 (gain)
416.572

Rectal temperature 40° C. (104° F.).

Rectal temperature 41°.125 C. (106°.02 F.).

Box GENERAL SaMPLe AIR SAMPLE

TEMP. METER. METER. METER. CALCIUM
TUBE.

(Fah.) (cub, ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.)

789.845 379.913 23.8248 105,434 126.4666

82.88 708.518 24.031 105.5903 = 126.5968

4.035 328.605 0.2062 0.1563 0.1302
(gain) 0.2062 (gain)
328.8112

. M.—Barometer 29.82. Rectal temperature 41° C. (1057.8 F.).

171

AIR
CaLcium
TuBe,
(grms.)

135.04

135.0875

0.0475
(gain)

AIR
CaLcium
TUBE.

(grms.)

110.394

110.9652

0.0742
(gain)

172 FEVER.

August 8.
1:4 A. M—Barometer 28.82. Rectal temperature 41°.625 C. (106°.92 F.).
eNERAL Samriw
m rene. tum. = Tame. sa
ME.
(Fab. (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft) (cub, ft.) (cub. ft.) |
lIdiam 79.64 829.28 7P.88 754.086 24.0307 105.5913
1:19 78.56 81.59
140 77.36 81,68
149 77.09 81.5
24 W718 81.68
2:19 7.36 $1.68
24 77.63 82.16
2:49 7781 82.52
34 W772 82.16
3:19 77.36 82.4
3:34 TiAS 82.76
349 TAS 2.4
44 77.36 82.52
4:19 T7271 82.16
44 76.76 82.04
449 77.18 81.59
54 TAs 81.68
5:19 76.88 81.86
5:4 a. 82.28
5:49 76.37 £2.16 ; ;
64 75.56 82.04 82.16 1059.62 24.1681 105.7322
77.34 82.06 2.28 305.534 0.1374 0.1409
(mean) 77.34 (gain) 0.1374
4.72 305.6714
(gain)

6:4 rp, M—Barometer 29.92. Rectal temperature 40° C (104° F.).

7.42 Pp. m.—Rectal temperature 40°.5 C. (1049.9 F.).

recor. EMP. Tenn, ee: os io ‘om
(Fab.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.) (cub, ft.) (oub ft.
jA2am. 779.99 80°.24 79°.52 1102.809 24.1694 105.7308

8:12 78.2 80.51
827 78.2 80.6
842 78.56 80.84
£:57 78.92 80.6
9:12 79.16 80.96
9:27 79.25 8L.14
942 79.52 81.23
9:57 79.88 81.05
10:12 80.36 81.23
10:27 80.36 815
10:32 80.24 81.5
10:47 80.6 81.5
112 80.6 B15
1:17 80.69 81.5
11:37 814l 81.68
11:52 81.08 81.68 ,
127 ru. 80.96 81.59
12:22 81.08 81.68
12:33 812 81.95
1242 wheics Retail 81.555 1418.082 = 24.5001 =: 106.0573 ©
79.84 81.19 2.035 315.273 0.3307 0.3265
(mean) 79.84 (gain) 0.3307 “|
1.35 315.6037
(gain)

12:42 Pp, M.—Reetal temperature 40°,5 C, (104°.9 F.).

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 173

Heat Dissipation.
First Pertod—
Quantity of air (V’) = 324.5723 at 829.16 — 329 = 50.16 = t’.
: r 324.572¢
V+ (V x t x 0.002035) = VV = ET — 2945. WV x 0.08073 = 23.8
Rise in temp. of air 6.08 = t. Q = WwW x t X sp. h. = 23.8 & 6.08 X 0.2374 = 34.3527 heat given to air.
Quotient for box 1157 X 0.163 = 188.591 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 1310 X 0.1305 = 170.955 = moisture entering box.

: 17.636 = moisture vaporized in box.
17.636 __ 5 308g — heat expended in vaporization.
6.2789
Rise in temp. of water 5.16 X 164.1414 = 846.9696 = heat given to calorimeter.
34.3527 = heat given to air.
2.8088 = heat expended in vaporization.

884.1311 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 176.8262 F

Second Pertod—
Quantity of air (V’) = 524.733 at 82
V+(Vxtx 0.002035) = V. V= 103° = 475. W=V X 0:08073 = 38.35

Rise in temp. of air 5.29—=t. Q—=W Xt X sp. h. = 38.35 X 5.29 X 0.2374 = 48.1617 = heat given to air.
Quotient for box 1645 % 0.1485 = 244.2825 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 2684 X 0.1133 = 304.0972 = moisture entering box.

59.8147 = moisture condensed in box.

32° = 50.67 = t'’.
524.733

59.8147

6.2789

Rise in temp. of water 2.4 X 164.1414 = 393.9394 = heat given to calorimeter.
48.1617 = heat given to air.

442.1011
9.5262 = heat gained from condensation.

= 9.5262 = heat gained from condensation.

432.5749 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 86.515

Third Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 328.4082 at 819.33 — 32°= 49.33 = t’.

9
V+ (V xt’ x 0.002035) = V’. —— == 298.5. W=V X 0.08073 = 24.1
Rise in temp. of air 5.18 —=t. Q—=W Xt X sp. h. = 24.1 XK 5.18 XK 0.2374 = 29.6365 — heat given to air.
Quotient for box 2172 & 0.0638 = 138.5736 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 2089 « 0.0904 = 188.8456 = moisture entering box.

50.272 = moisture condensed in box.
anata = 8.0065 = heat gained from condensation.
6.2789
Rise in temp. of water 1.44 < 164.1414 = 236.3636 = heat given to calorimeter.
29.6365 = heat given to air.
266.0001
8.0064 = heat gained from condensation.

= heat dissipated in 5 hours.

57
Hourly dissipation of heat — 51.598

174 PEVER,

Fourth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 371.4299 at 819.86 — 32° = 49.86 = tv’.

V+(¥ Xt! X 0.002035) = V. V= —_ = 337.6. W=V X 0.08073 = 27.2

Riso in temp. of air2.91=t. Qe WX tXsp.h. = 27.2 % 2.91 0.2876 == 18.7008 = head ;
Quotient for box 1827 X 0.1713 = 227.3151 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 1904.6 X 0.1204 = 229.3138 = moisture entering box.

1.9987 = moisture condensed in hox.
i = 0.3181 = heat gained from condensation.
Rise in temp. of water 2.01 X 164.1414 = 329.9242 = heat given to calorhuton,
18.7902 == heat given to air.

348.7144
0.3181 = heat gained from condensation.

348.3963 = heat dissipated in 5 hours. 7
Hourly dissfpation of heat — 69.6793

Fifth Period—
Quantity of air (V/) = 379.2125 at 819.29 — 320 = 49.29 = ¢’.
V+(V Xt Xx 0.002035) = V. V= = ee = 344.5. W=V x 0.08073 = 278

Rise in temp. of air 4.57=t. Q=W Xt X sp. h.= 27.8 XK 4.57 X 0.2374 = 30.1607 = heat gi oa
Quotient for box 2976.3 X 0.0239 = 71.1336 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 1337.6 X 0.0741 = 99.1458 = moisture entering box.

28.0122 = moisture condensed in box.

28.012 __ 4.4613 = heat gained from condensation.

6.2789
jRise in temp. of water 1.08 X 164.1414 = 177.2727 = heat given to calorimeter.
30.1607 = heat given to air.

207.4334
4.4613 = heat gained from condensation.

202.9721 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 40.5944

Sixth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 373.1927 at 80°.47— 320 = 48.47 = t’.
V+(V xt x 0.002035) =v. V = 379:1927 34g, Woe V x 0.08073 = 274

1.099
Rise in temp. of air 6.24=t. Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 27.4 X 6.24 X 0.2374 = 40.5897 = heat
Quotient for box 1841.1 & 0.0989 = 182.0848 = moisture leaving box. .

Quotient for air 1216.5 K 0.1074 = 164.278 = moisture entering box.
17.8068 = moisture vaporized in box.

= = 2.836 = heat expended in vaporization.
Rise in temp. of water L8 X 164.1414 — 295.4545 = heat given to calorimeter.
40.5897 = heat given to air.
2.836 == heat expended in vaporization.
338.8802 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 67.77
Seventh Period—

Quantity of air (V’) = 148.912 at 79.22 — 32° = 47.22 — t’.

V +(V Xt! x 0.002035) = V’. vee = 135.9. W= V x 0.08073 = 10.97

Rise in temp, of air 2.04—=t. Q=W Xt X sp.h. = 10.97 X 2.04 X 0.2374 = 5.3173 = heat

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY 1

-
co

Quotient for box 865.8 X 0.0902 = 78.0952 = moisture leaving box.
2.6327

Quotient for air 1237.8 & 0.0506 = 62 = moisture entering box.

15.4625 = moisture vaporized in box.
15.4625
6.2789
Rise in temp. of water 1.04 & 164.1414 = 170.7071 = heat given to calorimeter.
5.3173 = heat given to air.

= 2.4629 = heat expended in vaporization.

2.4629 = heat expended in vaporization.

178.4873 = heat dissipated in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat — 89.2437

Eighth Pertod—
Quantity of air (V’) = 336.5302 at 829.14 — 32° = 50.14 = t’.
GYR SOA)
V +(V x t’ x 0.002035) =V’.. V= ee = 3054. W=V x 0.08073 = 24.6
Rise in temp. of air 1.77=t. Q=W xt X sp.h. = 24.6 x 1.77 x 0.2374 = 10.3369 = heat given to air.
Quotient for box 1121 X 0.2046 = 229.3566 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 949.8 & 0.1612 = 153.5919 = moisture entering box.

76.1647 = moisture vaporized in box.

76.7647
6.2789
Rise in temp. of water 3.87 x 164.1414 = 635.2272 = heat given to water.

10.3369 = heat given to air.

12.2258 = heat expended in vaporization.

= 12.2258 = heat expended in vaporization.

657.7899 = dissipation of heat in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat — 131.558

Ninth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 339.3995 at 819.57 — 32° = 49.57 = t’.
V + (V x t’ x 0.002035) =v’. V = 299399 3085. w—=V x 0.08073 = 24.9
Rise in temp. of air 3.9=t. Q—W Xt X sp. h.= 24.9 x 3.9 x 0.2374 = 23.0539 = heat given to air.

Quotient for box 1231.4 « 0.1123 = 138.2862 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 1336.2 * 0.092 = 122.9302 = moisture entering box.

; 15.356 = moisture vaporized in box.
BOOS 9 4615 = heat expended in vaporization.
6.2789
Rise in temp. of water 2.2 x 164.1414 = 361.1111 = heat given to water.
23.0539 = heat given to air.

2.4615 = heat expended in vaporization.

386.6265 = dissipation of heat in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 77.3253

Tenth Period —
Quantity of air (V’) = 416.572 at 819.07 — 320 = 49.07 = t’.
416.572

V+(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’.. V= ao = W =V x 0.08073 = 30.6
Rise in temp. of air 6.18 = t. Q—=W x tx sp.h.=30.6 x 6.18 x 0.2374 = 44.8942 = heat given to air.
Quotient for box 2705 X 0.0821 = 222.0805 = moisture leaving box.

Quotient for air 3506.5 X 0.0475 = 166.5588 = moisture entering box.

55.5217 = moisture vaporized in box.
55.5217

6.2789 8.8426 = heat expended in vaporization.

176 FEVER,

Rise in temp. of water 1.16 X 164.1414 = 190.404 = heat given to water.
44.8042 = heat given to air.
8.8426 == heat expended in vaporization.

244.1408 1408 <= dissipation of heat in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat —- 48.881

Eleventh Period—
bane of air (V’) = 328.8112 at 82.489 — 32° = 50.48 = t’,
+(V x t’ x 0.002035) =V.. V= =e = 298.1. W—=V x 0.08073 = 24.07

Rise in temp. of air 3.82 =t, Q=W x t x sp. h. = 24.07 x 3.82 x 0.2374 = eae
Quotient for box 1594.6 & 0.1302 = 207.6169 == moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 2103.1 X 0.0742 —= 156.05 = moisture entering box.

51.5669 = moisture vaporized in box.

51.5669 __ 5.9127 = heat expended in vaporization.

6.2789
Rise in temp. of water 4.035 x 164.1414 = 662.3105 = heat given to water.
21.8283 = heat given to air.
8.2127 = heat expended in vaporization.

692.3515 = dissipation of heat in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 138.4703

Twelfth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 305.6714 at 829.06 — 32° = 50.06 =t’.
V +(V Xt’ x 0.002035) =V.. V= pas =2774. W=V x 0.08073 = 22.3

Rise in temp. of air 4.72= t. Q=W X tx sp. h. = 22.3 x 4.72 X 0.2374 = 24.9878 = heat given t
Quotient for box 2224.7 X 0.0853 = 189.7669 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 2169.4 X 0.1306 = 283.3236 = moisture entering box.

93.5567 = moisture condensed in box.

93.5567 14.9 = heat gained from condensation.

6.2789
Rise in temp. of water 2.28 x 164.1414 = 374.2424 = heat given to water.
24.9878 = heat given to air.

399.2302 :
14.9 = heat gained from condensation.

384.3302 = dissipation of heat in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 76.866

Thirteenth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) < 315.6037 at 819,19 — 32° = 49. 19 =!
Vv +(¥ Xt’ X 0.002035) = V’. V= on eT ae = 287. W=V x 0.08073 = 23.3

Rise in temp, of air 1.35-=t. Q=W Xt X sp. h.=23.3 «1.35 X 0.2374 = 7.4674 = heat g
Quotient for box 954.3 X 0.2064 = 196.9675 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 966.6 X 0.0883 = 35.3508 = moisture entering box.

111.6167 = moisture vaporized in box.

111.6167 _. 17,7769 = heat expended in vaporization.

“6.2759
Rise in tendp. of water 2.035 x 164.1414 = 334.0278 = heat given to water.
7AGTA = heat given to air.
17.7769 = heat expended in vaporization.

359.2721 = dissipation of heat in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat TLB544

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 177

Heat Production.
First Pertod—

No change of bodily temperature.
Heat dissipated hourly = hourly production of heat 176.8262

Second Period—
Rise of bodily temperature in 5 hours 0°.1806, in 1 hour 0.036 = t.
Q=W Xt Xsp.h.= 17.5 K 0.036 K 0.75 = 0.4725 = heat added to reserve.
86.515 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.4725 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 86.9875

Third Pertod—
Rise of bodily temperature in 5 hours 09.3515, in 1 hour 0.0703 = t.
Q=W Xt x sp. h.= 17.5 x 0.0703 x 0.75 = 0.9227 = heat added to reserve.
51.5987 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.9227 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 52.5214

Fourth Period—
Fall of bodily temperature in 5 hours 1°.1, in 1 hour 0.22 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 17.5 X 0.22 K 0.75 = 2.8875 = heat taken from reserve.
69.6793 = hourly dissipation of heat.
2.8875 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 66.8918

Fifth Period—
No change of bodily temperature.
Heat dissipated hourly = hourly production of heat 40.5944

Sixth Period—

Fall of bodily temperature in 5 hours 0°.724, in 1 hour 0.145 = t.
Q= W Xt X sp. h. =17.5 X 0.145 X 0.75 = 1.9031 = heat taken from reserve.
67.776 = hourly dissipation of heat.

Hourly production of heat 65.8729

Seventh Pertod—

No change of bodily temperature.
Heat dissipated hourly = hourly production of heat 89.2437

Bighth Period—
Rise of bodily temperature in 5 hours 1°.8, in 1 hour 0.36 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. bh. = 17.5 X 0.36 X 0.75 = 4.725 = heat added to reserve.
131.558 = hourly dissipation of heat.
4.725 = hourly addition to reserve.

Hourly production of heat 136.283

Ninth Period—
Rise of bodily temperature in 5 hours 0°.67, in 1 hour 0.134 = t.
() == Wy xe sp. h.= 17.5 x 0.134 x 0.75 = 1.7588 — heat added to reserve.
77.3253 = hourly dissipation of heat.
1.7588 = hourly addition to reserve.

Hourly production of heat 79.0841
23 July, 1880.

178

Tenth Period—

FEVER.

Fall of bodily temperature in 5 hours 0°.67, in 1 hour 0°.134 = t.

Q=W Xt X sp. hb. = 17.5 X 0.154 X 0.75 = L7588 = heat taken from reserve.
48.8281 = hourly dissipation of heat.
1.7588 = heat taken from reserve.

Hourly production of heat 47.0693

Eleventh Pertod—

Fall of bodily temperatare in 5 hours 0°.4, in 1 hour 0°.08 = t.

Q=—W Xt X sp. hb. = 17.5 X 0.08 X 0.75 == 1.05 = heat taken from reserve.
138.4703 = hourly dissipation of heat.
1.05 = heat taken from reserve.

Hourly production of heat 137.4203

Twelfth Period—

Fall of bodily temperature in 5 hours 29.92, in 1 hour 0,584 = t.

Q=W Xt sp. b. = 17.5 X 0.584 X 0.75 = 7.665 = heat taken from reserve.
76.866 = hourly dissipation of heat.
7.665 = heat taken from reserve.

Hourly production of heat

Thirteenth Period—

69.201

No change of bodily temperature.
Heat dissipated hourly = hourly production of heat 71.8544

First day. 2:35 Pp.
Ang. 2, 2:30 p.m. to 8:57 Pp.
Aug. 3, 2:30 p. x. 3:30 a.
Second day. a cad
Aug. 3, 3:30 rm. to aye
Aug. 4, 3:30 Fr. «. -
1:30 a.
Third day. 1:37 P.
Aug. 6, 1:30 Pp. um. to 8:9 r.
Aug. 7, 1:30 rv. u. 2:58 a.
Fourth day. 6:27 Pr.
Aug. 7, 2 vp. u. to 14 a.
Aug. 8, 2 Pp. u. d FA2 a.
Time tx
CALonimeter,
First day. 15 hours.
Second day. 17 hours.
Third day. 15 hours.
Fourth day. 15 hours.

RECAPITULATION.
Hovnty Heat Hovrty Heat
Tre. Dissiration, PRropvoerion.
m.to 7:35 p.m. 176.8262 176.8262
mM to 1:57 am. 86.515 86.9875
M. to 8:30 A.M. 51.5987 62.5214
Mm. to 11:16 P.M. 69.6793 66.6627
mM. to 5:10 a.m. 40.5944 40.5944
m. to 11:23 a. M. 67.776 65.8729
Mm. to 3:30 P.M. 89.2437 89.2437
mM. to 6:37 p.m. 131.558 136.283
m.to 1:9 a.m. 77.3253 79.0841
m. to 7:58 a.m. 48.8281 - 47.0693
M.to1l:27 p.m. 138.4703 137.4203
Mw. to 6:4 AM. 76.866 69.201
mu. to 12:42 Pp. uw. 71.8544 71.8544
SUMMARY.
: Avenace Hovurty Averace Hovrty
Heat Dissivation, Heat Propverion.
104.9799 * 105.445
62 8668 61.4198
85.9028 87.4787
95.7302

92.8252

Rect. Ter.
(Fab.)
102°.2 Ate just before go.
102.2 to 1029.43 ing in, one pound
102.43 to 102.89 of raw liver. —

102.89 to 103.1 Ate at 9:30
103.1 } of Ib. of
103.1 to 102.2 _ liver; nofur
102.2 food.

102.2 to 104
104 to 104.67
“104.67 to 104

106.02 to 105.8
106.92 to 104
104.9

Extrewes oF
Reet. Teme.
(Fah,)
102°.2 to 103°.1
104.2 to 102.2
102.2 to 104.67
104 to 106.92

AIR
Teme.

(Fah )
mM. 70°

67.37
68.36
68.36
68.52
67.28
67.16
65.75
66.47
65.30
62.96
66.47

68.54
66.68
66.56
66.38
66.2
65.48

65.66
65.77
67.04

66.77
(mean)

t
AIR
Tempe.

(Fah.)
m. 649.31
65.56
65 88
65.56
65 48
65.39
65.66
65.66
65.75
65.96
66 08
66.38

66.38
66.8
66.38
66.68
M. 66.68
68.81
69.92
66.29
(mean)

66.47 —

TUBE
TEMP.

(Fah.)
699.85
70.88
70.43
69.95
70.64
70.64
70.25
70.25
70.43
69.85
69.26
71:06

S16

70.88
70.76
71.15
71.51
70.34

(AGH
71.06
12.32

70.695

66.77
3.92

; (gain)
P. M.—Rectal temperature 104°.7.

TUBE
Temr.

(Fah.)
68°.24
70.25
69.64
69.64
69.35
68.96
68.72

68.96 —

70.06
69.64
69.64

69.74

69.84
69.94
69.96
70.16
69.54
70 A3 —
W217
71.06
69.83
66.29

3.54

(gain)
7 a, M.—Rectal temperature 104°. 4.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY.

EXPERIMENT 111,

33 Pp. M.—Rectal temperature 102°.85.

Box GENERAL SAMPLE

179

long-haired cur. Weight 39 pounds; has had no food since April 8, 6 v. m., when he ate one
of liver. —

Tremp. METER, METER. rere Omieiae Gia
TUBE, TUBE, REMARKS,
(Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) (grms.)
68° 910.575 27.99 108.5515 65.6517 58.6281 Howling.
onen6 . potaes rane Bates SoHE acouoo Howling.
condos“) Mneddeo| SS Sanna |S Sgcoca 8 sees |” cee Howling
acces, «(mc | (| dos Quiet.
eabcgouy auosdoo | ya /osccscuie Piromincooce. Lm Ol aghecoce ll eceeved Quiet.
pouco: gnocscw ye mlie-stocone! © Sl aeeaste Mle Waites te Ssonocc Whining.
cocoa. W . idihoosiae 7 migcrraca) Bicccoto © lle coro. wes We sconocd Whining.
Regn Weencesy = Wosccacsst WE | set Se id.ccsesan metvects Whining, very
; uneasy.
gcones. Sondgos = 9 neat |= icacosss | soc nos Whining.
achoos. ‘Wassctee = i ieee a= Sdacdor | SL pees Quiet.
ee i CC“ C(‘é‘t KN Whining.
season | lestssMce oC gesSeteg. a-acccspen 0 mestceaes Quiet.
ooocco.. (ca | 30 Roeees Quiet.
cocoed) = aon peers o0ba06 600005 ...-.. Whining, very
uneasy.
cee, = Ago = eed no. = Foon twee Whining.
seoocd. edad peace goceen tees * Sseacta Whining.
71.96 1425.59 28.2286 108.6992 65.74 58.6542 Whining.
3.96 515.015 0.2386 0.1477 0.0883 0.0261
(gain) 0.2386 (gain) (gain)
515.2536

P. M.—Rectal temperature 105°.9-

Box GENERAL SAMPLE AIR SaMPLE AIR

TEMP. - METER. METER. METER. CALCIUM CaLciumM

- TUBE. TUBE.

(Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) (grms.)
689.45 469.176 28.229 8.7995 65.74 58.6542
158 938815 28.4905 8.9585 65.8413 58.6876
3.13 469.639 0.2615 0.159 0.1013 0.0334
(gain) 0.2615 (gain) (gain)

469.9005

6:40 Pp. M.—Dog ate one and a half pounds of raw liver.

REMARES.

Whining.
Quiet.
Whining.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Whining.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Whining.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Whining.
Whining.
Whining.
Whining.
Quiet.

180 FEVER.
April 10.
1:45 a. M.—Reetal temperature 1037.9.
Am Tone Box GeNeRaL SaMrie Air Saurue Aim
Temp, Ter. ‘Texr. Meren, Meren, Meter. CaLoium CaLtormm
Tw. Tune. Tons,
(Pah.) (Fah.) (Fah. {eub. ft.) (cub, ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) (grme.)
2:20 a.m. 669.29 699.64 68°.7 1036.07 2849165 8.9572 65.8413 58.6876
2:35 66.08 BDGR ce sinia a * geieavns aphess | (call Rei suknan vase
2:50 65.39 O66 Gai mand wahkants leone ahathd
35 67.04 FOG" ii Asc ee anon maven aysvie cea
320 67.16 OLED FO Austae)) |) Evirane S Raaaee Waseah ween Are
3:35 68.24 UBS! batne eevee paw bt ecc “ aves ieheua rept
3:50 68.81 DOL) ec cnace pees sane pana ahueue ainuee
45 68.9 TRAE ye cavive ie <> <Seeree 2 eos < eee aueian
420 68.99 iW Per ee ie Ve P “2 Semana cs
4:35 69.52 (0 ree . jae eee whicn area
4:50 69.53 Ta0G' J inedan =. | asain pean ayetan expanse
65 69.53 TTR isisan. * SP eaias ee meet) at arte ooh
5:20 65.99 TUBS arant oe es OS haters aaa ce
5:35 69.08 70.43 Sinena” .0ciwsieea] Een ee eth ‘ davyaee ve
550 69.08 MODE “scccus, | _caedesaaeeEEEee “ aanetai al it Gwhakes
65 69.2 016 gree, o eendaet Eee anes “Pa,
6220 69.08 (fe De Ms rar syuee
6:35 68.99 ie ee rot si
6:50 BOOS: W282 8 ccs | Sauce
ves) 69.2 MBOK> Scveve: Oren
720 69.88 72.77 72.68 127.81 28.6683
68.42 71.28 3.98 491.74 0.17665 0.1103
(mean) 6842 (gain) 0.1766
286 491.9166
(gain)
7:30 a. M.—Rectal temperature 105°.
8:30 a. M.—Ate one-half a pound of raw liver.
9:55 A. M.—Rectal temperature 1037.1,
10:25 A. M.—Barometer 30.13.
Arm Tene Box GENERAL Sanrie Am Sayre AIR
Temr. Ter. Temr, Merer. Meren, Mere. CaLcirum CaLtciu™
Time. Tune. Tune,
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (oub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) (grms.)
10:254.m. 66°.68 689.36 679.64 613.265 28.6727 7.074 eiauite vig
1040 66.92 GEGS) iccece ee eeerke Sie es deotes avound seeese
10:55 66.29 CSgbr ces. Wee ene 2 tess Mee Txiers - keane A,
11:10 67.46 GROSS Oie i csusk) Peers sandnh, a We @ Pap asen wens aeouth
11:25 67.55 i Ee EOE saben naa
1140 67.37 5 Se SE Pe garda
11:55 67.55 GONG. sevice wpnsne er i a ae paste
12:10r.M. 67.64 (1 Se eS. eas Brees pore,
12:25 67.04 69.96 69.44 813.98 28.7403 8.00375
67.17 68.99 1.8 200.715 0.0676 0.92975
(mean) 67.17 (gain) 0.0676 (gain) (gain)
1.82 200.7826
(gain)
12:30 rp. M.—Rectal temperature 104°.2.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY.

18]
. M.—Injected in external jugular vein twenty minims of foul pus mixed with water.
p. M.—Rectal temperature 104°.7. Barometer 30.09.
AIR TUBE Box EN
Teme. Temp. Temp. Caen ae Maree. é ie at s Cicarns
TUBE. TBE, 5
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) wey ogre
mM. 70°64 719.24 679.88 867.115 28.7325 9.5745 65.9375 58.7171 Whining.
65.30 QOS —csecsie! ce Ecotddn Seas AE» Asneer Quiet.
68.54 @O-G5: posses “sung _ ence nan Mains Quiet.
69.08 OLOD MEE Scercee iisteet 1 lS streets > We, Sa RE Quiet.
69.53 OS AMEEe ee Meet act.) Pees anthem Quiet.
T6937 'itDS25) “pegaad-." a SBoeacH Ie Snub coocrcfull mnt Merenn vane pRern ua mre Quiet.
69.79 DOOM etc gekee - Gis Oe nt og ee Quiet.
69.53 USM eee Te ceiece ge eee Sl rong “SN irte >. BA iees Quiet.
GO SMMMIOUSMM ENS cd) cea 1 abate = antes =U sso Quiet.
68.8 TNS). saooagd, Esaccon I FeRecen = | eee EA | | Mathes Quiet.
69.62 INES. -cagong a iosepe ee ecrsee ew Scesaah) or © tose Whining.
68.99 OIGAMEEC Sc micsGsS | Recital ou eoece | aternest on | ences Quiet.
68 45 OLGA RNS Rem h ok Boece | Weetcrere. Slee | | Secco0o Quiet.
67.57 LONLOMMEEERCcCCCR ID LAccetecce! UL Res, meutideccce planers Quiet.
68.63 TOSS) cocnag. = occa Ue | oaeceoe | sori concn Quiet.
69.2 ROMS MMMMeseeee we ee ceesets GU ba tesess) — gttactsy 1 oaaccecsn) Mb tastes Quiet.
69.53 IEGIEESseee cree OU eceee 0 Mes | eran) | Wuctetes Quiet.
69.44 FER DAS eee 3.) 8 coon esc ne eid © oo | ono Quiet.
68.9 MELAS NCsssts SG scceeey-) 0 diassdee = = eeeles | geedesetd V soeeets Quiet.
68.81 UCGSMMEMON CT ss © Maapevecer: UMM Igecsscecs..c Of omsteceee p , eaneave BMI ees Quiet.
70.52 71.92 71.24 1370.365 28.9554 9.7027 66.0253 58.7716 Quiet.
69.04 70.67 3.36 503.25 0.2229 0.1982 0.0878 0.0545
(mean) 69.04 gain) 0.2229 (gain) (gain)
1.63 503.4729
(gain)
) Pp. M.—Rectal temperature 103°.9.
Pp, M—Dog ate one-half of a pound of raw liver.
A ril 10 and 11.
10 yp. mM —Rectal temperature 103°.9. 19:30 p. M.—Barometer 30.04.
: ie AIR TUBE Box GENERAL SAMPLE AIR SAMPLE AIR
a, Temp. Temp. Temp. METER. METER. METER, CaLcium CaLcrum
‘IME. TUBE. TUBE. REMARKS.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) (grms.)
mM. 71942 70°64 68°.225 444.30 28.9467 9.773 64.6339 63.8221 Whining.
(0252, TVS Soe Mes ones ote bs CE 5 oo Quiet.
70.25 TUS inseam = eoed | eppooos | Gadcd ee
70 TOS “ossago. “hbo mana etecectide me Gocecdyes © | eannaos uiet.
69.88 TMUNR débodh SCS =e ectod, | Gconphes =e @o90000 Quiet.
69.7 TOA oo Sohsas, | nseeee OT eee Sasa heeenccr sit miocbocb Quiet.
A.M. 69.61 TODS — essss gos (CS | ORD Quiet.
69.32 FOS 0 gtk oe Ge eR eo |, eeebetd hogieemitcn cm! |) mm aticco Quiet.
69.61 GABE SERN I aaagage 9 tee = =. - eoqeogeh sll el erenoomem 6) da6c0 Quiet.
70.16 WIR = desoeo: akoeg Senne) eS eoodeo * \Mondado Quiet.
70.04 TASP Reese eebedo, | Rosacea) aordeccs = es ccunden By yescookion Quiet.
69.92 IRGMMEEerceey a eeanse | W liesesepet | cusattes =) mtqseorse) = comers Quiet.
69.92 TR GMMMEE Ec | slew mk GecercN EU = Jl rekern ites | Aranics Quiet.
TO5Q. Yt Gkepe me mete) eiottoe | raccecch = paceoecn Quiet.
68.8 GDS A TU Perera te eecscoe) = a FO 5b05 Mea mmIOCOO Quiet.
70 OME eek RT (i Meeres 9) rik esess Quiet.
69.71 FSO pe occa codadooa) = Umcdoondwlal pes: oCKKO Quiet.
69.80 ONG OMEN “Ml jereciae sult Messeue 4) Mcp sasestitl WE wiewes Quiet.
70.16 FOOM keetdy | eee eee | eee) conc oueGG Quiet.
70.04 Fl mtr ee ae cae a) iiecvese | Sc icesrren Ul Beacienw Quiet.
71.76 72.8 (2.32 931.316 29.3596 10.0946 64.8162 63.9169 Quiet.
70.05 2220 4095 487.016 0.4129 0.3216 0.1523 0.0948
(mean) 70.05 (gain) 0.4129 (gain) (gain)
22 487.4289
(gain)

4 a. m.—Rectal temperature 105°.
5 a.m.—Rectal temperature 104°.

192 FEVER.

April 11
5 a. M.—Barometer 29.9. Rectal temperatore 104°.8.

G RAL Samrie Am Samurie Am
ean Thur. Taur. Msran. MurEn. Moeren. Carcium Catcimm
Tune Tune.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.) (oud, ft.) (oud. ft.) (grma.) (grma.)
5:30am. 70°66 71°42 68°.6 976.1929 29.3929 10.098 64.8162 63.9169
had F043 F0A3 oseess aeundk ésseee aéones aseces eneves
6 70.64 Sn a aveeew senece aaa cuaewe
6:15 70.52 70.76 aeeeee seneee aeeeee eeeeee teens eeeeee
6:30 TOA3 70.88 neraeue ddenue paseo enesee onerne soovae
645 70.76 ts fy Bees . cosnes janes coonss oxasen atecee
7 70.52 Oe. Gcnteen cen dinahe < apesse ensnes sasbee oneoen
7:15 69.35 70.64 ..... F Kaan suceve oxvins ueseee pose WW

Time.

eeeeee wenn neeeee

7:30 69.79 TL06 asese ° cosess
TAS 69.79 MOOT = Gsncnen) g anesn .
8 70.25 71.24 ensue eseese .

8:15 70.52 TLL Suhews sevens sanwee wesees
8:40 70.16 (ES ts wsvews sonees oeeens eevene wovees
BAS 69.32 7043 oucwee svones bonann eraene acoase succes
9 70.43 TL84 seuvas * aewvne sseven soveee coseee oeeves
9:15 70. y pC.) Sere ° esceve eeeses coeeee sseene seeees

9:30 68.36 7142 aoaaee oaeese sovece seeeee escaee passes
SA5 67.76 71.48 oases oneness aceses eeappe eoenee onenee
10 66.20 71.15 avast veeeos eseeae vesves oases weneew
10:15 67.57 xy fe of Bee Arey sauees Dae ew oneese avunse acne
10:30 68.54 72.08 72.068 1475.34 29.5917 = 10.354 64.88 63.9924
69.62 TL17 3.468 499.1471 0.1988 0.256 0.0638 0.0755
(mean) 69.62 (guin) 01.988 (gain) (gain)

1.55 499.3459
(gain)
10:45 A. M.—Rectal temperature 105°.4. 11 A.m.—Dog ate half a pound of raw liver ea
11:20 A. M.—20 minims of stale pus injected into the jugular vein.
11:34 Pp. M.—Rectal temperature 107°.

12:31 Pp. M.—Rectal temperature 107°. 2

AI Tone Box GENERAL Sarre Am Samrie Am
Ter. Ter. Temr. Merer. Merer. Meter. bmi CaLoium

z.
(Fah,) (Fah.) (Fah.) (oud, ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) (grms.)

12:31 p.m. 70°.34 709.25 689 683.09 29.5904 = =10.3513 64.8895 63.9924
1245 70.64 71.72 osveen

Tix

1 70.88 71.06 Sebece seesee eos soeeee desnes seeees
1:15 70.76 7142 tosses geet . eseses suesse covese sesees
1:30 70.97 71.06 duseee xan onseve xeeess seeeee eneese
145 71.6 7115 maten> eosbon eonene sonees seoeee seeeee
2 71.69 TAL voeee on duesee asvaes saeees

2:15 72.2 72.32 veones
2:30 72.2 72.5 waeses
245 70.87 72.5 anew

3 72.83 73.04 cuit adeese asenee stone
3:15 72.52 72.95 avaces ees eovaee ooeses sseeee
3:30 72.63 73.35 eresee =e wwe . neenee wanes neeeee seneee
3:45 7242 73.04 weeeee eeceee st eeee weeeee teens wena
4 72.32 72.95 shomee 4. adaeh F eeeene aeeeee asenee senses
4:15 72.20 73.24 ws eeas aagnee ovanes saseve dueese seones
4:30 W187 8073.45... onary eaoied omens seeeee seeeee
4:45 TL87 tel See, ° oneeee eosens osente euseee oeees
5 72,32 73.66 cuvens evenee esueus eenese seoeee severe

5:15 252 “2 ..... ean ise Sake Pani Lae
6:31 833 © 74, 72.68. 1066.59 29.903 105424 650275 64.0525

—— a

72.338 7249 468 3835 0.3126 0.1911 0.138 0.0601
(mean) 72.33 (gain) 0.3126 (gain) (gain)

0.16 "383.8126
(gain)

5:40 Pp. M.—Reetal temperature 104°. 15,

AIR ’ TuBE

Tempe. Teme,
_ (Fah.) (Fah.)
u. 730. 710.94
42.93 less
1212 71.51
72.08 71.33
72.32 71.42
71.15 71.6
70.64 F151
71.06 52.5
mOQzo2 0) | 12:32
69.88 72.59
. 72.8
ae 73.04
67.86 71.96
65.84 72.77
i 71.96
72.59
ee,
raeres
63.3 i712
6: 71.8
5s 72.86
68.73 72.04
(mean) 68.73
3.31
(gain)

AIR TUBE
La TEMP. Tremp.
(Fah.)
699.95
69.95
(ily
70.43
70.25
70.97
71.42
71.42

69.75
69.54
69.75
69.44
70.43
70.25
70.43
70.64
71.24
70.64
70.34
70.40
66.47

3.93
(gain)

69.96 -

Box

Temp.

(Fah.)

679.76

neces
steeee
serene
senses

teeeee

Box

TEMP,

(Fah.)
689.09

neeeee
teens
tenes
tenes
teres

teeeee
wees
sence
seers
seeeee

71.78

2.98
(gain)

M.—Barometer 29.67. Rectal temperature 104°.15.

M.—Rectal temperature 105°.15.

«.—Rectal temperature 105°.1.

GENERAL Samrie AIR
METER. METER, MeETER,
(cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.)

144. 29.9091 10.5434
618.302 30.1382 10.654
474.302 0.2291 0.1106
0.2291
AT4.5311
GENERAL SAMPLE AIR
METER. METER. METER;
(cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.)
737.27 30.1376 10.6525
1309.64 30.2641 10.7448
512.37 0.1265 0.0923
0.1265
572.4965

.—Rectal temperature 104°.6.

SAMPLE
Catcium
TUBE.

(grms.)
65.0275

tenes
seeeee

seeeee
tenes

SAMPLE
CaALciuM

TUBE.
(grms.)
65.1070

seeeee
weeeee
weeeee
seeeee
peeeee

65.1475

0.0405
(gain)

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHY STOLOGY,

AIR
Caroium
TUBE,

(grms.)
64.0525

seeeee
teens
tenons
fees
teeeee

64.0947

0.0422
(gain)

AIR
CaLcium

TUBE.
(grms )
64.0947

teeeee
eeeeee
wees
we eeee
beneee
tenes
teeeee
teens

64.1166

0.0219
(gain)

183

REMARKS,

Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.

REMARKS.

Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.
Quiet.

184 FEVER.

April 12.
9:30 A, M.—Reetal temperature 105°,
Aim Tun Tox Geyenat Samurue Am Samurin
Tex. Temr. ‘Teme, Meren. Meren. Meren, CaLorom
Twn Tone.
(Fah.) (Fab) —— (Fah.) (cub, ft.) (oub, ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.)
942 a. ws. 63°41 67°.79 679.513 285.41 30,264 10.7448 65.1475
9:57 64.76 68.18
10:12 64.31 68.
1027 64.76 68.36
1042 65.12 68.63
10:57 64.49 69.08
11:12 64.88 68.84
127 65.3 69.35
1142 65.48 69.35
11:57 65.21 69.54
12:12 p.m. 65.57 69.54
1227 65.84 69.54 x
12:42 65.96 69.65
12:57 66.2 69.54 69.68 583.625 30.49136 10.8205 65.23
65.09 68.95 2.167 298.215 0.22736 0.0757 0.0825
(mean) 65.09 (gain) 0.2273 (guin)
3.86 298.4423
_ (gain)

1:10 p. M.—Rectal temperature 104°.8.

April 13.
9 A. w.—Dog seems very ill; walks with great difficulty, and refuses to eat.
9 A. M.—Rectal temperature 105°, 85.

Time, Ain Tem, Tune Temr. Box Temr. Ges. Meter.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
1018 a.x. 62.6 679.59 65°.6 639.24
10:30 60.6 66.68
10:45 63.05 66.68
11 64.09 7.33
11:15 64.64 67.69
11:30 65.21 68.45
1145 65.57 68.53
2» 65.84 68.27
12:15 r.M. 66.36 68.96
12:30 66.8 69.08
12:45 65.48 68.
1 65.84 68.45
1:15 65.84 68.45
1:30 65.96 69.08
1:5 66.08 68.96
66.56 69.A4
2:15 66.6 69.35
2:30 67.37 69.85
245 67.55 70.16
3 68.12 70.16
3:18 68.36 70.25 69.32 1070.694
65.64 68.64 3.72 431.454
(mean) 65.64 (gain) P
3
be
(gain) i
8:25 P. M.—Rectal temperatare 105°.85, a

TIME.

A:35 P.M.
4:45
5
D5)
5:30
5:43
6
6:15
6:30
6:45
7
7:15
7:30
7:45
8
8:15
8:30
8:45
9
9:15
9:35

d 14.

TIME.

He areas
11:15
11:30
11:45
12
12:15 a.m.
12:30
12:45
1
1:15
1:30
145
2
2315
2:30
2:45
3
3:15
3:30
3:45
4

24 July, 1880,

Arr Tempe.

(Fah.)
69°.2
68.63
68.54
68.18
67.46
67.28
66.8
67.1
66.56
66.47
66.29
66.38
66.29
65.96
65.57
65.96
65.57
64.22
66.08
67.46
67.64
66.83
(mean)

m.—Rectal temperature 105°.4.

M.—Rectal temperature 105°.4.

Arr Temp.

(Fah.)
620.4
64.96
64.09
62.24
62
63.23
63.63
63.41
62.6
62.36
62.14
61.8
66.38
61.5
62.72
62.36
62.84
62.24
62.48
62.1
63.23
62.89
(mean)

A. M.—Rectal temperature 105°.

Tuse Temp.

(Fah.)
699.44
68.96
69.17
69.17
69.08
69.26
69.26
69.44
69.55
69.85
69.85
69.85
69.75
69.85
69 85
70.25
70.06
69.64
71.43
71.15
7L15
69.81
66.83

2.98
(gain)

Tuse TEMP.

(Fah.)
679.79
67.23
67.79
67.32
67.02
68
68.45
68.45
68.18
68.09
68.27
68
68.09
68.27
69.17
69.08
68.45
68.45
68.45
68.54
68.84
68.19
62.89

=

5.3
(gain)

Box Temp.
(Fah.)

66°.29

70.565

4.2715
(gain)

Box Tremp.
(Fah.)
65°.96

69.845

3.885
(gain)

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 185

GEN. METER.
(cub. ft)

105.3

536.741

431.441

Gen. METER
(cub. ft )

590.595

1041.48

450.925

186 FEVER.

April 14.
4:45 a. M.—Rectal temperature 104°,9,
Time, Am Texr, Tene Ter. Box Tewr, Gen. Meren,

(Fah.) (Fab,) (Fah,) (cub. ft.)
S77 am. 659.03 69.2 66°.2 1091
5:15 64.31 68.36
6:30 H4.04 68.09
SAS 63.32 68
6 62.36 67.8
6:15 62.15 67.49
6:30 62.06 68.27
645 61.7 68
7 61.75 69.44
7:15 61.7 67.23
7:30 62.6 65.48
745 61.7 66.92
8 61.5 66.47 =
8:15 60.7 66.68
8:30 61.6 66.47
Bad 614 67.33
9 61.3 67.23
9:30 61.1 67.79
945 61.8 68.18
10:7 61.1 68 69.89 1506.5
62.16 67.62 3.69 415.5
(mean) 62.16
5.46.
(gain)

10:15 A. Mi—Rectal temperature 104°.9.
April 16.—Dog alive and apparently better; eats; very lame.

Heat Dissipation.
First Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 515.2536 at 709.69 — 32° = 38.69 = t’.
V+(V x v x 0.002035) = Vv’. V= ee = 4774. W=V x 0.08073 = 38.6
Rise in temp. of air 3.92=t. Q= Wx t x sp. h. = 38.6 x 3.92 x 0.2374 = 35.92 = heat given to a
Quotient for box 2159 < 0.0883 = 190.6397 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 3488 & 0.0261 = 91.0368 = moisture entering box.

99.6029 = moisture vaporized in es
99.6029

an. 15.86 = heat expended in vaporization.

Rise in temp. of water 3.96 X 164.1414 = 650 = heat given to calorimeter.
35.92 = heat given to air.
15.86 = heat expended in vaporization.

701.78 — heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 140.36

Second Pertod—
Quantity of air (V’) = 469.9 at 69°.83 — 329 = 37.83—_t,
V+(V¥ xt’ x 0.002035) — Vv. V =e = 436.3. W = V X 0.08073 — 35.22

Rise in temp. of air 3.54=—=t. Q—=—W Xt X sp. h.= 35.22 X 3.54 X 0.2374 = 29.5987 = heat git
Quotient for box 1797 % 0.1013 «= 182.0361 =< moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 2955 X 0.0334 —= 98.697 <= moisture entering box.

83. “83.3391 = moisture vaporized in box.
83.3391

a 13.2744 == heat expended in vaporization.

Rise in temp. of water 3.13 X 164.1414 = 513.7626 <= heat given to calorimeter.
29.5987 == heat given to air. ‘
15.2744 <= heat expended in vaporization. ©

556.6357 == heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 111.3271

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 187

Third Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 491.9166 at 719.28 — 32° — 39.28 — t¢'.
iV (Vv Xt X< 0:002035) = Vv’. V = =a = 499.478. W =V X 0.08073 = 36.77
Rise in temp. of air 2.86=t. Q=WXtxX sp. h. = 36.77 X 2.86 X 0.2374 = 24.9655 = heat given to air.
Quotient for box 2403 x 0.0715 = 171.8145 = moisture leaving box.

Quotient for air 3847.5 & 0.0238 = 91.5905 = moisture entering box.
80.224 = moisture vaporized in box.

80.224 porn, __ anal Ae

———_ = ]2.774 = heat expended in vaporization.

6 2789

Rise in temp. of water 3.98 164.1414 = 653.283 = heat given to calorimeter.
24.9655 = heat given to air.
12.774 = heat expended in vaporization.

. 691.0225 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 138.2045
Fourth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 200.7826 at 68°.99 — 32° = 36.99 = t’.
200.7826

V +(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’. V= ae = 186.7. W=V x 0.08073 = 15.07

OTE
Rise'in temp. of air 1.82 =t. Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 15.07 & 1.82 & 0.2374 = 6.511 = heat given to air.
Quotient for box
Quotient for air
Rise in temp. of water 1.8 X 164.1414 = 295.4545 = heat given to calorimeter.

6.511 = heat given to air.

4.5 = heat expended in vaporization.*

306.465
Hourly dissipation of heat 153.232
Fifth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 503.4729 at 709.67 — 329 = 38.67 = t’.
2 479
-V +(V xt’ x 0.002035) = V’. V= a — 466.6. W=V X 0.08073 = 37.67.
Ui
Rise in temp. of airl1.63=t. Q=Wxtx sp. h. = 37.67 X 1.63 & 0.2374 = 14.5768 = heat given to air,
Quotient for box 2258.7 X 0.0878 = 198.3139 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 2540.2 x 0.0545 = 138.4409 — moisture entering box.

\ Meter incorrectly read.

5 = heat dissipated in 2 hours.

59.8730 = moisture vaporized in box.

59.8730 Z : benrir
$2789 9.534 — heat expended in vaporization.

Rise in temp. of water 3.36 X 164.1414 = 551.5151 = heat given to calorimeter.
14.5768 = heat given to air.
9.534 = heat expended in vaporization.

575.6259 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 115.1252
Sixth Pertod—

Quantity of air (V’) = 487.4289 at 729.25 — 3205 — 14.0200.
87.4286
V+(V xX t’ X 0.002035) = VV. V= a = 451.32. W = V X 0.08073 = 36.43
Rise in temp of air 2.2=t. Q=W Xt x sp. h. = 36.4 x 2.2 x 0.2374 = 19.03 = heat given to air.

Quotient for box 1180.5 & 0.1823 = 215.205 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 1415.6 X 0.0948 = 134199 = moisture entering box.

81.006 = moisture vaporized in box.

aS = 12.89 = heat expended in vaporization.

a . .

Rise in temp of water 4.095 X 164.1414 = 672.159 = heat given to calorimeter.
19.03 = heat given to air.
12.89 = heat expended in vaporization.

704.079 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.

Hourly dissipation of heat 140.816

* Tn a case of accident like this, the heat gain or loss connected with moisture is estimated.

18S FEVER.

Seventh Period—
Quantity of air (V") = 499.3459 at 719.17 — 329 == 39.17 = t’,

V +(V xt’ x 0.002035) = V. Vie =e = = 462.3, W— V X 0.08073 = 37.32

Rise in temp. of air 1,55 =t. Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 37.32 & 1.55 0.2374 = ll cde gig
Quotient for box 2511.8 X 0.0638 = 160,25 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 1950.6 X 0.0755 = 147.27 = moisture entering box.

—_—_—--—-

12.98 = moisture vaporized in box.
= 2.067 = heat expended in vaporization.

12.98
6.2789
Rise in temp. of water 3.468 X 164.1414 = 569.2424 = heat given to calorimeter.

13.7326 = heat given to air.
2.067 = heat given to vapor.

585.0420 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 117.0084

Eighth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 383.8126 at 729.49 — 329 = 40.49 = t’.
V+(V xt’ x 0.002035) = Vv. V= — ae = 354.7. W—= V X 0.08073 — 28.63
f s
Rise in temp. of air 0.16—= t. Q= W Xt X sp. h. = 28.63 X 0.16 X 0.2374 = 1.0875 = heat given to air,
Quotient for box 1227.8 x 0.138 = 169.437 = moisture leaving box. ;
Quotient for air 2008.4 X 0.0601 = 120.7048 = moisture entering box.

48.7322 = moisture vaporized in box.
48.7322

$2789 7.759 = heat expended in vaporization.

Rise in temp. of water 4.68 X 164.1414 = 768.1817 = heat given to calorimeter.
1.0875 = heat given to air.
7.759 = heat expended in vaporization.

777.0282 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 155.4056

Ninth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 474.5311 at 729.04 — 32° = 40.04 = t’.
V+(V xv x 0.002035) =V. V= eu = 439.38. W = V x 0.08073 = 35.47
Rise in temp. of air 3.31 = t. Q— WX t X sp. h. = 35.47 X 3.31 X 0.2374 = 27.87 = heat given to
Quotient for box 2071.3 & 0.0795 — 164.6683 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 4290.5 0.0422 = 181.0591 = moisture entering box.

16.3908 <= moisture condensed in box.

16.8905 _ 2.61 == heat gained from condensation.

6.2789
Rise in temp. of water 4.56 X 164.1414 = 748.4848 — heat given to calorimeter.
27.87 = heat given to air.

776.3548
2.61 = heat gained from condensation.

773.7448 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 154.7489

Tenth Period— -
Quantity of air (V’) = 572.4965 at 70°.4— 32° = 38.4 = t’. :
V+(V Xt’ X 0.002035) meV", V me 5824965 551 Woe ¥ 3 0.08073 m= 42.87

1.078
Rise in temp. of air 3.93—t. Q= WX t X sp. h. = 42.87 X 3.93 X 0.2374 = 40 — heat given to

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 189

Quotient for box 4525.7 X 0.0405 = 183.2908 = moisture leaving box.
otient for air 6202.5 X 0.0219 = 135.8347 = moisture entering box.

| —

47.4561 = moisture vaporized in box.

= 7.557 = heat gained from vaporization.

Ri in temp. of water 2.98 X 164.1414 — 489.1413 — heat given to calorimeter.
; 40 = heat given to air.
7.557 = heat expended in vaporization.

536.6983 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 107.3396

Eleventh Period—
antity of air (V’) = 298.4423 at 68°.95 —-329= 36.95 = 1’.
(V x #’ X 0.002035) = Vv’. V= ee — 277.6. W=V X 0.08073 = 22.41

O75
temp. of air 3.86 =t. Q=W x tx sp. h. = 22.41 x 3.86 x 0.2374 = 20.54 = heat given to air.
i ent for box 1316.2 < 0.0825 = 108.5865 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 3942.2 x 0.0164 = 64.6520 = moisture entering box.

43.9345 = moisture vaporized in box.
345

89
.in temp. of water 2.167 X 164.1414 = 355.794 = heat given to calorimeter.
; 20.54 = heat given to air.
6.99 = heat expended in vaporization.

= 6.99 = heat gained from vaporization.

383.324 = heat dissipated in 33 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 114.946

‘Twelfth Period—

ntity of air (V’) = 431.454 at 68°.64— 32° = 36.64 = t’,

(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’. V= ae = 401.7. W=V X 0.08073 = 32.43

; 07

in temp. of air 3=t. Q= Wx t X sp. h. =32.43 x 3 x 0.2374 = 23.0966 = heat given to air.
in temp. of water 3.72 X 164.1414 = 610.61 = heat given to calorimeter.

23.0966 = heat given to air.

633.706 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.

Hourly dissipation of heat 126.7412
t

‘Thirteenth Period—

antity of air (V’) = 431.441 at 699.81 — 329 = 37.81 = t’.

4 (V x t! x 0.002035) = V.. V= Se = 400.6. W=V X 0.08073 = 32.34

yi O77 fe é :
; ise in temp. of air 2.98 = t’. Q=W Xt Xsp. h. = 32.34 X 2.98 X 0.2374 = 22.879 = heat given to air.
n temp. of water 4.275 X 164.1414 = 701.7045 = heat given to calorimeter.

22.879 = heat given to air.

724.5835 — heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 144.9167

Fourteenth Pertod—
u ntity of air (V’) = 450.925 at 68C.19 — 32° = 36.19 = t’.

T+ (V Xt’ X 0.002035) = V.. V= a = 419.85. W = V X 0.08073 = 33.89
07
Rise in temp. of air 5.3=t. Q=W Xt X sp.h.= 33.89 X 5.3 X 0.2374 = 42.6411 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 3.885 x 164.1414 = 637.6893 = heat given to calorimeter.
7 42.6411 = heat given to air.

“680.3304 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 136.066

190 FEVER.

Fifteenth Period—
Quantity of air (V‘) = 415.5 at 67°.62 — 32° = 35.62 = t’.
V+(¥ xt’ x 0.002035) =v. V= os — 387.6. W— V x 0.08073 = 31.2909
Rise in temp. of air 546=—=t. Qa Wx t x sp.h. = 31.29 X 5.46 X 0.2374 = 40,5582 = heat given to

Rise in temp. of water 3.69 X 164.1414 = 605.6817 = heat given to calorimeter,
40.5582 = heat given to air.

. 646.2399 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 129.2479

Heat Production.
First Period—
Rise of bodily temperature in 5 hours 19.625, in 1 hour 0.325 = t.
Q= W Xt X sp. bh. = 39 X 0.325 X 0.75 == 9.50625 = heat added to reserve.
140.36 = hourly dissipation of heat.
9.50625 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 149.87

Second Period—
Rise of bodily temperature in 5 hours 0°.5, in 1 hour 0.1 = t.
Q=W Xt sp. h. = 39 X 0.1 X 0.75 = 2.925 = heat added to reserve.
111.3271 = hourly dissipation of heat.
2.925 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 114.2521

Third Period—
Rise of bodily temperature in 5 hours 09.9565, in 1 hour 0.1913 =
Q=W Xt X sph. tea bc 0.1913 56.0.9 260 acre
138.2045 = hourly dissipation of heat.
5.5575 == hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 143.762

Fourth Period—
Rise of bodily temperature in 2 hours 0°.85, in 1 hour.0.43 = t.
Q= W x tx sp. h. = 39 x 0.43 x 0.75 = 12.58 = heat added to reserve.
153.2327 = hourly dissipation of heat.
12.58 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 165.8127

Fifth Peritod—
Fall of bodily temperature in 5 hours 0°.7165, in 1 hour 0.14 = t.
Q= WX t X sp. h. = 39 XK 0.14 & 0.75 = 4.095 = heat taken from reserve.
115.1252 — hourly dissipation of heat.
4.095 == hourly loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 111.0302 ©
Sizth Pertod—
Rise of bodily temperature in 5 hours 0°.915, in 1 hour 0.18 = t.
Qe W Xt X sp. h. = 39 K 0.18 X 0.75 <= 5.265 == heat added to reserve.

140.816 == hourly dissipation of heat.
5.265 <= hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 146.081

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 191

odily temperature in 5 hours 0°.545, in 1 hour 0.109 = t.

W Xt X sp. h. = 39 X 0.109 X 0.75 = 3.04 = heat added to reserve.

117.0084 = hourly dissipation of heat.
3.1882 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 120.1966

_ Eighth Period—
‘all of bodily temperature in 5 hours 20.767, in 1 hour 0.553 = t.
>< t X sp. h. = 39 K 0.553 & 0.75 = 16.09 = heat taken from reserve.
155.4056 = hourly dissipation of heat.
16.1692 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

a

Hourly production of heat 139.5748

Ninth Period—
-in animal temperature in 5 hours 09.865, in 1 hour 0.173 = t.
-W Xt X sp. h. = 39 X 0.173 X 0.75 = 4.9725 = heat added to reserve.
a 154.7489 = hourly dissipation of heat.
5.0602 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 159.8091

W Xt X sp. h. = 39 X 0.083 X 0.75 = 2.4277 = heat taken from reserve.
107.3396 = hourly dissipation of heat.
2.4277 = heat taken from reserve.

Hourly production of heat 104.9119

f Eleventh Period—
I of aM temperature in 32 hours 0°.177, in 1 hour 0.055 = t.
Wi Xt X sp. h. = 39 X 0:055 X 0.75 = 1.60875 = heat taken from reserve.
117.946 = hourly dissipation of heat.
_ 1.60875 = heat taken from reserve.

- Hourly production of heat 116.337
os .
Twelfth Period—

change in bodily temperature.

rly dissipation of heat = hourly production of heat 126.7412.

Thirteenth Period—

| of bodily temperature in 64 hours 0°.45, in one hour 0.071 = t.

'X< +t X sp. h. = 39 x 0.071 XK 0.75 = 2.05 = heat taken from reserve.

144.9167 = hourly dissipation of heat.
2.0767 — heat taken from reserve.

peur production of heat 142.84

* ieuricenth Period—
bodily temperature in 5 hours, 09.32, in 1 hour 0. 064 = t.
W Xt X sp. h. = 39 X 0.064 X 0. 75 = 1.872 = heat taken from reserve.
136.066 = hourly dissipation of heat.
1.872 = heat taken from reserve.

Hourly production of heat 134.194

N inge in bodily temperature.
d curly dissipation of heat = hourly production of heat 129.2479

192 FEVER.
RECAPITULATION,
Tiwe Meat Heat
Dissiration. Propvcriox,
120r.u. to 6:20r.M. 140.36 149.87
First day. = T:37 P.M. to 12:37 a.m. LLL327L 114.2521
April 9, i i 2:20 a.u. to 7:20... 188.2045 143.762
April 10,1 PM | 19.95 4 a. to 1225 r.M. 153.2327 165.8127
At 2:50 v. 1. —20 minims of foul pus injected into jugalar vein,
$40 r.xu. to S40r. x. 115.1252 111.0302
J he ease, “eto | WMS rom. to SAS a.m. 140.816 146.081
on fies ts 2 5:30 a.m. to 10:30 a.m. 117.0084 120.1966
ae *™ | jo30p.u. to 3:30r. mu. 155.4056 139.5748

11:20 rv. .—20 minims of pus injected. Dog ate 4 Ib. of beef at 1 r. mw.

Third day. ey PM.
April 11, 3:30 p.m. to os : -
April 12, 3:30 P.M. ia cer
Fourth day. ime es 7
April 13, 10 a.m. to 1° - =
eet 5:7 A.M.
Time in
CALORIMETER,

First day. 17 hours.

Second day. 18 hours.

Third day. 15 hours.

Fourth day. 20 hours.

A dog. Weight 19 pounds.
May 10.

Time.

12:13 a.m.
12:28
1243
12:58
1:13
1:28
1:43
1:58
2:13
2:28
2:43
2:58
3:13
3:28
3:43
3:58
4:13
4:28

to 5:30 P.M." 155.4056
to 12:2 a.m. 154.7489
to 6:4la.m. 107.3396
to 1242 p.m. 117.946

to 3:18 p.m. 126.7412
to 9:35 p.m. 144.9167
to 4 a.m. 136,066

to LO:7l a.m. 129.2479

139.5748
159.8091
104.9119
116.337

126.7412
142.84
134.194
129.2479

SUMMARY.

Avenacr Hounty
Hear Dissiration,.

132.7014
129.498
131.5025
134.243

Avenace Hourty
Heat Propvuction,

139.4733
128.0702 —
130.1177
133.256

EXpERIMENT 112,
Had been fed in the morning.

Ain Temr.
(Fah.) (Fah.)
68°.36 719.96
67.28 71.84
67.55 72.2
67.55 71.96
68.24 71.24
67.76 71.96
68.72 71.72
68.81 71.84
69.08 72.08
69.02 7241
69.62 72.5
69.8 72.86
69.44 12.5
69.71 72.86
70.04 72.95
70.16 73.14
70.43 7845
71.56 73.66
69.06 72.79
(mean) 69.06
3.73
(gain)

4:28 rp, M.—Rectal temperature 102°.5.
4:57 p. M.—Rectal temperature 103°.4.

* This period was obtained by taking average of period from 12:30 P. M. to 3:30 P. 1 ie

12:13 Pp. m.—Rectal temperature 103°.3.
Tune Teme. Box Temr. Gey. Meter.

(Fahb.)
69°.56

72.23

267
(gain)

Recor. Ter.
(Fah.)
1029.85 to 1049.7 No food since

Remwanks,

2
r

103.9 to 1044 rm. day before

103.9 to105 Had 1) Ibs. raw

103.1 to 104.2 liverat 6.40 rou.

104.7 to 103.9

103.9 to 105, Dog ate 14 Iba.

104.8 to 1054 liver at 9:5 am

107 to 104.15

107 ~— to: 104.15

104.15 to 105.15

105.1 to 104.6

105 to 104.8 ;

105.85 Dog very §

105.85 to 105.4 — refuses fooc

105.4 to 105

104.9

EXTREMES OF Avena

Reor. Ter. Rect. 1
(Fah.)

1029.85 to 105° 104

103.9 to 105.4

104.15 to 107

104.9 to 105.85

(cub. ft.)
753.38 —

1088.65
335.27

TUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 193

TIME. Air TEMP, Tose Temr. Box Temp. Gen. Meter.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
5:11 P.M: 722.53 749.3 71°.36 104.88
5:26 FL5L 74.3

5:41 71.84 73.76
5:56 W712 74.12
6:11 71.84 74.12
6:26 72.6 74.12
6:41 71.24 _ 73.45
6:56 © 70.52 74.21
TAL 70.25 74.12
1:26 — 70.25 ~ 74.21
TAL 69.92 73 45
7:56 69.71 73.45
8:11 69.62 73.55
8:26 68.72 73.45
8:41 68.72 73.35
8:56 68.8 73.35
“9:11 68.9 73.25
9:26 67.76 12.95
9:41 | 68.36 73.33
9:56 68.72 73.55

10:11 69.20 oD” 73.445 445.52

70.13 73.71 2.085 340.64

(mean) 70.13 (gain)
3.58
(gain)

—Rectal temperature 103°.3.

Time. Air TEMP. Tube TEMP. Box Temp. Gen. METER.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.»
11:3 P.M. 65°.64 70°.64 71° 510.695
11:18 65.96 (ie
11:33 65.21 72.5
11:48 64.13 71.6
E 12:3 a.m. 65 72.2
12:18 64.67 7112
12:33 65 72.32
12:48 64.67 72.59
1:3 64.4 72.08
1:18 64.4 72.8
i883 65.12 72.59.
1:48 65.12 72.68
23) 66.68 712.95
2:18 68.36 73.88
2:33 69.33 74.39
2:48 68.99 73.66
3:3 67.28 72.77
3:18 67.28 72.86
883 67.37 72.95
3:48 68.36 73.04
4:3 68.81 73.04 73.418 859.55
66.275 72.62 2.418 348.855
(mean) 66.275 (gain)
6.345
(gain)

M .—Rectal temperature 102.8.

25 July, 1880.
ag ;

194 FEVER.

May 11.
y Tixk Am Texr, Tone Ter. Box Ter. Gey. Mere,
(Fah.) (Fah,) (Fah,) {oub, ft
5 am 67°.76 719.06 70°.592 906.55
5:15 65.66. 71.06
5:30 69.29 71.24
545 65.39 7115
6 64.22 F0AS
6:15 64.22 7043
6:30 62.15 69.75
645 62.15 69.44
“f 62.15 69.54
vp i 62.15 70.25
7:30 63.68 70.97
TAS 63.92 70.06
8 63.32 7043
8:15 63.05 70A3
8:30 62.87 70.34
845 62.87 70.06
9 63.05 69.96 %
9:15 63.23 70.52 ;
9:30 63.5 FOA3 .
9:45 63.41 70.97
10 63.68 69.65 12.725 1251.7
63.89 T7044 2.133 345.15
(mean) 63.89 (gain)
6.55
(gain)

10:24 A. m.—Rectal temperature 102°.8.

4:20 p. m.—Rectal temperature 103°.7.

4:30 p. Mm—Twenty minims of putrid blood (six days old) injected into the jugular vein,
4:35 p.M.—Dog vomiting.
4:50 p. M.—Rectal temperature 104°.3.

Tine, Am Temr. Tune Temr, Box Temr. Gren. Merer.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.)
45577. 659.66 659.96 66°.056 261.7
5:12 66.38 66.68
§:27 68.54 68.63
542 67.76 68
5:57 66.28 68.47 66.92 339.45

66.92 67.55 0.864 — 77.75
(mean) 66.92 (gain)

0.63

(gain)

6:5 p. mM.—Rectal temperature 102°.6.

"a
May 12.

Time, Air Temp.
(Fah.)
6:21 P.M 65°.66
6:36 62.24
6:51 62.6
7:5 63.32
7:20 63.05
7:35 63.14
7:50 62.48
8:5 62.24
8:20. 61.7 |
u 8:35 61.6
8:50 61.4
9:5 61.4
9:20 61.3
9:35 59.7
9:50 62.1
10:5 62.1
10:20 62.2
‘ 10:35 62.2
10:50 62.15
11:15 63.68
Hit: 1 reese :
62.31
(mean)

M.—Rectal temperature 104°.3

TIME, Air TEMP.
(Fah.)
1213a.m. 639.23
12:30 63.8
12:45 64.31
1 63.23
1:15 64.88
1:30 65
1:45 65.48
2 65.66
2315 65.84
2:30 66.2
2:43 66.29
3 66.08
3:15 65.98
3:30 65.86
3:45 66.08
4 66.08
415 66.29
4:30 66.29
4:45 66.2
ii) 66.08
5:13 64.67
65.41
(mean)

. M.—Rectal temperature 104°.

Tugs Temp.
(Fah.)

Turn Teme.
(Fah.)
65°.03
66.38
67.79
67.49
68.45
68.45
68.63
69.35
69.65
69.95
69.45
69.95
70.25

69.85
69.54
69.64
69.85
69.75
69.75
69.75
68.75
68.9

65.41

3.49
(gain)

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY.

Box Temp.

(Fah.)
669.29

68.48

2.19
(gain)

Box Tenr,
(Fah.)
66°.965

69.26

2.295
(gain)

195

GEN. MrTer.
(cub. ft.)

364.65

719.1

354.45

GEnN, Meter.
(cub. ft.)

734.8

196 FEVER.

May 12.
6 a. m.—Rectal temperature 1047.5.

Time Aim Temp. Tene Teme. Box Teme. Grex. Meren.

(Fab.) (Fab.) (Fah. (cub, ft.)
6:18am. 669.29 699.08 669.56 113.
6:30 66.38 68.63
645 67.9 65.96
7 62. 67.43
7:15 62.2 67.23
7:30 62. 66.56 :
TAS 61.7 66.47
8 61.8 66.8
8:15 61.9 66.8
8:30 614 66.38
845 61.9 66.08
9 60.5 66.08
9:15 60.3 66.64
9:30 60.3 66.56
945 60.3 66.47
10 60.3 66.65
10:15 604 66.92
10:30 604 66.84
1045 61. 67.59
1 61.1 67.02
11:18 weeeee weeete 68.225 449.72
62.00 66.91 1.665 336.02
(mean) 62.00 (gain)
4.91
(gain)

11:30 a. .—Rectal temperature 1049.3. Dog refuses to eat.

Time, Ain Ter, Tune Temr. Box Temr. Gen. Merten.

(Fah.) (Fah, (Fah.) (oub. ft.)
12138 P.M. 620.15 66°47 669.716 507.915
12:28 61.15 66.56
12:43 61. 66.63
12:58 60.1 66.92
1:13 60.1 66.92
1:28 60.1 66.2
143 ~ 60.1 66.29
1:58 60.1 66.47
2:13 60.1 66.29
2:28 60.1 65.84
2:43 60. 65.39
2:58 59.5 66.47
3:13 59.2 65.72
3:28 60. 66.56
3:43 59.6 67.02
3:58 60.3 67.02
4:13 aes as pe 68.09 891.61
60.22 66.43 1.374 383.695
(mean) 60.22 (gain)
6.21
(gain)

4:15 yp. M.— Rectal temperature 106°.5.

Time. Air Temp.
(Fah.)
4:38 p.m. 639.41
4:53, Ee 63.23
5:8 63.8
§:23 63.59
5:38 63.8
BO:D3: 64.04
6:8 62.24
6:23 61.2
6:38 61.
6:53 59.2
7:8 58.6
7:23 59.
7:38 59.6
1583 60.7
8:8 614
8:23 61.7
8:38 61.7
8:53 62.
9:8 62.69
9:23 62.51
Oe} 4 asenm00
6L.77
(mean)

oe
; Time. Air Temp.
(Fah.)
10:5 P.M 649.4
10:26 63.8
10:35 - 64.04
10:50 63.92
Ui Igs) 64.04
11:20 64.13
B35 64.22
41:50 64.04
IDG TGR 64.13
12:20 64 04
12:35 63.8
12:50 63.8
1:5 63.8
1:20 63.44
1:35 63.44
1:50 63.44
Dee) 63.40
2:20 63.32
2:35 62.72
2:50 62.48
3:5 62.72
3:20 62.6
3:35, 62 96
3:50 63.14
4:5 necegas
63.57
(mean)

Rectal temperature 104°.5.
s)

Tuse Temp.
(Fah.)
65°.6
66.38
68.09
67.23
67.79
67.89
66.38
66.8
67.23
66.29
65.84
63.38
68.09
67.43
67.02
67.33
67.53
68.09
68.18
68.27

Tuge Temp.
(Fah.)
689.45
68.45
68.84
69.85
68.96
68.96
69.08
69.08
69.72
69.96
69.26
69.32
69.44
69.44
69.75
69.35
69.35
69.17 -
69.44
69.54
69.54
69.75
69.75
70.06

eeeeeee

STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY.

Box Temp.
(Fah.)
669.56

68.9

_ 2.34
(gain)

Box Tempe.
(Fah.)
679.1

70.88

3.78
(gain)

MST

Gen. METER.
(cub. ft.)

817.67

1134.27

316.60

Gen. METER.
(cub. ft.)

156.79

518.86

362.07

198 FEVER.

May 18.
Time, Ain Ter, Tose Temr, Box Ter, Gey, Meren.
(Fah.) (Fah) (Fah.) (cub, ft.)
4:36a.m. 63°.23 67.49 679,28 550.3
4:51 63.23 6749 .
5:6 63.23 67.43
521 62.75 68.
5:36 62.15 67.02 >
5:51 62.15 65.21 y
6:6 61.6 64.26
6:21 62. 63.9
6:36 6L7 68.27
5:51 62.1 67.79
7:6 62.1 68.54 =
721 62.36 68.63
7:36 62.72 68.27
751 62.84 68.27
8:6 62.84 68.45
8:21 62.72 68.36
8:36 62.72 68.96
8:51 62.72 69.08
9:6 63.05 69.54
9:21 63.14 69.35
9:36 nestane qanoay 69.8 855.14
62.56 67.71 2.52 304.84
(mean) 62.56 (gain)
5.15
(gain)

9:45 a. m.—Rectal temperature 104°.1

Time. Ain Temr, Tune Tenr, Box Tremwr, Gen, Merten.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
10:13 a.m. 639.59 66°.65 66°.176 $93.6
10:28 62.84 67.02
10:43 63.68 67.69
10:58 62.6 67.13
11:13 63.23 66.92 66.8 958.39
63.19 67.08 0.624 64.79
(mean) 63.19 (gain)
3.89
(gain)

11:15 A. m.—Reetal temperature 104°.3.

11:32 a. m.—Dog etherized, and the spinal cord cut between the last cervical and the | r
vertebrae. ‘

11:38 A. M.—Rectal temperature 104°.6.

Toe AimTexr, Tor Pemr. Box Tewr. Gey. Merer.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (oub. ft.)
USba.m. 632.23 660.29 640.94 969.32 ‘
12:l0r.u. 62.72 66.38
12:25 62.6 66.47
12:40 62.48 66.47
12:50 63.32 66.49 65.72 1097.12
62.87 66.42 0.78 67.80
(mean) 62.87 (gain) .
3.55
(gain)

1:21 vr. M.—Reetal temperature 94°.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 199

_ Heat Dissipation.

First Period—

ntity of air (V’) = 335.27 at 720.39 — 32° = 40.39 — 1’,

(Vx t’ x 0.002035) = VW’. V= oe = 3096. W=V x 0.08073 = 95

ise in temp. of air 3.33 = t. Q=W xXtx sp.h.=25 x 3.33 x 0.5 2374 = 19.7636 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 2.67 X 130.8589 = 349.3932 = heat given to calorimeter.
. 19.7636 = heat given to air.

369.157 = dissipation of heat in 42 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 86.86

. Second Period—

Quantity of air (V’) = 340.64 at 739.71 — 32° = 41.71 = t’
V+ (Vx t’ x 0.002035) = Vv’. V= a= = 313.9. W=V x 0.08073 = 25.34

ise in temp. of air 3.58=t. Q—W Xt x sp. h. = 25.34 x 3.58 x 0.2374 = 21.536 = heat given to air.
ise in temp. of water 2.085 x 130.8589 = 272.8408 — heat given to calorimeter.
: 21.536 = heat given to air.

294.3768 = dissipation of heat in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 58.8753

*
a Third Period—
Q uantity of air (V’) = 348.855 at 729.62 — 329 = 40.62 =
+ (V x t’ x 0.002035) = VW’. V= oe = 322.1. W=V x 0.08073 = 26

‘Rise in temp. of air 6.345 = t. Q—= W x t x sp. h. = 26 x 6.345 x 0.2374 = 39.16 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 2.418 x 130.8589 = 316.4168 = heat given to calorimeter.
J 39.16 = heat given to air.

: 355.5768 = dissipation of heat in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 71.1153

ae pee Pe

345, 15.
1.078
e in temp. of air 6.55=t. Q=W x tx sp. h.= 25.84 x 6.55 x 0.2374 = 40.18 = heat given to air.
ein temp. of water 2.133 x 130.8589 = 279.122 = heat given to calorimeter.

40.18 = heat given to air.

319.302 = dissipation of heat in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 63.86 :

+ + (V X t’ X 0.002035) = V’. V= = 320.1. W=V X 0.08073 = 25.84

| Fifth Period—
untity of air (V’) = 77.75 at 67°.55 — 329 = 35.55 = t’.

y+ (V xX t’ x 0.002035) = VW’. V= ae = 72.66. W= V X 0.08073 = 5.866

e in temp. of air 0.63=t. Q=WXtXsp.h. =5.866 X 0.63 X 0.2374 = 0.877 = heat given to air.
tise in temp. of water 0.864 x 130.8589 = 113.062 = heat given to calorimeter.
0.877 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 113.939
“Sixth Period—
uantity of air (V’) = 354.45 at 67.220 — 329 = 35.22 = t’.

+(V x t’ x 0.002035) =V’.. V= =e = = 331.2. W=V x 0.08073 = 26.74

200 FEVER.

.

Rise in temp. of air 4.91 = t. Qa WX tx sp. h, = 26.74 x 4.91 X 0.2374 = 31.169 = heat given tos
Rise in temp. of water 2.19 X 130.8589 = 286.5810 = heat given to calorimeter.
31.169 = heat given to air.

317.75 = dissipation of heat in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat — 63.55

Seventh Period—
Quantity of air (V') = 325.2 at 68°.90 — 32° = 36.90 = t’.

V +(V x t x 0002035) = VW. V= bist = 302.5. W= V x 0.08073 = 24.42

Rise in temp. of air 349=t. Q= W Xt X sp. h. = 25.17 K 3.49 K 0.2374 = 21.8548 = heat given te

Rise in temp. of water 2.295 X 130.8589 = 300.3212 = heat given to calorimeter,
21.8548 = heat given to air.

321.1765 = dissipation of heat in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat — 64.4853

Eighth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 336,02 at 669.91 — 32° = 34.91 = t’.
V+(V Xt’ x 0.002035) = Vv. V= = =3l4. W—=V X 0.08073 = 25.35
Rise in temp. of air 4.91 = t. Q= WX t Xp. h. = 25.35 & 4.91 XK 0.2374 = 29.549 = heat gi (

Rise in temp. of water 1.665 X 130.8589 = 217.88 = heat given to calorimeter.
31.774 = heat given to air.

249.654 — heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 49.93

Ninth Period—~ »
Quantity of air (V’) = 333.695 at 669.43 — 32° = 34.43 = t’. 5

V+(¥ x t x 0.002035) =V.. V= aS = 358.6. W—= V X 0.08073 = 28.95

Rise in temp. of air 6.21 = t. Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 28.95 X 6.21 X 0.2374 = 42.68 = heat g
_ Rise in temp. of water 1.374 X 130.8589 = 179.8001 = heat given to calorimeter.
- 42.68 = heat given to air.

222.4801 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 44.5

Tenth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 316.6 at 679.04 — 329 = 35.04 = t’.
V+(V xt’ x 0.002035) = V’. V oe = 295.9. W=V x 0.08073 = 23.89
Rise in temp. of air 5.27=t. Q=W Xt X sp.h. = 23.89 X 5.27 & 0.2374 = 29.8886 = heat svete

Rise in temp. of water 2.34 X 130.8589 = 306.2098 = heat given to calorimeter.
29.8886 = heat given to air

336.0984 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat — 67.2197

Eleventh Period-
Quantity of air (V’) = 362.07 at 699.31 — 32° — 37.31 = t’.
V+(¥ xv x 0.002035) — Vv. V = — ae = 336.5. W= V X 0.08073 = 27.16
Rise in temp. of air 5.74— t. Qu W xt Xp. bx 8116 Cbd CORN TO e

Rise in temp. of water 3.78 X 130.8589 = 494.6406 = heat given to calorimeter.
37.01 = heat given to air.

531.6566 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 106.3313

Ps STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYS SIOLOGY. 201

Twelfth Period—

y of air (V’) = 304.84 at 679.71 — 329= 35.71 = t/.

x Ux 0.002035) = VW. V= aS = 284.9. W=V x 0.08073 = 23

ntemp. of air 5.15 —=t. Q=W XtXsp.h.=23. x 5.15 0.2374 = 28.12 = heat given to air.
n temp. of water 2.52 & 180 8989 = 329.7644 = heat given to calorimeter.

28.12 = heat given to air.

357.8844 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 71.5769

an

Thirteenth Period—
antity of air (V’) = 64.79 at 679.08 — 32° = 35.08 = t’.
V xt! x 0.002035) = V. V= = 9 — 60.5. W=V x 0.08073 = 4.88
temp. of air3.89=t. Q—W Xt Xsp.h. =4.88 X 3.89 X 0.2374 = 4.5066 = heat given to air.
temp. of water 0.624 & 130.8589 = 81.6559 = heat given to calorimeter.
4.5066 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat "86.1625

Fourteenth Period—
ity of air (V’) = 67.8 at 660.42 — 39° — 34.49 = ¢'.
x t’ x 0.002035) = V’. V= ws = 634. W=V X 0.08073 = 5.12
temp. of air 3.55 —=t. Q=W X t X sp. h. = 5.12 & 3.55 X 0.2374 = 4.06 — heat given to air.
ip. of water 0.78 X 130.8589 = 102.0699 = heat given to calorimeter.
4.06 = heat given to air

106.1299 = heat dissipated in 55 miyutes.
Hourly dissipation of heat 115.77

e Heat Production.
rst Period—
odily temperature in 43 hours 0°.8, in 1 hour 0.19 = t.
Xt X sp. bh. =19 K 0.19 X 0.75 = 2.701 = heat taken from reserve.
86.86 = hourly dissipation of heat.
2.701 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

“Hourly production of heat 84.159

Second Period—

| of bodily temperature in 52 hours 0°.1, in 1 hour 0.018 = t.

xtx sp. h. = 19 X 0.018 K 0.75 = 0.2566 = heat taken from reserve.
te 58.8753 = hourly dissipation of heat.

0.2566 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

_ Hourly production of heat 58.6187

ird Pertod—
odily temperature in 53 hours-0°.5, in 1 hour 0.087 = t.
Xt X sp. h. = 19 X 0.087 X 0.75 = 1.2397 — heat. taken from reserve.
71.1153 = hourly dissipation of heat.
1.2397 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 69.8756
er :

Fourth Period—
nge of bodily temperature.

issipated hourly = hourly production of heat 63.799
26 July, 1880,

v

202 FEVER.

Fifth Period—
Fall of bodily temperature in 2 hours 19.7, in 1 hour 0.85 = t.
Q= W Xt Xap. bh. = 19 K 0.85 K 0.75 = 12,11 = heat taken from reserve.
113.939 == hourly dissipation of heat.
12.1] == hourly loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 101.829

Sixth Pertiod—
Rise of bodily temperature in 5} hours 1°.7, in 1 hour 0.314 = t.
Q= Wx tx sp. bh. = 19 x 0.314 x 0.75 = 4.617 = heat added to reserve,
63.55 == hourly dissipation of heat.
4A74 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

—_-

Hourly production of heat 68.024

Seventh Period— ,
Fall of bodily temperature in 6 hours 0°.3, in 1 hour 0.05 = t.
Q=W Xt X sph. = 19 XK 0.05 K 0.75 = 0.7125 = heat taken from reserve.
64.2342 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.7125 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

—_—

Hourly production of heat 63.5217

Eighth Pertod—
Fall of bodily temperature in 5} hours 0°.2, in 1 hour 0.036 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 19 X 0.036 X 0.75 = 0.513 = heat taken from reserve.
49.93 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.513 = heat taken from reserve.

Hourly production of heat A9.ALT

Ninth Pertod—
Rise of bodily temperature in 4} hours 2° 2, in 1 hour 0.463 = t.
Q=— Wx tx sp. bh. —19 xX 0.463 x 0.75 = 6.5977 = heat added to reserve.
44.5 = hourly dissipation of heat.
6.5977 = hourly addition to reserve.

Hourly production of heat 51.0977 |

Tenth Period—
Fall of bodily temperature in 54 hours 0°.5, in 1 hour 0,091 = t.
Q—W Xt X sp. h. = 19 X 0.091 X 0.75 = 1.2967 = heat taken from reserve.
67.2197 = hourly dissipation of heat.
1.2967 = heat taken from reserve.

Hourly production of heat 65.923

Eleventh Period—
Fall of bodily temperatare in 64 hours 19.5, in 1 hour 0.231 = t.
Q=W XtX sp. bh. = 19 K 0.231 K 0.75 = 3.2917 = heat taken from reserve.
106.3313 = hourly dissipation of heat.
3.2917 = heat taken from reserve.

Hourly yrroduction of heat 103.0396

Twelfth Period—
Fall of bodily temperature in 54 hours 0°.4, in 1 honr 0.073 = t.
Q=W Xt wp. h. = 19 x 0.073 & 0.75 = 1.040 = heat taken from reserve.
71.5769 = hourly dissipation of heat.
1.04 == heat taken from reserve. —

Hourly production of heat 70.5369

STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 993

her ‘eenth Period— ;

ae = 6 :
bodily temperature in 1.5 hours 0°.2, in 1 hour 0.1333 = t.

= W x t X sp. h. 19 X 0.1333 X 0.75 = 1.8995 = heat added to reserve.
mes 86.1625 = hourly dissipation of heat.

7 3 s
- 1.8995 = heat added to reserve.

Hourly production of heat 88.062

FP urteenth Pertod—

bodily temperature in 12 hours 10.6, in 1 hour 6.36 = t.

Xt X sp. h. 19 X 6.36 X 0.75 = 90.63 = heat taken from reserve.
90.63 = heat taken from reserve.

115.778 = hourly dissipation of heat.

Hourly production of heat 25.148

RECAPITULATION.
Hovurty Heat Hovurry HEAT
TIME. DissSIpaT1on. PRODUCTION. Rect, Temp. REMARKS.
(Fah.)
12:13 p.m. to 4:28 p.m. 86.86 84.159 103°.3 to 102°.5 Dog had been fed

5:11 p.m. to 10:11 P.M. 58.8753 58.6187 104.3 to 103.3 in the morning.
U1:3) pom. to 4:3 a.ar. 71.1153 69.8756 103.3 to 102.8
5 a.m. tol0 a.m. 63.799 63.799 102.8

., May 11, dog was fed all he would eat. At 4:20 p.m, had twenty minims of putrid blood in-
ternal jugular vein.

ond day. 4:57 p.m. to 5:57 P.M. 113.939 101.829 104.3 to 102.6
aio 6:21 p.m. to 11:21 P.M. 63.551 68.024 102.6 to 104.3
Tait 12:13 a.m. to 5:13 a.m. 64.2342 63.5217 104.3 to 104
j 6:18 a.m. to 11:18 a. w, 49.93 A9.ALT 104.5 to 104.3 Dog refuses to eat.
om 12:13 p.m. to 4:13 p.m. 44.5 51.0977 104.3 to 106.5
day. 4:38 p.m. to 9:38 P.M. 67.2197 65.923 106.5 to 106
, it Oa.m.to 2 10:5 p.m. to 4:5 A.M 106.3313 103.0396 106 to 104.5
230 A, M. 4:36 a.m. to 9:36 A. 71.5769 70.5369 104.5 to 104.1
10:13 a. uw. to 11:13 a. 86.1625 88.062 104.1 to 104.3
d cut. 11:55 a.m. to12:50a.m. 115.778 25.148
case a fever day for contrasting with normal day is best obtained by taking from 12:13 a.., May 11,
., May 12.
SUMMARY.
: EXxrren A
ote, AYER Motnox. HewrPnopucriox, Rect. Tear. Rect, TEx.
(Eah.) (Fah.)
19+ hours. 69.5117 €8.059 102°.5 to 1049.3 * 103°.4
16 hours. 62.66 62.9151 102.6 to 104.5 104.2.
21 hours, 76.006 75.8566 104.1 to 106.5 105.2

204 : FEVER. a
Experiment 113,
A dog. Weight 22 pounds; had been fed in the morning of experiment.
May 14, 5:10 Pp, a.—Rectal temperature 103°.
Aim Tune Box GeNenaL Samrie Am Sarin
Ter, Temr, Temr. Merren. Maren. eTen, Caroium
Trae. : Tepe.
(Pab.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.) (cub, ft.) (eub. ft.) (grms.)
5:30r.M. 689.23 679.02 63°.32 LLL 100 100.023 72.727
545 62.96 67.02
6 62.04 67.12 bi
6:15 63.23 67.43
6:30 63.14 67.69
645 65.14 67.9
7 62.24 67.9
7:15 62.56 67.8
730 61.36 6749
TAS 59 65.96
8 60.3 66.47
8:15 59.3 66.29
8:30 59.3 66.8
B45 59 66.47
9 68.7 67.13
9:15 58.7 66.8
9:30 59.9 68.45
945 59.8 68.27
10 61.2 68.96
10:15 61.2 69.08
10:30 61.51 68.84
1045 61.72 68.45
IL 61.2 68.18
11:15 61.3 68.09
11:30 61.5 68.09
1145 cake seats 68.42 519.75 100.3196 100.2847 72.77%
_— — ——— a -
61.09 67.59 5.1 408.34 0.3196 0.2617 0.0525
(mean) 61.09 (gain) 0.3196 (gain)
6.5 408.6596
(gain)
May 15. 12 midnight.—Rectal temperature 103°. 1 a. m.—Rectal temperature 102°.6.
Aim
tem. 0 Tewr, 0 Tame. «Myra Mirae: = Mera © CAUovOat
Time. ; Tone
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grmes.)
1:34am. 679.28 699.54 649.76 669.8 100.3197 = 100.282 72.795
1:50 67.37 69.64
2% 67.46 71.15
2:20 63.5 69.44 bs
2:35 63.8 69.35
2:50 65.48 69.54
3:5 66 21 69.44
3:20 65.21 69.54
3:35 62.05 69.75
3:50 65.75 69.44
45 63 92 68.36
4:20 62.34 68.27
4:35 62.14 68.54
4:50 62.14 68.09
5 60.14 67.32
6:20 59.1 67.02
S35 58.9 66.65
5:50 55.5 66.47
65 59 66.92
6:20 58.7 67.02
6:35 60.9 68.18
6% 56.8 65.84
is 55.6 65.12
720 57 66.8 ’
7:34 59.6 64.84 68.576 977.925 100.667 100.6742 72.8832
61.97 68.25 3.816 308.125 0.3473 — 0.3922 0.0882
(mean) 61.97 (gain) 0.3473 (gain)
6.28 308.4723
(gain)

8 A. M.—Reetal temperature 1027.8. 9:30 a. m.—Dog given about three ounces of han

11:20 a. M.—Rectal temperature 102°.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY 905

AIR TUBE x EN
Temp. Temp. ion onaeee ee Monae! Gane Garnrne
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah ) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) tate ae
} - 650 30 5 = -s eee ta) (grms.)
ara ee 63°.68 1045.9 100.667 100.6472 72.8832 68.5954
63.8 67.02
62.84 66.38
61.64 65.84
61.94 66.08
61.64 66.47
62.72 66.47
62.48 65.23
63.23 66.8
63.04 66.56
63.32 67.02
63.68 67.32
63.92 67.32
63.32 67.23
63.32 67.23
63.92 67.9
64.13 67.43
64.4 67.69
65.3 67.49
coceten === 66.8 1434 100.7832 100.825 72.9078 68.6436
63.08 66.78 3.12 388.1 0.1162 0.1778 0.0246 0.0482
(mean) 63.08 (gain) 0.1162 (gain) (gain)
3.7 388.2162
(gain)

AIR TUBE Box GENERAL SAMPLE AIR SAMPLE AIR
Teme. TEMP. Temp. METER. METER. METER. CaLoinm CaLcium
TUBE. Tube.
. (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.) (grms.)
“9588000 | esodicdd 649.76 488.9 0.8 0.8245 72.9078 75.9576
5905 65°.48
59.4 65.21
60.1 66.39
60.3 65.39
60.7 65.48
61.24 66.65
61.6 67.02
62.14 67.12
62.84 68.09
63.29 68
63.68 68.63
64.22 68.27
64.4 68.54
cooceeg = SOON 67.055 10.9)S Se -cease ct esos 72.9444 76.0344
61.8 66.94 2.295 220.9 0.0366 0.0768
(mean) 61.8 (gain) (gain) (gain)
§.14
(gain)

m.—Rectal temperature 103°.6.

206 FEVER.

x “y - Am Tene Box GeNxenat Samurir Am Samurie
Teme. Ter, Temr. Meren. Meren. Meren. CaLcium
Time, Tus
(Pah. (Fah.) (Fah.) (oub. ft.) (oub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.)
4:36 re. eeeeeee 8 8 eee 69°.255 754.65 ween eeeeeee 72.9444
4:51 66°.68 68°04
5:6 66.47 68.63
621 66.68 69.26
h:06 66,68 69.35
SL 66.29 69.26
6:6 66 92 69.85
621 6647 69.64
6:56 66.77 69.26
651 65.21 69.35
7:6 64.67 69.17
721 64.04 69.08
7:36 64.04 69.75
Tl 64.49 69.85
8:6 64.67 69.75
§:21 63.23 69.85
§:36 62.96 70.06
8:51 63.32 69.85
9:6 63.59 69.85
9:21 64.31 69.95
9:36 61.9 69.95
9:51 61.1 70.16
10:6 61.8 69.75
1021 604 69.64
PRG iaiiese |“ encinn 69.704 1233.2 101.228 101,209 72.9991
64.46 69.55 4449 478.55 0.0547
(mean) 64.46 (gain) (gain)
5.09 %
(gain)

10:45 p. M.—Rectal temperature 103°.8,
11:55 yp. M.—Rectal temperature 103°.4.

May 17.
y Am Troe Box GENERAL Sarre AIR Samrie
Tee, Tem. Temr. Meter. Meter. Merer. CaLoi™
Time. Tue.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (oud. ft. (cub. ft.) (cub. ft.) (grms.)
12:264.M. 60°.6 679.79 669.47 291.02 101.228 101.209 72.9991
1240 60. 68
12:55 59.1 66.92
1:10 59.2 66.38
1:25 61.48 66.29
140 60.1 68.12
1:55 60.3 68.84
2:10 58.7 67.43
2:25 59 67.79
240 69.2 68.54
25h 60.1 68.54
3:10 59.7 68.72
3:25 59.3 68.45
840 69.3 68.29
355 59.4 68.2
4:10 59.7 69.06
4:25 59.1 68.63
4:40 58.7 68.27
4255 58.9 68.72
6:10 58.9 68.84 .
526 62.6 69.44 69.08 727.8 101.3104 101.425 73.021
69.68 68.15 2.61 436.78 0.0824 0.216 0.0219
(mean) 59.68 (gain) 0.0824 (gain)
BAT 436.8624
(gain)

5:55 A. M.—Rectal temperature 103°. 4,

Vice 9:50 A. M.—Dog very quiet; does not seem very sick.

AIR
Tempe.

(Fah.)
65°.3
66.38
65.57
65.66

65.73
(mean)

SLR
TEMP.

64.22
64.31
66.56
68.9
70.07
70.64
70.06
67.04
63.8
64.76
62.72
63.05
63.44
61.84
61.64
62.14
62.02
63.91
(mean)

TUBE
Tremp.

(Fah,)
68°.18
68.36
69.17
68.84
68.64
65.73

2.91
(gain)

—Rectal temperature 104°.8.
M.—Rectal temperature 106°.7.

TuBe
Tempe,

(Fah.)
669.29
66.29
66.64
66.38
66.8
67.13
66.01
69.36
69.65
70.43
71.24
72.05
72.14
W232
71.42
70.34
70.06
69.96
70.16
TL.6L
71.06
70.61
Tilals)
70.97
69.58
63.91

5.67
(gain)

Box GENERAL
Teme. METER.
(Fah.) (cub. ft.)
65°.6 823.4
66.47 919.045
0.87 95.645
(gain) 0.0267
95.6717

m.—Rectal temperature 103°.7.
M.—Dog ate one pound of raw beef.
m.—40 minims of blood, 53 days old, injected into the jugular vein.

30 minims of blood injected into the jugular vein.

Box GENERAL

. Temp, METER.

(Fah.) (cub. ft.)

63°.86 1072.92

68.99 1487.24

513 414.32
(gain) 0.1574
AL4.4774

m.—Rectal temperature 104°.7,

SamMeie ATR
Meree. METER,
(cub. ft.) (cub. ft.)
101.3104 101.425
101.3371
0.0267

SAMPLE AIR
METER. METER,
(cub. ft.) (cub. ft.)
101.3337 101.4275
101.4911 101.6416
= 0.1574 2.2141

STUDY IN MORBID AND. NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY.

SAMPLE
CaLciumM
TUBE,

(grms.)

73.021

73.0221

0.0011
(gain)

SAMPLE

CALCIUM

TUBE.
(grms.)

73.0221

207

Rectal temperature 103°.9.

AIR
CaLctum
TUBE.

(grms.)
76.1935

76.1982

0.0047
(gain)

AIR
CaLcium_
TUBE.

(grms.)

76.1982

76.2482

0.05
(gain)

208 FEVER.

May 17 and 18.
Am

Generar Sarre Aim Saurin
Temr. fom tour. Meren. Meren. Merenr, —— .
_— (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fab,) {oub. ft.) (eub, ft.) (oub. ft.) (grme.)
11:32 r. u. 67°,28 68°96 669.47 O1L.72 101.4925 101.6425 73.035
oe i 63.68 TO.6L
12:2 a.m 59.8 68,24
12:17 66.2 66.68
12:32 67.28 70.97
17 68.81 71.33
12 64,22 72.59
1:17 68.81 FLAS
1:33 70.16 T2AL
147 70 72.96
22 71.24 74
2:17 71.33 74.12
2:32 7184 74.12
2:47 72.32 7421
32 72.08 7345
3:17 72.83 743
3:32 72.63 TAT
SAT 72.73 TAAS
4:2 72.73 74.56
4:17 72.78 74.56
4:32 71.69 TAS4
447 69.80 73.88
6:2 68.99 7345
5:17 67.76 7345
5:32 67.1 72.8
5:AT 66.38 71.72
62 65.39 71.96
6:17 64.76 71.72
oy Sree ree sucwas 72.41 1023.575 101.7 101.771 73.132
68.7 72.57 5.94 511.855 0.2117 0.1285 0.097
(mean) 68.7 (gain) 0.2117 (gain)
3.87 512.0667
(gain)

6:40 a. M.—Rectal temperature 104°.8,

10:40 a. m.—Rectal temperature 104°.1.

Arm Tune Box GeNneRaL Sanrie Am Sarre
Temr. Tenr. Teme. Merer. Merer. Meren, Carciom

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.) (cub, ft.) (cub. ft.) (gema.)
1051 am. 67°.76 70°.06 66°.515 1078.37 1OL 7118 101.7704 73.132
11:6 67.1 70.06

Time

1121 66.44 70.64
11:36 66.68 70.43
151 67.28 751
12:6 rem. 66.68 70.97
1221 67.37 70.64
12:36 66.47 7115 . ;
at? Res PER 68.18 1251.75 101.7852 101.8085 = 73.1529
66.97 70.68 1.665 173.38 0.0734 0.0351 0.0209
(mean) 66.97 (gain) 0.0734 (gain)
3.71 173.4534
(gain)

1:10 Pp, M.—Rectal temperature 104°.1.

1:5 P. M,—Spinal cord cut between the upper dorsal and the first cervical vertebra.
palsy of the bind legs.

Aa LUDY IN MORBID AND NOR MAI, PHYSIOLOGY. 209

1:13 Pp. m.—Rectal temperature 104°.3.

TIME. Air Temp. Tuse Temp. Box Temp. Grn. METER,
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.) _
OHLTOON S| Macnee ase eae eee 65°.864 288.25
1:39 68°.63 702.25 eee
1:54 69.08 69.44
2:9 69.71 91.24
2:24 6953 71.15
2:39 70.04 71 06
2:54 70.64 70.97 67.532 400.82
69.6 70.68 1.668 “112.57
(mean) 69.6 (gain)
1.08
(gain)

2:5 5 p.M.—Rectal temperature 90.8.

-, Heat Dissipation.
First Pertod—

V xt’ x 0.002035) = Vv’. V = ae = 381.1. W=V x 0.08073 = 30.8
“Ui i

{ temp. of air6.5=t. Q=Wxtx sp. h. = 30.8 X 6.5 X 0.2374 = 47.5275 = heat given to air.

Quotient for box 1278.6 0.0525 = 67.1265 = moisture leaving box.

Quotient for air 1561.5 < 0.0515 = 80.4172 = moisture entering box.

13.2907 = moisture condensed in box.
= 2.1174 = heat gained from condensation.

n temp. of water 5.1 X 130.8589 = 667.3804 = heat given to calorimeter.
47.5275 = heat given to air.

714.9079
2.1174 = heat gained from condensation.

712.7905 = heat dissipated in 6} hours.
- Howrly dissipation of heat 114.0465
— Second Period—
y of air (V’) = 308.4723 at 680.25 — 32° = 36.25 = t.
Vv xX t’ x 0.002035) =V’. V= Se = 287. W=V X 0.08073 = 23.17
07
temp. of air 6.28=t. Q=W Xt sp. h. = 23.17 X 6.28 & 0.2374 = 34.539 = heat given to air.
t for box 888.2 < 0.0882 == 78.3392 = moisture leaving box.
t for air 786.5 < 0.0666 = 52.3809 = moisture entering box.

‘ 25.9583 = moisture vaporized in box.

= 4.1356 = heat expended in vaporization.

e in temp. of water 3.816 X 130.8589 = 499.3576 = heat given to calorimeter.
34.539 = heat given to air.
4.1356 = heat expended in vaporization.

538.0322 = heat dissipated in 6 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 89.672
Third Period—
Juantity of air (V’) = 388.2162 at 66°.78 — 32° = 34.78 = t’.
T+ (Vx t’ x 0.002035) =V. V= ae = 362.5. W=V x 0.08073 = 29.3
: i 07 :
in temp. of air 3.7 =t. Q=W Xt Xsp.h. = 29.3 K 3.7 X 0.2374 = 25.7365 = heat given to air.
tient for box 3340.9 X 0.0246 = 82.1861 = moisture leaving box.
uotient for air 2183.4 X 0.0482 = 105.239 = moisture entering box.

23.0538 = moisture condensed in box.

- July, 1880.

210 FEVER,

33.0538 __ 3.6729 = heat gained from condensation,
6.2768 7
Rise in temp. of water 3.12 X 130.8589 = 408.2798 = heat given to calorimeter.

25.7305 = heat given to air,

434.0163
3.6729 == heat gained from condensation.

430.3434 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 86.0687

Fourth Pertod—
Quantity of air (V‘) = 220.9 at 66°.94 — 32° = 34.94 = 1’.

V+(¥ xt x 0.002035) =v’. V = 729 906.1 W = V x 0.08073 = 16.66

1.071
Rise in temp. of air 5.14 = t. Q= WX t X sp. h. = 16.66 X 5.14 & 0.2374 = 20.3291 = heat given toa
Rise in temp. of water 2.295 X 130.8589 = 300.3212 = heat given to calorimeter.
20.3291 = heat given to air.

320.6503 = heat dissipated in 34 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 91.6144"

Fifth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 478.55 at 699.55 — 32° =< 37.55 = 1.
V (Vx t! x 0.002035) — WV’, V = S22 447, W—= V x 0.08078 = 35.9
07 ‘
Rise in temp. of air 5.09 = t. Q= W Xt X sp. h. = 35.9 x 5.09 X 0.2374 = 40.9826 = heat given to a
Rise in temp. of water 4449 X 130.8589 = 582.1912 = heat given to calorimeter.
40.9826 = heat given to air.

623.1738 = heat dissipated in 6 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 103.8623*

Sixth Pertod—
Quantity of air (V’) = 436.8624 at 689.15 — 32° = 36.15 = t’.
V+(V xt x 0.002035) = V. V= ae = 407.1. W=V x 0.08073 = 32.8 :
Rise in temp. of air 847=t. Q—=W Xt X sp. h.= 32.8 X 8.47 X 0.2374 = 65.9535 = heat given tos
Quotient for box 5301.7 & 0.0219 = 116.1072 = moisture leaving box.
Quotient for air 2022.5 X 0.0308 = 62.293 = moisture entering box.

53.8142 = moisture vaporized in box.
53.8142

Saar oo 8.5735 = heat expended in vaporization.
=f
Rise in temp. of water 2.61 X 130.8589 = 341.5417 — heat given to calorimeter.
65.9535 = heat given to air.
8.5735 = heat expended in vaporization.

416.0687 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat — 83.2137

Seventh Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 95.6717 at 689.64 — 32° — 36.64 = t’.
V-+4(V x t x 0.002035) — Vv. V= — =89 W=V x 0.08073 — 7.185
Mie
Rise in temp. of air 2.91 —= t. Qe Wx tx sph. 7.185 X 2.91 % 0.2374 = 4.9636 — heat given
Rise in temp. of water 0.87 X 130.8589 — 113.8472 — heat given to calorimeter.
4.9636 = heat given to air.

Hourly dissipation of heat 118.8108* K

ee

* The sample meters in these heats wore not read through an inadvertency, and conseq
moisture could not be ealeulated; the moisture account had varied so in contiguous peri
experiments that it was deemed safest to make no attempt at an average.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. ]]

ghih Pertod—
ity of air (V’) = 414.4774 at 669.58 — 329 — 37.58 = t'.
(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’. V= Be = 385.2. W=V x 0.08073 — 31.1
7 ‘
ise in temp. of air 5.67 = t. Q— W x t x sp.h.= 31.1 x 5.67 x 0.2374 = 41.8624 = heat given to air.
ent for box 2633.3 X 0.0129 = 33.9696 = moisture leaving box.
ent for air 1935.9 * 0.05 = 96.795 = moisture entering box.

62.8254 = moisture condensed in box.

‘= 10.0091 = heat gained from condensation.

temp. of water 5.13 x 130.8589 = 671.3061 = heat given to calorimeter.
41.8624 = heat given to air.

713.1685
10.0091 = heat gained from condensation.

“= 703.1594 = heat dissipated in 6 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 117.1932

Ninth Period—
of air (V’) = 512.0667 at 729.57 — 32° = 40.57 = t’.

; 2 0667
(V x t! x 0.002035) = VW. V= oe = 4732. W=V x 0.08073 = 38.2
n temp. of air387=t Q=W xt xX sp.h.= 38.2 x 3.87 x 0.2374 = 35.0958 = heat given to air.
‘nt for box 2418.8 X 0.097 = 234.6236 = moisture leaving box.
for air 3985 XX 0.0328 = 130.708 = moisture entering box.

103.9156 = moisture vaporized in box.
= = 16.5555 = heat expended in vaporization.
| temp. of water 5.94 % 130.8589 = 777.3019 = heat given to calorimeter.

35.0958 = heat given to air. ;
16.5555 = heat expended in vaporization.

828.9532 = heat dissipated in 7 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 118.4219
Tenth Period—
uantity of air (V’) = 173.453 at 70°.68 — 32° = 38.68 = t’.
x t’ x 0.002035) = V. V= =e = 160.7. W=V x 0.08073 = 13
‘i z feu U . .
Rise in temp. of air 3.71 = t. Q—= W xt x sp.h.=13 x 3.71 x 0.2374 = 11.4498 — heat given to air. _
‘Quotient for box 2363 0.0209 = 49.3867 = moisture leaving box.
nt for air 4941.7 X 0.0083 = 41.0161 = moisture entering box.

8.3706 = moisture vaporized in box.
‘= 1.3336 = heat expended in vaporization.

n temp. of water 1.665 X 130.8589 = 217.88 = heat given to calorimeter.
11.4498 = heat given to air.
1.3336 = heat expended in vaporization.

230.664 = heat dissipated in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 115.3317 .

ntity of air (V’) = 112.57 at 70°.68 — 32° = 38.68 = t’.

(V x #” x 0.002025) = VW. V= — = 104.3. W=V x 0.08073 = 8.42
ae 07 : 7

Rise in temp. of air 1.08 = t. Q— Wx t x sp.h.= 8.42 x 1.08 x 0.2374 = 2.1588 = heat given to air.

: a temp. of water 1.668 x 130.8589 = 218.2726 heat given to calorimeter.

2.1588 heat given to air.

: 920.4314 = heat dissipated in 1} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat — 146.9542*

* Moisture not calculated.

212. —- FEVER.

Tleat Production,
First Period—

No change of bodily temperature.
Hourly dissipation of heat = hourly production of heat 114.0465

Second Period—
Fall of bodily temperature in 7 hours 0°.2, in 1 hour 0.029 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 22x 0.029 & 0.75 = 0.4785 = heat taken from reserve.
89.672 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.4785 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 89.1935

Third Period—
Rise of bodily temperature in 5 hours 09.2, in 1 hour 0.04 = t.
Q=W Xt sp. h. = 22 x 0.04 K 0.75 = 0.66 = heat added to reserve.
86.0687 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.66 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 86.7287

Fourth Pertod—
Fall of bodily temperature in 4 hours 1°.2, in 1 hour 0.3 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 22 K 0.3 K 0.75 = 4.95 = heat added to reserve.
91.6144 = hourly dissipation of heat.
4.95 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 86.6644

Fifth Period—
Rise of bodily temperature in 6 hours 0°.2, in 1 hour 0.033 = t.
Q= W Xt &X sp. h. = 22 X 0.033 & 0.75 = 0.5445 = heat taken from reserve.
103.8623 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.5445 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 104.4068

Sixth Period—
No alteration of bodily temperatare.
Hourly dissipation of heat = hourly production of heat 83.2137

Seventh Period—
Fall of bodily temperature in 14 hours 0.2, in 1 hour 0.16 = t.
Q=W xt x sp. h. = 22 x 0.16 x 0.75 = 2.64 = heat taken from reserve.
118.8108 = hourly dissipation of heat.
2.64 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 116.1708

Evghth Period—
Fall of bodily temperature in 6) hours 2°, in 1 hour 0.308 = t.
Q=W x t x sp. h. = 22 x 0.308 x 0.75 = 5.082 = heat taken from reserve.
117.1932 = hourly dissipation of heat.
5.082 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 112.1112

mth Period—
odily temperature in 8 hours 0°.1, in 1 hour 0.0125 = t.
xX t X sp. h. = 22 X 0.0125 x 0.75 = 0.2062 = heat added to reserve.
118.4208 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.2062 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

118.627.

Hourly production of heat
va Tenth Pertod—

hange of bodily temperature.

dissipated hourly = hourly production of heat 115.3317

Eleventh Period—

of bodily temperature in 102 minutes 13°.5, in 1 hour 7.941 = t.

W Xt x sp.h. = 22 x 7.941 x 0.75 = 131.0265 = heat taken from reserve.
146.9542 = hourly dissipation of heat.-
131.0265 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 15.9277

more.
nd day. 12:35 .e.m.to 4:5 P.M. 91.6144 86.6644 104.8 to 103.6
; Dimi j 4:36 p.m. to 10:36 P.M. 103.8623 104.4068 103.6 to 103.8
Iams Ml 12:26 a.m.to 5:26 a.m. 83.2137 83.2137 103.4
it 10:8 a.m.to1l:8 a.m. 118.8108 116.1708 103.9 to 103.7

. M.—Dog ate 1 Ib. raw beef. Injected into jugular 49 minims of putrid blood.

d Ye ~ 4:32 p.m.to10:32e.m. 117.1932 112.1112 106.7 to 104,7
30P.Mm.to < 11:32 Pp.m.to 6:324a.m. 118.4219 118.627 104.7 to 1048
8,1 p.m. 10:51 a.m. to 12:51 p.m. 115.3317 115.3317 104.1

1:24:-p.m.to 2:54p.m. 146.9542 15: 92107 104.3 to 90.8
SUMMARY.
Trace IN AVERAGE Hourty AvERAGE HourLty EXTREMES OF
CALORIMETER. Hear DissipaTion. HEAT PRODUCTION. Rect. Rina
(Fah.
174 hours. 97.4589 97.4838 102.2 to 103

d day. 144 hours. 95.4002 94.3229 103.4 to 104.8
E 15 hours 117.5184 115.5817 104.1 to 106.7

RECAPJTULATION.
Heat HEAT Rect. Temp,
‘TIME. Dissipation, PRODUCTION, (Fah.)
st day. 5:30 p.m. toll45p.m. 114.0465 114.0465 103°
j P.M. to { 1:34 a.m. to 7:34 4.M. 89.6720 89 1935
5,5 P.M. 11:25 a.m. to 4:25 P.M. 86.0687 86.7287 102 to 102.2

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. DN}

REMARKS.
Dog had been fed
102.6 to 102.8 early in the morn-

.—Dog ate } Ib. raw liver. 5:30 p.™. injected into jugular 20 minims putrid blood. May 16,11 a.m.

AVERAGE
Recr.TEMP.
(Fah.)
102.6
103.7

105

2l4

Acur. Weight 25 pounds.

FEVER.

EXPERIMENT 114.

June 4. $8 A. M.—Dog ate three-quarters of a pound of cooked beefs liver.
11:58 a, M.—Rectal temperature 102°. 6,

Time.

11:53 a.m.
12:30 P.M.
1245
1

1:15
1:30
145

2

2:15
2:30
245 ~
3

3:15
3:30
345
4

4:15
4:30
445
5

4:15
5:30
5:53

Am Temp, Tone Teme,

(Fab.)

(Fah.

75.68

- 74.46
72.73
1.73
(gain)

5:53 p. M.—Rectal temperature 1037.6.
6:15 p. M.—Dog ate ten ounces of cooked mutton.
6:30 p. Mc—Rectal temperature 1(2°.4.

Time,

Am Tener Tune Temp.

(Fah.)

se eeeee

73.19
73.19
72.53
72.42
73.09

73.14
(mean)

(Fah.)

12:10 A .—Rectal temperature 102°.
12.50 A. M—Dog ate four ounces of cooked meat.

Box Tewr. Gey. Merten.

(Fab.)
69°.92

74.03

4.11
(gain)

(cub. ft.)
45

600.504

555.504

Box Temr. Gen. Meter

(Fah.)
73°.09

76.16

“3.07
(gain)

(cub. ft.)
1053.5

1524.6
471.1

= Time. Ain TEMP.
(Fah.)
McA races, = otal ts
1:15 702.43
35) 70.97
1:55 71.78
2:15 72.32
2:35 72.08
2:50) 71.42
SEIU. - 71.78
3:35 71.87
3:55 71.6
Al5 71.33
4:35 70.88
4:55 70.43
5:15 70.64
5:3) 70.88
5:55 70.97
6:15 8
6:35 Wess
GAR: Secs
Ulles
7 (mean)

-Rectal temperature 101°.4.

Rectal temperature 101°.2.

Time. AiR TEMP,
(Fah.)
BRHBNGK Bopeocs
9:30 7129.33
9:50 72.08
10:10 72.32
10:30 12252
10:50 72.73
11:10 72.83
11:30 72.89
CASE esc oscs
72.39
(mean)

n.—Rectal temperature 101°.9

TIME, Arr Tempe.
(Fah.)
S15 P.M. ..ee eee
8:45 639.32
9 65.3
9:20 64.31
9:40 63.68
10 63.5
10:20 62.87
10:40 62.24
iil 62.14
11:26 61.74
11:45 61.14
63.02
(mean)

Tube Temp,
(Fah.)

28
28

Pes og ate three ounces of cooked meat.

Tube Temp.
(Fah.)

te eeeee

eeeeeee

Tose Temp.

(Fah.)

seeeeee

dnight.—Rectal temperature 101.8.

Box Temr.
(Fah.)
749.21

771.27

3.06
(gain)

. Box Temp.

(Fah.)
719.96

73.769

1.809
(gain)

Box Temp.

(Fah.)
69°.32

70.43

1.11
(gain)

PHYSIOLOGY. O15

Gen. METER,
(cub. ft.)

569.63

1164.6

598.97

Gen. METeR.
(cub. ft.)

172.06

447
274.94

og has had no food since the three ounces of meat at 84. mM. No food given during the

Gen. METER
(cub. ft.)
511.37

831.54

320.17

216 FEVER.

June 6. :
Time. Ain Tewr, Took Temr, BoxTewr. Gey. Metxa
(Pah. ( Fah.) (Fah.) (eub, ft.)
1247 aM. pinkie sven. 67°46 901.3
1:20 60°.1 66°.08
140 594 65.3
2 59.1 65.21
2:20 59.3 65.18
240 59.3 65.72
3 58,1 66.68
3:20 57.8 65.09
340 58.9 67.23 : a
4 58.6 67.33
420 571 65.84
440 57.3 66.56
5 57.1 66.47
5:20 56.1 66.08
540 56.9 66.29
6 56.5 66.08 .
6:20 57.8 66.68
647 Aosones ovennay 69.32 1400
58.09 66.11 1.86 498.7

(mean) 58.09 (gain)

‘ 802
(gain)
6:50 A. M.—Rectal temperature 101°.8.

8:20 A. M.—Rectal temperature 1017.4.

*

Tixe. Ain Temp, Tone Temr. Box Temr. Gey. Merer.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
S50a eleva Seekies 669.263 400.67
9:20 609.6 65°.30
9:40 59.8 66.29
10 60.04 67.43
10:20 59.9 67.33
1040 61.24 67 23
ll 62.24. 67.23
11:20 62.6 67.9
1140 62.72 67.69
12) mM. 62.96 67.69
1220r.M. 63.23
1240 63.32 68
63.5 68.18 .
1220 63.15 68.45
140 64.13 68.54
2 64.49 68.96
2:20 64.76 69.44 68.54 914.85 |
6241 67.73 2.277 $14.18
(mean) 62.41 (gain)
5.32 .
(gain)

2:20 p. M.—Rectal temperature 101°,

AS STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 217

3:37 p. M.—Rectal temperature 100°.6.

Time, Air TEMP, Tuse Temp, Box Temr. Gen. METER.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
GsUKPaMwe eeetees | cronods 68°.036 983
4 649.76 69°.96
4:20 68.45 69.26
4:40 68.54 70.64
5 68.54 70.52
5:20 68.72 70.88
5:40 68.99 70.52
6 69.08 70.88
6:20 68.9 71.06
6:40 69.44 71.6
7 68.81 70.52
0:25 68.45 70.52
7:30 escecse, sob bwe e 70.16 , 1310.75
4 68.43 70.58 2.124 327.75
(mean) - 68.43 (gain)
2.15
(gain)

.—Rectal temperature 101°.2.
og given as much cooked beef as he would eat.
‘Thirty minims of putrid blood injected into the jugular vein.

ectal temperature 103°. Fifty minims of putrid blood injected as before.
Rectal temperature 103°.8.
Rectal temperature 103°.6..

Tie, AIR TEMP. Tose Tempe. Box Temp, Gen. METER.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
GEG — caeogs SSCS 679.676 373
5:50 66°.68 70°.88
6:10 68.36 70.76
6:30 69.53 70.52
6:50 70.16 70.52
7:10 70.04 70.88
7:30 70.16 70.97
7:50 70.43 71.23
8:10 70.43 71.42
8:30 70 52 72.2
8:50 70.88 72.32
9:10 70.97 72.95
9:30 70.97 72.95 *
9:50 70.88 73.495
10:10 70.88 72.41
10:30 71.06 72.5
10:48 BaCcooKO veces 72.42 749.2
70.13 71.73 4.744 376.2
(mean) 70.13 (gain)
1.6
(gain)

m.—Rectal temperature 101°.8.

x

. M.—Dog refuses to eat; some purging; injected thirty minims of putrid blood into peri-

218 FEVER,

June 9 11:55 p.M.—Rectal temperature 1029.2.
Tink, Aim Teme. Tone Tear, Box Temr. Gen. Meren,

(Fab. (Fah,) (Fab) (oul. ft.)
1924 2M asses ‘a sedine> WAS 755.25
12:10 FWWP.52 719.72
12:30 WAz G1.72
12:40 TLOL 71.96
1:10 71.33 72.08
1:30 71.06 72.08
1:50 7WU.88 72.82
2:10 W.88 72.32
2:30 70.25 72.2
2:50 69.8 72.95
3:10 69.08 73.04
3:30 68.59 T3845
3:50 68.54 F345
4:10 68.54 73.35
4:30 68.24 731A
40 67.28 73.65 .*
5:10 67.7 73.35
5:40 67.46 72.32
5:50 68.45 72.5
6A ovuabin vaapuen 75.02 1196.94
69.53 72.64 4.59 441.69
(mean) 69.53 (gain)
3.11
(gain)

6:25 a. M.—Reectal temperature 1027.4. Refuses to eat.

7:35 a. M.—Rectal temperature 102°.2.
Time. Ain Teme, Tune Temr. Box Temr. Gen. Merer.

(Fah.) (Fah.) » (Fah.) (cub, ft.)
"ASD. ese a - 719.42 223.8
8 64°.88 69°.85
8:20 67.04 69.54
840 66.38 70.25
9 66.2 71.51
920 66.29 71.15
940 66.38 70.64
10 66.2 Fu.52
1020 66.29 71.96
1040 66.2 70.64
ll 66.29 70.97
1120 : 66.56 72.68
1140 6746 T1.33
12:18 yr. m. 67.16 71.33 73.52 5dB.L
66.41 70.95 21 334.3
(mean) 66.41 (gain)
454
(gain)

12:18 vr. m.—Rectal temperature 1027.4.

3 po M.—Reetal temperature 102°.6.

Time, Aim Tenr. Tone Ter. Box Temr. Grex. Merer.
(Fab.) (Fah.) (Fab.) (cub ft.)
S50GS-» La ween 69°.62 636
4 68°.72 TWP.15
4:20 F016 70.06
4:50 TLS7 71.24
5:10 72.33 71.72
5:30 7187 71.96
5:50 iL78 71.96 70.88 Ti6A
7.12 71.35 1.26 1404 :
(mean) 71.12 (gain)
0.23 P
(gain)

5:50 pv. a. —Reetal temperature 102°.8.
Dog died June 11.

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. a19

Heat Dissipation.

E First Pertod—
ntity of air (V’) = 555.504 at 74°.46 — 320 = 42.46 — ¢’,

V+(V xt’ x 0.002035) = Vv’. V = — =511. W=V x 0.08073 = 41.25

7 Rise in temp. of airl.73—=t. Q=W Xt X sp.h.= 41.25 % 1.73 x 0.2374 = 16.941 = h
Rise i in temp. of water 4.11 X 130.8589 = 537.83 = heat given to calorimeter.

16.94 = heat given to air.

eat given to air.

554.77 = heat dissipated in 6 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 92.461

Second Period—

antity of air (Vv) = = 471.1 at 759.17 — 32° = 43.17 = t’.
(Vx t x 0.002035) =V’. V= a 433. W = V x 0.08073 = 34.96.
o ise in temp. of air 2.03=t. Q=W x t x sp. h. = 3496 X 2.03 X 0.2374 = 16.848 = heat given to air.
in temp. of water 3.07 X 130.5589 = 401.7368 = heat given to calorimeter.
16.848 = heat given to air.

418.5848 — heat dissipated in 5 hours.
: Hourly disstpation of heat 83.7169

‘=a - °
‘Third Pertod—

Quantity of air (V’) = 598.97 at 76°.11— 329 =44]1=¢. ,

(V x tx 0.002035) = VW. V =I — 5495. W= V x 008073 = 44.361

in temp. of air 481=t. Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 44.361 x 4.81 & 0.2374 = 50.656 = heat given to air.

se in temp. of water 3.06 x 130.8589 = 400.4282 — heat given to calorimeter.

: 50.656 = heat given to air.

: 451.0842 = heat dissipated in 6 hours.
Howrly dissipation of heat 75.1807

Fourth Period—

Quantity of air (V’) = 274.94 at 749.48 — 32° = 42.48 = t’.
+(V xt’ x 0.002035) =V’.. V= oe = 253.1. W =V X 0.08073 = 20.43
in temp. of air 2.09 = t. Q= W Xt X sp. h. = 20.43 X 2.09 X 0.2374 = 10.137 = heat given to air.
in temp. of water 1.809 130.8589 = 236.7237 = heat given to calorimeter.

10.137 = heat given to air.

246.8607 = heat dissipated in 3 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 82.2869

_ ~-Fufth Period—

Quantity of air (V’) = 320.17 at 68°.92 — 32° = 36.92 = t’.

V+(V x t’ x 0.002035) = V’. V= = = =2978. W=V Xx 0.08073 = 24

e in temp. of air5.9=t. Q—=W Xt X sp. h. = 24 X 5.9 XK 0.2374 = 33.6158 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 1.11 X 130.8589 = 145.2534 = heat given to calorimeter.

33.6158 = heat given to air.

178.8692 = heat dissipated in 3} hours.
Hourly disstpation of heat 51.055

: Sixth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 498.7 at 660.11 — 32° = 34.11 = t’.

(V xt’ x 0.002035) = Vv’. V= “= — 466.5. W = V X 0.08073 = 37.66

220 FEVER.

Rise in temp. of air 8.02 —t. Qe= W Xt X sp. h. = 37.66 X 8.02 X 0.2374 = 71.7027 = heat given to
Rise in temp. of water 1.86 X 130.8589 = 243. 3975 = heat given to calorimeter.
71.7027 = heat given to air.

315.1002 = heat dissipated in 6 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 52.5167

Seventh Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 514.18 at 679.73 — 32° = 35.73 v.
V +(V¥ Xt’ Xx 0.002035) — V'. V= — = 479.2. W= V xX 0.08073 — 38.686
Rise in temp. of air 5.32—=t. Q= W X t-X sp. h. = 38.686 X 5.32 X 0.2374 = 48.459 = heat given to
Rise in temp. of water 2.277 X 130.8589 = 297.9657 = heat given to calorimeter,
48.859 =< heat given to air.

“B46. 8247 = heat dissipated in 54 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 63.0588

Fighth Period —
Quantity of air (V’) = 327.75 at 700.58 — 32° = 38.58 = t’,

Vv +(¥ xt’ x 0.002035) = V’. v — 2 = 304. W = V X 0.08073 = 24.54

Rise in temp. of air 2.15 =t. Q= WX tx sp. h. = 24.54 x 2.15 x 0.2374 = 12.5255 = heat given to air,
Rise in temp. of water 2.124 X 130.8589 = 277.9443 = heat given to calorimeger. ;
12.5255 = heat given to air.

- 290.4698 = heat dissipated in 4 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 72.6174

Ninth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 376.2 at 719.73 — 32° = 39.73 = t’.
V +(V xt x 0.002035) = V’. V= “2 — 348.3. W—V X 0.08073 = 28.12
Rise in temp. of air 1.6=t. Q= Wx t x sp. h. =28.12 X 1.6 x 0.2374 = 10.6811 = heat given to air.

Rise in temp. of water 4.744 X 130.8589 = 620.7946 = heat given to calorimeter.
10.6811 = heat given to air.

631.4757 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat. 126.2951

Tenth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 441.69 at 729.64 — 32° = 40.64 = t’.
V+(¥ xt’ x 0.002035) = Vv. V= w= = 408.9. W=V x 008073 = 33.01
Rise in temp. of air 3.11 —t. Q—WX t X sp. h. =33.01 X 3.11 X 0.2374 = 24.9717 = heat given ton

Rise in temp. of water 4.59 X 130.8589 = 600.6423 = heat given to calorimeter.
24.3717 = heat given to air. *

625.014 = heat dissipated in 6 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 104.17 .

Eleventh Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 334.3 at 70°.95 — 32° = 38.95 = t’.
V+(V xt x 0.002035) = V. V= ~ = 309.8. W=V x 0.08073 = 25.01
Rise in temp. of air 4.54 = t. Qeaw casten h. = 101K ADA 62818 RT 0

Rise in temp. of water 2.1 130.8589 = 274.8038 = heat given to calorimeter.
26.9557 = heat given to air. +

’ 301.7595 = heat dissipated in 4} hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 67.058

A

a

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 991

welfth Period—
intity of air (V’) = 140.4 at 719.35 — 32° — 39.35 =
+(V Xt X 0.002035) =’. V = = = 130. W=V x 0.08073 = 10.495

Pe

temp. of air 0.23—=t. Q—=W X t X sp. h. = 10.495 0.23 X 0.2374 = 0.5733 = heat given to air.
in temp. of water 1.26 & 130.8589 = 164.8822 = heat given to calorimeter,
0.5733 = heat given to air.

165.4555 = heat dissipated in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 82.7277

Heat Production.

st Pertod—

f bodily temperature in 6 hours 19, in 1 hour 0.1666 = t.

X t X sp. h. = 25 X 0.167 & 0.75 = 3.13125 = heat added to reserve.

: 92.461 = hourly dissipation of heat.
3.13125 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 95.59225

ond Period—
f bodily temperature in 53 hours 0°.2, in 1 hour 0.0353 = t.
W Xt X sp. hh. = 25 X 0.0353 X 0.75 = 0.6619 = heat taken from reserve.
= 83.7169 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.6619 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

ourly Preuctecn: of heat 83.055

x t <sp) hi 25 x 0. 11707 x 0. 75 = 2. 1951 = heat taken from reserve.
75.1807 = hourly dissipation of heat.
2.1951 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

| Hourly production of heat 72.9856

Fourth Period— ’
bodily temperature in 34 hours 0°.7, in 1 hour 0.2 = t.
t < sp. h. = 25 x 0.2 x 0.75 — 3.75 — heat added to reserve.
82.2869 = hourly dissipation of heat.
3.75 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 86.0369

‘th Period—
ise of bodily temperature in 4 hours 0°.5, in 1 hour 0.125 = t.
Xt X sp. h. = 25 X 0.125 X 0. 75 = 2.6812 = heat added to reserve.
F 51.1055 = hourly dissipation of heat.
by - 2.34375 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 53.4494

th Period—
ange in bodily temperature.
y dissipation of heat = hourly production of heat 52.5167

Fall of init temperature in 5 hours 0°.4, in 1 hour 0.067 = t.
W Xt X sp. h. = 25 X 0.067 X 0.75 = 1.267 = heat taken from reserve.
63.0588 = hourly dissipation of heat.

1.26 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

is 123

Hourly aparoeFon of heat 61.7988

222 FEVER.

Bighth Period—
Rise of bodily temperatare in 4 hours 0°.6, in 1 hour 0,15 == t.
Qe W Xt X sp. hb. = 25 & 0.15 XK 0.75 —= 2.8125 <= heat taken from reserve.
72.6174 = hourly dissipation of heat.
2.8125 == hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 75.4299

Ninth Period—
Fall of bodily temperature in 65 hours 1°.8, in 1 hour 0.28421 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. hb. = 25 X 28421 K 0.75 = 5.325 = heat taken from reserve.
126.2951 = hourly dissipation of heat.
5,325 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 120.9701 s

Tenth Pertod—

Rise of bodily temperature in 64 Hours 0°.6, in one hour 0.0923 = t.
Q=W Xt &X sp. b. = 25 K 0.0923 & 0.75 = 1.7306 = heat added to reserve.
104.17 = hourly dissipation of heat.
1.7306 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 105.9006

Eleventh Period—
Rise of bodily temperature in 5% hours 0°.2, in 1 hour 0.035 = t. ’
Q=W Xt &X sp. h. = 25 & 0.035 K 0.75 = 0.6563 = heat added to reserve.
67.058 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.6563 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 67.7143

Twelfth Period— :
Rise of bodily temperature in 2§ hours 0°.2, in 1 hour 0.071 = t.
Q= W Xt X sp. h. = 25 X 0.071 K 0.75 = 1.331 = heat added to reserve.
82.7277 = hourly dissipation of heat.
é 1.33L = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 84.0587

RECAPITULATON.
June 4. Dog had eaten at 8 a.m. } Ib. of cooked liver.
Hovery Heat Hoverry Heat
Day. Time. Dissiration. Propvction, Reot. Tewr. REMARKS,
(Fah.)

First day. LLS3 Aw to 5:53pm. 9246L 95.9225 1020.6 to 103.6 At 6:15 vom. ate
June 4. 11-50 a.w.to / O87 PM. to 1147 ra, 83.7169 83.055 102.4 to 102.210 oz, of cook
June 5,1:s0a.u, | L245 A.M. to 645 a.m. 75.1807 72.9856 102.2 to 101.4 mutton. 4
B48.4.m. to 148 4.x. 82.2869 86.0369 101.2 to 101.9 8 a.m. ate 3 on. of

cooked mu
Has had no food since 8 a. m., and none during following 24 hours.
Second day B15 P.M. to _ pom. 51.055 53.4494 101.3 to 101.8
June 5, 8 v.x. to 1247 a.m. to GAT AM. 52.5167 52.5167 101.8
June 6, Oru 9:20.4.M. to 2:20 Pr.M. 63.0588 61.7983 101.4 to 101

3:37 p.m.to 7:37 p.m. 72.6174 75.4299 100.6 to 101.2

Dog at 8 r.™. given as much beef as he would cat. At 8:30 r. a. 30 minims of putrid blood injected into j
June 8, 10:15 a. «. 30 minims of putrid blood injected.

10:50 r. w. dog refuses to eat; some purging. 11 ¥.. injected 30 minims of putrid blood into peritoneal ca’ i 7

Third day. 548 pM. to lOMS ru. 126.2951 120.9701 103.6 to 101.8
Ties tA ocicda 124 a.m.to 6:4 a.m. 104.17 105.49375 101.8 to 102.4 ;
just ane TAS AM, to 1248 row. 67.058 67.7143 102.2 to 102.4 Refuses to eat.
3:50 p.m. to 5:50 ru. 82.7277 84.0587 102.6 to 102.8 ;

Died Jane 11, a. ™.

TIME IN
CALORIMETER,

20 hours.
18 hours.
174 hours.

TIME.

12:35 P.M.

TIME.

2) Bs Me.
7:15
7:35
751) 5
8:15

: 8:38

7 7 8:55

; 9:15
9:35
9:55
10:15
10:35
N1O:5 a):
TUNE)
11:35
222) AGM

AVERAGE Hourty
Hear Dissipation.

bit. Weight 3.5 pounds.
12:35 p. m—Rectal temperature 103°.6.

SUMMARY.

AVERAGE Hourty
Heart Propucrion.

83.5648 84.2426
59.4355 60.1560
98.4978 97.7511

EXPERIMENT 115.

AiR TEMP, TuBe Teme. Box Temr.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.)
692.17 719.42 69°.92
68.99 71.96

70.04 72.08

70.64 72.59

wero 72.86

71.51 > 73.25

72.08 73.76

72.42 73.25

72.42 73.35

72.73 FAST

72.89 75.2

72.99 75.2

73.4 75.48

73.85 75.68

73.94 76.16

73.94 76.37

74.48 76.55

74.93 76.91

75.02 V7

75.02 V7

75.65 76.82

75.38 10.27

mocaveen ND vesecaes 71.69
72.85 74.76 177
(mean) 92.85 (gain)

ise
(gain)

M.—Rectal temperature 103°.6.

AiR TEMP. TuBe Temp, Box Temp.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.)
71°.96 762.46 722.116

73.1 76.91

74.12 76.37

73.85 75.8

13.52 75.38

73.4 75.2

teks) 7A.74

ers) 74.66

teat 74.84

73.09 74.66

73.19 74.75

73.19 74.66

72.53 74.75

2.42 74.39

73.09 74.39

eee e on iieoesse 73.64

73.14 ao: 1.524
(mean) 73.14 (gain)

2.06
(gain)

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 993

EXTREMES oF
Recr. Tempe.
(Fah.)

AVERAGE
Rect. Temp.

101°.4 to 103.6 1029.24
100.6 to 101.8 101.405
101.8 to 103.6 102.4

GEN. METER,
(cub. ft.)
1026.7

1166.2

139.5

Gen. METER.
(cub, ft.)
166.1

296.5
130.4

224 FEVER.

June 5.
1 a. M.—Reetal temperature 103°.8,
Tink Ain Teme, Tone Tewr. Box Ter, Grex. Merten.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (eub, ft)
1J2a.m. te re 72°.2 299
TO, 7 xneass pinabys
1:35 70°.97 76°46
1:55 71.78 75.92
2:15 72.32 75.2
2:35 72.08 7A84
2:55 71.42 74.66
3:15 71.78 74.48
8:35 U187 74.48
3:55 71.6 74.3
4:15 71.33 73.88
4:35 70.88 73.66
4:55 70.43 73.45
5:15 70.64 73.14
5:35 70.88 73.14
5:55 70.97 73.04
Gia Ansar 2 conedee « 73.46 396.64
a 71.35 74.33 1.26 97.64
P. (mean) 71.35 (gain)
2.98
(gain)

6:20 a. M.—Rectal temperature 105°.8,

9 a. M.—Rectal temperature 105°.4,
Time, Ain Ter. Tune Ter. BoxTewr. Gey. Merer.

(Fah.) (Fah,) (Fah.) (cub. ft.)
ae Gee Sts 699.32 397.5
9:30 719.33 73°45
9:50 72.08 73.45
10:10 72.32 7345
10:30 72.52 73.55
10:50 12.7 73.76
11:10 72.83 73.76
11:30 72.89 73.88
) Y Py re 70.34 |§ 4834
724 73.61 1.02 85.9
(mean) 24 (gain) —
1.21
(gain) .

12 noon.—Rectal temperature 1057.4.

Heat Dissipation.

First Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 139.5 at 74°.76 — 32° = 42.76 = t’. :
V+(V xt x 0.002035) =v. v= 1995 _ 1983, W— V x 0.08073 = 10.26

1.087

Rise in temp. of air 1.91 = +t. Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 10.36 K 1.91 K 0.2374 = 4.6976 = heat given

Rise in temp. of water 1.77 & 79.544 = 140.7928 = heat given to calorimeter.
4.6976 = heat given to air.

145.4904 == heat dissipated in 5} hours, :
Hourly dissipation of heat 26.4527

Second Pertod— .
Quantity of air (V’) = 130.4 at 75°.2 — 329 = 43.2 = ¢’. ,

V +(V xt x 0.002035) = V. V= im 119.8. W = V x 0.08073 = 967

Rise in temp. of air 2.06 = t. Qa W Xt X sp. h. = 9.67 X 2.06 X 0.2374 = 4.729 — heat given

PSSTuUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 995

temp. of water 1.524 & 79.544 = 121.225 = heat given to calorimeter.
4.729 = heat given to air.

125-954: —= heat dissi ated in 5h
Hourly dissipation of heat 25.1908 y yee

rd Period—
f air (V’) = 97.64 at 749.33 — 329 = 42.93 = 1),

x t x 0.002035) = V’. V= rues = =90. W=V x 0.08073 = 7.266

p- of air 2.98—=t. Q= W xt x sp. h. =7.266 x 2.98 x 0.2374 = 5.1397 = heat given to air.
mp. of water 1.26 79.544 = 100.2254 = heat given to calorimeter.

5.1397 = heat given to air.

105.3651 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 21.073

of air (V’) = 85.9 at 730.61 — 329 = 41.61 = t’.
+ X 0.002035) = V’.. V = a = 79.2. W= V X 0.08073 = 6.39
o

temp. of air1.21=t. Q=W Xt X sp.h.=6.39 X 1.21 & 0.2374 = 1.8355 = heat given to air.
p. of water 1.02 X 79.544 = 81.1349 = heat given to calorimeter.
1.8355 = heat given to air.

82.9704 = heat dissipated in 3 hours.
_ Hourly dissipation of heat 27.6568

RA Heat Production.
| Pertod—

g bodily temperature.

pation of heat = hourly production of heat 26.4527

atx et hy — 3:5 < 0-182 X 0. >I—10! ATT — ee added to reserve.
25.1908 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.4777 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

ly production of heat 25.6685

Period—
ily temperature in 54 hours 2°, in 1 hour 0.375 = t.
t X sp. h. = 3.5 X 0.375 X 0.75 = 0.9844 = heat added to reserve. *
21.073° = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.9844 — hourly addition to heat reserve.

Torrly production of heat 22.0574

. Period—
bodily temperature.
ipation of heat = hourly production of heat 27.6568

RECAPITULATION.
Time. HEAT HEAT Aver. Rect, TEMP. REMARES.
DISSIPATION. PRODUCTION. (Fah.)
eriod. 12:35 p.w.to 6:5 P.M. 26.4527 26.4527 103°.6
period. 7:2 p.m. to 12:2 a.m. 25.1908 25.6685 104.1
period. 1:12 a.m..to 6:12 a. ™. 21.073 22.0574 104.8
period. Oey Awan toyl2° A. af. 27.6568 27.6568 105.4

29 October, 1880.

226 FEVER,

Exrerivent 116,
A rabbit. Weight 4.1 pounds,
June 5. $:30 Pp. M.—Rectal temperature 103°.6.
Tome. Atn Temr. Tons Ter. Box Temr. Grex. Meren.

( Pah.) (Fah) (Fah.) (eub, ft.)
G40 P:0 “dicew wards 689.12 475.65
9 659.3 699.35
9:20 64.31 68.6
940 63.68 68.24
10 63.5 67.37
1020 62,87 66.8
1040 62.24 66.92
ll 62.14 66.56
11:20 6174 66.38
1140 61.14 65.72
BRNO AW asics Pr 68.81 580.75
62.99 67.33 0.69 105.1
(mean) 62.99 (gain)
434
(gain)

Jane 6. 12:30 a. m.—Rectal temperature 103°. 4.

12:50 a. m.—Rectal temperature 102°.
Time. Ain Ter, Tene Tewr. Box Temr. Gen Mrerre.

(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fab.) (cub. ft.)
LD aM: een ee Wy 679.04 580.5
1:20 609.1 679.72
140 594 65.84
2 59.1 65.12
2:20 59.3 65.72
240 59.3 65.48
3 58.1 65.39
320 57.8 63.56
3:40 58.9 64.94
4 58.6 65.12
420 57.1 63.77
440 57.3 644
6 57.1 63.77
§:20 56.1 63.05
540 56.9 63.23
6 66.5 62.15
6:20 57.8 62.36
640° «iis oo Pas? 67.298 681
48.1 64.49 0.258 100.5
(mean) 58.1 (gain).
6.39
(gain)

6:50 a. M.—Rectal temperature 101°.2.

TIME,

9:40
10
10:20
10:40
11
11:20
11:40
2e eM.

12:40
1
1:20
1:40
2
2:20
2:50

TIME.

4:20
4:40
i
5:20
6:40
6
6:20
6:40
7
7:25
8

9:20 a.m.

12:20 P.M.

4 P.M.

AiR TEMP.
(Fah.)
60°.6
59.8

60
59.9
61.24
62.24
62.6
62.72
62.96
63.23
63.32
63.5
63.15
64.13
64.49
64.76

._—Rectal temperature 101°.8.

—Rectal temperature 101°.6.

Air TEMP.
(Fah.),
649.76
68.45
68.54
68.54
68.72
68.99
69.08
68.90
69.44
68.81
68.45

p. M.—Rectal temperature 101°.6.
11 a.mM.—Ten minims of putrid blood injected into the jugular vein.

0 a. M—Five minims of putrid blood injected into the jugular vein.
—Five minims of putrid blood injected into the jugular vein.

Tose Teme.

(Fah.)
639.86
63.95
63.77
63.86
64.04
64.31
64.52
64.85
64.94
65.21
65.39
65.6

65.96
66.29
66.8

67.01

TuseE TEMP.

(Fah.)
68°.68
69.89
69.98
69.89
69.98
70.08
69.98
69.98
70.16
70.07
68.98

neeeeee

‘A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL

Box Temp,
(Fah.)
64°.283

Box Temp.
(Fah.)
662.08

66.92

0.84
(gain)

PHYSIOLOGY. 997

Gen, METER,
(cub, ft.)

708.2

819.3
111.1

Gen. METER.
(cub. ft.)

853.5

298 FEVER.

June 8. 4:10 p. M.—Rectal temperature 105°.4,

Time, Ain Ter, Tone Texr, Box Ter. Gey. Meren.
(Pah,) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft.)

4:3L P.M. ae sNan 659.642 960.3
5:15 buisted 70°.88
5:50 669.68 70.6
6:10 68.36 74.24
6:30 69.53 7048
6:50 70.16 71.6
7:10 70.04 71.69
7:30 70.16 71.87
7:50 70.43 72.05
8:10 70,43 71.87
8:30 70.52 71.96
8:50 70.88 72.14
9:10 70.97 72.23
9:30 70.97 72.23
9:50 70.88 72.32
10:10 70.88 72.23 :
10:31 71.06 72.32 67.88 1126.13 x
70.13 71.92 2.238 165.83
(mean) W013 (gain)
1.79 ‘ °
)

10:40 p. M.—Rectal temperature 104°.5.
11:20 e. M.—Injected 10 minims of putrid blood into the peritoneal cavity. Rectal
104°.6.

\
June 8 and 9. ; :
True. Air Temp. Tune Temp. Box Temp. Gen. Meter.
(Fah.) (Fah.) (Fah.) (cub, ft,)
UW eX fh Se as sae 68°.36 125.75
12:10 a.m. 70°.52 73°.88
12:30 71.42 71.6
12:50 TL 73.49
1:10 71.33 73.49 :
1:30 71.06 72.8
1:50 70.88 73.22
2:10 70.88 73.22
2:30 98.25 73.04
2:50 69.8 72.8
3:10 69 TIAL
3:30 68.54 TL87T
3:50 68.54 T87
4:10 68.54 71.6
4:50 68.24 71.36
40 67.28 71.12 y
5:10 67.76 70.79
6:27 ouesek eeitate 70.04 295.47 ©
69.73 72.41 1.68° 169.72
(mean) 69.73 (gain)
2.68
(gain)

5:35 a. M.—Rectal temperature 103°.8.

Time.

TIME. -

1:17 P.M.
1:40

2

2:20
2:40

3
3:17

TIME.

4:5 P.M.
4:20
4:50
5:10
5:30
5:50

6:5

Air Temp.

(Fah.)

M.—Reetal temperature 105° 8.

—Rectal temperature 102°.2.

Air TEMP,

(Fah.)

weeeene

m.—Rectal temperature 103°.6.

AIR TEMP,

(Fah.)
689.72
70.16
F187
72.33
71.87
F1.78

71.12
(mean)

Tuse Tene.

(Fah.)
699.8
69.68
69.44
69.2
69.08
68.9
68.72
68.6
68.36
68.36
68.27
68.18
68.18
68.36
68.18
68.75
66.54

Dea
(gain)

Tove Temp.
(Fah.)

eaeeeee

TuBe TEMP.

(Fah.)
71°.6

71.69
71.87
T24L
72.41
72.41

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY.

Box Temp.
(Fah.)
699.272

70.04

0.768
(gain)

Box Temr.
(Fah.)

699.14

69.44

0.3
(gain)

Box Temp.
(Fah.)
699.32

69.71

0.39
(gain)

229

efuses entirely to eat; stays permanently in one position and seems very sick.
: 6:50 A. M.—Some slimy rectal discharge. Rectal temperature 103°.2.

GEn, METER.
(cub. ft.)
297.5

431.95

134.45

GEN. METER,
(cub. ft.)

445

504

59

Gen. METER
(cub. ft.)

507.8

553.2
45.4

30 FEVER.

Heat Dissipation.
First Pertod—
Quantity of air (V') = 105.1 at 679.33 — 32° = 35.33 =

V +(V¥ x Ux 0.002035) = Vv. Ve = = 98.04. W= Vx 0.08073 = 7.91

Ve

Rise in temp. of air 4.34= t Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 7.91 X 4.94 X 0.2974 = 8.1498 = heat given to air.

Rise in temp. of water 0,69 X 79.544 = 54,88536 = heat given to calorimeter.
8.1498 = heat given to air,

63,03516 = dissipation of heat in 3) hours,
Hourly dissipation of heat 18.01

Second Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 100.5 at 649.49 — 32° = 32.49 = t’.
V+(¥ Xt x 0.002035) = VV. V= ‘oe = 94.3. W= V x 0.08073 = 7.61
Rise in temp. of air 6.39=t. Q=W Xt X sp. h.= 7.61 X 6.39 0.2374 = 11.545 = heat given to air.
Rise in temp. of water 0.258 X 79.544 = 20.5223 = heat given to calorimeter.
11.545 = heat given to air,

32.0673 = heat dissipated in 54 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 5.8304

Third Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 111.1 at 659.02 — 32° = 33.02 = t’.

V+(V xt! x 0.002035) = Vv. V = hoy = 10.41. W—= V X 0.08073 =0.84

Rise in temp. of air2.61=t. Q=W Xt sp. h. =2.61 X 0.84 X 0.2374 = 0.5205 = heat given to

Rise in temp. of water 1.557 XK 79.544 = 123.85 = heat given to calorimeter.
0.5205 = heat given to air.

124.3705 = heat dissipated in 54 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 22.6128

Fourth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 115.5 at 699.79 — 329 = 37.79 = t’.

V+(V xt Xx 0.002035) =V. V= bony = 1072. W=V X 0.08073 = 8.654

Rise in temp. of air 1.36-=t. Q=W Xt X sp. h. =8.65 X 1.36 K 0.2374 = 2.793 = heat given to
Rise in temp. of water 0.84 x 79.544 = 66.81696 = heat given to calorimeter.
2.793 = heat given to air

69.60996 = heat dissipated in 4 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 17.4025

Fifth Period—
Quantity of air (V’) — 165.83 at 710.92 — 329 — 39,92 = t’.

V+(V x t x 0.002035) — Vv. v= at = 153.5. W—V X 0.08073 = 12.4
Rise in temp. of air 1.79 = t. Q=- WX tX sp. him 12.4 X 1,79 X 0.2374 = 5.27 — heat given to air

Rise in temp. of water 2.238 79.544 = 178.019472 = heat given to calorimeter.
5.27 == heat given to air.

183.289472 — heat dissipated in 6 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 30.5482 ft ie

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY 93]
Sixth Period— ;

tity of air (V’) = 169.72 at 72°.41 — 32° = 40.41 = t/,

2

; Ptah L1G =
Ba 0002035) — Wi Vi = 10. W = Ve x: 0.08073 = 12:68

in temp. of air 2.68 —t. Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 12.68 X 2.68 & 0.2374 = 8.067 — heat given to air
e in temp. of water 1.68 & 79.544 = 133.6339 = heat given to calorimeter.
8.067 = heat given to air.

; 141.7009 = heat dissipated in 6 hours.
© Hourly dissipation of heat 23.6168

—

ph Seventh Period—
Quantity of air (V’) = 134.45 at 68°.75 —-32° = 36.75 = t'.

Vv xt’ X 0.002035) = V’. V = = = 125.07. W=V x 0.08073 = 10.09
Vie
n temp. of BD 2 —b. Q Wi St x< sp. h. = 10.09 x PAPAL >< 0:2374 = 5.294 — heat given to air.
n temp. of water 0.768 X 79.544 — 61.089792 — heat given to calorimeter.
5.294 = heat given to air.

66.383792 = heat dissipated in 5 hours.
- Hourly dissipation of heat 13.2767

Ns. : :

Eighth Period —

ty of air (V’) = 59 at 699.19 — 32° = 37.19 = t’.

V xt’ x 0.002035) =V. V= ae =548. W=V x 0.08073 = 4.4

temp. of water 0.3 X 79.544 = 23.8632 = heat given to calorimeter.
/ 1.2221 = heat given to air.

25.0853 = heat dissipated in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 12.5426
mth Pertod—
ity of air (V’) = 45.4 at 720.06 — 32° = 40.06 = t’.
(V xt’ x 0.002035) = V’.. V= ae = 42.04. W = V X 0.08073 = 3.394
temp. of air 0.94 = t. Q=W Xt X sp. h. = 34 X 0.94 K 0.2314 = 0.7587 = heat given to air.

temp. of water 0.39 X 79.544 = 31.02216 = heat given to calorimeter.
; 0.7587 = heat given to air.

31.78086 = dissipation of heat in 2 hours.
Hourly dissipation of heat 15.89043

Heat Production.
First Period—
| of bodily temperature in 4 hours 0°.2, in 1 hour 0.5 = t.
=W Xt Xsp.h=41 X 0.5 X 0.75 = 0.1537 = heat taken from reserve.
18.01 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.1537 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

_ Hourly production of heat 17.8563

odily temperature in 6 hours 0°.8, in 1 hour 011333: —t-

xt X sp. h. = 4.1 X 0.1833 K 0.75 = 0.4099 = heat taken from reserve.
5.8304 = hourly dissipation of heat.

0.4099 = hour’ loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 5.4209

2932 FEVER

Third Period—
Rise of bodily temperatare in 53 hours 1°, in 1 hour 0.17 = t.
Q= WX tx sp. b= dl x 0.17 x 0.75 <= 0.5219 = heat added to reserve,
22.6128 == hourly dissipation of heat.
0.5219 = hourly addition to beat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 23.1347

Fourth Period—

No change of bodily temperature.
Heat dissipated hourly = hourly production of heat 17.4025

Fifth Period—
Fall of bodily temperature in 6} hours 0°.9, in 1 hour 0.1384 = t.
Q=W Xt Xsp.b. = 4.1 XK 0.1384 XK 0.75 = 0.4256 = heat taken from reserve.
30.5482 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.4256 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 30.1226

Sixth Period—
Fall of bodily temperature in 6} hours 0°.8, in 1 hour 0.128 = t.
Q=W Xt X sp. bh. = 4.1 X 0.128 X 0.75 = 0.3937 = heat taken from reserve.
23.6168 = honrly dissipation of heat.
0.3937 = hourly loss from heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 23.3231

Seventh Period—
Rise of bodily temperatare in 5} hours 2°.6, in 1 hour 0.4727 = t.
Q=W xt sp. h.=4.1 x 0.4727 x 0.75 = 1.4535 = heat added to reserve.
13.2767 = hourly dissipation of heat.
1.4535 = hourly addition to reserve.

Hourly production of heat —14.7302 é

Lighth Period— ;
Rise of bodily temperature in 2} hours 19.4, in 1 hour 0.622 = t.
Q= Wx t xX sp. b. = 4.1 x 0.622 x 0.75 = 1.9126 = heat added to reserve.
12.5426 = hourly dissipation of heat.
3.9126 = hourly addition to heat reserve.

Hourly production of heat 14.4552

Ninth Period—
Fall of bodily temperature in 2} hours 09.3, in 1 hour 0.11 = t.
Q=W xt X sp. h. =41 X O.11 & 0.75 = 0.3382 = heat taken from reserve.
15.8904 = hourly dissipation of heat.
0.3382 = heat taken from reserve,

Hourly production of heat 15.5522

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY

233
RECAPITULATION,
Time. HEAT Heat Rect. Te
7 Dissipation. PRropvucrion, Siete eae
rit ap f 8:40 p.m. to 12:10a.m. 18.01 17.8563 1039.6 to 1030.4
suas 5, 8:30 P.M. to | 1:l0a.m. to 6:40 a. M. 5.8304* 3.4205* 102 to 101.2
J a 6, 8:30 P. a. V 9:20 a.m. to 2:50 P.M. 22.6128 23.1347 100.8 to 101.8
[ 4 vy.u.to 8 Pim. 17.4025 17.4025 101.6 to 101.6
ne 7. 11 a.m.—Ten minims of putrid blood injected into the jugular vein.
June 8 10.30 a. m.—Five minims of putrid blood injected into the jugular vein.
1:40 Pp. m.—Five minims of putrid blood injected into the jugular vein.
~ Second day. 4:31 p.m. to 10:31 p.m. 30.5482 30.1226 105.4 to 104.5 11.20 p. a——Ten
Pameiondi rst. to we P.M. to 5:27 a.m. 23.6168 23.3231 104.6 to 103.8 minims of putrid
Rrane 10.4. x. Till a.m. to 12:11 p.m. 13.2767 14.7302 103.2 to 105.8 blood injected
Llip.m.to 3:17e.m. 12.5426 14.4552 102.2 to 103.6 into the perito-

neal cavity.

SUMMARY.
Time IN AVERAGE HOURLY AVERAGE HourRLy EXTREMES OF AVERAGE
CALORIMETER. Hear Dissipation. Heat PRopuction. Rect. Temr. Recr. Teme.
(Fah.) (Fah.)
{ ay. 13 hours. cevece cod 19.4955 100°.8 to 103°.6 101.6
Second day. 19 hours. Sqnreacocd 22.2795 102.2 to 105.8 104.2

The experiments which have just been recorded, al‘hough undertaken for the
ose of determining whether there is or is not a greater production of heat in
than in health, are capable of throwing light upon other problems, and it
s best to examine one or two of these before discussing the main question.
e are two ingniries concerning the production of heat in health which may
here be studied. First, as to the existence or non-existence of a regular diur-
le of change in the heat production corresponding to the diurnal variations
odily temperature. Second, as to the effect of food upon heat production. Of
experiments capable of throwing light upon the second of these inquiries
110 affords two days for comparison: the first of these days the dog ate one
of raw liver when entering the calorimeter; the second he was without food.
ng the first day his average hourly heat production was 109.445 ; during the
d day it was 61.4198 units; further, during the five hours immediately after
ngestion of the liver it was 176.8262, whilst during the second day the highest
urly production reached was 89.2437. ‘The next experiment bearing directly
upo: the point now at issue is No. 114. During the first day the dog ate at intervals
) erably over a pound and a half of meat, whilst on the second day he fasted ;
1e result being that the average hourly heat production was the first day 84.2426,
second day 60.156 units. ‘The decisive results obtained in these two experi-
ts are confirmed by the immediate effects of the administration of food in one
wo of the other experiments. They are also in accord with the results obtained
nator, so that it may be considered demonstrated that the ingestion of a large
t of animal food is usually followed by an enormous increase in the pro-

‘here was evidently some mistake made in reading the calorimetrical thermometer in this run,

making average it is omitted.
30 October, 1580. .

34 FEVER.

duction of heat, The conclusion thus reached taken in conjunction with the facts
that heat still continues to be produced in starvation, and that various functional
actions, as muscular movement and secretion in animals, and flowering in plants,
have been found by various experimenters to be causes of local heat development,
indicates that there are in the animal economy two distinct general sources of
heat: first, the destruction, which probably occurs in the blood, of the excess of
crude food material; second, nutritive changes in tissue, including all changes in
the blood itself at the expense of its permanent constituents. It has not been
proven, but it is most probable, that the heat centre, investigated in the previous
chapter, affects solely the latter source of animal heat.

‘The effect of the ingestion of food upon heat production is so great and imme-
diate that, if we desire to discover whether there is a diurnal cycle of alteration in
the heat production, we must look at the records of those days when no food was
taken, i.¢., When there was the greatest freedom from known disturbing causes,
Ranging side by side the records of the four experiments at command for present
purposes, and inverting the time as necessary to make the records coincide as nearly
as possible, we obtain the following table. Each experiment consists of a con-—
nected twenty-four hours, although the periods of time did not always actually
follow one another as arranged in the table.

Exrrarmest 110. Exrerment 112. Experiment 114.

Time, pina oN. Tre. Poem Time. Pascoe
6:16 p.m. to 11:16 p.m. 66.6627 5:ll po. to 10:11 p.m. 58.6187 8:li p.m. toll45 p.m. 53.4494
12:L0 a.m. to 5:10 a.m. 40.5944 11:33 p.m. to 4:3 a.m. 69.8756 1247 a.m. to 6:47 a.m. 52.5167
6:23 a.m. to 11:23 a.m. 65.8729 5 asmtol0 a.m. 63.86 9:20 a.m. to 2:20 r.M. 61.7988

1:30 a.m. to 3:30 Pr.mM. 89.2437 12:13 p.m. to 4:13 p.a. 84159 3:37 p.m. to 7:37 p.m. 75.4299

When these experiments were performed the use to which they are at present
being put was not thought of. The periods of calorimetrical observation do not
therefore correspond closely, Nevertheless the general drift is sufficiently similar
for comparison. If we tabulate the periods of maximum and minimum production
they will stand as follows :—

Exrenimenr. Maxiuem Penrop, Mryiuum Penton.
110 1:30 P.M. to 3:30 P.M. 12:10 a.m. to 5:10 A.M.
112 12:13 pM. to 4:13 PM 5:11 pM. to DL:1L Pat. 7
114 3:37 P.M. to 7:37 P.M. 8:15 p.M. to 11:45 P.M.

On looking over this tabulated statement it will be seen that whilst there is some
correspondence there is also a good deal of divergence. The time of maximum
heat production in all is earlier or later in the afternoon; in two the time of ‘mini-—
mum heat production is in the evening. This indicates that there is usually a
tendency in normal dogs to an increase of heat production in the afternoon, and a
diminution of it in the evening. ‘The experiments are, however, not altogether
concordant, and are too few to settle the question; but it is evident that if a ten-
dency toa rhythmical production of animal heat does exist, such tendency must:
be entirely subservient to the accidents of feeding, exercise, ete., and that at least:
in the dog any diurnal eyele of bodily temperature which may exist must be de

4

STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 995

pendent upon the relations of heat dissipation to heat production rather than upon
any dominant alteration of heat producti is perhaps goi ;
; Ly ~_ es a on. It is perhaps gong too far to assume
at presen ay mue~o the dog must also be true of the man, but the pro-
babilities are that in this respect there is no difference between the two, for my
- . . 2
experience seems to show that there is in dogs as well as man suffering from
; . A . . 7
pyemia an evening rise of temperature.
_ Coming now to the main question—the one for whose answering the present
series of experiments were especially undertaken—I find the evidence of six of the
experiments is best displayed by placing the results in tabular form as follows
e seventh experiment differs from the others in that it did not extend over
‘several days, and its results therefore cannot be thrown into the same table with
_ those of the others. The headings of the table explain sufficiently its purport
- without further comment.

» =
Foop Day. HUNGER Day. First Fever Day. Srconp FEVER Day.
f ne
7 ¥ i 2 ea ee a | a oF
Average Average Hours Average Average Hours Average Average Hours Average Average Hours

No.of Rectal Hourly Heat in Rectal Hourly Heat in Rectal Hourly Heat in Rectal Hourly H i
Exp. Temp. Production. Box. Temp. Production. Box. Temp. Brodvetion® Box. meni! eiodcatlod: Box.

‘= :
een) (rans) (Fah.) (Fah.) (Fsh.)

‘110 «102.39 105.445 15 102.83 61.4198 17 103.92 87.4777 15 105.42 92.8252 15
shnt 104.07 139.4733 17 104.78* 128.0702 17 104.89 130.1177 15 105.39 133.256 20
112 eeereemesenarewe mL O.2)) LO3:4 68.059 19.25 104.2 62.9151 16 105.08 758566 21
it 113 Seeeste’ 5 -casdanéas om LO276 97.4832 17.25 103.7 94.3229 14.5 105 115.5817 15
114 102.24 84.2426 20 101.4 60.156 RS}s © egasaach 102.4 SiO iD

“116; = 101.6 NGAI) 1B} Coocecus, © _Beodoncen ~» 104.2

_ To this table must be added the results obtained in experiment 115 for a single day.
- Onstudying the table it will be seen that in Experiment 110 the production of animal
heat during each fever day was much greater than during the day of abstinence,
but less than when food was taken, also that the heat production during the fever
rose with the average daily temperature. In Experiment 111 the day marked
hunger day was one of feeding; under these circumstances there was a decline in
the production of heat during the fever, but no proper comparison can be made
‘between the fever day and a hunger day. It will be noticed that the heat pro-
~ duction was less than when the dog was bountifully fed in health. Experiment
112 conformed in its results with Experiment 110; as did also Experiment
*aues excepting that there was a diminished heat production during the first day
of the fever. In Experiment 114, during what is marked as “second fever day”
there was a production of animal heat much exceeding even that of feeding day,
although the average temperature of the animal was very little above normal. ‘The
animal was at the time fatally sick, refusing food and dying within forty-eight hours.
fF Avery curious fact is demonstrated by this experiment. If the fever process be
considered to be that ultimate disorder of nutrition which produces the excessive

It was not, therefore, really a hunger day; there

* The dog had 4 pound of raw liver this day.
1s, so that the day should be perhaps

was also elevation of temperature following an injection of pt
considered as a ‘‘fever day.”
+ A rabbit allowed to eat all it would.

236 FEVER, P

amount of heat, the experiment shows that the highest development of the fever
process may occur when the temperature is lowest; or, in other words, the experi-
ment demonstrates, that excessive nutritive actions accompanied by an inordinate”
heat production may occur in a febrile disorder although the general bodily tempe-
rature remains low. It also throws light upon the apparent subsidence of fever
_ sometimes seen shortly before de ath in te febrile diseases, showing that an exces-!
sive heat dissipation may entirely mask an excessive heat production.

In Experiment 116, the animal was « rabbit; the food day was really one of
partial feeding, but the heat production was decidedly less than on the fever day.
In Experiment 115 (not in the table), in which the trial was only during a few
hours and the animal a rabbit, the production of heat was in slight excess after the -
full formation of the febrile period, although it was apparently diminished during
the forming period of the fever. (See page 225.) :

‘The experiments upon dogs, which have just been detailed, are in close accord
with those of Senator. 1 think the following conclusions must be considered as_
demonstrated: Jn the pyamie fever of dogs the heat production is usually in excess
of the heat production of fasting days, but less than that which can be produced by
high feeding ; usually the production of animal heat rises in the febrile state with
the temperature and with the stage of the fever, but sometimes the heat production:
becomes very excessive, alihoujh the temperature of the body remains near the nor-—
mal limit. In vabbits with pyamie fever heat production seems to be even greater
than it is in health whey food is taken, :

In studying the production of animal heat in the normal dog it was found that
there are evidently two sources of it; a portion of the heat being produced by
the immediate destruction of food taken in excess of the needs of the organism;
and another portion being the result of chemical movements in the stored materials
of the body. The experiments upon pyemie dogs, which have been detailed, show
that whilst in fever there is little or no ingestion of food and consequently little
or no production of heat from such source, the heat developed by the chemical
movements of stored materials in the body is increased or, in other words, that there —
are increased chemical movements in the tissues during pyamic fever in dogs.

In rabbits the effect of the immediate ingestion of food upon animal temperature
is much less than it is upon dogs, and for obvious reasons: the digestion of sueh —
food as hay is a very slow process, taking hours, perhaps days for completion, and
the excess in the blood of nutritive material at any one time is not so marked as it
is in dogs, which will eat, at one meal, as much of meat as 5 per cent. or more of
their entire weight. ‘The two experiments upon rabbits detailed are, however, in
accord with the conclusions reached in dogs, for in both of these experiments the
heat production was in excess during the febrile state of what it was when the: :
was no fever and when food was taken freely.

It is a matter of the greatest interest to compare these results with those
reached by Liebermeister and by Leyden in man. Before doing so, however, it
seems best to see how far they tally with those which have been reached by th
deductive method as I have termed it; i. e., by calculations based upon the ingests
and egesta of fever, The ablest and fullest discussion of this evidence with which

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PAYS 1 OO ve 937

am acquainted is that contained in the Reports of the Medical Officers of the Privy
uncil and Local Government Board, New Series, No. V1, London, 1875. It is
Prof. Burdon Sanderson, and I shall quote it in full,

“Heat stands on the same line with carbonic acid, urea, and water, as a part of chemical work
one in the living body. To determine whether or not its production is increased or diminished,
aye to proceed by continuous measurement just as in the other cases, with this difference, that ”
he measurement of heat is a much more complicated and difficult problem than that of any of the
hemical products of life. There are two methods by which it may be attempted. he first con-
ts in estimating the thermogenesis from what is known as to the quantity and ‘heat value’ of the
material daily and hourly consumed in the body, under the conditions to be investigated; the second,
in di ectly measuring the quantity of heat daily or hourly discharged from the body, this quantity
bei g, if the temperature is constant, identical with the quantity produced. In employing the first
n, that of estimation, we depend entirely on certain experiments made about eight years ago at
Royal Institution, by Prof. Frankland (the accuracy of which has been generally admitted), by
h the ‘heat value’ of the ‘immediate principles’ of food (albumin, fat and some carbonic
rates), 2. e., the quantity of heat yielded by each in complete or partial oxidation, was estimated.
the values obtained, the most important and the most frequently used are those relating to
amin and its product urea, and to fat. A gramme of albumin, according to Frankland, yields
8 kilogramme-units of heat in complete combustion, 7. e., 4.998 times as much Beat as is required
a kilogramme of water one degree [C.] of temperature. A gramme of urea yields 2.206 kilo-
me-units; a gramme of fat 9.069 k.-units. In the disintegration of albumin in the living body,
es not yield the ultimate products (water, ammonia, and carbonic acid) but nearly the whole of
fen passes out in the form of urea. Consequently in estimating the quantity of heat gene-
by it in the organism (its ‘physiological heat value’), we deduct from its total heat value, the
t value of the weight of urea which is derived from it. Now, each gramme of albumin yields
ne-third of a gramme of urea, that being the quantity which svould be produced by it if all its
itrogen were, in passing out of the body, to enter into the constitution of urea, dogawhereas albumin
ains 15.5 per cent. of nitrogen, urea contains 46.66 per cent., and 775 —4. Hence of the
heat value of every gramme of albumin consumed physiologically, as bine as belongs to one:
‘a gramme of urea (7. e., 22° — 0.735 k.-units) is lost to the ETS Deducting this
.998, we have 4.263 as the ‘physiological heat value’ of albumin, Bier
,eyden found, as has been already seen, that Iris fever patients exhaled during the remission, ies
free from fever, 83.8 litres (at 0? C. and 760 mm.) of air in 15 minutes, mien contained 3.3
I nt, 2. €., 2.79 litres of carbonic acid. A litre of carbonic acid weighs as CHAT oe
eq ently the discharge of carbonie acid per 15 minutes was 5.5 grammes oF 22 een He
gives 528 grammes as the discharge per day. In fever the same patients exh ons f wee
minutes, containing 3.066 per cent. of carbonie acid, or, Seat litres. This gives 32. cee
r hour, or 780 grammes in 24 hours, supposing the rate of discharge to be constant, ‘ ae Hi
om determinations made in cases strictly comparable with those of Leyden, estimated : i ee!
charge of urea in patients on fever diet, but free from fever, as are. ee W e ae sels ore
ke 17.5 grammes of urea (representing 52.5 grammes of albumin), and O28 cee : ae
i an approximation as near as can be attained to the true estimate of the discharge of a healthy
rson on fever dict. .

“On these data we may proceed as follows: The physiological heat value! 52.5 aes :
min is 229.0 k.-units. The 52.5 grammes contain 27.82 grammes (43 per cot) a his te
hich 3.5 take the form of urea in order to leave the organism (for urea contains one-fi th 0
, s are dischar: Deductine the remainder of carbon (¢. e., the
t of carbon, and 17.5 grammes are discharged). ee jis ratte gu ae eee ae
; not so discharged) from 144 grammes (the quantity of car bon econ pine : Shae Baas
acid) we have 119.68 grammes as the quantity of carbon to be eae ks es e
m other sources. Now in inanition or on fever diet there is pu one ee eee pede
» acid. which we have to consider, namely, the fat of the tissues, ee me pores
119.7 grammes of carbon must be derived. Taking the Dea tel eet ‘a order i mroduee
156.4 grammes as the weight of fat, which must have been cons

238 FEVER.

the quantity of carbonic acid actually discharged, According to Frankland’s estimate 156.4 grammes
of tat yield in disintegration 1419 k,-units of heat. Adding this to the quantities derived from the ;
disintegration of albumin we have 1648 k.-units as the total quantity of heat produced by patients
on fever diet but in the apyretic state.
“By substituting for the numbers given above, relating to the discharges in health, those relating
to fever, and repeating the process, we arrive at a comparable result as to the febrile production of
heat. In fever, according to Senator’s estimate, the urea discharge is increased to about 40 grammes
daily, ¢. ¢., it is about two and a third times as great as it would be on the same diet in health.
Leyden’s estimate of the carbonic acid discharge bas already been given as 780 grammes daily.
The physiological heat value of 120 grammes of albumin (the quantity which corresponds to 40
grammes of urea) is 511.56 heat units. The 120 grammes contain 63.6 grammes of carbon, of which
8 grammes leave the organism in the form of urea, The remainder of carbon (55.6 grammes) having —
been deducted from 212.7 grammes, the total earbon-discharge by respiration (7. e., the quantity
of carbon corresponding to 780 grammes of carbonic acid), we have 157.1 grammes as the weight of
carbon to be accounted for by the consumption of fat in the body. The weight of fat required for ;
this purpose is 205.3 grammes, which would yield 1862.4 k.-units. Adding this, as before, to the
quantity of heat derived from the disintegration of albumin, we have 2373.9 as the total heat pro-
duction of fever. ;
“ Ranke found in his experiments on himself that on an adequate mixed diet, 7. e., on a diet suffi-
cient, and not more than sufficient, to maintain nutritive equilibrium, he discharged in twenty-four
hours a quantity of nitrogen corresponding to 32.3 grammes of urea, and that his respiratory dis-
charge of carbonic acid was 791 grammes. Proceeding as before we have 413.5 k.-units as the
quantity of heat yielded by the disintegration of 97 grammes of albumin, whieh in this case was of —
course derived from food. Of the carbon contained in this 97 grammes, 45 grammes would have to
be discharged in carbonic acid. Deducting these from the total discharge of carbon, viz., 215.7
grammes, we have 170.7 grammes of carbon, to be accounted for as derived from the non-nitrogenous
constituents of food. The diet consisted of 250 grammes of meat (containing a very small proportion
of fat), 400 grammes of bread, 70 grammes of farinaceous food, 70 grammes of egg-albumen, and 100
grammes of butter and lard, From previous determinations it was estimated that the fat of the meat
contained about 2.8 grammes of carbon, the butter and lard about 67.9 grammes, the farinaceous —
food about 26 grammes. This leaves 74 grammes to be accounted for as having been derived from
the bread, for 2.8 + 67.9 + 26 4+ 74 = 170.7. 170.7 grammes therefore represents the balance
of carbon in the expired carbonic acid, not already accounted for as derived from the disintegration —
of albumin. (The actual quantity of carbon contained in the carbonic hydrates of the bread was 80
grammes, so that we have an excess of 6 grammes unaccounted for.) According to Frankland’s
table the fat would yield 33.19 k.-units, the butter 852.7 k.-units, the bread and other farinaceous
food (supposing them to contain 156.5 grammes of starch of which the heat value is 5.232) 819°
k.-units. Adding these to the 413.5 k.-units derived from the disintegration of albumin we have
33.19 + 852.7 + 819 + 413.5 — 2118.39 k.-units as the heat production of a healthy adult on a
mixed adequate diet. On similar data derived from other experiments on bimself, Ranke estimated
his own mean heat production on adequate diet at 2200 k.-units.
“Tbus we have for the three conditions we have been considering, namely, inadequate or fever
diet without fever, inadequate diet with fever, and adequate diet in health, the following results:—

Inanition : . ; - , : : . 1648.0 k.-units.
Fever. : " ; , : ¢ F . 2373.9 k.-units.
Health . . ‘ P P 5 7 : . 2118.4 k.-units.

“The general result to which the preceding calculation leads us, is a very important one, namely
that, althoagh as compared with the heat production of an individual on fever diet, the heat produc-
tion of a fevered person is excessive, it is not by any means greater than the heat production
health, for the highest difference indicated by the numbers stated is, as we shall see immediately,
eae ap lenl

“In estimating the value of this result, there are several considerations to which it is requisite t bd
call attention, In the first place, it is to be noticed that the data employed as representing

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY 239

tively the discharges of nitrogen and of carbon in fever, are the highest that could be taken: thu
‘those relating to urea were founded on observations of fevers of short duration aeeea .
_ periods during which the characters of the febrile state showed themselves in ‘Hee fullest intensit -
Avis still more important to remember that the estimate of the febrile discharge of carbonic eid a
d 24 hours, is founded on determinations relating to the rate of discharge during the day onl In
| comparing the results with those relating to the same patients when free from ieee this pee was
| got rid of, for both sets of observations were made in exactly the same way. Clonceerioniy the
numbers given above, representing the relation between heat production on fever diet without fever
and on the same diet in the febrile state, may be regarded as accurate; but if we compare either of
these numbers with that representing the heat produgtion of health with ade
is required.

“Taken absolutely, both of them are unquestionably too high, for it is well known that the rate
of carbonic acid discharge is considerably higher in the day than in the night, so that any estimate
of the total discharge from measurements made only during the day is certain to be excessive.
Pettenkofer and Voit found that in health the mean discharge during the whole 24 hours falls short

of the mean rate during the day by 14 per cent. If we make a deduction of 14 per cent. from the
estimated febrile discharge of carbonic acid which was taken as the basis of our estimate given above,
of the heat production in fever, we have to take off 109 grammes from our total of 780 grammes.
_ Now the heat discharge corresponding to each gramme of carbonie acid derived from the consump-
tion of fat is 3.23 k.-units; consequently if in fever the difference between day and night is as great
is in health, we must take off 352 (— 3.23 X 109) k.-units from our estimate. Thus corrected the
- numbers stand thus :—

quate diet, a correction

Heat production in fever on fever diet : . . 2021 k.-units.
Heat production in health on adequate diet . . 2118 k.-units.

“Tt is further to be borne in mind that the state of things which is understood by the term

“adequate diet’ is not that of ordinary life. By adequate diet is meant a diet which is just sufficient
to maintain nutritive equilibrium, 7. e., to balance expenditure by income. Under ordinary cireum-
stances we consume a great deal more food than is required for this purpose. In Professor Ranke’s
experiment, the diet of a young man of 24 consisted as we have scen of half a pound of meat, and
a pound of bread, besides small quantities of butter and eggs, ete., an amount of aliment which,
although it was proved experimentally to be ‘adequate,’ would, in ordinary language, be described
as insufficient, and is certainly very inconsiderable as compared with the usual requirements of
persons of the same age and sex. From the results of his experiments on more abundant dietaries
Ranke inferred that the activity of the thermogenetic processes of his body could be increased to as
much as 2700 k.-units per diem, an amount far exceeding the highest estimate that could be made
of the possible production of heat in fever.”

It will be seen that the result reached by Prof. Sanderson is in strict accord with
that which has been arrived at in my experiments. According to his calculations
: less heat is produced during fever in the human organism than when the healthy
man is fed up to the food limit, but very much more heat is produced in the febrile
state than when the man is kept without food. This certainly strongly corroborates
the conclusion which I have reached experimentally that the essential portion of
the fever is a derangement of nutrition, whereby the heat production at the expense
of the accumulated material of the body is increased.

‘The question may now be answered how can the apparent non-agreement of this
conclusion with that arrived at by Liebermeister and Leyden be explained. It
has already been shown that the methods of these investigators are not above
suspicion.

Granting, however, that their results are correct, they are not really in oppo-

240 FEVER,

sition with the vital part of the conclusions derived from the experiments detailed
in this memoir; in fact they are corroborative of the leading fact established
the present research, namely, that in pyemic fever in dogs and rabbits the funda-
mental portion of the disease-process is an increase in heat production by chemical
movements in the accumulated material of the organism. It is true that I usually
found that this increase was not sufficient to overplus the loss of production from
abstinence from food, but sometimes it was more than sufficient. It is possible
that the conclusion of Liebermeister and Leyden [that in man there is an absolute
increase in heat production; or, in other words, that the overplus of tissue-heat:
is more than sufficient to overcome the loss of food-heat] is substantially correct,
as a general law, although it cannot be admitted that it is demonstrated or without
exceptions. ‘The febrile movements in man are much more pronounced and severe
than those of the animals experimented upon by myself. A rise of 10° Fah. is not
very rare in man, one of 7° Fah, very common, and one of 14° by no means unheard
of. In dogs and rabbits I have rarely, if ever, seen a rise of more than 4°, except
upon exposure to direct heat, and the usual elevation of fatal pyaemic fever has
not been 3°. Under these circumstances it would not be surprising if the overplus
of tissue heat production were greater in man than in animals. However this may
be, and future human calorimetrical experimentation can alone determine it, it
seems almost certain, that, whatever may be the usual course, human, as well as
canine, elevation of bodily temperature may occasionally coexist with diminished —
heat production as compared with that of high feeding; and that the temperature’
of the body is the result of the play between heat dissipation and production,
It seems to me certain that what is habitual in the lower animals is at least
occasional in man, and that elevation of temperature may at times coexist in man
with diminished heat production, and that lowered or normal temperature may co-
exist with increased tissue metamorphosis or chemical movements. Most practi-
tioners of medicine have seen cases of increased tissue change as shown by emaciation
and excessive urea secretion without elevation of temperature ; or fever cases in
which the temperature seemed so out of proportion to the results upon the bodily
tissues as to indicate irresistibly that heat retention was playing an important part
in producing the fever; or collapse coming on in fevers when the sudden fall of
temperature seemed inexplicable by any theory other than a sudden loss of heat.
In conclusion it appears to me that the following proposition is demonstrated for
dogs and rabbits, and practically assured for man.
Fever is a complex nutritive disturbance in which there is an excessive production
of such portion of the bodily heat as is derived from chemical movements in
accumulated material of the organism, the overplus being sometimes less, someti
more than the loss of heat production resulting rom abstinence from food, T.
degree of bodily temperature in fever depends, in greater or less measure, upon
disturbance in the natural play between the functions of heat production and le
dissipation, and is not an accurate measure of the intensity of the increased chemiet
movements of the tissues, . ‘
Before leaving this portion of the subject I cannot refrain from calling atten
to the strong corroboration which this proposition receives from a study of et

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 94]

nation in fever. Having no new evidence to offer I again make an extract from
the article of Prof. Sanderson, in which he shows that there is in fever an increased
metamorphosis of tissue. After a discussion of various analyses he says:

phe general conclusion to) be derived from the whole series is that in the early stage of fever a
patient excretes about three times as much urea as he would do on the same diet if he were in health,
the difference between the fevered and the healthy body, consisting chiefly in this, that whereas the
former discharges a quantity of nitrogen equal to that taken in, the latter wastes the store of nitrogen
contained in its own juices. That this disorder of nutrition is an essential constituent of the febrile
process is indicated by the fact that it not only accompanies the other phenomena of fever during
their whole course, but precedes the earliest symptoms and follows the latest. That it anticipates
the beginning of fever was first demonstrated by Dr. Sidney Ringer in his investigation of the
relation between temperature and the discharge of urea in ague. That the same condition continues
after the crisis has past, 7. e., the temperature has begun to sink, has been shown by Dr. Squarey
from his investigation of Eignteen cases of typhus, in all of which the daily excretion of urea was
measured, and the variations of temperature were observed during the whole course of the disease,
and the observations were continued until convalescence was completely established. In these cases
it was found that, whereas the bodily temperature which in this disease rises rapidly at the beginning,
and keeps up without sensible abatement during a period which often extends to the middle of the
second week, usually begins to fall after the tenth day, the daily rate of discharge of urea, although
usually above the normal during the first week, did not attain its maximum until the temperature
had been falling for some days.

“The question of the source from which the urea increment of fever comes is one which can be
better discussed subsequently. At present it is sufficient to notice that the anticipation of the obvious
symptoms of illness, particularly of the pyrexia, by the increased excretion of urea, as well as the
continuance of the urea excess during the epicritical period, plainly indicate that pyrexia is not the
agent by the direct influence of which the increased secretion of urea is produced.

“ Another consideration suggested by the same facts is this, that the mere increase of the percentage
of urea discharged, affords an inadequate measure of the waste of nitrogen, 7. e., of albumin, which
actually occurs in fever; for to form a just estimate, the overlapping at both ends of the process ought
clearly to be taken into account. Moreover, in fever there are very frequently losses of nitrogen by the
bowels and skin, as well as by exudations, the amount of which scarcely admits of being determined.

“Tt having been established that there is an increased discharge of nitrogen in fever, it remains to
state what is known as to its source. There are two sources which are open to discussion, viz. :
(1) the albumin of the blood and lymph, and (2) that of the tissues; or, to use the expressions which
the researches of Voit have rendered current in physiology, store albumin, and tissue albumin. By
the former we understand the albuminous constituent of the corpuscles and plasma as well as of the
tissue juice or lymph; by the latter, the material of protoplasm, including that of the blood corpuscles.

“Here the basis of observation is furnished by researches made by Dr. Salkowski, relating to the
proportion of potassium salts discharged by the urine in fever, as compared with that of sodium salts.
These researches relate to some twenty cases of various forms of febrile disease in Professor Leyden’s
wards at Konigsberg. he research began with an investigation of the relative proportions of
potassium and sodium salts discharged by the liquid and solid excreta in health, the observer being
himself the subject of observation. The diet being mixed, and the nutritive condition nearly that of
nitrogen equilibrium as seen by the constancy of the daily discharge of urea (min. 25.3, max 27.2;
mean of seven days 25.69), the daily quantity of potassium and sodium salts respectively, reckoned
as potash and soda, were: potash, 3.094 grammes; soda, 4.207 grammes; so that of the sum of both
alkalies potash constituted 41.4 per cent.

“Tn another individual, a clerk, on low diet without meat, affected with syphilis but in good
general health, the soda discharge was about the same, but that of the potash much less, so that the
potash percentage varied from 18 to 26. From these and other observations it was concluded that
the daily potash discharge of a healthy person on fever diet is less than one gramme.

“The febrile cases investigated were one of relapsing fever, one of erysipelas, and several of
pneumonia. In the case of relapsing fever, which was observed during part of the first paroxysm,

31 October, 1880.

242 FEVER

the whole of the first remission, and of the first relapse and second remission, it was most distinctly —
seen, that, whereas during the remission the potash percentage of the total discharge of both alkalies
sank to about 18.20, it rose during and especially after each crisis to about 90. In the case of
erysipelas and in the pneumonia eases there was a corresponding relative and absolute increase of
the potash discharge. There were, however, peculiarities in all the cases which have been fully
described by the authors, and are of sufficient importance to require notice. ;

“On the whole, the absolute quantity of potassium discharged on febrile days is three or four
times as great as on non-febrile. As regards soda the results are entirely different. During fever —
it is seen in most of the tables that the soda discharge is extremely low. As soon as the crisis is
passed it at once begins to increase to such an extent that in one day as much soda is eliminated as —
on all the previous days taken together. Simultaneously the percentage of potash discharge falls
to its lowest.

“The augmentation of potash discharge in fever, when little or no meat is being taken, and its
rapid decline in defervescence, shows that the augmented production of urea in fever must take place
at the expense of some source of albumin which contains potash. We have, therefore, in this fact
an answer to the question from which we started. The albumin which serves as a source of urea
in fever, is not derived from liquor sanguinis (for the liquor sanguinis abounds in sodium salts, bat
contains very little potassium), but either from the blood corpuscles, or from muscle, or both. 7

“The very remarkable diminution of the discharge of sodium signifies of course that in fever, the —
common salt, which constitutes the bulk of the salts of the blood, is retained; for immediately after
the crisis (as shown most distinctly in three of the cases) it passed into the urine in great abundance.

“In addition to increased excretion of potash there is another circumstance which points to the
blood corpuscles or to the muscular tissue as the chief seat of disintegration in fever, namely, the
increased discharge of coloring matter. Unfortunately, as regards this most important question,
sufficient information is wanting. There are, to the best of my knowledge, no comparative determi-
nations either of the proportion of blood corpuscles or (what would be as useful) of the iron per-
centage of the blood before and after acute fever either in man or the lower animals. The only facts
relating to the subject that I know of are (1) that in all febrile diseases, the coloring matter of the
urine, which is probably derived ultimately from the blood hemoglobin, is three or four times as
abundant as in health (see Neubauer and Vogel); and (2) that after traumatic fever in dogs, there
is a very marked diminution, both of the corpuscles and of the iron of the blood. But these observa-
tions are quite inadequate to serve as a basis for an opinion as to the proportion which the brea
down of blood corpuscles bears to the total disintegration of fever. Of the many questions wh
require answering, there is perhaps none which is of greater importance, for if, as appears prob
the destraction of the colored corpuscles is a part of the febrile process, the fact must have a
important bearing, not merely on the process itself, but omits after results. The coloring matter of
the blood being the means by which oxygen is distributed to the tissues, the destruction of it must
impair every function of organic life.”

In order to determine whether there is a rhythm of heat production correspond-
ing to the morning fall and evening rise of pyemic fever, the following table has
been prepared, showing the records of the last fever day in the six experiments.
In each case there was a more or less distinct evening rise of temperature. E;
periment 116, it will be remembered, was performed upon a rabbit; in the other
cases dogs were employed. Unfortunately the days were not commenced at the
same time, yet a little comparative study will overcome the defect in the table.

Exrertment 110. Experiment 111. :
H " Reevat —
True. Paovoorton. Peete ee Time. Pacpucrion. TewreraToRe.
(Pah. . (Fah.)
IA AM. to G:t acm. 69.201 1069.92 to 104 ll pew.to 4 am. 134.194 10594 to105—
TAZ am. tol2d42 pu. «TLR «(1049 8:7 a.m. to 10:7 a.m. 129.2479 104.9

6:27 rm. to 1127 P.M. 137.4203 106.02 to 105.8 10:18 a.m. to 3:18 p.m. 126.7412 105.85
4:35r.u.to %35r.M. 142.84 105.85 to

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYS1TO LOG ys. 243

Y 9 =
EXPERIMENT 112. Exrerinent 113

7 UES Peon monte IEE: Rano, Teeeeae eee
; “236 a.m. to 10:36 4.x. 70.5369 104.5 to 104°.1 ae
13 a.m. toll:13 a.m. 68.062 104.1 to 104.3
13 a.M.to 4:13 P.M. 51.0977 104.3 to 106.5 11:32 P.M. to 6:32 a.m. 118.6278 104°.7 to 104°.8
38 P.M.to 9:38 P.M. 65.923 106.5 to 106. 10:51 a.m. to 12:51 pia. 115.3317 104.1
0: p.mM.to 4:5 a.m. 103.0396 106. to 104.5 4:32 p.m. to 10:32 p.m. 112.1112 106.7 to 104.7
Exprerment 114. Exrertment 116.
TIME. EeGRuGrox, Toe Tins. Piowecnon: re Seeeroee!
aa (Fah.) (Fah.)
12:4 a.m.to 6:4 a.m. 105.4937 1019.8 to 102°.4 11:27 p.m. to 5:27 a.m. 23.3231 104°.7 to 103°8
8 a. wm. to12:13 a.m. 67.7143 102.2 to 102.4 T:1l a.m. to 12:11 p.m. 14.7302 103.2 to 105.8
P.M.to 5:50 p.m. 84.0587 102.6 to 102.8 l:ilip.m.to 3:7 p.m. 14.4552 102.2 to 103.6
8 P.M. to 10:48 p.m. 120.9701 -6 to 101.8 4:31 p.m. to 10:31 p.m. 30.1226 105.4 to 104.5

‘It will be seen that in Experiment 110 the production of heat was at its maxi-
m in the evening, and regularly diminished towards a minimum in the morning.
Experiment 111 the same regular course was followed. In Experiment 112 the

d minimum being, however, very trifling; whilst in both Experiments 114 and
the course was a perfectly regular one from an evening maximum to the morning
mum. Out of the six experiments, therefore, four are in close accord, one is

ewhat discordant, and the sixth absolutely reversed. It is remarkable that in

1 of temperature was very slight: that the rhythm of evening and morning rise
temperature was almost absent, and that an injection of putrid blood into the
ular vein was practised just before the animal was first put into the calorimeter.

on the bodily functions and thereby deranging both rectal temperature and heat
oduction. In such a disturbing cause is found sufficient reason for not allowing
ch weight to the exception to the general law outlined in the more accurate

lly developed and running a steadier, more typical, and less interfered with
urse. While, therefore, the experiments cited show that the law enunciated

_ date it as the normal expression of a typical pywmic fever.
In pyemia superinduced in dogs and rabbits there is usually an evening rise of
the bodily temperature which is consentancous with an increase of the production of

CHAPTER IV.
THE THEORY OF FEVER.

Tue preliminary problems which offered themselves at the outset of this study
of fever having been solved, the nature and mechanism of the process naturally
presents itself for discussion, The first portion of this last problem seems to me
sufficiently elucidated by the proposition which has been already formulated in
the third chapter of the present memoir, but is here repeated,

“Fever is a complex nutritive disturbance in which there is an excessive pro-
duction of such portion of the animal heat as is derived from chemical movements
in the accumulated material of the organism, the overplus being sometimes less,
sometimes more than the loss of heat production resulting from abstinence from
food. ‘The degree of bodily temperature in fever depends, in greater or less measure,
upon a disturbance in the natural play between the functions of. heat production
and heat dissipation, and is not an accurate measure of the intensity of the increased
chemical movements of the tissues,” ‘

Such being the nature of fever, the mechanism of its production is next in order
of study.

It is plain that rise of bodily temperature may be local, or it may be general,
A local tissue may from some local cause suffer this rise, but where all parts of the
body are simultaneously affected there must be some general bond uniting them —
together through which is brought about the simultaneous action. ‘There are only
two tissues or systems which, uniting together all parts of the body, fuse them, as it
were, into one. ‘These are the blood and the neryous system. Any acute physio-
logical or pathological process, not dependent upon original vice of constitution,
affecting the whole protoplasm of the body simultaneously and which is equally
shared by all tissues, must have its origin therefore either in the blood or in the
nervous system,

Is then fever hemic or neurotic in its origin?

In many febrile diseases there is apparently a poison circulating in the blood,
as the fons et origo mali. When we produce fever—by injecting a putrid sub-
stance in the lower animal or by allowing its entrance from a wound in man—
we know that the first step is the presence of a definite poison in the blood. It
is perhaps natural to say, under these circumstances, that the fever is hemic in
origin, But what is meant by this term? If the poison, carried by the blood into
all parts of the body, acts upon the various tissues everywhere in such a way as to
increase in them tissue change; or if, upon entering the blood, it excites such
changes in that fluid as to cause the blood to incite the tissues everywhere to fever,

( 244)

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 945

then that fever may be called, with scientific strictness, hamic. Suppose, however,
for a moment, there were a fever centre in the nervous system, and that irritation
of a peripheral nerve were capable of causing fever by affecting that centre, such
fever would certainly be a neurosis. Granting the existence of a “fever centre” of
this kind the laws of life teach us that there must be poisons capable of acting upon
it directly, so as to produce fever. Such a fever would certainly be neurotic, although
produced through the blood, the vital fluid acting simply as a “common carrier.”
With this understanding of the terms, distinct, clear proof is at present wanting,
that the fever even of pyemia, of the exanthemata, or of any so-called blood-poison-
ing is strictly hamic, since such toxic fever may be due to an action of the poison
upon the central nervous system.

There are numerous febrile reactions, whose origin would appear to be due to a
peripheral irritation. Such are the so-called ‘‘irritative fevers.” Of these the
most frequent are those caused by inflammations. These inflammatory fevers have
however been the subject of very careful and ingenious study by Prof. Billroth and
other observers, with the result of at least making it very probable that they are
preceded by the formation in the affected part of a poison by whose absorption the
febrile reaction is brought about. The memoirs of Dr. Billroth were published in
Langenbeck’s Archiv fiir Klin. Chirurgie, Bde. v1., ix. xiii., and demand here a
somewhat extended notice. The theory of Billroth in these papers is based upon the
following facts and argument. It was first clearly proven that fresh pus, 7. €., the
material formed by the inflammatory process, is when injected into the blood
entirely capable of inducing severe fever. It was next noted that in wound-fever
a sufficient length of time usually elapses between the reception of the wound and
the development of the fever for the dissipation of inflammatory products, and that
there are many cases of severe wounds in which no febrile reaction occurs, and
that these cases are notably those in which inflammatory products are scanty. ‘To
these arguments drawn from clinical and experimental observation, Dr. Billroth
adds his failure to produce in dogs distinct immediate fever by peripheral irritations
of sensitive nerves, or of the vaso-motor nerves, These irritations were made
by him in various ways: by forcible injections of air or of water into the subcuta-
neous tissues, by suspending weights to nerve trunks, by rubbing the skin of the
ears of dogs with croton oil, by irritating nerve trunks with ammonia, by rubbing
and tearing the inner coats of vessels with canule or dilating tents of sea-tangle,
by injecting powders into the blood so as to form emboli, ete. (op. cit., p. 379).
This failure to produce fever in dogs by peripheral irritation does not seem to
me of overpowering force as evidence, because all fever in dogs is caused with
difficulty. ‘The experiments of Drs. J. Bremer and J. Chrobak (Med. Tah rb.,
Bd. xiv., p. 1) are of greater weight. In these experiments were used dogs in all
respects normal, and others in which all nervous connection had been severed
between a specified joint and the central nervous system. The investigators found,
what I have myself frequently noted, that traumatic fever is developed with diffi-
culty in dogs. They therefore opened and crushed the joints operated upon, and
injected them with irritants, such as tincture of iodine, ammonia, oil of mustard.
Under these circumstances they found that fever was developed as soon, where all

46 FEVER.

the nerves going to the part injured had been previously separated, as it was in the
normal animal, A very interesting result, apparently unexpected, was that the —
primary fall of temperature (the shock) did not occur where nerve section had —
been practised, ‘lhe experiments were eight in number, and their record seems
to show that they were accurately and skilfully performed and reported. I have
repeated these experiments of Bremer and Chrobak and obtained results similar to
theirs. ‘lwo dogs were used; all the nerves of the leg were divided and the wound
allowed to heal before operating on the joint. In one instance, to do away with
any possible vaso-motor nerve connection, the femoral sheath was destroyed and
the artery tied in two places. On opening the joint, some weeks after the opera-
tion, and pouring strong water of ammonia over the wound, no evidences of sensa-
tion were elicited. Nevertheless, distinet fever was manifested in the dog with an
uninjured artery in 24 hours, and in the dog with the artery tied after the lapse —
of 48 hours; the slow development of the last case probably being due to a slower
circulation and absorption owing to the local impairment of the bloodvessels. It is
scarcely necessary to point out the very great weight of such evidence as this, in show-
ing that traumatic fever is due to absorption and not to peripheral irritation. A very
strong indication of the truth of the views of Billroth is also to be found in the history —
of antisepticism; I believe it is now generally admitted that, as the antiseptic treat-
ment of wounds is more and more perfectly carried out, traumatic fever becomes
less and less frequent. Again, cases of fever, which were formerly thought to be
irritative beyond a doubt, are being shown to be probably due to absorption. Thus,
although many years since Sedillot affirmed urethral fever to be septic, the general
drift of professional opinion, until very recently, was to believe that it is reflex.
‘There are at present three views of its nature prominent: one that it is due to the |
absorption of a poison; one that it is a reflex irritative fever; one that it is an
acute irritation of kidneys usually already diseased. Abundant proof has been
furnished by the finding of purulent deposit that in some instances septicaemia is.
present; in other cases post-mortem examination has revealed acute nephritis. The
certain existence of these two classes of cases tends to throw doubt on the existen
of a reflex urethral fever, and to indicate that even the mildest cases depend upon
a slight septicaemia,

From these facts it would appear that, not only is the so-called sympathetic teil
of inflammation really due to a blood-poisoning, but that as our knowledge grows,
fevers supposed to be due to peripheral irritations are shown, one by one, to have
their origin in toxemia, “

The history of cases of febrile reactions during teeth-cutting, and the relief
afforded by relieving the tension of the gums, the fugitive fevers seen in childhood —
as the product of gastro-intestinal irritation, the various trifling febrile reactions of
ordinary life, all seem, however, to indicate a cause more trifling than blood-poison-
ing, and to point to direct peripheral nerve irritations as provocative of febrile
reactions.

When we come to study in the physiological laboratory, the relations between the
skin and the interior temperature, we find that they are very intimate; experiments
detailed in an earlier portion of this memoir show that irritations of nerve trunks are-

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 947

capable, not only of lowering the temperature, but, if my interpretation be correct
of absolutely lessening the chemical movements of the body. ‘Then, again, the
effect of external cold in at once increasing heat production, as proved be Lieber-
meister’s bath experiments and as borne out by the experiences of every-day life
can scarcely be explained otherwise than by an action upon the peripheral iceroue
system. We are not, however, left to these deductions from clinical facts. Rochrig
and Huntz (Liebermeister’s Handbuch des Fiebers, p. 268) have found that Tai
electrical or chemical irritations of the skin increase the bodily temperature. ‘The
same observers (Pjliiyer’s Archiv, Bd. 4, p. 90) discovered that the application of
cold to the skin, as well as external irritations by concentrated salt baths, increases
the elimination of carbonic acid and the consumption of oxygen. F, Raalzon (Ibid.
p. 494) has used mustard plasters as an irritant and found that, when applied to
; one-tenth of the surface of a rabbit, they produce a very notable increase in the
amount of carbonic acid eliminated and of the oxygen consumed,
- For the reasons assigned, the possibility of an irritative fever must still be
acknowledged, although we are warranted in contending that not only are such

fevers much less frequent than was formerly thought, but that all or almost all
“serious, protracted attacks of fever are due to the absorption into the blood of a
poison.

_ Fever due to the introduction of a poison into the blood appears, at first sight,
to be probably produced by an action of the poison upon the general protoplasm.
If, however, we take the most ordinary of all such fevers, the malarial—the chill,
the fever, and the sweating in their regular sequence and their periodical occur-
‘ences most plainly bear testimony to a neurotic origin. When it is further
_ remembered that neuralgia, and various local vaso-motor and secretory disturbances
_ (such as intermittent pneumonia and intermittent diarrhoea) sometimes replace the
normal paroxysm, it becomes almost inconceivable that the normal paroxysm can
_ be produced by a general action upon the common protoplasm of the body. Again,
in rare instances the malarial paroxysm becomes localized in a certain region of
the body, which may exhibit the successive phenomena of “a chill,” whilst the
_ remainder of the organism seems perfectly normal in its functions. The following
case recently reported by Dr. Meriwether Lewis, of Lenoir, ‘Tennessee, is cited as
an instance of such localized malarial fever.

In 1877, Mr. G. M., et. 30, whilst recovering from an attack of pneumonia, was
attacked with chills, which were peculiar in that the sweating stage alone was con-
fined strictly to one side of the body, Under appropriate treatment Mr. M. soon
convalesced and remained well for nearly a year, when the ague again made its
~ appearance. During the latter part of this attack the febrile paroxysm seemed
: limited to a prolonged sweating stage, in which the perspiration was. absolutely con-
fined to the right side, and the temperature of the right axilla was 3§° Fah. greater
than that of the left.

& The various irregular cases of intermittent fever,
phenomena of the ordinary malarial fever, are only
planation that the malarial poison acts in some way upon the nervous system
- thereby provokes the febrile reaction. Of course, all the nutritive disturbances

viewed in connection with the

to be accounted for by the ex-
and

248 FEVER.

wrought by malaria, many of which may occur out of all proportion to the febrile
paroxysm or even without the febrile reaction, are not necessarily the result of an
influence exerted upon the nervous system—whether they are or are not so pro-
duced is foreign to the present inquiry.

Further, of all diseases supposed to be due to the presence of a poison in the
blood, none is more clearly and certainly so than is septicemia, It has already
been demonstrated that the fever of septicemia, or at least the elevation of tempera-
ture of septicemia in dogs, is largely due to retention of heat; such retention of heat
can only be produced through the intervention of the nervous system, no conceivable
influence upon the general protoplasm being able to cause the superficial capillary
contraction to which this retention must be in a measure due. ‘The fever must
therefore in septicemia be neurotic in origin, From all the facts and reasons which
have been given, the following proposition seems to be the logical conclusion:
Irritative fever, if it exist, is produced by an action upon the nervous system. Fever
occurring in cases of blood-poisoning is often, and probably always, the result of a
direct or indirect action of the poison upon the central nervous system, and hence 8
a neEUTOSe,

Before elaborating further the mechanism of fever production, two problems are
naturally suggested for solution by our knowledge of the melee of the nervous
system to the bodily temperature :—

First. What is the relation of the general vaso-motor system to the febrile state?

Second, What is the relation of the so-called inhibitory heat centre to the febrile
state ?

The only experimental evidence which I have, throwing light upon the solution
of the first of these questions, is found in the effect of section of the cord upon heat
production and dissipation in febrile animals. ‘The record of these experiments —
may be found in Experiments 112 and 113.

In the second of these, the rectal temperature of the animal, the hour preceding
the section, varied from 104°.1 F. to 104°.8, and the hourly production of heat at
the last taking was 115.3317 units, the dissipation being the same. In the hour
and 22 minutes immediately following the section, the bodily temperature fell
10°.6, whilst the dissipation of heat rose to 146.9542 units, and the production
of heat fell to 15.9277 units. In Experiment 112 the bodily temperature in the 2
hours preceding the section of the cord was from 104°.1 to 104°.3, the heat dissi- —
pation and production respectively 86.1625 units and 88.062; after section of the
cord the bodily temperature fell 10°.6 in 103 minutes, and the heat dissipation
rose to 115.778 units, whilst the heat production fell to 25.148 units. These two
experiments show that in fever as in health, section of the cord is followed by an
increase of heat dissipation and a decrease of heat production. It will also be
further noted that the effect as compared with that in the normal animal is greatly
exaggerated. ‘There are various ways of accounting for this exaggeration. A
plausible method of explaining the enormous diminution of heat production is in
supposing that in fever there is paresis of the so-called inhibitory centre. When
the normal cord is cut, the paralysis of the heat inhibitory nerve in some measure

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 949
compensates for the effect of the alteration of the circulation upon the heat produe-
tion, but in fever, if there be already inhibitory heat paralysis, this compensating
influence disappears and consequently the reduction in heat production is Seances
ated. However this may be, and I do not attach much importance to the poitie
the proportionately excessive increase of heat dissipation in fever after section of
the cord plainly indicates that the general vaso-motor nerves restrain heat dissipa-
tion more completely in fever than in health and that consequently the effect of
their sudden palsy is more marked. It would appear, therefore, that an answer to
the first question has been reached.

In looking for an answer to the second question I have availed myself of the
depression of temperature produced by irritating a sensory nerve. It has been
previously shown, that, precisely as the influence of peripheral irritations upon
blood pressure is a test of the integrity of the vaso-motor system, so is the effect of
similar irritations upon bodily temperature a test of the integrity of the inhibitory
heat system.

The two following experiments prove that in fever galvanization of a sensitive
nerve is able to depress the temperature. If, as contended, this depression of
_ temperature is a test of the integrity of the heat inhibitory nervous system, the
conclusion is reached that at least in the two cases of pyemic fever experimented
upon there was not palsy of the so-called inhibitory heat centre.*

EXPERIMENT 117,
A moderate sized male cat.

Time. Tempe. REMARKS.
(Fah.)

10 a.m. 101°.5 Injected one fluid-drachm of pus into the flank.

4:20 P.M. 106.5

4:40 aweses Abdomen opened in linea alba and thermometer inserted into the abdominal

cavity; temperature during the remainder of the experiment taken

3 from it.

4:45 106

2803 ee ° In cutting down for the femoral nerve an artery was wounded, and about

3 f. oz. of blood was lost.

4:55 103

4:59 103 Current of moderate strength applied to nerve for about half a minute.

5 1025

5:5 102

LOM coecce Current applied for a brief space.

5:20 101

5:24 100.75 A very strong current applied for three-quarters of a minute.

5:25. 100.7

5:26 100.25

5:29 100.5

Bei) Soe Very strong current applied to nerve for about a minute.

5:31 100

5:33 100

5:34 99.75 Cat killed.

* The term inhibitory heat centre is used for brevity, and not as denying the theory that this
centre is really a vaso-motor centre for the muscles.

32 October, 1880.

250

A moderate sized male cat

Tine

10 A.M.
10

4:50 rom.

1140
11:35

1145
L147
11:50
11:55
12
12:5 a. M.
12:7
12:8
12:12
12:16
12:20
12:45
12:47

The results of these experiments are at seeming variance with those of R,
Heidenhain (Pfliiyer’s Archiv, Bd. ILL. p. 510).
of temperature in fever following galvanic irritation of a nerve.
probably depends upon the use by Heidenhain of feeble currents whilst those
employed by myself were very powerful.
firmed by other evidence.
ments by section of the medulla at the pons upon heat production with those
obtained in the experiments on heat production in fever will show that in pyemic
fever there cannot be a complete palsy of the inhibitory centre.
tissue change in fever is not sufficient for complete paralysis.

‘This does not at all show that what increase of chemical movements there is, is
not due to a partial loss of power of the inhibitory heat centre.
such partial loss of power would bring into accord the experiments of Heidenhz
Thus it is conceivable that he employing feeble currents, just s
cient to influence a normal centre, failed to affect the paretic centre of the feve

and myself.

Tenr,
(Pah,)
102°
105.5
104.25
105

104
104
104
103.5
103
102.75
102.5
102.75
102.75
102.75
102

teens

FEVER.

Experiment 118,
REMARKS,

Half a fluid-drachm of pus injected into the cellular tissue.
A fluid-drachm injected.

Opened the linea alba and transferred the thermometer to the peritoneal
cavity.

Strong current applied to the femoral nerve.

Current broken,

Current reapplied.
Current broken.

‘Thermometer retransferred to the rectam.
Cat killed.

‘That observer failed to get a fall
The difference

The experiments just recorded are con-
A comparison of the result produced in my experi-

The increase of

The existence of

animal; whilst I, using very powerful currents, succeeded in arousing the centre,

although partially benimbed by the pyemic poison.

‘To determine more accurately the condition of the inhibitory heat centres. in
pywmic fever the following experiments were performed. The ear was the part

always irritated, and the same Du Bois Reymond coil and galvanic cell
employed so as to give uniform intensity of irritation, -

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL Reyes MOM OG ye 251

EXPERIMENT 119,
A rabbit.

NORMAL DAY. FEVER DAY
E. WEBER Temp. REMARKS. Time. Recr. Teme, REMAKES.
(Fah.) * (Min.) (Fah.)
Tied down. 0 Tied down

fo)
103 6 : 3 105° Current applied at 2.+
500006 Current applied at 24.4 5 105 Current stopped.
apda00 Current stopped. Sa 048
ac0de fs Current applied at 24. 10 104.8 Current applied at 24.
00820 - Current stopped. 12 104.6 Current stopped.
102.8 14 104.6
0.8 Current applied 33 minutes. { Tike 0.4 Current applied 4 minutes.
_ (fall) (fall)

: EXPERIMENT 120.
bbit.

ORMAL DAY (No. 1, NORMAL DAY (No, 2).
a eee

Recr, Temp. REMARKS. Tiare, Rect. TEMP, REMARKS.
(Fah.) (Min.) (Fah.)
1039.2 Tied down. 0.
103.2 Current applied at 2}. 8 1039.2 Current applied at 23.
seceed Current stopped. 9.5 103.2 Current stopped.
103.2 Ws > — saad Current applied at 24.
103.2 Current applied at 24. 14 102.8 Current stopped.
103.4 Current stopped. IB) = SS opdobo Current applied at 24.
103.2 16 102.6 Current stopped.
103.2 Current applied at 24. 18 102.4
5103) Current stopped. 20 102
102.8 22 101.6 -
102.6 25 100.2 Current applied at 23.
102.4 21 101.4 Current stopped.
295 eel Ole2
30 101.2
- 32 101
3 100.8 3
37 100.6
0.8 Current applied 3$ minutes. Oe 1.6 Current applied 64 minutes
(fall) (fall)

lower figure is the time from the beginning of the application of the current to the end of

meut.

952 FEVER.

FEVER DAY (No, 9). FEVER DAY (No, 4).
TT . ReMAKK=. Timx, Keo, Teme, ReManxa,
an; (Min.) — (Fab.) '
| , Tied down. 0 exces Tied down.
6 104°.6 8 1049.7 Current applied at 2}.
CH sacs Current applied at 24. 9.5 104.8 Current stopped.
Bs aeese . Current stopped. lL 104.6
1 . Current applied at 24. 12 soeene Current upplied at 24.
12 104.5 Current stopped. 4 eosee Current stopped
15 104.2 Current applied at 2}. +) 104.5
16 1044 Current stopped. 16 104.4 is
7 L044 18 oeeeee Current applied at 24.
21 104.2 19 seenee Current stopped.
23 104.2 20 104.2
» | TTT Current applied at 24. 24 104
27 asvese Current stopped. 27 103.8 Rte
29 104 28° © sie . Current applied at 24. is
31 103.8 30 svvaese Current stopped. ;
MM 103.8 31 103.6
37 103.6 35 103.6 ,
37 103.6 :
$1* 1 Current applied 6} minutes. 29* 11 Current applied 64 minutes, —
(fall) (fall)

“s

EXPERIMENT 121. i

A black rabbit. Fever produced by injection of putrid blood under the skin. The “second non-
fever day” was the day after injection—fever not yet having been developed. ‘

FIRST NON-FEVER DAY. SECOND NON-FEVER DAY. FIRST FEVER DAY.
Time, Recor. Teur, Remarks, Time. Reor. Temp. REMARKS, Tine, Reer.Trur. Remanks.
(Min.) (Fab.) (Min.) (Fah.) (Min) (Fah.)
Leelee cre Tied down. 0!” > etass Tied down. O sce Tied down. ~
7 1025.2 Currentappliedat3. 7 10294 Currentappliedat3. 6 1039.4 Current applied
a
Soren e Current stopped. 8) Dies Current stopped. 7 wees Current stopp a.
10 102 10 101.8 8 103.6
ll 10L.8 : Il ll
12 101.6 12 12 103.4
16 101 16 li 102.8
18 100.8 18 100.8 18 102.6
20 100.8 20 100.4 20 102.4 oF
1 es Currentappliedatl. 21... . Currentappliedatl 21 ...... Current applied
at 3.
ere Current stopped. 22a... ~~ Current stopped. 22 «Current stopped.
24 100.4 24 100.4 24 102.4 ;
25 100.2 25 100.2 25
30 © 100.2 30 »=—«:100.2 30 «101.8 PS
—_ — Current applied _ — Current applied — — Carrent applied —
23 «2 1 minute at 3. 23" «2.2 1 minute at 3. ae 1.6 1 minate at 1.
(fall} 1 minute at 1. (fall) 1 minute at 1. (fall) 1 minute at 3.

An examination of these experiments will show that every effort was made to
have the conditions alike during the normal and the fever day. In the fir

* This lower figure is the time from the beginning of the application of the current to the end of
the experiment. wi

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 253

experiment, the irritation applied on the normal day for 34 minutes reduced the
temperature 0°.8; on the fever day applied for 4 minutes it reduced it only 0°.4,
In the second experiment: normal day No. 1, the current was applied 3.5 minutes,
the fall 0°.8; normal day No. 2, current 6.5 minutes, fall 1°.6; fever day No. 1,
current 6.5 minutes, fall 1°; day No. 2, current 6.5 minutes, fall 1°.1, In the last
experiment the time of application and the strength of current were the same
throughout; and the fall the first normal day was 2°, the second normal day 2°.2,
the fever day 1°.6.

These experiments certainly indicate that in the fevered rabbit peripheral irri-
tations have less effect in depressing the temperature than in the normal animal.

The most thorough and seemingly reliable study of the temperature of the
healthy man, which has been to my knowledge made, is that of Prof. Jurgensen, of
Kiel (Die Korperwarme des Gesunden Menschen, Leipsic, 1873). These researches
developed some very curious and interesting facts, prominent among which were
the singular uniformity of the average bodily temperature under all sorts of cir-
cumstances, which profoundly influence the production of animal heat. The chief
of the disturbing influences tested were starvation, the use of cold baths, and
muscular exercise. ‘The subject of the experiment went entirely without food for
62 hours (op. cit., p. 27), and the average temperature was during the two days
that of a normal day. Again, whén cold baths of 25 minutes’ duration each and
of a temperature varying from 9° to 11° C. (48° to 52° F.) had been employed,
the diminution of temperature during the shivering fits which followed the baths
was so exactly compensated by the rise of temperature during the reaction that
the normal mean was strictly maintained.

Jurgensen also found that there is a regular diurnal variation of temperature in
health precisely similar to that which is known to occur in fever, Thus it was
shown that the 24 hours is, so far as human temperature is concerned, divided into
a diurnal and a nocturnal period. Early in the morning (about 7 A. M. or a little
later) is the minimum of temperature; from this to the maximum of temperature
in the evening (about 9 p. M.) constitutes one period, whilst the other is from the
maximum of the evening to the minimum of the morning. The last period, the
nocturnal, is the shorter, in the proportion of 100 to 136, and has an average
temperature of 36°.94 C. (98°.49 F.); whilst the mean of the diurnal cycle, from
about ‘7 A.M. to 9 P.M. is 37°.34 C. (99°.21 F.).

Further, Prof. Jurgensen found that this rhythm of temperature was not affected
by starvation, cold baths, or other ordinary disturbing influences.

Finally, he determined that in typical fever the daily cycle of temperature so
closely resembles that of health, that if each be represented by a curve one over
the other with the same abscissa, these curves will be parallel, and the only dif
ference will be in the ordinates of the curves; or in other words, in fever the
normal daily cycle of temperature is preserved ; the average or mean simply being
shifted upwards. To use the language of Prof. Burdon Sanderson the sony
material difference between the two conditions is that in fever the norm is 3°.26% iB
higher. Whatever be the explanation of this, the fact comes out so clearly as the
result of observation, that it cannot be disputed.”

4 FEVER.

Ilaving reached this point, it seems to me that at last we are in a position to
determine the theory of fever, but before during this it may be best to m
vi eq which are at our disposal,

. In health there is in man a fixed mean and a normal variation of tempera-
ture ae a regular rhythm, and this variation is beyond the control of all dis- —
turbing causes which do not force the organism beyond the condition of health, G

2d. The maintenance of the normal temperature and its rhythm is dependent
upon the nervous system, which within certain limits controls both the produetic
and dissipation of animal heat,

3d. So far as our present knowledge goes the chief factor in controlling heat
dissipation is the vaso-motor nerves, including in man such nerves as control sweat
secretion; these nerves being able by contracting the capillaries of the surface ¢
the body and by drying the secretion of the skin to reduce the loss of heat—
a minimum, and by a reverse action to increase it to a maximum.
4th. The only nerve centre proven to exist capable of influencing the heat
production without affecting the general circulation is situated in the pons or
above it, and whilst ‘it may be a muscular vaso-motor centre, it is more probably
an “inhibitory heat centre:” of whichever nature it may be, it must act through
subordinate centres situated in the spinal cord. “=
5th. Fever is a nutritive disturbance in which there is an elevation of the bodily
temperature and also an increase of the production of heat by an increase of the
chemical movements in the accumulated material of the body; this increase bein 4
sometimes sufficient, sometimes insufficient to compensate for the loss of that heat
which is derived directly from the destruction of the surplus food in the body, ' ery”
little or no food being taken in severe fever, ‘The rise of temperature in fever é
therefore, not dependent altogether upon increased heat production, as in fever
there certainly is sometimes el production of heat in the organism than there i:
at other times when the hodily temperature remains normal; also excessive hea
production may occur even at the expense of the accumulated materials of t
organism without elevation of the bodily temperature.
6th. In fever a daily temperature variation occurs which is parallel to that seen
in health, and differs from the normal variation only in having a higher mean.
ith. In fever vaso-motor paralysis when produced is followed by an immedia
fall of temperature similar to but greater than that which 4s produced by a like
disturbance in health.
8th. The decrease of heat production which follows section of the cord is much —
greater in the fevered than in the normal animal.
9th. The so-called inhibitory heat nervous system is not paralyzed in fever, but
is less capable than in health of answering promptly and powerfully to suitable —
stimuli, in other words, it is in a condition of paresis or partial palsy. .
10th. The clinical succession and phenomena of a febrile paroxysm, such as_
that of an intermittent, seem plainly to depend upon the nervous system for their
arrangement and relation,
llth. In most cases of fever, and probably in all cases of serious fever, there

A STUDY IN MORBID AND NORMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 200

is a definite poison circulating in the blood, the poison sometimes having been
formed in the system, sometimes having entered the organism from without.
Bearing these facts in mind, the theory of a causation of fever becomes, to my
mind at least, very plain. It is simply a state in which a depressing poison or a
depressing peripheral irritation acts upon the nervous system which regulates the
production and dissipation of animal heat; a system composed of diverse parts so
accustomed to act in unison continually in health, that they become as it were one
system and suffer in disease together. Owing to its depressed, benumbed state, the
inhibitory centre does not exert its normal influence upon the system, and conse-
quently tissue change goes on at a rate which results in the production of more heat
than normal, and an abnormal destruction and elimination of the materials of the
tissue. At the same time the vaso-motor and other heat dissipation centres are so
benumbed that they are not called into action by their normal stimulus (elevation
of the general bodily temperature), and do not provide for the throwing off the
animal heat until it becomes so excessive as to call into action by its excessive
stimulation even their depressed forces. Finally, in some cases of sudden and ex-
cessive fever, as in one form of the so-called cerebral rheumatism, the enormous
and almost instantaneous rise of temperature appears to be due to a complete
paralysis of the nervous centres presiding over heat production and dissipation.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES,

. Pa ACTER sele

THE completed apparatus for measuring the production of animal heat and of carbonic acid: the
arrows show the directions of the air currents during action. p exhaust pump. m= general
meter. ¢— tube thermometer. y= exit tube from the calorimeter. a— inner box of ealori-
meter. 2 — ingress tube of calorimeter. z= tube through which sample of air coming from
the calorimeter is taken. s = calcium bulbs for absorbing moisture. = barium tubes for ab-
sorbing carbonic acid. im’ — sample meter. v = aspirators.

PLAT bert.

Fig. 1.—Transverse section of calorimeter. A = inner box. W = water surrounding inner box.
x = clasps to hold down the inner box, also clamps of the lid. s = sawdust in which inner
box is packed.

Fig. 2.—End of the inner box of the calorimeter. a — door. B= thumbscrews securing the door.

Fig. 3.—Inner surface of the lid to the calorimeter. A = wire, which when in position is imbedded
in the soft rubber. co = openings for outlet and inlet tubes. yY = openings for the thermo-
meter. X = openings for the stirrer.

Fig. 4.—Tracing of Experiment 104, p. 150. The irregularity of this and the other tracings upon
this plate is due to defects ofthe instrument with which they were made. At the time it was
the only kymographion at my disposal, and the drum was very irregular in its rotation. The
tracing shows, however, sufticiently well the effects of irritation of the Hitzig’s brain region after
section of the vagi, curarization and artificial respiration. At 11:25:30 (+) a mild galvanic
current was passed through the regions spoken of: at 11:26 (-+-) this current was made very
powerful: at 11:27 it was withdrawn. The rise of pressure at 11:26 was due to dispersion of
the very powerful current and irritation of the trigeminal twigs in the brain membranes.

Fig. 5 —Tracing of Experiment 106, p. 151. This tracing portrays the result of destroying with a
needle the Hitzig’s regions in the cortex of the brain. The mechanical irritation caused no
rise of pressure, and the destruction no fall. Artificial respiration and curarization employed.

Fig. 6.—Tracing of Experiment 106, p. 151. This tracing shows the effect of a very strong
current sent through the Hitzig’s region of the brain. It is so marked as not to need explana-
tion. Artificial respiration and curarization employed.

PilceAy Toe Tele.

Fig. 1.—Tracing of Experiment 107, p. 154. This tracing represents the effect of galvanizing the
sciatic nerve after section of the par vagum and destruction of the Hitzig’s region, curarization
and artificial respiration being practised. At the first + the unribation was applied, ay the
second + it was withdrawn. The current was of the same power as in Fig. 2, with which F ig. 1
should be contrasted. The two tracings were from a dog, in different stages of one experiment

33 October, 1880, ( 257 )

258 DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Fig. 2.—Tracing of Experiment 107, p. 154. This tracing shows the effect of galvanizing the sciatic
nerve after destruction of the Hitzig’s region of the brain cortex, section of the vagi aud of the
splauchuics just above their entrauce to the diaphragm; curarization aud artificial respiration
having been practised.

Fig. 3.—.racings of Experiment 108, p. 154. In this figure there are two tracings with ove abscissa
and one second line. The upper tracing was made first, after division of the par vagum, and
of the splanchnics just above the diaphragm. The first + belongs to this upper tracing and
marks where the galvanic irritation of the sciatic nerve commenced ; this irritation was continued
25 seconds. The lower tracing was made later, from the same dog, after section of par vagum
and splanchnies as described, and also destruction of Hitzig’s region of the cerebral cortex.
The second + marks where the galvanic current was applied to the sciatic of the same strength
as in the first tracing.

PLATE 1:

Fig. 1.—Tracing of Experiment 101, p. 147. The splanchnics had been entirely severed just above
the diaphragm, also the vagi in the neck. Curari had been given and artificial respiration was
practised. The lower straight line is the abscissa: irritation was applied by means of a
powerful gelvanic current to the sciatic nerve, at the point where the curve begins to rise, and
was removed just before the tracing begins to drop.

Fig. 2.—Tracing of Experiment 108, p. 154. This tracing represents the effect upon the arterial
pressure of interrupting the respiration at 1 minute, 34 seconds of the Experiment. The
interruption lasted 8 seconds. | .

Fig. 3.—Tracing of Experiment 100, p. 146. This tracing shows effect of galvanic irritation of the
sciatic nerve, after section of the splanchnics just above the diaphragm and of the par vagum
in the neck, curarization and artificial respiration being practised. § represents commencement
of irritation, O its cessation.

Fig. 4. Tracing of Experiment 98, p. 145. The splanchnics had been cut above the diaphragm, the
right possibly not having been entirely severed. At I a powerful current was applied to the
sciatic nerve; at O irritation ceased. The vagi had been divided, and curari given : artificial
respiration was applied throughout.

PRAT Bue.

In this plate, Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 are parts of one experiment (109, page 156), both having been
made upon one drum and having the same abscissa and second-marker line. Fig. 1 was made by
galvanizing the sciatic nerve at +, after section of the par vagum and division of the medulla”
at its junction with the pons; the dog being curarized and artificial respiration practised. The
break in the tracing was produced by the rise of the needle of the manometer above the drum :
at ++ the current was broken. Fig 2 represents the effect of applying a galvanic current in
the same strength and method as before to the same dog, after he had suffered further mutila-
tion by section of the splanchnies ; + indicates beginning, +--+ end of irritation.

Fig. 3.—Tracing of Experiment 106, p. 151. This tracing shows the effect of a feeble current upon
blood pressure when applied to the Hitzig brain regions; curarization and artificial respiration
being practised. The current was applied and interrupted at points marked; one needle or
pole being in each region. The tracing was made with a very inferior cardiometer.

‘TON BLVId

oe

wee

rene

es

io

OF
HOLM BOS O8' CR

je Bees eS ee ee

poddag
PUI

WING sD nas
orte
pehonjsap Aypopivyooue
wipg JO
L2TE 191-8 opig avo

9PIS L110
oo
~ nT

NOILO3S ASHSASNVYL

Dewy
wy

< te

serge?

eg Dia

SSN NTT ORTON A ENN SENATE

SSiEE, 08 93°EL

A@TE — ae

+4

paddojg yaLing

‘wha

bf

‘A ALW1d

*€

‘614

FUIMMND YAM
Of'86

—
a

7

.

-

3

a ee i
: ae
eeu

-
7

>
°
—

- =
+

-

~~
“

.

:
ats

ba
=

y

2 “

ST

|

:
14210

Hui